crop row line detection with auxiliary segmentation task | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper crop row line detection with auxiliary segmentation task conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 162–175 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) crop row line detection with auxiliary segmentation task download book pdf download book epub igor ferreira da costa  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0004-9921-07259 & wouter caarls  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9069-23789  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 551 accesses 1 citation abstract autonomous robots for agricultural tasks have been researched to great extent in the past years as they could result in a great improvement of field efficiency. navigating an open crop field still is a great challenge; rtk-gnss is a excellent tool to track the robot’s position, but it needs precise mapping and planning while also being expensive and signal dependent. as such, onboard systems that can sense the field directly to guide the robot are a good alternative. those systems detect the rows with adequate image techniques and estimate the position by applying algorithms to the obtained mask, such as the hough transform or linear regression. in this paper, a direct approach is presented by training a neural network model to obtain the position of crop lines directly from an rgb image. while, usually, the camera in such systems are looking down to the field, a camera near the ground is proposed to take advantage of tunnels formed between rows. a simulation environment for evaluating both the model’s performance and camera placement was developed and made available in github, and two datasets to train the models are proposed. the results are shown across different resolutions and stages of plant growth, indicating the system’s capabilities and limitations. this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001; the national council for scientific and technological development cnpq under project number 314121/2021-8; and fundação de apoio a pesquisa do rio de janeiro (faperj) apq1 program e-26/010.001551/2019. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others curved and straight crop row detection by accumulation of green pixels from images in maize fields article 03 january 2017 integrating machine vision-based row guidance with gps and compass-based routing to achieve autonomous navigation for a rice field weeding robot article 16 november 2019 enhancing visual autonomous navigation in row-based crops with effective synthetic data generation article open access 11 june 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. agroecology agricultural geography agriculture agronomy computer vision crop waste 1 introduction the use of robotics in agriculture presents the possibility of improving the efficiency of the field, and at the same time increasing the production and quality of the crop. autonomous robots are a good tool to deal with simple but long lasting tasks, such as monitoring the state of plants growth [1, 2], health and presence of plagues or invasive species [3, 4]. real-time kinematics with global navigation satellite system (rtk-gnss) can provide, in open fields, an accurate position of the robot which can be used to navigate [4, 5]. while precise, this system does not describe the crop field itself, thus requiring precise mapping and route planning. rtk-gnss can also be expensive to deploy [5, 6] in scale and be vulnerable to an unreliable or weak signal [1]. crops are not always straight and plain, varying widely in topology due to the place’s geography, which makes navigation even harder [5], see fig. 1. as such, onboard solutions for navigation gained traction and different techniques and sensors have been tested and developed. onboard systems, such as lidar [4, 7], depth cameras and rgb cameras [6, 8], make the robot sense the field directly, allowing it to navigate between plantation rows accordingly. in order to correctly navigate the field, an algorithm to detect the rows and spaces inbetween must be used. convolutional neural networks (cnns) have already been successful at distinguishing crops from lanes [9, 10]. in a similar way, this work employs a cnn, which is trained in images extracted from simulations and previous tests of the robot. given a segmented image, techniques such as linear regression [5, 11], can be applied to extract steering commands to guide the robot. this work aims to extract directly from the image, using a cnn, the steering directions, leveraging the model’s capacity of feature extraction to guide the robot more directly. the previously developed robot is a differential drive design, developed to work across soybean and cotton fields, fig. 2. the original hardware has three logitech c270 cameras for navigation, one up top looking down and one in each front wheel, two intel realsense d435i rgb-d cameras used for plant analysis and two gps modules, all controlled by an intel nuc7i5bnk running ubuntu 18.04 lts and ros melodic. fig. 1. uneven and curved field. full size image fig. 2. the robot roaming in a test field full size image for this work, simulations and robot control are performed by the nvidia jetson agx orin developer kit. this new single board computer (sbc) is replacing the robot’s onboard computer, improving the available computational power, now running ubuntu 20.04 lts with ros noetic. 2 related work deep learning methods for crop field navigation have already been researched and tested. ponnambalam et al. [5] propose a resnet50 to generate a mask of the field using an rgb camera. this work addresses the changing aspects of the field across the season, such as shadows, changes of colours, bare patches or grass across the field by a multi-roi approach with the generated mask. xaud, leite and from [10], applied a flir thermal camera to navigate within sugarcane fields. the thermal camera yielded images with more visibility and better discernible features, especially in poor lighting and weather conditions. the authors tested a simple cnn model with both cameras to compare the performance of the rgb image against the thermal camera with good results in favor of the latter. silva et al. [9] compared the same training dataset with and without the depth information of a rgb-d camera applying the u-net deep learning model to identify the rows of plantation. rgb only images end up being selected due to rgb-d not increasing the results seemingly. the obtained masks were post processed by a triangular scanning algorithm to retrieve the line used for control. similarly to ponnambalam [5], martins et al. [11] applied a multi-roi approach with sliding windows on a mask generated by the excess of green method. this is also the current robot’s method of row navigation and one possible direct comparison which shows good results with smaller plant size scenarios, but limitations are observed in testing. this work attempts to bridge the last gap in all previous examples by obtaining directly the row line or the row path, that way commands are sent straight to the controller and not derived from a mask by a post process algorithm. the mask, in this instance, will be leveraged as an auxiliary task [12] to improve the training model and allow the use of further techniques on the mask itself. one of the biggest challenges faced previously were situations where the soil was occluded by leaves. with a bottom camera close to the ground, a similar navigation system will be tested to face this challenge using the developed tools. 3 approach the controller, which actuates the robot wheels, receives two parameters, an x value that describes the vertical offset of a given line and \(\theta \), the angle between the line and the vertical, see fig. 3. for each frame captured by the robot’s rgb-camera, the aim is to obtain a given line and pass both x and \(\theta \) values to the controller. during the testing phase, the effects of using a segmentation job as an auxiliary task will also be evaluated. a second approach will also test a bottom camera near the ground which creates a “tunnel” and “walls” effect by the camera’s positioning amongst the rows, see fig. 3. fig. 3. top and bottom camera line values given to the controller full size image 3.1 data annotation and preprocessing the image data previously obtained was separated in groups by weather condition and plant growth. these are rgb images with 640\(\,\times \,\)480 resolution and 8bpc of color depth. one first python script was made to annotate line coordinates for each image with opencv and another script built a mask for segmentation using the line and various color filters. after the process, this base mask was loaded into js-segment annotator tool [13] for cleaning and small corrections, see fig. 4. fig. 4. masks are generated by algorithm and then cleaned to improve quality full size image the line was defined with two variable x values and two fixed y values, the line will always be defined by coordinates in the form of \(\left( x_0, 0\right) \) and \(\left( x_1,480\right) \), even if x falls outside of the image size. this special case is caused by lines that start or finish in the sides of the image. the top view dataset was separated in three sections: training, validation and testing, with an split of \(70\%\), \(20\%\) and \(10\%\), respectively. each section contains \(50\%\) of images derived from the simulation and also samples of every type from the original image groups. the botton view dataset was only composed by simulated data due to lack of good images for training among the original data. 3.2 network model a modified network model based on the deeplabv3+ [14] was extracted from keras code examples. the deeplabv3+ employs an encoder-decoder structure and this variation has resnet50 [15] as backbone for early feature extraction by the encoder. the resnet50 was obtained in the keras applications library pretrained with imagenet weights. a second head, known here as line head, was added alongside deeplabv3+ responsible for learning the line directly. its composition is made of a flatten layer, two fully interconnected layers with 25 and 20 neurons each and a output layer. the input is taken from the same tensor that deeplab uses for the atrous convolution section of its encoder, see fig. 5. the interconnected layers apply relu as activation function while the output layer uses a sigmoid. fig. 5. multitask proposed model for mask and line generation full size image a custom loss function (1) was established due the multitask nature of the model, it combine the mask’s sparse categorical cross-entropy and the root mean squared error (rmse) used for the two values, \(x_0\) and \(x_1\), needed to define the line. $$\begin{aligned} loss = ce _\textrm{mask} + rmse _{x_0} + rmse _{x_1} \end{aligned}$$ (1) training is performed in up to 500 epochs with early stopping configured. the adam optimizer was chosen with a learning rate of \(10^{-5}\) and training stopped if bad values (nan) were detected. the best and the final weights are kept to predict the test images and be used in the simulation. two variants of the model were tested, the full proposed model and without the deeplabv3+ decoder alongside the line head, evaluating the impact of the auxiliary task. each variant was tested with 3 image resolutions: \(128\,\times \,128\) for faster inference times, \(512\,\times \,512\) for better image quality and detail, and \(256\,\times \,256\) as a middle ground. all listed configurations were tested for the top and the bottom cameras. 4 simulation and test setup a simulation for testing was elaborated using the gazebo-sim package from ros, and made avaliable at https://github.com/ifcosta/cnn_line. plant models were designed in the blender software based on real image data and a simplified version of the robot was modeled with two cameras, one at a height of 1,8 m looking downward in front of the robot and one just 0,15 m above the ground looking in front slightly upward. images obtained with the simulations can be automatically annotated using simulation tools and filters (fig. 6). fig. 6. simplified robot model built for the simulations full size image the simulated field is built with five stages of plant growth, each stage has six plant rows that are 50 cm apart and 10 m long, with the plants 25 cm apart. there are multiple models of plants for each stage, each plant in a given row is selected randomly in the stage of growth pool. there is also a random component to the plant placement; 15% of given positions have a missing plant and every plant in the row has a small variance in position, see fig. 7. fig. 7. field modelled for testing with five growth stages full size image each model was tested by crossing the field in both directions across all growth stages and the error between the theoretical perfect line and also the mean absolute error of the robot position were both recorded. the robot also starts every run with a small deviation from the center, randomly pointing inward or outward, and has a small error component for the applied velocity as defined by $$\begin{aligned} error _{t+1} = \left( 1 \theta \right) \times error _{t} + normal \left( \mu , \sigma \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (2) with \(\theta =0.25\), \(\mu =0\) and \(\sigma =0.01\). the tests were designed this way so the model has to be able to compensate for actuation errors while correcting the starting deviation correctly during the run. 5 results 5.1 training phase concerning the models trained for the bottom camera, both line-only and the variant with an auxiliary task achieved similar results with regards to the line’s combined loss function, see fig. 8. the larger resolution with auxiliary task is the worst performing model by the final loss value and had its training stopped due to nan values found. both smallest resolution models were the most unstable, while the best model, in general, was the medium resolution one. also, the auxiliary tasks had little to no discernible impact except for the high resolution which had a negative one. fig. 8. bottom camera line loss dotted line mark the minimum value obtained full size image meanwhile, the top camera, in fig. 9, has better training results than the bottom one. this camera position also exhibits a small but positive effect to all resolutions when using an auxiliary task. the lower resolution had the worst performance, like with the bottom camera, but the high and medium resolution had comparable training performance with this camera placement. the top camera was considerably better during the training phase for all resolutions in regards to the model’s loss. fig. 9. top camera line loss dotted line mark the minimum value obtained full size image the bottom camera data set is smaller and composed only by simulation derived images, which could be impacting its results. the way that the line was modeled implied that it had a higher variability at the top of the screen with the bottom camera, i.e. \(x_0\), and that could lead to the higher loss observed. this volatility does not happen with the top camera and to the \(x_1\) value of the bottom one. as it will be shown later, the bottom camera model can still work with this behavior, but a different training approach for the bottom line might bring better results. 5.2 simulation runs alongside the model’s tests, a control run was executed with ros transforms to calculate the theoretical perfect line and evaluate the controller performance. these runs have a perfect line, but still have a processing delay comparable to the model’s inference times. for the top camera, there is another available comparison, which is the multi-roi with excess of green mask [11]. this algorithm is not designed to be used on the bottom camera and its processing time depends of the number of masked pixels inside the sliding window. as such, the larger growth stage, having a greater amount of segmented and processed pixels due to the size of and density of the plants, takes longer to process. it also depends on the cpu’s single thread processing power, being less suitable for the jetson’s hardware, see fig. 10, so this algorithm can be slower depending in plant size and shape while the cnn based algorithms does not get influenced by it. the growth stage 1 and 2, which has the smaller plants, had similar results shown by fig. 11 growth stage 1. also the growth stage 3 and 4 with the medium sized plants, fig. 12, displayed similar traits. evaluating the robot’s position inside the plantation row can assess the entire performance of the system, i.e. model and controller. figures 11 and 12 show that only the low resolution without auxiliary task model got consistently bad results while the high resolution with auxiliary task got them only in the growth stage 1 for the top camera. fig. 10. processing time for all algorithms, from image reception to command sent. the multi-roi is split for each growth stage to show the speed decrease observed with bigger plants full size image fig. 11. robot position deviation from the center of row’s path growing stage 1 full size image fig. 12. robot position deviation from the center of row’s path growing stage 3 full size image figures 12 and 13 also display the weaker result of the multi-roi approach from growth stage 3 onward, possibly due to the high processing time needed and the lack of soil visibility. the fifth growth stage marks failures for all top camera models, while the bottom still has good results, in line with the previous scenarios, see fig. 13. fig. 13. robot position deviation from the center of row’s path growing stage 5 full size image as such we can conclude that the bottom camera is better suited to this dense environment, with the medium and high resolution displaying the best results. 6 discussion the proposed approaches displayed good results in the simulation, in special the medium resolution, which was the most consistent. meanwhile, the auxiliary task showed potential, improving results for the small and medium resolution, but with problems at the highest. overall, with those datasets and this simulated environment, the medium resolution with auxiliary task had the best performance, followed closely by the medium and high resolutions without the auxiliary task. the camera near the ground delivered comparable results to the top camera in most scenarios and excellent ones when the ground was occluded by the plant leaves. the tunnel formed was enough to guide the robot during the simulations, but tests with objects and grass on the robot’s path need to be evaluated. also, tests in a real environment would improve the dataset and test the model’s true capabilities. it is important to note that the controllers used in this work were not modified from those already in place in the robot. however, with the developed simulation environment other techniques could be applied to better actuate the robot with the given line from the network. jesus et al. [16] proposed a method leveraging reinforcement learning to navigate an indoor area, reaching goals without hitting obstacles. the same kind of controller could be used in our work, with the line being used as input to the controller agent. 7 conclusion we presented a neural network model to extract crop lines from rgb images. the network input can be taken from either a top or a bottom camera, and the loss function was augmented with an auxiliary segmentation task. with the simulated environment created, the top and the bottom cameras were evaluated in three image resolutions with and without the auxiliary task proposed. all networks configurations trained successfully and were able to guide the robot in the simulation with varying degrees of success while using the data set created with the built environment. when assessing the overall performance of the entire system, both the top and bottom cameras achieved less than 50 mm of deviation from the center of the path in all but one configuration in the first four growth stages. however, the fifth growth stage resulted in failures for all top configurations, with errors exceeding 90 mm for most configurations, while the bottom camera remained below 50 mm. the processing time of all configurations kept below 70 ms, notably the medium resolution which kept between 30 and 40 ms, comparable to the low resolution model. the auxiliary task had a positive impact on medium and low resolutions but negatively impacted the high resolution configuration. the bottom camera approach is beneficial to scenarios were the ground is mostly occluded by dense foliage, but can have issues in some configurations containing smaller plants. with the gpu computing performance available, a fully integrated model could be feasible. this way, the best camera for each situation would not need to be chosen, as both cameras could feed directly into the model, combining channel wise or just as a larger image. other types of cameras, such as thermal or rgb-d, can be evaluated to take advantage of ground’s temperature as it is occluded by bigger plants or the depth perception possible due to the tunnel seen by the bottom camera. other types of network models could also be evaluated, both for the line head and for the auxiliary task used. references ahmadi, a., nardi, l., chebrolu, n., stachniss, c.: visual servoing-based navigation for monitoring row-crop fields. in: 2020 ieee international conference on robotics and automation (icra) (2020) google scholar  nakarmi, a.d., tang, l.: within-row spacing sensing of maize plants using 3d computer vision. biosys. eng. 125, 54–64 (2014) article  google scholar  mccool, c.s., et al.: efficacy of mechanical weeding tools: a study into alternative weed management strategies enabled by robotics. ieee robot. automat. lett. 1 (2018) google scholar  barbosa, g.b.p.: robust vision-based autonomous crop row navigation for wheeled mobile robots in sloped and rough terrains. dissertação de mestrado em engenharia elétrica, pontifícia universidade católica do rio de janeiro, rio de janeiro (2022) google scholar  ponnambalam, v.r., bakken, m., moore, r.j.d., gjevestad, j.g.o., from, p.j.: autonomous crop row guidance using adaptive multi-roi in strawberry fields. sensors 20(18), 5249 (2020) article  google scholar  ahmadi, a., halstead, m., mccool, c.: towards autonomous visual navigation in arable fields (2021) google scholar  shalal, n., low, t., mccarthy, c., hancock, n.: orchard mapping and mobile robot localisation using on-board camera and laser scanner data fusion part a: tree detection. comput. electron. agric. 119, 254–266 (2015) article  google scholar  english, a., ross, p., ball, d., upcroft, b., corke, p.: learning crop models for vision-based guidance of agricultural robots. in: 2015 international conference on intelligent robots and systems (iros) (2015) google scholar  de silva, r., cielniak, g., wang, g., gao, j.: deep learning-based crop row following for infield navigation of agri-robots (2022) google scholar  xaud, m.f.s., leite, a.c., from, p.j.: thermal image based navigation system for skid-steering mobile robots in sugarcane crops. in: 2019 international conference on robotics and automation (icra). ieee (2019) google scholar  martins, f.f., et al.: sistema de navegação autônoma para o robô agrícola soybot. in: procedings do xv simpósio brasileiro de automação inteligente. sba sociedade brasileira de automática (2021) google scholar  liebel, l., körner, m.: auxiliary tasks in multi-task learning (2018) google scholar  tangseng, p., wu, z., yamaguchi, k.: looking at outfit to parse clothing (2017) google scholar  chen, l.-c., zhu, y., papandreou, g., schroof, f., adam, h.: encoder-decoder with atrous separable convolution for semantic image segmentation (2018) google scholar  he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 382–386 (2016) google scholar  jesus, j.c., bottega, j.a., cuadros, m.a., gamarra, d.f.: deep deterministic policy gradient for navigation of mobile robots in simulated environments. in: 2019 19th international conference on advanced robotics (icar), pp. 362–367 (2019) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations pontifícia universidade católica do rio de janeiro, rio de janeiro, rj, brazil igor ferreira da costa & wouter caarls authors igor ferreira da costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar wouter caarlsview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding authors correspondence to igor ferreira da costa or wouter caarls . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper da costa, i.f., caarls, w. (2023). crop row line detection with auxiliary segmentation task. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_11 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_11 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords autonomous robot deep learning agricultural robot publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature binary flying squirrel optimizer for feature selection | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper binary flying squirrel optimizer for feature selection conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 51–64 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) binary flying squirrel optimizer for feature selection download book pdf download book epub luiz fernando merli de oliveira sementille9, douglas rodrigues9, andré nunes de souuza9 & … joão paulo papa9  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 532 accesses abstract bio-inspired optimization algorithms aim to address the most diverse problems without the need for derivatives, and they are independent of the shape of the search space. the flying squirrel optimizer belongs to the family of bio-inspired algorithms and simulates the movement of flying squirrels from tree to tree in search of food. this paper proposes a binary version of the flying squirrel optimizer for feature selection problems. to elucidate the performance of the proposed algorithm, we employed six other well-known bio-inspired algorithms for comparison purposes in sixteen benchmark datasets widely known in the literature. furthermore, we employ the binary flying squirrel optimizer in selecting gas concentrations to identify faults in power transformers. the results expressed that binary flying squirrell optimizer can either find compact feature sets or improve classification effectiveness, corroborating its robustness. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a differential squirrel search algorithm chapter © 2021 eight bio-inspired algorithms evaluated for solving optimization problems chapter © 2018 squirrel search optimizer for solving economic load dispatch problem chapter © 2020 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms bioinspired robotics continuous optimization discrete optimization learning algorithms optimization 1 introduction finding the most cost-efficient route for transporting goods, the ideal amount of raw material to manufacture a product, or even the best way to drill oil wells are just a few examples of decision-making many companies face. in these cases and several other complex problems, mathematical optimization can be used to find feasible and optimal solutions. through mathematical models, optimization aims for the optimal solution among the feasible candidates in a search space guided by the objective function and the problem’s constraints. given the nature of the objective function, classical mathematical optimization algorithms can be inefficient due to the function’s dependence on being continuous and differentiable in the search space. furthermore, classical algorithms may lose performance in cases where the function is multimodal. bioor nature-inspired algorithms emerge as an elegant alternative for solving complex optimization problems, mitigating the disadvantages of classical algorithms. through the idea that natural processes are essentially optimal, many algorithms were created following metaphors of nature, such as particle swarm optimization [10], bat algorithm [19], flower pollination algorithm  [18], whale optimization algorithm [13], butterfly optimization algorithm [2], and jellyfish search [4], among others. this group of bio-inspired algorithms offers near-optimal solutions in a reasonable time, an alternative to solving np-hard combinatorial problems. artificial intelligence has benefited from using bio-inspired algorithms to optimize neural networks, support vector machines, or optimum-path forest models, among many others. in addition to hyperparameter adjustments to minimize misclassification, the dimensionality of datasets can negatively affect the classifier’s performance during training, increasing the computational burden and even decreasing accuracy. one way to solve this problem is through dimensionality reduction techniques, i.e., selecting the most relevant features for the classification task. in other words, we want to remove irrelevant and redundant features to reduce the computational cost required during training and maximize the classifier’s hit rate. over the last few years, bio-inspired algorithms have successfully addressed feature selection problems, for they can obtain good solutions in a reasonable time, even if the problem is complex. the literature is vast and with promising results. nakamura et al. [14] proposed the binary bat algorithm (bba) for feature selection. although ba is effective for such a purpose, it lacks efficiency compared to other metaheuristics. rodrigues et al. [16] introduced the binary cuckoo search (bcs) to the same context, and rodrigues et al. [16] designed a binary-valued flower pollination algorithm (bfpa) to select the most critical sensors to person identification using electroencephalogram signals. this paper proposes a binary version of the flying squirrel optimizer (fso) for feature selection, called bfso. the fso was proposed by azizyan et al. [3] inspired by flying squirrels moving from one tree to another in search of food. this work’s main contributions lie in using a wrapper-based approach employing bfso and the naive bayes classifier for the feature selection task. however, any other supervised classifier can be used. we considered 16 benchmark datasets to evaluate the proposed approach’s performance. the performance of the bfso was also validated to select relevant gas concentrations to identify faults in power transformers. in short, this paper figures the following contributions: to propose the binary flying squirrel optimizer; to evaluate the proposed approach for feature selection; and to employ bfso for fault diagnosis in power transformers using gas concentration. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows. section 2 presents the theoretical background concerning the flying squirrel optimizer, while sects. 3 and 4 discuss the methodology and experimental results, respectively. section 5 states conclusions and future works. 2 flying squirrel optimizer flying squirrel optimizer [3] is a flying squirrel swarm-based algorithm whose population is given by \(\mathcal{x} = \{\textbf{x}_1,\textbf{x}_2 \ldots , \textbf{x}_m \}\), where m is the number of squirrels and \(\textbf{x}_i\in \re ^n\) denotes a single possible solution. the proposed model follows two movements squirrels perform in their pursuit of food. the first simulates the awkward gait of squirrels when they are on the ground. this motion is modeled as random walks following a normal distribution \(\textbf{r} \sim \mathcal {n}(\mu ,\,\sigma ^{2})\) in which \(\mu \) is the mean position of all flying squirrels and \(\sigma \) is given as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \sigma = -\ln \left( 1 \frac{1}{\sqrt{t + 2}} \right) ^2, \end{aligned}$$ (1) where t corresponds to the current iteration. in the second movement, the squirrels fly from one tree to another through a lévy flight distribution, as follows: $$\begin{aligned} l(\lambda , s, \alpha ) = \frac{\lambda \cdot \vargamma (\lambda )\cdot \text{ sin }(\lambda )}{\pi }\cdot \frac{\alpha }{s ^{1+\lambda }},\quad |s|\rightarrow \infty , \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(\vargamma (\lambda )\) stands for the gamma function with index \(\lambda \), \(\alpha \) is a control parameter for the tail distribution (\(\alpha = 1\)), and s is the step size. according to mantegna [12], for large steps \(s \gg s_0 > 0\), s can be computed through a linear transformation as follows: $$\begin{aligned} s = \frac{\psi }{\eta ^{\lambda -1}}, \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\psi \) and \(\eta \) are drawn from a gaussian distribution with zero mean and standard deviations \(\sigma _\psi \) and \(\sigma _\eta \) computed as follows $$\begin{aligned} \sigma _\psi = \left[ \frac{\vargamma (1+\lambda )}{\lambda \vargamma ((1+\lambda )/2)}\frac{\sin (\frac{\pi \lambda }{2})}{2^{(\lambda -1)/2}}\right] , \sigma _\eta = 1. \end{aligned}$$ (4) in this algorithm, \(\lambda \) grows linearly at each iteration, increasing the length of steps of the lévy flight. moreover, \(\lambda \) is computed as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \lambda = \beta + (2 \beta ) * ((t + 1) / t), \end{aligned}$$ (5) in which \(\beta \) is a user-configured parameter, and t corresponds to the maximum number of iterations. the position of each squirrel is updated as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \textbf{x}_i(t+1) = \textbf{x}_i(t) + l(\lambda ,s,\alpha ) \cdot \textbf{r} \otimes (\textbf{x}_i(t) \textbf{x}_{best}), \end{aligned}$$ (6) where \(\textbf{x}_{best}\) is the best solution found so far, and \(\otimes \) denotes the pointwise multiplication. 2.1 algorithmic analysis algorithm 1 describes how fso works in more detail. lines 1–4 initialize each possible solution (squirrel) with random values uniformly distributed within [0, 1]. the fitness value of each solution is set to a great value in line 4. this loop takes \(\theta (mn)\) operations. the main loop in lines 6–24 controls the fso mechanism, taking \(\theta (t)\) steps. as mentioned earlier, squirrels follow two main movements. the parameter \(\sigma \) of the first (eq. 1) is computed in line 7, and variable \(\lambda \), which concerns the second movement, is obtained in line 8. the inner loop in lines 10–19 computes a new position for each squirrel (lines 13–14), evaluates its fitness value (line 15), and updates its position if it has a better solution (lines 16–19). these steps take \(\theta (mn)\) calculations. last but not least, lines 20–24 update the best solution whithin the swarm. this loop takes o(mn) operations. the overall complexity is given by \(\theta (tmno)\) operations in which \(\theta (o)\) represents the complexity to compute the fitness function. algorithm 1 flying squirrel optimizer full size image 3 methodology table 1 presents the datasets used to evaluate the robustness of bfso in the context of feature selection. note that for this work, we used publicly available datasets in the uci repositoryfootnote 1 and six datasets, i.e., the last six items presented in table 1, which will be used to validate the bfso in the context of identifying faults in power transformers. the data used to form these six data sets were obtained from iec tc10 [1] and scientific papers [5]. one can observe the different scenarios, i.e., datasets with varying size, from different domains, and with a wide range concerning the number of features. each dataset was split into training, validation, and testing sets using a 2 : 1 : 1 ratio. the pipeline of the proposed approach is depicted in fig. 1, in which fig. 1a ilustrates the optimization process to find the best subswt of features and fig. 1b ilustrates the final evaluation step, where the selected features are employed to classify the test subset. table 1. datasets used in the comparative study.full size table fig. 1. proposed approach pipeline: (a) feature optimization and (b) final evaluation. full size image at each iteration, the agent’s position in the search space is updated, and the fitness value is computed by evaluating the objective function. given that agents move through the search space with real values, we propose to use a transfer function to convert real to binary values before evaluating the objective function. the transfer function is given as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \textbf{x}_i & = & \left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 1\quad &{} \text{ if } t(\textbf{x}_i)>\phi \text{, } \\ 0&{} \text{ otherwise } \end{array}\right. \end{aligned}$$ (7) in which \(\textbf{x}_{i}\) represents the i-th agent, \(\phi \sim \mathcal {u}(0, 1)\), and \(t(\cdot )\) stands for a transfer function described as follows: $$\begin{aligned} t(\textbf{z}) = \frac{1}{1 + e^{-\textbf{z}}}. \end{aligned}$$ (8) after applying the transfer function, a binary vector will originate a new subset, selecting only the representative characteristics of the original set. this process is accomplished by multiplying the binary vector that represents the agent’s position by the feature vector of the data set, i.e., the position of the vector that has the value 1 indicates that the characteristic corresponding to that position in the feature vector will be selected to compose the new subset. on the other hand, a 0 value indicates the feature will not be selected. therefore, with a new training and validation subsets in hand, the classifier is trained on the new training set and classifies the samples of the new validation set. the classifier’s hit rate is a fitness value to guide the optimization process. the feature subset that achieves the highest accuracy in this process will be stored and used later to train the classifier once again and classify the test subset to determine the real accuracy of the model. we used naïve bayes classifier in this paper, for it is parameterless and fast for trainingfootnote 2. regarding fso running parameters, we used the same recommended by azizyan et al. [3], i.e., \(\beta =0.5\), and the number of agents and iterations were set to 30 and 60, respectively. once metaheuristics are stochastic processes, we performed 20 independent runs to allow the calculation of the mean and standard deviation. besides, different seeds were generated for each run so that distinct samples constituted the division of training, validation, and test subsets. to provide robust analysis, we chose five widely known bio-inspired algorithmsfootnote 3 for comparison purposes with the bfso: binary aquila optimizer (bao) [11]; binary bat algorithm (bba) [14]; binary firefly algorithm (bfa) [6]; binary flower pollination algorithm (bfpa) [16]; and binary particle swarm optimization (bpso) [9]. it is worth noting that the values of the hyperparameters of each algorithm are the same proposed by their respective authors. 4 experimental results table 2 presents the f1-score obtained using the methodology described in sect. 3 with regard to the final evaluation, as illustrated in fig. 1b. the values are the mean and standard deviation for each of the seventeen benchmark datasets. note that the values highlighted in bold represent the best results for each dataset. bfso achieved the highest mean values in twelve datasets, followed by bfa, which obtained the highest mean values in arcene and basehock datasets. bao obtained the highest average value only in the wine set. the highest mean value in the pcmac set was obtained in the original set, i.e., without feature selection, indicated in the table using the naïve bayes (nb) classifier. table 2. results concerning the test set over all datasets.full size table figure 2 illustrates the average number of features selected for the arcene, basehock, coil20, orl, segment, and spambase datasets. bfso selected the lowest number of features in the spambase set compared to the other bio-inspired algorithms and was the second-best technique in the orl and coil20 datasets, second only to bao. furthermore, it is worth the caveat of the size of the standard deviation of the bao in these datasets. in the arcene and basehock datasets, bfso was not among the best feature selection algorithms. fig. 2. average selected features considering each metaheuristic algorithm on: (a) arcene (b) basehock (c) coil20 (d) orl (e) segment datasets. (f) spambase datasets. full size image moreover, we performed the friedman test [7, 8] with a significance of 0.05 (\(5\%\)) to assess whether the average f1-score obtained using each bio-inspired algorithm is similar, i.e., null hypothesis \(h_0\) for this test. then we employed the nemenyi post-hoc test [15]. figure 3c illustrates the test performed for the coil20 dataset, where it can be seen that bfso performed similarly to bfpa. in the segment set, illustrated in fig. 3e, we notice the similarity in the performance of bfso with bfpa and bao. finally, in the spambase set, illustrated in fig. 3f, note the similarity between bfso, bfpa, bao, and bpso. fig. 3. nemenyi test on: (a) arcene (b) basehock (c) coil20 (d) orl (e) segment (f) spambase datasets. full size image additionally, the wilcoxon signed-rank test [17] with a significance of 0.05 (\(5\%\)) was performed to validate the data obtained more robustly. table 3 presents the test result considering f1-score metric obtained during the 20 independent runs. the symbol \(=\) indicates that the result obtained after feature selection using the bio-inspired algorithms performed statistically similar to that obtained using the original dataset, i.e., we accept the null hypothesis \(h_0\). in contrast, the symbol \(\ne \) indicates that the results were statistically different, i.e., we rejected the null hypothesis. one may observe that bfso performed statistically similar to the nb only in the caltech101 set. based on the bfso results shown in table 2 together with the wilcoxon test obtained, bfso obtained the best result by significantly increasing the classifier’s hit rate when removing degrading features. table 3. results concerning the wilcoxon signed-rank test set over all datasets.full size table following, we tested the performance of bio-inspired algorithms in dissolved gas analysis (dga) datasets for the task of gas concentration selection for fault identification in power transformers. table 4 presents the mean values and the standard deviation for each of the six datasets. also, note that the top performers are highlighted in bold. nb obtained the highest average values in the datasets 1069_5gt, 1069_7gt, 1143_5gte, and 1143_7gte. bba and bfa obtained the highest mean values in the 1086_5ge and 1086_7ge datasets, respectively. figure 4 illustrates the mean of the selected features for the datasets 1069_5gt, 1069_7gt, 1086_5ge, 1086_7g, and 1143_5gte, and 1143_7gte. it is important to note that the bio-inspired algorithms selected, on average, half of the features of the original set, i.e., even if there is a little loss in the hit rate, the computational cost for training can compensate in these cases, as well as the cost for feature extraction. fig. 4. average selected features considering each metaheuristic algorithm on: (a) 1069_5gt (b) 1069_7gt (c) 1086_5ge (d) 1086_7ge (e) 1143_5gte (f) 1143_7gte datasets. full size image table 5 present the wilcoxon signed-rank test on dga datasets. all bio-inspired algorithms performed similarly to nb statistically except in the 1143_5gte set and the bpso in the 1143_7gte set. the difference in the hit rate obtained by the nb to the bio-inspired algorithms was insignificant, which further emphasizes the advantage of training in reduced datasets. table 4. average f1-score values considering the comparison among the bio-inspired algorithms on dga datasets.full size table table 5. wilcoxon signed-rank test for the bio-inspired algorithms in comparison to naíve bayes classifier on dga datasets.full size table 5 conclusions in this work, we propose the binary version of the flying squirrel optimizer. considering the feature selection task, we validated its robustness and performance on sixteen benchmark datasets. next, we employ the bfso to select gaseous concentrations for fault identification in power transformers. for bfso performance comparison purposes, we used the bioinspired algorithms bao, bba, bcs, bfa, bfpa, and bpso. the results showed that the bfso can greatly reduce the set of features in all used datasets. furthermore, in some cases, it achieved better predictive performance than the other bioinspired algorithms used for comparison. thus, the performance of the bfso demonstrated in the feature selection task makes it a viable tool for its performance and low complexity. for future work, one idea would be to use chaotic maps for initializing the flying squirrels and employ opposition-based learning further to improve the exploration and exploitation of the algorithm. notes 1.https://archive.ics.uci.edu/. 2.it is worthy to say that any other supervised classifier can be used. we recommend models that figure a reasonably efficient training step, for the fitness function might be evaluated several times during the optimization process. 3.the algorithms used for comparison purposes and fso are part of opytimizer library, which contains several implementations of metaheuristics in python. the opytimizer library is available in: https://github.com/gugarosa/opytimizer. references iec 60599:2022 mineral oil-filled electrical equipment in service guidance on the interpretation of dissolved and free gases analysis. iec, geneva, switzerland, 4 edn. (2022) google scholar  arora, s., singh, s.: butterfly optimization algorithm: a novel approach for global optimization. soft. comput. 23(3), 715–734 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00500-018-3102-4 article  google scholar  azizyan, g., miarnaeimi, f., rashki, m., shabakhty, n.: flying squirrel optimizer (fso): a novel si-based optimization algorithm for engineering problems. iranian j. optimiz. 11(2), 177–205 (2019) google scholar  chou, j.s., truong, d.n.: a novel metaheuristic optimizer inspired by behavior of jellyfish in ocean. appl. math. comput. 389, 125535 (2021) mathscinet  math  google scholar  equbal, m.d., khan, s.a., islam, t.: transformer incipient fault diagnosis on the basis of energy-weighted dga using an artificial neural network. turk. j. electr. eng. comput. sci. 26(1), 77–88 (2018) article  google scholar  falcón, r., almeida, m., nayak, a.: fault identification with binary adaptive fireflies in parallel and distributed systems. in: proceedings of the ieee congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 1359–1366. ieee (2011) google scholar  friedman, m.: the use of ranks to avoid the assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of variance. j. am. stat. assoc. 32(200), 675–701 (1937) article  math  google scholar  friedman, m.: a comparison of alternative tests of significance for the problem of m rankings. ann. math. stat. 11(1), 86–92 (1940) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  kennedy, j., eberhart, r.c.: a discrete binary version of the particle swarm algorithm. in: ieee international conference on systems, man, and cybernetics, vol. 5, pp. 4104–4108 (1997) google scholar  kennedy, j., eberhart, r.: particle swarm optimization. in: proceedings of icnn 1995-international conference on neural networks, vol. 4, pp. 1942–1948. ieee (1995) google scholar  li, l., pan, j.s., zhuang, z., chu, s.c.: a novel feature selection algorithm based on aquila optimizer for covid-19 classification. in: shi, z., zucker, j.d., an, b. (eds.) intelligent information processing xi, pp. 30–41. springer international publishing, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-03948-5_3 chapter  google scholar  mantegna, r.n.: fast, accurate algorithm for numerical simulation of lévy stable stochastic processes. phys. rev. e 49, 4677–4683 (1994) article  google scholar  mirjalili, s., lewis, a.: the whale optimization algorithm. adv. eng. softw. 95, 51–67 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.advengsoft.2016.01.008 article  google scholar  nakamura, r.y.m., pereira, l.a.m., costa, k.a., rodrigues, d., papa, j.p., yang, x.s.: bba: a binary bat algorithm for feature selection. in: 2012 25th sibgrapi conference on graphics, patterns and images, pp. 291–297 (2012) google scholar  nemenyi, p.: distribution-free multiple comparisons. princeton university (1963) google scholar  rodrigues, d., et al.: bcs: a binary cuckoo search algorithm for feature selection. in: ieee international symposium on circuits and systems, pp. 465–468 (2013) google scholar  wilcoxon, f.: individual comparisons by ranking methods. biometrics bull. 1(6), 80–83 (1945) article  google scholar  yang, x.s.: flower pollination algorithm for global optimization. in: international conference on unconventional computing and natural computation, pp. 240–249. springer (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-03948-5_3 yang, x.s., gandomi, a.h.: bat algorithm: a novel approach for global engineering optimization. eng. comput. (2012) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations são paulo state university, bauru, sp, brazil luiz fernando merli de oliveira sementille, douglas rodrigues, andré nunes de souuza & joão paulo papa authors luiz fernando merli de oliveira sementilleview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar douglas rodriguesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar andré nunes de souuzaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão paulo papaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to douglas rodrigues . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de oliveira sementille, l.f.m., rodrigues, d., de souuza, a.n., papa, j.p. (2023). binary flying squirrel optimizer for feature selection. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_4 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_4 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords flying squirrel optimizer metaheuristic feature selection publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature investigating methods to detect off-topic essays | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper investigating methods to detect off-topic essays conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 346–357 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) investigating methods to detect off-topic essays download book pdf download book epub joyce m. silva  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0002-9696-62319, rafael t. anchiêta  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4209-90139, rogério f. de sousa  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4589-61579 & … raimundo s. moura  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1558-383010  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 384 accesses 1 citation abstract automated essay scoring is one of the most important educational applications of natural language processing. it helps teachers with automatic assessments, providing a cheaper, faster, and more deterministic approach than humans when scoring essays. nevertheless, off-topic essays pose challenges in this area, causing an automated grader to overestimate the score of an essay that does not adhere to a proposed topic. thus, detecting off-topic essays is important for dealing with unrelated text responses to a given topic. this paper explored approaches based on handcrafted features to feed supervised machine-learning algorithms, tuning a bert model, and prompt engineering with a large language model. we assessed these strategies in a public corpus of portuguese essays, achieving the best result using a fine-tuned bert model with a 75% balanced accuracy. furthermore, this strategy was able to identify low-quality essays. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others autograder: a feature-based quantitative essay grading system using bert chapter © 2023 label embedding based scoring method for secondary school essays chapter © 2023 designing essay questions for effective automatic scoring chapter © 2025 1 introduction automated essay scoring (aes) is the computer technology that evaluates and scores written prose [27]. it aims to provide computational models for automatically grading essays or with minimal involvement of humans [21]. this research area began with page [21] in 1966 with the project essay grader system, which, according to ke and ng [15], remains since then. in brazil, most of the work for the automatic essay grading task focuses on the high school national exam (enem exame nacional do ensino médio) [5]. enem is used to assess the quality of high school education and as an admission test for most public and private universities. it provides an essay test and requires the production of a text in the dissertation-argumentative genre on a specific prompt (topic). each enem essay is graded according to five traits (competencies) detailed below. 1. adherence to the formal written norm of portuguese. 2. conform to the argumentative text genre and the proposed topic (prompt) to develop a text using knowledge from different areas. 3. select, relate, organize, and interpret data and arguments to defend a point of view. 4. usage of argumentative linguistic structures. 5. develop an intervention proposal to solve the problem in question. although existing works attempt to grade an essay considering the five traits, they do not approach off-topic essays, i.e., essays that do not adhere to the expected prompt [1, 9, 20]. off-topic essays are related to the second trait of the enem exam, and according to higgins et al. [12], they may be classified into two types: 1. unexpected topic. possibly well-written essays that do not address the expected topic. 2. bad-faith. essays that mainly consist of text copied from the prompt or with irrelevant musings, such as purposely inserted chunks of text unrelated to the topic and the essay itself. these essay types are challenging and considered a problem for automated essay scoring systems, as a well-written essay that does not address the proposed topic may receive an overestimated score from an automated grader because of linguistic features, such as text structure and surface [23]. moreover, kabra et al. [14] has shown that different state-of-the-art automated essay scoring methods fail to provide a low score for poo-quality essays. more than that, off-topic essays occur infrequently, making them difficult to detect automatically. for example, in the 2022 enem exam, of the 2,355,395 produced essays, only 31,734 were off-topic, that is, 1.34%footnote 1. we investigated three strategies for detecting off-topic essays to tackle the above-mentioned challenges. the first is based on handcrafted features for feeding supervised machine learning algorithms to detect off-topic essays, while the second adopts a fine-tuned bert model. the last approach explores prompt engineering, examining whether the language proficiency retained by a large language model is useful in detecting off-topic essays. these methods were evaluated using the essay-br corpus [19]. the fine-tuned bert model achieved the best result with 75% balanced accuracy. the rest of the paper is organized as follows: in sect. 2, we briefly present related work. section 3 details the corpus used to evaluate and compare the approaches. in sect. 4, we detailed the developed strategies. in sect. 5, we reported and analyzed the achieved results. finally, sect. 6 concludes the paper by indicating future directions. 2 related work due to the difficulty of dealing with off-topic essays and the lack of a large corpus of off-topic essays, most works for the portuguese language focused only on on-topic essays [9, 20]. so, there are a few works on this theme; we briefly discuss them here. passero et al. [23] presented a systematic literature review on automatically detecting off-topic essays. they identified five papers, all of them for the english language. the studies dealt with off-topic essays, mainly using textual features, such as latent semantic analysis [17], n-grams, and latent dirichlet allocation [4], among others, to classify an essay as onor off-topic. from this study, the authors found that the approaches had high error rates, and the studies mostly used artificial essay sets for validation. passero et al. [22] adapted the five studies identified by passero et al. [23] to portuguese. the authors evaluated the adaptations in a corpus of 2,164 essaysfootnote 2. as this corpus has only 12 off-topic essays, the authors used the following strategy to use random on-topic essays as off-topic ones. for each set of n essays of a prompt (negative or on-topic examples), n essays are randomly selected from other prompts (positive or off-topic examples). the adapted work of beigman klebanov et al. [2] achieved the best result. it detects off-topic essays by estimating the topicality of each word in the essay by comparing its occurrence in essays from the same prompt to essays from other prompts. pinho et al. [25] compared several supervised machine learning methods to classify an essay as onor off-topic. to compare the classifiers, they used a private corpus of 1,320 essays, 230 of which were off-topic. a convolutional neural network achieved the best result with 89.4% accuracy with three-fold cross-validation. in the following section, we present the corpus used in this study. 3 corpus we used the essay-br corpus [19] to evaluate and compare the developed strategies. that corpus contains 4,570 argumentative essays graded according to the five traits of the enem exam. out of the total number of essays, 82 are graded with a score of zero, i.e., 1.79%, a similar value to the number of essays scored with zero in the 2022 enem exam. the corpus is organized according to table 1. table 1. the number of on-topic and off-topic essays in the corpus.full size table to understand why these 82 essays received a zero score, we asked two linguists with experience in grading enem essays to evaluate them. for that, we provided the essays and prompts, where each reviewer evaluated all essays independently, following the enem criteriafootnote 3. the reviewers agreed that all 82 essays did not follow the expected prompt and received a zero score for not adhering to it. table 1 presents the number of on-topic and off-topic essays in the corpus for each set. as we can see, the corpus is very unbalanced, indicating the need to apply sampling strategies to adjust the class distribution of the corpus. in what follows, we detail our approaches to handling off-topic essay detection. 4 off-topic detection strategies due to the unbalancing of the corpus, we first evaluated overand under-sampling methods. for oversampling strategies, we analyzed approaches for generating synthetic data, such as smote (synthetic minority over-sampling technique) [6] and adasyn (adaptive synthetic sampling) [11]. also, our second oversampling strategy uses random on-topic essays as off-topic ones. we selected 1.543 on-topic essays from the training set and switched their prompts to transform them into off-topic ones. this way, we balanced the training set, resulting in 1.599 on- and off-topic essays. for undersampling, we used a random undersampling strategy from the imbalanced-learn library [18]. it is important to note that these sampling methods were only applied to the training set. after balancing the corpus, we developed two methods to detect off-topic essays, as depicted in fig. 1. in addition to these methods, we checked whether a large language model may detect off-topic essays. in the following subsections, we detail these approaches. fig. 1. approaches to detect off-topic essays. full size image 4.1 features we manually extracted six features to detect off-topic essays. we extracted these features by comparing each paragraph of an essay to each paragraph of its corresponding prompt. we then compute the cosine similarity for each compared paragraph pair using the extracted feature values, applying eq. 1, where \(\overrightarrow{u} \cdot \overrightarrow{v}\) is the dot product of the two vectors. $$\begin{aligned} cos(\theta ) = \frac{\overrightarrow{u} \cdot \overrightarrow{v}}{\vert \overrightarrow{u}\vert \vert \overrightarrow{v}\vert } \end{aligned}$$ (1) finally, we calculate the arithmetic mean among all cosine similarity values to obtain a similarity between an essay and its prompt. we describe the features in what follows. boolean frequency (bf). this feature assigns one value if a word in an essay occurs in its corresponding prompt. otherwise, a zero value will be assigned, according to eq. 2. $$\begin{aligned} bf_{i, j} = 1 \text { if } i \text { occurs in } j \text { and } 0 \text { otherwise} \end{aligned}$$ (2) term frequency (tf). this feature computes how often a word in an essay occurs in its corresponding prompt. it is the relative frequency of a word in an essay within a prompt, as presented in eq. 3. $$\begin{aligned} tf_{i, j} = \frac{f_{i, j}}{\displaystyle \sum _{i^{'} \in j} f_{i^{'}, j}} \end{aligned}$$ (3) term frequency-inverse document frequency (tf-idf). according to eq. 4, this feature assigns the tf-idf value to each word in an essay for the analyzed prompt, where \(tf_{i, j}\) is the term frequency of i in j, \(df_i\) is the number of prompts containing i, and n is the total number of prompts. $$\begin{aligned} w_{i, j} = tf_{i, j} \times \log \left( \frac{n}{df_{i}} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (4) cosine of word embeddings (cos). to calculate the cosine similarity between an essay paragraph and a prompt paragraph, we got the embeddings for the words, computed the average of the word embeddings for each paragraph, and calculated the cosine similarity between these vectors. we used a 300-dimensional glove model pre-trained for portuguese to get embedding values [10]. word mover’s distance (wmd). this feature assesses the distance between two documents even when they have no words in common [16]. it measures the dissimilarity between two text documents as the minimum amount of distance that embedded words of one document need to “travel” to reach the embedded words of another document. it is important to notice that wmd is a distance function, i.e., the lower the distance value is, the more similar the documents are. to get the wmd distance, we first tokenized and removed stopwords of the paragraphs using the natural language toolkit (nltk) [3]; next, we got the embeddings for the words of the paragraphs; finally, to get the wmd distance, we used the method from the gensim library [30] that receives a paragraph pair encoded as word embeddings as input and returns the wmd value. sentence transformers (st). it is a modification of the pre-trained bert network [8] that uses siamese and triplet network structures to derive semantically meaningful sentence embeddings that can be compared using cosine-similarity [26]. for this feature, we used a multilingual pre-trained modelfootnote 4 to get the embedding values for each paragraph pair. then, we computed the cosine similarity between these vectors. we evaluated some classifiers to assess our approach after the feature extraction step. we used support vector machines (svm), naïve bayes (nb), decision tree (dt), multilayer perceptron (mlp), random forest (rf) and xgboost (xgb) from the scikit-learn library [24]. 4.2 bert we fine-tuned the bertimbau model [29] to detect off-topic essays. for that, we adopt a method developed by de sousa et al. [28] in which the essays and prompts are used to tune the model. in this way, the model may identify whether an essay adheres to a prompt. we used the large version of the bertimbau model with the parameters presented in table 2 to tune the model. table 2. training parameters for the bertimbau large model.full size table one can see that we employed a linear layer to make predictions. this layer takes the bert’s hidden size (768 inputs) as input and output of size 1 to predict whether the essay is onor off-topic. besides, we used six epochs to train the model and chose the best model through the lowest error in the validation set. we computed the loss using the binary cross-entropy with logits loss. this loss function combines a sigmoid layer and the binary cross-entropy loss in one class, which is proper for binary classification problems. 4.3 prompt engineering we investigated whether the language proficiency retained by a large language model may identify an off-topic essay. for that, we used gemini 1.5 profootnote 5, a multimodal large language model developed by google. this model has demonstrated remarkable capabilities on various tasks and has gained significant attention in diverse domainsfootnote 6. furthermore, this model has a free-of-charge option with limits of 15 requests per minute, 1 million tokens per minute, and 1,500 requests per day, which is sufficient for our experiments. our prompt design is straightforward. we instructed gemini to inform whether an essay is onor off-topic based on a prompt. in this way, we provided delimiters, such as and “‘essay”’ for our inputs to distinguish them, as depicted in fig. 2. fig. 2. a simple prompt asking to classify the input essay based on a prompt. full size image as shown in the above figure, we instructed the model to classify an essay as onor off-topic given an essay and prompt as input. in what follows, we detail the obtained results. 5 results and analysis we evaluated our approaches using the test set of the essay-br corpus [19]. we obtained the best results with the undersampling strategy, as shown in table 3. table 3. results with undersampling strategy.full size table our feature-based approach achieved the best result with the random forest classifier, and the fine-tuned bertimbau model [29] achieved the best overall result. to our surprise, the gemini model did not identify off-topic essays. as this model reports that it can detect essays that do not adhere to a topic, we expected that it achieved good results for this task. after assessing the approaches, we performed a feature selection to identify the most important features in our feature-based strategy. to calculate the importance of each feature, we computed the gini importance (fig. 3), which measures the impurity of a node in a decision tree with a more substantial weight given to the most important features. fig. 3. importance of each feature. full size image from this figure, we can see that the tf-idf contributes the least to the accuracy of the model. at the same time, the features that contribute most to accuracy are the sentence transformer, the cosine of word embeddings, and the word mover’s distance. this result is in line with the study of huang et al. [13], in which the approach developed by the authors achieved good results in detecting off-topic essays. based on the feature selection, we removed the tf-idf feature and re-evaluated our feature-based approach. with this, our results in recall (off-topic) and balanced accuracy metrics improved a little. on the other hand, the results in the recall (on-topic) and f-score metrics were slightly worse, as shown in table 4. table 4. results after feature selection.full size table we also investigated the results obtained by the bertimbau model through a confusion matrix, presented in table 5. from this table, we can see a high number of false negatives (27), justifying the low precision value in the off-topic class. table 5. confusion matrix of the bertimbau approach.full size table we further analyzed the false negative predictions, performing an error analysis to understand the misclassifications. with this, we realized that out of twenty-seven false negatives, only four were good essays with scores greater than 800. the remaining essays had grades below 300, with issues such as textual genre (six essays), poor and unstructured text (fifteen essays), and tangent to the topic (two essays). our analysis revealed that the strategy of tunning bertimbau with essays and prompts makes the automatic classification more rigorous than human review. despite that, this result may be a contribution, as different state-of-the-art automated essay scoring methods fail to provide a low score for low-quality essays [14]. however, it is important to analyze the extent to which bertimbau is strict with poor-quality essays. a deeper inspection of such essays remains necessary for future work. the developed methods are publicly available at https://github.com/liara-ifpi/off-topic-essay. 6 conclusion and future work this paper investigated methods for detecting off-topic essays, such as handcrafted features to feed supervised machine-learning algorithms, the fine-tuned bertimbau model, and the gemini language model. these strategies were evaluated in a brazilian portuguese corpus, showing some learned lessons, challenges, and contributions. as a learned lesson, we highlight the potential of the sentence-transformer as a feature to identify off-topic essays. as a challenge, we may mention the need to create a corpus with more off-topic essays to improve the precision of classifiers. finally, one of the contributions of our experiments is the potential of the fine-tuned bertimbaul model to score or identify low-quality essays. future work includes joining the sentence-transformer feature into the bertimbau model, investigating unsupervised learning strategies, as very recent work has achieved good results for the english language [7], and building a more balanced corpus. notes 1.https://www.gov.br/inep/pt-br/acesso-a-informacao/dados-abertos/microdados/enem. 2.https://github.com/gpassero/uol-redacoes-xml. 3.https://download.inep.gov.br/publicacoes/institucionais/avaliacoes_e_exames_da_educacao_basica/a_redacao_no_enem_2023_cartilha_do_participante.pdf. 4.https://huggingface.co/sentence-transformers/distiluse-base-multilingual-cased-v1. 5.https://gemini.google.com/. 6.https://storage.googleapis.com/deepmind-media/gemini/gemini_v1_5_report.pdf. references amorim, e., veloso, a.: a multi-aspect analysis of automatic essay scoring for brazilian portuguese. in: proceedings of the student research workshop at the 15th conference of the european chapter of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 94–102. association for computational linguistics, valencia, spain (2017) google scholar  beigman klebanov, b., flor, m., gyawali, b.: topicality-based indices for essay scoring. in: proceedings of the 11th workshop on innovative use of nlp for building educational applications, pp. 63–72. association for computational linguistics, san diego, ca (2016) google scholar  bird, s., klein, e., loper, e.: natural language processing with python: analyzing text with the natural language toolkit. o’reilly media, inc. (2009) google scholar  blei, d.m., ng, a.y., jordan, m.i.: latent dirichlet allocation. j. mach. learn. res. 3(jan), 993–1022 (2003) google scholar  caseli, h.m., nunes, m.g.v. (eds.): processamento de linguagem natural: conceitos, técnicas e aplicações em português. bpln, 2 edn. (2024). isbn 978-65-00-95750-1 google scholar  chawla, n.v., bowyer, k.w., hall, l.o., kegelmeyer, w.p.: smote: synthetic minority over-sampling technique. j. artif. intell. res. 16, 321–357 (2002) article  math  google scholar  das, s.d., vadi, y.a., yadav, k.: transformer-based joint modelling for automatic essay scoring and off-topic detection. in: proceedings of the 2024 joint international conference on computational linguistics, language resources and evaluation (lrec-coling 2024), pp. 16751–16761. elra and iccl, torino, italia (2024) google scholar  devlin, j., chang, m.w., lee, k., toutanova, k.: bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. in: proceedings of the 2019 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, volume 1 (long and short papers), pp. 4171–4186. association for computational linguistics, minneapolis, minnesota (2019) google scholar  fonseca, e., medeiros, i., kamikawachi, d., bokan, a.: automatically grading brazilian student essays. in: villavicencio, a., et al. (eds.) propor 2018. lncs (lnai), vol. 11122, pp. 170–179. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99722-3_18 chapter  google scholar  hartmann, n., fonseca, e., shulby, c., treviso, m., silva, j., aluísio, s.: portuguese word embeddings: evaluating on word analogies and natural language tasks. in: proceedings of the 11th brazilian symposium in information and human language technology, pp. 122–131. sociedade brasileira de computação, uberlândia, brazil (2017) google scholar  he, h., bai, y., garcia, e.a., li, s.: adasyn: adaptive synthetic sampling approach for imbalanced learning. in: 2008 ieee international joint conference on neural networks (ieee world congress on computational intelligence), pp. 1322–1328. ieee, hong kong (2008) google scholar  higgins, d., burstein, j., attali, y.: identifying off-topic student essays without topic-specific training data. nat. lang. eng. 12(2), 145–159 (2006) article  google scholar  huang, p., li, l., wu, c., zhang, x., liu, z.: a study of sentence-bert based essay off-topic detection. in: proceedings of the 4th international conference on computing, networks and internet of things, pp. 515–519. association for computing machinery, xiamen, china (2023) google scholar  kabra, a., bhatia, m., singla, y.k., jessy li, j., ratn shah, r.: evaluation toolkit for robustness testing of automatic essay scoring systems. in: proceedings of the 5th joint international conference on data science & management of data (9th acm ikdd cods and 27th comad), pp. 90–99. association for computing machinery, bangalore, india (2022) google scholar  ke, z., ng, v.: automated essay scoring: a survey of the state of the art. in: proceedings of the 28th international joint conference on artificial intelligence, pp. 6300–6308. aaai press, macao, china (2019) google scholar  kusner, m., sun, y., kolkin, n., weinberger, k.: from word embeddings to document distances. in: proceedings of the 32nd international conference on machine learning, pp. 957–966. proceedings of machine learning research, pmlr, lille, france (2015) google scholar  landauer, t.k., foltz, p.w., laham, d.: an introduction to latent semantic analysis. discourse process. 25(2–3), 259–284 (1998) article  math  google scholar  lemaître, g., nogueira, f., aridas, c.k.: imbalanced-learn: a python toolbox to tackle the curse of imbalanced datasets in machine learning. j. mach. learn. res. 18(17), 1–5 (2017) math  google scholar  marinho, j.c., anchiêta, r.t., moura, r.s.: essay-br: a brazilian corpus of essays. in: xxxiv simpósio brasileiro de banco de dados: dataset showcase workshop. sbbd 2021, pp. 53–64. sbc, online (2021) google scholar  marinho, j.c., c., f., anchiêta, r.t., moura, r.s.: automated essay scoring: an approach based on enem competencies. in: anais do xix encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 49–60. sbc, campinas, brazil (2022) google scholar  page, e.b.: the imminence of... grading essays by computer. the phi delta kappan 47(5), 238–243 (1966) google scholar  passero, g., ferreira, r., dazzi, r.l.s.: off-topic essay detection: a comparative study on the portuguese language. revista brasileira de informática na educação 27(03), 177–190 (2019) article  math  google scholar  passero, g., ferreira, r., haendchen filho, a., dazzi, r.: off-topic essay detection: a systematic review. in: proceedings of the xxviii brazilian symposium on computers in education, pp. 51–60. sbc, recife, brazil (2017) google scholar  pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) mathscinet  math  google scholar  pinho, c.m.d.a., gaspar, m.a., sassi, r.j.: aplicação de técnicas de inteligência artificial para classificação de fuga ao tema em redações. educação em revista 40, e39773 (2024) google scholar  reimers, n., gurevych, i.: sentence-bert: sentence embeddings using siamese bert-networks. in: proceedings of the 2019 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing and the 9th international joint conference on natural language processing (emnlp-ijcnlp), pp. 3982–3992. association for computational linguistics, hong kong, china (2019) google scholar  shermis, m.d., barrera, f.d.: exit assessments: evaluating writing ability through automated essay scoring. in: annual meeting of the american educational research association, pp. 1–30. eric, new orleans, la (2002) google scholar  de sousa, r.f., marinho, j.c., neto, f.a.r., anchiêta, r.t., moura, r.s.: piln at propor: a bert-based strategy for grading narrative essays. in: proceedings of the 16th international conference on computational processing of portuguese vol. 2, pp. 10–13. association for computational linguistics, santiago de compostela, galicia/spain (2024) google scholar  souza, f., nogueira, r., lotufo, r.: bertimbau: pretrained bert models for brazilian portuguese. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) bracis 2020. lncs (lnai), vol. 12319, pp. 403–417. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61377-8_28 chapter  google scholar  řehůřek, r., sojka, p.: software framework for topic modelling with large corpora. in: proceedings of lrec 2010 workshop new challenges for nlp frameworks, pp. 46–50. university of malta, valletta, malta (2010) google scholar  download references acknowledgments the authors are grateful to fundação de amparo à pesquisa do estado do piauí (fapepi) and virtex telecom for supporting this work. author information authors and affiliations laboratory of artificial intelligence, robotics, and automation, federal institute of piauí, picos, pi, brazil joyce m. silva, rafael t. anchiêta & rogério f. de sousa laboratory of natural language processing, federal university of piauí, teresina, pi, brazil raimundo s. moura authors joyce m. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael t. anchiêtaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rogério f. de sousaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar raimundo s. mouraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to joyce m. silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper silva, j.m., anchiêta, r.t., de sousa, r.f., moura, r.s. (2025). investigating methods to detect off-topic essays. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_24 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_24 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords automated essay scoring off-topic essays bert publish with us policies and ethics profiles rafael t. anchiêta view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a modified nsga-do for solving multiobjective optimization problems | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a modified nsga-do for solving multiobjective optimization problems conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 126–139 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) a modified nsga-do for solving multiobjective optimization problems download book pdf download book epub jussara gomes machado  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6899-053910, matheus giovanni pires  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1998-030410, fabiana cristina bertoni  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7759-460x10, adinovam henriques de macedo pimenta  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9931-576311 & … heloisa de arruda camargo  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5489-730612  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 755 accesses abstract this paper presents a novel multiobjective genetic algorithm, named modified non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented (mnsga-do), which aims to adjust the nsga-do selection operator to improve its diversity when applied to continuous multiobjective optimization problems. in order to validate this new genetic algorithm, we carried out a performance comparison among it and the genetic algorithms nsga-ii and nsga-do, regarding continuous multiobjective optimization problems. to this aim, a set of standard benchmark problems, the so-called zdt functions, was applied considering the quality indicators generational distance, inverted generational distance and hypervolume as well as a time evaluation. the results demonstrate that mnsga-do overcomes nsga-ii and nsga-do in almost all benchmarks, obtaining more accurate solutions and diversity. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a comprehensive survey on nsga-ii for multi-objective optimization and applications article 17 june 2023 deep surrogate network enhancement of non-dominated sorting genetic algorithms for improved multi-objective optimization chapter © 2024 improved nsga-ii for minimum weight minimum connected dominating set problem chapter © 2021 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms continuous optimization discrete optimization genetic techniques optimization calculus of variations and optimization 1 introduction multiobjective optimization is an area of multiple-criteria decision making, concerning mathematical optimization problems involving more than one objective function to be optimized simultaneously [12]. multiobjective optimization has been used to many fields of science and engineering, which provides multiple solutions representing the trade-offs among objectives in conflict. genetic algorithms have been applied to several classes of multiobjective optimization problems (mop) and have been shown to be promising for solving such problems efficiently [2, 8,9,10, 13, 16], along with the advantage of evaluating multiple potential solutions in a single iteration because they deal with a population of solutions. given the diversity of existing genetic algorithms for solving mop, named multiobjective genetic algorithms (moga), it is necessary to be aware of their benefits and drawbacks. thereby, this work performs a comparative study among the well-known moga nsga-ii [6], a modification of it, the nsga-do [15] and the novel mnsga-do (modified non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented), designed as a adjustment of the nsga-do. the use of crowding distance by nsga-ii as the selection criterion can prioritize individuals that are farther from the optimal front. a selection process which guide the solutions to converge towards the ideal points along the pareto front, as proposed by nsga-do, have been developed as an alternative to enhance a diversity of solutions. however, the nsga-do was developed based on problems with discrete search space. so, when applied to continuous problems, it does not guarantee the assignment of solutions to all the ideal points what might concentrate its set of solutions in specific regions. another disadvantage is the amount of ideal points, which is proportional to the size of pareto front. this imbalance between the quantity of ideal points and the number of solutions that need to be selected makes the convergence time-consuming. in order to overcome these failures, we proposed the modified non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented (mnsga-do). this moga calculates the length of pareto front and then estimates a partition considering the number of solutions to be found, setting the coordinates of the ideal points. in addition, mnsga-do assigns one solution to each ideal point, what ensures a diversity of solutions. to perform the proposed comparative analysis, the zdt family of functions [20] was selected, because it is a broad and popular set of test functions for benchmarking the performance of multiobjective optimization methods. for each nsga, a study of its convergence and distribution of solutions along the pareto front was performed by applying the quality indicators generational distance, inverted generational distance and hypervolume, according to the literature. in order to complement the analysis, the optimal pareto front were visually compared to the boundaries computed by the three moga. finally, we carried out an analysis of runtime and a statistical evaluation of the results achieved. 2 multiobjective optimization problems according to [12], a multiobjective optimization problem (mop) can be defined as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{array}{ll} minimize \ \ &{} f(x)= (f_1(x),...,f_m (x))^t \\ subject \ to \ \ &{} g_j (x) \ge 0, j=1,...,j \\ &{} h_k(x) = 0, k=1,...,k\\ &{} x \in \varomega \end{array} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where j and k are the numbers of inequality and equality constraints, respectively. \(\varomega = \vargamma _{i=1}^{n} [a_i,b_i] \subseteq \mathbb {r}^n\) is the space, \(x=(x_1,...,x_n)^t \in \varomega \) is a candidate solution. \(f:\varomega \longrightarrow \mathbb {r}^m\) constitutes m conflicting objective functions and \(\mathbb {r}^m\) is called the objective space. the attainable objective set is defined as \(\vartheta = \{f(x)\mid x\in \varomega , g_j(x) \ge 0, h_k(x) = 0\}\), for \(j\in \{1,...,j\}\) and \(k\in \{1,...k\}\). \(x^1\) is said to dominate \(x^2\) (denoted as \(x^1 \preceq x^2\)) if and only if \(f_i(x^1) \le f_i(x^2)\) for every \(i \in \{1,...,m\}\) and \(f_l(x^1) < f_l(x^2)\) for at least one index \(l \in \{1,...,m\}\). a solution \(x^*\) is pareto-optimal to (1) if there is no other solution \(x \in \varomega \) such that \(x \preceq x^*\). \(f(x^*)\) is then called a pareto-optimal (objective) vector. the set of all pareto-optimal solutions is called the pareto-optimal set (ps). therefore, the set of all pareto-optimal vectors, \(ef = \{f(x) \in \mathbb {r}^m \mid x \in ps\}\), is called the efficient front (ef) [14]. 3 multiobjective genetic optimization genetic algorithms are suitable to solving multiobjective optimization problems because they deal simultaneously with a set of possible solutions (or a population). this allows to find several members of the pareto optimal set in a single run of the algorithm, instead of having to perform a series of separate runs. additionally, genetic algorithms are less susceptible to the shape or continuity of the pareto front [3]. moga are usually designed to meet two often conflicting goals: convergence, viewed as minimizing the distances between solutions and the ef, and diversity, which means maximize the spread of solutions along the ef. balancing convergence and diversity becomes much more difficult in many-objective optimization [12]. moga are population-based approaches which initiate with a randomly created population of individuals. then, the algorithm starts an iterative process that creates a new population at each generation, by the use of operators which simulate the process of natural evolution: selection, crossover and mutation. among of all moga approaches, the literature shows that the nsga-ii is one of the most used for solving multiobjective optimization problems [9, 10, 16]. recently, a modification on the nsga-ii was proposed by [15], seeking to improve the diversity of the set of non-dominated solutions. this new moga was called non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented (nsga-do). in order to refine the nsga-do algorithm, we proposed an adjustment on it. a brief description of these approaches, which are evaluated in this work, is presented in sects. 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, depicting only the procedures used by the selection operator, that is the point at which the three algorithms differ. a detailed mathematical formulation is left to the references cited. 3.1 nsga-ii the nsga-ii algorithm is based on an elitist dominance sorting. for each solution i, contained in the population of solutions, two values are calculated: \(nd_i\), the number of solutions that dominate solution i; and \(u_i\), the set of solutions that are dominated by solution i. solutions with \(nd_i = 0\) are contained in the \(f_1\) front (pareto front). then, for each solution j in \(u_i\), the \(nd_j\) is decremented for each i \(\prec \) j, where i \(\in f_1\). if \(nd_j = 0\), then solution j belongs to the next front, in this case, \(f_2\). this procedure is repeated until all solutions are classified in a front. this procedure consists of classifying the solutions of a set m in different fronts \(f_1,f_2,...,f_f\) according to the dominance degree of such solutions. to guarantee diversity at the front, nsga-ii employs an estimate of the density of solutions that surround each individual in the population. thus, the average distance of the two solutions adjacent to each individual is calculated for all objectives by crowding distance selection operator. the suitability of each solution (individual) i is determined by the following values: \(rank_i =\) f, the \(rank_i\) value is equal to the number of the \(f_f\) front to which it belongs; and \(crowdist_i\), the crowding distance value of i. thus, in the dominance sorting process, a solution i is more suitable than a solution j if: i has a ranking lower than j, that is, \(rank_i < rank_j\); or if both solutions have the same ranking and \(rank_i\) has a higher crowding distance value. offspring population and current generation population are combined and the individuals of the next generation are set by dominance sorting process. the new generation is filled by each front subsequently until the number of individuals reach the current population size. 3.2 nsga-do as nsga-do is based on nsga-ii, the way it works is similar. the difference between them is due to the selection operator that begins with the estimation of the ideal points in the pareto front \(f_1\). in order to find the ideal points, the algorithm calculates the length of the pareto front and then estimates an uniform partition, setting the coordinates of the ideal points. thereafter, the selection of solutions to be inserted in the next generation instead of considering the crowding distance as in nsga-ii, considers the tournament distance between each solution of a certain front f and the calculated ideal points, with the aim to enhance the diversity of the solutions. in order to improve understanding of the difference selection criterion of the closest solution to an ideal point (nsga-do) instead of the crowding distance (nsga-ii), consider the following example, presented by [15] and illustrated in fig. 1. it is possible to observe two representations of the pareto front, formed by the solutions belonging to the fronts f1 and f2. fig. 1. difference between nsga-ii and nsga-do selection operator [15]. full size image solutions belonging to the front f1 dominate the solutions belonging to the front f2 and are not dominated by any other solution, composing the pareto-optimal front. the black dots (i1, i2, i3, i4 and i5) represent the ideal points and the gray dots (f1s1, f1s2, f1s3, f1s4, f1s5, f2s1, f2s2, f2s3 and f2s4) represent the solutions found by a moga. the f1 and f2 are the conflicting objectives to be optimized. assuming that eight solutions would be selected for the next generation of the moga, nsga-ii and nsga-do would form different solution sets. initially, all solutions belonging to the front f1 (f1s1, f1s2, f1s3, f1s4, f1s5) would be selected, because the number of solutions on this front is less than the size of population (f\(_{\text {1 size}}<\) n). up to this point, the nsga-ii solution set is the same as the nsga-do solution set, both of which are: $$\begin{aligned} \mathrm{s}_{\text {nsga-ii}} = \mathrm{s}_{\text {nsga-do}} = \{\mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{1}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{2},\mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{3}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{4}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{5}\} \end{aligned}$$ three solutions will be selected from f2 front (n f\(_{\text {1 size}}\)). the crowding distance operator from nsga-ii choose solutions with greater distance from its neighbors, in this case, solutions s1 and s4, because they are located at the extremity of front. solution s2 would be the last one to be chosen because its crowding distance is greater than the one of s3. on the other hand, the solutions chosen by nsga-do are those closest to the ideal points. among the solutions of front f2 the ranking of choice would be s3, s4 and s2, because they have the lowest distance to an ideal point. therefore, the final solution sets are: $$\begin{aligned} \mathrm{s}_{\text {nsga-ii}} = \{\mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{1}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{2}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{3}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{4}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{5}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{1}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{4}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{2}\}\\ \mathrm{s}_{\text {nsga-do}} = \{\mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{1}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{2}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{3}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{4}, \mathrm{f}_{1}\mathrm{s}_{5}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{3}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{4}, \mathrm{f}_{2}\mathrm{s}_{2}\} \end{aligned}$$ 3.3 mnsga-do modified non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented (mnsga-do) is an extension of nsga-do, with the purpose to improve its performance. in the way nsga-do works, it estimates ideal points in the pareto front based on an uniform partition, proportional to its size, and for each solution of a certain front f, the distance from the ideal points is calculated. then, these distances are sorted, selecting the s solutions associated with the smallest distances, where s is the number of individuals to reach the current population size. in this way, if the s smallest distances are associated with a single ideal point, the selected solutions will be concentrated in a single region of the front, harming diversity. instead of estimating ideal points based on an uniform partition proportional to the size of pareto front, mnsga-do calculates an uniform partition based on the number of solutions to be found, setting the coordinates of the ideal points in the pareto front \(f_1\), what decrease convergence time by reducing the number of points when calculating distances. to improve the approximation to the pareto front, mnsga-do uses the number of ideal points equal to twice the number of solutions to be selected (2s). then, it calculates the distances from solutions in f to ideal points, starting from the ends to the center of the pareto front, switching the selection between the two ends. moreover, mnsga-do does not allow the repetition of the same solution for different points. when a solution has already been associated with a point, mnsga-do do not considers this solution to the other ideal points. thus, mnsga-do guarantee the assignment of one different solution to each ideal point, avoiding the concentration of solutions in some of them and ensuring the diversity of the solutions. mnsga-do selection operator is illustrated in algorithm 1. 4 experimental setup for our experiments, the zdt family of functions [20] was selected, because it is a widely used set of test functions for benchmarking the performance of multiobjective optimization methods. all of the zdt functions contain two objectives and a particular feature that is representative of a real world optimization problem that could cause difficulty in converging to the pareto-optimal front [18], as showed in table 1. table 1. zdt family characteristics.full size table in this study, 5 out of 6 zdt functions were considered (zdt{1–4} and zdt6) and for each one, 30 runs were conducted using each moga, in order to ensure the results were not biased based upon the initial population. we performed our experiments on 2.40 ghz pc with 8 gb ram and operating system 64 bits. the implementations of mogas were done in the framework jmetal 5 [7] and assumed the following parameters: codification: the chromosomes \(ci=(ci_1,ci_2,...ci_n)\) are encoded as a vector of floating point numbers in which each component of the vector is a variable of the problem. initial population and stopping criterion were defined following a grid search procedure [4]. the values tested for the population size were 50, 100, 150 and 200. for the number of fitness function evaluations were considered values 10000, 20000, 25000 and 30000. after these tests, initial population was generated randomly considering population size of 100 individuals and stopping criterion was defined as 25000 fitness function evaluations, in all problems. fitness function: the fitness function for mop is the objective function f(x) to be minimized. the goal of solving a mop is to find the pareto-optimal set or at least a set of solutions close to pareto-optimal set. intermediate population: based on [5, 11, 17], we have used binary tournament selection, simulated binary crossover (sbx) and polynomial mutation. the crossover probability and distribution index were respectively defined as 0.9 and 30. similarly, the mutation probability was set as 1/n, where n is the number of problem variables, and the mutation distribution index was 20. the study of convergence and distribution of solutions along the pareto front was performed to the mogas by applying three well known quality indicators, generational distance (gd), inverted generational distance (igd) and hypervolume (hv) [1]. the first one measure the convergence and the other indicators can simultaneously measure the convergence and diversity of obtained solutions. in the following section, the performance of the nsga-ii, nsga-do and mnsga-do on zdt test problems is investigated and the results are presented based on the mentioned quality indicators. 5 experimental results as stated in sect. 4, we have selected five functions from zdt family to evaluate nsga-ii, nsga-do and mnsga-do algorithms: zdt{1–4} and zdt6. according to the moga configurations presented in sect. 4 and regarding zdt functions mentioned, we applied the quality indicators gd, igd and hv, which make a comparison between the set of points sampled from the pareto-optimal (set mathematically calculated) and the set of points found by the moga to be evaluated. thirty design variables \(x_i\) were chosen to zdt{1–4} and ten to zdt6. each design variable ranged in value from 0 to 1, except to zdt4, which the variables ranged from −5 to 5. the numerical results of gd, igd and hypervolume are showed in tables 4, 5 and 6, respectively. the values highlighted in gray means the best for each zdt function and sd column shows standard deviation. according to the results, for the quality indicator gd, which only evaluates convergence, nsga-do found the best results. for both quality indicators igd and hv, which simultaneously measure the convergence and diversity, the mnsga-do had the best results, except zdt3 problem, in which the nsga-ii was slightly better. this happens because both nsga-do and mnsga-do consider the entire extension of pareto front for the definition of ideal points, not taking into account the gaps of the discontinuous zdt3 problem. thereby, ideal points are assigned in infeasible regions of the search space, thus compromising their effectiveness. in table 2, the execution time of the algorithms is presented in seconds. nsga-ii performed better than mnsga-do. nsga-do achieved the worst results, with execution time much higher than the other two multiobjective genetic algorithms. table 2. execution time results.full size table as the result of a two-objective pareto optimization study is a set of points on a curve (the pareto front), we plotted the last fronts from each algorithm with the aim of visualising the results variation. hence, a visual comparison between the algorithms is performed based on the pareto fronts. figures 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 illustrate the pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do fronts of each zdt function. the x and y axes of all figures represent objectives \(f_1\) and \(f_2\), respectively. after analysing the fronts, we can observe that the nsga-ii and the mnsga-do fronts are very similar comparing to pareto-optimal front. nsga-ii fronts shows some gaps, what demonstrates that the nsga-ii fronts diversity is worst than mnsga-do. on the other side, the nsga-do front is very different from pareto-optimal front. this problem can be attributed to the process of individuals selection to reach the current population size, which consider the increasing sorting of the distances from the solutions to the ideal points. such sorting can add individuals from a single region of the front in the new population. these individuals, combined with others, generate new individuals with characteristics similar to theirs, leading to agglomeration of solutions in regions of the objective space. in addition, as the nsga-do algorithm does not balance the number of solutions selected by each ideal point, one same point can select various solutions and another none. in order to verify if there is statistical difference among the mogas results, we have applied the wilcoxon signed-rank test [19], with level of significance = 0.05. the statistical results are shown in table 3, in which one – symbol means the null hypothesis was accepted, and one \(\blacktriangle \) or \(\triangledown \) symbol means the null hypothesis was rejected. the \(\blacktriangle \) symbol indicate that the algorithm from the line was significantly better than the algorithm from the column, and the \(\triangledown \) symbol indicate the opposite. each –, \(\blacktriangle \) or \(\triangledown \) symbols refers to a function, that is, the first symbol refers to zdt1 function, the second symbol refers to zdt2 function, and so on. table 3. statistical comparison on quality indicators gd, igd and hv.full size table based on table 3, when considering quality indicator gd, the nsga-do was significantly better than mnsga-do and nsga-ii in almost all functions, only to the zdt6 function there was not statistical difference among them. between mnsga-do and nsga-ii, mnsga-do was better than nsga-ii to zdt1 and zdt2 functions, and nsga-ii was better in zdt3 and zdt4 functions. regarding quality indicator igd, mnsga-do and nsga-ii were significantly better than nsga-do in all functions. take into account only mnsga-do and nsga-ii, mnsga-do was better in almost all functions, except to the zdt3 function. considering quality indicator hv, mnsga-do and nsga-ii were significantly better than nsga-do in all functions, once more. comparing mnsga-do and nsga-ii, they are similar to zdt3 function, but mnsga-do was markedly better in all others. finally, evaluating execution time, mnsga-do and nsga-ii were significantly better than nsga-do in all the problems. regarding mnsga-do and nsga-ii, they are similar to zdt1–3, but mnsga-do was worse than nsga-ii to zdt4 and zdt6. fig. 2. pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do from zdt1 function. full size image fig. 3. pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do from zdt2 function. full size image table 4. generational distance results.full size table table 5. inverted generational distance results.full size table table 6. hypervolume results.full size table fig. 4. pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do from zdt3 function. full size image fig. 5. pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do from zdt4 function. full size image fig. 6. pareto-optimal, nsga-ii, mnsga-do and nsga-do from zdt6 function. full size image 6 conclusion in this paper we have presented a novel multiobjective genetic algorithm and made a comparison with nsga-ii and nsga-do in solving multiobjective optimization problems. in addition, we investigated their performance when applied to the popular zdt family benchmark, by analysing the convergence and diversity of these mogas based on three quality indicators, gd, igd and hv. according to statistical results, nsga-do was significantly better considering the quality indicator gd, while mnsga-do was significantly better taking account the quality indicators igd and hv. analysing the pareto fronts from mogas, it was possible to verify that nsga-do pareto front solutions are concentrated in a few points, mainly in zdt1, zdt2, zdt3 and zdt6 functions. this result can be explained by nsga-do individuals selection process, which allow one ideal point select various solutions and another none, leading to agglomeration of solutions in regions of the objective space. on the other side, the mnsga-do fronts has better convergence and diversity of the solutions in comparison with nsga-ii. the nsga-do, proposed to improve the distribution of solutions along the pareto front, fails to overcome the crowding distance of the nsga-ii in continuous problems. as nsga-do was developed based on discrete problems, the gaps in pareto front are not important, what harms its performance in this class of problems. in this context, mnsga-do appears as an alternative in solving continuous multiobjective optimization problems and its results demonstrate its feasibility and efficiency. in future works, we aim to apply mnsga-do in solving multiobjective discrete optimization problems and compare it with nsga-ii and nsga-do by analysing the convergence and diversity as done in this work. moreover, we are going to investigate the adjustment of mnsga-do regarding problems with discontinuous fronts. references audet, c., bigeon, j., cartier, d., le digabel, s., salomon, l.: performance indicators in multiobjective optimization. eur. j. oper. res. 292(2), 397–422 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2020.11.016 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  bora, t.c., mariani, v.c., dos santos coelho, l.: multi-objective optimization of the environmental-economic dispatch with reinforcement learning based on non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm. appl. therm. eng. 146, 688–700 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2018.10.020 article  google scholar  chang, k.h.: e-design: computer-aided engineering design. elsevier sci. (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/c2009-0-63076-2 article  google scholar  coroiu, a.m.: tuning model parameters through a genetic algorithm approach. in: 2016 ieee 12th international conference on intelligent computer communication and processing (iccp), pp. 135–140 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/iccp.2016.7737135 deb, k., jain, h.: an evolutionary many-objective optimization algorithm using reference-point-based nondominated sorting approach, part i: solving problems with box constraints. ieee trans. evol. comput. 18(4), 577–601 (2014) article  google scholar  deb, k., agrawal, s., pratab, a., meyarivan, t.: a fast elitist non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm for multi-objective optimization: nsga-ii. in: international conference parallel problem solving from nature, vol. 1917 (2000) google scholar  durillo, j.j., nebro, a.j.: jmetal: a java framework for multi-objective optimization. adv. eng. softw. 42(10), 760–771 (2011) article  google scholar  george, t., amudha, t.: genetic algorithm based multi-objective optimization framework to solve traveling salesman problem. in: sharma, h., govindan, k., poonia, r.c., kumar, s., el-medany, w.m. (eds.) advances in computing and intelligent systems. ais, pp. 141–151. springer, singapore (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-0222-4_12 chapter  google scholar  guerrero, c., lera, i., juiz, c.: genetic algorithm for multi-objective optimization of container allocation in cloud architecture. j. grid comput. 16(1), 113–135 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10723-017-9419-x article  google scholar  hamdy, m., nguyen, a.t., hensen, j.l.m.: a performance comparison of multi-objective optimization algorithms for solving nearly-zero-energy-building design problems. energy build. 121, 57–71 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2016.03.035 article  google scholar  ishibuchi, h., imada, r., setoguchi, y., nojima, y.: performance comparison of nsga-ii and nsga-iii on various many-objective test problems. in: 2016 ieee congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 3045–3052. ieee (2016) google scholar  li, k., deb, k., zhang, q., kwong, s.: an evolutionary many-objective optimization algorithm based on dominance and decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 19(5), 694–716 (2015) article  google scholar  maghawry, a., hodhod, r., omar, y., kholief, m.: an approach for optimizing multi-objective problems using hybrid genetic algorithms. soft. comput. 25(1), 389–405 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00500-020-05149-3 article  google scholar  miettinen, k.: nonlinear multiobjective optimization. kluwer academic publishers (1999) google scholar  pimenta, a., camargo, h.: nsga-do: non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm distance oriented. in: ieee international conference fuzzy system, pp. 1–8 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1109/fuzz-ieee.2015.7338080 saborido, r., ruiz, a.b., bermúdez, j.d., vercher, e., luque, m.: evolutionary multi-objective optimization algorithms for fuzzy portfolio selection. appl. soft comput. 39, 48–63 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2015.11.005 article  math  google scholar  seada, h., deb, k.: u-nsga-iii: a unified evolutionary optimization procedure for single, multiple, and many objectives: proof-of-principle results. in: gaspar-cunha, a., henggeler antunes, c., coello, c.c. (eds.) emo 2015. lncs, vol. 9019, pp. 34–49. springer, cham (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-15892-1_3 chapter  google scholar  priya, v., umamaheswari, k.: enhanced continuous and discrete multi objective particle swarm optimization for text summarization. clust. comput. 22(1), 229–240 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10586-018-2674-1 article  google scholar  wilcoxon, f.: individual comparisons by ranking methods. biometrics bull. 1(6), 80–83 (1945). https://doi.org/10.2307/3001968 article  google scholar  zitzler, e., deb, k., thiele, l.: comparison of multiobjective evolutionary algorithms: empirical results. evol. comput. 8(2), 173–195 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1162/106365600568202 article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations state university of feira de santana, feira de santana, 44036-900, ba, brazil jussara gomes machado, matheus giovanni pires & fabiana cristina bertoni adventist university centre of são paulo, são paulo, 05858-001, sp, brazil adinovam henriques de macedo pimenta federal university of são carlos, são carlos, 13565-905, sp, brazil heloisa de arruda camargo authors jussara gomes machadoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar matheus giovanni piresview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar fabiana cristina bertoniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar adinovam henriques de macedo pimentaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar heloisa de arruda camargoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to matheus giovanni pires . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper machado, j.g., pires, m.g., bertoni, f.c., de macedo pimenta, a.h., de arruda camargo, h. (2021). a modified nsga-do for solving multiobjective optimization problems. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_9 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_9 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords multiobjective genetic algorithm multiobjective optimization nsga-ii nsga-do publish with us policies and ethics profiles heloisa de arruda camargo view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature intelligent agents for observation and containment of malicious targets organizations | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper intelligent agents for observation and containment of malicious targets organizations conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 48–63 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) intelligent agents for observation and containment of malicious targets organizations download book pdf download book epub thayanne frança da silva10, matheus santos araújo10, raimundo juracy campos ferro junior10, leonardo ferreira da costa11, joão pedro bernardino andrade11 & … gustavo augusto lima de campos10  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 752 accesses abstract the problem addressed in this work is an extension of the cooperative multi-robot observation of multiple moving targets problem (cmommt). the scenario remains the same, but the targets are structured as an organization to achieve the highest possible percentage of exploration of the environment and avoid robots. targets can be organized as hierarchy, holarchy, team, and coalition, but they can also be unorganized. our work seeks to apply computer vision to assist robots in classifying the target team’s organizational structure faced with a group of malicious target agents. thus, robots can select the most appropriate strategy among the containment strategies implemented for each organizational structure or continue with the method proposed by literature for cases where the targets are not organized. the results showed that our approach had satisfactory results since, in luck, robots have a 20% chance of hitting the structure (hierarchy, holarchy, team, coalition, or random). our approach had an accuracy of 63.28%. the containment strategies obtained satisfactory results in the robots’ performance regarding the depreciation of the percentage of the environment explored by the targets (peet) compared to the previous approach for robots. however, for the average number of observed targets (anot), the previous strategy was better. the new organizational approach to targets in cmommt was better than random in the desired exploration of the desired environment. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others distributed assignment with limited communication for multi-robot multi-target tracking article 17 may 2019 an integer linear programming model for fair multitarget tracking in cooperative multirobot systems article 18 april 2018 cooperative observation of smart target agents chapter © 2020 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. multiagent systems organization theory organized crime organizational theory robotics social robotics 1 introduction the observation of moving targets is an essential multi-robot application in mas that still presents numerous open challenges, including the effective coordination of robots [11]. the cmommt addresses the scenario where a group of agents, called robots, seek to retain within an “observation band” a maximum number of agents from the opposite group, called targets [14, 16]. in one of the reformulations of cmommt, cooperative target observation (cto) [13, 18] proposed targeting strategies based on structures to improve the performance of this team in the cto. the results showed that the strategies of [18] were better for target performance compared to the proposed strategy [13]. thus, in our approach, we implement four organizational paradigms for multi-agent systems [10], in the target team in cmommt, in a scenario where targets seek not only to walk randomly but explore the environment while avoiding robots. research has shown that it is possible to recognize patterns in images captured by satellites [21], infrared cameras [6], security cameras [3, 4], etc. furthermore, there are researches in the area of multi-agent simulation that made use of computer vision in the simulation image to locate agents in the environment [15]. thus, this research applied computer vision to help classify the four organizational paradigms modeled for the targets (hierarchy, holarchy, team, and coalition) and the random model through images captured from the environment. thus, if we model the organizational structures in the targets so that communication between them depends on the location of these agents with their coordinators, sub-coordinators, or group partners, we can apply computer vision to classify the organizational paradigms present in the targets. with this information, robots can now select an appropriate containment approach for each of the four organizations developed or remain in the strategy proposed by [14] if the targets are walking randomly. this article aims to develop a strategy for the decision-making of artificial robot agents, aiming to maximize the observation metric and minimize the exploration of the environment by target agents organized to explore and perform malicious actions in the background. this paper is organized into four more sections. section 2 presents the literature review. section 3 describes the approaches used by targets and robots, materials, and methods. section 4 shows the experiment and the results. finally, sect. 5 concludes the paper with final observations and future research. 2 a literature review the cmommt problem, initially described in [14], is defined in a simple, two-dimensional polyhedral spatial region, with inputs/outputs containing two teams of agents, the targets and the robots. the team of robots has \( 360^{\circ } \) observation sensors. this team’s objective is to maximize the collective time during which each target in the environment is monitored by at least one robot during the simulation time. we say that a robot is tracking a target when the target is within the robot’s sensory field of observation. some reformulations of this problem have been created, such as fcmommt [8], p-cmommt [2, 9]. the cto is another reformulation of the cmommt [13]. the main difference between these two problems is that in the cto, the targets provide information about their location. the observers’ objectives remain the same as that of the robots. the targets were modeled with random movements, the target team being superior in numbers to the observer team, but the observers are faster. in [1], it was observed that observers at the cto work in a hierarchical structure with the k-means and fuzzy c-means algorithm. thus, [18] proposed three strategies so that the targets were as organized as the observers, hierarchy with k-means, the hierarchy with fuzzy c-means, and holarchy, and a strategy with neural networks. the results showed that the method based on the organizational paradigms was superior to the cto literature approach. [19] proposed an approach to classify the organizational structure of a group of target mobile agents that are continuously monitored by a smaller group of mobile observer agents in the cto problem, a reformulation of the cmommt. the approach considers that the group of target agents can be organized according to eight different paradigms. these agents communicate through the exchange of messages whose contents are performative of the speech act. this approach proved effective in comparison with the dummy classifier that simulated human logic based on the frequency strategy. however, it was observed in this approach that the organizational strategy adopted for the targets, targets, and observers provided their location information to each other in the cto. this type of scenario, where opposing teams exchange information when their goals neutralize each other, is not a realistic scenario. thus, in the cmommt scenario, where the environment is partially observable, the targets and robots (observers) do not contribute with their locations, the simulation becomes more realistic. in [5, 15], computer vision was applied to the images captured by agents to help achieve their goals. [5] presented the development of a robotic multi-agent system, called smart, in which there are two groups of agents, hardware and software agents, that work cooperatively. the hardware agents are robots with three and four legs and an ip camera that captures images of the scene where the cooperative task takes place. [15] presented a behavior-based approach for maintaining robot formation. the robot’s objective is to circulate through the environment, keeping a relative position between them and avoiding shock. based on these concepts of an image capture agent, the use of the computer vision technique, and the limitation of target communication to maintain the organization in cmommt, we can assist robots in classifying target structures through the application of computer vision in the simulation scenario, such as [5, 15]. 3 the approach for observing and containment of malicious targets organizations in this article, we present an extension to the cmommt problem. the scenario remains the same, but the targets are structured as an organization aiming to achieve the highest possible percentage of scenario exploration while avoiding robots. robots continue with the surveillance objective, seeking to maximize the vision on the targets and minimize the effect of the organized targets on the environment through strategies to contain the exploration of the targets. in the original cmommt problem, robots were only concerned with observing targets. however, this approach is not sufficient for robots in this extension of the cmommt problem. the targets are intended to explore the environment, and they are organized as hierarchy, holarchy, team, or coalition. therefore, the proposed approach for robots in this new cmommt problem is using image classification to select the containment strategy to minimize the exploration of targets organized in the scenario. considering the assumption that there is a drone in the scenario capable of capturing images of both the target team and the robots, it is possible to generate a set of examples, label them and train a classification system that can recognize patterns in movement in each organizational paradigm present in the targets to classify the structure. thus, through classification, the work proposes four associated containment strategies to solve the problem. 3.1 target strategy targets, in this extension of the cmommt problem, see the environment in quadrants. there are four quadrants: upper right, upper left, lower left, and lower right. among the paradigms raised by [10], hierarchy, holarchy, team, and coalition were selected for this work. because, according to [10], starting from these four, it is possible to generate the others. the subsections below detail each organizational structure modeled on the target team. hierarchy. in this organizational structure, only the two-level hierarchy was considered. at the level above, there is a target responsible for calculating the quadrant that contains the smallest percentage of exploration closest to it, based on the information obtained by the targets, to request the movement of this team to this particular quadrant at each time interval, called of coordinator. the targets that inform the area explored by them and perform the action requested by the coordinator are called subordinates. therefore, subordinates must remain within the message range to receive the information, as communication is carried out through the speech act. the state machine that demonstrates target team communication is shown in fig. 1. in the initial state (\(q_{0}\)), the coordinator (c), belonging to the target team (t), requests that all subordinates (s) tell you the coordinates of your current state. in state \(q_{1}\), subordinates report their status to the coordinator. finally, in the state (\(q_{2}\)), the coordinator requests all targets to move towards the goal calculated by it. as the communication is not continuous but occurs every period after reaching the final state, the state machine will only restart again in the initial state at the time determined to exchange messages from the target team. fig. 1. hierarchy communication state machine. full size image holarchy. in holarchy, targets have been separated into two holon structured as a simple hierarchy, each containing a sub-coordinator who has authority over the subordinates of his holon. our approach has only been tested with this simpler holarchy. there is a general coordinator that performs the same calculation process as the hierarchy coordinator. however, this one only has access to the sub-coordinators. therefore, the coordinator transmits the message to the sub-coordinators, and these send the message to their subordinates. hierarchy communication state machine. at each given time, the coordinator informs the sub-coordinators of their environment analysis based on information obtained by all members of this paradigm (coordinator, sub-coordinator, and subordinates). the sub-coordinators request an action from their subordinates, who are within the sub-coordinator’s speech act range, based on the analysis of the general coordinator. the coordinator’s message is only received if the sub-coordinators are within the coordinator’s message transmission range. likewise, the subordinates of each holon must be within range of their sub-coordinator’s message transmission. figure 2 shows the state machine of the target team communication in the holarchy. in the initial state (\(q_{0}\)), the coordinator (c), belonging to the target team (t), requests that all sub-coordinators (sc) ask all their subordinates to inform them of the coordinates of their current status. in the \(q_{1}\) state, sub-coordinators request this information from subordinates. in the state \(q_{2}\) and \(q_{3}\), the subordinates report their status to their sub-coordinators, and these report the status of their subordinates to the coordinator, respectively. in the next state, the coordinator asks the sub-coordinators to ask their subordinates to go towards the goal calculated by the coordinator. finally, in the \(q_{5}\) state, the subordinates perform the action forwarded by their sub-coordinator. finally, in the final state (\(q_{0}\)), the machine is shut down until the next communication period between the target team. fig. 2. holarchy communication state machine. full size image team. in this organizational paradigm, all members are at the same level and divided into four groups containing the same number of members. each group is sent to a region of the environment (quadrant) to accomplish its objective. each sub-team member must remain within a certain radius to maintain communication and must stay in the area assigned to their sub-team. as shown in fig. 3, in the initial state, (\(q_{0}\)), the targets of each sub-team report the exploration rate around them to their teammates. in the final state, (\(q_{1}\)), each sub-team will ask its members to go to the coordinates of the target that obtained the lowest exploration rate around it in that sub-team. fig. 3. team communication state machine. full size image coalition. on our problem, there are two coalitions, the members located on the right in the scene form a coalition, and those found on the left form another coalition. as targets are placed randomly in the environment, each coalition can have a different number of members. communication, just like in the team, takes place at a certain point in time, and the members of each coalition must stay within a certain radius to enable communication. the two coalitions tend to be separated from each other, as each is allocated to a specific area. however, the targets of each coalition must be close to each other to carry out decision-making. in fig. 4, the communication state machine is presented. in the initial state (\(q_{0}\)), each target of each coalition informs the exploration state of the region around them. in the \(q_{1}\) state, coalitions request that targets belonging to their coalition go to the target coordinates of each coalition that has the lowest exploitation rate in its surroundings. 3.2 robots strategy computer vision. initially, a survey of classic cnn models was carried out to evaluate each model for classification of organizational paradigms and the random model. mobilenetsv2 was selected because it is a simple but efficient convolutional neural network. in order to carry out the classification in real-time simulation, a light network is needed for this task. fig. 4. coalition communication state machine. full size image other cnn models can be used. but, as our objective is to evaluate the benefits of using simulation scenario images with cnn for agents’ decision-making, only mobilenetsv2 was used in this paper. for our proposed model, which uses netlogo simulation scenario images, we train our dataset to 100 epochs using the adam optimizer and an initial learning rate of \(1e-3\). in this work, we test the lot size valued at 32. \(80\%\) from our image bank was used for the training step and \(20\%\) for the validation step. in the training stage, we obtained \(74.56\%\) accuracy. in the validation step, the accuracy of \(72.14\%\) was obtained. during the simulation, images of the scenario are sent to classify the organizational structure of the targets. four containment strategies for the robot team are proposed to deal with the organizational structure that targets may adopt. the following subsections describe these strategies. strategy against hierarchy. in this type of organization, in which the targets are submitted to a higher-level agent and where decision-making depends on the latter’s endorsement, the containment strategy adopted was to disable the coordinator’s communication with the targets. as only the coordinator requests an action and the agents’ act of speaking represents in the real world the human speech itself, as soon as the hierarchical structure is detected, the robots move between the targets in order to see which one is communicating an action. thus, the robots will disable this agent’s communication, and the targets will be incapacitated, as they will not be able to reach their goals because the agent in charge of transmitting information about their goals has been disabled. however, robots continue to look for more coordinators, as they do not have the details on how the hierarchy is structured, two levels or more. strategy against holarchy. in holarchy, it is necessary to disable the general coordinator and the sub-coordinators. for however much the sub-coordinators are submissive to the general coordinator, they have authority over the targets of their group. if so, the holarchy could turn into coalitions, and targets could still achieve their goals. therefore, the containment strategy adopted for this structure is to disable the communication of all targets that have authority over other targets. strategy against the team. in the team’s case, the targets are independent of each other but cooperate to achieve their goals; that is, they explore the area allocated to their team to maximize the percentage of the region explored by the targets. as there is no essential agent in this structure that its suppression disables, as all targets are at the same level, the strategy adopted was an extension of the approach proposed by [14]. in this extension, robots have two behaviors, that of seeking sub-times and that of disrupting the communication of targets under observation. as the targets of each subteam are close to each other, if the force field proposed by [14] were used to repel all other robots, only four robots would be trying to disable communication, while the other eight would be idle. thus, a conditional was added to this force field. it now allows a maximum of two robots and repels the others when it exceeds this margin. so, instead of just one robot trying to disable the communication of six targets, there are now two for this purpose in each sub-team. the four remaining robots are responsible for looking for more sub-teams, as the robot team does not know how many sub-teams there are in the simulation scenario. strategy against the coalition. as the number of members in each coalition can be unequal and there are no agents with authority over others, the containment strategy was an extension of the method proposed by [14] as well. they are seeking, as well as in the team, to break communication between the coalition targets, as there are not enough robots to disable all targets to minimize the exploration of the scenario. strategy overview. thus, the robot approach consists of them, every 200 steps of time on the netlogo platform, sending an image of the simulation scenario to the jupyter notebook. then, the classification of the organizational paradigm by mobilenetv2 is performed, and the result is returned to the robots team. thus, from the returned response, the most suitable containment strategy is selected. the simulation only returns to processing when the jupyter notebook returns the classification value performed by cnn. 3.3 materials and methods the netlogo [20] platform was selected for scenario simulation, as [1, 18, 19] used to simulate a reformulation of the cmommt problem, the cto. this platform was also chosen for its integrality with the jupyter notebook [12] platform used in this research. mobilenetv2 [17] was loaded by keras [7], an open-source neural network library written in python. in the generation of the image bank, the data augmentation technique was used to supplement our dataset. in addition, the use of this technique simulates a drone flying over the scene and capturing images of the robot team and targets from various angles and positions. our image bank was generated from the simulation scenario images. the starting position of each target and robot is random, and the choice of the following position is based on the strategy adopted by each team. seeking to diversify the image bank, the target communication range sensor can vary between 5, 10, 15, 20, and 25 netlogo distance units. thus, targets can be further away or closer depending on the communication range setting. initially, the image bank contains 750 images of each organizational paradigm and the random model for [14] targets, in which there are 150 images for each communication range sensor configuration, totaling 3750 images. the photos were captured manually in the most diverse positions, rotations, and transitions from one quadrant to another for better learning of the model. after capturing the 3750 images of the scenery, the data augmentation technique was applied, which generated our final image bank with 41, 250 imagesfootnote 1. figure 5 shows the simulation environment with the targets structured as a hierarchy, where the “arrows” agents are the robots and the “people” agents are the targets. according to the robot closest to them, the colors of the target agents are responsible for their observation. there is a quadrant division to aid in viewing target movements and image processing. fig. 5. netlogo simulation example. full size image 4 experiments and results 4.1 test settings the configured parameters were based on the settings used by [13]. targets and robots are in a rectangular field with dimensions 150 by 150 units; there are 1500 interaction steps per simulation; observer speed is 1 step at each interaction step; target speed is 0.9 steps at each interaction step; sensor range is 25 units; communication range varies between 5, 10, 15, 20 and 25 units; 24 targets; 12 robots; in the case of hierarchy there is an extra target, called coordinator; in the case of holarchy there are three extra targets, called general coordinator and sub-coordinators. in order to evaluate the performance of the robots, it was configured for targets with the highest speed and range of vision defined by [13]. well, this is the most challenging scenario for the team of configured robots today. thus, if satisfactory results were obtained in this scenario, in better scenes for robots, the performance tends to be acceptable as well. 4.2 result of the classification of organizational structures and the random model for our proposed model, we train our dataset for 1000 epochs with the lot size value of 32. our model was tested to classify images that were not included in training or validation sets. our test suite consists of 3750 images, with 750 from each organizational paradigm and random model. fig. 6. confusion matrix. full size image as we can see in the confusion matrix presented in fig. 6, our model obtained an accuracy of 0.6328. if we were to consider robots drawing lots to predict the paradigms, the probability of getting it right would be \(20\%\), while our model gets a \(63.28\%\) hit odds rate. analyzing the classification of each paradigm, we can see that the random model and the team obtained a considerable rate of false positives between them. this could be due to the team paradigm spreading the four subteams across the four quadrants of the scenario. for high team communication range values (20 or 25), where targets can move further between their sub-team members, the team structure begins to resemble the random model. some images of the organizational paradigm of the hierarchy were classified as the coalition. as in the coalition, the number of members in each coalition can be unbalanced, to the point where there are 22 targets in one coalition and only two in another. thus, in these cases, the hierarchy can resemble the coalition and vice versa, especially if the communication range is high, as the targets spread further across the environment. holarchy was also classified as a coalition due to the fact that they have a common characteristic; there are two target groups in the scenario. however, while one has the same amount of members, the other may contain unbalanced values. therefore, for scenarios where there were the same amount of members or approximate, the model could misclassify these two paradigms. figure 7 presents the test step rating report, which contains the accuracy and recall for each organizational and random model. the model had the best accuracy for holarchy; that is, when it predicts that targets are arranged as a holarchy, it is correct at \(93\%\) of the time. in the case of recall, the results were close, with the exception of the coalition. however, all were above \(50\%\). that is, our model correctly identifies around \(60\%\) most of the target-structured models. fig. 7. test step classification report. full size image 4.3 results of achieving goals for each team one hundred times, the models with the robots were run using or not the classification approaches for selection of the containment strategy. after that, the average of their values was calculated. tables 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 present the results of the percentage of environment explored by targets (peet) and the average number of observed targets (anot) with robots using or not the classifications with the containment strategies for each range of target communication. table 1. result with communication range equal to 5.full size table table 2. result with communication range equal to 10.full size table table 3. result with communication range equal to 15.full size table table 4. result with communication range equal to 20.full size table table 5. result with communication range equal to 25.full size table note that in scenarios where robots used these strategies, targets had the lowest peet for any communication range when compared to scenarios where robots did not use them. this means that robots that used classification approaches with containment strategies were more efficient in preventing the progress of exploration of the environment by the targets. in hierarchy and holarchy, it was observed in the behavior of the targets that when agents with authority over them were disqualified, the targets remained around the last location passed by their coordinators. in the team and coalition, the behavior of the agents who departed from communication with their team or coalition was also to walk around the last location where they had communication with their sub-team or coalition. in some cases, it was possible for this isolated agent to meet again with his group, while the rest continued with the objective of exploring the environment. the results for the anot for each strategy are not significantly different. but, the hierarchy and holarchy were observed because the targets are only circling in the last location passed by their coordinators or sub-coordinators when these are disabled by robots, which facilitates the observation of the robot team. however, in the case of team and coalition, while some robots seek to break communication, others seek to locate other teams and coalitions across the scene. thus, the number of robots for observation of targets is lower than the scenario where robots did not use classification approaches. a containment strategy for the random structure was not proposed, as the movement of targets in this structure is unpredictable. so the robots remained in the approach proposed by [14]. however, it was evaluated along with the paradigms in order to compare the achievement of the goals with the targets being organized or not. regarding the avoidance of observers, the random strategy was the best since the average number of observed targets (anot) was lower for this strategy; that is, the targets were a little better at avoiding the robots since in this strategy, the targets were more spread out, while the organizational targets are closer to communicate. for the purpose of exploring the environment, organizational strategies were better, as they reached higher percentages of exploration, except for hierarchy and holarchy that obtained better results from a communication reach equal to or greater than 15 and 10, respectively. because the targets in these strategies are organized for this purpose, as they focus on regions that have not been explored so far, while the random one can repeat areas already explored more than once. in addition, team and coalition obtained the best results for exploration, as they do not have an organizational structure as restricted as hierarchy and holarchy. thus, they have more freedom to spread out across the environment in order to reach their goal. the random model is not affected by the change in communication range, as this strategy does not use communication; the targets just walk randomly. 5 conclusion the contribution given by this research is to show how the use of computer vision enables the classification of organizational structures in multi-agent simulations, which until now had not been proposed. in addition to introducing new strategies and objectives to targets and robots in the cmommt problem. our classification approach showed satisfactory results when compared to drawing lots since the model obtained an accuracy of \(63.28\%\). our containment approaches also showed promising results for the robots team in terms of exploration of the environment, allowing them to minimize the percentage of the territory explored by the targets and thus avoid further damage to the scenarios that the targets could cause. in the anot issue, hierarchy and holarchy had the best results, while the team and coalition containment strategies performed less than the performance obtained by robots that did not use the containment strategies but used the method proposed by [14]. furthermore, in the case of targets, our distance-to-target-based organizational approach for communication was adequate for the targets’ objective of exploring the environment compared to the random strategy. however, it is not suitable for the targets’ other goal, avoiding robots. for future work, we intend to implement other simulation scenarios, for example, with obstacles, in order to evaluate our approach, even in the real world. in addition to implementing more robust frameworks to analyze the performance of our model in complex environments. we intend to evaluate the approach with other cnn models to select the best model to be used in terms of accuracy and processing time. finally, we want to examine the impact of the wrong choice of containment approaches, in addition to implementing the containment strategies for each new organizational paradigm implemented and improving those already implemented. notes 1.the dataset is available at the following link: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1pwjdrzp23st4qzszf_wnyquehot9qcdq?usp=sharing. references andrade, j.p., oliveira, r., da silva, t.f., maia, j.e.b., de campos, g.a.: organization/fuzzy approach to the cto problem. in: 2018 7th brazilian conference on intelligent systems (bracis), pp. 444–449. ieee (2018) google scholar  araújo, m.s., et al.: cooperative observation of smart target agents. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) bracis 2020. lncs (lnai), vol. 12320, pp. 77–92. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61380-8_6 chapter  google scholar  arroyo, r., yebes, j.j., bergasa, l.m., daza, i.g., almazán, j.: expert video-surveillance system for real-time detection of suspicious behaviors in shopping malls. expert syst. appl. 42(21), 7991–8005 (2015) article  google scholar  bennett, m.k., younes, n., joyce, k.: automating drone image processing to map coral reef substrates using google earth engine. drones 4(3), 50 (2020) article  google scholar  cena, c.g., cardenas, p.f., pazmino, r.s., puglisi, l., santonja, r.a.: a cooperative multi-agent robotics system: design and modelling. expert syst. appl. 40(12), 4737–4748 (2013) article  google scholar  cho, c., kim, j., kim, j., lee, s.-j., kim, k.j.: detecting for high speed flying object using image processing on target place. clust. comput. 19(1), 285–292 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10586-015-0525-x article  google scholar  chollet, f., et al.: keras (2015). https://github.com/fchollet/keras ding, y., he, y.: flexible formation of the multi-robot system and its application on cmommt problem. in: 2010 2nd international asia conference on informatics in control, automation and robotics (car 2010), vol. 1, pp. 377–382. ieee (2010) google scholar  ding, y., zhu, m., he, y., jiang, j.: p-cmommt algorithm for the cooperative multi-robot observation of multiple moving targets. in: 2006 6th world congress on intelligent control and automation, vol. 2, pp. 9267–9271. ieee (2006) google scholar  horling, b., lesser, v.: a survey of multi-agent organizational paradigms. knowl. eng. rev. 19(4), 281–316 (2004) article  google scholar  khan, a., rinner, b., cavallaro, a.: cooperative robots to observe moving targets. ieee trans. cybern. 48(1), 187–198 (2016) article  google scholar  kluyver, t., et al.: jupyter notebooks a publishing format for reproducible computational workflows. in: loizides, f., schmidt, b. (eds.) positioning and power in academic publishing: players, agents and agendas, pp. 87–90. ios press (2016) google scholar  luke, s., sullivan, k., panait, l., balan, g.: tunably decentralized algorithms for cooperative target observation. in: proceedings of the fourth international joint conference on autonomous agents and multiagent systems, pp. 911–917 (2005) google scholar  parker, l.e.: cooperative motion control for multi-target observation. in: proceedings of the 1997 ieee/rsj international conference on intelligent robot and systems. innovative robotics for real-world applications. iros 1997, vol. 3, pp. 1591–1597. ieee (1997) google scholar  payá, l., gil, a., reinoso, o., ballesta, m., \(\tilde{n}\)eco, r.: behaviour-based multi-robot formations using computer vision. in: proceedings of the 6th iasted international conference on visualization, imaging and image processing (2006) google scholar  robin, c., lacroix, s.: multi-robot target detection and tracking: taxonomy and survey. auton. robot. 40(4), 729–760 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10514-015-9491-7 article  google scholar  sandler, m., howard, a., zhu, m., zhmoginov, a., chen, l.c.: mobilenetv 2: inverted residuals and linear bottlenecks. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 4510–4520 (2018) google scholar  frança da silva, t., et al.: smart targets to avoid observation in cto problem. in: proceedings of the 18th international conference on autonomous agents and multiagent systems, pp. 1958–1960 (2019) google scholar  silva, t., araújo, m., junior, r.f., costa, l., andrade, j., campos, g.: classifying organizational structures on targets in the cooperative target observation. in: anais do xvii encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 718–729. sbc (2020) google scholar  tisue, s., wilensky, u.: netlogo: a simple environment for modeling complexity. in: international conference on complex systems, vol. 21, pp. 16–21. boston, ma (2004) google scholar  vargas-cuentas, n.i., roman-gonzalez, a., mantari, a.a., muñoz, l.a.: chagas disease study using satellite image processing: a bolivian case. acta astronaut. 144, 216–224 (2018) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations state university of ceara, fortaleza, brazil thayanne frança da silva, matheus santos araújo, raimundo juracy campos ferro junior & gustavo augusto lima de campos federal university of ceara, fortaleza, brazil leonardo ferreira da costa & joão pedro bernardino andrade authors thayanne frança da silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar matheus santos araújoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar raimundo juracy campos ferro juniorview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar leonardo ferreira da costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão pedro bernardino andradeview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gustavo augusto lima de camposview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to thayanne frança da silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper da silva, t.f., araújo, m.s., ferro junior, r.j.c., da costa, l.f., andrade, j.p.b., de campos, g.a.l. (2021). intelligent agents for observation and containment of malicious targets organizations. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_4 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_4 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords multi-agent system cooperative multi-robot observation of multiple moving targets organization computational vision containment strategies publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature merging traditional feature extraction and deep learning for enhanced hop variety classification: a comparative study using the ufop-hvd dataset | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper merging traditional feature extraction and deep learning for enhanced hop variety classification: a comparative study using the ufop-hvd dataset conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 307–322 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) merging traditional feature extraction and deep learning for enhanced hop variety classification: a comparative study using the ufop-hvd dataset download book pdf download book epub pedro castro  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5006-65089, gabriel fortuna  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4209-936610, pedro silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5525-61219, andrea g. c. bianchi  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7949-11889, gladston moreira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7747-59269 & … eduardo luz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5249-15599  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 510 accesses abstract accurately identifying plant species and varieties is crucial across various disciplines, such as biology, medicine, and agronomy. while species identification is challenging, variety identification presents an even greater difficulty. conventional identification methods, although effective, often require specialized and costly equipment, making them less accessible. in this work, we explore the problem of hop variety classification, comparing traditional feature extraction methods with deep learning approaches using the ufop-hvd dataset. we address two research questions: whether traditional techniques can achieve competitive results given the limited number of images and whether combining traditional techniques and deep learning can improve the current state-of-the-art. our findings indicate that traditional techniques yield competitive results for hop variety identification, offering advantages such as interpretability, reduced computational costs, and potential integration into mobile devices. moreover, we introduce an ensemble method that improves the accuracy from 77.16% to 81.90%, establishing a new state-of-the-art for the ufop-hvd dataset. these results demonstrate the potential of merging traditional methods with deep learning for challenging hop variety classification tasks, providing an initial baseline for future research. supported by universidade federal de ouro preto, (fapemig, grants apq-01518-21, apq-01647-22), capes and (cnpq, grants 307151/2022-0, 308400/2022-4). access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others differential evolution fpa-svm for target classification in foliage environment using device-free sensing chapter © 2020 deep learning: as the new frontier in high-throughput plant phenotyping article 18 march 2022 a deep learning-based approach for the identification of selected species of genus euphorbia l. article 19 may 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. agronomy categorization horticulture machine learning plant science statistical learning 1 introduction accurately identifying plant species and varieties holds significant value across numerous disciplines. within biology, it serves as both a subject of investigation and an instrumental tool for teaching botany and promoting biodiversity conservation among high school and undergraduate students [20]. in medicine, plant identification enhances the quality and safety of herbal remedies, consequently reducing poisoning and intoxication incidents [8]. forensic experts utilize this knowledge to bolster criminal investigations and support drug enforcement efforts [14]. in agronomy, the precise identification of plant varieties can optimize planting efficiency [5], as well as aid in detecting weeds detrimental to crop development. numerous methods exist for the identification of plant species and varieties, such as gas chromatography [1], mass spectrometry [18], electrochemical fingerprinting [12], molecular analysis [21], among other techniques. although these methods effectively assist in recognizing plant varieties, they necessitate specialized and costly equipment, often utilized within laboratory settings. the application of machine learning for plant recognition through image analysis has garnered interest due to its user-friendliness and accessibility [4]. in the machine learning approach, the only required equipment is a device capable of capturing plant images (or their components), such as a smartphone or a standard camera, which individuals can utilize without prior experience in plant classification. although some researchers have demonstrated the feasibility of classifying plant species using computer vision with remarkable accuracy, a more challenging subclass of the problem persists: distinguishing varieties within the same species. plants of the same species often exhibit strikingly similar appearances across leaves, stems, and flowers [19]. nevertheless, in certain applications, it is crucial to classify plant varieties, as exemplified by hops used in beer production. hops impart flavor, aroma, and bitterness; depending on the variety, the beverage’s characteristics are significantly affected. chemical processes differentiate hop varieties in the industry, but these methods are expensive and time-consuming. in this context, researchers have made available a dataset, the ufop-hvd [6]footnote 1, containing images of 12 hop varieties. in [7], deep learning techniques, specifically convolutional networks, were explored for hop variety classification. however, the dataset is limited, containing only 1,592 images (4,159 hop leaves). as a result, two research questions emerge: rq1, given the limited number of images in the ufop-hvd dataset, which may not favor deep learning techniques, is it possible to achieve better or more competitive results using traditional feature extraction techniques? and rq2, can the combination of traditional techniques and deep learning improve the current state-of-the-art for the ufop-hvd dataset? the experimental findings of this study indicate that traditional techniques yield competitive results and offer several advantages, such as easier interpretability, reduced computational costs, and the potential for seamless integration into mobile devices, compared to deep learning techniques. nevertheless, merging traditional methods with deep learning has shown potential to yield significant advancements in classification. this was particularly evident in the tested hop varieties dataset, where an improvement in accuracy was observed from 77.16% to 81.90%, as demonstrated by our experimental findings. given that, the dataset under investigation is relatively new, this work also establishes an initial baseline for the problem, encompassing traditional and deep learning approaches. 2 related works and dataset humulus lupulus l., commonly referred to as hops, is a climbing plant whose flowers are a principal ingredient in beer production worldwide. hops impart flavor, bitterness, and aroma to the beverage [3], and play an important role in stabilization. over 250 cataloged varieties of this plant exist [17], with distinguishing features including alpha-acids, beta-acids, and essential oils [25]. these components endow each beer with unique characteristics, potentially influencing its classification. numerous methods exist for identifying hop varieties based on their acids and essential oils [11, 13, 24]. however, these techniques may be inaccessible or unavailable to farmers. machine learning and computer vision-based methods offer promising alternatives, given the extensive literature on plant species recognition [4]. for hops, the focus is on classifying the variety, which is a taxonomic level below species. as [19] states, intraspecific varieties share common genotype or phenotype traits. in the case of hops, visually observable morphological features are quite similar, as demonstrated in fig. 1. to address this problem with computer vision, brazilian researchers have provided an image dataset to facilitate the development of machine-learning techniques for the classification of hop varieties. in [7], an end-to-end method for hop variety classification using the ufop-hvd was proposed. the researchers investigated several cnn architectures: resnets, efficientnets, and inceptionnets. they explored image classification with and without leaf segmentation, with and without data augmentation, and proposed an ensemble architecture called multi-cropped-full, which combined six models. for the leaf-only classification problem, termed “cropped classification” by the authors, a resnet50 architecture with a 50% dropout achieved the best results, attaining 78% accuracy. the ensemble model, multi-cropped-full, utilized multiple leaves from the same image and the entire image as input, achieving 81% accuracy. with the application of data augmentation techniques, the multi-cropped-full model reached 95% accuracy. in the present study, we explore traditional machine learning techniques using the dataset in the “cropped” configuration, wherein each detected leaf image (an image that can have multiple hop leaves) is transformed into a new input for the problem. in this cropped evaluation format, only the main leaf should be considered. given the limited number of samples, it is hypothesized that traditional machine-learning techniques should yield results comparable to those reported in [7]. 2.1 ufop hop varieties dataset the ufop hop varieties dataset (ufop-hvd) [6] comprises 1,592 images of young and adult hop leaves across 12 varieties. the images were captured without controlling lighting, focus, distance, or angle and have resolutions ranging from 1,040\(\,\times \,\)520 to 4,096\(\,\times \,\)3,072. the dataset allocates 70% of the images for training, 15% for validation, and 15% for testing, establishing a protocol to be adhered to by authors. representative samples from the dataset can be viewed in fig. 1. fig. 1. examples of the 12 hop varieties used in this work: (a) cascade; (b) centennial; (c) cluster; (d) comet; (e) hallertau mittelfrueh; (f) nugget; (g) saaz; (h) sorachi ace; (i) tahoma; (j) triple pearl; (k) triumph; (l) zeus. full size image each image in the dataset is accompanied by an xml file that specifies the plant variety and includes one or more leaves labeled using bounding boxes. these bounding boxes are defined by x and y coordinates for the upper-left and lower-right corners. leaves that are not sharp or are significantly occluded have been excluded by the dataset author to maintain data quality. table 1 presents the number of images per class for each set. the photographs were captured using motorola moto g7, samsung galaxy a11, and apple iphone 11 devices. table 1. class/variety division of training, validation, and test set size.full size table 3 methodology in this study, hop classification is not conducted using the entire image. instead, only the main leaf, which possesses the largest area among all leaves, is utilized. as illustrated in fig. 2, the main leaf is marked with a red bounding box, while the remaining leaves are outlined in yellow. the initial step involves evaluating the area of all leaves in the image and extracting the largest one. subsequently, the cropped image is resized such that its longest side measures l pixels. this parameter is further investigated in sect. 4. this standardization process is essential to account for varying image resolutions. lastly, the image is converted to grayscale in preparation for feature extraction algorithms. fig. 2. pre-processing containing the steps of cropping the main leaf, resizing, and converting to grayscale. full size image 3.1 proposed method figure 3 showcases the method, unifying all steps. the original image is pre-processed through cropping, resizing, and grayscale conversion. next, glcm, lbp, daisy, and kase feature extractors are applied. daisy and kase descriptors are normalized between 0 and 1, and fed to the bag of visual words to create feature vectors. these vectors are normalized and concatenated into one, then sent to the svm classifier. fig. 3. full proposed method with pre-processing, feature extraction, and classification steps. full size image to assess the impact of using traditional techniques on convolutional networks, a simple ensemble [10] method for combining the outputs of both is evaluated. in this study, the ensemble sums the predictions of the models to generate a final prediction, as demonstrated in fig. 4. fig. 4. ensemble applied to the outputs of the proposed method and cropped base convolutional network. in this example, the proposed method indicated cluster as the most likely class, while cropped base favored centennial. in the summation of the predictions, the cluster class prevailed. full size image 3.2 traditional machine learning techniques feature extraction is vital for image classification in machine learning, as it helps mitigate errors caused by angle, lighting, and scale variations. this study investigates five robust feature extraction techniques resilient to these variations and employs a support vector machine (svm) with radial basis function (rbf) for the classification step. gray level co-occurrence matrix (glcm). [15] proposes a texture feature extraction method based on second-order statistics. a p \(\times \) p matrix p is generated, where p represents the number of possible image intensities. pairs of intensities are counted based on location parameters, such as distance and angle. then, the co-occurrence matrix is normalized so that the sum of all its elements is 1. this matrix is usually sparse, and there are a few ways to better adapt it for classification. haralick et al. [15] suggested 28 attributes generated from the matrix p, and those applied in this work are contrast, dissimilarity, homogeneity, angular second moment, energy, and correlation. the scalars obtained as a result form a vector of attributes. local binary pattern. the local binary pattern (lbp) is a texture analysis feature extractor [22]. for each image pixel, it generates a value representing the pixel and its surroundings by determining the distance and number of neighbors. a binary code is formed by comparing the central pixel with its neighbors, and then converted to a decimal value. the original image pixels are replaced by these numerals, forming a new matrix that can be used directly as a feature or converted to a histogram as an attribute vector. parameters, such as increasing the radius to the central pixel, can be adjusted. to reduce possible variations, [23] proposed a uniformity and circularity model. uniform patterns have a maximum of 2-bit inversions, and circularity allows codes with the same shifted sequence to be marked as equivalent, reducing the number of combinations. daisy. [28] introduces a local region descriptor generator initially designed for stereo matching, but applicable for classification. it works with histograms of oriented gradients and can be applied to entire images or fragments around points of interest. the algorithm defines a central pixel c and calculates the gradient histogram in o orientations. r rings are generated around c with radius \(r_i\). for each ring \(r_i\), h points are uniformly distributed from 0 to 360\(^\circ \), and histograms with o directions are calculated. the total number of histograms h is \(r \times h + 1\). the gaussian filter size increases proportionally with \(r_i\). histograms are independently normalized and concatenated, resulting in a feature vector of size \(h \times o\). kase. [2] is a method for detecting regions of interest and generating rotation and scale invariant descriptors. it involves building image gradients at various scales, calculating hessian determinants on each scale, and using a sliding window to find local maxima for identifying points of interest. descriptors are created for rectangular regions centered on each point, using first-order derivatives in horizontal and vertical directions. the 64-attribute descriptor is made rotation invariant by calculating the main orientation in a local neighborhood and rotating the descriptor towards that angle. bag of visual words. direct use of daisy and kase descriptors in classifiers presents challenges due to varying input sizes and local rotation and scale invariance. the bag of visual words (bovw) [9, 29] method overcomes these issues by grouping similar descriptors and generating a histogram representing a visual word vocabulary. this creates a constant-size feature vector suitable for classifiers. clustering algorithms, specifically k-means, are used to group similar descriptors in this work. 3.3 deep learning techniques in this study, the cropped base convolutional networks outlined in [7] were replicated, employing the blocks from inceptionv3 [26], resnet50 [16], and efficientnetb3 [27] architectures. the purpose of reproducing these networks is to facilitate a comparison with traditional feature extraction and classification methods. 4 experiments and results to address the research questions posed in this study, the experiments are divided into two groups. first, we investigate the feature extraction techniques with an svm classifier, followed by tests with the re-implemented convolutional networks from the proposed work in [7], under the same setup, using ufop-hvd data. next, we evaluate the combination (ensemble) of multiple techniques. the evaluation metric employed is accuracy. in addition to experimenting with the models, this section also presents data on the interpretability of the base models. the source code for loading and preparing the data from the database is available at https://anonymous.4open.science/r/anonymous-8291. 4.1 rq1: can better or more competitive results be achieved using traditional feature extraction techniques? table 2 displays the classification accuracy using features generated by glcm. each row corresponds to a different configuration, and the ‘id’ column identifies the configuration for reference. for all configurations, the co-occurrence angles of the pixels were 0\(^\circ \), 45\(^\circ \), 90\(^\circ \), 135\(^\circ \), 180\(^\circ \), 225\(^\circ \), 270\(^\circ \), and 315\(^\circ \). the parameter l, introduced earlier, corresponds to the length of the longest side of the resized image and can assume values of 400, 500, and 600 pixels. these values determine the model instances, which will be named l400, l500, and l600, respectively. the variable parameter was the distance between the co-occurring pixels. it can be observed that l400 and l500 instances benefited from the use of longer distances, while the l600’s performance declined under these conditions. the accuracy contribution from greater distances suggests the need to further increase them to investigate the gain limit. table 2. accuracy of glcm feature extractor for different image sizes.full size table table 3 shows the classification results with lbp attributes. the variable parameter was the radius length, and the number of points was set as 8 times the radius value. the feature extraction method was the uniform pattern. l400 and l600 instances performed better with larger radii, indicating potential exploration of increasing these parameters. l500, which achieved the best accuracy for the attribute, did not exhibit noticeable patterns concerning the radius. lbp demonstrated the best individual performance among all extractors. table 3. accuracy of lbp feature extractor for different image sizes.full size table the daisy feature extractor has the most adjustable parameters and, consequently, more available configurations. the accepted values for the descriptor radius were 9, 18, and 36, which may contain 2 or 3 rings, as shown in table 4. additionally, for each instance, a different step parameter was used: 25, 33, and 40 for l400, l500, and l600, respectively. all settings employed a fixed number of 8 orientations and 16 histograms. besides the daisy descriptors parameterization, the number of k-means clusters, which form the basis for bag of visual words, varied between 25, 50, 100, and 200 clusters. l500 performed better with larger clusters, while l400 and l600 performed optimally with 100. table 4. top 10 accuracy of daisy feature extractor for different image sizes.full size table lastly, table 5 presents the accuracy for attributes obtained with kase. the modified parameters were the number of clusters for the k-means algorithm and the presence or absence of contrast enhancement. when contrast enhancement was applied, a factor of 2 was used. the l500 instance achieved the best performance. in all cases, increased contrast contributed to an improvement in the hit rate. this is possible because the number of regions of interest detected by kase increases, generating more descriptors that can help better discriminate one leaf from another. moreover, all instances performed better with more clusters. it is crucial to investigate whether increasing the contrast factor or the number of clusters may lead to an even greater gain in accuracy. table 5. accuracy of kase feature extractor for different image sizes.full size table combined attributes. to explore different image features, the attributes generated by glcm, lbp, daisy, and kase were combined into a single feature vector. tests were conducted on the validation set using the svm classifier with the parameter \(c = 30\). several combinations were performed with each extractor configuration. however, to reduce the total number of solutions, a heuristic was followed. initially, all pairs composed of glcm and lbp attributes were tested. then, the pair with the best accuracy was chosen for the next step, where it was combined with the remaining features (daisy and kase). the tests were executed again, and this time, the tuple with the highest hit rate was chosen as the base model. this process was performed for the l400, l500, and l600 instances, and the base models returned are named mb400, mb500, and mb600, respectively. table 6 displays the chosen configuration of each attribute for the base models, ensuring maximum performance. the total attributes of the final feature vector are also recorded. table 6. base models generated from concatenating glcm, lbp, daisy, and kase attributes.full size table the best models on the validation were executed on the test set to obtain the final accuracy. table 7 presents these accuracies and compares them with those achieved by the cropped base models from the work of [7]. in [7], the cropped bases were applied to the validation set. therefore, here we rerun them on the test set for comparison purposes. cropped base also uses the main cropped leaf at a \(300\,\times \,300\) resolution. it has variants with the inceptionv3, resnet50, and efficientnetb3 neural networks, subject to a dropout rate of 0.2, 0.5, or 0.8, as seen in parentheses in the table 7 ‘model’ column. mb400 and mb600 models outperformed inceptionv3 with dropout rates of 0.2 and 0.5. mb500 only surpassed inceptionv3 with a dropout rate of 0.2. however, it is worth noting the significant reduction in the proposed models’ size in mb. the base models are at least 10 times smaller than the cnn-base model, making them suitable for use on devices with limited storage and memory capacity. table 7. comparison of the accuracy of the base models with the cropped bases applied to the test set.full size table 4.2 rq2: can the combination of techniques improve the current state-of-the-art? the final test setup focuses on the ensemble of the proposed models and the cropped bases. table 8 displays the accuracies of the ensemble models in the ‘model’ column with mb400, mb500, mb600, and their combinations. it can be observed that the ensembles improved the accuracy of all cropped bases. the integration with mb400 showed greater gains in the convolutional networks with dropout rates of 0.2 and 0.5. the network achieving the highest success rate was efficientnetb3, with a dropout rate of 0.5, increasing from 77.16% to 81.90% accuracy when its predictions were combined with the outputs of the mb400 and mb500 models simultaneously. it is also noted that the union of base models can enhance performance, as is the case with mb400 and mb600, which produced a 68.10% accuracy together. table 8. accuracy of an ensemble of the proposed method and the cropped base models.full size table figure 5 presents the confusion matrix of the ensemble of models mb400, mb500, and efficientnetb3 (dropout rate of 0.5). a significant improvement in many varieties is observed. cascade achieved 100% accuracy, and five other varieties had an accuracy of at least 85%. despite some improvement, nugget had the lowest performance, while cluster remained among the worst. fig. 5. confusion matrix of ensemble of models mb400, mb500 and efficientnetb3 (dropout of 0.5). full size image 4.3 interpretability this study used variable permutation to evaluate the importance of glcm, lbp, kase, and daisy features for the mb400, mb500, and mb600 models. lbp was the most significant feature, contributing over 50% to the final prediction (see fig. 6). glcm also played a substantial role, while mb500 relied more on daisy and mb600 on kase. mb400 had minimal influence from kase and daisy. analyzing the feature importance by class revealed potential bottlenecks and opportunities for improving the models, such as removing or replacing kase attributes for mb400, increasing lbp configurations for mb500, and adjusting glcm parameters for mb600. fig. 6. importance of glcm, lbp, kase, and daisy features for each base model: (a) mb400; (b) mb500; (c) mb600. full size image 5 conclusion in this study, we examine the problem of hop variety classification, comparing traditional feature extraction methods with deep learning approaches. we also introduce an ensemble method, achieving a new state-of-the-art for the ufop-hvd dataset (improving the accuracy from 77.16% to 81.90%). our findings indicate that it is possible to develop competitive methods for this problem using traditional techniques and handcrafted features. the three proposed methods have a small footprint, making them suitable for devices with limited memory capacity, such as iot devices for agriculture or even smartphones. this characteristic could facilitate their deployment in the field. it is worth noting that the images in the dataset were captured using three different sensors (3 cell phones) in an uncontrolled environment. moreover, the data comprises numerous classes, and the leaf images exhibit highly similar morphological features, which renders classification more challenging. despite these factors, the results presented here demonstrate robustness. among the limitations of this study, one is the manual annotation of the bounding boxes. it would be worthwhile to explore techniques for automatic object detection. in addition, potential areas for model improvement were presented through attribute permutation and the calculation of the importance of each attribute. consequently, it is expected that future work will yield even better results by fine-tuning each feature extraction technique. notes 1.available at https://doi.org/10.6084/m9.figshare.14933178. references afifi, s.m., el-mahis, a., heiss, a.g., farag, m.a.: gas chromatography-mass spectrometry-based classification of 12 fennel (foeniculum vulgare miller) varieties based on their aroma profiles and estragole levels as analyzed using chemometric tools. acs omega 6(8), 5775–5785 (2021) article  google scholar  alcantarilla, p.f., bartoli, a., davison, a.j.: kaze features. in: fitzgibbon, a., lazebnik, s., perona, p., sato, y., schmid, c. (eds.) eccv 2012. lncs, vol. 7577, pp. 214–227. springer, heidelberg (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-33783-3_16 chapter  google scholar  astray, g., gullón, p., gullón, b., munekata, p.e., lorenzo, j.m.: humulus lupulus l. as a natural source of functional biomolecules. appl. sci. 10(15), 5074 (2020) google scholar  azlah, m.a.f., chua, l.s., rahmad, f.r., abdullah, f.i., wan alwi, s.r.: review on techniques for plant leaf classification and recognition. computers 8(4), 77 (2019) google scholar  bhattarai, u., karkee, m.: a weakly-supervised approach for flower/fruit counting in apple orchards. comput. ind. 138, 103635 (2022) article  google scholar  castro, p., luz, e., moreira, g.: dataset for hop varieties classification. data brief 38, 107312 (2021) article  google scholar  castro, p.h.n., moreira, g.j.p., da silva luz, e.j.: an end-to-end deep learning system for hop classification. ieee latin america trans. 20(3), 430–442 (2021) google scholar  chen, s., et al.: a renaissance in herbal medicine identification: from morphology to dna. biotechnol. adv. 32(7), 1237–1244 (2014) article  google scholar  csurka, g., dance, c., fan, l., willamowski, j., bray, c.: visual categorization with bags of keypoints. in: workshop on statistical learning in computer vision, eccv, pp. 1–2 (2004) google scholar  dietterich, t.g.: ensemble methods in machine learning. in: kittler, j., roli, f. (eds.) mcs 2000. lncs, vol. 1857, pp. 1–15. springer, heidelberg (2000). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-45014-9_1 chapter  google scholar  duarte, l.m., adriano, l.h.c., de oliveira, m.a.l.: capillary electrophoresis in association with chemometrics approach for bitterness hop (humulus lupulus l.) classification. electrophoresis 39(11), 1399–1409 (2018) google scholar  fan, b., et al.: development of an electrochemical technology for ten clematis spp varieties identification. int. j. electrochem. sci. 15, 10212–10220 (2020) article  google scholar  farag, m.a., mahrous, e.a., lübken, t., porzel, a., wessjohann, l.: classification of commercial cultivars of humulus lupulus l. (hop) by chemometric pixel analysis of two dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance spectra. metabolomics 10(1), 21–32 (2014) google scholar  ferri, g., alù, m., corradini, b., beduschi, g.: forensic botany: species identification of botanical trace evidence using a multigene barcoding approach. int. j. legal med. 123(5), 395–401 (2009) article  google scholar  haralick, r.m., shanmugam, k., dinstein, i.h.: textural features for image classification. ieee trans. syst. man cybern. smc 3(6), 610–621 (1973) google scholar  he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 770–778 (2016) google scholar  healey, j.: the hops list: 265 beer hop varieties from around the world (2016) google scholar  jakab, a., héberger, k., forgács, e.: comparative analysis of different plant oils by high-performance liquid chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry. j. chromatogr. a 976(1–2), 255–263 (2002) article  google scholar  jenks, m.a.: plant nomenclature. purdue university-department of horticulture and landscape architecture, disponível (2011) google scholar  killermann, w.: research into biology teaching methods. j. biol. educ. 33(1), 4–9 (1998) article  google scholar  lotti, c., ricciardi, l., rainaldi, g., ruta, c., tarraf, w., de mastro, g.: morphological, biochemical, and molecular analysis of l. open agric. j. 13(1) (2019) google scholar  ojala, t., pietikäinen, m., harwood, d.: a comparative study of texture measures with classification based on featured distributions. pattern recogn. 29(1), 51–59 (1996) article  google scholar  ojala, t., pietikainen, m., maenpaa, t.: multiresolution gray-scale and rotation invariant texture classification with local binary patterns. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 24(7), 971–987 (2002) article  math  google scholar  shellie, r.a., poynter, s.d., li, j., gathercole, j.l., whittock, s.p., koutoulis, a.: varietal characterization of hop (humulus lupulus l.) by gc-ms analysis of hop cone extracts. j. sep. sci. 32(21), 3720–3725 (2009) google scholar  steenackers, b., de cooman, l., de vos, d.: chemical transformations of characteristic hop secondary metabolites in relation to beer properties and the brewing process: a review. food chem. 172, 742–756 (2015) article  google scholar  szegedy, c., vanhoucke, v., ioffe, s., shlens, j., wojna, z.: rethinking the inception architecture for computer vision. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 2818–2826 (2016) google scholar  tan, m., le, q.: efficientnet: rethinking model scaling for convolutional neural networks. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 6105–6114. pmlr (2019) google scholar  tola, e., lepetit, v., fua, p.: daisy: an efficient dense descriptor applied to wide-baseline stereo. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 32(5), 815–830 (2009) article  google scholar  yang, j., jiang, y.g., hauptmann, a.g., ngo, c.w.: evaluating bag-of-visual-words representations in scene classification. in: proceedings of the international workshop on workshop on multimedia information retrieval, pp. 197–206 (2007) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations computing department, federal university of ouro preto (ufop), ouro preto, mg, 35402-163, brazil pedro castro, pedro silva, andrea g. c. bianchi, gladston moreira & eduardo luz brazuca lúpulos, petrópolis, rj, 25610-080, brazil gabriel fortuna authors pedro castroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gabriel fortunaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar pedro silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar andrea g. c. bianchiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gladston moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar eduardo luzview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to eduardo luz . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper castro, p., fortuna, g., silva, p., bianchi, a.g.c., moreira, g., luz, e. (2023). merging traditional feature extraction and deep learning for enhanced hop variety classification: a comparative study using the ufop-hvd dataset. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_21 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_21 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords hop variety plant recognition deep learning ensemble cnn publish with us policies and ethics profiles gladston moreira view author profile eduardo luz view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature an enhanced tsp-based approach for active debris removal mission planning | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper an enhanced tsp-based approach for active debris removal mission planning conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 140–154 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) an enhanced tsp-based approach for active debris removal mission planning download book pdf download book epub joão batista rodrigues neto10 & gabriel de oliveira ramos10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 786 accesses 4 citations abstract the extensive exploration of the low earth orbit (leo) has created a dangerous spacial environment, where space debris has threatened the feasibility of future operations. in this sense, active debris removal (adr) missions are required to clean up the space, deorbiting the debris with a spacecraft. adr mission planning has been investigated in the literature by means of metaheuristic approaches, focused on maximizing the amount of removed debris given the constraints of the spacecraft. the state-of-the-art approach uses an inver-over and maximal open walk algorithms to solve this problem. however, that approach fails to deal with large instances and duration constraints. this work extends the state of the art, increasing its performance and modeling all the constraints. experimental results evidence the improvements over the original approach, including the ability to run for scenarios with thousands of debris. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others survey on research and development of on-orbit active debris removal methods article 24 september 2020 spacecraft motion planning based on the twin delayed deep deterministic policy gradient algorithm chapter © 2025 french law approach around the topic “legal implications/aspects of active debris removal (adr”) chapter © 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. continuous optimization disposal technology and management optimization operations research and decision theory separation science theory and algorithms for application domains 1 introduction in the1960 s, space exploration began to boost the development of new technologies feasible through the use of satellites distributed in orbits. among these orbits, low earth orbit (leo) was widely used for satellite networks with a large number of objects per service in orbit [20]. over time, these satellites became depreciated, lose communication or got out of control, thus becoming space debris. a high population of debris represents a hazard to the operating structures in orbit, since they are objects out of control and at high speed [12]. according to some predictive models, a sufficiently large population of debris will increase the probability of collisions and, therefore, increase the debris population again, thus making this population increase recursively for many years. this phenomenon is known as kessler syndrome and may cause the collapse of the leo, rendering it useless for years [12]. in fact, the literature already pointed out that the debris population in leo has already reached a critical point [16], and now measures to mitigate this situation are needed. while there are documented techniques that would stabilize the debris population, for now, the only approach capable of reducing it consists in active debris removal (adr) missions [16]. these missions aim to clean up orbit space by forcing the re-entry of certain debris as performed by specific spacecraft. due to the limited resources and time to perform the rendezvous maneuvers and the debris population size, the selection of the debris to be removed has became a hard combinatorial problem [3, 4, 7]. a basic adr should consider the bounds of cost and duration, dependent position values of the moving debris along time [3, 4], and also prioritizing the removal of the most threatener debris first, thus increasing the benefits of such missions [17]. various approaches to this problem have been proposed in the literature [7, 9, 13]. however, most of these works share the same limitations: small instance sizes, unbounded approaches, and non-time-dependent modeling. in this work, we propose an enhanced genetic algorithm to optimize adr mission planning. our approach builds upon the work by [9], improving its performance through a novel combination of genetic operators. the final algorithm resembles the original inver-over genetic operator, with modifications to its reversing strategy. moreover, a new variant of the k-opt algorithm is implemented using a stochastic approach. finally, the open-walk algorithm is improved with one additional constraint. through extensive experiments, our approach yielded better solutions with instances larger than the previous largest ones [9]. 2 literature review in order to solve the adr optimization problem, a few methods have been approached and documented in the last 10 years. exact solutions were used by braun et al. [2] with brute force, and branch and bound variations by [3, 14, 19]. however, in both classes of methods can only be applied to small instances. approximate solutions were implemented using simulated annealing [4, 7], reinforcement learning [25], and genetic algorithms [18, 24]. nonetheless, all of these works were also tested only on small instances. on the other hand, a few approximate methods considered bigger instances. barea et al. [1] used a linear programming method, which has a high complexity as drawback. yang et al. [26] used a greedy heuristic, but requires instance-dependent parameters. ant colony optimization was used in [13, 21, 27], but ignoring mission constraints, strongly simplifying the cost dynamics to reduce the complexity, or even leaving mission duration unbounded. finally, izzo et al. [9] and kanazaki et al. [11] used genetic algorithms, though both did not model all the necessary mission constraints. generally speaking, the majority of the works do not prioritize debris by hazard, consider bigger instances, model the time-dependence, or bound the cost or the mission duration, meaning that most works fail to fully meet the adr mission requirements. building against this background, in this work we introduce the enhanced inver-over operator to deal with large instances, and an enhanced maximal open walk algorithm to model the cost and duration constraints while prioritizing the most threatener debris. 3 problem formulation an adr problem is the combinatorial problem of finding the correct sequence to rendezvous maneuvers towards debris in order to maximize the mission profit given some constraints. in this sense, adr can be seen as a complex variant of the travelling salesman problem (tsp), where one wants to find the minimum weight path in a dynamic complete graph, where the debris are the cities and the dynamic transference trajectories are the edges. the dynamicity is due to the time-dependent cost of the transference, so the correct generalized version of the tsp will be a time-dependent tsp (tdtsp). this work will make use of the integer linear tdtsp problem formulation by [7]. hereafter, we will follow the notation typically used in the literature [7]. let \(v = \{1, ..., n\}\) be the set of \(n\) debris. the distance tensor is represented by \(c = (c_{ijtm})\), where \(c_{ijtm}\) is the cost of transfer from debris \(i\) at epoch \(t\) to debris \(j\) at epoch \(t+m\). also, let \(x = (x_{ijtm})\) be a binary tensor, where \(x_{ijtm} = 1\) indicates that this transference is part of the solution and \(x_{ijtm} = 0\) otherwise. the \(n_t\) possible epochs of departure and arrival are discretized following \(n_t \ge n+1\) and \(m \le n_t-(n-1)\). usually, in order to grant some freedom at the mission planning, \(n_t\) is far larger than \(n\), while \(m\) limits the maximum duration of the transfers. along these lines, the problem of finding the optimized route can be modelled as finding the \(x\) matrix that minimizes the total cost with due respect to the constraints, which can be formulated as follows. $$\begin{aligned} \min _x \sum _{i=1}^{n} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} c_{ijtm} x_{ijtm} \end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} \text {s.t.} \sum _{i=1}^{n} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} x_{ijtm} = n \end{aligned}$$ (2) $$\begin{aligned} \sum _{i=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} x_{ijtm} = 1 \qquad \qquad j = 1, ..., n \end{aligned}$$ (3) $$\begin{aligned} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} x_{ijtm} = 1 \qquad \qquad i = 1, ..., n \end{aligned}$$ (4) $$\begin{aligned} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=2}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} tx_{ijtm} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} tx_{ijtm} = \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} mx_{ijtm} \qquad \qquad i = 2, ..., n \end{aligned}$$ (5) $$\begin{aligned} \sum _{i=1}^{n} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n_t} \sum _{m=1}^{m} mx_{ijtm} \le n_t \end{aligned}$$ (6) in the above formulation eq. (1) represents the objective function and eqs. (2)–(6) represent the problem constraints, to which we will refer simply as constraints (2)–(6) hereafter. constraint (2) guarantees that the solution tensor has all the \(n\) debris. constraints (3) and (4) ensure that there is no loops in the solution (one departure and one arrival transfer for each debris). constraint (5) enforces the transfer duration. finally, constraint (6) limits the total mission duration. as the result, this formulation has a \(\mathcal {o}(2^n)\) search space, using \(n^4\) binary decision variables and \(3n 1\) constraints. 3.1 orbit transfer the trip between one debris and another require impulses (\(\vardelta v\)) of the thrusters to change the orbit of the spaceship. low thrust propulsion systems can perform this maneuvers efficiently. however, they require the optimization of the trajectories to make the mission time available [5]. determining a minimal fuel transfer trajectory between two debris is a complex optimization problem in general case. thus, major works simplify this task by using a generic transfer strategy [4]. the major used transfer strategies are the hohmann and lambert transfers. since this work’s scope does not focus on the orbital transfer optimization problem, the mechanics of the transfers will be briefly described. in [6], hohmann is described as a minimum two-impulse elliptic maneuver to transfer from coplanar orbits. hohmann transfer is a high thrust transfer. since debris are not always in co-planar orbits it is also presented a variation of the hohmann transfer, namely the edelbaum transfer, which is a three-impulse bi-elliptic transfer that allows transferences between non-coplanar orbits. in [5], lambert is described as two-impulse trajectory to transfer from coplanar orbits given a certain transference duration. also, it is possible to make use of the \(j_2\) gravitational earth perturbation to wait for the natural alignment of orbital planes, saving some fuel but increasing the mission duration [5, 7]. finally, the cost of a transference between two debris relies on the mass of the spacecraft, since the thrusters consume propellant mass at each impulse, as the mission goes on the cost of the transfers became lower due to the mass lost in the previous maneuvers. so, it is also possible to optimize the removal sequence taking in account the resultant masses of the objects [3]. 4 proposed approach in this work, the adr problem is approached with an improved heuristic solution, similar to the method used by [9] with the inver-over operator in a genetic algorithm and the maximal open walk algorithm. the inver-over operator optimizes the total cost of the mission with a local search strategy through genetic operations on the individuals. the maximal open walk algorithm constraints the path. this work enhances this solution with a greedier implementation of the algorithms. moreover, to avoid the local optimum, a stochastic 2-opt is proposed to improve the solution, creating new connections. finally, the most rewardable open walk is extracted from the best individual as the final solution. as this is a bi-optimization problem, the complexity was divided in two stages. in the first part, the effectiveness of a solution will be given by the total cost of the removal sequence, calculated with the edelbaum transfer [6] (eqs. (7) and (8)), a consistent and reliable cost approximation for cheap orbital maneuvers. in the second part, the effectiveness of a solution became the removed threat of the leo, calculated with the sum of radar cross section (rcs) area of the removed debris. the rcs area is an abstraction of the size of the debris and is widely used for the threat calculation in the literature, being a measure about how much detectable an object is for a ground radar. $$\begin{aligned} \vardelta {v}&= \sqrt{v^2_0 2v_0v_f \cos {\frac{\pi }{2} \vardelta {i}} + v^2_f} \end{aligned}$$ (7) $$\begin{aligned} \cos {\vardelta {i}}&= \cos {i_1} \cos {i_2} + \sin {i_1} \sin {i_2} (\cos {\varomega _1} \cos {\varomega _2} + \sin {\varomega _1} \sin {\varomega _2}) \end{aligned}$$ (8) $$\begin{aligned} t&= \frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{4\pi ^2 a^3}{\mu }} \end{aligned}$$ (9) also, in order to minimize the complexity of the problem, major works in the literature have assumed a few dynamics simplifications. in this work, the following assumptions were made with the same purpose: the time dependence of the problem is relaxed by the correlation explored in [9], where an optimal solution can remain optimal up to 50 d, depending on the size of the instance. since the edelbaum transfer is an optimized variation of the hohmann transfer [6], the duration of the transference arcs can be computed using kepler’s third law of planetary motion (eq. (9)), which measures the orbital transference duration of an object (spacecraft) between two orbits (debris). the transfer cost also depends on mass of the spacecraft, that will decrease during the mission, where the fuel mass will be consumed. moreover, the gravitational effects of the earth on the spacecraft also influence the transfer cost. in this work, the masses of the objects and the orbital perturbation effects are neglected in the cost transfer dynamics. there are more steps of the rendezvous process to remove a debris, and each step take some time to be performed [15]. in this work the duration of the mission will be given by the sum of the duration of the transferences, the other stages will be neglected. 4.1 inver-over the inver-over operator [22] is a unary genetic operator that resembles characteristics of mutation and crossover at the same time. the evolution of an individual is based on simple population-driven inversions and recombinations of genes. this is a well established operator, know by its good performance with larger instances [22]. in this work a different version on the algorithm is used, mixing the original implementation with the [9] implementation. this work allows array cyclic inversions to happen, inversions that include the section of the last to the first gene. however, the next gene pick depends of the previous order of the selected genes for inversion. this inversion process is analogous to a crossover operator. furthermore, it is stated that to avoid the local optima, a process analogous to the mutation operator has to be used to create new connections that do not exist in population [22]. however, these mutations are not greedy and usually delay the convergence process, so for this implementation it was removed. the implemented algorithm pseudo-code is sketched in algorithm 1. 4.2 stochastic 2-opt the 2-opt optimization [8] is a tsp local search algorithm that adjusts the routing sequence greedily with simple inversions. the main idea is to break the route in two paths and reconnect it invertedly, if it improves the fitness so the inversion is kept in the solution. unfortunately, this is an exact algorithm with a complexity of \(\mathcal {o}(n^2)\), so a lot of solutions evaluations need to be performed in order to improve the solution. nonetheless, there are other methods to improve the 2-opt performance, such as search parallelism and the lin and kernighan technique [10]. the present work made use of a stochastic approach for the algorithm. the stochastic implementation relies on the observations that even with a \(n^2\) search space, the actual number of improvements performed by the algorithm is roughly \(n\) [10]. so, with a random exploration of the space, there could be more chances of finding a profitable move. in order to keep control of the algorithm run time, a termination condition is used to limit the exploration. also, a set of explored moves prevents duplicated evaluations. the implemented algorithm pseudo-code is sketched in algorithm 2. 4.3 maximal open walk the maximal open walk proposed by [9] as “city selection", is a separated algorithm that searches for the contiguous part of a hamiltonian path with the maximal cumulative value limited to some constraint. the path is the optimal solution found, while the value and constraint are respectively, the threat, given by the rcs area, and the total cost. in this work, another constraint is added to this problem, the duration of the open walk, calculated with kepler’s third law. the implemented algorithm pseudo-code is sketched in algorithm 3. 5 experimental evaluation the objective of these experiments is to evaluate the performance of the approach, understand the improvement gain by each technique and find some optimal parameters. to preserve the comparability, all the runs used 20000 fixed iterations as the termination-condition of the inver-over algorithm, a 100 individuals population, the original method runs used 0.05 as \(ri\) (mutation probability), the constrained runs were performed with a cost constraint of 1000 m/s and a time constraint of 1 year. the data about the debris were extracted from the satellite catalog (satcat), a catalogue of all the objects on the earth orbit, maintained by the united states space command (usspacecom). the following instances of the problem were extracted: iridium-33, cosmos-2251 and fengyun-1c, with respectively 331, 1048 and 2653 debris. data was collected at respectively 11-jun-2021 00:06 utc, 13-jun-2021 22:06 utc and 13-jun-2021 22:06 utc. to preserve the comparability of some results, back-propagated instances were generated inputting the actual instances in a sgpd4 orbital propagator [23] that backtracked the debris positions back to 01-jan-2015 at 00:00 utc, the same epoch of the instances used by [9]. unfortunately this process is not very precise, though still feasible. all the debris in the clouds were considered, including the ones that will decay during the mission time. for the sake of clearness, the time (min) values on the experiments are concerned to the computation time taken for the run, and std. dev. is the abbreviation for standard deviation. all experiments were conducted on a public online machine with a 2.30ghz cpu and 12.69 gb of ram. also, for all the experiments, the statistical data results out of 10 independent runs. 5.1 back-propagated instances the experiments performed with the back-propagate debris are intended to provide comparative results to the work of [9] and guide the definition of the parameters. the inver-over algorithm implemented in this work differs from the original implementation on two points, each point will be tested separately to show the advantages and justify its usage in this approach. fig. 1. iridium-33 convergence results full size image fig. 2. cosmos-2251 convergence results full size image the changes made on the inversion implementation in this work aims to improve the convergence of the algorithm, to do so, this work approach is more population driven and less random mutated. to analyse the performance of the changes, the instances iridium-33 and cosmos-2251 were each run twice for 10 times, the first runs with the [9] implementation, and the other ones with this work implementation. the figs. 1 and 2 demonstrate the improvement of the convergence, for a better visualization, just the first 4000 iterations were drawn. it is possible to notice a considerably change on the shape of the curve and the taken computation time in table 1, making this works implementation convergence better. for the record, the majority of runs in each instance got the same final result, indicating that, for small and medium sized instances, the fast convergence does not deteriorate the result. to deviate from the local optima, the stochastic 2-opt (s2opt) is used in this work. parametric tests were conducted to analyse its performance when it matters to time and achieved result. iridium-33 and cosmos-2251 were submitted to 9 different runs, running 10 times each, with a different combination of two parameters: how often does the s2opt runs and with how many iterations at each time. all individuals of the population were processed at each s2opt iteration. table 1. inversion resultsfull size table since the search area of the s2opt is large, a range of possible attempts should be chosen, being neither too small, so no improvement move is found, or too big, so almost the whole search space is tested, turning it into a exact solution. in this work, the chosen range is from 10,000 to 1,000,000 attempts, while the parameters are equally spaced discrete values where its configuration do not underflow or overflow the range. the parameters per run are the following: run 1: at each 100 main iterations, run s2opt with 100 iterations. run 2: at each 100 main iterations, run s2opt with 500 iterations. run 3: at each 100 main iterations, run s2opt with 1000 iterations. run 4: at each 500 main iterations, run s2opt with 100 iterations. run 5: at each 500 main iterations, run s2opt with 500 iterations. run 6: at each 500 main iterations, run s2opt with 1000 iterations. run 7: at each 1000 main iterations, run s2opt with 100 iterations. run 8: at each 1000 main iterations, run s2opt with 500 iterations. run 9: at each 1000 main iterations, run s2opt with 1000 iterations. fig. 3. iridium-33 stochastic 2-opt results full size image fig. 4. cosmos-2251 stochastic 2-opt results full size image analysing the results in figs. 3 and 4 it is possible to state that due to the small size of the iridium-33 debris, all the runs achieved the optimal solution. also, the number of s2opt iterations is directly proportional to the computation time. and finally, the runs 4, 7 an 8 have the better performances ratios, with low values of cost and time, among these, run 7 is the best one. also, to preserve the idea of a competitive evolution, the following experiments use s2opt with an elitist strategy. this time, instead of running the s2opt for the whole population at each s2opt iteration, just the better individuals will be improved. parametric tests were performed with 5 different sizes of elites, running 10 times each. to preserve the elitist characteristic, the elite group should not be greater than 30% of the population. in these experiments, iridium-33 will be discarded, since its small size does not help to fully analyse the performance of the algorithm. here, the tests are set with the same parameters of the previous run 7 (best run), at each 1000 main iterations, run s2opt with 100 iterations. table 2. elitist resultsfull size table analysing the results in table 2 it is possible to state that the elitist improvement of the best 5 individuals at each iteration is the wise strategy to follow, having a lower cost with a little bit more computational time taken. to emphasises the importance of each technique, ablation experiments were conducted for this solution. it is important to state that the elitism is applied on the s2opt, so there is no possible scenario using elitism without s2opt. table 3, summarizes the results of each combination. the experiments were performed on instance cosmos-2251, with 10 runs each. the s2opt parameters are 100 runs at each 1000 main iterations, and the elitist parameter is 5. table 3. ablation resultsfull size table with the ablation experiments, it is possible to understand how each technique of our approach affects the final results. it is clear that the conjunction of the techniques improves the found solutions. 5.2 actual instances the experiments performed with the actual instances are intended to provide results for the present status of the debris clouds. the runs were performed using the best parameters found in the previous experiments. also, for a comparative result, the original implementation was used with the actual instances, and its solutions, inputted to the enhanced maximal open walk of this work. for each instance were performed 10 runs, for the sake of clarity, the settings are: enhanced inversion implementation, with s2opt running 100 iterations for the best 5 individuals at each 1000 main iterations, with a cost constraint of 1000 m/s and a time constraint of 1 year. table 4. final resultsfull size table the results on both sections of table 4 are from the same runs, the results at the bottom are given by the maximal open walk applied to the optimized path at the top. being the missions objective: clear the maximum possible area are under the cost and time constraints [17], our approach focused on making an optimized use of the mission resources to outperforms other approaches. cleaning more area, even if the mission duration and cost are bigger, bounded to time and cost constraints, of course. summarizing, in the average of the runs, the enhanced approach decreased the cost by 26.51% and the computation time by 35.56%. also, when constrained, the solutions of the enhanced approach produced paths that performs significantly better than the original approach solutions, cleaning 12.82% more area under the same constraints. this is possible by a better usage of the constrained resources, increasing the cost by 5.28% and the mission duration by 1.06%. finally, it is possible to notice that the most profitable mission is the enhanced iridium-33, cleaning way more area with the same constraints. 6 conclusions the exploration of tsp approaches when dealing with space debris have considerably evolved the tdtsp problem modeling and its available solutions. however, it still lacks from approaches that fulfill the adr mission requirements with a feasible performance and big instance sizes. this work proposed an enhanced method as a strong candidate to future approaches on tsp based adr mission plannings. using the inver-over as a fast convergence algorithm to deal with the greedy search throught fast inversions, the s2opt as a solution diversity creator to deviate the search from local optima, our method found optimized solutions in a feasible time out of large datasets. real world instances were used to evaluate this approach performance and execute parametric tests, the retrieved results were considerably better than the original approach by [9]. however, this approach does not model the time dependence of the problem, meaning that the produced solutions may not be good solutions in a real scenario, since it does not consider the moving dynamics of the debris. also, this approach first optimizes the cost of the solution, and later chooses the most rewardable sub-path, so it is not a fully bi-optimization algorithm. meaning that solutions with a good cost versus reward ratio could be missed. as future work, we would like to implement a time-dependent removal sequence to produce a complete solution for the adr mission planning problem. we also plan to implement lin and kernighan’s algorithm to improve the convergence of local search heuristic. the optimization of the transference cost with the consideration of body masses and \(j_2\) effect on the transfers represents another interesting direction. finally, we would like to improve the approximation of the mission duration with a more suitable equation for the edelbaum (rather than hohmann) transfer duration. references barea, a., urrutxua, h., cadarso, l.: large-scale object selection and trajectory planning for multi-target space debris removal missions. acta astronautica 170, 289–301 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2020.01.032 article  google scholar  braun, v., et al.: active debris removal of multiple priority targets. adv. space res. 51(9), 1638–1648 (2013) google scholar  cerf, m.: multiple space debris collecting mission-debris selection and trajectory optimization. j. optim. theor. appl. 156, 761–796 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0130-6 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  cerf, m.: multiple space debris collecting mission: optimal mission planning. j. optim. theor. appl. 167(1), 195–218 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-015-0705-0 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  koblick, d., et al.: low thrust minimum time orbit transfer nonlinear optimization using impulse discretization via the modified picard-chebyshev method. comput. model. eng. sci. 111(1), 1–27 (2016). https://doi.org/10.3970/cmes.2016.111.001 edelbaum, t.n.: propulsion requirements for controllable satellites. ars j. 31(8), 1079–1089 (1961). https://doi.org/10.2514/8.5723 federici, l., zavoli, a., colasurdo, g.: a time-dependent tsp formulation for the design of an active debris removal mission using simulated annealing (2019) google scholar  flood, m.m.: the traveling-salesman problem. oper. res. 4(1), 61–75 (1956). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.4.1.61 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  izzo, d., getzner, i., hennes, d., simões, l.f.: evolving solutions to tsp variants for active space debris removal. in: proceedings of the 2015 annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 1207–1214. gecco ’15, acm (2015) google scholar  johnson, d., mcgeoch, l.a.: the traveling salesman problem: a case study in local optimization (2008) google scholar  kanazaki, m., yamada, y., nakamiya, m.: trajectory optimization of a satellite for multiple active space debris removal based on a method for the traveling serviceman problem. in: 2017 21st asia pacific symposium on intelligent and evolutionary systems (ies), pp. 61–66 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1109/iesys.2017.8233562 kessler, d.j., cour-palais, b.g.: collision frequency of artificial satellites: the creation of a debris belt. j. geophys. res. space phys. 83(a6), 2637–2646 (1978). https://doi.org/10.1029/ja083ia06p02637 article  google scholar  li, h., baoyin, h.: optimization of multiple debris removal missions using an evolving elitist club algorithm. ieee trans. aerospace electron. syst. 56(1), 773–784 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1109/taes.2019.2934373 article  google scholar  li, h.y., baoyin, h.x.: sequence optimization for multiple asteroids rendezvous via cluster analysis and probability-based beam search. sci. chin. technol. sci. 64(1), 122–130 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11431-020-1560-9 article  google scholar  liou, j.c.: an active debris removal parametric study for leo environment remediation. adv. space res. 47(11), 1865–1876 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asr.2011.02.003 article  google scholar  liou, j.c., johnson, n.: instability of the present leo satellite populations. adv. space res. 41(7), 1046–1053 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asr.2007.04.081 article  google scholar  liou, j.c., johnson, n., hill, n.: controlling the growth of future leo debris populations with active debris removal. acta astronautica 66(5), 648–653 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2009.08.005 article  google scholar  liu, y., yang, j., wang, y., pan, q., yuan, j.: multi-objective optimal preliminary planning of multi-debris active removal mission in leo. sci. chin. inform. sci. 60(7), 1–10 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11432-016-0566-7 article  google scholar  madakat, d., morio, j., vanderpooten, d.: biobjective planning of an active debris removal mission. acta astronautica 84, 182–188 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2012.10.038 article  google scholar  seumahu, e.s.: exploration of the equatorial leo orbit for communication and other applications, pp. 217–228. springer, netherlands, dordrecht (1996). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-011-5692-9_25 stuart, j., howell, k., wilson, r.: application of multi-agent coordination methods to the design of space debris mitigation tours. adv. space res. 57(8), 1680–1697 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asr.2015.05.002 article  google scholar  tao, g., michalewicz, z.: inver-over operator for the tsp. in: eiben, a.e., bäck, t., schoenauer, m., schwefel, h.-p. (eds.) ppsn 1998. lncs, vol. 1498, pp. 803–812. springer, heidelberg (1998). https://doi.org/10.1007/bfb0056922 chapter  google scholar  vallado, d., crawford, p.: sgp4 orbit determination, pp. 18–21 (2008). https://doi.org/10.2514/6.2008-6770 wang, d., li, l., chen, l.: an efficient genetic algorithm for active space debris removal planning. in: 2019 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 514–521 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1109/cec.2019.8790081 yang, j., hou, x., hu, y.h., liu, y., pan, q.: a reinforcement learning scheme for active multi-debris removal mission planning with modified upper confidence bound tree search. ieee access 8, 108461–108473 (2020) article  google scholar  yang, j., hu, y.h., liu, y., pan, q.: a maximal-reward preliminary planning for multi-debris active removal mission in leo with a greedy heuristic method. acta astronautica 149, 123–142 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actaastro.2018.05.040 article  google scholar  zhang, t., shen, h., li, h., li, j.: ant colony optimization based design of multiple-target active debris removal mission (2018). https://doi.org/10.2514/6.2018-2412 download references acknowledgements we thank the anonymous reviewers for their constructive feedback. this work was partially supported by fapergs (grant 19/2551-0001277-2). author information authors and affiliations graduate program in applied computing, universidade do vale do rio dos sinos, são leopoldo, rs, brazil joão batista rodrigues neto & gabriel de oliveira ramos authors joão batista rodrigues netoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gabriel de oliveira ramosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding authors correspondence to joão batista rodrigues neto or gabriel de oliveira ramos . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper rodrigues neto, j.b., de oliveira ramos, g. (2021). an enhanced tsp-based approach for active debris removal mission planning. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_10 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_10 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords time-dependent traveling salesman problem space debris active debris removal genetic algorithm publish with us policies and ethics profiles gabriel de oliveira ramos view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a conversational agent to support hospital bed allocation | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a conversational agent to support hospital bed allocation conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 3–17 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) a conversational agent to support hospital bed allocation download book pdf download book epub débora c. engelmann  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6090-829410,11, lucca dornelles cezar  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6312-152910, alison r. panisson  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-9438-550812 & … rafael h. bordini  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8688-990110  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 865 accesses 12 citations abstract bed allocation in hospitals is a critical and important problem, and it has become even more important since last year because of the covid-19 pandemic. in this paper, we present an approach based on intelligent-agent technologies to assist hospital staff in charge of bed allocation. as part of this work, we developed a web-based simulation of hospital bed allocation system integrated with a chatbot for interaction with the user. as a core component in our approach, an intelligent agent uses the feedback of a plan validator to check if there are any flaws in a user-made allocation, communicating any detected problems to the user using natural language through the chatbot. thus, our resulting application not only validates bed allocation plans but also interacts with hospital professionals using natural language communication, including giving explainable suggestions of better alternative allocations. we evaluated our approach with professionals responsible for bed allocation in two local hospitals and a doctor who provides consultancy to another local hospital. the version of the system reported in this paper addresses all the suggestions made by the specialists who evaluated its previous version. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others optimizing hospital bed allocation for coordinated medical efficiency and quality improvement article 21 october 2024 better medical efficiency by means of hospital bed management optimization—a comparison of artificial intelligence techniques chapter © 2023 optimum utilization of bed resources in hospitals: a stochastic approach chapter © 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. e-health health care multiagent systems health care management practice and hospital management 1 introduction bed allocation is a challenge faced by hospitals because hospital beds are scarce, and when poorly managed, it can lead to long queues or chaos in emergency rooms [9]. this is even more critical considering that developing countries face growing financial constraints making planning and efficient allocation of hospital beds increasingly difficult [11, 20]. also, the area responsible for bed allocation needs to be concerned with several restrictions during bed allocation, such as the type of medical speciality, whether the patient is surgical or clinical, gender, and age of the patient [17]. this makes bed management an essential part of the planning and controlling of the operational capacity, and an activity that demands the efficient use of available resources [18]. effective management of hospital beds has been the focus of much research such as the imbeds model that uses artificial neural networks and multi-attribute value theory for decision making [9]; statistical and data mining approaches [19]; an optimisation model based on evolutionary algorithms is used for bed allocation in [13]; and also literature reviews have been carried out [2, 11]. although all that work seeks to improve bed management, they do not provide easy interaction nor decision support so that the professional in charge retains full control over allocations. keeping professionals in charge is important, given that this is a domain of sensitive decision-making, hence there is much resistance to replacing human operators with automated systems. in domains like healthcare, a mixed-initiative system, which supports human-computer interaction, becomes not just useful [10] but essential. in this domain, wrong decisions can lead to the loss of lives. that is why it is important that intelligent systems can support the decisions being made, but a human must make the final decisions. we have developed an intelligent agent to validate bed allocation plans and to communicate with hospital professionals using natural language. although humans still make the final decisions, an intelligent agent checks if all allocation rules are being complied with and warn the user if they are not. to make this possible, we use plan validation techniques and a chatbot that provides the agent with the ability to communicate with the human operator through natural language. our approach performs the validation of the bed allocation plan using a planning domain built based on the allocation rules used in each of the local hospitals that cooperated with our work. to use different rules for other hospitals, it is only necessary to adapt the planning domain and the way the planning problem is generated. we developed our own pddl plan validator in java, so that it interacts better with the chatbot developed using the jason platform [4]. we also created an automated generator of linear programming models for generating optimal bed allocations, which we can be used to provide suggestions of better alternative allocations when requested by the human operators, for example when the chatbot detected errors in the allocations they created themselves. we can generate optimal allocations much quicker with a solver such as glpk than with a pddl planner. we have evaluated our approach with professionals responsible for bed allocation in two local hospitals. also, the approach was evaluated by a doctor who provides consultancy to a local hospital. with their feedback, we were able to assess the efficacy and acceptance of our approach by those professionals; they considered our approach extremely useful and usable in the daily routine of the hospital. the version of the chatbot described in this paper in fact addresses all the suggestions made by those professionals to increase the usefulness of the chatbot for their work. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows. section 2 shows the bed allocation scenario and our approach. section 3 presents the results obtained in the evaluation of our approach. section 4 explains the improvements made. section 6 provides some conclusions. 2 materials and methods 2.1 eliciting bed allocation rules we interviewed a person responsible for bed allocation at hospital conceição in porto alegre rs, brazil. this professional (referred to as ba1) has more than seven years experience in this work. our objective was to understand the real scenario of hospital bed allocation. fig. 1. bed allocation rules. full size image hospital conceição is the largest unit of the conceição hospital group (ghc). it offers all the specialities of a general hospital in its outpatient clinic, as well as an emergency room and inpatients. it maintains a medical emergency service with doors open 24 h a day and has 784 beds [8]. for contextualisation, in brazil there are three types of health systems: private, where the patient pays; private health insurance, where the patient pays monthly and this plan covers the costs of the hospital; and sus is the national healthcare system that is funded by the federal government. 80% of the population uses sus [17]. the hospital conceição only receives sus patients. ba1 is part of a department of the hospital called nir (portuguese acronym for internal regulation centre). nir is an administrative unit that monitors the patient from arrival at the hospital, during the hospitalisation process, and internal and external movement until discharge from the hospital. nir has a manual created in cooperation with the health ministry to guide sus managers and better conduct the process of creation and running of nir units [12]. the nir has full control over hospital beds. the function of the operational nurse (ba1) is the real-time management of free beds. ba1 is responsible for authorising new admissions from the requested reservations, the exchanges, and the blocking required according to the demand and availability. ba1 currently uses a locally developed system that has a feature for bed management. this system only shows which patients need hospitalisation and which beds are currently available. the rules for bed allocation are in a document outside the system, so the person responsible for allocation needs to look at the document, or in case of ba1, memorised all those rules. bed allocation errors often occur because some rule is overlooked. some errors can cause delays in a patient’s accommodation since it is necessary to wait for a new allocation, besides all the unnecessary patient movement. based on the information obtained from ba1 and the nir manual [12], we created a diagram with the main bed allocation rules (see fig. 1). the diagram shows a large number of rules that need to be considered for an adequate allocation, prioritising good care, privacy, and the psychological state of patients. when there is overcrowding in the hospital, some rules may be ignored. in contrast, others can never be relaxed – for example, placing a patient who needs isolation in a non-isolation area. fig. 2. bed allocation approach. full size image 2.2 developing an approach to bed allocation we propose an approach for helping the professionals ensure that all bed allocation rules have been followed (see fig. 2). in our approach, healthcare professionals inform which patient and which bed they want to allocate the patient for the system to validate the allocation in accordance to a particular set of rules. this is done as follows: our system, based on the allocation information (bed and patient), automatically generates a pddl (planning domain definition language) [1] problem file and a pddl plan file; the particular hospital rules in question are represented as a pddl domain specification. the part of the system with patient and hospital information we call “web simulator”,footnote 1 because it is implemented as a web system to simulate a hospital information system. our web simulator was developed to facilitate interaction with the user when testing our approach. figure 3 shows the simulator bed-allocation screen. fig. 3. web simulator – bed allocation screen. full size image our approach also has an intelligent bdi agent constructed with jason [4], which has access to the pddl problem file and a pddl plan file and uses them to validate the allocation, checking if any rules are being broken.footnote 2 to do this validation, the jason agent originally used the val validator [7, 10], which outputs a latex report saved to a folder that will be analysed by the agent; we later mention how this has been reworked to improve performance. after the report is saved, the agent reads and processes that file. val is a plan validator that in our case checks if any bed allocation rule has been broken in the user allocation. val receives three files as input: 1) the plan file containing the information of the allocation made; 2) the problem file contains the current world state and the goals that should be achieved; 3) the domain filefootnote 3 that describes the rules that must be followed to perform the allocation. fig. 4. web simulator – bed allocation screen with chatbot. full size image this domain file has predicates that describe the characteristics of beds and patients. the actions contained in the domain file are responsible for determining the behaviour according to the real hospital rules. after analysing the validation report, our agent creates the response to the user, saying whether or not the plan is valid, and if it is not valid, it also tells the user which rule was being broken. one of the limitation of val, which led to the development we explain later, is that it stops the validation as soon as a broken rule is found, so if there are more broken rules, our agent would still report only the first one found. this response is sent to the user through a chatbot using the dialogflow platform,footnote 4 which in addition to responding, asks whether the user wants to confirm the allocation (see fig. 4). if the answer is positive, the chatbot itself triggers the routine on the system responsible for completing the allocation. if the answer is no, the chatbot just cancels the allocation, leaving the system’s validation history saved. when the user requests the chatbot to “check if my allocation is valid”, an intention is triggered on dialogflow; we call it “get validation result”. this intention calls through the webhook a function in cloud functions that searches in the database the last validation carried out by our jason intelligent agent and returns to dialogflow the answer elaborated by it. in addition to answering, the chatbot also asks if the user wants to “confirm the allocation”. for the chatbot to wait for the user’s response, we use dialogflow contexts. for the integration between the web simulator, dialogflow, and firestore, we use cloud functionsfootnote 5 that runs on a nodejs platform. furthermore, to integrate the intelligent agent with cloud functions, we use an api developed in asp.net core.footnote 6 the information returned by the api, as well as the representation of the plan and problem, are saved in the database so that the chatbot can access it when prompted. once this data is saved, the simulator issues a warning informing the user that it can already request the validation results to the chatbot. 3 evaluation we evaluated our approach in three phases. the first phase was carried out with two professionals responsible for bed allocation at hospital conceição; one is the same professional who previously informed us of the bed allocation rules. the second phase was with two professionals also responsible for bed allocation but at hospital são lucas da pucrs (hsl). finally, we evaluated our chatbot with the help of one of the doctors who assisted in the construction of the nir manual [12]. for all evaluations, we fed the system with simulated data about beds, doctors, and patients. based on the data in the system, we asked that professionals use the simulator to check out the simulated hospital situation and ask the chatbot to validate the bed allocation they created and then evaluate the feedback that the chatbot gave. furthermore, we performed a semi-structured interview in order to collect the feedback of these professionals about the use of the system. all professionals signed a consent form for participation. 3.1 first phase we evaluated the approach with each professional individually. the first professional (bd1), who informed us about the allocation rules, has 7 years of experience in bed allocation. the second professional has more than 4 years experience in bed allocation. we highlight some points reported by those professionals: chatbot and allocation rules: interaction with chatbot is extremely easy. the information about bed allocation problems that the chatbot points out are very useful and really what they use in practice. they agree that it is not viable a system that allocates alone without a final decision made by a human operator. they would be willing to use our system in their daily activities. suggestions: consider patients’ priorities. the validation performed by the system is useful, but it would be even more valuable if it suggested how to correct the allocation if any rules were broken, providing allocation suggestions that do not break the rules. 3.2 second phase we then evaluated our approach with two professionals at the same time. both professionals have more than one year of experience in the bed allocation function. we also asked questions related to the allocation process to understand the differences between the reality of this hospital and hospital conceição. the main difference is that hsl serves the three types of health systems. we highlight some important considerations reported in this interview: chatbot and allocation rules: they would not like a system that allocates beds autonomously, and prefer one that only make recommendations when requested. they believe that the agent can help them in the daily routine. they are willing to use our system in their daily activities if it remains not necessary to talk much to the robot or chatbot. suggestions: their current system does not distinguish between sus beds, private health insurance, and private; it would be important that the chatbot had this knowledge. considering the rules of patient prioritisation is extremely important to them. they suggested that the system should give priority to the relocation of a patient released from the icu rather than other patients who need a bed of that type. interpret natural language written texts in the patient’s evolution to retrieve relevant information. generate warnings when a patient has been in the icu more than 8 days or more than 30 days in the same bed. based on the patients’ discharge plan for the following day and the scheduling of procedures, the agent could advise if beds will be missing. tell when a patient was discharged for more than 30 min but the bed has not yet been vacated. tell when a bed is interdicted for more than 24 h. the agent should also knows the business rules (regarding private health insurance) so that it can validate them too. 3.3 third phase we performed an evaluation with the doctor who graduated over 10 years ago and has more than a year of experience as consultant medical doctor. we highlight some important considerations reported in this interview: chatbot and allocation rules: the rules are well in line with what are current practices. it is feasible, and it is even necessary to reduce the variability in the conduction of bed allocation processes. they informed us that they would use our system, because this type of software would make the process very fast, in addition to the accuracy and availability to work 24 h a day, seven days a week. suggestions: define the bed typology and not ask the doctor to define it, but validate the typology. suggest an allocation to the user. not that the agent should make an allocation alone, but it would be good to give suggestions that someone would confirm. offer options of frequent-asked questions, instead of user typing or talking to the chatbot all the time. when there is a list of patients in the emergency room waiting for a bed and a bed that is suitable for any of these emergency patients becomes vacant, the system should warn the operator. generate a bed availability forecast, for example, for the next six hours according to the discharge forecasts contained in the system. 4 improvements based on the evaluation some suggestions made during the evaluation were considered of major importance and, in order to achieve them, we have carried out some improvements in our system. to facilitate communication between the jason agent and dialogflow, we started using dial4jacafootnote 7 [5, 6], a general integration between jacamo and dialogflow that has recently become available. to solve the limitation imposed by the val validator, which did not return a complete list with all the allocation problems that the plan has, we implemented a new pddl validator that will be presented next. moreover, to enable our agent to make optimised suggestions for bed allocations, we implemented an optimal bed allocation technique using linear programming, which will also be presented in more detail below. 4.1 bed allocation optimisation in order to allow our agent to make optimal suggestions, we developed an approach to bed allocation based on linear programming. after a linear programming problem is generated for a particular bed allocation instance, we use the glpk solver to find an optimal solution.footnote 8 the optimisation tries to allocate as many patients as possible while attempting to decrease as much as possible the distance of critical patients to the office where nurses are based. the bed allocation optimisation program takes the database’s restrictions and converts them into three types of linear restrictions: equality, relative equality, and negation. consider for example the following constraint. $$\begin{aligned} \texttt {(2*q112[p])+(abs(speciality[p]-2)/2) <= 2;} \end{aligned}$$ the equality constraint above requires that every patient allocated to the bedroom has a specific characteristic. in this case, we want the patient to have the speciality 2. q112[p] is a boolean value equal to 1 if patient p is in the bedroom; gender [p] is an integer value referring to the patient’s speciality, hospitals will usually have specific rooms for specific types of specialities. the left side of the sum results in 2 if the patient has been allocated to that bedroom; otherwise, it results in 0. the right-hand side results in 0 if the patient’s speciality is 2; otherwise, it results in some number greater than zero. the result of the sum must be less than or equal to 2, being the only case in which this does not happen when the patient is allocated to the bedroom, but the speciality is not 2. $$\begin{aligned} \texttt {(q112[p1]+q112[p2])+(abs(gender[p1]-gender[p2])/2) <= 2;} \end{aligned}$$ relative equality is used to require, for example, that if two patients are allocated to the same bedroom, they must have the same characteristic (in the case above, the same gender). the sum’s left-hand side has a maximum value of 2 when the two patients are in room 112. the right-hand side results in a value greater than 0 when the two patients’ genders are different. the restriction would only be violated when the two patients are in the same bedroom, but the genders are different, which must not be allowed. $$\begin{aligned} \texttt {(q112[p]) abs(isolation[p]-1) <= 0;} \end{aligned}$$ negation is used for example when we require that every patient allocated to the room does not have a specific characteristic. if the patient is in the room, but the isolation characteristic is 1, this will result in \(1-0 = 1\), which does not comply with the restriction. if the patient is not allocated to the room or the isolation value is not 1, the result is less than or equal to zero, according to the bed rules. if the room is not designed for isolation, it will not allow patients that must be isolated under the normal circumstances under which the optimiser normally operates. in this work, we used the glpsol solver of glpkfootnote 9 (gnu linear programming kit), which is a free open source software for solving linear programming problems. one of the implemented algorithms is the simplex method where, after assembling a geometrical figure, the program chooses a point and recursively chooses the relative maximum (or minimum) point, approaching the global optimal result at each iteration. glpsol allows the user to set certain limits, such as a time limit. when the limit is reached, the process returns the best result found so far. this allows the program to generate some possibly useful allocation suggestions without having to arrive at the optimal result, which can be an extremely time-consuming process in some instances. we have already integrated the optimiser with jason platform, allowing us to execute tests with our complete structure. figure 5 presents the result of an allocation made using the optimiser.footnote 10 fig. 5. optimiser output in web simulator full size image 4.2 plan validator when real-world problems can be modelled in a planning language, it is possible to use a plan validator for example to tell the human operator whether a given plan is feasible or not [10]. behnke et al. [3] define plan validation as “the task of determining whether a plan is a solution to a given planning problem”. a plan validator can be used in a wide range of applications. the application that interests us is the validation of bed allocation plans prepared by the user. we developed a new plan validatorfootnote 11 using java to facilitate the integration with jason. like val, our plan validator also receives three pddl files as input: a file containing the domain, a file containing the problem, and a file containing the plan to be validated. the domain file establishes some basic rules, such as the types of objects and possible actions. the actions are generally divided into three parts, the parameters, the preconditions, and the effects. in this case, the action of allocating a patient to a bed requires that the patient is not allocated to another bed and that the bed is empty. all other bed allocation constraints are also modelled as preconditions. the effects generated by applying this action are that the patient is now allocated, the room occupied, and the patient is allocated in that room. problem files use domain rules to determine a particular problem, making all objects (e.g., patients and beds) and objectives explicit (e.g., all patients must be allocated). for validators, a plan file is also necessary, which is simply a set of actions to be applied sequentially, which lead to the objective of the problem. given these files, the validation process is straightforward, checking if each action is applicable and then apply its effects. an action is only applicable if the types of the parameters are correct (e.g., the action “aloc bed3” does not work if the action aloc requires a patient type) and if the preconditions have been met. if any action is not applicable, the plan is considered flawed. if all actions are applicable, but the problem’s objective is not satisfied, then the plan is also considered to be flawed. the plan only satisfies the problem if all actions are applicable and the objective is satisfied after applying the last action. a characteristic of the hospital domain is that the actions are not ordered. given a suitable set of allocations, any order of execution will solve the problem, which, in general, would not be the case in other domains. this means that for us it is particularly useful to detect all errors in the plan and not just the first. in our plan validator, the user has the possibility of printing the plan and the validation result in the terminal through the plantest function. the user still has the possibility, through the valout(“filename”) function, to obtain a latex file that generates a pdf with the validation report,footnote 12 the result can also be analysed by our intelligent agent to give an answer to the user in natural language. as the validator was designed so far thinking about a specific type of problem, we have made, for now, certain restrictions to facilitate the implementation of an initial version of the software. in our initial version, we have some limitations that do not negatively affect the results of the tasks for which we are using the validator, but that need to be resolved to make our validator available to the research community to use it. although the pddl language is modular, some specific options are practically universally accepted, however not all of them have been implemented yet. in total, our validator currently supports three options: “strips”, which allows for actions to add or remove effects, and is required in our validator; “typing”, which allows the use of types and sub-types; and “equality”, which allows the use of equality comparisons. another actual limitation is that the plan validator was made to be used in automatically generated problems. it considers that the pddl files are semantically and syntactically correct. we have not yet implemented any pre-processing to look for errors automatically, but we developed a callable method to perform this check. the current version of our plan validator is available on github.footnote 13 5 related work oliveira et al. [13] developed an iterative simulation-optimisation approach using an evolutionary algorithm to optimise hospital-bed allocation. they applied their approach using datasets from datasus of minas gerais, brazil, where the public health system assists nearly 80% of the patients. grübler et al. [9] proposed a model called imbeds to allocate patients to beds. imbeds is a hybrid model that aids in the bed selection process, using some techniques that work together to manage a waiting list of emergency patients and scheduled patients. the model uses an artificial neural network (ann) and multiattribute value theory (mavt), a technique used for decision making and conflict resolution in projects with multiple criteria, using contextual information about patients and beds. they evaluated the model in a hospital in porto alegre, brazil, that receives only patients from private insurance plans. in teow et al. [19], the authors extracted data from a hospital in singapore and applied statistical and data mining approaches to identify the patterns behind bed overflow. their main objective was to help the hospital devise strategies to reduce bed overflow and improve patient care. differently from the work described above, not only does our approach suggest and validate bed allocations through optimisation techniques but it also supports natural language communication using chatbots to interact with the users. we believe our application makes progress towards existing needs in the application of ai systems in domains like healthcare, in which agents provide natural language explanations, e.g., allocation failure in our scenario, supporting users’ decision making rather than being the decision makers. 6 conclusions this paper presented an approach to support hospital staff during the process of bed allocation. although there is some work in the literature that intends to make completely automated allocations, this area of application has resistance to replacing human operators with automated systems. therefore, in our approach, we only seek to support the decision-making of human professionals. our approach was built based on the expertise of professionals in the field, mainly based on an interview we conducted with a professional responsible for bed allocation in a local hospital. we evaluated our approach at hospital conceição and hsl, the latter having practices with significant differences since it serves not only sus but also private patients. also, we interviewed a doctor that provides consultancy to a local hospital in the area of bed allocation. among the points highlighted by the professionals about our approach, it has been mentioned that it is easy to interact with the chatbot and the information contained in the validation of allocation are very useful for their routine. some good ideas have also been raised to improve our system so that it performs useful tasks in the bed-allocation routine. as our approach was developed based only on the existing practices at hospital conceição, the analysis made by the professionals of hsl yielded many ideas for our agent to be more useful in its planned use in those hospitals. through this research, we created a domain knowledge and developed a planning domain for pddl and htn planners that can also be useful for other projects that involve automated planning and plan validation. as future work, we intend to investigate argumentation techniques [14,15,16] to implement more interactive agents and explain the allocation suggestions as requested by the interviewees. we believe that with the use of argumentation techniques, intelligent agents will be able to reason about beds and patients’ relations, thus providing useful explanations that will help the users by saying why a particular suggestion is being made. we intend to integrate our approach with the hospitals’ information systems, which will allow us to make several queries as suggested by the experts during the evaluation phase. moreover, we aim to use natural language models to allow the chatbot to answer questions about a patient’s evolution. notes 1.the web simulator code is available at https://github.com/smart-pucrs/bed-allocation-simulator. 2.the agent code is available at https://github.com/smart-pucrs/jason_assistant_to_bed_allocation. 3.the domain file with plans and problems examples are available at https://github.com/smart-pucrs/hospital-domain-pddl. 4.https://dialogflow.com/. 5.https://cloud.google.com/functions/. 6.https://www.asp.net/core/overview/aspnet-vnext. 7.https://github.com/smart-pucrs/dial4jaca. 8.https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/glpk. 9.http://winglpk.sourceforge.net/. 10.all patient data in our tests are fictitious. 11.the validator code is available at https://github.com/smart-pucrs/pddl-plan-validator. 12.https://github.com/smart-pucrs/pddl-plan-validator/blob/main/latexoutputvalidator.pdf. 13.https://github.com/smart-pucrs/pddl-plan-validator. references aeronautiques, c., et al.: pddl— the planning domain definition language. technical report (1998) google scholar  ahmadi-javid, a., seyedi, p., syam, s.s.: a survey of healthcare facility location. comput. oper. res. 79, 223–263 (2017) article  mathscinet  google scholar  behnke, g., höller, d., biundo, s.: this is a solution! (... but is it though?) verifying solutions of hierarchical planning problems. in: 27th international conference on automated planning and scheduling, pp. 20–28 (2017) google scholar  bordini, r.h., hübner, j.f., wooldridge, m.: programming multi-agent systems in agentspeak using jason. wiley, hoboken (2007) book  google scholar  engelmann, d., et al.: dial4jaca – a demonstration. in: dignum, f., corchado, j.m., de la prieta, f. (eds.) paams 2021. lncs (lnai), vol. 12946, pp. 346–350. springer, cham (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-85739-4_29 chapter  google scholar  engelmann, d., et al.: dial4jaca – a communication interface between multi-agent systems and chatbots. in: dignum, f., corchado, j.m., de la prieta, f. (eds.) paams 2021. lncs (lnai), vol. 12946, pp. 77–88. springer, cham (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-85739-4_7 chapter  google scholar  fox, m., howey, r., long, d.: validating plans in the context of processes and exogenous events. in: 20th national conference on artificial intelligence and the seventeenth innovative applications of artificial intelligence conference, pp. 1151–1156 (2005) google scholar  ghc: hospital conceição (2019). https://www.ghc.com.br/default.asp?idmenu=unidades&idsubmenu=1 grübler, m.d.s., da costa, c.a., righi, r., rigo, s., chiwiacowsky, l.: a hospital bed allocation hybrid model based on situation awareness. comput. inform. nurs. 36, 249–255 (2018) article  google scholar  howey, r., long, d., fox, m.: val: automatic plan validation, continuous effects and mixed initiative planning using pddl. in: 16th international conference on tools with artificial intelligence, pp. 294–301 (2004) google scholar  matos, j., rodrigues, p.p.: modeling decisions for hospital bed management a review. in: 4th international conference on health informatics, pp. 504–507 (2011) google scholar  ministério da saúde: manual de implantação e implementação : núcleo interno de regulação para hospitais gerais e especializados. technical report, ministério da saúde, secretaria de atenção à saúde, departamento de atenção hospitalar e de urgência (2017) google scholar  e oliveira, b., de vasconcelos, j., almeida, j., pinto, l.: a simulation-optimisation approach for hospital beds allocation. int. j. med. inform. 141, 104174 (2020) google scholar  panisson, a.r., bordini, r.h.: knowledge representation for argumentation in agent-oriented programming languages. in: 2016 brazilian conference on intelligent systems, bracis (2016) google scholar  panisson, a.r., bordini, r.h.: towards a computational model of argumentation schemes in agent-oriented programming languages. in: ieee/wic/acm international joint conference on web intelligence and intelligent agent technology (wi-iat) (2020) google scholar  panisson, a.r., engelmann, d., bordini, r.h.: engineering explainable agents: an argumentation-based approach. in: international workshop on engineering multi-agent systems (emas) (2021) google scholar  pinto, l.r., de campos, f.c.c., perpétuo, i.h.o., ribeiro, y.c.n.m.b.: analysis of hospital bed capacity via queuing theory and simulation. in: proceedings of the winter simulation conference 2014, pp. 1281–1292. ieee (2014) google scholar  proudlove, n.c., gordon, k., boaden, r.: can good bed management solve the overcrowding in accident and emergency departments? emerg. med. j. 20, 149–155 (2003) article  google scholar  teow, k.l., el-darzi, e., foo, c., jin, x., sim, j.: intelligent analysis of acute bed overflow in a tertiary hospital in singapore. j. med. syst. 36, 1873–1882 (2012) article  google scholar  tsai, j.c.h., et al.: adjusting daily inpatient bed allocation to smooth emergency department occupancy variation. in: healthcare, vol. 8, p. 78. multidisciplinary digital publishing institute (2020) google scholar  download references acknowledgements this research was partially funded by cnpq and capes – finance code 001. author information authors and affiliations school of technology, pucrs, porto alegre, rs, brazil débora c. engelmann, lucca dornelles cezar & rafael h. bordini dibris, university of genoa, genoa, italy débora c. engelmann department of computing, ufsc, araranguá, sc, brazil alison r. panisson authors débora c. engelmannview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar lucca dornelles cezarview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar alison r. panissonview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael h. bordiniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to débora c. engelmann . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper engelmann, d.c., cezar, l.d., panisson, a.r., bordini, r.h. (2021). a conversational agent to support hospital bed allocation. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_1 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_1 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords hospital bed allocation intelligent agent pddl plan validation linear programming chatbot publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature improving particle swarm optimization with self-adaptive parameters, rotational invariance, and diversity control | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper improving particle swarm optimization with self-adaptive parameters, rotational invariance, and diversity control conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 218–233 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) improving particle swarm optimization with self-adaptive parameters, rotational invariance, and diversity control download book pdf download book epub matheus vasconcelos10, caio flexa10, igor moreira10, reginaldo santos10 & … claudomiro sales10  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 736 accesses abstract particle swarm optimization (pso) algorithms are swarm intelligence methods that are effective in solving optimization problems. however, current techniques have some drawbacks: the particles of some pso implementations are sensible to their input hyper-parameters, lack direction diversity in their movement, have rotational variance, and might prematurely converge due to rapid swarm diversity loss. this article addresses these issues by introducing rotationally invariant attractive and repulsive expanded pso (ri-ar-xpso) and rotationally invariant semi-autonomous expanded pso (ri-saxpso) as improvements of rotationally invariant semi-autonomous pso (ri-sapso) and expanded pso (xpso). their swarm behavior was evaluated with classic functions in the literature and their accuracy was tested with the congress on evolutionary computation (cec) 2017 optimization problems, in whose results a statistical significance test was applied. the results obtained attest that strategies such as diversity control, automatic hyper-parameter adjustment, directional diversity, and rotational invariance improve performance without accuracy loss when adequately implemented. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others diversity measurement in different pso variants applied to global optimization and classical engineering problems chapter © 2025 a survey on particle swarm optimization algorithm chapter © 2023 different variants of particle swarm optimization algorithms and its application: a review chapter © 2021 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms continuous optimization diversity-oriented synthesis learning algorithms optimization stochastic learning and adaptive control 1 introduction heuristic algorithms are becoming increasingly more robust means to find suitable solutions to complex problems. current approaches range from low-level heuristics—designed for specific issues—to complex, more general hyper-heuristics [4]. particle swarm optimization (pso) is an effective, swarm-intelligence technique based on the collective behavior of fish shoals and bird flocks used to solve optimization problems. the parameter settings of non-deterministic algorithms such as meta-heuristics are known to be dependent on the problem. the same occurs with pso, for the adjustment of hyper-parameters affects the trajectory of the particles in the swarm. in some implementations, the cognitive and social coefficients, as well as the inertial weight, are dynamically selected [17]. in others, these hyper-parameters are manually set and remain fixed throughout the execution [15]. the authors of implementations with fixed hyper-parameters customarily disclose recommended values for them, defined after multiple analyzes on different problems, as in [14]. in pso, the works of [7, 10, 18] demonstrate that particles tend to move in parallel to the coordinate axes. using rotational invariance mitigates this dependency on the coordinate system wherein the objective function is defined, improving results across various problems. in terms of complex multimodal functions, experiments indicate that maintaining swarm diversity helps mitigate premature convergence and avoid sub-optimal solutions [11]. motivated by these aspects, this paper aims to improve two pso implementations termed rotationally invariant semi-autonomous pso(ri-sapso) [14] and expanded pso (xpso) [21] by automatically updating hyper-parameters, promoting rotational invariance, and maintaining swarm diversity during execution. the remaining sections are structured as follows. section 2 describes the canonical pso, as well as some properties of its variants. in sect. 3, the framework of some pso variants is exposed. details on the improvements made to ri-sapso and xpso are presented in sect. 4. section 5 presents the obtained experimental results and their statistical significance. lastly, sect. 6 concludes this paper with some remarks and future work. 2 theoretical background the canonical pso algorithm only performs simple mathematical operations. as such, it is computationally inexpensive in terms of time and space. pso is a population-based meta-heuristic where each individual (i.e., particle) represents a candidate solution to an optimization problem in a d-dimensional space. in each iteration t of the algorithm, the ith particle of the swarm is associated to three vectors: the position vector \(\vec {x}_i = \left[ {x_{i,1}},{x_{i,2}},\ldots \,{x_{i,d}}\right] \), that represents the candidate solution; the velocity vector \(\vec {v}_i = \left[ {v_{i,1}},{v_{i,2}},\ldots \,{v_{i,d}}\right] \), that represents the direction and velocity of the particle in the search space; and local memory vector \(\vec {p}_i = \left[ {p_{i,1}},{p_{i,2}},\ldots \,{p_{i,d}}\right] \), which stores the best solution found. by its turn, the swarm is associated to the global memory vector \(\vec {g} = \left[ {g_1},{g_2},\ldots \,{g_d}\right] \), which stores the best solution found overall. following the algorithm of [5], the position of the particles are updated as t increases according to $$\begin{aligned} \vec {v}^{t + 1}_i = \vec {v}^{t}_i + c_1\phi _1(\vec {p}^{t}_i \vec {x}^{t}_i) + c_2\phi _2(\vec {g}^{t} \vec {x}^{t}_i) \end{aligned}$$ (1) and $$\begin{aligned} \vec {x}^{t + 1}_i = \vec {x}^t_i + \vec {v}^{t + 1}_i, \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(c_1\) and \(c_2\) respectively represent the cognitive and social coefficients and \(\phi _1\) and \(\phi _2\) are random numbers sampled from a uniform distribution in [0, 1]. ulteriorly, [17] added the inertial weight w to (1), turning \(\vec {v}^{t}_i\) into \(w\vec {v}^{t}_i\). this significantly improved the canonical pso and is widely used in its variants. making the algorithm rotationally invariant ensures that particles will move independently without influence of the coordinate system of the problem. its presence (or lack thereof) might lie in how \(\phi _1\) and \(\phi _2\) are used in the velocity update equation. if they are vectors, the optimizer is variant in terms of scale, translation, and rotation. if they are scalar values, then the algorithm is rotationally invariant. to illustrate, a rotationally variant version of (1), which is rotationally invariant, can be defined as $$\begin{aligned} \vec {v}^{t + 1}_i = w^t\vec {v}^{t}_i + c_1\dot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\odot (\vec {p}^t_i \vec {x}^t_i) + c_2\ddot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\odot (\vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_i), \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\dot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\) and \(\ddot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\) are two vectors containing random values sampled from a uniform distribution in [0, 1] and \(\odot \) represents the element-wise multiplication of vectors and matrices [8]. the mathematical tool presented in [20] can be used to prove whether a given pso implementation is variant or invariant. the work of [19] introduces the concept of directional diversity, i.e., the ability to carry out the stochastic search in various directions. conversely, particles without directional diversity perform their search in fixed directions. this work proved that, unlike (3), (1) provokes loss in directional diversity. to demonstrate that the directional diversity and rotational invariance are not necessarily exclusive, [20] proposed a rotationally invariant pso that maintains directional diversity named diverse rotationally invariant pso (dri-pso), whose velocity update equation is rotationally invariant in a stochastic manner but also diverse in direction. this was possible thanks to small, consistent perturbations in the direction of the local \((\vec {p} \vec {x})\) and global swarm memories \((\vec {g} \vec {x})\), multiplying these values with an independent, random rotation matrix w. the ability to store gradient information allows the particles to individually perform asynchronous searches, mitigate the random walk effect and avoid wasting random efforts to reach local optima. when using the method described in [9] with problems of high d, the employment of gradient descent information might be difficult. depending on how it is applied throughout the search, up to d objective function evaluations per particle might be performed. the ability to control swarm diversity, firstly proposed to pso in [13], is present in many implementations. this strategy, which entails monitoring the swarm diversity during the search, enables the algorithm to increase exploration when the diversity is low to avoid local optima. equation (4) represents one form of defining swarm diversity, where |l| is the diagonal size of the search space, \(x^{t}_{i,j}\) is the j-th dimension of the i-th particle, and \(\overline{x}^t_j\) is the j-th dimension of the mean position across all particles. $$\begin{aligned} diversity(\vec {x^{t}}) = \frac{1}{n \times |l|} \times \sum _{i=1}^{n} \sqrt{\sum _{j=1}^{d}(x^{t}_{i,j} \overline{x}^t_j)^2} \end{aligned}$$ (4) 3 related work works related to this paper are associated with other meta-heuristics inspired on the canonical pso. this section will focus on implementations that involve diversity control, gradient use, rotational invariance, directional diversity, rotation matrices, and hyper-parameter auto-adjustment. the introduction of gradient-based pso (gpso) is described in [12], wherein the gradient directions are used as a deterministic approach for a precise local exploration around the best global position, thus strengthening the global exploration of the algorithm. in [6], where diversity control and gradient information were employed as strategies to switch between two pso algorithms throughout the search, a new, hybrid approach termed diversity-guided pso based on gradient search (dgpsogs) was introduced. the semi-autonomous pso (sapso) [15] takes advantage of ideas present in attraction and repulsion pso (arpso) [13], gpso [12], and dgpsogs [6] to provide a semi-autonomous particle swarm optimizer that uses gradient and diversity-control information to optimize unimodal functions. sapso attempts to reduce computational efforts related to local investigation with the aid of gradient information and provide a diversity control mechanism to avoid local optima. the performance of sapso and other pso implementations are evaluated in a set of test functions based on optimization problems of de jong’s benchmark. numerical results showed that the proposed method attained at least the same performance of other pso implementations. moreover, sapso achieved better results in terms of global minima found and fine-tuning of the final solution. however, problems in spaces of higher dimensionality caused longer execution times due to the employment of gradient-based information by each particle and the need to modify parameters depending on the problem at hand. as an improvement to dri-pso, the locally convergent rotationally invariant pso (lcripso) was introduced in [2]. the authors pointed out several problematic situations: particles can get stuck in some areas of the search space, unable to change the value of one or more decision variables; poor performance is observed when the swarm is small or the dimensionality is high; convergence is not guaranteed even for local optima; and the algorithm is sensible to the rotation of the search space. aiming to solve these issues, lcripso contains a new general form of velocity update equation that contains a normal distribution function defined by the user around local and global memories. the ri-sapso is proposed in the work of [14] as an improvement to sapso [15]. this pso implementation inherits the rotational invariance of sapso and incorporates a rotation matrix generated by an exponential map to maintain directional diversity using an idea present in [20]. besides mathematically proving that ri-sapso is rotationally invariant, benchmark tests with statistical significance demonstrated that the algorithms were capable of finding better solutions in most problems. therefore, ri-sapso is the starting point of this work because despite its superior results against those of sapso, it still has long execution times when handling high-dimensional problems and employs fixed hyper-parameters during execution. an expanded variant of pso termed xpso was proposed in [21]. it updates acceleration coefficients and the learning model based on fitness, given that updating these coefficients by only considering iterations might result in sub-par intelligence when solving complex problems. moreover, xpso expands the social part of each particle from one to two exemplars and applies the ability to forget some particles, which is based on a universal biological phenomenon wherein parts of the memory management system forget undesirable or useless information. upon testing, this approach presented promising results with different types of objective function, despite its possible lack of rotational invariance as it employs the random components similarly to (3). 4 improving ri-sapso and xpso this section details how xpso and ri-sapso were changed into the rotationally invariant attractive and repulsive expanded pso (ri-ar-xpso) and the rotationally invariant semi-autonomous expanded pso (ri-saxpso). 4.1 rotationally invariant attractive and repulsive expanded pso the implementation herein defined is termed rotationally invariant attractive and repulsive expanded pso. since xpso has a vector of random numbers \(\vec {\phi }^t\) for each component in its velocity update equation—similar to (3)—, its search strategy might have directional diversity, but still suffers from rotation variance, which can be proven by using the mathematical tool seen in [20]. as previously exposed, in addition to automatically adjusting the acceleration coefficients during the search, xpso has an additional social coefficient. here, the ith particle out of n particles will be related to three coefficients: \(c_{1,i}\), which is the cognitive coefficient; and \(c_{2,i}\) and \(c_{3,i}\), which are social coefficients. the coefficients of each particle are defined using a gaussian following the method described in [21]. a greater movement amplitude is preserved in each particle by using the stochastic rotation matrix w in the velocity equation, thus increasing directional diversity in the search [20]. furthermore, it also promotes rotational invariance. as such, the velocity equation will be changed to use w similarly to [14]. the authors of xpso justify that its ability to forget relates to maintaining swarm diversity throughout the search. in this regard, another improvement to be added was motivated by the attraction and repulsion strategy of [13], where the diversity monitoring will influence the behavior of the particles such that they will not forget during the attraction phase to accelerate convergence. moreover, a lower swarm diversity bound will be dynamically defined in the new implementation to avoid that the repulsion phase precludes refining the solution at the end of the search. the \(d^t_{min}\) values will exponentially decrease at this point, with values defined by \(f(x)\,=\,b^x\) (the best results were attained with x having values within [1, 10] linearly increasing during the search). \(b = 10^{-2}\) is the same value used by [14] as an upper swarm diversity bound. the modifications made to xpso change its velocity equation to $$\begin{aligned} \vec {v}^{t + 1}_i = w^t\vec {v}^{t}_i + dir \times \left[ \vec {\varomega }^t_i + \vec {\varupsilon }^t_i + \vec {\varlambda }^t_i\right] , \end{aligned}$$ (5) $$\begin{aligned} \vec {\varomega }^t_i={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} c_{1,i} \dot{\phi }^t_i \left( \vec {p}^t_{i} \vec {x}^t_{i}\right) , &{} \text {if}\;dir=1;\\ c_{1,i} \dot{\phi }^t_i \dot{w}^t_i \left( \vec {p}^t_{i} \vec {x}^t_{i}\right) , &{} \text {else} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (6) $$\begin{aligned} \vec {\varupsilon }^t_i={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} c_{2,i} \ddot{\phi }^t_i \left( \vec {l}^t_{i} \vec {x}^t_{i}\right) , &{} \text {if}\;dir=1;\\ c_{2,i} \ddot{\phi }^t_i \ddot{w}^t_i \left[ \left( 1-\vec {f}_{i}\right) \vec {l}^t_{i} \vec {x}^t_{i}\right] , &{} \text {else} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (7) $$\begin{aligned} \vec {\varlambda }^t_i={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} c_{3,i} \dddot{\phi }^t_i \left( \vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_{i}\right) , &{} \text {if}\;dir=1;\\ c_{3,i} \dddot{\phi }^t_i \dddot{w}^t_i \left[ \left( 1-\vec {f}_{i}\right) \vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_{i}\right] , &{} \text {else} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (8) where \(\dot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\), \(\ddot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\) and \(\dddot{\vec {\phi }}^t_i\) are three random vectors uniformly distributed within \(\left[ 0, 1\right] \); \(\vec {\mathcal {f}}=\left[ f_{i,1},f_{i,2},\cdots ,f_{i,d}\right] \) represents the amount of information that the i-th particle forgot of a given sample; \(\vec {l}^t_{i}\) represents the best position visited between two neighbors (i.e., \(\vec {l}^t_{i}\) will be equal to the most fit solution between \(\vec {p}_{i-1}\) and \(\vec {p}_{i+1}\)); and dir controls the attraction and repulsion phases according to (9) where the current swarm diversity value is represented by d, calculated in (4), and stagg and \(stagg_{max}\) respectively represent the number of iterations without updating the best global position and the maximum number of iterations without progress allowed. the elitist behavior employed by the hyper-parameter adjusting logic during execution also aids the update of dir. as exposed by [21], when \(stagg \ge stagg_{max}\), it is assumed that the particles got stuck in a local minimum. as such, a hyper-parameter update takes place to change their search direction. nevertheless, if the particles maintain low diversity, the implementation will trigger the repulsion phase to speed up this process. conversely, the attraction phase is initiated when adequate diversity is maintained. 4.2 rotationally invariant semi-autonomous expanded pso the implementation defined herein is termed rotationally invariant semi-autonomous expanded pso. expanded refers to the automatic hyper-parameter adjustment and the expansion of the ri-sapso velocity equation inspired by xpso. in [14], the variant employs parameters without dynamic update during execution and uses two main strategies: the diversity-guided attraction/repulsion logic and the replacement of the personal part of the velocity equation from \(\vec {p^{t}_i} \vec {x^{t}_i}\) to \(\nabla f(\vec {x}^{t}_i)\) to use the gradient. as such, the improvements are: implement a hyper-parameter update strategy; employ adaptive diversity control; and employ three acceleration coefficients in the velocity update equation involving the best global position (\(c_1\)), the gradient (\(c_2\)), and the best personal position (\(c_3\)). the implementation of automatic hyper-parameter update during execution is identical to what is performed in xpso. the update scenarios of dir will be changed due to the difficulty it faces to converge when diversity is low, which hurts the results of ri-sapso in such situations. therefore, (9) will be used herein as well. the upper swarm diversity bound was removed in this case because when the search triggers the repulsion phase in later iterations, this restriction will result in high swarm diversity, thus preventing the refinement of the solution. the lower swarm diversity bound is \(d^t_{min}\), which will have the same values explained in sect. 4.1. unlike the original implementation, the switch from repulsion to attraction does not alter the individual decision of the particles. in other words, only dir changes from \(-1\) to 1, mitigating gradient use. due to the smaller gradient descent use in the attraction phase, \(c_3\) was added as a cognitive coefficient in (10) to accelerate convergence. in this case, if a particle is unable to decide with the gradient, it will determine with \(\vec {g}\) and \(\vec {p}\). after detailing all modifications, the equation that governs velocity updates in ri-sapso had its social component $$\begin{aligned} \vec {\varomega }^t_i={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} i^{t}_i c_1 \dot{\phi }^t_i (\vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_i), &{} \text {if}\;dir=1;\\ i^{t}_i c_1 \dot{\phi }^t_i \dot{w}^t_i (\vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_i), &{} \text {otherwise} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (10) changed in the new implementation to $$\begin{aligned} \vec {\varomega }^t_i={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} i^{t}_i c_{1,i} \dot{\phi }^t_i (\vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_i) + i^{t}_i c_{3,i} \dddot{\phi }^t_i (\vec {p}^t \vec {x}^t_i), &{} \text {if}\;dir=1;\\ i^{t}_i c_{1,i} \dot{\phi }^t_i \dot{w}^t_i (\vec {g}^t \vec {x}^t_i), &{} \text {otherwise.} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (11) 5 experimental simulations this section presents tests performed with the two new algorithms side-by-side with their original counterparts in two scenarios. firstly, the swarm diversity and the behavior of the convergence curve of the best solution are analyzed with unimodal and multimodal test functions found in the literature. subsequently, tests are performed using a set of benchmark functions from congress on evolutionary computation (cec) 2017 [1], whose functions were randomly rotated or dislocated. the final results are evaluated considering time, number of function evaluations (nfes), and the minimal error rate—the difference between the solution found and the best one (i.e., \(f(\vec {x})-f(\vec {x}_{opt})\)). lastly, statistical tests are carried out to investigate how significant the differences are between algorithms. all results are the mean of 50 executions. it is noteworthy that this work does not aim to solve the cec 2017 functions, but rather to use them as a means of proving the concepts previously exposed. 5.1 swarm diversity and solution convergence five classical test functions found in the literature were selected to analyze behavioral swarm changes during the search: a unimodal one (sphere), a non-convex unimodal one (rosenbrock), and three multimodal functions (viz., ackley, griewank, and rastrigin). in these tests, d was set to 30, n was set to 20 following [14], and t was set to 6000 following [21]. existing algorithms were set with the hyper-parameters that were recommended in their respective studies: ri-ar-xpso used the same settings as xpso and ri-saxpso received a value range for each coefficient guided by [15]. specific hyper-parameter settings are presented in table 1. the results represent the average of 50 independent executions where the swarm diversity and the convergence curve of the best solution (in logarithmic scale) were evaluated. the only stopping criteria used was the maximum number of iterations t. table 1. parameter settings utilized in the tested algorithms.full size table fig. 1. swarm diversity and best solution convergence curve. full size image figure 1 shows the performance of the modified and original algorithms. it can be seen that ri-saxpso quickly converges while maintaining high swarm diversity at the beginning of the search. it attains better results than ri-sapso, which only achieves similar results in the ackley function (fig. 1c) despite maintaining swarm diversity throughout the search. xpso did not lose diversity quickly, but it was lower at the beginning of the search when compared to ri-ar-xpso. in terms of solution convergence, xpso best refines the final solution of sphere (fig. 1a), and loses diversity faster. xpso solutions converge with inferior quality when compared to ri-ar-xpso in the multimodal functions. 5.2 congress on evolutionary computation 2017 benchmark functions the cec 2017 benchmark is composed of 30 functions, of which only sum of different power is not used in this work due to its unstable behavior in higher dimensionalities [1]. hence, a total of 29 functions were used to test the algorithms: unimodal ones \((f1-2)\), simple multimodal ones \((f3-9)\), hybrid ones \((f10-19)\), and composed ones \((f20-29)\). the same settings found in sect. 5.1 were used herein except for the stopping criteria: in addition to using \(t = 6000\), the search is interrupted whenever the global minima is found or nfe = \(10^6\), which is the upper limit defined in [1]. the d of each function was set to 10, 30, and 50 to evaluate performance in different dimensionalities. table 2. average error rates and algorithm ranks.full size table table 3. total sum of the rankings, detailed by dimensionality.full size table table 2 shows average error rates accompanied by rank values (from 1 to 4). overall, ri-ar-xpso attained the lowest error rates on most optimization problems. despite the simplicity of this evaluation, table 3 presents the rank-sum stratified by d. it shows that the proposed implementations surpassed the original ones overall, although ri-saxpso did not overcome xpso. table 4 presents average computation times and the nfes of each algorithm stratified by dimensionality. one might notice how ri-sapso was the worst, with higher execution time and nfes. despite the high number of nfes, employment of rotation matrix, diversity control, gradient information, and automatic hyper-parameter adjustment during the execution, ri-saxpso performed best overall in terms of time. however, it took longer than xpso and ri-ar-xpso for 50 dimensions, indicating that using gradient information in high dimensionalities results in lower efficiency. the performance of xpso attests that using two exemplars, the ability to forget, and the velocity update equation postpones the execution. in spite of using these techniques, ri-ar-xpso forgets particles with less frequency thanks to the other properties involved, consequently attaining similar performance to xpso despite the presence of diversity control. in terms of success rate, the evaluated algorithms never reached the global optima when optimizing the evaluated functions for 30 and 50 dimensions. when \(d = 10\), xpso obtained a global success rate of \(8.07\%\), followed by ri-ar-xpso with \(1.86\%\), ri-saxpso with \(0.07\%\), and ri-sapso with \(0\%\). therefore, it can be argued that xpso finishes its execution faster than ri-ar-xpso thanks to its higher success rate for 10 dimensions. table 4. time (in seconds) and nfes.full size table 5.3 statistical hypothesis testing this section describes the friedman’s statistical significance test, as well as the post-hoc tests performed to demonstrate which differences are statistically significant in terms of the error rates obtained in table 2. friedman’s test with significance level \(\alpha = 0.05\) was applied for multiple comparisons. in this work, each pair of algorithms is analyzed \((k \times k)\) considering the four pso implementations \((k = 4)\) and a family of different hypotheses \((h = k(k-1)/2 = 6)\). the null hypothesis of this experiment is that there is no significant difference in the results. the post-hoc procedure was applied to find which algorithm pairs attained significantly different results, returning a p-value for each comparison to determine the degree of rejection of each hypothesis. furthermore, the p-values are adjusted due to the family-wise error rate (fwer), which is the probability of making one or more false discoveries between all hypotheses by performing multiple pairwise tests [16]. to calculate friedman’s statistics, the results seen in table 2 are the rankings, and table 5 highlights the mean ranks of each pso implementation obtained by applying a ranking-based classification. the results obtained attest that the best algorithm among the four implementations is ri-ar-xpso. upon application of friedman’s test, a p-value of \(1.085e{-}32\) and a friedman’s statistic of 151.79 were found. since \(p \ll \alpha \), there seems to be at least one significant difference. table 5. average ranksfull size table the evidence of statistically significant differences prompted the execution of post-hoc tests to pinpoint which algorithm pairs obtained significantly different results. p-values of all six hypotheses were obtained by converting the mean ranks of each algorithm by a normal approximation. z-values were used to find the corresponding p-value of the standard normal distribution \(\mathcal {n}(0, 1)\). friedman’s z-value can be defined as $$\begin{aligned} z_{ij}=\frac{r_i-r_j}{\sqrt{\frac{k(k+1)}{6n}}}. \end{aligned}$$ (12) table 6. friedman’s p-values and adjusted p-values (holm) for pairwise comparison tests between all algorithms.full size table the p-values found using (12) are in table 6. as previously explained, these values are not suitable for direct comparison with the significance levels due to fwer. thus, the adjusted p-values were used to directly compare the values with the significance levels. in this paper, an adjust procedure termed holm [3] was employed. in table 6, \(*\) indicates which algorithm performed better. in harmony with the results previously obtained, ri-ar-xpso obtained the best results, and ri-saxpso only outperformed ri-sapso. all p-values are smaller than 0.05, meaning that all differences are statistically significant. 6 final considerations this work presented two new pso implementations with conveniences such as automatic hyper-parameter update during execution and employment of a rotation matrix to promote independence from the coordinate systems wherein the objective function is defined. both ri-ar-xpso and ri-saxpso boast an attraction/repulsion mechanism guided by a diversity control whose effect is exponentially reduced throughout the search, resulting in more exploration at the beginning and more exploitation at the end. both algorithms were compared against their original counterparts in a varied set of problems and dimensionalities, and statistical significance tests indicated their superiority against the original implementations. ri-saxpso, which uses gradient-based information, consumed less time in problems with smaller dimensionalities. in these cases and those where the objective function is not very costly, this technique might be convenient. in future work, new arrangements can be tested to use the gradient information more efficiently since the gradient-based techniques did not reach good performance. new approaches that consider swarm diversity information to automatically adjust hyper-parameters during execution can also be studied. the goal would be to adapt the hyper-parameter fine-tuning according to current swarm diversity status instead of just verifying whether the search is stagnated. references awad, n., ali, m., liang, j.j., qu, b., suganthan, p.: problem definitions and evaluation criteria for the cec 2017 special session and competition on single objective real-parameter numerical optimization. technical report (2016) google scholar  bonyadi, m.r., michalewicz, z.: a locally convergent rotationally invariant particle swarm optimization algorithm. swarm intell. 8(3), 159–198 (2014) article  google scholar  derrac, j., garcía, s., molina, d., herrera, f.: a practical tutorial on the use of nonparametric statistical tests as a methodology for comparing evolutionary and swarm intelligence algorithms. sec 1(1), 3–18 (2011) google scholar  drake, j.h., kheiri, a., özcan, e., burke, e.k.: recent advances in selection hyper-heuristics. eur. j. oper. res. 285(2), 405–428 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  eberhart, r., kennedy, j.: particle swarm optimization. in: proceedings of the ieee international conference on neural networks, vol. 4, pp. 1942–1948 (1995) google scholar  han, f., liu, q.: a diversity-guided hybrid particle swarm optimization based on gradient search. neurocomputing 137, 234–240 (2014) article  google scholar  hansen, n., ros, r., mauny, n., schoenauer, m., auger, a.: impacts of invariance in search: when cma-es and pso face ill-conditioned and non-separable problems. appl. soft comput. 11(8), 5755–5769 (2011) article  google scholar  horn, r.a., johnson, c.r.: matrix analysis. cambridge university press, cambridge (2012) google scholar  horst, r., tuy, h.: global optimization: deterministic approaches. sbh (1996) google scholar  janson, s., middendorf, m.: on trajectories of particles in pso. in: 2007 ieee swarm intelligence symposium, pp. 150–155. ieee (2007) google scholar  liu, x.f., zhan, z.h., gao, y., zhang, j., kwong, s., zhang, j.: coevolutionary particle swarm optimization with bottleneck objective learning strategy for many-objective optimization. ieee tec 23(4), 587–602 (2019) google scholar  noel, m.m.: a new gradient based particle swarm optimization algorithm for accurate computation of global minimum. asc 12(1), 353–359 (2012) google scholar  riget, j., vesterstrøm, j.s.: a diversity-guided particle swarm optimizer-the arpso. department of computer science, univ. of aarhus, aarhus, denmark, technical report 2 (2002) google scholar  santos, r., borges, g., santos, a., silva, m., sales, c., costa, j.c.a.: a rotationally invariant semi-autonomous particle swarm optimizer with directional diversity. swarm evol. comput. 56, 100700 (2020) article  google scholar  santos, r., borges, g., santos, a., silva, m., sales, c., costa, j.c.: a semi-autonomous particle swarm optimizer based on gradient information and diversity control for global optimization. appl. soft comput. 69, 330–343 (2018) article  google scholar  santos, r., borges, g., santos, a., silva, m., sales, c., costa, j.c.: empirical study on rotation and information exchange in particle swarm optimization. in: sec (2019) google scholar  shi, y., eberhart, r.: a modified particle swarm optimizer. in: 1998 ieee international conference on evolutionary computation proceedings (1998) google scholar  spears, w., green, d., spears, d.: biases in particle swarm optimization. ijsir 1, 34–57 (2010) google scholar  wilke, d.n., kok, s., groenwold, a.a.: comparison of linear and classical velocity update rules in particle swarm optimization: notes on diversity. in: ijnme (2007) google scholar  wilke, d.n., kok, s., groenwold, a.a.: comparison of linear and classical velocity update rules in particle swarm optimization: notes on scale and frame invariance. int. j. numer. meth. eng. 70(8), 985–1008 (2007) article  mathscinet  google scholar  xia, x., et al.: an expanded particle swarm optimization based on multi-exemplar and forgetting ability. inf. sci. 508, 105–120 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations federal university of pará, 1 augusto corrêa st., belém, pa, 66.075-110, brazil matheus vasconcelos, caio flexa, igor moreira, reginaldo santos & claudomiro sales authors matheus vasconcelosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar caio flexaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar igor moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar reginaldo santosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar claudomiro salesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to matheus vasconcelos . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper vasconcelos, m., flexa, c., moreira, i., santos, r., sales, c. (2021). improving particle swarm optimization with self-adaptive parameters, rotational invariance, and diversity control. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_15 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_15 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords particle swarm optimization global continuous optimization adaptive adjustment rotational invariance diversity control publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature evaluating sentiment quantification methods in brazilian portuguese corpora | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper evaluating sentiment quantification methods in brazilian portuguese corpora conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 230–244 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) evaluating sentiment quantification methods in brazilian portuguese corpora download book pdf download book epub lucas nildaimon dos santos silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5606-94169, diego furtado silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5184-941310 & helena de medeiros caseli  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3996-85999  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 398 accesses abstract this paper evaluates sentiment quantification methods applied to brazilian portuguese corpora. sentiment quantification, distinct from sentiment classification, estimates the distribution of sentiment classes (positive and negative) within a dataset. we investigate several quantification techniques, including the family classify and count (cc) and more sophisticated methods, such as kernel density estimation (kde) and distribution y-similarity (dys). our analysis uses five datasets, each containing different distributions of sentiment classes. our experimental results indicate that kde and dys methods consistently outperform others, achieving the best average ranks in terms of quantification accuracy. statistical tests, including the friedman and nemenyi tests, confirm significant performance differences among the methods, with kde and dys showing statistically significant improvements over the baseline cc method. these findings highlight the importance of choosing robust quantification techniques for accurate sentiment quantification in corpora across different domains. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others evaluating methods of different paradigms for subjectivity classification in portuguese chapter © 2020 ss-pt: a stance and sentiment data set from portuguese quoted tweets chapter © 2022 an exploratory analysis on a disinformation dataset chapter © 2021 1 introduction understanding the overall sentiment toward an entity is crucial for businesses, governments, public figures, and organizations. in today’s data-driven world, accurately gauging public opinion helps make informed decisions, plan strategic actions, and improve public relations. with the vast amount of data generated from social media, reviews, and other digital platforms, quantifying sentiments has become essential. effective sentiment quantification allows for the evaluation of overall sentiment, identification of trends, monitoring of changes in public perception over time, and proactive response to potential issues. knowing the public’s opinion in summary form enhances the effectiveness of these actions, as analyzing each individual opinion or comment is often impractical and inefficient. sentiment quantification consists of estimating the relative prevalence (or distribution) of different sentiment classes (such as positive, neutral, and negative) within a sample of unlabeled texts [8, 22]. the usual procedure for quantifying the classes of a dataset relies on adjusting the predictions made by a model induced by supervised learning. in contrast to sentiment (polarity) classification, sentiment quantification seeks to understand the overall distribution of sentiments within a dataset. classification focuses on item-level analysis, while quantification provides an overview of sentiment trends. for instance, as illustrated in fig. 1, instead of identifying each product review as positive, negative, or neutral, sentiment quantification aims to estimate the rate of reviews that fall into each class within the dataset using quantification methods. fig. 1. illustration of a quantification task versus a classification task with two classes. full size image this distinction is fundamental for applications where the overall sentiment share is more informative than the sentiment of specific instances, such as in market analysis, political sentiment monitoring, and large-scale customer feedback analysis [5]. the most straightforward approach to quantification is the classify and count (cc) strategy [10], which involves training a classifier to label each instance and then counting these labels to estimate class prevalence. however, most classifiers based on supervised learning assume that the distribution of the classes in the training set is identical to that in the test set, an assumption known as the independent and identically distributed (iid) assumption [21]. in real-world scenarios, however, this assumption often does not hold, leading cc to inaccurate estimations of class prevalence when there are shifts in data distribution, also known as prior probability shifts. thus, there are significant biases in class prevalence estimation when using the cc strategy [19, 22]. these limitations of the cc strategy have led to the development of quantification methods that consider prior probability shifts, such as adjusted classify and count, saerens-latinne-decaestecker, and methods based on distribution matching, which are investigated in this article. quantification methods are important because they address the limitations of traditional classification methods when dealing with changes in data distribution, such as class distribution shifts [5]. in many real-world applications, the class distribution in training data may not accurately reflect the distribution in unlabeled data. by focusing on estimating class distributions rather than classifying individual instances, quantification provides a more robust and accurate approach to data analysis in scenarios characterized by distributional shifts [12, 22]. this work presents a comparative evaluation of quantification methods in the context of sentiment analysis in brazilian portuguese texts. our objective is to investigate the effectiveness of various quantification methods in estimating sentiment distribution across different datasets, including tweets and product reviews. the main contributions of our work are: we provide a comparative evaluation of 11 quantification algorithms in the context of sentiment analysis in brazilian portuguese texts, covering diverse datasets including tweets and product reviews. we systematically investigate the robustness and performance of these quantification methods under varying test sizes and degrees of shift in sentiment prevalence. we offer insights into the strengths and weaknesses of different quantification methods, particularly highlighting their effectiveness in addressing prior probability shifts in sentiment quantification. 2 related works the related works about quantification methods, dataset shift, and their applications cover various aspects of these topics, including proposals of algorithms, definition of experimental setups, and evaluation methodologies [4, 8,9,10,11,12, 16, 17, 21, 22, 26]. this section reviews significant contributions and methods from several key studies. sentiment quantification (sq) was initially introduced by [8]. the authors criticized the oversight in deciding whether sentiment analysis of large text collections should focus on individual or aggregate levels. they also emphasize the significance of distinguishing between sentiment classification and sq, recognizing them as two separate applications with distinctive characteristics. as a consequence, each of these tasks requires specific approaches. the authors claim that assuming an improvement in a classifier’s accuracy at the individual level would necessarily lead to higher accuracy at the aggregate level is not valid. they illustrate this point by highlighting how the f1 score, a widely used measure for classification evaluation, can be misleading. while a model might achieve a superior f1 score compared to another classifier, it could achieve inferior quantification performance. to illustrate, in a binary classification task, if classifier c1 has 20 errors (10 false positives and 10 false negatives) and classifier c2 has 10 errors (8 false positives and 2 false negatives), c1 would be considered worse as a classifier. however, c1 proves to be a better quantifier than c2 because the false positives and false negatives are balanced, compensating each other in terms of class distribution estimation. the cc method exemplifies this principle in its approach. a comprehensive empirical evaluation of quantification methods is presented in [26]. this study evaluates 24 quantification methods across over 40 datasets, of which 3 are text data, encompassing binary and multiclass configurations. in both binary and multiclass settings, the study examined splits with varying proportions of training and test data samples. this approach simulated scenarios with both limited and abundant information available for training the models. the findings reveal that no single algorithm consistently outperforms others across all configurations. however, a group of methods, including the median sweep and tsmax methods based on threshold selection, the dys framework, and the friedman method, exhibited the best performance in the binary scenario. the best performances in the multiclass scenario were achieved by the generalized probabilistic adjusted count, the readme method, the energy distance minimization method, the em algorithm for quantification, and the friedman method. the study reveals that the multiclass setting poses a considerably greater challenge for established quantification methods, as evidenced by error scores that are consistently much higher than those in the binary case. furthermore, it is shown that algorithms following the classify-and-count principle, even when optimized for quantification, tend to perform worse on average compared to other specialized methods. the study by [12] examines the performance of existing quantification methods under various types of dataset shifts, as most previous research has primarily focused on prior probability shifts. the authors propose a taxonomy of dataset shift types and introduce experimental protocols to simulate these shifts. by testing existing quantification methods on datasets generated using these protocols, the paper aims to identify the strengths and weaknesses of these methods under different conditions. a key finding is that while many quantification methods are robust to prior probability shifts, they struggle with other types of dataset shifts. the authors introduce new evaluation protocols to simulate various dataset shifts and test several quantification methods under these conditions. furthermore, they reveal that methods like pcc are only effective under pure covariate shifts, whereas sld and pacc perform better when covariate shifts are accompanied by changes in class priors. however, all methods, including sld, show instability under local covariate shifts and significant limitations in handling concept shifts. the study underscores the need for more effective quantification methods capable of addressing various types of dataset shifts. the importance of test set size in quantification research has also been highlighted by recent studies. according to [17], the test set size is a crucial, yet often overlooked, factor in quantification research. through empirical analysis, the authors demonstrate that the performance of quantifiers fluctuates significantly with varying test set sizes and that current methods generally perform poorly on smaller test sets. to address this, they propose a meta-learning scheme that selects the best quantifier based on the size of the test set. the authors advocate for future research to incorporate test set size considerations when evaluating new quantification proposals. the article by [23] evaluates different quantification methods applied to sentiment data from product reviews in english and explores how quantification can enhance the accuracy of sentiment classification. the authors used six product review datasets, a pre-trained language model (twitter-roberta-base), and ten quantification methods. the artificial prevalence protocol (app) was employed to generate test samples with varying class distributions to assess the error of the quantification methods and their impact on dynamic threshold adjustment for classification. the results demonstrated that eight of the nine quantification methods significantly outperformed the cc method in quantification tasks. additionally, using quantification methods to adjust the decision threshold significantly improved classification accuracy compared to the cc method. in contrast to the existing body of work, our study focuses specifically on the application of sentiment quantification methods to brazilian portuguese texts, a research problem that has received less attention. by systematically evaluating 11 quantification algorithms on five datasets of tweets and product reviews in brazilian portuguese, our research aims to provide a nuanced understanding of the effectiveness of these methods in this language. 3 methodology in this section, we detail the methodology employed to evaluate the effectiveness of various sentiment quantification methods on brazilian portuguese texts. we outline the datasets used and provide an overview of the quantification methods tested. additionally, we explain the experimental setup, which includes multiple test sizes, k-fold cross-validation, a quantification-specific evaluation protocol, and the metric used to assess each method’s performance. 3.1 datasets we used five datasets with texts written in brazilian portuguese annotated with sentiment polarity to evaluate the quantification methods. the selected datasets encompass a variety of corpora used for sentiment analysis in brazilian portuguese. the “computer-br” dataset [18] consists of tweets related to computers and notebooks with four possible classes: irony, negative, neutral, and positive. the “books” dataset contains book reviews manually annotated for positive and negative classes [1]. the “sentencas” dataset [1] comprises manually labeled sentences from electronic product reviews with negative and positive classes. the “eleicoes2018” dataset [3] includes tweets related to the 2018 elections in brazil, manually annotated with positive and negative polarities. the “repro” dataset [25] consists of product reviews annotated by sentiment with four classes: positive, negative, neutral, and an ambiguous class “negative/positive.” this dataset also includes reviews topics annotation, which we disregard here. in the experiments described in this paper, we only consider the binary tasks of sentiment quantification, excluding samples with labels different from the negative and positive classes from the corpora. the resulting class distributions vary across datasets, reflecting different proportions of positive and negative sentiments in each corpus, as shown in table 1. table 1. summary of datasets.full size table 3.2 quantification methods this study focuses on aggregative-based quantification methods, which estimate class prevalence using the output of either hard or probabilistic classifiers. the work by [11] classified quantification methods into three groups: (i) classify, count, and correct, which involves classifying instances and then correcting class counts; (ii) adapting traditional classification algorithms to function as quantifiers; and (iii) distribution matching, which models the training distribution and finds the best match against the test set. the most basic approach is the cc method. this involves training a standard classifier to assign each data sample to a specific class and then counting the predicted classes to assess their distribution. however, cc often fails to estimate class prevalence accurately when there are shifts in data distribution, also known as prior probability shifts. a variant of cc is the probabilistic classify and count (pcc) [2], which uses probabilistic classifiers to estimate class prevalence. unlike cc, which relies on hard classifications, pcc considers the posterior probabilities assigned to each class by the classifier, aiming for more precise prevalence estimates. the adjusted classify and count (acc) [10] further refines the cc approach by correcting the raw counts based on the true positive rate (tpr) and false positive rate (fpr) estimated in a validation set, thus offering a more balanced estimation. the probabilistic adjusted classify and count (pacc) [2] extends acc by integrating probabilistic classifiers. threshold selection techniques such as median sweep (ms) [9, 10], ms2 [9, 10], and max [9, 10] leverage the acc method to enhance class prevalence estimation, addressing stability concerns that arise when tpr and fpr are closely aligned, particularly in scenarios where the positive class is rare. these methods employ various thresholds to adjust the classifier’s decision boundary for more accurate prevalence estimation, each following strategies tailored for optimal performance. the ms method computes the median of prevalence estimates obtained by applying the acc method across a range of classification thresholds, using cross-validation to estimate tpr and fpr, followed by the acc correction. ms2, a stricter variant of ms, focuses specifically on thresholds where the difference between tpr and fpr exceeds 0.25, enhancing accuracy by filtering out potential outliers. conversely, the max method selects a threshold that maximizes the difference between tpr and fpr, optimizing the classifier’s decision boundary within the acc framework. all previously described methods are examples of the classify, count, and correct family. an adaptation of a traditional classification algorithm to function as a quantifier, svm(mae) [7, 22] is a support vector machine variant designed to minimize mean absolute error (mae) by explicitly focusing on the measure of error used to evaluate quantification accuracy. this method ensures the learning algorithm targets and reduces the specified error measure. svm(mae) is an instance of the svmperf framework [14], which can produce classifiers optimized for multivariate loss functions. the saerens-latinne-decaestecker (sldc) [24] algorithm also adapts a classifier by employing an expectation-maximization (em) approach with a transductive component to refine test predictions. this iterative process updates class prevalence estimates and posterior probabilities by leveraging labeled and unlabeled data. initially, the algorithm uses a classifier trained on labeled data to estimate posterior probabilities for the test set. in the e-step, these probabilities are used to update the prevalence estimates of each class. during the m-step, the updated prevalences refine the posterior probabilities. this process repeats until convergence. distribution matching techniques such as hdy [13], dys [16], and kdey-ml [20], operate by modeling the distribution of the training set and adjusting parameters to align this distribution with that of the test set. hdy utilizes the hellinger distance to compare probability score distributions between the training and test sets. the hellinger distance measures the difference between two probability distributions, providing a robust metric for comparing distributions in a high-dimensional space. hdy works by calculating the hellinger distance for each class, allowing it to quantify the degree of distribution shift and adjust the class prevalences accordingly. dys extends hdy by incorporating various distance functions to refine the comparison. in addition to the hellinger distance, dys might use metrics such as the jensen-shannon divergence, bhattacharyya distance, or earth mover’s distance, among others. by leveraging multiple distance functions, dys can capture different aspects of the distributional changes between the training and test sets. kdey-ml approaches the problem by modeling distributions using gaussian mixture models (gmms) and optimizing within the maximum likelihood framework. this method involves fitting gmms to the training data to model its distribution as a mixture of gaussian components. kdey-ml then aims to minimize the kullback-leibler (kl) divergence between the test data probability density and the training data mixture density. 3.3 quantification evaluation protocol evaluating quantification methods presents a challenge due to the disparity between classification and quantification tasks. in a classification task, a dataset with n data points results in n test data points. however, the same dataset only provides 1 test data point in a quantification task, as observed in fig. 1. this discrepancy arises because the quantification task aims to estimate the overall distribution in a batch of data, resulting in a single prediction for the entire batch, unlike classification, which involves n predictions. various evaluation protocols for quantification have been proposed to address this challenge, such as the artificial prevalence protocol (app) [24]. app is a widely used evaluation protocol for assessing quantification algorithms. it involves extracting multiple samples from a test dataset with controlled prevalence values and simulating scenarios where class prevalences differ between training and test sets to evaluate the robustness of quantifiers to prior probability shifts. the steps of app include extracting samples with predefined prevalence values, generating test samples by subsampling the positive class, applying the quantifier to estimate class prevalence, and comparing estimated prevalences with true prevalences. a more recent protocol, the uniform prevalence protocol (upp) [6], represents a modification of app designed to generate artificial samples with diverse class prevalence values. unlike app, upp does not depend on a predefined set of class prevalence values; instead, it employs kraemer’s algorithm [27] to allow these values to vary randomly. this flexibility enables upp to offer several advantages over app, such as permitting users to specify the desired number of samples and facilitating the selection of any conceivable distribution vector. these capabilities are crucial for scenarios where the distribution of class prevalences is complex and not easily captured by a fixed grid of values. to conduct our experiments, we chose the upp. 3.4 quantification evaluation metric to evaluate and compare our methods, we employ the absolute error (ae), a common measure used in quantification evaluation. this metric calculates the absolute difference between the estimated prevalence and the true prevalence, providing a quantitative assessment of accuracy for the prevalence estimates obtained from the quantification methods. the formula for ae is given by: $$\begin{aligned} \text {ae}(p, \hat{p}) = \frac{1}{|y|} \sum _{y \in y} | \hat{p}(y) p(y) | \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \( p \) represents the true class prevalence, \( \hat{p} \) represents the estimated class prevalence, and \( y \) is the set of classes of interest. the mean absolute error (mae) provides a straightforward assessment of the overall accuracy of prevalence estimates, it simply returns the average absolute error between the estimated and true prevalence values for all classes of interest. 4 experimental setup we selected an l2-regularized logistic regression (lr) classifier as the underlying model for our quantification methods, except for svm(mae), which uses svmperf. logistic regression classifiers offer well-calibrated posterior probabilities, essential for methods like pcc, pacc, dys, and sld [12, 22], and it is widely used in the quantification literature [4, 12, 20, 22, 26]. we begin with text preprocessing, which includes converting text to lowercase, removing accents, and eliminating punctuation and special characters. feature extraction is performed using tf-idf, discarding features that appear in fewer than 5 training documents. the experiment is evaluated using k-fold cross-validation (kcv) with \( k = 3 \). for every unique tuple \((p(\text {positive}), p(\text {negative}))\) representing class prevalence values, where each class prevalence is uniformly drawn from the unit-simplex [27], we generate \(m\) random samples, each containing \(q\) documents. these samples are created to reflect the class prevalence values specified by the tuple. in these experiments, we set \(m = 1000\) and evaluated multiple values of \(q\) (20, 50, 100, 500) to consider the impact of test size on performance, as demonstrated in [17]. for each label \(y\) (denoting positive and negative), and for each sample, the extraction is performed using sampling without replacement if there are sufficient samples in the training set; otherwise, sampling is done with replacement. we perform hyperparameter optimization on the underlying classifiers, svmperf for the svm(mae) method, and logistic regression (lr) for all the others. as highlighted in previous research [21], this step is important for mitigating bias in the experimentation of aggregative quantification methods. the optimization must be conducted using a quantification-oriented loss rather than a classification-oriented loss [22]. therefore, we optimize the mean absolute error (mae) on a validation set composed of 30% of the complete training set. to execute this optimization, we apply the uniform prevalence protocol (upp) again. we extract \( m \) samples of \( q \) documents each for every combination of class prevalence values from the validation set of each fold in the k-fold cross-validation (kcv). the class prevalence values are uniformly selected from the unit-simplex. in this context, \( m' \) is a constant set to 200, and the value of \(q'\) varies along with \(q\). the optimization is conducted using the grid search method [15]. the parameters optimized for lr are the regularization strength \( c \) (ranging from \( 10^{-3} \) to \( 10^3 \)) and class weight settings (either ‘none’ or ‘balanced’). for svmperf, we optimize the regularization strength \( c \) over the same range. finally, the best model obtained through this process is re-trained on the complete training set and estimates the class prevalence values for the test set of the specified cross-validation fold. the evaluation metric used to assess the overall accuracy of the quantification methods is the mae. 5 results in this section, we present the results of our evaluation of various sentiment quantification methods applied to brazilian portuguese texts. we provide an analysis of the performance of each method across different datasets under varying test sizes and degrees of sentiment prevalence shifts. 5.1 test size we begin by observing the average results for all test sizes displayed in table 2. the results suggest that no method achieved the best performance across all datasets and test sizes. each method showed varying degrees of effectiveness depending on the specific dataset and test size conditions. table 2. average mae for each method across all test sizes.full size table we further examined the average performance of the sentiment quantification methods using the friedman test and the nemenyi test, as illustrated in the critical difference diagram in fig. 2. the friedman test yielded a p-value of 0.01, leading us to reject the null hypothesis that all algorithms have the same performance at the 5% significance level. this indicates statistically significant differences in the performance of the quantification methods evaluated. fig. 2. critical difference diagram of average score ranks for all test sizes. full size image the critical difference diagram from the nemenyi post-hoc test further elucidates these differences. it ranks the average performance scores of the methods, where lower ranks indicate better performance. from the diagram, we observe that the kde and dys methods achieved the best average ranks (3.2), indicating their superior overall performance across the datasets and test sizes. notably, they were the only quantification methods that achieved statistically significant differences from the baseline cc. the pacc method followed closely, demonstrating strong performance. methods such as ms, acc, and ms2 exhibited moderate performance. further down the performance scale, the sldc, hdy, and max methods, showed comparatively lower performance but were still effective in certain scenarios. the pcc and svm(mae) methods had worse average ranks, highlighting their relative underperformance. lastly, the cc method had the worst average rank, confirming its limited effectiveness in the contexts tested. the variability in method effectiveness highlights the importance of choosing the right quantification method based on specific dataset characteristics and test conditions. we observed different outcomes when analyzing the critical difference diagram for each test set size. there was no statistical difference between the methods’ performances for the smallest (20 samples) and the biggest (500 samples) test sizes. we could expect such behavior for the smallest test size, as evidenced by previous research [17], indicating that methods generally perform poorer on small sizes. as for the biggest size, an important factor is the original datasets’ sizes and the sampling strategy used to form the 500 documents with the upp. in this case, there was a need to apply sampling with replacement for 3 out of the 5 datasets evaluated (books, eleicoes2018, and sentencas), which implies oversampling the training and test datasets. specifically, sampling with replacement may result in certain examples being selected multiple times, which could lead to some biases, such as reducing the model’s ability to generalize to truly unseen data. we observed significant differences for test sizes of 50 and 100 samples, as illustrated in fig. 3. overall, the diagrams highlight that kde achieved the best performance for both test sizes and was the only method with statistically significant differences from the baseline cc. pacc and dys consistently performed well across both test sizes, while svm(mae) consistently ranked lower, surpassing only the baseline. fig. 3. critical difference diagrams of average score ranks for test sizes 50 and 100. full size image 5.2 distributional shift continuing our analysis, we examined the performance of our method concerning the intensity of distribution shifts between training and test sets. we categorized these shifts using the manhattan distance to measure the dissimilarity between the training and test distributions. we considered a shift major if the distance was 0.8 or higher, minor if it was less than 0.4, and medium otherwise. figure 4 displays the methods’ average mae across all datasets for each shift intensity. as expected, the higher the shift intensity, the worse the error becomes. figure 5 displays the ae distribution for each dataset and shift intensity to provide a more detailed understanding of the methods’ stability across shift intensities and dataset characteristics. some methods, such as the threshold selection methods ms and ms2, as well as pacc, dys, and kde, exhibit relatively stable performance across shift intensities. in contrast, methods such as the baseline cc, pcc, sldc, and svm(mae) displayed more unstable behavior, yielding considerably worse results as the distribution shift intensity increased. the patterns are consistent across all datasets except for repro, where the methods demonstrated superior stability and overall better performance. this difference may be attributed to data availability, as repro is the largest dataset with 7,576 samples. consequently, it does not require the oversampling previously discussed to generate all sample sizes. fig. 4. average mae for each method across datasets and shift intensities. full size image fig. 5. ae values across shift intensities for all datasets. full size image 6 conclusion this study has provided a comprehensive evaluation of various sentiment quantification methods applied to brazilian portuguese texts under different conditions, particularly focusing on varying test sizes and the intensity of distribution shifts between training and test sets. several findings emerged from our analysis. firstly, kde consistently exhibited superior performance across different test sizes, showing statistically significant improvements over the baseline cc. alongside kde, pacc and dys also performed well, demonstrating stability and effectiveness across various conditions. in contrast, svm(mae) consistently achieved poor results, performing only marginally better than the baseline. the impact of distribution shift intensity on the performance of quantification methods was significant. as expected, higher shift intensities led to increased errors for all methods. however, certain methods, such as the threshold selection methods (max, ms, ms2), pacc, and kde, displayed relatively stable performance, indicating their robustness to distribution shifts. conversely, methods such as the baseline cc, pcc, sldc, and svm(mae) exhibited greater instability and poorer performance as the shift intensity increased. the friedman test and nemenyi post-hoc test further confirmed the significant differences in performance among the methods. kde and dys were the only methods that consistently achieved statistically significant improvements over the baseline across all test sizes. looking forward, future research could investigate the integration of deep learning techniques, such as transformer models, into quantification methods to potentially yield significant performance improvements. understanding the trade-offs between quantification accuracy and computational efficiency will be crucial for deploying these methods in resource-constrained environments. moreover, conducting more comprehensive evaluations across a wider range of languages and domains will help generalize findings and validate the methods’ applicability. exploring semi-supervised and unsupervised methods could reduce the dependency on annotated data, making sentiment quantification more accessible and scalable across various domains and sample sizes. additionally, examining the impact of different types of data augmentation techniques on the performance of quantification methods could offer insights into improving generalization and robustness. in summary, our findings highlight the importance of selecting appropriate quantification methods based on the specific characteristics of the dataset and the anticipated distribution shift intensities. methods like kde and dys offer robust performance across various conditions, making them particularly suitable for practical applications where different intensities of distribution shifts are expected. references belisário, l.b., ferreira, l.g., pardo, t.a.s.: evaluating methods of different paradigms for subjectivity classification in portuguese. in: quaresma, p., vieira, r., aluísio, s., moniz, h., batista, f., gonçalves, t. (eds.) computational processing of the portuguese language, pp. 261–269. springer international publishing, cham (2020) chapter  math  google scholar  bella, a., ferri, c., hernández-orallo, j., ramirez-quintana, m.j.: quantification via probability estimators. in: 2010 ieee international conference on data mining, pp. 737–742. ieee (2010) google scholar  cristiani, a., lieira, d., camargo, h.: a sentiment analysis of brazilian elections tweets. in: anais do viii symposium on knowledge discovery, mining and learning, pp. 153–160. sbc (2020) google scholar  donyavi, z., serapio, a., batista, g.: mc-sq: a highly accurate ensemble for multi-class quantification. in: proceedings of the 2023 siam international conference on data mining (sdm), pp. 622–630. siam (2023) google scholar  esuli, a., fabris, a., moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: learning to quantify. springer nature (2023) google scholar  esuli, a., moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: lequa@ clef2022: learning to quantify. in: european conference on information retrieval, pp. 374–381. springer (2022) google scholar  esuli, a., sebastiani, f.: optimizing text quantifiers for multivariate loss functions. acm trans. knowl. discov. data (tkdd) 9(4), 1–27 (2015) article  math  google scholar  esuli, a., sebastiani, f., abbasi, a.: sentiment quantification. ieee intell. syst. 25(4), 72–75 (2010) article  math  google scholar  forman, g.: quantifying trends accurately despite classifier error and class imbalance. in: proceedings of the 12th acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 157–166 (2006) google scholar  forman, g.: quantifying counts and costs via classification. data min. knowl. disc. 17, 164–206 (2008) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  gonzález, p., castaño, a., chawla, n.v., coz, j.j.d.: a review on quantification learning. acm comput. surv. (csur) 50(5), 1–40 (2017) article  math  google scholar  gonzález, p., moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: binary quantification and dataset shift: an experimental investigation. data mining and knowledge discovery, pp. 1–43 (2024) google scholar  gonzález-castro, v., alaiz-rodríguez, r., alegre, e.: class distribution estimation based on the hellinger distance. inf. sci. 218, 146–164 (2013) article  math  google scholar  joachims, t.: a support vector method for multivariate performance measures. in: proceedings of the 22nd international conference on machine learning, pp. 377–384 (2005) google scholar  lecun, y., bottou, l., bengio, y., haffner, p.: gradient-based learning applied to document recognition. proc. ieee 86(11), 2278–2324 (1998). https://doi.org/10.1109/5.726791 article  math  google scholar  maletzke, a., dos reis, d., cherman, e., batista, g.: dys: a framework for mixture models in quantification. in: proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence. vol. 33, pp. 4552–4560 (2019) google scholar  maletzke, a.g., hassan, w., dos reis, d.m., batista, g.e.: the importance of the test set size in quantification assessment. in: ijcai, pp. 2640–2646 (2020) google scholar  moraes, s.m.w., santos, a.l.l., redecker, m., machado, r.m., meneguzzi, f.r.: comparing approaches to subjectivity classification: a study on portuguese tweets. in: silva, j., ribeiro, r., quaresma, p., adami, a., branco, a. (eds.) computational processing of the portuguese language, pp. 86–94. springer international publishing, cham (2016) math  google scholar  moreo, a., francisco, m., sebastiani, f.: multi-label quantification. acm trans. knowl. discov. data 18(1), 1–36 (2023) article  math  google scholar  moreo, a., gonzález, p., del coz, j.j.: kernel density estimation for multiclass quantification. arxiv preprint arxiv:2401.00490 (2023) moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: re-assessing the “classify and count” quantification method. in: advances in information retrieval: 43rd european conference on ir research, ecir 2021, virtual event, march 28–april 1, 2021, proceedings, part ii 43, pp. 75–91. springer (2021) google scholar  moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: tweet sentiment quantification: an experimental re-evaluation. plos one 17(9), e0263449 (2022) article  math  google scholar  ojeda, d.z., zalewski, w., maletzke, a.g.: utilizando a quantificação na análise de sentimentos em reviews de produtos. in: escola regional de banco de dados (erbd), pp. 71–80. sbc (2024) google scholar  saerens, m., latinne, p., decaestecker, c.: adjusting the outputs of a classifier to new a priori probabilities: a simple procedure. neural comput. 14(1), 21–41 (2002) article  math  google scholar  dos santos silva, l.n., et al.: repro: a benchmark for opinion mining for brazilian portuguese. in: proceedings of the 16th international conference on computational processing of portuguese, pp. 432–440 (2024) google scholar  schumacher, t., strohmaier, m., lemmerich, f.: a comparative evaluation of quantification methods. arxiv preprint arxiv:2103.03223 (2021) smith, n.a., tromble, r.w.: sampling uniformly from the unit simplex. johns hopkins university, tech. rep 29 (2004) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. author information authors and affiliations graduate program in computer science (ppgcc), department of computing, federal university of são carlos (ufscar), são carlos, brazil lucas nildaimon dos santos silva & helena de medeiros caseli institute of mathematics and computer sciences (icmc), university of são paulo (usp), são carlos, brazil diego furtado silva authors lucas nildaimon dos santos silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar diego furtado silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar helena de medeiros caseliview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to lucas nildaimon dos santos silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper dos santos silva, l.n., silva, d.f., de medeiros caseli, h. (2025). evaluating sentiment quantification methods in brazilian portuguese corpora. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_16 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_16 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords sentiment analysis quantification distribution shift brazilian portuguese publish with us policies and ethics profiles diego furtado silva view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature scaling and adapting large language models for portuguese open information extraction: a comparative study of fine-tuning and lora | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper scaling and adapting large language models for portuguese open information extraction: a comparative study of fine-tuning and lora conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 427–441 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) scaling and adapting large language models for portuguese open information extraction: a comparative study of fine-tuning and lora download book pdf download book epub alan melo9, bruno cabral  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5221-28609 & daniela barreiro claro  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8586-10429  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 395 accesses 1 citation abstract this paper comprehensively investigates the efficacy of different adaptation techniques for large language models (llms) in the context of open information extraction (openie) for portuguese. we compare full fine-tuning (fft) and low-rank adaptation (lora) across a model with 0.5b parameters. our study evaluates the impact of model size and adaptation method on openie performance, considering precision, recall, and f1 scores, as well as computational efficiency during training and inference phases. we contribute to a high-performing llm and novel insights into the trade-offs between model scale, adaptation technique, and cross-lingual transferability in the openie task. our findings reveal significant performance variations across different configurations, with lora demonstrating competitive results. we also analyze the linguistic nuances in the portuguese openie that pose challenges for models primarily trained on english data. this research advances our understanding of llm adaptation for specialized nlp tasks and provides practical guidelines for deploying these models in resource-constrained and multilingual scenarios. our work has implications for the broader cross-lingual open information extraction field and contributes to the ongoing discourse on efficient fine-tuning strategies for large pre-trained models. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others an ensemble of llms finetuned with lora for ner in portuguese legal documents chapter © 2025 adapting llms for efficient, personalized information retrieval: methods and implications chapter © 2024 comprehensive evaluation of large language model responses: a multi-factor scoring system chapter © 2026 1 introduction open information extraction (openie) is an nlp task that extracts structured data from documents [2]. recently, such tasks have been inputted into different pipelines to facilitate the complexity of a set of nlp applications such as qa systems, mental maps, fake news approaches, etc. following the evolution of the large language model (llm) domain, the openie task has enlarged its approaches to employ llm architectures. as openie has seen significant advancements in the portuguese language in the last few years, the application of large language models (llms) still needs to be explored. as the evolution of llms increases the computational cost [10], advanced language model adaptation methods such as full fine-tuning (fft) and low-rank adaptation (lora) are essential to improve performance and efficiency. thus, the portuguese language benefits from such adaptation methods to evolve its nlp applications. this study aims to examine the potential of llms when applied to portuguese openie, evaluate the impact of model size and adaptation method, consider precision, recall, and f1 scores, and examine computational efficiency during training and inference phases. we contribute to a high-performing llm and novel insights into the trade-offs between model scale, adaptation technique, and cross-lingual transferability in the openie task for the portuguese language. our results suggest a significance performance between the techniques and provide insights into the practical implications of their application in the open information extraction task for the portuguese language. this work is organized as follows: sect. 2 describes the openie task, sect. 3 outlines the related work, and positions our approach in the state of the art. section 4 presents the foundations and adaptation techniques, sect. 5 describes our methodology, and sect. 6 presents our evaluations and the conclusion and future research directions following it. 2 open information extraction (openie) we introduce the definition of open information extraction (openie) and the model to assess the performance of large language models (llms) as triple extractors for the portuguese language. this section explores the definition and potential applications of openie, highlighting key contributions and ongoing challenges. 2.1 openie definition let \( x = \{ x_{1}, x_{2}, \cdots , x_{n} \} \) be a sentence composed of tokens \(x_i\). an openie triple extractor is a function mapping x to a set \( y = \{ y_{1}, y_{2}, \cdots , y_{j} \} \), where each element is a tuple \(y_i = \{ rel_i, arg1_i, arg2_i\}\) that encapsulates the information conveyed in sentence x. we assume that tuples are always in the format \(y = (arg_{1}, rel, arg_{2})\), with arg1 and arg2 being noun phrases created from tokens in x, and rel representing a relation between \( arg_{1} \) and \( arg_{2} \). as it is common in the area, we do not consider extractions consisting of n-ary relations. 2.2 openie applications openie has been used in a pipeline to serve diverse applications but is not limited to them. knowledge graph: extracting structured information from text, openie facilitates the automatic creation of knowledge graphs, which are crucial for semantic search, question-answering systems, and decision support systems. text summatization: openie can help identify key facts and relationships in a text, helping to generate concise summaries. querying answering: triples extracted directly from questions in a qa system can provide factual answers or help increase implicit knowledge inference extraction. 2.3 openie challenges despite significant advances in open information extraction (openie), several challenges persist that hinder its broader applicability. extracting relationships involving complex entities or those expressed through intricate linguistic constructions remains challenging. furthermore, while openie strives to be domain-agnostic, its performance can still vary greatly across different text genres and domains such as legal and health, necessitating ongoing efforts in domain adaptation. as real-time information extraction becomes more prevalent, enhancing the scalability and computational efficiency of openie systems is critical. additionally, the presence of semantic ambiguities and contextual dependencies in texts poses substantial challenges to extraction accuracy, emphasizing the need for continued research in this area. openie continues to be a vibrant field of research with considerable potential to impact a wide range of applications, and advancements in machine learning—especially in deep and unsupervised learning—are expected to drive further improvements. 3 related work open information extraction (openie) has evolved significantly since its inception, transitioning from rule-based approaches to sophisticated machine learning techniques. this section explores the progression of openie systems, with a particular focus on recent advancements in large language models (llms) and their application to multilingual scenarios, especially portuguese. early openie systems relied heavily on syntactic parsing and hand-crafted rules. openie was introduced by banko et al. [2], which focused on symbolic approaches based on predefined rules to describe each noun and verbal phrase presented in the sentence. motivated by the distant relation between the noun phrase and its core, the dependency tree approach has emerged as a promising developed system as presented by del corro et al. [8]. these systems use predefined linguistic patterns to extract information. although they are transparent and easy to debug, their effectiveness is limited by the coverage and complexity of the rules. however, the field has since shifted towards machine learning approaches, which have demonstrated superior performance and adaptability [7, 30, 32, 38]. zhou and colleagues [39] categorized modern openie systems into two main types: sequence tagging models and generative models. sequence tagging models frame openie as a token labeling task, assigning tags to indicate the role of each word in a sentence (e.g., argument, predicate) [39]. these models typically incorporate token embedding, contextual encoders (such as bert [9]), and label decoders (often using conditional random fields [20]). notable works in this category include stanovsky et al. [30], who introduced a recurrent neural network (rnn) architecture for english openie. the lack of corpora has created a new wave to evolve resources, particularly those with the corpora for languages other than english [30]. as language models have seen significant usage employing neural networks, openie evolved in describing the task and generating triples as prompting, particularly with english languages. such systems can generalize from training data to extract triples from new texts. recent approaches have increasingly employed neural networks, particularly transformer models, which have significantly improved the performance of openie systems by capturing contextual and semantic nuances more effectively. generative approaches, on the other hand, model openie as a sequence generation problem [7]. these models often employ encoder-decoder architectures to produce a sequence of extractions. recent studies have integrated bert embeddings into generative models, as seen in openie6 and imojie [17, 18], which address the issue of redundant extractions in generative openie models. while most openie research has focused on english, there has been growing interest in developing multilingual and cross-lingual systems. zhang and colleagues [38] proposed a semi-supervised cross-lingual approach, while multi2oie [27] utilized m-bert for embedding and predicate extraction across multiple languages, including portuguese and spanish. for portuguese specifically, openie systems have progressed from rule-based dependency analysis [23] and linguistically-oriented patterns [28, 29] to supervised learning with deep neural networks. recent works like multi2oie [27] and portnoie [5] have shown significant improvements in f1 scores compared to earlier methods, highlighting the potential of neural network-based approaches for portuguese openie. this portuguese method empowers openie-pt for generative approaches layers [4]. the application of llms to openie is an emerging trend, although not yet widely adopted. there are instances of llm use in related fields such as question answering, relation extraction, and information extraction. xu and others [36] explored the application of an llm for few-shot relation extraction, while oppenlaender et al. [24] investigated llm use for question answering over large-scale text corpora with promising results. wei and colleagues [35] examined the use of llm systems for zero-shot information extraction, proposing to frame it as a multi-step question answering problem. kolluru et al. [19] investigated the use of language models, namely bert and mt5 [37], for a two-stage generative openie model that first identifies relations and then assembles extractions for each relation. recent research has explored various fine-tuning strategies for llms to adapt them to specific tasks efficiently. full fine-tuning (fft) involves updating all model parameters, which can be computationally expensive for large models [13]. in contrast, parameter-efficient fine-tuning (peft) methods aim to reduce the number of trainable parameters while maintaining performance [12]. low-rank adaptation (lora), introduced by hu and colleagues [14], is a peft method that has gained popularity due to its efficiency and effectiveness. lora adds trainable low-rank matrices to the attention layers of pre-trained models, significantly reducing the number of trainable parameters while achieving comparable performance to full fine-tuning in many tasks [14]. cross-lingual transfer learning has shown promise in adapting models trained on high-resource languages to low-resource languages [6]. recent studies have investigated the cross-lingual capabilities of llms and their potential for zero-shot and few-shot learning in multilingual settings [15, 21]. cabral et al. [4] introduced a lora finetuned llm for portuguese based on llama-2, achieving good results. in the context of openie, cross-lingual transfer could potentially leverage the abundance of english training data to improve performance on languages with fewer resources, such as portuguese. however, the effectiveness of such transfer learning approaches in openie tasks, particularly when using llms, remains an open challenge. our work builds upon these foundations, exploring the application of llms to portuguese openie through fine-tuning and lora perspectives. we investigate the trade-offs between model size, adaptation technique, and cross-lingual transferability, contributing to the ongoing discourse on efficient fine-tuning strategies for large pre-trained models in multilingual scenarios. 4 foundations of large language models and adaptation techniques this section explores the fundamentals and emerging technologies that form the backbone of modern natural language processing (nlp) systems. with a special focus on large language models (llms), this part of the paper details the technical and theoretical innovations that have driven advancements in the field, as well as strategic adaptations such as low-rank adaptation (lora) and fine-tuning, which enhance the functionality of these models in specific applications. the evolution of llms, from early n-gram based models to current transformer architectures, reflects significant progress in the ability to simulate human language comprehension and production, leading to notable improvements in efficiency and effectiveness across a variety of nlp tasks [3]. 4.1 large language models large language models are advanced machine learning algorithms designed to simulate the human capacity for understanding and producing natural language. these models are predominantly built using deep learning techniques and are trained on extensive textual corpora to capture the grammatical, lexical, and semantic complexities of language. historically, they have evolved from simple n-gram based models to sophisticated neural network architectures, such as recurrent neural networks (rnns) and more recently, transformers, which utilize attention mechanisms to enhance contextual understanding and text generation [34]. transformers, in particular, have revolutionized language modeling with their ability to process text sequences in parallel, resulting in significant gains in efficiency and effectiveness in nlp tasks. these models form the foundation for applications such as automated dialogue systems, open information extraction, machine translation, and others that require deep understanding and manipulation of human language [9]. ongoing research and development in this area aim not only to improve the accuracy of these models but also to make them more accessible and ethical in their use. recent advancements include the development of multilingual models capable of processing and generating text in multiple languages, which is particularly relevant for our study on portuguese open information extraction [6]. 4.2 low-rank adaptation (lora) lora is a model adaptation technique that leverages the principle of matrix decomposition to efficiently modify the weights of a pre-trained model, allowing for adaptation with significantly reduced computational cost. unlike traditional fine-tuning, which adjusts all model parameters, lora focuses on adapting a fraction of these parameters through the addition of low-rank projections [14]. at the core of lora is the idea that transformation matrices in language models, such as those found in the attention and feed-forward layers of transformers, can be approximated by products of lower-dimensional matrices. mathematically, this approach involves introducing two smaller matrices, a and b, where the product ab serves as a low-rank approximation for updating the original weight matrix, w. this product does not replace w but is added to it, allowing the original model to be extended with new learning capabilities without directly altering its pre-existing structure [14]. the primary advantage of using lora in language models is twofold: first, it reduces the number of parameters that need to be adjusted during adaptation, decreasing the demand for computational resources and training data. second, by keeping most of the original model structure unchanged, lora preserves the prior knowledge embedded in the model, minimizing the risk of catastrophic forgetting, a common problem in more invasive adaptations [16]. lora proves particularly useful in scenarios where computational resources are limited or when it is necessary to adapt models on devices with restricted processing capacity. for these reasons, lora is a strategic choice for adapting language models to specific tasks, maintaining a balance between effectiveness and efficiency [14]. 4.3 fine-tuning fine-tuning, in the context of large language models (llms), refers to the process of adjusting the pre-trained weights of a model on a specific dataset or task, with the aim of adapting the model to perform better in particular scenarios. this method involves continuing the training of the model from its initial pre-trained configuration, typically using a lower learning rate, to refine its parameters without losing the generalizations learned during extensive pre-training [13]. the fine-tuning process involves several critical steps: selection of a training dataset that is representative of the final task, choice of a learning rate that is sufficiently small to avoid losing useful information already acquired, and careful adjustment of the number of training epochs to prevent overfitting. the success of fine-tuning depends not only on the quality and size of the dataset but also on a good regularization strategy and monitoring of the model’s generalization [25]. the main advantage of fine-tuning is its ability to produce highly specialized models for specific tasks, which can result in a significant increase in performance compared to generic pre-trained models. however, this method also presents challenges, such as the need for large volumes of task-specific data and the risk of overfitting, especially in tasks with limited datasets [11]. for these reasons, fine-tuning is a powerful and widely used technique in adapting language models for natural language processing (nlp) applications, offering a flexible approach to personalizing artificial intelligence models across a variety of domains and tasks [31]. in the context of our study on portuguese open information extraction, we explore both lora and fine-tuning techniques to adapt large language models, comparing their effectiveness and efficiency in this specific cross-lingual task. this comparative analysis contributes to the ongoing discourse on efficient adaptation strategies for large pre-trained models in multilingual scenarios [1]. 5 methodology 5.1 corpus in our study, we employed the transalign corpus [26], specifically designed to enhance the availability of high-quality training data for open information extraction (openie) in under-resourced languages. the corpus, developed through a cross-lingual alignment of data from resource-rich languages like english to portuguese, comprises 96,067 high-quality triples. these triples are aligned to reflect brazilian portuguese grammatical structures, using advanced translation models and handcrafted rules. 5.2 pre-processing in the initial processing of the transalign corpus data, each triple and sentence was transformed into a format close to natural language, using a specific command system. this transformation aimed to prepare the data for more efficient manipulation in language models. chatml, a template format utilizing jinjafootnote 1 syntax, was employed to transform a list of chat messages into a formatted string that can be directly used by language models for training or inference. in the context of transalign, this template was adapted to organize the information from the triples (arg0, v, arg1) into a format simulating conversations, facilitating the training of models in openie tasks [33]. axolotlfootnote 2, a language model training platform, was used to train the models using the processed data. the choice of axolotl was due to its efficiency in managing and optimizing the training of large-scale language models, especially in configurations involving complex data adaptations, as is the case with multilingual openie [14]. after applying the chatml template, the data were converted to the jsonl format. this format is particularly useful for ai model training, as it allows each line of the file to contain a complete json object, representing a single data entry. this simplifies data loading and batch processing during training, contributing to the overall efficiency of the process. 5.3 hyperparameters we explored the training configurations of decoder-only language models, specifically focusing on full fine-tuning for the qwen2 0.5 model (0.5b parameters) and lora on the same model. the qwen2 0.5b model was selected due to its compatibility with the training dataset, which includes data in portuguese, and its smaller size allows for stable training with limited computational resources. the training process was standardized to ensure comparability across different model scales and techniques. in our experiments, we standardized the configurations for each model, setting the batch size to 64. we adjusted the gradient accumulation settings accordingly to maintain equivalent batch size efficiency between the two models. specifically, we used four accumulations for the lora model and eight accumulations for the full fine-tuning model. this difference in the number of micro-batches, with more frequent accumulations in the full fine-tuning model, was necessary for the lower gradient variability observed during training with lora. the learning rate was initialized at \(5 \times 10^{-5}\) and adjusted according to a cosine learning rate scheduler. our models underwent training over three epochs with a brief warm-up phase of 10 steps to stabilize the learning rate at the beginning of training. the loss function utilized was the unsloth cross entropy loss, which enhances the traditional cross-entropy calculation, offering refined loss management crucial for the stability and performance of model training. the optimizer of choice was the paged adamw 8bitfootnote 3, incorporating 8-bit quantization for optimizer states to reduce memory requirements significantly while preserving training efficacy. additional configurations included gradient checkpointing, a critical memory optimization technique that saves only selected intermediate states during the forward pass, thus reducing overall memory consumption. the models were trained using weights with bf16 precision, which strikes an optimal balance between computational performance and numerical precision. for the lora configuration, a rank of 64 was introduced, resulting in 35,192,832 trainable parameters. furthermore, the following target modules were selected: q_proj, k_proj, v_proj, o_proj, gate_proj, down_proj, up_proj. 5.4 experimental setup our experiments were conducted on a customer hardware platform consisting of an nvidia rtx 3060 gpu with 12gb vram, supported by 32gb of system ram. the software environment was based on ubuntu, using the axolotl training tool. the models were handled in the gguf f16 format, optimized for high-performance computing tasks, which facilitated efficient model loading and inference operations. for model interaction and manipulation, we employed the llama-cpp-pythonfootnote 4 library, which integrates seamlessly with python, enabling sophisticated data processing and model tuning capabilities. additionally, weights & biases (wandb) was used to collect system metrics, such as gpu power usage, and track training parameters, including loss, during the training process, allowing for the generation of insightful graphs and data collection. this comprehensive setup ensured that our experimental procedures were not only efficient but also reproducible. 5.5 experiments models were trained using the complete transalign corpus, with 1% reserved for validation. performance was evaluated using precision, recall, and f1-score metrics on the pud 100 dataset, which is highly annotated and reliable [22]. the evaluation code developed by stanovsky et al. (2018) was employed, based on a lexical matching metric to assess the accuracy of extracted triples [30]. results will be presented in table 1, including precision, recall, and f1 metrics for each evaluated model, allowing for a clear comparison of model performance under different configurations and adaptations. 6 evaluation this section outlines the methodology used to compare the two models. we assess quantitative differences employing metrics such as f1-score, precision, and recall. for qualitative analysis, we investigate the triples generated by both models to gauge their effectiveness in capturing pertinent information. all model outputs were produced under consistent generation settings: a temperature of 0.2, a top-p of 0.95, a min-p of 0.05, and a top-k of 40. these parameters were chosen to ensure the stability and relevance of the generated content. 6.1 quantitative analysis during the inference phase, the video memory consumption was 1.2 gb for both models, and the token generation rates were similar, at 2500 tokens per second. table 1. evaluation scoresfull size table during the training phase, the lora model consumed less energy than the full fine-tuning (fft) model. this is because lora reduces the number of trainable parameters by focusing only on smaller, low-rank matrices, leaving the majority of the pre-trained weights untouched. this approach significantly lowers the computational load, resulting in less memory usage and reduced energy consumption, compared to fft, which updates all model parameters, as illustrated in fig. 1. fig. 1. graph illustrating the comparative energy consumption of the lora and fft models during the training phase. full size image it was observed that the model trained with lora achieved better results across all metrics compared to the model that underwent full fine-tuning for openie task as it can be observed in fig. 2. the timing metrics from inference on the sentence “alan, who studies at ufba, is a member of formas,” reveal minimal differences between full fine-tuning (fft) and lora. fft took 228.14 ms, while lora slightly improved this to 226.55 ms. eval times were 4.89 ms per token for fft and 4.67 ms for lora. prompt eval and sample times were nearly identical for both methods. these minor differences, ranging from 0.17 ms to 5.36 ms, suggest that while lora is marginally faster, the impact on practical performance is negligible. fig. 2. graph depicting the differences in metrics between the validated models. full size image 6.2 qualitative analysis upon analyzing some of the triples generated by both models, a significant degradation in generation quality was noticeable in the model that underwent full fine-tuning, whereas the model trained with lora demonstrated greater resistance to hallucinations. the following extractions exemplify this: sentence: “ela começou no rsc no meio dos anos sessenta, atuando como internada de asilo no marat/sade.” fft: arg1: ani rel: começou em arg2: o rsc analysis of fft: the fft model hallucinates by incorrectly identifying “ani” as the subject of the action “começou em”. “ani” does not appear in the sentence, showing a clear error in entity recognition and relation mapping. lora: arg1: ela rel: começou em arg2: o rsc analysis of lora: the lora model accurately identifies “ela” as the subject who “começou em o rsc”, perfectly aligning with the content of the original sentence without adding or distorting information. sentence: “o ano passado foi um ano incrível e estou pronto para que possamos voltar ainda melhor em 2017.” fft: arg1: o ano passado rel: estou pronto para que possamos voltar arg2: ainda melhor em 2017 analysis of fft: in this extraction, the fft model creates a hallucinated relation by connecting “o ano passado” with “estou pronto para que possamos voltar”, which is not a logical or supported relation within the context of the sentence. lora: arg1: o ano rel: passado foi arg2: um ano incrível analysis of lora: the lora model performs a more accurate and textually grounded extraction, identifying that “o ano passado foi um ano incrível”, which is a direct and faithful interpretation of what is explicitly mentioned in the sentence. sentence: “após algumas cirurgias geniais e muito trabalho duro de reabil-itação, eu tive uma recuperação completa.” fft extraction: arg1: eu tive uma recuperação completa rel: inicialmente arg2: uma recuperação completa analysis of fft: the fft model incorrectly incorporates redundancy and an unsupported relation “inicialmente,” which distorts the meaning of the sentence. it also repeats “uma recuperação completa” for both subject and object, showing a segmentation error. lora extraction: arg1: eu rel: tive arg2: uma recuperação completa analysis of lora: the lora model’s extraction is precise and aligned with the sentence content, correctly identifying “eu” as the subject, “tive” as the verb indicating action, and “uma recuperação completa” as the object, efficiently capturing the sentence’s information structure. these examples illustrate how the lora model tends to produce extractions that are more faithful to the original text, avoiding adding non-existent information or distorting relationships between sentence elements, unlike the fft model, which showed a propensity for hallucinations possibly due to overfitting or insufficient generalization during training. 7 conclusions and future directions in this work, we evaluate the performance of large language models (llms) using full fine-tuning and lora adaptations, analyzing both quantitative and qualitative measures. we use metrics such as f1, precision, and recall to assess quantitative outcomes. qualitative analysis is conducted through example sets. our findings indicate that lora adaptations are as effective as full fine-tuning, with the added benefit of lower energy consumption and competitive results. we plan to conduct further experiments with a larger language model to deepen our understanding of llm behavior under these adaptations. notes 1.available at https://jinja.palletsprojects.com. 2.available at https://github.com/openaccess-ai-collective/axolotl. 3.https://github.com/timdettmers/bitsandbytes. 4.https://github.com/abetlen/llama-cpp-python. references artetxe, m., ruder, s., yogatama, d.: on the cross-lingual transferability of monolingual representations. in: jurafsky, d., chai, j., schluter, n., tetreault, j. (eds.) proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 4623–4637. association for computational linguistics, online (2020). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2020.acl-main.421. https://aclanthology.org/2020.acl-main.421 banko, m.: open information extraction for the web. ph.d. thesis, university of washington (2009) google scholar  brown, t.b., et al.: language models are few-shot learners (2020) google scholar  cabral, b., claro, d., souza, m.: exploring open information extraction for portuguese using large language models. in: gamallo, p., et al. (eds.) proceedings of the 16th international conference on computational processing of portuguese vol. 1, pp. 127–136. association for computational lingustics, santiago de compostela, galicia/spain (2024). https://aclanthology.org/2024.propor-1.13 cabral, b., souza, m., claro, d.b.: portnoie: a neural framework for open information extraction for the portuguese language. in: pinheiro, v., et al. (eds.) propor 2022. lncs (lnai), vol. 13208, pp. 243–255. springer, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98305-5_23 chapter  math  google scholar  conneau, a., et al.: unsupervised cross-lingual representation learning at scale (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.02116 cui, l., wei, f., zhou, m.: neural open information extraction. arxiv preprint arxiv:1805.04270 (2018) del corro, l., gemulla, r.: clausie: clause-based open information extraction. in: proceedings of the 22nd international conference on world wide web, pp. 355–366. acm (2013) google scholar  devlin, j., chang, m.w., lee, k., toutanova, k.: bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. arxiv preprint arxiv:1810.04805 (2018) gozalo-brizuela, r., garrido-merchan, e.c.: chatgpt is not all you need. a state of the art review of large generative ai models (2023) google scholar  gururangan, s., et al.: don’t stop pretraining: adapt language models to domains and tasks. arxiv abs/2004.10964 (2020). https://api.semanticscholar.org/corpusid:216080466 houlsby, n., et al.: parameter-efficient transfer learning for nlp (2019). https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.00751 howard, j., ruder, s.: universal language model fine-tuning for text classification (2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.06146 hu, e.j., et al.: lora: low-rank adaptation of large language models (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.09685 hu, j., ruder, s., siddhant, a., neubig, g., firat, o., johnson, m.: xtreme: a massively multilingual multi-task benchmark for evaluating cross-lingual generalization (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.11080 kirkpatrick, j., et al.: overcoming catastrophic forgetting in neural networks. proc. natl. acad. sci. 114(13), 3521–3526 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1611835114 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  kolluru, k., adlakha, v., aggarwal, s., chakrabarti, s., et al.: openie6: iterative grid labeling and coordination analysis for open information extraction. arxiv preprint arxiv:2010.03147 (2020) kolluru, k., aggarwal, s., rathore, v., mausam, chakrabarti, s.: imojie: iterative memory-based joint open information extraction. in: proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 5871–5886. association for computational linguistics, online (2020). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2020.acl-main.521. https://aclanthology.org/2020.acl-main.521 kolluru, k., mohammed, m., mittal, s., chakrabarti, s.: alignment-augmented consistent translation for multilingual open information extraction. in: proceedings of the 60th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics (volume 1: long papers), pp. 2502–2517. association for computational linguistics, dublin, ireland (2022). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2022.acl-long.179. https://aclanthology.org/2022.acl-long.179 lafferty, j.d., mccallum, a., pereira, f.: conditional random fields: probabilistic models for segmenting and labeling sequence data. in: international conference on machine learning (2001). https://api.semanticscholar.org/corpusid:219683473 lin, x.v., et al.: few-shot learning with multilingual language models (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2112.10668 nivre, j., et al.: universal dependencies v2: an evergrowing multilingual treebank collection. in: proceedings of the 12th language resources and evaluation conference, pp. 4034–4043. european language resources association, marseille, france (2020). https://www.aclweb.org/anthology/2020.lrec-1.497 oliveira, l., claro, d.b., souza, m.: dptoie: a portuguese open information extraction based on dependency analysis. artif. intell. rev. 56(7), 7015–7046 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10462-022-10349-4 oppenlaender, j., hämäläinen, j.: mapping the challenges of hci: an application and evaluation of chatgpt and gpt-4 for cost-efficient question answering (2023) google scholar  peters, m.e., ruder, s., smith, n.a.: to tune or not to tune? adapting pretrained representations to diverse tasks (2019). https://arxiv.org/abs/1903.05987 rios, a., cabral, b., claro, d., cavalcante, r., souza, m.: transalign: an automated corpus generation through cross-linguistic data alignment for open information extraction. in: gamallo, p., et al. (eds.) proceedings of the 16th international conference on computational processing of portuguese vol. 1, pp. 196–206. association for computational lingustics, santiago de compostela, galicia/spain (2024). https://aclanthology.org/2024.propor-1.20 ro, y., lee, y., kang, p.: multi 2oie: multilingual open information extraction based on multi-head attention with bert. arxiv preprint arxiv:2009.08128 (2020) sena, c.f.l., claro, d.b.: inferportoie: a portuguese open information extraction system with inferences. nat. lang. eng. 25(2), 287–306 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1017/s135132491800044x article  math  google scholar  sena, c.f.l., claro, d.b.: pragmaticoie: a pragmatic open information extraction for portuguese language. knowl. inf. syst. 62(9), 3811–3836 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10115-020-01442-7 stanovsky, g., michael, j., zettlemoyer, l., dagan, i.: supervised open information extraction. in: proceedings of the 2018 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, volume 1 (long papers), pp. 885–895 (2018) google scholar  sun, c., qiu, x., xu, y., huang, x.: how to fine-tune bert for text classification? (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.05583 sun, m., li, x., wang, x., fan, m., feng, y., li, p.: logician: a unified end-to-end neural approach for open-domain information extraction. in: proceedings of the eleventh acm international conference on web search and data mining, pp. 556–564. acm (2018) google scholar  touvron, h., et al.: llama 2: open foundation and fine-tuned chat models (2023) google scholar  vaswani, a., et al.: attention is all you need (2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/1706.03762 wei, x., et al.: zero-shot information extraction via chatting with chatgpt (2023) google scholar  xu, x., zhu, y., wang, x., zhang, n.: how to unleash the power of large language models for few-shot relation extraction? (2023) google scholar  xue, l., et al.: mt5: a massively multilingual pre-trained text-to-text transformer (2021) google scholar  zhang, s., duh, k., van durme, b.: mt/ie: cross-lingual open information extraction with neural sequence-to-sequence models. in: proceedings of the 15th conference of the european chapter of the association for computational linguistics: volume 2, short papers, pp. 64–70 (2017) google scholar  zhou, s., et al.: a survey on neural open information extraction: current status and future directions (2022) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this material is partially based work supported by the fapesb under grant tic002/2015 and to cce 0022/2023. author information authors and affiliations formas research center on data and natural language, institute of computing federal university of bahia, salvador, bahia, brazil alan melo, bruno cabral & daniela barreiro claro authors alan meloview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar bruno cabralview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar daniela barreiro claroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to alan melo . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper melo, a., cabral, b., claro, d.b. (2025). scaling and adapting large language models for portuguese open information extraction: a comparative study of fine-tuning and lora. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_30 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_30 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords openie language model information extraction publish with us policies and ethics profiles daniela barreiro claro view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature rlportfolio: reinforcement learning for financial portfolio optimization | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper rlportfolio: reinforcement learning for financial portfolio optimization conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 412–426 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) rlportfolio: reinforcement learning for financial portfolio optimization download book pdf download book epub caio de souza barbosa costa  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0009-7780-70099 & anna helena reali costa  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7309-45289  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 432 accesses abstract portfolio optimization is a task in which an agent constantly rebalances a predefined portfolio of assets in order to mitigate losses and maximize profits. a very effective way to solve this task is using a reinforcement learning agent that learns an optimal investment strategy by interacting with the environment, but due to the current lack of open source tools to accelerate the development of such an agent, its implementation is quite difficult. therefore, to reduce this obstacle, this paper introduces rlportfolio, a python library which provides the necessary tools to develop, train and evaluate reinforcement learning agents whose function is to optimize financial portfolios over time. the library contains a simulation environment that implements the state-of-the-art mathematical formulation of the portfolio optimization task, a policy gradient algorithm developed specifically to train agents to solve this task and four state-of-the-art deep neural network architectures that can be used as the agent’s action policy. this paper also demonstrates the results of an agent trained with rlportfolio to optimize a financial portfolio composed of ten high-volume stocks from the brazilian market, proving the reliability of the solutions contained in the library while also showing that it produces agents that perform better than classical approaches. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others combining transformer based deep reinforcement learning with black-litterman model for portfolio optimization article 10 august 2024 portfolio optimization using reinforcement learning: a study of implementation of learning to optimize chapter © 2023 meta algorithms for portfolio optimization using reinforcement learning chapter © 2021 1 introduction worldwide, numerous investors and financial institutions manage portfolios containing diverse assets that total over 100 trillion dollars [14]. in order to maximize profits, managers are constantly changing the amount invested in each component of the portfolio in a process called portfolio optimization. consequently, the most favorable optimization generates an investment strategy that increases the future value of a portfolio and/or mitigates its risk. recently, with the introduction of algorithmic trading, several machine learning (ml) techniques have been utilized in order to create an agent that automatically optimizes a financial portfolio and, among them, reinforcement learning (rl) [31] approaches have shown to be extremely effective [4]. in the rl approach, an agent learns an optimal behavior by trial and error while interacting with a trading environment and receiving positive or negative rewards that are, respectively, proportional to the profits achieved and losses incurred. those rewards are, then, utilized by training algorithms to maximize the expected future rewards of the agent, consequently maximizing the expected profit of the investment strategy. rl techniques are, thus, fundamentally suitable to the portfolio optimization task. despite its suitability, there are few libraries that developers and researchers can use to design, implement, train and test the performance of portfolio optimization agents with reinforcement learning considering the state-of-the-art formulation of the problem and using novel deep learning and mathematical frameworks. to address the lack of available tools, this paper contributes rlportfoliofootnote 1, a python library designed to facilitate the development of portfolio optimization systems using reinforcement learning. rlportfolio offers a comprehensive suite of features, including: a cutting-edge policy gradient training algorithm [12]; four state-of-the-art neural network policy architectures [12, 25, 26]; a training environment that simulates market dynamics over time [3]. the library is open-source and leverages modern tools such as pandas [32], pytorch [22], and gymnasium [33], ensuring seamless integration with other machine learning frameworks. the remainder of this article is organized as follows. section 2 describes the research area, its achievements and gaps. section 3 introduces the mathematical formulation of the portfolio optimization problem and sect. 4 describes how reinforcement learning can be applied to solve it. section 5 introduces the developed library and its features while sect. 6 describes the results of the application of rlportfolio in the brazilian market. finally, sect. 7 concludes this paper. 2 related work over the years, many methods have been created to generate a strategy that makes profit in the portfolio optimization task. recently, with the advent of artificial intelligence, many of those methods have successfully applied the predictive capabilities of several machine learning techniques [9, 10, 13] so that the future values of assets are forecasted and considered in the decision-making. in this context, reinforcement learning approaches to optimize a portfolio have gained popularity specially after jiang et al. [12] introduced a mathematical formulation of the problem, described a policy gradient training algorithm and achieved great results using a convolutional neural network named eiie (ensemble of identical independent evaluators). after jiang’s work, many papers were able to enhance its framework and perform even better. liang et al. [17], for example, applied noise to input data so that eiie could more efficiently generalize its policy of actions. subsequently, shi et al. [25] applied ideas inspired by inception convolutional neural networks in order to consider multiple temporal windows in the learning process. weng et al. [35], on the other hand, made use of xception convolutional neural networks in conjunction with attention gating techniques and soleymani et al. [28] employed autoencoders to enrich the input data with financial indicators. recently, the research area is moving towards three main ideas: the use of graph neural networks to model the relationships between assets and their implications in their investment values [26, 29, 30], the modeling of the solution as a multiagent system [18, 20] and the application of transformer-like architectures in the agent policy network [15, 37]. therefore, it is clear that even at the forefront of the research field, the mathematical formulation and the training algorithm introduced in jiang’s paper [12] continue to be effectively applied. for that reason, a few open-source implementations of the original framework were developed, such as pgportfolio [11] and deepportfoliomanagementreinforcementlearningv2 [2], but they are not currently maintained, which means that they make use of outdated frameworks and are not easy to use. there are, on the other hand, modern environments [5, 6] and frameworks [38] that can be used to develop reinforcement learning models but they don’t implement neither state-of-the-art formulations nor the training algorithm. recently, however, costa et al. [3] introduced a simulation that applies jiang’s formulation and that can be easily used to train reinforcement learning agents, but a modern open-source implementation of the training algorithm for portfolio optimization agents remains, to the best of our knowledge, nonexistent. 3 mathematical definition of portfolio optimization the portfolio optimization task is defined as the periodic reallocation of the resources of the portfolio by an automated system in order to increase profits and mitigate losses. the system has initially a fixed amount of cash (or any form of risk-free asset defined by the developer) that can be distributed in the assets of the portfolio: at the beginning of each time step, the system analyzes market data and decides the percentage of resources that will be allocated in each asset. the small intervals of time in which the system is able to rebalance the portfolio are called reallocation periods and the size of a time step is constant and defined in the beginning of the task. this paper makes use of the mathematical formulation presented in [12], so the following hypotheses are assumed: there is no slippage, so that orders placed are immediately completed at the last price. the system’s buying and selling orders do not impact the market prices. these hypotheses come from the assumption that the market has high liquidity and trading volume. therefore, to ensure this formulation is close to real-world, it is advisable to use data from markets with these features. considering a portfolio of n assets, the weights vector or portfolio vector \(\vec{w_{t}}\) is a vector of size \(n + 1\) that contains the percentage of resources (or weights) invested in each asset of the portfolio and its remaining cash at time step t. this way, given that \(\vec{w_{t}}(i)\) is the i-th element of \(\vec{w_{t}}\), two constraints must be respected: (1) it is important to highlight that, in this work, the first value \(\vec{w_{t}}(0)\) of the weights vector contains the weight of the remaining cash (or a risk-free asset). at each time step t, there is also a price vector \(\vec{p_{t}}\) that contains the current price (or value) of all the assets including the uninvested amount of cash. \(\vec{p_{t}}\) is in the form \([1, \vec{p_{t}}(1), \vec{p_{t}}(2), ..., \vec{p_{t}}(n)]\) because, in this work, the first value is related to the risk-free cash and, since it is used as a reference asset (all the other prices are calculated in relation to this one), its value is always equal to 1. since the price of the assets probably change over time, \(\vec{p_{t}}\) and \(\vec{p_{t-1}}\) may be different. so the value of the portfolio \(v_{t}\) and the weights vector \(\vec{w_{t}}\) can change during time step t and thus it is necessary to define \(v_{t}^{f}\) and \(\vec{w_{t}^{f}}\), which represent, respectively, the portfolio value and the weights vector at the end of the time step t. it is possible to calculate the final weights vector using the following equation: $$\begin{aligned} \vec{w_{t}^{f}} = \frac{(\vec{p_{t}} \oslash \vec{p_{t-1}}) \odot \vec{w_{t}}}{(\vec{p_{t}} \oslash \vec{p_{t-1}}) \cdot \vec{w_{t}}}, \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(\cdot \) is the dot product of two vectors, \(\odot \) is the element-wise multiplication and \(\oslash \) is the element-wise division. with those definitions in hand, it is possible to recursively calculate the portfolio value \(v_{t}\) over time through the following equations: $$\begin{aligned} v_{t}^{f} = v_{t} \bigl (\vec{w_{t}} \cdot (\vec{p_{t}} \oslash \vec{p_{t-1}})\bigl ), & v_{t+1} = \mu _{t+1} v_{t}^{f}, \end{aligned}$$ (3) in which \(\mu _{t}\) is the transaction remainder factor (trf) at time step t, a value between 0 and 1 that reduces the portfolio value in order to simulate the effects of brokerage fees considering the reallocation of the portfolio from \(\vec{w_{t-1}^{f}}\) to \(\vec{w_{t}}\). details about how to calculate \(\mu _{t}\) can be found in [12]. so that the iterative calculation of portfolio values is mathematically well-defined, it is necessary to have an initial state. in this work, it is considered that the time step \(t = 0\) contains the initial values of the simulation: during that step, the portfolio investment only consists of cash and there is no change in the portfolio value. so, given a user-defined initial portfolio value \(v_{0}\), the initial conditions at \(t = 0\) are: $$\begin{aligned} \vec{w_{0}} = [1, 0, 0, ..., 0], & v_{0}^{f} = v_{0}. \end{aligned}$$ (4) figure 1 shows a diagram representing the whole process described in this section. fig. 1. diagram depicting the portfolio optimization process over time. in the reallocation periods, the action \(\vec{w_{t}}\) performed by the agent and the current portfolio weights \(\vec{w^{f}_{t-1}}\) are used to calculate \(\mu _{t}\), which simulates the effects of the fees in the portfolio value (\(v^{f}_{t-1} \rightarrow v_{t}\)). at the end of every simulation step, the portfolio value and weights are updated (\(v_{t}, \vec{w_{t}} \rightarrow v^{f}_{t}, \vec{w^{f}_{t}}\)) due to variations of asset prices. full size image usually, the logarithmic rate of return \(r_{t}\) is used to evaluate the performance of the portfolio rebalancing between two time steps. it is given by $$\begin{aligned} r_{t} = ln \bigl (\frac{v_{t}^{f}}{v_{t-1}^{f}}\bigl ). \end{aligned}$$ (5) this way, since \(v_{0} = v_{0}^{f}\), it is possible to determine the final portfolio value at any moment, $$\begin{aligned} v_{t}^{f} = v_{0} \ exp\bigl ( \sum _{t=1}^{t} r_{t} \bigl ), \end{aligned}$$ (6) where t is the number of time steps to be considered. in the portfolio optimization task, a system tries to determine the optimal sequence of weights vector \([\vec{w_{0}}, \vec{w_{1}}, ..., \vec{w_{t}}]\) that maximizes the final portfolio value \(v_{t}^{f}\). 4 a reinforcement learning solution one way to optimize a portfolio is to train a reinforcement learning agent. in this type of learning, an agent aims to learn a policy of actions \(\pi \) by continuously interacting with an environment. at each time step t, the environment provides an observation \(o_{t}\) that contains information about the current situation of the environment. this observation is utilized by the agent to define its state \(s_{t}\), which is used as input in the agent’s policy \(\pi \) in order to generate an action \(a_{t}\) to be applied in the environment (the policy can, thus, be seen as a mapping \(\pi : s \rightarrow a\)). when the agent performs an action in the environment, the latter returns a reward \(r_{t}\), a numeric value which is determined based on the outcome of the performed action: actions that yield good outcomes produce higher rewards. the objective of the reinforcement learning is to iteratively generate a policy that maximizes the expected sum of the rewards received by the agent. in order to apply this approach to the portfolio optimization task, it is necessary to define a policy that can not only handle a continuous state space but also a continuous action space. as stated before, the policy can be seen as a mapping \(\pi : s \rightarrow a\), so it would be necessary to implement a function that maps every possible state value to a specific action, something not computationally viable. since this issue is present in many real-world tasks, deep reinforcement learning (drl) [16] solutions were designed to solve it by using neural networks as a function that can manage continuous values and that approximates close ones, generalizing the state and the action space. drl has achieved remarkable results in many tasks [7, 27] and, for that reason, it is utilized in the portfolio optimization task. in this work, the agent’s state space, the action space and the reward function are modeled as follows: state space: the agent can utilize any time series that contains historical values related to each asset in the portfolio. the size of this time series t represents the number of historical values that are considered in the state. therefore, for a portfolio composed of n assets, the time series can be represented as a matrix of sizes (n, t). this matrix representation, however, only represents a single feature and, in the portfolio optimization task, usually multiple features are used in the state representation: weng et al. [35], for example, shows that the time series of closing, high and low prices of assets are the most important features in an rl agent, but other features such as the time series of indicators and transaction volumes can also be used. this way, the state space is a three-dimensional matrix of sizes (f, n, t), in which f represents the number of features, n denotes the number of assets in the portfolio and t is the size of the time window of the time series. it is important to highlight that, in this work, all the time series used as feature in the state space must have the same time window and, thus, the same number of values. figure 2 contains a diagram representing how a time series can be used as a feature to build the state of the agent. action space: at each time step t, the agent is responsible to provide the weights vector \(\vec{w_{t}}\) to the environment so that it can be used to rebalance the portfolio as explained in sect. 3. therefore, the action space is a vector of size \((n+1)\), where n is the number of assets in the portfolio. reward function: since the agent’s goal is to maximize the expected sum of rewards received at each time step, the reward function plays a crucial role in defining the learning objective. consequently, there are numerous potential functions that can be employed. in the context of portfolio optimization, any metric of profit, risk, or financial indicator can be used. in this work, we utilize the logarithmic rate of return, as introduced in eq. 5, to construct the reward function. this choice trains the agent to maximize profit effectively. fig. 2. visual representation of state space highlighting how a specific feature is used to construct the final three-dimensional structure. full size image 5 rlportfolio: implementing the rl solution given the lack of open-source libraries that implement the formulations presented in sect. 3 and the rl solution introduced in sect. 4, we developed a python library called rlportfolio. this library aims to simplify the development of portfolio optimization systems, allowing researchers to focus on new algorithmic and deep learning architectural solutions. additionally, it enables developers to train an agent with just a few lines of code. rlportfolio also aims to provide benchmarks to the research field, implementing a state-of-the-art training algorithm [12] and some notable neural networks as policies [12, 25, 26] to solve the portfolio optimization task. in order to be reliable, easy to use, and achieve good performance, this project has the following features: the library makes use of recent versions of modern frameworks; the code has the main functionalities tested with unit tests to minimize possible implementation errors; the classes and functions are documented so that the user can understand how to use it; the library is modular so that it can be easily used with other reinforcement learning frameworks; the api is easy-to-use and contains several parameters in order to cover multiple different situations; the project is open source. the architecture of rlportfolio consists primarily of three components: a gymnasium [33] environment implementing all the formulations presented in sect. 3, a policy gradient algorithm based on [12], and a neural network as a deterministic policy \(\pi : s \rightarrow a\) such as introduced in sect. 4. as it can be seen in fig. 3, these three components work together to implement the training loop. the environment is responsible for simulating the effects of the agent action \(a_{t}\), simulate the passage of time and return the appropriate reward \(r_{t}\). the agent is composed of the algorithm and the policy. the algorithm provides the state \(s_{t}\) and the agent’s last action \(a_{t-1}\) to the policy and it is also responsible to calculate the gradients so that the policy can be trained through gradient ascent. the policy, on the other hand, is responsible to choose the best action to be performed based on its inputs. it is important to highlight that by splitting the training logic, the user can replace any of the components by a custom one (including implementations from other libraries). fig. 3. the three main components of rlportfolio. full size image 5.1 the environment the environment can be any gymnasium [33] environment which implements the state space, the action space and the reward function introduced in sect. 4 so that custom environments implementing different mathematical formulations of the portfolio optimization can be used. it is important to note that custom environments must provide the necessary information to the algorithm, therefore it is crucial to read the documentation that accompanies rlportfolio. currently, rlportfolio contains an environment based on poe [3] that implements the mathematical formulations presented in sect. 3 and simulates the passage of time and the interactions between the trading agent and the market. poe was chosen as the foundation of this work because it is, for the best of our knowledge, the gymnasium environment that adheres the best to the mathematical definition of the portfolio optimization task and is built upon modern libraries such as numpy [8] and pandas [32]. additionally, poe is very configurable, so that the user can easily set, for example, the commission fee rate, the normalization method, the features to be considered in calculations, the size of the state time window, etc. by defining the initial value of the portfolio and inputting a pandas dataframe containing the time series of the temporal features to be considered, the environment will scroll through time from the initial to the last time of the input data calculating the effects of the agent’s rebalancing on the portfolio. completely scrolling through all time ranges of the input data defines an episode. it is important to highlight that the modified environment included in rlportfolio has some improvements over poe: it contains two methods to calculate the transaction remainder factor \(\mu _{t}\); traditional loops have been replaced with faster vectorized operations; it is able to return a state with more assets than the portfolio, something useful to graph neural network [36] approaches; unit tests were created to ensure that the environment is correctly implementing the mathematical formulation introduced in sect. 3; more effective normalization methods were added; the graphs generated by the original environment were visually improved. 5.2 the algorithm there are several reinforcement learning algorithms that can be used to train a rl agent and those algorithms are present in many open-source libraries such as stable baselines 3 [23], elegantrl [19] and tianshou [34]. those algorithms can be used with the environment introduced in the previous section but, according to [17], they do not achieve good performance like the policy gradient (pg) one presented in jiang’s work [12]. for that reason, the algorithm included in rlportfolio is a modified version of pg. as the agent interacts with the environment, the pg algorithm for portfolio optimization saves its experiences in the replay buffer ordered in time. eventually, after the replay buffer saves a certain number of experiences greater than or equal to batch_size, a batch of experiences is sampled in order to calculate the objective function $$\begin{aligned} \sum \limits _{t=t_{1}}^{t_{2}} \frac{ln(\mu _{t}(\vec{w_{t}} \cdot (\vec{p_{t}} \oslash \vec{p_{t-1}}))}{t_{2} t_{1} + 1}, \end{aligned}$$ (7) in which \(t_{1}\) and \(t_{2}\) are, respectively, the first and the last time step of the sampled experiences ordered in time, \(\mu _{t}\) is the transaction remainder factor, \(\vec{w_{t}}\) is the agent’s performed action and \(\vec{p_{t}}\) is the vector containing the prices of the assets. note that this objective function is analogous to the logarithm of the rate of the value of the portfolio from steps \(t_{1}\) to \(t_{2}\), therefore the agent will try to maximize profits. additionally, since this work considers that batches with overlapping temporal data (for example, batches \([t_{1}, t_{2}]\) and \([t_{1} + 1, t_{2} + 1]\)) are different representations of the trading process, at each time step t the algorithm samples a batch of sequential data starting at \(t_{1} < t batch\_size\) through a geometrical distribution: $$\begin{aligned} p_{\beta }(t_{1}) = \beta (1 \beta )^ {t t_{1} batch\_size}, \end{aligned}$$ (8) in which \(\beta \in (0, 1]\) is the probability of selecting the most recent batch. the bigger the value of \(\beta \), the more recent batches will be sampled. 5.3 the policy finally, the last component of the training routine is the policy, which must be a neural network whose inputs are the state of the agent and its last performed action. with those two values, the policy must output the next action of the agent (\(\vec{w_{t}} = \phi (\vec{s_{t}}, \vec{w_{t-1}})\)). the policy needs to have knowledge about the last action \(w_{t-1}\) to learn effectively how to avoid abrupt rebalancings in the portfolio and, consequently, avoid losses related to commission fees. in rlportfolio, the policy can be any pytorch [22] neural network with those inputs and outputs. but in order to provide some benchmarks to be used in the research area, the library contains four implementations of state-of-the-art policies: the original recursive and convolutional neural networks solution introduced in [12], the multi-scale convolutional solution from [25] that considerably improves the original architecture and the graph neural network approach presented in [26], which is one of the first works implementing graph approaches. 6 application in the brazilian market in order to demonstrate the performance of rlportfolio, a small experimentfootnote 2 is done by applying the formulation presented in the brazilian market. a portfolio with 10 high-volume assets (vale3, petr4, itub4, bbdc4, bbas3, rent3, lren3, prio3, wege3, abev3) was created and a simple eiie convolutional agent [12] was trained using the historical daily close, high and low prices of the stocks from 2011/01/01 to 2019/12/31 (2233 trading days). the performance of the agent was then tested in the period from 2020/01/01 to 2020/12/31 (248 trading days), which includes the beginning of the covid-19 pandemic, that considerably impacted the brazilian stock market. the data utilized was collected from yahoo finance websitefootnote 3. table 1 summarizes the hyper-parameters used in the training process. table 1. hyper-parameters used to train the eiie convolutional agent.full size table in this experiment, three metrics are used to evaluate the portfolio’s performance: final accumulative portfolio value (fapv): this metric is calculated by dividing the final value of the portfolio by its initial value (\(v_{t}^{f}/v_{0}\)). good portfolios aim to achieve higher fapv. maximum drawdown (mdd) [21]:] as the name suggests, this metric calculates the maximum drop of the portfolio value. strategies with high mdd (in absolute value) are considered risky, so the objective is to generate an agent with mdd as close to zero as possible. sharpe ratio (sr) [24]:] this ratio is created by dividing the returns of the portfolio by its variance. so, simplistically speaking, it measures the returns obtained by the risk taken and, consequently, the higher the sr, the better. rlportfolio calculates all these three metrics at the end of the testing period, so it is easy to evaluate different strategies in the same period of time. the experiment also compares the performance between the eiie convolutional approach and four classical strategies: best stock: this benchmark strategy consists of investing the entire portfolio value in the stock with the highest fapv in the testing period. note that this strategy is not feasible in the real world since the agent needs to know in advance the performance of the stocks in the portfolio to select the best one. nevertheless, it serves as an excellent benchmark for comparison purposes. follow the loser: this approach invests in the stock that had the worst fapv in the training period predicting that its value will rise. uniform buy & hold: this popular strategy involves equally investing in all the stocks within the portfolio and not performing any reallocations. follow the winner:] finally, this method invests in the stock with the best fapv in the training set predicting that its value will continue to rise in the test set. table 2. comparison between the performances of the eiie agent trained with rlportfolio and some classical strategies.full size table as it can be seen in table 2, the agent trained in rlportfolio achieves higher performance in all three metrics when compared to classical approaches. the fact that it is able to outperform the best performing asset in the test period shows that the agent is effectively rebalancing the portfolio considering the state of the market in order to maximize the returns. figure 4 shows the times series of the portfolio values of all the strategies during the test period. fig. 4. portfolio value of the tested strategies during the test period. full size image the library is also integrated with tensorboard [1], which allows the user to keep track of several variables during the agent’s training. figure 5, for example, shows the evolution of the training and testing fapv performance during the training episodes (the test set was not used to tune hyper-parameters, its performance was only logged in order to generate this visualization). the figure also shows the policy loss during training: the growing tendency in the loss indicates that the agent is effectively learning through gradient ascent. fig. 5. time series of metrics in the training (left and right) and testing sets (middle). the fapv is plotted after every training step (left and middle), while the loss (right) is plotted after every gradient ascent. full size image 7 conclusions and future works by implementing the mathematical formulation of the portfolio optimization task presented in sect. 3 and the rl solution introduced in sect. 4, rlportfolio serves as an excellent tool for researchers and developers. it enables the easy implementation of rl agents that effectively optimize a portfolio over time. additionally, the modularity of the library allows users to integrate algorithms, policies, and environments from other frameworks, enhancing the potential for comparative studies and accelerating advancements in the field. furthermore, sect. 6 demonstrates that even one of the simplest convolutional architectures achieves excellent results in the brazilian market, even during the covid-19 pandemic. this not only confirms rlportfolio’s effectiveness in training an agent but also underscores the feasibility of this approach in developing countries, markets that are typically underrepresented in research. finally, as rlportfolio is open-source, its capabilities are poised to grow with contributions from new developers. contributors can expedite and validate the introduction of future features, such as implementing agents that follow several classical strategies and other state-of-the-art policies for comparative studies, integrating with tensorflow [1], creating interactive visualization tools, and introducing new environments with more realistic simulations. notes 1.rlportfolio is available at https://github.com/caiosbc/rlportfolio. 2.the code can be found at https://github.com/caiosbc/rlportfolio_bracis. 3.the website address is https://finance.yahoo.com/. references abadi, m., et al.: tensorflow: a system for large-scale machine learning. in: proceedings of the 12th usenix conference on operating systems design and implementation, osdi 2016, pp. 265–283. usenix association, usa (2016) google scholar  amrouni, s.: selimamrouni/deep-portfolio-management-reinforcement-learning: v2.0. zenodo (2022). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5993372 costa, c.d.s.b., costa, a.h.r.: poe: a general portfolio optimization environment for finrl. in: anais do brazilian workshop on artificial intelligence in finance (bwaif), pp. 132–143. sbc (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/bwaif.2023.231144 felizardo, l.k., paiva, f.c.l., costa, a.h.r., del-moral-hernandez, e.: reinforcement learning applied to trading systems: a survey (2022). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2212.06064 haghpanah, m.a.: gym-mtsim (2021) google scholar  haghpanah, m.a.: gym-anytrading (2023) google scholar  hambly, b., xu, r., yang, h.: recent advances in reinforcement learning in finance. math. financ. 33(3), 437–503 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1111/mafi.12382 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  harris, c.r., et al.: array programming with numpy. nature 585(7825), 357–362 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-020-2649-2 article  math  google scholar  henrique, b.m., sobreiro, v.a., kimura, h.: literature review: machine learning techniques applied to financial market prediction. expert syst. appl. 124, 226–251 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2019.01.012 article  google scholar  hu, y., liu, k., zhang, x., su, l., ngai, e.w.t., liu, m.: application of evolutionary computation for rule discovery in stock algorithmic trading: a literature review. appl. soft comput. 36, 534–551 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2015.07.008 article  math  google scholar  jiang, z.: zhengyaojiang/pgportfolio (2024) google scholar  jiang, z., xu, d., liang, j.: a deep reinforcement learning framework for the financial portfolio management problem (2017). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1706.10059 khadjeh nassirtoussi, a., aghabozorgi, s., ying wah, t., ngo, d.c.l.: text mining for market prediction: a systematic review. expert syst. appl. 41(16), 7653–7670 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2014.06.009 le, f.d.: global market portfolio 2023 (2023). https://www.ssga.com/international/en/institutional/ic/insights/global-market-portfolio-2023 li, j., zhang, y., yang, x., chen, l.: online portfolio management via deep reinforcement learning with high-frequency data. inf. process. manag. 60(3), 103247 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ipm.2022.103247 article  math  google scholar  li, y.: deep reinforcement learning (2018). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1810.06339 liang, z., chen, h., zhu, j., jiang, k., li, y.: adversarial deep reinforcement learning in portfolio management (2018). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1808.09940 lin, y.c., chen, c.t., sang, c.y., huang, s.h.: multiagent-based deep reinforcement learning for risk-shifting portfolio management. appl. soft comput. 123, 108894 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2022.108894 article  google scholar  liu, x.y., et al.: elegantrl-podracer: scalable and elastic library for cloud-native deep reinforcement learning (2022). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2112.05923 ma, c., zhang, j., li, z., xu, s.: multi-agent deep reinforcement learning algorithm with trend consistency regularization for portfolio management. neural comput. appl. (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00521-022-08011-9 article  math  google scholar  magdon-ismail, m., atiya, a.f., pratap, a., abu-mostafa, y.s.: on the maximum drawdown of a brownian motion. j. appl. probab. 41(1), 147–161 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1239/jap/1077134674 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  paszke, a., et al.: pytorch: an imperative style, high-performance deep learning library (2019). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1912.01703 raffin, a., hill, a., gleave, a., kanervisto, a., ernestus, m., dormann, n.: stable-baselines3: reliable reinforcement learning implementations. j. mach. learn. res. 22(268), 1–8 (2021) math  google scholar  sharpe, w.f.: the sharpe ratio. j. portfolio manag. 21(1), 49–58 (1994). https://doi.org/10.3905/jpm.1994.409501 article  math  google scholar  shi, s., li, j., li, g., pan, p.: a multi-scale temporal feature aggregation convolutional neural network for portfolio management. in: proceedings of the 28th acm international conference on information and knowledge management, beijing, china, pp. 1613–1622. acm (2019). https://doi.org/10.1145/3357384.3357961 shi, s., li, j., li, g., pan, p., chen, q., sun, q.: gpm: a graph convolutional network based reinforcement learning framework for portfolio management. neurocomputing 498, 14–27 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neucom.2022.04.105 article  math  google scholar  silver, d., et al.: mastering the game of go without human knowledge. nature 550(7676), 354–359 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature24270 article  math  google scholar  soleymani, f., paquet, e.: financial portfolio optimization with online deep reinforcement learning and restricted stacked autoencoder–deepbreath. expert syst. appl. 156, 113456 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2020.113456 article  google scholar  soleymani, f., paquet, e.: deep graph convolutional reinforcement learning for financial portfolio management deeppocket. expert syst. appl. 182, 115127 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2021.115127 article  math  google scholar  sun, q., wei, x., yang, x.: graphsage with deep reinforcement learning for financial portfolio optimization. expert syst. appl. 238, 122027 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2023.122027 article  math  google scholar  sutton, r.s., barto, a.g.: reinforcement learning: an introduction. a bradford book, cambridge (2018) math  google scholar  the pandas development team: pandas-dev/pandas: pandas. zenodo (2023). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3509134 towers, m., et al.: gymnasium. zenodo (2023). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.8127026 weng, j., et al.: tianshou: a highly modularized deep reinforcement learning library (2022). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2107.14171 weng, l., sun, x., xia, m., liu, j., xu, y.: portfolio trading system of digital currencies: a deep reinforcement learning with multidimensional attention gating mechanism. neurocomputing 402, 171–182 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neucom.2020.04.004 article  google scholar  wu, z., pan, s., chen, f., long, g., zhang, c., yu, p.s.: a comprehensive survey on graph neural networks. ieee trans. neural netw. learn. syst. 32(1), 4–24 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1109/tnnls.2020.2978386 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  xu, k., zhang, y., ye, d., zhao, p., tan, m.: relation-aware transformer for portfolio policy learning. in: twenty-ninth international joint conference on artificial intelligence, vol. 5, pp. 4647–4653 (2020). https://doi.org/10.24963/ijcai.2020/641 yang, x., liu, w., zhou, d., bian, j., liu, t.y.: qlib: an ai-oriented quantitative investment platform (2020). https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2009.11189 download references acknowledgments the authors would like to thank the programa de bolsas itaú (pbi) of the centro de ciência de dados (c\(^2\)d) at escola politécnica at usp, supported by itaú unibanco s.a., and the brazilian national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq grant n. 310085/2020-9). the authors would also like to thank student joão felipe santiago boccardo for proofreading and providing constructive criticism of the manuscript. author information authors and affiliations escola politécnica, universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil caio de souza barbosa costa & anna helena reali costa authors caio de souza barbosa costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anna helena reali costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to caio de souza barbosa costa . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper costa, c.d.s.b., costa, a.h.r. (2025). rlportfolio: reinforcement learning for financial portfolio optimization. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_29 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_29 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords reinforcement learning portfolio optimization quantitative finance publish with us policies and ethics profiles anna helena reali costa view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature occluded face in-painting using generative adversarial networks—a review | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper occluded face in-painting using generative adversarial networks—a review conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 243–258 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) occluded face in-painting using generative adversarial networks—a review download book pdf download book epub victor ivamoto  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5463-36459, rodolfo simões  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6989-12339, bruno kemmer  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6830-32819 & … clodoaldo lima  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3381-53489  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 590 accesses 3 citations abstract face image de-occlusion and inpainting is a challenging problem in computer vision with several practical uses and is employed in many image preprocessing applications. the impressive results achieved by generative adversarial networks in image processing increased the attention of the scientific community in recent years around facial de-occlusion and inpainting. recent network architecture developments are the two-stage networks using coarse to fine approach, landmarks, semantic segmentation map, and edge maps that guide the inpainting process. moreover, improved convolutions enlarge the receptive field and filter the values passed to the next layer, and attention layers create relationships between local and distant information. this article presents a brief review of recent developments in gan-based techniques for de-occlusion and inpainting of face images. in addition, it describes and analyzes network architectures and building blocks. finally, we identify current limitations and propose directions for future research. this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others occluded face recognition by identity-preserving inpainting chapter © 2020 high-quality facial feature occlusion repair based on s-gans chapter © 2024 restoring face occluded images using gan based inpainting with perceptual and contextual losses chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. biometrics computer graphics computer vision image processing occlusion veneers 1 introduction facial de-occlusion and inpainting are special instances of image inpainting. they are used in the restoration of damaged images [26], removal of unwanted content [26] and data augmentation [8]. moreover, face de-occlusion and inpainting are important preprocessing steps in many computer vision tasks with numerous applications. this is because occlusions break the entire structure of the face and hide the identity of the subject, resulting in performance degradation in many applications [37]. occlusions degrade the performance of face parsing [30, 32], object and face detection [21] and facial expression analysis [32]. furthermore, occlusions hide landmarks used in face alignment and frontalization [2, 41]. face inpainting also poses several challenges that are difficult to overcome. first, the human face carries biometric information unique to each subject, revealing identity, age, sex, emotions, ethnicity, and even culture and religion. this biometric information must be preserved in the restored image. second, there are many plausible solutions for filling the missing holes in an image, where the ground-truth is just one option. for example, given a face covered with a surgical mask, the mouth may be smiling in the ground-truth image whereas it is closed after reconstruction. third, the set of possible solutions is restricted by the overall content, as the restoration must preserve the subject’s skin and hair texture, facial symmetry, structure and expression, along with variations of illumination and pose. fourth, occlusions can appear anywhere in the image and may be of any shape and size. large occlusions covering both sides off the face are more difficult to restore than small ones covering just one side. fifth, unique facial marks such as makeup, tattoos, scars, stains, wrinkles, and accessories are difficult to recover with no reference image. finally, the restored area must be visually consistent with the neighboring region, creating an imperceptible transition between them [1, 38, 44]. researchers developed new methods to overcome these challenges and improve the quality of the image. the most prominent methods are gan-based networks that are able to reconstruct an image with photo-realism. modifications in the gan architecture with the inclusion of new building blocks, network elements and loss functions address specific facial inpainting issues. this reviewfootnote 1 summarizes these developments, building a solid foundation for future research. the rest of the article is organized as follows. section 2 describes network architecture and components and presents methods of training stability. section. 3 discusses the current limitations found in the literature. finally, we conclude in sect. 4. 2 theoretical background the network used for image inpainting consists of a number of components and elements that contribute to the final result. this section discusses the main network structures found in the literature. 2.1 network architecture generative adversarial networks (gan). generative adversarial networks (gan) consist of a generator and discriminator networks [12]. the generator creates images from simple random noise, usually following a uniform or spherical gaussian distribution [13]. the discriminator is a classifier that distinguishes between real and fake images. both networks play an adversarial game in which the generator tries to fool the discriminator by gradually improving the image quality. they are trained in alternation until the discriminator is unable to distinguish the synthetic from real images [12]. figure 1 shows the gan architecture. fig. 1. original gan architecture proposed by goodfellow et al. [12]. the generator receives a random noise vector as input and creates fake images. the discriminator is a classifier that evaluates whether the image is real or fake. full size image in image inpainting and de-occlusion, the generator input is a set of occluded images instead of random noise. after training, only the generator is used to infer new images and the discriminator is removed. figure 2 illustrates the basic gan architecture used in image de-occlusion and inpainting. variations of this architecture found in the literature are described in the next sections. fig. 2. gan architecture used in image de-occlusion and inpainting. instead of random noise, the generator receives occluded images as input and creates occlusion-free images. full size image two-stage network. splitting the inpainting process into two or more stages improves the image quality. in this setting, each stage is responsible for a portion of the restoration process. the most common approaches are coarse-to-fine and prior information. in the coarse-to-fine approach, the first stage creates an initial coarse prediction of the de-occluded image and the second stage takes the result of the first stage as input and refines the prediction [45]. this method gained popularity for its higher performance compared to single-stage networks [4, 9, 14, 44, 45]. figure 3 illustrates a two-stage network with the coarse-to-fine approach. prior information such as landmarks, edges, or semantic segmentation maps provides spatial and structural information, guiding the inpainting process. this allows the inpainting network to build the face with realistic structure and facial expressions. in general, the prior network is trained to detect landmarks, edges or semantic segmentation and create the respective maps which are used by the inpainting network to guide the completion process. the landmark map improves the perceptual quality of the image, providing spatial consistency in unaligned faces [38]. the effect of landmarks in image inpainting is so strong that swapping the map of two persons changes their identities and face expressions [43]. the edge generator network predicts the edge map of the occlusion-free image, which is later used to guide the inpainting process [36, 42, 50]. the generator receives the masked grayscale ground-truth image, the masked edge map and the binary mask indicating the occluded area. likewise, a parsing network creates an occlusion-free semantic segmentation map of the original occluded image, which guides the de-occlusion process [35, 46]. alternatively, the parsing network can provide semantic regularization, where the semantic segmentation map of the generated image is compared with the ground-truth [11, 27]. fig. 3. the two-stage architecture consists of a coarse and a refinement network. full size image 2.2 generator in gans, the generator is any neural network able to create the probability distribution of real data [12, 13]. then, sampling from this distribution generates completely new images. the input to the generator can be a vector of random noise, the incomplete image, semantic segmentation map, edge map, landmarks or binary mask. in face image de-occlusion and inpainting, the generator can be an encoder-decoder, u-net, multi-branch network or any variation. encoder-decoder and u-net. an encoder-decoder is a generative model trained to reconstruct the input data in an unsupervised way [34]. the network has a symmetric architecture comprised of an encoder and a decoder. the encoder consists of a stack of down-sampling layers that compress the original data into a low dimensional representation. the decoder part contains a series of up-sampling layers that recover the original information. optionally, a bottleneck layer can be inserted between the encoder and the decoder. this layer converts the encoder’s last layer into a vector with similar functionality as the random noise vector in the original gan. the encoder-decoder architecture with the bottleneck layer is appropriate for image inpainting with gans. the encoder converts the occluded image into a vector, and the decoder reconstructs the de-occluded face from this vector. the u-net has a similar architecture as the encoder-decoder, where the main difference is the skip connections concatenating each encoder layer with the corresponding symmetrical decoder layer. in the original architecture [40], the u-net encoder is a series of 3\(\times \)3 convolutions followed by relu and 2\(\times \)2 max pooling, while the decoder is a series of up sampling layers with 2\(\times \)2 kernel, a concatenation with the corresponding encoder layer and 3\(\times \)3 convolutions with relu. figure 4 illustrates the encoder-decoder and u-net architectures. fig. 4. the encoder-decoder and u-net architectures consist of an encoder with down sampling layers, a bottleneck layer in the middle and a decoder with up sampling layers. the u-net has skip-connections concatenating each encoder layer with the corresponding decoder layer. left: encoder-decoder. right: u-net. full size image modified versions of both encoder-decoder and u-net are commonly used in the generator of gans used in face de-occlusion and inpainting. the variations include adding dilated convolution [21, 25, 26, 28, 29, 35, 46, 47], se block [21, 25, 35, 47], hdc [10] and self attention blocks [33]. 2.3 discriminator the discriminator is a classifier that calculates the probability that the image is real rather than synthesized [12]. however, since the inpainted region is a fraction of the entire image, the discriminator is biased towards a generated image being real, resulting in poor inpainting quality. this section describes variations of discriminators that address this issue. local and global discriminators. the combination of global and local discriminators improves the reconstruction realism and consistency. the global discriminator evaluates the entire image, while the local discriminator judges a small patch around the reconstructed area. the objective function is the sum of the loss functions applied to each discriminator [27]. a less common variation combines the outputs of both discriminators and converts them into a single number representing the probability that the image is real or reconstructed. specifically, the outputs of both discriminators concatenate and then pass through a fully connected layer. in this setting, the loss is calculated at the combined output [19]. figure 5 shows an example of an architecture of local and global discriminators with combined outputs. the architecture is a stack of \(5\times 5\) convolutions with stride 2 followed by a fully-connected layer that outputs a 1024 vector. the concatenated output of both discriminators passes through a fully-connected layer with sigmoid activation [19]. fig. 5. network architecture. it consists of one generator and two discriminators. the generator takes the occluded image as input and outputs the occlusion-free image. two discriminators learn to distinguish the synthesized contents as real and fake. the global discriminator evaluates the entire image, while the local discriminator centers in a small area around the damaged region [19]. full size image patchgan. instead of evaluating the entire image as being real or fake like the standard discriminator, patchgan classifies each patch in the input image. this discriminator runs across the image like a convolution and outputs the average of all patches. patchgan models high-frequency details, providing texture and style lossesfootnote 2 [20]. figure 6 shows the structure of patchgan. fig. 6. patchgan classifies each patch in the input image as real or fake. this discriminator runs across the image like a convolution and outputs the average of all patches. full size image sn-patchgan. sn-patchgan is a fully convolutional spectral-normalized markovian discriminator. this discriminator computes the loss directly on each point of the last feature map. sn-patchgan was designed to inpaint images with regular and irregular shapes of any size and in multiple regions in the image. it provides faster and more stable training, replaces the global and local discriminators and dispenses the perceptual loss [44]. the original discriminator consists of a stack of layers of \(5\times 5\) convolutions with stride 2 and spectral normalization. sn-patchgan can be interpreted as a 3d classifier, where the loss is applied to each feature element on the feature map of the last layer, as illustrated in fig. 7. fig. 7. fully convolutional spectral-normalized markovian discriminator (sn-patchgan). the discriminator loss is applied in the last feature map, resulting in a 3d classifier [44]. full size image 2.4 building blocks in the context of this paper, a block is a group of layers working together that executes a specific task. a block can be inserted between two layers in the generator. this section describes the main building blocks used in gans, such as self-attention, residual blocks and squeeze and excitation. self-attention. convolutions process local information limited to the kernel shape and size. when the kernel is inside a hole larger than the kernel size, it captures only invalid pixels, becoming unable to hallucinate meaningful pixels. therefore, they’re not suitable for inpainting regions larger than the kernel size. on the other hand, self-attention is a non-local mechanism that creates relationships between distant regions in the image [48]. figure 8 shows the self-attention modulefootnote 3. fig. 8. the self-attention module creates relationships between distant regions in the image. \(\otimes \) denotes the hadamard product. full size image the self-attention output is computed as follows. let’s define c as the number of channels, n the number of feature locations from the previous layer, \(x \in \mathbb {r}^{c\times n}\) as the previous layer feature map, \(\textbf{w}_f\), \(\textbf{w}_g\), \(\textbf{w}_h \in \mathbb {r}^{\bar{c}\times c}\) and \(\textbf{w}_v \in \mathbb {r}^{c\times \bar{c}}\) as the weight matrices, and \(\bar{c} = c/8\). the feature maps \(\textbf{f}\) and \(\textbf{g}\) are calculated as \(f(x)=\textbf{w}_f x\), \(g(x)=\textbf{w}_g x\). $$\begin{aligned} \beta _{j,i} &= \frac{\exp (s_{ij})}{\sum _{i=1}^n \exp (s_{ij})}, & s_{ij} = f(x_i)^\top g(x_j) \end{aligned}$$ (1) where the softmax \(\beta _{j,i}\) is the probability that the \(i^{th}\) location serves the \(j^{th}\) region. the output of attention layer \(\textbf{o}=(o_1,...,o_j,...,o_n)\in \mathbb {r}^{c\times n}\) is given by: $$\begin{aligned} & o_j = v\left( \sum _{i=1}^n\beta _{j,i}h(x_i)\right) , & h(x_i) & = \textbf{w}_h x_i, & v(x_i) & = \textbf{w}_v x_i \end{aligned}$$ (2) the final output is given by \(y_i=\gamma o_i + x_i\), where \(\gamma \) is a learned parameter. residual block. a residual block (resblock) consists of a series of convolutional layers with skip connection, i.e., the input adds to the output as illustrated in fig. 9. fig. 9. a residual block consists of two or more convolution layers with skip connection where the input adds to the output. \(\phi \) is the activation function and \(\bigoplus \) is element-wise sum. full size image the residual block avoids gradient dispersion in very deep networks [42] and replaces the standard convolution with dilated convolution [46] or multi-dilated convolution [26]. moreover, residual networks are easy to optimize [15], train faster and achieve similar losses compared to non-residual networks [24]. the residual block was originally conceived for image classification [15]. residual blocks are used in bottleneck layer of encoder-decoder [3, 43, 46], contraction and expansion sides of u-net [7, 10, 26] or as a building block of multi-branch networks [31, 32]. squeeze and excitation blocks. the squeeze-and-excitation (se) block models the relationships between channels in the feature maps [18]. the block performs channel-wise feature re-calibration, strengthening meaningful features and weakening worthless ones. se blocks fit between two layers, achieving higher performance gain at a small computational cost. the squeeze operation uses global average pooling to aggregate each feature map across its spatial dimension, and the excitation operation is a simple gating that produces a collection of weights that are applied to the feature maps. figure 10 illustrates the architecture of the se block. fig. 10. the squeeze and excitation block scales the feature maps in a given layer according to their importance. the reduction ratio q is a hyperparameter that balances performance and computational complexity. the default is \(q=16\). full size image 2.5 training stability this section presents two approaches to stabilize the training of gans. zhang et al. proposed the use of spectral normalization on both the generator and discriminator, as well as employing the two time scale update rule (ttur) [48]. two time scale update rule (ttur). using different learning rates for the generator and discriminator in combination with the adam stochastic optimization improves convergence and stability. in the two time scale update rule (ttur), the learning rate of the generator is generally lower than the discriminator. although the ttur theory ensures convergence, the appropriate learning rates must be empirically found for each network [16]. the learning rates found in the literature for the generator is 1e-4 and for the discriminator are 1e-12 [22, 23], 1e-4 [11] and 4e-4 [5, 21, 48]. spectral normalization. spectral normalization is a weight-normalization technique originally proposed to stabilize the training of the discriminator [39]. spectral normalization is simple to implement, has low computation cost, and further improves stability when applied in combination with gradient penalty. furthermore, when employed in the generator and discriminator, spectral normalization further reduces the discriminator to generator update ratio, decreases the computational cost, and provides more stable training [48]. the spectral normalization is given by eq. 3: $$\begin{aligned} & \textbf{w}_{sn} = \frac{\textbf{w}}{\eta (\textbf{w})}, & \eta (\textbf{w}) = \max _{\left\| {\textbf {h}} \right\| _2 \le 1} \left| \textbf{w}{} {\textbf {h}}\right| _2 \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\eta (\textbf{w})\) is the spectral norm of the matrix \(\textbf{w}\). 3 limitations despite the impressive progress in image de-occlusion and inpainting over the recent years, several challenges remain to be solved. given the broad extent of current limitations, it’s hard to imagine that a single solution will be able to address all situations. this section analyzes key limitations identified during the review and proposes open areas for research. 3.1 datasets model research still requires large amounts of training data, heavily relying on available datasets, and the model generalization capabilities on unseen data largely depends on the trained dataset. an open research area is the development of models, algorithms, and methods resilient to data availability, i.e., models with high generalization capability using few training data. moreover, despite the variety in available data, there are few datasets created for face de-occlusion and inpainting. these datasets contain few images compared with other face databases. for this reason, researchers build their own synthetic images based on available public face datasets, usually overlaying an object or a binary mask. this approach may be good for model development, not for inference in real world scenarios which require a large occluded face dataset for testing models. 3.2 evaluation metrics user study measures qualitative attributes that are hard to evaluate with quantitative methods alone. since researchers employ different methodologies when conducting the qualitative survey, results cannot be compared across published studies. this situation could be avoided if researchers followed a formal protocol describing the survey process. the protocol might use psychophysical similarity measurements already used in the literature, such as two alternative forced choice (2afc) and just noticeable differences (jnd) used in [49]. moreover, most quantitative evaluation metrics measure pixel-level statistics that are unable to capture human perception. for historical reasons, they are still widely used for model comparison. the two most used metrics, psnr and ssim, carry a simple relationship between them [17]. on the other hand, feature-level metrics capture higher level perceptual quality. lpips is the only feature-level metric found in the literature, but it still lags behind human-level perception. more research still needs to be done in an improved version of lpips with higher perception level as well as quantitative metrics able to evaluate other qualitative attributes such as effective occlusion removal, naturalness, image realism, consistency, and perception quality. 3.3 automatic de-occlusion most state-of-the-art models require a binary mask with holes in the occluded area. this can be useful for single image restoration and de-occlusion of photographs, but it is unfeasible for videos, real-time de-occlusion and batch processing of several images. automatic detection and removal of occlusions fails to properly detect occlusions, producing artifacts in the restored region [6]. moreover, there are still few studies in this area. 3.4 image quality image quality remains an open problem, for example eyes with different colors, distorted shape of mouth and nose, missing ears, texture discontinuity in the border pixels, artifacts, blur, and bad background filling. models using prior information such as landmarks, edges and semantic segmentation maps, or other coarse-to-fine approach, rely on the quality of the predictions of these priors. these predictions have performance degradation on occluded faces, in particular combined with large pose variations, such as top or bottom views and profile. large occlusions also degrade performance. the majority of models are trained with 25% of missing region, and a few restore over than 50%. it’s specially challenging to remove occlusions covering symmetric parts of the face, for example both eyes, simply because the model doesn’t know the color and shape of the eyes. in such cases, the use of prior information helps with the structure of the face, but the texture still remains missing. 3.5 computational cost current models have high computational cost, restricting the use in edge devices and in real-time applications. inference time is still very high for real-time applications even with gpu, and the number of parameters may restrict the use in edge devices. moreover, training a model takes a few days and model design takes a few months. more research is needed to create better algorithms and more efficient methods to reduce these computational costs. 4 conclusion this paper reviews gan-based face image inpainting and de-occlusion studies found in the literature. more specifically, we explored the network architecture and components. the review also analyzed the limitations. the gan architecture for image inpainting and two-stage networks were described. encoder-decoder and u-net are basic generator architectures that can be combined with other components for additional functionalities. they are also used in single and multi-stage architectures. local and global discriminators, patchgan and sn-patchgan improve the gan’s ability to distinguish between real and fake images in local and global levels. squeeze and excitation blocks perform channel-wise feature re-calibration, weighting the importance of each feature map in a given layer. ttur, adam optimizer and spectral normalization accelerate and stabilize gan training. finally, this study discussed the current limitations and challenges found in datasets, evaluation metrics, automatic de-occlusion, image quality and computational cost. furthermore, we propose insights for future research. notes 1.see protocol at https://github.com/vivamoto/bracis-2023. 2.python code available at https://github.com/znxlwm/pytorch-pix2pix/blob/3059f2af53324e77089bbcfc31279f01a38c40b8/network.py. 3.python code is available at https://github.com/brain-research/self-attention-gan. references bertalmio, m., sapiro, g., caselles, v., ballester, c.: image inpainting. in: proceedings of the 27th annual conference on computer graphics and interactive techniques, siggraph 2000, pp. 417–424. acm press/addison-wesley publishing co., usa (2000) google scholar  burgos-artizzu, x.p., perona, p., dollár, p.: robust face landmark estimation under occlusion. in: 2013 ieee international conference on computer vision, pp. 1513–1520 (2013) google scholar  cai, j., han, h., cui, j., chen, j., liu, l., kevin zhou, s.: semi-supervised natural face de-occlusion. ieee trans. inf. forensics secur. 16, 1044–1057 (2021) article  google scholar  cao, s., sakurai, k.: face completion with pyramid semantic attention and latent codes. in: proceedings 2020 8th international symposium on computing and networking, candar 2020, pp. 1–8. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2020) google scholar  chen, m., liu, z., ye, l., wang, y.: attentional coarse-and-fine generative adversarial networks for image inpainting. neurocomputing 405, 259–269 (2020) article  google scholar  chen, y.a., chen, w.c., wei, c.p., wang, y.c.: occlusion-aware face inpainting via generative adversarial networks. in: proceedings international conference on image processing, icip, vol. 2017-september, pp. 1202–1206. ieee computer society (2018) google scholar  cheung, y.m., li, m., zou, r.: facial structure guided gan for identity-preserved face image de-occlusion. in: icmr 2021 proceedings of the 2021 international conference on multimedia retrieval, pp. 46–54. association for computing machinery, inc. (2021) google scholar  din, n., javed, k., bae, s., yi, j.: effective removal of user-selected foreground object from facial images using a novel gan-based network. ieee access 8, 109648–109661 (2020) article  google scholar  dong, j., zhang, l., zhang, h., liu, w.: occlusion-aware gan for face de-occlusion in the wild. in: proceedings ieee international conference on multimedia and expo, vol. 2020-july. ieee computer society (2020) google scholar  fang, y., li, y., tu, x., tan, t., wang, x.: face completion with hybrid dilated convolution. signal process. image commun. 80, 115664 (2020) article  google scholar  ge, s., li, c., zhao, s., zeng, d.: occluded face recognition in the wild by identity-diversity inpainting. ieee trans. circuits syst. video technol. 30(10), 3387–3397 (2020) article  google scholar  goodfellow, i.j., et al.: generative adversarial nets. in: proceedings of the 27th international conference on neural information processing systems, nips 2014, vol. 2, pp. 2672–2680. mit press, cambridge (2014) google scholar  gulrajani, i., ahmed, f., arjovsky, m., dumoulin, v., courville, a.: improved training of wasserstein gans. in: proceedings of the 31st international conference on neural information processing systems, nips 2017, pp. 5769–5779. curran associates inc., red hook (2017) google scholar  guo, d., feng, j., zhou, b.: structure-aware image expansion with global attention. in: siggraph asia 2019 technical briefs, sa 2019, pp. 13–16. association for computing machinery, inc. (2019) google scholar  he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: 2016 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 770–778 (2016) google scholar  heusel, m., ramsauer, h., unterthiner, t., nessler, b., hochreiter, s.: gans trained by a two time-scale update rule converge to a local nash equilibrium. in: guyon, i., et al. (eds.) advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 30. curran associates, inc. (2017) google scholar  horé, a., ziou, d.: image quality metrics: psnr vs. ssim. in: 2010 20th international conference on pattern recognition, pp. 2366–2369 (2010) google scholar  hu, j., shen, l., albanie, s., sun, g., wu, e.: squeeze-and-excitation networks. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 42(8), 2011–2023 (2020) article  google scholar  iizuka, s., simo-serra, e., ishikawa, h.: globally and locally consistent image completion. acm trans. graph. 36(4), 1–14 (2017) article  google scholar  isola, p., zhu, j.y., zhou, t., efros, a.a.: image-to-image translation with conditional adversarial networks. in: 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 5967–5976 (2017) google scholar  jabbar, a., li, x., iqbal, m., malik, a.: fd-stackgan: face de-occlusion using stacked generative adversarial networks. ksii trans. internet inf. syst. 15(7), 2547–2567 (2021) google scholar  jam, j., kendrick, c., drouard, v., walker, k., hsu, g.s., yap, m.: r-mnet: a perceptual adversarial network for image inpainting. in: proceedings 2021 ieee winter conference on applications of computer vision, wacv 2021, pp. 2713–2722. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2021) google scholar  jam, j., kendrick, c., drouard, v., walker, k., hsu, g.s., yap, m.: symmetric skip connection wasserstein gan for high-resolution facial image inpainting. in: visigrapp 2021 proceedings of the 16th international joint conference on computer vision, imaging and computer graphics theory and applications, vol. 4, pp. 35–44. scitepress (2021) google scholar  johnson, j., alahi, a., fei-fei, l.: perceptual losses for real-time style transfer and super-resolution. in: leibe, b., matas, j., sebe, n., welling, m. (eds.) eccv 2016. lncs, vol. 9906, pp. 694–711. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-46475-6_43 chapter  google scholar  khan, m., ud din, n., bae, s., yi, j.: interactive removal of microphone object in facial images. electronics 8(10), 1115 (2019) article  google scholar  li, x., hu, g., zhu, j., zuo, w., wang, m., zhang, l.: learning symmetry consistent deep cnns for face completion. ieee trans. image process. 29, 7641–7655 (2020) article  math  google scholar  li, y., liu, s., yang, j., yang, m.h.: generative face completion. in: 2017 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 5892–5900 (2017) google scholar  li, z., zhu, h., cao, l., jiao, l., zhong, y., ma, a.: face inpainting via nested generative adversarial networks. ieee access 7, 155462–155471 (2019) article  google scholar  lie, y., li, l.: image inpainting using multi-scale neural network and shift-net. in: proceedings 2020 7th international conference on information science and control engineering, icisce 2020, pp. 704–709. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2020) google scholar  lin, j., yang, h., chen, d., zeng, m., wen, f., yuan, l.: face parsing with roi tanh-warping. in: 2019 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 5647–5656 (2019) google scholar  liu, j., jung, c.: facial image inpainting using multi-level generative network. in: proceedings ieee international conference on multimedia and expo, vol. 2019-july, pp. 1168–1173. ieee computer society (2019) google scholar  liu, j., jung, c.: facial image inpainting using attention-based multi-level generative network. neurocomputing 437, 95–106 (2021) article  google scholar  luo, x., he, x., qing, l., chen, x., liu, l., xu, y.: eyesgan: synthesize human face from human eyes. neurocomputing 404, 213–226 (2020) article  google scholar  maggipinto, m., masiero, c., beghi, a., susto, g.a.: a convolutional autoencoder approach for feature extraction in virtual metrology. procedia manufacturing 17, 126–133 (2018). 28th international conference on flexible automation and intelligent manufacturing (faim2018), 11–14 june 2018, columbus, oh, usaglobal integration of intelligent manufacturing and smart industry for good of humanity google scholar  maharjan, r., ud din, n., yi, j.: image-to-image translation based face de-occlusion. in: jiang x., f.h. (ed.) proceedings of spie the international society for optical engineering, vol. 11519. spie (2020) google scholar  maheshwari, u., turlapati, v., kiruthika, u.: lucid-gan: an adversarial network for enhanced image inpainting. in: civemsa 2021 ieee international conference on computational intelligence and virtual environments for measurement systems and applications, proceedings. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2021) google scholar  mathai, j., masi, i., abdalmageed, w.: does generative face completion help face recognition? in: 2019 international conference on biometrics, icb 2019. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2019) google scholar  maulana, a., fatichah, c., suciati, n.: facial inpainting using generative adversarial network with feature reconstruction and landmark loss to preserve spatial consistency in unaligned face images. int. j. intell. eng. syst. 13(6), 219–228 (2020) google scholar  miyato, t., kataoka, t., koyama, m., yoshida, y.: spectral normalization for generative adversarial networks (2018) google scholar  ronneberger, o., fischer, p., brox, t.: u-net: convolutional networks for biomedical image segmentation. in: navab, n., hornegger, j., wells, w.m., frangi, a.f. (eds.) miccai 2015. lncs, vol. 9351, pp. 234–241. springer, cham (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-24574-4_28 chapter  google scholar  sadiq, m., shi, d.: attentive occlusion-adaptive deep network for facial landmark detection. pattern recognit. 125, 108510 (2022) article  google scholar  wang, f., li, w., liu, y., gong, y., gao, z., lu, j.: face inpainting combining structured forest edge information and gated convolution. in: proceedings 2021 3rd international conference on natural language processing, icnlp 2021, pp. 213–217. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2021) google scholar  wu, y., singh, v., kapoor, a.: from image to video face inpainting: spatial-temporal nested gan (stn-gan) for usability recovery. in: proceedings 2020 ieee winter conference on applications of computer vision, wacv 2020, pp. 2385–2394. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2020) google scholar  yu, j., lin, z., yang, j., shen, x., lu, x., huang, t.: free-form image inpainting with gated convolution. in: proceedings of the ieee international conference on computer vision, vol. 2019-october, pp. 4470–4479. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2019) google scholar  yu, j., lin, z., yang, j., shen, x., lu, x., huang, t.: generative image inpainting with contextual attention. in: proceedings of the ieee computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 5505–5514. ieee computer society (2018) google scholar  yu, l., zhu, d., he, j.: semantic segmentation guided face inpainting based on sn-patchgan. in: proceedings 2020 13th international congress on image and signal processing, biomedical engineering and informatics, cisp-bmei 2020, pp. 110–115. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2020) google scholar  zhang, h., li, t.: semantic face image inpainting based on generative adversarial network. in: proceedings 2020 35th youth academic annual conference of chinese association of automation, yac 2020, pp. 530–535. institute of electrical and electronics engineers inc. (2020) google scholar  zhang, h., goodfellow, i., metaxas, d., odena, a.: self-attention generative adversarial networks. in: chaudhuri, k., salakhutdinov, r. (eds.) proceedings of the 36th international conference on machine learning. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 97, pp. 7354–7363. pmlr (2019) google scholar  zhang, r., isola, p., efros, a.a., shechtman, e., wang, o.: the unreasonable effectiveness of deep features as a perceptual metric. in: 2018 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 586–595 (2018) google scholar  zhu, w., wang, x., wu, y., zou, g.: a face occlusion removal and privacy protection method for iot devices based on generative adversarial networks. wirel. commun. mob. comput. 2021 (2021) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations university of são paulo, são paulo, sp, 03828-000, brazil victor ivamoto, rodolfo simões, bruno kemmer & clodoaldo lima authors victor ivamotoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rodolfo simõesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar bruno kemmerview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar clodoaldo limaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to clodoaldo lima . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi 1 electronic supplementary material below is the link to the electronic supplementary material. supplementary material 1 (pdf 535 kb) rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper ivamoto, v., simões, r., kemmer, b., lima, c. (2023). occluded face in-painting using generative adversarial networks—a review. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_17 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_17 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords face de-occlusion facial inpainting gan generative adversarial network biometry review publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature slot sharing mechanism in multi-domain dialogue systems | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper slot sharing mechanism in multi-domain dialogue systems conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 94–108 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) slot sharing mechanism in multi-domain dialogue systems download book pdf download book epub bruno eidi nishimoto  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-8473-553510,11 & anna helena reali costa  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7309-452810  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 755 accesses abstract task-oriented dialogue systems are very important due to their wide range of applications. in particular, those tasks that involve multiple domains have gained increasing attention in recent years, as the actual tasks performed by virtual assistants often span multiple domains. in this work, we propose the divide-and-conquer distributed architecture with slot sharing mechanism (dcda-s2m) system, which includes not only a distributed system aimed at managing dialogues through the pipeline architecture, but also a slot sharing mechanism that allows the system to obtain information during a conversation in one domain and reuse it in another domain, in order to avoid redundant interactions and make the dialogue more efficient. results show that the distributed architecture outperforms the centralized one by 21.51% and that the slot sharing mechanism improves the system performance both in the success rate and in the number of turns during the dialogue, demonstrating that it can prevent the agent from requesting redundant information. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others open-domain dialogue management framework across multiple device for long-term interaction chapter © 2023 a multiagent-based technique for dialog management in conversational interfaces chapter © 2016 exploring dialog act recognition in open domain conversational agents chapter © 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. adas, connectivity, e/e computational platforms and environments crispr-cas systems multiagent systems register-transfer-level implementation theory and algorithms for application domains 1 introduction dialogue systems aim to interact with humans, employing conversations in natural language. they can be broadly divided into three categories: socialbots, question & answering, and task-oriented systems. socialbots aim to have an entertaining conversation to keep the user engaged, without having a specific goal other than being friendly and keeping company. question & answering systems aim to provide a concise and straightforward answer to the user’s question, possibly using information stored in knowledge bases. finally, task-oriented systems help users to complete a specific task [6]. these tasks range from simple tasks, such as setting an alarm and making an appointment, to more complex tasks, such as finding a tourist attraction, booking a restaurant or taking a taxi. due to their wide range of applications, task-oriented systems have been showing great relevance in recent years, with both academia and industry drawing their attention to them. there are roughly two types of architectures to model a task-oriented agent: end-to-end and pipeline (or modular) [24]. end-to-end approaches consider the system composed of a single component that maps user input in natural language directly to the system output also in natural language (see fig. 1). on the other hand, pipeline architectures comprise three components: natural language understanding (nlu), dialogue management (dm) and natural language generation (nlg) (see fig. 2). nlu extracts the major information from the user utterance and transforms it in a structured data known as dialogue act. the dialogue act shows relevant information for the dialogue comprehension and it is defined by the tuple [domain, intent, slot, value], encoding the domain of this particular act, the intent, i.e., its broad objective (inform, request, or thanks, for instance), and the slot and value representing specific pieces of information in this domain. the example illustrated in fig. 2 shows that utterance i want a restaurant located in the centre of town would have the following dialogue act: [restaurant, inform, area, centre]. dm contains two sub-modules, the dialogue state tracking (dst) which keeps track of the dialogue state and the policy (pol) which decides the best response to give to the user. finally, the nlg component transforms the dm output, which is also a dialogue act, into natural language to present to the user. fig. 1. illustration of end-to-end architecture. full size image fig. 2. illustration of pipeline architecture. full size image early works on task-oriented dialogue systems [9, 12, 13] focus on problems with a single domain. however, it is common that real systems such as the popular virtual assistants span their applications over multiple domains. this means that a single system must be able to act and complete the user task in more than one domain, for example, the user first asks to find a tourist attraction for sightseeing and then, in the same conversation, she requests a restaurant to have lunch. dealing with multi-domain dialogue systems is a problem much harder since the complexity of user goals and conversations increases a lot. besides the complexity of the problem, which is already challenging, another issue faced by multi-domain systems is related to the redundancy of information given by the user during a conversation [15]. for instance, suppose that the user first reserves a restaurant table for two people and then she requests to reserve a hotel room for that night. it is usual that a single-domain dialogue system asks again the number of people although this kind of information—that can be shared among the domains—was already given by the user. these redundant turns make the conversation longer and are not nice for the user experience [14]. in this paper, we use the pipeline architecture with a focus on the dm component and adopt the divide-and-conquer approach, that is, several agents are trained independently, each one in a specific domain, and aggregate them to act in the multi-domain scenario. we show that this approach leads to better results when compared to the same algorithm trained in all domains at once. furthermore, we propose the use of a mechanism that enables the system to reuse some shareable slots among the domains, avoiding the agent to ask for redundant information. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: sect. 2 shows some related work, sect. 3 describes our methods and proposal, sect. 4 shows our experiments and results obtained, and finally sect. 5 highlights our conclusions and directions for further work. 2 related work there have been some efforts in the past that focused on multi-domain task-oriented dialogue systems. komatani et al. [11] proposed a distributed architecture to integrate expert dialogue systems in different domains using a domain selector trained with a decision tree classifier. further works employed traditional reinforcement learning to learn the domain selector [23]. however, these systems require manual feature engineering for their building. finally [4] proposed to use deep reinforcement learning to allow training the system using raw data, without the manual feature engineering. more recent works give a great attention to centralized systems, i.e., a unique system capable of handling multiple-domains instead of having multiple agents, each one specialized for each domain. one reason for this is the increase in the power processing in modern computers. traditional works using the end-to-end architectures rely on the use of recurrent neural networks (rnn) with a sequence-to-sequence approach [2, 19]. recurrent embedding dialogue policy (redp) [21] learns vector embeddings for dialogue acts and states showing it can adapt better to new domains than the usual rnns. vlasov et al. [22] proposed to use a transformer architecture [20] with the self-attention mechanism operating over the sequence of dialogue turns outperforming previous models based on rnns. another line of research focus on the dm module using the pipeline architecture. there are some attempts to use supervised learning to learn a policy for the dm, but as it can be seen as a sequential decision making problem, rl is more used [5]. however, rl algorithms are too slow in general when trained from scratch. many works attempt to include some expert knowledge either by supervised pre-training or by warm-up, i.e., pre-filling the replay buffer with rule agents in dqn algorithms. dqfd (deep q-learning from demonstrations) uses the expert demonstrations to guide the learning and encourages the agent to explore in high reward areas, avoiding random exploration [7, 8]. redundancy with respect to the overlapping slots between domains is another issue in dialogue systems. chen et al. [3] address this problem by implementing the policy with a graph neural network where the nodes can communicate to each other to share information but they assume the adjacency matrix for this communication is known. although recent work on multi-domain settings does not consider a distributed architecture, it is relevant for two reasons: it can reuse well-established algorithms for a single domain and, in the need to add a new domain to the system – which is common for real applications such as virtual assistants – it is unnecessary to retrain the entire system. therefore, we adopted a distributed architecture using the divide-and-conquer approach. furthermore, to the best of our knowledge, it is the first work that focuses on learning this slot-sharing mechanism. 3 proposal in this work we propose the divide-and-conquer distributed architecture with slot sharing mechanism (dcda-s2m) showed in fig. 3, which uses the pipeline architecture (fig. 2) primarily focusing on the dm component. the dialogue state must encode all useful information collected during interactions. the multiwozfootnote 1 annotated states basically comprise the slots informed, and the ones that are required to complete the task in each domain. for example, the hotel domain requires, among others, the area of the city where the hotel is located, the number of stars it has been rated, as well as its price range. our proposal to train pol is divided into two steps. the first step is to use a distributed architecture in a divide-and-conquer approach to build a system capable of interacting in a multi-domain environment. the second stage consists of a mechanism that shares slots between domains. in the following sections we detail each component of dcda-s2m, the divide-and-conquer distributed architecture (dcda) and the slot sharing mechanism (s2m). fig. 3. illustrative figure of our proposed architecture. full size image 3.1 divide-and-conquer distributed architecture we implemented seven agents, each one specifically trained for a domain of the multiwoz dataset (attraction, hospital, hotel, police, restaurant, taxi, and train), as illustrated in fig. 3. the idea is that, using a simple reinforcement learning algorithm, we can have a multi-domain system with better performance than if we had a single agent trained in all domains at once. however, just having multiple agents, each one for each domain, is not enough. we need a controller capable of perceiving when there is a domain change and selecting the right agent to collect the right response. the controller keeps track of all state features from all agents allowing it to know the past and current domains. as mentioned before, in multi-domain systems the dialogue act is defined by the tuple [domain, intent, slot, value], i.e., it already includes the domain of the conversation [10]. therefore, the controller simply observes the domain element of the dialogue act. if it is a new domain (different from the current one) it checks with s2m (detailed in sect. 3.2) the slots from past domains that can share values with the new domain, and it copies the values of these shareable slots. given this, the controller sends the state features to the corresponding agent of the current domain. each agent is trained using reinforcement learning to learn an optimal policy (pol component of dm) in each domain. reinforcement learning. in reinforcement learning problems there is an agent that learns by interacting with an environment through the markov decision process (mdp) framework defined as a tuple \((\mathcal {s}, \mathcal {a}, \mathcal {r}, \mathcal {t}, \gamma )\), where \(\mathcal {s}\) is the set of possible states, \(\mathcal {a}\) is the set of actions, \(\mathcal {r}\) is the reward function, \(\mathcal {t}\) is the state transition function, and \(\gamma \in [0,1]\) is the discount factor that balances the trade-off between immediate rewards and future rewards. in the context of dialogue systems, the state represents the dialogue state. the actions are the set of dialogue acts of the agent, and the reward is \(+r\) if the dialogue succeeds, i.e., the agent achieve the user goal, \(-r\) if the dialogue fails and \(-1\) for each turn to encourage the agent lasts the minimum number of turns. the agent’s objective is to maximize the cumulative discounted rewards, \(\sum _{t = 0}^{t}\gamma ^tr_t\), \(r_t \in \mathcal {r}\), received during interactions in order to find its optimal policy that maps state \(s_t \in \mathcal {s}\) to the best action \(\pi (s_t) = a_t\), \(a_t \in \mathcal {a}\). in this work the proximal policy optimization (ppo) algorithm [18] was employed which is a policy gradient method which aim to directly optimize the parameterized policy to maximize the expected reward. the intuition of ppo is to make the greatest improvement in policy without stepping so far from current policy to avoid a performance collapse. formally, it optimizes the loss function, \( \mathcal {l}(\theta ) = \min \left( \rho (\theta )\hat{a},\ clip(\rho (\theta ), 1 \epsilon , 1 + \epsilon )\hat{a}\right) , \) where \(\rho (\theta ) = \frac{\pi _\theta (a | s)}{\pi _{\theta _{old}(a | s)}}\) denotes the probability ratio, \(\hat{a}\) is the estimated advantage function and \(\epsilon \) is a hyperparameter that indicates how far can we go from old policy. for the advantage function estimation, we use the generalized advantage estimation (gae) [17], \( \hat{a}(s_t, a_t) = \delta (s_t) + \gamma \lambda \hat{a}(s_{t+1}, a_{t+1}), \) with \( \delta (s_t) = r_t + \gamma \hat{v}(s_{t+1}) \hat{v}(s_t), \) where \(\gamma \) is the discount factor, \(\lambda \) is a hyperparameter to adjust the bias-variance tradeoff and \(\hat{v}(s)\) is the estimate of value function, i.e., the expected reward the agent receives being at state s. however reinforcement learning algorithms often suffer in sparse reward environments. one possible option to deal with this issue is to use some pre-training method, such as imitation learning, where the agent tries to clone expert behaviors. we use the vanilla maximum likelihood estimation (vmle) algorithm [25] to pre-train the agents. vmle employs a multiclass classification with data extracted from the multiwoz dataset. the algorithm optimizes its policy trying to mimic the behavior presented by the agent in the dataset. user simulator. furthermore, training the agent with real users is impracticable since it requires a great number of interactions. therefore there is a need of an user simulator. the used user simulator follows an agenda-based approach [16]. first, it generates a user goal which comprises all information needed to complete the task. then, the user simulator generates an agenda in a stack-like structure with all actions it needs to take (informing its constraints and/or requesting information). during the conversation, as the agent requests or informs something, the user can reschedule the agenda accordingly. for example, if the agent requests the type of restaurant, than the user can move the action “inform the type of restaurant” to the top of the stack. the conversation lasts until the stack is empty or the maximum number of turns is reached. we made a small modification to the user simulator to handle the confirmation actions provided by the agent using the slot sharing mechanism. the simulator checks if the values of the confirmation act are correct and if they are wrong it informs the correct value; otherwise, it just removes the action regarding that slot-value pair from the agenda and continues with its policy. finally, after all the seven agents are trained using reinforcement learning we plug them with the controller resulting in the dcda system. 3.2 slot sharing mechanism some domains contain overlapping slots, i.e., slots that can share their values in a conversation. for instance, if the user is looking for a restaurant and a hotel, it is likely that they are for the same day and in the same price range. more complex relationships can be represented, such as the time of reservation for a restaurant and the time when the taxi must arrive at its destination (which would be the restaurant). however, not all slots are shareable between two domains. therefore, we need to know which slots whose contents can be transferred from one domain to another. in the following subsections we show how we learned these relationships. but for now, suppose we already know what such slots are. therefore, during the conversation, when the controller notices a domain change, the information-sharing mechanism first gets all informed slots in previous domains and then checks whether any of those slots can share their values with any slots in the current domain. in this case, the controller copies the value from that slot to the slot of the new domain. for example, suppose the system has already interacted with the user in the hotel domain and knows that the demand is for two people. when the conversation changes to the restaurant domain, the slot sharing mechanism will see that hotel-people slot can be shared with restaurant-people slot and the controller will transfer this information (two people) to the restaurant domain. the agent then asks for confirmation and acts considering this transferred slot. this can speed up the dialogue and improve the user experience during interactions by avoiding asking redundant information. in the worst case, if the transferred value is wrong, the user informs the correct value and continues the interaction normally. learning shareable slots. our proposal to learn which slots can be shared, named node embedding for slots sharing mechanism, uses the node embedding technique in which each node represents a domain-slot pair. the similarity of two nodes indicates whether they can share the same value in a conversation. it is defined by a simple scalar product, that is, given nodes \(u = [u_1, u_2, \ldots , u_d]\) and \(v = [v_1, v_2, \ldots , v_d]\), we have: \( similarity(u, v) = \langle u, v\rangle = \sum _{i=1}^d u_i\cdot v_i, \) where d is the embedding dimension. for instance, the nodes restaurant-day and hotel-day must be similar, i.e., have a high scalar product, while restaurant-name and hotel-name must have a low scalar product. before learning the node embedding, we need to build a similarity matrix \(a \in \mathbb {r}^{n\times n}\), a \(n\times n\) matrix where n is the number of nodes, i.e., number of domain-slot pairs and the cell \(a_{uv}\) represents the similarity between nodes u and v normalized to fall between 0 and 1, that is, \(similarity(u, v) \in [0, 1]\). this is done using the dialogues from dataset \(\mathcal {d}\) as shown in algorithm 1. at the end of each conversation, we observe the final state (the state of the dialogue in the last interaction) and check if each node pair presents the same value (a node represents a domain-slot pair). if they do, the weight between these two nodes is increased by one. in the end, all weights are normalized to the number of times each pair of nodes appeared in the dialogues. however, keeping a matrix with \(\mathcal {o}(n^2)\) of space complexity does not scale with the number of domains and slots. for this reason, we trained a node embedding representation for each domain-slot pair. the learning of node embedding uses the similarity matrix \(a \in \mathbb {r}^{n\times n}\) and follows algorithm 2 proposed by ahmed et al. [1]. in each step, for each node pair \((u, v) \in e\), where e is the set containing all node pairs, it performs an update to minimize the following error \( l(a, z, \lambda ) = \frac{1}{2}\sum _{(u,v)\in e}(a_{uv} -\langle z_u, z_v \rangle )^2 + \frac{\lambda }{2}\sum _u||z_u||^2, \) where z represents the embedding space and \(z_u\) is the vector for node u. the t in algorithm 2 can be thought as a learning rate for each update. this s2m is independent of the agent trained, so it can be plugged with any agent we want. gathering the dcda and s2m we get the dcda-s2m system (fig. 3), where the controller asks for the s2m for slots that can share their values when there is a domain shift and then send the state features to the respective agent to get the response to the user. 4 experiments and results to evaluate our proposal we did three experiments: the first was to train the embedding of nodes and to do a qualitative analysis of the learned embedding. we then evaluate the divide-and-conquer approach with the information-sharing mechanism, and finally we evaluate the same approach without the mechanism. 4.1 experimental setup we used the convlab-2footnote 2 platform to run our experiments. it provides a platform with a user simulator and some implementations of all dialogue systems components (nlu, dst, pol and nlg). in this way, it is easy to assess new algorithms for each of the components. we trained the agents for each domain using the ppo algorithm with the standard parameters of the convlab-2 platform: discount factor \(\gamma = 0.99\), clipping factor \(\epsilon = 0.2\) and \(\lambda = 0.95\) (for advantage value estimation). the training lasted 200 epochs and in each epoch we collected around 100 turns and sampled a batch of size 32 for optimization. the agent contains two separate networks, one for policy estimation with two hidden layers of size 100 and other for value estimation with two hidden layers of size 50. the optmizers used for policy and value networks are rmsprop and adam and learning rate \(lr_p = 10^{-4}\) and \(lr_v = 5\cdot 10^{-5}\), respectively. the reward function is \(-1\) for each turn (to encourage the agent complete the task more quickly), 40 for success dialogue and 20 for fail dialogue. for pre-training we employed the vmle algorithm using rmsprop optimizer with \(lr_{vmle} = 10^{-3}\) and binary cross entropy with logits as loss function. we also used the available ppo model trained with all domains at once to compare with our results. for our node embedding, we built the adjacency matrix using the dialogue corpus available at convlab-2 platform. for hyperparameters, we used an embedding dimension \(d = 50\), regularization factor \(\lambda = 0.3\), and 1000 epochs for training. 4.2 node embedding for visualization of the learned node embedding we used a t-distributed stochastic neighbor embedding (t-sne) model with perplexity 5 using the scalar product as similarity function. figure 4 shows this visualization. fig. 4. visual representation of the learned node embedding. full size image figure 4 clearly shows some groups of nodes that are related to each other. for example, hotel-area, attraction-area, and restaurant-area forms a group, indicating that users generally request places in the same area. it also happens for the price range (restaurant-pricerange and hotel-pricerange), day (restaurant-day, hotel-day, and train-day) and people (restaurant-people, hotel-people, and people) slots. although hotel-stay and hotel-stars looks close to the group with slot “people”, computing their similarity with restaurant-people we got 0.118 and 0.088, respectively. thus they are not similar and should not share values. on the other hand, the similarity between restaurant-area and attraction-area is 0.91 showing that they are similar and must share their values inside a conversation. here we used a similarity of 0.8 as a threshold for sharing the slots values. an interesting observation is that attraction-name and hotel-name are quite close to taxi-departure, with similarity 0.57 and 0.668, respectively, but they are not close to each other, i.e., the similarity between them is 0.011. this is expected since it is not common an attraction with the same name as a hotel. 4.3 dcda evaluation to evaluate our proposal we assessed four models: the baseline rule-based policy available in convlab-2, the vlme policy (obtained from the vlme algorithm), and the ppo algorithm trained in both approaches: a centralized system with a unique agent trained to handle all domains at once (ppo\(_{all}\)) and our proposal (dcda). we also evaluated the effects of using or not the s2m in the rule and dcda agents. the metrics are automatically computed by the evaluator presented in convlab-2 and encompasses the complete rate, success rate, book rate, precision, recall, f1-score for the informed slots, and average number of turns for both the dialogues that were successful and the total set of dialogues. the complete rate indicates the rate of dialogues that could finish (either with success or fail) before achieving the maximum number of turns. the precision, recall and f1-score indicate the ability of the agent to fulfill the slots of the user goal, i.e., leads to the correct slot. tests were performed over 2000 dialogues. table 1 shows the evaluation results for all the four models trained in the pipeline setting, i.e., without the nlu and nlg modules. as expected the rule policy performs almost “perfectly” succeeding in 98.45% of the dialogues and it can serve as a baseline. among the trainable agents, dcda performs better in almost all aspects achieving 88.14% of success rate, 94.01% of completion rate, and 88.01% of book rate. it beats the ppo\(_{all}\) by almost 21.51% in the success rate, showing a much better performance and efficiency as it can solve user tasks using less number of turns. the average number of turns in all dialogues, 14.92, is very close to the baseline rule policy (13.48) showing it could learn a very good policy in solving tasks. the large increase in the average number of turns for all dialogues can be explained by analysing the failed dialogues during test. it can be seen that in many failed dialogues the conversation went in a loop with the agent and the simulated user, repeating the same act of dialogue consecutively. the reason why this phenomenon occurs is not very clear to us. the worst performance of the vlme is expected, as the other agents depend on the vlme for pre-training. table 1. results of the four agents: rule, vlme, ppo\(_{all}\) and dcda tested in a pipeline setting. best results among trainable agents are in bold.full size table table 2. evaluation of the use of s2m in the rule policy and dcda with the goal generator generating random goals. best results are in bold.full size table the results of the second experiment regarding the use of the slot sharing mechanism are presented in table 2. we evaluated both the rule policy and our proposed model dcda. results show that for the rule policy the sharing mechanism also helped the agent to have a slightly better performance. although the success rate for dcda did not change much, the sharing mechanism also helped it to have a better complete and book rate. another enhancement was in the average number of turns. the average number of turns required in successful dialogues for the rule and dcda policies decreased from 13.40 to 13.20 and from 13.84 to 13.43, respectively, when the sharing mechanism was incorporated. thus we can see that the sharing mechanism makes the agent to complete dialogues faster than without this mechanism for both agents. an interesting fact is that besides the slightly better performance with the sharing mechanism, the precision, recall and f1-score did not followed the same behavior, i.e., they had better results or very close (less than 0.05%) results as those without the sharing mechanism. this result is not very surprising because as the agent with the sharing mechanism tries to “guess” the slots of new domains within the conversation, it ends up reporting more wrong slots of the user goal causing worse precision, recall, and f1-score. all theses experiments was assessed with the user simulator generating random goals based on a distribution of the goal model extracted from the dataset. so this can include simple goals within only one domain and/or goals that span to more than one domain but do not have any slot with the same value. indeed, among all 2000 goals generated during testing, only about 400 contain common values between slots. with that in mind, we ran another test of the sharing mechanism that restricts the user simulator to only generating goals that contain common slots. therefore, the generated goals end up being more complex in general than those generated in the first test. table 3 shows the results. there is an expected significant decrease in the general performance due to the increase in user goals complexity. however, here we can clearly observe the great advantage of the sharing mechanism in this setting. table 3. evaluation of the use of s2m in the rule policy and dcda with the goal generator generating slots with common values. best results are in bold.full size table there is a 12.25% and 9.99% success rate difference with the rule and dcda policies, respectively. we also see a bigger impact on the average number of turns. it affects mostly the successful dialogues because the number of turns is affected only when the transferred slots values are correct – otherwise the user would still need to inform these slots – and chances of a successful dialogue increase when it happens. finally, we also see a better precision, recall and f1-score for the agent with the sharing mechanism. since all goals in this tests have at least one common value among the slots, the agent “guesses” are more likely to be correct. fig. 5. example of dialogue using the slot sharing mechanism, resulting in a dialogue length 8. full size image fig. 6. example of dialogue that does not use slot sharing mechanism, resulting in a dialogue length 11. full size image figures 5 and 6 show examples of system generated dialogues using and not using the slot sharing mechanism, respectively. observe that when the domain switched to the hotel domain, the agent in fig. 5 asked for confirmation if the price is moderate and area is north and recommended a hotel with these constraints. in natural language we could think in this dialogue act as: “do you want a hotel in north with a moderate price, right? there is the hotel limehouse”. in this way, the user did not need to inform these slots again, saving some turns until task completion. while in fig. 6 the agent needed to ask again the area and price for the user, resulting in a redundant dialogue which takes more turns to be completed (11 turns against 8 turns). one drawback for the dcda-s2m is the training time required for training all the agents. table 4 shows the average training time for each agent. as we can see, the total amount of time required to train all seven agents is 291.29 minutes, which is approximately 16% more than centralized system training. however, it is worth noting that agents could be trained in parallel, which would require greater computational power. table 4. training time in minutes for each agent.full size table 5 conclusions in this work we show that the use of a distributed architecture, with multiple agents trained separately for each domain, can leverage the system performance compared to the same algorithm used to train a single agent for all domains at once. this is because each agent can specialize in solving its own problem well, which is much simpler than solving tasks well in all domains, as with the centralized approach in a single agent. furthermore, distributed systems can add new domains without the need to retrain the entire system. the use of the slot sharing mechanism also proved to enhance system performance, especially for tasks where the goal has some common slot across domains. besides improving the system’s success rate, it also decreases the average number of turns, showing that the system avoided asking for redundant information. a major disadvantage of dcda-s2m is the need to train several agents separately and this can be time and energy consuming. in this sense, for future work we intend to explore transfer learning techniques in reinforcement learning to accelerate the training of new agents. notes 1.multiwoz is a fully-labeled collection of human-human written conversations spanning over multiple domains and topics – https://github.com/budzianowski/multiwoz. 2.https://github.com/thu-coai/convlab-2. references ahmed, a., shervashidze, n., narayanamurthy, s., josifovski, v., smola, a.j.: distributed large-scale natural graph factorization. in: proceedings of the 22nd international conference on world wide web, pp. 37–48 (2013) google scholar  bordes, a., weston, j.: learning end-to-end goal-oriented dialog. in: 2017 international conference on learning representations (iclr) (2017) google scholar  chen, l., chen, z., tan, b., long, s., gasic, m., yu, k.: agentgraph: towards universal dialogue management with structured deep reinforcement learning. arxiv:abs/1905.11259 (2019) cuayáhuitl, h., yu, s., williamson, a., carse, j.: scaling up deep reinforcement learning for multi-domain dialogue systems. in: 2017 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 3339–3346 (2017) google scholar  dai, y., yu, h., jiang, y., tang, c., li, y., sun, j.: a survey on dialog management: recent advances and challenges. arxiv:abs/2005.02233 (2020) gao, j., galley, m., li, l.: neural approaches to conversational ai. found. trends® inf. retr. 13, 127–298 (2019) article  google scholar  gordon-hall, g., gorinski, p.j., cohen, s.b.: learning dialog policies from weak demonstrations. in: proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 1394–1405 (july 2020) google scholar  gordon-hall, g., gorinski, p.j., lampouras, g., iacobacci, i.: show us the way: learning to manage dialog from demonstrations. arxiv:abs/2004.08114 (2020) ilievski, v., musat, c., hossmann, a., baeriswyl, m.: goal-oriented chatbot dialog management bootstrapping with transfer learning. in: proceedings of the twenty-seventh international joint conference on artificial intelligence (2018) google scholar  kim, y., lee, s., stratos, k.: onenet: joint domain, intent, slot prediction for spoken language understanding. in: 2017 ieee automatic speech recognition and understanding workshop (asru), pp. 547–553 (2017) google scholar  komatani, k., et al.: multi-domain spoken dialogue system with extensibility and robustness against speech recognition errors. in: proceedings of the 7th sigdial workshop on discourse and dialogue, pp. 9–17 (july 2006) google scholar  li, x., chen, y.n., li, l.: end-to-end task-completion neural dialogue system. in: proceedings of the the 8th international joint conference on natural language processing, pp. 733–743 (2017) google scholar  peng, b., li, x., gao, j., liu, j., wong, k.f., su, s.y.: deep dyna-q: integrating planning for task-completion dialogue policy learning. in: acl (2018) google scholar  peng, b., et al.: composite task-completion dialogue policy learning via hierarchical deep reinforcement learning. in: proceedings of the 2017 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, pp. 2231–2240 (2017) google scholar  saha, t., gupta, d., saha, s., bhattacharyya, p.: towards integrated dialogue policy learning for multiple domains and intents using hierarchical deep reinforcement learning. expert syst. appl. 162, 113650 (2020) article  google scholar  schatzmann, j., young, s.: the hidden agenda user simulation model. ieee trans. audio speech lang. process. 17, 733–747 (2009) article  google scholar  schulman, j., moritz, p., levine, s., jordan, m., abbeel, p.: high-dimensional continuous control using generalized advantage estimation. arxiv:abs/1506.02438 (2015) schulman, j., wolski, f., dhariwal, p., radford, a., klimov, o.: proximal policy optimization algorithms. arxiv:abs/1707.06347 (2017) serban, i.v., sordoni, a., benggio, y., courville, a., pineau, j.: building end-to-end dialogue systems using generative hierarchical neural network models. in: proceedings of the thirtieth aaai conference on artificial intelligence, pp. 3776–3783 (2016) google scholar  vaswani, a., et al.: attention is all you need. in: advances in neural information processing systems, pp. 5998–6008 (2017) google scholar  vlasov, v., drissner-schmid, a., nichol, a.: few-shot generalization across dialogue tasks. corr:abs/1811.11707 (2018) google scholar  vlasov, v., mosig, j.e.m., nichol, a.: dialogue transformers. arxiv:abs/1910.00486 (2019) wang, z., chen, h., wang, g., tian, h., wu, h., wang, h.: policy learning for domain selection in an extensible multi-domain spoken dialogue system. in: proceedings of the 2014 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing (emnlp), pp. 57–67, doha, qatar (october 2014) google scholar  zhang, z., takanobu, r., zhu, q., huang, m., zhu, x.: recent advances and challenges in task-oriented dialog system. sci. china technol. sci. 63, 2011–2027 (2020) article  google scholar  zhu, q., et al.: convlab-2: an open-source toolkit for building, evaluating, and diagnosing dialogue systems. in: proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics (2020) google scholar  download references acknowledgments the authors acknowledge the support from the conselho nacional de desenvolvimento científico e tecnológico (cnpq grant 310085/2020-9), the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior (capes finance code 001), and from itaú unibanco, through the scholarship program of programa de bolsas itaú (pbi). author information authors and affiliations universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil bruno eidi nishimoto & anna helena reali costa itaú unibanco, são paulo, brazil bruno eidi nishimoto authors bruno eidi nishimotoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anna helena reali costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to bruno eidi nishimoto . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper nishimoto, b.e., costa, a.h.r. (2021). slot sharing mechanism in multi-domain dialogue systems. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_7 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_7 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords dialogue systems reinforcement learning transfer publish with us policies and ethics profiles anna helena reali costa view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature improving a genetic clustering approach with a cvi-based objective function | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper improving a genetic clustering approach with a cvi-based objective function conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 202–217 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) improving a genetic clustering approach with a cvi-based objective function download book pdf download book epub caio flexa10, walisson gomes10, igor moreira10, reginaldo santos10, claudomiro sales10 & … moisés silva10  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 727 accesses abstract genetic-based clustering meta-heuristics are important bioinspired algorithms. one such technique, termed genetic algorithm for decision boundary analysis (gadba), was proposed to support structural health monitoring (shm) processes in bridges. gadba is an unsupervised, non-parametric approach that groups data into natural clusters by means of a specialized objective function. albeit it allows a competent identification of damage indicators of shm-related data, it achieves lackluster results on more general clustering scenarios. this study improves the objective function of gadba based on a cluster validity index (cvi) named mutual equidistant-scattering criterion (mec) to expand its applicability to any real-world problem. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a novel genetic algorithm with specialized genetic operators for clustering chapter © 2023 hybrid model for tasks scheduling in distributed real time system article 19 august 2020 hgasa: an improved hybrid self-adaptive metaheuristic approach for data clustering article 26 july 2025 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational intelligence functional clustering genetic mapping genetic techniques bioinformatics genetic databases 1 introduction the world is increasingly filled with fruitful data, most of which daily stored in electronic media. as such, there is a high potential of technique research and development for automated data retrieval, analysis, and classification [15]. around 90% of the data produced up to 2017 were generated in 2015 and 2016, and the tendency is to biennially double this amount [17]. the exponential increase in size and complexity of big data are aspects worthy of attention. latent potentialities for decision-making based on insights learned from historical data are only actually exploited if pushed into practice. a comprehensive information extraction procedure is composed of two sub-processes: data management and data analysis [15]. management supports data acquisition, handling, storage, and retrieval for analysis [18, 29]; in contrast, data analysis refers to the evaluation and acquisition of intelligence from data. it was pointed out by [17] that researchers of various subjects have been adopting methods from machine learning (ml) [5, 10] and data mining (dm) [31]. many of them did so in big data contexts such as stock data monitoring, financial analysis, traffic monitoring, and structural health monitoring (shm) [14]. [6] demonstrated the relationships between the data management and analysis sub-processes in practice, with a specific focus on the application herein highlighted. on one hand, this work claims that big data is not restricted to a computerized manipulation of massive data streams; on the other hand, it emphasizes that shm can learn ipsis litteris with the conscientious use of ml. the problem of data grouping (i.e., data clustering) is one of the main tasks in ml [2, 5] and dm [31], prevailing in any discipline involving multivariate data analysis [21]. it gained a prominent place in many applications lately, especially in speech recognition [11], web applications [35], image processing [3], outlier detection [23], bioinformatics [1], and shm [9]. a wide variety of genetic algorithm (ga)-based clustering techniques have been proposed in recent times [25, 28, 42]. their search ability is commonly exploited to find suitable prototypes in the feature space such that a per-chromosome measure of the clustering results is optimized in each generation. in [2], two conflicting functions were proposed and defined based on cluster cohesion and connectivity. the goal was to reach well-separated, connected, and compact clusters by means of two criteria in an efficient, multi-objective particle swarm optimization algorithm. more recently, [20] combined k -means and a ga through a differentiate arrangement of genetic operators to conglomerate different solutions, with the intervention of fast hill-climbing cycles of k -means. an unsupervised, non-parametric, ga-based approach to support the shm process in bridges termed genetic algorithm for decision boundary analysis (gadba), which was proposed by [36], aims to group data into natural clusters. the algorithm is also supported by a method based on spatial geometry to eliminate redundant clusters. upon testing, gadba was more efficient in the task of fitting the normal condition than its state-of-the-art counterparts in shm contexts. however, due to the specialization of its objective function to shm contexts, gadba is lackluster on more general clustering scenarios. this work aims to improve the objective function of gadba to expand its application potential to a wider range real-world problems. in this sense, a version of gadba based on the mutual equidistant-scattering criterion (mec) is proposed as a general-purpose clustering approach. four clustering algorithms are compared against the new proposal: k -means [26], gaussian mixture models (gmm) [30], linkage [22], and gadba, of which the first three are well-known and explored in literature. the remaining sections of this paper are divided as follows. section 2 and sect. 3 respectively define gadba and mec. section 4 discusses the performance of the new proposal under some experimental evaluations. finally, sect. 5 summarizes and ends the paper. 2 genetic algorithm for decision boundary analysis given a minimum (\(k_{min}\)) and maximum (\(k_{max}\)) number of clusters, clustering is done by the combination of a ga to dispose their centroids in the m-dimensional feature space, and a method called concentric hypersphere (ch) to agglutinate clusters, to choose an appropriate \(k \in [k_{min}, k_{max}]\) [37]. the initial population \(\mathbf {p}(t{=}0)\) is randomly created and each individual represents a set of k centroids, where k is randomly selected. the chromosome is then formed by concatenating k feature vectors (fig. 1), whose values are initialized by randomly selecting k data points from the training set. a length ratio is defined as \(\gamma _{i} = k_{i} / k_{max}\), where \(k_{i}\) is the number of active centroids in individual i. the role of \(\gamma \) is to define the number of active centroids for a given candidate solution, since a single individual might have enabled/disabled centroids during the recombination process. fig. 1. chromosome organization in gadba. full size image the parent selection is based on tournament with reposition, where r individuals are randomly selected and the fittest one is chosen to recombine with other individual chosen in the same way. the recombination is conducted in three steps for each pair of parents \(p_i\) and \(p_j\) to generate a pair of descendants: 1. a random number \(r \in [0,1]\) is compared with \(p_{rec}\) defined a priori. if \(r \le p_{rec}\), then two cut points \(\pi _1\) and \(\pi _2\) are selected such that \(1 \le \pi _1 < \pi _2 \le min(k_i,k_j)\). the centroids in the range are then swapped. if \(r > p_{rec}\), the parents remain untouched. 2. likewise, two random numbers \(r, t \in [0,1]\) are picked for each centroid position in the parents and, if \(r \le p_{pos}\), defined a priori, an arithmetic recombination is conducted as follows: $$\begin{aligned} f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{i} = f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{i} + (f_{\mathbf {y},t}^{j}-f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{i})t, \end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j} = f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j} + (f_{\mathbf {y},t}^{i}-f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j})t, \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{i}\) and \(f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j}\) are the values in the tth position of \(\mathbf {x}\)th centroid from parents \(p_i\) and \(p_j\), respectively. similarly, \(f_{\mathbf {y},t}^{i}\) and \(f_{\mathbf {y},t}^{j}\) respectively correspond to the yth centroid of the i and jth parents. a pair of parents can recombine even if they have a different number of genes. 3. finally, the last step consists in arithmetically recombining the parents’ length ratio to define the length ratios of the offspring individuals. the mutation is the result of a personalized two-step process: 1. let \(t_{\mathbf {x}} = k_{max}^{-1}\) and \(t_r\) be a random number on interval [0, 1]. the number of centroids to be enabled in an offspring individual is . when \(k < k_{new} \le k_{max}\), the missing positions are filled with the information of \(k_{new}-k\) data points chosen at random. 2. each centroid position can be mutated with a probability \(p_{mut}\), defined a priori, in which a gaussian mutation is applied by using $$\begin{aligned} f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j} = f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j} + \mathcal {n}(0,1), \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\mathcal {n}(0,1)\) is a random number from a standard gaussian distribution and \(f_{\mathbf {x},t}^{j}\) is the value in the tth position of \(\mathbf {x}\)th centroid. survivor selection is based on elitism, where the parents \(\mathbf {i}^{(t)}_p\) and offspring \(\mathbf {i}^{(t)}_c\) are concatenated into \(\mathbf {i}^{(t+1)}_p = \mathbf {i}^{(t)}_p \cup \mathbf {i}^{(t)}_c\), which is then sorted according to a fitness measure based on pareto front and crowding distance. the new population \(\mathbf {p}(t+1)\) is composed by the \(|\mathbf {p}|\) best individuals [8]. parent selection, recombination, mutation, and survivor selection are repeated until a maximum number of iterations is reached and/or the difference of the current solution against the last one is smaller than a given threshold \(\epsilon \). as mentioned, the ch algorithm is used to regularize the number of clusters encoded in the individuals. it is executed in each individual prior to their evaluation by determining the regions that limit each cluster in three steps: 1. for each cluster, its centroid is dislocated to the mean of its data points. 2. each centroid is the center of a hypersphere whose radius will increase while the difference of density between two consecutive inflations is positive. 3. if more than one centroid is found inside a hypersphere, they are agglutinated into a centroid located at their mean point. 3 a new objective function 3.1 basic notations and definitions the objective of clustering is to find out the best way to split a given data set \(\mathcal {x} \in \mathbb {r}^{n \times m}\), with n input vectors in an m-dimensional real-valued feature space , into k mutually disjoint subsets (\(k \le n\)). assume the vectors in \(\mathcal {x}\) have hard labels marking them as members of one cluster. a set of prototypes \(\vartheta \) is described as a function of \(\mathcal {x}\) and k as $$\begin{aligned} \vartheta \in \mathbb {r}^{k \times m} = \vartheta (\mathcal {x}), \end{aligned}$$ (4) whereupon \(\vartheta \) contains k representative vectors . let the hard label for cluster \(\kappa \) be the prototypes are computed whereby n label vectors are organized into a partition over the vectors in \(\mathcal {x}\) such that $$\begin{aligned} u \in \mathbb {z}^{n \times m} = u(\mathcal {x}), \end{aligned}$$ (5) subject to $$\begin{aligned} u = \left[ \mu _{i \kappa }\right] _{n \times k} \in \{0,1\}, \quad i = 1,\dots ,n, \end{aligned}$$ where \(\mu _i = y_\kappa \leftrightarrow x_i\) is in cluster \(\kappa \). put another way, the membership of \(x_i\) to cluster \(\kappa \), \(\mu _{i \kappa }\), is either 1 if the ith object belongs to the \(\kappa \)th cluster, or 0 otherwise. accordingly, \(\mu _{i \kappa } = 1\) for one value of \(\kappa \) only, such that [41] the resulting grouping in this structure is hard [24], since one object belonging to one cluster cannot simultaneously belong to another. in general, data clustering involves finding \(\{u,\vartheta \}\) to partition \(\mathcal {x}\) somehow. for a given initial \(\vartheta \), the optimal set of prototypes can be represented by centroids, medians, medoids, and others, in which the optimized partition u is obtained by assigning each input vector to the cluster with the nearest prototype. both u and \(\vartheta \) comprise a dual structure (if one of them is known, the other one will also be) named clustering solution. 3.2 cluster validation most researchers have some theoretical difficulty in describing what a cluster is without assuming an induction principle (i.e., a criterion) [21]. a classic definition for them is: “objects are grouped based on the principle of maximizing intra-class similarity and minimizing inter-class similarity”. another cluster definition involving density defines it as a connected, dense component such that high-density regions are separated by low-density ones [1, 19]. in clustering algorithms, k is usually assumed to be unknown. since clustering is an unsupervised learning procedure (i.e., there is no prior knowledge on data distribution), the significance of the defined clusters must be validated for the data [33]. therefore, one of the most challenging aspects of clustering is the quantitative examination of clustering results [31]. this procedure is performed by cluster validity indices (cvis), sometimes called criteria, which also targets hard problems such as cluster quality assessment and the degree wherewith a clustering scheme fits into a specific data set. the most common application of cvis is to fine-tune k. given \(\mathcal {x}\), a specific clustering algorithm and a range of values of k, these steps are executed [10, 43]: 1. successively repeat a clustering algorithm according to a number of clusters from a fixed range of values defined a priori: \(k \in [k_{min},k_{max}]\); 2. obtain the clustering result \(\{u,\vartheta \}\) for each k in the range; 3. calculate the validity index score for all solutions; and 4. select \(k_{opt}\) for which data partitioning provides the best clustering result. cvis are considered to be independent of the clustering algorithms used [40] and usually fall into one of two categories: internal and external [27, 32]. internal validation does not require knowledge about the problem for it only uses information intrinsic to the data; hence, it has a practical appeal. conversely, external validation is more accurate, but not always feasible [32]. knowing this, it can be evaluated how well the achieved solution approaches a predefined structure based on previous and intuitive understanding regarding natural clusters. 3.3 mutual equidistant-scattering criterion this work proposes the replacement of the objective function of gadba with a cvi called mec [12]. mec is a non-parametric, internal validation index for crisp clustering. an immediate benefit of mec is the absence of fine-tuning hyper-parameters, thus mitigating the user’s effort in operational terms and enabling the use of gadba to cluster real-world data whose structure is unknown. mec assumes that “objects belonging to the same data cluster will tend to be more equidistantly scattered among themselves compared to data points of distinct clusters” [12]. as such, the mean absolute difference \(\mathcal {m}_\kappa \) is applied using multi-representative data in every clustering solution \(\{u,\vartheta \}\) obtained from a pre-determined k. mec is weighted by a penalty of local restrictive nature to each cluster \(\kappa \) as well, while a global penalty is then applied a posteriori. such penalties are a measure of intra-cluster homogeneity and inter-cluster separation. mathematical formulations. the mean absolute difference is calculated between any possible pair of intra-cluster dissimilarities (6) where \(n_\kappa \) objects within the cluster are considered as representative data in formulation (thereby multi-representative). that is, \(d_\kappa \) is a strictly upper triangular matrix of order \(n_\kappa \). nevertheless, only the pairwise distances matter in \(\mathcal {m}_\kappa \). thus, \(\varupsilon (\cdot )\) reshapes all elements above the main diagonal of \(d_\kappa \) (eq. 6) into a column vector $$\begin{aligned} \begin{bmatrix} d_{1 \kappa }\\ d_{2 \kappa }\\ \vdots \\ d_{l_\kappa \kappa } \end{bmatrix} = \varupsilon (d_\kappa ), \end{aligned}$$ (7) denoted by \(l_\kappa = \frac{n_\kappa (n_\kappa -1)}{2}\) intra-cluster euclidean distances. the key part of mec is then defined in eq. 8 as (8) where \(l_\kappa> 1 \leftrightarrow n_\kappa > 2\), is the absolute value and \(\eta _\kappa = \frac{l_\kappa (l_\kappa -1)}{2}\) stands for the total number of differences for a single cluster. an exponential-like distance measure provides a robust property based on the analysis of the influence function [39]. [12] empirically observed that it works properly, particularly when we look for \(k_{opt}\) within a hierarchical data set. therefore, a new homogeneity measure \(\varsigma _\kappa \) of non-negative exponential type was modelled as a penalty over \(\mathcal {m}_\kappa \) as (9) where \(\sigma _\kappa ^2\) is the variance of \(d_\kappa \). one can observe that the homogeneity measure gets closer to zero with the approximation of the ideal model solution, where the criterion value is zero and, therefore, the loss of information is null. thus, we have mec defined as $$\begin{aligned} \mathrm {mec}(k) = \lambda \sum _{\kappa =1}^{k} \varsigma _\kappa \times \mathcal {m}_\kappa , \end{aligned}$$ (10) where (11) the measure of global separation and penalty \(\lambda \), therefore, does not depend exclusively on the \(\kappa \)th cluster, but on the greater distance between the pairs of representative points of each data cluster (e.g., centroids). in a few words, \(\lambda \) globally weights the result of the solution. the presence of k, in eq. 11, is a simple way to avoid overfitting as a result of clustering solutions already sufficiently accommodated to the data. in addition to avoiding overfitting, an improvement over other indices is the possibility of evaluating the clustering tendency (\(k{=}1\)) without resorting to additional, external techniques [43]. fig. 2. mec results for a small set of twelve data points: (a) \(k = 1\); (b) \(k = 2\); (c) \(k = 4\). full size image to illustrate, fig. 2 shows the mec composition for three feasible cluster solutions, where each dotted line represents one measure of intra-cluster dissimilarity and each cluster is depicted by a quadratic centroid. the operating mechanism of mec, which encompasses both homogeneity (eq. 9) and separation (eq. 11), is visualised for \(k = 1, 2, 4\) (figs. 2a, 2b, and 2c, respectively). the motivation is that the dissimilarity measures should be similar to each other when looking at each cluster. in this case, fig. 2a contains the least suitable solution among those shown graphically, as their dissimilarity measures are more divergent in magnitude than those in fig. 2b and 2c. the four-cluster solution (fig. 2c) is the best within the solution set, as the distances among objects are exactly the same in each cluster. at last, it is worth noting that eq. 10 should be minimized, $$\begin{aligned} \hat{k} = \arg \min \mathrm {mec}(k), \end{aligned}$$ (12) where \(k \in [k_{min},k_{max}]\) and \(\hat{k}\) is inferred by the variation of k which determines the lowest mec value, regardless of the clustering algorithm. improving the time-complexity of mec. equation 8 can be equivalently computed in terms of a log-linear time complexity as a function of \(l_\kappa \), to improve the computational efficiency of mec. to do so, eq. 8 can be reformulated to generate an auxiliary vector, as well as in sorting \(d_\kappa \) with an algorithm of same complexity (e.g., heapsort). in fact, the time complexity of mec will be entirely dependent on the complexity of the chosen sorting algorithm. as such, we have a complexity of \(\mathcal {o}(l_\kappa \log {}l_\kappa )\) with the heap-sort algorithm, or even \(\mathcal {o}(n^2)\), by the reformulated $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {m}_\kappa = \eta _\kappa ^{-1} \sum ^{\tilde{l}_\kappa }_{l=1} \left( c_{l \kappa } \hat{d}_{l \kappa } \times \left( l_\kappa l \right) \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (13) where \(\hat{d_\kappa }\) is the increasing ordering of the values of \(d_\kappa \) and \(\tilde{l}_\kappa = l_\kappa 1 = \left| c_\kappa \right| \); \(c_\kappa \) is an auxiliary variable that consists of a cumulative and naturally ordered vector of \(\hat{d_\kappa }\) defined as fig. 3. element assignment of \(c_\kappa \). full size image looking at fig. 3, each square and value between square brackets depicts some vector position (l notation). in eq. 13, the general form (\(l_\kappa -l\)) consists of the number of subtractions (eq. 8) represented by arrows in the figure, with \(\hat{d}_{l \kappa }\) depending on its location. the ordered \(\hat{d}_\kappa \) ensures that \(\hat{d}_{l \kappa } \le \hat{d}_{l+1,\kappa }\). by transitivity we have that, in eq. 13, $$\hat{d}_{l \kappa } \times \left( l_\kappa l \right) \le c_{l \kappa }, \quad l = 1,\dots ,\tilde{l}.$$ hence, \(\hat{d}_\kappa \) is sensibly less accessed, thus reducing the time complexity of mec. 4 results and analyses this section describes the results achieved by the five algorithms compared in this study: gadba, its new version gadba-mec, k -means, gmm, and linkage. since none of the last three techniques automatically finds \(\hat{k}\), the calinski and harabasz cluster validity index (cvi) is used to optimize \(\hat{k}\) through cluster validation (sect. 3.2). section 4.1 presents the methodology as how to, and by what means, the results were generated; sect. 4.2 discusses the results highlighting the techniques that clustered the data; and the statistical significance of the results is analysed in sect. 4.3. 4.1 applied methodology the accuracy of the clustering algorithms is explained in a set of statistical indicators, such as absolute frequency, mean and standard deviation of \(\hat{k}\), in twenty clustering validations for each data set (i.e., \(n_r = 20\)). the mean absolute percentage error (mape) was then estimated between the desired (\(k_{opt}\)) and optimized (\(\hat{k}\)) number of clusters in sect. 4.3. it generally expresses accuracy as a percentage which is designated by (15) table 1 presents data sets from different benchmarks used for performance analysis when comparing clustering algorithms. to evaluate the algorithms, ten sets were selected as archetypes of real challenges faced in cluster validation (e.g., data hierarchy, clustering tendency, different densities/sizes). table 1. properties of test data sets.full size table the gadba-mec algorithm works through some previously specified hyper-parameters. considering an oscillation of the best fitness in the order of \({1 \times 10^{-4}}\), the number of generations needed to infer the convergence of the fitness value is 50. the crossover and mutation probabilities are 0.8 and 0.03, respectively. the ring size of the tournament method for individual selection is set to 3. the population size and the maximum number of clusters are 100 and 30, respectively. all experiments presented herein were conducted on a computer with an intel© coretm i5 cpu @ 3.00 ghz with 8 gb of memory running matlab® 2017a. most packages used in our tests are internal to matlab®. 4.2 cluster detection results one approach to evaluate the performance of the clustering algorithms is to analyse how frequently \(\hat{k} = k_{opt}\). in this sense, table 2 shows the frequency of \(k_{opt}\) with emphasis on the highest absolute frequency by algorithm in blue. table 2. cluster detection results taken from the data sets.full size table only gadba is inconsistent with \(k_{opt}\) overall due to its shm-related objective function, as proven by the performance of gadba-mec. moreover, gadba is the most unstable algorithm, as shown by the standard deviation values. the only highlight of gadba was reached in iris, although this might be explained by its tendency of settling on lower k values. thus, a new version is justified ex post facto, attesting to the generalization potential of gadba-mec. an important highlight of the proposed version is the detection of low-separation hierarchical data in h\(_1\). virtually all other techniques tended to settle on expected sub-optimal k values. contrastingly, in cases where gadba-mec did not reach the highest frequency (i.e., dim-32, hepta, and iris), it at least approached the expected result in a stable manner, unlike gadba. for the rest of the algorithms, it should be noted that linkage is deterministic, so its null standard deviation is expected. it was the second best in finding \(k_{opt}\), although it failed to assess clustering tendency. in this regard, only gadba-mec determined that \(\hat{k} = 1\) in golfball and one-g. 4.3 statistical significance analyses friedman’s test is a non-parametric statistical test analogue to the two-way anova (analysis of variance) [1, 16]. this statistical test is used to determine whether there are any statistically significant differences among algorithms from sample evidences. the samples to be considered are clustering algorithm performance results collected over the data sets, where the null hypothesis \(h_0\), to be considered is that all algorithms obtained similar results. friedman’s test converts all results to ranks where all algorithms are classified for each problem according to its performance. as such, p-values can be computed for hypothesis testing. the p-value represents the probability of obtaining a result as extreme as the one observed, given \(h_0\) [7]. specifically, given the significance level \(\alpha = 0.05\), the null hypothesis is rejected if \(p < \alpha \). table 3. mape (%) taken from the data sets with emphasis on values above 100%.full size table table 4. friedman’s test on the data set results.full size table table 5. friedman’s post-hoc pairwise comparisons on the data set results, with emphasis on significant comparisons.full size table since we want to know which algorithms are significantly different from each other when \(h_0\) is rejected, a post-hoc procedure is necessary to compare all possible algorithm pairs. in this work, the procedure presented in [16] is employed, in which the means of critical values at \(\alpha \) are compared to each absolute difference on mean ranks as , \(i \ne j\). the absolute difference must be greater than \(\alpha \) to determine statistical significance. in this section, we verify the significance of gadba-mec using the friedman’s test f. for this purpose, we calculate the mape of each data set. once the algorithm with the smallest error is determined, the statistical significance test is applied to verify if the obtained difference is substantial. if this is the case, one can justify using one algorithm instead of another with more confidence. table 3 summarizes mape per data set emphasizing values above 100%. all algorithms had error rates above 100%, except gadba-mec with the lowest overall value (4.99%). table 4 focuses on these errors, for which the friedman’s test rejects the null hypothesis for an obtained p-value \(\ll \alpha = 0.05\). accordingly, friedman’s post-hoc test shows that there are significant improvements of the proposed version in terms of mape (table 5), as well as the fact that significant differences are shown in virtually all algorithm pairs. 5 conclusions and further work genetic-based clustering approaches play an important role in natural computing. in this sense, gadba was introduced as an efficient, bioinspired approach to cluster data in shm. despite its competitive performance identifying structural components, it produces poor results on more general clustering scenarios. for this reason, this study proposed the replacement of its objective function for mec, a recently developed cvi based on mutual equidistant-scattering analysis. gadba-mec outperforms conventional clustering algorithms when statistically evaluated across various data sets, attaining the expected number of clusters more often than others. the results showed that gadba-mec yielded better results in terms of cluster validation and mape errors, in particular when handling hierarchical data and data with low separation. also, only gadba-mec is able to verify the clustering tendency in the data sets addressed. as future work, we intend to expand gadba-mec to multi-objective optimization contexts. it is also relevant to apply gadba-mec in real-world problems to validate its efficiency in finding natural clusters. finally, comparing other cvi’s and bioinspired algorithms would be pertinent as well. references alswaitti, m., albughdadi, m., isa, n.a.m.: density-based particle swarm optimization algorithm for data clustering. eswa 91, 170–186 (2018) google scholar  armano, g., farmani, m.r.: multiobjective clustering analysis using particle swarm optimization. expert syst. appl. 55, 184–193 (2016) article  google scholar  bayá, a.e., larese, m.g., namías, r.: clustering stability for automated color image segmentation. expert syst. appl. 86, 258–273 (2017) article  google scholar  bezdek, j.c., pal, n.r.: some new indexes of cluster validity. tsmc-b (1998) google scholar  campello, r.: generalized external indexes for comparing data partitions with overlapping categories. pattern recogn. lett. 31(9), 966–975 (2010) article  google scholar  cremona, c.: big data and structural health monitoring. in: challenges in design and construction of an innovative and sustainable built environment, 19th iabse congress stockholm, pp. 1793–1801, september 2016 google scholar  daniel, w.w.: applied nonparametric statistics. pws-kent, usa (1990) google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee tec 6(2), 182–197 (2002) google scholar  diez, a., khoa, n.l.d., makki alamdari, m., wang, y., chen, f., runcie, p.: a clustering approach for structural health monitoring on bridges. jcshm (2016) google scholar  dziopa, t.: clustering validity indices evaluation with regard to semantic homogeneity. in: fedcsis 2016, gdańsk, poland, 11–14 september 2016, pp. 3–9 (2016) google scholar  esfandian, n., razzazi, f., behrad, a.: a clustering based feature selection method in spectro-temporal domain for speech recognition. eaai 25(6), 1194–1202 (2012) google scholar  flexa, c., santos, r., gomes, w., sales, c., costa, j.c.: mutual equidistant-scattering criterion: a new index for crisp clustering. eswa 128, 225–245 (2019) google scholar  fränti, p., sieranoja, s.: k-means properties on six clustering benchmark datasets. appl. intell. 48(12), 4743–4759 (2018) article  google scholar  fumeo, e., oneto, l., anguita, d.: condition based maintenance in railway transportation systems based on big data streaming analysis. pcs 53, 437–446 (2015) google scholar  gandomi, a., haider, m.: beyond the hype: big data concepts, methods, and analytics. int. j. inf. manage. 35(2), 137–144 (2015) article  google scholar  garcía, s., fernández, a., luengo, j., herrera, f.: advanced nonparametric tests for multiple comparisons in the design of experiments in computational intelligence and data mining: experimental analysis of power. is 180(10), 2044–2064 (2010) google scholar  gardiner, a., aasheim, c., rutner, p., williams, s.: skill requirements in big data: a content analysis of job advertisements. jcif 58(4), 374–384 (2018) google scholar  gil, d., songi, i.y.: modeling and management of big data: challenges and opportunities. futur. gener. comput. syst. 63, 96–99 (2016) article  google scholar  güngör, e., özmen, a.: distance and density based clustering algorithm using gaussian kernel. expert syst. appl. 69, 10–20 (2017) article  google scholar  islam, m.z., estivill-castro, v., rahman, m.a., bossomaier, t.: combining k-means and a genetic algorithm through a novel arrangement of genetic operators for high quality clustering. expert syst. appl. 91, 402–417 (2018) article  google scholar  jain, a.k.: data clustering: 50 years beyond k-means. prl 31(8), 651–666 (2010) article  google scholar  johnson, s.c.: hierarchical clustering schemes. psychometrika, pp. 241–254 (1967) google scholar  langone, r., reynders, e., mehrkanoon, s., suykens, j.a.: automated structural health monitoring based on adaptive kernel spectral clustering. in: mssp (2017) google scholar  lingras, p., chen, m., miao, d.: qualitative and quantitative combinations of crisp and rough clustering schemes using dominance relations. in: ijar, pp. 238–258 (2014) google scholar  lucasius, c., dane, a., kateman, g.: on k-medoid clustering of large data sets with the aid of a genetic algorithm: background, feasiblity and comparison. anal. chim. acta 282(3), 647–669 (1993) article  google scholar  macqueen, j.b.: some methods for classification and analysis of multivariate observations. in: bsmsp, vol. 1, pp. 281–297. university of california press (1967) google scholar  mary, s.a.l., sivagami, a.n., rani, m.u.: cluster validity measures dynamic clustering algorithms. arpn j. eng. appl. sci. 10(9), 4009–4012 (2015) google scholar  maulik, u., bandyopadhyay, s.: genetic algorithm-based clustering technique. pattern recogn. 33(9), 1455–1465 (2000) article  google scholar  mcafee, a., brynjolfsson, e.: big data: the management revolution (2012) google scholar  mclachlan, g., basford, k.: mixture models: inference and applications to clustering, vol. 38, january 1988 google scholar  moulavi, d., jaskowiak, p.a., campello, r.j.g.b., zimek, a., sander, j.: density-based clustering validation. in: 14th siam icdm, philadelphia, pa (2014) google scholar  pagnuco, i.a., pastore, j.i., abras, g., brun, m., ballarin, v.l.: analysis of genetic association using hierarchical clustering and cluster validation indices. genomics 109(5), 438–445 (2017) article  google scholar  rubio, e., castillo, o., valdez, f., melin, p., gonzalez, c.i., martinez, g.: an extension of the fuzzy possibilistic clustering algorithm using type-2 fuzzy logic techniques. adv. fuzzy sys. 2017, 7094046 (2017) google scholar  salvador, s., chan, p.: determining the number of clusters/segments in hierarchical clustering/segmentation algorithms. in: 16th ieee ictai, usa (2004) google scholar  silva, j.a., hruschka, e.r., gama, j.: an evolutionary algorithm for clustering data streams with a variable number of clusters. eswa 67, 228–238 (2017) google scholar  silva, m., santos, a., figueiredo, e., santos, r., sales, c., costa, j.c.w.a.: a novel unsupervised approach based on a genetic algorithm for structural damage detection in bridges. eng. appl. artif. intell. 52(c), 168–180 (2016) google scholar  silva, m., santos, a., santos, r., figueiredo, e., sales, c., costa, j.c.: agglomerative concentric hypersphere clustering applied to structural damage detection. mech. syst. signal process. 92, 196–212 (2017) article  google scholar  ultsch, a.: clustering with som: u*c. in: proceedings of workshop on self-organizing maps, pp. 75–82, january 2005 google scholar  wu, k.l., yang, m.s.: alternative c-means clustering algorithms. pattern recogn. 35, 2267–2278 (2002) article  google scholar  wu, k.l., yang, m.s.: a cluster validity index for fuzzy clustering. prl (2005) google scholar  xu, r., wunsch, d., ii.: survey of clustering algorithms. tnn 16(3), 645–678 (2005) google scholar  yang, c.l., kuo, r., chien, c.h., quyen, n.t.p.: non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm using fuzzy membership chromosome for categorical data clustering. appl. soft comput. 30, 113–122 (2015) article  google scholar  zhao, q.: cluster validity in clustering methods. ph.d. thesis, uef, june 2012 google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations applied electromagnetism laboratory, federal university of pará, 01 augusto corrêa street, guamá, belém, pa, 66.075-110, brazil caio flexa, walisson gomes, igor moreira, reginaldo santos, claudomiro sales & moisés silva authors caio flexaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar walisson gomesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar igor moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar reginaldo santosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar claudomiro salesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar moisés silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to caio flexa . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper flexa, c., gomes, w., moreira, i., santos, r., sales, c., silva, m. (2021). improving a genetic clustering approach with a cvi-based objective function. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_14 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_14 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords genetic algorithm automatic clustering algorithm decision boundary analysis mutual equidistant-scattering criterion publish with us policies and ethics profiles moisés silva view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature dynamic learning in hyper-heuristics to solve flowshop problems | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper dynamic learning in hyper-heuristics to solve flowshop problems conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 155–169 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) dynamic learning in hyper-heuristics to solve flowshop problems download book pdf download book epub lucas marcondes pavelski  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5622-392x10, marie-éléonore kessaci  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4372-516211 & myriam delgado  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2791-174x10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 779 accesses abstract hyper-heuristics (hhs) are algorithms suitable for designing heuristics. hhs perform the search divided in two levels: they look for heuristic components in the high level and the heuristic is used, in the low level, to solve a set of instances of one or more problems. different from offline hhs, hyper-heuristics with dynamic learning select or generate heuristics during the search. this paper proposes a hyper-heuristic associated with a dynamic learning strategy for selecting iterated greedy (ig) components. the proposal is capable of selecting appropriate values for six ig components: local search, perturbation, destruction size, neighborhood size, destruction position and local search focus. the proposed hh is tested with six dynamic adaptation strategies: random, \(\epsilon \)-greedy, probability matching, multi-armed bandit, linucb, and thompson sampling (ts). the hyper-parameters of each strategy are tuned by irace. as a testbed, we use several instances with four different sizes (20, 50, 100 and 200 jobs) of three different formulations of flowshop problems (permutation, no-wait, no-idle), two distinct objectives (makespan, flowtime), and four processing time distributions (uniform, exponential and job or machine correlated). the results show that different strategies are most suitable for adapting different ig components, ts performs quite well for all components and, except for local search, using adaptation is always beneficial when compared with the ig running with standard parameters. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others online learning hyper-heuristics in multi-objective evolutionary algorithms chapter © 2023 dancing to the state of the art? chapter © 2024 rigorous performance analysis of hyper-heuristics chapter © 2021 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms continuous optimization dynamic combinatorial chemistry learning algorithms optimization stochastic learning and adaptive control 1 introduction an automated methodology for selecting or generating heuristics to solve optimization problems is the focus of hyper-heuristics (hhs) [4]. hhs can be further classified according to the learning phase feedback, where they possibly have no learning, offline learning, or online learning. the later is also known, and referred in this text, as dynamic learning, that selects or generates heuristics during the search process. as occurs in a simpler level for meta-learning approaches, in a broader view, hyper-heuristics make algorithm design more adaptable to different problems [14]. another face on the same problem is given by the algorithm selection, particularly for dynamic schedules of algorithms, which generalizes static and per-instance algorithm selection approaches [10]. hyper-heuristics can contribute therefore to the development of algorithms for solving a wide range of optimization problems. flowshop problems (fsp) involve deciding how \(j\) jobs will be processed on \(m\) machines in series [2]. this paper investigates three fsp formulations: permutation (with no schedule constraints), and no-wait, no-idle which include constraints (there are no waiting jobs, and no idle machines, respectively). different proposals of parameter adaptation and hhs exist in the context of fsps and scheduling problems in general [3, 16, 25, 26]. in this context, one of the first works proposed in the literature uses an adaptive genetic algorithm [26], with online selection of four types of crossover and three mutations for the permutation fsp with makespan objective. the algorithm produces new offspring using different operators proportional to their contributions on previous generations. results show that the adaptive genetic algorithm presents a good performance when compared with an algorithm with static parameters and uniform selection of operators. a hh based on variable neighborhood search (vns) is proposed in [16]. the vns strategy adapts the shaking mechanism and local search, providing different low-level heuristics. the shaking is adapted by maintaining a tabu-list of non-improving heuristics, while different local searches are chosen greedily on a rank metric based on improving moves. the proposal performs well on four different combinatorial optimization problems, including permutation fsps. another related work is presented in [25], using the iterated local search (ils) with different neighborhood types. a greedy strategy selects the best neighborhood based on the fitness improvement, number of times each operator is used and the time to perform the local search. results show advantages on problems considering makespan, as well as flowtime objective. a recent work [3] proposes an iterated greedy (ig) algorithm enhanced by hyper-heuristics to solve hybrid flexible fsps with setup times. ig is a metaheuristic with excellent results for some fsp variants. it is based on initialization-destruction-construction phases, followed by a local search, which provides at the end a solution that can be accepted or discarded depending on an acceptance criterion. in [3], the neighborhood types used by the local search (swap, insert and inverse) are considered the low-level heuristics to be selected during the search. the enhanced ig is competitive while solving real-world instances. inspired by the fact that ig has been adapted, presents good performance on several combinatorial optimization problems, and performs particularly well on permutation fsp [18], in the present paper we propose and analyze different dynamic strategies used by a hyper-heuristic for selecting ig components. by adapting different components like destruction size and position, neighborhood size, perturbation, local search and its focus, the proposed hh is tested with distinct dynamic adaptation strategies: random, \(\epsilon \)-greedy, probability matching, multi-armed bandit, linucb, and thompson sampling. the most suitable hyper-parameters of each strategy are set in the tuning phase performed by irace. the proposal’s performance is evaluated on three formulations (constraints) of fsps, with four different sizes, two objectives, and four processing time distributions. this way, we intent to contribute to the fsp understanding and to find general strategies for solving different formulations of the problem. the main contributions of the paper can be summarized as: (i) adapting six different ig components; (ii) testing six different dynamic learning strategies in the proposed hh; (iii) tuning main hh hyper-parameters; (iv) addressing several fsp variants; (v) providing a high performance adaptive ig capable of outperforming the standard ig [18] in many fsp variants. as far as we know, there is no other previous work considering different hhs with dynamic learning to fsp. moreover, no other previous work considers the simultaneously adaptation of multiple ig components. finally, there is no reported results with hh outperforming standard ig on different fsp types. the paper is organized as follows. section 2 discusses the basic concepts necessary to understand the proposal. section 3 details the adaptive ig that is being proposed here. the methodology adopted in the experiments is described in sect. 4. results are presented and analyzed in sect. 5. finally, sect. 6 concludes the paper and discusses future perspectives. 2 background this section presents the basic concepts regarding the application context (sect. 2.1 details the fsp) and the proposal (sect. 2.2 describes the dynamic adaptive strategies used by the proposed hyper-heuristic). 2.1 flowshop problems (fsps) flowshop is a combinatorial optimization problem of scheduling. the problem involves deciding how \(j\) jobs will be processed on \(m\) machines in series. given the processing times on each machine, a permutation \(x= (x_0, \dots , x_j)\) informs the order jobs will be executed on all machines. the most common formulation considers that jobs and machines are available any time, with processing times known in advance, and machine processes are sequence-independent and occur without interruptions [2]. in permutation fsps, the completion time of a job \(x_j\) in the \(m\)-th machine can be determined by: $$\begin{aligned} c_{x_j,m} = \max (c_{x_j,m}, c_{x_{j-1},m}) + p_{x_j,m} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(p_{x_j,m}\) is the processing time of job \(x_j\) on machine \(m\). two common objectives in fsps are makespan and flowtime. makespan is the time required to complete all jobs, i.e., \(\max _jc_{x_j,m}\), and flowtime is the sum of all completion times, \(\sum _jc_{x_j,m}\). besides the permutation fsps formulations, other variants like the no-wait and no-idle include constraints on the schedules. the no-wait fsp variant only considers schedules where there are no waiting times between job operations. the no-wait completion times are given by: $$\begin{aligned} c_{x_j,m} = d_{x_{j-1},j} + \sum _{m= 0}^{m} p_{x_j,m} \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(d\) are the precomputed delay times [20]. no-idle schedules completion times are computed using [23]: $$\begin{aligned} f(x_{1},m,m+1)&= p_{x_j,m+1} \end{aligned}$$ (3) $$\begin{aligned} f(x_{j},m,m+1)&= \max \left\{ f(x_{j-1},m,m+1) p_{x_j, m}, 0 \right\} + p_{x_j,m+1} \end{aligned}$$ (4) $$\begin{aligned} c_{x_j,m}&= \sum _{m= 1}^{m-1} f(x_{j},m,m+1) + \sum _{k=1}^{j} p_{x_k,1}. \end{aligned}$$ (5) where \(f(x_{j},m,m+1)\) is the minimum difference between the completion of processing up to job \(x_{j}\), on machines \(k+1\) and k, restricted by the no-idle constraint. in addition to objectives and constrains, a fsp formulation includes the definition of processing times, which can be correlated or non-correlated and whose distributions can be uniform or exponential. large number of jobs and uniform processing times usually make the problem harder to solve. alternatively, simple heuristics perform well when there are correlations between processing time [24]. also, in this paper, we investigate processing times with exponential distributions, and job or machine correlated processing times. 2.2 hyper-heuristics and their adaptation strategies according to [15], a hyper-heuristic (hh) works with a two-level structure, at the high-level it looks for heuristic configurations \(h \in h\), considering h the heuristic space. at the low-level, each solution \(x\in x\) of the target optimization problem p is generated by the heuristic \(h \in h\). there are two evaluation functions: in the first level, the hh’s success is measured by function \(f:h \rightarrow \mathfrak {r}\) and in the second level, each solution \(x\in x \) is evaluated by an objective function \(f: x\rightarrow \mathfrak {r}\). from a mapping function \(m: f(x) \rightarrow f(h)\), it is possible to define the purpose of a selection hh. the hh must optimize f(h) by means of the search for the optimal heuristic configuration \(h^*\), in h, thus \(h^*\) generates the optimal solution(s) \(x^*\) [15]. the formal hh definition, in a minimization optimization problem is summarized in eq. 6. $$\begin{aligned} \small f(h^* \mid h^* \rightarrow x^*, h^* \in h) \leftarrow f(x^*, x^* \in x) = min\{ f(x), x \in x\} \end{aligned}$$ (6) in this paper, h relies on different choices for each ig component, f is associated with makespan or flowtime objectives, and f is measured by a reward function detailed in sect. 3. hyper-heuristics aim therefore at providing more generalized solutions for optimization problems by producing good results when dealing with a set of instances or a set of problems. for this, hhs work in the heuristic space rather than the solution space. based on specific strategies, they adapt low-level heuristics, which are used to solve the target problem(s). we investigate six adaptation strategies commonly used in the hh literature: random, \(\epsilon \)-greedy, probability matching, multi-armed bandit, linucb and thompson sampling. random parameter selection is the simplest strategy and in most cases, it serves as a baseline for comparison between static and dynamic parameter selection. it might be beneficial depending on the chance of selecting the best parameter combination [5]. \(\epsilon \) -greedy is a simple strategy often referenced on the exploration-exploitation dilemma [22]. with probability \(\epsilon \), the parameter with the best average reward is chosen, otherwise, with probability \(1 \epsilon \), a random one is selected. probability matching (pm) [7] works as a roulette wheel selection biased towards the operators with best quality. the probability of selecting the k-th operator from a set of k operators at iteration t is given by: $$\begin{aligned} p_{k,t} = p_{min} + (1 k \times p_{min}) \frac{q_{k,t}}{\sum _{j=1}^k q_{j,t}} \end{aligned}$$ (7) where \(q_{k,t}\) is the quality of k-th operator and \(0< p_{min} < 1/k\) is used to guarantee that every operator will have a minimum chance of being chosen. the quality values are updated according to the rewards: $$\begin{aligned} q_{k,t} = q_{k,t-1} + \alpha \times (r^{acc}_{k,t} q_{k,t-1}) \end{aligned}$$ (8) where \(\alpha \) is the learning rate parameter and \(r^{acc}_{k,t}\) is the accumulated reward of operator k during a given update window of size w. the accumulation in \(r^{acc}_{k,t}\) considers either the average or extreme and, optionally, normalized reward values. multi-armed bandit (mab) [1] algorithms are based on the upper confidence bound for exploitation-exploration trade-off. in particular, the fitness-rate-rank-based multi-armed bandit [11] considers the dynamic search behavior with a sliding window of size w to store the rewards of each operator. the selected operator maximizes the expression: $$\begin{aligned} frr_{k,t} + c_s \left( \frac{2 \ln \sum _{l=1}^k n_l^t}{n_k^t} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (9) where \(c_s\) is a scaling parameter, \(n_k^t\) is the number of times operator k is applied during the window of size w, and \(frr_{k,t}\) is the k-th operator credit value given by: $$\begin{aligned} frr_{k,t} = \frac{d^{rank_k} \times r_k}{\sum _{l=1}^k d^{rank_l} \times r_l} \end{aligned}$$ (10) in which \(d\) is the best operator influence decay parameter, \(r^{acc}_k\) is the k-th operator accumulated reward, and \(rank_k\) is the k-th operator reward sum rank. linear upper confidence bound (linucb) [12] works by assuming that the reward for a given operator is linearly proportional to the values of contextual features, i.e., \(e[r_{k,t}|\boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}] = \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}^t \mathbf {\theta ^*}_{k}\), where \(\boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}\) is the feature vector and \(\mathbf {\theta ^*}_{k}\) the unknown coefficients. we consider four fitness landscape metrics as the context for a local search procedure, calculated online during the local search step [17]: adaptive walk length: the total number of steps of the local search; autocorrelation: correlation between the fitness values observed with the fitness values of the previous solutions; fitness-distance correlation: correlation between fitness and insertion distance considering the initial and final solutions; neutrality: proportion of neighbors with equal fitness values. using a ridge regression formulation, the coefficients can be found efficiently with the following steps: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} \mathbf {\theta ^*}_{k,t}&= a_{k,t}^{-1} b_{k,t} \\ p_{k,t}&= \mathbf {\theta ^*}_{k,t} \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t} + \alpha \sqrt{\boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t} a_{k,t}^{-1} \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}} \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (11) where \(\alpha \) is a learning rate parameter. the operator with maximum \(p_{k,t}\) is chosen, yielding the reward value \(r_{k,t}\), and the model update follows: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} a_{k,t}&= a_{k,t-1} + \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t} \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}^t \\ b_{k,t}&= b_{k,t-1} + r_{k,t} \boldsymbol{\phi }_{k,t}. \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (12) thompson sampling (ts) [19] strategy starts with a prior distribution, chooses the best operator by sampling, observes the output and updates the distribution. the beta distribution \(beta(s_{k,t}, f_{k,t})\) models bernoulli trials where operator k has \(s_{k,t}\) successes (rewards \(r_{k} > 0\)) and \(f_{k,t}\) fails (rewards \(r_{k} \le 0\)). therefore we choose the operator with: $$\begin{aligned} op = \mathop {\text {arg max}}\limits _{k} sample[beta(s_{k,t}, f_{k,t})] \end{aligned}$$ (13) and update the distribution after the reward: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} s_{k,t}&= s_{k,t-1} + 1_{r_{k,t} > 0} \\ f_{k,t}&= f_{k,t-1} + 1_{r_{k,t} \le 0}. \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (14) alternatively, the dynamic ts [8] introduces a window size parameter w and a modified update rule (after iteration w) as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} s_{k,t}&= (s_{k,t-1} + 1_{r_{k,t} > 0}) \tfrac{w}{w+1} \\ f_{k,t}&= (f_{k,t-1} + 1_{r_{k,t} \le 0}) \tfrac{w}{w+1}. \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (15) table 1. hyper-parameters of the addressed adaptation strategies.full size table table 1 shows a summary of all hyper-parameters used by the adaptation strategies, as well as two hyper-parameters common to all strategies: reward type and warm-up period. the warm-up period is considered at the beginning of the iterations where strategies are chosen randomly. reward type is detailed in the next section. 3 adaptive ig proposal considered the state of the art for some fsp variants, the iterated greedy (ig) algorithm [18] is a successful iterative metaheuristic that encompasses five main steps: (1) the incumbent solution \(x\) is initialized, (2) a destruction phase randomly removes d jobs, (3) a construction procedure inserts each job at the best position, (4) a local search generates a new solution by exploiting the solution resulted from construction and (5) the new solution replaces the incumbent \(x\) according to an acceptance criterion. the last step accepts the new solution \(x''\) based on the following probability: $$\begin{aligned} p_{accep}(x'') = \left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 1.0 &{} \text{ if } f(x'') < f(x) \\ \exp \left( \tfrac{-(f(x'') f(x)) }{temp} \right) &{} \text{ otherwise } \\ \end{array}\right. \end{aligned}$$ (16) where f(.) is the cost function and temp is the temperature defined by: $$\begin{aligned} temp = t \times \frac{\sum _{j=1}^{j}\sum _{m=1}^{m} p_{j, m}}{j* m* 10}. \end{aligned}$$ (17) ig has two main parameters: the destruction size d and the temperature factor t, whose values ig authors [18] recommend to be set as \(d = 4\) and \(t = 0.5\). other recommended configurations are nawaz–enscore–ham (neh) construction heuristic as the initialization and iterative improvement as local search. the local search iteratively inserts a job, chosen randomly without replacement, on the best position until there are no improvements [21]. this version is referred from now on as standard ig. the hyper-heuristic proposed in the present paper considers an adaptive strategy (one fixed among the six possible strategies described in sect. 2.2) to update some components of an ig algorithm. an adaptive strategy requires a set h of possible choices and a reward function indicating how well a particular choice performs. an important issue for defining an adaptive strategy is the reward function. it returns a real number representing the quality of a given choice. good choices have positive rewards and bad choices receive negative ones. in the case of using ig to solve fsps, reward of kth parameter at iteration t can be calculated based on the relative decrease in cost function value (e.g. makespan or any other objective function being considered): $$\begin{aligned} r_{k,t} = (f(x_{before}) f(x_{after}))/f(x_{before}). \end{aligned}$$ (18) here \(x_{before}\) and \(x_{after}\) represent solutions before and after the reward evaluation period (whose reference can be either local search or iteration). we have four possible periods during which a solution has its performance evaluated: before the iteration (bi) or the local search (bl) and after the iteration (ai) or local search (al), giving rise to four types of reward: blal: \((f(x_{\text {before local search}}) f(x_{\text {after local search}}))/f(x_\text {before local search})\); bial: \((f(x_{\text {before iteration}}) f(x_{\text {after local search}}))/f(x_\text {before iteration})\); blai: \((f(x_{\text {before local search}}) f(x_{\text {after iteration}}))/f(x_\text {before local search})\); biai: \((f(x_{\text {before iteration}}) f(x_{\text {after iteration}}))/f(x_\text {before iteration})\). as fig. 1 shows, each reward type considers a different period to get the feedback for each solution considering its quality increase/decrease. fig. 1. ig algorithm and reward types: blal, bial, blai and biai. full size image using the standard ig [18] as basis, with a budget computation time as the stopping criteria, we identify some components that can be adapted dynamically: type of the local search, type of perturbation, destruction size, neighborhood size, destruction position, local search focus. a summary of these adaptive components and their values are presented in table 2. in our case, different choices are possible for each ig component, for example, the number of deconstructions. we refer to the parameter values as discrete choices (also referred to arms in multi-armed bandit literature) indexed by \(\{1, \dots , k\}\), where \(k = |h|\) is the total number of choices. therefore, according to eq. 6, we have each choice representing a heuristic \(h \in h\), where the dynamic adaptation strategy of the hh chooses h as the k-th choice, \(k=1, \dots , |h|\). the pool regarding the first choice sets encompasses the most usual options for local search and perturbation in the context of combinatorial optimization. the options for destruction size are the ones often chosen in ig implementations for fsp. finally, the pools for the last three choice sets are defined aiming to produce different granularities, starting from a coarse, ending to a fine search. table 2. ig adaptive parameters.full size table the hh based on dynamic learning proposed in this paper is capable of adapting different components (e.g. local search and perturbation) for each iteration of the adaptive ig. in local search for example, it can choose between the original ig’s iterative improvement, first improvement, first-best improvement, random best improvement. the last three local search options consider all possible insertions. the perturbation adaptation considers three possibilities: (1) the ig destruction-construction steps; (2) two random swaps and a transposition, as used in [21] for ils on fsp , and (3) destruction-construction with iterative improvement local search between destructions, recently proposed in [6]. the neighborhood size adaptation considers the percentage of the neighborhood explored during the local search step. for example, exploring only half of the neighborhood at the beginning of the search could save time for exploitation at the end of the search. similarly, choosing the destruction size parameter dynamically might improve the search during exploration-exploitation phases. as mentioned, there are two mechanisms in ig that randomly choose jobs to be re-inserted: destruction and best-insertion local search. an adaptive mechanism can be applied in the last two ig components shown in table 2 to focus these operators on parts of the solution that have a better chance of improvement. for that, we propose partitioning the solution into chunks and adaptively selecting from each chunk the job that will be sampled. as shown in table 2, for some parameters there are multiple possible choice pools \(\{h_1,h_2,...\}\). for example, the destruction size can be chosen from the set \(h_1=\{2,4\}\), \(h_2=\{4,6\}\), \(h_3=\{2,4,6\}\) or \(h_4=\{4,8\}\). also on destruction position and local search focus, the solution can be partitioned into 3, 10 or \(j\) chunks (the last considering one arm for each job). some hh hyper-parameters like the pool \(h_i\) for a component, reward type and update window are determined in a parameter tuning phase described in sect. 4. 4 tuning and testing phases based on the hyper-heuristic with dynamic learning and its six possible adaptive strategies described in sect. 2.2, sect. 3 has detailed the proposed adaptive ig. this section presents the hyper-parameter configuration performed by irace (tuning) using part of available data and the test performed on the tuned hh using the remaining one. the configurations are evaluated with a budget of \(j\times (m/ 2) \times 30\) ms on tuning and test phases. algorithms are implemented in c++ using the paradiseo library [9]. the experiments have been executed on a server with 8-core amd epyc 7542 processors and 16 gb of ram. for the results analysis, we used the r language and relevant packagesfootnote 1. tuning phase before running the experiments, we perform a tuning phase aiming to determine which strategy configuration (shown in table 1) works best for each ig component (shown in table 2). the random strategy is not considered for destruction position and local search focus, because a random choice in these cases is equivalent to the standard ig behaviour. the irace algorithm [13] with default parameters and 5000 configurations evaluations is used to tune each combination of the six adaptive components and the six dynamic strategies. there are multiple choice pools \(\{h_1,h_2,...\}\) for destruction size, neighborhood size, destruction position and local search focus components. for example, the destruction size can be chosen from \(h_1=\{2,4\}\) or \(h_2=\{4,8\}\). in these cases, the pool choice is considered as an additional categorical parameter for irace during the tuning phase. the instance set for the tuning phase is composed of 48 (3 \(\times \) 2 \(\times \) 3 \(\times \) 4) instances resulted from the combinations of: 3 sizes (20 or 50 jobs and 10 machines), 2 objectives (makespan or flowtime), 3 types (permutation, no-wait or no-idle fsps), and 4 processing times distributions: (exponential, uniform, job-correlated or machine-correlated processing times). testing phase after tuning, the best configurations are tested with 10 restarts on a set of unseen instances with the same features, but sampled with different random seeds. aiming to better evaluate algorithms’ generalization capabilities, we also include larger instances of \(j= 100\) and \(j= 200\) jobs and \(m= 20\) in the testing phase. the evaluation for each algorithm is done using the average relative percentage deviation (arpd) given by: $$\begin{aligned} arpd_{alg} = \frac{1}{r} \sum _{r=1}^{r} 100 \times \frac{f(x^{alg}_r) f(x^{best})}{f(x^{best})} \end{aligned}$$ (19) where r is the number of runs and \(x^{alg}_r\) is the best solution found by algorithm alg. the reference solution \(x^{best}\) is given by the best solution found by a standard ig (the same used by the authors in [18]) with a higher budget of \(j\times (m/ 2) \times 120\) ms and 30 restarts. finally, the configurations are also compared with the standard ig configuration to evaluate the effectiveness of the adaptive components in the presented scenario. in all comparisons, we highlight the lowest arpds and perform a friedman rank sum test with nemenyi post hoc to verify if the differences are statistically significant with p-value threshold of 0.05: results with no statistically significant differences from the best one are highlighted with gray background. 5 results table 3 shows some hyper-parameter values (reward type, choice sets and update window) tuned by irace for each ig component addressed in the paper. table 3. tuned hyper-parameters.full size table different reward types have been tuned for the different adaptive components and hhs, with no dominance between the different options. the choice sets for the destruction size parameter enable more exploration with values higher than the default \(d = 4\), which is present in all options. the choice sets for neighborhood size are small (2 or 3), with preference for a coarse search, while the local search focus uses partitions with 10 or more choices in three among five cases. finally, the update window is short for mab and ts on perturbation component, indicating that its value (4 or 8 destructions) is often switched during the search. however, in most cases the strategies prefer less frequent changes, since large window sizes are the tuned parameters. the arpd values for each adaptive component and strategy are shown in table 4, and they are calculated using eq. 19, with \(r=10\) and considering all the different testing instances. the values for standard ig configuration [18] are computed with the same budget (\(j\times (m/ 2) \times 30\)) as the hhs proposals on the testing instances. notice that this budget is lower than the one used to compute the reference \(f(x_{best})\) values for arpd. the adaptive components are able to improve the static standard ig configuration for all (perturbation, destruction size, destruction position and local search focus) but one ig component. local search adaptation is not effective independently of the strategy used by the hh, meaning that the iterative improvement performed by the standard ig is quite effective compared with the other choices. ts adaptation achieves the lowest arpd for perturbation and destruction position components, while \(\epsilon \)-greedy performs well on the local search focus task. as (biased) adaptation might not be the best option in some cases [5], the simple random strategy performs well for selecting the destruction size and neighborhood size. in all cases, the adaptive strategies ts and mab are among the strategies with the lowest or statistically equivalent to the lowest arpd values. we see from table 4 that ts is robust for different components but provides the lowest among all results when adapting ig perturbation. however, it is equivalent to most other hh proposals. we compare ts configuring only perturbation with two others that try to adapt multiple components simultaneously: adapt all components, adapt all components except local search (for which no adaptation strategy was capable of improving the performance). the adapt all approaches use strategies with the best arpd values for each component from table 4, which means, ts for perturbation and destruction position, random for destruction and neighborhood sizes and \(\epsilon \)-greedy for local search focus. the results in table 5 show the metrics separated by objective, fsp type, processing times distribution and size. overall, ig with adaptive perturbation obtains the lowest arpds. adapting all components at the same time does not provide benefits, but when we eliminate the local search it performs like the best approach. table 4. adaptation strategies arpds (and standard deviation) for each adaptive component and strategy. lowest mean values are highlighted in bold, statistically equivalent values are highlighted with gray background.full size table table 5. adaptation strategies arpds (and standard deviation) for all adaptive components, perturbation and destruction size adaptation and standard (static) ig. best mean and statistically equivalent values are in bold and gray background, respectively.full size table 6 conclusions this paper proposed and analyzed the use of hyper-heuristic with dynamic strategies to adapt different components of the iterated greedy algorithm. six different adapting strategies (random, \(\epsilon \)-greedy, probability matching, multi-armed bandit, linucb, and thompson sampling) were tested to adapt six ig components (local search, perturbation, destruction size, neighborhood size, destruction position and local search focus). after a tuning phase performed by irace to set the best strategy hyper-parameters for each component being adapted, the proposal was tested in different variants of the flowshop problems. results show that, in most cases, the adaptation is able to improve the performance over the static standard ig configuration, especially the perturbation operator adapted using dynamic thompson sampling. also, using multiple adaptive components did not seem to be beneficial, unless we fix the local search as iterated improvement, a fact that deserves further investigation. the work can be expanded by including different flowshop problems (objectives and constraints), adaptation strategies, and alternative operators. in addtion, we intend to propose modifications to improve the performance of the adapt all approach. notes 1.tuning and testing instances, as well as the code used in the paper, are available at https://github.com/lucasmpavelski/adaptive-ig. references auer, p.: using confidence bounds for exploitation-exploration trade-offs. j. mach. learn. res. 3(9), 397–422 (2002) google scholar  baker, k.r., trietsch, d.: principles of sequencing and scheduling. wiley publishing, new jersey usa (2009) google scholar  burcin, o.f., sagir, m.: iterated greedy algorithms enhanced by hyper-heuristic based learning for hybrid flexible flowshop scheduling problem with sequence dependent setup times: a case study at a manufacturing plant. comput. oper. res. 125, 105044 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cor.2020.105044 burke, e.k., hyde, m.r., kendall, g., ochoa, g., özcan, e., woodward, j.r.: a classification of hyper-heuristic approaches: revisited. in: gendreau, m., potvin, j.-y. (eds.) handbook of metaheuristics. isorms, vol. 272, pp. 453–477. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-91086-4_14 chapter  google scholar  chakhlevitch, k., cowling, p.: hyperheuristics: recent developments. in: studies in computational intelligence, vol. 136, pp. 3–29. springer, berlin, heidelberg (2008). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-79438-7_1 dubois-lacoste, j., pagnozzi, f., stützle, t.: an iterated greedy algorithm with optimization of partial solutions for the makespan permutation flowshop problem. comput. oper. res. 81, 160–166 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cor.2016.12.021 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  goldberg, d.e.: probability matching, the magnitude of reinforcement, and classifier system bidding. mach. learn. 5(4), 407–425 (1990). https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1022681708029 article  google scholar  gupta, n., granmo, o.c., agrawala, a.: thompson sampling for dynamic multi-armed bandits. in: 2011 10th international conference on machine learning and applications and workshops, pp. 484–489. ieee, honolulu, hi, usa (2011). https://doi.org/10.1109/icmla.2011.144 humeau, j., liefooghe, a., talbi, e.g., verel, s.: paradiseo-mo: from fitness landscape analysis to efficient local search algorithms. research report rr-7871, inria (2013) google scholar  kerschke, p., hoos, h.h., neumann, f., trautmann, h.: automated algorithm selection: survey and perspectives. evol. comput. 27(1), 3–45 (2019) article  google scholar  li, k., fialho, a., kwong, s., zhang, q.: adaptive operator selection with bandits for a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 18(1), 114–130 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1109/tevc.2013.2239648 article  google scholar  li, l., chu, w., langford, j., schapire, r.e.: a contextual-bandit approach to personalized news article recommendation. in: proceedings of the 19th international conference on world wide web www ’10, p. 661. acm press, raleigh, north carolina, usa (2010). https://doi.org/10.1145/1772690.1772758 lópez-ibáñez, m., dubois-lacoste, j., cáceres, l.p., stützle, t., birattari, m.: the irace package: iterated racing for automatic algorithm configuration. oper. res. perspect. 3, 43–58 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orp.2016.09.002 article  mathscinet  google scholar  pappa, g.l., ochoa, g., hyde, m.r., freitas, a.a., woodward, j., swan, j.: contrasting meta-learning and hyper-heuristic research: the role of evolutionary algorithms. genetic program. evolvable mach. 15(1), 3–35 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10710-013-9186-9 article  google scholar  pillay, n., qu, r.: hyper-heuristics: theory and applications. springer nature, 1 edn. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-96514-7 hsiao, p.-c., chiang, t.-c., fu, l.-c.: a vns-based hyper-heuristic with adaptive computational budget of local search. in: 2012 ieee congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 1–8. ieee, brisbane, australia (2012). https://doi.org/10.1109/cec.2012.6252969 pitzer, e., affenzeller, m.: recent advances in intelligent engineering systems. studies in computational intelligence, vol. 378, chap. a comprehensive survey on fitness landscape analysis, pp. 161–186. springer, berlin, heidelberg (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-23229-9 ruiz, r., stützle, t.: a simple and effective iterated greedy algorithm for the permutation flowshop scheduling problem. eur. j. oper. res. 177(3), 2033–2049 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2005.12.009 article  math  google scholar  russo, d., van roy, b., kazerouni, a., osband, i., wen, z.: a tutorial on thompson sampling. arxiv:1707.02038 [cs] (2020) sapkal, s.u., laha, d.: a heuristic for no-wait flow shop scheduling. int. j. adv. manuf. technol. 1, 1327–1338 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-013-4924-y stützle, t.: applying iterated local search to the permutation flow shop problem. technical report, fg intellektik, tu darmstadt, darmstadt, germany (1998) google scholar  sutton, r.s., barto, a.g.: reinforcement learning: an introduction. adaptive computation and machine learning series. 2nd edn. the mit press, cambridge, massachusetts (2018) google scholar  tasgetiren, m.f., pan, q.k., suganthan, p.n., liang, y.c.: a discrete differential evolution algorithm for the no-wait flowshop scheduling problem with total flowtime criterion. in: 2007 ieee symposium on computational intelligence in scheduling, pp. 251–258. ieee, honolulu, usa (2007) google scholar  watson, j.p., barbulescu, l., howe, a.e., whitley, l.d.: algorithm performance and problem structure for flow-shop scheduling. in: aaai/iaai, pp. 688–695. american association for artificial intelligence, menlo park, ca, usa (1999) google scholar  yahyaoui, h., krichen, s., derbel, b., talbi, e.g.: a hybrid ils-vnd based hyper-heuristic for permutation flowshop scheduling problem. procedia comput. sci. 60, 632–641 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2015.08.199 article  google scholar  zhang, l., wang, l., zheng, d.z.: an adaptive genetic algorithm with multiple operators for flowshop scheduling. int. j. adv. manuf. technol. 27(5–6), 580–587 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-004-2223-3 article  google scholar  download references acknowledgment m. delgado acknowledges cnpq (grants 439226/2018-0, 314699/2020-1) for her partial financial support. author information authors and affiliations cpgei universidade tecnológica federal do paraná, curitiba, brazil lucas marcondes pavelski & myriam delgado cristal univ. lille, cnrs centrale lille umr 9189, 59000, lille, france marie-éléonore kessaci authors lucas marcondes pavelskiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar marie-éléonore kessaciview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar myriam delgadoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to lucas marcondes pavelski . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper pavelski, l.m., kessaci, mé., delgado, m. (2021). dynamic learning in hyper-heuristics to solve flowshop problems. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_11 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_11 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords hyper-heuristic iterated greedy algorithm adaptive components flowshop variants publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a simple and low-cost method for leaf surface dimension estimation based on digital images | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a simple and low-cost method for leaf surface dimension estimation based on digital images conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 146–161 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) a simple and low-cost method for leaf surface dimension estimation based on digital images download book pdf download book epub karla gabriele florentino da silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0211-38059,10, jonas magalhães moreira  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0008-8517-421610, gabriel barreto calixto  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0004-0099-60449, luiz maurílio da silva maciel  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9193-23029,10, márcio assis miranda  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0002-1877-562410 & … leandro elias morais  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0211-421811  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 518 accesses 1 citation abstract the leaf is the organ of the plant body that performs photosynthesis and its area is one of the morphological parameters that most respond to droughts, climate changes, and attack of pathogens, associated with the accumulation of biomass and agricultural productivity. in addition, leaf area and other surface data (for example, width and length) are widely used in studies of plant anatomy and physiology. the methods of measuring these leaf surface parameters are often complicated and costly. in this context, this work aims to develop a simple and low-cost method capable of accurately measuring the leaf surface size of plant species with significant agricultural interest. our method extract the information through images of leaves accompanied by a scale pattern whose real area is known, captured by a simple camera. to evaluate our method, we performed experiments with images of 118 leaves of 6 species. we compared the results to the imagej software, which is widely used to estimate leaf dimensions from images. the results showed our method present performance similar to imagej. however, unlike imagej, our method does not require user interaction during the dimensions estimation. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others lower-dimensional intrinsic structural representation of leaf images and plant recognition article 13 july 2021 a new approach for measuring leaf projected area for potted plant based on computer vision chapter © 2016 leaf image-based plant identification using morphological feature extraction chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. leaf development photosynthesis plant anatomy and morphology plant ecology plant science plant physiology 1 introduction the leaves constitute the organ of the vegetable body capable of converting solar energy into chemical energy through photosynthesis [7]. vegetable growth and development are determined by the leaf morphology, especially its area, the largest component of biomass accumulation and productivity [17, 34]. the leaf size and morphology undergo an intraspecific and interspecific variation, and many physiological parameters (e.g., nitrogen content, photosynthesis and leaf respiration) are normalized by leaf area in order to study the relationship between them [23, 41]. the leaf morphology (e.g. area, perimeter, width and length) is strongly used to investigate vegetable responses to different environmental conditions, such as the soil fertility [4, 13], soil water/dry availability [29, 38], light availability [25], effect of pesticides application [20], climate changes [15, 27, 31], phytopathogens [18], herbivory [9], screening of genotypes for breeding [39], pollution [12]. in fact, measuring the area, length, width, perimeter and their derivations (e.g. specific leaf area, perimeter/leaf area ratio, length/ width ratio) is a powerful tool used by professionals of several areas of knowledge such as vegetable improvers, botanists, phytopathologists, ecologists and agronomists [14, 36, 37, 40]. there is equipment that measures the leaf dimensions with great accuracy, but it is quite expensive, quotes around us$3,500.00 (quotation performed in january 2021). in addition, it is possible to estimate leaf area using allometric models (equations) using leaf morphology variables (e.g. length and width), adjusted for each species and/or crop. however, a big leaves sample is required to develop these models. for example, antunes et al. [1] analyzed 1563 coffee leaves. it is important to note that these models estimate the leaf area of a single leaf at a time. in tests with many sample units, estimating this parameter will be a time consuming and laborious process. therefore, it is necessary to develop practical and low-cost methodologies, in order to guarantee the execution of works that require a verification of the leaf area and other dimensions with celerity and accuracy. in this paper, we present a simple, intuitive and low-cost method to calculate leaf dimensions. the method can be implemented in a desktop software or a mobile application, allowing researchers to use the mobile version to perform field measurements and the desktop version if they wish to perform measurements in the laboratory. for the leaf dimensions determination, we need only capture images of the leaves accompanied of a scale pattern printed on paper. the images can be taken by a simple camera. there is no need to purchase extra equipment. personal devices can be used, at no additional cost. our method presents the following characteristics, which are the main contributions of this work: specific to perform leaf sizing (area, width, length and perimeter); it does not require pre-processing; automatically detects the scale pattern. 2 related work several methods for leaf area estimation based on digital images were proposed in last years. some works use the color information of the images to extract the interest objects and estimate leaf dimensions [6, 16]. extracting color information may require user intervention at filtering step and even the need of using other software. in our method, we use grayscale images, because the contrast between the objects and the background is enough to separate them, even without the color information. as in our method, some works used an object of known dimensions as a scale pattern. jadon [11] chose a coin, but this shows strong reflection when illuminated. thus, that proposal demonstrates a greater sensitivity to lighting conditions. easlon et al. [6] and tech et al. [35] opted for a square. easlon et al. [6] detect the square automatically using color information. however, as previously mentioned, the color needs to be calibrated by the user. the method of tech et al. [35] requires the square to be positioned at a specific position in the image. in our method, the square is automatically detected through its shape. moreover, it can be placed anywhere in the image. imagejfootnote 1 software [28] has been used to calculate the leaf area [8, 19]. however, it is a general-purpose image processing software, which requires the user to perform several steps until obtaining the measurement, such as selecting a measurement line known in the image. we propose to create an intuitive computational tool so that the user can open their images in the software and through a few simple steps perform the leaf measurements calculation. in addition, we intend to create a specific tool for leaf morphology analysis, allowing the insertion of new functionalities related to plant physiology. as it is an application widely used by researchers, imagej will be used to validate our method results. there are also some mobile applications for leaf area calculation. the petiole application [24] uses a very controlled scenario. the calculation starts with a calibration step and the device position should be kept for the area estimation. moreover, it requires user interaction to identify the leaves position on the image. the application easy leaf area free [6] needs a color calibration step, which makes the application less intuitive for the user. we propose a simple method that does not require user calibration. besides methods based only on computer vision techniques, methods for leaf area measurement with artificial neural networks (anns) are appearing recently. siswantoro and artadana [30] used a fixed webcam to capture digital images of the individual leaves. they applied a thresholding step for image segmentation and extract the leaf length, width, area, and perimeter in pixels. finally, ann proposed uses the extracted features to estimate the real leaf area. sa-bouri et al. [26] compared three methods to predict leaf area in cereals: regression models, ann, and ann combining fuzzy logic. the neural network developed by the authors is similar to the previously cited work and uses leaf width and length as inputs. two fluorescent light sources were fixed in specific positions to keep the illumination conditions. the proposal based on neuro-fuzzy inference obtained better performance concerning the work experiments. the advantages of our proposal compared to these networks are automatic detection of the interest objects and no need for training. in addition, while these works need a fixed capture scenario, our method can deal with images captured from different positions and less controlled lighting conditions. 3 proposed method most existing methods for leaf dimensions estimation depends on user intervention. this user interaction can introduce subjectivity and lead to inaccuracies in results. other proposals require a specific positioning of scene objects and calibration steps. these constraints make the process difficult. in this work we propose a method to estimate the leaves dimensions in few steps, which do not depend on the user interference. our proposed method for leaf dimensions calculation is composed of six steps: capture, thresholding, obtaining contours, filtering, detection and dimensions calculation. the fig. 1 shows an overview of the proposed method. we present images and information extracted in each step. fig. 1. steps of the proposed method. above each image, we have the notation referring to the information obtained in the respective step. full size image 3.1 capture in the first step, an image of the leaf (or leaves) is captured so that its dimensions can be estimated. the leaf must be accompanied by a scale pattern whose real size is known. we chose a square pattern printed on paper. this pattern can be placed anywhere on the image and is automatically detected to estimate the leaf dimensions, as described in sect. 3.5. the leaf is not a plane surface. it must be planned to avoid underestimating the measures. for this purpose, a glass or acrylic plate may be used to compress the leaf and keep it stretched. we used a commercial clear glass plate in the tests to keep the projection area of the leaf parallel to the surface, avoiding curvatures and folds. furthermore, the background should be a light color in order to ensure contrast with the interesting objects. reflection is critical to the thresholding process described in sect. 3.2 and should be avoided. it is recommended the image be captured at a perpendicular angle to avoid distortion problems. various capture distances and scale pattern sizes were tested and the results will be discussed in sect. 4. it is important to mention that our method allows more than one leaf to be captured in the same image. the dimensions of each leaf are individually estimated. 3.2 thresholding in the capture step, a color image \(i_c\) is obtained, containing the leaf (or leaves) and the scale pattern. the image is converted to grayscale, resulting in a new image \(i_g\). this conversion and most of the image processing functions were implemented using opencv library [2] in c++ programming language. we applied an otsu’s thresholding [21] on the \(i_g\) image. this algorithm is based on the histogram image. it finds a threshold t which lies in between two peaks such that variances to both classes are minimal. based on this threshold t we achieve a binary image \(i_b\) where: $$\begin{aligned} i_b(x,y) = {\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 0, &{} \text{ if } i_g(x,y) > t \\ 1, &{} \text{ if } i_g(x,y) \le t \end{array}\right. }. \end{aligned}$$ 3.3 obtaining contours in the thresholding step, a binary image \(i_b\) is obtained, where the leaf and the scale pattern are white and the background is black. it is necessary to extract the contours of the interest objects, that is, the leaves and the scale pattern. in this step, we apply suzuki et al. [33] algorithm in the \(i_b\) image. this method extracts a set \({\textbf {c}}\): $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {c}} = \{{\textbf {c}}_1, {\textbf {c}}_2, ... ,{\textbf {c}}_n\}, \end{aligned}$$ where each \({\textbf {c}}_i\) is a contour, represented by the set of points that compose it: $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {c}}_i=\{(x_1, y_1),(x_2, y_2), ..., (x_m, y_m)\}, \end{aligned}$$ where each \((x_j, y_j)\) is the position of a point (pixel) in the image. 3.4 filtering in the previous step, a set \({\textbf {c}}\) of n contours is obtained. this set can contain noise, i.e., contours that do not represent interest objects. these contours should be filtered. in general, the bad contours are much smaller (image noise, for example) or much larger (a table contour, for example) than the interest objects. to overcome this problem, a filtering by contour area is performed. the contour areas in pixels are estimated by green formula [32]. thus, from c, we obtain the set of areas: $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {a}} = \{a_1, a_2, ... ,a_n\}, \end{aligned}$$ where each \(a_i\in {\textbf {a}}\) is the area of the respective contour \({\textbf {c}}_i\in {\textbf {c}}\). the areas \(a_k\in {\textbf {a}}\) that are not in the range \([a_{min},a_{max}]\) of expected areas, are discarded, as well as their respective contour \({\textbf {c}}_k\). the sets \(c^f\subseteq c\) and \(a^f\subseteq a\) are the filtered sets of contours and areas, respectively. experimentally, we defined the values \(a_{min} = 10^3\) and \(a_{max}=10^{10}\) which proved to be efficient. however, some noise, such as shadows, may not have been completely removed. it is possible to manually remove these artifacts with a simple tool available in the software. we observed the noise presence in 30% of the analyzed images. 3.5 detection in the filtering step, the sets \({\textbf {c}}^f\) and \({\textbf {a}}^f\), are obtained, representing the contours and their respective areas after filtering. in order to automate the process, we need to separate the scale pattern from the leaves. as the scale pattern is a square and it presents a different geometry from the leaves, we can perform a shape-based detection of the square in the contours set. first, we apply a polygonal approximation on each contour \({\textbf {c}}_i^f\in {\textbf {c}}^f\) using the douglas-peucker algorithm [5]. this function reduces each contour \({\textbf {c}}^f_i\) to a simplified contour \({\textbf {c}}^p_i\subseteq {\textbf {c}}^f_i\). thus, we have the set: $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {c}}^p=\{{\textbf {c}}_1^p, {\textbf {c}}_2^p, ..., {\textbf {c}}_n^p\}, \end{aligned}$$ where \({\textbf {c}}_i^p\) is the polygonal approximation of the contour \({\textbf {c}}^f_i\in {\textbf {c}}^f\). to determine the square contour \({\textbf {c}}^p_s\in {\textbf {c}}^p\), we analyze some conditions. the number of points in \({\textbf {c}}^p_s\) must be equal to 4, i.e., \(|{\textbf {c}}^p_s| = 4\). in addition, the cosine of the angles \(\theta \) formed by the contour sides are calculated. if \(|cos(\theta )| < 0.3\) for all 4 angles, this contour will be \({\textbf {c}}^p_s\). this method was efficient in extracting the square for 98% of the tested images. thus, we obtain the contour \({\textbf {c}}^p_s\in {\textbf {c}}^p\) and its corresponding \({\textbf {c}}_s\in {\textbf {c}}^f\) in the set of non approximated contours. in terms of area, we have the respective area of the square in pixels \(a_s\in {\textbf {a}}^f\) and the set of leaf areas \({\textbf {a}}^l = {\textbf {a}}^f \{a_s\}\). 3.6 dimensions calculation at this point, all the interest objects are properly separated and contoured. therefore, our method is ready to calculate the dimensions of each leaf in the image. to facilitate the calculation of real leaf length and width, the leaves are aligned according to the principal component analysis (pca) [3]. pca is applied to each original leaf contour \({\textbf {c}}_i\in {\textbf {c}}^f \{{\textbf {c}}_s\}\) to find the main leaf direction. pca returns the centroid \(k_i = (x_k,y_k)\) of each leaf contour and the angle of the main direction \(\theta _i\). we associated this direction with the length of the leaf. each contour is aligned so that the main direction coincides with the horizontal axis of the image. thus, each contour point \((x_j,y_j)\in {\textbf {c}}_i\) is rotated by the equation: $$\begin{aligned} x_j = (x_j x_k)~cos(\theta _i) (y_j y_k)~sin(\theta _i) + x_k,\\ y_j = (x_j x_k)~sin(\theta _i) + (y_j y_k)~cos(\theta _i) + x_k. \end{aligned}$$ the real area \(a^r_s\) of the scale pattern in cm\(^2\) is known. we have the scale pattern area \(a_s\) in pixels and each leaf area \(a_i\in a^l\) in pixels. thus, the real area of each leaf \(a^r_i\) in cm\(^2\) can be obtained by the following equation: $$\begin{aligned} a^r_i = \frac{a_i a^r_s}{a_s}. \end{aligned}$$ the real perimeter \(p^r_s\) of the scale pattern in cm is known. we calculated the perimeter in pixels of each leaf and the scale pattern. thus, we achieved the set: $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {p}} = \{p_1, p_2, ... ,p_n\} \cup {p_s}, \end{aligned}$$ where, each \(p_i\in {\textbf {p}}\) is the perimeter of the respective leaf contour \({\textbf {c}}_i\in {\textbf {c}}^f\). and \(p_s\) is the scale pattern. to obtain the real perimeter \(p^r_i\) of the leaf, we use the following equation: $$\begin{aligned} p^r_i = \frac{p_i p^r_s}{p_s}. \end{aligned}$$ (1) we know the real side \(d^r_s\) of the scale pattern in cm. the pixel measurement on each side \(d_s\) of the pattern can be obtained by dividing the perimeter \(p_s\) by four. the length \(l_i\) and width \(w_i\), in pixels, of each leaf can be obtained by the rectangular bounding box of the rotated contour. in this way, the base and height of this rectangle will correspond to leaf length \(l_i\) and width \(w_i\) in pixels, respectively. thus, the real dimensions of each leaf can be obtained by the following equations: $$\begin{aligned} w^r_i = \frac{w_i d^r_s}{d_s},&~~~~~ l^r_i = \frac{l_i d^r_s}{d_s}. \end{aligned}$$ as a restriction of the proposed method, the largest between the two dimensions found is considered to be the length of the leaf. leaves that do not have this characteristic will have their dimensions reversed, that is, the researcher will have to analyze and correct the results manually before performing any analysis. 4 results and discussion in this section, we describe the experiments performed to evaluate our proposed method. we performed controlled tests with known objects and tests with leaves. for capture the images, we used five devices: three smartphones (samsung galaxy j2 core, motorola moto c and motorola one vision) and two scanners (hp deskjet 2050 and multixpress m5360rx). table 1. pearson’s correlation coefficient (r), rer average (\(\mu \)), rer standard deviation (\(\sigma \)), \(r^2\) and regression equation by dimension for the ellipses pattern.full size table 4.1 metrics in this subsection, we present the metrics used to evaluate quantitatively our method results. the relative error rate (rer) represents the percentage of the difference between the value estimated \(v_{est}\) and achieved with the standard method \(v_{std}\). it can be calculated as: $$\begin{aligned} rer(\%) = \frac{|v_{est} v_{std}|}{v_{std}} \cdot 100. \end{aligned}$$ the rer measure the accuracy of the proposed method in relation to the standard method. given a set of values estimated by our method \(v_{est}\) and the respective values achieved with the standard method \(v_{std}\), we analyzed the correlation between these values. we estimated the linear regression equation \(y=ax+b\), the determination coefficient \(r^2\) and the pearson’s correlation coefficient r, using the google sheets software. 4.2 controlled tests in order to evaluate our method accuracy, we performed preliminary experiments with a controlled pattern. for these tests, we used a pattern containing four ellipses and a scale pattern of 4 cm side. we used a glass plate to plan the pattern as explained in the sect. 3.1 and captured perpendicular images from distances between 20 and 50 cm. in a general analysis, it is possible to see that the method was able to measure the dimensions accurately, achieving a good performance using simple smartphone cameras. table 1 presents the results of the ellipse tests. analyzing the regression equation and the correlation coefficient, it is possible to verify a strong correlation between the values estimated by the proposed method and the expected values. in addition, we achieved \(r^2 > 0.95\) for all dimensions. we achieve rer mean below 3.5% for all the dimensions, which shows the accuracy of our method. furthermore, we note the regression equations present slope close to 1 and small intercept values. 4.3 leaf tests in this subsection, we introduce the dataset collected for measuring leaf dimensions, and present the results of the tests performed to evaluate the proposed method. table 2. \(r^2\) values and regression equations by species and dimensions in relation to the standard method adopted.full size table data acquisition. for this work, annual and perennial species were chosen, whose cultures have significant participation in the brazilian and international gross domestic product (gdp) [10]. all leaves were collected in the morning (before 9:00 am, to guarantee high turgidity), with no apparent/visual symptoms of nutritional deficiency, pathogen attacks, and diseases. the leaves were collected and analyzed on the same day, at the natural sciences laboratory of the instituto federal de educação ciência e tecnologia de minas gerais ouro branco campus. the sample is composed of 118 leaves of 6 species: 18 of the bean, 18 of coffee, 11 of cotton, 21 of eucalyptus, 20 of orange, and 30 of soybean. images were captured between 12 and 50 cm of one or multiple leaves, accompanied by a scale pattern of sides measuring 1, 2, 4, or 6 cm. we used motorola moto c and motorola one vision smartphones. in addition, the leaves also were scanned accompanied by the 1 cm scale pattern using the printer scanner multixpress. overall, our dataset is composed of 529 leaves images. the images are available at the following link https://bit.ly/42dbynv. method evaluation. to verify the results accuracy, we compared with two methods, the imagej software [28] and a simple, but very widespread manual method. the imagej software was used as the standard method. as previously stated in sect. 2, this application is widely used by researchers in the literature. the steps used to estimate the leaf dimensions with imagej software were: 1) select image file; 2) convert image to grayscale; 3) perform a thresholding; 4) draw a line indicating the side of the scale pattern; 5) set the scale known distance; 6) select the leaf and measure area and perimeter; 7) draw a line indicating the width of the leaf and measure the length; 8) draw a line indicating the length and measure. it is important to note that those steps depends on the user interaction and, consequently, are subject to errors. fig. 2. average rer in relation to standard method. (a) by scale pattern. (b) by capture distance. (c) by species. the error bar represents the standard deviation full size image the manual weight-based method for area estimation [22] starts by tracing the outline of the leaf on a paper, whose grammage g is known. the contour is cut and its weight w is measured by a precision balance. the area a is estimated by the formula \(a = \frac{w}{g}\). the same contour used in the weight-based method is measured with a simple rule to estimate the expected width and length. in addition, a line or string is passed around the contour and then measured with a rule to estimate the expected perimeter. table 2 presents the coefficient of determination (\(r^2\)) and the regression equations by species and dimensions in relation to the standard method (imagej software). in general, the performance for area and perimeter was satisfactory. for these dimensions, the \(r^2\) values were above 0.96 and the equations presented angular coefficients close to one for all species. regarding width and length calculation, we note some problems in the cotton results with \(r^2\) values below 0.75. the morphology of the leaves of this species makes it difficult to estimate these dimensions. however, for the other species, our method achieved \(r^2\) values above 0.94 for these dimensions. in general, the results were promising and indicate our method perform similarly to the standard method. figure 2c shows the average rer for each species and dimension in relation to the standard method. the errors for perimeter were the smallest, between 1.98 and 3.25%. for area, we achieved errors between 2.32 and 5.40%. cotton had the highest errors for length and width. as previously mentioned, the leaves morphology makes it difficult these dimensions estimation for cotton. however, for the other species, the average rer for length and width were between 1.65 and 4.31%. overall, the errors achieved showed the method applicability for measuring leaves dimensions, specially those with simpler morphologies. fig. 3. scatter plot for three methods and all images. (a) area. (b) perimeter. (c) width. (d) length. full size image figure 2a presents the average rer for each scale pattern size used. we observe that our method has a worse performance for the 1 cm pattern. the hypothesis for this variation is the manual line selection in the imagej procedure. depending on the direction of this line selection, the real dimension can present a significant difference, especially for images with distortion and the smallest pattern. on the other hand, our method estimates the square measures automatically, without user interaction. for the other scale sizes, the results for the methods was quite similar. in general, the results indicate that the size of the pattern does not significantly influence the method’s performance. the average rer for each capture distance is presented in fig. 2b. to facilitate the comparison, we grouped the tests with capture distances shorter than 20 cm. the tests for this group achieved errors slightly higher than the others. as previously explained, the imagej method needs a manual line selection in the image. since images captured more closely can present distortion, the user’s choice when selecting the line can affect the results. for the other distances, the methods performed similarly. this indicates that the capture distance does not have a strong influence, when the capture conditions are respected. table 3. pearson’s correlation coefficient (r), rer average (\(\mu \)) and standard deviation (\(\sigma \)) for our method \(\times \) manual methods.full size table figure 3a, 3c, 3d and 3b present the scatter plots considering all the images used for tests. these plots also include the results of tests performed using the manual methods previously described. measurements by manual methods are performed per leaf. thus, the yellow dots on the same line of the graph represents the same leaf. our method achieved \(r^2\) values above 0.975 for all dimensions. these values were greater than those of manual method. furthermore, the straight lines of our method presented a slope closer to one, except in the length graph. for this dimension, as previously discussed, our method presents limitation to deal with certain leaves morphology. table 3 presents the pearson’s correlation coefficient r, rer average (\(\mu \)) and rer standard deviation (\(\sigma \)) for our method and manual method in relation to the standard method. pearson’s coefficients indicate a strong correlation for both methods. in relation to the rer metric, we observe the manual method present higher values. due to the several manual steps, manual method is more difficult to control and more susceptible to errors. discussion. we verify that the proposed method was able to estimate leaf dimensions satisfactorily in comparison to imagej, which is widely applied in the literature. in terms of time to estimate the measures, our method is more efficient than the imagej software, which requires less user-side intervention. in a comparison made with nine images, the proposed method estimated all dimensions with an average time of 15 s, while imagej took 78 s. however, our method presents some limitations. it is sensitive to the capture angle and distance, illumination, and the noises that may appear in the image. images taken from an inclined angle suffer from perspective distortion. depending on the lighting location may cause shadows or reflections in the image. all these factors compromise the calculation of leaf dimensions. these are limitations typical of applications involving image processing, and we intend to propose improvements to minimize such problems. leaf morphology is also a limitation of our method, especially on the width and length calculation. these dimensions still need some adjustments for species with more complex leaf morphologies, such as trifoliate or lobed leaves. these morphologies make difficult the pca alignment, due to the irregular shape. in the imagej software, the width and length direction are manually defined. on the other hand, the area and the perimeter have already proved to be quite efficient. except for the trifoliate bean leaf that overestimated the area in the petiole region, where the leaflets are inserted. this leaf presented problems for both methods, especially for higher capture distances. finally, the low contrast between the leaf and the background is another limitation of our proposal. when the leaf presents a light hue, the thresholding process does not work correctly. an alternative for these light leaves is to use a light scale pattern and a dark background to increase the contrast. 5 conclusions we proposed a simple and low-cost method for leaf dimensions calculation based on image processing. our method estimates area, perimeter, length, and width for one or more leaves directly from the images. the software automatically detects each leaf in the image and allows estimate statistics such as average and standard deviation. the only information provided by the user is the size of the scale pattern. no additional user interaction is required. the method estimates automatically the location of leaves and scale pattern. in general, the measurement of leaf morphological parameters (e.g. area, perimeter, length, and width) by this method is an excellent tool to explain plant responses in several areas: evolution, ecophysiology, improvement, management. the results demonstrated the accuracy of the method proposed for this purpose, in addition to its practicality and speed. moreover, these measurements can be employed in derivations and other parameters, such as the leaf area/ perimeter ratio, the leaf area index, the specific leaf area, and the length/width ratio. to conclude, as future works, we intend to improve the method, especially length and width estimation. furthermore, we can perform an improvement in the segmentation step, avoiding the detection of noise in the detected contours. finally, we are developing free mobile and desktop applications from this method that will be made available to any professional and student who wants to perform leaf morphological phenotyping. the source code of these applications can be found in the links https://github.com/karlaflorentino/lima-desktop (desktop) and https://github.com/luizmaurilio/lima (mobile). notes 1.https://imagej.nih.gov/ij/. references antunes, w.c., pompelli, m.f., carretero, d.m., damatta, f.: allometric models for non-destructive leaf area estimation in coffee (coffea arabica and coffea canephora). annal. appl. biol. 153(1), 33–40 (2008) article  google scholar  bradski, g.: the opencv library. dr dobb’s j. softw. tools 25, 120–125 (2000) google scholar  cohen-or, d., et al.: a sampler of useful computational tools for applied geometry, computer graphics, and image processing. crc press (2015) google scholar  dornbusch, t., et al.: plasticity of winter wheat modulated by sowing date, plant population density and nitrogen fertilisation: dimensions and size of leaf blades, sheaths and internodes in relation to their position on a stem. field. crop. res. 121(1), 116–124 (2011) google scholar  douglas, d.h., peucker, t.k.: algorithms for the reduction of the number of points required to represent a digitized line or its caricature. cartographica int. j. geograph. inf. geovisual. 10(2), 112–122 (1973) google scholar  easlon, h.m., bloom, a.j.: easy leaf area: automated digital image analysis for rapid and accurate measurement of leaf area. appl. plant sci. 2(7), 1400033 (2014) article  google scholar  evert, r.f., eichhorn, s.e.: raven: biology of plants. no. 581 rav (2013) google scholar  gao, j., et al.: measuring plant leaf area by scanner and imagej software. china vegetables 2, 73–77 (2011) google scholar  gely, c., laurance, s.g., stork, n.e.: how do herbivorous insects respond to drought stress in trees? biol. rev. 95(2), 434–448 (2020) article  google scholar  ibge. agricultura, pecuária e outros | ibge (2023). https://www.ibge.gov.br/estatisticas/economicas/agricultura-e-pecuaria.html. accessed 17 may 2023 jadon, m.: a novel method for leaf area estimation based on hough transform. jmpt 9(2), 33–44 (2018) article  google scholar  janhäll, s.: review on urban vegetation and particle air pollution-deposition and dispersion. atmos. environ. 105, 130–137 (2015) article  google scholar  laughlin, d.c.: nitrification is linked to dominant leaf traits rather than functional diversity. j. ecol. 99(5), 1091–1099 (2011) article  google scholar  li, y., et al.: spatiotemporal variation in leaf size and shape in response to climate. j. plant ecol. 13(1), 87–96 (2020) google scholar  liancourt, p., et al.: leaf-trait plasticity and species vulnerability to climate change in a mongolian steppe. glob. change biol. 21(9), 3489–3498 (2015) google scholar  liang, w.z., kirk, k.r., greene, j.k.: estimation of soybean leaf area, edge, and defoliation using color image analysis. comput. electron. agricult. 150, 41–51 (2018) google scholar  long, s.p., zhu, x.g., naidu, s.l., ort, d.r.: can improvement in photosynthesis increase crop yields? plant cell environ. 29(3), 315–330 (2006) article  google scholar  lu, j., et al.: detection of multi-tomato leaf diseases (late blight, target and bacterial spots) in different stages by using a spectral-based sensor. sci. rep. 8(1), 2793 (2018) google scholar  maloof, j.n., nozue, k., mumbach, m.r., palmer, c.m.: leafj: an imagej plugin for semi-automated leaf shape measurement. jove (j. visual. exp.) (71), e50028 (2013) google scholar  marek, j., et al.: photoynthetic and productive increase in tomato plants treated with strobilurins and carboxamides for the control of alternaria solani. sci. hortic. 242, 76–89 (2018) google scholar  otsu, n.: a threshold selection method from gray-level histograms. ieee trans. syst. man cybern. 9(1), 62–66 (1979) article  google scholar  pandey, s., singh, h.: a simple, cost-effective method for leaf area estimation. j. bot. 2011(2011), 1–6 (2011) google scholar  peterson, a.g.: reconciling the apparent difference between mass-and area-based expressions of the photosynthesis-nitrogen relationship. oecologia 118(2), 144–150 (1999) article  google scholar  polunina, o.v., maiboroda, v.p., seleznov, a.y.: evaluation methods of estimation of young apple trees leaf area. bullet. uman natl. univ. horticult. 2, 80–82 (2018) article  google scholar  poorter, h., et al.: a meta-analysis of plant responses to light intensity for 70 traits ranging from molecules to whole plant performance. new phytol. 223(3), 1073–1105 (2019) google scholar  sabouri, h., et al.: image processing and prediction of leaf area in cereals: a comparison of artificial neural networks, an adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system, and regression methods. crop sci. 61(2), 1013–1029 (2021) google scholar  sanz-sáez, á., et al.: leaf and canopy scale drivers of genotypic variation in soybean response to elevated carbon dioxide concentration. glob. change biol. 23(9), 3908–3920 (2017) google scholar  schneider, c.a., rasband, w.s., eliceiri, k.w.: nih image to imagej: 25 years of image analysis. nat. methods 9(7), 671–675 (2012) article  google scholar  shahnazari, a., et al.: effects of partial root-zone drying on yield, tuber size and water use efficiency in potato under field conditions. field crop. res. 100(1), 117–124 (2007) google scholar  siswantoro, j., artadana, i.b.m.: image based leaf area measurement method using artificial neural network. in: 2019 international conference of artificial intelligence and information technology (icaiit), pp. 288–292. ieee (2019) google scholar  srinivasan, v., kumar, p., long, s.p.: decreasing, not increasing, leaf area will raise crop yields under global atmospheric change. glob. change biol. 23(4), 1626–1635 (2017) article  google scholar  stewart, j.: calculus: concepts and contexts. in: cengage learning (2009) google scholar  suzuki, s., be, k.: topological structural analysis of digitized binary images by border following. comput. vis. graph. image process. 30(1), 32–46 (1985). https://doi.org/10.1016/0734-189x(85)90016-7 taiz, l., zeiger, e.: auxin: the first discovered plant growth hormone. in: plant physiology, 5th edn, pp. 545–582. sinauer associates inc., publishers, sunderland (2010) google scholar  tech, a.r.b., et al.: methods of image acquisition and software development for leaf area measurements in pastures. comput. electron. agric. 153, 278–284 (2018) google scholar  villar, r., et al.: applying the economic concept of profitability to leaves. sci. rep. 11(1), 1–10 (2021) google scholar  wang, l., et al.: qtl fine-mapping of soybean (glycine max l.) leaf type associated traits in two rils populations. bmc genomics 20(1), 1–15 (2019) google scholar  wellstein, c., et al.: effects of extreme drought on specific leaf area of grassland species: a meta-analysis of experimental studies in temperate and sub-mediterranean systems. glob. change biol. 23(6), 2473–2481 (2017) google scholar  weraduwage, s.m., et al.: the relationship between leaf area growth and biomass accumulation in arabidopsis thaliana. front. plant sci. 6, 167 (2015) google scholar  wright, i.j., et al.: assessing the generality of global leaf trait relationships. new phytol. 166(2), 485–496 (2005) google scholar  wright, i.j., et al.: the worldwide leaf economics spectrum. nature 428(6985), 821–827 (2004) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this work received financial support from the fapemig process number apq-00603-21. we thank the agencies cnpq and capes for their financial support in this research. and all the people who collaborated directly or indirectly on this work. author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, federal university of juiz de fora, juiz de fora, minas gerais, brazil karla gabriele florentino da silva, gabriel barreto calixto & luiz maurílio da silva maciel department of computing, federal institute of education, science and technology of minas gerais, ouro branco, minas gerais, brazil karla gabriele florentino da silva, jonas magalhães moreira, luiz maurílio da silva maciel & márcio assis miranda department of natural sciences, federal institute of education, science and technology of minas gerais, ouro branco, minas gerais, brazil leandro elias morais authors karla gabriele florentino da silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar jonas magalhães moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gabriel barreto calixtoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luiz maurílio da silva macielview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar márcio assis mirandaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar leandro elias moraisview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to luiz maurílio da silva maciel . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper da silva, k.g.f., moreira, j.m., calixto, g.b., da silva maciel, l.m., miranda, m.a., morais, l.e. (2023). a simple and low-cost method for leaf surface dimension estimation based on digital images. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_10 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_10 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords computer vision image processing leaf phenotyping publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature single image super-resolution based on capsule neural networks | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper single image super-resolution based on capsule neural networks conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 113–128 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) single image super-resolution based on capsule neural networks download book pdf download book epub george corrêa de araújo9, artur jordão10 & helio pedrini9  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 529 accesses 1 citation abstract single image super-resolution (sisr) consists of obtaining one high-resolution version of a low-resolution image by increasing the number of pixels per unit area. this method has been actively investigated by the research community, due to the wide variety of problems ranging from real-world surveillance to aerial and satellite imaging. most of the improvements in sisr come from convolutional networks, in which approaches often focus on the deeper and wider architectural paradigm. in this work, we decided to step up from the traditional convolutions and adopt the concept of capsules. since their overwhelming results in image classification and segmentation problems, we question how suitable they are for sisr. we also verify that different solutions share similar configurations, and argue that this trend leads to fewer explorations of network designs. throughout our experiments, we check various strategies to improve results, ranging from new and different loss functions to changes in the capsule layers. our network achieved positive and promising results with fewer convolutional-based layers, showing that capsules might be a concept worth applying to the image super-resolution problem. in particular, we observe that the proposed method recreates the connection between the different characters more precisely, thus demonstrating the potential of capsules in super-resolution problems. artur jordáo: this work was done when artur jordao was a post-doctoral researcher at the university of campinas. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others compressed image super-resolution using pre-trained model assistance chapter © 2023 a review of single image super resolution techniques using convolutional neural networks article 13 september 2023 recent advances in deep learning for single image super-resolution chapter © 2018 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. automated pattern recognition computer vision supercapacitors super-resolution microscopy video capsule endoscopy 3-d image reconstruction 1 introduction state-of-the-art methods in image super-resolution are based on artificial intelligence concepts, more specifically on deep neural networks, and have achieved visually striking results [6, 22, 40, 61, 63] most recent models are composed of traditional convolutional layers that exhibit limitations, although widely studied and optimized. for example, they prevent a better understanding of the data by the network, not absorbing valuable information such as the interrelationship between its components. as an alternative to convolutional networks, a large body of work has demonstrated the abstraction power of the capsules [14, 42, 60]. for example, sabour et al. [41] presented an implementation of the capsule concept, a group of neurons whose activation vector represents the parameters that describe a specific entity, such as an object or part of it, and its presence. using a three-layer capsule network, sabour et al. achieved results comparable to those of deeper convolutional neural networks for the digit identification problem. the authors also obtained a 5% error rate on the segmentation of two different digits with an 80% overlap – a rate previously achieved only in much simpler cases (with less than 4% overlap between images). hinton et al. [15] reduced by 45% the error rate on the problem of identifying objects from different perspectives while making the network more resistant to adversarial attacks. lalonde and bagci [28] have created a network able to process images tens of times larger while reducing the number of parameters by 38.4% and increasing the quality of medical image segmentation. a few works proposed the usage of capsule-based networks to solve problems that involve low-resolution images. singh et al. [46] proposed a dual directed capsule network, named directcapsnet, which employs a combination of capsules and convolutional layers for addressing very low resolution (vlr) digit and face recognition problems. majdabadi and ko [35] implemented a generative adversarial network (gan) that uses a capsnet as the discriminator for facial image super-resolution, surpassing strong baselines in all metrics. hsu et al. [18] developed two frameworks to incorporate capsules into image sr convolutional networks: capsule image restoration neural network (cirnn) and capsule attention and reconstruction neural network (carnn). the results outperformed traditional cnn methods with a similar number of parameters. despite the positive results, most of these works rely on plain capsnet [41], failing to explore novel capsule concepts. our method bridges this gap. this work focuses on the single image super-resolution problem using capsules. we implement a model based on newer concepts of capsules for single image super-resolution (sisr) problems. throughout our evaluation, we used publicly available and standard benchmarks such as set5 [7], set14 [59], b100 [36], urban100 [19] and div2k [2]. our model yields fine-grained super-resolution images and achieves positive results with fewer convolutional-based layers than baselines. 2 background super-resolution. super-resolution (sr) is the process of obtaining one or more plausible high-resolution images (hr) from one or more low-resolution images (lr) [4, 37, 56]. it is an area that has been studied for decades [21] and has a wide variety of application fields such as smart surveillance, aerial imaging, medical image processing, and traffic sign reading [4, 37, 44, 56]. the relationship between lr and hr images may vary depending on the situation. many studies assume that the lr image is a reduced version of the hr image by bicubic interpolation. however, other degradation factors can be considered in real examples, such as quantization errors, acquisition sensor limitations, presence of noise, blurring, and even the use of different interpolation operators aiming resolution reduction for storage [50]. the first successful usage of neural networks for sisr problems was developed by dong et al. [11]. with the super-resolution convolutional neural network (srcnn) model, they created a complete solution that maps lr images to sr versions with little pre/post-processing, yielding superior results. after their achievement, several other works have advanced the state-of-the-art in the sisr problem [10, 24, 25, 54], but they have strong limitations. these models receive as input an enlarged version of the lr image, usually through bicubic interpolation, and seek to improve the quality of the image. this means that the operations performed by the neural network are all done in high-resolution space, which is inefficient and incurs high processing cost. the computational complexity of the convolution grows quadratically with the size of the input image, whose generation of an sr image with a scaling factor n would result in a cost \(n^{2}\) compared to the processing in the low-resolution space [12]. looking for a way of postponing the resolution increase in the network, shi et al. [44] developed a new layer, called the subpixel convolution (or pixelshuffle). such a layer works equivalent to deconvolution with kernel size divisible by spacing, but it is \(\log _{2}r^{2}\) times faster than deconvolution. their network, named efficient sub-pixel convolutional neural network (espcn), achieved speed improvements of over \(10\times \) compared to srcnn [11] while having a higher number of parameters and achieving better results for an upscaling factor of \(4\times \). the concept of subpixel convolution is currently a common choice to perform upscaling in neural networks. it has been used by several solutions that have reached the best results [6, 30, 33, 40, 53, 61, 63, 64] and participated in several editions of the sisr competition that took place during the new trends in image restoration and enhancement workshop [8, 50, 51, 62]. capsules. initially introduced by hinton et al. [16], the concept of capsule proposes to solve some of the main flaws found in traditional convolutional networks: inability to identify spatial hierarchy between elements and lack of rotation invariance. hinton et al. conclude that, after several stages of subsampling, these networks lose information that makes them possible to identify the spatial relationship between the elements of an image. the authors argue that, contrary to looking for a point of view invariance of the neurons’ activities that use a single output value, neural networks should use local “capsules” which learn to recognize a visual entity implicitly under a limited domain of viewing conditions and deformations. capsule structures encode complex calculations into a small, highly informative output vector. this vector contains information such as the probability of that entity being present in a compact domain. in addition, it comprises a set of instantiation parameters, which would include deformation, pose (position, size, orientation), hue, texture, and illumination condition of the visual entity relative to the version learned by the capsule [41]. although idealized by hinton et al., the first successful implementation of the capsule concept was made by sabour et al. [41]. in their work, the authors created a three-layer capsule network that achieved comparable results with the best results in the mnist [29] digit classification problem – previously achieved by deeper networks only. for this, sabour et al. [41] developed two innovative concepts: dynamic routing and a new activation function. leveraged by sabour et al. [41], many other authors have enhanced the concept of capsules. hinton et al. [15] proposed a new type of capsule composed of a logistic unit that indicates the probability of the presence of an entity and a pose matrix of \(4 \times 4\) representing the pose of that entity. the authors also introduced a new routing algorithm, which allows the outputs of the capsules to be routed to those of the next layer so that the active capsules receive a group of votes from similar poses. hinton et al. showed that their model surpasses the best result in the smallnorb dataset, reducing the number of errors by more than 40% while being significantly more resistant to white-box adversarial attacks. a remarkable work, which made possible the development of our solution, was developed by lalonde and bagci [28]. the authors expanded the use of capsules for the problem of object segmentation and made innovations that allowed, among other gains, to increase the data processing capacity of the capsule network, increasing inputs from \(32 \times 32\) to \(512 \times 512\) pixels. most significantly, they advanced the state-of-the-art in the problem of segmentation of lung pathologies from computed tomography, while reducing the number of parameters by approximately 38%. in particular, the authors modified the capsule routing algorithm and the reconstruction part, and modified the concept of convolutional capsules. recently, a few authors have employed capsules in their solutions for problems involving lr images [18, 35, 46]. it is worth noting that most of these solutions only made small changes to the first capsule networks introduced by sabour et al. [41] and hinton et al. [15]. for example, majdabadi and ko [35] employed a two-layered capsule network with dynamic routing as the discriminator for its multi-scale gradient capsule gan. leveraged by the matrix capsules by hinton et al. [15], hsu et al. [18] created two different approaches: (i) capsules as its main component in the network and reconstructing hr images directly from it (cirnn) and (ii) capsules for the channel attention mechanism (carnn). 3 proposed method the proposed model, named super-resolution capsules (srcaps), is shown in fig. 1. it consists of four main parts: an initial convolutional layer, followed by b sequentially connected residual dense capsule blocks, a new convolutional layer and, finally, a neural network to increase resolution. all the convolution-based layers use the weight normalization technique [43], as it accelerates the training convergence and has a lower computational cost if compared to batch normalization, without introducing dependencies between the examples of the batch [61]. the first convolutional layer, conv act in fig. 1, generates f filters from convolutional kernels of size \(k \times k\) with stride st and padding p, followed by an activation function act. this layer is responsible for converting pixel intensities to local resource detector activations that are used as inputs to the next step in the capsule blocks. fig. 1. diagram of srcaps model. full size image the residual dense capsule blocks, rdcbs, are composed of l convolutional capsule layers followed by an activation function act, with residual connection to their inputs, sequentially connected. the outputs of these layers are concatenated, forming a dense connection, followed by a convolutional layer, as shown in fig. 2. this convolutional layer, with kernels \(1 \times 1\), stride 1 and padding 0, acts as a weighted sum between the various filters, allowing the network to learn which filters are more important, thus reducing dimensionality more efficiently [34, 45, 49]. the output of the rdcb is weighted by a residual scale constant. fig. 2. rdcb diagram. full size image all capsules layers within an rdcb module have the same parameters: the number of capsules per layer c, amount of filters f, kernel size k, stride st and padding p. our capsules employ the routing algorithm suggested by lalonde and bagci [28], because it provides an efficient version of the original capsule definition, as we mentioned before. this algorithm differs from the routing-by-agreement implementation by sabour et al. [41] in two ways. first, we route capsules from the previous layer to capsules in the next layer within a specific spatial window. the original algorithm, on the other hand, directs the output of all previous layer capsules to all capsules in the next layer, varying only the routing weight. second, we share the transformation matrices among all capsules of the same type. in a later step, we decided to replace the initial routing algorithm for the no-routing introduced by gu et al. [13]. the authors argue that the routing procedure contributes neither to the generalization ability nor to the affine robustness of the capsnets; therefore, distinct ways to approximate the coupling coefficients do not make a significant difference since they will be learned implicitly. in the no-routing approach, the iterative routing procedure is removed by setting all coupling coefficients as a constant \(\frac{1}{m}\), where m is the number of capsules in the next layer. we also tried different values for the squashing constant sq used in the squashing function, as done by huang and zhou [20]. the rdcbs are sequentially connected, each having a residual connection with the block input, followed by a new convolutional layer, and the output of that layer has a residual connection with the output of the first convolutional layer. we use residual connections, identified by the symbol in figs. 1 and 2, for the following purposes: they avoid the problem of vanishing gradients (it becomes zero) by introducing shorter paths, which can take the gradient over the entire length of very deep networks, as demonstrated by veit et al. [52]; and the use of residual connections seems to greatly improve training speed [48]. at the end of the model, there is a network used to upscale, called up-sampling network (upnet) (see fig. 3). following previous works [33, 64] and several participants of the ntire 2017 [50] and ntire 2018 [51] competitions, the upnet is composed of subpixel convolutions [44]. the upnet allows the network to implicitly learn the process required to generate the larger version by adding the lr space feature maps and creating the sr image in a single step, saving memory and processing. we prefer this method over deconvolution since it naturally avoids checkerboard artifacts, which with deconvolution must be done using a kernel size that is divisible by stride to avoid the overlapping problem as demonstrated by odena et al. [38]. besides, upnet has a considerably lower computational cost, becoming \(\log _{2}r^{2}\) times faster during training [44]. fig. 3. upnet diagram. full size image loss functions. during training, we evaluated loss functions commonly used in super-resolution problems [56]. due to its simplicity and effectiveness, the first loss function we assess is the l1. previous studies [33, 65] showed that a network trained with l1 has achieved superior results compared to the same network trained with l2. still in the work of zhao et al. [65], the idea of using indices based on the structural similarity index (ssim) [57] is introduced for training neural networks. as previously noted by dong et al. [11], if a metric based on visual perception is used during training, the network can adapt to it. the ssim is calculated as: $$\begin{aligned} \text {ssim}(p) =\frac{2 \mu _{x} \mu _{y}+c_{1}}{\mu _{x}^{2}+\mu _{y}^{2}+c_{1}} \cdot \frac{2 \sigma _{x y}+c_{2}}{\sigma _{x}^{2}+\sigma _{y}^{2}+c_{2}} = l(p) \cdot cs(p) \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(\mu _{x}\) and \(\mu _{y}\) are the average pixel values in the sr and hr patches, respectively, \(\sigma _{x}\) and \(\sigma _{y}\) are the standard deviations of the same patches, \(\sigma _{x y}\) is the covariance between them, and \(c_{1}\) and \(c_{2}\) are constants added to avoid instabilities when the values of \(\mu _{x}^{2}+\mu _{y}^{2}\) and \(\sigma _{x}^{2}+\sigma _{y}^{2}\) are very close to 0. the l(p) part of the equation calculates the comparison between clipping luminances, while the comparison between their contrasts and structures is calculated by cs(p). since the highest possible value for ssim is 1, and because training a neural network usually aims to minimize the loss function, we can define the \(\mathcal {l}^{\text {ssim}}\) function as: $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {l}^{\text {ssim}}(p)=1-\text {ssim}(\tilde{p}), \end{aligned}$$ (2) in which \(\tilde{p}\) is the central pixel of patch p. the best performance in the work of zhao et al. [65] was obtained by combining l1 and the multi-scale structural similarity index (ms-ssim) shown in eq. 4 weighing 0.16 and 0.84, respectively. the authors argue that ms-ssim preserves contrast in high-frequency regions, while the l1 preserves color and brightness regardless of the local structure. the ms-ssim value is obtained by combining measurements at different scales using the equation: $$\begin{aligned} \text {ms-ssim}(p)=l_{m}^{\alpha }(p) \cdot \prod _{j=1}^{m} cs_{j}^{\beta _{j}}(p), \end{aligned}$$ (3) where scales are used ranging from 1 (original image) to m (the largest scale used), reducing the image by a factor of 2 every iteration; \(l_{m}\) and \(cs_{j}\) are the same terms as defined in eq. 3 at m and j scales, respectively, while the \(\alpha \) and \(\beta _{j}\) exponents are used to adjust the relative significance of different components. it is worth noting that the luminance comparison (\(l_{m}\)) is calculated only at m scale, while contrast and structure comparisons (\(cs_{j}\)) at each scale. as with ssim, the largest possible value for ms-ssim is 1, so we can use it in a loss function in the form: $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {l}^{\text {ms-ssim}}(p)=1-\text {ms-ssim}(\tilde{p}). \end{aligned}$$ (4) we also explored the combination of functions employing several different layers of the network, as suggested by xu et al. [58], in which the weighted sum between the calculation of the l1 function after two, three and four residual blocks are used, with weights of 0.5, 0.5 and 1, respectively. after each residual block composing the loss, we add a network based on subpixel convolutions to perform upscaling. besides the above settings, we investigate the benefits of edge maps in the loss function, since l1 may smooth the edges. similarly to pandey et al. [39], we evaluated a combination of the l1 using the sr and hr images and the l1 between its edge maps. however, although their work uses the canny operator [9] to generate the edge map, our work investigated the usage of the sobel operator [47]. we also consider the three-component weighted psnr (3-psnr) and ssim (3-ssim) loss functions  [31]. importantly, such metrics can measure the quality of images and videos. this approach breaks up an image into three parts: edges, textures, and more homogeneous regions. to do this, the sobel operator is applied to the luminance channel of the image and, from the highest calculated value and some pre-established values, the thresholds that delimit each region are calculated. the value of each metric is calculated by applying different weights for each region. li and bovik [31] showed that the weights that achieved the best results were 0.7, 0.15 and 0.15 for 3-psnr, and 1, 0 and 0 for 3-ssim, considering edges, textures, and homogeneous regions, respectively. these values are consistent with the observation that perturbations at the edges of an object are perceptually more significant than in other areas. based on recent solutions available in the literature, barron [5] presented a loss function that is a superset of cauchy/lorentzian, geman-mcclure, welsch/leclerc, generalized charbonnier, charbonnier/pseudo-huber/l1-l2, and l2. this function has two hyperparameters: robustness (\(\alpha \)) and scale (c), with the variation of which is possible to reach all previous functions as specific cases. the general loss function is calculated as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {l}^{\text {general}}(x, \alpha , c) \!=\! \left\{ \begin{array}{ll}{\frac{1}{2}(x / c)^{2}} \!\!&{}\!\! {\textrm{ if }\ \alpha =2} \\ {\log \left( \frac{1}{2}(x / c)^{2}+1\right) } \!\!&{}\!\! {\textrm{ if }\ \alpha =0} \\ {1-\exp \left( -\frac{1}{2}(x / c)^{2}\right) } \!\!&{}\!\! {\textrm{ if }\ \alpha =-\infty } \\ {\frac{|2-\alpha |}{\alpha }\left( \left( \frac{(x / c)^{2}}{|2-\alpha |}+1\right) ^{(\alpha / 2)}-1\right) } \!\!&{}\!\! { \textrm{ otherwise }}\end{array}\right. \end{aligned}$$ where x is the difference between the hr and sr pixel values. barron also showed that it is possible to modify its function so that the network learns optimal values for the \(\alpha \) and c parameters, thus providing an appropriate exploration by the network of different error functions. due to its unique features, we use the adaptive loss function for the srcaps training. 4 experimental results datasets. in this work, we employed datasets widely used in the literature [4, 56]. currently, the div2k training set is used in the training of neural networks for the super-resolution problem, while the validation set of div2k, b100, set5, set14, and urban100 are used to validate the results. all datasets are composed of original versions of the images (hr) and their reduced versions by bicubic interpolation algorithm for \(2\times \), \(3\times \), and \(4\times \). in this work, we focus on the \(4\times \) scale factor. metrics. for the validation process of the results obtained, we employed metrics commonly used in the literature. more specifically, peak signal-to-noise ratio (psnr) [17], structural similarity index (ssim) [57] and multi-scale structural similarity index (ms-ssim) [55]. due to space limitations, we refer interested readers to the work developed by wang et al. [56] for a detailed formulation. algorithms that measure the differences between two images often assume that the images are shown side by side or alternated with an empty image displayed in between for a short period before the next image is shown. in contrast, flipping (or alternating) between two similar images reveals their differences to an observer much more effectively than showing the images next to each other. aiming to better approximate human evaluators’ methods, andersson et. al. [3] developed a full-reference image difference algorithm, namely  , which carefully evaluates differences inspired by models of the human vision. table 1. model metrics for each evaluated dataset. for the psnr, ssim, and ms-ssim metrics the higher the better, while for the metric the lower the better.full size table   is designed to have both low complexity and ease of use. it not only evaluates differences in colors and edges, but also pays attention to discrepancies in isolated pixels with colors that greatly differ from their surroundings. outputs a new image indicating the magnitude of the perceived difference between two images at every pixel. the algorithm can also pool the per-pixel differences down to a weighted histogram, or generate a single value, which is the approach we will use during our analysis. this value is zero when both images are the same, and it increases as the more noticeable are the differences. computational resources. the super-resolution capsules (srcaps) model was implemented using the pytorch open-source platform on the pytorch lightning wrapper. the implementation made available by uchidafootnote 1 was used as a foundation, and also metrics from the pytorch image quality collection [23] and the official implementation of the metric [3]. for optimizers implementations, we used the torch-optimizer packagefootnote 2 and for comparative visualization of the metrics and generation of graphs we employed tensorboard [1] and comet.mlfootnote 3 tools. parameter search. to find the best set of parameters for our srcaps model, we used the ray [32] open-source framework (tune), which is a scalable hyperparameter tuning library built on top of ray corefootnote 4. we employed the async successive halving (asha) scheduler during the search, as it decides at each iteration which trials are likely to perform badly, and stops these trials, avoiding wasting resources on poor hyperparameter configurations. we train the models for a maximum of 100 epochs in the div2k training dataset and evaluate them using the ms-ssim performance on the first 10 images from the div2k validation dataset. we select these values to allow fast experimentation of different sets of parameters, as it was observed during numerous training processes that the model tends to start stabilizing performance at around 100 epochs. experimental setup. during the training process of the different models used for comparison, the entries have \(n = 16\) (batch size) pairs of image clippings from the dataset. for all models, during validation, the lr and hr images are used entirely one by one (\(n = 1\)). all models discussed here were evaluated for \(4\times \) super-resolution for 2000 epochs, where each epoch involves only one iteration through the training dataset, and is trained with two different loss functions: l1 and adaptive. other functions have been evaluated, and their results will be briefly discussed throughout this section. the final srcaps model has convolutional kernels with \(k = 3\) in its first layer, followed by 7 rdcbs (\(b = 7\)). the value used for the hyperparameters l and c are the same for all blocks: 3 and 4, respectively. in the last convolutional layer, we chose \(k = 3\), as well as for the convolutional layers internal to the upnet. throughout the neural network, we used the values of \(act = relu\), \(k = 3\), \(f = 128\), \(st = 1\) and \(p = \text {'same'}\). setting the padding to the ’same’ mode means using its value so that the input (h and w) dimensions are preserved in the output, that is, \(p = \frac{k-1}{2}\). although having a smaller number of layers and only seven residual blocks in its composition, the srcaps network has a considerable number of parameters 15m. such a value represents 13.5m, 2.4 and 10.2 more parameters than edsr, rcan and wdsr, respectively. this is due to the vectorial nature of the capsule, which adds an extra dimension to its composition. hr image slices (\(patch\_size\)) of size 128\(\times \)128 and its corresponding 32\(\times \)32 lr slice were used during their training. the updating of the weights of the networks is done by the adam optimizer [27], with \(\beta _{1} = 0.9\), \(\beta _{2} = 0.999\), and \(\epsilon = 10^{-8}\), being the networks trained with an initial learning rate of \(lr = 10^{-4}\) which decays to half of the current value every 500 epochs. when used, the adaptive loss function was initialized with the default values from the official implementation [5]. employing these values is equivalent to starting the training with the charbonnier/pseudo-huber function and letting the network learn from it what values for its parameters and, consequently, which function of the subset of the general function is more appropriate. baselines and results. the edsr model used is the base model defined by lim et al. [33]. we chose the simplest version of the model because it has a smaller number of parameters than the srcaps model. it is composed of 16 residual blocks without residual scale application since only 64 feature maps (filters) are used per convolutional layer. all convolutions, including the ones internal to the upscale network, have a kernel size of 3\(\times \)3. during its execution, the input images are subtracted from the mean rgb values of the training images of the div2k dataset, which are 0.4488, 0.4371 and 0.4040. these values range from 0 to 1 and are multiplied by the maximum pixel value, 255. the rdn [64] model, as well as the edsr, generates 64 filters as the output of its convolutional layers, and uses \(k = 3\) for all convolutional kernels, except for those used in the fusion layers of lff and gff, which have \(k = 1\). in this model, 16 rdb blocks were used, with 8 convolutional layers each. for the wdsr model, we used the original implementation by yu et al. [61]. the chosen version was wdsr-b, with 16 large residual blocks that generate 128 filters, but which internally generate convolutional layers with \(6 \times \) more filters. this model, such as edsr, also subtracts the mean rgb values from the div2k images. the rcan model we used is also the original implementation [63] and is available in the same repository used as a baseline. it is composed of 10 residual groups (rg) that form the residual in residual (rir) network structure, in which each rg is composed of 16 residual channel attention blocks (rcab). it has \(k = 3\) kernel sizes which generate \(c = 64\) filters in all convolutional layers, except for those in the channel reduction and amplification mechanism, which have \(k = 1\), and \(\frac{c}{r}=4\) and \(c = 64\) respectively, with reduction factor \(r = 16\). table 1 summarizes the results obtained for all models and datasets after the learning phase. from this table, we highlight the following points. first, the srcaps model obtained comparable results to the edsr model, sometimes surpassing it for some metrics, particularly in the b100 dataset. second, as shown in figs. 4 and 5, the proposed model manages to recreate the connection between the different characters more precisely, while models with better metrics such as rcan and rdn tend to thin the connection, as they do for the leftmost part of the symbol on top. finally, despite being able to reconstruct with quality rounded edges, a deficiency of the srcaps model is in the reconstruction of linear edges, usually diagonal. it is remarkable the results obtained with the rcan model, reaching the highest value in all metrics. we highlight that our goal is not to push the state-of the art but to bring insights into capsules applied to super-resolution problems. we believe that future research on capsule networks could benefit from our findings. fig. 4. model results for “0891” image from div2k dataset. full size image fig. 5. model results for “0829” image from div2k dataset. full size image 5 conclusions the purpose of this work was to evaluate the use of the capsule concept in the solution of single image super-resolution problems, as well as to verify new forms of training and validate the results of neural networks for this purpose. it was evidenced that, despite the inferior result, a trained network with a smaller number of layers obtained a relevant result, indicating that networks that use capsules can have applications in super-resolution. hypotheses have been raised that the nonlinearity function applied together with the capsules may be a limiting factor, given the different nature of the problem as to its initial usage (super-resolution \(\times \) classification). throughout our work, we investigate the contribution of many hyperparameters such as the activation function, learning rate, optimizer and loss function. regarding the latter, we evaluate loss functions that take the human visual system into account, as suggested by previous works [55, 57]. additionally, we study different architectural designs to compose our capsule network. the fact that the adaptive function [5] is a superset of several others and that it is possible to make the network learn, along with the other weights, the optimal values for its two main parameters (\(\alpha \) and c), allow the network to experiment which loss function best fits the problem. thus, it is possible to train the network starting from a function similar to l1, while modifying it at each iteration to extract as much useful information as possible from the data. the current limitations of the most used metrics in the literature [31] were also emphasized in this work, showing that visual evaluation of the results is still essential. existing metrics have been suggested such as ms-ssim [55] and  [3], encouraging discussion of new metrics. several points of possible improvements that could not be deeply evaluated were identified. as a future line of research, we intend to replace the composition of the upnet network, which is used in much the same way by several networks that have reached the state of the art. one can again verify the usage of the concept of reverse convolutions, or deconvolutions, as used by dong et al. [12], and also of deconvolutional capsules created by lalonde and bagci [28], or use more recent methods from the literature. kim and lee [26] recently proposed the enhanced upscaling module (eum), which achieves better results through nonlinearities and residual connections. notes 1.github.com/s-aiueo32/sr-pytorch-lightning. 2.https://github.com/jettify/pytorch-optimizer. 3.https://www.comet.ml/. 4.https://docs.ray.io/en/master/tune/index.html. references abadi, m., et al.: tensorflow: large-scale machine learning on heterogeneous systems (2015). software available from tensorflow.org google scholar  agustsson, e., timofte, r.: ntire 2017 challenge on single image super-resolution: dataset and study. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–8 (2017) google scholar  andersson, p., nilsson, j., akenine-möller, t., oskarsson, m., åström, k., fairchild, m.d.: flip: a difference evaluator for alternating images. in: acm on computer graphics and interactive techniques (2020) google scholar  anwar, s., khan, s.h., barnes, n.: a deep journey into super-resolution: a survey. acm comput. surv. 53(3), 60:1–60:34 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1145/3390462 barron, j.t.: a more general robust loss function. arxiv preprint arxiv:1701.03077 (2017) behjati, p., rodriguez, p., mehri, a., hupont, i., tena, c.f., gonzalez, j.: overnet: lightweight multi-scale super-resolution with overscaling network. in: wacv, pp. 1–11 (2021) google scholar  bevilacqua, m., roumy, a., guillemot, c., alberi-morel, m.l.: low-complexity single-image super-resolution based on nonnegative neighbor embedding. in: bmvc (2012) google scholar  cai, j., gu, s., timofte, r., zhang, l.: ntire 2019 challenge on real image super-resolution: methods and results. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–8 (2019) google scholar  canny, j.: a computational approach to edge detection. trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 8(6), 679–698 (1986) article  google scholar  dong, c., loy, c.c., he, k., tang, x.: image super-resolution using deep convolutional networks. trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 38(2), 295–307 (2016) article  google scholar  dong, c., loy, c.c., he, k., tang, x.: learning a deep convolutional network for image super-resolution. in: fleet, d., pajdla, t., schiele, b., tuytelaars, t. (eds.) eccv 2014. lncs, vol. 8692, pp. 184–199. springer, cham (2014). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-10593-2_13 chapter  google scholar  dong, c., loy, c.c., tang, x.: accelerating the super-resolution convolutional neural network. in: leibe, b., matas, j., sebe, n., welling, m. (eds.) eccv 2016. lncs, vol. 9906, pp. 391–407. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-46475-6_25 chapter  google scholar  gu, j., tresp, v.: improving the robustness of capsule networks to image affine transformations. in: cvpr, pp. 1–15 (2020) google scholar  gu, j., wu, b., tresp, v.: effective and efficient vote atack on capsule networks. in: iclr (2021) google scholar  hinton, g., sabour, s., frosst, n.: matrix capsules with em routing. in: iclr, pp. 1–10 (2018) google scholar  hinton, g.e., krizhevsky, a., wang, s.d.: transforming auto-encoders. in: artificial neural networks and machine learning, pp. 44–51 (2011) google scholar  hore, a., ziou, d.: image quality metrics: psnr vs. ssim. in: icpr, pp. 2366–2369 (2010) google scholar  hsu, j., kuo, c., chen, d.: image super-resolution using capsule neural networks. ieee access (2020) google scholar  huang, j.b., singh, a., ahuja, n.: single image super-resolution from transformed self-exemplars. in: cvpr, pp. 1–9 (2015) google scholar  huang, w., zhou, f.: da-capsnet: dual attention mechanism capsule network. sci. rep. (2020) google scholar  irani, m., peleg, s.: improving resolution by image registration. in: cvgip: graph. model. image process. 53(3), 231–239 (1991) google scholar  ji, x., cao, y., tai, y., wang, c., li, j., huang, f.: real-world super-resolution via kernel estimation and noise injection. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–8 (2020) google scholar  kastryulin, s., zakirov, d., prokopenko, d.: pytorch image quality: metrics and measure for image quality assessment (2019). https://github.com/photosynthesis-team/piq kim, j., kwon lee, j., mu lee, k.: accurate image super-resolution using very deep convolutional networks. in: cvpr, pp. 1–8 (2016) google scholar  kim, j., kwon lee, j., mu lee, k.: deeply-recursive convolutional network for image super-resolution. in: cvpr, pp. 1–13 (2016) google scholar  kim, j.h., lee, j.s.: deep residual network with enhanced upscaling module for super-resolution. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–15 (2018) google scholar  kingma, d.p., ba, j.: adam: a method for stochastic optimization. in: bengio, y., lecun, y. (eds.) iclr (2015) google scholar  lalonde, r., bagci, u.: capsules for object segmentation. arxiv preprint arxiv:1804.04241 (2018) lecun, y., bottou, l., bengio, y., haffner, p.: gradient-based learning applied to document recognition. proc. ieee 86(11), 2278–2324 (1998) article  google scholar  ledig, c., et al.: photo-realistic single image super-resolution using a generative adversarial network. in: cvpr, pp. 1–8 (2017) google scholar  li, c., bovik, a.c.: content-weighted video quality assessment using a three-component image model. j. electron. imag. 19, 19 (2010) google scholar  liaw, r., liang, e., nishihara, r., moritz, p., gonzalez, j.e., stoica, i.: tune: a research platform for distributed model selection and training. arxiv preprint arxiv:1807.05118 (2018) lim, b., son, s., kim, h., nah, s., lee, k.m.: enhanced deep residual networks for single image super-resolution. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–8 (2017) google scholar  lin, m., chen, q., yan, s.: network in network. arxiv preprint arxiv:1312.4400 (2013) majdabadi, m.m., ko, s.b.: capsule gan for robust face super-resolution. multim. tools appl. (2020) google scholar  martin, d., fowlkes, c., tal, d., malik, j.: a database of human segmented natural images and its application to evaluating segmentation algorithms and measuring ecological statistics. in: iccv, vol. 2, pp. 416–423 (2001) google scholar  nasrollahi, k., moeslund, t.b.: super-resolution: a comprehensive survey. mach. vis. appl. 25(6), 1423–1468 (2014) article  google scholar  odena, a., dumoulin, v., olah, c.: deconvolution and checkerboard artifacts. distill (2016). http://distill.pub/2016/deconv-checkerboard pandey, r.k., saha, n., karmakar, s., ramakrishnan, a.g.: msce: an edge preserving robust loss function for improving super-resolution algorithms. arxiv preprint arxiv:1809.00961 (2018) ren, h., kheradmand, a., el-khamy, m., wang, s., bai, d., lee, j.: real-world super-resolution using generative adversarial networks. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–8 (2020) google scholar  sabour, s., frosst, n., hinton, g.e.: dynamic routing between capsules. in: neurips, pp. 3856–3866 (2017) google scholar  sabour, s., tagliasacchi, a., yazdani, s., hinton, g.e., fleet, d.j.: unsupervised part representation by flow capsules. in: meila, m., zhang, t. (eds.) icml, vol. 139, pp. 9213–9223 (2021) google scholar  salimans, t., kingma, d.p.: weight normalization: a simple reparameterization to accelerate training of deep neural networks. in: neurips, pp. 901–909. curran associates, inc. (2016) google scholar  shi, w., et al.: real-time single image and video super-resolution using an efficient sub-pixel convolutional neural network. in: cvpr, pp. 1–8 (2016) google scholar  simonyan, k., zisserman, a.: very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image recognition. in: iclr (2015) google scholar  singh, m., nagpal, s., singh, r., vatsa, m.: dual directed capsule network for very low resolution image recognition. in: iccv, pp. 1–8 (2019) google scholar  sobel, i., feldman, g.: a \(3\times 3\) isotropic gradient operator for image processing (1968). talk at the stanford artificial project google scholar  szegedy, c., ioffe, s., vanhoucke, v., alemi, a.a.: inception-v4, inception-resnet and the impact of residual connections on learning. in: aaai, pp. 4278–4284 (2017) google scholar  szegedy, c., et al.: going deeper with convolutions. in: cvpr, pp. 1–8 (2015) google scholar  timofte, r., et al.: ntire 2017 challenge on single image super-resolution: methods and results. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1110–1121 (2017) google scholar  timofte, r., gu, s., wu, j., van gool, l.: ntire 2018 challenge on single image super-resolution: methods and results. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–17 (2018) google scholar  veit, a., wilber, m.j., belongie, s.: residual networks behave like ensembles of relatively shallow networks. in: neurips, pp. 550–558 (2016) google scholar  wang, x., et al.: esrgan: enhanced super-resolution generative adversarial networks. in: eccv, pp. 63–79 (2019) google scholar  wang, z., liu, d., yang, j., han, w., huang, t.: deep networks for image super-resolution with sparse prior. in: iccv, pp. 370–378 (2015) google scholar  wang, z., simoncelli, e.p., bovik, a.c.: multiscale structural similarity for image quality assessment. in: the thirty-seventh asilomar conference on signals, systems computers, vol. 2, pp. 1398–1402 (2003) google scholar  wang, z., chen, j., hoi, s.c.h.: deep learning for image super-resolution: a survey. trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 43(10), 3365–3387 (2021) article  google scholar  wang, z., bovik, a.c., sheikh, h.r., simoncelli, e.p.: image quality assessment: from error visibility to structural similarity. trans. image process. 13(4), 600–612 (2004) article  google scholar  xu, j., zhao, y., dong, y., bai, h.: fast and accurate image super-resolution using a combined loss. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1093–1099 (2017) google scholar  yang, j., wright, j., huang, t.s., ma, y.: image super-resolution via sparse representation. trans. image process. 19(11), 2861–2873 (2010) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  yu, c., zhu, x., zhang, x., wang, z., zhang, z., lei, z.: hp-capsule: unsupervised face part discovery by hierarchical parsing capsule network. in: cvpr, pp. 4022–4031 (2022) google scholar  yu, j., fan, y., yang, j., xu, n., wang, x., huang, t.s.: wide activation for efficient and accurate image super-resolution. arxiv preprint arxiv:1808.08718 (2018) zhang, k., gu, s., timofte, r.: ntire 2020 challenge on perceptual extreme super-resolution: methods and results. in: cvpr workshops, pp. 1–10 (2020) google scholar  zhang, y., li, k., li, k., wang, l., zhong, b., fu, y.: image super-resolution using very deep residual channel attention networks. in: eccv, pp. 1–8 (2018) google scholar  zhang, y., tian, y., kong, y., zhong, b., fu, y.: residual dense network for image super-resolution. in: cvpr, pp. 2472–2481 (2018) google scholar  zhao, h., gallo, o., frosio, i., kautz, j.: loss functions for image restoration with neural networks. ieee trans. comput. imaging 3(1), 47–57 (2017) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations institute of computing, university of campinas, campinas, sp, 13083-852, brazil george corrêa de araújo & helio pedrini polytechnic school of the university of são paulo, university of são paulo, são paulo, sp, 05508-010, brazil artur jordão authors george corrêa de araújoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar artur jordãoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar helio pedriniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to artur jordão . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de araújo, g.c., jordão, a., pedrini, h. (2023). single image super-resolution based on capsule neural networks. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_8 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_8 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords neural network capsule networks image super-resolution publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature preserving privacy, enhancing robustness: federated learning for lung disease identification in chest x-ray images | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper preserving privacy, enhancing robustness: federated learning for lung disease identification in chest x-ray images conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 402–411 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) preserving privacy, enhancing robustness: federated learning for lung disease identification in chest x-ray images download book pdf download book epub weld lucas cunha  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9036-23879,11, cesar castelo-fernandez  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2900-87659,11, rafael simionato  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9392-65989,11, matheus soares de lacerda  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1550-37629 & … samuel botter martins  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2894-391110  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 370 accesses abstract while hospitals routinely gather patient data, such as x-ray images, the challenge of sharing this data across multiple institutions to create a comprehensive and large dataset is hampered by privacy concerns. consequently, this limitation affects the effectiveness of state-of-the-art deep neural networks for tasks like identifying lung diseases in medical images, as they require substantial annotated data. federated learning offers a solution by enabling collaborative training across multiple edge devices or sites, where updates (e.g., neural network weights) are aggregated without sharing patient data, thus maintaining privacy. this work introduces a federated-learning-based approach for automatically detecting lung diseases in chest x-ray images, focusing on preserving data privacy and enhancing robustness. our approach follows the federated learning protocol: decentralized training of neural networks on data from multiple sites (hospitals) and centralized aggregation of knowledge in the server. the solution presents promising results in identifying fourteen lung diseases compared to three baselines within a simulated environment comprising chest x-ray images from five distinct sites. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a study on cnn architectures for chest x-rays multiclass computer-aided diagnosis chapter © 2020 classification of chest diseases using convolutional neural network chapter © 2020 cxr-fl: deep learning-based chest x-ray image analysis using federated learning chapter © 2022 1 introduction the significant generation of data, which is fundamental to modern systems, has increasingly become a powerful force in integrating the physical and digital worlds. this transformation not only changes the way we interact with devices around us but also reshapes entire industrial sectors, opening up new opportunities for countless innovations. the internet of things (iot) market is expected to reach a value of usd 1.39 trillion by 2026, making it a major contributor to the large-scale generation of data. in brazil, the technology has significant potential, with the national bank for economic and social development (bndes) estimating that the country will generate around usd 200 billion in revenue from iot implementations by 2025 [5]. this growth reflects not only technological advancement but also the increasing need for personalized solutions to address specific challenges, particularly those related to privacy. even simple activities generate important inputs for the use of machine learning (ml) and thus empower the development of intelligent tasks according to business needs. hospitals routinely collect patient data (e.g., x-ray images), which constitutes a valuable resource for training ml models that aim at detecting diseases [14]. yet, the volume of disease-specific data (e.g., pneumonia) collected by each hospital often falls short of supporting robust supervised ml models, particularly sophisticated methodologies like convolutional neural networks (cnns) [8, 9]. so, sharing data from multiple hospitals to establish a comprehensive repository (large dataset) offers a promising avenue to overcome this limitation, facilitating the development of more accurate ml models. nevertheless, keeping patients’ privacy is paramount. recently, the american government issued a presidential executive order on safe, secure, and trustworthy artificial intelligence (ai) [18] which mentions the intention to protect americans’ privacy, and explicitly provides mechanisms to strengthen research into privacy-preserving technologies prioritizing federal support to accelerate the development and use of such techniques. this fact alongside many others, such as the publication of regulations like the gdpr [1], highlights the need for new technologies capable of meeting privacy preservation requirements while using techniques widely recognized in the context of ai. fig. 1.adapted from bonawitz et al. [3]. federated learning training protocol. full size image federated learning (fl) [7, 11] is a machine learning methodology tailored to situations where there are decentralized clients and/or when data privacy is a major concern, as exemplified by sensitive medical examination data. the primary objective is to aggregate the knowledge acquired from diverse sources throughout the learning process. this operational principle entails the collaborative execution of training across multiple edge devices or servers, collaboratively aggregating updates (i.e., cnn weights) from these entities without the need to centralize the data, thereby preserving privacy and reducing communication overhead [10, 12, 15]. figure 1 illustrates the fl training approach. the server selects all the available clients among all n clients (a client may vary from a mobile device to an institution, like a hospital or a company, for instance). after selection, the model weights and settings are sent from the server to the clients to initiate the local model training. the training time may differ from client to client, depending on the amount of data and the computing power available at each site. following the training stage, all the clients should report their results to the server by sending the model updates. after receiving all the updates, the server will aggregate the knowledge from all clients into one single model, starting a new federated iteration. this work presents a federated-learning-based solution to train a supervised neural network with data from multiple sites (hospitals) for lung disease identification in chest x-ray images in a decentralized way. throughout successive learning iterations, our approach individually trains a local model for each site, leveraging solely its own data. at the end of each round, the learned weights from all participating sites are shared with a central server, ensuring data privacy by refraining from sharing images. the central server then aggregates these weights into a global model, subsequently disseminating it back to each site for further refinement as part of a new federated iteration. this iterative process runs across multiple rounds. we evaluated our solution within a simulated environment containing chest x-ray images from five distinct sites. our approach relies on a dense convolutional neural network, densenet [6], based on the chexnet architecture proposed by rajpurkar et al. [14] for lung diseases identification. our solution presented promising results in identifying fourteen lung diseases when compared against three baselines trained on the whole dataset. 1.1 motivation we were motivated by two main factors in our work. the first is related to the promotion of techniques that prioritize collaborative approaches over private data strategies. while there are many open datasets available from different medical fields [16], it is estimated that a model trained with such datasets would not be as effective as a collaborative model due to the size of the federated dataset needed for widespread adoption by multiple entities. this could usher in a new era of improved diagnosis accuracy. the other motivating factor is related to the importance of human life. a recent study from the johns hopkins armstrong institute has estimated that more than 795,000 americans suffer from serious harm due to misdiagnosis every year [13]. some of them live permanently disabled, while others lose their lives. we believe that to overcome this situation, the medical field can utilize the benefits of ai to support its professionals in making diagnoses. as shown in a recent study [17], even simple techniques like logistic regression and statistical analysis, when applied to tabular data, can provide crucial information to support better medical decision-making. 1.2 organization the remainder of this article is organized as follows. in sect. 2, we present the methods and materials used in the experiment held by this work. in sect. 3, we show in detail the obtained results and discuss them compared to other works. and finally, in sect. 4, we conclude our article with a summary of our main findings and future work. 2 materials and methods the presented solution employs the principles of federated learning to train a decentralized supervised neural network specifically designed to automate the identification of lung diseases within chest x-ray images. tailored for multilabel classification, wherein each patient image can be assigned zero or more labels (in our case, lung diseases), the proposed solution is application-independent, thus adaptable for other domains and image modalities, such as identifying brain lesions in magnetic resonance (mr) images, for instance. however, a fundamental requirement for its implementation remains the utilization of neural networks. fig. 2. sample images from the chestx-ray14 image dataset. the text positioned above each image denotes its corresponding labels (diseases). full size image 2.1 data while our solution is application-independent, evaluating it proves challenging due to the absence of publicly available large annotated datasets for various medical conditions. in this context, we opted to utilize the chestx-ray14 dataset [19] for assessment, comprising a substantial collection of 112, 120 frontal-view chest x-ray images sourced from 30, 805 distinct patients. figure 2 presents a few examples of images for multiple diseases. each image was annotated with as many as 14 distinct lung disease labels, acquired through automated extraction methods applied to radiology reports. these labels encompass atelectasis, cardiomegaly, consolidation, edema, effusion, emphysema, fibrosis, hernia, infiltration, mass, nodule, pleural thickening, pneumonia, and pneumothorax. images with no diseases are labeled as ‘no finding’. 2.2 model our model is a convolutional neural network with 121 layers. the network is initialized with weights pre-trained in the imagenet dataset [4]. the network is trained using the adam optimizer with default parameters (\(\beta _{1}\) = 0.9 and \(\beta _{2}\) = 0.999). we train the model using mini-batches of size 16. since the dataset has fourteen labels (see sect. 2.1), we replaced the final layer with a 14-output fully connected layer, where we applied an element-wise sigmoidal function. 2.3 federated training following the federated learning protocol illustrated in fig. 1, we conducted a simulation involving five hospitals, leveraging x-ray images from each hospital to facilitate the identification of lung diseases. our methodology entails the utilization of local hospital datasets to train individual local models, one per hospital. after local training, the resultant model weights from all hospitals are sent to a central server, and the weights are aggregated through the federated averaging [12] method, within a single global model that synthesizes the learned knowledge. this global model is then returned to all participating hospitals, perpetuating the federated training process. this process is shown in fig. 3. fig. 3. federated training: experimental implementation. full size image for our experimental setup, we initially partitioned the chestx-ray14 dataset into two distinct subsets: a training set denoted as \(d_{train}\) (comprising \(80\%\) of the data) and a separate testing set labeled as \(d_{test}\) (accounting for \(20\%\) of the data). subsequently, we further subdivided \(d_{train}\) into five distinct subsets, simulating a scenario involving five distinct hospitals. each hospital dataset, referred to as \(h^i\), comprised approximately 18, 000 images. finally, we divided each hospital’s dataset into two distinct portions: a hospital training subset, designated as \(h^i_{train}\) (constituting \(75\%\) of \(h^i\)) to train the local model, and a separate hospital validation subset, denoted as \(h^i_{val}\) (comprising \(25\%\) of \(h^i\)) for local validation. it is worth highlighting that after \(d_{train}\) is split into five subsets, the images themselves remain localized within each hospital site. only the weights of each neural network, trained individually at each site, are shared with the central server. the federated learning process encompassed 30 rounds, each comprising 10 local epochs, resulting in a cumulative total of 300 training iterations per site. in each round, the global model, with the aggregated weights, was evaluated using \(d_{test}\). the orchestration of training and communication across these training sites is coordinated via the flower framework [2] in simulation mode. our simulation required approximately 72 h to complete the training phase on a single computer equipped with the following hardware specifications: an intel core i7 cpu clocked at 1.80ghz (8th generation), with 16 gb of ram, and 4 gb of dedicated gpu memory (nvidia geforce). 3 results and discussion we used the per-class auroc (area under the receiver operating characteristic curve) to evaluate and compare our results against three baselines. these baselines are: 1) wang et al. [19], the work that released the chestx-ray14 dataset and former state-of-the-art for 1 class; 2) yao et al. [20], the former state-of-the-art for 13 classes; and 3) chexnet [14], which, as far as we know, is the current state-of-the-art model for lung disease identification in the chestx-ray14 dataset. we highlight that all baselines were trained over the full training set \(d_{train}\) while our solution used about 5 times less training data per site. although we do not expect our results to surpass the state-of-the-art performance, we do expect them to be comparable. table 1 shows the per-class auroc of our solution (fl) compared to the baselines. we have highlighted in bold the diseases for which our method outperformed wang et al. [19] and underlined the diseases for which we obtained virtually the same results when compared to other methods. table 1. experimental results (per-class auroc) for lung disease detection in the chestx-ray14 dataset.full size table our solution demonstrated comparable performance to wang et al. [19], yielding improved scores (in bold) for specific diseases such as atelectasis, infiltration, nodule, pneumonia, consolidation, and hernia, and virtually the same performance (underlined values) for effusion, mass, pneumothorax, fibrosis and pleural thickening. conversely, it presented inferior results than yao et al. [20] and chexnet [14] in all diseases. this discrepancy can be attributed to the fact that both baselines were trained using the complete training set \(d_{train}\). at the same time, fl utilized substantially less data—each hospital’s training set is approximately one-fifth the size of \(d_{train}\). hence, this comparison lacks parity, and the anticipation of suboptimal results is justified. nevertheless, fl presented promising results for certain diseases in comparison to yao et al.and chexnet, particularly evident in the cases of ‘infiltration,’ ‘consolidation,’ and ‘fibrosis,’ as highlighted in table 1. it is important to highlight a few considerations. firstly, the effectiveness of the baseline methods, notably chexnet, is contingent upon access to a large annotated dataset (e.g., encompassing tens of thousands of labeled images). yet, this prerequisite proves impracticable in most practical clinical routines, given the challenges of obtaining such a volume of annotated data for a specific disease, coupled with the labor-intensive and time-consuming nature of data annotation. consequently, these baseline methods tend to exhibit poorer results when such circumstances cannot be held. in contrast, while prioritizing data privacy, fl operates under the premise of a substantially smaller annotated dataset and strives to harness collective learning from diverse sources. this underscores both the potential inherent in our proposed solution and the substantial room for further enhancement. 4 conclusion this work presented a federated-learning-based solution for automatically identifying lung diseases in chest x-ray images, effectively tackling privacy challenges inherent to medical imaging and enhancing identification robustness through federated learning. this approach facilitates decentralized and collaborative model training, embracing data from diverse sources. our solution was trained on considerably fewer data per site than the baselines, mirroring a more realistic clinical setting. yet, it endeavors to compete with state-of-the-art methods that may not be feasible in a clinical scenario since they demand large annotated sensitive datasets due to privacy constraints. our federated learning model exhibits significant potential for improvements (e.g., fine-tuning), allowing it to contend with state-of-the-art benchmarks following further refinements. while hospitals routinely collect patient data, sharing these data across multiple hospitals to establish a comprehensive large dataset is impractical due to privacy constraints. our solution followed the federated learning protocol to train decentralized dense convolutional neural networks across data from multiple sites (hospitals). throughout successive learning rounds, each hospital’s learned model weights (knowledge) are shared with a central server and aggregated to build a global model, thus preserving data privacy and enhancing robustness. our solution reported promising results in identifying fourteen lung diseases for a comprehensive chest x-ray dataset. although it presented inferior results than state-of-the-art methods, their efficacy depends on a large annotated dataset, a demand often unfeasible within practical clinical workflows. the hurdles of assembling a substantial volume of annotated data for a particular ailment, combined with the laborious and time-intensive data annotation process, underscore these limitations. in contrast, our solution leverages lung disease identification by aggregating the knowledge learned from smaller datasets across multiple sites, mirroring a more realistic clinical setting. for future work, we first intend to refine our dense cnn through fine-tuning, regularization methods, and addressing the class imbalance. second, we aspire to assess other deep neural networks for lung disease identification and consider different data volumes per site, on non-iid scenarios, and various numbers of sites. finally, we intend to evaluate our solution in other medical imaging problems, such as detecting brain lesions in mr images. references regulation (eu) 2016/679 of the european parliament and of the council of 27 april 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing directive 95/46/ec (general data protection regulation). official journal of the european union (2016). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:32016r0679. accessed 08 july 2023 beutel, d.j., et al.: flower: a friendly federated learning research framework. arxiv preprint arxiv:2007.14390 (2020) bonawitz, k., et al.: towards federated learning at scale: system design. proc. mach. learn. syst. 1, 374–388 (2019) math  google scholar  deng, j., dong, w., socher, r., li, l.j., li, k., fei-fei, l.: imagenet: a large-scale hierarchical image database. in: 2009 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 248–255. ieee (2009) google scholar  gr01: as 9 maiores tendências da iot para o mundo moderno (2022). https://gr1d.io/2022/09/02/inteligencia-artificial-3. accessed 13 dec 2023 huang, g., liu, z., van der maaten, l., weinberger, k.q.: densely connected convolutional networks. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr) (2017) google scholar  kairouz, p., et al.: advances and open problems in federated learning. found. trends® mach. learn. 14(1–2), 1–210 (2021) google scholar  lecun, y., bengio, y., hinton, g.: deep learning. nature 521(7553), 436–444 (2015) article  math  google scholar  lecun, y., bottou, l., bengio, y., haffner, p.: gradient-based learning applied to document recognition. proc. ieee 86(11), 2278–2324 (1998) article  math  google scholar  lim, w.y.b., et al.: federated learning in mobile edge networks: a comprehensive survey. ieee commun. surv. tutor. 22(3), 2031–2063 (2020) article  math  google scholar  mcmahan, b., moore, e., ramage, d., hampson, s., arcas, b.a.y.: communication-efficient learning of deep networks from decentralized data. in: singh, a., zhu, j. (eds.) proceedings of the 20th international conference on artificial intelligence and statistics. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 54, pp. 1273–1282. pmlr (2017). https://proceedings.mlr.press/v54/mcmahan17a.html mcmahan, h.b., moore, e., ramage, d., arcas, b.a.: federated learning of deep networks using model averaging. arxiv preprint arxiv:1602.05629 2 (2016) newman-toker, d.e., et al.: burden of serious harms from diagnostic error in the usa. bmj qual. saf. (2023). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjqs-2021-014130 article  math  google scholar  rajpurkar, p., et al.: chexnet: radiologist-level pneumonia detection on chest x-rays with deep learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:1711.05225 (2017) ryffel, t., et al.: a generic framework for privacy preserving deep learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:1811.04017 (2018) sheller, m.j., et al.: federated learning in medicine: facilitating multi-institutional collaborations without sharing patient data. sci. rep. 10(1), 12598 (2020) article  math  google scholar  takao, m.m.v., et al.: artificial intelligence in allergy and immunology: comparing risk prediction models to help screen inborn errors of immunity. int. arch. allergy immunol. 183(11), 1226–1230 (2022) article  math  google scholar  the white house: fact sheet: president biden issues executive order on safe, secure, and trustworthy artificial intelligence (2023). https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2023/10/30. accessed 13 dec 2023 wang, x., peng, y., lu, l., lu, z., bagheri, m., summers, r.m.: chestx-ray8: hospital-scale chest x-ray database and benchmarks on weakly-supervised classification and localization of common thorax diseases. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 2097–2106 (2017) google scholar  yao, l., poblenz, e., dagunts, d., covington, b., bernard, d., lyman, k.: learning to diagnose from scratch by exploiting dependencies among labels. arxiv preprint arxiv:1710.10501 (2017) download references acknowledgments this work was made possible through the invaluable support of sidi, a brazilian institute of science and technology committed to innovating everyday applications. we also extend our sincere gratitude to the federal institute of são paulo for their collaboration throughout the conception and development of this project. furthermore, we would like to thank the state university of campinas, where three of the authors are currently pursuing their phd and master’s degrees, for its ongoing academic support. author information authors and affiliations sidi, campinas, sp, brazil weld lucas cunha, cesar castelo-fernandez, rafael simionato & matheus soares de lacerda federal institute of são paulo, campinas, sp, brazil samuel botter martins state university of campinas, campinas, sp, brazil weld lucas cunha, cesar castelo-fernandez & rafael simionato authors weld lucas cunhaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar cesar castelo-fernandezview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael simionatoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar matheus soares de lacerdaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar samuel botter martinsview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding authors correspondence to weld lucas cunha , cesar castelo-fernandez , rafael simionato , matheus soares de lacerda or samuel botter martins . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper cunha, w.l., castelo-fernandez, c., simionato, r., de lacerda, m.s., martins, s.b. (2025). preserving privacy, enhancing robustness: federated learning for lung disease identification in chest x-ray images. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_28 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_28 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords federated learning privacy medical imaging lung diseases publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature the effect of statistical hypothesis testing on machine learning model selection | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper the effect of statistical hypothesis testing on machine learning model selection conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 415–427 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) the effect of statistical hypothesis testing on machine learning model selection download book pdf download book epub marcel chacon gonçalves9 & rodrigo silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-2547-383510  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 643 accesses 4 citations abstract statistical tests of hypothesis play a crucial role in evaluating the performance of machine learning (ml) models and selecting the best model among a set of candidates. however, their effectiveness in selecting models over larger periods of time remains unclear. this study aims to investigate the impact of statistical tests on ml model selection in sequential experiments. specifically, we examine whether selecting models based on statistical tests leads to higher quality models after a significant number of iterations and explore the effect of the number of tests performed and the preferred statistical test for different experimental time horizons. the study on binary classification problems reveals that the use of statistical tests should be approached with caution, particularly in challenging scenarios where generating improved models is difficult. the analysis demonstrates that statistical tests may impede progress and impose overly stringent acceptance criteria for new models, hindering the selection of high-quality models. the findings also indicate that the dominance of versions without statistical tests remained consistent, suggesting the need for further research in this area. although this study is limited by the number of datasets and the absence of pre-test assumption verification, it emphasizes the importance of understanding the impact of statistical tests on ml model selection. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others quality assurance strategies for machine learning applications in big data analytics: an overview article open access 30 october 2024 model selection chapter © 2018 logic-based explainability in machine learning chapter © 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. biostatistics linear models and regression machine learning model theory statistical learning statistical theory and methods 1 introduction in recent years, machine learning (ml) has become a popular tool for data analysis in various fields such as finance [1], healthcare [2], and marketing [8]. the ultimate goal of machine learning is to build predictive models that can accurately predict the target variable based on the input features. choosing the best model among a set of candidate models, however, can be a daunting task. one approach is to use statistical tests of hypothesis to compare the performance of different models [4]. the statistical tests of hypothesis are widely used in the scientific community to evaluate the significance of a result or to compare the performance of different methods [7]. in machine learning, statistical tests are used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the performance of two or more models. the use of statistical tests in ml model selection has become an important topic of research due to its impact on the performance of the final model [3,4,5, 14, 17]. the use bayesian statistics is studied in [3, 5] while the use of frequentist tests is the focus of [4, 14, 17]. while these studies investigate the ability of statistical tests to choose the best model in a single experiment, this study aims to understand their effectiveness when they are applied over larger periods of time. more specifically, this study investigates whether the statistical tests commonly used for selecting the best ml model in a single experiment remain effective when applied in sequences of experiments. to achieve this, using a set a binary classification problems, the quality of the models selected by each test is examined after a significant number of iterations. other parameters such as the number of iterations and the amount of data collected to feed the statistical tests are also investigated. in this context, the research questions investigated in this study can be laid down as follows: 1. the selection of machine learning models based on statistical tests of hypothesis lead to higher quality models after a large number of iterations? 2. what is the effect of the number of tests performed to acquire data to these statistical test of hypothesis? 3. is there a preferred statistical test for different experimental time horizons? the rest of the paper is organized as follows. in sect. 2, we will provide a brief overview of statistical tests of hypothesis and their application in machine learning. in sects. 3 and 4, we will describe the experimental setup and datasets used in this study. in sect. 5, we will present and analyze the results of our experiments. finally, in sect. 6, we will conclude the paper with a discussion of the implications of our findings and future research directions. 2 statistical hypothesis testing in this section, we introduce the hypothesis tests used in this study. given our objective of comparing two groups, which is the simplest scenario, i.e., comparing two algorithms, we have selected methods for this purpose. we have chosen the t-test as a representative parametric test, while the mann-whitney u test has been selected as the non-parametric option. 2.1 paired t-test for two related samples a paired t-test is a statistical test used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the means of two related samples [11]. while using it, each individual in one sample is paired with an individual in the other sample based on some common characteristic, such as before-and-after measurements of the same individual, or measurements from two different methods applied to the same subjects. it assumes that the two samples are normally distributed and have equal variances. the null hypothesis of the paired t-test is that there is no difference between the means of the two samples. if the p-value returned by it, which is a representation of the probability of obtaining a statistic as extreme as the one observed, assuming that the null hypothesis is true, is less than a predefined significance level (e.g., 0.05), the null hypothesis can be rejected, and it usually concluded that there is a significant difference between the means of the two samples. the scipy.stats.ttest_rel function is the method in the scipy library [16] that performs a paired t-test for two related samples. it can be used in machine learning to compare the performance of two models on the same dataset. this information can be useful in model selection and can help to identify the best performing model for a given task. the test statistic t is computed as follows: $$\begin{aligned} t = \frac{\overline{x}_d \mu _0}{s_d/\sqrt{n}} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where, \(\overline{x}_d\) and \(s_d\) are the average and the standard deviation of the difference between all pairs. \(\mu _0\) is the true mean of the difference under the null hypothesis. it is zero if we want to test whether the average of the difference is significant. the number of pairs is represented by n, which is also used to calculate the degrees of freedom as \(n-1\). 2.2 independent t-test for two independent samples an independent t-test is a statistical test used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the means of two independent samples. the scipy.stats.ttest_ind function is a method in the scipy library [16] that performs an independent t-test for two independent samples. it assumes that the two samples are normally distributed and have equal variances. the null hypothesis of the independent t-test is that there is no difference between the means of the two samples [11]. if the p-value returned by the ttest_ind function is less than a predefined significance level (e.g., 0.05), the null hypothesis can be rejected, and it can be concluded that there is a significant difference between the means of the two samples. the test t statistic is computed as: $$\begin{aligned} t = \frac{\overline{x}_1 \overline{x}_2}{s_p \times \sqrt{\frac{1}{n_1} + \frac{1}{n_2}} } \end{aligned}$$ (2) where $$\begin{aligned} s_p = \sqrt{\frac{(n_1 1)s^2_{x_1} + (n_2 1)s^2_{x_2}}{n_1 + n_2 2} } \end{aligned}$$ (3) \(s_ p\) is the pooled standard deviation of the two samples. it is defined in this way so that its square is an unbiased estimator of the common variance. for more details, see [12]. 2.3 mann-whitney u test the mann-whitney u test is a non-parametric statistical test used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the distributions of two independent samples. the ss.mannwhitneyu function is a method in the scipy library [16] that performs the mann-whitney u test, also known as the wilcoxon rank-sum test. a very general formulation is to assume that: all the observations from both groups are independent of each other, the responses are at least ordinal (i.e., one can at least say, of any two observations, which is the greater), under the null hypothesis \(h_0\), the distributions of both populations are identical. the alternative hypothesis \(h_1\) is that the distributions are not identical. the function takes two arrays of different sizes as input. the arrays represent the two samples that are being compared. the function returns two values: the calculated u statistic and the associated p-value. the u statistic is a measure of the difference between the ranks of the two samples. the null hypothesis of the mann-whitney u test is that there is no difference between the distributions of the two samples. if the p-value returned by the ss.mannwhitneyu function is less than a predefined significance level (e.g., 0.05), the null hypothesis can be rejected, and it can be concluded that there is a significant difference between the distributions of the two samples. the mann-whitney u test is commonly used in machine learning to compare the performance of two models, especially when the assumptions of the t-test (such as normality and equal variances) are not met. in details, let \(x_1, \cdots , x_n\) be an independent and identically distributed (i.i.d.) sample from x and \(y_1, \cdots , y_m\) an i.i.d. sample from y and each sample independent from another. the corresponding mann-whitney u statistic is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} u = \sum _{i=1}^n\sum _{j=1}^m s\left( x_i, y_j \right) \end{aligned}$$ (4) with $$\begin{aligned} s(x, y) = {\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 1 , \text { if } x > y \\ 0.5, \text { if } x = y\\ 0, \text { if } x < y \\ \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (5) for large samples, assign numeric rank to all the observations, independent of the group they are. then, u is given by \(min(u_1, u_2)\), where: \(u_1 = n_1 n_2 + \frac{n_1(n_1 + 1)}{2} r_1,\) and \(u_2 = n_1 n_2 + \frac{n_2(n_2 + 1)}{2} r_2\). \(r_i\) is the sum of the ranks from observations of the group i and \(n_i\) is the sample size of the group i. 3 the test bed to evaluate the impact of using the aforementioned statistical tests for model selection over time, a simplified evolutionary algorithm is defined. this algorithm operates on a population of n model types, each having a set of associated hyper-parameters. the model with the highest performance, according to metric m, is designated as best model. during each generation, a random model type is selected and its parameters undergo random mutations. the mutated model then competes with the model of the same type in the population. if a statistical test reveals a significant difference in performance at a significance level of \(\alpha = 0.05\), the hyper-parameters of the model in the population are updated. in such cases, the mutated model also competes against the current best model using the same process. ultimately, the method returns the best model obtained through this evolutionary process. a pseudocode for the method is given in algorithm 1. algorithm 19 . evolutionary model selection full size image 4 experimental setup 4.1 datasets four binary classification problems defined over four datasets from the uci repository [6] were selected for analysis. they are described below: 1. the banking dataset marketing targets [13] (banking) represents customer data in the banking industry for predicting conversion. it features a large sample size (\(n \approx 45000\)) and includes seventeen predictors, consisting of seven numeric and nine categorical variables (three of which are binary). 2. the default of credit card clients dataset [18] (credit) contains information about default payments of credit card clients in taiwan from 2005. with a substantial sample size (\(n \approx 30000\)), it comprises 24 predictors, comprising fifteen numeric and nine categorical variables. 3. the heart disease dataset [10] (heart) integrates information from four databases: cleveland, hungary, switzerland, and long beach v. it encompasses 76 attributes, but published experiments focus on a subset of 14 attributes. the “target” field denotes the presence of heart disease in patients. the dataset has a sample size of \(n = 303\) and includes thirteen attributes, of which five are numeric and eight are categorical. 4. the spambase data set [9] (spambase) consists of a sample of \(n = 4601\) emails classified as either “spam” or “non-spam.” it contains fifty-seven numeric predictors, including metrics such as capital character frequency and the percentage of matching words. the datasets are preprocessed by converting categorical variables to numerical values using labelencoder and normalizing the feature values using preprocessing normalize from scikit-learn. the preprocessed data is then split into training and testing sets using train_test_split from scikit-learn. 4.2 models and hyper-parameters the following models were chosen for the study: random forest classifier k-nearest neighbors classifier decision tree classifier xgboost classifier the sampling functions used in the hyper-parameter mutation phase are denoted by: \(\mathcal {s}_{[\mu _1,\mu _2,\min ]}\): samples from a skellan distribution defined with \(\mu _1\) and \(\mu _2\) and the center on the current value of the hyper-parameter. the samples truncated to \(\min \) if its value is below \(\min \) \(\mathcal {n}_{[\sigma ,\min ,\max ]}\): samples from a normal distribution defined with \(\mu \) on the current value of the hyper-parameter and \(\sigma \). the sample is truncated to \(\min \) if its value is below \(\min \) or \(\max \) if its value is above max \(\mathcal {u}_{[v_1,v_2,...,v_k]}\): samples the values \(v_1,v_2,...,v_k\) using a uniform distribution. the hyper-parameters varied in each model and the related sampling functions are given below: random forest classifier: number of estimators: \(\mathcal {s}_{[10,10,3]}\) maximum depth: \(\mathcal {s}_{[2,2,2]}\) maximum number of features: \(\mathcal {u}_{['sqrt', 'log2', none]}\) k-nearest neighbors classifier: number of neighbors: \(\mathcal {s}_{[1,1,3]}\) weights: \(\mathcal {u}_{['uniform', 'distance']}\) decision tree classifier: maximum depth: \(\mathcal {s}_{[1,1,2]}\) maximum number of features: \(\mathcal {u}_{['sqrt', 'log2', none]}\) criterion: \(\mathcal {u}_{['gini', 'entropy', 'log\_loss']}\) xgboost classifier: tree method: \(\mathcal {u}_{['auto', 'exact', 'approx']}\) maximum depth: \(\mathcal {s}_{[1,1,1]}\) booster: \(\mathcal {u}_{['gbtree', 'dart']}\) number of estimators: \(\mathcal {s}_{[1,1,1]}\) subsample: \(\mathcal {n}_{[0.3,10^-2,1]}\) if no sampling function is the defined, the mutation selects a random element from the set of possible values. otherwise, it ramdomly samples from the defined distribution. the f1 score [15] is used as the evaluation metric for the classification models. the f1 metric is a particular case of a general measure \(f_{\beta }\). this measure is a weighting between precision and recall, indicated in cases of unbalanced data, which can generate more inaccurate results when only one of these two measures is used. 4.3 statistical tests the statistical tests used by algorithm 1 to compare the performance of different hyper-parameters are: 1. paired t-test for two related samples (ttest_rel) 2. two-sample t-test (ttest_in) 3. mann-whitney u test (mannwhitneyu) they are performed on the set of evaluation metrics collected using k-fold cross-validation. as baseline, algorithm 1 was also without any statistical test. in this case is simply selects the models with the best average performance as given by the cross-validation procedure. this procedure will be called dummy_stats_test for rest of the text. 4.4 experimental procedure algorithm 1 was executed 10 independent times for each combination of the following factor levels: datasets: [banking,credit,heart,spambase] statistical tests: [paired t-test for two related samples (ttest_rel), two-sample t-test (ttest_in), mann-whitney u test (mannwhitneyu), dummy (dummy_stats_test)] k folds: [10, 30, 50] number of generations: [25, 100, 1000] 5 results this section summarizes the results obtained using algorithm 1 for all tested conditions related to the research questions in sect. 1. the results are presented as the percentage improvement in performance between the final best model (\(f1_{final}\)) and the initial best model (\(f1_0\)) which was computed by the equation below: $$\begin{aligned} \text {\%improvement} = \frac{f1_{final} f1_0}{f1_0} \end{aligned}$$ (6) 5.1 performance over datasets figure 1 shows the box-plots for the \(\%improvement\) obtained with algorithm 1 combining all the possible configurations. it can be seen that the proposed procedure was more successful for the spambase dataset with an average improvement around 7% reaching 17.5% improvement in some scenarios. conversely, the improvements obtained for the other datasets were more modest with averages around 3%, 1.7% and 2.6% for the banking, credit and heart datasets, respectively. fig. 1. % of improvement by dataset full size image 5.2 performance of the statistical tests varying number of folds figure 2 shows the box-plots for the \(\%improvement\) obtained with algorithm 1 when we vary the applied statistical test and the number of folds used in the cross-validations procedure. it can be seen that, in this scenario where the dataset effect is confounded increasing the number of folds had no effect in the \(\%improvement\). fig. 2. % of improvement by statistical test varying the number of folds full size image figure 3 presents the factors from fig. 2 for each dataset, separately. looking at the spambase results, the dataset where algorithm 1 performed the set, it can be seen that, even though there is still no significant difference in the average \(\%improvement\), increasing the number of folds contributed to reduce the variance of the results for the parametric tests. this phenomenon, however, could not be observed in the overall results, possibly because of the difficulty algorithm 1 had to generate improved models. fig. 3. % of improvement by statistical test varying the number of folds for each dataset full size image 5.3 performance of the statistical tests varying the maximum number of generations figure 4 displays the performance algorithm 1 in regards to the \(\%improvemnt\) when varying the statistical test and the maximum number of generations (iterations) allowed. as expected, when the number of generations increases the \(\%improvement\) also increases. these overall results do not show an interaction between the statistical test and the number of iterations since the difference in the performance among the different statistical tests and the dummy test remains almost constant as the number o generations increases. fig. 4. % of improvement by statistical test and maximum number of generations full size image figure 5 displays the performance algorithm 1 in regards to the \(\%improvemnt\) for each dataset. for the datasets heart, banking and credit, even for a small number of iterations, or 25 or 100, the use of no statistical test (dummy) has led to better average performances of algorithm 1. among the versions with an actual statistical test, the paired t-test with relates samples (ttest_rel) has led to better or almost equal results on average. for the spambase where is was easy to generate improved models, the difference between the dummy and the other versions, only shows at the limit of 1000 generations. overall, these results suggest that in a challenging scenario where generating improved models is difficult, the use of statistical tests may hinder progress by imposing a an excessively stringent standard for accepting new models. fig. 5. % of improvement by statistical test and maximum number of generations for each dataset full size image 6 conclusion this study investigates the effectiveness of statistical tests commonly used for selecting the best machine learning (ml) model when applied over larger periods of time. the study aims to understand whether a selection procedure based on statistical tests leads to higher quality models after a significant number of iterations. additionally, the impact of the number of tests (number of folds in cross-validation) performed to acquire data for these statistical tests and the preferred statistical test for different experimental time horizons are examined. in summary, the analysis suggests that the use of statistical tests in ml model selection should be carefully considered, especially in challenging scenarios, as they may hinder progress and impose overly stringent criteria for accepting new models. although the number of datasets in this study is limited, and the proposed procedure did not verify the assumptions of the applied tests beforehand, it is noteworthy that the dominance of the versions without statistical tests remained consistent. this highlights the importance of conducting further research and exploration in this area. the use of statistical tests of hypothesis is fundamental in many scientific fields, and it is crucial to better understand their impact on the selection of machine learning models. references aygun, b., gunay, e.k.: comparison of statistical and machine learning algorithms for forecasting daily bitcoin returns. avrupa bilim ve teknoloji dergisi (21), pp. 444–454 (2021) google scholar  bao, d., et al.: discriminating between p16-negative oropharyngeal and non-oropharyngeal origins by their metastatic lymph nodes using machine learning approach based on mri radiomics (2022) google scholar  benavoli, a., corani, g., demšar, j., zaffalon, m.: time for a change: a tutorial for comparing multiple classifiers through bayesian analysis. j. mach. learn. res. 18(77), 1–36 (2017). http://jmlr.org/papers/v18/16-305.html bender, a., schneider, n., segler, m., patrick walters, w., engkvist, o., rodrigues, t.: evaluation guidelines for machine learning tools in the chemical sciences. nat. rev. chem. 6(6), 428–442 (2022) article  google scholar  corani, g., benavoli, a.: a bayesian approach for comparing cross-validated algorithms on multiple data sets. mach. learn. 100(2–3), 285–304 (2015) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  dua, d., graff, c.: uci machine learning repository (2017). http://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml fagerland, m.w.: t-tests, non-parametric tests, and large studies-a paradox of statistical practice? bmc med. res. methodol. 12(1), 1–7 (2012) article  google scholar  hair, j.f., jr., sarstedt, m.: data, measurement, and causal inferences in machine learning: opportunities and challenges for marketing. j. market. theory practice 29(1), 65–77 (2021) article  google scholar  hopkins, m., reeber, e., forman, g., suermondt, j.: spambase. uci machine learning repository (1999). https://doi.org/10.24432/c53g6x article  google scholar  janosi, a., steinbrunn, w., pfisterer, m., detrano, r., m.d., m.: heart disease. uci machine learning repository (1988). https://doi.org/10.24432/c52p4x kim, t.k.: t test as a parametric statistic. korean j. anesthesiol. 68(6), 540–546 (2015) article  mathscinet  google scholar  morettin, p.a., bussab, w.o.: estatística básica. saraiva educação sa (2017) google scholar  moro, s., rita, p., cortez, p.: bank marketing. uci machine learning repository (2012). https://doi.org/10.24432/c5k306 article  google scholar  trawiński, b., smetek, m., telec, z., lasota, t.: nonparametric statistical analysis for multiple comparison of machine learning regression algorithms. int. j. appl. math. comput. sci. 22(4), 867–881 (2012) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  van rijsbergen, c.j.: information retrieval. (no title) (1979) google scholar  virtanen, p., et al.: scipy 1.0 contributors: scipy 1.0: fundamental algorithms for scientific computing in python. nature methods 17, 261–272 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-019-0686-2 wong, t.t., yeh, p.y.: reliable accuracy estimates from k-fold cross validation. ieee trans. knowl. data eng. 32(8), 1586–1594 (2019) article  google scholar  yeh, i.c.: default of credit card clients. uci mach. learn. repository (2016). https://doi.org/10.24432/c55s3h article  google scholar  download references acknowledgments this work was supported by cnpq national council for scientific and technological development, capes coordination for the improvement of higher education personnel and ufop federal university of ouro preto. author information authors and affiliations graduate program on computer science, universidade federal de ouro preto, ouro preto, brazil marcel chacon gonçalves department of computer science, universidade federal de ouro preto, ouro preto, brazil rodrigo silva authors marcel chacon gonçalvesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rodrigo silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to rodrigo silva . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper gonçalves, m.c., silva, r. (2023). the effect of statistical hypothesis testing on machine learning model selection. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_28 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_28 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords machine learning model selection hypothesis testing publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature enhancing multiobjective genetic algorithms for pharmaceutical batch scheduling: a study on partitioned selection with constraints and mutation with greedy local search strategy | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper enhancing multiobjective genetic algorithms for pharmaceutical batch scheduling: a study on partitioned selection with constraints and mutation with greedy local search strategy conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 214–229 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) enhancing multiobjective genetic algorithms for pharmaceutical batch scheduling: a study on partitioned selection with constraints and mutation with greedy local search strategy download book pdf download book epub debora t. kohara  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-7654-51769, gina m. b. de oliveira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0384-18799 & luiz g. a. martins  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0168-12939  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 374 accesses abstract product manufacturing scheduling or batch sequencing (bs) in real-world pharmaceutical manufacturing poses a complex multiobjective optimization challenge, intensified by constraints and uncertain demands. these problems are typically non-linear, may leading to low convergence of feasible solutions, and the computationally intensive evaluation functions may hinder the adoption of certain techniques. multiobjective evolutionary algorithms (moeas) have been explored due to their flexible and efficient operators that can be applied to various non-linear multiobjective problems. this study proposes enhancements to moea operators, specifically a selection strategy with constraint-based partition for reinsertion to improve diversity and exploration, and a greedy local search strategy incorporated into the mutation operator to enhance the exploitation of the most promising regions. these enhancements were integrated into two models, ps-re and bl-bat, both of which demonstrated significant improvements in the performance metrics compared to a reference model. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others application of multi-objective optimization in the study of anti-breast cancer candidate drugs article open access 11 november 2022 hybrid multiobjective evolutionary algorithm with differential evolution for process planning and scheduling problem chapter © 2018 solving the multi-objective flexible job-shop scheduling problem with alternative recipes for a chemical production process chapter © 2019 1 introduction since the early 1990s, chemical batch scheduling (bs) has been explored, particularly considering the inherent uncertainties and constraints such as fluctuating demands and limited capacity. several studies have investigated the application of constrained multiobjective optimization (cmo) techniques to scheduling problems [6, 10, 11, 14, 17]. multiobjective evolutionary algorithms (moeas) are frequently employed due to their flexibility in parallel processing and their adaptability to a wide range of problem domains [20]. numerous optimization approaches in pharmaceutical manufacturing, particularly in areas of process planning and inventory optimizations to minimize costs and reduce revenue losses, remain unexplored [3, 10]. this is evidenced in the case of enbrel pharmaceutical, which experienced over 200 million usd in lost revenue [10]. the challenge of real-world constrained non-linear environments has led to the integration of problem-specific heuristics and operators, including local searches, to enhance the exploration and exploitation of feasible solutions, thereby improving solution quality and convergence. despite the high computational cost, monte carlo simulations (mcs) have been employed in the search for models with superior performance with respect to the certain expected probabilistic distributions. in previous work [13], we proposed a constrained multiobjective evolutionary approach, based on nsga-ii, to deal with the constrained and non-linear pharmaceutical batch scheduling problem. we improved the initialization and the mutation operators. the heuristic-based initialization optimizes increases the diversity of the initial population and incorporates heuristics for product sequences to minimize setup times. the enhanced mutation operator consists of four successive operations: changing products, single batch mutation (with addition or removal), mutating the number of genes (with addition or removal), and swapping gene positions. the proposed operators improved significantly the evaluated metrics \(igd+\), e, ns compared to the reference model. this work proposes a selection operator with constraint partition to enhance diversity and exploration of the search space, and an improved mutation operator with a greedy local search strategy for bs to improve the exploitation of the favorable regions. the selection divides the population into two subsets to be evaluated for reinsertion using constrained and unconstrained criteria. for costly fitness calculations (as in the case of mcs), maintaining the best invalid individuals could lead to better valid individuals. the mutation operator incorporates a greedy local search strategy for adjusting batch numbers when new genes are added, it leveraging information from the population about the average batch count for the selected product. it iteratively explores batch increments or decrements based on constraints and division criteria. experiments were carried out in order to compare the enhanced moea in relation of the previous approach (reference model), using different performance metrics, such as hypervolume (hv), inverted generational distance plus (igd+), error rate (e), coverage of two solution sets (cs), and the number of valid solutions (ns). we evaluated two models: ps-re model integrated the partitioned selection with constraints for reinsertion, while the bl-bat model incorporated the greedy local search for the mutation operator. both models demonstrated significant improvements compared to the reference model (ini-heu). the ps-re model improved e by 10.4% and igd+ by 34.2%, while bl-bat achieved even more significant results with a reduction in e by 13.8% and an improvement in igd+ by 37.8%. 2 problem definition multiobjective optimization problems (mops) aim to find optimal solutions \(x_i\) for a vector of j objectives \(f_j\). the complexity arises when comparing solutions, as one solution may outperform another across different objectives. in this regard, the concept of pareto dominance and the pareto optimal set are typically used for ranking [19]. a solution \(x_1\) dominates \(x_2\), or \(x_2\) is dominated by \(x_1\), if it is no worse than \(x_2\) for all j objectives \(f_j(x_1) \ge f_j(x_2)\), and superior in at least one \(j \in j\) (\(f_j(x_1) > f_j(x_2)\)). otherwise \(x_1\) does not dominate \(x_2\). a set of non-dominated solutions, known as pareto optimal \(p^*\), exists if no solution within the search space dominates any in \(p^*\) [4]. moeas aim to identify \(p^*\) or its subset, ensuring close approximation to the true pareto front. fig. 1. decoding of chromossome. full size image a production plan (pp) specifies a sequence and quantity of product batches, considering the costs of product transitions on the production line. utilizing real-world data from [10], the production of two batches each of products a and b spans 91 days. upstream processing (usp) for product a, including inoculation and seed phases, takes 59 days, followed by 7 days for each downstream processing (dsp) batch. a 10-day downtime is allocated for changeovers, with product b’s usp potentially overlapping with a’s production (fig. 1). demand uncertainty impacts inventory metrics, therefore mcs are used to simulate demand and evaluate pp. the fig. 2 illustrates the decoding of a pp, yields the produced quantity \(prod_{(p,m)}\) for product p in month m. demand simulations \(sd_{(p,m)}^{s}\), generated using triangular distribution data, are used for the calculation of backlog \(b(prod_{(p,m)}, sd_{(p,m)}^{s})\) and deficit \(def(prod_{(p,m)}, sd_{(p,m)}^{s})\) metrics. the process is repeated s times to assess the median of the outcomes. monthly availability (a) is determined by adding inventory (i) to production (p). if demand (d) exceeds a, the surplus is sold (s), avoiding backlog (b) and reducing i by d. otherwise, all of a is sold, and unsold units contribute to b. inventory deficit (de) is the shortfall from the inventory target. in this work, we investigate a cmop applied to pharmaceutical bs with product demands simulated via monte carlo. data based on a pharmaceutical manufacturing case extracted from  [10], formalized as follows: $$\begin{aligned} &\text {maximize: } f_1(p,m) = \sum _{p,m}^{p,m} \text {prod}_{(p,m)}\end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} &\text {minimize: } f_2(p,m,s)=\text {median}\{ \sum _{p,m}^{p,m} \text {def}(\text {prod}_{(p,m)}, sd_{(p,m)}^{s})\}\end{aligned}$$ (2) $$\begin{aligned} &\text {subject to: } e(p,m,s)=\text {median}\{~\sum _{p,m}^{p,m} b(prod_{(p,m)}, sd_{(p,m)}^{s})\}\le 0 \end{aligned}$$ (3) fig. 2. every month, the available (di) is calculated from the stock (e) added to the produced (p). if di is greater than the demand (d), di is served/sold (v) and there are no unmet sales, so there is no backlog (b), and v is reduced from the total of e. otherwise, all e becomes v and unmet sales are accounted for as b. stock deficit (de) is the strategic monthly stock target minus e. full size image the first objective \(f_1(p,m)\) (eq. 1) to be maximized is the sum of the produced quantity \(prod_{(p,m)}\) in kilograms (kg) (illustrated by produced in fig. 2) for product p in month m, with p being the total of four products and m the total of 36 months of planning. this value is calculated by decoding the pp considering the process data and changeover costs [10]. the second objective \(f_2(p,m,s)\) (eq. 2) to be minimized is the median of the accumulated differences between the monthly deficits (illustrated by deficit in fig. 2). with \(s\le s\) with s being the total number of mcs. the constraint (eq. 3) is the median of the s values of total backlog can be named as quantity of unfulfilled orders (illustrated by backlog in fig. 2), which should not exceed 0 kg. the b can accumulate, and if the stock is sufficient, the b is sold (table 1). table 1. process data. source:jankauskas et al. [10].full size table the exploration of the problem space is restrictive because of the problem space size and the fitness evaluation cost. the individual is defined by a sequence of product numbers (up to 4) and a variable number of batches, which is contingent on the minimum and maximum values per product. specifically, for product d, there are, on average, 43 batch number options per product. given an experimental constraint of a maximum of 17 genes per chromosome, the permutation with repetition of the product yields approximately \(2.29 \times 10^{10}\) variations. furthermore, the permutation of the number of batches results in approximately \(1.56 \times 10^{26}\) variations. consequently, the composition of these two permutations yields a total of approximately \(3.56 \times 10^{36}\) distinct individuals. 3 literature review local search strategies are commonly employed in optimization problems, especially for cases with rapid evaluations. we review moea’s applied to cmop scheduling local search strategies for constrained bs and the reference model used in our approach. zhen et al. [18] proposed two distinct selection strategies at different evolutionary stages to balance global and local search efforts. wang et al. [16] explored constrained optimization problems with computationally expensive evaluations, proposing an interior-point method-based local search. at each iteration, a new point is generated using gradient descent until a stopping criterion is met, resulting in the most promising candidate solution. local search is integrated into a surrogate model to reduce evaluation time, demonstrating significant improvements over benchmarks, even in problems with nonlinear inequality constraints. habib et al. [7] developed an evolutionary algorithm for constrained problems with high evaluation costs, employing a local search method to refine individuals that violate constraints. a limited number \( n \) of solutions with the smallest euclidean distances to the reference point are selected, with \( n \) dynamically defined based on the current number of invalid solutions. cai et al. [2] investigated local search strategies in gas with a surrogate-based trust region. the update mechanism is based on a partitioning strategy of the adjacent region to maintain population diversity and evaluate the expected improvement. multiple predictive models within the mechanism confer robustness to the optimization, proving efficient in high-dimensional problems. han et al. [8] developed a multiobjective genetic algorithm (moga), named demo, for task scheduling problems considering setup times with objectives focused on total time and energy consumption. they employed a heuristic for population initialization, self-adaptive evolutionary operators to attain high-quality solutions, and a local search strategy to enhance the algorithm’s exploratory capabilities. the local search operator, based on gene insertion, selects individuals for local search with a certain probability, creating a uniformly distributed number of neighbors. the best neighbor is then chosen based on its distance to a reference point. simulation results indicate that demo outperforms three state-of-the-art algorithms in terms of hypervolume metrics, coverage rate, and distance. azadeh et al. [1] integrated into nsga-ii a population initialization strategy that eliminates non-occurring operations, crossover operators combined with simulated annealing, and a mutation operator with local search for neighbor evaluation. jia et al. [11] developed a history-based evolutionary algorithm using decomposition and local competition applied to scheduling with three objectives: total time, delay penalties, and energy consumption. a competitive local search is proposed (evaluating gene position swaps, gene insertion based on time optimization) that adjusts task positions to expedite convergence. the method includes an elitism-based reinsertion strategy, retaining half of the population and generating the remaining solutions based on historical information and characteristics extracted from the best solutions, ensuring only valid individuals are produced. this work uses the study case presented in [10]. authors developed a moea based on nsga-ii algorithm [5] where each individual is a variable-length vector representing a production plan with the sequence of products and their corresponding batch numbers. the population initiates with 100 individuals, each consisting of a single gene representing one batch of the four products. the \(f_1\) (eq. 3) is calculated through individual decoding, while 1000 demand simulations (\(sd_{(p,m)}^{s}\)) is used to calculate the \(f_2\) and the e. parent selection for crossover utilizes binary tournament selection. the population is categorized into non-dominated fronts, the criteria to define the winner is based on first the backlog constraint, in case of tie uses a criteria similar to nsga-ii with the ranking of the non-dominated front; and if another tie occurs the crowding distance is used [5]. mutation comprises four sequential operations, applicable per gene (product mutation, positive batch increment, negative batch decrement) and/or per chromosome (gene position swap). a new random gene is always added to the chromosome to all generated offspring, resulting in increasing individual sizes from the initial population. in the reinsertion, individuals are sorted and selected based on constraint value, i.e., those with the smallest constraint violations will be chosen. in case of a tie, the ranking of the non-dominated front and crowding distance are applied [5]. in the end of each 1000 generations (defined as a run) feasible non-dominated solutions are stored to an external file. this process is iterated 50 times (runs), resulting in a file containing feasible non-dominated solutions from all 50 runs. the non-dominated front of the external file is calculated again, determining it as the final solution of one execution. in previous work [13], a moea approach, called ini-heu, was proposed as an improvement for the later work [10]. this approach increasing the diversity of the population based on initialization strategies, incorporating an optimized heuristic-based mutation operator, and exploring various crossover types to enhance solution quality. despite the improvements in the metrics evaluated some areas for improvement were identified: (i) high error rate, even using a high number of generations; (ii) low diversity in the final population, where individuals are very close to each other; and (iii) large complex problem space adding complexity to the search of feasible solutions. 4 proposed model in this section, the proposed strategies for enhancing the genetic operators are detailed. two models are investigated: the first, named ps-re, improves upon the reference model ini-heu ([13]) by incorporating the partitioned selection with constraints for reinsertion, and also reduces the number of generations by increasing the crossover rate. the second variation, named bl-bat, extends the ps-re model by integrating a mutation operator coupled with a greedy local search strategy to determine the number of batches for new genes. 4.1 selection partitioned by constraints for reinsertion we propose a selection partitioned by constraints for reinsertion based on distinct evaluation criteria (constrained and non-constrained), aiming to enhance the population diversity. the proposed partitioned reinsertion strategy divides the population set \( p \) of size \( n \) into two subsets \( p_{1} \) and \( p_{2} \), selected based on the original (restricted) and nsga-ii (unrestricted) criteria, respectively. the first subset \( p_{1} \), of size \( n \cdot pre \), is selected by initially prioritizing the constraint; in case of a tie, the nsga-ii criterion is applied evaluating first the pareto front and in case of tie the crowding distance. the second subset \( p_{2} \), of size \( n \cdot (1-pre) \), is chosen exclusively by the nsga-ii criterion. during the reinsertion process, the pareto front of all solutions are calculated, regardless of the constraints. the set \( p_{1} \) is filled by selecting \( n \cdot pre \) solutions according to the ordering of the original criterion. with the remaining solutions, they are ordered using the nsga-ii criterion. that is, for a population with \( n=100 \), the dominance front are calculated disregarding the constraints. considering \( pre \) of 60%, each generation selects 60 individuals following the ordering criterion that prioritizes the smallest constraint results and, in case of a tie, the nsga-ii criteria. the remaining 40 individuals are chosen from the entirety of the current population, based on the nsga-ii criteria. 4.2 mutation with greedy local search an enhancement for the heuristic mutation operator used in [13] is proposed. for non-linear constrained problems, the exploitation of neighbours could improve the quality and speed of convergence. thus, we incorporate a greedy local search strategy for the number of batches if new genes are added. the operator is illustrated in fig. 3 and its pseudocode is visualized in algorithm 1. fig. 3. mutation operator with 4 operations: product mutation with probability pmutp, batch mutation with paddb, number of genes with paddg and position swap with pswapg. the local batch search occurs if a new gene is added. full size image in case a new gene is added, the product is randomly selected, while for the number of batches, a greedy local search approach is adopted. the average number of batches of the current population for the selected product is evaluated, and a percentage of the average batch ( pbm% ) is calculated in relation to this average number for the evaluation of the individual in the case of an increase and decrease in the number of batches. the individual with the original number of batches is then compared with the proposed variation of increment and decrement of batches considering the restriction and division criterion. first, the smallest restriction is evaluated; in case of a tie, the result of the division of the objectives \(\frac{f_{2}(x)*(-1)}{f_{1}(x)}\) is evaluated with the aim of minimization. if the variations in the number of batches do not result in an improvement in relation to the average number, the search is terminated, maintaining the previous number of batches. this procedure is repeated with the same increment or decrement operation selected in the first iteration until the maximum number of iterations (mi) is reached or the established limits for the number of batches are met. 5 experiments and results in this section we explain the experimental setup and the discussion of the results, through the comparative analysis and the hypothesis test analysis. 5.1 experimental setup let p be defined as the non-dominated front obtained from the final population of an algorithm execution. given the stochastic nature of mogas, we conducted 30 executions for each evaluated model. the algorithm was implemented in java and executed on machines with the following configuration: cpu intel core i7; 8gb ram; os windows 10. metrics. in this section, we define the evaluated metrics: hv, nsv, e, igd+, and cs. since the set \(p*\) is not known, it was experimentally approximated from 1424 executions of the moga. the approximated \(p*\) set comprises 32 individuals, indicating the problem’s complexity and the challenge in finding solutions that satisfy the backlog constraint. to ensure comparability in the results analysis, we used the same experiment environment for the demand set. to evaluate the significance of the superiority between the approaches for each metric, a hypothesis test with 5% confidence was used. for distributions that approximate a normal distribution, the t-test [12] was used, otherwise, the mann-whitney u test [15] was used. the hypervolume metric (hv) quantifies the distribution of the non-dominated solution set relative to the total search space. it represents the coverage of a specific solution space by a particular solution set. for a problem with two objectives, the hv represents the area dominated by the set p relative to the total area of the search space. the formula is as follows: $$\begin{aligned} hv = \sum _{i=1}^{p} \sum _{j=1}^{m} \left| f_j(s_i) f_j(w) \right| \end{aligned}$$ (4) where w is the worst solution found in p, and \(f_j(s_i)\) refers to the value of objective j of the non-dominated solution \(s_{i}\). the number of solutions (ns) is a problem-related metric defined as the number of valid non-dominated solutions \(s_i\) found in p that meet the problem constraint (backlog = 0). it provides a measure of the diversity of the set found. however, a high ns does not necessarily imply better solution quality, as a good solution may reduce the ns by dominating multiple inferior solutions. the error rate (e) represents the percentage of solutions in p that belong to a non-dominated or pareto optimal set \(p*\), and is formulated as: $$\begin{aligned} e = \frac{\sum \limits _{i=1}^{|p|} e_{i}}{|p|} \end{aligned}$$ (5) where \(e_{i} = 1\) if the solution \(i \in p\) is dominated by any solution in \(p*\), otherwise \(e_{i} = 0\). it is defined as the percentage of elements of the pareto set \(p*\) that are not contained in p. given two sets of non-dominated solutions a and b, the set coverage metric, or coverage of two sets (cs), represents the percentage of elements in b that are dominated by a. therefore, cs(a,b)=1 indicates that all solutions in b are dominated by a, while cs(a,b)=0 indicates that none of the elements in b is dominated by a [20]. this metric is calculated as follows: $$\begin{aligned} cs(a,b) = \frac{|\{p\in p | \exists p' \in p':p'\ge p\}|}{|p|} \end{aligned}$$ (6) in addition, both directions must be analyzed, as cs(a,b) is not necessarily equal to 1 cs(a,b). the inverted generational distance plus (igd+) metric is an improvement of the inverted generational distance (igd) and generational distance (gd) metrics, which quantify and qualify the non-dominated set achieved by the moga (p) in relation to a reference set. typically, p is compared to the pareto optimal set (\(p*\)). igd+ considers the dominance relations between the solution and the reference point. if a solution is dominated by a reference point, the euclidean distance is used for the distance calculation. in the case where they are not dominated by each other, the minimum distance from the reference point to the region dominated by the solution is used. as a result, the distance represents the amount of inferiority of the solution in relation to the reference point [9]. this metric is calculated as follows: $$\begin{aligned} igd+(a,b) = \frac{1}{|a|}\sum _{s\in a}\min _{r\in b} d(r,s) \quad \text {, }\quad d(r,s) = \sqrt{\sum _{i=1}^m (\max \{s_i-r_i, 0\})^2} \end{aligned}$$ (7) 5.2 comparative analysis this section presents a comparative analysis of the results obtained from the reference model, ini-heu, and the proposed models, ps-re and bl-bat. the ps-re model refines the ini-heu model by integrating the partitioned selection with constraints for reinsertion (subsect. 4.1). the ps-re model uses a partition percentage pre of 60% for the selection for reinsertion and increases the crossover rate from 30% to 90%. for the mutation operator, it uses pmutp of 1%, pmutg of 40%, paddg of 50%, pmutb of 25%, paddb of 25%, and pswapg of 50%. the bl-bat model extends the ps-re model by modifying the mutation operator with a greedy local search strategy for the number of batches. it employs a mi of 2 and pdm of 85. table 2 displays the average (avg) and median (med) of the results. notably, as the ps-re model enhances the quality of the results even at a lower number of generations, the total number of generations was reduced from 1000 to 600. consequently, the final generations for each model will be compared. upon evaluating the metric e, the proposed models ps-re and bl-bat (at generation 600) reduce by 10.4% and 13.8%, respectively, compared to ini-heu (at generation 1000). this reduction suggests that the improved selection of diversity enables a more effective exploration of the search space and the discovery of more solutions from p*. furthermore, the 3.4% improvement when comparing ps-re and bl-bat suggests that the local search facilitates the exploitation of the nearest individuals. the improvement of the proposed models over generations, especially for the initial generations for e and igd+, can be visualized through the boxplot of the executions in fig. 4a. fig. 4. boxplots of performance metrics over moga generations. full size image for the avg igd+, both proposed models ps-re and bl-bat improve by 34.2% and 37.8%, respectively, compared to ini-heu. this improvement suggests that the models are capable of finding solutions closer to p*. similarly to the impact to the hv, there is a 3.6% improvement for the igd+ when comparing ps-re and bl-bat, indicating a better exploitation of the solutions with the incorporation of the local search. upon analysing the ns, the results are similar with a range of 24 to 27 solutions. the ini-heu model still presents the best average, with a reduction of 3.1% and 6.4% for the ps-re and bl-bat, respectively. however, this metric must be evaluated carefully since a large ns does not necessarily imply a better solution. the box plots for igd+ and ns are shown in fig. 4b. evaluating the average hv, the results are similar, varying from 0.89997 to 0.9007. the ps-re model shows a slight improvement of 3.8% in the hv and the bl-bat a small reduction of 6.9% compared to ini-heu. table 2. performance metrics of the moga approaches.full size table to investigate the dominance relationship between the fronts of different approaches, we analyze the cs metric. table 3 presents the results. both proposed models ps-re and bl-bat demonstrate superiority for the dominance. when comparing ps-re with ini-heu, 71.2% of the solutions from ini-heu are dominated by the solutions from ps-re. on the other hand, only 11.9% of the solutions in ps-re are dominated by ini-heu. comparing bl-bat with ini-heu, 60.1% of the solutions from ini-heu are dominated by the solutions from bl-bat, while only 17.1% of the solutions in bl-bat are dominated by ini-heu. this confirms that bl-bat presents a significant improvement in terms of dominance compared to ini-heu. comparing ps-re in relation to bl-bat, 25.8% of the solutions from ps-re are dominated by bl-bat and 36.1% of the solutions from bl-bat are dominated by ps-re. therefore, ps-re presents a slight better dominance compared to bl-bat. this suggests that the ps-re model presents a significant improvement in terms of dominance compared to the ini-heu model. moreover, comparing ps-re to ini-heu for dominance ps-re provides a slight better result. the ps-re model is able to find more dominant solutions, suggesting a more effective exploration of the search space. table 3. cs metrics of the strategiesfull size table 5.3 hypothesis test analysis this section presents the results of a hypothesis test conducted at a 95% confidence level to assess the statistical significance of the ps-re model in comparison to other models. the results, displayed in table 4, show each row representing the average values of the metrics (hv and ns for maximization, and igd+ and e for minimization). each column represents the comparison of ps-re with a different model. the green cells indicate instances where ps-re significantly outperforms the other model for the corresponding metric. the hypothesis test confirms the statistical superiority of ps-re over the ini-heu for hv, igd+, and e metrics; and bl-bat for hv metric. when comparing ps-re with ini-heu, there is significant evidence of superiority for all metrics, except for the ns with comparable results. this suggests that allowing unconstrained solutions enhances the diversity of the population, improving the exploration of solutions towards the p*. despite the higher averages for e and igd+ for the bl-bat model, there is insufficient statistical evidence to assert its superiority over ps-re. moreover ps-re demonstrating evidence of superiority for the hv metric. this suggests that the combination of local search strategies, could be further investigated in combination with surrogate models to reduce the cost of fitness evaluation. table 4. hipothesis test for the metrics comparing ps-re vs other approachesfull size table 6 conclusion in this study, we investigated moga models applied to the batch scheduling of pharmaceutical products with stochastic demands. we proposed two improvements in the genetic operators: the partitioned selection with constraints for the reinsertion and the incorporation of the greedy local search strategy to the mutation operator. the operators were investigated in two models: the first ps-re, which enhances the reference model ini-heu by integrating the partitioned selection with constraints for reinsertion; and the second bl-bat, which incorporates to the ps-re model the greedy local search strategy for the number of batches to the mutation operator. both models demonstrated statistically significant improvements compared to the reference model(ini-heu) in relation to the metrics igd+ and error rate. for the ps-re model, we observed an improvement in the avg of 10.4% in e, improvement of 34.2% for igd+, a slight increase of 3,8% for the hv and a small reduction to ns of 3,1% compared to the reference model. this suggests that the enhanced selection of diversity and the increased crossover rate positively influenced capability of finding solutions in p* and closer. the bl-bat model presented even more expressive results, with a reduction in the average of 13.8% in e, an improvement of 37.8% in igd+, a reduction to ns of 6,4% and a small reduction of 6,9% in hv compared to the reference model. moreover, both demonstrated superiority in the cs metric compared to the ini-heu model, with 71.2% of the solutions from ini-heu being dominated by the solutions from ps-re. only 11.9% of ps-re solutions were dominated by ini-heu solutions. the ps-re also outperforms the bl-bat in dominance, with 36,1% of the solutions from bl-bat dominated by the solutions from ps-re and 25,8% from ps-re solutions dominated by bl-bat solutions. this confirms the significant improvement of the ps-re model in terms of dominance compared to the ini-heu model. as future investigations, we are going evaluated the algorithm performance when processing time is used as a stopping criterion. surrogate models could be used in order to reduce the computational cost of the fitness and constraints evaluation. it also favors the study of more refined local search operators in the mutation. references azadeh, a., goldansaz, s.m., zahedi-anaraki, a.h.: solving and optimizing a bi-objective open shop scheduling problem by a modified genetic algorithm. int. j. adv. manufact. technol. 85, 1603–1613 (2016) google scholar  cai, x., gao, l., li, x.: efficient generalized surrogate-assisted evolutionary algorithm for high-dimensional expensive problems. ieee trans. evol. comput. 24, 365–379 (2020) article  math  google scholar  chen, y., yang, o., sampat, c., bhalode, p., ramachandran, r., ierapetritou, m.: digital twins in pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical manufacturing: a literature review. processes 8(9), 1088 (2020) article  google scholar  deb, k.: multi-objective genetic algorithms: problem difficulties and construction of test problems. evol. comput. 7, 205–230 (1999) article  math  google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee trans. evol. comput. 6, 182–197 (2002) article  math  google scholar  fu, y., zhou, m., guo, x., qi, l.: stochastic multi-objective integrated disassembly-reprocessing-reassembly scheduling via fruit fly optimization algorithm. j. cleaner prod. 278 (2021) google scholar  habib, a., singh, h., chugh, t., ray, t., miettinen, k.: a multiple surrogate assisted decomposition based evolutionary algorithm for expensive multi/many-objective optimization. ieee trans. evol. comput. 23, 1000–1014 (2019) google scholar  han, y., li, j., sang, h., liu, y., gao, k., pan, q.: discrete evolutionary multi-objective optimization for energy-efficient blocking flow shop scheduling with setup time. appl. soft comput. j. 93 (2020) google scholar  ishibuchi, h., masuda, h., tanigaki, y., nojima, y.: modified distance calculation in generational distance and inverted generational distance. evol. multi-criterion optim. 110–125 (2015) google scholar  jankauskas, k., farid, s.s.: multi-objective biopharma capacity planning under uncertainty using a flexible genetic algorithm approach. comput. chem. eng. 128, 35–52 (2019) google scholar  jia, z.h., gao, l.y., zhang, x.y.: a new history-guided multi-objective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition for batching scheduling. expert syst. appl. 141 (2020) google scholar  johnson, p.o.: statistical methods in research. prentice-hall (1949) google scholar  kohara, d.t., de oliveira, g.m.b., martins, l.g.a.: improving a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm applied to batch scheduling in pharmaceutical manufacturing. in: 2023 ieee 35th international conference on tools with artificial intelligence (ictai), pp. 399–403 (2023) google scholar  li, z., qian, b., hu, r., chang, l., yang, j.: an elitist nondominated sorting hybrid algorithm for multi-objective flexible job-shop scheduling problem with sequence-dependent setups. knowl. based syst. 173, 83–112 (2019) google scholar  mann, h.b., whitney, d.r.: on a test of whether one of two random variables is stochastically larger than the other. ann. math. stat. 50–60 (1947) google scholar  wang, y., yin, d.q., yang, s., sun, g.: global and local surrogate-assisted differential evolution for expensive constrained optimization problems with inequality constraints. ieee trans. cybern. 49(5), 1642–1656 (2019) article  math  google scholar  zhang, b., ke pan, q., lei meng, l., lu, c., hui mou, j., qing li, j.: an automatic multi-objective evolutionary algorithm for the hybrid flowshop scheduling problem with consistent sublots. knowl. based syst. 238, 107819 (2022) google scholar  zhen, h., wenyin, g., ling, w.: data-driven evolutionary sampling optimization for expensive problems 32, 318–330 (2021) google scholar  zitzler, e., thiele, l.: an evolutionary algorithm for multiobjective optimization: the strength pareto approach. tik-report 43 (1998) google scholar  zitzler, e., thiele, l.: multiobjective evolutionary algorithms: a comparative case study and the strength pareto approach. ieee trans. evol. comput. 3 (1999) google scholar  download references acknowledgments the authors would like to thank fapemig, capes and cnpq for the financial funding. author information authors and affiliations faculty of computing, federal university of uberlandia, uberlandia, brazil debora t. kohara, gina m. b. de oliveira & luiz g. a. martins authors debora t. koharaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gina m. b. de oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luiz g. a. martinsview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to debora t. kohara . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper kohara, d.t., de oliveira, g.m.b., martins, l.g.a. (2025). enhancing multiobjective genetic algorithms for pharmaceutical batch scheduling: a study on partitioned selection with constraints and mutation with greedy local search strategy. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_15 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_15 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords multiobjective evolutionary algorithm constrained non-linear optimization genetic algorithms batch scheduling publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature integrating tensor-based data analytics and adaptive prediction for informed decision-making support | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper integrating tensor-based data analytics and adaptive prediction for informed decision-making support conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 335–345 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) integrating tensor-based data analytics and adaptive prediction for informed decision-making support download book pdf download book epub betania campello  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9609-87249 & leonardo tomazeli duarte  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0290-00809  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 374 accesses abstract this work proposes a novel approach to support multi-criteria decision analysis (mcda) using tensor-based data structures and an adaptive prediction method. mcda allows for informed decision-making involving the evaluation of different alternatives based on a set of predefined criteria. unlike previous approaches, this methodology considers the prediction of future criteria signals rather than just consider a single-period value for the criteria. the proposed method generates a tensorial representation of the data and ranks alternatives using a mcda method. experimental results demonstrate that this approach outperforms existing methods, particularly in decision-making situations where future long-term consequences need to be considered. this study contributes to the development of decision support systems by providing a methodological framework that leverages the potential of signal processing and tensor-based data analysis. work supported by são paulo research foundation (fapesp) under the grants #2024/03045-0 and #2020/09838-0 (bi0s brazilian institute of data science). l. t. duarte would like to thank the national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq, brazil) for the financial support. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others selecting a multi-criteria decision analysis method chapter © 2021 a novel multi-criteria decision analysis technique incorporating demanding essential characteristics of existing mcda techniques article 07 march 2023 dynamic mcda approach to multilevel decision support in online environment chapter © 2016 1 introduction signal processing (sp) methods have a wide range of applications in various fields of engineering and natural sciences, such as acoustics [12], and biomedical data analysis [23]. sp methods handle diverse signal characteristics such as non-stationarity and noise, making them suitable for tasks like denoising and adaptive prediction [21]. given their advantages, sp techniques can effectively address decision problems across different domains that require analysis of time-series data. these domains include economics, healthcare, environmental science, and other scientific fields. for instance, [22] showed the potential of kalman filters in decision problems found in economy. in [19], the authors show that independent component analysis (ica) can be used as a pre-processing step in a class of decision problems comprising multiple criteria. moreover, the least-mean-square algorithm was employed in decision making related to the covid-19 pandemic in italy [16]. besides, [18] applied an adaptive kalman filter technique for diabetic recommendation systems. this study aims to investigate the potential of a comprehensive approach that combines signal processing methods with multi-criteria decision analysis (mcda) [13] in a tensorial-based data structure. mcda methods provide a basis for informed decision-making in the process of ranking alternatives according to multiple criteria. the data structure used in mcda methods is usually a decision matrix, where each row corresponds to an alternative, and each column corresponds to a criterion. the entries in the matrix represent the evaluation of each alternative according to each criterion. an example of the application of mcda methods is to rank government projects based on criteria such as environmental impact, economic feasibility, and social benefit. the entries (evaluations) in the decision matrix usually considers static information comprising evaluations acquired in the instant decision is taken. this approach is referred to as current or single period analysis. although the current period analysis may be suitable for certain types of decision-making, many real-world decisions require analyzing the evolution of the criteria over time (their time-series or signals). in the example of ranking government projects, the current analysis corresponds to considering the values of environmental impact, economic feasibility, and social benefit at the moment the project is implemented. however, the long-term implications of these criteria values in the years following project implementation can provide valuable information for the final decision [10]. few studies in mcda have been considering time-series-based approaches, as showed in [4]. examples of time-based approaches in mcda include the studies by [10, 17], which proposed a methodology for dealing with future time series in sustainable contexts, and [26], which propose a long-term planning horizons in a case study from the german energy sector. other recent studies deal with historical time series analysis in mcda, such as [4, 24, 25], and [7]. fig. 1. tensorial proposal in which predictive signals are obtained using an adaptive prediction method. full size image the works mentioned above highlight a gap in the field of mcda when it comes to handling time series data for criteria. to address this gap, reference [5] proposed an extension of the classical decision matrix to a tensor (often employed in signal processing when dealing with multiple signals [3, 15]). the tensor in [5] has three dimensions, with the first dimension representing the alternatives, the second dimension representing the criteria, and the third dimension representing the historical time series of the criteria. for each time series, an adaptive prediction method was applied to predict the values of the criteria for specific future periods. subsequently, a decision matrix was constructed using these predicted values. finally, a mcda method, called preference ranking organization method for enrichment evaluation ii (promethee ii) [1], was applied to obtain a predicted ranking for a specific future period. although the approach in [5] is useful in certain contexts, it may not provide an effective decision-making when the decision-makers must consider the long-term consequences of their choices. we address this case in the present work by obtaining future prediction signals for each criterion, instead of a single prediction value as done in [5]. the proposed methodology is illustrated in fig. 1. once the data are structured as a tensor, an adaptive prediction method is applied to each criterion to obtain q (\(q > 1\)) predicted values and form a q-dimensional prediction signal for each criterion. we then apply the promethee ii method to the predicted signals dimension, then to the criteria dimension, to obtain the ranking of the alternatives. moreover, we investigate how the prediction error influences the final ranking. the paper is organized as follows. section 2 provides an overview of the tensor notation adapted for the mcda context. section 3 presents a brief background on the mcda problem and the promethee ii method. the proposed algorithm is described in sect. 4. the results and discussion are presented in sect. 5. finally, sect. 6 concludes the study. 2 tensorial structure for support multi-criteria decision analysis tensors are widely used in sp [8], and can be defined as functions of three or more indices. we consider in this study a third-order tensor denoted by \(\mathcal {h} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n \times t}\). the first dimension of this tensor is related to the alternatives, the second to the criteria, and the third to the time-series. there are three types of slices in this tensor, represented as frontal \({\textbf {h}}(:,:,t)\), horizontal \({\textbf {h}}(:,j,:)\) and vertical \({\textbf {h}}(i,:,:)\). also, there are three types of fibers, \({\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\), \({\textbf {h}}(i, :, t)\) and \({\textbf {h}}(:, j, t)\). the fiber \({\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\) is illustrated in fig. 1, representing the time-series related to the criteria. finally, each element of this tensor is denoted by \(h_{ijt}\), and corresponds to the evaluation of alternative i in criterion j at instant t. it is worth mentioning that the employ of tensor structures in mcda is rather recent. the decision tensor was introduced as an alternative to the traditional decision matrix in [5, 6]. additionally, an unbalanced three-dimensional decision tensor was proposed in [20], in such a way as to allow the third dimension of the tensor to have varying sizes. 3 multi-criteria decision analysis background mcda methods have become increasingly popular for ranking alternatives based on multiple criteria. the data structure in mcda is the decision matrix denoted by \({\textbf {h}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n}\). here, the rows of \({\textbf {h}}\) correspond to a set of m alternatives denoted as \(a = \{a_1, a_2, \cdots , a_m\}\), while the columns represent n criteria denoted by \(c = \{c_1, c_2, \cdots , c_n\}\). each element in the matrix, represented by \(h_{ij}\), represents the evaluation of alternative i with respect to criterion j. some mcda techniques utilize the concept of matrix aggregation, which involves transforming the decision matrix \({\textbf {h}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n}\) into a scoring vector \({\textbf {f}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m}\). this process maps each row i of matrix \({\textbf {h}}\) (which corresponds to alternative i) to a score \(f_i\), which is then used to rank the alternatives. there are numerous aggregation methods available [27], including both linear and nonlinear approaches [11]. in addition, the method parameters can be trained in a supervised, semi-supervised, or unsupervised [9] way. a well-established mcda aggregation technique is the promethee family of methods [2]. this approach is based on pairwise comparisons, which involves comparing the evaluations of two alternatives on a particular criterion for all pairs of alternatives in all criteria [1]. the method also uses a weight vector \(\gamma = \{\gamma _1, \gamma _2, \cdots , \gamma _n\}\) which model relative importance of each criterion; assuming that \(\gamma _n \ge 0\) and \(\sum _{j=1}^{n} \gamma _j = 1\). promethee ii [1] is a specific variant of the promethee method that takes the decision matrix h as input and outputs a score vector \({\textbf {f}} \in \mathbb {r}^m\). the initial step in promethee ii is to compute the difference between the performance of each pair of alternatives \(a_i\) and \(a_k\) in each criterion j using the following equation: $$\begin{aligned} d_j(a_i, a_k) = h_{ij} h_{kj} \ \ \forall j = 1,\cdots , n. \end{aligned}$$ (1) by applying eq. (1), we can generate a tensor \(\mathcal {d} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times m \times n}\). each matrix slice of \(\mathcal {d}\), denoted as \({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j) \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times m}\), represents a pairwise comparison matrix. in the second step, a preference function p is applied to each pairwise comparison matrix \({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j)\) using the following formula: $$\begin{aligned} p_j(d_j(a_i, a_k)) = p_j({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j)) \ \ \forall j = 1,\cdots , n. \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(0 \le p_j({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j)) \le 1\). there are various types of preference functions available, as described in [1]. for our study, we use the most common preference function known as usual: \(p_j(d_j(a_i, a_k)) = \dfrac{\text{ sgn }(d_j(a_i, a_k))+1}{2}\), where sgn(\( d_j(a_i, a_k)) \) represents the sign function. the next step is to consider a mapping function \(\mathbb {r}^{m \times m \times n} \rightarrow \mathbb {r}^{m \times m}\) that provides a global preference index of \(a_i\) over \(a_k\) \(\forall \) i, k: $$\begin{aligned} \pi (a_i, a_k) = \sum _{j=1}^{n}\gamma _j p_j({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j)). \end{aligned}$$ (3) because \(p_j({\textbf {d}}(:,:,j)) \ge 0\) and \(\gamma _j \ge 0\), then \(\pi (a_i, a_k) \ge 0\). the last step involves mapping from \(\mathbb {r}^{m \times m} \rightarrow \mathbb {r}^{m}\). this is achieved by comparing each \(a_i\) with the remaining \((m-1)\) alternatives, and obtaining its final score, denoted by \(\phi (a_i)\). the score is calculated as the difference between the mean preference of \(a_i\) over the other alternatives and the mean preference of all alternatives over \(a_i\): $$\begin{aligned} \phi (a_i) = \dfrac{1}{m-1}\sum _{a \in a}\pi (a, a_i) \dfrac{1}{m-1}\sum _{a \in a}\pi (a_i, a) \ \ \forall i = 1,\cdots , m. \end{aligned}$$ (4) the vector f is formed by \(\phi (a_i) \in [-1,1]\), and it is sorted in descending order to obtain a vector with the ranking r of the alternatives. 4 the proposed mcda method using tensor-based structure and adaptive prediction the proposed algorithm is composed by three main steps: (1) mcda data tensor structuring; (2) prediction; (3) aggregation. steps (1) and (2) are illustrated in fig. 1. in step (2), we use the recursive least square (rls) [21] due to its fast convergence and its ability to track eventual dynamic behaviors of the data. the required computational complexity of the rls is thoroughly compatible with our problem. next, we provide a detailed description of each step and formalize it in algorithm 1. (1) mcda data tensorial structuration: the input for this step is the data related to the evaluation of the alternatives over the years. these data are structured in a tensor denoted by \(\mathcal {h} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n \times t}\), with m alternatives, n criteria, and t samples. this tensor is the output of this step; (2) prediction: for this step, the input is the tensor \(\mathcal {h}\). for each fiber \({\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\), the rls algorithm is applied with \(\lambda \) samples to be predicted ahead, where \(\lambda \) ranges from 1 to q. as a result, prediction signals are obtained, which are represented by \(\hat{{\textbf {h}}}(i, j,:)\). a prediction tensor \(\mathcal {\hat{h}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n \times q}\) is then constructed using these prediction signals. this tensor is the output of this step; (3) aggregation: for this step, the input is the tensor \(\mathcal {\hat{h}}\). for each slice \(\hat{{\textbf {h}}}(:,j,:)\), where \(j = 1,\ldots , n\), represented in fig. 2, we apply the promethee ii method. as a result, n vectors f are outputted, which compose a matrix \(\hat{{\textbf {f}}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n}\). next, promethe ii is applied in matrix \(\hat{{\textbf {f}}}\), to obtain a final vector f. by sorting f, the ranking r of the alternatives is obtained, which is the output of this step. fig. 2. horizontal slices of the tensor \(\mathcal {\hat{h}}\). full size image 5 numerical experiments this section presents experimental results obtained from synthetic data to demonstrate the advantages of the proposed approach for decision-making, which incorporates ranking based on future prediction signals compared to ranking based on single-period data. the code and data utilized in these experiments are publicly available on the following github repository: https://github.com/bsccampello/tensor-analytics-prediction. in order to assess the dissimilarities between two rankings in our experiments, we employ the kendall tau rank correlation coefficient [14]: \( \tau _{{\textbf {r}}\times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}} = \left\| {\textbf {r}} \hat{ {\textbf {r}}} \right\| _\kappa \). this coefficient measures the distance between two rankings, \( {\textbf {r}}\) and \(\hat{ {\textbf {r}}}\), and is defined as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \tau _{{\textbf {r}}\times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}} = \dfrac{2}{n(n-1)} | \{(p, u): p \tau _{\hat{{\textbf {r}}}}(u)) \\ \vee (\tau _{\textbf {r}}(p) > \tau _{\textbf {r}}(u)\ \wedge \tau _{\hat{{\textbf {r}}}}(p) < \tau _{\hat{{\textbf {r}}}}(u))\} |, \end{aligned}$$ where \( \tau _{\textbf {r}}(p) \) and \(\tau _{\hat{{\textbf {r}}}}(p)\) means the positions of the p-th element in vectors r and \(\hat{{\textbf {r}}}\). the \(\tau _{{\textbf {r}}\times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\) value is bounded on [0, 1]; being zero when the rankings are the same, and one if the rankings are opposite. we performed the simulations by carrying out the two stages described below \(\ell \) = 1,000 times, , and we averaged the results of these \(\ell \) simulations: , assuming a set of \(m=5\) alternatives, \(n=4\) criteria, \(t=25\) samples, and \(q = 5\) samples to be predicted. stage 1 – generate the input data: the data used to compose the tensor \(\mathcal {h} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n \times t}\) is generated. given a continuous uniform distribution u and a set \(z = [1,\)..., t], with \(t \in z\), each fiber \({\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\) of the tensor \(\mathcal {h}\) is obtained as follows: criterion 1, \({\textbf {h}}(i, 1,:)\) \(\rightarrow \) \(h_{i1t} = a_i + b_it \), \(a_i \sim u[2, 20]\), \(b_i \sim u[0.5,0.8]\), \(\forall t, i\); criterion 2, \({\textbf {h}}(i, 2,:)\) \(\rightarrow \)] \(h_{i2t} = a_i + sin(f_it)\), \(a_i \sim u[2, 20]\), \(f_i\sim u[0.7\pi , 0.75\pi ]\), \(\forall t, i\); criterion 3, \({\textbf {h}}(i, 3,:)\) \(\rightarrow \) \(h_{i3t} = a_i + (-1)^t\), \(a_i \sim u[2, 20]\), \(\forall t, i\); criterion 4, \({\textbf {h}}(i, 4,:)\) \(\rightarrow \)] \(h_{i4t} = a_i + t^{0.075}\), \(a_i \sim u[2, 20]\), \(\forall t, i\). since there is a white noise component in actual signals, we add random noise \(\alpha \boldsymbol{\mu }\), \(\boldsymbol{\mu }\sim n(0,1)\), to the signals \({\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\), being \(\alpha \) calculated as: \( \alpha = 10^{(\frac{10log\sigma _{{\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)}^2 -snr}{20}) }\), where \(\sigma _{{\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)}^2\) is the variance of \( {\textbf {h}}(i, j,:)\), and the snr is the signal-to-noise ratio, which assumes the values from 0 to 50 db. stage 2 – computing the results: to compute the results, let us assume that the current period is at the instant of time t, as shown in fig. 3. the known signal is assumed to be from instant 1 to \(t = 25\), and the years to be predicted are for the next 5 years, which means that the algorithm considers \(q = 5\) samples. considering four rankings to compute the tau distances \(\tau ^c_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times {\textbf {r}}^c}\), \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\), and \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {g}}_\lambda \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\), obtained as: fig. 3. signals and the current period. full size image – current ranking (\({\textbf {r}}^c\)): we construct a matrix \({\textbf {h}} \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n}\) with the data at time instant \(t = 25\) (current values) and apply the promethee ii method. this ranking is commonly used in mcda literature as the classical ranking. – prediction ranking (\(\hat{{\textbf {r}}}\)): this ranking is calculated by applying algorithm 1 using the data generated in stage 1 as input. – reference ranking or benchmark (\({\textbf {r}}^*\)): we construct a tensor \(\mathcal {h}^* \in \mathbb {r}^{m \times n \times q}\) containing the actual data from period \(t+1\) to \(t + 5\), and apply the promethee ii method to both time and criteria dimensions. this ranking serves as the benchmark for the prediction one. indeed, \(\hat{{\textbf {r}}}\) and \({\textbf {r}}^*\) should be the same if the prediction errors do not influence the final ranking. – rankings obtained using the approach proposed in [5] (\({\textbf {g}}_1\), \({\textbf {g}}_2\), \({\textbf {g}}_3\), \({\textbf {g}}_4\), \({\textbf {g}}_5\)): to generate these rankings, we first construct a matrix of predicted values for a single future period, \(t+1\), using the rls technique. we then apply the promethee ii method to this matrix to obtain a ranking, denoted by \({\textbf {g}}_1\), at period \(t+1\). we repeat this process for periods \(t+2\) through \(t+5\), generating a total of 5 rankings, one for each period. at the end of stages 1 and 2, we compute the average of \(\ell \) simulations for each snr value of \(\tau ^c_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times {\textbf {r}}^c}\), \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\), and \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {g}}_\lambda \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\), and these results are shown in fig. 4 and fig. 5. fig. 4. \(\tau ^c_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times {\textbf {r}}^c}\), and \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\). full size image a preliminary analysis of fig. 4 concerns the comparison between the ranking typically computed in mcda literature, referred to as the current ranking, and the ranking obtained by considering future values of the criteria, known as the benchmark ranking (\(\tau ^c_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times {\textbf {r}}^c}\)). it is evident that these rankings differ with tau values higher than 0.11. this implies that the classical approach used in mcda may not yield appropriate solutions when it is crucial to analyze the future impact of a decision. in real-world decision-making, future criterion values are often unknown, and predictive methods should be employed to estimate them. a second analysis of fig. 4 is therefore necessary to evaluate the influence of prediction error on the ranking. specifically, this analysis compares the benchmark ranking and the predicted ranking through the tau value \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\), which quantifies the impact of the prediction error in the ranking outcomes. we may observe that, for snr higher than 15, tau values are less than 0.08, which can be acceptable if future rankings are relevant for the decision-making process. the results in fig. 4 show that the difference between the benchmark and prediction rankings (\(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\)) is smaller than the difference between the benchmark and current rankings (\(\tau ^c_{{\textbf {r}}^* \times {\textbf {r}}^c}\)). this suggests that, for decisions with future consequences, a prediction-based approach may be more suitable than one relying on the current data values, even if there is an error in the prediction and, in consequence, in the ranking. fig. 5. comparison between the approach proposed in [5] and this proposal. full size image to compare the approach proposed in [5] with the one presented in this work, we obtained additional results, as illustrated in fig. 5. we calculated \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {g}}_\lambda \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\) for \(\lambda = 1, \cdots , q\), where \({\textbf {g}}_\lambda \) denotes the ranking obtained by the adaptive approach proposed in [5]. for instance, the metric \(\hat{\tau }_{{\textbf {g}}_1 \times \hat{{\textbf {r}}}}\) quantifies the difference between the rankings \({\textbf {g}}_1\) (obtained using the single-period prediction for \(t+1\)) and \(\hat{{\textbf {r}}}\). notably, the ranking \(\hat{{\textbf {r}}}\) is distinct from all the rankings obtained using the single-period approach. these results suggest that the proposed approach is capable of providing different rankings than those obtained by the single-period approach. therefore, the proposed approach can be a valuable tool in decision-making processes that consider long-term consequences. 6 conclusion the present paper proposes a new decision-making method based on tensor data structure and adaptive prediction, thus extending previous work that provide cross-fertilization between the fields of signal processing and mcda. the proposed approach showed promising results in generating rankings suitable for decision-making that are relevant to the analysis of long-term future consequences. the simulation results revealed that the proposed approach can provide rankings close to the benchmark, indicating that prediction error does not significantly affect ranking when snr is higher than 15 db. furthermore, the results suggest that this approach can be more suitable for making decisions with future consequences, even if there is an error in the ranking, than relying solely on current data values. additionally, the proposed approach is also more suitable than the approach proposed in [5], when future decision should consider long-term analysis. in summary, the proposed approach can be a valuable tool for decision-making in diverse domains, including finance, healthcare, and sustainable development. further research can be conducted to evaluate the applicability of the proposed approach in real-life decision-making scenarios, and to investigate the influence of different prediction methods on its performance. references brans, j.p., mareschal, b.: promethee methods. in: multiple criteria decision analysis: state of the art surveys, pp. 163–186. springer (2005) google scholar  brans, j.p., vincke, p.: a preference ranking organisation method: the promethee method for multiple criteria decision-making. manage. sci. 31(6), 647–656 (1985) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  calvi, g.g., lucic, v., mandic, d.p.: support tensor machine for financial forecasting. in: proceedings of ieee international conference on acoustics speech signal process (icassp), pp. 8152–8156. ieee (2019) google scholar  campello, b.s.c., duarte, l.t., romano, j.m.t.: exploiting temporal features in multicriteria decision analysis by means of a tensorial formulation of the topsis method. comput. ind. eng. 175, 108915 (2023) article  math  google scholar  campello, b.s.c., duarte, l.t., romano, j.m.: adaptive prediction of financial time-series for decision-making using a tensorial aggregation approach. in: ieee international conference on acoustics, speech and signal processing (icassp), pp. 5435–5439 (2020) google scholar  campello, b.s.c., duarte, l.t., romano, j.m.t.: dealing with multi-criteria decision analysis in time-evolving approach using a probabilistic prediction method. eng. appl. artif. intell. 116, 105462 (2022) article  math  google scholar  campello, b.s.c., duarte, l.t., romano, j.m.t.: multicriteria decision support employing adaptive prediction in a tensor-based feature representation. pattern recogn. lett. 174, 52–56 (2023) article  math  google scholar  cichocki, a., et al.: tensor decompositions for signal processing applications: from two-way to multiway component analysis. ieee signal process. mag. 32(2), 145–163 (2015) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  duarte, l.t.: a novel multicriteria decision aiding method based on unsupervised aggregation via the choquet integral. ieee trans. eng. manage. 65(2), 293–302 (2017) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  frini, a., benamor, s.: mupom: a multi-criteria multi-period outranking method for decision-making in sustainable development context. environ. impact assess. rev. 76, 10–25 (2019) article  math  google scholar  greco, s., figueira, j., ehrgott, m.: multiple criteria decision analysis, vol. 37. springer (2016) google scholar  halimeh, m.m., huemmer, c., kellermann, w.: a neural network-based nonlinear acoustic echo canceller. ieee signal process. lett. 26(12), 1827–1831 (2019) article  math  google scholar  keeney, r.l., raiffa, h.: decisions with multiple objectives: preferences and value trade-offs. cambridge university press (1993) google scholar  kendall, m.g.: a new measure of rank correlation. biometrika 30(1/2), 81–93 (1938) article  math  google scholar  kroonenberg, p.m.: applied multiway data analysis, vol. 702. john wiley & sons (2008) google scholar  marano, s., sayed, a.h.: decision-making algorithms for learning and adaptation with application to covid-19 data. signal process. 194, 108426 (2022) article  math  google scholar  mouhib, y., frini, a.: tsmaa-tri: a temporal multi-criteria sorting approach under uncertainty. j. multi-criteria decis. analy. 28(3–4), 185–199 (2021) article  math  google scholar  nagaraj, p., deepalakshmi, p., ijaz, m.f.: optimized adaptive tree seed filter for a diabetes recommendation system—bilevel performance improvement strategy for healthcare applications. in: cognitive and soft computing techniques for the analysis of healthcare data, pp. 191–202. elsevier (2022) google scholar  pelegrina, g.d., duarte, l.t., romano, j.m.t.: application of independent component analysis and topsis to deal with dependent criteria in multicriteria decision problems. expert syst. appl. 122, 262–280 (2019) article  math  google scholar  pelissari, r., abackerli, a.j., duarte, l.t.: choquet capacity identification for multiple criteria sorting problems: a novel proposal based on stochastic acceptability multicriteria analysis. appl. soft comput. 120, 108727 (2022) article  math  google scholar  romano, j.m.t., attux, r., cavalcante, c.c., suyama, r.: unsupervised signal processing: channel equalization and source separation. crc press (2011) google scholar  venegas, f., de alba, e., ordorica, m.: an economist’s guide to the kalman filter. estudios económicos pp. 123–145 (1995) google scholar  wan, c., chen, d., yang, j.: pulse rate estimation from forehead photoplethysmograph signal using rls adaptive filtering with dynamical reference signal. biomed. signal process. control 71, 103189 (2022) article  google scholar  wątróbski, j.: temporal promethee ii–new multi-criteria approach to sustainable management of alternative fuels consumption. j. clean. prod. 413, 137445 (2023) article  math  google scholar  watrobski, j., salabun, w., ladorucki, g.: the temporal supplier evaluation model based on multicriteria decision analysis methods. in: asian conference on intelligent information and database systems, pp. 432–442. springer (2017) google scholar  witt, t., klumpp, m.: multi-period multi-criteria decision making under uncertainty: a renewable energy transition case from germany. sustainability 13(11), 6300 (2021) article  math  google scholar  zopounidis, c., doumpos, m.: multicriteria classification and sorting methods: a literature review. eur. j. oper. res. 138(2), 229–246 (2002) article  math  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations school of applied sciences at the university of campinas, limeira, brazil betania campello & leonardo tomazeli duarte authors betania campelloview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar leonardo tomazeli duarteview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to betania campello . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper campello, b., duarte, l.t. (2025). integrating tensor-based data analytics and adaptive prediction for informed decision-making support. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_23 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_23 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords adaptive prediction temporal analysis multi-criteria publish with us policies and ethics profiles leonardo tomazeli duarte view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature assessment of robust multi-objective evolutionary algorithms on robust and noisy environments | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper assessment of robust multi-objective evolutionary algorithms on robust and noisy environments conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 33–48 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) assessment of robust multi-objective evolutionary algorithms on robust and noisy environments download book pdf download book epub mateus clemente de sousa9,12, ivan reinaldo meneghini10,12 & frederico gadelha guimarães11,12  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 528 accesses 2 citations abstract robust optimization considers uncertainty in the decision variables while noisy optimization concerns with uncertainty in the evaluation of objective and constraint functions. although many evolutionary algorithms have been proposed to deal with robust or noisy optimization problems, the research question approached here is whether these methods can deal with both types of uncertainties at the same time. in order to answer this question, we extend a test function generator available in the literature for multi-objective optimization to incorporate uncertainties in the decision variables and in the objective functions. it allows the creation of scalable and customizable problems for any number of objectives. three evolutionary algorithms specifically designed for robust or noisy optimization were selected: rnsga-ii and rmoea/d, which utilize monte carlo sampling, and the c-rmoea/d, which is a coevolutionary moea/d that uses a deterministic robustness measure. we did experiments with these algorithms on multi-objective problems with (i) uncertainty in the decision variables, (ii) noise in the output, and (iii) with both robust and noisy problems. the results show that these algorithms are not able to deal with simultaneous uncertainties (noise and perturbation). therefore, there is a need for designing algorithms to deal with simultaneously robust and noisy environments. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a clustering-based coevolutionary multi-objective evolutionary algorithm for handling robust and noisy optimization article 24 june 2024 a novel robust multi-objective evolutionary optimization algorithm based on surviving rate article open access 28 february 2025 variation rate: an alternative to maintain diversity in decision space for multi-objective evolutionary algorithms chapter © 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational methods for stochastic equations continuous optimization optimization system robustness calculus of variations and optimization probabilistic methods, simulation and stochastic differential equations 1 introduction uncertainties exist in the real world, such as in the measurement system or final control element. the search for optimal solutions in the presence of uncertainties is often referred to as robust optimization in the literature [3, 4, 9, 11]. however, the term robust optimization can be used to encompass uncertainties in both the decision variables and the parameters of the problem, as discussed by ben-tal, el ghaoui, and nemirovski in their book on robust optimization [2]. this includes considering uncertainty in the input of the mathematical model of the optimization problem. in this article, our focus is specifically on uncertainties in the decision variables, referred to as perturbations within the context of robust optimization. on the other hand, uncertainties in the objective functions, which pertain to the output of the process, are referred to as noise within the context of noisy optimization. figure 1 illustrates these definitions and the distinctions between noisy and robust optimization. fig. 1. robust optimization (perturbation in the decision variables/parameters) versus noisy optimization (noise in the function output). full size image real optimization problems can have different types of uncertainties. these uncertainties can prevent the implementation of practical solutions if not taken into account. the designer (optimizer) therefore faces the challenge of finding solutions that are less sensitive to uncertainties. optimization with uncertainty is a relatively new and rapidly growing research field that has gained significant attention in the past decade [10]. some works with applications using optimization under uncertainties are [1, 7, 12, 17, 20, 25]. examples of uncertainties include noise, model inaccuracies, time variations, measurement inaccuracies, disturbances, and other uncontrolled factors that can degrade the performance of the designed solutions [19]. recently, shaaban sahmoud and haluk rahm [22] worked on noisy and dynamic optimization. we aim to fill a gap in the literature by conducting a study that tests evolutionary algorithms in the presence of both types of uncertainties; in decision variables and objective functions. in order to answer this research question, we extend a test function generator available in the literature for multi-objective optimization. the goal is to provide an examination of the behavior of these algorithms under such conditions. the generator of benchmark problems from [18] uses a bottom-up approach and generates problems with various features, the objective space, and the decision space separately. it allows the creation of scalable and customizable problems for any number of objectives and pareto fronts with different shapes and topologies, and can incorporate different features such as dissimilarity, robustness, and modality. the objective space can always be represented as a vector \(({\textbf {x}}_p, {\textbf {x}}_d)\), where \({\textbf {x}}_p\) responsible for the spatial location of the points in the objective space and \({\textbf {x}}_d\) governs the convergence. the extension introduces different types of noise (gaussian, uniform, and cauchy) for the objective functions. these noises have different properties, such as being additive or multiplicative, and can have different intensities. the noise intensities were taken from the work of [8]. proposed intensities were implemented, along with a third intensity we specifically proposed for the gaussian and uniform noises. then, three evolutionary algorithms designed for robust or noisy optimization are selected: rnsga-ii, rmoea/d, and c-rmoea/d. the results of the tests show that the algorithms were not able to handle simultaneous uncertainties in decision variables and objective functions, leading to a degradation in the quality of the solutions compared to only one type of uncertainty (either perturbation or noise). thus, we conclude that there is a need for designing algorithms specifically for handling simultaneous uncertainties. in this work, the preliminary definitions and concepts such as uncertainties and robustness measures are presented in sect. 2. in sect. 3 presents the extension of the function generator proposed in this work. the results of the computational experiment, including a brief description of the three algorithms used and the experimental setup, are presented in sect. 4. finally, the conclusion of the work is presented in sect. 5. 2 preliminary concepts some of the main concepts covered in this section include types of uncertainties and robustness measures. these concepts provide the foundation for the later discussions in the paper about robust and noisy multi-objective optimization. 2.1 types of uncertainties there are several classifications of uncertainties in the literature. three prevalent classifications of uncertainties are presented in table 1. the parameter \(\delta \) represents uncertainties in the decision variables (perturbation), \(f({\textbf {x}}+\delta )\), or in the objective functions (noise), \(f({\textbf {x}})+\delta \). table 1. classifications of types of uncertainties, according to [4, 13, 21].full size table according to [4], uncertainties are categorized based on their sources, with some sources of different types of uncertainties being identified in the design and optimization process. ong et al. [21] consider which elements of the model are affected, such as the objective function, variables, or environment. finally, jin and branke [13] classify uncertainties in optimization problems according to how they impact the optimization process. we observed that there is an equivalence between the classifications of uncertainties mentioned in the literature. this equivalence is depicted in table 2. to illustrate this equivalence, consider type b, which classifies the source of uncertainty as production tolerance. for example, a final control element has uncertainty (a hypothetical example would be a drill that aims to drill 5 m, but may have a \({\pm }10\%\) error). this error in the final control element generates a perturbation in the decision variables, thus making it both type ii and category ii. table 2. equivalence between classifications of uncertainties, according to [4, 13, 21].full size table 2.2 robustness measurements mathematically, there are different ways to quantify the uncertainties classified above. one paper that defined robustness measures was by [4]. according to this work, uncertainties can basically be modeled deterministically, probabilistically, or possibilistically: 1. the deterministic type defines domains of uncertainty parameters. an example is the worst-case measure: $$\begin{aligned} r({\textbf {x}},\delta ) = \max _{\delta \in \vardelta }f({\textbf {x}},\delta ) \end{aligned}$$ (1) 2. the probabilistic type defines probability measures that describe the probability by which a given event can occur. an example is the monte carlo integration followed by the mean: $$\begin{aligned} \hat{r}({\textbf {x}},\delta ) = \frac{1}{k} \sum _{i=1}^{k} [f({\textbf {x}}+\delta ^i)] \end{aligned}$$ (2) 3. the possibilistic type defines fuzzy rules that describe the degree of adherence by which a given event may be acceptable. an example is the treatment of uncertainty sets using fuzzy logic and the theory of evidence [14]. 3 function generator extension robust optimization and/or noisy optimization a contribution of this work is the proposal of an extension to the function generator described in [18]. the main aspect of this extension is the integration of concepts from robust and noisy optimization. the gaussian, uniform, and cauchy noise models present in the bbob functions [8] are incorporated into the function generator, resulting in an optimization problem formulation with uncertainty in both the decision variables and the objective functions. mathematically: $$\begin{aligned} f({\textbf {x}},\delta _x, \delta _f) = f({\textbf {x}} + \delta _x) + \delta _f \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\delta _x\) indicates the uncertainties in the decision variables and \(\delta _f\) indicates the uncertainties in the objective functions. in eq. 3, the noise is considered additive, but it can also be multiplicative: $$\begin{aligned} f({\textbf {x}},\delta _x, \delta _f) = f({\textbf {x}} + \delta _x) \times \delta _f \end{aligned}$$ (4) the main objective of the proposed extension is to evaluate the behavior of algorithms in problems with uncertainty in both the decision variables and the objective functions. to date, the algorithms have only been tested in either robust optimization or noisy optimization. they were designed specifically for one type of uncertainty, so the question is whether they will perform well in the presence of two types of uncertainty simultaneously. the test function used in this study is called gpd and is taken from [18]. this problem allows for changing the format of the pareto front through a parameter p. the parameter p defines the norm (\(p \ge 1\)) or quasi-norm (\(0 < p < 1\)) used in the function \(h({\textbf {x}}) = || t({\textbf {x}}) ||_p\). if \(0 < p < 1\), the pareto front is convex. if \(p=1\), it is a hyperplane, and if \(p > 1\), it is concave. in this article, it was defined as follows: \(p = 0.5\) or \(p = 1\) or \(p = 2\). the focus of this work is to assess the robustness and noise tolerance of the algorithms. to achieve this, unrestricted and bi-objective problems were chosen. the problem gpd is evaluated according to the methodology described in [18]. as previously stated, this work utilizes three models of noise: gaussian, uniform, and cauchy (\(\delta _f\) of eqs. 3 and 4). these noises will be incorporated into the function generator. these noise models were adopted from the work of [8] (bbob functions). finck et al. [8] defined two levels of intensity for the noise: moderate and severe. the mathematical description of the three noise models is presented below. gaussian noise $$\begin{aligned} f_{gn}(f,\beta ) = f \times \exp (\beta \mathcal {n}(0,1)) \end{aligned}$$ (5) where \(\beta \) controls the intensity of the noise and \(\mathcal {n}(0,1)\) is a random variable with a normal distribution with a mean of 0 and a variance of 1. uniform noise $$\begin{aligned} f_{un}(f,\alpha ,\beta ) = f \times \mathcal {u}(0,1)^\beta \max \left( \begin{array}{c} 1,(\frac{10^9}{f + \epsilon })^{\alpha \mathcal {u}(0,1)} \end{array} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (6) where \(\mathcal {u}(0,1)\) represents a random, uniformly distributed number in the interval (0, 1) and \(\alpha \) is a parameter that controls the intensity of the noise in conjunction with the parameter \(\beta \), resulting in two random factors. the first factor is uniformly distributed in the interval [0,1] for \(\beta = 1\). the second factor (\(\max \)) is greater than or equal to 1. finally, the factor \(\epsilon \) is introduced to avoid division by zero, with a value of \(10^{-99}\) being adopted. the uniform noise is considered to be more severe than gaussian noise. cauchy noise $$\begin{aligned} f_{cn}(f,\alpha ,\text {p}) = f + \alpha \left( \begin{array}{c} 1000 + \mathbb {i}_{\{\mathcal {u}(0,1)<\text {p}\}} \frac{\mathcal {n}(0,1)}{|\mathcal {n }(0,1)| + \epsilon } \end{array} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (7) where \(\alpha \) defines the intensity of the noise and p determines the frequency of the noise disturbance. the value of \(\epsilon \) is \(10^{-199}\). this noise model has two important characteristics. first, only a small percentage of the function values are affected by noise. second, the noise distribution is considered to be unusual, with outliers occurring from time to time. the gaussian and uniform noises are multiplicative, so the intensity remains constant regardless of the range of values in the objective function. for example, if the maximum noise value is 5, the effect on the objective function will be to increase its value by 5 times, whether the value ranges from [0,1] or [0,100]. cauchy’s noise differs from the previous two in that it is additive. in this case, the scale of the objective function must be considered. for example, if the range of values for one problem is [0,1] and for another problem is [0,100], and the noise peak has an intensity of 1, the intensity for the first problem will be \(100\%\) since the noise is additive, whereas, for the second problem, it will only be \(1\%\). therefore, in this article, eq. 7 will not include the 1000 summation term. in this article, the intensity values from [8] are kept.footnote 1 4 computational experiment in this section, the computational experiments will be presented. a brief description of the three selected algorithms and the testing setup will be provided. subsequently, the solutions that the algorithms found for problems with perturbation and/or noise will be displayed. finally, a discussion of the results will be made. 4.1 algorithms typically, robustness measures (discussed in sect. 2.2) are employed to account for uncertainties, resulting in a new objective function. as a result, existing algorithms in the literature are transformed into robust versions. for instance, the rmoea/d employs moea/d [27] and the rnsga-ii employs nsga-ii [5], with the addition of monte carlo sampling in the uncertainty space. the average of this sampling is then calculated [6]. the rmoea/d selects a set of vectors with the best weighting. c-rmoea/d [19] is a coevolutionary algorithm for robust multi-objective optimization that employs the worst-case minimization methodology and the decomposition/aggregation strategy. the decomposition approach facilitates the implementation of a coevolutionary approach [19]. the algorithm uses a competitive strategy between two populations of candidate solutions, with x being a set of vectors from the decision space and \(\vardelta \) being a set of perturbation vectors. the rnsga-ii and rmoea/d employ a probabilistic robustness measure, whereas c-rmoea/d is a coevolutionary algorithm that uses a deterministic robustness measure. other recent strategies for robust optimization or noisy optimization can be found at [15, 16, 26]. 4.2 experimental setup the function generator extension (sect. 3) will be utilized in the experiments. the pareto front will be tested with convex, linear, and concave formats with simultaneous uncertainties. problems with only perturbations or noise will be demonstrated using the concave pareto front. the primary aim of this study is to evaluate algorithms in the presence of simultaneous uncertainties. to achieve this, the tests will be conducted with bi-objective and unconstrained scenarios. as mentioned earlier, the function generator is adaptable to these parameters. tests with perturbations only (robust optimization) are conducted as shown in [18]. the following parameters were used for all tests: a population size of 210; a total of 24 decision variables; the stopping criterion is the maximum number of evaluations of the objective function, equal to 150,000. the rnsga-ii and rmoea/d algorithms used 100 samples for averaging. the c-rmoea/d used the pbifootnote 2 (penalty boundary intersection) aggregation function and a subpopulation size of 15. the rmoea/d also utilized a subpopulation size of 15. 4.3 results the results will be presented in three parts: (i) robust optimization (with only perturbation); (ii) noisy optimization (with only noise); (iii) robust and noisy optimization (with both perturbation and noise simultaneous uncertainties). robust optimization. figure 2 shows the results for \(\delta _x = 0.1\), which is considered a high perturbation as it represents an uncertainty of \(\pm 10\%\). the rnsga-ii and rmoea/d (using a mean-based robustness measure) mapped the robust front. the algorithm based on a worst-case measure, c-rmoea/d, also mapped the robust front. the results with convex and linear fronts are not displayed due to page limitations. the results are similar to those obtained with a concave front. fig. 2. result with \(\delta _x = 0.1\). full size image noisy optimization. the c-rmoea/d does not incorporate coevolution with noise only. hence, it becomes the moea/d algorithm, without a second evolutionary cycle. the results were compared between moea/d and rmoea/d and between nsga-ii and rnsga-ii. this comparison was made between the original algorithm without any uncertainty handling, and the algorithm that uses sampling followed by the mean metric. figure 3 presents the solutions obtained from rnsga-ii and nsga-ii. the results were similar for gaussian and uniform noise. the algorithms showed good convergence and dispersion from the global front with moderate intensity. however, they did not produce any mapping for severe intensity. finally, both rnsga-ii and nsga-ii mapped the global front well for cauchy noise (single additive noise) at both intensities. due to page limitations, the results of moea/d and rmoea/d will not be shown. these results were similar to those of nsga-ii and rnsga-ii from the fig. 3. fig. 3. result for function generator extension with noise for nsgaii and rnsgaii. full size image robust and noisy optimization. figure 4 displays the outcome of extending the function generator with gaussian noise and \(\delta _x=0.1\). the three algorithms failed to converge for high-intensity noise. this outcome was predictable because the severe noise greatly impacted the original function. however, the c-rmoea/d solutions exhibited a tendency towards the robust front. for moderate-intensity noise, the algorithms achieved convergence and good dispersion. nonetheless, the rmoea/d had some poor solutions, but, generally, the solutions converged. the same can be said for the c-rmoea/d algorithm with concave pf. fig. 4. result for function generator extension gaussian noise and \(\delta _x = 0.1\). full size image figure 5 displays the results of extending the function generator with uniform noise and \(\delta _x=0.1\). the analysis of results for uniform noise is similar to gaussian noise. the three algorithms did not converge for high-intensity noise. the algorithms converged and had good dispersion for moderate-intensity noise. however, the rmoea/d and c-rmoea/d had some poor solutions. rnsga-ii had some poor solutions for concave pf. as a result, it becomes evident that these algorithms with simultaneous uncertainties begin to deteriorate (even with small noise). fig. 5. result for function generator extension uniform noise and \(\delta _x = 0.1\). full size image figure 6 displays the result of extending the function generator with cauchy noise and \(\delta _x=0.1\). this noise differs from the previous ones in that it is additive and not multiplicative. the c-rmoea/d and rnsga-ii showed good convergence and dispersion for all pf formats and intensities. for high-intensity noise, the c-rmoea/d had some solutions without convergence, and for the convex pf it failed to map the robust pf at the extremes. the rmoea/d algorithm showed good convergence and dispersion for moderate-intensity noise. only some final solutions were poor. finally, rmoea/d produced some solutions that mapped small parts of the pf to high-intensity noise. therefore, the solutions did not have good dispersion and most of them did not converge. the worst convergence result was for convex pf. fig. 6. result for function generator extension cauchy noise and \(\delta _x = 0.1\). full size image as stated in the previous results, the original function is severely contaminated by high gaussian and uniform noise. therefore, we created an intermediate-intensity noise for further testing. the value was \(\beta =0.5\) for gaussian noise. for uniform noise, the parameters were \(\beta =0.5\) and \(\alpha =0.2*(0.49+1/d)\). the effect of intermediate-intensity noise showed that the trend of the original function remained. consequently, eas must be able to eliminate the effect of noise at this intensity. for this test set (intermediate-intensity), 30 simulations were performed for each front and algorithm. the igd (inverted generational distance) evaluation metric [24] was calculated for each simulation, using the robust front as the reference set. the solution set that performed best according to the igd metric (closest to zero) was chosen, and fig. 7 shows these results for tests of the function generator extension with intermediate noise intensity and \(\delta _x=0.1\). the algorithms did not achieve good convergence, regardless of the geometry of the pf (convex, linear, or concave) or the type of noise (gaussian or uniform). this indicates that, when the noise has a greater effect (intermediate intensity), the tested algorithms were unable to eliminate its effect with perturbation. specifically, rnsga-ii started to converge at the extremes and in the middle of the pf for gaussian noise and convex pf. the same happened for linear pf, but with a smaller number of solutions. some rmoea/d solutions also converged in the central region of the robust pf (linear pf and gaussian noise). these algorithms did not show convergence when the pf was concave. the solutions of the c-rmoea/d algorithm showed a trend of robust pf shapes for gaussian noise, mainly the convex pf. uniform noise had a more significant detrimental effect (compared to gaussian) on the original function. the results (fig. 7) were consistent for all pf formats and uniform noise. the algorithms did not converge. the c-rmoea/d showed a tendency towards solutions on the border. fig. 7. result for the extension of the function generator intermediate noise and \(\delta _x = 0.1\) (perturbation in the objective functions and decision variables). full size image table 3 contains the average of the igd metric for the 30 simulations, considering the robust front as a reference. the previous results qualitatively demonstrated that the algorithms were not able to deal with simultaneous uncertainties. the quantitative results (table 3) reinforce this conclusion. the average igd was high for all algorithms (keep in mind that a lower igd value indicates better performance), except for the crmoea/d algorithm with convex shape. the crmoea/d can be considered the superior algorithm regardless of the format of the pareto front. only for the concave front and uniform noise, the rnsga-ii algorithm showed slightly better performance. table 3. results of the igd metric for intermediate intensity noise and \(\delta _x = 0.1\).full size table table 3 displays the variability of the igd metric across 30 simulations, using the robust front as the reference, as indicated by the standard deviation. the rnsga-ii algorithm demonstrated superiority in this test across different noise and border shape settings, with consistently low standard deviation. the standard deviation test indicates that the rnsga-ii algorithm exhibited minimal variations in igd across the 30 simulations. the crmoea/d demonstrated superior performance compared to the average igd. however, it is worth noting that the standard deviation was high, suggesting the presence of simulations with exceptionally poor results. conversely, the rmoea/d exhibited unsatisfactory outcomes in terms of both the mean and standard deviation. 4.4 discussion algorithms with a robustness measure had no difficulties in finding the robust front when the problem has only perturbation. the evolutionary algorithms were able to eliminate the effect of noise for moderate intensity (noisy optimization), including algorithms without any robustness measure (nsga-ii and moea/d). however, the algorithms did not achieve convergence when the effect of gaussian and uniform noise was high (severe intensity). one possible explanation is that the intensity of these noises severely deteriorates the original function, causing the function’s trend to be lost. cauchy noise is different from the previous ones. this noise has peaks of high intensity. as a result, the trend of the original function remains even with severe cauchy noise. the rmoea/d algorithm had difficulties in mapping the global front to severe cauchy noise. the reason is that noise has contaminated the average value (noise spikes have increased the average). the original moea/d algorithm managed to map the global front for this noise. one explanation is that the evolutionary process eliminated the effect of noise on solutions. the nsga-ii and rnsga-ii algorithms achieved excellent mapping of the global front for cauchy noise. this shows that the characteristics of the nsga-ii (archive, elitism, dominance) eliminated the effect of this noise, even when the average was used (rnsga-ii). finally, for robust noisy problems, the results demonstrate that the tested algorithms had difficulties in this new class of problems. some solutions started to deteriorate with moderate noise and perturbation. we performed some tests by increasing the noise intensity and observed that the algorithms presented greater difficulty for problems with simultaneous uncertainties. thus, we created an intermediate noise. the algorithms did not solve the problems with perturbation and intermediate noise. to confirm the conclusion presented in this discussion, results are provided for gaussian noise with a value of \(\beta = 0.25\), as depicted in fig. 8. the rnsga-ii algorithm successfully mapped the global frontier when the problem contained only noise. however, when both perturbation and noise were present, the majority of algorithm solutions did not converge. fig. 8. result for the extension of the function generator \(\beta =0.25\) gaussian noise). full size image 5 conclusion in the real world, simultaneous uncertainties are common. a practical example is a drilling process, where the sensor measuring the depth is subject to uncertainty (resulting in noise in the objective function), and the drill (actuator) is also subject to uncertainty (resulting in perturbations in the decision variables). the authors identified a deficiency in the field of optimization with uncertainty, as no previous research had dealt with simultaneous uncertainties. the results indicated that the algorithms tested (rnsga-ii, rmoea/d, and crmoea/d) were unable to effectively handle simultaneous uncertainties. consequently, there is a need to formulate algorithms that are capable of handling both robust and noisy environments concurrently. notes 1.for gaussian noise: moderate intensity considers \(\beta = 0.01\), which corresponds to a variation of up to 3\(\%\) (either multiplying the function by 1.03 or multiplying the function by 0.97); severe intensity considers \(\beta = 1\), resulting in a variation of up to 20 times (either multiplying the function by 20 or dividing the function by 20). for uniform noise: moderate intensity considers \(\beta = 0.01\) and \(\alpha = 0.01(0.49 + 1/d)\), where d represents the number of decision variables (always considered as 24 in this work), resulting in a variation of up to 12\(\%\); severe intensity considers \(\beta = 1\) and \(\alpha = 0.49 + 1/d\), resulting in a variation of up to tens of thousands. for cauchy noise: moderate intensity considers \(\alpha = 0.01\) and \(p = 0.05\); severe intensity considers \(\alpha = 1\) and \(p = 0.2\). 2.further details on the decomposition algorithm and methods can be found in [23]. references balouka, n., cohen, i.: a robust optimization approach for the multi-mode resource-constrained project scheduling problem. eur. j. oper. res. 291(2), 457–470 (2021) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  ben-tal, a., el ghaoui, l., nemirovski, a.: robust optimization, vol. 28. princeton university press, princeton (2009) google scholar  ben-tal, a., el ghaoui, l., nemirovski, a.: robust optimization in applied mathematics. princeton series, princeton (2009) book  math  google scholar  beyer, h.g., sendhoff, b.: robust optimization – a comprehensive survey. comput. methods appl. mech. eng. 196(33), 3190–3218 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cma.2007.03.003 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee trans. evol. comput. 6(2), 182–197 (2002) article  google scholar  deb, k., sindhya, k., hakanen, j.: introducing robustness in multi-objective optimization. evol. comput. 14(4), 463–494 (2006) article  google scholar  duan, j., he, z., yen, g.g.: robust multiobjective optimization for vehicle routing problem with time windows. ieee trans. cybern. 52(8), 8300–8314 (2021) article  google scholar  finck, s., hansen, n., ros, r., auger, a.: real-parameter black-box optimization benchmarking 2010: presentation of the noisy functions. technical report. citeseer (2010) google scholar  gaspar-cunha, a., covas, j.a.: robustness in multi-objective optimization using evolutionary algorithms. comput. optim. appl. 39(1), 75–96 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10589-007-9053-9 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  goerigk, m., schöbel, a.: algorithm engineering in robust optimization. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-49487-6_8 book  math  google scholar  gorissen, b.l., yanıkoğlu, i̇, den hertog, d.: a practical guide to robust optimization. omega 53, 124–137 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.omega.2014.12.006 article  google scholar  häse, f., et al.: olympus: a benchmarking framework for noisy optimization and experiment planning. mach. learn. sci. technol. 2(3), 035021 (2021) article  google scholar  jin, y., branke, j.: evolutionary optimization in uncertain environments – a survey. trans. evol. comput. 9(3), 303–317 (2005) article  google scholar  klir, g.j., folger, t.a.: fuzzy sets, uncertainty, and information. prentice-hall, englewood cliffs (1998) math  google scholar  liu, j., liu, y., jin, y., li, f.: a decision variable assortment-based evolutionary algorithm for dominance robust multiobjective optimization. ieee trans. syst. man cybern. syst. 52(5), 3360–3375 (2021) article  google scholar  liu, r., li, y., wang, h., liu, j.: a noisy multi-objective optimization algorithm based on mean and wiener filters. knowl.-based syst. 228, 107215 (2021) article  google scholar  lu, y., xu, y., herrera-viedma, e., han, y.: consensus of large-scale group decision making in social network: the minimum cost model based on robust optimization. inf. sci. 547, 910–930 (2021) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  meneghini, i.r., alves, m.a., gaspar-cunha, a., guimaraes, f.g.: scalable and customizable benchmark problems for many-objective optimization. appl. soft comput. 90, 106139 (2020) article  google scholar  meneghini, i.r., guimaraes, f.g., gaspar-cunha, a.: competitive coevolutionary algorithm for robust multi-objective optimization: the worst case minimization. in: ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 586–593 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/cec.2016.7743846 mou, w., wang, q., peng, j.: accelerating gradient-based optimization via importance sampling. j. mach. learn. res. 22(22), 1–29 (2021) google scholar  ong, y.s., nair, p.b., lum, k.y.: max-min surrogate-assisted evolutionary algorithm for robust design. ieee trans. evol. comput. 10(4), 392–404 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1109/tevc.2005.859464 article  google scholar  sahmoud, s., topcuoglu, h.r.: dynamic multi-objective evolutionary algorithms in noisy environments. inf. sci. 634, 650–664 (2023) article  google scholar  trivedi, a., srinivasan, d., sanyal, k., ghosh, a.: a survey of multiobjective evolutionary algorithms based on decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 21(3), 440–462 (2016) google scholar  van veldhuizen, d.a., lamont, g.b.: multiobjective evolutionary algorithm research: a history and analysis. technical report. citeseer (1998) google scholar  yang, j., su, c.: robust optimization of microgrid based on renewable distributed power generation and load demand uncertainty. energy 223, 120043 (2021) article  google scholar  yang, y.: robust multi-objective optimization based on the idea of multi-tasking and knowledge transfer. in: proceedings of the 14th international conference on computer modeling and simulation, pp. 257–265 (2022) google scholar  zhang, q., li, h.: moea/d: a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 11(6), 712–731 (2007) article  google scholar  download references acknowledgment this work has been supported by the brazilian agencies (i) national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq), grant no. 312991/2020-7; (ii) coordination for the improvement of higher education personnel (capes) through the academic excellence program (proex) and (iii) foundation for research of the state of minas gerais (fapemig, in portuguese), grant no. apq-01779-21. minds laboratory – https://minds.eng.ufmg.br/ author information authors and affiliations instituto federal de minas gerais, bambuí, minas gerais, brazil mateus clemente de sousa instituto federal de minas gerais, ibirité, minas gerais, brazil ivan reinaldo meneghini universidade federal de minas gerais, belo horizonte, minas gerais, brazil frederico gadelha guimarães machine intelligence and data science – minds lab, universidade federal de minas gerais, belo horizonte, brazil mateus clemente de sousa, ivan reinaldo meneghini & frederico gadelha guimarães authors mateus clemente de sousaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ivan reinaldo meneghiniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar frederico gadelha guimarãesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to mateus clemente de sousa . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de sousa, m.c., meneghini, i.r., guimarães, f.g. (2023). assessment of robust multi-objective evolutionary algorithms on robust and noisy environments. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_3 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_3 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords robust optimization noisy optimization evolutionary algorithm test functions publish with us policies and ethics profiles ivan reinaldo meneghini view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature physicochemical properties for promoter classification | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper physicochemical properties for promoter classification conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 368–382 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) physicochemical properties for promoter classification download book pdf download book epub lauro moraes  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-3688-31629, eduardo luz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5249-15599 & gladston moreira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7747-59269  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 523 accesses abstract the accurate identification of promoter regions in dna sequences holds significant importance in the field of bioinformatics. while this problem has garnered substantial attention in the literature, it remains unresolved. several researchers have achieved notable outcomes by employing diverse machine-learning techniques to predict promoter regions. however, only a few have thoroughly explored the utilization of features derived from the physicochemical properties of dna across various organism types. this study investigates the advantages of incorporating these features in the training of machine-learning models. the research evaluates and compares the performance of multiple metrics on diverse datasets encompassing both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. the state-of-the-art cnnprom method is employed as the baseline for our experiments. the models and source code associated with this study can be accessed at the following url of the project’s repository: https://anonymous.4open.science/r/bracis-paper-1458/. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others explainable artificial intelligence as a reliable annotator of archaeal promoter regions article open access 31 january 2023 machine learning in bioinformatics: new technique for dna sequencing classification chapter © 2022 epdrna: a model for identifying dna–rna binding sites in disease-related proteins article 16 march 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. biophysical chemistry categorization machine learning nucleic acid structure prediction bioinformatics 1 introduction the identification of gene products and their location within dna sequences that have not been experimentally characterized, commonly known as gene finding, is a central topic of interest in computational biology. prediction of promoter sequences and transcriptional start points can help signal a transcript’s approximate start, thereby identifying one end of a gene. this information is particularly useful in dna sequences derived from higher eukaryotes, where coding regions are isolated segments embedded within a non-coding dna background [28]. a promoter region in dna is a noncoding sequence of dna located upstream of a gene that is responsible for regulating the expression of that gene [17]. the promoter region contains binding sites for transcription factors, which are proteins that bind to the promoter and recruit rna polymerase to initiate transcription. the specific pattern of binding sites in the promoter determines the level of gene expression and the conditions under which the gene is active [5]. high-resolution promoter recognition in dna is an important area of research in bioinformatics. it involves the use of algorithms to find the transcription start site (tss) of a gene without the need for laborious and costly experimental techniques such as aligning expressed sequence tags (ests), complementary dnas (cdnas) or messenger rnas (mrnas) to the entire genome [33]. the tss is a specific genomic location within the promoter region where rna polymerase binds and initiates transcription. it marks the starting point of the transcription process, where the dna sequence is transcribed into rna. defining the tss position as a reference, the upstream region is the dna sequence located before the transcription start site, and the downstream region is situated after the tss. identifying the promoter region allows us to study the regulation of gene expression and understand how different genes are controlled in various tissues, conditions, and stages of development [31]. in addition, by identifying the promoter regions for a set of genes, one can infer information about the molecular mechanisms that control gene expression and how these mechanisms may change in response to different stimuli. so, these algorithms can efficiently delimit regions involved in transcriptional regulation, guiding further experimental work, given the lower cost associated with computational approaches [33]. the identification of promoter regions is often performed by computational methods, such as promoter prediction algorithms, that analyze the dna sequence and look for characteristic features such as tata boxes [20] and cpg islands [10] and other short conserved sequences. however, multiple groups of genes don’t contain these features. methods for identifying promoters have been widely adopted in bioinformatics, as it allows for the generation of comprehensive maps of promoter regions in a genome which can be used for further analysis, such as studying gene regulation in response to environmental cues or identifying novel regulatory elements. despite recent advances in promoter recognition algorithms, accurately identifying promoters remains challenging due to the diversity and complexity of these sequences in genome [34]. methods for promoter prediction have been established to recognize promoter regions within the dna sequences of both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. these methods harness various machine learning algorithms for their functioning. the support vector machines (svm) [9] were used in [26] to evaluate the strength in a dataset of escherichia coli trc promoter. [1] applied a genetic algorithm to calibrate the svm hyperparameters using a human promoter dataset. [3] used datasets of three higher eukaryotes, saccharomyces cerevisiae, a. thaliana, and human, to train convolutional neural network (cnn) [24] with long short term memory (lstm) [18] and random forest (rf) [4] models. a study of promoter prediction on bacterial datasets was performed by [8] using rf models. in [25] a stacked ensemble of lightgbm [21], xgboost [6], adaboost [14], gbdt [15], and rf models were used on a escherichia coli dataset. the work of [30] proposed some cnn models to identify promoters on different organisms datasets. in [27] the same datasets were used to train a capsule neural network (capsnet) [29]. the existing literature of promoter prediction lacks comprehensive investigations regarding the influence of dna physicochemical properties on the accuracy of promoter prediction across diverse organisms. consequently, the primary objective of this study is to examine the efficacy of features derived from dna physicochemical properties in training machine learning models for predicting promoter regions in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. to assess the performance of our models, we utilize the datasets introduced by umarov et al. (2017) [30], which encompass a wide range of organisms. for each property, we train and compare multiple machine learning models, as well as ensembles of these models, to identify the most effective properties. to evaluate the overall predictive capacity of these models, we compare their performance against the state-of-the-art method for these datasets, namely cnnprom [29]. the results indicate that the models based solely on properties do not yield optimal performance. still, they may serve as a foundational step for future research by combining them with other techniques and models to enhance predictive accuracy. 2 materials and methods 2.1 benchmark datasets the seven datasets utilized in this study were sourced from the supplementary materials made available by [30] and can be accessed on the corresponding github repositoryfootnote 1. regrettably, the dataset pertaining to “human tata” could not be accessed through the repository and therefore was excluded from the analysis in this work. the eukaryotic organism sequences, spanning 251bp (base pairs) with a transcription start site (tss) located at the 200th position, were sourced exclusively from the epd database [12]. the dataset includes arabidopsis tata and arabidopsis non-tata sequences from a plant species, as well as mouse tata, mouse non-tata, and human non-tata sequences from mammalian species. non-promoter sequences in these datasets are comprised of random gene fragments located after the first exons. the bacterial promoter sequences of bacillus subtilis were obtained from dbtbs [19], while the escherichia coli s70 sequences were acquired from regulondb [16]. these sequences, which comprise 81bp, contain the transcriptional start site (tss) at the 60th position. conversely, the non-promoter sequences for these prokaryotic organisms include the reverse sequences of random fragments extracted from protein-coding genes. figure 1 shows the number of promoters and non-promoters in each dataset. notably, all datasets have more non-promoter samples than promoter samples. this characteristic can potentially affect the model learning process as they tend to classify the data into the majority class [22]. besides, the prokaryotic datasets have fewer samples compared to eukaryotic datasets. fig. 1. the number of promoters samples and non-promoters samples present in each benchmark dataset. full size image 2.2 feature representation adenine (a), cytosine (c), guanine (g), and thymine (t) are the four nucleotides that comprise the alphabet \(v=\{a, c, g, t\}\) forming the basis of dna. a dna sample of length \(l_{s} \in \mathbb {n}^{*}\) base pairs is represented by \({s} \in v^{l_{s}}\), which can be written as a sequence \({s} = s_{1} ... s_{i} ... s_{l_{{s}}}\), where \(s_{i}\) is the i-th nucleotide of the sequence s. to convert the dna sequence into a numeric format, we can use the physicochemical properties of dinucleotides or trinucleotides. a dinucleotide represents a pair of adjacent nucleotides in a dna sequence, while a trinucleotide represents three adjacent nucleotides. these properties capture the physicochemical characteristics of nucleotides and the structural features of dna [7]. for example, the properties may include measures of hydrogen bond formation, base stacking, base pairing, or flexibility of the dna helix. k-mers are substrings of length k that are extracted from a longer dna or protein sequence. this bioinformatics concept can be used in sequence analysis to identify motifs, patterns, or features characteristic of a specific biological function. considering the nucleotide alphabet v, there is \(|v|^{k}\) possible mers with length k. as the name suggests, dinucleotides are two adjacent nucleotides that occur in a dna sequence. it can be seen as a special case of k-mers with \(k=2\). there are \(4^{2} = 16\) possible dinucleotides, such as “at”, “cg”, “ta”, etc. while trinucleotides are three adjacent nucleotides that occur in a dna sequence. it is a special case of k-mers with \(k=3\). there are \(4^{3} = 64\) possible trinucleotides, such as “atg”, “cgt”, “taa”, etc. there are several physicochemical properties in the literature. the work of [7] used 38 properties for dinucleotides and 12 for trinucleotides, making the mapping values available for each in the supplementary data section. we used these data to convert the dataset sequences and create the input features for our tested models. in table 1, we show the names of all of these 50 properties that we used. there is one column for the dinucleotide names and one for the trinucleotide names. table 1. list of all physicochemical properties names. there are 38 dinucleotides and 12 trinucleotides.full size table to convert the dna sequence into dinucleotide or trinucleotide physicochemical properties, we can use a function that maps each dinucleotide or trinucleotide to a corresponding numerical value based on the selected physicochemical property. this mapping function can be represented as \(f: v^{k} \rightarrow \mathbb {r}\). a sequence s with \(l_{s}\) nucleotides is converted to a sequence of \(l_{s}-k+1\) property values. so, \(f_{{d}_{m}}(s) \rightarrow \mathbb {r}^{l_{s}-1}\) is the function that maps each dinucleotide to its related physicochemical property m, where \(1 \le m \le 38\). while \(f_{{t}_{n}}(s) \rightarrow \mathbb {r}^{l_{s}-2}\) define a similar mapping function to convert trinucleotides into the m-th physicochemical property, where \(1 \le n \le 12\). using a sliding window strategy, with length 2 bp for dinucleotides and 3 bp for trinucleotides, and a step size of 1 bp, we apply the corresponding mapping function to get all physicochemical property numeric values and create the feature vectors that we use in this work to train machine learning models. figure 2 shows an example of converting a nucleotide sequence of length 8 bp into two numeric vectors to be used as features. on the left, we use a sliding window of 2 bp to extract all 7 dinucleotides and then apply the mapping function to convert them to numeric values using the physicochemical property “shift”. on the right, we apply a similar strategy with a sliding window of 3 bp to create a mapped vector of length 6 using the trinucleotide physicochemical property “nucleosome”. fig. 2. illustration of the conversion process of a sequence. on the left, the dinucleotides are mapped to the physicochemical property “shift”. on the right, the trinucleotides are mapped to the physicochemical property “nucleosome”. full size image with this approach, we can describe the profiles of properties in each dataset. for example, fig. 3 illustrates all 12 trinucleotide average profiles in the human_non_tata dataset. there is one graph for each trinucleotide property. each point presents the average property value in a specific position of the analyzed sequences. the positions in the x-axis give negative values for the upstream part of sequences and positive ones for the downstream portion. position zero is the tss. we can see the different patterns in the promoter and non-promoter samples. the non-promoter’s averages tend not to show significant variations, while the promoter’s averages tend to vary around the tss position. fig. 3. average profiles of twelve features along promoter and non-promoter sequences of the 251bp dataset human_non_tata. each graph is related to a different trinucleotide’s physicochemical properties. full size image 2.3 k-fold cross-validation evaluation k-fold cross-validation [13] is a popular technique used in machine learning and statistical modeling for assessing model performance. it involves dividing the dataset into k subsets or folds, using one fold as the validation set and the remaining k-1 folds as the training set. this process is repeated k times, with each fold serving as the validation set once. by repeatedly training and evaluating the model on different subsets of the data, k-fold cross-validation provides a robust estimate of the model’s performance on new, unseen data, helping to mitigate the risk of overfitting. to address the issue of imbalanced target variables, a modification of k-fold cross-validation called stratified k-fold cross-validation [11] is often employed. stratified k-fold cross-validation ensures that each fold maintains a similar distribution of classes as the overall dataset. it involves dividing the dataset into k folds and adjusting the fold split to preserve the class distribution in both the training and validation sets. this technique is particularly useful when dealing with imbalanced datasets, as it ensures that the model is evaluated on all classes rather than being biased towards the most frequent class. the performance metrics obtained from each fold in k-fold cross-validation are typically averaged to obtain an overall estimate of the model’s performance. this technique applies to various evaluation metrics and provides a more reliable assessment of the model’s generalization ability. by employing k-fold cross-validation, researchers can confidently evaluate their models and make informed decisions regarding model selection and performance comparison in the field of machine learning and statistical modeling. 2.4 evaluation measures the problem of promoter classification can be defined as a binary classification task, where the predicted class variable can take on two values: 1 (one) if the dna sequence is predicted to be a promoter and 0 (zero) otherwise. this classification task leads to four possible outcomes: a true positive (tp), which occurs when the model correctly identifies a promoter sequence; a true negative (tn), which occurs when the model correctly identifies a non-promoter sequence; a false positive (fp), which occurs when the model incorrectly identifies a non-promoter sequence as a promoter; and a false negative (fn), which occurs when the model incorrectly identifies a promoter sequence as a non-promoter. precision (prec) measures the relevance of the predicted true positives (eq. 1). sensitivity, also known as recall (sn), measures the proportion of true positives (eq. 2). specificity (sp) measures the proportion of true negatives (eq. 3). accuracy (acc) reflects the proportion of correct predictions (eq. 4). the f1-score (f1) metric, a harmonic mean of precision and recall, combines both measures and assesses the classifier’s performance (eq. 5). $$\begin{aligned} prec = \frac{tp}{tp+fp} \end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} sn = \frac{tp}{tp+fn} \end{aligned}$$ (2) $$\begin{aligned} sp = \frac{tn}{tn+fp} \end{aligned}$$ (3) $$\begin{aligned} acc= \frac{tp+tn}{tp+tn+fp+fn} \end{aligned}$$ (4) $$\begin{aligned} f1 = 2 \times \frac{prec \times sn}{prec + sn} \end{aligned}$$ (5) matthews correlation coefficient (mcc) is a balanced metric that considers all four components of the confusion matrix and provides a balanced measure ranging from -1 to +1, with +1 indicating perfect classification, 0 indicating random classification, and -1 indicating completely opposite classification (eq. 6). it is more robust than other metrics in handling class imbalance and biased datasets [35] $$\begin{aligned} mcc = \frac{tp \times tn fp \times fn}{\sqrt{(tp+fp)(tp+fn)(tn+fp)(tn+fn)}} \end{aligned}$$ (6) the area under the curve (auc) is a metric used to evaluate the performance of a binary classification model. it represents the area under the receiver operating characteristic (roc) curve, which plots the true positive rate against the false positive rate for different classification thresholds. auc ranges from 0 to 1, with higher values indicating better classification performance. 2.5 hyperparameter optimization the tree-structured parzen estimator (tpe) [2] is a bayesian optimization algorithm that efficiently explores the search space to find optimal hyperparameters for machine learning models. tpe models the relationship between hyperparameters and performance metrics by maintaining two probability density functions (pdfs) representing successful and unsuccessful configurations. it utilizes these pdfs to guide the search towards regions of the search space more likely to yield improved performance. during the tuning process, tpe samples hyperparameter configurations based on its probability distributions, evaluate model performance using cross-validation and updates the pdfs accordingly. this iterative approach enables the algorithm to explore and refine the search space, ultimately leading to the identification of hyperparameter configurations that optimize model performance. tpe’s combination of exploration and exploitation strategies makes it a powerful tool for effectively and efficiently optimizing machine learning models. 2.6 ensemble methods the voting ensemble method [23] combines predictions from multiple individual models to make a final prediction. it involves aggregating the outputs of different models, either by majority voting (for classification problems) or by averaging (for regression problems). by combining the predictions of multiple models, the voting ensemble could enhance the overall prediction accuracy and robustness. the stacking ensemble method [32] leverages the predictions of multiple base models to train a meta-model, which learns to make predictions based on the outputs of the base models. the predictions, along with the original target variable, are then used to train a meta-model that learns to combine the base models’ outputs. the stacking ensemble can capture complex interactions among the models and exploit their complementary strengths, leading to improved prediction performance. 3 experiments and results in order to assess the performance of physicochemical properties in the context of promoter prediction, a series of experiments were conducted. the evaluation encompassed the utilization of individual properties as well as combinations of the most promising ones across seven diverse datasets representing various organism types. to ascertain the effectiveness of the proposed methods within the domain of the problem, the obtained results were compared against a baseline that is regarded as state-of-the-art on these specific datasets. 3.1 experiment workflow the implemented processing workflow encompasses the transformation of raw dna sequences within a given dataset into physicochemical property values. subsequently, one or more properties are selected, and their corresponding values are concatenated to form the feature set. the evaluation process involves a 5-fold cross-validation, which partitions the dataset into training and test subsets. within the training subset, a further 5-fold cross-validation is conducted to compare various machine learning methods and identify the optimal one for hyperparameter tuning. finally, the tuned model is evaluated using the test dataset. to conduct our experiments, we utilized pycaret 3footnote 2, an advanced machine learning library. pycaret offers a comprehensive range of eighteen classification methods, which were employed in our study (table 2). 3.2 individual properties’ performances table 2. metrics results of the best models with only one property. we show the property and the results of the evaluated model in each dataset.full size table using the 5-fold cross-validation method, we compared several machine learning models to observe the prediction power of each physicochemical property. then, we chose the best one that uses that property. after, we tuned the hyperparameters of the selected models using the same training data and the 5-fold cross-validation. figure 4 presents the results from the tuned models. the bars show the mcc scores’ maximum, minimum, and average from evaluating these models. each dataset has fifty models, one for each property, among dinucleotides and trinucleotides. the graph suggests that the models trained on prokaryotic datasets get worse results than those from the eukaryotic datasets. the labels on the x-axis of the graph refer to table 1. although we tested eighteen different models, all the best models were the light gradient boosting machine. fig. 4. mcc scores (y-axis) from 5-fold cross-validation of each physicochemical property (x-axis) model evaluated on the training subset for each dataset. the graph shows the maximum, minimum, and average computed scores. full size image 3.3 performance comparisons we utilized cnnprom [30] and mcc scores baseline for comparing the performance of the models under evaluation, given our belief that it represents the state-of-the-art solution for this problem. the corresponding results can be found in table 3. the scores attributed to cnnprom are as reported by its authors. columns labeled as “single” denote the best-performing individual property model. the columns “vote5”, “vote10”, “stack5”, and “stack10” represent results from ensemble models that employed either the voting or stacking method, incorporating the top 5 or 10 properties, respectively. the performance of the “single” model demonstrated relatively lower average results when compared with other models. interestingly, the outcomes derived from the ensemble models did not exhibit a significant discrepancy whether they incorporated the top 5 or 10 properties, insinuating that an increased number of properties does not substantially enhance the final model’s efficacy. likewise, no notable divergence was observed between the “vote” and “stack” ensemble methodologies. when comparing the investigated models to the baseline model cnnprom, we observed similar performance in 3 out of 7 datasets. specifically, in the arabidopsis_non_tata dataset, our model exhibited a marginally lower performance by \(1\%\) compared to cnnprom. conversely, in the arabidopsis_tata dataset, our model achieved a slightly higher performance by \(1\%\) in comparison. in addition, the results for the mouse_non_tata dataset were equivalent to the baseline model. however, in the bacillus subtilis, escherichia coli s70 (procaryotes), and human_non_tata datasets, our implementations did not yield comparable results to the baseline model. table 3. mean values of mcc metrics obtained from 5-fold cross-validation on each dataset.full size table 4 conclusions this work presents a study of the use of the physicochemical properties of dna as features in training machine-learning models. using different metrics, we evaluated several models using seven datasets of procaryotic and eucaryotic organisms. our study analyzed the prediction performance of individual properties models and ensemble models using the best properties, comparing them with the state-of-art method cnnprom for the evaluated datasets. we concluded that even though the models trained with the properties achieved competitive prediction results, they were unable to surpass the established baseline. so, it is necessary to evaluate new strategies to use these physicochemical properties values, like deriving other features through feature engineering or using deep learning models to automatically derive better features from them. notes 1.https://github.com/solovictor/cnnpromoterdata. 2.official page: https://pycaret.gitbook.io/. references arslan, h.: a new promoter prediction method using support vector machines. in: 2019 27th signal processing and communications applications conference (siu), pp. 1–4. ieee (2019) google scholar  bergstra, j., bardenet, r., bengio, y., kégl, b.: algorithms for hyper-parameter optimization. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 24 (2011) google scholar  bhandari, n., khare, s., walambe, r., kotecha, k.: comparison of machine learning and deep learning techniques in promoter prediction across diverse species. peerj comput. sci. 7, e365 (2021) article  google scholar  breiman, l.: random forests. mach. learn. 45, 5–32 (2001) article  math  google scholar  cartharius, k., et al.: matinspector and beyond: promoter analysis based on transcription factor binding sites. bioinformatics 21(13), 2933–2942 (2005) article  google scholar  chen, t., guestrin, c.: xgboost: a scalable tree boosting system. in: proceedings of the 22nd acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 785–794 (2016) google scholar  chen, w., lei, t.y., jin, d.c., lin, h., chou, k.c.: pseknc: a flexible web server for generating pseudo k-tuple nucleotide composition. anal. biochem. 456, 53–60 (2014) article  google scholar  chevez-guardado, r., peña-castillo, l.: promotech: a general tool for bacterial promoter recognition. genome biol. 22, 1–16 (2021) article  google scholar  cortes, c., vapnik, v.: support-vector networks. mach. learn. 20, 273–297 (1995) article  math  google scholar  deaton, a.m., bird, a.: cpg islands and the regulation of transcription. genes dev. 25(10), 1010–1022 (2011) article  google scholar  dietterich, t.g.: approximate statistical tests for comparing supervised classification learning algorithms. neural comput. 10(7), 1895–1923 (1998) article  google scholar  dreos, r., ambrosini, g., cavin périer, r., bucher, p.: epd and epdnew, high-quality promoter resources in the next-generation sequencing era. nucleic acids res. 41(d1), d157–d164 (2013) article  google scholar  efron, b.: estimating the error rate of a prediction rule: improvement on cross-validation. j. am. stat. assoc. 78(382), 316–331 (1983) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  freund, y., schapire, r.e.: a decision-theoretic generalization of on-line learning and an application to boosting. j. comput. syst. sci. 55(1), 119–139 (1997) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  friedman, j.h.: greedy function approximation: a gradient boosting machine. ann. stat. 1189–1232 (2001) google scholar  gama-castro, s., et al.: regulondb version 9.0: high-level integration of gene regulation, coexpression, motif clustering and beyond. nucleic acids res. 44(d1), d133–d143 (2016) google scholar  goñi, j.r., pérez, a., torrents, d., orozco, m.: determining promoter location based on dna structure first-principles calculations. genome biol. 8(12), r263 (2007) article  google scholar  hochreiter, s., schmidhuber, j.: long short-term memory. neural comput. 9(8), 1735–1780 (1997) article  google scholar  ishii, t., yoshida, k.i., terai, g., fujita, y., nakai, k.: dbtbs: a database of bacillus subtilis promoters and transcription factors. nucleic acids res. 29(1), 278–280 (2001) google scholar  juven-gershon, t., kadonaga, j.t.: regulation of gene expression via the core promoter and the basal transcriptional machinery. dev. biol. 339(2), 225–229 (2010) article  google scholar  ke, g., et al.: lightgbm: a highly efficient gradient boosting decision tree. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 30 (2017) google scholar  kotsiantis, s., kanellopoulos, d., pintelas, p., et al.: handling imbalanced datasets: a review. gests int. trans. comput. sci. eng. 30(1), 25–36 (2006) google scholar  kuncheva, l.i.: combining pattern classifiers: methods and algorithms. john wiley & sons (2014) google scholar  lecun, y., bottou, l., bengio, y., haffner, p.: gradient-based learning applied to document recognition. proc. ieee 86(11), 2278–2324 (1998) article  google scholar  li, f., et al.: computational prediction and interpretation of both general and specific types of promoters in escherichia coli by exploiting a stacked ensemble-learning framework. brief. bioinform. 22(2), 2126–2140 (2021) article  mathscinet  google scholar  meng, h., ma, y., mai, g., wang, y., liu, c.: construction of precise support vector machine based models for predicting promoter strength. quant. biol. 5, 90–98 (2017) article  google scholar  moraes, l., silva, p., luz, e., moreira, g.: capsprom: a capsule network for promoter prediction. comput. biol. med. 147, 105627 (2022) article  google scholar  pedersen, a.g., baldi, p., chauvin, y., brunak, s.: the biology of eukaryotic promoter prediction-a review. comput. chem. 23(3–4), 191–207 (1999) article  google scholar  sabour, s., frosst, n., hinton, g.e.: dynamic routing between capsules. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 30 (2017) google scholar  umarov, r.k., solovyev, v.v.: recognition of prokaryotic and eukaryotic promoters using convolutional deep learning neural networks. plos one 12(2), e0171410 (2017) article  google scholar  wasserman, w.w., sandelin, a.: applied bioinformatics for the identification of regulatory elements. nat. rev. genet. 5(4), 276–287 (2004) article  google scholar  wolpert, d.h.: stacked generalization. neural netw. 5(2), 241–259 (1992) article  google scholar  zeng, j., zhu, s., yan, h.: towards accurate human promoter recognition: a review of currently used sequence features and classification methods. brief. bioinform. 10(5), 498–508 (2009) article  google scholar  zhang, m., et al.: critical assessment of computational tools for prokaryotic and eukaryotic promoter prediction. brief. bioinform. 23(2) (2022) google scholar  zhu, q.: on the performance of matthews correlation coefficient (mcc) for imbalanced dataset. pattern recogn. lett. 136, 71–80 (2020) article  google scholar  download references acknowledgment the authors would also like to thank the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brazil (capes) finance code 001, fundacão de amparo à pesquisa do estado de minas gerais (fapemig, grants apq-01518-21, apq-01647-22), conselho nacional de desenvolvimento científico e tecnológico (cnpq, grants 307151/2022-0, 308400/2022-4) and universidade federal de ouro preto (proppi/ufop) for supporting the development of this study. we want to express our gratitude for the collaboration of the laboratório multiusuários de bioinformática of núcleo de pesquisas em ciências biológicas (nupeb/ufop). author information authors and affiliations universidade federal de ouro preto, ouro preto-mg, brazil lauro moraes, eduardo luz & gladston moreira authors lauro moraesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar eduardo luzview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gladston moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to lauro moraes . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper moraes, l., luz, e., moreira, g. (2023). physicochemical properties for promoter classification. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_25 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_25 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords bioinformatics machine learning physicochemical properties promoter classification publish with us policies and ethics profiles eduardo luz view author profile gladston moreira view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature damage identification of wind turbine blades | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper damage identification of wind turbine blades conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 187–200 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) damage identification of wind turbine blades download book pdf download book epub alberto régio alves de oliveira  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0007-3437-57909, cláudio marques de sá medeiros  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1663-81519 & geraldo luis bezerra ramalho  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1872-32509  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 383 accesses abstract wind turbines capture the kinetic energy produced by the wind, with the blades being the component most susceptible to damage. unplanned stops result in significant losses, which highlights the need to detect these failures early. as a step in the preventative maintenance procedure, hundreds of color photographs of the blades are taken for subsequent analysis by an expert. in this work, we present a method to highlight superficial damages in wind turbine blades using a classification and localization process. a new dataset was created using images of wind blades, each divided into uniform slices and labeled by an expert according to the type of fault identified. then, we apply class balancing and data augmentation methods prior to fine-tuning a general-propose pre-trained deep convolutional neural network model. the best model was used to classify and locate damages in the wind blades images. as a result, we obtained an overall precision of 96.1%, accuracy of 97% and recall of 94.5% when classifying the presence of damages. we show that our method can be integrated into the monitoring of wind blade tasks, helping the specialist to highlight and identify images containing damage. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others fault diagnosis in wind turbine blades using machine learning techniques chapter © 2023 increasing the wind energy production by identifying the state of wind turbine blade chapter © 2022 investigation of wind turbine blade defect classification based on deep convolutional neural network chapter © 2021 1 introduction wind energy is one of the most important sustainable energy sources. from the 70 s of the 20th century, with constant crises of oil and the increase in concern about its scarcity is why there has been growth in the development of large wind turbines (wts) for energy production [1]. the main components of wt are: set of blades, responsible for capturing the kinetic energy of the winds; nacelle, which houses the essential equipment for energy production; tower, responsible for supporting the nacelle and blades; and transformer, which connects the wt to electrical grid [2]. the set of blades is considered the most important part of wt, as it is responsible for capturing the kinetic energy of the winds, in addition to being the component with the highest cost of wt. generally, blades are made of composite materials (carbon fiber, fiberglass, among others). these materials are characterized by low weight, mechanical resistance and flexibility [3]. blades are also the components most susceptible to damage, being responsible for 15.19% of all incidents recorded till 31 march 2023 [4] with average of 3,800 incidents by year [5]. the main damages are: detachment of the shell, failure of the adhesive joint, detachment of the sandwich panel, delamination due to tensional load, fiber breakage, cracks, among others. the most common causes of damage are: strong winds, storms, lightning, ice, problems with materials and assembling [6]. blade damages can lead to unscheduled shutdown of wt, generating large maintenance and operation costs or the total loss of the equipment, causing major financial impact [8]. therefore, it is very important to identify this damage as soon as possible, in order to avoid the spread of damage and prevent accidents. the use of premature damage detection techniques as monitoring tools can significantly reduce maintenance costs and increase equipment availability. many techniques are employed, namely strain measurement, acoustic emission, ultrasound, vibration, thermography and computer vision. the last is often prefered because is non-invasive, low-cost, has no environmental impacts, is highly accurate and quickly applied, although good quality images are required for an effective result [9]. several recent research uses computer vision to identify damage to wind blades. moreno et al. [10] proposed a deep learning vision-based approach for detecting wind turbines blades (wtbs) damages using a unmanned aerial vehicles (uav). three types of damages were considered: lightning impact, wearing or fracture. the authors used 78 public images collected from the internet to train the model, which was validated on a wind blade prototype built on a 3d printer contained simulated damage. the uav was simulated using a webcam on a robotic arm. the final accuracy of the model achieved 81.25%. yang et al. [11] applied a deep learning classification method using the resnet50 [12] as backbone to identify blade damage. a uav was used to acquire 1,594 images from 20 different types of wind blades, then 557,900 small crops were generated, of which 13,200 were selected for training and testing. the performance of the algorithm was compared with the alexnet [13] network, demonstrating a better result. the final accuracy found was 95.58%. the model was able to classify five types of images: normal, background, cracks, holes and mixed damage. shihavuddin et al. [14] captured images by drone inspection and applied data augmentation techniques to train a faster r-cnn model [15] with inception-resnet-v2 backbone to detect wind blades damages. the acquired images were manually labeled by experts into four classes: leading edge erosion, vortex generator panel (vg panel), vg panel with missing teeth and lightning receptor. the authors found that the use of data augmentation techniques and deep cnn architectures greatly improved the model’s performance and the proposed method managed to achieve an accuracy of 81.10% in mean average precision (map). another contribution of the work was to produce a public image dataset from a wind turbine inspection containing 701 unlabeled images in high definition called dtu drone inspection dataset [16]. foster et al. [17] extended the work of shihavuddin et al. [14] and created a new dataset of public images, but this time labeled. the authors generated more than 13,000 crops of the original images in the size of \(586 \times 371\) pixels with 3,000 labels from the damage and dirt classes. the objective of this work was also to detect wind blades damage using bounding boxes. the authors compared the performance of faster r-cnn models with resnet-101 backbone and yolov5 [18] using this dataset. data augmentation techniques were applied to the images. the authors concluded that the best model was yolov5s. the researches presented above are focused on improving the accuracy of classification models. in the proposal presented in this article, the objective is to classify and locate faults in images obtained from a local wind farm, taking special care not only with precision, but also with accuracy and recall. nowadays, in these local wind farms, the inspection is carried out by technical teams. often, the technician responsible for acquiring the images does not have the necessary knowledge to correctly identify the damage contained in the blades. his responsibility is to capture several photos of each wind turbine and send them to a damage specialist, who is usually located at the company’s headquarters. this specialist needs to analyze a very large number of photos, then filter only those that contain damage and identify its specific type and location, to finally decide what is the best plan for its correction. the specialist must evaluate each image fragment in search of non-uniformities, which is quite repetitive and exhausting, prone to evaluation errors after hours of work. so we use computer vision techniques to classify external structural wtb damages from color photographs, with the aim of reducing the number of images analyzed by experts by discarding undamaged images and also indicating damage existing in the remaining images. the paper is structured as follows: sect. 2 presents concepts about the types and possible causes of damage to wind turbine blades. section 3 presents techniques, parameters and processes used to classify and locate wtb damages. the experimental results are detailed in sect. 4. the sect. 5 presents the concluding remarks. 2 wind turbine blades damage damage to wind turbine blades can occur due to two factors: the first is related to manufacturing processes and/or human errors; the second is caused by external factors such as lightning strikes, ice, uneven loads, moisture, strong wind gusts, among others. damage is detrimental as it affects the energy generation performance of the wind turbine, leading to reduced energy production and, in extreme cases, total equipment loss. wtbs have lightning protection devices, but these are not entirely effective in preventing all lightning strikes, resulting in damage to the blade structure. damage caused by lightning strikes usually includes holes and burns in the area around the point where the lightning struck the blade [19]. the severity of the damage depends on the extent of the lightning strike impact. figure 1a illustrates an example of damage from a lightning strike. the blades also subject to repeated and constant collisions with particles such as raindrops, hail, sand, insects, dust, salt, oil, etc. this leads to erosion/corrosion of the area initially exposed to the wind, known as the leading edge of the blade. erosion affects the aerodynamic efficiency of the blade, which can reduce the capacity for electricity generation. damage caused by erosion is small and superficial in the initial stages, but over time, it increases and extends along the entire leading edge. figure 1b illustrates an example of erosions. damage to paint is often superficial and often considered cosmetic damage as it does not compromise the structure of the blade. examples include paint peeling, oil stains, among others. over time, this type of damage can sometimes progress to erosion damage. usually, they do not require maintenance intervention but should be monitored. figure 1c illustrates an example of cosmetics damage. cracks damages are typically the result of material fatigue in the components of the blades due to prolonged use [8]. they initially start small and shallow but progressively enlarge and deepen, potentially compromising the entire structure of the blade. this type of damage is characterized by a thin and longitudinal shape. figure 1d illustrates an example of a crack. fig. 1. examples of images with red arrows indicating damage. a lightning damage; b erosion damage; c cosmetic damage; d crack damage. (color figure online) full size image 3 proposed method the architecture of the method proposed can be subdivided into two stages: the model training stage and the damage identification stage. these two stages will be presented below. 3.1 architecture of the training stage the training stage aims to introduce the necessary steps to obtain a trained model that will be used in the next stage, damage identification. figure 2 illustrates the architecture of the training stage. details of all these steps will be shown as follows. fig. 2. proposed method architecture training stage full size image images dataset. photographs of damaged wind blades were made available by a company that provides technical support to several wind farms. table 1 summarizes the quantity, minimum and maximum resolution in pixel of the images by damage type. the photographs have varying sizes and a large area of image not related to damage, with the sky as a background or areas that do not have damage and some have text on the image indicating the date and time of the photo. table 1. number of images made available by damage typefull size table cropping and labeling images. the dataset used in this paper contains high-resolution images in order to better capture the damage details. since the pre-trained general purpose models used in this work require much smaller size images as input, it could make some of the smaller damages indistinguishable. instead, we decided to crop the high-resolution images and tackle the problem of damage classification in each of the crops. the original image is received as input. then, to define the position of the cuts in the image, a grid is calculated that serves as a guide for making the cuts. in order to prevent damage to the division of the grids, we define an overlap of the generated grids. thus, three parameters are necessary for generating the grids: the image size, the grid size and the overlap size. the overlap size parameter defines the minimum value to be considered. if the image size is not divisible by the size of the overlapping grids, the algorithm adds another set of grids (horizontal or vertical) and increases the size of the overlap to achieve a more adequate adjustment of the grids. using this approach, we build an images dataset containing 1,828 crops. all crops generated were contextually analyzed by a wind blade damage specialist, appointed by the wind turbine manufacturing company. each crops received a label indicating which class the image belongs to. the final dataset includes 1,243 normal, 195 lightning, 151 erosion, 51 cosmetic, and 188 crack images. in fig. 3 we present the cropping and labeling procedure. the original image that was passed as an input parameter is displayed in fig. 3a. figure 3b shows several crops generated from the grid with overlap. and finally, fig. 3c shows the red highlights crops labeled “lightning damage” and non highlighted crops labeled “normal”. fig. 3. cropping and labeling procedure: a input image; b generation of crops from defined grids; c highlight the crops with lightning damage labels after specialist labeling full size image datasets. the new labeled crops were arrange in a dataset used to design the classification models. we reserve 25% of the crops (457 images) for the validation set. the test set contains 15% (206 images) and the remainder (1,165 images) are used for the training set. all sets are stratified by available classes. in the model training stage, detailed in sect. 3.1, the training and test data sets are separated with different samples in each of the training repetitions. there is a large imbalance between the classes, with images from the normal class having the largest number of samples. thus, a new dataset is created, applying algorithms for class balancing and data augmentation were applied using images transformations. the balancing method used is oversampling with data-level methods [20]. the data augmentation process applies methods from the single-image model-free approach, as defined by [21]. the following transformation functions are applied: vertical flip, horizontal flip, brightness adjustment with a random \(\delta \in [-0.10, 0.10]\) and contrast adjustment with a random factor value in [0.7, 1.3]. the brightness delta value is added to each color channel of the image, this causes the brightness of the image to change. the contrast factor is also applied to each color channel of the image. each of these functions has a 30% probability of being applied, and for each image, at least one of the functions, randomly chosen, will have the probability of being applied increased to 100%. that is, at least one transformation function will always be applied to the image. models. the model is built using the framework tensorflow 2.12.1 which is a free and open source software tool for machine learning and artificial intelligence focused mainly on deep learning. the transfer learning process based on progressive learning [22] is used to optimize model training time. four pre-trained models from the imagenet [23] dataset were used, table 2 lists these models. the pre-trained layers are frozen and a new output layer is added with softmax activation for classifying the five defined classes. then, this last layer of the models is refined using the two sets of data generated: with and without balancing and augmentation. each of the four initial models generates two refined models, resulting in a total of eight models built. table 2. list of pre-trained models usedfull size table metrics. one of the initial problems faced by a specialist in damage to wind turbine blades is having to analyze thousands of photographs produced by technical teams in the field, with only a minority of the images showing any damage that requires in-depth analysis. to facilitate this specialist’s analysis, it is necessary to select images with damage and provide a prior classification of the damage contained in the image. therefore, it is very important that the model can precisely identify whether or not an image has damage. the metrics analyzed in the model construction process are: accuracy, recall and precision. models are optimized to reduce cross-entropy loss. the authors decided to implement 5 training realizations (repetitions) for each model. the idea is to evaluate the robustness of the models to the initialization of the weights of the last layer based on the analysis of the mean and standard deviation of the adopted metrics. for each of the five training repetitions, metrics are calculated using the test data set and evaluated in the classification of normal or damage classes (lightning, erosion, cosmetics or cracking). then, the choice of the best repetition is made by measuring the precision metric. this choice is motivated by the goal of using the model to select only the photos with damage, which will then be reviewed by an expert. therefore, it is important to minimize the number of false negatives, which occur when precision is high. a false negative occurs when images with damage are classified as normal. on the other hand, a false positive occurs when normal images are classified as damaged. the indication of absence of failure when there is an established or ongoing failure can have catastrophic results. as a tiebreaker criterion, the accuracy metric is considered first, followed by recall. once the best iteration of each model is chosen, the models are evaluated again using the validation set. finally, the model with the best precision, according to the selection criteria, is evaluated in detail by type of damage (normal, lightning damage, erosion damage, cosmetics damage or crack damage). 3.2 architecture of the damage identification stage the previous best model is used in the damage identification stage, as illustrated in fig. 4. the steps in fig. 4a–d were detailed in the previous sections, while fig. 4e–g will be detailed in the following sections. fig. 4. proposed method architecture damage identification stage full size image classification of original images. the classification models are trained and evaluated using the various crops generated from the original images. the crops are classified using the model with the best generalization and, finally, a vote is applied on the crops results to define a unique class for each original image where they belong. in this analysis, damage predictions have priority over the normal class prediction, i.e., if all crops for an original image have the normal prediction with only one crop predicted as erosion (for example), the original image is classified as erosion. this process is used to quickly screen images containing damage. locating image damage. the classification of the crops also allows mapping the damage in the input blade image. in the classification process, the output layer of the best model generates normalized values of the neuron outputs. as a result, the sum of outputs is equal to 1. this value is used as a class intensity for each crop. therefore, it is possible to locate the damage in the original image using a heat map of each class. this damage localization process is illustrated in fig. 5. an image of atmospheric discharge damage is shown in fig. 5a. the region is highlighted. the cutting guide grid is shown in blue sky color. the region is classified as lighting with 0.9938. in fig. 5b a heat map is displayed using the intensity value of each crop for the lightning class. the closer to 1.00, the redder the crop area becomes. the closer to 0.00, the bluer the crop appears. the final result of the lightning damage location is presented in fig. 5c. fig. 5. damage localization. a crops classification result (values highlighted for n:normal, d:lightning, e:erosion, p:cosmetic and t:crack); b location based on crops classification result; c lightning damage localization. full size image 4 experimental results 4.1 training models all trained models use the following parameters: a learning rate of 0.001, 200 epochs, the adam optimizer, gpu parallelism, and callbacks. the callbacks used are as follows: a 20% reduction in the learning rate when a plateau is reached in the test set loss metric for 5 epochs, with a minimum learning rate limit of 0.0001; and early stopping of training when the test set loss metric does not decrease after 20 epochs, with the best weights found being restored. the synchronous distributed training strategy is used on two gpus on the same machine. the models were trained using 5 repetitions, with the training and test sets being regenerated with new samples each time to evaluate robustness. the training metrics, evaluated on the test set, were used to determine the best model for evaluation on the validation set. 4.2 test dataset results results of the models evaluated on the test set for normal and damage classes are detailed in table 3. the best average values are highlighted in bold. the suffix ‘de’ indicates that the model is trained using the unbalanced training set. the suffix ‘ba’ indicates that training is carried out on the balanced training set, with the application of data augmentation. table 3. model results in the test set for classifying normal or damaged cropsfull size table the resnet50-de model, trained with the unbalanced dataset, has the highest average values in the precision (0.990) and accuracy (0.979) metrics, and the efficientnetb2-de model has the best result in recall (0.992). considering the standard deviation for the precision metric, there is a tie with the models efficientnetb2-de (0.976±0.013), efficientnetb2-ba (0.984±0.011), and vgg16-ba (0.981±0.013). comparing the balanced and unbalanced data for each backbone, we observe that the balanced data perform better in the precision metric in three out of four backbones (efficientnetb2-ba, mobilenetv2-ba, and vgg16-ba). the behavior reverses when analyzing the accuracy and recall metrics, with the unbalanced data performing better in most cases. 4.3 validation dataset results the best result among the repetitions for each model is selected for evaluation on the validation set. table 4 summarizes the results obtained based on the classification of the normal and damage classes evaluated on the validation set. table 4. results of the best repetitions of each model for classifying normal or damaged crops, applied to the validation setfull size table the results show that the models achieving the best generalizations are efficientnetb2-ba and vgg16-ba, both with a precision of 0.993. the best accuracy (0.982) and recall (0.997) results are achieved by the mobilenetv2-de model. models based on balanced data have better precision values in three cases (efficientnetb2-ba, mobilenetv2-ba, and vgg16-ba) and a tie (resnet50-de and resnet50-ba). according to the tie-breaking criterion indicated in sect. 3.1, the best model found is efficientnetb2-ba. 4.4 input images result the model with the best generalization, efficientnetb2-ba, is used to classify all generated crops, and voting is applied, as described in sect. 3.2, to determine a single class for each original image. figure 6 illustrates the final classification results of the original images, showing an average precision of 96.1%, an average recall of 94.9%, and an overall accuracy of 97.0%. the average is calculated by applying the metrics individually to each class and then computing an unweighted average of these values. fig. 6. confusion matrix of the input images full size image 5 conclusions in this work, we present a method to identify wind turbine blade damages in one of four types: lightning, erosion, cosmetics damage, or crack. the results show that among the eight trained models, the efficientnetb2-ba model achieved the best generalization performance for classifying crops of the original images into normal or damaged classes, with a precision of 99.3%, as well as excellent performance in detailed classification of the classes (lightning, erosion, normal, cosmetics, and cracks). when applied to the classification of the provided original images, we obtained an overall precision of 96.1%, accuracy of 97%, and recall of 94.5%. as evidenced by the results, the proposal can assist in image screening and analysis tasks, providing a tool for the specialist to identify damage in wind blades. in future work, we aim to enhance the precision of damage localization, using the quadtree technique. with this method, we anticipate achieving more precise localization of damaged areas, thereby improving the computing time and overall detection process. additionally, we plan to enhance the visualization of the damage location through the implementation of a salience map. this will provide a more intuitive and detailed representation of the damage, facilitating better analysis and interpretation. these advancements are expected to contribute to the effectiveness of image-based damage assessment methodologies. references farias, l.m., sellitto, m.a.: uso da energia ao longo da história: evolução e perspectivas futuras. revista liberato 12(17), 07–16 (2011) article  google scholar  lage, e.s., processi, l.d.: panorama do setor de energia eólica. banco nacional de desenvolvimento econômico e social (2013) google scholar  mishnaevsky, l., branner, k., petersen, h.n., beauson, j., mcgugan, m., sørensen, b.f.: materials for wind turbine blades: an overview. materials 10(11), 1285 (2017) google scholar  yang, z., et al.: detection of wind turbine blade abnormalities through a deep learning model integrating vae and neural ode. ocean eng. 302, 117689 (2024) google scholar  mishnaevsky, j.r.l.: root causes and mechanisms of failure of wind turbine blades: overview. materials 15(9), 2959 (2022) google scholar  du, y., zhou, s., jing, x., peng, y., wu, h., kwok, n.: damage detection techniques for wind turbine blades: a review. mech. syst. signal process. 141, 106445 (2020) article  math  google scholar  kaewniam, p., cao, m., alkayem, n.f., li, d.m.e.: recent advances in damage detection of wind turbine blades: a state-of-the-art review. renew. sustain. energy rev. 167, 112723 (2022) google scholar  wang, w., xue, y., he, c., zhao, y.: review of the typical damage and damage-detection methods of large wind turbine blades. energies 15(15), 5672 (2022) article  math  google scholar  kaewniam, p., cao, m., alkayem, n.f., li, d.m.e.: recent advances in damage detection of wind turbine blades: a state-of-the-art review. renew. sustain. energy rev. 167, 112723 (2022) google scholar  moreno, s., peña, m., toledo, a., treviño, r., ponce, h.: a new vision-based method using deep learning for damage inspection in wind turbine blades. in: ieee 2018 15th international conference on electrical engineering, computing science and automatic control (cce), pp. 1–5. ieee, mexico city (2018) google scholar  yang, p., dong, c., zhao, x., chen, x.: the surface damage identifications of wind turbine blades based on resnet50 algorithm. in: ieee 2020 39th chinese control conference (ccc), pp. 6340–6344. ieee, shenyang (2020) google scholar  he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 770–778. ieee, las vegas (2016) google scholar  krizhevsky, a., sutskever, i., hinton, g.e.: imagenet classification with deep convolutional neural networks. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 25 (2012) google scholar  shihavuddin, a.s.m., et al.: wind turbine surface damage detection by deep learning aided drone inspection analysis. energies 12(4), 676 (2019) google scholar  ren, s., he, k., girshick, r., sun, j.: faster r-cnn: towards real-time object detection with region proposal networks. adv. neural inf. process. syst. 28 (2015) google scholar  shihavuddin, a.s.m., chen, x.: dtu drone inspection images of wind turbine. mendeley data v2 (2018). https://doi.org/10.17632/hd96prn3nc.2 foster, a., best, o., gianni, m., khan, a., collins, k., sharma, s.: drone footage wind turbine surface damage detection. in: 2022 ieee 14th image, video, and multidimensional signal processing workshop (ivmsp), pp. 1–5. ieee, piscataway (2022) google scholar  redmon, j., divvala, s., girshick, r., farhadi, a.: you only look once: unified, real-time object detection. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 779–788. ieee, las vegas (2016) google scholar  garolera, a.c., madsen, s.f., nissim, m., myers, j.d., holboell, j.: lightning damage to wind turbine blades from wind farms in the us. ieee trans. power deliv. 31(3), 1043–1049 (2014) article  google scholar  buda, m., maki, a., mazurowski, m.a.: a systematic study of the class imbalance problem in convolutional neural networks. neural netw. 106, 249–259 (2018) article  math  google scholar  xu, m., yoon, s., fuentes, a., park, d.s.: a comprehensive survey of image augmentation techniques for deep learning. pattern recogn. 2023, 109347 (2023) google scholar  iman, m., arabnia, h.r., rasheed, k.: a review of deep transfer learning and recent advancements. technol. mdpi 11(2), 40 (2023) math  google scholar  russakovsky, o., et al.: imagenet large scale visual recognition challenge. int. j. comput. vision 115, 211–252 (2015) google scholar  tan, m., le, q.: efficientnet: rethinking model scaling for convolutional neural networks. in: pmlr international conference on machine learning, pp. 6105–6114. long beach, california (2019) google scholar  sandler, m., howard, a., zhu, m., zhmoginov, a., chen, l. c.: mobilenetv2: inverted residuals and linear bottlenecks. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 4510–4520. ieee, salt lake city (2018) google scholar  simonyan, k., zisserman, a.: very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image recognition. arxiv preprint arxiv:1409.1556 (2014) download references acknowledgments the authors are grateful to talisson araujo figueiredo for supporting with data labeling process. their expertise significantly contributed to the quality and rigor of this research. without their support, this work would not have been possible. author information authors and affiliations instituto federal de educação ciência e tecnologia do ceará (ifce), ceará, brazil alberto régio alves de oliveira, cláudio marques de sá medeiros & geraldo luis bezerra ramalho authors alberto régio alves de oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar cláudio marques de sá medeirosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar geraldo luis bezerra ramalhoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to alberto régio alves de oliveira . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri ethics declarations disclosure of interests the authors have no competing interests to declare that are relevant to the content of this article. rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de oliveira, a.r.a., de sá medeiros, c.m., ramalho, g.l.b. (2025). damage identification of wind turbine blades. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_13 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_13 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords computer vision deep learning wind blade damages publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature machine learning and time series analysis to forecast hotel room prices | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper machine learning and time series analysis to forecast hotel room prices conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 358–371 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) machine learning and time series analysis to forecast hotel room prices download book pdf download book epub francisco b. oliveira9, moesio w. silva-filho10, gabriel a. barbosa10, joão paulo freitas9, chris penna9 & … péricles b. c. miranda10  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 436 accesses 2 citations abstract the hospitality industry’s dynamic nature demands accurate forecasting of hotel room prices to optimize revenue management strategies. this paper presents an experimental study assessing machine learning techniques and time series analysis for forecasting hotel room prices. we enhance prediction accuracy by leveraging historical booking data, seasonal patterns, and hotel characteristics. we employ time series models, including autoregressors and prophet, to capture underlying trends and seasonal variations. we also evaluate machine learning models such as random forest, gradient boosting machine, extra trees regressor, and neural networks. these models are trained on features like booking lead time, historical hotel occupancy, room nights, and number of adults to capture complex relationships influencing prices. our methodology is demonstrated through a case study using over 40,000 reservations from a brazilian hotel over a decade. experimental results show that tree-based models performed best, with the gradient boosting achieving 6.94% of nrmse and 31.26 of mae. our findings contribute valuable insights for price estimation in the hospitality industry, offering robust methods to enhance revenue management strategies. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a machine learning model for occupancy rates and demand forecasting in the hospitality industry chapter © 2016 forecasting hotel reservations with long short-term memory-based recurrent neural networks article 04 december 2018 a study of machine learning based approach for hotels’ matching chapter © 2022 1 introduction the dynamic and competitive nature of the hospitality industry necessitates effective strategies for forecasting hotel room prices to optimize revenue management. accurate predictions are crucial for hotel operators to make informed decisions, respond to market trends, and maximize profitability. in this context, machine learning and time series analysis offer promising approaches, capturing complex patterns in hotel pricing data. time series analysis has long been employed to model and understand temporal patterns in various fields, including hospitality [2, 5, 16]. techniques such as autoregressive integrated moving average (arima) and seasonal decomposition of time series (stl) have been instrumental in capturing inherent trends and seasonal variations in hotel room prices [7, 10]. in parallel, the advancement of machine learning techniques has provided opportunities to enhance forecasting accuracy by leveraging the power of algorithms that can capture intricate relationships in large and diverse datasets [4, 12]. models such as random forests, gradient boosting, and neural networks have shown promise in capturing non-linear patterns and incorporating a wide range of features, including booking lead time, historical demand, and external factors like local events and economic indicators [2, 4, 7, 20]. this work presents an empirical investigation that examines the application of machine learning techniques and time series analysis to forecast hotel room prices. the proposed methodology exploits historical booking data, seasonal patterns, and external factors to augment the accuracy of price predictions. the investigation commences by scrutinizing the utilization of time series analysis to model and comprehend the temporal patterns intrinsic to hotel room pricing. different time series models are deployed to capture underlying trends and seasonal fluctuations in pricing data. additionally, machine learning models, namely random forests, gradient boosting, and neural networks, are subjected to evaluation. these models are trained on a comprehensive set of features, encompassing booking lead time, historical demand, local events, and economic indicators, encapsulating the intricate relationships influencing hotel room prices. the efficacy of the proposed methodology is exemplified through a case study employing authentic hotel pricing data. experimental results show that tree-based models, like gradient boosting machine, demonstrate the best results. besides, we present a discussion of the practical implications of the achieved results for hotel revenue managers, emphasizing their potential to optimize pricing strategies, enhance revenue streams, and improve overall profitability. insights derived from the study can inform decision-making processes and help hotel operators stay competitive in a rapidly evolving market. the paper is structured as follows. section 2 introduces the problem of forecasting room prices in the hospitality domain and the main research related to the theme. section 3 details the proposed methodology to assess forecasting and ml algorithms for the problem at hand. section 4 discusses the achieved results and their implications for hotel revenue managers. section 5 presents the conclusion and future work. 2 background forecasting poses a significant challenge for hotels, particularly those with limited resources that prevent them from investing in advanced revenue management software [18]. according to [18], less than ten percent of hotels currently utilize a revenue management system, and even when implemented, these systems often need more sophistication than those observed in other industries. complicating matters further, the data about a guest’s spa bookings is typically stored in a separate database from information related to room bookings and/or email marketing efforts. this fragmentation hampers hotels’ capacity to assess customer lifetime value, a capability readily available in the airline industry [9]. the pivotal role of revenue managers in shaping hotel pricing is undeniably significant; however, it introduces the potential for customers to perceive the pricing strategies as inequitable [14]. when hotels establish prices perceived as unrealistic or unfair by consumers, there is a consequential shift in demand towards alternative accommodation options such as peer-to-peer arrangements [14]. consumers may gravitate towards peer-to-peer options, perceiving them as more cost-effective alternatives [6]. despite these challenges, many hotels employ conventional price forecasting models, including the naive (same-time/last year) method [15]. furthermore, it is noteworthy that forecasted prices often undergo adjustments, commonly overridden through qualitative methods rather than quantitative pricing models [13]. in forecasting, several studies have employed moving average and exponential smoothing methods [11]. however, a significant drawback associated with moving average models is their sluggish responsiveness to rapid fluctuations in the data [11]. these models exhibit limited adaptability to dynamic changes in pricing, often neglecting the intricate relationships inherent in hotel data [2]. moreover, the moving average method demonstrates sub-optimal performance in addressing price fluctuations and fails to adequately account for the seasonal nature of hotel operations, which inherently exhibit such patterns. in response to these limitations, recent hotel revenue management studies have increasingly turned to arima-based models [21]. arima models, while proficient in modeling trends, exhibit limitations in capturing the complex nonlinear nature of data, as highlighted by [22]. their effectiveness diminishes when confronted with sudden changes in data values, resulting in notable increases in forecast error [22]. additionally, arima models are sensitive to outliers and lack robustness in predicting extreme values, as observed in [2]. identifying an appropriate arima model can be challenging and often computationally demanding. furthermore, arima-based models overlook the intricate nonlinear aspects of data, assuming data stability and disregarding external factors [22]. given the vulnerability of the hotel industry to external influences such as economic changes and pandemics, this oversight is particularly relevant [22]. traditional models like arima prove ineffective in capturing turning points, leading to significant errors in forecasting [22]. given the dynamic nature of the hospitality industry, pricing assumes a pivotal role in the operations and survival of hotels [4, 19]. consequently, there is an imperative need to develop new forecasting methods (e.g., machine learning algorithms) to effectively navigate the continual changes and challenges inherent in the industry. machine learning algorithms are good at detecting the complex nature of data and any sudden changes [1, 4]. they can also be trained on rich features, including booking lead time, historical demand, local events, and economic indicators, to capture the complex relationships influencing hotel room prices [1, 4]. besides, machine learning models are inherently designed to operate efficiently with extensive datasets, although they also exhibit proficiency in handling smaller datasets. moreover, their capacity to manage data noise is noteworthy, as it can be mitigated through optimization strategies [21]. researchers have demonstrated substantial enhancements in prediction accuracy by employing machine learning models, since traditional ones (e.g., support vector machines, random forest, artificial neural networks) to sophisticated ones (e.g., deep learning, long short-term memory network lstm), compared to results obtained from statistical models considering the hospitality accommodation price [1, 4, 5, 22]. the contribution of this work is an experimental investigation of traditional forecasting methods (e.g., arima, sarima) and machine learning algorithms applied to hospitality accommodation price prediction problem. the study’s initial phase involves examining time series analysis to model and comprehend the inherent temporal patterns in hotel room pricing. diverse time series models are employed to capture underlying trends and seasonal variations in pricing data. furthermore, various machine learning models are trained on a comprehensive set of features to comprehensively capture the intricate relationships influencing hotel room prices. the efficacy of the proposed methodology is substantiated through a case study employing authentic hotel pricing data from a real-world scenario. 3 experimental methodology this section details the experimental methodology proposed to assess the machine learning and forecasting algorithms for price prediction. thus, we present the datasets adopted, the algorithms involved in the experiments, how they were evaluated and the software and hardware setup used. 3.1 dataset the dataset used in this study is called hospbr. it originates from the property management system (pms) of a brazilian leisure hotel, anonymized to ensure the privacy of its guests and owners. this dataset contains 41,915 reservations made between 2010 and 2019. the data was split into training and testing periods, with the training set covering 2010 to 2018, consisting of 36,988 reservations, and the testing set covering 2019 with 4,927 reservations. we chose the dataset features that were consistently available throughout the investigated period; they are outlined in table 1. table 1. description of featuresfull size table several preprocessing steps were conducted on the original data. first, only confirmed reservations were selected, excluding those marked as “canceled” or “pending.” next, missing values in the feature “id type hu” were replaced with 0, indicating unrecorded data for those reservations. subsequently, the “occupation” information was included, defined as the ratio of occupied hotel units (hu) on the reservation creation date (entry date lead time) to the hotel’s inventory (available rooms). hotel inventory typically shows little variability, as modifying the number of hus is not straightforward, although conversions between sophisticated and simpler units can occur. finally, data cleaning was performed on the daily rate values (fee), which exhibited considerable noise due to manual adjustments by the hotel staff. a variable named “mean fee” was created, representing the daily rate (fee divided by length of stay, los). extreme outliers were removed, defined as values exceeding the third quartile plus fifteen times the interquartile range (iqr). thus, reservations with a mean fee above 853.57 brl, totaling 128 reservations (0.3% of the dataset), were excluded. similarly, reservations with a mean fee below the first quartile minus one iqr were also excluded, amounting to 22 reservations (0.05% of the dataset) below 16.69 brl. table 2. statistical summary of featuresfull size table table 2 displays the distribution of the available data within the reservations. most fees ranged between 292 and 630 brl, influenced by inflation over a decade. the dataset contains outliers, with some fees being exceptionally high, possibly due to extremely long los. most reservations were made less than a month in advance, indicating last-minute booking behavior among guests. the “id hu” information, representing room numbers, is a proxy for room quality and includes the floor level. the “id type hu” feature directly indicates the room type but includes many zeros where this information was not recorded. typically, the hotel accommodates two adults without children; on average, it operates at 50% of occupancy. the data shows some inconsistencies, with certain dates exceeding 100% of occupancy, suggesting incorrect reservation dates or inventory data errors. we employed the python library pycaret [3] for feature engineering using the original dataset. this process involved (i) one-hot encoding the “id type hu” variable; (ii) decomposing the “entry date” variable into numerical features representing the day of the month, day of the week, month, and year; (iii) generating polynomial features by squaring numerical features and multiplying pairs of numerical features, and (iv) removing features with low variance or high multicollinearity. the result is a set of 71 features, which the machine learning models utilized. 3.2 ml and forecasting algorithms in this study, we aimed to employ a wide variety of machine learning techniques to automatically predict the daily rate for a given reservation. these strategies encompass supervised regression, deep neural networks, and time series forecasting. regressor models. for supervised regression techniques, we focused on implementations from the python library scikit-learn, specifically the extratrees regressor (model name: et), random forest (model name: rf), gradient boosting machine (model name: gbm) models, and linear regression (model name: lr). the processed dataset, prepared using the pycaret library, was utilized for all cases. hyperparameter optimization was conducted on tree-based models using the optuna library, facilitating automated hyperparameter tuning through efficient search algorithms. the optimization process involved exploring the designated hyperparameter space for each model (see table 3), with 25 trials per case, to identify the model achieving the best performance on a validation subset randomly extracted from 30% of the training data. the optimal model was then used to predict the test dataset, comprising reservations from 2019, and the model’s performance was evaluated using various metrics. this procedure was repeated ten times for each model to analyze the mean and standard deviation of the results. table 3. hyperparameter space for regressor modelsfull size table multi-layer perceptron. we trained a neural network (model name: dnn) using a sequence of linear layers followed by relu activations to predict hotel room rates based on reservation data. the model was implemented with the pytorch library in python. it consisted of four hidden layers with dimensions 32, 64, 32, and 16, respectively, and was trained with a batch size of 128 for 64 epochs. the data was normalized using minmax scaling based on the train set. this neural network was designed to be simple, aiming to assess the capability of such a model to identify patterns necessary for accurate predictions. the hyperparameters were configured based on the authors’ experience with similar problems. time-series forecasting. the prediction of hotel room rates in time series data has unique challenges due to the wide range of rates for each reservation date. for instance, guests booking well in advance typically pay lower rates than those booking closer to the date. similarly, the price can vary based on the number of nights reserved or the number of adults. to isolate these effects, we calculated the average daily rate by dividing the total rate for a given date by the number of reservations and adults for that date. this provided the average rate per day per adult. these values formed a time series from 2010 to 2018, which we used to predict rates for 2019. to predict the rate for a specific reservation, we summed the predicted daily rates for all days covered by the reservation and multiplied by the number of adults. for example, reservation 96384 had three adults, starting on 2019-02-03 and ending on 2019-02-05. one model predicted rates of 69.82 for 2019-02-03, 69.31 for 2019-02-04, and 68.68 for 2019-02-05. thus, the final predicted cost was (69.82 + 69.31 + 68.68) * 3 = 705.96, while the actual cost was 705. we tested two-time series models: the autoregressor from the python statsmodels library with lags ranging from 30, 60, 180, and 365 (model names: ar_30, ar_60, ar_180, ar_365, respectively) and the prophet library (model name: prophet) [17]. 3.3 evaluation methodology all algorithms, machine learning and forecasting ones, were evaluated following a hold-out methodology, considering the train and test splits, to predict the average daily price for a given booking. the experiments were executed on vertex ai workbench, in a machine with a cpu intel xeon (8 vcpus) @ 2.800ghz and 32gb ram. the metrics adopted to assess the algorithms are presented as follows: bias. refers to the systematic error or tendency of a forecasting method to consistently overestimate or underestimate the actual values. it indicates the direction and magnitude of the forecast errors. a positive bias implies that the forecasts are consistently higher than the actual outcomes, while a negative bias indicates that the forecasts consistently fall below the actual values. bias equation can be seen as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \text {bias} = \frac{1}{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n} (f_t a_t), \end{aligned}$$ (1) where, n is the number of observations, \(f_{t}\) is the forecasted value at time t, and \(a_{t}\) is the actual observed value at time t. it is important to note that a perfect forecast would have a bias equal to zero, indicating that, on average, the forecasts are accurate. nrmse. normalized root mean squared error, is a metric used to assess the accuracy of forecasting models. it is a normalized version of the root mean squared error (rmse), which measures the square root of the average squared differences between forecasted and actual values. normalization is applied to the error by dividing it by the larger value of a reservation, making it a relative measure. the nrmse formula is as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \text {nrmse} = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n}\sum _{t=1}^{n}\left( \frac{f_t a_t}{\max (a_t)}\right) ^2} \times 100, \end{aligned}$$ (2) a lower nrmse indicates better model accuracy. nrmape. normalized root mean absolute percentage error, is a metric used to evaluate the accuracy of predictive models, particularly in time series forecasting and regression analysis. it combines elements of both the mean absolute percentage error (mape) and the root mean squared error (rmse), and it is normalized to provide a scale-independent measure of error. $$\begin{aligned} \text {nrmape} = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n} \sum _{i=1}^{n} \left| \frac{f_t a_t}{\max (a_t)}\right| } \times 100. \end{aligned}$$ (3) a lower nrmape indicates better model accuracy. \(r^{2}\) the coefficient of determination, is a metric used to assess the goodness-of-fit of a forecasting model. it represents the proportion of the variance in the dependent variable (actual values) that is explained by the independent variable (forecasted values). \(r^{2}\) values range from 0 to 1, with 1 indicating a perfect fit where all variability in the dependent variable is explained by the model. the \(r^{2}\) formula is given by: $$\begin{aligned} r^2 = 1 \frac{\sum _{t=1}^{n}(a_t f_t)^2}{\sum _{t=1}^{n}(a_t \bar{a})^2}, \end{aligned}$$ (4) where, \(\overline{a}\) is the mean of the actual values. mae. mean absolute error, is a metric used to measure the average magnitude of errors in a set of predictions, without considering their direction. it is the average over the test sample of the absolute differences between predicted values and observed actual values. the mae is a linear score, meaning that all individual differences are weighted equally in the average. we included this metric to show a perspective at the same scale of the reservation fee values. the mae formula is as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \text {mae} = \frac{1}{n} \sum _{t=1}^{n} |f_t a_t|, \end{aligned}$$ (5) a lower mae indicates a model with better predictive accuracy. 4 results and discussion table 4 presents the accuracy rates achieved by each model regarding bias, nrmse, nrmape, \(r^{2}\) and mae. bold values mean the best value achieved in the given metric in an absolute sense. as it can be seen, lr reached the best value for bias. for nrmse, nrmape, \(r^{2}\) and mae, gb was the best algorithm, achieving 6.94, 3.9629, 0.4778 and 31.26, respectively. table 4. mean of accuracy rates of the predictive models.full size table furthermore, a statistical analysis was conducted on the gathered data to ensure a fair assessment of the models’ performance. the null hypothesis posits that there is no statistical discrepancy between the average metrics collected from the models within each dataset. we opted to employ the non-parametric friedman test with a significance level of \(\alpha = 0.05\) to verify the null hypothesis. this approach yielded the p-values for each metric across all datasets. these p-values were less than \(\alpha \), indicating rejection of the null hypothesis across all tests and metrics. this rejection signifies that, within each metric and dataset, at least one model exhibits statistically significant differences from the others, forming distinct result groups. fig. 1. critical difference diagrams for friedman-nemenyi statistical test. full size image table 5. rank of algorithms.full size table we utilized the nemenyi post hoc test to identify statistically similar result groups, computed average rankings, and created critical difference graphs, depicted in fig. 1. each vertical line in these graphs represents a tested model, while horizontal bars touching these lines denote statistical similarity. vertical lines intersected by horizontal bars within the calculated critical difference (cd) value denote models that achieved statistically equivalent performance. figure 1 (top-left) shows the cd diagram for bias. as it can be seen, lr, prophet, \(a\_365\), dnn and \(a\_180\) reached the first five positions, respectively, and are statistically equivalent. however, the lr was superior statistically to all the other algorithms. figure 1 (top-right) presents the cd diagram for nrmape. gb, rf, et, \(a\_30\), and \(a\_60\) tied statistically as the best models, where gb surpassed all other approaches. gb also reached the best value of nrmse and \(r^{2}\), fig. 1 (middle-left and -right), being statistically equivalent to et, rf, prophet, and \(ar\_365\). gb overcame all the other models in both metrics. gb also achieved the best results for mae, being statistically equivalent to rf, et, \(ar\_{30}\), and \(ar\_{60}\). to complement the results presented previously in cd diagrams, table 5 presents the average rank of the algorithms considering all the metrics adopted. the average rank facilitates the understanding of the general performance of the algorithms. as example, gb was the \(8^{th}\) best algorithm regarding bias, and \(1^{st}\) for nrmape, nrmse, \(r^{2}\) and mae. thus, gb has an average rank equal to 2.40, being considered, on average, the best algorithm. rf, et and \(ar\_{30}\) composed the podium of the four best algorithms for the dataset considered in this work. fig. 2. histogram of residuals for predicted values for each model. full size image the results indicate that tree-based models (gb, rf, et) achieved the best performance in metrics evaluating predictive model performance, namely nrmape, nrmse, \(r^2\), and mae. moreover, the tests conducted suggest that there is no statistically significant difference in the results of these models, although gb numerically outperformed the others in all cases. this suggests that models with this architecture are better suited to capture the nuances governing price configurations in hotel reservation systems. even after normalizing values to account for the number of nights and adults in the reservation, time series prediction models did not perform comparably to tree-based models. the influence of booking window information and the type of room, which these models could not capture, likely affected the outcome negatively. additionally, it is noteworthy that tree-based models exhibited high bias values, all of which were negative. this may indicate that these models failed to identify a trend in daily rates, unlike models such as lr, prophet, and \(ar\_365\). this could be attributed to the long training period, during which the influence of brazilian inflation, totaling 75.78% [8] between 2010 and 2018, may have been observed. future research should consider normalizing data to account for this factor. figure 2 depicts each model’s prediction residual distribution. it is evident that tree-based models are notably centered around zero, highlighting the quality of their predictions. however, they exhibit leftward skewness in all cases, indicating a negative bias in these models. 5 conclusion and future works this paper presents an experimental study that evaluates machine learning techniques and time series analysis for forecasting hotel room prices. the methodology utilizes a dataset (hospbr) comprising 41,915 reservations made at a brazilian hotel from 2010 to 2019. each reservation includes check-in and check-out dates, number of adults, booking window (days between reservation creation and check-in), room nights (days between check-out and check-in), room type, and hotel occupancy rate on the reservation date. time series forecasting models, such as autoregressors and prophet, are employed to understand temporal patterns in hotel pricing. machine learning models are also assessed, including random forest, gradient boosting machine, extra trees regressor, and neural networks. the reservations from 2010 to 2018 are used for training, while those from 2019 are used for testing. our findings indicate that the gradient boosting machine (gbm) demonstrated the highest predictive power, closely followed by tree-based models (extratrees and random forest) and the prophet library. this suggests that tree-based models effectively capture the relationships between variables affecting price variations, such as room nights and booking windows. the gbm achieved an nrmse of 6.94%, nrmape of 3.96%, \(r^2\) of 0.47, and mae of 31.26. however, tree-based models also showed high negative bias values, indicating a tendency to underestimate prices, likely due to the impact of brazilian inflation during the test period. in conclusion, this research contributes to hotel revenue management by providing a robust approach to forecasting room prices. by integrating time series analysis with machine learning, the methodology offers a comprehensive solution for anticipating price fluctuations, enabling proactive and data-driven decision-making in the hospitality industry. future work could explore the impact of inflation on prices, further investigate tree-based models like lightgbm or xgboost, and combine regressor and time series models such as prophet. another research avenue could be the study of dynamic pricing strategies to optimize hotel revenue. references al shehhi, m., karathanasopoulos, a.: forecasting hotel prices in selected middle east and north africa region (mena) cities with new forecasting tools. theor. econ. lett. 8(9), 1623–1638 (2018) article  math  google scholar  al shehhi, m., karathanasopoulos, a.: forecasting hotel room prices in selected gcc cities using deep learning. j. hosp. tour. manag. 42, 40–50 (2020) article  google scholar  ali, m.: pycaret: an open source, low-code machine learning library in python (2020). https://github.com/pycaret/pycaret. accessed 23 june 2024 alotaibi, e.: application of machine learning in the hotel industry: a critical review. j. assoc. arab univ. tourism hosp. 18(3), 78–96 (2020) math  google scholar  binesh, f., belarmino, a.m., van der rest, j.p., singh, a.k., raab, c.: forecasting hotel room prices when entering turbulent times: a game-theoretic artificial neural network model. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. (2023) google scholar  chi, m., wang, j., luo, x., li, h.: why travelers switch to the sharing accommodation platforms? a push-pull-mooring framework. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. 33(12), 4286–4310 (2021) article  math  google scholar  cleveland, r.b., cleveland, w.s., mcrae, j.e., terpenning, i.: stl: a seasonal-trend decomposition. j. off. stat 6(1), 3–73 (1990) math  google scholar  de geografia e estatística, i.b.: índice nacional de preços ao consumidor amplo (ipca) (2023). https://www.ibge.gov.br/estatisticas/economicas/precos-e-custos/9256-indice-nacional-de-precos-ao-consumidor-amplo.html. accessed 23 june 2024 giousmpasoglou, c., marinakou, e., zopiatis, a.: hospitality managers in turbulent times: the covid-19 crisis. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. 33(4), 1297–1318 (2021) article  google scholar  hyndman, r.j., athanasopoulos, g.: forecasting: principles and practice. otexts (2018) google scholar  kimes, s.e.: revenue management: a retrospective. cornell hotel restaurant adm. q. 44(5–6), 131–138 (2003) article  math  google scholar  knani, m., echchakoui, s., ladhari, r.: artificial intelligence in tourism and hospitality: bibliometric analysis and research agenda. int. j. hosp. manag. 107, 103317 (2022) article  math  google scholar  koupriouchina, l., van der rest, j.p., schwartz, z.: judgmental adjustments of algorithmic hotel occupancy forecasts: does user override frequency impact accuracy at different time horizons? tour. econ. 29(8), 2143–2164 (2023) article  google scholar  meatchi, s., camus, s., lecointre-erickson, d.: perceived unfairness of revenue management pricing: developing a measurement scale in the context of hospitality. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. 33(10), 3157–3176 (2021) article  google scholar  pereira, l.n.: an introduction to helpful forecasting methods for hotel revenue management. int. j. hosp. manag. 58, 13–23 (2016) article  math  google scholar  salah, a., bekhit, m., eldesouky, e., ali, a., fathalla, a.: price prediction of seasonal items using time series analysis. comput. syst. sci. eng. (2023) google scholar  taylor, s.j., letham, b.: prophet: forecasting at scale (2017). https://github.com/facebook/prophet. accessed 23 june 2024 webb, t., schwartz, z., xiang, z., singal, m.: revenue management forecasting: the resiliency of advanced booking methods given dynamic booking windows. int. j. hosp. manag. 89, 102590 (2020) article  google scholar  zaki, k.: implementing dynamic revenue management in hotels during covid-19: value stream and wavelet coherence perspectives. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. 34(5), 1768–1795 (2022) article  math  google scholar  zhang, b., huang, x., li, n., law, r.: a novel hybrid model for tourist volume forecasting incorporating search engine data. asia pacific j. tourism res. 22(3), 245–254 (2017) article  math  google scholar  zheng, t.: what caused the decrease in revpar during the recession? an arima with intervention analysis of room supply and market demand. int. j. contemp. hosp. manag. 26(8), 1225–1242 (2014) article  math  google scholar  zheng, t., liu, s., chen, z., qiao, y., law, r.: forecasting daily room rates on the basis of an lstm model in difficult times of hong kong: evidence from online distribution channels on the hotel industry. sustainability 12(18), 7334 (2020) article  math  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations cesar, recife, pernambuco, brazil francisco b. oliveira, joão paulo freitas & chris penna universidade federal rural de pernambuco, recife, brazil moesio w. silva-filho, gabriel a. barbosa & péricles b. c. miranda authors francisco b. oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar moesio w. silva-filhoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gabriel a. barbosaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão paulo freitasview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar chris pennaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar péricles b. c. mirandaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to péricles b. c. miranda . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper oliveira, f.b., silva-filho, m.w., barbosa, g.a., freitas, j.p., penna, c., miranda, p.b.c. (2025). machine learning and time series analysis to forecast hotel room prices. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_25 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_25 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords hotel price forecasting time series analysis machine learning publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature on the analysis of cgp mutation operators when inferring gene regulatory networks using scrna-seq time series data | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper on the analysis of cgp mutation operators when inferring gene regulatory networks using scrna-seq time series data conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 264–279 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) on the analysis of cgp mutation operators when inferring gene regulatory networks using scrna-seq time series data download book pdf download book epub josé eduardo h. da silva10, heder s. bernardino10, itamar l. de oliveira10, alex b. vieira10 & … helio j. c. barbosa10,11  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 744 accesses 2 citations abstract gene regulatory networks (grns) inference from gene expression data is a hard task and a widely addressed challenge. grns can be represented as boolean models similarly to digital circuits. cartesian genetic programming (cgp), often used for designing circuits, can thus be adopted in the inference of grns. the main cgp operator for generating candidate designs is mutation, making its choice important for obtaining good results. although there are many mutation operators for cgp, to the best of our knowledge, there is no analysis of them in the grn inference problem. an evaluation of the single active mutation (sam) and the semantically-oriented mutation operator (somo) is performed here for grns inference. also, a combination of both operators is proposed. we use a benchmark single-cell rna-sequencing time series data and its evaluation pipeline to measure the performance of the approaches. the experiments indicate that (i) combining somo and sam provides the best results, and (ii) the results obtained by the proposal are competitive with those from state-of-the-art methods. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others semantically-oriented mutation operator in cartesian genetic programming for evolutionary circuit design article 02 october 2021 cartesian genetic programming with guided and single active mutations for designing combinational logic circuits chapter © 2019 gene regulatory network reconstruction: harnessing the power of single-cell multi-omic data article open access 19 october 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. gene regulatory networks genetic models genome-wide analysis of gene expression regulatory networks sequence annotation somatic hypermutation 1 introduction systems biology is an interdisciplinary research area that focuses on the computational and mathematical analysis of interactions among the components of a biological system [28]. all cellular activities are controlled by their genes through a network that forms proteins from dna. the gene expression depends on the relationships in this network, known as gene regulatory network (grn) [13]. several methods have been developed for the inference of grns, such as pidc [3], that uses partial information decomposition (pid) to identify regulatory relationships between genes, genie3 [12], winner of the dream5 network challenge, that decomposes the prediction of a regulatory network among p genes into p different regression problems, and grnboost2 [19], that is based on genie3, and uses a gradient boosting machine (gbm) regression [7]. genie3 and grnboost2 are provided in the same python package arboreto [19]. also, evolutionary computation techniques have been applied to infer gene regulatory networks. for instance, one can find the application of genetic programming and evolutionary strategies in this context [15, 26]. grns can be modeled as continuous models in the form of differential equations or as discrete models, such as bayesian and boolean networks. for discrete models, a common scheme for representing the genes’ interactions is an alphabet of two symbols \(\gamma \) = {0,1}, where 0 means inhibition and 1 means activation. a model for this type of network is similar to digital circuits, which can be evolved using cartesian genetic programming (cgp) [18], as presented in [24, 25]. although it is possible to use recombination operators, cgp mostly uses mutation operators to create genetic variation in its offspring. there is no general-purpose crossover operator with good performance for cgp [17]. point-mutation, in which a gene is randomly chosen and changed to another value, and single active mutation (sam) [9] that guarantees a phenotypic difference after the mutation, are two common mutation approaches used on cgp. recently, the semantically-oriented mutation operator (somo) was developed for designing evolutionary circuits [11]. somo can obtain feasible circuits using less computational effort than other approaches from the literature, and this advantage helps to deal with the scalability limitation of cgp. however, somo uses only a specific population initialization in order to optimize the circuit in terms of reducing the number of logic elements. there is not a proper optimization step. also, point-mutation has a parameter, \(\mu _{r}\), which defines the percentage of the genotype to be mutated. somo, on the other hand, has more sensitive parameters that control the genetic variation of the offspring. therefore, in this paper, we propose the evaluation and analysis of cgp when applied to the context of the gene regulation networks inference by using benchmark curated models with single-cell rna-sequencing (scrna-seq) time-series gene expression data technology. here, we provide a critical assessment of the advantages and disadvantages of using somo, with and without an appropriate optimization scheme with sam. furthermore, we perform a parameter sensitivity analysis of somo. also, the results obtained by the proposal in the computational experiments are better than those found by other gp approaches and similar to those reached by the state-of-the-art algorithm genie3, one of the techniques more widely used in the literature for modeling grns. our results show that it is important to have an optimization step to obtain correct grns and that somo is very sensitive to its parameters. 2 problem definition the usual research aim is to infer the network topology from given gene expression data [1]. the gene expression data can be given as a steady-state or time-series matrix. for the former, each measure represents the expression level of a given gene in a certain condition and, for the latter, the gene expression measurements is carried out in each time point. considering n the total number of genes and s the total number of time-points measured, a gene expression dataset is represented by a s x n matrix, where each row vector s (s = 1, ..., s) represents a n-dimensional transcriptome, and each column vector y (y = 1, ..., n) corresponds to a s-dimensional gene profile in the total cell population [4]. the goal of the network inference method is to use the data matrix to predict a set of regulatory interactions between any two genes from the total of n genes. the final output is in the form of a graph with n nodes and a set of edges [4]. figure 1a shows an example of a grn with four genes (nodes) and their regulatory relationships (edges). blue pointed arrows represent an activation and orange lines, inhibition. for example, g1 activates g2, and g4 inhibits g3. fig. 1. illustrations of a grn with four genes (g1-g4) (a) and an individual of cgp (b). the representation is composed by three primary inputs (i0, i1, and i2) and one output (o0). continuous lines defines the phenotype. in this representation, \(n_{c}\) = \(n_{r}\) = 3 and the function set \(\gamma \) = {and, or, not, xor}. full size image discrete and continuous models of grns are often used to understand the process. when considering continuous models, it is common to use differential equations to model the regulatory relationships between genes, such as presented in [8, 24]. this type of model uses the concentrations of the macromolecules such as rnas and proteins (both are gene products) and other biological species concentration, modeling them through the time-rate-of-change of their concentration variables. regulatory interactions take the form of functional and differential relationships between concentration variables [22]. more specifically, gene regulation is modeled by rate equations that express the rate of production of a system component as a function of the concentrations of other components. also, it is possible to model grns through a discrete model, such as boolean networks. boolean networks use boolean algebra to discover the relationship between genes. moreover, boolean networks assume each gene g at a time point t to be in one of two states, active or inactive, according to its gene expression data at time t [2], therefore, one needs to binarize the data, leading to information loss. given a threshold, the data is discretized in 1 (activation) or 0 (inhibition). boolean-based models simplify the structure and dynamics of gene regulation. inferred networks provide a quantitative measure of gene regulatory mechanisms [22]. this model, despite its simplicity, can represent, through its dynamics, several biologically significant phenomena. furthermore, it is possible to obtain several practical uses, such as the identification of drugs for cancer treatment through the inference of the relationships between genes from experimental data such as gene expression profiles [16]. there are several techniques for measuring the expression of a gene. for instance, single-cell rna-sequencing (scrna-seq) is attractive for grn inference due to its production of thousands of independent measurements [14] and there are methods that sort cells along “trajectories” describing the development or progress of the cell [10, 21, 23, 27], called pseudotime, which is a measure of how far a cell has moved through biological progress. also, when using scrna-seq data technologies, it is common to observe a dropout, which occurs when a gene is observed at a low or moderate expression level in one cell but it is not detected in another cell of the same type. dropouts make it difficult to get correct grns. 3 cartesian genetic programming cartesian genetic programming is a genetic programming technique in which programs are directed acyclic graphs (dags) encoded by a matrix of processing nodes, with \(n_{c}\) columns and \(n_{r}\) rows. [17]. the genes are integer values and, for each gene, there are inputs and operation/function that the node performs. given a node in the matrix, the nodes at its left side can be used as inputs. there is a user-defined parameter (levels-back) that limits the number of columns at the left side where inputs can be selected to constrain the connectivity of the graph. the number of inputs that a node can receive is called arity. also, the genotype contains nodes that contribute directly to the output, called active nodes, and those that do not, the inactive nodes. the phenotype is composed only of the active nodes and the genotype-phenotype mapping is done by recursively determining the nodes that contribute to each output, starting on the output and ending on the primary inputs. the function set is user-defined and problem-dependent. for example, logic functions or gates are used when designing digital circuits. figure 1b presents a cgp individual with three primary inputs and one output. the functions are logical ones. grey nodes are active and white nodes, inactive. the most common search technique used in cgp is the \((1 + \lambda )\) evolutionary strategy (es) [17], where \(\lambda \) is the number of new solutions generated at each iteration. in this case, the best individual, the one with more matches concerning its truth-table, between the parent and the \(\lambda \) new generated solutions is selected for the next generation. 3.1 mutation operators cgp normally uses only mutation to generate new individuals and crossover operators have received little attention in the cgp [17]. the two most adopted mutation approaches are point mutation [17] and sam [9]. point mutation is a simple approach that randomly selects a node and a gene and changes it to another valid value. however, the changes may occur in inactive nodes leading to a lack of modifications in the phenotype. sam, proposed for reducing the number of wasted objective function evaluations, operates by (i) randomly selecting one node and one of its elements (inputs or function) and (ii) changing its value to another valid value. steps (i) and (ii) are repeated until an active node is modified. as a result, sam ensures that one active node is changed. somo [11] was developed for the design of digital circuits using cgp, where the purely stochastic mutation operator is replaced and operates in the phenotype space. the somo steps are presented in algorithm 1, which can be summarized as: (i) all inactive nodes have their inputs changed randomly to another valid value; functions are changed with a probability \(p_{f}\); (ii) a random node (c) is chosen, in order to be mutated using somo; (iii) c has its function modified randomly with a probability \(p_{f}\); (iv) a random input (e) is chosen from c. step (i) ensures that new genetic material is generated before performing the actual mutation. with the random input (e) chosen, somo identifies the best input considering all previous nodes in the genotype and then performs the mutation. the identification of the most suitable node is based on semantics. initially, it calculates the score of every node of the genotype that may be connected to the mutated node c. if more nodes receive the same score, the node closest to the program inputs is preferred. the score reflects the hamming distance (hd). in the sequence, all left-sided nodes from the mutated node c are connected at e and simulated in three different ways: (a) using the function of the node being connected, (b) forcing e to logic zero (\(val^{ [0]}_{e=0}\)), and (c) forcing e to a logic one (\(val^{[0]}_{e=1}\)). the desired input value is denoted as req and it can be equal to ‘0’, ‘1’ or ‘x’, where ‘x’ means that it does not matter what boolean value the input e takes. the value of req is determined by using the ternary operator \({ \theta }\) and the reduction operator \(\bigodot \), defined in equations 1 and 2. the term [o] in superscript points to a boolean value associated with a program output node o. in somo, the mutated input e of c is connected to the best node in the genotype of the current generation. differently from the standard cgp, somo uses \(\lambda \) = 1 and a different population initialization. in somo, the population is started with a candidate solution having no active gate in order to maximize the efficiency and minimize the number of active gates of the evolved solutions [11]. 4 proposal and methods here, we evaluate different approaches using somo aiming at discovering if using an appropriate optimization step helps it to obtain better grns. we propose the use of somo with sam as (i) somo can obtain a feasible solution quickly but with many logic elements, and (ii) sam is appropriate for reducing the number of logic elements. the proposal is presented in algorithm 2. in [11], the percentage of inactive nodes to be mutated (\(p_{q}\)) is equal to 100. here, we analyze the performance of somo when using \(p_{q}\) = 50% with sam as optimization step. in addition, as highlighted in [11], somo usually gets stuck in local optima. to avoid this issue, we use a restart strategy for exploiting different locations of the search space. the restart strategy consists of initializing a new population and restart the search for every k objective function evaluations. the criteria for evaluating and comparing methods are varied, but [20] presented a set of benchmark problems when considering scrna-seq data for inferring grns. this set is composed of toy, curated, and real datasets. for toy and curated models, we have the ground-truth network, which facilitates the evaluation of new methods. also, there is an extensive comparison between several algorithms from the literature using the pipeline provided in [20]. in this paper, we use curated scrna-seq data in the form of pseudotime-series. these datasets were made considering 2,000 cells with three configurations: 0%, 50%, and 70% dropout rates. for each configuration, 10 datasets are given. furthermore, each problem has a different number of pseudotimes. as each pseudotime gives information about one possible cell trajectory, for each pseudotime one grn is inferred. then, the final grn is given by merging the partial grns discovered for each pseudotime. this final grn is evaluated considering the pipeline presented in [20] which considers the area under the precision-recall curve (auprc) and the area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (auroc) values for comparison. auprc is calculated as the area under the precision-recall (pr) curve and shows the trade-off between precision and recall across different decision thresholds. the x-axis of a pr curve is the recall and the x-axis is the false-positive ratio (fpr). considering tp as true positive, fp as false positive and fn as false negative, we can define precision = \(\frac{tp}{tp+fp}\) and recall = \(\frac{tp}{tp+fn}\). for auroc, the roc curve is plotted considering the false-positive ratio (fpr) on the x-axis and the recall, on the y-axis. recall was defined previously and fpr = \(\frac{fp}{tn+fp}\). an excellent model has auc close to 1, which means it has good separability. for many real-world datasets, particularly medical datasets, the fraction of positives is often less than 0.5, meaning that auprc has a lower baseline value than auroc [6]. 5 computational experiments computational experiments were conducted to analyze the performance of cgp mutation operators when applied to the inference of grns using the benchmark scrna-seq time-series data from [20]. here, we highlight whether obtaining feasible solutions in a faster way has a positive impact on the quality of the solutions. also, we analyze the importance of reducing the number of logic elements. the computational experiments are composed of two parts: (i) the performance of cgp variants are compared and, (ii) the results obtained by the two best cgp approaches are compared to those found by genie3. the problems considered in our analysis are presented in table 1, with information of the number of genes (#genes) and the number of pseudotimes (#pseudotimes). these problems are curated models with 2,000 cells and are presented in three different configurations considering 0%, 50%, and 70% dropout. in order to remove or soften the effects of technical and biological variations as well as obtain a single curve that represents gene expression over time, we use data approximation via cubic smoothing splines implemented in python and distributed through the library csapsfootnote 1. then, the data is binarized with bikmeans through gene expression data pre-processing tool (gedprotools)footnote 2. all methods were implemented in c++ and the source codes are availablefootnote 3. the experiments were run in a ubuntu server 20.04 lts (hvm) with 16 vcpus intel(r) xeon(r) cpu e5-2666 v3 @ 2.90ghz and 30gb ram and the results are evaluated using the pipeline presented in [20] which considers the auprc and auroc values for comparison. table 1. problems used in the experiments.full size table 5.1 comparative analysis of the cgp techniques we compare the standard cgp with sam and the cgp with somo in different approaches: (i) cgp: standard cgp using sam for obtaining the first feasible solution and for optimizing; (ii) somo: cgp using somo without optimization step; (iii) somo-sam: cgp using somo with optimization step; (iv) somo-sam-r: cgp using somo with optimization step and evolutionary search restart; (v) somo-sam-pq50: cgp using somo with optimization step and \(p_q\) = 50%. the suffix r means that the evolutionary process is restarted with a different initial population every 1,000 evaluations. here, we aim to evaluate the performance of somo with an appropriate optimization step. somo is able to obtain feasible solutions in a faster way than other approaches but this solution usually has many logic elements. table 2. auprc results for all problems. the suffix after the problem’s name is the dropout rate.full size table table 3. auroc results for all problems. the suffix after the problem’s name is the dropout rate. algorithms marked with an asterisk have statistical difference.full size table table 4. algorithm counting considering the best values of median. values between parenthesis is the algorithm counting considering the statistical equality.full size table for the standard cgp, we use \(\lambda \) = 4 and random population initialization. when considering somo, we use \(\lambda \) = 2, \(p_{f} = 0\) and the population initialization suggested in [11]. also, in [11] the value of \(n_c\) is variable, considering a multiple of the number of standard gates required to implement each circuit. however, the definition of the number of gates to implement a circuit cannot be easily defined a priori and, hence, we fixed \(n_c\) as usually considered when using the standard cgp and used only \(n_c = 100\). the other parameters are \(n_r = 1\) and \(lb=n_c\). for each problem, 5 independent runs were performed with a maximum of 100,000 objective function evaluations. for somo-sam-r, the number of evaluations to restart is 1,000 and was defined during preliminary experiments, analyzing the average number of evaluations needed to find a feasible solution. also, the accumulated number of evaluations is used in the stop criteria. tables 2 and 3 present the results of the cgp methods, respectively, for auprc and auroc. the best (maximum), first quantile (q1), median, mean, third quantile (q3), and standard deviation values of the results are shown, and the best values are highlighted in boldface. also, the methods with an asterisk have statistical difference, when considering dunn’s test for 95% of confidence. based on these results, one can see that the results of somo-sam and somo-sam-r are equal in some cases. this is expected as the first feasible solution was obtained before reaching the first restart point (1,000 evaluations). in general, most cgp approaches have no statistical difference when compared to each other, both in auprc and auroc. when considering the median, we count the times that each algorithm reached the best result. values in parentheses consider the statistical tests and when there is no statistical difference, all methods score. this counting is shown in table 4. fig. 2. results for the problems considering all scenarios. full size image fig. 3. pps considering auprc and auroc for the best approaches. full size image also, the approaches using an optimization step performed better than the other ones. the restart scheme helps to escape from local optima but it does not provide good results. furthermore, the results when using \(p_{q}\) = 50% are better than the standard values presented in [11]. the somo population initialization is essential for a good performance of the algorithm as well as using \(\lambda \) = 1. finally, based on table 4, one can conclude that the best methods are somo-sam and somo-sam-pq50 when auprc is considered. for auroc, the best algorithms are somo-sam and somo. however, here we consider one approach using the standard somo with sam as optimization step (somo-sam) and another approach varying the parameter \(p_{q}\), namely somo-sam-pq50. 5.2 comparative analysis with genie3 as observed in sect. 5.1, the two best cgp variants are somo-sam and somo-sampq50, and we compare them here with genie3. according to [20], genie3 is the best algorithm for inferring grns. performance profiles (pps) [5] were used in order to analyze the relative performance of the algorithms. considering p as a particular problem (model) and s as a particular solver, \(\rho (p,s)\) is defined as the performance ratio within a factor of \(\tau \) of the best possible ratio. from pps, it is possible to extract: (i) the approach that obtained the best results for most problems (largest \(\rho (1)\)), (ii) the most reliable approach (smaller \(\tau \) such that \(\rho (\tau ) = 1\)), and (iii) the best overall performance (largest area under the performance profiles curves). moreover, boxplots of the results are presented in fig. 2. also, kruskal wallis statistical test and dunn’s post hoc test were carried out and the results show that there is statistical difference only when comparing cgp approaches with genie3. based on the pps presented in fig. 3 is possible to conclude that: (i) genie3 has the best performance in most of the problems (largest \(\rho (1)\)), followed by somo-sam and somo-sam-pq50, respectively. (ii) genie3 is the most reliable variant (smallest \(\tau \) such that \(\rho (\tau )=1\)), followed by somo-sam-pq50 and somo-sam, respectively, and; (iii) genie3 presents the best overall performance (largest auc), followed by somo-sam-pq50 and somo-sam, respectively. thus, genie3 is a good choice when considering only auprc. however, as highlighted in sect. 4, for many real-world medical datasets the fraction of positives is often less than 0.5. on the other hand, when considering the performance profiles of auroc, we can conclude that: (i) genie3 hast the best performance in most of the problems, followed by somo-sam and somo-sam-50, respectively; (ii) somo-sam and somo-sam-pq50 are the most reliable variants, and; (iii) somo-sam presents the best overall performance, followed by somo-sam-pq50 and genie3, respectively. then, somo-sam highlights the importance of using an appropriate optimization step. also, somo is very sensitive to the parameter \(p_{q}\), i.e. keeping some inactive nodes unchanged before performing somo helps to obtain better results. one possible reason is the fact that, when using sam, we adopt \(\lambda = 4\), then, cgp is able to create more diverse offspring than with \(\lambda = 1\) as the standard somo uses. however, only when considering mcad, approaches that use cgp obtained better results on auprc and auroc. with respect to mcad it is interesting to highlight that this problem is the only one with 2 pseudotimes. the evaluation pipeline considers the “top k” regulatory relationships and, when merging the 2 solutions to obtain the final grn, it is possible to construct a smaller grn (less number of regulatory relationships) that consider the most important regulatory relationships leading to a better evaluation. the statistical tests show that there is no statistical difference between the cgp approaches. the statistical difference is observed only when comparing the cgp variants with genie3, reinforcing the superiority of genie3 as shown in the auprc boxplots. 6 conclusions and future work here, we analyze the performance of cgp mutation operators applied when inferring grn using benchmark curated scrna-seq time series data. these approaches include mainly two aspects: (i) a proposal using sam to optimize the solution obtained by somo, and (ii) a parameter sensitivity analysis for somo. we compared the cgp approaches, and the best-obtained cgp methods with genie3. the results show that modifying \(p_{q}\) to 50% helped cgp to obtain better results, as a more diverse offspring is generated. genie3 performed better in most problems, except in mcad. the mcad problem has only two pseudotimes and the cgp solutions’ merge can obtain a smaller grn that is better evaluated in the pipeline. also, there is no statistical difference between the cgp approaches, but there is when comparing the cgp variants with genie3. according to pps, genie3 obtained the best results in general but one can highlight that both somo-sam and somo-sam-pq50 are more reliable when auroc is considered. furthermore, the use of somo for obtaining faster first feasible solutions and sam as an appropriate optimization step helps cgp to obtain better results when inferring gene regulatory networks when compared to the standard somo and to the standard cgp. thus, one can conclude that using sam with somo improves the inferred grns. as future work, we intend to explore even more the somo parameters, considering other values of \(p_{q}\) and \(p_{f}\) in the context of the inference of grns and the impact of \(n_{c}\) when adopting values of \(\lambda > 1\). also, we intend to investigate the impact of the number of pseudotimes in the merging step of cgp. notes 1.https://csaps.readthedocs.io/en/latest/index.html. 2.http://lidecc.cs.uns.edu.ar/files/gedprotools.zip. 3.https://github.com/ciml. references aalto, a., viitasaari, l., ilmonen, p., mombaerts, l., gonçalves, j.: gene regulatory network inference from sparsely sampled noisy data. nat. commun. 11(1), 1–9 (2020) google scholar  banf, m., rhee, s.y.: computational inference of gene regulatory networks: approaches, limitations and opportunities. biochimica et biophysica acta (bba) gene regul. mech. 1860(1), 41–52 (2017) google scholar  chan, t.e., stumpf, m.p., babtie, a.c.: gene regulatory network inference from single-cell data using multivariate information measures. cell syst. 5(3), 251–267 (2017) google scholar  chen, s., mar, j.c.: evaluating methods of inferring gene regulatory networks highlights their lack of performance for single cell gene expression data. bmc bioinf. 19(1), 1–21 (2018) google scholar  dolan, e.d., moré, j.j.: benchmarking optimization software with performance profiles. math. programm. 91(2), 201–213 (2002) google scholar  draelos, r.: measuring performance: auprc and average precision (2019). glassboxmedicine.com/2019/03/02/measuring-performance-auprc/ friedman, j.h.: greedy function approximation: a gradient boosting machine. ann. statist., pp. 1189–1232 (2001) google scholar  gebert, j., radde, n., weber, g.w.: modeling gene regulatory networks with piecewise linear differential equations. eur. j. oper. res. 181(3), 1148–1165 (2007) google scholar  goldman, b.w., punch, w.f.: reducing wasted evaluations in cartesian genetic programming. in: krawiec, k., et al. (eds.) eurogp 2013. lncs, vol. 7831, pp. 61–72. springer, heidelberg (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-37207-0_6 haghverdi, l., büttner, m., wolf, f.a., buettner, f., theis, f.j.: diffusion pseudotime robustly reconstructs lineage branching. nat. methods 13(10), 845 (2016) google scholar  hodan, d., mrazek, v., vasicek, z.: semantically-oriented mutation operator in cartesian genetic programming for evolutionary circuit design. in: proceedings of the 2020 genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 940–948 (2020) google scholar  irrthum, a., wehenkel, l., geurts, p., et al.: inferring regulatory networks from expression data using tree-based methods. plos one 5(9), e12776 (2010) article  google scholar  jackson, c.a., castro, d.m., saldi, g.a., bonneau, r., gresham, d.: gene regulatory network reconstruction using single-cell rna sequencing of barcoded genotypes in diverse environments. elife 9, e51254 (2020) article  google scholar  liu, s., trapnell, c.: single-cell transcriptome sequencing: recent advances and remaining challenges. f1000research 5 (2016) google scholar  ma, b., jiao, x., meng, f., xu, f., geng, y., gao, r., wang, w., sun, y.: identification of gene regulatory networks by integrating genetic programming with particle filtering. ieee access 7, 113760–113770 (2019) article  google scholar  mccall, m.n.: estimation of gene regulatory networks. postdoc j. postdoc. res. postdoc. affairs, 1(1), 60 (2013) google scholar  miller, j.f.: cartesian genetic programming. cgp, pp. 17–34 (2011) google scholar  miller, j.f., thomson, p., fogarty, t.: designing electronic circuits using evolutionary algorithms. arithmetic circuits: a case study (1997) google scholar  moerman, t., et al.: grnboost2 and arboreto: efficient and scalable inference of gene regulatory networks. bioinformatics 35(12), 2159–2161 (2019) google scholar  pratapa, a., jalihal, a.p., law, j.n., bharadwaj, a., murali, t.: benchmarking algorithms for gene regulatory network inference from single-cell transcriptomic data. nat. methods 17(2), 147–154 (2020) google scholar  qiu, x., mao, q., tang, y., wang, l., chawla, r., pliner, h.a., trapnell, c.: reversed graph embedding resolves complex single-cell trajectories. nat. methods 14(10), 979 (2017) google scholar  huynh-thu, v.a., sanguinetti, g.: gene regulatory network inference: an introductory survey. in: sanguinetti, g., huynh-thu, v.a. (eds.) gene regulatory networks. mmb, vol. 1883, pp. 1–23. springer, new york (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-8882-2_1 setty, m., et al.: wishbone identifies bifurcating developmental trajectories from single-cell data. nat. biotech. 34(6), 637–645 (2016) google scholar  da silva, j.e.h., et al.: inferring gene regulatory network models from time-series data using metaheuristics. in: ieee congress on evolutionary computer (cec), pp. 1–8. ieee (2020) google scholar  da silva, j.e.h., bernardino, h.s., de oliveira, i.l.: inference of gene regulatory networks from single-cell rna-sequencing data using cartesian genetic programming (under review). in: bioinformatics, pp. 1–8. oxford (2021) google scholar  streichert, f., et al.: comparing genetic programming and evolution strategies on inferring gene regulatory networks. in: deb, k. (ed.) gecco 2004. lncs, vol. 3102, pp. 471–480. springer, heidelberg (2004). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24854-5_47 trapnell, c., et al.: the dynamics and regulators of cell fate decisions are revealed by pseudotemporal ordering of single cells. nat. biotechnol. 32(4), 381 (2014) google scholar  wang, r.s., saadatpour, a., albert, r.: boolean modeling in systems biology: an overview of methodology and applications. phys. biol. 9(5), 055001 (2012) google scholar  download references acknowledgements we thank the support provided by faperj, fapesp, fapemig, capes, cnpq, ufjf, and amazon aws. author information authors and affiliations universidade federal de juiz de fora, juiz de fora, mg, brazil josé eduardo h. da silva, heder s. bernardino, itamar l. de oliveira, alex b. vieira & helio j. c. barbosa laboratório nacional de computação científica, petrópolis, rj, brazil helio j. c. barbosa authors josé eduardo h. da silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar heder s. bernardinoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar itamar l. de oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar alex b. vieiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar helio j. c. barbosaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to josé eduardo h. da silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper silva, j.e.h.d., bernardino, h.s., de oliveira, i.l., vieira, a.b., barbosa, h.j.c. (2021). on the analysis of cgp mutation operators when inferring gene regulatory networks using scrna-seq time series data. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_18 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_18 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature the impact of double transfer learning in vgg architectures for metastasis breast cancer detection | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper the impact of double transfer learning in vgg architectures for metastasis breast cancer detection conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 457–468 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) the impact of double transfer learning in vgg architectures for metastasis breast cancer detection download book pdf download book epub danyllo carlos silva e silva  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0008-9932-12809, omar andres carmona cortes  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5805-24909,10 & joão otávio bandeira diniz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3303-334611  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 375 accesses 1 citation abstract according to the world health organization (who), 2.3 million women were diagnosed with breast cancer in 2020, causing almost 700.000 deaths worldwide. the first occurrences (in situ stage) usually have a good response if there is an early detection because the earliest form of tumor does not have sufficient potential to kill. however, the next stage has a low survival rate because the most threatening tumor characteristic is cell division spreading throughout the body, damaging lungs, livers, bones, and the brain. an alternative to deal with this problem is to enhance the velocity of the diagnosis and detection of breast cancer. thus, machine learning algorithms have proven to be effective in this task. in this context, this work investigates how double transfer learning improves two deep learning architectures, vgg-16 and vgg-19, using histopathological images, i.e., employing breakhis as the first transfer learning and patchcamelyon as the second. results indicate that using double transfer learning, results for precision, specificity, recall, and f-score improve to 99%, 83%, 89%, and 90%, respectively. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others breast cancer prediction on breakhis dataset using deep cnn and transfer learning model chapter © 2022 breast cancer detection in histology images using convolutional neural network chapter © 2021 enhancing breast cancer detection accuracy through machine learning, deep learning and transfer learning techniques for clinical practice article open access 11 december 2025 1 introduction cancer is the uncontrollable growth of cells that can spread to other parts of the body [3]. breast cancer, which originates in the breast, is a disease that affects males and females, but the majority are women over 40 years old. obesity, drug use, family history, and late menopause are some of the consequences that favor the occurrence. particularly in brazil, the national cancer institute estimates a total of 704,000 new cases of cancer in the country, and the most frequent is breast cancer, representing 30.1% of all occurrences [13]. having said that, there are other issues associated with the illness. the primary problem is that there are more than 100 subdivisions of breast cancer [12] that the pathologists need to differentiate during an exam analysis, which makes it a challenging task even if the professional is very experienced. moreover, people are susceptible to physical, physiological, mental, and external factors that can affect their work efficiency, such as illness, fatigue, excessive work, and familiar issues, among many others. thus, to help the pathologists in this endeavor and try to decrease these high occurrences of cancer, the main focus of this investigation is on improving diagnosis methods and techniques for early detection to increase patients’ life expectations, i.e., before metastasis. additionally, pathologists used to have confidence in their expertise to analyze thousands of histopathology images. on the other hand, according to litjens et al. [8], one of the performance tests with 11 pathologists without time constraints reached 72.4% of correct diagnosis (27.6% were not identified during the test). in this context, this work aims to investigate vgg-16 and vgg-19 using single and double transfer learning (dtl) to help pathologists detect breast cancer metastasis efficiently. the idea is to train vggs using the breakhis dataset [18], then use the patchcamelyon for detecting metastasis. therefore, this work is divided as follows: sect. 2 presents some related works; sect. 3 shows some literature review and our proposal; sect. 4 shows the computational experiment, its setup, and results; finally, sect. 5 presents the conclusions of this investigation and future work. 2 related works well-known convolutional neural network architectures (cnn), such as vgg, resnet, densenet, etc., have played a notable role in image recognition with the advent of deep learning [1]. for instance, visual geometry group (vgg) [17] won the imagenet challenge in 2014, and it was presented during the international conference on learning representations. this architecture brought a different concept of deep networks with an improved small architecture (3x3 conv. filters and 16–19 weight layers) for pattern recognition. nowadays, vgg is commonly used in the medical context for anomaly detection, characterizing neoplasias into benign or malign based on image recognition [15], such as the work of filho & cortes [5], santos-bustos et al. [16], and liu et al. [9]. ismail & sovuthy [6] performed a comparison between vgg-16 (94% acc) and resnet50 (91.7% acc) in the classification of two classes of neoplasias (normal and abnormal tumor). in other investigations, vgg-19 has shown the best results in many articles, such as [21] and [15]. in vigneshkumar & sumathi [21], a hybrid architecture combining vgg-19 and svm was presented, which reaches 98% of sensibility and 97.8% of accuracy. furthermore, in saaber et al. [15], the auc, accuracy, specificity, precision, and f1-score evaluated for classifying breast cancer using histopathological images were all more than 97.35% (precision), and the best one is 99.5% for auc. regarding specifically breast cancer detection using dtl, matos et al. [10] proposed a classification approach of histopathological images from breakhis dataset comparing double transfer learning (dtl) using inception-v3 pre-trained with imagenet dataset and support vector machine (svm) to classify breast cancer patches in four magnitude levels: 40x, 100x, 200x and 400x. results showed that the proposed dtl approach got an accuracy of 91%. vo-le et al. [22] investigated dtl in vgg-16, googlenet, and resnet-50 using the patch camelyon as a base transfer learning. afterward, they trained different machine learning classifiers on vbcan dataset, a set of images of hematoxylin and eosin (h&e) stained lymph node sections collected from two specialized hospitals in vietnam, to improve the deep learning models. the results have shown that vgg obtained the best recall (97.76%), resnet the best accuracy (96.98%), and googlenet the best precision (98.58%). in our study, we are investigating the use of double transfer learning technique in vgg-16 and vgg-19 to detect breast cancer metastasis in the patch camelyon dataset. to achieve this, we first trained the models using the breakhis dataset. next, we used the patch camelyon dataset to identify the presence of metastasis. finally, we compare our results with those of [10] and [4]. 3 material and method 3.1 convolutional neural networks the mathematical representation of the human neuron was presented for the first time by [11] in the bulletin of mathematical biology. mcculloch and pits proposed that all the behaviors of neurons in the human brain can be interpreted logically, considering impulses (neuron activities), inhibitory or excitatory synapses, and a logical theory called “nets without circles”. the concepts developed by mcculloch and pitts have served as the foundation for all neural network and deep learning architectures created to date. since 2010, deep learning networks have been widely recognized as one of the most effective modern techniques for solving complex pattern recognition problems [1], especially those neural networks, so-called convolutional neural networks (cnn) that have shown high accuracy in recognizing abstract patterns and features that a human would not easily obtain [19]. a cnn has an input layer that receives data used for training and validation. in this present work, the input layers [2] are histopathological features from whole-slide medical images; then, data goes through convolutional layers that are blocks of a deep network, in which filters and parameters are combined in the training stage; usually, after a convolutional layer there is a pooling layer, which are essential components used for reducing spatial dimensions of the input data (width \(\times \) length); finally, a cnn can use a dense layer represented by a fully connected neural network, which combines the outputs from previous layers performing a prediction (classification or regression). the complete illustration of a cnn can be found in fig. 1 and fig. 2, representing the architectures used in this work. fig. 1. vgg16 architecture full size image fig. 2. vgg19 architecture full size image the difference between vgg16 and vgg19 is the number of layers. while vgg16 consists of sixteen weight layers (thirteen convolutional layers and three fully connected layers), vgg19 has nineteen weight layers (sixteen convolutional layers and three fully connected layers). furthermore, vgg16 has five blocks of convolutional layers, with the number of convolutional layers in each block being [2, 2, 3, 3, 3]. in comparison, vgg19 also has five blocks of convolutional layers, but the number of convolutional layers in each block is [2, 2, 4, 4, 4]. 3.2 proposal: double transfer learning and vgg in our proposal, we developed a structure with the combination of the double transfer learning (dtl) technique, vgg16, and vgg19 (trained separately) using three datasets: imagenet (pre-trained), breakhis, and patch camelyon (target domain). these architectures were chosen because of their superior performance in classification tasks in different domains. to clarify how dtl, vgg networks, and connections work, fig. 3 shows the architecture proposal. fig. 3. architecture of the tests using vgg16 and vgg19 (separately trained) in double transfer learning with three datasets: imagenet, breakhis and patch camelyon as target domain. full size image the vgg16 and vgg19 models are initially pre-trained using data from imagenet before extracting histopathological features from the input data. next, the convolutional neural networks (cnns) are trained using the patch camelyon dataset for simple transfer learning (stl), the first classification step. then, the vgg models are further trained using the breakhis dataset before being tested using the patch camelyon dataset to determine if a second transfer learning process affects the detection of metastasis. 4 computational experiments 4.1 setup the google coding environment is used: collaboratory and drive, which store all the python notebooks and datasets (breakhis and patch camelyon). the code was executed using the following configuration: gpu tesla t4, 12 gb ram, and 78.2 gb hdd with tensorflow and keras frameworks. the model parameters set for the train were kernel size 3 \(\times \) 3, pooling size 2 \(\times \) 2, input shape 640 \(\times \) 640 \(\times \) 3 for breakhis first classification step, and 96 \(\times \) 96 \(\times \) 3 for input shape of the classification with target domain (patch camelyon). each vgg was trained in five epochs, batch equal to 32, seed 1337, image size 224 (tensor length), and four filters. early stopping was used if there was no more progress in the learning attributes, and a reduce learning rate was applied to control the tax training flow in each epoch, reducing the factor of 0.5 with a minimum of 0.00001 that can reach the learning rate. the sampling method was hold-out using the rate 80/20. the code of the present work is stored in google drive, which can be easily accessed at https://github.com/danyllosilva/mbcd-bk-pc-msc. 4.2 database two datasets were used for training and testing the vgg algorithms: patch camelyon, reference for metastatic tissue detection [20] and breakhis dataset, reference for breast cancer detection [7]. breast cancer histopathological database (known also as breakhis dataset) version 1.0 is composed of 7,909 microscopic images in tif file format, 3-channel rgb, and four different magnifying factors: 1,995 images in factor 40x, 2,081 in 100x, 2,013 in 200x, and 1,820 in 400x (fig. 4). fig. 4. labeled images from breakhis dataset in four magnifying factors: 40x (a), 100x (b), 200x (c) and 400x (d). full size image the patch camelyon dataset contains 327,800 histopathological images from radboud university medical center, and it was divided into patches labeled by professional pathologists with an indication of the positive or negative occurrence of metastatic breast cancer in the patch region. the base ratio is balanced 50/50 for the two classes, and the image resolution is 96 \(\times \) 96, using 3-channel rgb and tif as file formats. each label in the image helps the algorithm learn the region’s characteristics during the training phase to give a conclusive diagnosis of the presence or absence of metastatic breast cancer. figure 5 shows an example of how each patch can be found in the dataset. fig. 5. labeled images from patchcamelyon dataset. full size image 4.3 pre-processing in pre-processing, some transformations in the images from breakhis dataset were applied to data augmentation: horizontal flip with a probability of 0.5, random brightness contrast also with the same probability, a random resized crop of 0.8 for chance occurrence, and blur with a limit of 1px by 1px. during the integrity data check of patch camelyon, some corrupted images were automatically checked and removed to guarantee that only valid data could be used for training and testing. 4.4 evaluation metrics the following metrics allow us to evaluate the performance of each model. they are based on correct classifications (true positives tp and true negatives tn) and incorrect ones (false positives fp and false negatives fn). additionally, we can build the confusion matrix using these values, which can help us visualize how the model performs in terms of correct and incorrect classification. then, the following metrics complete the evaluation, showing the performance numbers. in this context, eq. 1 computes the accuracy, which is the overall model performance, but it is not enough to evaluate the performance due to dataset distribution. supposing that the dataset presents 80% of positives and 20% of negatives, a simple model that classifies all input as positive would show an accuracy of 80%. however, the satisfactory result is not a consequence of a good model but the effect of the classification distribution in the dataset. $$\begin{aligned} accuracy = \frac{tp + tn}{tp + tn + fp + fn} \end{aligned}$$ (1) equation 2 calculates the model precision, which represents how false positives impact the model performance. in other words, the higher the false positive rate, the lower the precision. $$\begin{aligned} precision = \frac{tp}{tp + fp} \end{aligned}$$ (2) the recall presented in eq. 3 demonstrates how effectively the model identifies false negatives. this metric is crucial in health applications, particularly in cancer detection, as a false negative could cost the patient’s life. $$\begin{aligned} recall = \frac{tp}{tp + fn} \end{aligned}$$ (3) the specificity is shown in eq. 4, which is the proportion of true negatives (tn) detected correctly. the false positives affect the metric value, which can lead to an unnecessary treatment. thus, a look into specificity is made along with a look to recall. $$\begin{aligned} specificity = \frac{tn}{tn + fp} \end{aligned}$$ (4) finally, the metric f1-score provides an overall understanding of how well the model performs on its task, mainly when dealing with false positives and false negatives. in other words, it gives us a general idea of how the model is making classifications. the more incorrect the classifications, the lower the f1-score $$\begin{aligned} f1-score = \frac{2 \times precision \times recall}{precision + recall} \end{aligned}$$ (5) 4.5 results the results are divided into vgg in stl, using only patch camelyon, and dtl, using breakhis pl patch camelyon. the following metrics are used: precision, specificity, recall, and f1-score calculated by the confusion matrix of vgg16 and vgg19 as previously presented. figure 6 depicts the confusion matrix for vgg16 and vgg19 using stl. it shows 4879 correct classifications and 1130 incorrect for vgg16. while 4685 are correct and 1315 are incorrect for vgg19. these numbers reflect the following results in the performance metrics as presented in table 1: vgg16 in stl obtained 83% of precision and specificity, 84% of recall, and f1-score equal to 82%. in comparison, vgg19 reached 79% of precision, the same for specificity, 77% of recall, and f1-score of 78%. in other words, vgg16 got the best results in stl. fig. 6. confusion matrix of single transfer learning (stl). full size image when dtl is applied, the results are considerably better than stl, as we can see in fig. 7, in which 5113 are correct and 616 are incorrect, representing an enhancement of 234 correct classifications in vgg16. in comparison, vgg19 using dtl increases 373 correct classifications, which is higher than vgg16; however, it is not enough to overcome it. fig. 7. confusion matrix of dtl full size image regarding metrics in table 1, vgg16 reached a precision of 99%, a specificity of 86%, a recall of 84%, and an f1-score of 90%, which is a considerable improvement compared to stl excepting in the recall that has presented no improvements. in vgg19, the improvements are minor when using dtl, increasing the precision to 85% and keeping the specificity unchanged. on the other hand, dtl has considerably improved the recall to 89% and the f1-score to 87% in vgg19. although these improvements in vgg19 are impressive, they are not enough to overcome vgg16, except for the recall metric. table 1. comparison table of the results from two groups: vgg16 (stl/dtl) and vgg19 (stl/dtl).full size table in table 2, we compare our proposal with the following works: [10] and [4]. the first used a different approach, considering four magnitude levels of the breakhis dataset as the target dataset to reach the best acc than the state-of-the-art. in the comparison of our best result in vgg16 (dtl) and [10] (fig. 2), we achieved a better accuracy than all other accuracy results, mainly compared to the “proposed (inception-v3 + filter)” approach that reached 91% at 100x magnification as the best result. this work is more in-depth because it deals with two datasets, breakhis as the first domain and patch camelyon as the target (shown in fig. 3), and two points of view (stl and dtl) regardless of the magnitude level. concerning [4], the authors obtained a maximum accuracy of 85% using mainly well-established data augmentation techniques (randomly sized cutout mask, for example) in the patch camelyon dataset. our best result reached 0.92 for accuracy. table 2. comparison against [10] and [4]full size table 5 conclusions and future work this work proposed a novel deep double transfer learning approach with two established cnn architectures, vgg16 and vgg19. it shows that dtl is a promising technique and has a positive effect in both cnns, but with better results in vgg16, reaching a precision of 99%, a specificity of 86%, a recall of 84%, and an f1-score of 99%. according to the metrics evaluated and compared against two published works from [14] and [4], this work could beat the accuracy of both works, showing that using vgg in the double transfer learning context is a promising approach. future work includes applying dtl in other cnn-established models or adding more parameters and different approaches for data augmentation to improve results along the epochs, which are fewer yet (5) only for use as reference because the state-of-the-art works use few epochs to guarantee the best results at first and see whether the model is promising. references aggarwal, c.c.: neural networks and deep learning. in: neural networks and deep learning, pp. 9–53. springer (2018) google scholar  beysolow ii, t.: introduction to deep learning using r: a step-by-step guide to learning and implementing deep learning models using r. apress (2017) google scholar  cancer, n.i.o.: the definition of cancer \(|\) 2024. in: what is cancer, p. 1. national institute of cancer (usa) (2024) google scholar  ericsson, a., kana, f.: convolutional neural networks for classification of metastatic tissue in lymph nodes (2021) google scholar  filho, m.l.r., cortes, o.a.c.: efficient breast cancer classification using histopathological images and a simple vgg. revista de informática teórica e aplicada 29(1), 102–114 (2022). https://doi.org/10.22456/2175-2745.119207 ismail, n.s., sovuthy, c.: breast cancer detection based on deep learning technique. in: 2019 international unimas stem 12th engineering conference (encon), pp. 89–92 (2019) google scholar  jiang, y., chen, l., zhang, h., xiao, x.: structure of breakhis dataset. plos one 23(23), 1–6 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0214587.t004 article  math  google scholar  litjens, g., et al.: 1399 h &e-stained sentinel lymph node sections of breast cancer patients: the camelyon dataset. in: gigascience, o. (ed.) the camelyon dataset, pp. 2–3. oxford (2022) google scholar  liu, z., peng, j., guo, x., chen, s., liu, l.: breast cancer classification method based on improved vgg16 using mammography images. j. radiat. res. appl. sci. 17(2), 100885 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrras.2024.100885 article  math  google scholar  matos, j.d., britto, a.d.s., oliveira, l.e.s., koerich, a.l.: double transfer learning for breast cancer histopathologic image classification. in: 2019 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–8 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1109/ijcnn.2019.8852092 mcculloch, w.s., pitts, w.: a logical calculus of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. in: bulletin of mathematical biophysics, pp. 115–133. springer (1943) google scholar  prevention, b.n.i.o.c.: estimate \(|\) 2024. in: cancer incidence in brazil, pp. 39–40. national institute of cancer prevention (brazil) (2024) google scholar  primo, w.q.: national cancer institute and the 2023-2025 estimate – cancer incidence in brazil \(|\) 2023. in: estimate \(|\) 2023-2025, pp. 1–2. national institute of cancer (usa) (2023) google scholar  rodrigues filho, m.l., cortes, o.a.: classificação de imagens histopatológicas usando uma vgg e mecanismo de atenção para detecção de câncer de mama. sbc 23(23), 1–6 (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/sbcas_estendido.2023.229388 saaber, a., sakr, m., abo-seida, o.m., keshk, a., chen, h.: a novel deep-learning model for automatic detection and classification of breast cancer using the transfer-learning technique. ieee 57, 71194–71209 (2021) google scholar  santos-bustos, d.f., nguyen, b.m., espitia, h.e.: towards automated eye cancer classification via vgg and resnet networks using transfer learning. eng. sci. technol. int. j. 35, 101214 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jestch.2022.101214 article  google scholar  simonyan, k., zisserman, a.: very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image recognition. in: international conference on learning representations (2014) google scholar  spanhol, f., oliveira, l.s., petitjean, c., heutte, l.: a dataset for breast cancer histopathological image classification. ieee trans. biomed. eng. 63(7), 1455–1462 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1109/tbme.2015.2496264 article  google scholar  vecchiotti, p., vesperini, f., principi, e., squartini, s., piazza, f.: convolutional neural networks with 3-d kernels for voice activity detection in a multiroom environment. in: esposito, a., faudez-zanuy, m., morabito, f.c., pasero, e. (eds.) multidisciplinary approaches to neural computing. sist, vol. 69, pp. 161–170. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-56904-8_16 chapter  math  google scholar  veeling, b.s., linmans, j., winkens, j., cohen, t., welling, m.: rotation equivariant cnns for digital pathology. in: frangi, a.f., schnabel, j.a., davatzikos, c., alberola-lópez, c., fichtinger, g. (eds.) miccai 2018. lncs, vol. 11071, pp. 210–218. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-00934-2_24 chapter  google scholar  vigneshkumar, k., sumathi, n.: a hybrid deep learning approach for breast cancer detection using vgg-19 and support vector machine. int. j. mech. eng. 83–93 (2021) google scholar  vo-le, c., son, n.h., van muoi, p., phuong, n.h.: breast cancer detection from histopathological biopsy images using transfer learning. in: ieee eighth international conference on communications and electronics (icce), pp. 408–412 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1109/icce48956.2021.9352069 download references acknowledgment this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior – brasil (capes) – finance code 001. author information authors and affiliations programa de pós-graduação em engenharia da computação e sistemas (pecs), universidade estadual do maranhão (uema), cidade universitária paulo vi – jd. são cristóvão, são luís, ma, 65055-310, brazil danyllo carlos silva e silva & omar andres carmona cortes departamento de computação (dcomp) – instituto federal do maranhão (ifma), av. getulio vargas, 04, são luis, ma, 65030-005, brazil omar andres carmona cortes campus grajaú – instituto federal do maranhão (ifma), br-226, grajaú, ma, 65940-000, brazil joão otávio bandeira diniz authors danyllo carlos silva e silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar omar andres carmona cortesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão otávio bandeira dinizview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to omar andres carmona cortes . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper silva e silva, d.c., cortes, o.a.c., diniz, j.o.b. (2025). the impact of double transfer learning in vgg architectures for metastasis breast cancer detection. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_32 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_32 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords convolutional neural networks double transfer learning breast cancer publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a framework for characterizing what makes an instance hard to classify | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a framework for characterizing what makes an instance hard to classify conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 353–367 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) a framework for characterizing what makes an instance hard to classify download book pdf download book epub maria gabriela valeriano  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-3631-156x9,10, pedro yuri arbs paiva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9768-75639, carlos roberto veiga kiffer  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1122-069310 & … ana carolina lorena  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6140-571x9  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 586 accesses 1 citation abstract the health domain has been largely benefited by machine learning solutions, which can be used for building predictive models to support medical decisions. but, for increasing the reliability of these systems, it is important to understand when the models are prone to failures. in this paper, we investigate what can we learn from the instances of a dataset which are hard to classify by machine learning models. different reasons may explain why one or a set of instances are misclassified, despite the predictive model used. they can be either noisy, anomalous or placed in overlapping regions, to name a few. our framework works at two levels: the original base dataset and a meta-dataset built to reflect the hardness level of the instances. a two-dimensional hardness embedding is assembled, which can be visually inspected to determine sets of instances to scrutinize better. we show some analysis that can be undertaken in this hardness space that allow to characterize why some of the instances are hard to classify, with case studies on health datasets. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others comparative analysis of ensemble classifier and single base classifier in medical disease diagnosis chapter © 2020 a meta-heuristic approach to estimate and explain classifier uncertainty article open access 14 january 2025 machine learning in practice—clinical decision support, risk prediction, diagnosis chapter © 2023 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. categorization complexity data mining learning algorithms machine learning statistical learning 1 introduction machine learning (ml) models are regarded as promising solutions for revolutionizing healthcare [1]. these data-driven techniques may leverage knowledge from the large volumes of data continuously gathered by health systems and agents [2]. as a recent example, different predictive models were built during the covid-19 pandemic to assist diagnosis and prognosis of patients using hospital data [3, 4]. nonetheless, there are issues still preventing the widespread usage of ml predictive models in health decision making and planning. some concerns are the risk of bias and inappropriate or incomplete model performance evaluation [5]. given that health databases are not collected with the objective of data analysis in the first place, the data scientist and ml practitioner must deal with these issues by relying on their own experience or on ad-hoc procedures, which can bias the achieved results. data-centric frameworks have recently been proposed to aid these professionals in better assessing data quality and taking potential corrective measures, which will result in more reliable and trustful predictive models [6, 7]. one fruitful direction is to assess and monitor learning performance for each dataset instance and prevent relying only on averages over an entire dataset, as it is common practice [8]. furthermore, examining the performance at the instance level can reduce biases in the evaluation of ml models, as specific important groups of instances can be mistaken by the ml models, despite the obtainment of an overall high average predictive performance. this makes it important to know which instances are systematically misclassified by ml models and why they are so, a concern that has led to the recent literature of instance hardness analysis [9]. according to smith et al. [9], instance hardness can be measured as the average misclassification error of a pool of diverse classifiers when predicting the label of such instance. this metric allows identifying instances in a dataset that are inherently difficult to have their label predicted, despite of the classification technique used. however, going beyond, the literature also presents hardness meta-features which prospect possible reasons why the instance is hard to classify [9, 10]. recently, a framework for relating the classification performance of classifiers of distinct biases and the values of different hardness meta-features was framed [8, 11]. the relationship of this information is used to produce a 2-d hardness embedding where the instances are linearly distributed according to their hardness level. here this framework is extended for gaining data-centric insights by taking advantage of the organization of the dataset observations in the hardness embedding. these analyzes take place at two levels: the original input features and the meta-features. inspecting general trends in the input features of the hard instances of a dataset can be particularly informative and allow to involve the data domain experts in the ml pipeline. on the other hand, looking at the hardness meta-features allows data scientists to understand structural problems with such instances, which may be preventing the obtainment of a better predictive accuracy. this dual interplay allows for taking into account the main stakeholders involved in data analysis for decision support. in particular, our framework is applied here to datasets from the health domain, which is a critically requester reliable predictive models. as case studies, we consider a set of covid prognosis datasets from brazil, one of the countries hit hardest by the pandemic. the classification problem consists in predicting whether a covid-hospitalized patient will develop into an aggravated condition or not, information that can support decision making at both clinical and management levels at hospitals. our framework contributes on the following ways: providing a principled approach for identifying hard instances in a dataset: taking advantage of the hardness embedding of a dataset, where easy and hard instances are interposed, different types of analyzes are made possible. one of them is to define hardness and easiness footprints, which are dense regions of the representation space which encompass more hard and easy instances, respectively. this allows to define a principled strategy for choosing sets of instances to be further examined; providing meaningful insights on data quality and structure: the hardness profile of a dataset can be inspected for gaining insights about where and why ml models are failing; being actionable by different stakeholders: we combine two levels of knowledge. while inspecting relationships of the input features that lead to increased hardness levels can be a valuable tool for better data understanding and auditing with the aid of domain experts, the meta-features allow to prospect structural problems in the data which can be informative for data science and ml practitioners. this paper is structured as follows: section 2 presents some related work. section 3 presents our formulation. section 4 presents some experimental results. section 5 concludes the paper with some discussions. 2 related work ml techniques are data-hungry and a common mistake is to consider that more data will always result in more accurate predictive models. but some issues present in real data, such as noise, sparse regions and outliers, can impair the ml system’s performance, trustfulness and acceptance. therefore, data quality plays a central role in developing reliable ml systems. since predictions inside health scenarios involve highly delicate matters, data quality assessment and cleaning are even more critical. some recent works have used data-centered approaches to formulate strategies allowing to: assess how difficult it is to predict the class of each instance in a dataset [6, 8, 13]; understand why some instances are frequently misclassified, while also trying to explain the behavior of classifiers for such instances [8, 14]; predict test instances that will be reliably classified or not [7]; remove hard or ambiguous instances in a data sculpting strategy to improve ml algorithms performance [6, 13]; and identifying anomalous regions of the input feature space offering useful explanations and insights about data quality as well as model performance [6, 8, 15]. but there are still gaps to be filled that may help increasing the acceptance of such tools. one of them is providing more interpretable and actionable insights to the different stakeholders involved in data analysis. in order to increase the trustfulness and acceptance of ai systems, it is imperative that their decisions are transparent and can be scrutinized by different stakeholders. this has lead to the increase in the explainable artificial intelligence (xai) area [16]. many xai platforms and strategies are currently available and most of them focus on evaluating how the predictive input features influence the results of the ml models, such as permutation tests [17] and shapley values [18]. but there are other layers of explainability that are not so commonly explored in the literature, despite having potential to offer rich insights for better understanding the strengths and weaknesses of the ml models. one of them is working at a meta-level where general properties of the data that may lead to impairments in a good predictive performance are identified and characterized [9, 19]. taking steps towards this direction, we can extract local rules based on at most two input features for subsets of instances a given model struggles to classify correctly, that is, instances the model regards as hard to classify [15]. our work follows a similar direction, but with a more general approach for finding and characterizing the hard instances from a dataset. while combining the outputs of many models, we also leverage on meta-features able to describe why some instances are hard to classify, giving insights at different yet complementary perspectives. 3 formulation figure 1 presents an overview of the methodology followed in our paper. given a dataset \(\mathcal d\), a set \(\mathcal f\) of hardness meta-features describing the level of difficulty in classifying each instance in \(\mathcal d\) according to different perspectives is extracted. algorithmic performance \(\mathcal p\) is registered for each individual instance of the dataset for a pool of classification algorithms \(\mathcal a\). joining \(\mathcal f\) and \(\mathcal p\), a hardness embedding is produced where the instances are placed so as to present linear trends of difficulty level, from bottom right (easy) to top left (hard). next two types of analyzes are performed. one of them involves defining regions concentrating hard and easy to classify instances. they are called hardness and easiness footprints, respectively. by extracting patterns from the opposing footprints, we are able to obtain insights on instance hardness at different levels and perspectives. the second approach involves a visual inspection of the hardness embedding for identifying observations lying in regions of interest to be inspected. fig. 1. overview of the proposed framework. full size image 3.1 instance hardness analysis let us define \(\mathcal d\) formally as containing n pairs of labeled observations (\(\textbf{x}_i , y_i \)). each \(\textbf{x}_i \in \mathcal x\) is an instance described by m input features and is labeled in \(y_i \in \mathcal y\), where \(\mathcal y\) is a discrete and non-ordered set of classes. in addition, let \(h: \mathcal x \rightarrow \mathcal y\) denote a classification hypothesis, that is, a ml predictive model generated from \(\mathcal d\). the instance hardness of an instance \(\textbf{x}_i\) can be defined as the probability of misclassification when it is subject to a pool of different learning algorithms, that is: $$\begin{aligned} ih_{\mathcal {a}}\big ( \textbf{x}_i, y_i \big ) = 1 \frac{1}{|\mathcal {a}|} \sum _{j=1}^{|\mathcal {a}|} p\big (y_i | \textbf{x}_i, h_j(\mathcal d)\big ), \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(p\big (y_i | \textbf{x}_i, h_j(\mathcal d)\big )\) is the probability the j-th ml model in the pool attributes \(\textbf{x}_i\) to its expected class \(y_i\). the intuition is that if a pool of diverse classifiers is unable to predict the expected class of \(\textbf{x}_i\) with a high probability (proxy to a high confidence), then this instance is intrinsically hard to classify. in turn, hardness meta-features (hm) can be used for prospecting possible reasons why an instance is hard to classify or not [9, 10]. summarizing, given an instance \(\textbf{x}_i\): kdn (k-disagreeing neighbors) gives the percentage of k nearest neighbors of \(\textbf{x}_i\) with label different from \(y_i\); n1i (fraction of nearby instances of different classes) gives the fraction of instances that do not belong to class \(y_i\) which are connected to \(\textbf{x}_i\) in a minimum spanning tree built from \(\mathcal d\); n2i (ratio of the intra-class and extra-class distances) takes the ratio of the distance \(\textbf{x}_i\) has to the nearest neighbor from its class \(y_i\) to the distance \(\textbf{x}_i\) has to its nearest enemy (nearest instance from another class \(y_j \ne y_i\)); lsci (local set cardinality) measures the size of the set containing instances from class \(y_i\) which are closest to \(\textbf{x}_i\) than to its nearest enemy (this set is named local set of the instance); lsr (local set radius) gives the radius of the previous set; u (usefulness) considers the number of local sets an instance belongs to; h (harmfulness) takes the number of instances \(\textbf{x}_i\) is nearest enemy of; cl (class likelihood) measures the likelihood an instance belongs to its class \(y_i\); cld (class likelihood difference) measures the difference between the likelihood an instance belongs to the class \(y_i\) to the likelihood it belongs to any other class \(y_j \ne y_i\); f1i (fraction of features in overlapping areas) gives the percentage of input features lying in overlapping regions of the classes; dcp (disjunct class percentage) gives the percentage of examples of class \(y_i\) which are placed in a same disjunct as \(\textbf{x}_i\), where disjuncts are defined by a decision tree algorithm; td (tree depth) gives the depth where the instance is classified in a decision tree model, which can be either pruned (\(td_p\)) or unpruned (\(td_u\)). all measures are standardized, by definition, in the [0, 1] interval, so that larger values are attributed to instances hard to classify according to the measured criterion. 3.2 hardness embedding the hardness embedding is built from a composition of several sets. all individual instances \(\textbf{x}_i \in \mathcal d\) compose the instance set \(\mathcal i\). the algorithm set \(\mathcal a\) comprises a portfolio of classification algorithms of distinct biases. the performance set \(\mathcal p\) records the predictive performance obtained by each algorithm in \(\mathcal a\) for every instance \(\textbf{x}_i\). the feature set \(\mathcal f\) contains the hm extracted from the instances \(\textbf{x}_i\). therefore, for each instance \(\textbf{x}_i\in \mathcal i\) and for each algorithm \(\alpha _j \in \mathcal a\), a feature vector \(\textbf{f}(\textbf{x}_i) \in \mathcal f\), and an algorithm performance metric \(p_m(\alpha _j, \textbf{x}_i)\) are measured. the process is repeated for all the instances in \(\mathcal i\) and algorithms in \(\mathcal a\), generating a meta-dataset \(\mathcal m = \{\mathcal i,\mathcal f,\mathcal a,\mathcal p\}\). the algorithms included in the pool \(\mathcal a\) are: bagging, gradient boosting (gb), support vector machine (svm, with both linear and rbf kernels), multilayer perceptron (mlp), logistic regression (lr) and random forest (rf). they present distinct learning mechanisms and are commonly adopted to solve ml classification tasks in the literature, specially when tabular datasets are concerned. to assess the performance of the algorithms, a five-fold cv strategy is used. their performance \(\mathcal p\) is evaluated using the log-loss error per instance. the meta-dataset \(\mathcal m\) is next subject to a meta-feature selection step so that only the most informative meta-features are preserved. this selection is performed using a neighborhood component feature selection (ncfs) algorithm [21], where we seek to find meta-features more related to the predictive performance of the classifiers in \(\mathcal a\). the resulting meta-dataset is then projected into a 2-d embedding presenting linear trends in the meta-features and algorithmic performance measures, also named instance space (is), as described in [8, 11]. the result is a projection matrix able to map each instance to the 2-d hardness embedding based on the selected meta-features values. a further rotation step is also included, so that the hard instances are placed in the upper left quadrant and the easier instances are in the lower right quadrant of the hardness embedding. figure 2 presents examples of hardness embeddings of three datasets for predicting the outcome of covid patient severity. the first and third datasets contain the symptoms and comorbidities of citizens undergoing diagnosis tests. in the second example, patients of an hospital from the são paulo metropolitan area (brazil) are prognosed based on a set of routine laboratory tests. in all cases, classes are represented by different shapes. the colors give the instance hardness level of the instances as computed by eq. 1. the higher the ih value, the redder the color; the lower the ih value, the bluer the color. there is a mix of patients that are easy or hard to classify per class, with both triangles and circles in the upper left or lower right regions of the plot. fig. 2. hardness embedding of three datasets with contrasting profiles: (a) severity; (b) hospital 1; (c) hospitalization. full size image whilst this plot can be colored according to all meta-features \(\mathcal f\) values, performance measures \(\mathcal p\) values of the classification algorithms \(\mathcal a\) and even by the original input features values of the dataset \(\mathcal d\), selections of specific regions can also be saved and scrutinized. 3.3 instance easiness and instance hardness footprints a footprint is defined in [22, 23] as a region in the instance space where an algorithm is expected to perform well based on inference from empirical performance analysis. here we use such a concept in order to define regions from the hardness embedding which concentrate more easy or hard instances. they are named easiness and hardness footprints, respectively. in order to construct these footprints, first the instances must be categorized as either easy or hard. this can be done by imposing different thresholds on ih values. in fact, we consider three categories: easy, hard and others. the later category encompasses instances that have intermediate hardness levels. we focus our analysis on contrasting easy and hard instances. ultimately, the objective is to understand why some instances are hard to classify. for segmenting the instances, we consider a threshold t, which must be higher than 0 and lower than 0.5. since the ih values are bounded in the [0, 1] interval, we have: \(\textbf{x}_i\) is considered easy if \(ih_{\mathcal a}(\textbf{x}_i, y_i) \le t\); \(\textbf{x}_i\) is considered hard if \(ih_{\mathcal a}(\textbf{x}_i, y_i) \ge 1-t\). then for each set of instances, easy or hard, the dbscan algorithm [24] is used to identify high density clusters in the instance (hardness) space. \(\alpha \)-shapes are used to construct hulls which enclose all the points within the clusters [25]. for each cluster hull, a delaunay triangulation creates a partition, and those triangles that do not satisfy a minimum purity (defined as the percentage of easy or hard instances enclosed within it, which is 0.7 by default) requirement are removed. the union of the remaining triangles gives the corresponding easiness or hardness footprint. as in [22], it is also possible to extract the following objective measures from the footprints: 1. the area of the footprint in the 2-d hardness embedding, normalized by the total area of the space; 2. the density of the footprint, computed as the ratio between the number of instances enclosed by the footprint and its area; 3. the purity of the footprint, which corresponds to the percentage of instances enclosed by the footprint from a given category, that is, the percentage of hard instances in the case of the hardness footprint and of easy instances in the easiness footprint. taking the hardness footprint as reference, a large area implies the dataset has many instances hard to classify, so that they occupy a large portion of the hardness embedding. a large density means such area is dense. and a large purity is observed when most of the instances enclosed in the hardness footprint are indeed hard. conversely, it is possible to define similar concepts for the easiness footprint and the easy instances. the easiness and hardness footprints’ areas can be regarded as an indicative of the hardness profile of the dataset. when the hardness area is large, the dataset and the underlying classification problem can be considered more difficult to solve. in contrast, easy datasets/problems will show a large easiness area. 4 experiments four datasets from the health domain, involving the prognosis of individuals diagnosed for covid-19 in brazil, were used in our experiments. datasets and their description are available in a public repositoryfootnote 1. summarizing, we have: 1. hospital 1 and hospital 2: prognosis of covid-19 severity for patients hospitalized at two distinct private hospitals from the são paulo metropolitan area, using some standard laboratory tests; 2. hospitalization and severity: prediction of the hospitalization length when a citizen from são josé dos campos-sp is hospitalized with a positive covid diagnosis (hospitalization) and if he/she will evolve to a severe condition (severity), based on initial symptoms and comorbidities reported. 4.1 footprint analysis first, we analyze the easiness and hardness footprints of three datasets with distinct hardness profiles. they are severity, hospital 1, and hospitalization datasets with easy, intermediate, and hard profiles, respectively. following the same order, the average accuracy rate achieved by the seven classifiers for each of these datasets was: 0.900 (std 0.003), 0.673 (std 0.030), and 0.398 (std 0.022). fig. 3. easy and hard footprints of datasets with contrasting profiles: (a) severity, (b) hospital 1; (c) hospitalization. t value = 0.048. full size image to determine such footprints, we did an experimental procedure varying the t value from 0.3 to 0.495, with steps of 0.02. next, we monitored the purity values of the resulting footprints. we chose the t values leading to the highest purity values for both easiness and hardness footprints. purest footprints are preferred, as they ensure most of the instances the footprint encloses are indeed easy/hard. figure 3 shows the obtained footprints: hardness in red and easiness in blue. as expected, the hardness footprint dimensions increase according to the dataset’s difficulty level. for instance, when the t value reaches 0.45, all instances are considered hard in the hospitalization dataset. fig. 4. areas, purities and densities of the hardness footprints for increasing t values. full size image figure 4 presents the variations of the area, density and purity values of the hardness footprint for increasing t values in the datasets. as expected, when t increases, the footprints’ areas grow, as more instances obey the inequalities involving the instance hardness values. but this increase is less accentuated for the datasets with easy and intermediate hardness profiles. purity is always over 0.7 and varies less for the severity dataset, while presenting an increasing tendency in the other problems. in contrast, whilst density values are stable in the hospitalization dataset, where the instances are concentrated in the center of the is, a tendency of decrease is observed for the other datasets (larger areas with less instances are encompassed in the footprints). similar plots can be generated for the easiness footprints. from the footprints we can already obtain insights by contrasting hard and easy instances. in fig. 5 we present boxplots contrasting the percentage of lymphocytes, one input feature of dataset hospital 1 for instances in the hardness (left boxplots) and easiness (right boxplots) footprints. colors matches the original class, where red stands for patients that developed to a severe condition and blue is the opposite class. clearly, there is an inversion on the expected features’ values when we compare the plots. in fact, a reduction in the proportion of lymphocytes is expected for severe cases and not the opposite [20]. this is already an indicative that hard instances are not following the expected pattern from the class they belong to. figure 5b presents boxplots of the kdn meta-feature values for the hardness (left) and easiness (right) footprints. easy instances have a low kdn value (are surrounded by elements sharing their class label), while hard instances have a high kdn value (are close to elements from the opposite class), despite the class they belong to. therefore, hard instances are contrasting their ground truth labels and are contained in overlapping areas. fig. 5. plots of the input features lymphocytes (%) and of meta-feature kdn for the hard instances (left) and easy instances (right) from dataset hospital 1. full size image 4.2 data sculpting fig. 6. average model performance scored by auc in a data sculpting process. the dotted line is the performance without removing any instance from hospital 1. full size image now we move our analysis to a practical usage of our framework in a data sculpting strategy. the idea is to remove the instances of the hardness footprint, assuming they are probably noisy and incorrect. the results of this procedure are illustrated in fig. 6. increasing thresholds of t are considered, which means that we start removing instances with the highest hardness levels. the average auc performance of the seven classifiers from the pool \(\mathcal a\) is shown in the y-axis, with standard deviations in gray. the performance achieved with no sculpting (keeping all instances) is shown as a dotted line. in fig. 6a, we train and test the classifier over the same dataset (hospital 1). as expected, removing the hard instances increases the accuracy achieved. in fig. 6b, the sculpting takes place at instances from dataset hospital 1, used for training, but test takes place at a different dataset, hospital 2. this second analysis already entails a higher difficulty level, since it presupposes the profiles of patients from hospital 1 are predictive of the conditions of the patients from hospital 2. in this case, there is only a subtle increase of accuracy over the original baseline (the dotted line), for t around 0.30 and 0.34. but the results are detrimental for other t values. that is, in this case the benefit occurs only when a small fraction of the hardest training instances are removed. the standard deviation values are also usually high, indicating a large variation of results. as in [6] when randomly removing ambiguous instances, removing hard instances in a dataset always increases model performance for the same dataset (fig. 6a). however, inside health scenarios the removal of hard instances can be dangerous since they are not necessarily noisy or incorrect. instead they can represent sub populations with atypical yet correct features’ values. so the models might become incapable to correctly classify these types of instances. this might explain why when sculpting data from hospital 1 and testing the results in data from hospital 2 the accuracy decreases after a threshold around 0.34. therefore, a more informed data sculpting process is needed. 4.3 analyzing groups of data with a domain expert here we inspect closely groups of hard instances in a dataset and show that more guided insights can be devised. this is possible taking advantage of the different possibilities of visual inspection of the hardness embedding, which can have the instances colored according to all features, meta-features and algorithmic performance values. in spite of the easy profile of the severity dataset (fig. 2a), there are still instances with a high level of difficulty placed in the upper left corner of the hardness embedding. most of the patients with a severe condition are placed in the bottom of the space, indicating this class is fairly easy to classify (group 1). in the top left of the space there are non-severe patients very hard to classify (group 2) and also some severe cases hard to classify in the top of the hardness embedding (group 3). patients without a severe condition are mostly placed in the center of the space (group 4), being also easy to classify. patients composing group 2 present at least one of three attributes heavily correlated with a severe condition. as a consequence, they have a low likelihood of belonging to their registered class (high cl values). to understand why these patients did not require an extended hospitalization or did not evolve to death, we inspected the raw databases, obtaining some valuable insights. from the 90 instances, 17 were mislabeled due to data preprocessing failures and should be corrected. the remaining were hospitalized but released before ten days of hospitalization. between then, nine patients were under 35 years old, which can explain the quick recovery. for others, the short hospitalization could be explained either because of disease recovery despite the apparent severity of the case, or by an external factor, like reduced hospital capacity for receiving such patients. the complete analysis of the other groups can be found in our repository. in the hospital 1 dataset, the nature of the attributes is different, since the blood tests have distinct reference values according to sex and age and can also change in the presence of other diseases and medication. these are some reasons why the predictive models perform poorly in this dataset. the is also offers insights which help to understand why, how, and where the ml models are failing. comparing meta-feature values for the severe individuals hard to classify reveals six types of hard instances. one of these groups is composed of eight instances labeled as non-severe, although they have the opposite profile. indeed, they have a low likelihood of belonging to their registered class (cl) and are surrounded by elements from a different class (n1). each individual in this group is a man between fifty and sixty years old, with low percentage of lymphocytes and c-reactive protein count as well as high percentages of neutrophils. investigating the original database it is possible to follow up the values of these same blood tests in the next few days. this inspection reveals that, besides their initial condition, all of them recovered before 14 days of hospitalization (the proxy for considering a severe patient in this dataset). therefore, this group is composed of outlier patients with a faster recovery than would be initially expected. another group is composed of 30 patients that also present a clinical condition similar to the severe class, but are labeled as non-severe patients. all meta-features are high for these patients (cl, dcp and n1), revealing they are difficult to classify according to different perspectives. analyzing the original database, we found an unexpected pattern. some of these patients are released without recovering (still presenting low percentage of lymphocytes and c-reactive protein counts) and sometimes in a worse condition. we could not recover the real reason for hospital discharge. these patients might have been transferred between hospitals, although being registered as medical releases in the system. these are more suitable candidates for data sculpting, since they might be noisy, as justified by the high values for their meta-features. these analysis illustrate how our framework can support the insertion of expert knowledge to improve data quality and model performance, in a more guided data sculpting process. 5 discussions and conclusions data-centric analysis have been taking an important role in ml, providing means to assure more trustfulness to the area. in this paper, we obtain interpretations on reasons why some observations of a dataset can be considered hard to classify. this is done considering both original input features and also meta-features which describe possible abstract structural reasons explaining why some instances are hard to classify. the choice of the instances to be examined is based on a projection of the dataset into a hardness embedding showing linear trends of classification difficulty according to different perspectives. we show the value of our proposal in gaining insights about data from the health domain. our framework was devised to the analysis of datasets in a tabular format, which are very abundant in the health domain. but plenty of non-structured data, such as image and text, are also gathered in this domain (eg. x-ray images). this does not prevent applying our framework to non-structured data. for instance, it is possible to extract structured representations from non-structured data by imputing them to some deep learning trained models [26]. for obtaining the hardness embedding, many meta-features and algorithmic performance measures must be extracted from the dataset first. this clearly implies in a computational cost which cannot be disregarded. running the analysis on a macbook pro os computer (m1 processor with 8 gb of memory), the average time taken to obtain the hardness embeddings for our datasets was around four minutes. in general, the hardness meta-features have at most a quadratic asymptotic cost on the number of observations the dataset has, mostly because some of them require building a distance matrix between all pairs of observations of the dataset. but the main cost is usually incurred by the cross-validation training-testing of the classifiers in the pool \(\mathcal a\). computational cost can be saved by reducing the amount of classifiers considered, although we can argue that the classifiers chosen here are common representatives everyone tests when tabular data are concerned, at least as baselines. another limitation of our current approach is that data must be labeled in advance. we shall investigate strategies to allow attributing a expected hardness level to unlabeled test instances. also, applying the analysis to imbalanced datasets must be done with care, since the minority class observations will tend to be pointed as hard just because they are outnumbered. and missing values must also be dealt with in advance. both issues can be solved in the future by including data re-sampling and missing value imputation strategies inside the framework. other types of analysis can also be devised and investigated. for instance, we can test the effects of including or excluding features from a dataset. as more informative features are present, we expect the easiness footprint to grow and the hardness footprint to shrink. other analysis possible is to establish when a prediction should better be discarded and be entrusted to a specialist instead and to devise a human-in-the-loop procedure. notes 1.(https://github.com/gabivaleriano/explaining_healthdata). references anderson, d., bjarnadottir, m.v., nenova, z.: machine learning in healthcare: operational and financial impact. in: babich, v., birge, j.r., hilary, g. (eds.) innovative technology at the interface of finance and operations, vol. 11, pp. 153–174. springer, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-75729-8_5 imrie, f., cebere, b., mckinney, e.f., van der schaar m.: autoprognosis 2.0: democratizing diagnostic and prognostic modeling in healthcare with automated machine learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:2210.12090 (2022) de moraes, b.a.f., miraglia, j., donato, t., filho, a.: covid-19 diagnosis prediction in emergency care patients: a machine learning approach. medrxiv, 2020-04 (2020) google scholar  fernandes, f.t., de oliveira, t.a., teixeira, c.e., de moraes batista, a.f., dalla costa, g., chiavegatto filho, a.d.p.: a multipurpose machine learning approach to predict covid-19 negative prognosis in são paulo, brazil. sci. rep. 11(1), 1–7 (2021) article  google scholar  wynants, l., et al.: prediction models for diagnosis and prognosis of covid-19: systematic review and critical appraisal. bmj 369 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m1328 seedat, n., crabbe j., van der schaar, m.: data-suite: data-centric identification of in-distribution incongruous examples. arxiv preprint arxiv:2202.08836 (2022) seedat, n., crabbe j., bica, i., van der schaar, m.: data-iq: characterizing subgroups with heterogeneous outcomes in tabular data. arxiv preprint arxiv:2210.13043 (2022) paiva, p.y.a., moreno, c.c., smith-miles, k., valeriano, m.g., lorena, a.c.: relating instance hardness to classification performance in a dataset: a visual approach. mach. learn., 1–39 (2022) google scholar  smith, m.r., martinez, t., giraud-carrier, c.: an instance level analysis of data complexity. mach. learn. 95(2), 225–256 (2014) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  arruda, j.l.m., prudêncio, r.b.c., lorena, a.c.: measuring instance hardness using data complexity measures. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) bracis 2020. lncs (lnai), vol. 12320, pp. 483–497. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61380-8_33 chapter  google scholar  paiva, p.y.a., smith-miles, k., valeriano, m.g., lorena, a.c.: pyhard: a novel tool for generating hardness embeddings to support data-centric analysis. arxiv preprint arxiv:2109.14430 (2021) valeriano, m.g., et al.: let the data speak: analysing data from multiple health centers of the são paulo metropolitan area for covid-19 clinical deterioration prediction. in: 2022 22nd ieee international symposium on cluster, cloud and internet computing (ccgrid), pp. 948–951. ieee (2022) google scholar  zheng, k., chen, g., herschel, m., ngiam, k.y., ooi, b.c., gao, j.: pace: learning effective task decomposition for human-in-the-loop healthcare delivery. in: proceedings of the 2021 international conference on management of data, pp. 2156–2168 (2021) google scholar  houston, a., cosma, g., turner, p., bennett, a.: predicting surgical outcomes for chronic exertional compartment syndrome using a machine learning framework with embedded trust by interrogation strategies. sci. rep. 11(1), 1–15 (2021) article  google scholar  prudêncio, r.b., silva filho, t.m.: explaining learning performance with local performance regions and maximally relevant meta-rules. in: xavier-junior, j.c., rios, r.a. (eds.) brazilian conference on intelligent systems, pp. 550–564. springer, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-21686-2_38 gunning, d., stefik, m., choi, j., miller, t., stumpf, s., yang, g.-z.: xai-explainable artificial intelligence. sci. rob. 4(37), eaay7120 (2019) google scholar  ojala, m., garriga, g.c.: permutation tests for studying classifier performance. j. mach. learn. res. 11(6) (2010) google scholar  ghorbani, a., zou, j.: data shapley: equitable valuation of data for machine learning. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 2242–2251. pmlr (2019) google scholar  lorena, a.c., garcia, l.p., lehmann, j., souto, m.c., ho, t.k.: how complex is your classification problem? a survey on measuring classification complexity. acm comput. surv. 52(5), 1–34 (2019) article  google scholar  jafarzadeh, a., jafarzadeh, s., nozari, p., mokhtari, p., nemati, m.: lymphopenia an important immunological abnormality in patients with covid-19: possible mechanisms. scand. j. immunol. 93(2), e12967 (2021) article  google scholar  amankwaa-kyeremeh, b., greet, c., zanin, m., skinner, w., asamoah, r.k.: selecting key predictor parameters for regression analysis using modified neighbourhood component analysis (nca) algorithm. in: proceedings of 6th umat biennial international mining and mineral conference, pp. 320–325 (2020) google scholar  smith-miles, k., tan, t.t.: measuring algorithm footprints in instance space. in: 2012 ieee congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 1–8. ieee (2012) google scholar  muñoz, m.a., villanova, l., baatar, d., smith-miles, k.: instance spaces for machine learning classification. mach. learn. 107(1), 109–147 (2018) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  khan, k., rehman, s.u., aziz, k., fong, s., sarasvady, s.: dbscan: past, present and future. in: the fifth international conference on the applications of digital information and web technologies, pp. 232–238. ieee (2014) google scholar  edelsbrunner, h.: alpha shapes-a survey. tessellations sci. 27, 1–25 (2010) google scholar  najafabadi, m.m., villanustre, f., khoshgoftaar, t.m., seliya, n., wald, r., muharemagic, e.: deep learning applications and challenges in big data analytics. j. big data 2(1), 1–21 (2015) article  google scholar  download references acknowledgements this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. the authors also thank the financial support of fapesp (grant 2021/06870-3) and cnpq. author information authors and affiliations instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, praça marechal eduardo gomes, são josé dos campos, brazil maria gabriela valeriano, pedro yuri arbs paiva & ana carolina lorena universidade federal de são paulo, rua botucatu, são paulo, brazil maria gabriela valeriano & carlos roberto veiga kiffer authors maria gabriela valerianoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar pedro yuri arbs paivaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar carlos roberto veiga kifferview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ana carolina lorenaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to maria gabriela valeriano . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper valeriano, m.g., paiva, p.y.a., kiffer, c.r.v., lorena, a.c. (2023). a framework for characterizing what makes an instance hard to classify. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_24 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_24 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords explainability data-center instance-hardness publish with us policies and ethics profiles ana carolina lorena view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature autommlc: an automated and multi-objective method for multi-label classification | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper autommlc: an automated and multi-objective method for multi-label classification conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 291–306 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) autommlc: an automated and multi-objective method for multi-label classification download book pdf download book epub aline marques del valle9,10, rafael gomes mantovani11 & ricardo cerri10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 531 accesses abstract automated machine learning (automl) has achieved high popularity in recent years. however, most of these studies have investigated alternatives to single-label classification problems, presenting a need for more investigations in the multi-label classification scenario. from the automl point of view, the few studies on multi-label classification focus on automatically finding the best models based on mono-objective optimization. these tools train several multi-label classifiers in search of the one with the best performance in a single objective optimization process. in this work, we propose autommlc, a new multi-objective automl method for multi-label classification, to find the best models that maximize the f-score measure and minimize the training time. experiments were carried out with ten multi-label datasets and different versions of the proposed method using two multi-objective optimization algorithms: multi-objective random search and non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii. we evaluated the pareto front obtained by these methods through the hypervolume metric. the wilcoxon test demonstrated that autommlc versions had similar results for this metric. multi-label classification (mlc) algorithms were obtained from the pareto frontiers through the frugality score and compared with the baseline algorithms. the friedman test demonstrated that the mlc algorithms from autommlc versions had equal performances to f-score and training time. furthermore, they had better results than baseline algorithms for f-score and better results than most baseline algorithms for training time. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a systematic literature review on automl for multi-target learning tasks article 10 august 2023 a practical evaluation of automl tools for binary, multiclass, and multilabel classification article open access 21 may 2025 multi-objective evolutionary instance selection for multi-label classification chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. automated pattern recognition categorization learning algorithms machine learning predictive markers statistical learning 1 introduction designing high-performance machine learning (ml) model is an arduous task that requires expert knowledge [7]. automated machine learning (automl) is a research field that seeks to improve how ml applications are built by automating applications [20], creating automatically configured tools that perform well and are easy to use. however, automl is not only present in the search by ml models. it can also be applied to the pre-processing phases to the model interpretability phase, automating a specific sub-task of the ml pipeline or even the entire pipeline [18, 20]. automl can solve single-label classification (slc) and multi-label classification (mlc) problems. each dataset instance is associated with a single label in slc, while in mlc, each instance is associated with a subset of labels [9, 17]. most research dealing with automl and mlc focuses on automating searching for the best algorithms and hyperparameters used on the model induction task [12,13,14, 18, 19]. given the search space, an optimization algorithm, and an evaluation criterion, automl trains and evaluates several models in search of the best model evaluated. as the search space comprises different classification algorithms and their corresponding hyperparameters, these studies deal with instances of combined algorithm selection and hyperparameter optimization (cash) optimization problems [7]. furthermore, in these studies, the optimization algorithms for mlc are mono-objective, with an evaluation criterion usually related to the classifier performance. however, we could evaluate multi-label classifiers considering more than one evaluation criterion [19]. thus, we would have a multi-objective optimization problem, where a task involves more than one objective function to be maximized or minimized and produces a set of optimal solutions rather than a single solution, known as pareto optimal solutions [3]. multi-objective ml balances distinct evaluation criteria (objective functions) to improve model generalization and avoid models with local optima [8]. in this study, we propose a multi-objective automl method for mlc, denominated automated multi-objective multi-label classification (autommlc), optimizing both the f-score performance measure and the training time of the classifiers. thus, we want to automatically find models that maximize the f-score and have a lower computational time. we performed experiments evaluating the performance of autommlc employing two different multi-objective algorithms: multi-objective random search (mors) [8] and non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii) [2]. these algorithms were used because mors serves as reasonable baselines, and nsga-ii is one of the most popular multi-objective evolutionary algorithms [8]. in addition, we evaluated the performance of autommlc against other baselines simplest. the main contributions of this paper are: i) the proposal of a new automl method for mlc, contributing to a subject still little explored, and ii) incorporating multi-objective criteria to search for the best ml classifiers. the remainder of this article is structured as follows: in sect. 2, we review mlc, multi-objective optimization algorithms, and related works; in sect. 3, we describe the experimental methodology adopted in this study; in sect. 4, we present the results and discuss their implications; finally, sect. 5 presents the findings and future works. 2 background 2.1 multi-label classification given a label set, slc associates a single label with each instance in the dataset. in mlc, an instance can be classified into two or more labels simultaneously. for example, textual data can be classified simultaneously with multiple labels, such as images, videos, music, and emotions. since \(l = \{l_j: j = 1, ..., q\}\) is the finite label set, mlc associates to each instance \({\textbf {x}}_i\) of the dataset a set of labels \({\textbf {y}}_i\) such that \({\textbf {y}}_i \subseteq l\) [17]. according to madjarov et al. [9], mlc algorithms can be characterized into three approaches: i) problem transformation (pt), which transforms multi-label problems into single-label problems and then employs traditional classification algorithms; ii) algorithm adaptation (aa), which creates algorithms that handle multiple labels simultaneously; and iii) ensemble, which employs a set of mlcs as base classifiers. 2.2 multi-objective optimization multi-objective optimization aims to solve real problems with conflicting objectives, subject to possible constraints of the problem [3]. in the context of multi-objective optimization for ml problems, karl et al. [8] formally define the problem according to eq. 1. $$\begin{aligned} \begin{array}{llll} \min _{\lambda \in \lambda }~~c(\lambda ),~~subject~to:\\ k_1(\lambda )= 0, ...,k_n(\lambda )= 0\\ \hat{k}_1(\lambda )\ge 0, ...,\hat{k}_n(\lambda )\ge 0 \end{array} \end{aligned}$$ (1) since \(\varlambda \) is the set of possible ml candidate solutions, we want to evaluate each candidate solution \(\lambda \). the \(\lambda \) evaluation is calculated from the m evaluation criteria of the ml models: \(c_{1}:\varlambda \rightarrow \mathbb {r},\dots ,c_{m}:\varlambda \rightarrow \mathbb {r}\), with \(m\in \mathbb {n}\). the objective is to find, among all the candidate solutions, the one with the minimum evaluation \(c(\lambda )\), being \(c:\varlambda \rightarrow \mathbb {r}^m\). the multi-objective optimization result is a set of optimal solutions rather than a single solution [3]. this set is known as pareto optimal solutions or pareto frontier. they have different values for the objectives, where a solution can be good considering one of the objectives but poor concerning the others. it is up to the users to choose the best solution among the resulting solutions. most multi-objective algorithms use the concept of dominance to find pareto optimal solutions. so for a minimization problem, solution \(\lambda \) dominates \(\lambda ^{'}\) if only \(\forall i \in \{1, ..., m\}: c(\lambda _i) \le c(\lambda ^{'}_{i})\) and \(\exists j \in \{1, ..., m\}: c(\lambda _j) < c(\lambda ^{'}_{j })\) [8]. in other words, \(\lambda \) dominates \(\lambda ^{'}\) if the goal values of \(\lambda \) are equivalent to or better than the goal values of \(\lambda ^{'}\) and \(\lambda \) surpasses \(\lambda ^{'}\) in at least one of the objectives. any other solution does not dominate pareto optimal solutions. based on the dominance concept, we describe below two algorithms: multi-objective random search (mors): random search (rs) is one of the most popular mono-objective optimization algorithms. given t trials, the mono-objective rs algorithm randomly produces candidate solutions and evaluates these solutions in search of the best one. according to karl et al. [8], the multi-objective version of rs can be derived from rs and the concept of dominance. for this, we assess the t random samples and return the set of non-dominated solutions, the pareto front. non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii): nsga-ii is an evolutionary algorithm [2]. given an initial population, the population evolves over generations by crossover, mutation, and tournament selection operations. the fittest individuals, among parents and offspring, are selected for subsequent generations. fitness is measured by non-domination rank and crowding distance density estimate. thus, the populations are composed of individuals from the first pareto frontiers with good dispersion. we can find the quality of the pareto frontier using distance-based (requires the true pareto frontier) or volume-based (calculates the volume from the frontier to a point) indicators. hypervolume is a volume-based quality indicator. for a minimization problem, it is the region bounded by the pareto frontier points and by a reference point [6]. the larger the calculated hypervolume, the more the pareto frontier minimizes the objectives of the problem. 2.3 related works most studies covering automl and mlc explored mono-objective optimization instances. given a search space composed of single-label algorithms, multi-label algorithms, and hyperparameters [12,13,14, 18, 19], optimization algorithms explore the search space and evaluate the candidate multi-label classifiers in search of the best classifier. the studies used different evaluation criteria to evaluate candidate classifiers during optimization, aggregating different performance measures composing a single evaluation criterion or using one knowing evaluation criteria, such as hamming loss and f-score. while handling automl for mlc as a mono-objective optimization problem, the related studies usually propose new algorithms and compare the results with other optimizers already used for mlc. in this sense, de sá et al. [13] used genetic algorithms as the optimization algorithm, de sá et al. [12] used grammar-based genetic programming, and de sá et al. [14] extended their previous works by also employing bayesian optimization as an optimization algorithm. other authors explored the search space with networks of hierarchical tasks [19], used hyperband optimization, bayesian optimization, and the combination of bayesian optimization and hyperband as optimization algorithms [18]. the works focus on automating the search for ml models. some suggest employing automl in the data pre-processing and post-processing steps [12, 13]. all works employ one evaluation criterion in the optimization process. there are suggestions to study the evaluation criteria in the application domain to use the most appropriate ones [14] and employ multi-objective optimization to improve the generalization of the models [19]. the authors cite the need to improve the search space [13, 18] using meta learning, for example [18]. 3 experimental methodology 3.1 datasets we evaluated autommlc in ten multi-label datasets traditionally used in studies on mlc [9, 18] from different application domains: biology, multimedia (audio and music), and text. table 1 presents the main characteristics of the datasets used. the number of instances in the collection ranges from [194, 7.395], the number of features ranges from [19, 1.836], and the number of labels from [6, 374]. all these datasets were available for download from the mulan websitefootnote 1. table 1. mlc datasets used in experiments. for each dataset, it is presented: its domain, number of instances (#i), number of features (#f), and number of labels (#l) these statistics values are shown before and after the preprocessing.full size table 3.2 preprocessing all datasets were split using a 10-fold cross-validation resampling strategy. to ensure the same proportion of instances of each class in the folds, we used the iterative stratification strategy [15]. it was coded using the scikit-multilearn library [16]. even after applying the iterative stratification, some folds ended without positive instances for some classes happened because some datasets originally had very few positive instances for the same labels. thus, before the iterative stratification, we also preprocessed the datasets. the data preprocessing step included data organization, cleaning, and data transformation. none of the selected datasets had missing values. so, in the preprocessing step, we treated the following situations: duplicated data: we removed instances with duplicated values; and labels associated with few instances: we also removed labels with ten or fewer positive instances. with this, we also excluded unlabeled instances. in the data transformation step, we applied min-max normalization on all datasets to prevent different features from having outliers or features prevailing over others. the three right-most columns of table 1 show the main statistics of the datasets after the preprocessing. one may note a change in the number of labels in some datasets: birds, corel5k, enron, genbase, and medical. in these datasets, the preprocessing also decreased the available number of instances. once the preprocessing was finished, we generated the resampling 10-fold through iterative stratification, as mentioned before. the datasets and codes used in this work are freely availablefootnote 2. 3.3 search space during its execution, our autommlc assesses different ml models to find the best model. the search space definition is essential in this process, as it defines the possible ml algorithms (or neural architectures) and hyperparameters values for inducing models. figure 1 presents the search space of autommlc, composed of 11 slc algorithms and 10 mlc algorithms of the scikit-learn [10] and scikit-multilearn libraries [16]. the slc algorithms included in the search space are k-nearest neighbors (knn), support vector machine (svm), adaboost, bernoulli naïve bayes (bnb), decision tree (dt), extra tree (et), gradient boosting (gb), logistic regression (lr), multinomial naïve bayes (mnb), random forest (rf), multi-layer perceptron (mlp) and stochastic gradient descent (sgd). the mlc algorithms included in the search space belong to the following categories: ensemble: random k labelsets disjoint (rakeld); pt: binary relevance (br) and classifier chains (cc); and aa: br and knn in version a (brknna), br and knn in version b (brknnb), dt, multi-label knn (mlknn), multi-label support vector machines (mltsvm), multi-label adaptive resonance associative map (mlaram), and rf. in fig. 1, rakeld algorithm is an label powerset (lp) ensemble and has a base classifier. this base classifier is one of the slc algorithms listed. the multi-label algorithms of the pt category also have a base classifier, which can be any of the 11 single-label algorithms included in the search space. fig. 1. search space used in our experiments. it is composed of slc and mlc algorithms. mlc algorithms belong to aa, ensemble, and pt categories. full size image it is essential to mention that all these slc and mlc algorithms can have tunable hyperparameters. therefore, the search space also contains information about the possible values of each hyperparameter. in this work, we stored the possible values of the hyperparameters in arrays, which could assume discrete or continuous values. more information about the search space algorithms (their hyperparameters and values) is in supplementary materialfootnote 3. 3.4 evaluation criteria and objectives the evaluation criteria in our ml model evaluation approach were the training time and the measure-based-example f-score (also known as f-measure). the selected criteria are related to the computational time and the performance of the models, respectively. f-score is the harmonic mean between precision and recall and can assume values between [0, 1]. equation 2 presents the definition of f-score, where n is the number of instances in the dataset, \({\textbf {y}}_i\) is the label set for the instance \({\textbf {x}}_i\), and \(h({\textbf {x}}_i)\) is the predicted label set for instance \({\textbf {x}}_i\) [9, 17]. $$\begin{aligned} f-score = \frac{1}{n} \sum \limits _{1}^{n}\frac{2\,h({\textbf {x}}_i)\cup {\textbf {y}}_i|}{|h({\textbf {x}}_i)| + |{\textbf {y}}_i|} \end{aligned}$$ (2) given that we want to maximize the f-score and minimize training time, we defined the objectives as training time and 1 f-score. 3.5 autommlc\(_{{\textbf {mors}}}\) \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) is the autommlc method with the mors algorithm. this method evaluates candidate solutions randomly sampled from the search space and returns the set of non-dominated ones (pareto frontier). it receives the termination criterion and the training and testing set as parameters. then, it randomly obtains a mlc algorithm and its hyperparameters from the search space. in sequence, it trains this multi-label algorithm with the training data and calculates training time and f-score. the evaluation criteria (training time and 1 f-score) are necessary to find the pareto front, obtained as described by deb et al. [2]. our implementation allows executing the method automl by fold and the training and evaluation of the models in parallel from a pool of threads, speeding up the \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). 3.6 autommlc\(_{{\textbf {nsga}}}\) individual. in the \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) optimization process, we represented candidate solutions (individuals) as an array of integers. they are created dynamically, and their structure is related to the search space. figure 2 depicts examples of individuals and a reduced search space, considering only two candidates mlc algorithms (mlknn and br). this illustrative figure will be used to explain the individual. each array position corresponds to a gene, and the first position specifies the mlc algorithm. we can get the mlc algorithms from the search space ([mlknn, br]). thus, the possible values in the first gene are zero (mlknn) or one (br), which are indexes into the array of available mlc algorithms. fig. 2. in the figure, there are two individuals and reduced search spaces for the single-label and multi-label algorithms. full size image the following individual’s genes are the hyperparameters of the mlc algorithms in the multi-label search space. they are allocated in the individual in the same order they appear in the multi-label search space. thus, they refer to the hyperparameters (fig. 2): k and classifier. the other individual’s genes are the hyperparameters of the slc algorithms in the single-label search space. they are also allocated in the individual in the same order as in the single-label search space. therefore, the other positions refer to the hyperparameters (fig. 2): c, gamma and n_neighbors. the search space contains the possible values that a hyperparameter can assume. a hyperparameter can take on a finite number of possible values. therefore, the hyperparameter space is discrete, so it was represented using arrays in search space. thus, the value of a gene in the individual indicates one of the positions (indices) of this hyperparameter array. for example, the gamma hyperparameter in fig. 2 has a set of possible values (\([2e-5, 2e-3, 2e-1, 2e1]\)). the value of the gene referring to this hyperparameter in the individual is 3, which means \(gamma = 2e1\). following the described logic, individuals are randomly initialized based on the search space. figure 2 shows the decoding of the individual. the individual with the first gene equal to 0 has mlknn as a mlc algorithm. this algorithm has hyperparameter k with hyperparameter space: [1, 3, 5, 7, 9]. the individual’s gene referring to this hyperparameter contains a value of 2. therefore, we have the mlknn algorithm with k equal to 5. the hatched genes in fig. 2 have values, but they are not used in the mlknn algorithm. on the other hand, when the individual’s first gene is 1, the mlc algorithm is br. this algorithm has the hyperparameter classifier with hyperparameter space: [svm, knn]. the individual’s gene referring to this hyperparameter contains a value of 0. therefore, we have the br algorithm with the classifier equal to svm. we must also decode the svm base classifier (\(c = 2e-1\) and \(gamma = 2e1\)). autommlc\(_{{\textbf {nsga}}}\) implementation. \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) is the autommlc method with the nsga-ii algorithm. in the implementation, we used the nsga-ii algorithm from pymoo, a multi-objective optimization framework in python [1]. for this, we defined the search space and developed classes that inherit from the pymoo framework classes: sampling: we specified how to create an initial population. our algorithm selects the initial population randomly, selecting a valid value for each gene in the search space. problem: in this class, we initialized the number of objectives and defined how to evaluate the candidate solution. this implementation involved decoding the individual in a mlc algorithm and assessing the correspondent classification model, measuring the training time, and calculating the f-score from the model. this process was similar to the defined mors and was implemented in parallel. mutation: we developed the mutation operator, which verifies whether individuals may or may not mutate with a 5% probability. the mutation alters one of the individual’s genes with a valid search space value. in the crossover, we employed uniform crossover available in the pymoo framework, where each child’s gene can be from one of the parents with a probability of 50%. the individuals resulting from crossover and mutation are valid, as the search space guarantees the consistency of the generated individuals. 3.7 baseline algorithms the multi-label search space algorithms were used as baseline algorithms for comparison. we adopted the svm algorithm as the base classifier of the mlc algorithms of the problem transformation approach. svm was chosen because it is traditionally used as a base classifier [9]. for the hyperparameters penalty of the mltsvm algorithm, we use the value \(2e^{-3}\) (one of the values of our search space). we adopted the default hyperparameters of the implementations available in the textitscikit-learn [10] and scikit-multilearn [16] libraries for the other hyperparameters. 3.8 settings for running we executed the \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) with a population of size 100 and 100 generations, totaling 10.000 candidate solutions evaluated. the mutation rate was set to \(5\%\). we adopted early stopping, so if there was no change in the average of the objectives (training time and f-score) for ten consecutive generations, \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) ended. the budget size for \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) was the same, i.e., it evaluated 10.000 random candidate solutions. \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) were implemented in parallel with a pool of 10 threads. the runtime of the mlc algorithms was limited to 20 minutes. limiting the runtime of these algorithms is expected and commonly adopted in the automl context [12,13,14, 18, 19]. given the complexity of some multi-label algorithms and the dimensionality of some datasets, our goal with the runtime limit was to ensure automl results promptly. if the algorithm runtime exceeds this pre-established limit threshold, the objectives receive their maximum values, 1 for 1 f-score and 20 min for training time. these values were also the reference point for the hypervolume calculation. the runtime of the baseline algorithms was also limited to 20 min. in addition, we also stored all the evaluated candidate solutions and their corresponding objectives’ values. those values were stored for \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). thus, before considering a new candidate solution, we checked if it was among the solutions already evaluated. if so, we used the objectives already calculated, avoiding training the same classifier (algorithm and hyperparameters) more than once. with this requirement, we would like to decrease the total runtime required by the autommlc. 3.9 statistical analysis to compare the \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) algorithms, we consider the hypervolume obtained from the pareto frontiers of each fold of the datasets. we use the wilcoxon non-parametric test [4] to evaluate statistically the hypervolumes with a significance level of 5%. our null hypothesis was that autommlc versions performed equally, producing equivalent hypervolumes. we selected pareto frontier algorithms using frugality score to compare \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) with the baseline algorithms. the frugality score is a measure for evaluating algorithms that combines a measure of performance and resources [5]. in this work, we combined the f-score with the training time, where the f-score is penalized with training time, as shown in eq. 3. $$\begin{aligned} frugality = f\_score \frac{0.5}{1 + \frac{1}{training\_time}} \end{aligned}$$ (3) the result of \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) on a fold/dataset is the pareto frontier. we calculated the frugality score for the pareto frontier mlc algorithms and selected the highest score. thus, we have a mlc algorithm representing the results of autommlc in each fold/dataset. we used two friedman tests [4] with a significance level of 5% to compare the mlc algorithms representing \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) with the baseline algorithms to f-score and training time. our null hypotheses were: the mlc algorithms had the same f-scores, and the mlc algorithms had the same training time. if the null hypotheses were rejected, the nemenyi post-hoc test was applied, where the performances of two mlc algorithms are significantly different if the corresponding mean ranks differ by at least one critical difference value. 4 results and discussion 4.1 autommlc\(_\textrm{nsga}\) and autommlc\(_\textrm{mors}\) \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) were run as described in the experimental setup (sect. 3.8). figure 3 presents the average hypervolume (k-folds) for the ten datasets obtained while evaluating candidate solutions. hypervolume calculation occurred every 100 evaluations for \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) and at the end of each generation for \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\). \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) converges before 10.000 evaluations (or 100th generation), and its execution ends. convergence means that after determinate generation, there were no changes in the values of the objectives and, consequently, in the value of the hypervolume. in \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\), there is also this tendency. as a result, the hypervolume stops increasing after a certain number of evaluations. however, this method has always evaluated the 10.000 candidate solutions. \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) evaluates more candidate solutions than \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\), the runtime of this method is more. both autommlc methods consult candidate solutions that have already been evaluated, contributing to the execution time of methods. furthermore, the methods stop training the mlc algorithms when the training time exceeds 20 minutes. this fact occurs more frequently in \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) and increases your runtime. the evolutionary process of \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) contributes to the lower number of interrupted training since candidate solutions subject to interruption cease to be part of the population in the first generations. fig. 3. convergence graphs of mlc methods. each curve represents the average hypervolume of the 10-folds calculated as the solutions are evaluated. full size image fig. 4. boxplot of hypervolumes. the hypervolumes were calculated from the pareto frontier resulting from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). each subplot brings the hypervolumes of the 10-fold from the datasets for both versions of the autommlc. full size image fig. 5. heat map of selected mlc algorithms by autommlc. we counted the number of times the mlc algorithms were selected after executing the 10-folds of a dataset. full size image \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) results were the multi-objective algorithms results, the pareto frontier. thus, we could evaluate it by calculating the hypervolume. figure 4 shows the boxplot of hypervolumes calculated for the 10-fold of each dataset, considering the results of the autommlc with nsga-ii and mors algorithms. as we wanted to minimize the objective values, the larger the hypervolume, the better the obtained pareto frontier. analyzing fig. 4, we cannot assume which multi-objective algorithm got the best results. then we did the wilcoxon test. our null hypothesis was that the hypervolumes obtained in the autommlc versions were the same. the null hypothesis was accepted for all datasets. that is, \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) had equal results for the hypervolume. the pareto frontiers resulting from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) comprise a set of mlc algorithms, one of the ten mlc algorithms in the search space (sect. 3.3). figure 5 shows heat maps with the occurrences of each mlc algorithm in the \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) solutions after running the algorithms with the ten datasets. in the graphs of fig. 5, there is a scale difference. this difference occurred because \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) randomly selected from the search space many repeated mlc algorithms (as well as their hyperparameters), which ended up being part of the pareto frontier. among the most repeatable mlc algorithms is brknna, followed by brknnb. except for the replications produced by \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\), both methods produced frontiers with different mlc algorithms. in the medical dataset, for example, the pareto frontiers resulting from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) (in the 10-folds) had the mlc algorithms brknna, brknnb, br, cc, rakeld, and decision tree. these mlc algorithms also composited the pareto frontiers resulting from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) for the medical dataset. the two versions of autommlc never included mltsvm and mlknn algorithms in their solutions. 4.2 comparison of autommlc with baselines algorithms the friedman test compared the mlc algorithms selected by the frugality score of \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) solutions with the baseline algorithms to f-score and training time. the null hypothesis was that the mlc algorithms presented equal performances. the null hypothesis was rejected for the test with f-score and with training time. fig. 6. comparison of f-scores and training times values of mlc algorithms, according to the nemenyi test. groups of algorithms that are not significantly different are connected. \(a._{nsga}\) is \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \(a._{mors}\) is \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). full size image figure 6 presents the critical difference diagram for the nemenyi test to the f-score. the analysis indicates no statistical difference between the two best mlc algorithms: algorithms from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). figure 6 shows the critical difference diagram for the nemenyi test to the training time. in this test, the mlc algorithms with the best training time are brknnb and brknna, followed by algorithms from \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). the mlc algorithms representing \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) do not have statistical differences for f-score and training time. however, these algorithms are superior to baseline algorithms regarding f-score and superior to br, cc, dt, mlaram, mlknn, mltsvm, rakeld, and random forest algorithms regarding training time. 5 conclusions this work presented the autommlc, a new multi-objective automl method for mlc, which seeks solutions that maximize the f-score and minimize the training time of the classifiers. autommlc was developed using nsga-ii and mors optimization algorithms. we ran both versions of the autommlc with ten datasets, the same search space, and the settings for running. the wilcoxon test indicated that \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) and \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\) were statistically equal results concerning hypervolume, but \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{nsga}}\) was better runtime than \({\textrm{autommlc}_\textrm{mors}}\). regarding baseline algorithms, autommlc versions were statistically better than the f-score and had a lower training time than most baseline algorithms. the results presented are still preliminary on a recent research topic that requires further exploration. thus, in future work, we need to expand the analysis of data from autommlc runs and the resulting pareto frontiers. in addition, we need to study other ways to select pareto frontier solutions to compare with other solutions already available in the literature. we can expand the comparisons, considering other automl solutions as baselines, be they mono-objective or multi-objective optimization. we can also produce new results by improving the search space. for this, we need to improve our representation of the search space to allow algorithms with deeper hierarchical levels. we can also add more algorithms to the search space, like the multi-label extension to weka (meka) library algorithms [11]. finally, more objectives could be used and have different weights in multi-objective optimization. notes 1.https://mulan.sourceforge.net/datasets-mlc.html. 2.https://github.com/alinedelvalle/autommlc.git. 3.https://github.com/alinedelvalle/autommlc/blob/main/bracis_supplementary_material.pdf. references blank, j., deb, k.: pymoo: multi-objective optimization in python. ieee access 8, 89497–89509 (2020) article  google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee trans. evol. comput. 6(2), 182–197 (2002) article  google scholar  deb, k., deb, k.: multi-objective optimization, pp. 403–449. springer, us, boston, ma (2014) google scholar  demšar, j.: statistical comparisons of classifiers over multiple data sets. j. mach. learn. res. 7, 1–30 (2006) mathscinet  math  google scholar  evchenko, m.m.: frugal learning:applying machine learning with minimal resources (2016) google scholar  fonseca, c., paquete, l., lopez-ibanez, m.: an improved dimension-sweep algorithm for the hypervolume indicator. in: 2006 ieee international conference on evolutionary computation, pp. 1157–1163 (2006) google scholar  he, x., zhao, k., chu, x.: automl: a survey of the state-of-the-art. knowl.-based syst. 212, 106622 (2021) article  google scholar  karl, f., et al.: multi-objective hyperparameter optimization an overview (2022) google scholar  madjarov, g., kocev, d., gjorgjevikj, d., džeroski, s.: an extensive experimental comparison of methods for multi-label learning. pattern recogn. 45(9), 3084–3104 (2012), best papers of iberian conference on pattern recognition and image analysis (ibpria’2011) google scholar  pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) mathscinet  math  google scholar  read, j., reutemann, p., pfahringer, b., holmes, g.: meka: a multi-label/multi-target extension to weka. j. mach. learn. res. 17(21), 1–5 (2016) mathscinet  math  google scholar  de sá, a.g.c., freitas, a.a., pappa, g.l.: automated selection and configuration of multi-label classification algorithms with grammar-based genetic programming. in: auger, a., fonseca, c.m., lourenço, n., machado, p., paquete, l., whitley, d. (eds.) parallel problem solving from nature ppsn xv, pp. 308–320. springer international publishing, cham (2018) google scholar  de sá, a.g.c., pappa, g.l., freitas, a.a.: towards a method for automatically selecting and configuring multi-label classification algorithms. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion, pp. 1125–1132. gecco 2017, association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2017) google scholar  de sá, a.g.c., pimenta, c.g., pappa, g.l., freitas, a.a.: a robust experimental evaluation of automated multi-label classification methods. in: proceedings of the 2020 genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 175–183. gecco 2020, association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2020) google scholar  sechidis, k., tsoumakas, g., vlahavas, i.: on the stratification of multi-label data. in: gunopulos, d., hofmann, t., malerba, d., vazirgiannis, m. (eds.) machine learning and knowledge discovery in databases, pp. 145–158. springer, berlin heidelberg, berlin, heidelberg (2011) chapter  google scholar  szymanski, p., kajdanowicz, t.: scikit-multilearn: a scikit-based python environment for performing multi-label classification. j. mach. learn. res. 20(1), 209–230 (2019) google scholar  tsoumakas, g., katakis, i., vlahavas, i.: mining multi-label data, pp. 667–685. springer, us, boston, ma (2010) google scholar  wever, m., tornede, a., mohr, f., hüllermeier, e.: automl for multi-label classification: overview and empirical evaluation. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 43(09), 3037–3054 (2021) article  google scholar  wever, m.d., mohr, f., tornede, a., hüllermeier, e.: automating multi-label classification extending ml-plan. in: 6th icml workshop on automated machine learning, long beach, ca, usa (2019) google scholar  zöller, m.a., huber, m.f.: benchmark and survey of automated machine learning frameworks. j. artif. int. res. 70, 409–472 (2021) mathscinet  math  google scholar  download references acknowledgments the authors would like to thank the brazilian research agencies fapesp, capes and cnpq for financial support. author information authors and affiliations federal institute of education, science and technology of the south of minas gerais, muzambinho, mg, brazil aline marques del valle department of computer science, federal university of são carlos, rodovia washington luis, km 235, são carlos, sp, brazil aline marques del valle & ricardo cerri federal university of technology paraná (utfpr), campus of apucarana, curitiba, pr, brazil rafael gomes mantovani authors aline marques del valleview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael gomes mantovaniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ricardo cerriview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to aline marques del valle . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper del valle, a.m., mantovani, r.g., cerri, r. (2023). autommlc: an automated and multi-objective method for multi-label classification. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_20 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_20 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords automated machine learning multi-label classification multi-objective optimization publish with us policies and ethics profiles rafael gomes mantovani view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature flexcon-ce: a semi-supervised method with an ensemble-based adaptive confidence | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper flexcon-ce: a semi-supervised method with an ensemble-based adaptive confidence conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 95–109 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) flexcon-ce: a semi-supervised method with an ensemble-based adaptive confidence download book pdf download book epub arthur medeiros  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0003-3716-30229, arthur c. gorgônio  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1824-960010, karliane medeiros ovidio vale  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9845-81569, flavius l. gorgônio  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4926-39909 & … anne magály de paula canuto  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-3684-38149  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 519 accesses 2 citations abstract semi-supervised learning is characterized by a low number of labeled instances and a high number of unlabeled instances. flexcon-c (flexible confidence classifier) is a well-known semi-supervised method that uses the self-training learning algorithm as basis to generate prediction models. the main difference between self-training and flexcon-c is that the former uses a fixed threshold to select the unlabeled instances, while the latter has a dynamically adjusted confidence. flexcon-c applies a confidence adjustment equation based on the classifier performance. in this sense, the classifier performance is used to select and to label unlabeled instances. in machine learning, it is well-known that the classifier performance can be further improved through the use of classifier ensembles. therefore, this study proposes the use classifier ensembles in the flexcon-c confidence adjustment equation, aiming to provide a more efficient measure to select and to label unlabeled instances. in order to assess the viability of the proposed method (flexcon-ce), an empirical analysis will be conducted, using 20 datasets, three different classification algorithms and five different configurations of initially unlabeled data. the results indicate that the proposed method outperformed the traditional method, therewith proving itself promising for the task of automatic data selection and labeling in the semi-supervised context. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others ensemble enhanced active learning mixture discriminant analysis model and its application for semi-supervised fault classification article 26 july 2022 semi-supervised learning chapter © 2025 learning sample-aware threshold for semi-supervised learning article 18 january 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. categorization classical conditioning learning algorithms machine learning sensory evaluation statistical learning 1 introduction known as a field of study that has gained significant importance in recent years, machine learning (ml) has emerged as a way of deducing a hypothesis based on past or lived experience [1]. in this context, machines are programmed to learn from previously stored data derived from previous experiences in order to generate knowledge. in ml, the learning algorithms can be broadly divided into supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised algorithms. in this paper, semi-supervised learning (ssl) algorithms are assessed and these algorithms use labeled instances to build their initial hypothesis and combine the information obtained by these examples to label the unlabeled instances. in other words, it is possible to use partially supervised information to guide the learning process and increase the evidence of the target labels [2]. nevertheless, we have observed that the automatic assignment of labels in an ssl algorithm is a difficult task, mainly related to the correct selection of the unlabeled instances to be labeled. an inefficient selection of the unlabeled instances and the consequent labeling of these instances can degrade enormously the performance of the ssl algorithms. a solution for this problem is proposed in [3] using a semi-supervised learning model called flexible confidence classifier (flexcon-c), which automatically adjusts the confidence parameter to select and label the unlabeled instance. this confidence is based solely on the accuracy of a classifier built in the previous iterations. in the ml context, it is well-known that the accuracy of a single classifier can not be efficient for complex tasks. for this reason, combining different classifiers to improve the classifier performance has been emerged as an efficient alternative, as observed in several studies in the field [4,5,6,7,8,9]. in these studies, it has been noticed that combining information from various sources has resulted in systems with more reliability and performance than individual classifiers. systems combining classifiers are known as classifier ensembles and they are composed of a set of base classifiers organized in a parallel way. these classifiers receive the input data and they produce several outputs that are used, in turn, as inputs by a combination method, which combines these outputs and generates the final ensemble output [7]. in this paper, we seek to improve the flexcon-c [3] performance by introducing the classifier ensembles strategy to select and to label unlabeled instances and to include them in the labeled data set. therefore, this paper proposes the flexcon-ce (flexible confidence with classifier ensembles) model, which uses an ensemble-based confidence adaptive confidence equation. in fact, two different versions of the flexcon-ce method are proposed in this paper. the first one, called flexcon-ce(hom), uses a homogeneous ensemble (base classifiers of the same type) while the second one, named flexcon-ce(het), uses an heterogeneous ensemble. this study assesses the efficiency of the proposed methods when building representative classifier ensembles by analyzing the classification effectiveness of these methods in 20 well-known datasets, with three different classification algorithms and five different configurations of initially unlabeled data. this article is organized as follows: sect. 2 presents the theoretical aspects of semi-supervised learning algorithms as well as the flexcon-c method and the classifier ensembles. section 3 highlights some related work to this research while sect. 4 presents and details the ssl method proposed in this article. section 5 describes some methodological aspects of the empirical analysis while sect. 6 presents the obtained results. finally, sect. 7 highlights some final considerations and future possibilities of researches. 2 theoretical aspects 2.1 semi-supervised learning according to the tasks to which they are applied, the machine learning algorithms can be broadly divided into three types: 1) supervised learning predictive tasks; 2) unsupervised learning descriptive tasks; 3) semi-supervised learning combining predictive and descriptive tasks. in other words, supervised learning requires the training dataset to have input and output attributes (labels or classes) in order to find a model, based on the data used for training, that can be used to predict a label or class of a given instance [1]. in unsupervised learning, dataset attributes are not required to have an output or label to shape the instances’ behavior pattern. this is possible due to the existence of tasks that look for behavior patterns of the instances based on the input attributes. unsupervised or descriptive tasks are more related to exploring the dataset, with the aim of obtaining cluster patterns or association rules present in the data [2]. the existence of datasets that have a part of the instances with labels and another part without assigned labels became a motivation for the creation of a new classification model with the objective of improving the performance of learning tasks benefiting from the strategy of using labeled and unlabeled data, known as semi-supervised learning [10]. following this concept, different algorithms were developed that propose the classification of unlabeled instances based on the ones with a label, including self-training, which will be used in this work. the self-training method is characterized by using its own prediction results, obtained by a single classifier, and applying a new training to the model until all instances that did not have labels are properly labeled [11]. the algorithm 1 depicts the flow of instructions that are executed in the self-training process. first, the database is divided into two sets: \(d_{l}\) labeled instances and \(d_{u}\) unlabeled instances (line 1). then, a classifier f is generated through \(d_{l}\) (line 3). after assigning the new labels to the unlabeled data, these instances are inserted into the subset s which will be removed from \(d_{u}\) and added into \(d_{l}\) (lines 4–6). then the process will restart until there is no more unlabeled data. note that, based on the results generated by the classifier, the model is retrained in order to learn according to its assertiveness rate. algorithm 1 self-training full size image in [12], the authors addressed an exploratory analysis of the self-training algorithm, regarding its adaptation by inserting a new parameter, called confidence, which is used to select and to label unlabeled instances. the main aim is to select instances that have a prediction higher than a confidence threshold. however, the confidence threshold is initially defined and this value is used throughout the whole labeling process. in [3], the authors proposed the flexcon-c method, which is an extension of the work proposed in [12], which applies an adaptive (or flexible) confidence threshold, which is calculated in every iteration of the semi-supervised process. the flexcon-c algorithm is presented by algorithm 2. algorithm 2 self-training with confidence adjustment (flexcon-c) full size image in algorithm 2, the lines marked in blue highlight the main differences between this algorithm and the original self-training algorithm. initially, \(d_{l}\) represents the initially labeled set, while \(d_{u}\) stands for the set of unlabeled instances. at each iteration, a classifier f is trained using the set of labeled instances \(d_{l}\) as training set and classifies the \(d_{u}\) instances (lines 3 to 4). then, a new confidence threshold value is calculated (line 5). then, select all unlabeled instances whose prediction is higher than or equal to the confidence threshold. these instances are then labeled (line 6). these instances are removed from the \(d_{u}\) set and included to the \(d_{l}\) set. this process is then repeated until the \(d_{u}\) set is empty. in [3], three ssl algorithms are proposed (flexcon-g, flexcon, and flexcon-c). all three algorithms use adaptive confidence threshold and they are all based on the selftraining method. in the cited article, the flexcon-c algorithm adjusts the confidence parameter at each iteration based solely on the precision of a classifier built the previous iteration. in this method, the adjustment will be done by increasing or decreasing the confidence value based on a change rate cr. equation 1 presents the confidence update equation for flexcon-c. $$\begin{aligned} \textit{conf}(t_{i+1})={\left\{ \begin{array}{ll}{} \textit{conf}(t_{i}) \textit{ cr}, \textit{if } \textit{acc} \ge \textit{mp} \textit{ + e}\\ \textit{conf}(t_{i}), \textit{if } \textit{mp} \textit{e} < \textit{acc} < \textit{mp} \textit{ + e}\\ \textit{conf}(t_{i}) \textit{ + cr}, \textit{if } \textit{acc} \le \textit{mp} \textit{e} \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(conf(t_{i+1})\) is the confidence value of the current iteration, mp is the minimum acceptable precision; cr is the change rate it is a user-given hyperparameter, acc is the accuracy of the classifier. finally, e is an acceptable precision variation that is allowed in order to define an stabilization in precision. in this equation, if the accuracy is higher than a minimum acceptable precision (considering the acceptable variation e), mp, the confidence threshold is decreased by a change rate cr. if the accuracy is lower than a minimum acceptable precision, the confidence threshold is increased by a change rate cr. otherwise, the confidence threshold does not change. this method was further divide into two sub-methods with respect to the label definition of the unlabeled instances, flexcon-c1 and flexcon-c2. flexcon-c1 uses classifier ensembles to define the label of each pattern, while flexcon-c2 uses the label predicted by the classifier generated in the first iteration, which is stored by the algorithm. in flexcon-c1, the classifier ensemble is composed of classifiers built in all iteration performed until a current iteration. in addition, these individual classifiers are combined by sum and majority voting, leading to two versions of this method, flexcon-c1(v) and flexcon-c1(s). 2.2 classifier ensembles as previously mentioned, the increased complexity and wide applicability of classification systems has led to exploring many approaches and methodologies. nevertheless, there is a perception that no classifier is considered completely satisfactory for a particular task; therefore, the idea of combining different methods to improve performance has emerged as a very promising possibility [13]. this combination is called classifier ensembles, also known as multi-classifier systems. in classification tasks, an ensemble includes several sub-models called base classifiers, which are usually obtained by training a basic learning algorithm (decision tree, neural network, k nearest neighbors, among others). the ensembles can be built based on the same learning algorithm, producing homogeneous ensembles, or using different algorithms and generating heterogeneous ensembles [14]. the proposition of classifier ensembles is to create and combine several inductive models for the same domain, obtaining better prediction quality [9]. after generating the base classifier set, the next step is the choice for the methods to combine their outputs. there is a vast number of methods for combining classifiers in the literature. in this work, we will be used voting. the choice for this method was made due to the use of information from all classifiers. the voting method, often used to combine classifiers, performs the combination by voting on the results of each classifier when a new instance is presented. 3 related work over the years, several works have been developed using a confidence parameter in semi-supervised ml algorithms [3, 12, 15,16,17,18]. the goal is to investigate the behavior of these algorithms, including this parameter as a threshold for selecting new instances for the labeled dataset. on the other hand, researchers have explored the use of classifier ensembles to enhance the performance of various machine learning algorithms [4,5,6, 8]. the present work aims to merge these two approaches, both using the confidence parameter as well as classifier ensembles, as a way to improve the performance of the semi-supervised learning algorithm flexcon-c. in [12, 15] new versions of the self-training algorithm were proposed that included a fixed confidence parameter with the objective of minimizing inconsistencies in the classification choices during the labeling process. in [3, 16,17,18,19] algorithms for the automatic adjustment of the confidence threshold were proposed as an extension of those researches. therefore, the focus of research development was on building solutions that could adjust the confidence parameter during the data labeling process. in [8] a study was conducted on the existing risks in railway safety inspections. these inspections are reported using text, which generates a large amount of textual data. as motivation for the authors, a predictive model was proposed that used classifier ensembles to predict risk situations that could be addressed proactively. the chosen classification model was the decision tree, which was applied to an ensemble of bagging classifiers that combined the results of the classifiers by voting. similarly, [5] used different models of classifiers in an ensemble to predict a credit score for customers of financial organizations and banks. in [4] a new ensemble learning algorithm named e\(\_\)rhfs was developed and applied as a tool to predict software failure. the authors used the voting combination method on the base classifiers to obtain the final ensemble classifier for software defect prediction. in [6] the proposal focused on two primary factors in creating a classifier ensemble, namely: accuracy and diversity. the paper aimed to propose a new diversity measure called misclassification diversity (md) and an incremental layered classifier selection approach to build the ensemble. 4 the proposed method: flexcon-ce as already mentioned, the purpose of this paper is to propose a new flexcon-c variation, called flexcon-ce (flexible confidence with classifier ensemble). this variation uses an ensemble-based confidence threshold. therefore, in order to develop the proposed method, it was necessary to modify the original flexcon-c algorithm 2 with lines marked in blue highlight. algorithm 3 presents the flexcon-ce step-by-step operation. algorithm 3 flexible confidence with ensemble (flexcon-ce) full size image initially, in algorithm 3, the database is divided into two sets: a set of labeled instances \(d_{l}\) and a set of unlabeled instances \(d_{u}\). additionally, a pool of classifiers \(f_{n}\) is available. an ensemble is defined as empty (line 1). then, for each classifier f in \(f_n\), they are trained using \(d_{l}\) as training set. after that, the trained classifier f is added to the ensemble e (lines 2 to 7). finally, the ensemble e will be applied to \(d_{u}\) in order to calculate the effectiveness generated by e (line 8). then, the new confidence threshold is calculated (line 9), the unlabeled instances are selected, labeled, removed from the unlabeled set \(d_{u}\) and included in the labeled set \(d_{l}\) (lines 9 to 12). it is important to emphatize that the threshold is used to select unlabeled instances that will be labeled by the voting process of the ensemble. it is important to emphasize that the calculation of the new confidence threshold is made using eq. 1. the main difference is that the mp value is related to the ensemble accuracy (flexcon-ce) instead of the classifier accuracy (flexcon-c). as previously described, two flexcon-ce versions are proposed. in the first one, the classifier ensemble is constructed heterogeneously, using more than one type of classification method. in the second version, the classifier ensemble is built homogeneously, when using only one type of method. in this work, both heterogeneous and homogeneous ensemble approaches will be assessed. 5 experimental methodology in order to assess the feasibility of the proposed method, an empirical analysis will be carried out. the next subsections will describe the main aspects of the experimental methodology. 5.1 datasets in this empirical analysis, the flexcon-ce method is applied to 20 different databases. these datasets are available in platforms and repositories that maintain various experimental data, such as github [20], uci machine learning [21] and kaggle datasets [22]. table 1 describes the characteristics of all datasets, regarding the number of attributes, instances, number of classes, data types (categorical c, real r and integer i), and data distribution (balanced b and unbalanced u). table 1. datasets characteristicsfull size table 5.2 methods and materials all method and learning procedures of this paper are implemented using the scikit-learn package available in the python language. in order to create the algorithm proposed in this article, we decided to use the scikit-learn python library [23], since it offers several learning methods for classification, regression, and clustering domains. it also integrates with other widely used python libraries for machine learning experiments, such as matplotlib [24], numpy [25], pandas [26], and others. in order to facilitate the comparative analysis of the results of the flexcon-ce method with flexcon-c, three classifiers are used, which are: naive bayes (nb), decision tree (tree) – using a cart-based algorithm – and k-nearest neighbors (k-nn) – with k values from 4 to 8. additionally, the percentage values of the initially labeled instances, n, are 5\(\%\), 10\(\%\), 15\(\%\), 20\(\%\) and 25\(\%\), in the same way as it was performed by [16, 19, 27, 28]. each trained classifier was included to the classifier ensemble heterogeneously and homogeneously, for flexcon-ce (het) and flexcon-ce (hom), respectively. for the combination of all n classifiers, the voting criterion was applied to define the overall ensemble output. the voting method consists of a non-linear combination of the classifiers’ outputs, and its process consists of determining the winning class, from a data input pattern, by the total number of votes counted for each classifier [4, 8, 29]. therefore, the confidence of the classifier ensemble is defined by the number of classifiers that selected the winning class divided by the number of classifiers of the used ensemble. the main aim of this empirical analysis is to evaluate the performance of the flexcon-ce algorithm and to compare them to the flexcon-c (previously explained: flexcon-c1(v), flexcon-c1(s) and flexcon-c2) results. in order to assess the obtained results, the friedman statistical test was achieved. according to [30], this test compares related sample data, which means that the same object can be analyzed more than once. as it is non-parametric test, numerical values are not used directly, but rather their positions. after the ranking are performed for the groups separately, the hypothesis of similarity of the sum of the position of each group is verified. in this way, it is possible to compare the performance of different data classification algorithms in the scenarios created for each different dataset. 6 experimental results this section presents the analysis of the obtained results. as previously mentioned, the analysis of the results will be conducted in a comparative way, evaluating the performance of both flexcon-ce versions and three flexcon-c versions, flexcon-c1(v), flexcon-c1(s), and flexcon-c2 [3]. the next sections will present the analysis of the experimental results. the first one presents an analysis of the accuracy results presented by all analyzed methods.while the next section conducts a statistical analysis of the obtained results. 6.1 accuracy analysis tables 2 and 3 present the results obtained by each method used in this analysis. the difference between these two tables is that the first table shows the results of three different classifiers and compares the performance of flexcon-ce using a homogeneous classifier ensemble (flexcon-ce(hom)) with all three flexcon-c versions (flexcon-c1(v), flexcon-c1(s), and flexcon-c2). for the second table, the best results of table 2 are selected, for each classification algorithm (naive bayes, decision tree and k-nn), as well as the flexcon-ce result using a heterogeneous classifier ensemble (flexcon-ce(het)). table 2. results of average accuraryfull size table table 3. results of best average accuracyfull size table both tables have the same configuration: the first column presents the name of the used classifier while the second column indicates the semi-supervised learning method. columns 3–7 display the average accuracy and standard deviation obtained by each semi-supervised method over all 20 used datasets, according to the settings of 5\(\%\), 10\(\%\), 15\(\%\), 20\(\%\), and 25\(\%\) of initially labeled instances. additionally, in both tables, the results that showed the most significant accuracy values are highlighted in bold. when analyzing results obtained with the naive bayes classifier in table 2, it is possible to observe that the flexcon-ce method using the homogeneous ensemble flexcon-ce(hom) obtained the best results in 80% of the analysed cases (4 out of the 5% of initially labeled instances). in this same table, considering the results obtained by the tree classifier, flexcon-ce(hom) also achieved the highest accuracy in 100% of cases (5 out of the 5% of initially labeled data). based on these results, it is possible to state that the flexcon-ce(hom) method obtained significantly better performance results in two out of three analyzed classifiers. still exploring table 2, in general, it is possible to observe that the flexcon-ce(hom) method performed better than all flexcon-c versions in 60% of the analyzed cases (9 out of the 15 best results). this is a promising result showing that the use of a more efficient selection and labeling technique leads to more robust ssl methods. as previously explained, table 3 presents the performance of the proposed method using the heterogeneous ensemble flexcon-ce(het), and the best results obtained in table 2, for comparison purposes. when observing the aforementioned table, it is possible to identify that the flexcon-ce(hom) method obtained the best performance in 80% of the cases (4 out of 5% of initially labeled instances) when the number of initially labeled instances was higher than or equal to 10%. on the other hand, the other proposed method of this paper, flexcon-ce(het), obtained the best performance when the number of initially labeled instances was limited to 5%. in summary, it is possible to state that one proposed version, flexcon-ce(hom) or flexcon-ce(het), achieved better accuracy results than all flexcon-c versions, regardless of the type of classifier used. the next subsection presents the statistical analysis of the obtained results in order to demonstrate that the proposed semi-supervised machine learning methods are promising. 6.2 statistical analysis the statistical analysis performed in this article uses critical difference (cd) diagrams. figures 1 and 2 display the results obtained using the aforementioned diagrams. the post-hoc friedman test is used to analyze the results based on their rankings. additionally, in these diagrams, the methods located further to the left exhibit better results, while the ones on the right presented the poorest performances. finally, a method is considered statistically different from another when both are not covered by the critical difference line (bold horizontal line in the diagram). otherwise, when this line covers two or more approaches, it means that the null hypothesis of the friedman test cannot be rejected. figure 1 presents the critical difference diagram with the results of the statistical test of the results obtained in table 2. the applied classification algorithm is indicated in front of the method name. when analyzing the aforementioned diagram and observing the ranking of methods delivered by each classifier, it can be seen that flexcon-ce(hom)-tree was the method that reached the highest ranking, which confirms the analysis carried out in the previous section regarding the accuracy of these methods. additionally, according to the statistical analysis, this method is similar to the following four methods, in which two of them applied a decision tree (flexcon-c2-tree and flexcon-c1(v)) and the remaining two methods used a k-nn method (flexcon-c2 and flexcon-c1(v)). on the other hand, the winning method is statistically superior to the remaining seven methods. fig. 1. critical difference diagram using all methods full size image figure 2 illustrates the critical difference diagram with the results of the statistical test of the results obtained in table 3. when analyzing the rankings of each method, it can be seen that the flexcon-ce(hom)-tree and flexcon-ce(het) methods are statistically similar and both achieved the best results. this observation confirms what was reported in the previous section, in which the proposed methods outperformed the methods that do not use classifier ensembles. fig. 2. statistics performance of the best full size image in summary, the results obtained in this paper showed significant improvements of the proposed method, in comparison to the flexcon-c versions. these results corroborate with the results obtained in the previous section, demonstrating an enhancement in the performance of the semi-supervised methods of the proposed methods. moreover, the proposed methods are validated from two different perspectives, both in terms of performance and statistical analysis. 7 conclusion and future works this paper proposed a new ssl method, called flexcon-ce, which was designed based on introducing classifier ensembles in the flexcon-c functioning. the main difference between flexcon-c and flexcon-ce is that the latter uses classifier ensembles to define the adaptive confidence while the predictions of a classifier is used by flexcon-c. additionally, this work explores the use of two versions of the proposed method: one that uses an homogeneous ensemble structure and the other one used an heterogeneous ensemble structure. in order to validate the proposed method, an empirical analysis was conducted, in which a comparative analysis of the performance of flexcon-ce with flexcon-c was carried out. in general, the performance of the analyzed methods was assessed in terms of accuracy and standard deviation and they were validated statistically using the friedman test. after analyzing the results, it was concluded that the flexcon-ce method obtained better results in most cases, with emphasis on the version that used the homogeneous ensemble with the tree classifier, followed by the heterogeneous flexcon-ce version. for future work, we suggest to explore other classification algorithms and use new databases to address experimental scenarios. furthermore, it is recommended to make the size of the classifier ensembles more flexible in relation to the number of base classifiers. references faceli, k., lorena, a.c., gama, j., de leon ferreira de carvalho, a.c.p.: an approach of machine learning. artif. intell. (2011) google scholar  chapelle, o., scholkopf, b., zien, a.: semi-supervised learning, vol. 2. the mit press, cambridge, ma (2006) google scholar  ovidio vale, k.m., et al.: automatic adjustment of confidence values in self-training semi-supervised method. in: 2018 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–8. ieee (2018) google scholar  wei, w., jiang, f., yu, x., du, j.: an ensemble learning algorithm based on resampling and hybrid feature selection, with an application to software defect prediction. in: 2022 7th international conference on information and network technologies (icint), pp. 52–56. ieee (2022) google scholar  safiya parvin, a., saleena, b.: an ensemble classifier model to predict credit scoring-comparative analysis. in: 2020 ieee international symposium on smart electronic systems (ises) (formerly inis), pp. 27–30. ieee (2020) google scholar  zohaib jan, m., verma, b.: a novel diversity measure and classifier selection approach for generating ensemble classifiers. ieee access 7, 156360–156373 (2019) google scholar  lochter, j.v., zanetti, r.f., reller, d., almeida, t.a.: short text opinion detection using ensemble of classifiers and semantic indexing. exp. syst. appl. 62:243–249 (2016) google scholar  li, x., shi, t., li, p., zhou, w.: application of bagging ensemble classifier based on genetic algorithm in the text classification of railway fault hazards. in: 2019 2nd international conference on artificial intelligence and big data (icaibd), pp. 286–290. ieee (2019) google scholar  cichosz, p.: data mining algorithms: explained using r. john wiley & sons (2014) google scholar  albalate, a., minker, w.: semi-supervised and unsupervised machine learning: novel strategies. john wiley & sons (2013) google scholar  zhu, x., goldberg, a.b.: introduction to semi-supervised learning. synth. lect. artif. intell. mach. learn. 3(1), 1–130 (2009) math  google scholar  rodrigues, f.m., de m. santos, a., canuto, a.m.p.: using confidence values in multi-label classification problems with semi-supervised learning. in: the 2013 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–8. ieee (2013) google scholar  nascimento, d.s.c., coelho, a.l.v., canuto, a.m.p.: integrating complementary techniques for promoting diversity in classifier ensembles: a systematic study. neurocomputing 138, 347–357 (2014) article  google scholar  gharroudi, o.: ensemble multi-label learning in supervised and semi-supervised settings. ph.d. thesis, université de lyon (2017) google scholar  rodrigues, f.m., câmara, c.j., canuto, a.m.p., santos, a.m.: confidence factor and feature selection for semi-supervised multi-label classification methods. in: 2014 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 864–871. ieee (2014) google scholar  gorgônio, a.c., et al.: análise da variação do limiar para o algoritmo de aprendizado semissupervisionado flexcon-c/threshold variation analysis for flexcon-c semisupervised learning algorithm. brazil. j. develop. 5(11), 26654–26669 (2019) google scholar  vale, k.m.o., gorgônio, a.c., da luz, e.g.f., de paula canuto, a.m.: an efficient approach to select instances in self-training and co-training semi-supervised methods. ieee access 10, 7254–7276 (2021) google scholar  gorgônio, a.c., alves, c.t., lucena, a.j.f., gorgônio, f.l., vale, k.m.o., canuto, a.m.p.: analysis of the threshold variation of the flexcon-c algorithm for semi-supervised learning. in: anais do xv encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 775–786. sbc (2018) google scholar  vale, k.m.o., et al.: a data stratification process for instances selection in semi-supervised learning. in: 2019 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–8. ieee (2019) google scholar  breiman, l.: bias, variance, and arcing classifiers. technical report, tech. rep. 460, statistics department, university of california, berkeley (1996) google scholar  dheeru, d., karra taniskidou, e.: uci machine learning repository (2017) google scholar  smith, j.w., everhart, j.e., dickson, w.c., knowler, w.c., johannes, r.s.: using the adap learning algorithm to forecast the onset of diabetes mellitus. in: proceedings of the annual symposium on computer application in medical care, p. 261. american medical informatics association (1988) google scholar  pölsterl, s.: scikit-survival: a library for time-to-event analysis built on top of scikit-learn. j. mach. learn. res. 21(1), 8747–8752 (2020) google scholar  bisong, e.: building machine learning and deep learning models on google cloud platform. apress, berkeley (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4842-4470-8 harris, c.r., et al.: array programming with numpy. nature 585(7825), 357–362 (2020) google scholar  nelli, f.: python data analytics with pandas, numpy, and matplotlib (2018) google scholar  araújo, y.n., et al.: a data stratification process for instances selection applied to co-training semi-supervised learning algorithm. in: 2021 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–8. ieee (2021) google scholar  vale, k.m.o., gorgônio, f.l., araújo, y.n., gorgônio, a.c., de p canuto, a.m.: a co-training-based algorithm using confidence values to select instances. in: 2020 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–7. ieee (2020) google scholar  kuncheva, l.i.: combining pattern classifiers: methods and algorithms. john wiley & sons (2014) google scholar  theodorsson-norheim, e.: friedman and quade tests: basic computer program to perform nonparametric two-way analysis of variance and multiple comparisons on ranks of several related samples. comput. biol. med. 17(2), 85–99 (1987) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations department of computing and technology (dct), federal university of rio grande do norte (ufrn), caicó, rn, brazil arthur medeiros, karliane medeiros ovidio vale, flavius l. gorgônio & anne magály de paula canuto department of informatics and applied mathematics (dimap), federal university of rio grande do norte (ufrn), natal, rn, brazil arthur c. gorgônio authors arthur medeirosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar arthur c. gorgônioview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar karliane medeiros ovidio valeview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar flavius l. gorgônioview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anne magály de paula canutoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to arthur medeiros . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper medeiros, a., gorgônio, a.c., vale, k.m.o., gorgônio, f.l., canuto, a.m.d.p. (2023). flexcon-ce: a semi-supervised method with an ensemble-based adaptive confidence. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_7 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_7 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords classifier ensemble self-training algorithm flexcon-c publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature on the refinement of compensation-based semantics for weighted argumentation frameworks | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper on the refinement of compensation-based semantics for weighted argumentation frameworks conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 344–358 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) on the refinement of compensation-based semantics for weighted argumentation frameworks download book pdf download book epub henrique viana10 & joão alcântara11  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 733 accesses abstract acceptability semantics for the frameworks of weighted argumentation can satisfy up to one of the principles of (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence) or (compensation), which are pairwise incompatible. in this paper we define two new principles: (quality compensation) and (cardinality compensation), which are weakened versions of (quality precedence) and (cardinality precedence), respectively. we show that these new principles are compatible with (compensation) and propose two new semantics: a t-conorm-based, which can satisfy (quality compensation) and a cumulative sum-based semantics, which satisfies (cardinality compensation). access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others new weak admissibility semantics for abstract argumentation chapter © 2021 on restricting the impact of self-attacking arguments in gradual semantics chapter © 2021 a parametrized ranking-based semantics for persuasion chapter © 2017 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. convention theory dosage compensation logical analysis formal logic logic standards 1 introduction argumentation is a reasoning process in which interacting arguments are built and evaluated. it is widely studied in artificial intelligence, namely for reasoning about making decisions [5, 8, 22] and modelling agents interactions [7, 30]. an argumentation-based formalism or argumentation framework is generally defined as a set of arguments, attacks amongst the arguments, and a semantics for evaluating the arguments. a semantics assesses to what extent an argument is acceptable. examples of semantics are those proposed by dung, which compute extensions of arguments [6, 11, 21, 26, 29, 32] and ranking semantics, which compute the overall strengths of each argument [2, 10, 12, 13, 18, 31]. with respect to the ranking semantics, in the works of amgoud and ben-naim [2], it was proposed a set of principles for it and consequently refined in [3]. moreover, new principles were introduce to describe strategies that a semantics may use when it faces a conflict between the quality of attackers and their quantity [4]. the strategies are: i) privileging quality through the principle of (quality precedence), ii) privileging cardinality through the principle of (cardinality precedence), or iii) simply allowing compensation between quality and cardinality through the principle of (compensation). it was pointed out some limitations in the literature about this subject. first, there was no semantics satisfying (cardinality precendence), which was unfortunate since (cardinality precendence) is a viable choice in (multiple criteria) decision making [17]. second, there was only one semantics satisfying (quality precedence). third, several other semantics satisfy (compensation), however, none of them satisfies all the principles that are compatible with the compensation principle. with that in mind, amgoud and ben-naim [4] provided three new semantics: a max-based, a cardinality-based and a sum-based one. a formal analysis and thorough comparison with other semantics were done to fill the previous gaps by introducing three novel semantics and show new semantics that enjoy more desirable properties than existing semantics. besides that, another important result pointed out is that some of the principles are incompatible. they cannot be satisfied all together by a semantics. this is particularly the case with the (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence) and (compensation). from this perspective, in this work, we propose to explore further the relation among these three principles and show weaker principles that are intermediary of these three principles. furthermore, we present two new semantics, one based on t-conorms operators [24], which present a mix of max-based semantics and the sum-based semantics; and the other semantics based on the notion of cumulative sum [25], which presents a trade off between the cardinality-based and the sum-based semantics. the novelty is both semantics satisfy not only all the basic principles, but also weakened versions of two incompatible principles. as far as we know, this is the first work to push forward the frontier of knowledge on the development of semantics aiming at satisfying weakened versions of incompatible principles. the paper is organized as follows: in sect. 2, we first recall some basic notions of argumentation theory, introduce the notations used throughout the paper and show some examples of semantics and the principles that a semantics could satisfy. in sect. 3, we then consider the contribution of the paper, with the introduction of two new semantics and two new principles. we provide a formal analysis and comparison of existing semantics and these new principles. finally, in sect. 4, we conclude the paper. 2 foundations of weighted argumentation frameworks 2.1 basic concepts a weighted argumentation graph is a set of arguments and an attack relation between them. each argument has a weight in the interval [0, 1] representing its basic strength (the smaller the weight, the weaker the argument). definition 1 (wag). a weighted argumentation graph (wag) is an ordered tuple \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), where \(\mathcal {a}\) is a non-empty finite set of arguments, w is a function from \(\mathcal {a}\) to [0, 1], and \(\mathcal {r} \subseteq \mathcal {a} \times \mathcal {a}\). intuitively, w(a) is the basic strength of argument a, and \((a, b) \in \mathcal {r}\) (or \(a\mathcal {r}b)\) means argument a attacks argument b. example 1 consider the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) below consisted of four arguments \(a, b, c, \dots , k\). for instance, the basic strength of a is \(w(a) = 1\) and the basic strength of d is \(w(d) = 0.6\). besides that, argument d attacks argument a, which is depicted by a directed edge in the graph. definition 2 (isomorphism). let \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(\mathbf {g'} = \langle \mathcal {a'},w', \mathcal {r'} \rangle \) be two wags. an isomorphism from \(\mathbf {g}\) to \(\mathbf {g'}\) is a bijective function f from \(\mathcal {a}\) to \(\mathcal {a'}\) such that: i) \(\forall a \in \mathcal {a}, w(a) = w'(f(a))\), ii) \(\forall a, b \in \mathcal {a}, a\mathcal {r}b\) iff \(f(a)\mathcal {r'}f(b)\). an acceptability semantics is a function assigning a value, called acceptability degree, to every argument in a weighted argumentation graph. this value represents the overall strength of an argument, and is issued from the aggregation of the basic strength of the argument and the overall strengths of its attackers. the greater this value, the more acceptable the argument. unlike extension semantics where arguments are either accepted or rejected, it is consider graded semantics, which may assign various acceptability degrees to arguments. throughout the paper, we consider the scale [0, 1]. definition 3 (semantics). a semantics is a function \(\mathbf {s}\) transforming any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) into a vector \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}\) in \([0, 1]^n\), where \(n = |\mathcal {a}|\). for \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a)\) is called acceptability degree of a. we present next the list of all notations used in the paper. let \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) be a wag and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\). \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) denotes the set of all attackers of a in \(\mathbf {g}\), i.e. \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \{ b \in \mathcal {a} : b\mathcal {r}a \}\). for \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(\mathbf {g'} = \langle \mathcal {a'},w', \mathcal {r'} \rangle \) such that \(\mathcal {a} \cap \mathcal {a'} = \emptyset \), \(\mathbf {g} \oplus \mathbf {g'}\) is the wag \(\langle \mathcal {a} \cup \mathcal {a'},w'', \mathcal {r} \cup \mathcal {r'} \rangle \) where for any \(x \in \mathcal {a}\) (resp. \(x \in \mathcal {a'}\)), \(w''(x) = w(x)\) (resp. \(w''(x) = w'(x)\)). 2.2 examples of weighted semantics the first semantics satisfies quality precedence, thus it favors the quality of attackers over their cardinality. it is based on a scoring function which follows a multiple steps process. at each step, the function assigns a score to each argument. in the initial step, the score of an argument is its basic strength. then, in each step, the score is recomputed on the basis of the basic strength as well as the score of the strongest attacker of the argument at the previous step. definition 4 (weighted max-based semantics [4]). for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + \max _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) } \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) }\). by convention, if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\max _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) = 0\). example 2 considering the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) from example 1, we have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + \max _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) } \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) } = \frac{w(a)}{1 + \max \{ \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(d), \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) \} }\). since the argument d is attacked by the argument i, we need to compute \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(d) = \frac{w(d)}{1 + \max \{ \text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(i) \} } = \frac{0.6}{1 + 0.5 } = 0.4\) (since there is no argument attacking i, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(i) = w(i) = 0.5\)). we also have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) = w(e) = 0.3\). therefore, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {mbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{1}{1 + \max \{ 0.4, 0.3 \} } = 0.71\). for a matter of simplicity, in this paper we are considering examples with acyclic graphs, but the weighted semantics are also defined to deal with cyclic graphs. the details and proofs about this issue can be found in [4]. the second semantics, called weighted card-based, favors the number of attackers over their quality. it considers only arguments that have a basic strength greater than 0, called founded. this restriction is due to the fact that unfounded arguments are lifeless and their attacks are ineffective. definition 5 (weighted card-based semantics [4]). let \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) be a wag and \(a \in a\). the argument a is founded iff \(w(a) > 0\). it is unfounded otherwise. let \(\text {attf}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) denote the set of founded attackers of a. for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + |\text {attf}_\mathbf {g}(a)| + \frac{\sum _{b \in \text {attf}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) }{|\text {attf}_\mathbf {g}(a)|} }\). by convention, if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\sum _{b \in \text {attf}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) = 0\). example 3 from the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) in example 1, we have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(d) = 0.24\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) = 0.3\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {cbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.3\). the third semantics extends h-categorizer, initially proposed by besnard and hunter [12] for non-weighted and acyclic graphs. then, it was extended to account for varying degrees of basic strengths, and any graph structure. definition 6 (weighted h-categorizer semantics [4]). for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + \sum _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) }\). by convention, if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\sum _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) = 0\). example 4 from the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) in example 1, we have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(d) = 0.4\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) = 0.3\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.58\). 2.3 principles and properties in the sequel, we present some principles, which are important for i) a better understanding of semantics, ii) the definition of reasonable semantics, iii) comparing semantics, iv) choosing suitable semantics for applications [4]. it was proposed 15 principles, which described the role and impact of attacks and basic strengths in the evaluation of arguments, and how these two elements are aggregated. the first principle, called (anonymity), can be found in almost all axiomatic studies. in the argumentation literature, (anonymity) is called abstraction in [2] and language independence in [9]. principle 1 (anonymity). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies anonymity iff for any two wags \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(\mathbf {g'} = \langle \mathcal {a'},w', \mathcal {r'} \rangle \), for any isomorphism f from \(\mathbf {g}\) to \(\mathbf {g'}\), the following property holds: \(\forall a \in \mathcal {a}, \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g'}}(f(a))\). the second principle, called (independence), states that the acceptability degree of an argument should be independent of any argument that is not connected to it. principle 2 (independence). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies independence iff for any two wags \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(\mathbf {g'} = \langle \mathcal {a'},w', \mathcal {r'} \rangle \) such that \(\mathcal {a} \cap \mathcal {a'} = \emptyset \), the following holds: \(\forall a \in \mathcal {a}, \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g} \oplus \mathbf {g'}}(a)\). the next principle states that the acceptability degree of an argument a in a graph can depend on argument b only if there is a path from b to a, i.e., a finite non-empty sequence \(\langle x_1, \dots , x_n \rangle \) such that \(x_1 = b, x_n = a\) and \(\forall i < n, x_i\mathcal {r}x_{i+1}\). principle 3 (directionality). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies directionality iff for any two wags \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(\mathbf {g'} = \langle \mathcal {a'},w', \mathcal {r'} \rangle \) such that \(\mathcal {r'} = \mathcal {r} \cup \{ (a,b) \}\), it holds that: \(\forall x \in \mathcal {a}\), if there is no path from b to x, then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g'}}(x)\). the next principle, called (neutrality), states that an argument, whose acceptability degree is 0, has no impact on the arguments it attacks. principle 4 (neutrality). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies neutrality iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a,b \in \mathcal {a}\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), and ii) \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) = \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) \cup \{x\}\) with \(x \in a \backslash \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = 0\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). the condition \(w(a) = w(b)\) ensures that the attacks from \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) have the same effect on both arguments a and b. (equivalence) principle ensures that the overall strength of an argument depends only on the basic strength of the argument and the overall strengths of its (direct) attackers. principle 5 (equivalence). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies equivalence iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a,b \in \mathcal {a}\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), and ii) there exists a bijective function f from \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) to \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)\) such that \(\forall x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a), \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(f(x)),\) then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). (maximality) principle states that an unattacked argument receives an acceptability degree equal to its basic strength. principle 6 (maximality). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies maximality iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a \in \mathcal {a}\), if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = w(a)\). the role of attacks is (weakening) their targets. indeed, when an argument receives an attack, its overall strength decreases whenever the attacker is “alive”. principle 7 (weakening). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies weakening iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a \in \mathcal {a}\), if i) \(w(a) > 0\), and ii) \(\exists b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) such that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) > 0\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) < w(a)\). (weakening) leads to strength loss as soon as an argument is attacked by at least one alive attacker. (counting) principle states that each alive attacker has an impact on the overall strength of the argument. thus, the more numerous the alive attackers of an argument, the weaker the argument. principle 8 (counting). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies counting iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a,b \in \mathcal {a}\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), and iii) \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) = \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) \cup \{y\}\) with \(y \in \mathcal {a} \backslash \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > 0\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). (weakening soundness) principle goes further than weakening by stating that attacks are the only source of strength loss. principle 9 (weakening soundness). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies weakening soundness iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a \in a\) such that \(w(a) > 0\), if \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) < w(a)\), then \(\exists b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\) such that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) > 0\). (reinforcement) principle states that the stronger the source of an attack, the greater its intensity. principle 10 (reinforcement). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies reinforcement iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\) or \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) > 0\), iii) \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) \backslash \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) = \{x\}\), iv) \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) \backslash \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \{y\}\), and v) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x)\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). (resilience) principle states that an attack cannot completely kill an argument, i.e., to turn its acceptability degrees equal to 0. principle 11 (resilience). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies resilience iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a \in a\), if \(w(a) > 0\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\). (proportionality) states that the stronger the target of an attack, the weaker its intensity. principle 12 (proportionality). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies proportionality iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\) such that i) \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)\), ii) \(w(a) > w(b)\), and iii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\) or \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) > 0\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). the three last principles concern possible choices offered to a semantics when it faces a conflict between the quality and the number of attackers. (quality precedence) principle gives more importance to the quality. principle 13 (quality precedence). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies quality precedence iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), and iii) \(\exists y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)\) such that \(\forall x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a), \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x)\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). (cardinality precedence) principle states that a great number of attackers has more effect on an argument than just few. principle 14 (cardinality precedence). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies cardinality precedence iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), and iii) \(|\{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y)> 0\}|> |\{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) > 0\}|\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). finally, (compensation) states that several weak attacks may compensate the quality of attacks overall. principle 15 (compensation). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies compensation iff there exists a wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), such that for two arguments \(a, b \in a\), i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text{ deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), iii) \(|\{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x)> 0\}|> |\{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > 0\}| \), iv) \(\exists y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)\) such that \(\forall x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a), \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x)\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). the results corresponding to the compatibility of the principles is stated below. proposition 1 [4] the three following properties hold. i) (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence) and (compensation) are pairwise incompatible; ii) (independence), (directionality), (equivalence), (resilience), (reinforcement), (maximality) and (quality precedence) are incompatible; iii) (cardinality precedence) (respectively (compensation)) is compatible with all principles 1–12. it was shown that weighted max-based semantics satisfies (quality precedence) as well as all the principles which are compatible with it [4]. it violates, however, (counting) since by definition, this semantics focuses only on the strongest attacker of an argument, and neglects the remaining attackers. theorem 1 [4] weighted max-based semantics violates (cardinality precedence), (compensation), (counting) and (reinforcement). it satisfies all the remaining principles. weighted card-based semantics satisfies (cardinality precedence) as well as all the principles that are compatible with it. theorem 2 [4] weighted card-based semantics satisfies all the principles except (quality precedence) and (compensation). weighted h-categorizer semantics satisfies (compensation) as well as all the principles that are compatible with it. theorem 3 [4] weighted h-categorizer semantics satisfies all the principles except (quality precedence) and (cardinality precedence). 3 refinements of compensation-based semantics fuzzy set theory has been shown to be a useful tool to describe situations in which the data are imprecise or vague. fuzzy sets handle such situations by attributing a degree to which a certain object belongs to a set [15]. an important notion in fuzzy set theory is that of triangular norms and conorms: t-norms and t-conorms are used to define a generalized intersection and union of fuzzy sets [24]. triangular norms and conorms serve as aggregation operators, which can be used, e.g., for querying databases [20], to compute the resulting degree of confidence of agents [33], in approximate reasoning [16], information retrieval [14], neuro-symbolic learning [19], machine learning [1], etc. definition 7 (t-conorm [24]). a binary function \(\oplus : [0,1] \times [0,1] \rightarrow [0,1]\) is a t-conorm if it satisfies the following conditions: 1. \(\oplus \{ a, b\} = \oplus \{ b, a \} \) (commutativity); 2. \(\oplus \{ a, \oplus \{ b, c \} \} = \oplus \{ \oplus \{ a,b \}, c \}\) (associativity); 3. \(a \le c\) and \(b \le d \rightarrow \oplus \{ a, b\} \le \oplus \{ c, d\}\) (monotonicity); 4. \(\oplus \{ a, 0\} = a\) (neutral element). a t-conorm acts as a disjunction in fuzzy logic or as a union in fuzzy set theory. when one of its arguments is 0, it returns its other argument; when one of its arguments is 1, it returns 1. it is both associative and commutative, and its partial derivatives with respect to its parameters are non-negative. t-conorms are a generalization of the usual two-valued logical disjunction (or the maximum operator), studied by classical logic, for fuzzy logics. the four basic t-conorms are described below: definition 8 (basic t-conorms [24]). the following are the four basic t-conorms: 1. maximum t-conorm: \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }\{x,y \} = max(x,y)\); 2. probabilistic sum t-conorm: \(\oplus _\mathbf{p }\{ x,y \} = x+y x\cdot y\); 3. łukasiewicz t-conorm: \(\oplus _\mathbf{l } \{ x,y \} = min(x + y,1)\); 4. drastic sum t-conorm: \(\oplus _\mathbf{d } \{ x,y \} =\) \(\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 1, &{} \text {if } (x,y) \in \ ]0,1]\times ]0,1]; \\ max(x,y), &{} \text {otherwise}. \end{array} \right. \) these four basic t-conorms are remarkable for several reasons. the drastic sum \(\oplus _\mathbf{d }\) and the maximum \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }\) are the largest and the smallest t-conorms, respectively (with respect to the pointwise order). the maximum \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }\) is the only t-conorm where each \(x \in [0,1]\) is an idempotent element (recall \(x \in [0,1]\) is called an idempotent element of \(\oplus \) if \(\oplus \{ x,x \} = x\)). the probabilistic sum \(\oplus _\mathbf{p }\) and the łukasiewicz t-conorm \(\oplus _\mathbf{l }\) are examples of two important subclasses of t-conorms, namely, the classes of strict and nilpotent t-conorms, respectively (more details in [23]). one way to compare t-conorms is using the notion of strength. consider two t-conorms \(\oplus _1\) and \(\oplus _2\). if we have \(\oplus _1 \{ x,y \} \le \oplus _2 \{ x,y \}\) for all \(x,y \in [0,1]\), then we say that \(\oplus _1\) is weaker than \(\oplus _2\) or, equivalently, that \(\oplus _2\) is stronger than \(\oplus _1\), and we write in this case \(\oplus _1 \le \oplus _2\). we shall write \(\oplus _1 < \oplus _2\) if \(\oplus _1 \le \oplus _2\) and \(\oplus _1 \not = \oplus _2\). the drastic sum \(\oplus _\mathbf{d }\) is the strongest, and the maximum \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }\) is the weakest t-conorm, i.e., for each t-conorm \(\oplus \) we have \(\oplus _\mathbf{m } \le \oplus \le \oplus _\mathbf{d }\). between the four basic t-conorms we have these strict inequalities: \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }< \oplus _\mathbf{p }< \oplus _\mathbf{l } < \oplus _\mathbf{d }\). example 5 consider \(x=0.4\) and \(y=0.7\). we have that \(\oplus _\mathbf{m }\{0.4,0.7 \} = 0.7\), \(\oplus _\mathbf{p }\{0.4,0.7 \} = 0.82\), \(\oplus _\mathbf{l }\{0.4,0.7 \} = 1\) and \(\oplus _\mathbf{d }\{0.4,0.7 \} = 1\). we can state that the maximum t-conorm disconsiders all the values that are not the maximum, while the result of the probabilistic sum t-conorm takes into consideration the value of each argument. the łukasiewicz t-conorm follows a similar idea, however, when the sum of the argument reaches a threshold, i.e. the value 1 which represents total membership, the result is equal to 1 (and all the excess is disconsidered). the drastic sum t-conorm, as the name states, it is radical in the decision: if a argument x has a partial (i.e., \(x \in (0,1]\)) or total membership (i.e., \(x = 1\)), the result of drastic t-conorm between x and any other element is equal to 1 (any partial membership is transformed in a total membership). as the t-conorms are a natural generalization of the maximum operator, we can generalize the definition of weighted max-based semantics to a weighted t-conorm semantics. definition 9 (weighted t-conorm semantics). for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w\), \( \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + \bigoplus _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) }\). by convention, if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\bigoplus _{b \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) = 0\). intuitively, we can think of the probabilistic sum semantics as the following idea: the degree of acceptability of an argument a is measured based on its weight and also the sum of pairs of acceptability degrees of the attacking arguments minus a rate (measured by the product between the attackers’ acceptability degrees). it is a different approach to the maximum that only considers the largest value of an attacking argument and also different from the sum approach present in the h-categorizer semantics. in fact, the probabilistic sum semantics encompasses a bit of both worlds. łukasiewicz’s semantics is much closer to h-categorizer semantics, and its big difference is that if the sum of the acceptability degrees of the attacking arguments exceeds 1, the weight of this attack is considered 1 (in the h-categorizer semantics this value can be greater than 1). drastic semantics is much less interesting when compared to the two previous ones, since it considers that if an argument is attacked by any other argument or a set of arguments with a degree of acceptability greater than 0, the total weight of the attack is always 1, regardless the values of the degrees of acceptability. in practice this means that when an argument is attacked, if the weight of any argument is greater than 0, the degree of acceptance of that argument attacked results in half its original weight. example 6 considering the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) from example 1, we have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{m }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.71\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.63\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{l }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.58\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{d }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.5\). as said before, the drastic t-conorm is the strongest t-conorm and maximum t-conorm is the weakest. consequently, the acceptability degree of an argument is higher for the maximum semantics and lower for the drastic semantics, when compared to the other t-conorms semantics. with respect to the range of values of the acceptability degree for t-conorms semantics, we have the following results. proposition 2 for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and for any \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), we have that \( \{ \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{m }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a),\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a),\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{l }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) \} \in [\frac{w(a)}{2} ,w(a)]\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{d }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{2}\) or \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{d }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = w(a)\). next, we will propose a weaker principle than (quality precedence), named (quality compensation). the idea of this principle is to prioritize, during a conflict of attacks on two arguments, the quality of attacks when the overall sum of attacks on these arguments is equal. principle 16 (quality compensation). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies quality compensation iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), iii) \(\sum _{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \sum _{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) \), and iv) \(\exists y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)\) such that \(\forall x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a), \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x)\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). this principle weakens (quality precedence) by introducing condition iii) \(\sum _{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \sum _{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) \), where it considers equal the sum of the acceptability degrees of the attacking arguments. therefore, if a semantics satisfies (quality precedence) it also satisfies (quality compensation). regarding weighted t-conorms semantics, we have the following results according to their properties. theorem 4 considering the weighted t-conorm semantics: 1. weighted drastic t-conorm semantics violates only (counting), (reinforcement), (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence), (compensation) and (quality compensation). 2. weighted łukasiewicz t-conorm violates only (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence) and (quality compensation). 3. weighted probabilistic sum t-conorm semantics violates only (quality precedence) and (cardinality precedence). weighted drastic t-conorm semantics behaves similar to weighted max-based semantics, except that it does not satisfy (quality precendence) or (quality compensation). although they are t-conorms, weighted łukasiewicz and weighted probabilistic sum semantics go in a direction different from weighted max-based semantics and satisfy (compensation), along with all the 1–12 principles. in special, weighted probabilistic sum also satisfies (quality compensation), which is a weaker version of (quality precedence), that is, it presents a balance between compensation and quality in its decisions. example 7 from the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) in example 1, we have that \(w(a) = w(b)\) and the sum of degrees of acceptability (for \(\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }\) semantics) of the attackers of a and b are, respectively, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(d) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) = 0.4 + 0.3 = 0.7\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(f) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(g) = 0.3 + 0.34 + 0.06 = 0.7\). however, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.63 < 0.64 = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(b),\) since the argument a has an attacker with the highest degree of acceptability (\(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {\oplus }_\mathbf{p }}_{\mathbf {g}}(d) = 0.4\)). we can see that quality takes on importance when the total of values compared is indistinguishable. otherwise, the semantics behaves like a compensating semantics. the next semantics introduced in this paper is the weighted cs-based semantics, based on the idea of cumulative sum. this operator has been applied in the areas of outlier detection [25], identifying rare items, events or observations which raise suspicions by differing significantly from the majority of the analyzed data. it is also studied in the area of economy, from the notion of the lorenz curve [27], which is most often used to represent economic inequality and it can also demonstrate unequal distribution in any system. formally, a cumulative sum can be defined as follows. definition 10 (cumulative sum). consider the vectors \(l = (x_1, \dots , x_n)\) and \(l' = (x_{\sigma (1)}, \dots , x_{\sigma (n)})\), where \(\sigma \) is the permutation of \(\{ 1, \dots , n \}\) sorting the \(x_i\) in descending order. we define the vector of accumulated sum \(as_l = (as^1_{l'}, \dots , a^n_{l'})\), where \(as^i_{l'} = \displaystyle \sum ^{i}_{x_k \in l', k=1} x_k\). the cumulative sum of l is defined as \(cs_l = \sum as_l\) (the sum of its elements). a cumulative sum is a sequence of partial sums of a given sequence. for example, the cumulative sums of the sequence a, b, c, ..., are \(a, a+b, a+b+c, \dots \). after that, the sum of all these elements is performed. example 8 consider the vector \(v = (0.23,0.26,0.1)\) and \(v' = (0.26,0.23,0.1)\) its ordered version. the cumulative sum of v is given by \(cs_v = \sum as_v = \sum (as^1_{v'}, as^2_{v'}, a^3_{v'}) = \sum (0.26, 0.49, 0.59) = 1.34\). definition 11 (weighted cs-based semantics). for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w\), \( \mathcal {r} \rangle \) and \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = \frac{w(a)}{1 + cs_{\text {atts}_\mathbf {g}(a)} }\), where \(\text {atts}_\mathbf {g}(a) = (\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b_1), \dots , \text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b_n))\) and \(b_i \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)\), for \(1 \le i \le n\). by convention, if \(\text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) = \emptyset \), then \(cs_{\text {atts}_\mathbf {g}(a)} = 0\). weighted cs-based semantics extends the h-categorizer semantics by making the cumulative sum of the acceptability degrees of the attacking arguments. example 9 considering the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) from example 1, we have that \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {hbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.58\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) = 0.47\). as it happened with the maximum t-conorm, which has a higher acceptability degree when compared with the other t-conorms, the acceptability degree of an argument is higher for the h-categorizer when compared to cumulative sum semantics. as said previously, the cumulative sum is used in data analysis to detect variations and anomalies in a set of data, and this operator is sensible to the number of elements in the set. thus, we propose a weaker principle than (cardinality precedence), named (cardinality compensation). the idea of this principle is to prioritize, during a conflict of attacks on two arguments, the quantity of attacks when the overall sum of attacks on these arguments is equal. principle 17 (cardinality compensation). a semantics \(\mathbf {s}\) satisfies cardinality compensation iff for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), \(\forall a, b \in a\), if i) \(w(a) = w(b)\), ii) \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > 0\), iii) \(\sum _{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \sum _{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) \), and iv) \(|\{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y)> 0\}|> |\{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a) : \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) > 0\}|\), then \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) > \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b)\). this principle weakens (cardinality precedence) by introducing condition iii) \(\sum _{x \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(a)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(x) = \sum _{y \in \text {att}_\mathbf {g}(b)} \text {deg}^{\mathbf {s}}_{\mathbf {g}}(y) \), where it considers equal the sum of the acceptability degrees of the attacking arguments. therefore, if a semantics satisfies (cardinality precedence) it also satisfies (cardinality compensation). regarding weighted cs-based semantics, we have the following results according to their properties. theorem 5 weighted cs-based semantics satisfies all the principles except (cardinality precedence), (quality precedence) and (quality precedence). additionally, it satisfies (cardinality compensation). example 10 from the wag \(\mathbf {g}\) in example 1, we have that \(w(b) = w(c) = 1\) and the sum of degrees of acceptability (for cumulative sum semantics) of the attackers of b and c are, respectively, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(e) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(f) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(g) = 0.3 + 0.23 + 0.06 = 0.59\) and \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(g) + \text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(h) = 0.06 + 0.53 = 0.59\). however, \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(b) = 0.41 < 0.47 = \text {deg}^{\mathbf {csbs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(c),\) since the argument b has more attackers than argument c. we can see that quantity takes on importance when the total of values compared is indistinguishable. otherwise, the semantics behaves like a compensating semantics. with respect to the range of values of the acceptability degree for cs-based semantics, they have the same result of the h-categorizes semantics. theorem 6 for any wag \(\mathbf {g} = \langle \mathcal {a},w, \mathcal {r} \rangle \), for any \(a \in \mathcal {a}\), \(\text {deg}^{\mathbf {cs}}_{\mathbf {g}}(a) \in (0,w(a)]\). 4 conclusion this paper introduced two new semantics for the weighted argumentation framework. the main objective is to show that there are semantics that have a hybrid behavior between the principles of (quality precedence), (cardinality precedence) and (compensation). the semantics based on t-conorms, as the drastic t-conorms, łukasiewicz and probabilistic sum seek an alternative to the maximum operator, which has the principle of (quality precedence) as a characteristic. it has been shown that the probabilistic sum t-conorm has the most interesting properties, because although it does not satisfy (quality precedence), it satisfies all the basic principles, along with (compensation) and (quality compensation). table 1. the list of the principles satisfied (or violated) by the semantics.full size table the semantics based on cumulative sum is intended to exhibit a hybrid behavior between a (compensation) and (cardinality precedence). unlike the classical sum operator, presented in the h-categorizer semantics, the cumulative sum gives more weight to the total sum according to the number of elements: the more elements, the greater the sum value. as a result, we show that the cumulative sum semantics satisfies all the principles of the h-categorizer semantics plus a weak version of (cardinality precedence), called (cardinality compensation). table 1 summarizes the results regarding the weighted argumentation framework operators and the satisfaction of all principles. as future work, we intend to continue exploring other operators with intermediate characteristics between these three main incompatible principles. an alternative is to study t-conorm families. besides the four basic t-conorms, it is possible to extend them into several families of t-conorms through parameters [28], resulting in several operators with different properties. another point to be investigated are operators that exhibit intermediate behavior between quality and quantity. furthermore, another possibility of research is to study other new principles in the weighted argumentation framework. a remarkable question remains open: is it possible to conceive a new semantics with a hybrid behavior involving not only two, but these three main incompatible principles? references adeli, h., hung, s.l.: machine learning: neural networks, genetic algorithms, and fuzzy systems. wiley, hoboken (1994) google scholar  amgoud, l., ben-naim, j.: ranking-based semantics for argumentation frameworks. in: liu, w., subrahmanian, v.s., wijsen, j. (eds.) sum 2013. lncs (lnai), vol. 8078, pp. 134–147. springer, heidelberg (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-40381-1_11 chapter  google scholar  amgoud, l., ben-naim, j.: axiomatic foundations of acceptability semantics. in: international conference on principles of knowledge representation and reasoning (kr 2016), pp. pp–2 (2016) google scholar  amgoud, l., ben-naim, j., doder, d., vesic, s.: acceptability semantics for weighted argumentation frameworks. in: twenty-sixth international joint conference on artificial intelligence (2017) google scholar  amgoud, l., besnard, p.: bridging the gap between abstract argumentation systems and logic. in: godo, l., pugliese, a. (eds.) sum 2009. lncs (lnai), vol. 5785, pp. 12–27. springer, heidelberg (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-04388-8_3 chapter  google scholar  amgoud, l., cayrol, c.: a reasoning model based on the production of acceptable arguments. ann. math. artif. intell. 34(1), 197–215 (2002) article  mathscinet  google scholar  amgoud, l., maudet, n., parsons, s.: modelling dialogues using argumentation. in: proceedings fourth international conference on multiagent systems, pp. 31–38. ieee (2000) google scholar  amgoud, l., prade, h.: using arguments for making and explaining decisions. artif. intell. 173(3), 413–436 (2009) article  mathscinet  google scholar  baroni, p., giacomin, m.: on principle-based evaluation of extension-based argumentation semantics. artif. intell. 171(10–15), 675–700 (2007) article  mathscinet  google scholar  baroni, p., romano, m., toni, f., aurisicchio, m., bertanza, g.: automatic evaluation of design alternatives with quantitative argumentation. argum. comput. 6(1), 24–49 (2015) article  google scholar  bench-capon, t.j.: persuasion in practical argument using value-based argumentation frameworks. j. log. comput. 13(3), 429–448 (2003) article  mathscinet  google scholar  besnard, p., hunter, a.: a logic-based theory of deductive arguments. artif. intell. 128(1–2), 203–235 (2001) article  mathscinet  google scholar  da costa pereira, c., tettamanzi, a.g., villata, s.: changing one’s mind: erase or rewind? possibilistic belief revision with fuzzy argumentation based on trust. in: ijcai, international joint conference on artificial intelligence (2011) google scholar  de baets, b., kerre, e.: fuzzy relations and applications. in: advances in electronics and electron physics, vol. 89, pp. 255–324. elsevier (1994) google scholar  deschrijver, g., cornelis, c., kerre, e.e.: on the representation of intuitionistic fuzzy t-norms and t-conorms. ieee trans. fuzzy syst. 12(1), 45–61 (2004) article  google scholar  deschrijver, g., kerre, e.e.: on the composition of intuitionistic fuzzy relations. fuzzy sets syst. 136(3), 333–361 (2003) article  mathscinet  google scholar  dubois, d., fargier, h., bonnefon, j.f.: on the qualitative comparison of decisions having positive and negative features. j. artif. intell. res. 32, 385–417 (2008) article  mathscinet  google scholar  gabbay, d.m., rodrigues, o.: equilibrium states in numerical argumentation networks. logica universalis 9(4), 411–473 (2015) article  mathscinet  google scholar  giannini, f., marra, g., diligenti, m., maggini, m., gori, m.: learning and t-norms theory. arxiv preprint arxiv:1907.11468 (2019) grzegorzewski, p., mrówka, e.: soft querying via intuitionistic fuzzy sets. in: proceedings of the 9th international conference on information processing and management of uncertainty in knowledge-based systems impu 2002. citeseer (2002) google scholar  hunter, a.: a probabilistic approach to modelling uncertain logical arguments. int. j. approx. reason. 54(1), 47–81 (2013) article  mathscinet  google scholar  kakas, a., moraitis, p.: argumentation based decision making for autonomous agents. in: proceedings of the second international joint conference on autonomous agents and multiagent systems, pp. 883–890 (2003) google scholar  klement, e.p., mesiar, r.: logical, algebraic, analytic and probabilistic aspects of triangular norms. elsevier science b.v, amsterdam (2005) google scholar  klement, e.p., mesiar, r., pap, e.: triangular norms, 1st edn. springer, netherlands (2000). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-015-9540-7 book  math  google scholar  lazarevic, a., kumar, v.: feature bagging for outlier detection. in: proceedings of the eleventh acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery in data mining, pp. 157–166 (2005) google scholar  li, h., oren, n., norman, t.j.: probabilistic argumentation frameworks. in: modgil, s., oren, n., toni, f. (eds.) tafa 2011. lncs (lnai), vol. 7132, pp. 1–16. springer, heidelberg (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-29184-5_1 chapter  google scholar  lorenz, m.o.: methods of measuring the concentration of wealth. publ. am. stat. assoc. 9(70), 209–219 (1905) google scholar  mizumoto, m.: pictorial representations of fuzzy connectives, part i: cases of t-norms, t-conorms and averaging operators. fuzzy sets syst. 31(2), 217–242 (1989) article  google scholar  modgil, s.: reasoning about preferences in argumentation frameworks. artif. intell. 173(9–10), 901–934 (2009) article  mathscinet  google scholar  prakken, h.: formal systems for persuasion dialogue. knowl. eng. rev. 21(2), 163 (2006) article  google scholar  rago, a., toni, f., aurisicchio, m., baroni, p.: discontinuity-free decision support with quantitative argumentation debates (2016) google scholar  thimm, m.: a probabilistic semantics for abstract argumentation. in: ecai, vol. 12, pp. 750–755 (2012) google scholar  yager, r.r., kreinovich, v.: universal approximation theorem for uninorm-based fuzzy systems modeling. fuzzy sets syst. 140(2), 331–339 (2003) article  mathscinet  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations instituto federal de educação, ciência e tecnologia do ceará (ifce), rodovia ce-040, km 137, 1 s/n, aracati, ce, brazil henrique viana departamento de ciência da computação, universidade federal do ceará (ufc), p.o. box 12166, fortaleza, ce, 60455-760, brazil joão alcântara authors henrique vianaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão alcântaraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to henrique viana . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper viana, h., alcântara, j. (2021). on the refinement of compensation-based semantics for weighted argumentation frameworks. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_23 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_23 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords argumentation t-conorms cumulative sum publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature performance analysis of generative adversarial networks and diffusion models for face aging | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper performance analysis of generative adversarial networks and diffusion models for face aging conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 228–242 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) performance analysis of generative adversarial networks and diffusion models for face aging download book pdf download book epub bruno kemmer  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6830-32819, rodolfo simões  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6989-12339, victor ivamoto  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5463-36459 & … clodoaldo lima  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3381-53489  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 571 accesses abstract computational face aging enables predicting a person’s future appearance using algorithms, with the goal that the output age is close to the expected age and that the individual’s characteristics are maintained. in this work, we evaluate the performance of four generative models on facial aging. two models are based on generative adversarial networks (gans), hrfae, and sam, and the other two are based on diffusion models, pix2pix-zero and instruct-pix2pix. the first two were explicitly trained to generate an aged version of the original person, and the others have a zero-shot generation; in other words, they are generic models that perform different tasks, including facial aging. since diffusion models have been gaining attention because of their diversity and high-quality image generation, comparing their results against models specifically designed for the task using meaningful metrics is essential. therefore, we compared these models using the ffhq aging database and with the metrics: mean absolute error (mae) of the predicted age, fréchet inception distance (fid), and the cosine similarity of the facenet’s embeddings. v. ivamoto—partially supported by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior – brasil (capes) – finance code 001. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others face aging using generative adversarial networks chapter © 2022 mustat: face ageing using multi-scale target age style transfer chapter © 2024 agetransgan for facial age transformation with rectified performance metrics chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. aging population ageing gerontology mathematical models of cognitive processes and neural networks neural ageing skin models 1 introduction computational methods of facial aging aim to generate an aged face while maintaining individual characteristics. however, several factors can cause aging: excess sun exposure, smoking, a polluted environment, stress, and genetic factors. in addition, surgical and non-surgical aesthetic procedures can mitigate the effects of time, as well as the use of cosmetic substances at the time of image capture. for these reasons, facial aging is a complex and non-deterministic process. recently, this theme has been the subject of many publications [1, 5, 8, 38], as it can help in an automated way in the search for missing people; in the identification of criminals, and also for entertainment purposes. furthermore, its use is also present in biometric tasks (identification of individuals based on physical or behavioral characteristics), as it makes it possible to reduce the distance between the individual characteristics present at the time of training and the current state of the faces, especially if the training has been done with old images [14, 18]. many recent publications have used generative models to perform facial aging, obtaining realistic results. initially, adversarial autoencoders were used, and later, generative adversarial models (gans) and, recently, diffusion models [36, 40]. this study aims to evaluate four generative models on the facial aging task. in particular, compare if zero-shot diffusion models can generate aged images on par with gans explicitly trained for the face aging task. to achieve that, we analyze the outputs of two state of art models based on gans, hrfae, and sam, with two diffusion models, pix2pix-zero and instruct-pix2pix. using the following metrics: mean average error (mae) of the predicted age (measuring age regression), fréchet inception distance, fid (checking for image reality), and the cosine similarity of the embedding of a pre-trained face recognition network, facenet (gauging the adherence to the individual characteristics). the article is organized as follows. section 2 aims to show related works that have a degree of similarity with the study. section 3 presents a brief review of gans and diffusion models, a summary of the main aspects of each model used in this comparison, a few methods used inside the models, the ffhq aging image database, and evaluation metrics. section 4 details the methodology used to compare the techniques. section 5 presents the conclusion. 2 related work in the literature, many works compare the aging effects on human faces using generative models, in particular, employing generative adversarial networks, gans, and a fewer number applying diffusion models on the task. however, we couldn’t find a work that compares these two techniques using the same dataset. the review [8] presents the main models that perform facial aging using deep networks, the evolution of the number of publications, a taxonomy of existing techniques, and the most important databases with faces and proper metadata. also, in the review, the authors evaluate three aging models for high-definition images recently published: hrfae [38], life [23], and sam [1]. in the comparison, they use external photos of 4 young people, between 24 and 32 years old, and present how the models behave when trying to age the photos for three age groups: 65, 50–69, and 60. to perform a quantitative analysis, the authors estimate the age of the original photo using a pre-trained model arcface [4] and each generated photo. in addition, the fid metric is used to quantify the perception of the reality of the images. finally, they measured the cosine distance between the result of the original image and the aged one in the last layer of the pre-trained network. moreover, in work [17], the authors review the literature and compare four aging models based on gans: caae [39], ipcgan [35] and rcriit [9]. in the comparison, the authors used the same set of images from three aging databases: fg-net, utkfaces, and cacd. additionally, in hrfae [38], the authors compared their model with ipcgan [35] and s2gan [37] using the ffhq aging database. in sam [1], the authors compare their model with life [23] and hrfae [38], stating that at the time of publication, they were considered state-of-the-art works. the database used to evaluate the results is celeba-hq, as it contains celebrities’ faces and ages. as in [8], the authors used arcface to calculate the cosine similarity of each pair of images. the study also presents a qualitative analysis of the images generated for each work. in their analysis, the authors generated 80 images and chose the image in which the arcface model had the closest prediction of the desired one. the sam and hrfae models can generate faces for a predefined age. however, for comparison purposes, the same protocol was used. finally, the authors used the arcface model during training and employed the microsoft azure face api to access identity maintenance. a survey was also carried out in which humans evaluated photos of the same individual and answered which images they preferred, using the desired age and the quality of the generated image as metrics. 3 material and methods 3.1 generative adversarial networks generative adversarial networks, gans [7], are composed of two neural networks: the generator, which is a network to generate examples close to real data by learning the distribution of the training data, and the discriminator, a classification network that aims to separate the generated data from the real ones. these two networks compete with each other during the training stage, and the generator tries to produce examples so close to the real ones as to deceive the discriminator, which tries to improve the detection of the generated images. over time architecture improvements have been introduced to improve the image quality and mitigate training problems. hrfae. in high-resolution face age editing, hrfae [38], the authors used an encoder-decoder architecture to perform age editing of photos in high resolution (1024\(\,\times \,\)1024). the g generator consists of an e encoder and a d decoder. the model receives the input image \(x_0\), which passes through the encoder generating two copies of a latent vector \(e(x_0)\). the pre-trained dex age estimator [29] is used to determine the age of the input image \(\alpha _0\). this age will be encoded through a binary encoding module with a sigmoid activation function. its decoder d has two tasks: it receives the latent vector e(z) and produces an image as similar as possible to the input image \(g(x_0, \alpha _0)\), and also makes the aged image \( g(x_0, \alpha _1)\) realistic and close to the desired age. to achieve this goal, its cost function has three components, as shown in eq. 1: 1. adversarial loss (\(l_{gan}\)) uses patchgan [15] with the objective function of lsgan [21]. 2. age classification loss (\(l_{class}\)) in which the pre-trained dex model is used to estimate the age obtained with a categorical cross-entropy loss function. 3. reconstruction loss (\(l_{recon}\)) monitors the model’s ability to reconstruct the original image at the initial age. \(l_{recon} = \vert g(x_0, \alpha _0)-x_0) \vert _1\) $$\begin{aligned} \lambda = \lambda _{recon} l_{recon} + \lambda _{class} l_{class} + l_{gan}, \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(\lambda _{recon}\) and \(\lambda _{class}\) are hyper-parameters that weigh between maintaining the identity (reconstruction of the original image at the initial age) and the aging effect (classification at the correct age). in training performed by the authors, they used the flickr-faces-hq, ffhq, and high-definition image base [16]. it presents fewer images of older people, so they used the stylegan network to generate 300,000 synthetic images. they thus obtained a base of images balanced in the criteria of the ages present in it. the authors only used synthetic images in age groups with insufficient real images. ultimately, they obtained 47,990 images ranging in age from 20 to 69. in this work (hrfae), the authors published, along with their results, metadata of the images containing pose, age, and gender prediction, and the segmentation of the regions of the faces present in ffhq, calling it ffhq aging. this is the database used in the present work. sam. in style-based age manipulation, sam [1], the authors developed an architecture that enables facial aging or rejuvenation using a real image x and a desired age \(\alpha _t\) as input. to achieve this, they perform an image-to-image translation. the first step is to find the best latent vectors representing x in the \(w^*\) space of an unconditional gan (stylegan) that can reconstruct the original face, to this task, they employed a previously trained coder (psp) [26]. its output, a series of style vectors, makes it possible to reconstruct the original image when passing through the stylegan generator. a second encoder, \(e_{age}\), is trained to capture the difference (residual) between the reconstructed image obtained by the first encoder (psp) and the aged image. in this second encoder, a pre-trained dex network [29] was used to guide the training toward the desired age, and a pre-trained network for face recognition arcface [4] was employed to maintain the individual characteristics of the original image. these networks were not changed during the training of the \(e_{age}\) encoder, keeping their parameters fixed. the outputs of both encoders are summed and become the latent input vector that stylegan uses. additionally, because it is an image-to-image translation, the model uses a cyclic loss to reconstruct the original image after a cycle consistency pass. the cost functions used were: pixel-to-pixel similarity \(\mathcal {l}_2(x_{age}) = \vert x-sam(x_{age}) \vert _2\) perceptual similarity loss: \(\mathcal {l}_{lpips}(x_{age}) = \vert f(x)-f(sam(x_{age})) \vert _2\). regularization loss: this regularization causes the style vectors to be close to the average of the latent vectors. the authors identified that its use improves image quality by removing unwanted artifacts in the images produced. identity loss: difference in cosine similarities between the output and input image, weighted by the number of years between the images. if the difference is many years, there is expected to be a loss of identity, \(\mathcal {l}_{id}\). age loss: to verify the quality of aging/rejuvenation in the generated image, a pre-trained dex network was used, \(\mathcal {l}_{age} = \vert \alpha _t dex(sam(x_{age})) \vert _2\). 3.2 diffusion models diffusion models aim to destroy the data distribution structure slowly and systematically in a way that enables learning a reverse diffusion process, which recreates the original structure of the data, generating a very flexible and computationally tractable generative model of the data [33]. in the work denoising probabilistic diffusion models (ddpm) [12], the authors achieved good results when trying to predict the noise \(\mathcal {n}(\mu ,\,\sigma ^{2})\) but fixing \(\sigma ^{2}\). the noise was also added linearly in the forward step, using a linear schedule. moreover, the reconstruction was done using a u-net architecture with attention blocks. later, some enhancements were proposed [22], adding the noise by cosine scheduling in the forward step instead of a linear scheduler, as they noted that this approach improved learning by destroying the image signal more slowly. the neural network that reconstructs the data began to learn the parameters in \(\sigma ^{2}\), increased the depth of the layers and decreased their number, increased the number of attention layers and the number of heads of attention, and other improvements. in denoising diffusion implicit models, ddim [34] showed that using a non-markovian approach in the forward step of ddpm models made it possible to use only a subset (progressive) of the steps t in a sampling trajectory. thus, it considerably accelerated the sampling process because, instead of 1,000 noise removal steps used in ddpm models, it was possible to obtain good results with 200 or fewer. equation 2 shows the addition of noise in the sampling process obtained on the image, \(x_t\), at step t, with gaussian noise \(\epsilon \), unitary variance \(\alpha _t\) and the original image \(x_0\). in eq. 3 is shown the inverse, predicting the noise that will be removed \(x_t\) towards \(x_0\), where \(\epsilon _t \sim \mathcal {n}({\textbf {0}}, {\boldsymbol{i}})\). $$\begin{aligned} x_t = \sqrt{\alpha _t}x_0 + \sqrt{1-\alpha _t}\epsilon \end{aligned}$$ (2) $$\begin{aligned} {\textbf {x}}_{t-1} = \sqrt{\alpha _{t-1}} \underbrace{ \left( \frac{{\textbf {x}}_t \sqrt{1-\alpha _t}e_{\theta }^{(t)}({\textbf {x}}_t)}{\sqrt{\alpha _t}} \right) }_{\text {``} x_{0}\,\, \text {predicted''}} \underbrace{ + \sqrt{1-\alpha _{t-1}-\sigma ^{2}_t} \cdot \epsilon _{\theta }^{(t)}({\textbf {x}}_t) }_{\text {``direction towards}\,\, x_{t} \text {''}} + \sigma _t\epsilon _t \end{aligned}$$ (3) latent diffusion models. latent diffusion models, ldm [27] gained notoriety for being able to generate realistic text-guided images. with the availability of the pre-trained latent diffusion model stable diffusion, trained with high-resolution images present in the laion database [32] quickly gained prominence due to its open source code and high-quality text-to-image generation. one of the work’s main innovations was using a dimension reduction technique, a variational autoencoder model, and performing the diffusion process in this reduced domain. therefore, this allowed the use of self-attention modules, as these increase complexity quadratically based on the input data. additionally, during the model training, the energy consumed and processing time decreased considerably compared to previously proposed architectures. the model was divided into two phases: 1. in the compression phase, they used a variational autoencoder model to learn the perceptual domain of the images. thus, the diffusion model does not try to add and remove noise from the raw input image, usually in high dimension, but rather from a latent vector (intermediate layer of the autoencoder used), considerably reducing the computational complexity, as it reduces the input size by eight times. this variational autoencoder uses a perceptual loss and has an opposing objective function based on image segments, thus ensuring consistency in each segment. 2. in the generative learning phase, a u-net [28] structure was used with cross-attention mechanisms conditioned to different input forms (text and image) via a domain-specific encoder. one technique used is classifier-free guidance [13], in which two text representations are concatenated, an empty array, and the input sentence. two latent vectors are also concatenated, which will have their noise removed. therefore, the output will have two components, one in which the input text is oriented \(\hat{x}_{cond\_text}\) and another without \(\hat{x}_{incond}\). a model parameter \(h_1\) controls how much the component linked to the input text affects the final image, as seen in eq. 4. larger values of \(h_1\) force the generated image to be more faithful to the input text, and smaller values give more freedom in the final image. $$\begin{aligned} \hat{x} = \hat{x}_{incond} + h_1*(\hat{x}_{text\_cond} \hat{x}_{incond}) \end{aligned}$$ (4) image editing using diffusion models. there are a few ways to perform image editing with diffusion models. three of them are: methods that use ddim inversion to find the latent vector that best reconstructs the original image and perform editing in the forward step of noise removal. these methods do not modify the parameters of the diffusion models used. pix2pix-zero [24] adopts this approach. fine-tuning the weights of pre-trained diffusion models to fit the examples to be edited, as in dreambooth [30] and textual inversion [6]. train a diffusion model to do image editing, as in production-ready face re-aging for visual effects [40] and in instruct-pix2pix [2]. ddim inversion. ddim inversion technique [34] is a way of editing real images and consists of finding the latent variable \(x_t\), which, when traversing the deterministic sampling path, will produce a realistic approximation of the original image \(x_0\). once this is done, it becomes possible to edit just some parts of the coding that conditions the image generation, also being able to replace words while maintaining the characteristics of the original image. another way of editing forms involves using a mask to edit only a region of interest. clip. in contrastive language-image pre-training, clip [25], a neural network was trained on 400 million image pairs in the form of an image and its subtitles obtained from the internet. this network was proposed to be used without the need to be retrained for specific tasks since it aligns in the same dimensional space both the representation of the image (after passing through an encoding model), \(i_n\), and the text (also after going through a process of tokenizing, encoding, and padding to have the same dimension as the image), \(t_n\), since both have the same dimension and the result matrix is the cross product of both \(i_n \cdot t_n \). its objective function tries to maximize the similarity of matching pairs and minimize the similarity of unrelated pairs. the representation obtained by the network has been used in multiple image-related tasks since it aligns the images with text context. pix2pix-zero. in zero-shot image-to-image translation [24], the authors propose a method for editing real images that preserve the characteristics of the original images. following the following steps: 1. perform a ddim inversion to obtain the original latent vector that best represents this real image in the model usedfootnote 1. 2. find an editing direction, they used the gpt-3 text generator template [3] to generate sentences with a source term (e.g. dog) and a target term (e.g. cat). these sentences pass through a clip model to obtain the representations in that domain. the subtraction of the average of these representations will, theoretically, be the editing direction of the images. 3. get a caption (the most text adherent to the image) so that when editing occurs, it happens in the word that best represents the changed term. as the cross-attention modules end up generating masks relating the words to the image, when editing uses this information, it maintains what is not being changed. the authors used the blip model [20] to generate the caption in the work. 4. they performed the editing through cross-attention modules. to do so, they reconstructed the image without applying any editing, just using the input text to obtain the cross-attention modules for each step t. once this was done, they added the editing direction and calculated the gradient loss in relation to the input \(x_t\). this caused the edit to focus on the region represented by that word. instruct-pix2pix. in instruct-pix2pix [2], a method was shown to train a model that can follow human editing instructions on images. the method receives an input image and a text with the instruction and performs editing in the forward step. this is possible because the authors used the gpt-3 [3] template to generate editing instructions and captions for the original and edited images. after that, the authors used the pre-trained network stable diffusion [27] to generate pairs of images referring to the created captions, producing a base of more than 450,000 examples. with these examples, a new diffusion model was trained to generate edited images given an input image and editing instructions. the authors highlighted that text-to-image diffusion models (such as stable diffusion) could generate drastically different images for slightly modified texts. to mitigate this problem, the authors used the technique presented in work prompt-to-prompt [10] in which the weights in the cross-attention modules are calculated relating the words with regions of the image, so editing is restricted to the regions related to the words being edited. furthermore, this model has a parameter \(\rho \)footnote 2 that makes it possible to control the similarity between the two images. to do this automatically, 100 examples \(\rho \sim \ \mathcal {u}(0.1; 0.9)\) were sampled and filtered based on a distance metric in the clip representation space. another important point was that the authors used two parameters in the classifier free guidance: one that controls how much the image corresponds to the input image \(c_{image}\), and the other interferes with how much the instruction should be followed \(c_{instruction}\). 3.3 ffhq aging image database flickr-faces-hq (ffhq) [16] is a database of high-quality human faces intended to be a benchmark for gans. consists of 70,000 high-resolution 1024\(\,\times \,\)1024 images obtained from the platform flickr, chosen by their permissive sharing permissions, and pre-processed (cut and aligned) using the dlib library [19]. the authors comment that this base of images contains much more variations in terms of ethnicity and the background of the photos compared to celeba-hq, and that it also contains several accessories, such as glasses and sunglasses, hats, etc. in life [23], the authors published, along with their results, additional metadata containing pose, prediction of age and gender, and the segmentation of the regions of the faces present in the ffhq database, which they called ffhq aging. it is worth noting that the age ranges present in the ffhq-aging metadata were estimates obtained by the authors using the appen platform that, in addition to the age range, returns a confidence interval of the age prediction. to reduce the error that incorrect estimates may bring, in the comparison presented in this work, only images with a confidence interval equal to 100% were chosen. 3.4 metrics fré chet inception distance (fid). [11] is currently one of the most used gan evaluation methods and uses the previously trained classifier with inceptionnet architecture. the last layer of the network (fully connected) is removed, resulting in its output of a vector with dimension 2048, representing the image of the attributes detected by this network. statistics of these representations, both real and synthetic (generated) images, are used during the fid calculation. low fid values mean that the distributions are close, which is what you want to happen when comparing the distribution of the generated images and the real ones. cosine similarity of face embeddings. one way that multiple articles use to quantify identity maintenance in the aged-generated image is to use the embeddings of a pre-trained face recognition network [1, 23, 35] since it was optimized to find features in the faces that make each individual unique. therefore, calculating the cosine similarity of the original image embedding and the aged version enable quantifying how close they are in the representation space that captures the identity characteristics. 4 experiments these experiments aim to compare the performance of conditioned diffusion models with gans trained specifically for the face aging task, verifying whether the aged image outputs would be of equivalent or superior quality. the image base used was the ffhq aging, in which the photos have an estimated age in already defined groups. in the experiments, it was selected age ranges close to those used by the authors in their works. in each group, 50 images of unique individuals were drawn for both women and men. an interval of 20 years was used between the age ranges, except for the last one, which has a difference of 60 years, to verify an extreme case. in this work, we measured the mean predicted age per group and the mean absolute error (mae), comparing the predicted age with the one estimated by the dex model in the initial image. the similarity of cosines was also calculated between the representations obtained when using the pre-trained network facenet [31]. facenet has a performance similar to arcface [4], but since sam uses arcface in its cost function, the comparison is fairer using another pre-trained network. fig. 1. examples of images in which the original image reconstruction step using the ddim inversion technique. some did not obtain good results, which could compromise the quality of the generated aged images. full size image table 1. model comparison between the aging images.full size table in the experiments carried out with the model instruct-pix2pix changing the value of how much the aging instruction will be followed \(c_{instruction}\), it was observed that if the parameter has the value 0, the image is not aged as the instruction is not followed, which is expected. the error drops considerably by increasing the value of \(c_{instruction}\) to 10. however, the images are no longer close in the facenet representation. given these results, the parameter \(c_{instruction}\) of the instruct-pix2pix model was used with the value 3. it is important to emphasize that the results were analyzed by separating the input images between men and women. however, as no significant differences were noted in the results, the data were unified. in the results presented by table 1, it is possible to notice that sam manages to obtain the lowest error averages, possibly due to having an age estimator in its cost function. however, the similarity between the aged image and the original is smaller than the results of instruct-pix2pix. the high similarity between the images obtained by hrfae can be explained because the minor changes performed by the network. therefore, the images are not properly aged, as seen in the error and low fid values. fig. 2. comparison of results in facial aging tasks in each model. the first column, original, is the input image with the initially estimated age. the four images to its right are the outputs of the models trying to get the image aged with the expected age. for example, 10–30 is the task of aging a face with approximately 10 years to 30 years. full size image fig. 3. comparison of results in facial aging tasks in each model. the first column, original, is the input image with the estimated initial age, and the four images on the right are the results of the models trying to get the aged image with the expected age. full size image in the pix2pix-zero model, two factors can affect the maintenance of the characteristics of individuals: one of them is the fact that the model uses editing directions obtained through a single average direction. this can cause the model to age all images unconditionally, which can be seen by the low similarity and high fid values. another factor is that it needs to reconstruct the original image using the ddim inversion technique; a poor reconstruction can compromise the final aged image. figure 1 shows examples of when this occurs. observing figs. 2 and 3, the sam model is the only one that achieves reasonable performance when aging from approximately ten years to older ages. as it is a growth phase, the face has many changes, and the other models failed to capture these structural changes. the pix2pix-zero model had blur results on some images, which is expected when using an average edit direction to get from one domain to the next. instruct-pix2pix maintained the identity of the individuals and achieved considerable aging. however, in all cases, the skin texture degraded, which is common over the years (especially in cases where there is a lot of sunlight or smoking), but it is not guaranteed that aging will be like this. the sam model seems to have more variability in how it ages faces. 5 conclusion this study analyzed the performance of four models in the facial aging task: two models that used gans in their architecture and two conditional diffusion models that enabled image editing. of these, two models stood out in this analysis, sam, a model based on a pre-trained gan (stylegan2) and specialized in the task of facial aging and rejuvenation, having components of its cost function specific to guarantee identity and age change. the second model to be highlighted was instruct-pix2pix, a generic conditional diffusion model, which only receives instruction in the form of text, being able to edit the images in different ways in a zero-shot fashion. in the study, it was only sent an instruction to age the face to a desired age, and still got realistic aged images. currently, specialist gans still demonstrate superior performance compared to generic diffusion models, such as those used in the experiments. this demonstrates a great capacity in the diffusion model since instruct-pix2pix obtained considerable results even though it was not specifically trained for this task. furthermore, diffusion models have gained notoriety recently, with many works presenting new techniques in recent years, so rapid advances in their architectures are expected. notes 1.the authors used stable diffusion 1.4. 2.ratio of diffusion steps with cross-attention weights. references alaluf, y., patashnik, o., cohen-or, d.: only a matter of style: age transformation using a style-based regression model. acm trans. graph. 40(4), 1–12 (2021) article  google scholar  brooks, t., holynski, a., efros, a.a.: instructpix2pix: learning to follow image editing instructions (2022) google scholar  brown, t.b., et al.: language models are few-shot learners. in: proceedings of the 34th international conference on neural information processing systems. nips’20, curran associates inc., red hook, ny, usa (2020) google scholar  deng, j., guo, j., xue, n., zafeiriou, s.: arcface: additive angular margin loss for deep face recognition. in: 2019 ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 4685–4694 (2019) google scholar  despois, j., flament, f., perrot, m.: agingmapgan (amgan): high-resolution controllable face aging with spatially-aware conditional gans. in: bartoli, a., fusiello, a. (eds.) eccv 2020. lncs, vol. 12537, pp. 613–628. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-67070-2_37 chapter  google scholar  gal, r., et al.: an image is worth one word: personalizing text-to-image generation using textual inversion (2022) google scholar  goodfellow, i., et al.: generative adversarial nets, p. 9 (2014) google scholar  grimmer, m., ramachandra, r., busch, c.: deep face age progression: a survey. ieee access 9, 83376–83393 (2021) article  google scholar  heljakka, a., solin, a., kannala, j.: recursive chaining of reversible image-to-image translators for face aging. in: blanc-talon, j., helbert, d., philips, w., popescu, d., scheunders, p. (eds.) acivs 2018. lncs, vol. 11182, pp. 309–320. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01449-0_26 chapter  google scholar  hertz, a., mokady, r., tenenbaum, j., aberman, k., pritch, y., cohen-or, d.: prompt-to-prompt image editing with cross attention control (2022) google scholar  heusel, m., ramsauer, h., unterthiner, t., nessler, b., hochreiter, s.: gans trained by a two time-scale update rule converge to a local nash equilibrium. in: proceedings of the 31st international conference on neural information processing systems, nips’17, pp. 6629–6640. curran associates inc., red hook, ny, usa (2017) google scholar  ho, j., jain, a., abbeel, p.: denoising diffusion probabilistic models. in: larochelle, h., ranzato, m., hadsell, r., balcan, m., lin, h. (eds.) advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 33, pp. 6840–6851. curran associates, inc. (2020) google scholar  ho, j., salimans, t.: classifier-free diffusion guidance (2022) google scholar  huang, y., hu, h.: a parallel architecture of age adversarial convolutional neural network for cross-age face recognition. ieee trans. circuits syst. video technol. 31(1), 148–159 (2021) article  google scholar  isola, p., zhu, j.y., zhou, t., efros, a.a.: image-to-image translation with conditional adversarial networks. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr) (2017) google scholar  karras, t., laine, s., aila, t.: a style-based generator architecture for generative adversarial networks. arxiv:1812.04948 [cs, stat] (2019) kemmer, b., simões, r., lima, c.: face aging using generative adversarial networks. in: razavi-far, r., ruiz-garcia, a., palade, v., schmidhuber, j., et al. (eds.) generative adversarial learning: architectures and applications. intelligent systems reference library, vol. 217. springer, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91390-8_7 chapter  google scholar  khanna, a., thakur, a., tewari, a., bhat, a.: cross-age face verification using face aging, pp. 94–99 (2020) google scholar  king, d.e.: dlib-ml: a machine learning toolkit. j. mach. learn. res. 10, 1755–1758 (2009) google scholar  li, j., li, d., xiong, c., hoi, s.: blip: bootstrapping language-image pre-training for unified vision-language understanding and generation (2022) google scholar  mao, x., li, q., xie, h., lau, r.y.k., wang, z., smolley, s.p.: least squares generative adversarial networks. in: 2017 ieee international conference on computer vision (iccv), pp. 2813–2821 (2017) google scholar  nichol, a., dhariwal, p.: improved denoising diffusion probabilistic models (2021) google scholar  or-el, r., sengupta, s., fried, o., shechtman, e., kemelmacher-shlizerman, i.: lifespan age transformation synthesis. in: vedaldi, a., bischof, h., brox, t., frahm, j.-m. (eds.) eccv 2020. lncs, vol. 12351, pp. 739–755. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-58539-6_44 chapter  google scholar  parmar, g., singh, k.k., zhang, r., li, y., lu, j., zhu, j.y.: zero-shot image-to-image translation (2023) google scholar  radford, a., et al.: learning transferable visual models from natural language supervision (2021) google scholar  richardson, e., et al.: encoding in style: a stylegan encoder for image-to-image translation. in: proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 2287–2296 (2021) google scholar  rombach, r., blattmann, a., lorenz, d., esser, p., ommer, b.: high-resolution image synthesis with latent diffusion models (2021) google scholar  ronneberger, o., fischer, p., brox, t.: u-net: convolutional networks for biomedical image segmentation. in: navab, n., hornegger, j., wells, w.m., frangi, a.f. (eds.) medical image computing and computer-assisted intervention miccai 2015. lecture notes in computer science(), vol. 9351, pp. 234–241. springer, cham (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-24574-4_28 chapter  google scholar  rothe, r., timofte, r., van gool, l.: dex: deep expectation of apparent age from a single image. in: 2015 ieee international conference on computer vision workshop (iccvw), pp. 252–257 (2015) google scholar  ruiz, n., li, y., jampani, v., pritch, y., rubinstein, m., aberman, k.: dreambooth: fine tuning text-to-image diffusion models for subject-driven generation (2022) google scholar  schroff, f., kalenichenko, d., philbin, j.: facenet: a unified embedding for face recognition and clustering. in: 2015 ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr), pp. 815–823 (2015) google scholar  schuhmann, c., et al.: laion-400m: open dataset of clip-filtered 400 million image-text pairs (2021) google scholar  sohl-dickstein, j., weiss, e., maheswaranathan, n., ganguli, s.: deep unsupervised learning using nonequilibrium thermodynamics. in: bach, f., blei, d. (eds.) proceedings of the 32nd international conference on machine learning. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 37, pp. 2256–2265. pmlr, lille, france (2015) google scholar  song, j., meng, c., ermon, s.: denoising diffusion implicit models. arxiv:2010.02502 (2020) wang, z., tang, x., luo, w., gao, s.: face aging with identity-preserved conditional generative adversarial networks, pp. 7939–7947 (2018) google scholar  wolleb, j., sandkühler, r., bieder, f., cattin, p.c.: the swiss army knife for image-to-image translation: multi-task diffusion models (2022) google scholar  yang, h., huang, d., wang, y., jain, a.: learning face age progression: a pyramid architecture of gans, pp. 31–39 (2018) google scholar  yao, x., puy, g., newson, a., gousseau, y., hellier, p.: high resolution face age editing. corr abs/2005.04410 (2020) google scholar  zhang, z., song, y., qi, h.: age progression/regression by conditional adversarial autoencoder, vol. 2017-january, pp. 4352–4360 (2017) google scholar  zoss, g., chandran, p., sifakis, e., gross, m., gotardo, p., bradley, d.: production-ready face re-aging for visual effects. acm trans. graph. 41(6), 1–15 (2022) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations university of são paulo, são paulo, sp, brazil bruno kemmer, rodolfo simões, victor ivamoto & clodoaldo lima authors bruno kemmerview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rodolfo simõesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar victor ivamotoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar clodoaldo limaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to bruno kemmer . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper kemmer, b., simões, r., ivamoto, v., lima, c. (2023). performance analysis of generative adversarial networks and diffusion models for face aging. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_16 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_16 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords face aging generative adversarial networks diffusion models publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature on the impact of mdp design for reinforcement learning agents in resource management | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper on the impact of mdp design for reinforcement learning agents in resource management conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 79–93 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) on the impact of mdp design for reinforcement learning agents in resource management download book pdf download book epub renato luiz de freitas cunha  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-3196-300810 & luiz chaimowicz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8156-994110  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 761 accesses 2 citations abstract the recent progress in reinforcement learning applications to resource management presents markov decision processes (mdps) without a deeper analysis of the impacts of design decisions on agent performance. in this paper, we compare and contrast four different mdp variations, discussing their computational requirements and impacts on agent performance by means of an empirical analysis. we conclude by showing that, in our experiments, when using multi-layer perceptrons as approximation function, a compact state representation allows transfer of agents between environments, and that transferred agents have good performance and outperform specialized agents in 80% of the tested scenarios, even without retraining. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others ddma: discrepancy-driven multi-agent reinforcement learning chapter © 2022 multi-agent reinforcement learning chapter © 2020 multi-agent deep q-learning for maintenance scheduling of engineering system with large-scale state space chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. machine learning multiagent systems performance development stochastic learning and adaptive control artificial intelligence agent-based economics 1 introduction deep reinforcement learning (drl) has the potential of finding novel solutions to complex problems, as outlined by recent progress in diverse areas such as control of gene regulatory networks [9], adaptive video acceleration [11], and management of computational resources [7]. resource management, the process by which we map computational resources to the tasks and jobs (programs) that require them, in particular, is an area in which recent learning approaches have demonstrated superior performance over classical algorithms and optimization techniques. still, we see that, in recent work, each approach defines their own mdp formulations, with different design decisions. thus, the literature lacks an analysis of the impact of certain decisions on agent performance. in this paper, we investigate what happens to agent performance as we modify an mdp, observing the impacts when we change the state representation, the transition function, and when we shape the reward signal, performing an empirical investigation using open-source software from the deep learning and reinforcement learning (rl) communities. our main contribution is the formulation and analysis of a set of mdps derived from one in the literature [7] that allows agents to learn faster, and to perform transfer learning with various function approximation methods. we also show that doing so does not degrade performance in the task. the rest of this paper is organized as follows: in sect. 2, we describe the papers that influenced this one, together with other deep rl work for resource management. in sect. 3, we describe the theoretical background with an ongoing example applied to a resource management problem. in sect. 4, we describe our methods and the proposed extensions to a base mdp. in sect. 5, we describe our experimental framework, along with the experiments designed to evaluate our mdps. in sect. 6 we present our concluding remarks and a brief discussion of consequences of the work described here. 2 related work in recent years, interest in deep reinforcement learning (rl) applied to executing the scheduling of computing jobs was probably inspired by the deep resource management (deeprm) [7] agent and environment. deeprm presented an approach of using policy gradients to schedule jobs based on cpu and memory requirements. deeprm’s approach uses images to represent jobs, and a window of jobs from which it can choose which job to schedule next. it was shown that deeprm can learn to schedule based on different metrics. domeniconi et al. [3] proposed cush, a system that built on deeprm to schedule for cpus and gpus, but proposed a hierarchical agent by introducing an additional convolutional neural network (cnn) that chooses which job is going to be scheduled next, and then uses a policy network to choose the scheduling policy to use with the previously selected job. it is important to highlight a major difference between deeprm and cush: whereas deeprm learns the scheduling policy itself, cush is essentially a classifier, which chooses between two existing policies. this means that, even without training, cush’s behavior is more stable than that of deeprm, since deeprm-style schedulers might get stuck in local minima, as reported by de freitas cunha and chaimowicz [2], who investigated the behavior of deeprm-style agents when trained with state-of-the-art rl algorithms such as advantage actor-critic (a2c) and proximal policy optimization (ppo), and proposed an openai gym environment for easier evaluation of rl agents for job scheduling. another agent that has been proposed recently, and that learns the scheduling policy itself, is rlscheduler [16]. rlscheduler is a ppo-based agent with a fully convolutional neural network for scoring jobs in a fixed window of size 128. the major innovation in rlscheduler is in the training setting, in which the authors combine synthetic workload traces with real workload traces to present the agent with ever more difficult settings, similar to learning a curriculum of tasks. similarly to cush, other agents that use a classification approach have been proposed. a recent one is the deep reinforcement agent for scheduling in hpc (dras) [4], which classifies jobs in three categories: ready, reserved, and backfilled. after this classification step, the cluster scheduler takes the output of this classification and allocates jobs accordingly (for example, by reserving slots in the future for reserved jobs, scheduling immediately ready jobs, and finding “holes” in the schedule for backfilled jobs). dras uses a five-layer cnn that works in two levels, with the first level selecting jobs for immediate and reserved execution, and the second layer for backfilled execution. none of the papers mentioned above discuss the impact of their design decisions, resorting to only comparing their results with existing algorithms. in this paper, we aim to analyze how decisions in mdp design impact deeprm-style algorithms, and how they impact both computational performance and scheduling performance. 3 background in this section, we describe the background needed to understand the techniques and methodology presented in this paper. to help in understanding, we will use a resource management problem as running example throughout this section. 3.1 batch job scheduling the primary goal of a job scheduler is to manage the job queue and coordinate execution of jobs in high performance computing (hpc) clusters, while matching jobs to resources in an efficient way. in a discrete time setting, at each time step, zero or more jobs may arrive in the queue for processing, and the scheduler’s job is to allocate jobs to resources while satisfying their resource requirements. the job scheduler guarantees jobs execute when requested resources are available, and usually guarantee there won’t be oversubscription of resourcesfootnote 1. given this primary goal, secondary goals vary between schedulers and hpc facilities, depending on whether the hosting institution prefers to satisfy the needs of individuals submitting jobs, or the whole group of users [5]. when optimization of response time is a subgoal, it is usually modeled as the minimization of the average response time, with response time used as a synonym to turnaround time: the difference between the time a job was submitted to the time it completed execution. a metric commonly used to evaluate this is the slowdown of a job, which, for job j is defined as $$\begin{aligned} \mathrm {slowdown}(j)=\frac{(t_f(j)-t_s(j))}{t_e(j)} = \frac{t_w(j)+t_e(j)}{t_e(j)} = \frac{1}{t_e(j)}\left( \sum _{i=1}^{t_w(j)}1+\sum _{i=1}^{t_e(j)}1\right) \text {,} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(t_s(j)\) is the time job j was submitted, \(t_e(j)\) is the time it took to execute job j, and \(t_f(j)\) is the finish time of job j. the equality in the middle holds because the wait time, \(t_w\), of a job j is defined as \(t_w(j)=t_f(j)-(t_e(j)\,+\,t_s(j))\). fig. 1. a possible schedule when three jobs arrive in a scheduling system at discrete time step 1 and no more jobs are submitted to the system at least until time step 7, the last one shown in the figure. full size image consider the case of three batch jobs, \(j_1=\) , \(j_2=\) , and \(j_3=\) , submitted to a scheduling system with two processors, and that the three jobs were submitted “between” time step 0 and 1, such that, when transitioning from the first time step to the second, now there are three jobs waiting. also consider that, for these jobs, the generated schedule is the one displayed in fig. 1. as shown in the figure, the jobs execute for two, three and four time steps respectively, and all of them use a single processor. the reader should observe that different schedules can yield substantially different values of (average) slowdown. for example, the schedule shown in fig. 1 has an average slowdown equal to , whereas, if we swapped \(j_3\) with \(j_1\), and started \(j_1\) soon after \(j_2\) finished, the slowdown would be , a \(\approx 29\%\) increase. therefore, a scheduler should choose job sequences wisely, otherwise its performance can be degraded. in this paper, we will focus our discussion on what happens when an rl system tries to minimize the average slowdown, but our conclusions are general and apply to other metrics and problems as well. 3.2 deep reinforcement learning and job scheduling in a reinforcement learning (rl) problem, an agent interacts with an unknown environment in which it attempts to optimize a reward signal by sequentially observing the environment’s state and taking actions according to its perception. for each action, the agent receives a reward. thus, in the end, we want to find the sequence of actions that maximizes the total reward, as we will detail in the next paragraphs. rl formalizes the problem as a markov decision process (mdp) represented by a tuple \(\mathcal {m} = \langle \mathcal {s}, \mathcal {a}, \mathcal {r}, \mathcal {t}, \rho , \gamma \rangle \)footnote 2. at each discrete time step t the agent is in state \(s_t \in \mathcal {s}\). from \(s_t\), the agent takes an action \(a_t \in \mathcal {a}\), receives reward \(r_{t+1} \in \mathcal {r}\) and ends up in state \(s_{t+1} \in \mathcal {s}\). therefore, when we assume the first time step is 0, the interaction between agent and environment create a sequence \(s_0, a_0, r_1, s_1, a_1, r_2, \ldots \) of states, actions and rewards. to a specific sequence \(s_0, a_0, r_1, s_1, a_1, r_2, \ldots \) of states, actions, and rewards we give the name of trajectory, and will denote such sequences by \(\tau \). the transition from state \(s_t\) to \(s_{t+1}\) follows the probability distribution defined by \(\mathcal {t} : \mathcal {s} \times \mathcal {a} \rightarrow \mathcal {s}\) or, in an equivalent way, \(\mathcal {t}\) gives the probability of reaching any new state \(s'\) when taking action a when in state s: \(p(s'|s, a) = p(s_{t+1}=s' | s_t=s, a_t=a)\). \(\rho \) is a distribution of initial states, and \(\gamma \) is a parameter \(0 \le \gamma \le 1\), called the discount rate. the discount rate models the present value of future rewards. for example, a reward received k steps in the future is worth only \(\gamma ^k\) now. this discount factor is added due to the uncertainty in receiving rewards and is useful for modeling stochastic environments. in such cases, there is no guarantee an anticipated reward will actually be received and the discount rate models this uncertainty. to map our presentation of rl into our problem of job scheduling, we consider (the only possible initial state is the empty cluster), with the first state consisting of the empty cluster, with no jobs in the system, and \(a_0 = \emptyset \), since there is no job to schedule. recall our discussion about classifying jobs to be processed by different policies, versus choosing the next job to enter the system. in this paper, we are modeling an mdp in which the next job is chosen by the agent, so the agent is learning a scheduling policy. in our example, one can obtain a reward function by using the sequential version of slowdown, shown in the rightmost equality of (1), such that the reward at each time step is given by the sum of the current slowdown for all jobs in the system: . when the reward function is such that it computes the online version of slowdown for all jobs in the system, if \(a_1=\emptyset \), . moreover, if jobs \(j_1\), \(j_2\), and \(j_3\) are chosen in sequence, the next state, shown in fig. 1, will be given by sequentially applying the transition function \(\mathcal {t}\) as . if the episode finished immediately after the state shown in fig. 1, the trajectory \(\tau _1\) would be given by footnote 3. the reward signal encodes all of the agent’s goals and purposes, and the agent’s sole objective is to find a policy \(\pi _\theta \) parameterized by \(\theta \) that maximizes the expected return $$\begin{aligned} g(\tau ) = r_{1} + \gamma r_{2} + \cdots + \gamma ^{t-1} r_{t} = \sum _{t=0}^{t-1}\gamma ^{t}r(s_t, a_t\sim \pi _\theta (s_t))\text {,} \end{aligned}$$ (2) which is the sum of discounted rewards encountered by the agent. when t is unbounded, \(\gamma < 1\). otherwise, eq. (2) would diverge. in our example, a deterministic policy that always chose the smallest job first would yield , while a stochastic policy would assign a probability to each job, and either choose the one with highest probability or sample from the jobs according to that distribution. in practice, when neural networks are used for approximation, the last layer of the neural network is usually a softmax, so that each action gets a number that can be interpreted as a probability. as mentioned before, in the example in this section, rewards are based on the negative online slowdown and, therefore, returns will also depend on the slowdown. the policy \(\pi \) is a mapping from states and actions to a probability of taking an action a when in state s, and the parameters \(\theta \) relate to the approximation method used by the policyfootnote 4. popular function approximators include linear combinations of features [6] and neural networks [13, 15]. 3.3 policy gradients in this section we present the main optimization method we use to find policies: policy gradients. as implied by the name, we compute gradients of policy approximations, and use them to find better parameters for those functions. formally, we generalize policies to define distributions over trajectories with $$\begin{aligned} \phi _\theta (\tau ) = \rho (s_0)\prod _t\pi _\theta (a_t|s_t) \underbrace{\mathcal {t}(s_{t+1}|s_t, a_t)}_{\text {environment}}\text {,} \end{aligned}$$ (3) in which \(\pi _\theta \) is being optimized by the agent, and \(\rho \) and \(\mathcal {t}\) are provided by the environment. what (3) says is that we can assign probabilities to any trajectory, since we know the distribution of initial states \(\rho \), and we know that the policy will assign probabilities to actions given states, and that, when such actions are taken, the environment will sample a new state for the agent. when we do so, we can define an optimization objective to find the optimal set of parameters $$\begin{aligned} \theta ^* = \arg \max _\theta j(\theta ) = \arg \max _\theta \int _\tau g(\tau )\phi _\theta (\tau )d\tau \text {,} \end{aligned}$$ (4) where \(j(\theta )\) is the performance measure given by the expected return of a trajectory, which can be approximated by a monte carlo estimate footnote 5. if we construct \(\widehat{j(\theta )}\) such that it is differentiable, we can approximate \(\theta ^*\) by gradient ascent in \(\theta \), such that \(\theta _{j+1}\leftarrow \theta _j+\alpha \nabla \widehat{j(\theta )}\), with \(\alpha > 0\), yielding $$\begin{aligned} \nabla _\theta j(\theta ) \approx \frac{1}{n}\sum _i g(\tau _i)\nabla _\theta \log \phi _\theta (\tau _i);\tau _i\sim \pi _\theta \text {.} \end{aligned}$$ (5) by expanding (2) by one time-step, we get the update \(g(\tau )=r_{1} + \gamma g(\tau _1)\) or, more generally, \(g(\tau _t)=r_{t+1} + \gamma g(\tau _{t+1})\), where \(\tau _i\) indicates the trajectory \(\tau \) starting from offset i. this update is usually written as \(g_t=r_{t+1}+\gamma v_\pi (s_{t+1})\), where \(g_t\) is shorthand notation for \(g(\tau _t)\), and \(v_\pi (s_{t+1})\) is the return when starting at state \(s_{t+1}\) and following policy \(\pi \) (which generated trajectory \(\tau \)). another function related to \(v_\pi (s_t)\) is \(q_\pi (s_t, a_t)\), which gives the return when starting at state \(s_t\) and taking action \(a_t\) then following policy \(\pi \). with these two functions, we can define a third one, which gives the relative advantage of taking action \(a_t\) when in state \(s_t\), defined as \(a_\pi (s_t, a_t) = q_\pi (s_t, a_t)-v_\pi (s_t)\), and called the advantage function. as with the policy, \(q_\pi \), \(v_\pi \), and \(a_\pi \) can also be approximated and, thus, learned. when such an approximation is used, the update (5) becomes $$\begin{aligned} \nabla _\theta j(\theta ) \approx \frac{1}{n}\sum _i \nabla _\theta \log \pi _\theta (a_t|s_t)\hat{a}_\pi (s_t, a_t); s_t, a_t\sim \pi _\theta \text {,} \end{aligned}$$ (6) where \(\hat{a}_\pi \) is an approximation of \(a_\pi \), and which can be further split into two estimators as \(\hat{a}_\pi =\hat{q}_\pi -\hat{v}_\pi \), with the arguments \(s_t\) and \(a_t\) dropped for better readability. in this setting, the \(\pi _\theta \) approximator is called an actor, and the \(\hat{a}_\pi \) approximator is called a critic. in the literature, we find techniques that regularize updates [8, 12], but as presented, eq. (6) is sufficient for understanding of the techniques discussed in this paper. 4 methodology although the discussion in the previous section is helpful for conceptualizing the problem we are interested in, it is not enough to help us implement a solution, since it does not specify when the agent is invoked for learning, how a state is actually represented, nor how rewards are computed for each action. in this section, we will detail our design decisions, and will elaborate on what changes are required to assess the impact of said decisions in rl performance. we begin by describing the base mdp, and then we will describe incremental changes that can be made to the environment so that it may become faster to compute, and easier to learn, leading to faster convergence. we implemented the base mdp and each incremental change discussed in this section. then, we evaluated all implementations, observing both convergence performance and final agent performance in the task of scheduling hpc jobs. 4.1 the base, image-like mdp we begin by following the design of deeprm [7], summarized here, and exemplified in fig. 2. we start by representing states as images whose height corresponds to a look to a time horizon of h time-steps “into” the future, and the width comprising: the number of processors in the system and their occupancy state, a window of configurable size w (in the figure, \(w=2\)) containing the first w jobs in the wait queue times the number of processors in the system, and a column vector indicating jobs in a “backlog”footnote 6. if there are more jobs in the system that can fit the window and the backlog, they are omitted from the state representationfootnote 7. fig. 2. dense state representation with images representing state. in the figure, there is one job in execution (with two processors for the next two time steps), three waiting jobs in total, two of them within window \(w=2\), one using one cpu for at least five time steps, and another using three cpus for four time steps. details for the third job, in the backlog are omitted. full size image for the action, the agent can either choose to schedule a job from one of the w slots, or it can refuse to schedule a job, totalling three possible actions in the example of fig. 2. regarding when actions are taken, the mdp was built in such a way that agents see every simulation time step and “intermediate” time-steps as well: when a job is scheduled, there is a state change in the mdp, with the job moving to the in-use processors, and the queue being re-organized so that all slots in window w are filled. in the base mdp, whenever a job is scheduled, the agent receives a reward of zero. in all other cases, the reward is given by the negative online slowdown (1): \(\mathcal {r}=-\sum _{j\in \mathcal {j}}\frac{1}{t_e(j)}\). for a detailed description of the environment, we direct the reader to mao et al. [7], who first introduced it. 4.2 compact state representation the first realization we had was that the state representation in the base mdp is wasteful, in the sense that one can reduce the size of the state without losing information. particularly when working with larger clusters, or with a larger number of job slots, it may be the case that full trajectories take too much space in memory, reducing the computational performance of learning agents. due to that, and based on a set of features found in the literature for machine learning with hpc jobs [1], we devised a set of features that can represent states in a compact way. in our new state representation, jobs in the queue are represented by the features shown in table 1, where “work” is computed by multiplying the number of processors a job requires by the time it is expected to run, and cluster features are a pair that indicates the number of processors in use, and the number of free processors. the features related to the cluster state still use a time horizon h but instead of using a matrix, we used a pair of integers representing how many processors are in use, and how many processors are free in a given time-step. as an example, assuming the job in the cluster was submitted at time 1, the job in slot 1 was submitted at time 2, and the job in slot 2 was submitted in time 3, the state shown in fig. 2 can be fully described by the concatenation of vectors with cluster state \(\langle (2, 1), (2, 1), (0, 3), (0, 3), (0, 3) \rangle \), jobs in window w \(\langle (1, 5, 1, 0, 0, 1, 6, 0), (2, 4, 3, 1, 5, 1, 4, 0) \rangle \) and backlog \(\langle 1 \rangle \)footnote 8. the features in the jobs slots are presented in the same order as the ones shown in table 1. table 1. job features in a compact state representation.full size table a side-effect of using this new compact state representation is that, when h and w are fixed between different cluster configurations, learned features are directly transferable between clusters even when using function approximation methods that depend on a fixed number of features. 4.3 sparse state transitions another deficiency we’ve identified in the base mdp is that the agent sees all time-steps in the simulation, but this causes the agent to have to take an action even when there is no good action to take. consider, for example, the case in which all resources are in use (there are no free resources). in cases such as this, any action the agent takes will lead to the same outcome: increasing the simulation clock, receiving negative rewards related to the slowdown of the jobs, and having no new jobs scheduled. this will be repeated for all time steps between the start of the last job that exhausted resources until the finish of the first job that frees them, causing non-negative rewards to be more sparse, making the reinforcement signal noisier and, therefore, harder to learn. the opposite is also true: if there are no jobs waiting to be scheduled, no matter what the agent chooses, the outcome will be the same: no jobs will be scheduled. due to that, we updated the environment to only call the agent and, therefore, to only add states, actions and rewards to a trajectory, when it was possible for the agent to take an action that could result in a job being scheduled. in short, we change the transition function \(\mathcal {t}(s_{t+1}\mid s_t, a_t)\) so that all state transitions from \(s_t\) to \(s_{t+1}\) will always have at least one job that may be scheduled by the agent in state \(s_{t+1}\). we did not change the initial state, though, so still holds. this essentially turns the mdp into a semi-mdp [14]. to make our formulation compatible with a semi-mdp, we extend the reward function to return zero in all intermediate states after successfully scheduling a job. 4.4 reducing the noise of the reward signal based on the idea of only showing the agent what it can use to learn and act, we noticed that the reward signal could be further improved by, instead of computing the online slowdown of all jobs in the system \(\mathcal {j}\), considering only the jobs that are in the waiting queue, and within the job slots window w: the jobs that can be directly influenced by the agent’s actions. therefore, we defined the set \(\mathcal {w}\) that contains the subset of jobs from \(\mathcal {j}\) that are within the window w, and the reward function became \(\mathcal {r} = -\sum _{j\in \mathcal {w}}\frac{1}{t_e(j_i)}\) when the action taken doesn’t schedule a job, and 0 otherwise. we evaluate the impact of the various mdps on agent performance by performing two sets of experiments, one in which we observe the impact of the changes proposed in sects. 4.2 through 4.4 (called compact, sparse, and reduced respectively in the experiments) as opposed to the dense mdp, and another in which we observe the impact of using an event-based simulation and bounded rewards both in dense and compact mdps. 5 experiments in order to evaluate our methodology, we used open-source libraries to implement both our agents and environment, with stable-baselines3 [10] providing the ppo agent and its training loop, and sched-rl-gym [2] providing the simulator and environment implementation. table 2. list of hyper-parameters used when training agents.full size table all our experiments consisted of training a ppo agent in the different formulations of the previous section. we also fixed the neural network architecture used for function approximation, consisting of a two-layer neural network with 64 units in each layer, and with parameter sharing between policy and value networks. the fixed number of units implies the image-like representation will use more parameters, as it contains more data than the compact representation. the hyper-parameters used for training the agent are summarized in table 2. we performed no hyper-parameter optimization, and used values found in the literature when training the image-like agent. for a full description of ppo, we direct the reader to schulman et al. [12]. we also maintained the environment specification fixed for all agent evaluations and used \(w=10\) job slots, with simulations of length \(t=100\) time-steps and time horizon \(h\in \{20, 60\}\). these two horizon values enable us to contrast cases in which agents can see when jobs will complete, or not. regarding the workload, we used a workload generator from the literature [2, 7], which submitted a new job with \(30\%\) chance on each time step. of these, a job had \(80\%\) chance of being a “small” job, and “large” otherwise. the number of processors \(n_p\) was chosen in the set {10, 32, 64}, while the maximum job length (duration) d varied from {15, 33, 48} and the size of the largest job (number of processors) \(j_s\) came from the set {10, 32, 64}. in the workload generator, the length of small jobs was sampled uniformly from , and the length of large jobs was sampled uniformly from . the number of processors used by any job was sampled from . all agents were trained for three million time-steps as perceived by the agent. this means that all agents will see the same number of states, and will take the same number of actions, but the number of time steps in the underlying simulation will vary, due to the event-based case becoming a semi-mdp. we evaluated agents with a thousand independent trials, reporting average values. fig. 3. learning curves for various scenarios with \(h=20\) contrasting learning using a compact representation with learning with an image-like representation. curves are an average of six agents, with shaded areas representing one standard deviation, and show a moving average of total rewards received by the agents during training. full size image in fig. 3 we show a sampling of learning curves comparing the learning performance of agents that were trained using the image-like representation and the compact representation with rewards computed from all jobs. the compact representation converges faster than the image-like representation, probably due to its smaller number of parameters. we also notice that although convergence is faster, the compact representation is not necessarily better (fig. 3c, 3d). there doesn’t seem to be a general rule, but we noticed that when jobs are shorter (the d parameter is smaller), the compact representation dominates (fig. 3a, 3b). when d increases and most jobs use few processors (\(j_s \ll n_p\)), the compact representation tends to have comparable performance with the image-like representation (fig. 3c), whereas when jobs use many processors and have a longer duration, agents using the image-like representation learn the environment better (fig. 3d). for this set of experiments, the size of the time horizon (h) doesn’t impact the learning performance, as curves obtained with \(h=60\) (not shown) are indistinguishable from visual inspection to the ones obtained with \(h=20\). when evaluating agents, we performed t-tests to check whether there was a difference in agent performance when using these different h values. in other words, the null hypothesis was that performance was equal, and the alternative hypothesis was that agent performance varied. in this setting, the null hypothesis was rejected only \(36.6\%\) of the time when considering p-values \(\le 1\%\). fig. 4. average slowdown for the various scenarios considered. each bar represents a different instantiation of the (semi-)mdps. average slowdowns were computed by averaging the slowdown of a thousand independent trials for each agent in each scenario. all agents were evaluated with same workload and random seed. in the legend, image-like corresponds to the base mdp, compact to the compact representation, sparse to the sparse state transitions, and reduced to the reduced set of jobs to compute rewards. full size image table 3. key to the scenarios presented in fig. 4. procs. refers to the number of processors in the cluster, max length refers to the maximum job length, and max size refers to the maximum number of processors used by jobs.full size table when evaluating agents after one million iterations, scheduling performance was similar between agents when the maximum number of processors used by jobs was smaller (which implies less parallelism). given job submission rates in all environments was the same, clusters were less busy in these situations: as long as jobs are scheduled, there shouldn’t be significant differences in average slowdown, due to smaller queues. in fig. 4, with key to scenarions shown in table 3, we show average slowdown of the agents for the scenarios in which there was some variability in performance between agents. from the figure, we see that, apart from scenarios 2 and 6, agent performance in the “compact + sparse + reduced” mdp is not worse than that of the image-like mdp. of these two, only the difference for scenario 6 is statistically significant, with p-value \(\le 5\%\) when performing a t-test with alternative hypothesis of different distributions. for the cases where “compact + sparse + reduced” agents are better, the results are statistically significant (p-value \(\le 5\%\)) in scenarios 3, 4, 5, 7, and 9. scenarios 2 and 6 are interesting, since they were configured to have shorter jobs of at most 15 time-steps, with scenario 1 having 10 processors, and scenario 6 having 64, both with jobs with the potential of using all cluster resources. fig. 5. time needed to train agents for three million iterations. the shaded area represents one standard deviation. increasing the time horizon increases the training time of compact agents by a constant factor, while it adds a linear factor to the training times of agents that use an image-like representation. full size image in fig. 5 we contrast the training times for the various agents. as can be seen, training times for agents based on the image-like mdp are highly variable, due to the fact that different mdp configurations result in different sizes of state representations, which impacts training performance. as an example, the image-like agent requires 301068, 1089548, and 1821708 parameters for the scenarios with 10, 38, and 64 processors, while all compact agents require a fixed number of parameters: 24332. times were measured in a linux 5.10.42 desktop with an nvidia gtx 1070 gpu and an i7–8700k processor using the performance cpu frequency-scaling governor. the compact mdps proposed in this paper all have the characteristic of having a state representation with a fixed size, which allows for transfer of learned weights between mdps. here, we consider transfer the ability to change cluster configuration without the need for retraining an agent from scratch, which is simply not possible when using the image-like representation. in fig. 6, for example, we show the performance of an agent trained in the bounded reward, event-based, compact mdp with 64 processors and with jobs of length 33 (the best agent in fig. 4, corresponding to scenario 9) evaluated in a compact environment without event-based updates. with this same agent, we were able to evaluate its performance in all different scenarios, without the need for retraining. we see that, for the most part, slowdown is kept low, and not only that: this agent outperformed other agents in 80% of scenarios (differences are statistically significant, with p-value \(\le 1\%\), except for scenario 9, since this is the same agent, and scenario 5, where the test has low power to reject the null hypothesis). this highlights the advantage of using a representation that allows for easy transfer between agents, enabling good performance in a variety of cluster settings. fig. 6. bar chart contrasting the performance of a transferred agent to agents trained specifically in their environments. full size image 6 conclusion in this paper, we’ve filled a gap in the literature by analyzing the effects of different mdp design decisions on the behavior of rl agents. in particular, we experimented with resource management agents for job scheduling in computing clusters, discussing cases in which a compact representation outperforms a dense one, and vice-versa. we proposed a new state representation, a transition function, and a reward function for an mdp studied in the literature, and we saw that these environments support transferring agents between different cluster settings, while also keeping agent memory consumption constant, and processing requirements stable. we also saw that these compact representations are no worse than image-like ones, and, thus, might be preferable when constant memory usage is a requirement. moreover, our results indicate that transferred agents may outperform specialized agents in 80% of the tested scenarios without the need for retraining. notes 1.some schedulers allow for oversubscription of memory resources in their default configuration, inspired by the fact that jobs don’t use peak memory during their complete lifetimes. 2.some authors leave the \(\gamma \) component out of the definition of the mdp. leaving it in the definition yields a more general formulation, since it allows one to model continuous (non-ending) learning settings. 3.the value shown for \(r_2\) might contradict the previous discussion, but the mdp is set in a way that, when jobs are scheduled successfully, \(r_{t+1}=0\). 4.in our example, for each job \(j_i\), in time step 1, \(\pi \) would give the probabilities of choosing each job given an empty cluster: , , and such that, by total probability, . 5.normalization is needed to approximate the average value of \(\widehat{j(\theta )}\). otherwise, \(\widehat{j(\theta )}\rightarrow \infty \) as \(n\rightarrow \infty \). 6.jobs in the wait queue that the agent cannot choose to schedule. 7.truncating the list of jobs violates the markov property, since once it overflows, the agent cannot know how many jobs are in the system. 8.parentheses group elements. in the first vector, there are five parenthesized pairs to indicate the time horizon of 5, and two parenthesized elements to represent job slows in window w. references cunha, r.l., rodrigues, e.r., tizzei, l.p., netto, m.a.s.: job placement advisor based on turnaround predictions for hpc hybrid clouds. future gener. comput. syst. 67, 35–46 (2017). issn 0167–739x article  google scholar  de freitas cunha, r.l., chaimowicz, l.: towards a common environment for learning scheduling algorithms. in: 2020 28th international symposium on modeling, analysis, and simulation of computer and telecommunication systems (mascots), pp. 1–8 (2020) google scholar  domeniconi, g., lee, e.k., morari, a.: cush: cognitive scheduler for heterogeneous high performance computing system. in: proceedings of drl4kdd 19: workshop on deep reinforcement learning for knowledge discovery (drl4kdd), vol. 12 (2019) google scholar  fan, y., lan, z., childers, t., rich, p., allcock, w., papka, m.e.: deep reinforcement agent for scheduling in hpc. arxiv preprint arxiv:2102.06243 (2021) feitelson, d.g., rudolph, l.: toward convergence in job schedulers for parallel supercomputers. in: feitelson, d.g., rudolph, l. (eds.) jsspp 1996. lncs, vol. 1162, pp. 1–26. springer, heidelberg (1996). https://doi.org/10.1007/bfb0022284 chapter  math  google scholar  liang, y., machado, m.c., talvitie, e., bowling, m.: state of the art control of atari games using shallow reinforcement learning. in aamas (2016) google scholar  mao, h., alizadeh, m., menache, i., kandula, s.: resource management with deep reinforcement learning. in: proceedings of the 15th acm workshop on hot topics in networks, pp. 50–56 (2016) google scholar  mnih, v., et al.: asynchronous methods for deep reinforcement learning. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 1928–1937 (2016) google scholar  nishida, c.e.h., costa, a.h.r., da costa bianchi, r.a.: control of gene regulatory networks basin of attractions with batch reinforcement learning. in: 2018 7th brazilian conference on intelligent systems (bracis), pp. 127–132 (2018) google scholar  raffin, a., hill, a., ernestus, m., gleave, a., kanervisto, a., dormann, n.: stable baselines3 (2019). https://github.com/dlr-rm/stable-baselines3 ramos, w., silva, m., araujo, e., marcolino, l.s., nascimento, e.: straight to the point: fast-forwarding videos via reinforcement learning using textual data. in: proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 10931–10940 (2020) google scholar  schulman, j., wolski, f., dhariwal, p., radford, a., klimov, o.: proximal policy optimization algorithms. arxiv preprint arxiv:1707.06347 (2017) silver, d., et al.: a general reinforcement learning algorithm that masters chess, shogi, and go through self-play. science 362(6419), 1140–1144 (2018) article  mathscinet  google scholar  sutton, r.s., precup, d., singh, s.: between mdps and semi-mdps: a framework for temporal abstraction in reinforcement learning. artif. intell. 112(1), 181–211 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1016/s0004-3702(99)00052-1. issn 0004–3702 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  tesauro, g.: td-gammon, a self-teaching backgammon program, achieves master-level play. neural comput. 6(2), 215–219 (1994) article  google scholar  zhang, d., dai, d., he, y., bao, f.s., xie, b.: rlscheduler: an automated hpc batch job scheduler using reinforcement learning. in: sc20: international conference for high performance computing, networking, storage and analysis, pp. 1–15. ieee (2020) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations programa de pós graduação em ciência da computação, universidade federal de minas gerais (ppgcc-ufmg), belo horizonte, mg, brazil renato luiz de freitas cunha & luiz chaimowicz authors renato luiz de freitas cunhaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luiz chaimowiczview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to renato luiz de freitas cunha . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de freitas cunha, r.l., chaimowicz, l. (2021). on the impact of mdp design for reinforcement learning agents in resource management. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_6 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_6 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords reinforcement learning resource management markov decision processes publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature exploring score-based ranking fairness in marketplace environments through simulation | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper exploring score-based ranking fairness in marketplace environments through simulation conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 276–290 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) exploring score-based ranking fairness in marketplace environments through simulation download book pdf download book epub lucas c. silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0718-50559 & daniel lucrédio  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1360-40369  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 372 accesses abstract we are currently witnessing growing concerns regarding fairness in online marketplace environments, particularly in situations involving platform-owned first-party selling, biased recommendation algorithms and trust formation. regulatory measures, such as those imposed by the european commission and the us federal trade commission, underscore the importance of fair practices on these platforms. while machine learning ranking models are widely used in ranking multiple offers from various sellers, they can inadvertently introduce biases, raising regulators’ concerns. despite recent advances in fair ranking algorithms, the long-term impact of fairness in ranking remains understudied. the contributions of this research are threefold: 1) it establishes a simulated online marketplace environment to complement traditional static experiments; 2) it assesses the long-term impact of fairness in utility of ranking algorithms; and 3) it evaluates state-of-the-art fairness techniques in dynamic environments. findings reveal how utility in ranking fairness algorithms can be affected by the application of fairness techniques and how data drift impacts regular and fair ranking algorithms in a long-term scenario. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others fairness in rankings and recommendations: an overview article open access 02 october 2021 fairness-aware machine learning engineering: how far are we? article open access 24 november 2023 lambdafair for fair and effective ranking chapter © 2025 1 introduction online marketplace services for third-party sellers are commonly provided by major e-commerce platforms such as amazon and alibaba. however, concerns about fairness have emerged in recent years, particularly in situations where: (i) the marketplace platform itself engages in first-party selling and increases revenue by employing biased algorithms or by making an unfair use of private seller data [8]; and (ii) the platform’s recommendation algorithms favor sellers that utilize paid services, such as fulfillment or delivery [3]. in response to these concerns, the european commission has taken concrete action by determining that these practices may lead to violations to the antitrust rules of the european union. as a result, regulatory measures have been imposed on amazon’s buy box and prime program to ensure compliance with the established guidelines [19]. machine learning ranking models are widely employed in the construction of systems that rank multiple offers from multiple sellers for the same product. however, these models may, inadvertently or not, introduce biases that favor the first-party seller or clients of other services provided by the platform-owning company, which were considered by regulatory entities as anticompetitive practices [3]. despite recent advancements in fair ranking machine learning algorithms and the detection of bias in ranked outputs [23], the examination of the long-term impact of fairness in ranking algorithms remains relatively understudied, especially when compared to the extensive research conducted on fairness in classification techniques [7]. while efforts have been made to develop fair ranking algorithms and identify biases in rankings, there is a need for further investigation into the sustained effects of these algorithms on different stakeholders, including sellers, consumers, and the overall competitive landscape of online marketplaces. exploring the long-term implications of fairness in ranking algorithms is essential for developing effective strategies to mitigate bias and promote fair practices in the context of online marketplace platforms. amazon’s project nessie [1] illustrates the long-term implications of unfair algorithms. the u.s. federal trade commission (ftc) scrutinized the algorithm’s behavior, expressing concerns about its potential adverse effects on competition. ensuring compliance in an adaptive pricing algorithm is complicated due to the non-deterministic nature of machine learning models [17], which makes it difficult to keep track of all behavior changes in each version, especially in corner cases. the model interacts with potentially millions of products, considers numerous concurrent offers, has to make adjustments over time in response to the dynamic pricing environment, and deals with the continual addition of new products and the long-term impact of price changes on competitors and customers’ behaviors. previous studies have utilized simulations to evaluate long-term fairness in binary decision scenarios, such as loans and college admissions [7]. however, ranking tasks are different from binary decision scenarios, requiring different algorithms, metrics and definitions of fairness [23]. this research aims to fulfill this gap, with the following contributions: (i) to establish a simulated online marketplace environment as a baseline framework for future implementations involving ranked data; (ii) to assess the long-term impact of fairness in utility, providing valuable insights for companies, regulators and other stakeholders; and (iii) to assess how state-of-art fairness in ranking techniques address data distribution changes. the results underscored that current methods and metrics for optimizing fairness in rankings are significantly influenced by changes in distribution. moreover, they highlighted that the impact of the fairness-utility trade-off can vary depending on the distribution of attribute values considered by the underlying ranking algorithm and fairness optimization method. these findings emphasize the need for robust approaches that can adapt to dynamic distributions while balancing fairness and utility effectively. 2 related work this section focuses on studies that evaluate the long-term impact of fairness interventions and examine the sustained effects of fairness-aware algorithms on decision-making processes, highlighting their efficacy and potential drawbacks over extended periods. it also explores research that proposes various ranking fairness techniques, case studies, applications and limitations. in their study, d’amour et al. [7] analyze three illustrative toy scenarios to investigate the dynamics of fairness. the first scenario is a loan domain originally proposed by liu et al. [14], where the focus is on fairness in credit allocation. the second scenario revolves around attention allocation and was introduced by elzain et al. [9] and ensign et al. [10], highlighting the significance of fairness in resource allocation. lastly, the researchers examine a college admission scenario, adopting the problem setup of a two-player game known as the stackelberg game [4], to explore fairness challenges and strategies within the educational context. fig. 1. agent-environment interaction loop of ml-fairness-gym [7] full size image to analyze the implications of fairness within these scenarios, d’amour et al. [7] developed a framework called ml-fairness-gymfootnote 1. this framework utilizes a markov decision process (mdp) paradigm, as illustrated in fig. 1, to facilitate the dynamic interaction between agents and their environment. within this setup, the environment undergoes state transitions in response to the agent’s actions, while the agent, on the other hand, observes the environment’s state to make informed decisions. at each state of the environment, fairness metrics are calculated, providing an understanding of fairness dynamics throughout the simulation. the ml-fairness-gym framework is an extension of openai’s gym framework, a state-of-the-art tool for training reinforcement learning. this inherited capability allows it to assist in the creation of adaptative solutions for decision-making process in pursuit of fairness. the paper underscores a series of instances where discrepancies emerge between one-step analysis and dynamic environmental conditions. for instance, even when ensuring an equitable true positive rate (tpr) between the two groups at every stage, the cumulative tpr aggregation displays inequality. this phenomenon, known as simpson’s paradox, remains imperceptible within a static analysis, but was detected thought simulation. to summarize, the authors emphasize three key points: firstly, simulations can complement empirical data in the experimentation process; secondly, there exists significant potential in using reinforcement learning algorithms for policy optimization through a fairness agent; and finally, the application of simulation techniques can ease the implementation and exploration of online or adversarial learning, as it allows to implement different scenarios, including rare and corner cases. zehlike, yang, and stoyanovich [23] conducted a survey on fairness in ranking techniques. in their work, they analyzed state-of-the-art algorithms, also introducing a comprehensive taxonomy for classifying these algorithms. this taxonomy involves categorizing fairness ranking techniques based on the specific stage within the ranking task at which mitigation strategies are applied. in accordance with this established taxonomy, the stages at which a fairness intervention may take place within a ranking task can be categorized into three distinct phases: the fairness algorithm for ranking can intervene on the initial candidate set before the execution of the ranking function. in the case of the marketplace environment, it would be an intervention in the offer data (e.g. price, delivery time). it can integrate itself within the ranking function, directly affecting the ranking process. in a marketplace environment, it would be an intervention in the process of scoring offers. it can act in the processed ranked set, subsequent to its treatment by the ranking function, refining the fairness attributes of the final rankings. considering a marketplace environment, this intervention would happen after the scoring of the offers, using the score as input and generating fair scores. another taxonomy refers to the type of bias that the data presents [23]. they are: pre-existing bias: a bias is categorized as “pre-existent” when societal or environmental frameworks predispose discrimination against specific members within a certain group. an illustrative instance is the scholastic assessment test (sat) math scores in the context of us college applicants, where discernible variations exist in distribution and averages among racial groups. as highlighted by reeves and halikias [16], the average sat math scores for black and latino individuals are markedly lower compared to those for white and asian counterparts. this disparity is further accentuated by the distribution patterns: scores for black and latino individuals tend to cluster at the lower end, white scores exhibit a more standard normal distribution, and asian scores tend to cluster at the higher end of the spectrum. occasionally, this form of bias may manifest within a marketplace environment, particularly when a company introduces premium services. for instance, such services might give advantages to sellers utilizing them, even if the services were not explicitly designed to function in such a manner. an example of this can be observed in the realm of delivery services, where a particular service provider is consistently better than its competitors, consequently affording an unintended advantage to sellers who subscribe to this superior service. technical bias: a form of bias that comes from technical constraints or deliberate decisions is characterized as “technical bias”. an illustrative case is the presence of positional bias that happens when a marketplace website accentuates a singular offer by positioning it in a more prominent position, relegating others to smaller sections of the screen. this scenario underscores the challenge of mitigating bias within the constraints of platform design. an exemplar solution, as suggested by the european commission [3], involves the strategic highlighting of two comparable offers whenever feasible. however, achieving a solution that genuinely aims for equitable treatment is invariably limited by the inherent limitations imposed by the design of the marketplace environment. emergent bias: occurs when a ranking system is conceived with a distinct agent archetype in focus or when it interfaces with a societal construct that exhibits temporal evolution [23]. within a marketplace ecosystem, the dispersion of offer attributes like price and delivery time can undergo continual transformation due to the incessant influx of new sellers into the marketplace. this dynamic process can cause shifts in the score distributions among different groups, providing a latent source of bias that gradually materializes over time. all these three forms of bias may manifest in a marketplace platform. a robust simulation framework may put fairness algorithms under experimentation, analysing even corner cases and multiple sources and types of bias. in their study [23], which introduced method classification frameworks and examined bias mitigation approaches within score-based ranking tasks, zehlike, yang, and stoyanovich found that none of the investigated methods were explicitly tailored or assessed for the mitigation of emergent bias. as documented in the study, every method addressed pre-existing bias [2, 5, 6, 12, 13, 18, 21, 22]. however, only a single method [21] was specifically designed to address technical bias mitigation as well. yang and stoyanovich [22] introduced a framework providing metrics for quantifying fairness and a toolset to integrate these metrics into an optimizer. the optimization method proposed by the authors was tested in both synthetic and real world datasets, being able to produce equitable outcomes while also optimizing utility. celis, straszak, and vishnoi [6] provided an optimization framework capable of handling multiple sensitive attributes with nested fairness constraints in linear complexity. the algorithm proposed by these authors was subjected to an evaluative assessment employing essential metrics such as discounted cumulative gain (dcg), spearman’s rank correlation coefficient (rho), and the bradley-terry model. yang, gkatzelis, and stoyanovich [21] complemented previous research efforts, which emphasized diversity constraints, by showing other interrelated fairness dimensions, most notably in-group fairness. this fairness concept revolves around the possibility that candidates selected from a particular group might not inherently represent the best fit when evaluated within the group’s context. through an optimization framework, the authors introduced new fairness constraints, made to combine in-group fairness alongside established diversity constraints. to empirically substantiate their framework’s efficacy, an experimental evaluation was undertaken, utilizing various public datasets. the results showed that, as expected, the enforcement of regular diversity constraints caused an utility loss of 28%, with an increase of 3% of loss when including in-group fairness. stoyanovich, yang, and jagadish [18] introduced a framework for enforcing fairness constraints within the domain of score-based ranking in streaming tasks. in streaming environments, the inherent complexity arises from the challenge of not possessing access to the entirety of candidates during the prediction phase. the authors proposed more efficient set selection techniques and new insights on how to circumvent this limitation. their work was tested against both real-world and synthetic datasets. the framework demonstrated success in providing fair outcomes, with an acceptable trade-off in utility. kleinberg and raghavan [13] described implicit bias, which can be classified as a form of pre-existing bias, showing how unconscious prejudice linked to group affiliations can inadvertently steer the decision-making process. the authors proposed a theoretical framework that enables the analysis of the ramifications from implicit bias, showing potential trade-offs and benefits associated with bias mitigation strategies. celis, mehrotra, and vishnoi [5] also study implicit bias, analyzing fairness constraints inspired by the rooney rule. the rooney rule, created by the u.s. national football league (nfl), mandates that all its teams include at least one minority candidate for head coaching positions. when scrutinizing the outcomes of implementing rooney rule-like constraints on curated datasets, this approach was successful in dealing with implicit bias, presenting outcomes congruent with the findings of kleinberg and raghavan [13]. yang, loftus, and stoyanovich [12] presented a causal fairness framework specifically designed to deal with the concept of intersectionality, wherein a candidate is found affiliated with multiple protected groups simultaneously. the framework was tested in a real-world and synthetic datasets, exposed to several structure assumptions, presenting more diverse outcomes than the original datasets ranking. asudeh et al. [2] developed a system aimed at aiding human decision-makers in fine-tuning weights within ranking score functions. empirical validation via tests on real-world datasets has proven the efficacy of the system. moreover, the complexity of this solution, which uses a simple weighted function during a ranking task, is much lower compared to techniques that use optimization or causal fairness. in summary, this section presented state-of-the-art fairness algorithms addressing various biases in ranked inputs. while none of them specifically addresses long-term fairness impacts, research on this aspect exists for classification and resource allocation tasks [4, 7, 9, 10, 14]. identifying this research gap and inspired by recent regulatory discussions on fairness in marketplace environments, we developed a simulation framework. the framework draws inspiration from d’amour et al.’s work [7] and utilizes the algorithm proposed by celis, straszak, and vishnoi [6]. additionally, we incorporated the rooney rule, whose effects were studied by celis, mehrotra and vishnoi [5]. 3 experimental setup the main objective of this section is to present the experimental procedure for designing and evaluating the marketplace simulation, detailing the fundamental mechanics of this kind of environment and the setup for systematically changing affiliation group sizes. this approach aims to understand the effects of bias mitigation strategies within the dynamic context of a marketplace. algorithm 1 simulation algorithm full size image algorithm 1 provides an illustrative depiction of the complete simulation procedure. it iterates a total of \(n \cdot ss\) times, where n denotes the frequency of parameter updates and the generation of new seller pools. here, ss signifies the number of ranking tasks executed with consistent parameters and seller pools, both premium and non-premium. the creation of seller pools, which represent the sellers registered in the marketplace, is segmented into premium and non-premium categories (cp and cnp, respectively). this is made through the function generatepool, which receives the following parameters: pp: this parameter signifies the proportion of premium sellers relative to the total number of sellers. the distinct sizes of the two pools may emulate the evolution of premium services within a business context. ntotal: this variable represents the overall count of sellers subscribed to the marketplace environment. \(p_p\) and \(p_{np}\): these parameters, which refer to the premium pool and non-premium pools, respectively, encompass the mean and standard deviation values for each attribute of the generated offers (e.g., price, delivery time). consequently, within the simulation, it is possible to fine-tune these attributes and optimize parameters for specific groups, conducting trade-off analysis as needed. following the generation of both seller pools, at each iteration of j, the randomselection function comes into play. this function randomly gets a subset from these pools, forming an offer list. each selected seller has the capacity to generate an offer, with individual attributes being determined based on the mean and standard deviation values specified in \(p_p\) and \(p_{np}\). the default behavior of this random generation adheres to the rooney rule, ensuring that there is always at least one offer from each group. this characteristic aligns with the principles of fairness and inclusivity, mirroring real-world practices in which diversity is prioritized. next, the generated offers (co) undergo ranking through a weighted function, which is an approach commonly used for naive ranking algorithms [23]. attribute weights assigned within this process serve to accentuate the significance of particular attributes, facilitating the generation of a ranking score. the most important attributes are generally determined by the machine learning algorithm using the provided data or by a set of business rules created by stakeholders, which prioritize factors such as price and delivery time over other attributes. for this setup, based on observations from real-world data, the following attributes were generated for each offer, and these weights were assigned to them in the regular ranking agent: price (weight=5): the cost associated with the seller’s offerings, determinant for buyers. delivery time (weight=2): the estimated time frame within which the product or service will be delivered, another critical factor influencing purchase decisions. installment ratio (weight=1): the proportion of the payment that can be made in installments, providing flexibility to buyers. seller score (weight=1): the seller’s historical performance and reputation within the marketplace, a trust-building metric for buyers. premium status (weight=1): indicates whether the seller belongs to the premium category or not. premium sellers are meant to have access to exclusive services that may provide advantage in competition. in the simulation, the weight introduces bias explicitly. however, it is worth noting that in most real-world scenarios, bias typically manifests implicitly or emerges from the training data used or as a side effect of stakeholder decisions. the aforementioned attributes have been subject to normalization using a min-max scaler, rescaling their values within the range of 0 to 1. it is important to note that, for consistency, all attributes are configured with a “bigger is better” orientation, even in cases where this contradicts the natural interpretation of the non-normalized features. for instance, attributes like price and delivery time, which are conventionally considered more attractive to consumers when they are smaller, have been configured as “bigger is better”. following the initial ranking procedure, the fairrankoffers function intervenes to refine the fairness of the ranking. this optimization mechanism implemented the methodology proposed by yang and stoyanovich [22], publicly accessible on githubfootnote 2, replicating their approach. the groundtruthrankoffers function receives the same parameters as the rankoffers function and behaves similarly. the key distinction is that while the rankoffers function favors premium sellers, the groundtruthrankoffers function ignores the premium attribute, serving as a reliable oracle for comparing both fair and regular ranking agents against an utility-optimized agent. at the conclusion of each iteration i, the updateparameters function is invoked and changes the distribution of both seller groups poll sizes, represented by the parameters \(p_p\) and \(p_{np}\). the variation size of the sellers distribution may be configured at the beginning of the experiment. the idea of this function is to gradually change the pool size of each group. at the conclusion of each iteration i, the updateparameters function is invoked to alter the distribution of both seller groups’ pool sizes, represented by the parameters \(p_p\) and \(p_{np}\). the magnitude of variation in the sellers’ distribution can be configured at the beginning of the experiment. the purpose of this function is to gradually adjust the pool size of each group. the data is sampled from data distributions calculated with real product offer data using the following method: data distributions of 100 products are obtained using the fitter libraryfootnote 3, which approximates the data distribution of the attributes of each product. then, the features mean price and mean delivery time are aggregated to enrich the metadata. the hdbscan clustering algorithm is used to cluster the data and segregate it into 4 groups, excluding the outliers. a qualitative evaluation is applied to the results, and the distribution of each attribute representing each cluster of products is consolidated using the most common distribution within the clusters and the mean of the distribution parameters. at the beginning of each iteration, the simulation sellers’ feature sampler first chooses which cluster the product belongs to, respecting the original data distribution. it then samples the offers using the evaluated distribution of the chosen cluster. the outliers cluster is also considered, and when chosen, the distribution of each attribute is uniform. the code utilized for the simulation is openly accessible on githubfootnote 4, ensuring full reproducibility of this setup. 4 results and discussion this section presents the results of the simulation outlined in the preceding section. the simulated scenario involved adding more premium sellers over time, removing 3% of the non-premium seller pool and adding them to the premium seller pool. in the simulation, the regular ranking agent is biased towards premium sellers. this bias is represented by a 0.1 weight on the premium status attribute. in real-world scenarios, this bias can appear in an implicit form in the training data or as a complex set of requirements from stakeholders. the ground truth ranking agent doesn’t consider the premium status attribute in the ranking function. this provides an unbiased version that doesn’t have utility metrics degraded by the fairness-utility trade-off. it is worth noting that simply not considering the premium status attribute doesn’t solve any type of bias problem, as this is a simulated scenario with a conveniently simple biased ranking function and a parameterized amount of bias. additionally, the attributes of premium and non-premium sellers have the same distribution, which is not the case in production environments. fig. 2. simulation of gradual growth of premium sellers (color figure online) full size image in fig. 2, the red line with squared points represents the number of offers from premium sellers that won first place in the simulated offer ranking, while the blue dotted line represents the non-premium first-place winners. the x-axis represents the iterations of the simulation. in this experiment, we conducted the simulation for 20,000 iterations. every 1,000 iterations, 30 sellers from the non-premium seller pool move to the premium seller pool. the grey bars in the figure represent the number of premium sellers, shown in darker grey, and non-premium sellers, shown in lighter grey, in each pool, with the total pool size always summing to 1,000. in each graph, we have a type of agent. the regular agent is clearly biased towards premium sellers. at the beginning of the simulation, premium sellers are only 10% of the total pool, yet the number of premium winners was slightly more than 50%, surpassing the number of non-premium winners, which comprised 90% of the total seller pool. the fair agent’s premium winner plot line adheres almost perfectly to the proportion of premium sellers, with slight variations. this indicates that the fairness optimization used in the fair agent algorithm keeps the participation of each group in line with the group size, even in the buybox scenario where only the top-ranked seller is analyzed. in the ground truth agent graph, the number of premium sellers that won in the offer ranking also adheres to their proportion in the total seller pool. this indicates that, in terms of fairness, the fair and the ground truth agents exhibit similar behaviors, especially when considering how much the graph diverges from that of the regular agent. fig. 3. mean price over iterations for each product type full size image figure 3 shows the mean price evolution of the top-ranked offer during simulation iterations for each product type. these product types were derived from clustering real-world data using the hdbscan algorithm, as detailed in sect. 3, where each identified cluster represents a distinct product type. the hdbscan algorithm was chosen because it does not require a fixed number of groups, automatically creates an outlier group, and allows for qualitative analysis of the results using the hierarchical structure [15]. the outlier group was not considered in this analysis. since each product type has a different distribution of the price attribute, the figure shows that the winners chosen by the fair agent consistently have a worse mean price compared to those of the ground truth agent and the regular agent. throughout all iterations, the regular agent consistently demonstrates a worse price mean than the ground truth agent. figure 3 also highlights how the distribution of the attribute can affect the results of the fair agent. product types 2 and 4 have more variation in their fair agent price mean, ranging between 0.4 and 0.6, while in product types 1 and 3 this variation is between 0.5 and 0.6. the variation between the regular and ground truth agents is also more pronounced in product types 2 and 4, with some iterations showing a wider gap between the regular and ground truth price means. fig. 4. critical difference diagram for the rkl measures during simulation full size image figure 4 shows two critical difference diagrams of the normalized discounted kl-divergence (rkl), the metric proposed by yang and stoyanovich [22], with smaller rkl values indicating fairer rankings. for each ranking agent, the mean rkl is calculated over 20 groups, each with 1,000 iterations, to ensure robust results. the agents are then ranked based on their mean rkl values for each group, and the average rank for each agent is computed across all groups. in fig. 4, in the diagram at the left side, the rkl was calculated using a cutoff point of 5 in the evaluated ranking, meaning that only the top 5 positions are considered when calculating the metric. the diagram at the right side uses a cutoff point of 10. we performed a nemenyi post-hoc test for both cutoff point options. the test identifies the sets of agents whose mean rkl ranked differences are not statistically significant. this is represented by a black horizontal bar connecting them: if two algorithms are connected by the bar, their fairness, as measured by the rkl metric, does not differ significantly. the horizontal bar in the right side of fig. 4 (cutoff point value of 10) connects all three agents. this means that there is not a significant statistical difference between them. this can be explained by several factors. the first factor is the changing data distribution. initially, the smallest rkl for both cutoff point values belongs to the regular agent because the premium seller pool starts with fewer members than the non-premium seller pool. as the premium seller ratio in the total pool approaches 50%, the rkl measurements of all agents begin to align with expectations. looking at the whole simulation, the best method for fairness is the fair agent, followed by the ground truth agent with a 0.1 difference in the average ranking, and then the regular agent, with a 0.5 difference in the average ranking. for the cutoff point value of 5, the same behavior is observed, but with a more pronounced difference between the agents. the fair agent and the regular agent show a significant statistical difference in their results, but neither shows a significant difference with the ground truth agent, which divides both. the best cutoff point may depend on the use case and the parameters of the fairness optimizer, but the low sensitivity of the metric can also significantly affect how the metric behaves during the simulation with changing group sizes. when evaluating more members in the ranking, we often include more members of both affiliation groups, making position bias more pronounced. despite the influence of the cutoff point value on metric performance and the expected results shown in both diagrams, using rkl in an environment where there are changes in group affiliations can lead to unexpected outcomes. yang and stoyanovich [22] assert that, compared with other similar metrics, the symmetric behavior of rkl makes it more resilient to distribution changes. however, the lack of sensitivity of the metric can be detrimental to its performance in measuring fairness in such scenarios. 5 concluding remarks while the fair agent has proven effective in maintaining group proportionality at the top of the ranking, it has shown inferior results in average prices compared to the regular agent and the ground truth agent. the fair agent frequently selects offers with worse prices. this disparity in average prices highlights the inherent trade-off between fairness and utility in ranking systems, where optimizing for one objective can lead to a negative impact on another. the fairness-utility trade-off, coupled with the challenge posed by constantly changing group size distributions, has underscored limitations in state-of-the-art methods and metrics for optimizing ranking fairness in the proposed simulated environment. novel approaches borrowed from fairness in classification methods, which are resilient to distribution shifts and capable of detecting unaware protected attributes and mitigating bias, can be adapted and tested for fairness in ranking tasks. promising methods of this kind include quantification methods [11] and adversarial architectures for fairness [20]. notes 1.https://github.com/google/ml-fairness-gym. 2.https://github.com/dataresponsibly/fairrank. 3.https://github.com/cokelaer/fitter. 4.https://github.com/cardosolucas/mkp-fairness-simulation. references federal trade commission, et al. v. amazon.com, inc. case no. 2:23-cv-01495-jhc, united states district court for the western district of washington (2023). https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/ftc_gov/pdf/1910134amazonecommercecomplaintrevisedredactions.pdf. accessed 29 jun 2024 asudeh, a., jagadish, h., stoyanovich, j., das, g.: designing fair ranking schemes. in: proceedings of the 2019 international conference on management of data, pp. 1259–1276 (2019) google scholar  browne, r.: amazon avoids multibillion-dollar fine as it reaches eu antitrust settlement (2023). https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/20/amazon-reaches-settlement-with-eu-on-antitrust-case.html. accessed 29 june 2024 brückner, m., scheffer, t.: stackelberg games for adversarial prediction problems. in: proceedings of the 17th acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 547–555 (2011) google scholar  celis, l.e., mehrotra, a., vishnoi, n.k.: interventions for ranking in the presence of implicit bias. in: proceedings of the 2020 conference on fairness, accountability, and transparency, pp. 369–380 (2020) google scholar  celis, l.e., straszak, d., vishnoi, n.k.: ranking with fairness constraints. in: 45th international colloquium on automata, languages, and programming (icalp 2018), vol. 107, pp. 28 (2018) google scholar  d’amour, a., srinivasan, h., atwood, j., baljekar, p., sculley, d., halpern, y.: fairness is not static: deeper understanding of long term fairness via simulation studies. in: proceedings of the 2020 conference on fairness, accountability, and transparency, pp. 525–534 (2020) google scholar  dash, a., chakraborty, a., ghosh, s., mukherjee, a., gummadi, k.p.: when the umpire is also a player: bias in private label product recommendations on e-commerce marketplaces. in: proceedings of the 2021 acm conference on fairness, accountability, and transparency, pp. 873–884 (2021) google scholar  elzayn, h., et al.: fair algorithms for learning in allocation problems. in: proceedings of the conference on fairness, accountability, and transparency, pp. 170–179 (2019) google scholar  ensign, d., friedler, s.a., neville, s., scheidegger, c., venkatasubramanian, s.: runaway feedback loops in predictive policing. in: conference on fairness, accountability and transparency, pp. 160–171 (2018) google scholar  fabris, a., esuli, a., moreo, a., sebastiani, f.: measuring fairness under unawareness of sensitive attributes: a quantification-based approach. j. artif. intell. res. 76, 1117–1180 (2023) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  ke, y., loftus joshua, r., julia, s.: causal intersectionality and fair ranking. in: 2nd symposium on foundations of responsible computing, forc 2021, june 9–11, 2021, virtual conference (lipics), vol. 192, pp. 1–7 (2021) google scholar  kleinberg, j., raghavan, m.: selection problems in the presence of implicit bias. in: 9th innovations in theoretical computer science conference (itcs 2018). schloss-dagstuhl-leibniz zentrum für informatik (2018) google scholar  liu, l.t., dean, s., rolf, e., simchowitz, m., hardt, m.: delayed impact of fair machine learning. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 3150–3158 (2018) google scholar  mcinnes, l., healy, j.: accelerated hierarchical density based clustering. in: 2017 ieee international conference on data mining workshops (icdmw), pp. 33–42 (2017) google scholar  reeves, r.v., halikias, d.: race gaps in sat scores highlight inequality and hinder upward mobility (2017). https://www.brookings.edu/articles/race-gaps-in-sat-scores-highlight-inequality-and-hinder-upward-mobility. accessed 29 june 2024 riccio, v., jahangirova, g., stocco, a., humbatova, n., weiss, m., tonella, p.: testing machine learning based systems: a systematic mapping. empir. softw. eng. 25, 5193–5254 (2020) article  google scholar  stoyanovich, j., yang, k., jagadish, h.: online set selection with fairness and diversity constraints. in: proceedings of the edbt conference (2018) google scholar  the european commission: antitrust: commission accepts commitments by amazon barring it from using marketplace seller data, and ensuring equal access to buy box and prime. https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_22_7777. accessed 29 june 2024 yang, j., soltan, a.a., yang, y., clifton, d.a.: algorithmic fairness and bias mitigation for clinical machine learning: insights from rapid covid-19 diagnosis by adversarial learning. medrxiv (2022) google scholar  yang, k., gkatzelis, v., stoyanovich, j.: balanced ranking with diversity constraints. in: proceedings of the twenty-eighth international joint conference on artificial intelligence, ijcai, pp. 6035–6042 (2019) google scholar  yang, k., stoyanovich, j.: measuring fairness in ranked outputs. in: proceedings of the 29th international conference on scientific and statistical database management, pp. 1–6 (2017) google scholar  zehlike, m., yang, k., stoyanovich, j.: fairness in ranking, part i: score-based ranking. acm comput. surv. 55(6), 1–36 (2022) math  google scholar  download references acknowledgements we would like to thank americanas s.a. for their technical support. this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. author information authors and affiliations federal university of são carlos (ufscar), são carlos-sp, brazil lucas c. silva & daniel lucrédio authors lucas c. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar daniel lucrédioview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to lucas c. silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper silva, l.c., lucrédio, d. (2025). exploring score-based ranking fairness in marketplace environments through simulation. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_19 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_19 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords fairness score-based ranking marketplace buybox simulation publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a topology-inspired approach to agm belief change | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a topology-inspired approach to agm belief change conference paper first online: 31 january 2025 pp 3–17 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) a topology-inspired approach to agm belief change download book pdf download book epub marlo souza  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5373-72719  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15415)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 220 accesses abstract agm’s belief revision is one of the main paradigms in the study of belief change operations. despite its popularity, it is well recognised that agm’s work relies on a strong idealisation of the agent’s capabilities and on the supporting logic. recent results in the literature have shed light on the definability of agm-like belief change operations in general logics, showing how the properties of a logic can be leveraged to construct these operations. exploring well-known connections between logic, algebra and topology, our work explores a general notion of belief change contraction, which can be connected to well-studied operations in the literature, such as agm rational contractions, partial meet contractions, and multiple contractions, employing the framework of abstract model theory and topological semantics. we show that agm rational contractions can be characterised in our framework, and we can establish connections to different results in the literature. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others on a logico-algebraic approach to agm belief contraction theory article 05 january 2021 belief contraction in the context of the general theory of rational choice chapter © 2016 towards a theory of hyperintensional belief change chapter © 2020 1 introduction belief change is the area that studies how doxastic agents change their minds after acquiring new information. one of the most influential approaches in the literature, namely the agm framework [1], studies rational constraints, or postulates, that characterise rational ways of changing beliefs, given a representation of one’s doxastic state. while the seminal work of agm focuses on belief change for classical logic, recently, several works investigated its applications to a wide range of non-classical logics of interest in artificial intelligence [4, 16]. investigating the definability of agm belief change operations on abstract logics, flouris [5] shows necessary and sufficient conditions for a logic to allow the definition of these operations and that several logics did not satisfy these requirements. flouris employs machinery from abstract logics and topology to prove their results. similarly, investigating model-theoretic approaches to define forms of belief change, souza and wasserman [18, p.13] point out that “different notions of minimality arise as the reflection of topological properties of the model space”, which indicates a deeper connection between agm belief change and the characteristics of topological space defined by the logic. the literature on abstract logic and abstract model theory has long established deep connections between properties of a logic and of the topology of the space of models that defines it [11, 12, 21]. surprisingly, although topological approaches to the study of formal epistemology and epistemic logic exist in the literature [2, 3, 10], to our knowledge, very little work has been dedicated to the study of topological aspects of belief change. in fact, to our knowledge, only the work of özgün [13] explicitly explores topological models to study belief change. topological notions, however, seem to infiltrate model-theoretic approaches to belief change, such as that of peppas [14] and of ribeiro et al. [15] on the generalisation of agm belief change to other logics than those considered by the original authors. in this work, we investigate a general notion of belief change contraction and the definability of agm belief contraction operators based on results from abstract model theory and its connections to topology (theorems 1 and 2, and lemma 5), generalising the results of ribeiro et al. [15] on the definability of agm contraction for non-monotonic logics (proposition 6 and corollary 2). we employ our characterisation to show, in example 1, that propositional intuitionistic logic is not agm-compatible. this work is structured as follows: in sect. 2 we present preliminary notions related to abstract logic and belief change, which will be the base of our work; in sect. 3, we develop the semantic framework employed in this work, investigating the connections between logic, abstract model theory and topology; in sect. 4, we employ the investigated framework to define belief change operations, and study their properties; in sect. 5, we discuss the related work. finally, we present some final considerations on the significance of our results and pathways for future research. 2 preliminaries in this work, we employ the tools from abstract logic and abstract model theory to study classes of belief change operations and their definability in non-classical logics. we will call a logic any pair \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn \rangle \), where l is a non-empty set, called the logical language, and \(cn:2^l\rightarrow 2^l\) is a function called a consequence operator satisfying the following propertiesfootnote 1: inclusion: \(a \subseteq cn(a)\). idempotence: \(cn(a) = cn(cn(a))\). monotonicity: if \(a\subseteq a'\) then \(cn(a) \subseteq cn(a')\). given a logic \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \), we will employ the notation \(th_\mathcal {l}\) to describe the set of all theories of \(\mathcal {l}\), i.e. \(th_\mathcal {l}= \{a\subseteq l~|~ cn(a) = a\}\). furthermore, we say a logic is compact if, for any \(a \subseteq l\) and \(\varphi \in l\), it holds that if \(\varphi \in cn(a)\), then there is some finite \(a'\subseteq a\) s.t. \(\varphi \in cn(a')\). given a logic \(\mathcal {l}\) as above, we call a belief change operation any function \(\star : 2^l \times l \rightarrow 2^l\), which maps pairs of sets of sentences and a sentence, called a set of beliefs and a piece of input information, to a set of sentences, the resulting beliefs. agm [1] investigate three basic belief change operations: expansions, contractions and revisions. belief expansion blindly integrates a new piece of information into the agent’s beliefs. belief contraction removes a currently held belief from the agent’s set of beliefs with minimal alterations. finally, belief revision is the operation of integrating new information into an agent’s beliefs while maintaining consistency. among these basic operations, only expansion can be univocally defined. the other two are characterised by a set of postulates, which define a class of suitable change operators representing different rational ways in which an agent can change their beliefs. given a closed set of beliefsfootnote 2, i.e. \(k\subseteq l\) s.t. \(k = cn(k)\), we say a belief change operation \(\dot{-}\) is an agm rational contraction on k if for any \(\varphi ,\psi \in l\), it satisfies: (closure) \(k\dot{-}\varphi = cn(k\dot{-}\varphi )\) (success) if \(\varphi \not \in cn(\emptyset )\) then \(\varphi \notin k \dot{-}\varphi \) (inclusion) \(k\dot{-}\varphi \subseteq k\) (vacuity) if \(\varphi \not \in k\) then \(k\dot{-}\varphi = k\) (recovery) \(k \subseteq cn(k\dot{-}\varphi \cup \{\varphi \})\) (extensionality) if \(cn(\varphi ) = cn(\psi )\) then \(k\dot{-}\varphi = k\dot{-}\psi \) to characterise their rational contractions, agm propose the notion of partial meet belief contraction, an operation that preserves a maximal amount of “safe” information from the agent’s beliefs, i.e., information that cannot be used to derive what the agent has ceased to believe. definition 1 let \(b\subseteq l\) be a set of formulas and \(\varphi \in l\) be a formula of l, the remainder set \(b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi \) is the set of sets \(b'\) satisfying: \(b'\subseteq b\) \(\varphi \not \in cn(b')\) \(b'\subset b''\subseteq b\) implies \(\varphi \in cn(b'')\). a partial meet contraction \(\dot{-}\) is an operation for which there is a selection function \(\gamma \), that characterises this operation. by selection function, we mean that the function \(\gamma \) satisfies (i) \(\emptyset \ne \gamma (b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi ) \subseteq b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi \) if \(b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi \ne \emptyset \) and (ii) \(\gamma (b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi ) = \{b\}\) otherwise. definition 2 we say a belief base change operator \(\dot{-}\) is a partial meet contraction on a set \(b \subseteq l\) if there is a selection function \(\gamma \), s.t. for any \(\varphi \) $$b\dot{-}\varphi = \bigcap \gamma (b\bot _\mathcal {l} \varphi ).$$ the authors show that for any compact logic closed by classical disjunction and negation, a rational contraction on a closed set k is a partial meet contraction on k and vice versa. this equivalence, however, does not hold in general for any abstract logic [17]. on the other hand, flouris [5] studied the definability of rational contraction operations, i.e. operations satisfying the original agm postulates, in tarskian logics, obtaining sufficient and necessary conditions for such definability. similarly, hansson and wassermann [9] showed that partial meet contractions are definable in any monotonic and compact (not necessarily taskian) logic. in this work, we will focus on agm rational contractions; as such, in the following, we will discuss only flouris’ characterisation. definition 3 let \(\mathcal {l}=\langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic, a set \(b\subseteq l\) is said to be decomposable in \(\mathcal {l}\), if for any \(\varphi \in l\), with \(cn(\emptyset ) \subset cn(\varphi ) \subseteq cn(b)\), the set $$\varphi ^-(b) = \{b' \subseteq b~| \varphi \not \in cn(b') ~\text{ and }~ cn(b)=cn(b'\cup \{\varphi \})\}$$ is not empty. a logic is said to be decomposable if every \(b\subseteq l\) is decomposable. flouris [5] show that decomposability is a necessary and sufficient condition for the definability of agm contraction operations. proposition 1 (adapted from [5]). let \(\mathcal {l}=\langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic, \(k\subseteq l\) be a closed set of formulas, which is decomposable in \(\mathcal {l}\), and \(\dot{-}\) be a belief change operation, then \(\dot{-}\) is a rational contraction on k iff for any \(\varphi \in l\) it holds that (i) \(k\dot{-}\varphi = cn(k')\) for some \(k' \in \varphi ^-(k)\), if \(cn(\emptyset ) \subset cn(\varphi ) \subseteq cn(k)\), and (ii) \(k\dot{-}\varphi = k\), otherwise. our aim in this work is to study a general notion of belief change that subsumes different notions, such as partial meet and rational contraction, in a single semantic framework and characterise them. here, we will focus on characterising rational contractions and using our framework to study how the topological properties of the interpretation space of the logic allow the construction of rational contractions. in doing so, we generalise ribeiro et al.’s results on the characterisation of rational contractions for non-compact logics. 3 logics, abstract model theories, and topological spaces the deep connection between logic, algebra, and topology is well-known since, at least, the works of stone [20]. this connection has given rise to fruitful research in areas such as algebraic logic, abstract model theory, among others. here, we will briefly explore some connections between logic and topology by means of an abstract model-theoretic approach, which will inform our results in sect. 4. the reasoning for focusing on a model-theoretic approach for belief change is not only based on the fact that this approach, in our opinion, provides an interesting framework with which we can connect and contrast the fundamental assumptions of our theory with those of related fields, such as epistemic logic, conditional logic and non-monotonic logics, but also a semantic approach helps us abstract from concrete realisations of these operations for particular logics, based on notions such as remainder sets, sets of complements, etc., to a general understanding of agm belief change as a phenomenon. as such, given a logical language l, we will employ the notion of an abstract model theory to prescribe how these formulas can be interpreted. this notion will then be used to formally define an abstract logic a more common terminology to those working on agm-based belief change, and with which we can establish connections between our results and those in the literature. definition 4 let l be a logical language, we call a tuple \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, l, \vdash \rangle \) an abstract model theory (amt) if m is a non-empty set of models or interpretations; l is a non-empty set of formulas called a logical language; \(\vdash : m \mapsto 2^l\) is a satisfaction function. given a model \(w\in m\) and a formula \(\varphi \in l\), we say w satisfies \(\varphi \), denoted \(w\vdash \varphi \), if \(\varphi \in \vdash (w)\). similarly, for a set \(\vargamma \subseteq l\), \(w\vdash \vargamma \) if \(w\vdash \varphi \) for all \(\varphi \in \vargamma \). given a set of interpretations \(x\subseteq m\) for some abstract model theory, we will often employ the notation th(x) for the set of all formulas satisfied by the interpretations of x also referred to as the ‘theory of x.’ if \(w\in m\), we will denote \(th(\{w\})\) by th(w). we also define, as usual, \(\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket \) as the set of all interpretations satisfying it. in the following, given a set of interpretations x, we will usually denote the complement of x, i.e. \(m\setminus x\), by \(\overline{x}\). definition 5 let \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic and \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, l, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory. we say the logic \(\mathcal {l}\) is induced by \(\mathcal {m}\) if for any \(\vargamma \subseteq l\), it holds that \(cn(\vargamma ) = \{\psi \in l~|~ \text{ for } \text{ all }~w\in m~\text{ s.t. }~w\vdash \vargamma , w\vdash \psi \}\). we will often denote by \(\mathcal {m} = mod(\mathcal {l})\) the fact that the model theory \(\mathcal {m}\) induces the logic \(\mathcal {l}\). notice that in definition 5, since we establish that \(\varphi \in cn(\vargamma )\) iff \(\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket \subseteq \llbracket \varphi \rrbracket \), it is easy to see that any logic induced by some amt trivially satisfies inclusion, monotonicity and idempotency, i.e., it is tarskian. lemma 1 let \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, l, \vdash \rangle \) be an amt, it induces a tarskian logic \(\mathcal {l}\). more yet, given that any logic defines a lattice of its theories, we can use that structure as a domain of interpretation of the formulas. as such, all tarskian logics are induced by some amt. proposition 2 any tarskian logic \(\mathcal {l}\) is induced by some abstract model theory \(\mathcal {m}\) proof let \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \), recall that the set of all theories is defined as \(th_\mathcal {l} = \{\vargamma \subseteq l~|~ cn(\vargamma ) = \vargamma \}\). let us define \(\mathcal {m} = \langle th_\mathcal {l}, \vdash \rangle \) s.t. \(\vargamma \vdash \varphi \) iff \(\varphi \in \vargamma \). well, let \(\vargamma \subseteq l\) be a set of \(\mathcal {l}\)-formulas. take \(\psi \in cn(\vargamma )\), then for any \(\vargamma '\in th_\mathcal {l}\), if \(\vargamma '\vdash \vargamma \), then \(\vargamma \subseteq \vargamma '\) and, since \(\mathcal {l}\) is tarskian, \(\vargamma '\vdash \psi \). now, take \(\psi \in l\) s.t. for any \(\vargamma '\in th_\mathcal {l}\) with \(\vargamma '\vdash \vargamma \), it holds that \(\vargamma '\vdash \psi \). since \(\mathcal {l}\) is tarskian, \(\psi \in \vargamma '\). as \(cn(\vargamma )\in th_\mathcal {l}\), then \(\psi \in cn(\vargamma )\), as well. thus \(cn(\vargamma ) = \{\psi \in l~|~ \text{ for } \text{ all }~w\in m~\text{ s.t. }~w\vdash \vargamma ~\text{ implies }~ w\vdash \psi \}.\)    \(\square \) next, we introduce an important concept to our theory, which will be used to characterise agm rational contractions in our framework. definition 6 let \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \mathcal {m} = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory, we say a set of interpretations \(o \subseteq m\) is a basic open set (b.o.s.) of \(\mathcal {m}\) if \(\llbracket th (o) \rrbracket = o\). we denote by \(bo_{\mathcal {m}}\) the set of all b.o.s.’s of \(\mathcal {m}\). a similar notion to our basic open sets appears in the work of ribeiro [15] as complete interpretation sets and plays a similar role in the semantic machinery we will employ in this work. notice that the b.o.s.’s are exactly those sets which are the interpretation of a theory. lemma 2 let \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory inducing a logic \(\mathcal {l}\), and \(o \subseteq m\). \(o \in bo_\mathcal {m}\) iff \(o = \llbracket k\rrbracket \) for some \(k\in th_\mathcal {l}\). with the notion of a basic open set, we can introduce a notion of closure in our models, which complements a set of interpretations. definition 7 let \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory inducing a logic \(\mathcal {l}\), and \(x \subseteq m\) a set of interpretations. we define the closure of x, denoted by cl(x), the biggest set \(o \subseteq \mathcal {l}\), s.t. \(th(o) = th(x)\). it is not difficult to see that cl(x) exists and is unique, and \(cl(x) = \llbracket th(x)\rrbracket \), as \(\mathcal {l}\) is tarskian. more so, cl is, in fact, a closure operator. as stated before, since at least the works of stone [20], it is well-known that logics have a deep connection with topology. this connection is the subject of study in areas such as abstract model theory, topological logic, etc. here, we will present how topological spaces can be thought of as spaces of interpretations for a logic and, in doing so, help shed light on the theoretical inspirations for our constructions. definition 8 we call topological space any tuple \(\mathcal {w} = \langle w, \tau \rangle \), where w is a non-empty set and \(\tau \) is a collection of subsets of w satisfying: 1. \(\emptyset , w\in \tau \); 2. if \(o,o'\in \tau \), then \(o\cap o' \in \tau \); 3. if \(\mathcal {o}\subseteq \tau \), then \(\bigcup \mathcal {o} \in \tau \). the elements of \(\tau \) are called open sets of \(\mathcal {w}\). definition 9 let \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic and \(\mathcal {w} = \langle w, \tau \rangle \) a topological space. we say \(\mathcal {w}\) induces the logic \(\mathcal {l}\) if there is some function \(f: \tau \rightarrow th_\mathcal {l}\) s.t. if \(o \subseteq o'\) then \(f(o') \subseteq f(o)\); \(f(\bigcup \mathcal {o}) = \bigcap _{o\in \mathcal {o}} f(o)\) for any theories \(k,k'\in th_\mathcal {l}\), it holds \(f(\bigcup f^{-1}(k) \cap \bigcup f^{-1}(k')) = cn(k \cup k')\) in this case, we say f is an \(\mathcal {l}\)-interpretation on \(\mathcal {w}\). with that, it is easy to see that any tarskian logic is induced by some topological space since we can use the lattice of theories to construct it, in a similar fashion to what we have done in proposition 2. proposition 3 let \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic, there is a topological space \(\mathcal {w} = \langle w, \tau \rangle \) inducing \(\mathcal {l}\). proof take \(\mathcal {w} = \langle th_\mathcal {l}, \tau \rangle \) s.t. that topology \(\tau \) is the upset topology from the lattice of theories, i.e. the topology obtained from the subbase \(\mathcal {b} = \{\uparrow t~|~t\in th_\mathcal {l}\}\), where \(\uparrow t = \{t'\in th_\mathcal {l}~|~ t\subseteq t'\}\). it is trivial to verify that the function \(f(o) = \bigcap o\) is an \(\mathcal {l}\)-interpretation on \(\mathcal {w}\). by contrasting propositions 2 and 3, we are able to see that there is a strong connection between abstract model theories and topological spaces equipped with interpretation functions. lemma 3 let \(\mathcal {w} = \langle w, \tau \rangle \) be a topological space inducing a logic \(\mathcal {l}\) and \(f:\tau \mapsto th_\mathcal {l}\) an \(\mathcal {l}\)-interpretation on \(\mathcal {w}\). the abstract model theory \(\mathcal {m}_\mathcal {w} = \langle w, \vdash \rangle \) s.t. \(w\vdash \varphi \) if \(\varphi \in f(\bigcup \{o\in \tau : w\in o\})\) induces \(\mathcal {l}\). furthermore, \(bo_{\mathcal {m}_\mathcal {w}} = \{\cup f^{-1}(k)~|~k \in th_\mathcal {l}\}\). notice that lemma 3 above tells us that the language of amts and topological spaces are interchangeable to study the structure of the logic. moreover, it is easy to see that any amt defines a topological space inducing the same logic. lemma 4 let \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, l, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory inducing a logic \(\mathcal {l}\), the topological model \(\mathcal {w}_{\mathcal {m}} = \langle m, 2^m\rangle \) induces \(\mathcal {l}\) and \(f: 2^m\mapsto th_\mathcal {l}\) s.t. \(f(o) = \{\varphi \in l~|~ \forall w\in o:~w\vdash \varphi \}\) is an \(\mathcal {l}\)-interpretation on \(\mathcal {w}\). we employed the terminology of open basic sets to the sets \(\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket \) as a foreshadowing of the fact that we employ exactly those sets to provide a basis for the canonical topology inducing the logic. in a sense, basic open sets are the ‘stable’ interpretations, meaning that they are completely definable within the logical language. 4 topological belief change and agm rationality we begin our investigation of belief change by proposing a semantic model for belief change, which is agnostic to the underlying logic. notice that, differently from sect. 2, we will consider belief contractions as operations which take two sets of formulas and return a set of formulas, i.e. a function of the form \(\star : 2^l \times 2^l \mapsto 2^l\), as done by ribeiro and wasserman [16]. the reason for that is some non-classical logic may not possess conjunctions in its language. this means that we are dealing with multiple contractions, rather than single contractions. more precisely with choice contractions [6]. the central notion underlying most belief change operations is that of choice. different constructions [1, 8, 15] represent the agent’s epistemic commitments by means of which beliefs the agent chooses to preserve (or discard) given new information. in connection with the literature on conditional logic and semantic modelling, we will represent this choice element as a function selecting elements from a set. we will focus our presentation on abstract model theories. however, given lemmas 3 and 4, the same notions could be equivalently described employing topological spaces and interpretation functions. definition 10 let \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an amt and \(x\subseteq m\) a set of points (interpretations), we call a semantic selection function (ssf) on x any mapping \(f: 2^m \times 2^m \rightarrow 2^m\), such that for any \(y,z\subseteq m\), it holds that: i) \(x \subseteq f(x,y) \subseteq x\cup y\) ii) if \(y\ne \emptyset \), then \(f(x,y)\cap y\ne \emptyset \) iii) if \(y\cap x \ne \emptyset \), then \(f(x,y) \subseteq x\) additionally, we say an ssf is uniform if it satisfies: iv) if \(f(x,y)\cap z \ne \emptyset \) and \(f(x,z)\cap y \ne \emptyset \) then, \(f(x,y) = f(x,z)\). with semantic selection functions, we can finally define a form of belief contraction, which we will study in this work. we aim to show that our semantic selection contractions generalise different notions of belief contractions in the literature and characterise agm contractions by means of properties on the selection function and the space of models of the logic. definition 11 let \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \) be a logic, we say a belief change operator \(\dot{-} : 2^l \times 2^l \rightarrow 2^l\) is a semantic selection contraction operation on a set of formulas \(b\subseteq l\), if there is an amt \(mod(\mathcal {l})\) and an ssf f on \(\llbracket b\rrbracket \) s.t. for any set of formulas \(a \subseteq l\), it holds: $$b\dot{-}a = th(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } )) \cap b.$$ in such a case, we say f is a characteristic function for \(\dot{-}\). first, we show that semantic selection contractions satisfy the basic postulates for belief contraction. proposition 4 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic, \(b,a,a'\subseteq l\) be sets of formulas and \(\dot{-} : 2^l \times 2^l \rightarrow 2^l\) is a semantic selection contraction operation on b, then \(\dot{-}\) satisfies: (closure) if \(cn(b)=b\), then \(cn(b\dot{-}a) = b\dot{-}a\) (success) if \(a \not \subseteq cn(\emptyset )\), then \(a\not \subseteq cn(b \dot{-}a)\) (inclusion) \(b\dot{-}a\subseteq b\) ‘additionally, if the characteristic function of \(\dot{-}\) is uniform, then \(\dot{-}\) satisfies (uniformity) if for any \(b'\subseteq b\) it holds that \(a \subseteq cn(b')\) iff \(a' \subseteq cn(b')\), then it holds that \(b\dot{-}a = b\dot{-}a'\) proof if \(\dot{-}\) is a semantic selection contraction, then there is some amt \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \langle m,\vdash \rangle \) and a semantic selection function f, s.t., f is a characteristic function for \(\dot{-}\). the satisfaction of the closure and inclusion postulates is trivial by definition of a semantic selection contraction. let us show that the other two hold. (success): if \(a \not \subseteq cn(\emptyset )\), then \(\llbracket a\rrbracket \ne m\), i.e. \(\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \). then \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket })\cap \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \). as such, there is some \(m \in f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket })\), s.t. \(m\not \vdash a\) and \(a\not \subseteq th(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }))\) in other words, \(a \not \subseteq b\dot{-}a\). (uniformity) let \(a,a' \subseteq l\) s.t. for any \(b'\subseteq b\) it holds that \(a \subseteq cn(b')\) iff \(a' \subseteq cn(b')\). if \(a\not \subseteq b\), then \(\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }\cap \llbracket b\rrbracket \ne \emptyset \) and, by condition iii) of definition 10, \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) = \llbracket b\rrbracket \). as such, we only need to consider the case in which \(a,a'\subseteq cn(b)\). there are two cases to consider: \(a \subseteq cn(b\dot{-} a)\) and \(a \not \subseteq cn(b\dot{-} a)\). in the first case, \(a \subseteq cn(\emptyset )\), by (success), thus, \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) = \llbracket b\rrbracket = f(\llbracket b\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a'\rrbracket })\) and \(a'\subseteq cn(b\dot{-}a')\), by condition i) of definition 10. in the second case, as \(b\dot{-}a \subseteq b\), then \(a\not \subseteq cn(b\dot{-}a)\) implies \(a'\not \subseteq cn(b\dot{-}a)\) and, in particular, \(a' \not \subseteq th(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a'\rrbracket }))\). as such, it must be the case that \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a'\rrbracket }) \cap \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \). conversely, we may also conclude that \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) \cap \overline{\llbracket a'\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \), thus, \(f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) = f(\llbracket b\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a'\rrbracket })\), since f is uniform, and \(b\dot{-} a = b\dot{-}a'\).    \(\square \) our interest now is investigating which properties of semantic selection functions imply adequate behaviours in their respective selection contractions. proposition 5 let \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an amt inducing logic \(\mathcal {l} = \langle l, cn\rangle \), and \(b,a \subseteq th_\mathcal {l}\) theories s.t. \(a \not \subseteq b\). if cn is compact, for any \(b' \in b\bot a\), there is some \(w\in \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }\) s.t. \(b' = th(\llbracket b\rrbracket \cup \{m\})\). if \(\mathcal {l}\) is agm-compliant, for any \(b' \in b^{-(a)}\) there is \(x \subseteq \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }\) s.t. \(b' = th(\llbracket b\rrbracket \cup x)\). the above result indicates that both agm’s rational contractions and hansson’s belief base contraction could, in principle, be defined by means of a semantic selection function that chooses an appropriate set of models to define the contraction. the question that now remains is: which conditions could be enforced on ssfs to define these operations? from now on, we will focus on studying the conditions of an ssf to ensure the respective contraction is rational. the study of partial meet contractions in the framework of semantic selection contractions will be relegated to future work. definition 12 let \(\mathcal {m} = \langle m, l, \vdash \rangle \) be an amt, \(x \in bo_{\mathcal {m}}\) be a b.o.s, and f be an ssf on x. we say f is topological in x if for any y s.t. \(\overline{y} \in bo_{\mathcal {m}}\), it holds that \(f(x,y) \in bo_{\mathcal {m}}\). we say a selections contraction operator \(\dot{-}\) on a set of formulas b is topological if there is some topological ssf f on \(\llbracket b\rrbracket \). we now show that topological contractions are agm rational contractions. theorem 1 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic, \(k\in th_\mathcal {l}\) be a theory and \(\dot{-} : 2^l \times 2^l \rightarrow 2^l\) be a topological semantic selection contraction on k. then, for any \(a,a'\subseteq l\), it holds that: (closure) \(k\dot{-}a = cn(k\dot{-}a)\) (success) if \(a \not \subseteq cn(\emptyset )\), then \(a\not \subseteq cn(b \dot{-}a)\) (inclusion) \(b\dot{-}a\subseteq b\) (vacuity) if \(a\not \subseteq k\) then \(k\dot{-}a = k\) (recovery) \(k \subseteq cn(k\dot{-}a \cup a)\) (extensionality) if \(cn(a) = cn(a')\) then \(k\dot{-}a = k\dot{-}a'\) proof notice that (extensionality) and (closure) follow directly from the fact that k is a theory and from the definition of a selection contraction. for the other postulates, let us take a model theory \(mod(\mathcal {l})\) and an ssf f which characterise \(\dot{-}\) on the set b. as (success) and (inclusion) have been proved in proposition 4, we will focus on the remaining postulates. we briefly discussed (vacuity) in the proof of (uniformity) in proposition 4, but let us show the complete reasoning here. take \(a \not \subseteq k\), then \(\llbracket k\rrbracket \cap \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \). as such, \(f(\llbracket k\rrbracket ,\llbracket k\rrbracket ) \cap \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } = \llbracket k\rrbracket \cap \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \ne \emptyset \). on the other hand, \(f(\llbracket k\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) \cap \llbracket k\rrbracket \ne \emptyset \). thus, \(f(\llbracket k\rrbracket ,\overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) = \llbracket k\rrbracket \) and \(k\dot{-}a = k\). to prove (recovery), we just need to observe that, since f is topological and \(\llbracket k\dot{-}a\rrbracket = f(\llbracket k\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket })\), it holds that $$\begin{array}{ll} \llbracket cn( k\dot{-}a \cup a)\rrbracket & = \llbracket k\dot{-}a\rrbracket \cap \llbracket a\rrbracket \\ & = f(\llbracket k\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket }) \cap \llbracket a\rrbracket \\ & = (\llbracket k\rrbracket \cup x) \cap \llbracket a\rrbracket ,~\text{ for } \text{ some }~x\subseteq \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket } \\ & = \llbracket k\rrbracket \cap \llbracket a\rrbracket \end{array}$$ since \(\llbracket cn( k\dot{-}a \cup a)\rrbracket \subseteq \llbracket k\rrbracket \), we conclude \(k \subseteq cn(k\dot{-}a \cup a)\).    \(\square \) more yet, any semantic selection contraction which is rational is topological. theorem 2 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic, \(k\in th_\mathcal {l}\) be a theory and \(\dot{-} : 2^l \times 2^l \mapsto 2^l\) be a semantic selection contraction on k satisfying (closure), (success),(inclusion), (vacuity),(recovery), and (extensionality) for any \(a\subseteq l\), then \(\dot{-}\) is topological. proof as \(\dot{-}\) is a semantic selection contraction, it means that there is some \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) and an ssf f s.t. for any \(a \in th_\mathcal {l}\), \(k\dot{-}a = th(f(\llbracket k\rrbracket , \overline{\llbracket a\rrbracket })\). let us construct a function \(f'\) as $$ f'(x,y) = {\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} f(x,y) & \text{ if }~x\ne \llbracket k\rrbracket \\ cl(f(x,y))\cap (x\cup y) & \text{ if }~x= \llbracket k\rrbracket \\ \end{array}\right. }$$ we need to show that \(f'\) is ssf on \(x=\llbracket k\rrbracket \) and that it is topological on x. i) notice \(x \subseteq f'(x,y) \subseteq x\cup y\) is immediate by construction, as \(x \subseteq f(x,y) \subseteq x\cup y\), since f is an ssf, and \(z \subseteq cl(z)\). ii) if \(y\ne \emptyset \), then \(f(x,y)\cap y\ne \emptyset \), thus \(cl(f(x,y))\cap y \ne \emptyset \), and \(f'(x,y)\cap y \ne \emptyset \). iii) take \(y\subseteq m\), s.t. \(x\cap y \ne \emptyset \), then \(f(x,y) =x\), thus \( f'(x,y) = cl(x) = x\) since \(x= \llbracket k\rrbracket \). iv) take \(y \in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\), \(f'(x,\overline{y}) = cl(f(x,\overline{y})) \cap (x\cup y)\). first, let us see that \(th(f'(x,y)) = th(f(x,y))\). we known that \(th(f(x,y)) = th(cl(f(x,y))\), by definition, and \(f'(x,y) \subseteq cl(f(x,y))\), thus it holds that \(th(f(x,y)) \subseteq th(f'(x,y))\). furthermore, as \(f(x,y) \subseteq cl(f(x,y))\) and \(f(x,y)\subseteq x\cup y\), it holds that \(f(x,y) \subseteq f'(x,y)\). thus \(th(f'(x,y)) \subseteq th(f(x,y))\). let \(k' = th(f'(x,y))\). since \(th(f'(x,y)) = th(f(x,y))\), \(x = \llbracket k\rrbracket \), \(\overline{y}\in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\), and f is the characteristic ssf of \( \dot{-}\), then \(k' = k \dot{-} th(\overline{y})\). now, take \(w\in \llbracket k'\rrbracket \) and suppose \(w\not \in x\cup y\), then \(w\in \overline{x} \cap \overline{y}\). from \(w\vdash k'\), we conclude that \(w\vdash k \dot{-} th(\overline{y})\) and, from \(w\in \overline{y}\), we conclude that \(w\vdash th(\overline{y})\). since \(\dot{-}\) is a rational contraction, thus satisfying (recovery), it must hold that \(w\vdash k\), i.e. \(w\in \llbracket k\rrbracket = x\). but this contradicts the fact that \(w\in \overline{x}\). then it must hold that \(\llbracket k'\rrbracket \subseteq x\cup y\) and \(f'(x,y) = \llbracket k'\rrbracket \in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\). thus \(f'\) is topological.    \(\square \) notice in the proof above that the requirement of satisfying the (recovery) postulate is essential to construct a topological ssf. as (recovery) is a central property of rational contractions, i.e. it is the postulate differentiating these operations from others in the literature, such as withdraws, partial meet, etc., it indicates that our notion of topological encodes the central aspects of agm rationality. 4.1 on the existence of topological contractions we now turn our attention to investigating sufficient and necessary conditions for the definability of topological contractions in a given logic. this investigation is closely related to those of flouris [5] and ribeiro et al.  [15], for example, but employing the technical framework of abstract model theory and topology. first, an obvious observation is that topological functions can be constructed whenever there are appropriate basic open sets. lemma 5 let \(mod(\mathcal {l})\) be a regular abstract model theory and \(x \in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\) be a b.o.s. there is a topological semantic selection function f on x iff for any b.o.s. \(y\in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\) s.t. \(\overline{y} \cap x=\emptyset \), there is some b.o.s. \(z\in bo_{mod(\mathcal {l})}\) s.t. \(x \subset z \subseteq x \cup \overline{y}\). notice that lemma 5 above is directly related to proposition 1. in fact, the results can be directly translated into each other. as such, this informs us that any agm rational contraction is, in fact, a topological semantic selection contraction. also, in the face of flouris’ [5, theorem 4.2] characterisation of agm-compliance by cuts, a similar characterisation could be encoded within our language. since this result does not increase our understanding of agm compliance and the definability of topological functions, we will omit it in this work. lemma 5, however, can be employed to show that some logics are not agm-compatible. example 1 let us consider the intuitionistic propositional logic with one propositional symbol p, \(\mathcal {l}_i = \langle l_0, cn\rangle \) and \(mod(\mathcal {l}_i)\) its canonical model theory, i.e. the model theory obtained from its theory space, as in the proof of proposition 2. the b.o.s.’s of \(mod(\mathcal {l}_i)\) form a complete lattice regarding the inclusion order, corresponding to the rieger-nishimura lattice of intuitionistic theories, depicted in fig. 1. any b.o.s. in it contains all sets below it in the lattice. consider now the theories \(k = cn(\lnot p)\) and set \(a = cn(p\vee \lnot p)\), as one can see in fig. 1, there is no theory \(\vargamma '\) s.t. \(cn(\emptyset ) \subset k'\), \(a \not \subseteq k'\), and \( cn(k' \cup a) = cn(\emptyset )\). in another way, given the open set \(x = \llbracket \lnot p\rrbracket \), for \(y = \llbracket p \vee \lnot p\rrbracket \), there is no b.o.s. z s.t. \(x\subset z \subseteq x \cup \overline{y}\), as any such element would necessarily include \(cn(p\vee \lnot p)\not \in x \cup \overline{y}\). thus, by lemma 5, there is no topological semantic selection function on \(\llbracket \lnot p\rrbracket \). fig. 1. the rieger-nishimura lattice of intuitionistic basic open sets full size image notice that the topological contractions provided above are defined to contract a (possibly infinite) set of formulas from a theory which coincides with the notion of choice multiple contractions [6]. it is useful, however, to weaken our definition to account for a smaller family of theories considered as inputs to our contraction functions. for example, we can restrict our analysis to contracting a finite amount of information (or equivalently a finitely representable theory), as investigated by authors such as ribeiro and wassermann [16] in the context of belief change for description logics. to provide constructions for rational contractions on a limited class of inputs, we need to introduce the notion of a restricted semantic selection function. definition 13 let \(mod(\mathcal {l}) = \langle m, \vdash \rangle \) be an abstract model theory , \(\mathcal {o} \subseteq 2^m\) a family of subsets of m, \(x\in \mathcal {o}\) a set of interpretations, and \(f: 2^m \times 2^m \rightarrow 2^m\) a function. we say f is an ssf restricted to \(\mathcal {o}\) if its restriction to \(\mathcal {o}\) is an ssf on x, i.e. of the function \(f\restriction _\mathcal {o}\) satisfies the conditions in definition 10. notice the above definition is akin to defining selection functions on the sublogic defined by the family \(\mathcal {o}\). furthermore, we say an operator is a semantic contraction operator on a set of sentences b, restricted to a family of theories \(\mathcal {t}\), if there is an ssf on \(\llbracket b\rrbracket \) restricted to \(\overline{\llbracket \mathcal {t}\rrbracket } = \{\overline{\llbracket k\rrbracket }~|~ k\in \mathcal {t}\}\), satisfying the condition in definition 11 for any \(a \subseteq \mathcal {t}\). with that, it is easy to see that the following holds. corollary 1 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic, \(k\in th_\mathcal {l}\) be a theory, \(\mathcal {t}\subseteq th_\mathcal {l}\) be a family of theories of \(\mathcal {l}\), and \(\dot{-} : 2^l \times 2^l \rightarrow 2^l\) be a semantic selection contraction on k restricted to \(\mathcal {t}\). then, \(\dot{-}\) satisfies (closure), (success),(inclusion), (vacuity),(recovery), and (extensionality) for all \(a\subseteq l\) with \(cn(a) \in \mathcal {t}\), if, and only if, it is topological on \(\mathcal {t}\). we employ the result above to show that our construction subsumes those proposed by authors such as ribeiro et al. [15] for rational contractions of finitely representable theories on boolean non-compact logics. let us first define an appropriate property of this family of theories that is appropriate for the construction of a topological function. definition 14 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic and \(\mathcal {t} \subseteq th_\mathcal {l}\) be a family of \(\mathcal {l}\)-theories. we say \(\mathcal {t}\) is closed under classical negation if for any \(\vargamma \in \mathcal {t}\), there is some \(neg(\vargamma ) \in \mathcal {t}\) s.t. \(neg(\vargamma )\cap \vargamma = cn(\emptyset )\) and \(cn(\vargamma \cup neg(\vargamma )) = l\). it is easy to see that we can always construct topological functions restricted to a family of theories which is closed under classical negation. proposition 6 let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic and \(\mathcal {t} \subseteq th_\mathcal {l}\) a family of theories closed under classical negation, there is a topological selection function f restricted to the set \(\llbracket \mathcal {t}\rrbracket = \{\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket ~|~\vargamma \in \mathcal {t}\}\). proof it suffices to see that for any family of theories \(\mathcal {t}\) closed under classical negation, if \(\vargamma \in \mathcal {t}\), there is some theory \(neg(\vargamma ) \in \mathcal {t}\) s.t. \(neg(\vargamma ) \cap \vargamma = cn(\emptyset )\) and \(cn(neg(\vargamma ) \cup \vargamma ) = l\). as such, \(\overline{\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket }\) is a b.o.s. and, thus, there is a function \(f(x,y) = x\) if \(x\cap y\ne \emptyset \) and \(f(x,y) = x\cup y\), which is topological for all \(y = \overline{\llbracket \vargamma \rrbracket } = \llbracket neg(\vargamma )\rrbracket \) with \(\vargamma \in \mathcal {t}\).   \(\square \) the above result generalises ribeiro et al. [15] construction for non-compact logics, showing that we can extend their construction to consider other logics and inputs as long as we restrict the input to cases in which the logic admits classical negation. corollary 2 [15] let \(\mathcal {l}\) be a logic closed under disjunction and classical negation, there is a topological semantic selection contraction \(\dot{-}\) restricted to finitely representable theories. 5 related work work on the definability of belief change operators in non-classical logics remounts at least to the work of hansson and wassermann [9], in which the authors show that partial meet contractions are definable for any monotonic and compact logic. while most work on belief change for non-classical logics, such as that of delgrande [4] or girard and tanaka [7], focused on defining appropriate operations in these logics, only recent work in the literature has focused on investigating which classes of logics allow the definition of a given operator. famously, flouris [5] has shown a characterisation of the definability of agm rational contractions employing the framework of order theory and its connections to abstract logic. this study has been explored further by ribeiro et al. [15] showing constructions of agm rational contractions for non-compact logics, and by souza and wassermann [18] showing that a semantically motivated framework, which they employ to study hyperintensional belief change, provides a rich foundation to encode and study different notions of belief change. our work develops on these ideas, connecting the work on conditional logics, abstract model theory and belief change to investigate a general notion of belief contraction, namely semantic selection contraction, which can be used to unify different results in the area. 6 final considerations in this work, we investigated the use of abstract model theory and topology to describe belief change operators, showing that our notion subsumes different operations in the literature, such as partial meet contractions and agm rational contractions. furthermore, we characterise rational contractions within our framework and show that other characterisation results, such as that of flouris [5] and ribeiro et al. [15], are captured within it. this investigation provides greater evidence to the conjecture raised by souza and wassermann [19] that “different notions of minimality arise as the reflection of topological properties of the model space”, not necessarily as intrinsic distinction in their constructions. for future work, we intend to study different belief change operations in this framework, such as partial meet contractions, revisions and semi-revisions and their relations, aiming to provide a unified view of definability and constructibility of these operations based on a single semantic framework. notes 1.such logics are called tarskian, due to polish logician alfred tarski. non-tarskian logics exist in the literature but will not be studied in this work. 2.in the following we will often refer to closed sets by the letter k (\(k'\),\(k''\), etc.), arbitrary sets of formulas by the letter b (\(b'\),\(b''\), etc.). references alchourrón, c.e., gärdenfors, p., makinson, d.: on the logic of theory change: partial meet contraction and revision functions. j. symb. log. 50(2), 510–530 (1985) google scholar  baltag, a., bezhanishvili, n., özgün, a., smets, s.: the topology of belief, belief revision and defeasible knowledge. in: logic, rationality, and interaction, pp. 27–40. springer, new york (2013) google scholar  bjorndahl, a., özgün, a., et al.: logic and topology for knowledge, knowability, and belief. electron. proc. theor. comput. sci. 251 (2017) google scholar  delgrande, j.p.: horn clause belief change: contraction functions. in: proceedings of the eleventh international conference on principles of knowledge representation and reasoning, pp. 156–165 (2008) google scholar  flouris, g.: on belief change and ontology evolution. ph.d. thesis, university of crete (2006) google scholar  fuhrmann, a., hansson, s.o.: a survey of multiple contractions. j. logic lang. inform. 3, 39–75 (1994) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  girard, p., tanaka, k.: paraconsistent dynamics. synthese 193(1), 1–14 (2016) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  hansson, s.o.: in defense of base contraction. synthese 91(3), 239–245 (1992) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  hansson, s.o., wassermann, r.: local change. stud. logica. 70(1), 49–76 (2002) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  kelly, k.t.: the logic of reliable inquiry. oup usa (1996) google scholar  lewitzka, s., brunner, a.b.: minimally generated abstract logics. log. univ. 3, 219–241 (2009) google scholar  makowsky, j.a., shelah, s.: positive results in abstract model theory: a theory of compact logics. ann. pure appl. logic 25(3), 263–299 (1983) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  özgün, a.: topological models for belief and belief revision. ph.d. thesis, universiteit van amsterdam (2013) google scholar  peppas, p.: the limit assumption and multiple revision. j. log. comput. 14(3), 355–371 (2004) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  ribeiro, j.s., nayak, a., wassermann, r.: towards belief contraction without compactness. in: 16th international conference on principles of knowledge representation and reasoning, pp. 287–296. association for the advancement of artificial intelligence (2018) google scholar  ribeiro, m.m., wassermann, r.: base revision for ontology debugging. j. log. comput. 19(5), 721–743 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1093/logcom/exn048 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  ribeiro, m.m.: belief revision in non-classical logics. springer (2013) google scholar  souza, m., wassermann, r.: hyperintensional models and belief change. in: brazilian conference on intelligent systems, pp. 429–443. springer (2022) google scholar  souza, m., wassermann, r.: hyperintensional partial meet contractions. in: proceedings of the international conference on principles of knowledge representation and reasoning (2022) google scholar  stone, m.h.: the theory of representation for boolean algebras. trans. am. math. soc. 40(1), 37–111 (1936) mathscinet  math  google scholar  van fraassen, b.c., fraassen, v.: formal semantics and logic, vol. 214. macmillan, new york (1971) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations federal university of bahia, salvador, brazil marlo souza authors marlo souzaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to marlo souza . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper souza, m. (2025). a topology-inspired approach to agm belief change. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15415. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79038-6_1 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79038-6_1 published: 31 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79037-9 online isbn: 978-3-031-79038-6 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords belief change model theory non-classical logics publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature lackadaisical quantum walk in the hypercube to search for multiple marked vertices | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper lackadaisical quantum walk in the hypercube to search for multiple marked vertices conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 249–263 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) lackadaisical quantum walk in the hypercube to search for multiple marked vertices download book pdf download book epub luciano s. de souza  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6527-706510, jonathan h. a. de carvalho  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2672-780111 & tiago a. e. ferreira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2131-982510  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 749 accesses 4 citations abstract adding self-loops at each vertex of a graph improves the performance of quantum walks algorithms over loopless algorithms. many works approach quantum walks to search for a single marked vertex. in this article, we experimentally address several problems related to quantum walk in the hypercube with self-loops to search for multiple marked vertices. we first investigate the quantum walk in the loopless hypercube. we saw that neighbor vertices are also amplified and that approximately 1/2 of the system energy is concentrated in them. we show that the optimal value of l for a single marked vertex is not optimal for multiple marked vertices. we define a new value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\) to search multiple marked vertices. next, we use this new value of l found to analyze the search for multiple marked vertices non-adjacent and show that the probability of success is close to 1. we also use the new value of l found to analyze the search for several marked vertices that are adjacent and show that the probability of success is directly proportional to the density of marked vertices in the neighborhood. we also show that, in the case where neighbors are marked, if there is at least one non-adjacent marked vertex, the probability of success increases to close to 1. the results found show that the self-loop value for the quantum walk in the hypercube to search for several marked vertices is \(l = (n / n) \cdot k \). acknowledgments to the science and technology support foundation of pernambuco (facepe) brazil, brazilian national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq), and coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001 by their financial support to the development of this research. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others lackadaisical quantum walks with multiple marked vertices chapter © 2019 faster search of clustered marked states with lackadaisical quantum walks article 13 august 2022 adjacent vertices can be hard to find by quantum walks chapter © 2017 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms combinatorial geometry data structures graph theory quantum computing qubits 1 introduction according to shenvi, kempe, and whaley [17], quantum walks provide one of the most promising features, an intuitive framework for building new quantum algorithms. they were pioneers in designing a quantum search algorithm on the hypercube based on quantum random walks [14]. recent works have used the quantum walks to search weights and train artificial neural networks [19, 20]. the topology of the structure where the walk is applied considerably affects the evolution of the walker [22]. therefore, many works are developed to improve the performance of quantum walks, quantum search algorithms in different structures: one-dimensional, two-dimensional, and multidimensional grids, complete and bipartite graphs, among others [4, 5, 11, 15]. quantum walk modification proposals are also made to improve their performance. for example, wong [24] added to each vertex of a two-dimensional grid a self-loop, so the walker has some probability of staying put, achieving an improvement over the algorithm without self-loop [3]. rhodes [16] proposed an ideal weight for all vertex-transitive graphs with a single marked vertex such that the ideal self-loop weight is equal to the degree of the loopless graph divided by the total number of vertices. potovcek [14] observed that the nearest neighbors are also presented with high probability and nahimovs [10] that adjacent vertices can be hard to find by quantum walks. in this way, we investigate whether the optimal value of \(l = (d / n)\) for a single marked vertex is optimal for multiple marked vertices, where d is the degree of the loopless vertex and n is the number of vertices. we analyzed the quantum walk on hypercube without self-loop and with self-loop. we analyzed the quantum walk on the hypercube for multiple marked adjacent and non-adjacent vertices. finally, we find an optimal value of l for a quantum walk in the hypercube with multiple marked vertices. this paper is organized as follows. in sect. 2, we present some concepts about quantum walks and specifically the quantum walk on the hypercube. in sect. 3, we characterize the probability distribution along with the space, adjust the self-loop weight for multiple marked vertices, and search for adjacent marked vertices. finally, in sect. 4 is the conclusion. 2 quantum walk the processing of quantum information is governed by quantum mechanics or quantum physics [18]. quantum computing study the processing of this information [8, 13, 25]. quantum walks are the quantum counterpart of classical random walks. discrete and continuous-time quantum walks are the advanced tools used to build quantum algorithms [1, 2]. the main feature that differentiates these two types of quantum walks is the timing used to applying the evolution operators. in the quantum walk in continuous time, the evolution operator is applied at any time, whereas the quantum walks in discrete time, the evolution operator is applied in discrete time steps [21]. the quantum walk evolution in the discrete-time process occurs by the successive applications of a unitary evolution operator u that acts on the hilbert space $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {h} = \mathcal {h}^{c} \otimes \mathcal {h}^{s}. \end{aligned}$$ the coin space \(\mathcal {h}^{c}\) is the hilbert space associated with a quantum coin, and the walker’s space \(\mathcal {h}^{s}\) is the hilbert space associated with the position of the nodes in a graph, for example. the evolution operator u is defined in eq. 1. $$\begin{aligned} u = s(c\otimes i_{n}) \end{aligned}$$ (1) where, s is the shift operator, i.e., a permutation matrix that acts in the walker’s space based on the state of the coin space. the unitary matrix c is the coin operator [17]. therefore, the equation of evolution represented by a quantum walk at time t is given by 2.1 quantum walk on the hypercube according to venegas [21], the hypercube is defined as an undirected graph of degree n and \(n = 2^{n}\) nodes. each node is represented by an n-bit binary string. two nodes \(\vec {x}\) and \(\vec {y}\) are connected by an edge if the hamming distance between them is 1, i.e., \(\left| \vec {x} \vec {y} \right| = 1\). this means that \(\vec {x}\) and \(\vec {y}\) only differ in a single bit. the expression \(\left| \vec {x} \right| \) is the hamming weight of \(\vec {x}\). the hilbert space associated with the quantum walk on the hypercube is $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {h} = \mathcal {h}^{n} \otimes \mathcal {h}^{2^{n}}, \end{aligned}$$ where \(\mathcal {h}^{n}\) is the hilbert space associated with the quantum coin space, and \(\mathcal {h}^{2^{n}}\) is the hilbert space associated with nodes on the hypercube. according to shenvi [17], in a d-dimensional hypercube, the d directions specify the coin state. kempe [7] defines that directions can be labeled by the n base-vectors on the hypercube which corresponding to the n vectors of hamming weight 1. these n vectors are represented by the states , where \(e_{d}\) has a 1 in the d-th bit. the shift operator s described in eq. 2 acts mapping a state . (2) the initial state of the quantum walk in the hypercube is defined according to eq. 3 as an equal superposition over all n nodes and n directions. (3) according to rhodes [16], the hypercube was the first graph in which quantum walks were researched. in their work, shenvi [17] presented a quantum search algorithm based on the random walk quantum architecture. in this article, we are based on the approach used by wong [24]. the pure quantum walk (without search) evolves by repeated applications from the evolution operator described in eq. 1, where c is grover’s “diffusion” operator on the coin space and is given by (4) where, \(i_{n}\) is the identity operator, n is the vertex degree loopless, and is the equal superposition over all n directions [9, 17], i.e., (5) we include a query to the “grover oracle”, described in eq. 6, at each step of the quantum walk. $$\begin{aligned} u' = u \cdot (i_{n} \otimes q) \end{aligned}$$ (6) where, , and means the marked vertex. the system is initiated according to the initial state presented in eq. 3. 3 analyzing the quantum walk on the hypercube in this section, we experimentally analyze the quantum walk on the hypercube searching for multiple marked vertices. the simulations and the obtained results are detailed in the following subsections. 3.1 characterizing the probability distribution along the space previous works showed there is an amplification in the solution neighborhood, which interferes with the amplification of the solutions by the quantum walk on the hypercube [11, 14, 17]. initially, it is necessary to understand how the probability amplitudes are distributed in the search space and how the quantum walk evolves in the hypercube over time considering the impacts caused by the solution neighborhood. figure 1 shows the probability of success after one hundred steps for the quantum walk in the hypercube with one, two, three, and four arbitrarily marked vertices. although the search algorithm is able to amplify the probability amplitudes of the marked vertices, if a measurement is performed, the probability of finding one of the solutions is still unsatisfactory. another interesting aspect that can be observed is that as the number of marked vertices increases, the speed of amplification the probability amplitudes also increases. however, it is necessary to increase the probability amplitudes of the marked vertices. figure 2 shows the probability distributions of the marked vertices only after the number of iterations necessary to reach the maximum value of the probability amplitude close to 1/2. as potovcek et al. [14] noted in their work, we also note that the set of neighbors have a high probability. if we add the amplitudes of the neighbor’s vertices, the values are compatible with the amplitude value of the marked vertex. we conclude that a considerable part of the energy, approximately 1/2, is retained in the neighbors of the marked vertices. figure 2d, shows the probability distribution of four marked vertices. note that the amplitudes of each vertex have their maximum and a neighborhood region. the x-axis distribution is the relative position of the position on the hypercube. it explains why even increasing the number of marked vertices, the success probabilities do not reach values above 1/2. fig. 1. success probability after 100 steps in a hypercube with 1024 nodes. the solid blue curve is the success probability for one solution. the dotted orange curve is the success probability for two solutions. the dot-dashed green curve is the success probability for three solutions. the dotted red curve is the success probability for four solutions. (color figure online) full size image fig. 2. probability distribution of the quantum walk after the number of iterations necessary to reach the maximum value of the probability amplitude with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. the y-axis values are at different ranges to improve visualization. (a) solid blue bar show the probability distribution for one marked vertex. (b) solid blue bar and orange dashed bar show the probability distribution for two marked vertices. (c) solid blue bar, orange dashed bar and green dash-dot bar show the probability distribution for three marked vertices. (d) solid blue bar, orange dashed bar, green dash-dot bar and dotted red bar show the probability distribution for four marked vertices. (color figure online) full size image figure 3 shows the success probability for the quantum walk with one and four marked vertices after one hundred steps. figure 3a shows the behavior of the success probability of one marked vertex, the solid blue curve, and its neighbors, which is the dotted orange curve. if a measurement is performed, the probability of getting a neighbor vertex is greater than getting a marked vertex. with probability above \(90\%\), you get the solution or a vertex that is one step away from the solution. figure 3b shows the behavior of the success probability of four marked vertices, the solid blue curve, and their neighbors, the dotted orange curve. note that in a step when the probability of success of the marked vertices is high, the probability of success of the neighbors decreases, and in the next step, when the probability of success of the neighbors is high, the probability of success of the marked vertices decreases. because of this behavior, if a measurement is performed, the probability of getting a neighbor is high. this happens in fig. 3a but more smoothly. observing these results, we must consider the probability p of obtaining a marked vertex and the probability \(p' = (1 p)\) of obtaining an unmarked vertex which is the sum of the probabilities of the \((n k)\) vertices, where k is the number of marked vertices. these results are shown in table 1. note the column of the value of \(p'\), which is composed of the value of the amplitudes of the neighbors and the amplitude of the vertices that are neither neighbors nor marked. the probability of the walker finding a region is high because the energy is concentrated in the neighboring region. it is concluded that the amplification of the neighborhood around the marked vertices interferes with the probability of success of finding a target vertex. table 1. probabilities of success of marked and unmarked vertices.full size table fig. 3. probability of success after 100 steps with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. (a) shows the probability of success for one marked vertex and its neighbors. (b) shows the probability of success for four marked vertices and their neighbors. (color figure online) full size image 3.2 adjusting the self-loop weight for multiple marked vertices many works have been proposed with the purpose of improving the search capacity of quantum algorithms. according to wong [23], adding a self-loop to each vertex boosts the success probability from 1/2 to 1. a modification to the initial state in the eq. 3 and to grover’s coin in the eq. 4 is needed so that the self-loop can be added. the addition of the self-loop is described in eq. 7. thus, the coin space is now an \((n + 1)\)-dimensional space [16]. (7) one of the concerns when adding a self-loop at each vertex is knowing the best self-loop value. more specifically, in the case of the quantum walk on the hypercube, rhodes [16] proposed an optimal self-loop value $$\begin{aligned} l = \frac{d}{n}, \end{aligned}$$ (8) where d is equal to the degree of the loopless graph and n is the number of vertices in the hypercube. recently, two works showed that inserting the number of marked vertices in calculating the self-loop value optimizes quantum walks. carvalho [6] shows that the optimal value of the self-loop for quantum walks in d-dimensional grids with multiple marked vertices is $$\begin{aligned} l = \frac{2dm}{n}, \end{aligned}$$ where 2d is the number of movements the walker can do, not counting the self-loop, m the number of marked vertices, and n the number of vertices of the grid. nahimovs [12] shows that for different types of two-dimensional grids triangular, rectangular, and honeycomb the optimal self-loop value is also, $$\begin{aligned} l = \frac{m\cdot d}{n} \end{aligned}$$ where d is the degree of the vertex, m is the number of marked vertices, and n is the number of vertices of the grid. fig. 4. comparison between multiple self-loops values and \(l = (n/n)\). (a) shows the success probability for one marked vertex. (b) shows the success probability for two marked vertices. (c) shows the success probability for three marked vertices. (d) shows the success probability for four marked vertices. (color figure online) full size image figure 4a shows the probability of success after two hundred steps for one marked vertex. here, the values of l were the same as used by rhodes. the dashed red curve has the optimum value of l. our interest was to investigate whether the value of l described in eq. 8 also improved the walk results for a number (\(k>1\)) of marked vertices. for this, we performed three more experiments where we increased the number of marked vertices up to four. as we added the marked vertices the success probability of the dashed red curve decreased to \(88.7\%\) (4b) while the success probability of the dotted purple curve increased to \(99.8\%\) (4b) but then also decreased to \(96.2\%\) (4c) and \(89.3\%\) (4d). it indicates that a new value of l is required when the number of marked vertices increases. to find the optimal self-loop for multiple marked vertices, we defined a set of values in the form \(l' = (\alpha \cdot l)\), where \(\alpha \in \mathbb {n}\). figure 5 compares the probability of success for a set of marked vertices, \(k = \{2, 3, 5, 14, 17\}\), these vertices were chosen randomly as well as their number. the self-loop values for these vertex numbers are \(\alpha \cdot l\), where \(l = (d/n)\) and \(\alpha = \{1, 2, 3,...\}\). note that the curves have their maximum points exactly at the locations on the x-axis where the \(l'\) values are. we can conclude that the value of (\(\alpha = k\)). therefore, we can set the value of l for multiple marked vertices for the quantum walk in the hypercube, $$\begin{aligned} l' = \frac{n}{n} \cdot k \end{aligned}$$ (9) where n is equal to the degree of the loopless vertex of the hypercube, n the number of vertices in the hypercube, and k the number of marked vertices. the self-loop value shown by nahimovs [12] for the quantum search in various types of two-dimensional grids coincides with the optimal self-loop value for the search for a quantum walk in the hypercube. figure 5 shows that, as the values of l approach the optimal value, the probability of success of the curve also approaches its maximum value. we can observe this behavior in table 2 which shows the probability of success for multiple values of l and multiple marked vertices. consider the values of the main diagonal, which are the maximum success probabilities for each \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). fig. 5. investigation to set the value of l for multiple marked vertices. full size image table 2. probability of success for multiple values of l.full size table table 2 shows the relationship between the self-loop value and the number of marked vertices. we observe the relationship between the self-loop value and the number of marked vertices. note that when the values of l approach the optimal values for each number of marked vertices, there is an improvement in the probability amplitude. figure 6 shows the probability of success after two hundred steps for multiple marked vertices. we can conclude that for cases where there is more than one marked vertex, the optimal value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). fig. 6. probability of success after 200 steps. solid blue curve, \(k = 1\). dotted orange curve, \(k = 2\). green dash-dot curve, \(k = 3\). red dashed curve, \(k = 4\). dotted purple curve, \(k = 5\) (color figure online) full size image 3.3 searching for adjacent marked vertices the results found in the previous sections refer to the search for non-adjacent marked vertices, i.e., \(\left| \vec {\omega _{i}} \vec {\omega _{j}}\right| \ne 1\) the hamming distance from vertex \(\vec {\omega _{i}}\) and all other marked vertices is different from 1. nahimovs et al. [11] shows in their work that for quantum walks in the hypercube if the search space contains marked neighbors vertices, the search can be drastically affected. the authors considered two sets, one with two adjacent marked vertices and the other with two non-adjacent marked vertices. in the first case, the two adjacent marked vertices are \(m = \{0, 1\}\). the absolute value of the overlap remained close to 1, and the probability remains close to the initial state probability. in the second case, the two non-adjacent marked vertices are \(m = \{0, 3\}\). the behavior on this one is different, the same behavior as the solid blue curve in fig. 3a. as the addition of self-loop in the quantum walk in the hypercube improved the search for multiple non-adjacent marked vertices, we investigated the case where the marked vertices are adjacent. we consider ten sets of vertices, \(m = [\{0,1\},\{0,1,2\},\cdots ,\{0,1,2,4,8,\cdots ,256,512\}]\), i.e., all vertices adjacent to the vertex 0. we add one more vertex to the set of marked vertices on each new walk until the number of vertices in m is equal to the degree n of the vertex. figure 7 shows the probability of success after two hundred steps. figure 7a shows the result for the value of \(l = (n/n)\). the probability reaches its maximum when the number of vertices reaches \(k = 4\) with a probability of success of \(99.1\%\). then the probability starts to decrease as k increases. figure 7b shows the result for the value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). the probability reaches its maximum when the number of vertices reaches \(k = 11\) with a success probability of \(94.5\%\). although the probability increases with a slower speed when \(k = 5\), it already reaches \(78.3\%\). this behavior is interesting for search spaces where the marked vertex density is high. note the probability of the solid cyan curve. this behavior was found in work done by nahimovs et al. [11] and was repeated here in our experiments. according to the authors, this is because the quantum walk has a stationary state. fig. 7. probability of success after 200 steps with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. shows the probability of success for k adjacent marked vertices. (a) shows for \(l = (n/n)\) and (b) for \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). full size image figure 8 shows the comparison between what happens to the success probabilities in fig. 7 when the number of k increases. note the dotted orange curve, the probability of success grows to its maximum value when the value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). the same does not happen when \(l = (n/n)\). fig. 8. maximum probability reached for each number of marked vertices in the neighborhood after one hundred steps with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. evaluating the interference of the number of adjacent marked vertices in the value of l. (color figure online) full size image we considered before that the marked vertices were neighbors. now, let us analyze the possibility that in addition to having marked vertices in the neighborhood, there are also marked vertices that are not neighbors. we run ten experiments, and each one starts with two adjacent marked vertices \(m = \{0,1\}\). in each experiment, a \(i = \{1,2,3,\cdots \}\) non-adjacent vertex is randomly marked and the next marked neighbor, i.e., \(m = \{0,1,2,...\}\). therefore, in the tenth experiment, there will be eleven adjacent and ten non-adjacent vertices. fig. 9. maximum probability reached for each number of marked vertices after one hundred steps with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. (a) shows the probability of success for k adjacent and non-adjacent marked vertices for \(l = (n/n)\). (b) shows the probability of success for k adjacent and non-adjacent marked vertices for \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). (color figure online) full size image figure 9 shows the behavior of probability amplitudes when for each set of adjacent vertices, a number of non-adjacent vertices are marked. figure 9a shows that as new non-adjacent vertices are marked the probability is affected. note that the behavior seen in the solid blue curve in fig. 8 when there were no non-adjacent vertices is similar, i.e., as the density of the marked vertices increases, the probabilities decrease, even adding the vertices non-adjacent. the same can be seen in the case of the dotted orange curves in figs. 8 and 9b, i.e., when the density of the marked vertices increases, the probability also increases, this tells us that the value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\) is optimal for high marked vertex densities. figure 10 shows the probability of success for the search of marked adjacent and non-adjacent vertices in the search space. we performed an experiment, where, at every hundred steps, an adjacent vertex and a non-adjacent vertex were marked, i.e., for each m set of adjacent vertices a vertex \(i \notin m\) was marked randomly, then, \(m' = \{0,1,i_{0}\},\{0,1,i_{0},2,i_{1}\},\cdots ,\{0,1,i_{0},2,i_{1},4, i_{2},\cdots ,512,i_{10}\}\). figure 10a shows the probability of success for \(l = (n/n)\) and fig. 10b shows the probability of success for \(l = (n/n) \cdot k\). note that the probability of success above \(90\%\) is achieved in a smaller number of steps. fig. 10. probability of success after 100 steps with \(n = 10\) and \(n = 1024\) vertices. (a) shows the probability of success for k adjacent and non-adjacent marked vertices for \(l = (n/n)\). (b) shows the probability of success for k adjacent and non-adjacent marked vertices for \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\). (color figure online) full size image 4 conclusions many efforts are applied in order to improve the performance of quantum search algorithms. quantum walks are the main tool for building these algorithms. we initially analyzed the quantum walk in the hypercube applying grover’s search and came to the conclusion that neighbor vertices affect the search performance, an observation that has been corroborated by other authors. we found that the walk could not improve its results even for a number of marked vertices equal to one. many authors have developed works for adding self-loops in various types of graphs and grids of different dimensions. in this sense, we decided to investigate how to improve the quantum search in the hypercube using self-loops. previous works defined the optimal self-loop value as \(l = (d/n)\) for one marked vertex to the quantum walk on the hypercube. after performing experiments we saw that this value of l was not optimal for multiple marked vertices. we arrive at a value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\) for an arbitrary number of vertices. this value is also used when searching in two-dimensional grids. another aspect of the quantum walk in the hypercube is whether the marked vertex is adjacent or not, this interferes with the search performance. we then analyzed whether the value of \(l = (n/n)\) and \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\) had any positive effect when applied to the hypercube vertices. the results show that the value of \(l = (n/n)\) is not optimal for the quantum walk in the hypercube with multiple marked vertices adjacent or not. it also shows that for a search space where there are marked adjacent vertices, just one non-adjacent marked vertex is sufficient for the value of \(l = (n/n)\cdot k\) to be better. according to the results presented here, there is a greater than \(90\%\) probability that the measurement will collapse in one of the solutions. recent works have used the quantum walks to search weights and train artificial neural networks [19, 20]. the quantum walk in the hypercube has an interesting behavior, the amplification of neighbors vertices. in future work, we intend to use this quantum walk to find a set of weights to initialize and train classical artificial neural networks. we also intend to analyze the quantum walk in the hypercube with multiple weighted self-loops. references aharonov, y., davidovich, l., zagury, n.: quantum random walks. phys. rev. a 48(2), 1687 (1993) article  google scholar  ambainis, a., bačkurs, a., nahimovs, n., ozols, r., rivosh, a.: search by quantum walks on two-dimensional grid without amplitude amplification. in: iwama, k., kawano, y., murao, m. (eds.) tqc 2012. lncs, vol. 7582, pp. 87–97. springer, heidelberg (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-35656-8_7 chapter  math  google scholar  ambainis, a., kempe, j., rivosh, a.: coins make quantum walks faster. arxiv preprint quant-ph/0402107 (2004) google scholar  bezerra, g., lugão, p., portugal, r.: quantum walk-based search algorithms with multiple marked vertices. phys. rev. a 103(6), 062202 (2021) article  mathscinet  google scholar  de carvalho, j.h.a., de souza, l.s., de paula neto, f.m., ferreira, t.a.e.: impacts of multiple solutions on the lackadaisical quantum walk search algorithm. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) bracis 2020. lncs (lnai), vol. 12319, pp. 122–135. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61377-8_9 chapter  google scholar  carvalho, j.h.a., souza, l.s., paula neto, f.m., ferreira, t.a.e.: on applying the lackadaisical quantum walk algorithm to search for multiple solutions on grids. arxiv preprint quant-ph/2106.06274 (2021) google scholar  kempe, j.: quantum random walks hit exponentially faster. arxiv preprint quant-ph/0205083 (2002) google scholar  mcmahon, d.: quantum computing explained. wiley, new york (2007) google scholar  moore, c., russell, a.: quantum walks on the hypercube. in: rolim, j.d.p., vadhan, s. (eds.) random 2002. lncs, vol. 2483, pp. 164–178. springer, heidelberg (2002). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-45726-7_14 chapter  google scholar  nahimovs, n.: lackadaisical quantum walks with multiple marked vertices. in: catania, b., královič, r., nawrocki, j., pighizzini, g. (eds.) sofsem 2019. lncs, vol. 11376, pp. 368–378. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-10801-4_29 chapter  google scholar  nahimovs, n., santos, r.a.m., khadiev, k.r.: adjacent vertices can be hard to find by quantum walks. mosc. univ. comput. math. cybern. 43(1), 32–39 (2019) article  mathscinet  google scholar  nahimovs, n., santos, r.a.: lackadaisical quantum walks on 2d grids with multiple marked vertices. arxiv preprint arxiv:2104.09955 (2021) nielsen, m.a., chuang, i.: quantum computation and quantum information. aapt, cambridge (2002) google scholar  potoček, v., gábris, a., kiss, t., jex, i.: optimized quantum random-walk search algorithms on the hypercube. phys. rev. a 79(1), 012325 (2009) article  google scholar  rhodes, m.l., wong, t.g.: quantum walk search on the complete bipartite graph. phys. rev. a 99(3), 032301 (2019) article  google scholar  rhodes, m.l., wong, t.g.: search on vertex-transitive graphs by lackadaisical quantum walk. quantum inf. process. 19(9), 1–16 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  shenvi, n., kempe, j., whaley, k.b.: quantum random-walk search algorithm. phys. rev. a 67(5), 052307 (2003) article  google scholar  singh, j., singh, m.: evolution in quantum computing. in: 2016 international conference system modeling & advancement in research trends (smart), pp. 267–270. ieee (2016) google scholar  souza, l.s., carvalho, j.h.a., ferreira, t.a.e.: quantum walk to train a classical artificial neural network. in: 2019 8th brazilian conference on intelligent systems (bracis), pp. 836–841. ieee (2019) google scholar  souza, l.s., carvalho, j.h.a., ferreira, t.a.e.: classical artificial neural network training using quantum walks as a search procedure. ieee trans. comput. (2021) google scholar  venegas-andraca, s.e.: quantum walks: a comprehensive review. quantum inf. process. 11(5), 1015–1106 (2012) article  mathscinet  google scholar  wang, h., zhou, j., wu, j., yi, x.: adjustable self-loop on discrete-time quantum walk and its application in spatial search. arxiv preprint arxiv:1707.00601 (2017) wong, t.g.: grover search with lackadaisical quantum walks. j. phys. a: math. theor. 48(43), 435304 (2015) article  mathscinet  google scholar  wong, t.g.: faster search by lackadaisical quantum walk. quantum inf. process. 17(3), 1–9 (2018) article  mathscinet  google scholar  yanofsky, n.s., mannucci, m.a.: quantum computing for computer scientists. cambridge university press, cambridge (2008) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations departamento de estatística e informática, universidade federal rural de pernambuco, recife, brazil luciano s. de souza & tiago a. e. ferreira centro de informática, universidade federal de pernambuco, recife, brazil jonathan h. a. de carvalho authors luciano s. de souzaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar jonathan h. a. de carvalhoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar tiago a. e. ferreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to luciano s. de souza . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de souza, l.s., de carvalho, j.h.a., ferreira, t.a.e. (2021). lackadaisical quantum walk in the hypercube to search for multiple marked vertices. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_17 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_17 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords quantum computing quantum walk quantum search algorithm publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature emotion recognition in instrumental music using ai | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper emotion recognition in instrumental music using ai conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 201–213 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) emotion recognition in instrumental music using ai download book pdf download book epub camila ferreira alves9, thiago garcia mozart9 & luis antônio brasil kowada9  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 401 accesses 1 citation abstract this study aims to develop a predictive model for classifying emotions in instrumental music excerpts using machine learning techniques. the methodology involves experiments with three distinct datasets, including a newly created dataset for this research. the models employed include random forest, multi-layer perceptron, and convolutional neural network architectures. the experimental results, conducted with a single dataset for testing and validation, were generally positive. however, when attempting to generalize the models using different datasets, a considerable reduction in generalization capability was observed. despite this, the study presents promising results, indicating that increasing the number of training data can significantly improve the models’ generalization capability. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others music emotion recognition with the extraction of audio features using machine learning approaches chapter © 2020 end-to-end music emotion variation detection using iteratively reconstructed deep features article 08 january 2022 a survey on music emotion recognition using learning models article 04 june 2025 1 introduction music plays a fundamental role in daily life, often used to express emotions and increasingly in therapeutic treatments. it has the ability to evoke a wide range of emotions, acting as a means of communication that transcends linguistic barriers. however, identifying and classifying the emotions evoked by music presents significant challenges due to the variations in individual listeners’ perceptions, resulting in a substantial degree of disagreement among them [9]. this study aims to develop a sentiment analyzer for music using concepts of artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning (ml). the analysis of instrumental music, in particular, presents unique challenges, as the absence of lyrics requires emotional interpretation to be derived exclusively from musical elements such as melody, harmony, rhythm, and timbre. this emotional complexity in purely instrumental compositions is often neglected by approaches that focus solely on song lyrics, as noted in previous studies [4, 6]. specifically, this study seeks to develop a predictive model capable of classifying emotions in instrumental music using advanced machine learning techniques. the methodology adopted involves conducting various experiments with three distinct datasets, including a proprietary dataset created specifically for this research. the machine learning models employed include random forest, multi-layer perceptron, and convolutional neural networks, each selected for their distinct capabilities in modeling and data analysis. the datasets used were labeled based on five primary emotions: happiness, sadness, dramaticism, romanticism, and aggressiveness. one of the datasets was developed for exclusive use in this work. 2 methodology the adopted methodology was structured into fundamental sequential steps, with datasets defined and emotional labels standardized into five categories: happiness, sadness, dramaticness, romanticism, and aggressiveness. the process begins with data treatment, followed by a methodological bifurcation depending on whether deep learning techniques are used. for approaches involving deep learning, spectrograms are created, followed by the application of transfer learning and optimization of parameters, culminating in the training, testing, and generalization phases of the model. alternatively, in the absence of deep learning, feature extraction is performed, followed by verification of dataset balance; in case of imbalance, the smote algorithm is applied. subsequently, the optimal parameters for training are determined, followed by the testing and generalization stages. fig. 1. ai development full size image the general flow of the methodology included the steps presented in fig. 1. 2.1 data acquisition the first dataset [1] consists of 2500 musical excerpts, each 5 s long. these excerpts are labeled with five distinct emotions: happiness, sadness, romanticism, aggressiveness, and dramaticness, so no adaptation was needed. the dataset is originally organized uniformly, with 500 excerpts for each class. the second dataset [2] consists of 400 musical excerpts, initially distributed across four genres (rock, classical, pop, and electronic). however, for this study, only 322 excerpts, each 10 s long, were used. this dataset was originally labeled with nine emotions: amazement, solemnity, tenderness, nostalgia, calm, power, activation, tension, and sadness. to adapt these emotions to the context of this work, the emotion wheel [7] was used as a reference, mapping each emotion to the closest ones. the third dataset was developed using a web platform specially designed for this study. this dataset comprises a total of 371 music excerpts, each with a duration of 10 s. the labeling of the excerpts was conducted through evaluations provided by 164 users, ensuring a diversity of opinions and perspectives. during the dataset creation, ties in the labeling were identified. to address these ties impartially and ensure each excerpt maintained a single label, one of the labels was randomly selected. 2.2 data processing in the second audio dataset, where each track had an average of 45 evaluations by different users, several preprocessing steps were necessary to prepare the data for analysis. first, the csv file containing the evaluations was read, and the final annotations were determined by the mode of each music track in the dataset. additionally, tracks containing vocals were removed, as lyrics could distort the ai’s understanding of the musical characteristics being analyzed. thus, the focus remained on working only with the instrumental aspects of the tracks. all collected data were converted to “.wav” format to ensure uniformity in file type and facilitate subsequent audio processing steps. audio normalization was also performed, adjusting the volume of each track to avoid significant disparities between different audios. noise removal was also executed, ensuring the audio was as clean as possible without interference that could affect the subsequent analysis. 2.3 feature extraction in the approach used for random forest and multi-layer perceptron techniques, an average calculation strategy for specific features was adopted to ensure equity between the different audio excerpts in the datasets while maintaining code consistency. to select the best features, a permutation between features extracted from an audio excerpt was performed. all tested features are previously described in the librosa library documentationfootnote 1. the criterion used for selecting the best features was based on the highest average accuracy in training the three ai models. thus, a unique set of features was standardized for the trained models. the adopted approach brought benefits in comparing and interpreting results between different datasets and contributed to maintaining code integrity, allowing efficient implementation without the need for specific changes for each dataset throughout the development. the features considered are described below. rms energy: represents the average energy of the audio signal over time. it is also a practical measure of the energy of vibration. time and rhythm: represented by the beats per minute (bpm) rate. its objective is to provide information about the speed and rhythm of the music, commonly used for identifying musical genres and analyzing rhythmic patterns. the calculation is based on the root mean square (rms) value for each frame from the audio samples. mel spectrogram: a visual representation of the audio signal spectrum in mel frequency bands, which is a logarithmic transformation applied to the frequency domain components. the goal is to represent the sound components, giving greater importance to those that most sensitize the human ear [5]. mel-frequency cepstral coefficients (mfccs): mfccs are based on extracting the signal’s energy within critical frequency bands. cepstral measures, based on the mel scale, indicate the spectrum’s shape, obtaining a response with logarithmic (non-linear) approximation concerning frequency, simulating the human ear [8]. zero-crossing rate: the zcr describes the dominant frequency of the music and is often used to detect silence frames (segments). spectral centroid: the spectral centroid characterizes the signal spectrum. it indicates where most of the energy is concentrated in terms of frequency, seeking an average frequency of the signal weighted by the amplitude of each spectral component. 2.4 smote the synthetic minority over-sampling technique (smote) is widely used to address class imbalance in datasets by creating synthetic examples for the minority class. smote starts with the random selection of a minority class sample and then selects the k-nearest neighbors of that sample. among these neighbors, one is randomly chosen, and a synthetic data point is generated between the chosen neighbor and the initial sample. this process is repeated until the dataset is balanced [3]. the application of smote in this work can be observed in fig. 2. in this figure, it is noted that the class with the fewest labels, “aggressiveness,” after applying the technique, has the same amount of data as the class with the most labels, “happiness.” this balancing is essential to ensure that the machine learning algorithms are not biased in favor of the majority classes, thus improving the model’s ability to generalize to new data. fig. 2. smote technique full size image 2.5 mel spectrogram in the approach used for convolutional neural networks (cnns), the original audio signal was transformed into a mel spectrogram, allowing the model to explore temporal and frequency patterns more intuitively and accurately, similar to image analysis. the images were generated using version 1.0.2 of the librosa library. the main difference between the mel spectrogram and the spectrogram is that the frequencies are converted to the mel scale. the goal is to reduce the amount of correlated information without losing relevant information [5]. the conversion to the mel scale is given by the equation: $$\begin{aligned} \text {mel}(f) = 2595 \log _{10} \left( 1 + \frac{f}{700} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (1) the different types of mel spectrograms generated in this work are presented in fig. 3. the figure shows five randomly selected audio excerpts, representing the five emotional classes used in this study: happiness, sadness, aggressiveness, romanticism, and dramaticness. fig. 3. mel spectrograms full size image 2.6 model training the scikit-learn libraryfootnote 2 was used for model training. the training process included splitting the data for training and validation and choosing hyperparameters, ensuring that the validation data were entirely new to the model. the data were split into 80% for training and 20% for testing, ensuring the model was tested on unseen data. this split was done randomly to avoid any bias in the resulting sets. the selection of hyperparameters for each model was based on methods like random search, aiming to explore a wide range of possible combinations efficiently, resulting in a configuration that maximized model quality. hyperparameter combinations were performed using cross-validation, where the data were divided into multiple subsets (folds). the model was trained on some of these subsets and tested on the remaining ones, ensuring all data were used for validation at some point. this approach is particularly useful for relatively small datasets, as it allows the model to be evaluated more comprehensively using all available data for both training and validation. tables 1, 2, and 3 show the hyperparameters explored for training the random forest, multi-layer perceptron, and convolutional neural network models, respectively. table 1. random forest hyperparameters descriptionfull size table table 2. multi-layer perceptron hyperparameters descriptionfull size table table 3. convolutional neural network hyperparameters descriptionfull size table 3 experiments given the diversity of data types, combinations between models and datasets were conducted, resulting in a total of nine distinct experiments as described in table 4. table 4. summary of experimentsfull size table in each experiment, a search for the best parameters was conducted, and the model was trained with the data previously separated for the training set. subsequently, the model’s performance was evaluated by analyzing the confusion matrix [10] constructed with the predictions resulting from the data reserved for the test set. crucial metrics such as precision, recall, and f1-score were considered for this evaluation. 4 results for each of the nine experiments described in sect. 3, the resulting metrics are presented in table 5. these results can be interpreted as the averages generated from the values of each labeling. table 5. experiment resultsfull size table 4.1 prediction on other datasets similarly to the tests, the prediction sets were distinct from those used in each experiment, ensuring that all data were entirely new to the models, not being used in the training or validation sets. for each experiment, two prediction sets that had already been used in the study were employed. table 6 focuses on showing the accuracy of each of the proposed validations. table 6. validationfull size table 4.2 additional experiments for cases where the validation and training datasets are the same, they were treated separately. for training and testing, 70% of the dataset was randomly split. the remaining 30% of the dataset was used for validation. similar to previous experiments, for each dataset, the three presented models were implemented. thus, experiments with identifiers 10 and 11 relate to the rf model, while identifiers 12 and 13 were trained with the mlp model, and the others with cnn. all experiments follow the order 1, 2, and 3 regarding the datasets. the results can be seen in table 7. table 7. additional experimentsfull size table 5 model performance analyzing table 5, we can observe that the performance of the models varies according to the dataset and the model used. the multi-layer perceptron (mlp) model consistently demonstrated superior performance in most experiments. however, when considering generalization capability, the convolutional neural network (cnn) model proved to be more robust in some cases. the validation results presented in table 6 show that the generalization of the models was inferior when tested on different datasets from those on which they were trained. this reinforces the idea that the generalization capability of the models was compromised due to the intrinsic differences between the datasets. the number of samples had a significant influence on the models’ performance. models trained with dataset 1, which has a larger number of samples (2500), consistently outperformed those trained with datasets 2 and 3, which have fewer samples (322 and 371, respectively). this result suggests that increasing the amount of available data can improve the models’ generalization capability. the results of additional experiments, where the datasets were split into 70% for training and 30% for validation, corroborate this observation. models trained with dataset 1 performed better in validation compared to those trained with the other datasets. differences in the properties of the datasets, such as the source of annotation and the intrinsic variability of the data, also affected the models’ performance. the discrepancy in validation results suggests that models trained on a specific dataset may not be applicable to other datasets with different characteristics. this highlights the importance of using a diverse and comprehensive dataset for training. 6 conclusion this study aimed to develop a predictive model capable of classifying emotions in excerpts of instrumental music using machine learning techniques. the adopted methodology involved conducting experiments with three distinct datasets, including one created specifically for this research. the models used were random forest, multi-layer perceptron, and convolutional neural network. the experimental results were generally positive when validated with a single dataset for testing and validation. however, there was a considerable reduction in the models’ generalization capability when using datasets different from the original ones. this indicates the need for improvements to increase the models’ generalization and robustness. the results indicate that, although machine learning models can capture useful patterns to predict emotions in musical excerpts, there is a clear need for improvements. increasing the diversity and comprehensiveness of the training datasets, as well as applying more advanced preprocessing and feature engineering techniques, are essential steps for future research in this area. in summary, this work presents promising results and points to directions for future improvements, indicating that increasing the amount of training data and using more advanced techniques can significantly improve the generalization capability of machine learning models in classifying emotions in instrumental music. notes 1.https://librosa.org. 2.https://scikit-learn.org/. references akhmedsakip: music-berkeley-emotions. https://huggingface.co/datasets/akhmedsakip/music-berkeley-emotions aljanaki, a., wiering, f., veltkamp, r.c.: studying emotion induced by music through a crowdsourcing game. inf. process. manag. 52(1), 115–128 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ipm.2015.03.004, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0306457315000424, emotion and sentiment in social and expressive media apostolopoulos, i.d.: investigating the synthetic minority class oversampling technique (smote) on an imbalanced cardiovascular disease (cvd) dataset (2020) google scholar  du, j.: sentiment analysis and lyrics theme recognition of music lyrics based on natural language processing. vol. 20 (2024). http://journal.esrgroups.org/index.php/jes/article/view/2040 lacerda, t.b., miranda, p., câmara, a., furtado, a.p.c.: deep learning and mel-spectrograms for physical violence detection in audio. in: anais do xviii encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 268–279. sbc (2021) google scholar  malheiro, r., panda, r., gomes, p., paiva, r.p.: classification and regression of music lyrics: emotionally-significant features. in: international conference on knowledge discovery and information retrieval. vol. 2, pp. 45–55. scitepress (2016) google scholar  plutchik, r.: emotions and life: perspectives from psychology, biology, and evolution. american psychological association (2003) google scholar  rahmani, a.m., et al.: enhanced classification of heart sounds using mel frequency cepstral coefficients: a comparative study of single and ensemble classifier strategies (2024) google scholar  schmidt, e.m., scott, j.j., kim, y.e.: feature learning in dynamic environments: modeling the acoustic structure of musical emotion. in: ismir, pp. 325–330 (2012) google scholar  ting, k.m.: confusion matrix, p. 209. springer us, boston, ma (2010). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-30164-8_157 download references acknowledgements we would like to express our sincere gratitude to the tools and libraries used for data analysis and model development. we also acknowledge the valuable assistance of chatgpt, which was used as a support tool for the initial review of this manuscript. we take full responsibility for the content presented, including the verification of originality and text accuracy. this work has been supported by the faperj (260003/015313/2021). author information authors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense – instituto de computação, niterói, brazil camila ferreira alves, thiago garcia mozart & luis antônio brasil kowada authors camila ferreira alvesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar thiago garcia mozartview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luis antônio brasil kowadaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to camila ferreira alves . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper alves, c.f., mozart, t.g., kowada, l.a.b. (2025). emotion recognition in instrumental music using ai. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_14 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_14 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords machine learning emotion recognition emotions music analysis publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature improving colorectal cancer diagnosis using mirnet and inceptionv3 on histopathological images | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper improving colorectal cancer diagnosis using mirnet and inceptionv3 on histopathological images conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 321–334 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) improving colorectal cancer diagnosis using mirnet and inceptionv3 on histopathological images download book pdf download book epub neilson p. ribeiro  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0004-0431-94389,10, felipe r. s. teles  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0002-9598-885010, joão otávio bandeira diniz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3303-33469,10, luana b. da cruz11, domingos a. dias jr.11, geraldo braz junior  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3731-643110, joão d. s. de almeida  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7013-970010 & … anselmo c. de paiva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4921-062610  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 389 accesses 1 citation abstract colorectal cancer (crc) is the second most prevalent type of cancer among men and women in brazil, accounting for 9.1% of cancers in men and 9.2% in women between 2020 and 2022. crc diagnosis typically relies on histopathological images, which can be challenging to interpret and prone to errors. this paper proposes a method for diagnosing crc using histopathological images. this method involves enhancing images with mirnet and classifying them as benign or malignant using inceptionv3. the results surpass the state-of-the-art by introducing, for the first time, enhancement through mirnet, achieving an accuracy of 99.67% and an auc of 0.9999. we believe that this method, combined with medical expertise, holds great promise for early crc diagnosis. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others histopathological colorectal cancer image classification by using inception v4 cnn model chapter © 2023 colorectal cancer detection using an ensemble model for histopathological image classification chapter © 2026 prognostic analysis combining histopathological features and clinical information to predict colorectal cancer survival from whole-slide images article 05 june 2024 1 introduction cancer encompasses diseases in which abnormal cells develop in the body due to random mutations. among these conditions, colorectal cancer (crc) is a significant contributor to morbidity and mortality [3]. in brazil, approximately 45,630 new cases of crc are estimated annually, with a higher incidence in men compared to women [21]. globally, crc accounted for over 1.9 million new cases in 2020, ranking it as the third most incident tumor among all cancers. the highest incidence rates of crc were observed in men in central, northern, and southern europe, while among women, the highest incidences were found in oceania and northern europe [3]. colorectal cancer stands out as one of the most prevalent cancers in brazil and worldwide, emphasizing the necessity to address detection and diagnostic methodologies that facilitate early identification [7]. currently, specialists rely on visual analyses of histopathological image samples, a subjective process dependent on personal interpretation and pathologist experience [1]. the development of computational tools to support specialists and provide a second opinion is crucial for aiding in early diagnosis. artificial intelligence (ai) has made significant advancements, offering various viable diagnostic approaches [12, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23]. once trained, it can assist specialists in quickly and effectively diagnosing crc. early diagnosis plays a fundamental role in treatment and patient survival. with recent advances in image processing and machine learning, ai techniques have shown promise in assisting in crc diagnosis. therefore, this study presents a method for diagnosing crc histopathological images using convolutional neural networks (cnns) for image enhancement and classification between benign and malignant. thus, we believe that the proposed method brings the following contributions: introduces the use of the mirnet cnn, for the first time in the literature, to enhance the quality of histopathological images, improving diagnostic accuracy; utilizes another cnn, the inceptionv3, to classify the images pre-processed by mirnet, achieving metrics superior to the literature. thus, the contributions mentioned suggest that the proposed method is an effective tool to assist specialists in an early diagnosis of crc cancer, potentially playing a critical role in effective treatment and patient survival. 2 related works colorectal cancer has sparked extensive research into the development of computational methods to aid specialists in its classification. in this section, related works on the topic are presented. dabass et al. [8] highlight the importance of computational methods for crc classification. they propose a supervised deep learning technique for five-grade cancer classification, achieving an accuracy of 96.97% for two-grade and 93.24% for five-grade classification. candelero et al. [5] propose an automated pathology detection method, focusing on crc, breast cancer, and non-hodgkin lymphomas. their method combines feature extraction techniques such as multi-scale and multidimensional fractals, haralick descriptors, and cnn for pattern recognition. following feature selection, evolutionary and machine learning algorithms, including svm, k*, and random forest, were applied for classification. the best combination resulted in an accuracy of 91.06% for crc. mangal et al. [20] highlight the importance of accurately categorizing histopathological images of the colon. using the same dataset of our work for validation, they achieved an impressive accuracy of 96.61% with a cnn architecture they proposed. on the other hand, bukhari et al. [4] emphasize the precise histopathological diagnosis of colorectal cancer. their approach involves utilizing images and cnns. by training on ten thousand images and comparing three different cnns (resnet-18, resnet-30, and resnet-50), they identified resnet-50 as the most accurate, achieving an outstanding 93.91% accuracy. hidayah et al. [18] introduce a conventional approach to classify colorectal cancer, employing texture analysis with glrlm and k-fold cross-validation. this research attains an accuracy rate of 85.57%, a sensitivity of 91.72%, and a specificity of 80.55%. all two studies mentioned utilize the identical dataset as the proposed method. on the other hand, swarna et al. [24] present two models for colon cell classification based on image data one utilizing the inceptionv3 model, and the other combining predictions from three basic sequential cnn models. the authors achieve accuracy rates of 99.4% and 99.95%, respectively. in a recent study conducted by rajinikanth et al. [22], they introduced a new deep learning framework designed to categorize colon slides into either normal or cancerous classes. this methodology encompasses several steps, including resizing, preprocessing, extraction of deep features, and binary classification using 5-fold cross-validation. the research dataset comprises 4,000 images, evenly split between normal and cancerous samples. their findings reveal that employing deep features leads to a remarkable 99% accuracy rate. table 1 describes the related works presented, along with the techniques and accuracy values. table 1. summary of techniques and accuracy resultsfull size table we notice that in most studies, cnn usage stands out for crc classification, displaying significant metrics, often surpassing 90%. moreover, feature extraction, whether traditional or deep features, is also commonly employed for this purpose. however, there is a lack of emphasis on image enhancement. enhancing images is crucial to highlight important features and optimize their representation for subsequent steps, including feature extraction or cnn utilization. addressing this gap, the proposed method introduces the use of a cnn called mirnet for the automatic enhancement of crc histopathological images. furthermore, considering the results achieved in the literature, we propose utilizing inceptionv3 for classification after applying mirnet [26], as it was the cnn that exhibited the best performance [24]. 3 materials and method in this section, we describe the steps that compound the proposed method. the proposed method is divided into four steps: database acquisition; database pre-processing using mirnet; inceptionv3 as a classifier between benign and malignant classes; and finally, a validation step to evaluate the proposed method. figure 1 presents the mentioned steps. fig. 1. database: (a) benign colon tissue; (b) colon adenocarcinoma (malign). full size image 3.1 database for this study, we turned to the extensive database available on kaggle, titled lung and colon cancer histopathological images. this dataset, a rich and diverse source, comprises five distinct classes, each containing 5,000 images. the categories include benign lung tissue, lung adenocarcinoma, lung squamous cell carcinoma, colon adenocarcinoma, and benign colon tissue [2]. for our method development, we concentrated on a database comprising 10,000 images associated with colon adenocarcinoma and benign colon tissue. our analysis aims to discern the distinguishing features between benign and malignant images utilizing deep learning-based enhancement techniques. figure 2 offers a visual representation of a sample from each class. fig. 2. database: (a) benign colon tissue; (b) colon adenocarcinoma (malign). full size image additionally, the images have dimensions of \(768\times 768\) pixels. thus, for the subsequent steps of the method, resizing to \(256\times 256\) was performed. according to [10, 16], this size is suitable for processing within the deep learning pipeline. 3.2 mirnet pre-processing many works show that image preprocessing can make the results better [9, 11, 14]. in this step, the images are processed by mirnet to assess the enhancement of the database. mirnet (multiple iterative reconstruction network) is a deep neural network designed to perform image enhancement. it operates in multiple iterations, progressively refining the quality of the input images [26]. we highlight that it is the first time the mirnet has been used in histopathological images of crc as image pre-processing. thus, image pre-processing techniques play a crucial role in improving results. it is not an easy task to select a set of the best pre-processing to be applied. this way, employing an ai-based technique that automatically enhances the image features increases the method’s performance. figure 3 illustrates the architecture of mirnet. fig. 3. mirnet pre-processing. architecture sample. full size image according to [26], mirnet follows an iterative approach, where each iteration enhances the input image by learning hierarchical representations of image features. it reconstructs the image using learned residual information, which are differences between the input and reconstructed images. these residuals are used to refine the input image in each iteration, resulting in changes in texture patterns. various configurations were tested to validate the method, as discussed in sect. 4. as shown in fig. 2, histopathological images of crc often exhibit variations in quality and appearance, which can hinder the accurate classification of tissue. therefore, by opting to use mirnet as preprocessing, it can highlight important features of crc tissue that may not be easily discernible, such as morphological, structural, and textural characteristics relevant for distinguishing benign from malignant tissue. 3.3 inceptionv3 training with the images pre-processed by mirnet, the next step is to classify them as malignant or benign. for this purpose, a cnn will be trained. firstly, the data is split into training, validation, and test sets. it is worth noting that one of the characteristics of cnns is the need for a large number of training samples to effectively learn the features during training. at this step, data augmentation techniques were applied to increase the size of the training dataset. the techniques used included random rotation from -30 to 30\(^\circ \)c, width_shift_range and height_shift_range also from -30 to 30\(^\circ \)c and horizontal and vertical flipping operations. these operations were performed using the keras library [6]. for training the cnn, the inceptionv3 was chosen. upon reviewing the literature analysis (sect. 2), this was the architecture that yielded the best results in crc analysis. moreover, inceptionv3 is capable of extracting complex and discriminative features from histopathological images of crc. its efficient architecture, which utilizes parallel convolutional modules called inception modules, allows for a richer and more efficient representation of image features [25]. furthermore, the transfer learning technique can be easily applied to inceptionv3 by leveraging its pre-trained weights and fine-tuning them to fit the specific data of the crc classification problem. therefore, the weights from imagenet were utilized. by adjusting these weights to fit the specific data of the crc classification problem, the network can learn more specialized and discriminative representations to distinguish between benign and malignant tissue. thus, training is performed by inceptionv3 with data augmentation and transfer learning from imagenet, and validated on the validation set to find the best model. finally, the test data is presented to the model, and validation metrics are extracted. 3.4 validation metrics in computational analysis of histopathological images, accurate classification of samples between benign and malignant plays a fundamental role in aiding clinical diagnosis. therefore, to evaluate the proposed method’s performance metrics frequently applied in the area of medical imaging and literature were used: accuracy, precision, sensitivity, specificity, f1-score, and area under the roc curve (auc). calculate the metrics, it was based on the confusion matrix, which takes into account four variables: tp denotes true positives, tn represents true negatives, fp signifies false positives, and fn indicates false negatives. $$ \text {accuracy} = \frac{\text {tp} + \text {tn}}{\text {tp} + \text {tn} + \text {fp} + \text {fn}}, $$ $$ \text {precision} = \frac{\text {tp}}{\text {tp} + \text {fp}}, $$ $$ \text {recall/sensitivity} = \frac{\text {tp}}{\text {tp} + \text {fn}}, $$ $$ \text {specificity} = \frac{\text {tn}}{\text {tn} + \text {fp}}, $$ $$ \text {f1-score} = 2 \times \frac{\text {precision} \times \text {recall}}{\text {precision} + \text {recall}}, $$ $$ \text {auc} = \int _{0}^{1} \text {tpr}(fpr) \, d(fpr) $$ where tpr (true positive rate) represents the rate of true positives; fpr (false positive rate) represents the rate of false positives. the integral is calculated from 0 to 1, representing the area under the roc curve. 4 results and discussion in this section, we present the results obtained through the application of the proposed method. firstly, we describe the training environment used. then, we detail the results achieved by the proposed method. subsequently, a comparison with the literature and case studies is conducted. finally, the advantages and limitations of the method are discussed. 4.1 training environment to validate the proposed work, the following hardware resources were used: an intel® core™ i7 cpu 2.30ghz processor, an nvidia® rtx-3070 8gb gpu, 16gb of ram, and the windows 11 pro operating system. tensorflow and the keras library were employed to build and analyze the proposed method. tensorflow is a widely used library for developing cnns and serves as the backend for keras. additionally, opencv was used for image manipulation, and scikit-learn to assist in various stages of the method, as well as to apply validation metrics. 4.2 experiments in the experiments, we sought to validate each step of the proposed method. initially, the dataset was divided into training (80%) and testing (20%) sets, with a validation subset comprising 20% of the training set, as described in table 2. table 2. distribution of images in training, validation, and test sets.full size table next, pre-processing was applied using mirnet. it is important to highlight that all hyperparameters used in mirnet were the same as those described by [26]. for this purpose, four datasets were trained with 50, 100, 200, and 500 epochs, respectively. figure 4 illustrates the result of some images for each of these sets. fig. 4. mirnet pre-processing result per epochs. full size image we observed that for each dataset, different aspects of the images are enhanced, varying according to the number of epochs. visually, the dataset trained with 50 epochs presents a visually harmonized result, while those trained with 100, 200, and 500 epochs lost some characteristics. this suggests the need for a more in-depth analysis of the metrics to verify if there was indeed an improvement in the pre-processing quality. subsequently, each dataset is submitted to inceptionv3. the hyperparameters used were those presented by [25], available in the keras library. in addition, data augmentation and transfer learning steps were included, as described in sect. 3.3. the models were trained for 50 epochs, with a batch size of 16, using the adam optimizer and binary cross-entropy as loss. table 3 presents the results for training inceptionv3 for each dataset and the original images. table 3. results from mirnet pre-processed datasetsfull size table the analysis of the metrics reveals a significant improvement in the model’s performance after pre-processing with mirnet compared to the original images. in percentage terms, we observe a considerable increase in all metrics across all datasets processed by mirnet. when comparing the mirnet datasets, we note that those trained with 50 and 100 epochs exhibit the best metrics. specifically, the mirnet dataset with 50 epochs stands out as the best, with 99.67% accuracy, 99.73% precision, 99.73% sensitivity, 99.70% specificity, 99.67% f1-score, and 0.9999 auc. these results suggest that a shorter training of 50 epochs may be sufficient to achieve excellent performance. these results underscore its significance in crc diagnosis. the substantial improvement in performance metrics after pre-processing with mirnet indicates that this approach can assist in more accurate identification of benign and malignant tissues in crc histopathological images. the high metrics achieved with mirnet suggest that this technique could be a valuable tool to aid pathologists and physicians in early crc diagnosis and treatment, thereby contributing to better clinical outcomes and improved quality of life for patients. 4.3 comparison with the literature observing sect. 2, our work stands out. table 4 presents our work along with related works. table 4. summary of comparison with literature.full size table though direct comparisons are challenging due to differences in datasets and methodologies, our proposed method has demonstrated high effectiveness in classifying histopathological images of crc. leveraging mirnet and inceptionv3 techniques, our method achieved an accuracy of 99.67 considering metrics beyond accuracy, our method also yielded promising results in terms of precision, sensitivity, specificity, f1-score, and auc. these metrics provide a comprehensive view of our model’s performance, demonstrating its ability to successfully distinguish between benign and malignant tissue in crc histopathological images. 4.4 case study in this section, we will describe two case studies of the proposed method. in fig. 5 (a), we present an example of a cancer image classified as benign, and in fig. 5 (b), we have a benign image classified as cancer. fig. 5. case study. (a) classified as benign, (b) classified as malign (adenocarcinoma). full size image visually, it can be observed that both images have very similar texture characteristics. the misclassification error may be attributed to a possible incorrect labeling or to the fact that, due to their similarity, mirnet may have enhanced features that confused inceptionv3 in classification. however, it is essential to highlight that, despite the classification errors, the method demonstrated considerable metrics, suggesting a notable overall performance. 4.5 discussion now, let’s discuss the advantages and limitations of our method for classifying crc histopathological images. our proposed method automates the process of distinguishing histopathological images, reducing manual intervention and, combined with medical expertise, enhances diagnostic efficiency. our approach stands out by employing mirnet for the first time in the context of crc histopathological images. mirnet automatically highlights relevant features, significantly contributing to the differentiation between malignant and benign tissues. we propose the use of data augmentation and transfer learning during training, bringing effective techniques for model enhancement. by adopting the inceptionv3 architecture for classification, our method benefits from the ability of this cnn to extract complex and discriminative features from images, resulting in superior performance. our method includes metrics such as accuracy, precision, sensitivity, specificity, f1-score, and auc, providing a more comprehensive and robust evaluation of the model’s performance. due to the flexible architectures and comprehensive metrics used, our method has the potential to be applied in other areas of medicine and in the classification of different types of histopathological images. however, it is worth noting that despite the method being robust, achieving 99% in all validation metrics, it does have some limitations: while mirnet is a powerful technique for image pre=processing, determining the best hyperparameters to optimize its performance automatically is still necessary. we limited our analysis to the inceptionv3 architecture for classification, but exploring other cnn architectures could further validate the proposed method. although we conducted experiments to empirically adjust the model’s hyperparameters, an automated approach for selecting the best hyperparameters could enhance the method’s performance. these considerations about advantages and limitations provide a comprehensive view of our method and highlight areas for future work. 5 conclusion the proposed method was developed to assist in the diagnosis of crc, one of the leading causes of morbidity and mortality worldwide. we propose a robust automatic method for classifying crc histopathological images, aiming to improve clinical diagnosis. the method represents a contribution by being the first to utilize mirnet for the preprocessing of crc histopathological images. furthermore, with the use of the inceptionv3 architecture, we obtained promising results, demonstrating the model’s ability to extract discriminative features and achieve metrics superior to the literature. as future work, other cnn architectures beyond inceptionv3 could be explored to validate their use and compare them with existing ones. additionally, it is suggested to investigate automated techniques for hyperparameter selection, aiming to make the method even more robust. references abdelsamea, m.m., zidan, u., senousy, z., gaber, m.m., rakha, e., ilyas, m.: a survey on artificial intelligence in histopathology image analysis. wiley interdisc. rev. data min. knowl. discov. 12(6), e1474 (2022) article  google scholar  borkowski, a.a., bui, m.m., thomas, l.b., wilson, c.p., deland, l.a., mastorides, s.m.: lung and colon cancer histopathological image dataset (lc25000). arxiv preprint arxiv:1912.12142 (2019) bray, f., ferlay, j., soerjomataram, i., siegel, r., torre, l., jemal, a., et al.: erratum: global cancer statistics 2018: globocan estimates of incidence and mortality worldwide for 36 cancers in 185 countries. ca cancer j. clin. 70(4), 313 (2020) article  google scholar  bukhari, s.u.k., syed, a., bokhari, s.k.a., hussain, s.s., armaghan, s.u., shah, s.s.h.: the histological diagnosis of colonic adenocarcinoma by applying partial self supervised learning. medrxiv, pp. 2020–08 (2020) google scholar  candelero, d., roberto, g.f., do nascimento, m.z., rozendo, g.b., neves, l.a.: selection of cnn, haralick and fractal features based on evolutionary algorithms for classification of histological images. in: 2020 ieee international conference on bioinformatics and biomedicine (bibm), pp. 2709–2716. ieee (2020) google scholar  chollet, f., et al.: keras. https://keras.io (2015) crespo, j., victorino, a.p., araujo, k., araujo, l.h., vieira, f.m.d.a.c.: colorectal cancer biomarkers and their impact on the clinical practice. braz. j. oncol. 17, 1–14 (2021) google scholar  dabass, m., vig, r., vashisth, s.: five-grade cancer classification of colon histology images via deep learning. in: communication and computing systems, pp. 18–24. crc press (2019) google scholar  diniz, j.o., et al.: detecçao de covid-19 em imagens de raio-x de tórax através de seleçao automática de pré-processamento e de rede neural convolucional. in: anais do xxiii simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde, pp. 162–173. sbc (2023) google scholar  diniz, j.o., et al.: efficientxyz-deepfeatures: seleção de esquema de cor e arquitetura deep features na classificação de câncer de cólon em imagens histopatológicas. in: simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde (sbcas), pp. 82–93. sbc (2024) google scholar  diniz, j.o.b., et al.: heart segmentation in planning ct using 2.5d u-net++ with attention gate. comput. methods biomech. biomed. eng. imag. vis. 11(3), 317–325 (2023) google scholar  diniz, j.o.b., diniz, p.h.b., valente, t.l.a., silva, a.c., paiva, a.c.: spinal cord detection in planning ct for radiotherapy through adaptive template matching, imslic and convolutional neural networks. comput. methods programs biomed. 170, 53–67 (2019) article  math  google scholar  diniz, j.o.b., diniz, p.h.b., valente, t.l.a., silva, a.c., de paiva, a.c., gattass, m.: detection of mass regions in mammograms by bilateral analysis adapted to breast density using similarity indexes and convolutional neural networks. comput. methods programs biomed. 156, 191–207 (2018) article  math  google scholar  diniz, j.o.b., ferreira, j.l., cortes, o.a.c., silva, a.c., de paiva, a.c.: an automatic approach for heart segmentation in ct scans through image processing techniques and concat-u-net. expert syst. appl. 196, 116632 (2022) article  google scholar  diniz, j.o.b., ferreira, j.l., diniz, p.h.b., silva, a.c., de paiva, a.c.: esophagus segmentation from planning ct images using an atlas-based deep learning approach. comput. methods programs biomed. 197, 105685 (2020) article  math  google scholar  diniz, j., et al.: detecção de covid-19 em imagens de raio-x de tórax através de seleção automática de pré-processamento e de rede neural convolucional. in: anais do xxiii simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde, pp. 162–173. sbc, porto alegre, rs, brasil (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/sbcas.2023.229576 figueredo, w., et al.: abordagem computacional baseada em deep learning para o diagnóstico de endometriose profunda através de imagens de ressonância magnética. in: anais do xxiii simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde, pp. 138–149. sbc, porto alegre, rs, brasil (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/sbcas.2023.229567 hidayah, n., ramadanti, a.n., novitasari, d.c.r.: classification of colon cancer based on hispathological images using adaptive neuro fuzzy inference system (anfis). khazanah informatika jurnal ilmu komputer dan informatika 9(2), 162–168 (2023) google scholar  júnior, d.d., cruz, l., diniz, j., júnior, g.b., silva, a.: classificação automática de glóbulos brancos usando descritores de forma e textura e extreme gradient boosting. in: anais do xxi simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde, pp. 95–106. sbc, porto alegre, rs, brasil (2021). https://doi.org/10.5753/sbcas.2021.16056 mangal, s., chaurasia, a., khajanchi, a.: convolution neural networks for diagnosing colon and lung cancer histopathological images. arxiv preprint arxiv:2009.03878 (2020) de oliveira santos, m., de lima, f.c.d.s., martins, l.f.l., oliveira, j.f.p., de almeida, l.m., de camargo cancela, m.: estimativa de incidência de câncer no brasil, 2023-2025. revista brasileira de cancerologia 69(1) (2023) google scholar  rajinikanth, v., kadry, s., mohan, r., rama, a., khan, m.a., kim, j.: colon histology slide classification with deep-learning framework using individual and fused features. math. biosci. eng. 20(11), 19454–19467 (2023) article  google scholar  santos, p., brito, v., filho, a.c., sousa, a., diniz, j., luz, d.: efficientbacillus: uma arquitetura profunda para detecção dos bacilos de koch. in: anais do xxiii simpósio brasileiro de computação aplicada à saúde, pp. 198–209. sbc, porto alegre, rs, brasil (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/sbcas.2023.229608 swarna, i.j., hashi, e.k.: detection of colon cancer using inception v3 and ensembled cnn model. in: 2023 international conference on electrical, computer and communication engineering (ecce), pp. 1–6. ieee (2023) google scholar  szegedy, c., vanhoucke, v., ioffe, s., shlens, j., wojna, z.: rethinking the inception architecture for computer vision. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 2818–2826 (2016) google scholar  zamir, s.w., et al.: learning enriched features for real image restoration and enhancement. in: vedaldi, a., bischof, h., brox, t., frahm, j.-m. (eds.) eccv 2020. lncs, vol. 12370, pp. 492–511. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-58595-2_30 chapter  google scholar  download references acknowledgments to the support of the coordination for the improvement of higher education personnel (capes) financing code 001; the foundation for research support of maranhão (fapema); the national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq); and the brazilian company of hospital services (ebserh) brazil (proc. 409593/2021-4). author information authors and affiliations innovation factory – federal institute of maranhão (ifma), maranhão, brazil neilson p. ribeiro & joão otávio bandeira diniz applied computing group (nca) – federal university of maranhão (ufma), são luís, maranhão, brazil neilson p. ribeiro, felipe r. s. teles, joão otávio bandeira diniz, geraldo braz junior, joão d. s. de almeida & anselmo c. de paiva federal university of cariri (ufca), juazeiro do norte, ce, brazil luana b. da cruz & domingos a. dias jr. authors neilson p. ribeiroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar felipe r. s. telesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão otávio bandeira dinizview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luana b. da cruzview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar domingos a. dias jr.view author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar geraldo braz juniorview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão d. s. de almeidaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anselmo c. de paivaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to neilson p. ribeiro . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper ribeiro, n.p. et al. (2025). improving colorectal cancer diagnosis using mirnet and inceptionv3 on histopathological images. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_22 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_22 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords colorectal cancer deep learning histopathological images publish with us policies and ethics profiles geraldo braz junior view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature optimization strategies for bert-based named entity recognition | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper optimization strategies for bert-based named entity recognition conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 80–94 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) optimization strategies for bert-based named entity recognition download book pdf download book epub monique monteiro9 & cleber zanchettin9  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 676 accesses 3 citations abstract transfer learning through language modeling achieved state-of-the-art results for several natural language processing tasks such as named entity recognition, question answering, and sentiment analysis. however, despite these advancements, some tasks still need more specific solutions. this paper explores different approaches to enhance the performance of named entity recognition (ner) in transformer-based models that have been pre-trained for language modeling. we investigate model soups and domain adaptation methods for portuguese language entity recognition, providing valuable insights into the effectiveness of these methods in ner performance and contributing to the development of more accurate models. we also evaluate ner performance in few/zero-shot learning settings with a causal language model. in particular, we evaluate diverse bert-based models trained on different datasets considering general and specific domains. our results show significant improvements when considering model soup techniques and in-domain pretraining compared to within-task pretraining. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others semantically-informed domain adaptation for named entity recognition chapter © 2024 named entity extractors for new domains by transfer learning with automatically annotated data chapter © 2022 token is a mask: few-shot named entity recognition with pre-trained language models chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational linguistics corpus linguistics language processing machine learning natural language processing (nlp) research methods in language and linguistics 1 introduction named entity recognition (ner) is an important task for meaning extraction of textual content. in recent years, advances in transfer learning with deep neural networks based on transformers [15] enabled substantial performance improvements for nlp models, especially in low-resource languages. in this context, transfer learning enables training by leveraging previous knowledge of a particular language’s grammatical structure that knowledge is embedded in models previously trained on unlabeled data through self-supervision. language models are the most classic examples among these pre-trained models. fig. 1. model soup model creation by averaging weights of multiple models trained with different hyperparameter sets. here, two pre-trained neural networks with identical architecture but different parameters are used to create a third model (“model soup”), whose weights are calculated by simply averaging the respective weights of model 1 and model 2, without any training. full size image in particular, for the portuguese language, the most commonly used model is bertimbau [12], a neural network that replicates with minor changes the architecture and training procedures for bert [4], by using brwac [16] as training corpus. bertimbau was validated in specific tasks such as named entity recognition, textual similarity, and recognizing textual entailment, surpassing previously published results. currently, a classical solution for constructing entity recognizers, classifiers, and other discriminative models for low-resource languages requires fine-tuning a pre-trained language model plm (e.g., bertimbau for portuguese) in the target task by adding linear layers and adjusting the network weights by retraining with a new optimization objective. such an approach has achieved satisfactory results for most situations at a low training cost [7, 8, 11]. however, there are still not yet explored techniques, at least for entity recognition tasks in the portuguese language: domain adaptation, one-shot/few-shot learning, and recent techniques such as model soups [17]. this paper applies model soups and domain adaptation techniques to named entity recognition (ner) task for brazilian portuguese language. we assess the pertinence of such techniques for this specific language and evaluate multiple ways of applying them, finding, for example, that certain configurations of uniform model soups worked best. we present a study reusing existing models for a relatively low-resource language, and we show that techniques proposed for other problems can effectively transfer to ner. so, from the viewpoint of practical applications in natural language understanding, our main contributions can be summarized as 1) experiments on a medium-to-low resource language (brazilian portuguese, as most gold standard datasets such as harem [10] were conceived for the portuguese variant); 2) further investigation on model soups on nlp, specifically for ner; 3) further investigation on domain adaptation focused on entity recognition, while previous research was more commonly conducted on document classification; and 4) evaluation of ner performance in few/zero-shot learning setups with a causal large language model (llm). this paper is organized in the following way: 2 introduces the techniques to be analyzed and other related works, while 3 and 4 present the detailed experiments and results, respectively. source code is available at https://github.com/monilouise/opt-bert-ner. 2 related work wortsman et al. [17] propose a technique that consists of generating a model by averaging the weights of two or more trained models, in opposition to the traditional approach, which is based on 1) training multiple models with several hyperparameters and 2) choosing the model with the best performance on a validation set. also, the idea is to combine multiple models without the additional inference and memory costs related to traditional ensemble learning. the authors refer to the technique as model soups, illustrated in fig. 1. it supports three variations: 1) construction of a model by averaging all models (uniform soup); 2) greedy soup, in which models are added sequentially to the soup as they improve the model accuracy in the validation dataset; and 3) learned soup, in which the interpolation weights for each model are optimized through gradient descent. according to the authors, the greedy strategy showed the best results. at the same time, learned soups require loading in memory all the models simultaneously, generating more extensive networks and leading to little gain in accuracy. their experiments were conducted on image and text classification. in this work, we evaluate the application of this technique to the ner task. sun, qiu, xu and huang [13] conducted experiments on fine-tuning bert pre-trained models on document classification. in particular, they analyzed domain adaptation a training approach with training data from the target task or the same domain. here, we apply domain adaptation to the ner task. houlsby et al. [6] propose transfer learning with adapter modules. according to the authors, adapter modules add only a few trainable parameters per task. new tasks can be added without revisiting previous ones, keeping the parameters of the original network fixed, with a high degree of parameter sharing. they transferred bert transformer model to 26 text classification tasks (including the glue benchmark), attaining near state-of-the-art performance. the following tasks were evaluated: document classification on several datasets, linguistic acceptability, sentiment analysis, paraphrase detection, semantic textual similarity, textual entailment, and question answering. only english datasets were used, and the paper does not report performance on the named entity recognition task. compared to our work, they focus on parameter efficiency and flexibility for different tasks, while we focus on entity recognition performance in a low-resource language. even so, we intend to investigate adapters architecture performance for ner tasks in future research. regarding portuguese language, rodrigues et al. [9] introduced albertina, a transformer-based foundation model both for european (portugal) and american (brazil) portuguese variants. compared to bertimbau, it uses 128-token sequence truncation instead of 512. the authors report results on tasks such as text entailment, semantic textual similarity and disambiguation tasks, but to our knowledge, they did not evaluate the model on entity recognition. finally, bert was one of the first transformer-based models; up to our knowledge, the current main portuguese plms were based on it. it takes some concerns about its potential compared to more recent plms. however, experiments conducted by tänzer et al. [14] show that bert can reach near-optimal performance even when many of the training set labels have been corrupted. 3 methodology and experiments 3.1 model soups experiments creating a model by averaging other models’ weights was validated on image and document classification tasks [17]. formally, let \({\theta } = finetune(\theta _{0}, h)\) the set of parameters obtained by fine-tuning the pre-trained initialization \({\theta _{0}}\) with the hyperparameters configuration h. the technique uses a mean value for \({\theta _i}\), i.e., \({\theta _{s} = \frac{1}{|s|}\sum _{i \in s} \theta _{i}}\), where \({s \subset \{1,...,k\}}\) and k is the number of hyperparameter configurations (or models) to be used. initially, we reproduced the idea using a uniform average. the greedy approach was not analyzed due to our low number of available candidate models. so, we created a model whose weights are the average of the weights of different models: (a) the entity recognition model developed to validate bertimbau [12], trained on an adapted version from the first haremfootnote 1 [10]; (b) model analogous to (a), but trained with data augmentationfootnote 2 and; (c) model adapted to the same corpus for the target task (first harem), as described in sect. 3.2. we denote this model as the average model or model soup. for the combinations cited above, we evaluated the bert base and large variations, which differ in the number of parameters. also, we evaluated settings with and without an additional layer for conditional random fields (crf), which we used to reduce the probability of generating invalid label sequences. fig. 2. model soup the original idea (adapted to the setting of two models trained on a ner task from a common initialization in this case, the language model). full size image there is a difference between our experiments and the original proposal by wortsman et al. (2022): the authors assume that the models were independently optimized from the same initialization, which would lead them to the same region or valley on the error surface. such strategy is represented in fig. 2. but here, according to fig. 3, only models a and b start from the same initialization (bertimbau language model). in contrast, model c was finetuned on the first harem textual content. the experiments’ results are shown in sect. 4.1. 3.2 domain adaptation experiments sun et al. [13] conducted experiments on different fine-tuning options, including multi-task learning. however, they concluded that the benefits from multi-task learning tend to be inferior to those obtained from additional pretraining. so, we did not experiment with multi-task learning. to conduct the experiments on domain adaptation, we use as start points: (a) a ner model for (long) documents related to public accounts auditingfootnote 3 footnote 4; (b) the ner model trained for bertimbau evaluation [12]; (c) an entity recognition model [11] trained on a public news dataset [7]. in (a), during domain adaptation, the original language model bertimbau received additional training on a dataset different from the one used to train the target ner model. however, this dataset came from the same domain and origin (documents related to public accounts auditing), leading to an intermediary and domain-optimized language model. as the training task was masked language model (mlm), such dataset does not contain any label and can be considered a kind of “superset” for the entity recognition dataset: for example, the dataset for training the domain-adapted language model has 52,912 documents, against 431 documents for the labeled dataset used during entity recognition model training. the complete flow is described in fig. 4. fig. 3. model soup alternative version using two models trained from a common parameter set (bertimbau language model) and a third model trained on an intermediary language model. full size image for (b) and (c), during the construction of the intermediary language models, the respective datasets were used: first harem (the same train split used by souza et al. [12]) and the media news dataset (the same train split as the original dataset [7]). the labels were discarded for both datasets in the phase of mlm training. fig. 4. training flow for a ner specific to public accounts audit domain. full size image the three resulting language models were used as base models for retraining the three cited entity recognizers to measure domain adaptation impact. learning rate and batch size hyperparameters for all intermediary language models training were the same as reported by souza et al. [12]. section 4.2 shows the experiments’ results. 3.3 causal language modeling few/zero-shot learning we also conducted experiments on entity recognition with few and zero-shot learning by using a large language model (llm) based on gpt-3.5, an improved version of gpt-3 [1], a language model pre-trained with causal language modeling objective. we used the same brazilian public news dataset already described [7] and compared the following settings: (a) a ner model [8] based on finetuning bertimbau to the news dataset (b) gpt 3.5 few-shot learning with instruction prompt and examples (c) gpt 3.5 few-shot learning with no instruction prompt (only examples) (d) gpt 3.5 zero-shot learning the results are shown in sect. 4.3. 4 results and discussions 4.1 model soup results analysis table 1 summarizes the results from the main experiments on the model soup technique. the bolded rows refer to the baseline (original) models, with mean and standard deviation from 5 training executions. rows prefixed as “m1:”, “m2:”, ..., and “m12:” are the respective “best” models for each variant among five training runs. these models are the model soups components. finally, rows related to the model soups labeled with + (plus) signs do not involve training (only two or three models averaging), so they were not randomized (this is why standard deviation values are not shown in these rows, except for the setup with additional fine-tuning, as explained below). we report precision, recall, and f1 metrics for all the experiments. in the first experiment, we evaluate the direct application of the model soup technique. we used a uniform average from a set composed of the respective best models (i.e., best training) among the variations described in 3.1. later, we evaluated the second setup, in which the model soup received additional fine-tuning for the ner task. as shown in table 1, for the smaller variant in model size (base), the first model, without additional fine-tuning, shows better results for precision and f1 metrics. table 1. experiments with model soups for ner bertimbau (“\(\textrm{bert}_\textrm{base}\)" or “\(\textrm{bert}_\textrm{large}\)") trained on first haremfull size table as already described in 3.1, for each model size (base/large), we added the following components to each combination: (a) original bertimbau ner; (b) bertimbau ner retrained with data augmentation; and (c) bertimbau ner retrained after domain adaptation to first harem (original bertimbau language model fine-tuned to first harem text set), as described in 3.2). table 2. domain adaptation for documents related to public accounts audit.full size table later, the third variant (c) was removed from each combination, leading to the original schema shown in fig. 2. finally, we observed that the combinations based only on (a) (original ner) and (b) (data augmented ner) led to better values for precision and f1 metrics, confirming wortsman’s (2022) original hypothesis of using independently optimized models from the same initialization. when we compare our methodology with the one used by the authors [17], they use accuracy in most image and text classification. for example, the authors do not refer explicitly to recall, which shows worse results in our experiments. so, further investigation is needed about the reason recall is worsening by the use of the model soup technique, which at the moment makes us believe that such a method could be more suitable to situations in which precision is more important than getting a high number of entities or false positive cases. on the other hand, given known limitations in using precision-recall-f1 for entity recognition, better and more interpretable metrics for this task are a current research topic [5]. finally, according to wortsman et al. [17], preliminary experiments show that improvement in the textual corpus, although present, is less profound than in image classification. the authors stress the need for additional investigation into this subject. they used imagenet and several variations, including illustrations and other representations beyond real photos (e.g., drawings, arts, cartoons, tattoos, origami, sculptures, etc.). but for textual classification, they used general domain datasets for paraphrase detection, coherence vs. contradiction, linguistic acceptability, and sentiment analysis. preliminary and qualitative analysis of the different data for images vs. texts shows more variability and larger data size for the first case (e.g., imagenet contains millions of images), which could have led to a more significant impact on image classification. 4.2 domain adaptation results analysis in this subsection, we report results achieved by ner models when trained over intermediary language models, as described in 3.2. the results of the experiment with the ner model trained on documents related to public accounts auditing are shown in table 2. as a comparison metric, masked f1 [11] was used. this metric is f1 calculated over post-processed output, correcting invalid transitions according to the iob2 schema instead of using the raw output directly. based on in-domain adaptation, this setup led to the most pronounced improvements. in the experiment conducted on the ner model for media news [7, 8, 11], the results are shown in table 3. table 3. domain adaptation for media news.full size table table 4. domain adaptation for first harem.full size table the experiment was conducted only with variants based on a pre-trained brazilian portuguese language model (bertimbau) because multi-language models gave an inferior performance, according to silva et al. [11] and chen et al. [2]. masked f1 was also used as the main comparison metric. table 4 shows the results achieved with the ner model used in bertimbau evaluation [12]. table 5. domain adaptation for first harem qualitative analysis.full size table the second column shows outputs generated by the baseline ner, while the third column shown outputs from the ner trained on the intermediary language model (domain-adapted ner). while the first one misclassifies portuguese expressions, the second one labels them correctly. all the examples belong to first harem test dataset. as can be noted in tables 3 and 4, experiments conducted with the media news ner and bertimbau ner did not reveal significant differences after domain adaptation. such results confirm observations by sun et al. [13]: the domain adaptation made on media news and first harem is “within-task" (the texts used are the same as the training texts for the target task). in general, “in-domain" pretraining using texts from the same domain which are different from the texts in the training dataset for the target task gives superior results. we suspect that within-task pretraining could lead to overfitting because it uses the same texts from the target task dataset. however, after error analysis, we realized that some european expressions, organizations, and local names could be correctly classified only after bertimbau brazilian language model domain adaptation on (european) harem. at the same time, they were misclassified when ner was trained directly from the raw bertimbau language model. the results are shown in table 5, where we have the following examples: table 6. sample outputs by a generic domain lm vs. specific domain lm.full size table table 7. few/zero-shot learningfull size table 1st row: in portugal, “consoada" refers to christmas night, which should be classified as a temporal (time) mention. 2nd row: “soajo" is the name of a portuguese village. 3rd row: “abade da loureira" refers to both an organization (org) and a street (loc). but given the specific context in the sentence, it should be classified as an organization (org). 4th row: “centro de formação de informática do minho" is a local educational institution. 5th row: “são joão do souto" refers to an extinct portuguese parish. it makes sense because first harem is a portuguese corpus, different from the brazilian corpus used to train bertimbau. these results show semantic gains from domain adaptation, although quantitative performance differences are not statistically significant. further, the results shown here were obtained in the ner task context. for document classification, within-task pretraining has been commonly used. finally, we showed that domain adaptation in experiment (a) by training an intermediary language model with a larger, same-domain dataset led to a higher impact on f1 metrics when compared to the experiments with within-task domain adaptation ((b) and (c)). furthermore, qualitative analysis for the intermediary language model shows example outputs for predicting masked term tasks, i.e., the public accounts auditing language model can generate texts related to themes such as contracts and biddings, as seen in table 6. 4.3 causal language modeling few/zero-shot learning this subsection summarizes experiments conducted on gpt 3.5, a large language model pre-trained with a causal language modeling objective. the results are shown in table 7. in the few-shot setting, we gave the model some examples. these examples could be accompanied by an instruction prompt telling the model the kinds of entities expected. we also tested sending only the examples without any further instruction. in the zero-shot setting, we only asked the question and let the model be free to return the information in any format, giving no examples. so it returned the results in a conversational unstructured format, making it difficult to measure the output precision and f1. therefore, we only show recall. despite the recent impressive reasoning skills shown by gpt 3.5 and “chatgpt” models, it is interesting to note its quantitative performance still lags behind traditionally fine-tuned models. we hypothesize that bert bidirectional masked language model objective may be more suitable to discriminative tasks, while causal language models concerned only with predicting the future words may lose information from past tokens. on the other hand, we believe that more research is necessary to investigate prompt engineering practices more suitable to ner and similar tasks. finally, we realized impressive qualitative results on gpt 3.5 zero-shot learning: although its recall is considerably worse than the bert-based baseline, it returns the entities and the relationships between them. 5 conclusions among the analyzed techniques, model soups achieved the best results for the ner task. in the experiments conducted on domain adaptation, the best results were achieved with in-domain adaptation. we did not observe significant improvements in within-task domain adaptation. however, we realized the model could learn domain-specific terms with the first harem corpus. the lack of both quantity and diversity of “golden” labeled datasets for portuguese when compared to english or chinese is a substantial limitation to research on several tasks or multitask learning, as done, for example, by houlsby at al. [6]. we believe advances in few-shot learning and prompt engineering could solve this limitation through synthetic data generation. so, besides investigating fine-tuning with adapters, we expect to conduct further experiments on few-shot learning. finally, we intend to investigate the fine-tuning of the recent albertina llm to the ner task and check if its larger capacity can compensate for its smaller context window (128 tokens) compared to bertimbau. notes 1.the adapted version refers to a setting called “selective" by the authors, in which only 5 classes are used (person, organization, local, value and date). 2.here, we used label-wise token replacement (lwtr) [3]. 3.we used the hyperparameters for learning rate and batch size suggested by silva et al. [11]. 4.this dataset contains non-public data and cannot be made publicly available. references brown, t., et al.: language models are few-shot learners. in: larochelle, h., ranzato, m., hadsell, r., balcan, m., lin, h. (eds.) advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 33, pp. 1877–1901. curran associates, inc. (2020), https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2020/file/1457c0d6bfcb4967418bfb8ac142f64a-paper.pdf chen, y., mikkelsen, j., binder, a., alt, c., hennig, l.: a comparative study of pre-trained encoders for low-resource named entity recognition. in: gella, s., et al (eds.) proceedings of the 7th workshop on representation learning for nlp, repl4nlp@acl 2022, dublin, ireland, 26 may 2022, pp. 46–59. association for computational linguistics (2022). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2022.repl4nlp-1.6 dai, x., adel, h.: an analysis of simple data augmentation for named entity recognition. in: scott, d., bel, n., zong, c. (eds.) proceedings of the 28th international conference on computational linguistics, coling 2020, barcelona, spain (online), 8-13 december 2020, pp. 3861–3867. international committee on computational linguistics (2020). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2020.coling-main.343 devlin, j., chang, m., lee, k., toutanova, k.: bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. corr arxiv: 1810.04805 fu, j., liu, p., neubig, g.: interpretable multi-dataset evaluation for named entity recognition. in: webber, b., cohn, t., he, y., liu, y. (eds.) proceedings of the 2020 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing, emnlp 2020, online, 16-20 november 2020, pp. 6058–6069. association for computational linguistics (2020). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2020.emnlp-main.489 houlsby, n., et al.: parameter-efficient transfer learning for nlp. in: chaudhuri, k., salakhutdinov, r. (eds.) proceedings of the 36th international conference on machine learning, icml 2019, 9-15 june 2019, long beach, california, usa. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 97, pp. 2790–2799. pmlr (2019), http://proceedings.mlr.press/v97/houlsby19a.html monteiro, m.: extrator de entidades mencionadas em notícias da mídia. https://github.com/secexsaudetcu/noticias_ner (2021), (accessed 21 may 2022) monteiro, m.: riskdata brazilian portuguese ner. https://huggingface.co/monilouise/ner_news_portuguese (2021), (accessed 21 may 2022) rodrigues, j., et al.: advancing neural encoding of portuguese with transformer albertina pt-. corr https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2305.06721, https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.2305.06721 (2023) santos, d., seco, n., cardoso, n., vilela, r.: harem: an advanced ner evaluation contest for portuguese. in: calzolari, n., et al. (eds.) proceedings of the fifth international conference on language resources and evaluation, lrec 2006, genoa, italy, 22-28 may 2006, pp. 1986–1991. european language resources association (elra) (2006), http://www.lrec-conf.org/proceedings/lrec2006/summaries/59.html silva, e.h.m.d., laterza, j., silva, m.p.p.d., ladeira, m.: a proposal to identify stakeholders from news for the institutional relationship management activities of an institution based on named entity recognition using bert. in: wani, m.a., sethi, i.k., shi, w., qu, g., raicu, d.s., jin, r. (eds.) 20th ieee international conference on machine learning and applications, icmla 2021, pasadena, ca, usa, 13–16 december 2021, pp. 1569–1575. ieee (2021). https://doi.org/10.1109/icmla52953.2021.00251 souza, f., nogueira, r., lotufo, r.: bertimbau: pretrained bert models for brazilian portuguese. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) bracis 2020. lncs (lnai), vol. 12319, pp. 403–417. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61377-8_28 chapter  google scholar  sun, c., qiu, x., xu, y., huang, x.: how to fine-tune bert for text classification? in: sun, m., huang, x., ji, h., liu, z., liu, y. (eds.) ccl 2019. lncs (lnai), vol. 11856, pp. 194–206. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32381-3_16 chapter  google scholar  tänzer, m., ruder, s., rei, m.: memorisation versus generalisation in pre-trained language models. in: proceedings of the 60th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics (volume 1: long papers), pp. 7564–7578. association for computational linguistics, dublin, ireland (may 2022). https://doi.org/10.18653/v1/2022.acl-long.521 vaswani, a., shazeer, n., parmar, n., uszkoreit, j., jones, l., gomez, a.n., kaiser, l.u., polosukhin, i.: attention is all you need. in: guyon, i., et al. (eds.) advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 30. curran associates, inc. (2017). https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2017/file/3f5ee243547dee91fbd053c1c4a845aa-paper.pdf wagner filho, j.a., wilkens, r., idiart, m., villavicencio, a.: the brwac corpus: a new open resource for brazilian portuguese. in: proceedings of the eleventh international conference on language resources and evaluation (lrec 2018). european language resources association (elra), miyazaki, japan (may 2018). https://aclanthology.org/l18-1686 wortsman, m., et al.: model soups: averaging weights of multiple fine-tuned models improves accuracy without increasing inference time. corr abs/2203.05482 (2022) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations informatics center federal university of pernambuco (ufpe), recife, brazil monique monteiro & cleber zanchettin authors monique monteiroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar cleber zanchettinview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to monique monteiro . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper monteiro, m., zanchettin, c. (2023). optimization strategies for bert-based named entity recognition. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_6 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_6 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords ner bert transfer learning model soups publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature i2de: improved interval differential evolution for numerical constrained global optimization | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper i2de: improved interval differential evolution for numerical constrained global optimization conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 186–201 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) i2de: improved interval differential evolution for numerical constrained global optimization download book pdf download book epub mariane r. s. cassenote  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0489-223x10, guilherme a. derenievicz  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-3970-176610 & fabiano silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5453-617510  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 735 accesses 1 citation abstract several hybrid approaches have been proposed to solve numerical constrained optimization problems. in this paper we present an improved interval differential evolution (i2de) that uses structural information of the instance during the optimization process. we extend the math operations supported by a multi-interval core implementation that allows pruning infeasible solutions by using local consistency techniques and a backtrack-free local search. furthermore, we propose a reformulation of interval evolutionary mutation strategies. a comprehensive experimental analysis is conducted over coconut and cec2018 competition benchmarks and indicates that the hybridization between metaheuristics and constraint programming significantly improves the quality of the solutions. the experimental evaluation shows that our black-box version of i2de outperformed several state-of-the-art solvers. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others interval differential evolution using structural information of global optimization problems chapter © 2019 differential evolution improvement by adaptive ranking-based constraint handling technique article 10 may 2023 development of metaheuristic interval minimization methods for optimal program control design article 01 february 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computer-aided engineering (cad, cae) and design continuous optimization discrete optimization genomic engineering optimization calculus of variations and optimization 1 introduction in the last few decades, interval based solvers have been used to tackle numerical constrained global optimization problems (ncop) in a rigorously way [1]. in general, such methods are composed by a complete investigation of the search space, using the structure of the problem and consistency techniques from the constraint programming field to prune infeasible solutions. despite the great progress of interval techniques, such methods remain impractical in instances with a large number of dimensions. on the other hand, differential evolution (de) has become one of the most used evolutionary algorithms to deal with large global optimization problems, due to its performance and simplicity [3, 4, 20]. as opposed to interval algorithms, de based solvers are fast, but do not guarantee the global optimality. also, de uses the instance as a black-box model, where its structure is unknown. a promising strategy to handle with ncops is the hybrid approach, where different methods are combined [26]. in this context, the solver interval differential evolution (inde) was proposed [5]. this method integrates the usual de approach with an interval solver called relaxed global optimization (ogre) [8]. this solver uses a structural decomposition of the ncop instance to identify the amount of local consistency that guarantees a backtrack-free optimization. although this is a strong theoretical result, achieving this amount of local consistency can be an intractable problem. therefore, ogre uses an interval branch & bound (ib&b) method to tackle a relaxed form of the instance. thus, the solution found by ogre may be infeasible on the original ncop instance. moreover, the computational cost of the ib&b is prohibitive. the inde solver extended usual de operators to the interval context, using ogre’s core to select a subset of variables on which the search process will occur, whilst the others are valuated by constraint propagation. in addition, local consistency techniques are applied to prune infeasible solutions. by combining theses techniques, inde outperformed ogre [5]. in this work, we present the improved interval differential evolution (i2de) solver. we extend inde and the operators supported by the ogre’s multi-interval core, which allows us to tackle a greater diversity of benchmark functions and real-world problems. moreover, we present improved versions of three interval evolutionary mutation operations and incorporate several heuristics of state-of-the-art solvers. an extensive experimental analysis performed over the coconut [19] and cec2018 competition on constrained real-parameter optimization [27] benchmarks reveals that our i2de significantly outperforms inde, ogre and a black-box version of i2de, which suggests that hybridization between metaheuristics and structural decomposition is a promising research direction. furthermore, our black-box solver outperformed several state-of-the-art metaheuristic solvers. the remaining of this paper is organized as follows: sect. 2 contains background definitions of interval methods and metaheuristics. section 3 provides details of i2de’s features and the main improvements compared to inde. the experimental analysis is presented in sect. 4 and sect. 5 concludes this work. 2 background a numerical constrained global optimization problem (ncop) consists of finding an assignment of values to a set of variables \(v = \{x_1, x_2, \dotsc , x_d\}\) that minimizes an objective function subject to a constraint network (cn) \(\mathcal {n} = (v, \mathcal {d}, \mathcal {c})\), where \(\mathcal {d}\) is the domain set of v and \(\mathcal {c}\) is a set of constraints of the form \(g_i(x_{i_1}, \dotsc , x_{i_k}) \le 0\). domain sets can be represented by intervals or multi-intervals. given a closed interval \(x = [\underline{x}, \overline{x}]\), we call the endpoints of x; \(\omega (x) = \overline{x} \underline{x}\) denotes the width of x and \(\mu (x) = (\underline{x}+\overline{x})/2\) denotes its midpoint. a closed interval can be defined by its width and midpoint as follows: \(x = \left[ \mu (x) \omega (x) / 2,\,\, \mu (x) + \omega (x) / 2 \right] \). a multi-interval \(\mathcal {x} = \langle x_1, x_2, \dotsc , x_k\rangle \) is an ordered set of disjointed intervals, where \(i< j \implies \overline{x}_i < \underline{x}_j\). in this case, the domain set of a cn is a (multi-) interval box \((\mathcal {x}_1, \mathcal {x}_2, \ldots , \mathcal {x}_d)\). in this paper, we tackle ncops which constraints can be decomposed into a set of ternary constraintsfootnote 1 \(x = y \circ z\) or \(x = \diamond y\), where \(\circ \) (\(\diamond \)) is a well-defined binary (unary) operation. therefore, auxiliary variables are included in the network. for example, the constraint \(x + 2 \cdot \sin (y)^2 \le 0.5\) is encoded as \(\{c_1 = x + a_1,\ \ a_1 = 2 \cdot a_2,\ \ a_2 = {a_3} ^ 2,\ \ a_3 = \sin (y)\}\), where \(a_i = (-\infty , +\infty )\) is the domain set of the auxiliary variable \(a_i\) and \(c_1 = (-\infty , 0.5]\) is the interval constant that represents the original constraint’s relation. 2.1 interval analysis applied to global optimization interval analysis is a method of numerical analysis introduced by moore [16]. given intervals x, y and z the interval extension of any binary (unary) operation \(\circ \) (\(\diamond \)) well defined in is defined by: the sets \(x \circ y\) and \(\diamond z\) can be intervals, multi-intervals or empty sets. it is possible to compute \(x \circ y\) or \(\diamond z\) for all algebraic and the common transcendental functions only by analyzing the endpoints of x and y or z [10, 16], e.g., \([\underline{x}, \overline{x}] + [\underline{y}, \overline{y}] = [\underline{x} + \underline{y}, \overline{x} + \overline{y}]\), \([\underline{x}, \overline{x}] \cdot [\underline{y}, \overline{y}] = [\min \{\underline{x}\underline{y}, \underline{x}\overline{y},\overline{x}\underline{y},\overline{x}\overline{y}\}, \max \{\underline{x}\underline{y}, \underline{x}\overline{y},\overline{x}\underline{y},\overline{x}\overline{y}\}]\), \(2^{[\underline{z}, \overline{z}]} = [2^{\underline{z}}, 2^{\overline{z}}]\), etc. given multi-intervals \(\mathcal {x}\), \(\mathcal {y}\) and \(\mathcal {z}\), the operation \(\mathcal {x} \circ \mathcal {y}\) is the tightest multi-interval that contains \(\{x \circ y\ |\ x \in \mathcal {x}, y \in \mathcal {y}\}\), and \(\diamond \mathcal {z}\) is the tightest multi-interval that contains \(\{\diamond z\ |\ z \in \mathcal {z}\}\). in the constraint programming field, a constraint is locally consistent if it satisfies some specific property within a given box. for instance, a ternary constraint \(c: x = y \circ _1 z\) is generalized arc-consistent (gac) w.r.t. a box (x, y, z) iff \(x \subseteq y \circ _1 z\), \(y \subseteq x \circ _2 z\) and \(z \subseteq x \circ _3 y\), where \(\circ _2\) and \(\circ _3\) are the inverse operations of \(\circ _1\) that hold the condition \((x = y \circ _1 z) \iff (y = x \circ _2 z) \iff (z = x \circ _1 y)\). in other words, if c is gac then given any value for one of its variables, one can extend such valuation for its remaining variables whilst satisfying c. this notion of local consistency was proposed by [15]. it is well known that acyclicfootnote 2 cn can be solved in a backtrack-free manner if gac is achieved [6]. such result can be extended to ncop by encoding the objective function f(x) as a new constraint \(y = f(x)\); after enforcing gac (by removing inconsistent values from the current box) we instantiate \(y = \min {y}\) and propagate this valuation over the entire network without encountering any conflicts [8]. however, gac is not enough when the network is not acyclic. another notion of local consistency is relational arc-consistent (rac) [7]. a ternary constraint \(c: x = y \circ _1 z\) is rac w.r.t. a box (x, y, z) iff \(x \supseteq y \circ _1 z\), \(y \supseteq x \circ _2 z\) and \(z \supseteq x \circ _3 y\), i.e., given any value for two variables of c, one can extend such valuation for its remaining variable whilst satisfying c. in [8] it was proposed a decomposition of cns that relates the amount of consistency necessary to ensure a backtrack-free solution. an epiphytic decomposition of a cn is a tuple \((\mathcal {a}, \varomega , t)\), where \(\mathcal {a}\) is an ordered set of acyclic networks obtained by removing from the cn a set of constraints \(\varomega \) and \(t: \varomega \mapsto v_\varomega \) is a function that associates each constraint \(c \in \varomega \) with one of its variables t(c) satisfying the following: if t(c) belongs to the network \(n_i\) then (i) the remaining variables of c belongs to previous networks \(n_{j 0\) which denotes how many consecutive decision variables are selected from the mutant vector starting at d position. then, the offspring is generated as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \texttt {u}_{ij} = {\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} \texttt {v}_{ij}, &{} \text { if } j \in \{ m_d(d), m_d(d+1), \dots , m_d(d + l-1) \},\\ \texttt {x}_{ij}, &{} \text { otherwise, } \end{array}\right. } \end{aligned}$$ where \(m_d(n) = 1 + ((n 1) \mod d)\) allows to iterate cyclically through the vector. finally, a selection operator is performed on \(\texttt {x}_i\) and \(\texttt {u}_i\), and the best one according to a fitness evaluation function is chosen for the next generation. 3 improved interval differential evolution in this section we describe details of our approach, called i2de, and emphasize the improvements and differences from the work presented in [5] which introduced the inde solver, an interval differential evolution approach that uses structural information for global optimization. one of the main contributions of our work is the extension of operations supported by ogre’s multi-interval core. previously, it was only possible to tackle instances restricted to operations \(+\), −, \(*\), /, \(\wedge \) and \(\surd \). we extended the multi-interval implementation for handling the following additional operations: log, exp, sin, cos, tan, abs, sign, max and min. considering the new operations, we implemented a new procedure to identify the tolerance \(\varepsilon _{\varomega }\) needed to approximate rac. for example, given a constraint \(x = y \circ z\), this tolerance is the maximum distance between any value of the multi-interval \(\mathcal {y} \circ \mathcal {z}\) to its closest value in the multi-interval \(\mathcal {x}\). however, the operator \(\circ \) may be not well-defined within the box \((\mathcal {y}, \mathcal {z})\). in this case, we compute the distance using the inverse operation of \(\circ \) that results in the tightest multi-interval. for instance, we can not compute the distance for the constraint \(x = y / z\) within the box \(z = [0,0]\), but we can do it for the inverse \(y = x * z\). in i2de and inde, an individual is an assignment of intervals to variables (a box). the population is a set of boxes that covers parts of the search space, instead of just points as in classical metaheuristics. in the optimization process, only the variables of constraints in the \(\varomega \) set of an epiphytic decomposition are considered. this allows to apply local consistency techniques to prune infeasible solutions. ogre’s local search is used to compute the real parameter instantiation of the variables. however, unlike in [5], we use the original instance modeling to evaluate the individual’s fitness value, instead of the ternary encoded cn. we propose improved formulations of three de interval mutation operators. interval adaptations of the main features of state-of-the-art solvers are implemented. some details of i2de’s components are discussed below. 3.1 interval population in the same way as in [5], the i2de’s initial population is generated by the top level branching tree of ogre’s ib&b. this strategy guarantees that the initial population covers all the search space. although each branch of ogre’s ib&b is composed by a gac multi-interval box, we iteratively split multi-intervals to obtain a set of interval boxes (individuals) that are added to the initial population until the number of individuals is \( np \). if numerical rounding errors make an individual to be considered inconsistent by ogre’s backtrack-free local search, this individual is replaced by a randomly generated individual from the initial domain of the instance. the scheme in which the current population is subdivided between the sub-populations a and b of size \( np /2\) was mantained. the entire population is kept sorted, which allows a to contain the best individuals. in order to promote exploitation of the fitter solutions and accelerate the convergence process, we apply a pool of three strategies to each individual of this sub-population. the best one of the three trial individuals is compared to the parent individual in the selection operation. the other individuals are added to an archive, while in [5] they were discarded. in sub-population b, an adaptive scheme is used to choose the mutation strategy to be applied, as proposed in [24]. at the end of each generation, all individuals are sorted and divided between the sub-populations. in inde, when a multi-interval box is split into interval individuals, only the best fitting one is compared to the target vector, and the others are added to the archive. similarly, individuals who are not selected for the next generation are also added to this archive with a maximum size of 100,000 individuals. when the archive is full, or every 50 generations, the current population and the archive are merged, the \( np \) best individuals go to the new population, and the archive is emptied. our tests revealed that this process is computationally expensive and contributes very little to the maintenance of diversity in the population. so i2de only maintain individuals who are not selected for the next generation in a \( np \times 2.6\) archive, according to the strategy proposed in [29] and used in many state-of-art de solvers [3, 13, 18]. finally, we kept the linear population size reduction scheme proposed in [22] and applied in [5]. at each generation, the new population size is calculated and if it is different from the current size, the worst individuals are deleted from the population until it has the new size. when the population size reduces, the archive size is proportionally reduced. 3.2 interval operations in iude [24] it was proposed the use of three mutation operators: de/rand/1, de/current-to-pbest/1 and de/current-to-rand/1. just like in [5], we use this operators pool in the sub-population a in order to intensify the local search around the best individuals in the current population. the three generated trial vectors are compared among themselves and the mutation strategy with the best trial vector scores a win. at every generation, the success rate of each strategy is evaluated over the period of previous 25 generations. in the bottom sub-population b, the probability of employing a mutation strategy is equal to its recent success rate on the top sub-population a. additionally, base and terminal vectors are selected from the top sub-population. since an interval is defined by its width \((\omega )\) and midpoint \((\mu )\), mutation operators can be applied over midpoints and extended to deal with interval widths. in [5], it was introduced interval versions of the three mutation operators mentioned above. however, our tests revealed that in practice numerical rounding errors may result in intervals with negative widths. consequently, with the application of local consistency, the box is considered inconsistent and discarded. in order to optimize the convergence process, we reformulated the mutation strategies proposed in inde [5]. the interval version of de/rand/1 combines \(\texttt {r}_1\), \(\texttt {r}_2\) and \(\texttt {r}_3\) to generate the mutant vector \(\texttt {v}_i\). the j-th element of \(\texttt {v}_i\) is defined by: $$\begin{aligned} \mu (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \mu (\texttt {r}_{1j}) + f_i \cdot \left( \mu (\texttt {r}_{2j}) \mu (\texttt {r}_{3j}) \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (4) $$\begin{aligned} \omega (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \omega (\texttt {r}_{1j}) \cdot \left( 1 + f_i \cdot \left( \frac{\omega (\texttt {r}_{2j})}{\omega (\texttt {r}_{3j})} 1 \right) \right) . \end{aligned}$$ this formulation reduces numerical errors and avoid inconsistent intervals. the other two mutation operators are defined in a similar way. the interval version of de/current-to-rand/1 combines the target vector \(\texttt {x}_i\) with three randomly selected individuals \(\texttt {r}_1\), \(\texttt {r}_2\) and \(\texttt {r}_3\). the mutant vector is defined by: $$\begin{aligned} \mu (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \mu (\texttt {x}_{ij}) + s_i \cdot \left( \mu (\texttt {r}_{1j}) \mu (\texttt {x}_{ij}) \right) + f_i \cdot \left( \mu (\texttt {r}_{2j}) \mu (\texttt {r}_{3j}) \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (5) $$\begin{aligned} \omega (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \omega (\texttt {x}_{ij}) \cdot \left( 1 + s_i \cdot \left( \frac{ \omega (\texttt {r}_{1j})}{\omega (\texttt {r}_{ij})} 1 \right) \right) \cdot \left( 1 + f_i \cdot \left( \frac{\omega (\texttt {r}_{2j})}{ \omega (\texttt {r}_{3j})} 1 \right) \right) , \end{aligned}$$ where \(s_i\) is a random number between 0 and 1. this strategy does not use crossover operator, so the trial vector is a copy of the mutant vector \(\texttt {v}_i\). finally, the interval version of de/current-to-pbest/1 with archive uses the coordinates \(\texttt {x}_i\) and \(\texttt {r}_1\) in the same way as in eq. 5, while \(\texttt {r}_2\) is randomly chosen from the union of the current population and the archive, and \(\texttt {r}_{pbest}\) is selected among the p best individuals in the population: $$\begin{aligned} \mu (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \mu (\texttt {x}_{ij}) + f_i \cdot \left( \mu (\texttt {r}_{\text {pbest}j}) \mu (\texttt {x}_{ij}) \right) + f_i \cdot \left( \mu (\texttt {r}_{1j}) \mu (\texttt {r}_{2j}) \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (6) $$\begin{aligned} \omega (\texttt {v}_{ij}) = \omega (\texttt {x}_{ij}) \cdot \left( 1 + f_i \cdot \left( \frac{\omega (\texttt {r}_{\text {pbest}j})}{\omega (\texttt {r}_{ij})} 1 \right) \right) \cdot \left( 1 + f_i \cdot \left( \frac{\omega (\texttt {r}_{1j})}{\omega (\texttt {r}_{2j})} 1 \right) \right) . \end{aligned}$$ whereas in [5] the value of p remained fixed throughout the evolutionary process, we adopted the strategy proposed in [4]. after each generation g, the p value in the next generation \(g+1\) is computed as follows: $$\begin{aligned} p = \left( \frac{p_{ max } p_{ min }}{ maxfes } \right) \cdot nfes + p_{ min }, \end{aligned}$$ (7) where \(p_{ min }\) and \(p_{ max }\) are, respectively, the minimum and maximum values of p, \( nfes \) is the current number of fitness evaluations and \( maxfes \) is the maximum number of fitness evaluations. additionally, in [5] if the width \(\omega (\texttt {u}_{ij})\) is greater than the width of the base individual \(\omega (\texttt {r}_{1j})\), it is updated by \(\omega (\texttt {u}_{ij}) := \omega (\texttt {r}_{1j})\). considering that this mechanism can decrease the population diversity by forcing the reduction of intervals, it is not used in i2de. it is known that the settings of values for the f and \( cr \) parameters is instance dependent and may change according to the region of the search space being visited. to make these parameters self-adaptive, inde employed a scheme introduced in [22] that uses a pair of memory values \(\langle m_{ cr }, m_{ f } \rangle \) for each mutation operator in order to store the settings that were successful in the last generations. all the memory pairs are stored in a vector of h positions. at each generation one of the positions is circularly updated based on the weighted lehmer mean of the fitness differences between offspring and their parents. in i2de we incorporated some features proposed in [3, 4]. the first \(h-1\) positions of the vector are initialized with \(\langle 0.8, 0.3\rangle \). the last position is always set to \(\langle 0.9, 0.9\rangle \) and remains unchanged during the evolutionary process. at each generation one of the first \(h-1\) positions are circularly updated based on the euclidean distance between the coordinates of offspring and their parents. also, very low values of \( cr \) and very high values of f are not allowed in early stages of the search. it is important to note that only successful trial vectors in a are used in the adaptation of parameters, since only in this sub-population the three strategies are used for each individual. 3.3 fitness evaluations to estimate the quality of the boxes that represent individuals in the population, we use ogre’s pruning and local search strategy. first, we enforce gac on individuals from the initial population or resulting from the operators mentioned in sect. 3.2. then, we try the instantiation of the entire cn in a backtrack-free fashion starting by the initial valuation \(y = \min y\), where y is the interval domain of the objective function \(f(\texttt {x})\). we allow the constraints in the \(\varomega \) set of the epiphytic decomposition to be instantiated regardless of the tolerance \(\varepsilon _{\varomega }\) required to satisfy them. in [5], the sum of all these tolerances is considered the constraint violation value \(\phi (\texttt {x})\) of the individual, while its cost is \(f(\texttt {x}) = \min y\). in this paper we assume that the instantiation of real parameters described above provides suitable reference points for evaluating interval individuals. however, to obtain the real values of \(f(\texttt {x})\) and \(\phi (\texttt {x})\), we only consider the instantiation of variables belonging to the original modeling of the instance, not the approximation given by the ternary cn employed in [5]. this allows us to compare results with recent black-box solvers that use the original instance modeling. the consistent individuals obtained by the gac contractor may contain multi-intervals. in [5], such multi-interval box was split into a set of interval individuals, adding to the population the one with the best fitness value (if it is better than the target vector) and saving all other generated interval individuals in the additional archive. as commented in the sect. 3.1, our tests revealed that this mechanism is computationally expensive and does not contribute to maintaining the population diversity. so, instead of splitting the multi-intervals and adding them to the archive, we use the interval hull of the box (the smallest interval box that contains all the multi-intervals) and consider it as only one individual which is compared with its parent in the selection operation. in order to compare two individuals, we apply the widely used \(\varepsilon \) constrained method [21]. the \(\varepsilon \) comparisons are defined as a lexicographic order in which \(\phi (\texttt {x})\) precedes \(f(\texttt {x})\). this precedence is adjusted by the parameter \(\varepsilon \) that is updated at each generation until the number of generations exceeds a predefined threshold. from this point the \(\varepsilon \) level is set to 0 to prefer solutions with minimum constraint violation. 4 experimental results our experimental evaluation considers four solvers: the improved approach proposed in this paper (i2de); an implementation that uses the same de interval operations and additional archive of the original inde [5]; a black-box version of the i2de (bbde); and ogre [8]. the aim of use the features of original inde is to measure the impact of the modifications incorporated in our approach. the black-box version does not use interval representation neither structural decomposition as the other three white-box solvers. this comparison aims to evaluate the impact of using the instance structure in optimization process. in turn, the comparative analysis with ogre is intended to provide a baseline with a search method that employs ib&b, local consistency and constraint propagation over the constraint network. it is important to note that local consistency and backtrack-free local search techniques are the same in i2de, inde and ogre. to ensure a fair comparison, the three de solvers employ the same heuristics coming from state-of-the-art solvers for adapting and adjusting parameters, as well as the same number of fitness evaluations. furthermore, the input parameters of the solvers were empirically defined after a series of preliminary experiments. it was set to \( maxfes = 20000 \times d\). the maximal and minimal population size was defined as \(\textit{np}_{ max } = 15 \times d\) and \(\textit{np}_{ min } = 6\), respectively, where d is the number of variables on the original instance. note that in [5], \( maxfes \) and \( np \) were defined in relation to \(|v_\varomega |\), which resulted in a much larger budget and population. the de/current-to-pbest/1 operator used \(p_{ max } = 0.25\) and \(p_{ min } = p_{ max }/2\). the length of historical memory was \(h = 5\). parameters of \(\varepsilon \) level were \(\theta = 0.7\), \(cp = 4\) and \(t = 0.85 \times g\), where g is the maximum number of generations. we used the exponential version of the classical crossover operator. gac contractor was applied to a maximum of 1000 iterations. the timeout for ogre was 10000s. since ogre parameters \(\varepsilon _{\varomega }\) and \(\vardelta \) are not trivially configured, and to have a similar methodology of execution to des, we ran 25 different configurations for each instance using \(\varepsilon _{\varomega } \in \{10^e\ |\ e = -5, \dotsc , 1\}\) and \(\vardelta \in \{10^e\ |\ e = -6, \dotsc , 0\}\), \(\vardelta \le \varepsilon _{\varomega }\). although most experimental evaluations of metaheuristic-based solvers use cec competition benchmarks, their instances are only available in source code to be used as black-box evaluation functions. therefore, they do not provide the necessary formalization for use in solvers that exploit structural information of the ncop instance, such as i2de. for the main experimental evaluation we used the coconut benchmark [19] due to its wide use in numerical optimization research and because it contains the ampl (a mathematical programming language) description necessary to explore the structure of the instances in a white-box approach. however, to provide a baseline with some state-of-the-art solversfootnote 3, we compared our black-box version of i2de (bbde) with solvers from cec2018 competition on constrained real-parameter optimization [27] in the 28 proposed benchmark functions with \(d=\{10,30,50,100\}\), totalizing 112 instances. the results of the cec2018 solvers were obtained from the competition recordsfootnote 4. bbde used the same competition protocol, with 25 runs for instance. table 1. comparison of bbde with solvers from cec2018.full size table the rank of table 1 considers the cec2018 [27] methodology based on mean and median score values on each instance, in which the best solver obtains the lowest total score. the results indicate that our black-box version is highly competitive with some of the most popular state-of-the-art solvers. to investigate the performance of i2de, experiments were conducted on 155 optimization problems from the coconut benchmark [19] with different number of equality and inequality constraints and up to 75 dimensions. note that it was only possible to tackle a larger number of functions than in [5] because our approach extends the implementation of ogre’s multi-interval core to other math operations, as commented in sect. 3. the first aspect to be analyzed is the impact of using structural decomposition. transforming the original instance modeling into a ternary cn usually involves adding an auxiliary variable for each occurrence of math operators. from this, the variables of constraints in the \(\varomega \) set, \(v_\varomega \), whose valuation is critical for the search process, are extracted. as noted in sect. 3.2, i2de and inde only apply its operators on these variables, while the other valuations are assigned through ogre’s backtrack-free local search. figure 1 illustrates the number of variables (and operators) from the original modeling, the ternary representation and the \(v_\varomega \) size in the 155 instances. although \(v_\varomega \) presents a considerable reduction in number of variables compared to the ternary representation, it is evident that the search space is still larger than in the original instance modeling. fig. 1. number of variables in original v, ternary v, \(v_\varomega \) and operators per instance. full size image the solvers ran on a computer with intel xeon e5-4627v2 3.30 ghz processor, 256 gb of ram and centos linux 7. the average time of the 25 executions of the 155 instances was \(7372.04\,s\) for i2de, \(5031.19\,s\) for inde, \(4.63\,s\) for bbde and \(5619.52\,s\) for ogre. the processing times of i2de, inde and ogre are significantly higher due to the local consistency process. moreover, the execution time of inde is smaller compared to i2de because many candidate solutions resulting from inde interval operations considered inconsistent are immediately discarded, without going through the local consistency process. i2de found feasible solutions on 119 instances, against 107 in inde, 115 in bbde and 64 in ogre. feasible solutions with value at most \(10^{-8}\) greater than the optimal value are considered as optimal solutions. so, i2de found 40 optimal solutions, while inde, bbde and ogre found 35, 35 and 5, respectively. in order to perform a comparative analysis among i2de, inde, bbde and ogre we used two methodologies. the first was the one applied in cec2018 [27], the same used in table 1. the second was proposed in cec2020 competition on non-convex constrained optimization problems from the real-world [14] and involves the objective function and constraints violation of the best, the mean, and the median solutions. the values are normalized and adjusted to calculate the performance measure. the total score is a weighted composition of best, mean and median with weights 50%, 30% and 20%, respectively. to estimate the feasibility of the four solvers, we compared the average constraint violation values of the 25 runs for the 155 benchmark instances. as the pre-analysis rejected the null hypothesis that the distribution of violation values of each instance is normal, we chose a non-parametric test. the friedman test with post-hoc nemenyi test with significance level of 0.05 was applied to the violation results of each instance, comparing four sets of 25 values each time. the null hypothesis that the four solvers perform equally was rejected in all instances with p-value close to \(10^{-6}\). based on the nemenyi test rank on each instance, we counted the number of instances where each solver was better, equal or worse than the others. if the rank distance of two solvers was less than the critical distance of the test, we considered the solvers perform equally in the instance. table 2 shows in its violation rows the number of instances where i2de was better, equal or worse than the other three solvers. in all three cases, i2de obtained more solutions with violation values smaller than the other solvers. a second statistical test was conducted over the normalized and adjusted objective function value of best, mean and median solution of the cec2020 methodology. the value of each solver in an instance is a composition of objective function value and the average constraint violations of the obtained solutions. as the pre-analysis rejected the null hypothesis that the distribution of each set of values is normal, we chose a non-parametric test. we applied the wilcoxon signed rank test with significance level of 0.05 to compare the solvers on each set of values: best, mean and median. table 2 shows the test results and the number of instances where i2de was better, equal or worse than the other solver. only in two cases the null hypothesis, that the two solvers perform equally, was not rejected: decision \(\approx \). in the other cases, i2de perform better: decision \(+\). according to both cec2018 and cec2020 ranking methodologies, the best solver will obtain the lowest total score value. table 3 shows that the i2de outperforms the other three approaches in both ranking methodologies. in comparison to inde, the results point to a significant performance improvement due to the reformulation of interval mutation strategies and the maintenance of population diversity with the additional archive of solutions. furthermore, the comparative analysis with bbde and ogre suggests that the hybridization between metaheuristics, constraint programming and structural decomposition is a promising research direction. table 2. statistical tests results and comparison of i2de with inde, bbde and ogre based on best, mean, median and violation scores over 155 coconut instances.full size table table 3. rank of i2de, inde, bbde and ogre according to cec2018 and cec2020 methodologies on coconut benchmark.full size table 5 conclusion in this work we proposed the i2de, an improved version of interval differential evolution that uses structural information to solve global optimization problems. from exploration of the epiphytic decomposition, it becomes possible to concentrate the search process only on a subset of variables that have critical valuation, while all the others are instantiated by propagation through the constraint hypergraph. additionally, our search is enhanced by a local consistency process that prunes values that certainly do not constitute the optimal solution. one of the main contributions of our approach is the extension of the multi-interval core of ogre. this allows us to tackle a greater diversity of benchmark functions and real-world problems that otherwise could not be adequately represented. we also proposed a reformulation of three de interval mutation operations and incorporated heuristics from several state-of-the-art solvers that contributed to improve the performance of our approach. the experimental analysis of the proposed i2de on the 155 functions selected from the coconut benchmark [19] showed that the reformulation of the interval mutation strategies and of the additional archive significantly improved the performance of the search method. furthermore, the results obtained in comparison with ogre and bbde reveal that, although the exploration of the instance’s structural information increases the size of the search space and the processing time, it considerably improves the quality of the solutions found. considering that bbde outperformed several state-of-the-art solvers and was overcome by i2de, we shown that the use of structural instance information in the context of metaheuristics is a promising research direction. some future work includes the implementation of other contractors that help to efficiently prune the intervals without loss of solutions. in addition, we intend to develop a hybrid cooperative approach that joins our interval metaheuristics with exact methods that also use this representation for the solutions. notes 1.a constraint is said to be ternary if it involves at most three variables. 2.the structure of a cn can be represented by a hypergraph which vertices are the variables and for each constraint there is a hyperedge connecting its respective vertices. therefore, a cn is acyclic if its hypergraph is berge-acyclic [2]. 3.lshade-iepsilon [9], \(\varepsilon \)mages [11], lshade44 [17], ude [23], iude [24], lshade+ide [25] and cal-shade [28]. 4.https://www3.ntu.edu.sg/home/epnsugan/index_files/cec2018/cec2018.htm, last accessed 18 jun 2021. references araya, i., reyes, v.: interval branch-and-bound algorithms for optimization and constraint satisfaction: a survey and prospects. j. glob. optim. 65(4), 837–866 (2016) article  mathscinet  google scholar  berge, c.: graphs and hypergraphs. elsevier science ltd., oxford (1985) google scholar  brest, j., maučec, m.s., bošković, b.: il-shade: improved l-shade algorithm for single objective real-parameter optimization. in: 2016 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1188–1195. ieee (2016) google scholar  brest, j., maučec, m.s., bošković, b.: single objective real-parameter optimization: algorithm jso. in: 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1311–1318. ieee (2017) google scholar  cassenote, m.r.s., derenievicz, g.a., silva, f.: interval differential evolution using structural information of global optimization problems. in: moura oliveira, p., novais, p., reis, l.p. (eds.) epia 2019. lncs (lnai), vol. 11804, pp. 724–736. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-30241-2_60 chapter  google scholar  cohen, d., jeavons, p.: the power of propagation: when gac is enough. constraints 22, 3–23 (2016) article  mathscinet  google scholar  dechter, r., van beek, p.: local and global relational consistency. in: montanari, u., rossi, f. (eds.) cp 1995. lncs, vol. 976, pp. 240–257. springer, heidelberg (1995). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-60299-2_15 chapter  google scholar  derenievicz, g.a., silva, f.: epiphytic trees: relational consistency applied to global optimization problems. in: van hoeve, w.-j. (ed.) cpaior 2018. lncs, vol. 10848, pp. 153–169. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-93031-2_11 chapter  google scholar  fan, z., fang, y., li, w., yuan, y., wang, z., bian, x.: lshade44 with an improved \(\varepsilon \) constraint-handling method for solving constrained single-objective optimization problems. in: 2018 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1–8. ieee (2018) google scholar  hansen, e., walster, g.w.: global optimization using interval analysis. monographs and textbooks in pure and applied mathematics, new york (2004) google scholar  hellwig, m., beyer, h.g.: a matrix adaptation evolution strategy for constrained real-parameter optimization. in: 2018 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1–8. ieee (2018) google scholar  iorio, a.w., li, x.: solving rotated multi-objective optimization problems using differential evolution. in: webb, g.i., yu, x. (eds.) ai 2004. lncs (lnai), vol. 3339, pp. 861–872. springer, heidelberg (2004). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30549-1_74 chapter  google scholar  jou, y.c., wang, s.y., yeh, j.f., chiang, t.c.: multi-population modified l-shade for single objective bound constrained optimization. in: 2020 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1–8. ieee (2020) google scholar  kumar, a., wu, g., ali, m.z., mallipeddi, r., suganthan, p.n., das, s.: a test-suite of non-convex constrained optimization problems from the real-world and some baseline results. swar evol. comput. 56, 100693 (2020) google scholar  mackworth, a.k.: on reading sketch maps. in: proceedings of the fifth international joint conference on artificial intelligence, ijcai 1977, pp. 598–606. mit, cambridge, ma (1977) google scholar  moore, r.e.: interval analysis. prentice-hall englewood cliffs, n.j (1966) google scholar  poláková, r.: l-shade with competing strategies applied to constrained optimization. in: 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1683–1689. ieee (2017) google scholar  sallam, k.m., elsayed, s.m., chakrabortty, r.k., ryan, m.j.: improved multi-operator differential evolution algorithm for solving unconstrained problems. in: 2020 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1–8. ieee (2020) google scholar  shcherbina, o., neumaier, a., sam-haroud, d., vu, x.-h., nguyen, t.-v.: benchmarking global optimization and constraint satisfaction codes. in: bliek, c., jermann, c., neumaier, a. (eds.) cocos 2002. lncs, vol. 2861, pp. 211–222. springer, heidelberg (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-39901-8_16 chapter  math  google scholar  storn, r., price, k.: differential evolution a simple and efficient heuristic for global optimization over continuous spaces. j. glob. optim. 11(4), 341–359 (1997) article  mathscinet  google scholar  takahama, t., sakai, s.: constrained optimization by the \(\varepsilon \) constrained differential evolution with an archive and gradient-based mutation. in: 2010 ieee congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 1–9. ieee (2010) google scholar  tanabe, r., fukunaga, a.s.: improving the search performance of shade using linear population size reduction. in: 2014 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1658–1665. ieee (2014) google scholar  trivedi, a., sanyal, k., verma, p., srinivasan, d.: a unified differential evolution algorithm for constrained optimization problems. in: 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1231–1238. ieee (2017) google scholar  trivedi, a., srinivasan, d., biswas, n.: an improved unified differential evolution algorithm for constrained optimization problems. ieee (2018) google scholar  tvrdík, j., poláková, r.: a simple framework for constrained problems with application of l-shade44 and ide. in: 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1436–1443. ieee (2017) google scholar  vanaret, c., gotteland, j.b., durand, n., alliot, j.m.: preventing premature convergence and proving the optimality in evolutionary algorithms. in: international conference on artificial evolution, pp. 29–40. springer (2013) google scholar  wu, g., mallipeddi, r., suganthan, p.: problem definitions and evaluation criteria for the cec 2017 competition on constrained real-parameter optimization. technical report (2017) google scholar  zamuda, a.: adaptive constraint handling and success history differential evolution for cec 2017 constrained real-parameter optimization. in: 2017 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 2443–2450. ieee (2017) google scholar  zhang, j., sanderson, a.c.: jade: adaptive differential evolution with optional external archive. ieee trans. evol. comput. 13(5), 945–958 (2009) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations informatics department, federal university of paraná, curitiba, brazil mariane r. s. cassenote, guilherme a. derenievicz & fabiano silva authors mariane r. s. cassenoteview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar guilherme a. derenieviczview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar fabiano silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to mariane r. s. cassenote . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper cassenote, m.r.s., derenievicz, g.a., silva, f. (2021). i2de: improved interval differential evolution for numerical constrained global optimization. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_13 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_13 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords global optimization differential evolution interval methods publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature constructive machine learning and hierarchical multi-label classification for molecules design | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper constructive machine learning and hierarchical multi-label classification for molecules design conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 276–290 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) constructive machine learning and hierarchical multi-label classification for molecules design download book pdf download book epub rodney renato de souza silva9 & ricardo cerri  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2582-16959  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 541 accesses abstract constructive machine learning (cml) is a research field that uses algorithms to generate new instances, similar but not identical to existing ones. it has been widely used to assist the discovery of new drug-like molecules. this is very challenging, given that the search space is discrete, unstructured and enormous. in this work we use cml to learn the intrinsic rules of datasets of molecules to generate novel ones. the chosen cml methods can be divided in two sub groups, text-based and graph oriented. considering different possibilities to evaluate the methods and the generated molecules, we propose classifying generated molecules in a taxonomy, using a hierarchical multi-label classifier previously trained in a dataset of molecules with known taxonomy information. in this way, it is possible to predict properties and verify the relevance of the generated molecules to existing taxonomies. we also propose a hierarchical diversity measure to compare groups of molecules based on their taxonomy information. the measure showed coherent results and is faster to calculate than the commonly used external diversity measures. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others machine learning-aided generative molecular design article 18 june 2024 towards exploring large molecular space: an efficient chemical genetic algorithm article 30 november 2022 automated design of multi-target ligands by generative deep learning article open access 11 september 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. categorization cheminformatics combinatorial chemistry machine learning structure-based drug design structure prediction 1 introduction one of the objectives of medicinal chemistry is to discover new molecules with drug-like characteristics. this is challenging, since searching for molecules with desired chemical properties involves a huge and discrete space. the number of possible candidates is overwhelming and makes impossible to brute force through all possible combinations. about \(10^8\) substances have been synthesized, whereas the range of potential drug-like molecules is estimated to be between \(10^{23}\) and \(10^{60}\) [14]. other problem is that the space is unstructured, i.e., adding, removing or changing atoms and bonds of a molecule changes its properties in an inconstant and hard to predict way. despite improvements in the synthesis and test areas, those procedures are still time consuming and expensive. the discovery process can take 10–15 years with an average cost of us$2.5 billion [9], and one-third of the time and money are spent during the early stages of the process. machine learning (ml) is relevant to manage the volume and complexity of chemical information. a single database (such as pubchem [18]) has more than 96 million chemical structures, with an even larger number of annotations (such as synonyms and properties), targets (drugs with which a molecule interacts), action (how the molecule interacts with its targets), and status within the regulatory-approval process [31]. ml seeks to generalize patterns observed in datasets and predicts unknown characteristics of unseen data. it has been applied in drug design to estimate properties of molecules and predict interactions with biological targets, considerably accelerating drug discovery [6]. constructive machine learning (cml) generates instances similar, but no identical, to known instances. it has shown outstanding results in many areas and is gaining increasing attention [12]. in recent years, cml has been applied to generate new molecules from scratch based on existing ones [24]. four challenges are observed when applying cml to de novo drug design [10]: i) definition of molecules representation; ii) architecture selection; iii) evaluation of approaches for molecules generation and optimization; and iv) design of a reward function, crucial for practical applications of reinforcement learning. although there is a variety of proposals to overcome these challenges, there are still open problems. traditional ml classifiers were developed for binary or multi-class problems. they are not suitable for real-world problems where instances are classified into many classes simultaneously. an example is hierarchical multi-label classification (hmc), where instances are classified into different classes in a taxonomy. these problems require hierarchical multi-label classifiers [30]. many works validate molecules using classifiers to predict desired molecules properties. however, there are no works applying hmc to classify de novo molecules into known properties within a taxonomy. this is important, since we can directly identify general and specific properties, efficiently comparing groups of molecules. thus, we propose to evaluate our molecules by classifying them into a taxonomy, using a hierarchical multi-label classifier previously trained using molecules with known taxonomy information. to generate molecules, we use the generative toolkit for scientific discovery (gt4sd) [28], and classify them using a decision tree [30] trained in the chebi molecules dataset [8]. for evaluation, we propose a hierarchical distance to compare groups of molecules based on their taxonomy information predicted by the hierarchical decision tree. our main contributions are: i) the study and comparison of cml models for molecules generation considering their taxonomy; ii) the creation of a library to process the chebi dataset for hierarchical classification; iii) the proposal of a new measure to compare groups of molecules based on their taxonomy. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows. section 2 presents related works; sect. 3 reviews fundamental related concepts; results are presented and discussed in sect. 4; finally, sect. 5 presents conclusions and future works. 2 related works recurrent neural networks (rnn) were applied to learn intrinsic molecules rules [5], comparing distributions of descriptors to verify if they were similar to existing ones. rnns were also applied to generate molecules from scratch and from scaffolds [15]. fine tuning was performed in smaller specific datasets with molecules with known biological targets. principal component analysis was applied to the descriptors of the training data and the generated data, showing that the distributions were very close. reinforcement learning (rl) has been extensively investigated due to its potential applications in drug discovery. in a recent study, the combination of rl and quantitative structure activity relationship (qsar) was explored as a reward function for identifying active molecules against the dopamine receptor type 2 (drd2) [24]. the study used rnn and qsar model to generate structures. the results showed that more than 95% of the structures generated were active against drd2, demonstrating the potential of rl in drug discovery. a method called organ combines generative adversarial networks (gans) with high quantitative estimate of drug-likeness (qed) [26]. it has three parts: a generator, a discriminator, and qed with lipinski’s rule-of-five as reward function. variational autoencoders (vaes) were also investigated [14]: i) sampling molecules next to known ones; ii) interpolating points from known molecules and converting them back; iii) using a property predictor to search optimal regions, converting points with high values into molecules. the first approach chooses a molecule as reference and samples points around it. the second chooses two molecules as references, smoothly interpolating molecules similar to them. the third approach showed that vaes trained with the property predictor led to regions where the chosen property is maximized. adversarial autoencoders (aaes) [17] were compared with vaes, showing that vaes have a greater coverage. allowing to trade-off between coverage of the original dataset with generated samples and reconstruction quality, aaes obtained results similar to vaes. graph convolutional policy network (gcpn) [34] used a generation process guided towards specified desired objectives, restricting the output space based on underlying chemical rules. for goal-directed generation, graph representation, reinforcement learning and adversarial training were used, extended and combined into an unified framework. a flow-based auto-regressive model (graphaf) was proposed [27], combining auto regressing flows [25] and graph representation learning. motifs were also used [21], which are fragments of molecules inferred from data. vaes were extended to work with graph molecular representation, and generated molecules including motifs, a bond or a atom per iteration. the proposal, called moler (learning to extend molecular scaffolds with structural motif), was argued to be faster than baseline methods. the method uses an off-the-shelf molecular optimization, combining state-of-the-art methods in unconstrained optimization. from the reviewed works, we generated molecules with the following methods: vae [14], organ [26], aae [17], moler [21], gcpn [34] and graphaf [27]. 3 methodology this section presents concepts, algorithms and data used in our experiments. section 3.1 introduces the concepts of molecules properties and sect. 3.2 presents three molecular representations used in our experiments. the gt4sd library and the clus system, used to generate and classify molecules, are described in sects. 3.3 and 3.4. section 3.5 provides information about the chebi taxonomy, used to train our classifier and validate molecules. the next two sections present metrics used to compare datasets of molecules. section 3.6 describes the internal and external diversity measures, while sect. 3.7 explains our proposed hierarchical distance. section 3.8 presents an overview of our methodology. 3.1 molecules properties each molecule has i) its own structure, i.e., how its atoms are organized; ii) its physical properties (descriptors), such as its weight and solubility; and iii) its biological properties, related to effects in biological targets [4]. cheminformatics tries to predict molecules physical properties using their chemical structure, and to predict biological targets using known properties [31]. although we can not say for sure if a molecule has pharmaceutic characteristics, we can observe physicochemical and structural properties within certain ranges. over 90% of molecules that reach the phase ii clinical status have four properties: i) mass lower than 500; ii) logp lower than 5; iii) number of hydrogen bond donors lower than 5; and iv) number of hydrogen bond receptors lower than 10. a molecule satisfying these restrictions is a strong candidate to be a drug. although these are not the only properties for the molecule to be a drug, they have shown to be very influential, and are known as rule of five (ro5) (or lipinski rule) [19]. even though the ro5 is predictive of oral bioavailability, 16% of oral drugs violate at least one of the criteria and 6% fail on two or more. an important estimated molecule property is the quantitative estimate of drug-likeness (qed), which is used to assess molecular target druggability by prioritizing bioactive compounds, directing the tests to most promising molecules [4]. quantitative structure activity relationship (qsar) [23] indicates how a chemical compound interacts with biological targets. it can be used as objective function, helping to predict how promising a molecule is to be a drug. in our experiments, we trained a hierarchical multi-label classifier using molecules extracted from the chebi database, having as features the above properties and other descriptors. these same features were extracted from the molecules we generated using cml. these molecules were then classified using the hierarchical classifier. since molecules with similar functions are close in the feature space [31], we evaluated our generated molecules using similarity measures, comparing groups of molecules generated by different cml algorithms. 3.2 molecules representation the representation of a molecule is a key factor to determine how cml models work and how similarities are evaluated. the simplified molecular input line entry system (smiles) is a two dimensional representation that uses ascii symbols: letters for atoms, = and # for bonds, parenthesis for ramifications and numbers for cycles; simple bonds and hydrogen atoms are sub intended. a positive characteristic of smiles is its ability to capture order and relation of atoms. however, it allows to represent a same molecule in many different ways, which difficulties comparisons. a same molecule can have different similarity scores depending on the chosen atom to start its sequence. also, a single character perturbation in the representation can lead to changes in the underlying molecular structure or even invalidate it [32]. we used this representation for some cml models in the generation stages, and to store molecules. fingerprints uses an array of predefined size, where each position indicates the presence or the absence of a molecular structure. its positive characteristics are that there is only one possible encoding for each molecule, and it is simple to compare vectors with fixed sizes. however, this representation cannot capture the order neither the relationship between the encoded structures. therefore, an encoding can be related to numerous molecules, making it impossible to reverse the codification [7]. we used this representation to compare molecules. the graph representation uses vertices and edges to represent atoms and bonds, providing high coverage of the chemical space, and conveying various chemical features. it is argued that it is the most intuitive and concise representation [33]. we used it in some cml models for the generation process. 3.3 gt4sd toolkit the generative toolkit for scientific discovery (gt4sd) [28] handles molecules, calculates their properties, provides a variety of pretrained models and a framework to train cml models. we used six pretrained models, each of them generating a set of 2000 molecules. they were trained in the chembl [13] dataset and made available by the gt4sd team. the first half of them uses smiles: variational auto encoder (vae) [14], objective reinforced generative adversarial networks (organ) [26] and adversarial auto encoders (aae) [17]. the second half process the molecules as graphs: molecular scaffolds with structural motifs (moler) [21], graph convolutional policy networks (gcpn) [34] and flow-based autoregressive model for molecular graph generation (graphaf) [27]. 3.4 clus system clusfootnote 1 is a decision tree and rule induction system based on predictive clustering trees. it unifies clustering and predictive modeling, and deals with complex prediction tasks such as multi-label classification. within clus, we used the hierarchical multi-label classifier clus-hmc [30] to learn the intrinsic rules of the chebi taxonomy. we then used clus-hmc to predict the taxonomy of our generated molecules based on their descriptors. 3.5 chebi dataset the chemical entities of biological interest (chebi) [8] is a dataset that contains information about molecules, such as smiles representation and descriptors. it uses a web ontology language (owl) [1] to describe a taxonomy of molecules and their classification. its information can be preprocessed and represented into a directed acyclic graph (dag) where each node represents a taxonomy label. it is also possible to prune the dag, leaving the most important labels and molecules. one can also store the taxonomy information, obtain statistics, and compare groups of molecules. the chebi dag has three ontologies with nodes belonging to one or more of them, inheriting semantic meaning with their connections. the first ontology classifies molecular entities and chemical substances. the second expresses a molecular role, which is a particular behavior that a material may exhibit. the third expresses atomic particles smaller than an atom, e.g., neutrons and protons. in order to improve the performance of the hierarchical classifier, we created a library to process and prune the original chebi dag. after pruning, we kept only molecules with role information, since they are more relevant for drug discovery, and only nodes with at least 100 annotated molecules. with this, we ended up excluding the particle graph and many nodes from the structural and role graphs, obtaining a final dag with 35032 molecules. table 1 shows the statistics of the pruned dag. the pruned dag contains 72 nodes shared between the two ontologies, where 37 are leaves. the table also presents the leaves with most molecules classified for each graph. as the analysis focus on the role information, the most populated leaf by molecules in the role graph has significantly more molecules than the most populated leaf in the structural graph. the hierarchical classifier is trained in the pruned chebi dag and used to predict the taxonomy of the molecules generated by the gt4sd toolkit. thus, the classifier may infer role or structural information of the generated molecules. table 1. pruned chebi taxonomy graph statistics.full size table 3.6 internal and external diversity measures to compare molecules based on their structural information, the fingerprints representation can be used with the tanimoto distance (eq. 1) [2], where a and b are molecules. the internal diversity measures the variety of the molecules in a given set. it is defined in eq. 2 as the mean of the sum of the tanimoto distance applied to every pair of molecules in a set, where a is a set of molecules, and a and b are molecules from a. the external diversity is analogous, with the main difference of using two different sets to define the pairs of molecules. it is presented in eq. 3, with a and b molecules from sets a and b respectively. the external and internal diversities have a complexity problem. as the sets of molecules grow in size, the time required to calculate the measures grows proportionally to the square of the sizes of the sets [3]. as external diversity is used to compare groups of molecules, we used it as a guideline to propose a faster measure to compare groups of molecules: the hierarchical diversity. $$\begin{aligned} t_d (a,b) = 1 \frac{a \cap b}{a \cup b} \end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} d_i (a) = \frac{1}{|a|^2}\sum _{(a,b) \in a \times a} t_d (a,b) \end{aligned}$$ (2) $$\begin{aligned} d_e (a,b) = \frac{1}{|a||b|}\sum _{(a,b) \in a \times b}t_d (a,b) \end{aligned}$$ (3) 3.7 proposed hierarchical diversity measure our proposed diversity uses taxonomies to compare different groups of molecules. a dag is created for each set of molecules, and one is chosen as reference. each node from the dag stores how many molecules are classified in it, and the nodes are ordered constructing the first dag distribution. the second dag uses the same labels in the same order as the first dag to construct its distribution in an analogous way. finally, the distance of the distributions of molecules is measured using the wasserstein distance [29]. it is helpful to compare large groups of molecules since its complexity is way smaller than the external diversity. equation 4 presents the wassistein distance between distributions u and v. these are the distributions of the dags molecules over their nodes. $$\begin{aligned} w_d (u, v) = \inf _{\pi \in \gamma (u, v)} \int _{\mathbb {r} \times \mathbb {r}} |x-y| \textrm{d} \pi (x, y) \end{aligned}$$ (4) the hierarchical distance is asymmetric. since we need to choose one of the dags as reference, the results may be different depending on the chosen dag. however, our results in sect. 4 showed these differences were not significant. 3.8 methodology overview figure 1 presents an overview of our methodology. the chebi dataset, in a owl format (chebi.owl), is preprocessed into a dag, which is pruned and saved in two files: chebi.arff and chebi.obj. each method from the gt4sd library then generates a method.arff with molecules. clus-hmc classifier is then trained with chebi.arff molecules, making predictions for the molecules in the method.arff files. the predictions are stored in a method.pred.arff file, and converted into the method.obj format, which is used along with the chebi.obj to generate the results discussed in sect. 4. all our implementations and datasets are freely availablefootnote 2. fig. 1. illustration of our proposed methodology. full size image 4 results and discussions this section presents an analysis of our generated molecules. for each of the six generators from the gt4sd toolkit, we generated a group of 2 thousand molecules. first, we analyze some of the molecules properties, and visualize molecules using their descriptors space. next, we present the classification of the molecules by the clus-hmc classifier. internal and external diversities are then discussed, together with our proposed hierarchical distance. for each molecule, 21 descriptors were calculated, including molecular weight, related to the number and type of the molecule atoms, plogp, related to the solubility of the molecule in water, and all properties presented in sect. 3.1. table 2 presents information about some of the most important descriptors for each generated set of molecules. the sets generated by the aae model differs from the other sets, having in general higher mean and variance for the molecular weight and plogp descriptors. we can imply that many molecules in this set violate at least one rule of the ro5 rule. on the other hand, the set generated by gcpn showed the lowest values and variations for these two properties. table 2. statistics from three proprieties of the molecules sets.full size table to visualize the multiple dimensions of the molecules, we applied two dimensionality reduction methods: principal component analysis (pca) [16] and uniform manifold approximation and projection (umap) [22]. pca was applied in the a dataset with 12 thousand feature vectors (6 methods \(\times \) 2 thousand molecules), each one with 21 dimensions. pca was also applied followed by umap, which rearranges data based on its proximity. this rearrangement may help to visualize overlapped data and clusters of data. figure 2 illustrates how the molecules are distributed in the pca and umap spaces. the most outstanding group of molecules are the ones generated by aae and graphaf, while the other four groups appear to be very similar to each other. although many of the points in the pca space overlap, we can see where each group is located in relation to each other. in the umap space, the points hardly overlap, but it is hard to define a region for each group of molecules. fig. 2. 2d visualizations of the molecules feature vectors. full size image clus-hmc was trained with a 10-fold cross-validation strategy using the 35032 molecules extracted from the chebi dataset. we used the area under receiver operating characteristic (auroc) and the area under precision recall curve (auprc) to evaluate the classifier. auroc measures the ability of a classifier to distinguish between positive and negative classes, while auprc summarizes the relationship between precision and recall. table 3 shows the average auprc and auroc values obtained. the values are considerably high, except for the simple average auprc which does not consider class imbalance. table 3. hierarchical multi-label classifier results.full size table we classified the molecules into classes of the chebi taxonomy. tables 4 and 5 present information about the role and structural dags for the molecules generated by each method. although we can provide the information individually for each molecule, we show the results for groups of molecules in order to have a general view of the properties generated by each method. we can observe that the organ, vae and moler methods have close statistics, suggesting that their generated molecules are similar to each other. this same analysis can be done with gcpn and graphaf. the molecules generated by aae are the ones that differ the most from the other groups of molecules. table 4. role graph information of the chebi molecules set.full size table table 5. structure graph information of the chebi molecules set.full size table table 6 shows some classes predicted by the hierarchical classifier for the generated molecules, and the corresponding classification percentages. the classes include biochemical functions, metabolites and subclasses of metabolites, alkaloids and an alkaloid subclass. with the hierarchical classification, we can reduce the number of molecules to search, allowing a more localized and focused search on certain classes or chemical characteristics. some of the predicted classes have medicinal and pharmacological potential, such as harmala alkaloids [20], and are present in pharmaceutical drug compounds, such as metabolites [11]. table 6. percentage of molecules classified in some classes of the chebi taxonomy.full size table we used internal and external diversity to verify the similarities of the groups of molecules. the main diagonal of table 7 shows the internal diversity, while the external diversity is shown in the other cells. three main observations can be made: i) the graphaf and gcpn molecules have the highest internal diversities; ii) the molecules generated by graphaf and gcpn have the highest external diversities; and iii) the molecules generated by aae and vae have the smallest external diversities. these observations are useful to interpret the relations between the sets of molecules, and as a baseline to experiment if our proposed hierarchical distance is also capable to capture these relations. table 7. internal and external diversity between sets of molecules.full size table given the difficulty to visualize groups of molecules in fig. 2, fig. 3 shows only molecules generated by organ and vae. they were chosen to validate how our hierarchical distance evaluated two similar sets of molecules. since the groups are close, a small value is expected. figure 4 shows the distributions of the same molecules over the dag nodes. again, the distributions are very similar, and the hierarchical distance should be small. fig. 3. 2d visualizations of organ and vae generated molecules. full size image fig. 4. comparison of vae and organ molecules distributions. full size image figure 5 shows the visualization of the descriptors of the molecules generated by aae and graphaf. they were chosen to validate how the hierarchical distance differs two dissimilar sets of molecules. they are not so close to each other, and a high hierarchical distance is expected. figure 6 shows the distributions of the same molecules over the dag nodes. we see a sensitive dissonance, which must result in a high hierarchical distance. fig. 5. 2d visualizations of aae and graphaf generated molecules. full size image fig. 6. comparison of aae and graphaf molecules distributions. full size image table 8 shows our proposed hierarchical distance values for every pair of sets of molecules. from the results, we can separate the molecules in two clusters. the first one contains molecules generated by graphaf and gcpn, showing relative small distance between them and high distances to the other groups. the second cluster is formed by the other molecules, with high similarity among them and high distances to the first cluster. the results of table 8 are in consonance with the ones from table 7, except that diversity values are constrained between 0 and 1. the hierarchical distance varies according to the dag sizes and the dissonance between the sets of molecules. also, in accordance to what we can see in figs. 3, 4, 5 and 6, table 8 shows small hierarchical distance differences between the groups of molecules generated by organ and vae, and high differences between the groups of molecules generated by aae and graphaf. table 8. hierarchical distance between the molecules sets.full size table 5 conclusions and future works in this paper we presented a study on constructive machine learning applied to de novo drug-like molecules design. we generated molecules using six different methods from the gt4sd toolkit, and compared them with internal and external diversity measures. we proposed to use a hierarchical multi-label classifier to classify the molecules into classes of a known taxonomy, and compared groups of molecules based on their classification. for this comparison, we proposed a new hierarchical diversity measure that showed to be consistent in comparing groups of molecules based on their taxonomy information. the chebi dataset was used to train a hierarchical multi-label classifier, since it contains taxonomy information from a variety of molecules, and is much smaller than other databases. our proposal can be used to expand the chebi dataset by classifying new molecules in its taxonomy. it also can be used in drug discovery, classifying the generated molecules to narrow down the number of candidates, and selecting the molecules with specific chemical characteristics. once we classified groups of molecules into taxonomies, our proposed hierarchical distance obtained results similar to those from external diversity, but in a fraction of the time. external diversity has a limited range between 0 and 1, whereas our hierarchical distance can vary based on the size and diversity of the compared groups. the experiments showed that the hierarchical distance is more meaningful when calculated for similar sized groups of molecules. as future works, the hierarchical distance could be extended to other contexts, to compare groups of different molecules that can be classified into a taxonomy. also, we intend to investigate how the selected molecules can be used to fine tune their generators, in order to create a specific domain generation model. notes 1.https://dtai.cs.kuleuven.be/clus/. 2.https://github.com/yendorr/gt4sd. references antoniou, g., harmelen, f.v.: web ontology language: owl. in: handbook on ontologies, pp. 67–92. springer (2004) google scholar  bajusz, d., rácz, a., héberger, k.: why is tanimoto index an appropriate choice for fingerprint-based similarity calculations? j. cheminform. 7 (2015) google scholar  benhenda, m.: chemgan challenge for drug discovery: can ai reproduce natural chemical diversity? arxiv preprint arxiv:1708.08227 (2017) bickerton, g.r., paolini, g.v., besnard, j., muresan, s., hopkins, a.l.: quantifying the chemical beauty of drugs. nat. chem. 4(2), 90–98 (2012) article  google scholar  bjerrum, e.j., threlfall, r.: molecular generation with recurrent neural networks (rnns). arxiv preprint arxiv:1705.04612 (2017) brown, n., ertl, p., lewis, r., luksch, t., reker, d., schneider, n.: artificial intelligence in chemistry and drug design. j. comput. aided mol. des. 34(7), 709–715 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10822-020-00317-x article  google scholar  cao, d.s., xu, q., hu, q., liang, y.z.: manual for chemopy (2013) google scholar  degtyarenko, k., et al.: chebi: a database and ontology for chemical entities of biological interest. nucleic acids res. 36(suppl 1), d344–d350 (2007) article  google scholar  dimasi, j.a., grabowski, h.g., hansen, r.w.: innovation in the pharmaceutical industry: new estimates of r &d costs. j. health econ. 47, 20–33 (2016) article  google scholar  elton, d.c., boukouvalas, z., fuge, m.d., chung, p.w.: deep learning for molecular design-a review of the state of the art. mol. syst. des. eng. 4(4), 828–849 (2019) article  google scholar  evans, l., phipps, r., shanu-wilson, j., steele, j., wrigley, s.: methods for metabolite generation and characterization by nmr. in: ma, s., chowdhury, s.k. (eds.) identification and quantification of drugs, metabolites, drug metabolizing enzymes, and transporters (second edition), pp. 119–150. elsevier, amsterdam, second edition. (2020) google scholar  foster, d.: generative deep learning: teaching machines to paint, write, compose, and play. o’reilly media (2019) google scholar  gaulton, a., et al.: the chembl database in 2017. nucleic acids res. 45(d1), d945–d954 (2017) article  google scholar  gómez-bombarelli, r., et al.: automatic chemical design using a data-driven continuous representation of molecules. acs cent. sci. 4(2), 268–276 (2018) article  google scholar  gupta, a., müller, a.t., huisman, b.j., fuchs, j.a., schneider, p., schneider, g.: generative recurrent networks for de novo drug design. mol. inf. 37(1–2), 1700111 (2018) article  google scholar  jolliffe, i.: principal component analysis. encyclopedia of statistics in behavioral science (2005) google scholar  kadurin, a., nikolenko, s., khrabrov, k., aliper, a., zhavoronkov, a.: drugan: an advanced generative adversarial autoencoder model for de novo generation of new molecules with desired molecular properties in silico. mol. pharm. 14(9), 3098–3104 (2017) article  google scholar  kim, s., et al.: pubchem 2019 update: improved access to chemical data. nucleic acids res. 47(d1), d1102–d1109 (2019) article  google scholar  lipinski, c.a.: lead-and drug-like compounds: the rule-of-five revolution. drug discov. today technol. 1(4), 337–341 (2004) article  google scholar  marwat, s.k., ur rehman, f.: medicinal and pharmacological potential of harmala (peganum harmala l.) seeds. in: preedy, v.r., watson, r.r., patel, v.b. (eds.) nuts and seeds in health and disease prevention, pp. 585–599. academic press, san diego (2011) google scholar  maziarz, k., et al.: learning to extend molecular scaffolds with structural motifs. arxiv preprint arxiv:2103.03864 (2021) mcinnes, l., healy, j., melville, j.: umap: uniform manifold approximation and projection for dimension reduction. arxiv preprint arxiv:1802.03426 (2018) mitchell, j.b.: machine learning methods in chemoinformatics. wiley interdisc. rev. comput. mol. sci. 4(5), 468–481 (2014) article  google scholar  olivecrona, m., blaschke, t., engkvist, o., chen, h.: molecular de-novo design through deep reinforcement learning. j. cheminform. 9(1), 48 (2017) article  google scholar  papamakarios, g., pavlakou, t., murray, i.: masked autoregressive flow for density estimation. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 30 (2017) google scholar  sanchez-lengeling, b., outeiral, c., guimaraes, g.l., aspuru-guzik, a.: optimizing distributions over molecular space. an objective-reinforced generative adversarial network for inverse-design chemistry (organic). chemrxiv (2017) google scholar  shi, c., xu, m., zhu, z., zhang, w., zhang, m., tang, j.: graphaf: a flow-based autoregressive model for molecular graph generation. arxiv preprint arxiv:2001.09382 (2020) team, g.: gt4sd (generative toolkit for scientific discovery) (2022) google scholar  vallender, s.: calculation of the wasserstein distance between probability distributions on the line. theor. probab. appl. 18(4), 784–786 (1974) article  google scholar  vens, c., struyf, j., schietgat, l., džeroski, s., blockeel, h.: decision trees for hierarchical multi-label classification. mach. learn. 73(2), 185–214 (2008) article  math  google scholar  wegner, j.k., et al.: cheminformatics. commun. acm 55(11), 65–75 (2012) article  google scholar  weininger, d.: smiles, a chemical language and information system. 1. introduction to methodology and encoding rules. j. chem. inf. comput. sci. 28(1), 31–36 (1988) article  google scholar  xiong, j., xiong, z., chen, k., jiang, h., zheng, m.: graph neural networks for automated de novo drug design. drug discovery today 26(6), 1382–1393 (2021) article  google scholar  you, j., liu, b., ying, z., pande, v., leskovec, j.: graph convolutional policy network for goal-directed molecular graph generation. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 31 (2018) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. the authors also thank the brazilian research agencies fapesp and cnpq for financial support. author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, federal university of são carlos, rodovia washington luis, km 235, são carlos, sp, brazil rodney renato de souza silva & ricardo cerri authors rodney renato de souza silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ricardo cerriview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to ricardo cerri . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de souza silva, r.r., cerri, r. (2023). constructive machine learning and hierarchical multi-label classification for molecules design. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_19 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_19 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords de novo drug design hierarchical multi-label classification constructive machine learning publish with us policies and ethics profiles ricardo cerri view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature improving rule based and equivalent decision simplifications for bloat control in genetic programming using a dynamic operator | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper improving rule based and equivalent decision simplifications for bloat control in genetic programming using a dynamic operator conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 234–248 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) improving rule based and equivalent decision simplifications for bloat control in genetic programming using a dynamic operator download book pdf download book epub gustavo f. v. de oliveira10 & marcus h. s. mendes10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 749 accesses abstract bloat is a common issue regarding genetic programming (gp), specially noted in symbolic regression (sr) problems. due to this, gp tends to generate a huge amount of ineffective code that could be avoided or removed. code editing is one of many approaches to avoid bloat. the objective in this strategy is to mutate or remove subtrees which do not contribute to the final solution. two known methods of redundant code removal, the rule based simplification (rbs) and equivalent decision simplification (eds) are extended in a new operator presented in this paper, called dynamic operator with rbs and eds (dore). this operator gives the algebraic simplification table used by rbs the potential to learn from reductions performed by eds. an initial benchmark highlighted how the rbs table can grow as much as 86% with dore, and reducing the time spent on simplification by 16.83%. experiments with the other three sr problems were performed showing a considerable improvement on fitness of the generated programs, besides a slight reduction in the population of the average tree size. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others simplification of genetic programs: a literature survey article open access 27 april 2022 simplifying dispatching rules in genetic programming for dynamic job shop scheduling chapter © 2022 the inefficiency of genetic programming for symbolic regression chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms evolvability reprogramming symbolic ai theory and algorithms for application domains control structures and microprogramming 1 introduction symbolic regression (sr) is one of the main applications and motivators to genetic programming (gp), a method for automatically generate computer programs from a high level definition of a problem [15]. since early 90ś, many data-driven problems are modeled as sr problems [2], where no previous knowledge or pre-processing input is required. gp is well suited for resolving such problems since any algebraic function set can be effectively represented as trees and implemented as computer programs for the problem domain [9]. bloat the uncontrolled and excessive growth of individuals without a proportional gain of fitness is a well-known issue and a field of study in gp. it is specially noted in sr. the large amount of inefficient code causes excessive consumption of computational resources, as well as many other practical issues [16], hiding the problems real complexity and domain. there are many approaches for avoiding uncontrolled code growth in tree-based gp [5], some of which are presented as follows. the most simple and popular of them is implementing a depth limit [9], although is not a truly effective approach, as it can induce growth in some scenarios. parsimony pressure [9, 13] is another popular technique which adds a penalty term in fitness function to punish large trees. pseudo-hill climbing [6] attempts to guarantee the fitness to improve in population rejecting individuals least fit than its parents until one is finally accepted. code editing approach mutates or removes redundant sub-trees in individuals. regarding the code editing approach, koza [9] proposed a simple method to simplify (to convert a tree into a smaller, equivalent, tree) using grammar rewrite rules, which further inspired the rule based simplification (rbs) method [7, 11, 20]. rbs was extended with equivalent decision simplification (eds) [11], which recursively compares all sub-trees in an individual for equivalency with a small set of terminals. this paper proposes the dynamic operator with rbs and eds (dore), which improves a code editing bloat control algorithm using both rbs and eds to maximize its reduction potential without greater punishments in execution time. the main feature of dore is to dynamically learn redundant expressions to be applied with rbs from eds outputs. it also optimizes the access of rbs rules using the any keyword in a hash-table implementation, as well as introduces a warm-up stage to grow rbs rules before the evolutionary process begins. the article is organized as follows: sect. 2 provides a quick overview about code editing operators; in sect. 3 an improved strategy using the previous operators is proposed; sect. 4 shows how rbs and eds were implemented and the technical resources utilized in benchmarks; sect. 5 shows a performance comparison between the simplification operators, beside the empirical results and discussion over three sr benchmark problems; and finally in sect. 6, the conclusion is presented and the possibilities for further research. 2 background redundancy is one of the key contributors to inefficient code growth. eds [11] was introduced to extend rbs as they complement each other. rbs removes redundant subtrees by replacing a tree for a smaller equivalent one by applying arithmetic rules such as \(x/1 \rightarrow x\) and \(0*x \rightarrow 0\). these rules must be known and provided before the evolutionary process starts, thus each rule must be explicitly specified. another limitation by rbs is that it’s rules must be specified exactly like it would appear in an individual. for example, the rule \(x * 0 \rightarrow 0\) would not be sufficient to simplify a tree \(0 * x\) unless the rule \(0 * x \rightarrow 0\) is specified. eds extends rbs in a manner that it simplifies trees without previous knowledge of algebraic rules. it can also remove redundancies that are only true in the training domain. the simplification by eds is made by evaluating each subtree in an individual and comparing these subtrees with a set of small trees or terminals which is usually the result of simplifications, such as x, 1 and 0. in a sr problem, eds is evaluated as follows [11]: 1. determine a suitable set of simple trees \(s_{simple}\). 2. check all subtrees in the target for equivalence to a tree in \(s_{simple}\). 3. if some subtree is equivalent to a tree in \(s_{simple}\), and larger than it, replace that subtree with the simple tree. 4. repeat this procedure recursively until it fails. finding a suitable set of trees \(s_{simple}\) for a problem is not an easy task. usually the set of terminals is a natural fit for \(s_{simple}\), but if it is already known that some subtrees must appear in the final output, such as in trigonometrical problems, they can be inserted in this set. however, the main issue of using eds as a single operator of bloat control is the computational performance. with problems hard enough and individuals big enough, reducing a single generation can take as long as multiple generational evaluations. this scenario is not uncommon in simple sr problems. if an evaluated individual with eds contains more subtrees than the population size, the evaluation function will be called upon as much as in the generational evaluation. 2.1 simplification with rbs and eds the flow of simplification using both rbs and eds is as follows [11]: 1. let the genotype tree of individual i be \(t_{i}\). 2. apply rbs recursively to all nodes of \(t_{i}\), until there is no node to which rbs can be applied, obtaining \(t'_{i}\). 3. apply eds to all nodes of \(t'_{i}\). if any node is translated, let the translated tree be \(t_{i}\) and go to (2). if there is no node to which eds can be applied, finish and let \(t'_{i}\) be the final result. applying rbs before applying eds is a good idea since it prevents eds to be used for simplifying already known rules. also, rbs execution time is lower than eds, which will be explored further in this paper. 3 proposed improvements the main idea of the improvements to the simplification with rbs and eds flow is to increase rbs rules table r dynamically as soon as new rules, or more efficient ones, are discovered. this allows rbs to execute independently with no large impacts in execution time. a more robust rbs operator also helps in simplification itself, since any simplification made by eds triggers new rbs calls, as well as new eds calls. if simplifications made by eds occurred in the first step of the simplification flow, then it would eliminate the need to reevaluate subtrees that would only be reduced by eds. the first improvement proposed is to allow the simplification rules table r, used by rbs, to have rules inserted in execution time. each time a subtree is simplified by rbs using the keyword \(\_any\_\), which denotes any subtree, a new rule with the original subtree as input is inserted in r. afterwards, new calls to rbs with the same subtree as input have o(1) access guaranteed in a hash-table implementation. analogously, each simplification made with eds creates a new rule in r table with the learned simplification. this way, there is no need to apply simplification with eds to the same subtree in subsequent individuals. algorithm 1 shows an example algorithm to simplify a generation using this improved simplification flow with rbs and ebs in a sr problem. another strategy adopted to grow even more the r table was the insertion of a warm-up step before the evolutionary process begins. this warm-up step consists of generating random trees in the training domain of a problem, with random sizes, and then simplifying them with the improved flow. each successful reduction creates a new rule in the table, so the gp starts with a larger r table. 4 methodology all algorithms were implemented in python 3.8.3 with the package deap [4] (distributed evolutionary algorithm in python) in version 1.3.1. parallelism was used to evaluate fitness functions using the package ray [12] in version 0.8.6. the benchmarks were conducted in a 2018 macbook pro with 2.2 ghz 6-core intel core i7 and 16 gb 2400 mhz ddr4 memory. 4.1 rule based simplification the rbs simplification rules table r was implemented as a hash table. the keyword \(\_any\_\) denotes any subtree and allows rules such \(\_any\_ * 0 \rightarrow 0\) to be defined. in the original paper [11] this keyword was referenced as a and no further details were provided on how it was implemented. in this paper, every subtree evaluated by rbs consults the hash table directly and only if no rule with the subtree is described the \(\_any\_\) rules are consulted. the access to the table r has complexity o(1), except on the scenario where the \(\_any\_\) keyword is included in the rule body, which makes the complexity o(n) where n is the amount of rules in the table. reducing the amount of rules with \(\_any\_\) is a slight improvement to this implementation as it maximizes the rate of o(1) accesses. another way to attain this goal is to define as many redundant rules as possible in r, for example prioritizing the definition of rules \(1 * 0 \rightarrow 0\) and \(x * 0 \rightarrow 0\) instead of \(\_any\_ * 0 \rightarrow 0\). this task can be hard when there is no previous knowledge of such simplifications in the domain of the problem. 4.2 equivalent decision simplification the subtrees set \(s_{simple}\) for comparison for equivalence in eds was implemented as a simple list. two subtrees is considered equivalent if all fitness values elapsed from this subtree in the domain has relative error \(\epsilon < 0.005\). this threshold was chosen after some tests and set to all benchmark problems in both compared operators in this paper. 5 experimental results this section is organized as follows: sect. 5.1 shows a preliminary benchmark, validating the performance improvement on each simplification method; it is presented in sect. 5.2 the results for three artificial sr problems using the proposed operator, comparing it with the original operator and baseline gp. 5.1 simplification methods performance a simple benchmark using \(cos(2\pi x)\) as objective function was ran 50 times to compare the execution time of the five simplification strategies. experimental setting. the experiment was the simplification of many independent individuals in each reduction strategy: traditional versions of rbs and eds, rbs and eds with dynamic rules allowed and rbs after the warm-up step. more details of each strategy were discussed in sect. 3. the fitness function was defined as the rmse (root mean squared error), of 20 uniform points in the interval \([-\pi , \pi ]\). the function set used was \(\{+. -. *, \div \}\), where \( \div \) is the protected division satisfying \(x / 0 \rightarrow 1\). the terminal set is \(\{x, 0, 1, \pi \}\). for each execution, 200 trees are generated and then cloned in each step to avoid any bias or propagation of simplifications. the reductions applied in one step are not carried on to the next. the procedure is described as: 1. reduction with rbs is applied to the 200 cloned individuals. 2. reduction with eds is applied to the 200 cloned individuals. 3. with the dynamic insertions in the rules table r allowed, reduction with rbs is applied to the 200 cloned individuals. 4. with the dynamic insertions in the rules table r allowed, reduction with eds is applied to the 200 cloned individuals. 5. with the dynamic insertions in the rules table r allowed, a warm-up step is done, and reduction with eds is applied to the 200 cloned individuals. the 200 individuals are generated in each of 50 executions with the method ramped half and half and with depth limited to [5, 10]. the warm-up step applied rbs and eds sequentially to 200 trees generated with grow method and with depth limited to [1, 5]. the initial rbs rules table r is defined in table 1. table 1. initial simplification rules table used by rbsfull size table results and discussion. table 2 shows the arithmetic mean of the 50 executions in each strategy. dynamic rbs is 4.84% faster than the default rbs. the rbs after the warm-up is shown to be 16.83% faster than the traditional rbs and provided a 11.52% improvement to dynamic rbs before the warm-up. table 2. execution time comparison of the simplification operatorsfull size table this benchmark indicates that not only a bigger r table can improve the simplifications performance but also how much slower eds is compared to rbs as well. with no improvements, eds is 2.09 times slower than rbs. dynamic eds is 1.84 times slower than dynamic rbs before warm-up. dynamic rbs after the warm-up can be twice as fast as the dynamic eds. the warm-up increased the rules of table r, in average, from 19 entries to 135, to an around 86% improvement. 5.2 symbolic regression problems to validate the proposed improvements, 3 simple artificial sr problems were tested. these benchmarks were extracted in [5], selected from [8, 10, 17,18,19]. since this paper presents a preliminary analysis of the operator, the benchmark problems are rather simple and harder problems will be explored in future works. the problems are presented in table 3. experimental setting. for each problem, 50 independent executions were performed, in 3 different approaches: base gp: with no code editing bloat control operator, baseline operator: with the original simplification flow of rbs and eds as in [11], and dore: using the proposed dynamic operator. table 3. artificial symbolic regression problemsfull size table the function set to all benchmarks is set to \(\mathcal {f}=\{+, -, *, \div \}\) where \(\div \) is the protected division satisfying \(x / 0 \rightarrow 1\). the terminal set to benchmarks 1 and 2 is \(\tau = \{0, 1\}\) and the decision variables. for benchmark 3, the terminal set is \(\tau = \{0, 1, \pi \}\) and the decision variable. to all benchmarks, the fitness function is the rmse of the training domain points. besides the traditional gp parameters, two new parameters were introduced to fit the operator’s context in more computational resource expansive problems. the first one is the percentage of population \(\rho \) which passes through the full simplification flow. the algorithm is developed in such way that the best \(\rho \%\) individuals of the population are chosen each generation. the second additional parameter is the remaining best \(\gamma \) percentage of the population that was not previously chosen and passes through the reduction with rbs only. for example, if the population size is 100, and the values \(\rho = 40\%\) and \(\gamma = 20\%\), the 40 most fit individuals would pass through the complete reduction flow and the remaining best 20 trees would be reduced with rbs only. these additional parameters are needed due the high computational cost of the reductions that would make unfeasible the operation of all individuals without a great impact in execution time. a large \(\gamma \) value does not have a high impact on the execution time, since rbs reduction is simpler. nonetheless, the \(\rho \) value greatly impacts the total execution time. for the benchmarks these parameters were chosen empirically, testing values big enough that would not make the total gp execution time significantly slower than the base gp. a custom tournament selection, named as partial tournament, is used to reduce the number of repeated individuals in the crossover. being p the population, the partial tournament does |p| traditional k size tournaments, but limits the repeated number of each individual to two. then, if necessary, the population is completed with individuals chosen at random up to |p|. table 4. gp settings used in symbolic regression benchmarksfull size table the gp settings used is presented in table 4. the simplification rules used in rbs are as described in table 1. the simple subtrees set \(s_{simple}\) used in eds is the terminal set \(\tau \) for each problem. the warm-up step used in dore runs is defined as 200 full trees with depth limited in [1, 5] range. results and discussion. the median was preferred over the mean in this section since it is less sensitive to outliers and the data is not guaranteed to follow a normal distribution. in all of the data in any graph or table the median of the 50 executions is shown. it was first analyzed how the fitness behaved over generations. figure 1 shows how base gp is worse than the others in all benchmarks. it also presents how base gp fitness curve tends to flatten in each benchmark. dore has slightly better results than the baseline operator. figure 2 shows a fitness boxplot of the best individuals in each generation. fig. 1. best fitness versus generations, for all benchmark problems full size image fig. 2. boxplots of the best of generation individuals, for all benchmark problems full size image the size of individuals is a crucial concern to have bloat-controlled gp executions, beside the fitness stagnation. a tree depth limit was used, so it was not expected a completely uncontrolled growth on base gp. as fig. 3 shows, both operators had a much better size control on the population over generations than base gp. the difference between dore and baseline operator was tiny, with dore having best results on the first two benchmarks. table 5 shows the validation and test domains used to analyze the best individuals from each generation for all benchmark problems. it is presented in table 6 the median and median average deviation (mad), as utilized in [1], of each set of points training, validation, and test using the rmse as reference. table 7 shows the same metrics for the tree size of these best individuals. as the data is not normally distributed, table 6 and table 7 also present the p-value of the mann-whitney u-test [3] considering dore x base gp and dore x baseline operator datasets. the null hypothesis is that the distributions of both datasets are equal. dore performed better regarding tree size in all benchmark problems, compared to the other two strategies. it also presented better results in training error in all benchmarks. the benchmark 3 test error was worse using an operator, which suggests that this kind of strategy is not well suited for more complex problems even though the generated trees were smaller. fig. 3. tree median size versus generation full size image besides the best trees found for each generation, the best individuals of each run were also analyzed. figure 4 shows the mean training fitness against the mean tree sizes. it is clear that dore dominates the other strategies in all 3 benchmark problems regarding the fitness. in benchmark 1, due to bloat, base gp generates smaller but unfit individuals. these individuals are, in average, from earlier generations than the ones using code editing operators, see fig. 5. the boxplot shows how base gp converges earlier than the other two strategies. thus, it is expected that trees generated in later generations have better fitness but also a larger size. dore performed better than the other strategies in benchmarks 2 and 3 and regarding both size and fitness, as shown in table 6 and table 7. in all benchmarks it is noted that the average size of the best individuals in dore are better than the ones with the baseline operator, see table 7. table 5. validation and test domain for best of run individuals analysisfull size table another point of interest analyzed was the reductions made between baseline operator and dore. each rbs and eds simplification made was logged in each run in these strategies. the tables and graphs related to reductions used the arithmetic mean as an average value. table 8 highlights how dore increased the number of unique simplifications made by rbs. this result was expected since dore tends to increase the reductions table used by rbs. table 6. best individuals for generation performance, of all benchmark problemsfull size table table 7. tree size data of best individuals for generation, of all benchmark problemsfull size table fig. 4. best of run average fitness against best of run average size full size image fig. 5. best of run generation boxplot full size image table 8. average value of unique rbs simplifications performedfull size table table 9. average total simplifications made by rbs and edsfull size table the average value of total reductions made by rbs and eds is shown in table 9. these graphs present different scenarios. in benchmark 1, the total reductions made by both rbs and eds in dore was greater than in baseline operator. in benchmark 2, the reductions by rbs were greater in dore but lesser by eds. finally, in benchmark 3, the total reductions made by both rbs and eds was greater in the baseline operator. these different scenarios are directly related to the nature of each benchmark problem. also, although the rbs reduction table in dore had more entries than the baseline table, each simplification called by eds triggered another recursive rbs simplification attempt on each subtree in the individual. thus, in problems where the number of simplifications by eds is high and with an increased average size reduction the number of reductions by rbs tends to be higher as well. even though each benchmark presented a different reduction scenario, a pattern in the ratio between reductions by rbs and reductions by eds could be noted, as is shown in fig. 6. in all benchmark problems, except the proportion, the total amount of rbs reductions relative to the total amount of eds reductions is bigger. it can also be noted that this ratio is greater in dore than in the baseline operator, which is exactly the main goal of the proposed improvements. fig. 6. average ratio of simplifications made full size image the impact of the dynamically learned rules was analyzed and shown in fig. 7. the graphs are histograms of the total amount of reductions made by rbs in each subtree size reduction percentage interval. the values highlighted in purple are from rules that could only be learned with dore improvements. the average size reduction of these dynamically learned rules in each benchmark were 86.01%, 88.01% and 85.40%, respectively, compared to the average size reduction of 59.38%, 55.98% and 52.74% from the predefined rules. dore not only provided more reductions to be applied but also better ones. fig. 7. rbs simplification frequency against size reduction percentage full size image finally the execution time was analyzed, an important point of interest in this work as dore execution time should be close to the baseline operator. average execution time using the arithmetic mean for all benchmark problems is shown in table 10. since the values of parameters \(\rho \) and \(\gamma \) were defined empirically to make execution time between baseline operator and dore close, the values presented are expected. however, the difference between base gp and executions with operators is notable. using rbs and eds operators as a single bloat control method seems to be not adequate in hard or complex problems as the execution time tends to increase even more due to all the fitness function evaluation performed recursively in eds step of the simplification flow. table 10. average total execution time (in seconds) of each strategy, for all benchmark problemsfull size table 6 conclusion and future work this paper presented improvements to a simplification flow introduced in [11] to make it more reasonable to be applied in complex problems. besides a meta-learning reduction, two parameters were introduced to optimize the number of trees to be reduced by rbs and eds in harder problems than the one presented in the original work, without greater impact in execution time. the resulting operator was able to improve the execution time performance of reduction by rbs, as well as the relative frequency of this reduction in the simplification flow, even with a limit of trees applied. a greater percentage of the population could pass through reduction by rbs with no significant penalty in execution time. the results of the three artificial sr problems benchmark highlighted how dore improved the fitness and slightly the tree size in the population during the evolutionary process. the best individuals in these experimental runs had significantly better results in both fitness and tree size using the dynamic operator. it is noted that dore is helpful to control bloat in gp but could be challenging to adopt in more complex problems due the computational burden. this issue should be addressed in future research. probably tuning the parameters \(\rho \) and \(\gamma \) may be needed as well as limiting the size of the subtrees in \(s_{simple}\). future work could measure the limits of the list \(s_{simple}\) and a robust strategy to handle random ephemeral constants, which was not explored in this paper. parallelization of the reductions could improve the operator performance, making it more viable, although is not a trivial problem as the rule table is constantly updated by each eds reduction performed. it would also be interesting to apply this operator with other bloat control methods, such as a equalization operator [14], using it as a tool to optimize a small set of individuals in a population. references castelli, m., manzoni, l., mariot, l., saletta, m.: extending local search in geometric semantic genetic programming, pp. 775–787, august 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-30241-2_64 chen, c., luo, c., jiang, z.: block building programming for symbolic regression. neurocomputing 275, 1973–1980 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neucom.2017.10.047 article  google scholar  fay, m.p., proschan, m.a.: wilcoxon-mann-whitney or t-test? on assumptions for hypothesis tests and multiple interpretations of decision rules. stat. surv. 4, 1 (2010) article  mathscinet  google scholar  fortin, f.a., de rainville, f.m., gardner, m.a., parizeau, m., gagné, c.: deap: evolutionary algorithms made easy. j. mach. learn. res. 13, 2171–2175 (2012) mathscinet  google scholar  haeri, m.a., ebadzadeh, m.m., folino, g.: statistical genetic programming for symbolic regression. appl. soft comput. 60, 447–469 (2017) article  google scholar  hagiwara, m.: pseudo-hill climbing genetic algorithm (phga) for function optimization. in: proceedings of 1993 international conference on neural networks (ijcnn-93-nagoya, japan), vol. 1, pp. 713–716 (1993). https://doi.org/10.1109/ijcnn.1993.714013 hooper, d.c., flann, n.s.: improving the accuracy and robustness of genetic programming through expression simplification. in: proceedings of the 1st annual conference on genetic programming, p. 428. mit press, cambridge (1996) google scholar  keijzer, m.: improving symbolic regression with interval arithmetic and linear scaling. in: ryan, c., soule, t., keijzer, m., tsang, e., poli, r., costa, e. (eds.) eurogp 2003. lncs, vol. 2610, pp. 70–82. springer, heidelberg (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-36599-0_7 chapter  google scholar  koza, j.r., koza, j.r.: genetic programming: on the programming of computers by means of natural selection, vol. 1. mit press, cambridge (1992) google scholar  mcdermott, j., et al.: genetic programming needs better benchmarks. in: proceedings of the 14th annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 791–798 (2012) google scholar  naoki, m., mckay, b., xuan, n., daryl, e., takeuchi, s.: a new method for simplifying algebraic expressions in genetic programming called equivalent decision simplification. in: omatu, s., rocha, m.p., bravo, j., fernández, f., corchado, e., bustillo, a., corchado, j.m. (eds.) iwann 2009. lncs, vol. 5518, pp. 171–178. springer, heidelberg (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02481-8_24 chapter  google scholar  moritz, p., et al.: ray: a distributed framework for emerging ai applications. corr (2017). http://arxiv.org/abs/1712.05889 poli, r., mcphee, n.f.: parsimony pressure made easy: solving the problem of bloat in gp. in: borenstein, y., moraglio, a. (eds.) theory and principled methods for the design of metaheuristics. ncs, pp. 181–204. springer, heidelberg (2014). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-33206-7_9 chapter  math  google scholar  silva, s., dignum, s., vanneschi, l.: operator equalisation for bloat free genetic programming and a survey of bloat control methods. genetic program. evol. mach. 13, 197–238 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10710-011-9150-5 article  google scholar  sivanandam, s., deepa, s.: genetic programming, pp. 131–163. springer, heidelberg (2008). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-73190-0_6 trujillo, l., muñoz, l., galván-lópez, e., silva, s.: neat genetic programming: controlling bloat naturally. inf. sci. 333, 21–43 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ins.2015.11.010 article  google scholar  uy, n.q., hien, n.t., hoai, n.x., o’neill, m.: improving the generalisation ability of genetic programming with semantic similarity based crossover. in: esparcia-alcázar, a.i., ekárt, a., silva, s., dignum, s., uyar, a.ş (eds.) eurogp 2010. lncs, vol. 6021, pp. 184–195. springer, heidelberg (2010). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-12148-7_16 chapter  google scholar  uy, n.q., hoai, n.x., o’neill, m., mckay, r.i., galván-lópez, e.: semantically-based crossover in genetic programming: application to real-valued symbolic regression. genet. program evolvable mach. 12(2), 91–119 (2011) article  google scholar  vladislavleva, e.j., smits, g.f., den hertog, d.: order of nonlinearity as a complexity measure for models generated by symbolic regression via pareto genetic programming. ieee trans. evol. comput. 13(2), 333–349 (2008) article  google scholar  wong, p., zhang, m.: algebraic simplification of gp programs during evolution. in: proceedings of the 8th annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 927–934, gecco 2006. association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2006). https://doi.org/10.1145/1143997.1144156 download references author information authors and affiliations icet, universidade federal de viçosa, florestal, brazil gustavo f. v. de oliveira & marcus h. s. mendes authors gustavo f. v. de oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar marcus h. s. mendesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to gustavo f. v. de oliveira . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de oliveira, g.f.v., mendes, m.h.s. (2021). improving rule based and equivalent decision simplifications for bloat control in genetic programming using a dynamic operator. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_16 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_16 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords genetic programming bloat control code editing publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature estimating code running time complexity with machine learning | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper estimating code running time complexity with machine learning conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 400–414 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) estimating code running time complexity with machine learning download book pdf download book epub ricardo j. pfitscher9, gabriel b. rodenbusch9, anderson dias10, paulo vieira10 & … nuno m. m. d. fouto11  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 645 accesses 2 citations abstract the running time complexity is a crucial measure for determining the computational efficiency of a given program or algorithm. depending on the problem complexity class, it can be considered intractable; a program that solves this problem will consume so many resources for a sufficiently large input that it will be unfeasible to execute it. due to alan turing’s halting problem, it is impossible to write a program capable of determining the execution time of a given program and, therefore, classifying it according to its complexity class. despite this limitation, an approximate running time value can be helpful to support development teams in evaluating the efficiency of their produced code. furthermore, software-integrated development environments (ides) could show real-time efficiency indicators for their programmers. recent research efforts have made, through artificial intelligence techniques, complexity estimations based on code characteristics (e.g., number of nested loops and number of conditional tests). however, there are no databases that relate code characteristics with complexity classes considered inefficient (e.g., \(o(c^n)\) and o(n!)), which limits current research results. this research compared three machine learning approaches (i.e., random forest, extreme gradient boosting, and artificial neural networks) regarding their accuracy in predicting java program codes’ efficiency and complexity class. we train each model using a dataset that merges data from literature and 394 program codes with their respective complexity classes crawled from a publicly available website. results show that random forest resulted in the best accuracy, being 90.17% accurate when predicting codes’ efficiency and 89.84% in estimating complexity classes. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others learning based methods for code runtime complexity prediction chapter © 2020 information economy for the fitness of intelligent algorithms chapter © 2024 is prüfer code encoding always a bad idea? chapter © 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithmic complexity algorithm analysis and problem complexity computational complexity learning algorithms machine learning mathematics of algorithmic complexity 1 introduction computer programming is a primary task in a software development lifecycle. it essentially involves translating algorithms into functions, methods, and procedures that perform tasks that, in conjunction, solve a specific problem. before the programming action, analysts should determine the algorithms that apply to the referred situation. such an analysis task requires technical knowledge in many areas, from business rules to computational resource efficiency. regarding the latter, a relevant discipline is algorithm analysis. one result of its activities is a mathematical function that expresses the upper bound running time of a specific algorithm, a.k.a. running time complexity [10]. the complexity class of an algorithm or code directly impacts its resource usage efficiency. such an impact on the software’s future performance highlights the need for a precise analysis. also, depending on its asymptotic behavior, the study may indicate that the program takes so long to run that it is considered intractable [6]. on the other hand, beginner developers may rely on inefficient solutions to solve coding problems without understanding the impacts on running time complexity. determining the running time complexity is arduous and requires a deep understanding of code behavior. an analyst must consider multiple variables when analyzing a coded function, including the number of recursive calls, the size of iteration loops, and the number of nested loops. also, analysts must consider how these variables relate and how the computer program uses computational resources. consequently, experts can misevaluate the running-time function, promoting a search for tools and frameworks to aid in the complexity analysis process. alan turing proved through the halting problem that estimating the code complexity is mathematically impossible [12]. thus, recent research applied machine learning techniques and mathematical models to estimate running-time complexity functions [9, 18]. with such approximation values, developers could get real-time feedback on the efficiency of their code. however, a relevant barrier that hinders the evolution and adoption of such models is the lack of datasets that correlate coding characteristics to the respective runtime complexity class. this research aims to fill this gap by developing a learning method to predict the runtime complexity of a program code. to achieve this objective, we built a representative dataset with program codes, related characteristics and complexities, and compared machine learning approaches according to their accuracy in predicting efficiency (if the code is efficient or not) and the runtime complexity of program codes. the contributions of this paper are twofold: first, it makes available to the machine learning community a dataset containing 394 java code files grouped into eight distinct complexity classes and each code having 16 metadata information; second, it shows that a random forest model trained with a dataset merged from the published work of sikka et al. [18] and web crawled data can achieve an accuracy of 90.34% when predicting code efficiency and 89.26% when predicting complexity classes. the remainder of this text is organized as follows, sect. 2 discusses the related work and current limitations. then, sect. 3 describe the methodology followed to build datasets and develop the machine learning models. next, sect. 4 presents the complexity prediction results obtained with trained models and sect. 5 discusses the limitations of classifications. finally, the sect. 6 presents this work’s conclusions and future works. 2 related work given the limitations of writing a computer program to determine the running time of program source codes, a few works appear in the literature to address this problem. however, the recent advances in artificial intelligence propelled the development of models that estimate code complexity. the seminal work of hutter et al. [9] assesses machine learning approaches to predict the performance of algorithms. the results show that the proposed approaches based on random forests and approximate gaussian processes are the ones that better predict the performance of parameterized algorithms used to solve np-hard problems. the correlation coefficients of predictions reached values superior to 0.9. although the research of hutter et al. provided relevant results, our focus differs from theirs because we wish to estimate the runtime complexity regarding asymptotic order. the research work of sikka et al. [18] addressed the runtime complexity estimation problem using machine learning models. the paper has two main contributions. first, it publishes the code runtime complexity dataset (corcod) composed of 932 code files belonging to 5 different classes of complexities, namely constant-time, logarithmic-time, linear-time, linearithmic-time, and quadratic-time. second, it shows that the random forest model achieved the best results for predicting code complexity, with an accuracy of 71.84% using code features as attributes and 83.57% when abstract syntax tree (ast) applies to generate code embedding used in training. although the paper contributes a significant step for future research, we argue that the dataset does not have entries for inefficient codes. thus, we address this problem by crawling a public website to publish a more comprehensive dataset; also, we evaluated more recent models, such as the extreme gradient boosting trees (xgbt) and artificial neural networks (ann). the efforts published by sepideh seifzadeh in a public blog [17] appear to be the results of ongoing research at ibm. the publication has two significant highlights: first, the developed models use the codenet dataset with around 14m code samples for roughly 4k programming problems; second, they trained an ann and a light gradient boosting machine (lgbm) using both code features and code graph representation to predict six classes of runtime complexity near-constant, linear, log-linear, polynomial, exponential, and factorial. the preliminary results show up to \(80\%\) of accuracy in predictions, which supports machine learning for addressing the problem of runtime complexity estimation. despite the promising results, the problem remains open, with space for improvements; also, we accessed the codenet used in the results and do not find the tags that classify codes according to complexity classes, we suppose authors manually tagged the dataset, but it is not clear in the published article. 3 material and methods this section presents the materials and methodology used to compare approaches to estimate code running time complexity. section 3.1 explains the steps taken to consolidate a dataset with representativeness for training machine learning models, including a discussion regarding dataset balancing. section 3.2 explains how we extracted attributes from codes and the assumptions leveraged for complexity classification, as also discusses the process used to select features for the machine learning models. finally, sect. 3.3 presents the machine learning models used to predict the codes’ complexity and process used for comparisons. all the source codes we used in this paper are available on githubfootnote 1. 3.1 dataset consolidation the first step toward developing this research project is dataset consolidation. this work relies on three datasets. the first one is the reference dataset published in the work of sikka et al. [18], which consists of 931 java code files, with 14 metadata information relative to the codes and their respective complexity. considering that such a dataset does not contain codes with intractable complexity, this work builds a second one with data from a publicly available website, which we call crawled dataset (394 entries). the third one, the merged dataset (1325 entries), results from merging the reference and the crawled datasets. we developed a web crawler to extract the information from the platform geekforgeeks.org, which contains a specific section to discuss fundamentals of algorithmsfootnote 2. such section discusses several algorithms, their respective codes, and complexities. the crawler consists of a python script that uses the selenium library to scratch the website and extract codes and complexity information and runs as follows. first, it accesses the main page, which contains a list of topics related to the fundamentals of algorithms. then, the crawler runs a login process and computes the list of links to be visited on the page. next, each page in the link list is accessed to verify if it contains content relevant to complexity prediction. in other words, the crawler searches if the page has algorithms’ source codes and runtime complexity information. considering that the focus of this research is to extend the reference dataset, the crawler always selects java programming language. also, the page should provide text describing the time complexity of the code in any place near it. as soon as the crawler identifies that the page contains the relevant content, it copies each code and searches for the nearest complexity information. it is essential to highlight that many pages have multiple program codes; thus, we save each one and associate it with the runtime complexity information closer to the point where the program code is exhibited. such nearest assumption involves a risk of misclassification, as the pages from the website do not follow a static standard; however, we understand that this is the best effort for automated computing of a dataset. the crawler process resulted in a dataset with 394 program codes and 78 distinct complexity classes. many classes extracted from the web pages do not follow the general form of asymptotic classes; for example, the classes o(n|n|) (algorithm: compute the sum of digits in all numbers from 1 to n) and \(o(m^2k + k^3 log n)\) (algorithm: count ways to reach the nth stair) do not match any general case; for those cases, we manually evaluated each entry and defined their value according to the closest dominant class. to produce a feasible scenario, instead of 78 complexities classes, we reduced the classification scope to eight categories: constant, logarithmic (includes double logarithmic and polylogarithmic), sublinear (fractional power), linear, linearithmic, quadratic, polynomial, and exponential (we also consider factorial as exponential). in addition, we split the program codes into two major categories: the program codes that are efficient (constant, logarithmic, sublinear, linear, and linearithmic) and the inefficient ones (quadratic, polynomial, and exponential). we assume as polynomial time, the asymptotic functions that are equal to or greater than \(o(n^3)\). we understand this is a questionable assumption, as according to [10], polynomial time functions have the form of \(n^c\) for every c greater than 1. however, we argue that algorithms that run in \(o(n^3)\) are much more inefficient than the ones that run in \(o(n^2)\) time, and thus, supposing \(o(n^3)\) is distinct from \(o(n^2)\) is quite reasonable. figure 1 depicts the resultant distribution of complexity classes in crawled and reference datasets. fig. 1. distribution of complexity classes in the available datasets full size image as shown in fig. 1b, the reference dataset does not contain the exponential time and the polynomial time codes, which severally reduces the size of the inefficient class. also, as one can notice, both datasets are imbalanced: in the crawled dataset (fig. 1a) the smaller class (sublinear) contains five entries while the larger class (linear) contains 125 entries; in the reference dataset the smaller class (logarithmic) contains 55 entries while the larger class (also the linear) contains 383 entries. such unbalancing also impacts the classes distribution in the merged dataset (fig. 1c), making the linear and quadratic classes more representative. regarding efficiency, the distribution in each dataset is as follows: 63.70% of codes are from efficient classes in the crawled dataset, 78.51% in the reference dataset, and 74.18% in the merged dataset. considering that an imbalanced dataset can impact the abstraction capability of machine learning models [14] and that our dataset can be considered small compared to what is considered in current state-of-the-art, we rely on the smote tool to balance the data on each dataset. the smote (synthetic minority oversampling technique) [4] is a well-known algorithm for solving imbalanced classification problems. the general idea of this method is to artificially generate new samples of the minority class using the nearest neighbors of these cases. such synthetic data would be generated between the random data and the randomly selected k-nearest neighbor; the procedure is then repeated until the minority class has a size equal to or close to the majority. due to applying smote, all the resultant complexity classes hold a similar number of occurrences. 3.2 features extraction and selection we wrote the code features extraction program in python (“crawler.py file on the repository”) and relied on the javalang library to extract the features described in table 1 for each java code in the datasets. the second column in the table describes if the former work of sikka et al. [18] relies on the feature for their prediction. for the cases where column values are with “no*”, the feature was only used in [18] for the manual classification of algorithms and not for the machine learning models. for the case of recursive calls, we measured the number of recursive calls in the code instead of if there is a recursive call in the code. table 1. features extracted from codes and respective descriptionsfull size table as we established the set of complexity classes and balanced the datasets, the next step is to perform a feature selection to determine the most relevant characteristics to distinguish the codes according to their complexity classes. multiple approaches exist for determining the most relevant features of random forest models. according to speiser et al. [19] for datasets with many predictors, the methods implemented in the r packages varselrf and boruta [11] are preferable due to computational efficiency. thus, in this work, we rely on the boruta package to define which code attributes are more relevant to predict the complexity classes and the efficiency of a given code (please read the “classificators.r” file in the repository). boruta is a feature selection algorithm that relies on random forest to output a variable importance measure (vim); the method’s rationality consists of progressively eliminating irrelevant features by comparing original attributes’ importance with importance achievable at random until the test is stable. table 2 depicts the resultant feature functions from boruta process. table 2. features resultant from boruta feature selection process in each dataset according to the dependent variablefull size table an analysis of the feature selection results depicted in table 2 permits some relevant considerations: (i) the efficiency estimation requires fewer features than the complexity class estimation; (ii) the crawled dataset also uses fewer features for both predicting efficiency and complexity classes and; (iii) the number of switches (attribute number 3) in codes is irrelevant for the predictions. 3.3 model training and validation the last step of this research consists of comparing supervised machine learning models according to their ability to predict the running-time complexity class of a program code. to this end, we first use the merged dataset to find out which method have the best accuracy to predict both efficiency (two-class prediction problem) and complexity class (multiclass prediction). considering the results provided by the work of [18], which found that random forest had the best accuracy among eight classification algorithms, we included extreme gradient boosting trees (xgbt) and ann in the comparisons because the previous work do not considered that approaches. we conducted the implementations of random forest both in r and in python (files “classificators.r” and “classificators.py”, respectively) and the other models only in python. xgbt is an effective and scalable tree-boosting system that combines novel sparsity-aware algorithms and weighted quantile sketch for approximate tree learning [5]. this system is an optimized version of the gradient boosting machine algorithm (gbdt), created by friedman [7], which uses decision trees for classification. the traditional gbdt approach only deals with the first derivative in learning; xgboost improves the loss function with taylor expansion, reducing modeling complexities and the likelihood of model over-fitness [3]. regarding anns, each implementation requires several configuration parameters, which we discuss in the following. we normalized data using the standardscaler function from scikit-learn [13] to scale the features so that they have a mean of 0 and a standard deviation of 1. such scaling is a typical pre-processing step to improve model performance [20]. we then established the hyperparameters based on the best random search results, which have been proven more efficient for hyper parametrization than trials on a grid [1]. when the corresponding dropout rate exceeds zero, a dropout layer is added after the dense layer to prevent overfitting. the same applies to the batch normalization flag: when it is true, it adds a batchnormalization layer after the dense layer to normalize the inputs and improve the convergence of the model [8]. lastly, the model is optimized through adam, defined by the random search, and trained for 500 epochs with a batch size equal to 64. we used the train_test_split function from scikit-learn [13] to split the balanced dataset into trainand test-data. to prevent overfitting issues, we chose to maintain most of the function parameters as standard as possible. that way, we altered only the stratify. when different from none, the samples are stratified through stratifiedkfold, so that each set contains approximately the same percentage of samples of each target class as the complete set. stratification has been found to improve upon standard cross-validation both in terms of bias and variance. the standard method of randomly distributing multi-label training samples can create issues when test subsets lack even a single positive example of a rare label. this, in turn, can lead to calculation problems for various multi-label evaluation measures [16]. after we established that random forest is the machine learning approach that provides the best results (see sect. 4), we conducted a systematic process for learning and predicting complexity classes: 1. we used the crawled dataset for training the models with a sample of 70% and tested with 30% remaining data; 2. we compare our results to sikka et al. [18] by running a cross-validation process with 70% of the reference dataset and validating using 30% of their data; 3. we evaluated the generalization capability of the crawled dataset by training the ml model with 70% of the crawled dataset and testing with 100% of the reference dataset, and; 4. we in-depth evaluate the confusion matrix of the random forest model using 70% of the merged dataset for training and 30% for testing. 4 results this section presents the results for predicting computer program code efficiency and complexity classes based on their attributes. first, we compare the accuracy of predictions for each model in the merged dataset to select the appropriate approach to perform our in-depth systematic evaluation process. table 3 depicts these comparison results; the accuracy values show that the random forest is the best approach among the evaluated methods, predicting codes’ efficiency with 90.17% accuracy and the complexity class with 89.84%. the xgbt provided an accuracy close to the random forest, and given the nondeterministic behavior of ann it resulted in a range of accuracy, also smaller than the random forest. such results follow the findings of [18], which pointed out the random forest as the algorithm that resulted in better accuracy for predicting complexity classes (71.84%). thus, we will consider the random forest for our systematic evaluation process. table 3. comparison of machine learning models to predict efficiency and complexity class on the merged datasetfull size table as we established random forest as the reference ml approach, we now assess its accuracy to predict the efficiency of codes using our systematic evaluation process. table 4 contains prediction results for the efficiency of available algorithm codes. two main conclusions arise from the analysis of the use of random forest to predict the efficiency of source codes: i) when the training and test data are from the same dataset, the model can achieve up to 80% of accuracy (80.13% for crawled dataset, 93.85% for reference dataset, and 90.17% for the merged dataset); ii) when train and test data are from distinct datasets, accuracy drops to 83.57% (trained with 70% of crawled dataset and 100% of reference dataset). although this fall in accuracy seems a poor result, if we consider that the data are from distinct sources, the crawled dataset has a good generalization concerning efficiency classification. also, by analyzing the f1-score’s results (up to 80%), we can conclude that all the random forest models have a good balance between precision and recall, which means that they have a good fit to distinguish the efficiency of source codes. table 4. summary of efficiency prediction using random forestfull size table after assessing the random forest models’ ability to classify codes regarding their efficiency, we retrained each model to predict complexity classes. similar to the efficiency classification, we leverage our four-step systematic process to compare the models. table 5 depicts these results. an accuracy analysis shows that the random forest model properly predicts the complexity class of source codes from the crawled dataset, with an accuracy of 80%. the results in table 5 also show that the referenceand merged-based models achieved an accuracy superior to 88%, outstanding the finds of sikka et al. [18], which presented an accuracy of 71.4% for predicting all classes. we claim that the resultant improvement justifies by both the balancing and the feature selection processes we leveraged. however, when the predictions ran in the reference dataset, the model trained with data from the crawled data had a lower accuracy, only 44.04%. this indicates that the model does not have enough generalization for distinguishing the complexity class when it only relies on the crawled dataset for training. it is worth mentioning that the trained model does not include any of the data in the reference dataset. to understand the misclassifications, we analyzed the confusion matrix of predictions of the crawled-based model on the reference dataset (table 6). table 5. summary of complexity class prediction using random forest modelfull size table table 6. confusion matrix of predictions in the reference dataset with the random forest model trained using 70% of crawled datasetfull size table the results depicted in table 6 show that 112 predictions occurred for classes that even exist in the dataset (sublinear, polynomial, and exponential time), representing 12.03% of the total data, most of them pointing to inefficient classes (polynomial and exponential time). such a result demonstrates that the crawled dataset does not have enough representativeness to allow machine learning models to generalize complexity classes. also, we observed that the better predictions occurred for the linear and linearithmic categories (65.01% and 74% of accuracy), and the worst case occurred in the logarithmic class (09.09% of accuracy), which indicates that the characteristics of these classes require a more profound study. for such analysis, we assess the mean decrease accuracy measure mda [2] for each feature to understand their importance in predicting the complexity class on each model. figure 2 presents such mda results. fig. 2. most relevant features according to mda results in each model full size image the analysis of top-3 mda depicted in fig. 2 allows us to conclude that the three most relevant features for code complexity classification in all the models are the number of variables (num_vari), the number of statements (num_state) and the number of loops (num_loof). the depth of nested loops and the number of recursive calls only appear in the top-5 relevant features in two of three models, which is surprising, as these metrics serve to compute recurrence functions in code complexity analysis. another relevant aspect of mda analysis is that the second most relevant feature varies significantly from one model to another, which also hinders the abstraction capability of the model based on the crawled dataset. considering that the crawled-based and the reference-based models share the top-3 relevant features, we now assess the frequency density function of these features in both datasets to understand the reasons why models misclassify linear, linearithmic, and logarithmic classes (fig. 3). fig. 3. frequency density functions for the top-3 most relevant features in the crawled and reference datasets in the linear, linearithmic, and logarithmic classes. full size image two main considerations arise from the analysis of fig. 3: first, the density function is different in the two datasets, both in terms of the number of occurrences and the behavior of the distribution; second, the linear and linearithmic classes have density distribution functions with similar behavior for the three evaluated metrics, independently of the dataset. while the first consideration explains why the crawled-based model cannot properly identify the classes of the reference dataset, the second justifies the lack of distinction between classes. to have a clear view of the limitations of the merged-based model, we also depicted the confusion matrix of its predictions. the results in table 7 show accurate predictions for most of the class, with accuracies superior to 90%; the discrepant case occurred in the linear class, with 25 predictions pointing to faster time classes (i.e., constant, logarithmic, and sublinear) and 29 predictions to slower classes (i.e., linearithmic, quadratic, polynomial, and exponential). to understand this lack of accuracy, we plotted the frequency density function for the num_vari and num_state features in the merged dataset (fig. 4). table 7. confusion matrix of predictions in the validation part of merged datasetfull size table fig. 4. frequency density functions for the num_vari (a) and num_state (b) features in the merged dataset for the misclassifications in the linear class full size image the density functions depicted in fig. 4 show that misclassifications mainly occurred because the number of variables and states in codes from the mispointed classes have similar behavior, hindering distinguishing them. one can argue that we could remove this attribute from the models; however, even though these features cause misclassifications in the linear class, they are relevant to the overall model classification. 5 discussion besides this paper showing promising results in estimating the code runtime complexity, outperforming the state-of-the-art, we point out the following limitations that will be addressed in future research: the web crawler may not collect the correct complexity of each code. the dataset used for training and estimations resulted from a web scrapping process. the collection process may imply biased information, as the crawler ran automatically. however, given the lack of datasets containing inefficient codes, we understand that the potential bias does not influence the comparison results, which shows that random forest achieved the best results. we will provide an in-depth analysis of the collected data in future works, including a manual verification. trustworthiness of geeksforgeeks.org. one can argue that the information provided by geeksforgeeks.org may not be trustworthy. however, considering the lack of publicly available datasets containing inefficient codes and their respective complexity classes, we understand that the provided information is the best effort to have a comprehensive dataset containing the most relevant complexity classes. small dataset for machine learning purposes. the merged dataset used for training the machine learning models contains 1325 entries, which is small compared to today’s standards. however, considering the lack of comprehensive datasets and the absence of tags to classify the codes published in the codenet dataset, we consider our results as a relevant step towards the use of ai to predict code complexity. the dataset balancing process may cause overfitting. santos et al. [15] discuss the impacts of balancing datasets before running the cross-validation process; they demonstrate that oversampling techniques may generate replicated entries in test and training sets, which implies in lack of generalization of ml models caused by overfitting. however, the smote method generates synthetic entries based on a proximity function, without duplicating any entry. thus, we argue that the lack of duplication reduces the overfitting issues. 6 concluding remarks in this paper, we investigated the use of machine learning models to predict the runtime complexity class of computer program codes. considering that the reference dataset published by sikka et al. [18] does not contain most of the inefficient classes from the literature, we build a second one with data from a publicly available website. next, we compare machine learning models to predict program codes’ efficiency and complexity classes. results show the random forest as the best approach, predicting code efficiency with an accuracy of up to 80% and can classify the runtime complexity with an accuracy superior to 81% for a model trained with data from a merged dataset and 87.4% when the model is trained with the reference dataset. such a result outperforms the ones found by sikka et al. [18], which found an accuracy of 71.4% using a random forest model. we argue that the feature selection process and balanced datasets supported the accuracy enhancement. however, the random forest model’s accuracy drops to less than 50% when we train it with the crawled dataset and try to predict the complexity classes in the reference dataset. we claim that this occurred for two primary reasons: first, we trained the model in a dataset that has more classes than the reference dataset; two, most of the classification errors occurred in the logarithmic and linearithmic categories, which we demonstrated to have a similar behavior regarding the top-3 most important features. in future work, we aim to develop a complete complexity prediction framework containing a learning component deployed on the cloud and an extension for software ides. research challenges related to the framework include but are not limited to: i) studying the applicability of other machine learning models to predict computer programs’ efficiency and complexity class, including natural language processing and deep learning frameworks; and ii) building an even more comprehensive dataset of program codes and complexity classes mainly in polynomial and exponential classes with constant update. in addition, we aim to manually tag the dataset published by the codenet project, which will benefit future research and improve the accuracy of predictors. notes 1.https://github.com/ricardopfitscher/rutico. 2.https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/fundamentals-of-algorithms/. references bergstra, j., bengio, y.: random search for hyper-parameter optimization. j. mach. learn. res. 13(2) (2012) google scholar  breiman, l.: random forests. mach. learn. 45, 5–32 (2001) article  google scholar  chang, y.c., chang, k.h., wu, g.j.: application of extreme gradient boosting trees in the construction of credit risk assessment models for financial institutions. appl. soft comput. 73, 914–920 (2018) article  google scholar  chawla, n.v., bowyer, k.w., hall, l.o., kegelmeyer, w.p.: smote: synthetic minority over-sampling technique. j. artif. intell. res. 16, 321–357 (2002) article  math  google scholar  chen, t., guestrin, c.: xgboost: a scalable tree boosting system. in: proceedings of the 22nd acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 785–794 (2016) google scholar  cormen, t.h., leiserson, c.e., rivest, r.l., stein, c.: introduction to algorithms. mit press (2022) google scholar  friedman, j.h.: greedy function approximation: a gradient boosting machine. annals of statistics, pp. 1189–1232 (2001) google scholar  garbin, c., zhu, x., marques, o.: dropout vs. batch normalization: an empirical study of their impact to deep learning. multimed. tools appl. 79, 12777–12815 (2020) google scholar  hutter, f., xu, l., hoos, h.h., leyton-brown, k.: algorithm runtime prediction: methods & evaluation. artif. intell. 206, 79–111 (2014) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  kleinberg, j., tardos, e.: algorithm design. pearson education india (2006) google scholar  kursa, m.b., rudnicki, w.r.: feature selection with the boruta package. j. stat. softw. 36, 1–13 (2010) article  google scholar  lucas, s.: the origins of the halting problem. j. logical algebraic methods programming 121, 100687 (2021) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) mathscinet  math  google scholar  ramyachitra, d., manikandan, p.: imbalanced dataset classification and solutions: a review. int. j. comput. bus. res. (ijcbr) 5(4), 1–29 (2014) google scholar  santos, m.s., soares, j.p., abreu, p.h., araujo, h., santos, j.: cross-validation for imbalanced datasets: avoiding overoptimistic and overfitting approaches [research frontier]. ieee comput. intell. magaz. 13(4), 59–76 (2018) google scholar  sechidis, k., tsoumakas, g., vlahavas, i.: on the stratification of multi-label data. in: gunopulos, d., hofmann, t., malerba, d., vazirgiannis, m. (eds.) ecml pkdd 2011. lncs (lnai), vol. 6913, pp. 145–158. springer, heidelberg (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-23808-6_10 chapter  google scholar  seifzadeh, s.: ai for code: predict code complexity using ibm’s codenet dataset, october 2021. https://community.ibm.com/community/user/ai-datascience/blogs/sepideh-seifzadeh1/2021/10/05/ai-for-code-predict-code-complexity-using-ibms-cod sikka, j., satya, k., kumar, y., uppal, s., shah, r.r., zimmermann, r.: learning based methods for code runtime complexity prediction. in: jose, j.m., yilmaz, e., magalhães, j., castells, p., ferro, n., silva, m.j., martins, f. (eds.) ecir 2020. lncs, vol. 12035, pp. 313–325. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-45439-5_21 chapter  google scholar  speiser, j.l., miller, m.e., tooze, j., ip, e.: a comparison of random forest variable selection methods for classification prediction modeling. expert syst. appl. 134, 93–101 (2019) article  google scholar  thara, d., premasudha, b., xiong, f.: auto-detection of epileptic seizure events using deep neural network with different feature scaling techniques. pattern recogn. lett. 128, 544–550 (2019) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations federal university of santa catarina, florianópolis, brazil ricardo j. pfitscher & gabriel b. rodenbusch unisociesc campus anita garibaldi, joinville, brazil anderson dias & paulo vieira university of são paulo, são paulo, brazil nuno m. m. d. fouto authors ricardo j. pfitscherview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gabriel b. rodenbuschview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anderson diasview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar paulo vieiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar nuno m. m. d. foutoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to ricardo j. pfitscher . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper pfitscher, r.j., rodenbusch, g.b., dias, a., vieira, p., fouto, n.m.m.d. (2023). estimating code running time complexity with machine learning. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_27 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_27 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords running time complexity prediction algorithm analysis machine learning publish with us policies and ethics profiles ricardo j. pfitscher view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature genetic algorithms with optimality cuts to the max-cut problem | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper genetic algorithms with optimality cuts to the max-cut problem conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 17–32 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) genetic algorithms with optimality cuts to the max-cut problem download book pdf download book epub pablo luiz braga soares9 & carlos victor dantas araújo10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 575 accesses 2 citations abstract the max-cut problem involves dividing a set of n vertices in a weighted graph \(g = (v, e)\) into two subsets \((s, \bar{s})\) in such a way that the sum of the weights between the subsets is maximized. this research introduces two heuristic methods that combine genetic algorithm, tabu search, and a set of optimality cuts, which are also proven in this work. to the best of our knowledge, we are the first to utilize these inequalities in conjunction with the genetic algorithm methodology to solve the max-cut problem. computational experiments using a benchmark set of 54 instances, ranging from 800 to 3000 vertices, demonstrate that the incorporation of optimality cuts is a crucial factor for our methodologies to compete effectively with six state-of-the-art approaches for the max-cut problem and our genetic algorithm that incorporated optimality cuts in the population generation was able to improve the state-of-the-art value for the g51 instance and find the same solutions as the literature in 31 other instances. this work is partially supported by universal cnpq [422912/2021-2]. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others solving the cut width optimization problem with a genetic algorithm approach chapter © 2017 a genetic algorithm approach for large-scale cutting stock problem chapter © 2018 new algorithms for a simple measure of network partitioning chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms discrete optimization genetic techniques genome assembly algorithms graph theory optimization 1 introduction the max-cut problem is a combinatorial optimization problem that, due to its vast domain of applications such as social networks, where the max-cut value is generally a measure of network robustness and structural balance originating from social behaviors [1, 5, 11, 18], statistical physics, image segmentation, design of very large scale integrated (vlsi) circuits and communications network design [4], has attracted the scientific interest of several researchers in the areas of graph theory, mathematical optimization and discrete mathematics [6]. this high applicability motivates the study and development of algorithms that obtain good results in a viable computational time. the max-cut problem can be described as follows: given an undirected graph \(g = (v, e)\) where v is a set with n nodes, e is a set with m edges and a cost \(c_{ij} = c_{ji} \in \mathbb {r}\) for each edge \((i,j) \in e\). any partition of v, represented by \((s, \bar{s})\), defines a cut of g. the cut value is the sum of all \(c_{ij}\), such that \(i \in s \text { and } j \in \bar{s}\). it is important to note that s or \(\bar{s}\) can be empty. the max-cut problem consists in finding a cut of g with the largest value. figure 1 a) show a weighted undirected graph g with \(v = \{1,2,3,4,5\}\) and \(e = \{(1,2), (1,4), (2,3), (2,4), (2,5), (3,4), (3,5), (4,5) \}\). figure 1 b) presents a possible partition \((s, \bar{s})\), where \(s = \{1, 2, 3\}\), \(\bar{s} = \{4, 5\}\) and its associated cut value \(c_{14} +c_{24} + c_{25} + c_{34} + c_{35} = 10 + 10 + 5 + 10 + 5 = 40\). fig. 1. a) example of a weighted undirected graph g with 5 vertices and 8 edges. b) example of a \((s,\bar{s})\) partition of v. full size image classified as an np-hard problem [14], it is considered a computational challenge to solve it optimally, even for moderately sized instances [19]. therefore, for these instances, it is necessary to use approaches that provide results close to the optimal solution, such heuristics, meta-heuristics and approximation algorithms [10]. for large instances, heuristic and metaheuristic methods are commonly used to find “goodenough” sub-optimal solutions. in particular, for the very popular max-cut problem, many heuristic algorithms have been proposed, including simulated annealing [23], tabu search [17], tabu search with local search procedure [2], scatter search with greedy randomized adaptive search procedure grasp [21], memetic algorithm [27] and multiple search operator heuristic [20]. these six procedures were tested using the benchmark of instances, called g set and the results obtained (only cut value), as far as is known, represents the state-of-the-art to max-cut. in this context, a genetic algorithm is one of the population-based meta-heuristic [22] that has been used in several studies, such as test data generation and selection in a regression testing environment [24], for the job shop scheduling problem [26], for designing the weights to combine recurrent neural network (rnn) and long short-term memory (lstm) [7] and for the max-cut problem [10, 15, 16]. considering the literature, it is notorious an extensive use of heuristics and meta-heuristics to obtain solutions for the max-cut, a fact that motivates the creation of hybrid and non-exact guided methodologies to improve the results of the state-of-the-art. heuristic approaches using optimality cuts proved to be an interesting possibility to reduce the search space and realize less random modifications to the solutions. generally, valid inequalities, optimality cuts and optimality conditions are used in exact approaches [8, 9, 25]. on the other hand, it is difficult to find and prove these cuts. also, considering inequalities that already exist, it is difficult to efficiently apply them to optimization problems. in this paper, we developed two variations of genetic algorithms that use optimally cuts in their composition. the first one uses the optimally cuts in the generation of the initial population and also as a modification (a kind of mutation) procedure. the second uses the optimally cuts in population generation and also uses them as criterion for choosing candidates to compose a tabu list. the main difference between the two versions is the effort spent on generating new individuals. the first variant puts more effort into generating a good population, using the mutation procedure and local search, while the second version puts more effort into improving the value of individuals through the tabu search. the main contributions of this paper are thus (1) the use of optimality cuts obtained through the study of the objective function of a quadratic programming model for the maximum cut problem; (2) development of genetic algorithms that incorporate optimality cuts to guide the search for better solutions; and (3) the genetic algorithm that incorporated optimality cuts in the population generation was able to improve the state-of-the-art value for the g51 instance and find the same solutions as the literature in 31 other instances. the remaining sections of this paper are organized as follows. the optimality cuts used are presented and proved in sect. 2. in sect. 3, we present how we used the optimally cuts in the composition of the two variants of the genetic algorithm. section 4 contains the computational results. finally, sect. 5 concludes the paper, with our final remarks. 2 optimality cuts for max-cut let \( (s, \bar{s}) \) be a partition represented by the binary vector \(x \in \{ 0,1 \}^n \) with \( x_i = 0 \) if \(i \in s \) and \(x_i = 1\) otherwise, \( \forall i = \{1, \dots , n\}\) and let \(\bar{x}_j = 1 x_j \), \( \forall j = \{1, \dots , n\}\), then the max-cut problem can be formulated as an unrestricted problem, with a quadratic objective function and its variables assuming binary values [3]. the constant \(c_{ij} = c_{ji}, \forall i = \{1, \dots , n\}\), \(j = \{1, \dots , n\}\) and \(i \ne j\), represent the edge weight; in cases where the edge does not exist its value is zero. let (1) be a mathematical formulation as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \left\{ \max \displaystyle \sum _{i = 1}^{n-1} \sum _{j = i + 1}^{n} c_{ij}(x_i \bar{x}_j + \bar{x}_i x_j): x \in \{0,1\}^n, \quad \bar{x} = 1-x \right\} . \end{aligned}$$ (1) let \(q(x) = \displaystyle \sum _{i = 1}^{n-1} \sum _{j = i + 1}^{n} c_{ij}(x_i \bar{x}_j + \bar{x}_i x_j)\), notice that $$\begin{aligned} q(x) =\displaystyle \sum _{i = 1}^{n-1} \sum _{j = i+1}^{n} c_{ij}(x_i \bar{x}_j + \bar{x}_i x_j) = \displaystyle \sum _{i = 1}^{n} \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j = 1 \\ j \ne i \end{array}}^{n} c_{ij}x_i \bar{x}_j, (\text {with } c_{ij} = c_{ji}) \end{aligned}$$ (2) let \(x \in \{0, 1\}^n\), \(k \in \{1, 2, \dots , n\}\) and given \(x^{\bar{k}} \in \{0, 1\}^n\) be a vector such that: \( x_i^{\bar{k}} = x_i\), if \(i\ne k\) and \(x_i^{\bar{k}} =1-x_i\) if \( i = k \). we are interested in studying the variation \(\vardelta _k(x)\) in the value of the objective function when we modify only the component k of a feasible vector x. lemma 1 let \( \vardelta _k(x) = q (x^{\bar{k}}) q(x) = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj}(1 2x_k)(1 2x_j)\), for all \(x \in \{0, 1\}^n\) and for all \(k \in \{1, 2, \dots , n\}\). proof using the equation (2) we have \(\vardelta _k(x)\) $$ \begin{array}{l} = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj} \left[ x_k^{\bar{k}}(1 x_j^{\bar{k}}) x_k(1 x_j) \right] + \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} i \ne k \end{array}} c_{ik} \left[ x_i^{\bar{k}}(1 x_k^{\bar{k}}) x_i(1 x_k) \right] \\ = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj} \left[ (1 x_k)(1 x_j) x_k(1 x_j) \right] + \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} i \ne k \end{array}} c_{ik} \left[ x_ix_k x_i(1 x_k)\right] \\ = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj} (1 2x_k)(1 x_j) \sum _{\begin{array}{c} i \ne k \end{array}} c_{ki} x_i (1 2x_k) = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj} (1 2x_k)(1 2x_j) \end{array} $$    \(\blacksquare \) let \(\displaystyle c_k = \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j=1 \atop j \ne k \end{array}}^n c_{kj}\) and \( \displaystyle c_k(x) = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j = 1 \atop j \ne k \end{array}}^n c_{kj}x_j\), corollary 1 present properties of an optimal solution that are based on lemma 1. corollary 1 let \(x^*\) be an optimal solution for formulation (1) and let \(k \in \{1, 2, \dots , n\}\). then, the following holds: 1. if \(x^*_k = 1\), then \(c_k(x^*) \le c_k/2\) and if \(c_k(x^*) < c_k/2\), then \(x^*_k = 1\). 2. if \(x^*_k = 0\), then \(c_k(x^*) \ge c_k/2\) and if \(c_k(x^*) > c_k/2\) then \(x^*_k = 0\). proof let \(\bar{x} = (x^*)^{\bar{k}}\). we have that \(q(\bar{x}) \le q(x^*)\) by optimality of \(x^*\). first, consider \(x^*_k = 1\). by lemma () we have $$0 \ge q(\bar{x}) q(x^*) = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} -c_{kj}(1 2x^*_j) = -\displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj} + 2 \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj}x^*_j = -c_k + 2c_k(x^*).$$ showing the first implication. to confirm the second claim of item 1 in the corollary 1, consider \(x^*_k = 0\). again, by lemma 1 we have $$ q(\bar{x}) q(x^*) = \displaystyle \sum _{\begin{array}{c} j \ne k \end{array}} c_{kj}(1 2x_j) = c_k 2 c_k(x^*) \le 0.$$    \(\blacksquare \) the proof of item 2 in the corollary 1 will be omitted as it utilizes the same arguments as item 1. 3 developed algorithms in this section, we describe the strategy for encoding the optimality cuts and how they will be used in conjunction with the genetic algorithms, as well as the main ideas and pseudocodes of the algorithms. to exemplify the use of the optimality cuts, consider the graph g of fig. 1. each cut in g is a binary vector where each position represents a vertex and the value at the position represents the set to which the vertex belongs: if \(v \in s, x_v = 0\), otherwise \(v \in \bar{s}\) and \(x_v = 1\). let \(x^* = [0,0,0,1,1]\) be the binary vector that represents the cut \((s,\bar{s})\) on g in fig. 1. it is worth noting that the vector \(x^*\) represents an optimal solution for g. we have \(c_4 = c_{41}+c_{42}+c_{43}+c_{45} = 36\), \(c_4(x^*) = c_{41}x^*_1+c_{42}x^*_2+c_{43}x^*_3+c_{45}x^*_5 =6\), \(x^*_4 = 1\) and \(c_4(x^{*}) \le c_4/2\). for this example, it is easy to see that \(x^*\) is satisfied by the optimality cut. we know that these inequalities hold to any optimal solution, and if we modify, for example, the vertex 5 in set \(\bar{s}\) to the set s, the inequalities of vertices \(\{1,2,3,4\}\) still satisfy the optimality cuts, however the new inequality that represents vertex 5 it is infeasible, ensuring that the new cut is not optimal. the algorithm 1 presents the procedure that uses optimality cuts to modify a vector x. the computation of \(c_k\) values is performed only once and their values do not change during the execution of the algorithm; this allows the calculation to be done at the instance loading step, prior to algorithm 1. however, \(c_k(x)\) values are calculated dynamically and it must be computed according to the values of the current x vector. the computation of \(c_k(x)\) for each vertex k in lines (2)–(6) has complexity o(n) and can be improved to \(\vartheta (1)\) after the first iteration by saving the values in a vector and updating after each change in the cut. the lines (7) and (10) run in constant time, and the procedure to change the vertex between sets can be made in o(n)-time. assuming \(\alpha \) as a constant indicating the number of iterations in loop (1)–(11), the time complexity of the algorithm 1 can be limited to \(o(\alpha n^2)\). algorithm 1 modification with optimality cuts full size image 3.1 genetic algorithm with optimality cuts the motivation to use genetic algorithms (ga) is the fact there are many different solutions to which the cuts can be applied, along with the fact that genetic operators make it possible to maintain diversity in solutions, especially after applying the inequalities which often result in similar solutions. this section describes the first developed genetic algorithm that uses the optimality cuts, referenced in the rest of this document as ga-oc. the complete version of ga-oc is presented in the algorithm 2. algorithm 2 genetic algorithm with optimality cuts full size image algorithm 3 local optimization full size image algorithm 4 crossover full size image each individual in the population is a binary vector that represents a cut in the graph and the fitness function is the cut value. the first step of ga-oc lines (1)–(6) randomly generates the initial population, where (ps) and (nioc) are parameters referring to the size of the population and the amount of randomly generated individuals that are modified by the optimality cuts in the initial population. it is important to mention that we chose a vertex that did not have its value modified when using the algorithm 1. new individuals are generated through crossover (algorithm 4) and local optimization (algorithm 3) in lines (9)–(13). the selection of parents is performed through tournaments, which selects the fittest individual from a random subset of the population. the crossover function creates a new individual from a pair returned from tournaments. the next step in lines (14)–(18), is to select a subset of individuals from the population p to apply the modification procedure using the optimality cuts, which consists of fixing a random vertex and applying the algorithm 1. the same occurs in the lines (19)–(23), where a different subset from the population p is selected to apply the default mutation, as shown in algorithm 5. in the end, new individuals are inserted into the population after applying a procedure of selection, presented on algorithm 6. algorithm 5 default mutation full size image algorithm 6 selection full size image 3.2 genetic algorithm with perturbation-based on tabu search the genetic algorithm with perturbation-based on tabu search (ga-ts) pseudocode is presented on (algorithm 7). first, the initial population is created in the same way as in ga-oc lines (1)–(6), then the new individuals are computed using crossover (algorithm 4) and perturbation-based on tabu search (algorithm 8). we discard the default mutation procedure and in the end, new individuals are inserted into the population after applying a procedure of selection, presented on algorithm 6. it is important to emphasize that in algorithm 8, the tabu list (tl) size is dynamically and that size changes following the rule presented by galinier [12]. the condition to shuffle the solution was based on wu [27], according to their results and some preliminary tests that we made. also, values above 500 iterations do not show significant difference. the shuffle procedure in the line (8) of the algorithm 8 selects 150 vertices from the current solution and changes the set where they are in. algorithm 9 is based on the principle of best improvement, in which the movement candidate list is generated based on two properties: the cut improvement of moving the vertex k to the other set of the partition, and if this vertex, according to the optimality cuts, must be in the opposite set. thus, the movement that results in the greatest cut gain for the solution is made. this procedure is called on algorithm 8 until the maximum number of iterations is reached, always updating the incumbent, i.e., the best solution found until the moment. the choice of a perturbation-based on tabu search (ts) in conjunction with the ga is due to the decision to use more time optimizing the new individuals generated, allowing for changes only when they improve the cut value. the main difference between ga-ts and the ga-oc is the fact that ga-ts makes a stronger search to improve the new individuals. algorithm 7 ga with pertubation-based on tabu search full size image 4 computational results in this section, we describe the computational experiments that were performed to test the efficiency of the two heuristics developed in this work. the algorithms were implemented using the c++11 programming language and are available at https://github.com/cvaraujo/max-cut-hybrid-ga-ts. the experiments were carried out using a machine with intel(r) xeon(r) silver 4114 (2.20 ghz) \(\times \) 10 with 32 gb ram and linux ubuntu 16.04 64 bits operating system using a sample of 54 instances. this set of benchmark instances, called g set, is available at http://www.grafo.etsii.urjc.es/optsicom/maxcut and it was generated by helmberg et al. [13]. algorithm 8 perturbation-based on tabu search full size image algorithm 9 neighborhood move full size image to set these values and parameters we consider an empirical analysis. we tested the algorithms with different values for some parameters and the results did not present significant differences. we observed that it is preferable that ga-ts manages fewer individuals per iteration since it takes more time optimizing each one. for ga-oc, creating more individuals and renewing part of the population facilitates the variety and the quality of solutions that are optimized, either by the inequalities or by the local optimization procedure. the operator and parameter values to algorithms ga-oc and ga-ts are: representation: ga-oc and ga-ts use binary vector representation; population: the initial population size for ga-oc is 300, with 10\(\%\) niocs and 50 new individuals are created in each generation; in ga-ts, the initial population size is 50, with 10\(\%\) niocs and a one individual in each iteration; tournament: for both algorithms the tournaments use 4 randomly selected individuals and the best of them is returned; crossover: for both algorithms, the crossover used is uniform with two individuals. if the vertex value of the parents is different, the child has a chance of inheriting from the fittest parent. the crossover procedure also generates only one child; mutation: the mutation on ga-oc is applied to \(20\%\) of the population, excluding the fittest. each gene of the selected individuals has a probability of \(10\%\) to change. on ga-ts, the mutation function is not used; ts iterations: the number of iterations is \(10^6\); stopping criterion: time limit of 1800 s for both algorithms. to show the difference in the quality of individuals created with the use of optimality cuts, we select a sample of 12 instances, where 3 are from each size of vertices, and created a population of 50 individuals through algorithm 1, referred here as nioc, another population of 50 randomly generated individuals, referring here to rci. in the population of rcis, the local optimization procedure (algorithm 3) was also used on all individuals. the results are in table 1, the first and second columns (graph, n) are the instance name and the number of vertices. for each algorithm (nioc, rci and the rci with local optimization rci-lo) there are two columns (avg, dev) that inform the average and standard deviation of the cut values, respectively. the highest averages are in bold. in all 12 sample instances, the nioc population consistently exhibits higher mean values compared to rci and rci-lo. this superiority is also observed in the average standard deviation, except for instance g46 where nioc did not achieve the best result. the results of rci-lo demonstrate the effectiveness of the local optimization procedure in improving the quality of randomly generated individuals across all tested instances. these findings highlight the positive impact of incorporating optimality cuts on the overall output quality of the algorithm, enabling the generation of solutions with higher cut values within a shorter timeframe. however, it is important to acknowledge that relying solely on optimality cuts for optimization may lead to individuals getting trapped in local maxima more quickly than other methods like rcis. to address this limitation, we have implemented additional measures such as an alternative local optimization procedure, a high mutation rate, and a preference for maximum diversity during the selection process. these measures aim to mitigate the risk of premature convergence and enhance the algorithm’s exploration capabilities, enabling it to search for more optimal solutions across a wider solution space. the second experiment compares two versions of our algorithm, ga-oc and ga-ts, with a standard genetic algorithm implementation. we conducted 30 runs of ga-oc, ga-ts, and the standard ga algorithm for each of the 54 instances. table 3 presents the average, standard deviation, and minimum values obtained by each of the algorithms. considering the results, the hybrid approaches outperform the default version of the ga for all instances. considering only the two versions of ga using the optimality cuts, the algorithm ga-oc outperforms ga-ts with respect to the averages and lowest values. for all instances, ga-oc has 28 highest values of column min, and in 6 cases the value is the same, while for the 20 remaining the value of ga-oc is less than ga-ts. considering columns avg, to 29 instances ga-oc is the highest, 4 were draws, and ga-ts has higher values in others 21. for column dev, ga-oc has a smaller variation in solutions, such that for 30 instances it has the standard deviation value less than ga-ts, to 4 instances both the algorithms have value 0 of standard deviation and for the remaining 20 instances ga-ts has smaller values. based on these results, the probability associated with the t-test was calculated using the mean values (columns 4 and 7) obtained by the ga-oc and ga-ts algorithms across the 54 instances, using a two-tailed distribution and a 95% confidence interval as parameters. the p-value of 0.009 indicates that the difference between the means of the algorithms is statistically significant. we compared the results of our algorithms with the most effective heuristics currently in the literature. it is important to emphasize that the conditions and configuration parameters of our algorithms were set under different circumstances than those reported in the literature for the compared heuristics, such as the programming languages used, termination criteria, and hardware configuration. therefore, no implementation of the algorithms from the compared papers was conducted. only the results presented by the authors were used for the purpose of comparison with our algorithms. table 4 compares our approaches with 6 state-of-the-art algorithms. the first two columns contain the instance identifier (graph) and the number of vertices (n). columns (ga-oc) and (ga-ts) exhibit the best values obtained by our algorithms and from the fifth to the tenth column are the best results found by these reference algorithms. the “-” symbol represents that no value was made available for that instance and values in bold font are the actual best-known results. table 2 show the summary of the comparison with the best result of our algorithms. the rows 2, 3, 4 for ga-oc in table 2 respectively denote: the number of instances in which our algorithms obtain better, equal, and worse cut values when compared to the corresponding reference algorithm. from table 2, we observe that the ga-oc algorithm outperforms 5 out of 6 reference algorithms in terms of the number of wins, i.e., the number of instances in which each algorithm achieved the best cut value. compared to the sils method, ga-oc won in instances g37 and g51, with g51 being the instance where it was able to improve the state-of-the-art and achieved the same results in 32 other instances. to the 20 remaining instances, the \(gap = \frac{sta-oa}{sta} \times 100\), between the best of our algorithms (oa) and the state-of-the-art (sta) is less than \(1\%\), more specifically the gap of one instance is \(1\%\) while for the other 19 this value is less than \(0.3\%\). on the other hand, the ga-ts algorithm outperforms 3 out of 6 reference algorithms. these results confirm the effectiveness of our genetic algorithms that use our set of optimality cuts to deliver high-quality solutions for the 54 instances belonging to g set. table 1. the difference between nioc, rci and rci-lofull size table table 2. comparison of ga-oc and ga-ts with the six algorithms from the literaturefull size table table 3. comparison of algorithms ga-oc, ga-ts and gafull size table table 4. best results obtained by ga-oc, ga-ts and the current state-of-the-artfull size table 5 conclusion this work presents a new set of optimality cuts and two heuristics based on genetic algorithms that use these inequalities in their composition. besides the proposal to present an approach to improve the efficiency of these heuristics, as far as is known nothing of the kind was reported to max-cut problem. analysis using the benchmark set g considered the best cut value obtained by our heuristics in each instance and we were able to improve the best-known value for the instance g51 and be strongly competitive with current state of the art algorithms, presenting results with a maximum of \(1\%\) gap of the best-known values for all instances. although the experiments consider a limited execution time, increasing it would not have a significant impact on the results provided by our algorithms. thus, it is possible to conclude that the use of the proposed optimality cuts in ga and ts results in a good improvement to obtain solutions to the max-cut problem. for future work, we hope to find new ways to explore the optimality cuts presented and apply them to different heuristics and meta-heuristics, such as simulated annealing (sa) and scatter search (ss). it is possible to use these optimality cuts in math-heuristics, that are approaches which use mathematical models and heuristics. also, improvements can be sought in the cuts, searching for more efficient and quick ways to apply them. references agrawal, r., rajagopalan, s., srikant, r., xu, y.: mining newsgroups using networks arising from social behavior. in: proceedings of the 12th international conference on world wide web, pp. 529–535 (2003) google scholar  alidaee, b., sloan, h., wang, h.: simple and fast novel diversification approach for the ubqp based on sequential improvement local search. comput. ind. eng. 111, 164–175 (2017) article  google scholar  barahona, f.: the max-cut problem on graphs not contractible to k5. oper. res. lett. 2(3), 107–111 (1983) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  barahona, f., grötschel, m., jünger, m., reinelt, g.: an application of combinatorial optimization to statistical physics and circuit layout design. oper. res. 36(3), 493–513 (1988) article  math  google scholar  bramoullé, y.: anti-coordination and social interactions. games econom. behav. 58(1), 30–49 (2007) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  burer, s., monteiro, r., zhang, y.: rank-two relaxation heuristic for max-cut and other binary quadratic problems. siam j. optim. 12(2), 503–521 (2001/2002) google scholar  chui, k.t., gupta, b.b., vasant, p.: a genetic algorithm optimized rnn-lstm model for remaining useful life prediction of turbofan engine. electronics 10(3), 285 (2021) article  google scholar  de simone, c., diehl, m., jünger, m., mutzel, p., reinelt, g., rinaldi, g.: exact ground states of ising spin glasses: new experimental results with a branch-and-cut algorithm. j. stat. phys. 80(12), 487–496 (1995) article  math  google scholar  de simone, c., rinaldi, g.: a cutting plane algorithm for the max-cut problem. optim. methods softw. 3(13), 195–214 (1994) article  google scholar  dunning, i., gupta, s., silberholz, j.: what works best when? a systematic evaluation of heuristics for max-cut and qubo. informs j. comput. 30(3), 608–624 (2018) article  math  google scholar  facchetti, g., iacono, g., altafini, c.: computing global structural balance in large-scale signed social networks. proc. natl. acad. sci. 108(52), 20953–20958 (2011) article  google scholar  galinier, p., boujbel, z., fernandes, m.: an efficient memetic algorithm for the graph partitioning problem. annals or 191, 1–22 (2011) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  helmberg, c., rendl, f.: a spectral bundle method for semidefinite programming. siam j. optim. 10(3), 673–696 (2000) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  karp, r.m.: reducibility among combinatorial problems. in: miller, r.e., thatcher, j.w., bohlinger, j.d. (eds.) complexity of computer computations, pp. 85–103. springer, cham (1972). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9 kim, s.h., kim, y.h., moon, b.r.: a hybrid genetic algorithm for the max cut problem. in: proceedings of the 3rd annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 416–423. morgan kaufmann publishers inc. (2001) google scholar  kim, y.h., yoon, y., geem, z.w.: a comparison study of harmony search and genetic algorithm for the max-cut problem. swarm evol. comput. 44, 130–135 (2019) article  google scholar  kochenberger, g.a., hao, j.k., lü, z., wang, h., glover, f.: solving large scale max cut problems via tabu search. j. heuristics 19(4), 565–571 (2013) article  google scholar  kolli, n., narayanaswamy, b.: influence maximization from cascade information traces in complex networks in the absence of network structure. ieee trans. comput. soc. syst. 6(6), 1147–1155 (2019) article  google scholar  krislock, n., malick, j., rouoin, f.: improved semidefinite bounding procedure for solving max-cut problems to optimality. math. program. 143(1–2), 61–86 (2014) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  ma, f., hao, j.k.: a multiple search operator heuristic for the max-k-cut problem. ann. oper. res. 248(1–2), 365–403 (2017) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  martí, r., duarte, a., laguna, m.: advanced scatter search for the max-cut problem. informs j. comput. 21(1), 26–38 (2009) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  mirjalili, s.: genetic algorithm. in: evolutionary algorithms and neural networks. sci, vol. 780, pp. 43–55. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-93025-1_4 chapter  math  google scholar  myklebust, t.g.: solving maximum cut problems by simulated annealing. arxiv preprint (2015) google scholar  pandey, a., banerjee, s.: test suite optimization using firefly and genetic algorithm. int. j. softw. sci. comput. intell. (ijssci) 11(1), 31–46 (2019) article  google scholar  rendl, f., rinaldi, g., wiegele, a.: a branch and bound algorithm for max-cut based on combining semidefinite and polyhedral relaxations. in: fischetti, m., williamson, d.p. (eds.) ipco 2007. lncs, vol. 4513, pp. 295–309. springer, heidelberg (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-72792-7_23 chapter  math  google scholar  sun, l., cheng, x., liang, y.: solving job shop scheduling problem using genetic algorithm with penalty function. int. j. intell. inf. process. 1(2), 65–77 (2010) google scholar  wu, q., hao, j.-k.: a memetic approach for the max-cut problem. in: coello, c.a.c., cutello, v., deb, k., forrest, s., nicosia, g., pavone, m. (eds.) ppsn 2012. lncs, vol. 7492, pp. 297–306. springer, heidelberg (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-32964-7_30 chapter  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations nemo research laboratory, federal university of ceará campus russas, russas, ce, 62900-420, brazil pablo luiz braga soares institute of computing, university of campinas, campinas, sp, 13083-970, brazil carlos victor dantas araújo authors pablo luiz braga soaresview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar carlos victor dantas araújoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to pablo luiz braga soares . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper soares, p.l.b., araújo, c.v.d. (2023). genetic algorithms with optimality cuts to the max-cut problem. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_2 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_2 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords max-cut problem optimality cuts genetic algorithm publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature mas4gc: multi-agent system for glycemic control of intensive care unit patients | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper mas4gc: multi-agent system for glycemic control of intensive care unit patients conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 64–78 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) mas4gc: multi-agent system for glycemic control of intensive care unit patients download book pdf download book epub tiago henrique faccio segato  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0926-735310,11, rafael moura da silva serafim  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9129-924410, sérgio eduardo soares fernandes  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2511-400x12 & … célia ghedini ralha  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2983-218011  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 757 accesses 1 citation abstract the coronavirus disease (covid-19) pandemic has brought significant challenges worldwide through the consequences of increasing demand for the intensive care unit (icu) resources. this work presents the multi-agent system for glycemic control (mas4gc) to assist health professionals leading with critical patients in the icu. more specifically, the mas4gc manages patients’ blood glucose through glycemic predictions, treatment, and monitoring recommendations to health professionals. prediction models are applied to monitor patients’ blood glucose allowing health professionals to carry out preventive treatments. the glycemic control is included in the fast hug mnemonic to remember the key issues in the supportive care of critically ill patients. the mas4gc methodological development process is presented with tropos modeling, architectural design, and implementation with the pade framework. agents’ inference mechanisms are based on production rules defined by intensive care physician specialists applying their knowledge to indicate treatments for patients. two experiments using patients with synthetic data were conducted to evaluate the results of the mas4gc: (1) the prediction model achieved 90% accuracy in blood glucose predictions for the next 4 h, (2) 84% similarity of treatment recommendations compared to a human specialist, and 78% in recommendations for monitoring glycemic of critical patients. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others accuracy of the intermittently scanned continuous glucose monitoring system in critically ill patients: a prospective, multicenter, observational study article 13 october 2022 accuracy, reliability, feasibility and nurse acceptance of a subcutaneous continuous glucose management system in critically ill patients: a prospective clinical trial article open access 21 july 2016 machine learning classification for blood glucose performances using insulin sensitivity and respiratory scores in diabetic icu patients chapter © 2021 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational intelligence cyber-physical systems gastrointestinal system model intensive care medicine multiagent systems predictive medicine 1 introduction the intensive care unit (icu) is considered a high-risk care setting where medical carelessness or errors can cause deaths or complications to patients’ health [1]. in pandemic times, such as that of the coronavirus disease (covid-19), the icu’s importance in the treatment of critically ill patients became even more evident. since patients need special care varying from basic requirements to the need for equipment for patient monitoring and life support, such as respirators and mechanical ventilators [2, 3]. artificial intelligence (ai) applications currently are used in the management of such complex tasks. ai can assist in the monitoring and treatment of patients with chronic diseases and in critical conditions hospitalized in the icu, where these cases occur more frequently [4]. the icu patient monitoring must rigorously take place. the fast hug feeding, analgesia, sedation, thromboembolic prevention, head of the bed elevated, stress ulcer prophylaxis, and glucose control is a simple and significant mnemonic to highlight seven of the main aspects that must be monitored by health professionals for each patient in the icu to minimize possible problems [1]. focusing in the fast hug, glycemic control has the function of checking the patient’s glucose level in the blood, keeping as long as possible in the target range [1]. regardless of which is the ideal target range, it is vital to keep it monitored. effective glycemic control in the icu environment has the potential to decrease mortality rates and the patient’s length of stay in the icu, optimizing hospital resources [5]. the overload of health professionals in pandemic times is crucial, and factors such as this point out that automated systems to monitor and assist patients’ treatment can bring benefits. thus, the fast hug, or at least some of its items, can be improved with process automation combined with ai techniques. in the literature review, ai-based works for glycemic control of icu patients are presented [5,6,7], as well as the application of multi-agent system (mas) for patients glycemic control [8], and mas in the icu context [9, 10]. however, none of the works applies mas for patients’ glycemic control admitted to the icu. some work points to prediction models as good solutions for glycemic control [11,12,13]. considering the cited scenario, the objective of this work is to present a system to track and monitor the glycemic control of critical patients in the icu through a mas approach. in a previous work [14], the mas development process was presented without implementation results. more specifically, the following hypothesis has to be proven: a mas can suggest patients’ treatment recommendations using prediction models and a knowledge base with inference rules similar to specialist intensive care physicians. the rest of the manuscript is organized as follows. in sect. 2 some works found in the literature are presented. in sect. 3, the materials and methods are presented. in sect. 4 the experiments were carried out with results. finally, in sect. 5 the final considerations and possible future work are indicated. 2 literature review the literature review used the portal de periódicos capes, seeking articles in english published from 2015 to 2021, with the following combined keywords: artificial intelligence, multiagent systems, intensive care unit, glucose control. the works of dejournett et al. [6, 7] present an autonomous glucose control system (artificial pancreas) to reduce problems resulting from the glycemia of patients in the icu. in the first work [6], the authors perform an insulin test with simulated patients, using an ai-based glucose controller. as an ai technique, they used rule-based reasoning (rbr). in the second work [7], the same system was used, but the objective was to evaluate the system’s safety and performance by applying simulated tests with swine in a clinical setting. in jemal et al. [10], a model was proposed, and a specialized decision support system was implemented and validated to detect the degree of risk of patients in the icu. a mas was used as the main technology combined with a knowledge base and intuitionistic logic fuzzy (ifs). in malak et al. [9] an architecture based on agents with decision support and in real-time for the management of high-risk newborns admitted to the icu-n was presented. both studies showed that mas is a good solution to be used in healthcare systems. when it comes to glycemic control, studies such as those presented in vehi et al. [11], bertachi et al. [12], and kim et al. [13] point to prediction models as interesting solutions, where the prevention of hypo or hyperglycemic events tends to be more efficient than the correction of these episodes. the solutions presented in these works include (1) prediction and prevention of hypoglycemic events in diabetics [11]; (2) a prediction model for episodes of nocturnal hypoglycemia in diabetics [12]; and (3) a glucose prediction model for hospitalized type 2 diabetic patients [13]. table 1 summarizes the qualitative aspects of the related work, limited to the application context (glycemic control, icu patients) and technologies used (agent-based, prediction model). note that no work presents a solution with mas to manage glycemic control with predictions in the icu setting. table 1. related work overview.full size table 3 materials and methods the methodological process used was based on previous work [14] and consists basically of four steps as presented in fig. 1 and described in the sequence. 3.1 problem definition the problem definition is based on the literature review (sect. 2). the theoretical foundation includes fast hug, glycemic control, and mas concepts. fig. 1. methodological workflow. full size image fast hug in icu management. according to the national health surveillance agency (anvisa) [15], icu is considered a complex unit to be managed in a hospital being the place where critical condition patients deserving greater care are concentrated. such patients are very difficult to manage safely and effectively due to their complex, nonlinear, and highly variable physiology. therefore, improving patients care and treatment are the main current challenges for icu settings, where personalization and automation of care offer opportunities to cause significant impacts [16]. mnemonics are commonly used in medical procedures as cognitive aids to guide doctors around the world. thus, vincent [1] suggested the simple mnemonic fast hug that contains seven essential aspects to be verified during the care of critical patients in an icu during medical rounds. such checks should take place at least once a day and ideally, whenever any of the professionals assist the patient. glycemic control. the glycemic control concerns the amount of glucose (sugar) that the patient has in the blood. both, high glucose level (hyperglycemia), and low blood glucose level (hypoglycemia) are frequent problems in icu patients causing damage to health [17]. one of the studies in vincent’s [1] highlights the importance of glycemic control in the icu. the author demonstrates that maintaining blood glucose levels at approximately 140mg/dl results in a 29.3% decrease in-hospital mortality rates, and a 10.8% reduction in the icu stay. hyperglycemia is prevalent in icu being a good example that the strict glycemic control of these patients can have a great impact. such an episode occurs due to the non-suppressed production of glucose by the body, medications, suppression of the body’s insulin secretion, among others. all these factors effectively damage the body’s normal feedback control mechanisms resulting in less insulin-mediated glucose uptake. therefore, some type of supplementary glycemic control is necessary, possibly in a closed circuit and highly personalized in intensive care [16]. table 2 was prepared in conjunction with a specialist doctor and presents, in addition to the values, what must be done for each glycemic episode. it synthesizes the information necessary to identify the glycemic episode, using a code (in the system implementation) and blood glucose values. it also presents treatment suggestions (applying glucose or insulin with the respective dosage), in addition to monitoring (how long it will be necessary to collect and measure blood glucose). this table is an adaptation of the previous work [14]. table 2. scale of glycemic values related to treatment and monitoring.full size table mas aspects. a mas is composed of two or more intelligent agents capable of perceiving events in the environment through sensors, reasoning, and acting in the environment through actuators [18]. according to [8], a mas has an intelligent distributed approach suitable for modular, changeable, and complex applications, with characteristics such as autonomy, integration, reactivity, and flexibility, becoming an interesting solution for modeling large-scale health systems. regarding the agents’ reasoning, different ai techniques can be used including the combination of them. in this work, agents should make predictions according to the patient’s blood glucose and data. also, to make treatment and monitoring suggestions for the patients. regarding predictions, predictive models can be highlighted, which can assist in decision-making [11,12,13]. in the case of monitoring and suggesting treatments, a good solution would be to represent the knowledge of medical specialists through rbr [6]. predictive model: a regression model is based on the correlation between two (simple linear regression slr) or more variables (multiple linear regression mlr), where one depends on another or others [19]. the use of regression models obtained satisfactory results in previous works of [20, 21] in the health area, more specifically, the prediction of new cases of covid-19 and prediction of glucose levels in critically ill patients, respectively. an mlr is expressed by the eq. 1, where y is the dependent variable or the value to be predicted. the \(\beta _0\) is the constant that represents the intercept of the line on the y axis, and the independent variables \(\beta _1 x_i +\beta _2 x_2 +...+\beta _kx_k\) represent the slope of the line. the x is the independent variable or predictor variable, this has the power to influence the variable to be found, and \(\varepsilon \) the variable that represents the residual factors of the measurement errors [20]. $$\begin{aligned} y = \beta _0 + \beta _1 x_i + \beta _2 x_2 + ... +\beta _k x_k + \varepsilon \end{aligned}$$ (1) rbr: dejournett [6] associates systems based on rules or knowledge with ai controllers that seek to capture the human thought process, creating rules that mimic the exact reason used by human beings. such a system is created when a domain expert joins a knowledge engineer and explains his lines of reasoning to perform certain functions when trying to control the system in question. the engineer in turn transforms the lines of reasoning into a series of if-then rules that mimic the thinking of experts in the field. assuming the situation where a patient is in the icu and the blood glucose collected value is 60mg/dl, the rule compatible with this case would be: $$\text {if glycemia = hypom then ``glucose: 2 amp--50}\%\text { iv''}$$ 3.2 project design this step includes the agents’ identification with their respective objectives and the construction of diagrams that will assist in the implementation step. agents pre-project. a mas project includes the identification of the perceptions, actions, objectives, performance, and environment of each agent in the system. the pre-project includes these definitions through the acronym peas (performance, environment, actuators, sensors). the mas pre-project serves to identify in which environment the agent will act and its respective characteristics. based on the objectives of each agent, it is also possible to describe what are the mechanisms by which they will perceive the information and how they will act in response to such stimuli [18]. tropos modeling. the mas modeling can use tropos software development methodology for agent-oriented software systems. tropos is based on the i* framework (istar intentional strategic actor relationships modeling), modeling the functionality of an application based on objectives using diagrams [22]. although there are other methodologies for agent modeling, the tropos was chosen since it encompasses all five phases of software development supporting the analysis of initial requirements to implementation with the diagrams: initial requirements, final requirements, architectural design, detailed design, and implementation. the five tropos diagrams of mas4cg can be found in [14]. figure 2 presents the diagram of the late requirements of the proposed system. red circles represent mas external actors (e.g., people, systems), yellow circles with a top straight line illustrate mas agents. the green rounded rectangles represent the agent goals that can be understood as the system requirements. the purple rectangles represent resources, a physical or informational entity needed by the actor or agent to perform a task. the mas agents are patient analyzing agent (paa), proposed treatment agent (pta), and adjustment monitoring agent (ama) with functionalities detailed fig. 3. other diagrams, such as the architecture and uml (unified modeling language), can be developed to complement the understanding of the proposed solution representing details aimed at implementing the solution. in the implementation stage, details of how all technologies, systems, and agents were implemented are presented. fig. 2. tropos late requirements diagram. full size image architecture. figure 3 presents the mas4gc architecture. the paa’s main objective is to collect the patient’s data and respective glycemia, whenever new data is inserted or updated in the glycon database. glycon is a web system used as an interface by healthcare professionals, both for entering information about the patient and their blood glucose, and for displaying the recommendations made by agents. this agent should analyze such data and make a report assessing the patient’s situation in comparison with previous data. this will allow the agent to calculate and make predictions of how the patient’s next blood glucose will be. this report will be sent to the pta and ama agents, who in turn will analyze it and propose a treatment (what should be applied, glucose or insulin, and how much) or adjust the blood glucose monitoring (indicate the appropriate frequency of blood collection). it will be possible to send an alert containing the recommendation to health professionals through the glycon interface. fig. 3. mas4gc architecture. full size image 3.3 mas4gc implementation in this work, we present a mas developed using objective-oriented agent modeling for glycemic control of patients admitted to the icu. the three agents paa, pta, and ama interact with each other and with a web system called glycon, used as an interface for collecting and presenting patient data, including blood glucose levels. the mas4gc consists of three integrated systems, one of which is an interface that serves for the entry and visualization of data through health professionals. the other is the mas itself, where, through a framework, the three agents were implemented. finally, the agents’ reasoning was built in the form of a rule base, also with the help of a framework. all source code, diagrams, dataset and frameworks used are available in the repository: https://github.com/tiagosegato/mas4gc. fig. 4. glycon interface full size image interface. the interface system called glycemic control on-line (glycon) [14] is a web system whose main objective is to receive patient data and blood glucose. health professionals can maintain this data by inserting, updating, and listing. however, the two most important tasks of the system are to record blood glucose levels and the possible applications of glucose or insulin that the patient may have received. such information is listed and presented using graphics in a kind of patient’s dashboard and alerts regarding monitoring (time of next blood collect) and treatment (glucose, keep watching, regular insulin) suggestions are displayed on the interface’s initial screen, serving as treatment suggestions to health professionals, as shown in fig. 4. glycon was developed in javascript, more specifically through the frameworks react.js (front-end) and node.js (back-end). its database uses the mongodb available through the atlas web tool. it is currently hosted on the heroku cloud application platformfootnote 1. mas framework. the mas implementation used the python agent development framework (pade) that allows the development, execution, and management of mas in distributed computing environments [23]. pade was selected in this work since it is free software that provides resources as a module for protocols implementation as defined by fipa to allow the exchange of messages and collaboration between agents. listing 1 displays the ptagent class, where the pta agent creates and sends a data request to the paa agent. after that, the paa will prepare the evaluation report that brings, in addition to patient and blood glucose data, a forecast of the patient’s next blood glucose after 4 h. the prediction was calculated using an mlr and linearregression(). the functions fit(x, y) and predict() from the python library scikit-learn were used [24]. agents’ rbr. after the paa agent generates the assessment report containing the patients’ situation, it sends the report to the pta and ama agents, who in turn consult the knowledge base coded using experta. experta is a python library that can be used in the development of rule-based systems. a system developed with experta can pair a set of facts with a set of rules for those facts and perform some actions based on the rules of correspondence [25]. with experta the specialist’s knowledge was transcribed in a knowledge base to be used by the mas4gc agents. at the moment, the rule base has 48 initial rules that indicate both treatment recommendations and blood glucose collections’ frequency. the rules were defined based on the knowledge of an intensive care specialist. in addition, new rules may be manually introduced in the rule base as tests take place in conjunction with specialists. listing 2 presents a rule where a hypos (severe hypoglycemia in table 2) situation is received and indicates that the treatment should be “glucose: 4 amp–50% iv”. afterward, this information is inserted in the database shared with glycon and it will appear on the screen of that interface. the experta syntax does not use \(if-then\) for condition and action as other rbr tools. the condition applies to the @rule expression and the result of the action is presented in a specific function in def. 4 experiments and results to evaluate the results of mas4gc, two experiments were carried out. the first aimed to identify the regression model to be used to predict patient events, as well as its accuracy, and the second to compare mas treatment suggestions with human physicians. 4.1 experiment 1 this experiment aims to identify which type of regression is the most appropriate one (slr or mlr) to predict a patient’s next glycemic event, as well as to gauge whether such a model presents satisfactory results. the experiment systematization is illustrated in fig. 5 and described in the sequence. fig. 5. experiment 1 and 2 pipeline. full size image 1. dataset used a dataset was created by an intensive care physician based on his experience to simulate synthetic data from 50 patients. each patient has 30 blood glucose collections according to the initial collection plan defined by the physician, assuming patients are not in treatment. the information present in the dataset include patient, gender, age, height, weight, bmifootnote 2, diabetes, time, time of day, food, and blood glucose. 2. data preparation some of the values available in the dataset are categorical and have undergone adjustments. from the patient, a sequential numeric code started at 1 was used, for sex 0 was defined for female and 1 for male. the values 0, 1, and 2 were used to represent those who do not have diabetes, had this information ignored, or have diabetes, respectively. the time field received a scale of values according to the difference in hours in which the collections took place and the time of day field received only the value that represents the hours (discarded minutes, seconds). the rest of the values are numeric and have been maintained, except in the case of numbers with decimal places that have been approximated for their correspondents in integer. 3. definition of the models used simple and multivariate linear regressions were used (slr and mlr). 4. dataset partitioning in the slr and mlr, the regressions were subjected to cross-validation, whose dataset was divided into 10 groups of 5 patients each, where the accuracy will be measured 10 times between the training and test sets. 5. selection of variables in the case of slr, only the time variables will be used, as the independent variable and blood glucose with the dependent one. in mlr, glycemia is also the dependent variable, as this is the value that is intended to be predicted and all other variables were used as an independent. after some significance tests, the p-value was analyzed and only the variables patient, sex, bmi, diabetes, time, time of day, food (how many hours did the patient receive food), and the last blood glucose were selected for use. 6. choice of validation metric the k-fold method was applied by creating 10 subgroups from the current base. the results will be analyzed using the following measures: coefficient \(r^2\), mean absolute error (mae), mean absolute percent error (mape), and root mean square error (rmse). 7. experiment execution the whole process was performed at first using the slr and then using the mlr. it was started by calculating the linear regression and then the predictions were calculated. 8. results analysis with the regressions and predictions performed, the results were analyzed with accuracy (coefficient \(r^2\)), and error metrics (mae, mape, rmse). as shown in fig. 6, the mlr presents the accuracy of correct answers 90% of the times that recommend the treatment to the health professional, against 13% of the slr. the mlr presents errors inferior compared to slr. thus, the mlr is more adequate in the applied context in accordance with the specialist opinion. fig. 6. the experiment 1 result analysis with the \(r^2\) coefficiente, and mae, mape, rmse error metrics per prediction of next action. full size image experiment 1 was useful to assess the accuracy of blood glucose predictions made by the paa and consequently enable health professionals to provide preventive treatment for patients. in experiment 2, the idea is to verify whether the treatment and monitoring recommendations made by the pta and ama are similar to real physicians. 4.2 experiment 2 the objective of experiment 2 is to compare the treatment and monitoring recommendations made by the mas4gc with real health professionals. six health professionals contributed to the experiment. five professionals were from different specialties, such as endocrinology, neurology, urology, gastroenterology, and physiotherapy. in addition, an iuc intensivist contributed with his knowledge in treating icu patients. the experiment systematization contains the same eight steps as in experiment 1. steps 1, 2, and 5, that is, dataset, data preparation, and selection of variables are the same. the other steps will be presented in the sequence: definition of the models used the agents’ knowledge used to make the recommendations were rbr, while human health professionals used their knowledge based on their studies and experience. dataset partitioning the \(29^th\) collection from each of the 50 patients were used, both by the intensive care physician, who analyzed the 50 cases and by health professionals from different areas, where each of the five professionals analyzed 10 cases each. choice of validation metric the mas responses compared to the health professionals and the specialist ones. experiment execution five spreadsheets were created containing an explanation of the experiment and the 10 cases. it is understood by case the patient’s data that include blood glucose among other information, described in the selection of variables step. for each case, the healthcare professional was asked to inform: (1) one treatment based on table 2; and (2) how many hours the next collection should be based on table 2. the icu specialist received a similar spreadsheet but containing all the 50 cases. results analysis after the health professionals filled out the worksheets, the data were tabulated containing the recommendations of the mas, the health professionals’ recommendations, and the icu specialist for treatment and monitoring recommendations. first, the mas treatment recommendations were matched to the exact health professionals’ recommendations. the results coincided with 80% of the cases. comparing the mas recommendations with those of the specialist physician, the combinations were 84%. regarding monitoring, the health professionals’ recommendations coincided with mas in 48% of times. concerning the mas’ recommendations with the specialist, the combinations were 78%. the results are presented in table 3. table 3. comparison of treatment and monitoring recommendations.full size table according to the icu specialist physician, an acceptable hit rate would be close to 80% of the cases. experiment 2 shows that the mas recommendations were satisfactory in most cases, except for the health professionals’ monitoring recommendation. considering table 2, the divergence of the mas and health professionals’ monitoring recommendations was because some professionals use their frequency parameters to measure blood glucose based on their icu knowledge or hospital rules (e.g., hourly collections or continuous monitoring standards). the icu specialist confirmed this observation. although the presented results are promising, other experiments should better investigate the parameters used by the software agents’ decisions, performance, and usability aspects of the mas4cg. 5 conclusion this work presents a system based on agents capable of performing glycemic control in icu patients. for this, predictive models and a knowledge base with inference rules were used to compose the agents’ intellectual capacity. according to the literature, such methods are highlighted as viable solutions in healthcare applications including glycemic control. however, it was not found the combination of these techniques with mas to solve the problem in question. two experiments were conducted to validate mas4cg. experiment 1 shows that the prediction model has a 90% accuracy rate of blood glucose for the next 4 h, allowing health professionals to anticipate and perform preventive treatment on their patients. in experiment 2, the mas treatment recommendations coincided in 84% of the cases with those of the specialist and 78% about the recommendations for monitoring (collection of blood glucose) of the patients, proving to be a viable solution. as future work, the rule base might improve the agents’ capacity about the recommendation, mainly in terms of glycemic monitoring of patients in different contexts, such as in continuous monitoring environments. the qualitative analysis on the discrepancy in time predicted for next collection is interesting and can be quantified using diagnostic test validation. considering the results as a whole, the mas4gc had a good capacity for predictions and recommendations. the promissing results indicate that the system can be tested in a real clinical environment. notes 1.available at http://glycon.herokuapp.com/. 2.bmi is a person’s weight in kilograms divided by the square of height in meters, it is the adult body mass index. references vincent, j.l.: give your patient a fast hug (at least) once a day. crit. care med. 33(6), 1225–1229 (2005) article  google scholar  noronha, k.v.m.d.s., et al.: the covid-19 pandemic in brazil: analysis of supply and demand of hospital and icu beds and mechanical ventilators under different scenarios. cadernos de saúde pública 36(6), e00115320 (2020) google scholar  socolovithc, r.l., et al.: epidemiology, outcomes, and the use of intensive care unit resources of critically ill patients diagnosed with covid-19 in sao paulo, brazil: a cohort study. plos one 15(12), e0243269 (2020) google scholar  contreras, i., vehi, j.: artificial intelligence for diabetes management and decision support: literature review. j. med. internet res. 20(5), 1–24 (2018) article  google scholar  dejournett, j., dejournett, l.: comparative simulation study of glucose control methods designed for use in the icu setting via a novel controller scoring metric. j. diab. sci. technol. 11(6), 1207–1217 (2017) article  google scholar  dejournett, l., dejournett, j.: in silico testing of an artificial-intelligence-based artificial pancreas designed for use in the intensive care unit setting. j. diab. sci. technol. 10(6), 1360–1371 (2016) google scholar  dejournett, j., nekludov, m., dejournett, l., wallin, m.: performance of a closed-loop glucose control system, comprising a continuous glucose monitoring system and an ai-based controller in swine during severe hypo and hyperglycemic provocations. j. clin. monit. comput. 35, 1–9 (2020) google scholar  darabi, z., zarandi, m.h., solgi, s.s., turksen, i.: an intelligent multi-agent system architecture for enhancing self-management of type 2 diabetic patients. in: ieee conference on computational intelligence in bioinformatics and computational biology (cibcb), pp. 1–8. ieee, niagara falls (2015) google scholar  malak, j.s., safdari, r., zeraati, h., nayeri, f.s., mohammadzadeh, n., seied farajollah, s.s.: an agent-based architecture for high-risk neonate management at neonatal intensive care unit. electron. phys. 10(1), 6193–6200 (2018) google scholar  jemal, h., kechaou, z., ben ayed, m.: multi-agent based intuitionistic fuzzy logic health care decision support system. j. intell. fuzzy syst. 37(2), 2697–2712 (2019) google scholar  vehí, j., contreras, i., oviedo, s., biagi, l., bertachi, a.: prediction and prevention of hypoglycaemic events in type-1 diabetic patients using machine learning. health informatics j. 26(1), 703–718 (2020) article  google scholar  bertachi, a., et al.: prediction of nocturnal hypoglycemia in adults with type 1 diabetes under multiple daily injections using continuous glucose monitoring and physical activity monitor. sensors (basel) 20(6), 1705 (2020) article  google scholar  kim, d.-y., et al.: developing an individual glucose prediction model using recurrent neural network. sensors (basel) 20(11), 6460 (2020) article  google scholar  segato, t.h.f., ralha, c.g., fernandes, s.e.s.: development process of multiagent system for glycemic control of intensive care unit patients. artif. intell. res. 10(1), 43–56 (2021) article  google scholar  anvisa. https://www.gov.br/anvisa/pt-br. accessed 15 may 2021 chase, j.g., benyo, b., desaive, t.: glycemic control in the intensive care unit: a control systems perspective. annu. rev. control. 48, 359–368 (2019) article  mathscinet  google scholar  braga, a.a., fernandes, m.c.c., madeira, m.p., júnior, a.a.p.: associação entre hiperglicemia e morbilidade em pacientes críticos na unidade de terapia intensiva de um hospital terciário de fortaleza ce. j. health biolog. sci. 3(30), 132–136 (2015) article  google scholar  russell, s., norvig, p.: artificial intelligence a modern approach, 3rd edn. pearson education (2010) google scholar  barbettam, p.a., bornia, a.c., reis, m.m.: estatística para cursos de engenharia e informática. 3rd edn. atlas (2010) google scholar  rath, s., tripathy, a., tripathy, a.r.: prediction of new active cases of coronavirus disease (covid-19) pandemic using multiple linear regression model. diab. metab. syndr. clin. res. rev. 14(1), 1467–1474 (2020) google scholar  zhang, z.: a mathematical model for predicting glucose levels in critically-ill patients: the pignoli model. peer j., 1–11 (2016) google scholar  pimentel, j., castro, j.: pistar tool a pluggable online tool for goal modeling. in: proceedings ieee 26th international requirements engineering conference, pp. 1–2 (2018) google scholar  pade python agent development framework. https://pade.readthedocs.io/en/latest/. accessed 17 may 2021 scikit-learn homepage. https://scikit-learn.org/stable/. accessed 14 june 2020 experta. https://experta.readthedocs.io/en/latest/index.html. accessed 17 may 2021 download references acknowledgement prof. c. g. ralha thanks the financial support from the brazilian national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq) under grant number 311301/2018-5. author information authors and affiliations instituto federal de brasília (ifb), brasília, brazil tiago henrique faccio segato & rafael moura da silva serafim universidade de brasília (unb), brasília, brazil tiago henrique faccio segato & célia ghedini ralha escola superior de ciências da saúde (escs), brasília, brazil sérgio eduardo soares fernandes authors tiago henrique faccio segatoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael moura da silva serafimview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar sérgio eduardo soares fernandesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar célia ghedini ralhaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to tiago henrique faccio segato . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper segato, t.h.f., serafim, r.m.d.s., fernandes, s.e.s., ralha, c.g. (2021). mas4gc: multi-agent system for glycemic control of intensive care unit patients. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_5 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_5 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords agent-based system blood glucose health care icu rule-based reasoning publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature comparative analysis of machine learning algorithms for identifying genetic markers linked to alzheimer’s disease | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper comparative analysis of machine learning algorithms for identifying genetic markers linked to alzheimer’s disease conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 157–171 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) comparative analysis of machine learning algorithms for identifying genetic markers linked to alzheimer’s disease download book pdf download book epub juliana alves  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8143-80959, eduardo costa  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1411-533810, alencar xavier  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-5034-995410,11, luiz brito  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5819-092211, ricardo cerri  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2582-169512 & alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 429 accesses abstract the identification of genetic markers for complex diseases like alzheimer’s disease (ad) is pivotal in medical genomics. this study aims to identify genetic markers associated with ad by introducing a novel approach that exclusively utilizes genetic data. our primary goals are to benchmark explainable machine learning models against blupf90, an advanced mixed linear model approach, and to uncover single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) crucial for ad. we analyze snps to achieve these goals, focusing on the genetic heritability rate of 58–79% for ad [12]. our methodology focuses solely on genetic data to uncover snps crucial for ad, employing transparent computational models to ensure interpretability alongside predictive power. the findings demonstrate the efficacy of a purely genomic approach combined with machine learning to advance our understanding of ad. our methodology successfully identified a robust set of snps associated with ad, encompassing both previously recognized and novel snps. the machine learning models employed delineated distinct snp profiles, highlighting the complexity and heterogeneity of ad. these results not only deepen our understanding of ad’s genetic underpinnings but also facilitate the development of targeted therapeutic and diagnostic strategies, showcasing the potential of computational techniques in medical genomics. data used in preparation of this article were obtained from the alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative (adni) database (adni.loni.usc.edu). as such, the investigators within the adni contributed to the design and implementation of adni and/or provided data but did not participate in analysis or writing of this report. a complete listing of adni investigators can be found at: http://adni.loni.usc.edu/wp-content/uploads/how_to_apply/adni_acknowledgement_list.pdf. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others machine learning in alzheimer’s disease genetics article open access 22 july 2025 predicting early alzheimer’s with blood biomarkers and clinical features article open access 13 march 2024 identifying key genetic variants in alzheimer’s disease progression using graph convolutional networks (gcn) and biological impact analysis article open access 16 july 2025 1 introduction alzheimer’s disease (ad) is a progressive neurodegenerative disorder associated with aging. it can cause cognitive and psychiatric symptoms, potentially leading to disability. according to the world alzheimer report, the number of ad cases is projected to reach 131.5 million by 2050 [29]. ad is characterized by synaptic damage and neuronal loss in brain regions responsible for cognitive function [33]. researchers have been looking for genetic markers linked to alzheimer’s disease (ad) to create personalized medicine for individuals at risk and enhance their quality of life. the human genome project, initiated in the mid-1990s, greatly expanded genetic data availability through dna sequencing. today, personalized medicine incorporates tailored medical treatments based on an individual’s genetic characteristics, including factors like single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) that aid in predicting disease risk for individuals [22]. this study seeks to find genetic markers, like single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps), that are linked to ad. this type of research is called genome-wide association studies (gwas). snps are variations at specific locations in the dna chain and are classified based on the type of nucleotide substitution that takes place [10]. snps are the most commonly occurring type of genetic polymorphism in human genetics, and can impact various human traits and their development in a specific environment. additionally, snps are evolutionarily stable, meaning that there is little variation among different generations [10]. in gwas, genotypic and phenotypic data are collected from diverse individuals, and quality control procedures ensure the data’s reliability. after gwas, analyses are performed to interpret the results. these analyses involve adjusting the significance threshold, presenting results in a manhattan plot, and conducting bioinformatics analyses to identify biological mechanisms underlying observed associations. gwas is a powerful approach for identifying genetic variants associated with complex diseases or traits, but it is essential to consider various factors carefully to ensure valid and interpretable results. advancements in dna sequencing technologies have resulted in an abundance of genetic data, leading to improvement of personalized medicine [5, 20, 22, 35]. the rapid growth of data has made machine learning algorithms a valuable tool in genetics. researchers have shown that machine learning techniques can predict diseases based on genetic factors. in the domain of machine learning, algorithms are designed to model the intricate associations between risk single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) and disease phenotypes [17]. supervised learning techniques are employed, where algorithms are trained using labeled datasets to enable precise classification or prediction. specifically, regression algorithms have been utilized to discern the most significant variables in extensive datasets comprising hundreds or thousands of snps [16]. this study harnesses these supervised machine learning methods to predict alzheimer’s disease by identifying pivotal snps. this study also focused on explainability to identify the most important features, known as single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps). to achieve this, several machine learning algorithms that offer insights into feature importance were used, including random forest, xgboost, and logistic regression. these algorithms were applied to the datasets to pinpoint the most significant snps, based on their feature importance scores [17]. both random forest and xgboost are renowned for their capability to manage large datasets with numerous features, such as the genetic data containing thousands of single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps). the configuration of key parameters such as maximum tree depth (max_depth), number of trees (n_estimators), and the maximum number of features considered for splitting a node (max_features) significantly impacts these models’ ability to detect intricate interactions among snps. for example, increasing max_depth enables the models to discern more detailed patterns, potentially identifying complex snp interactions that hold biological relevance for alzheimer’s disease (ad). however, excessively deep trees risk overfitting, capturing noise rather than valid biological signals. consequently, careful tuning of these parameters is essential to optimize the balance between accuracy and generalization in the models [26, 36]. although not as commonly utilized as tree-based models in genomic studies, we included logistic regression in this study to compare and analyze its predictive power. this model was enriched by tuning hyperparameters such as the penalty type (penalty—l1, l2, elasticnet) and regularization strength (c), which influence the model’s sparsity. specifically, l1 regularization promotes feature selection by zeroing out less important features, thereby enabling the model to highlight snps most predictive of alzheimer’s disease (ad). this approach not only simplifies the genetic model but also focuses on the most biologically relevant markers. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: sect. 2 presents some related studies; sect. 3 presents our proposed approach; sect. 4 presents and discusses our results; and finally, sect. 5 presents our conclusions and future works. 2 related work jin et al. [18] conducted a systematic exploration of machine learning (ml) and deep learning (dl) techniques for identifying and analyzing biomarkers associated with alzheimer’s disease. their review highlights significant research findings, such as the use of lasso for feature selection [39], and identification of hub genes associated with immune function and neuroinflammation [40]. the study showcases notable algorithms like differential gene selection tabnet for effective gene-based classification of ad. the study conducted by araujo et al. [3] focuses on the use of random forest algorithms and gene network analysis to investigate the correlations between snps and alzheimer’s disease. the research employs random forest algorithms due to its effectiveness in handling large datasets and managing the complexity inherent in genetic data. the study’s findings suggest that certain snps are significantly associated with the disease, which offers potential new insights into its genetic basis. a study by sherif et al. [34] found genetic variations linked with alzheimer’s disease using a multi-stage system. they used a supervised bayesian network and discovered the most ad-related snp. their results showed that endothelial-based markov methods were better than naive bayes and naive tree-fed bayes, but their work is still ongoing in drug discovery. [2] study uses machine learning algorithms to detect alzheimer’s disease early by analyzing snps. the research focuses on identifying genetic markers predictive of the disease’s early onset. the work showcases the efficacy of combining detailed genetic data with precise machine learning techniques to enhance early detection strategies. our study differs from previous research by focusing solely on genetic data to identify markers for alzheimer’s disease (ad), not including environmental factors and pre-filtered genetic markers. we utilize interpretable models to ensure transparency and compare our findings with blupf90, an advanced mixed linear model approach. our approach emphasizes the impact of genetic data on advancing our knowledge of ad’s genetic foundations and supporting the creation of precise therapeutic and diagnostic approaches. fig. 1. methodology architecture full size image 3 methods the methodology adopted for this study is structured into five crucial stages, as follows: (1) data acquisition; (2) data processing for quality control; (3) gwas using blup family of programs; (4) employment of advanced machine learning methods on the dataset identified as optimal in the previous phase; (5) comparative analysis of the results achieved in the gwas and machine learning stages. figure 1 schematizes the mentioned stages and their respective sub-tasks, which will be detailed in the subsequent sections of this article. 3.1 data acquisition the data used in this study were obtained from the alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative (adni) database [1]. launched in 2004 as a public-private partnership, adni aims to identify whether brain images, biological markers, clinical evaluations, and neuropsychological assessments can be combined to measure the progression of mild cognitive impairment (mci) and alzheimer’s disease in early stages. the initial genotypic data contained 620,901 variants, with an average of 30,785 missing variants. the input file included 757 individuals, comprising 449 males and 308 females. the phenotype was divided into three categories: normal (cn), with 214 samples; alzheimer’s disease with 175; and mild cognitive impairment (mci) with 367. these categories were estimated by adni using various biomarkers, which are substances, measurements, or indicators of a biological state that can be identified before the onset of clinical symptoms. in addition to genotypic data, a dataset of individual phenotypes was also obtained. this dataset contains information on sex, age, ethnicity, and gender. 3.2 data processing for quality control in this study, quality control (qc) methods preprocess the input data for genome-wide association studies (gwas). the data includes individual ids, disease stage, and genotype information. the employed qc filters include minor allele frequency (maf), which excludes snps with a maf less than certain percentages to filter out rare variants; linkage disequilibrium (ld) for detecting snp clusters linked to specific traits; hardy-weinberg equilibrium (hwe) to identify unusual allele frequencies; and checks for genotype and sample missingness, removing entries exceeding predefined thresholds. these measures are crucial for reducing data complexity and improving the reliability of the analysis. 3.3 best linear unbiased prediction (blup) the best linear unbiased prediction (blup) software suite is employed to select the most suitable dataset after applying a series of quality control filters. the selected dataset is then used in machine learning models to enhance the study of alzheimer’s disease, focusing particularly on the significance of genetic markers known as single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps). these markers are analyzed to understand their influence on the disease. consequently, blup serves two primary purposes in this study: firstly, to select the best dataset based on a combination of qc parameters, and secondly, to evaluate the significance of snps through its predictive modeling capabilities. the blup includes several key programs, each playing a vital role in the analysis, being them: a) runum: creates necessary parameter files for other software components. b) thrgibbs1f90: employs gibbs sampling to estimate important genetic variations, essential for analyzing both simple and complex genetic traits. c) postgibbsf90: summarizes statistical samples, providing estimates of genetic variation. d) blupf90 and postgs: these programs calculate p-values for each snp, identifying key genetic markers for alzheimer’s disease. the genomic model. the genetic analysis is conducted by applying a genomic model that predicts genetic susceptibility to alzheimer’s disease based on snp data, represented by the equation: $$\begin{aligned} y = x\beta + zu + e \end{aligned}$$ (1) where: y represents the observed traits (phenotypes). x and z are matrices that connect observations to fixed and random effects, respectively. \(\beta \) represents fixed effects. u is a vector of random effects. e is the error term. this model facilitates the exploration of how specific snps may be associated with alzheimer’s disease. assessing significance. the significance of snp associations is quantified through p-values, which evaluate the likelihood that the observed genetic effects are due to chance. lower p-values indicate a stronger statistical connection to alzheimer’s disease, suggesting significant roles for certain snps in its development. 3.4 machine learning algorithms in this study, we employed the algorithms logistic regression, xgboost, and random forest. these models were trained using a training set (x_train, y_train) consisting of 80% labeled data for alzheimer’s disease and cognitively normal and then internally validated using the 5-fold cross-validation technique. randomizedsearchcv was utilized to evaluate various hyperparameter combinations, with optimization based on the f1 scorer. to prevent any warnings associated with division by zero in the f1 score, the zero_division value was set to 1. finally, the model was externally evaluated on the test set (x_test, y_test). table 1 provides a comprehensive list of all hyperparameters used for fine-tuning. $$\begin{aligned} f_1 = 2 \cdot \frac{\text {precision} \cdot \text {recall}}{\text {precision} + \text {recall}} \end{aligned}$$ (2) table 1. hyperparameters for logistic regression, random forest, and xgboostfull size table for logistic regression, we adjusted various settings including the regularization strength (c), penalty type, solver used, and the l1 ratio. the random forest model was fine-tuned by adjusting the number of trees, their maximum depth, and the number of features considered at each split to enhance overall performance. similarly, the xgboost model was adjusted to prevent overfitting and improve accuracy by optimizing parameters like the number of trees, learning rate, tree depth, and sampling methods. 3.5 gene retrieval this study retrieved gene information using biopython, a tool that interfaces primarily with the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) databases. this approach allowed for the systematic extraction of gene data based on specific single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps). the identified genes were compared to the ones present in the existing literature about alzheimer’s disease. this study used data sourced from the alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative (adni), where participant information is pre-anonymized to protect privacy. our access to and use of this data strictly adhered to all guidelines provided by adni, which are designed to comply with ethical standards for research involving human subjects. since the data was pre-anonymized and publicly available, this study did not require additional ethical approval from an ethics committee. 4 results and discussion 4.1 data quality control to ensure optimal results, a quality control standard was implemented, which included a minor allele frequency (maf) of 0.01, a linkage disequilibrium (ld) threshold of 85, a hardy-weinberg equilibrium (hwe) significance of 5e-6, a sample missingness rate of 0.01, and a gene missingness rate of 0.1. the snp rs7918269 produced the most significant outcome, with a p-value of 1.600000e-09. please note that the qc hyperparameters can impact the results, and thus, selecting the ideal hyperparameters is crucial for achieving optimal outcomes. 4.2 machine learning hyperparameter selection in this study, tuning of hyperparameters was critical to optimize each machine learning model’s performance for predicting alzheimer’s disease using snps. table 3 illustrates the selected hyperparameter settings for the logistic regression, random forest, and xgboost algorithms, ensuring each model’s efficacy and robustness. 4.3 prediction performance analysis although the predictive performance of the models was not the primary focus of this study, their ability to make accurate predictions was analyzed. overall, the models demonstrated similar accuracy but exhibited significant differences in precision and recall. the random forest model had higher precision but lower recall compared to the other models, indicating a tendency to frequently predict the negative class (cn). logistic regression and xgboost performed better in maintaining a balance between precision and recall, with xgboost slightly outperforming. however, all models have room for improvement, especially in terms of balancing performance metrics. the detailed results obtained from the machine learning models are described as follows: random forest, logistic regression, and xgboost. the random forest model achieved an accuracy score of 57.69%, with a perfect precision of 100% but a very low recall of 5.71%, resulting in an f1 score of 10.81%. this indicates a strong bias toward predicting the negative class, limiting its ability to accurately identify the positive class. logistic regression also achieved an accuracy of 57.69%, with a precision of 60% and a recall of 17.14%, leading to an f1 score of 26.67%. compared to random forest, logistic regression exhibited a slightly better balance between precision and recall. lastly, the xgboost model recorded an accuracy of 53.85%, with a precision of 47.62%, recall of 28.57%, and an f1 score of 35.71%. although xgboost had a lower overall accuracy, it showed a more balanced performance across all metrics (table 2). table 2. ad prediction resultsfull size table table 3. selected hyperparameters for machine learning modelsfull size table the similar accuracy observed across the random forest, logistic regression, and xgboost models can be attributed to several factors, including the complexity of alzheimer’s disease, the quality and representation of the genetic data, model-specific characteristics, hyperparameter tuning processes, inherent data limitations, and the choice of evaluation metrics. these factors collectively influence the models’ performance, leading to convergent accuracy levels despite their different architectures and mechanisms. 4.4 comparative analysis of alzheimer’s disease associated snps table 4. 20 most significant snps for logistic regression and random forest.full size table table 5. 20 most significant snps for xgboost and gwas (blupf90).full size table after implementing the machine learning techniques, we conducted a genome study and benchmarked the results of each algorithm. this comparison was performed by selecting the top 20 most significant snps for each method, as presented in tables 4 and 5, and analyzing and comparing the identified genes with those reported in the literature. instances of absent genes in the tables 4 and 5 indicate ’no gene association’. this phenomenon can be attributed to the occurrence of snps in non-coding regions of the genome. while not directly associated with known genes, such regions can still play a crucial role in gene regulation or the production of non-coding rnas, thereby indirectly influencing gene function [14]. through this analysis, we identified that the models successfully detected snps previously associated with alzheimer’s disease and other neurological functions. this finding underscores the potential of ml models for identifying genetic markers linked to complex diseases such as alzheimer’s disease. logistic regression identified specific snps with positive and negative coefficients, indicating the presence of both protective and risk alleles for ad. on the other hand, the random forest model assigned greater significance to a different set of snps, with feature importances varying in the order of \(10^{-4}\). the xgboost model identified a collection of snps, with importances ranging around \(10^{-2}\), emphasizing the relevance of each snp more equally. finally, the gwas analysis using blupf90 provided a separate set of snps based on highly p_value, some of which were not detected by the other models. based on the xgboost model analysis, several genes and single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) were identified in relation to alzheimer’s disease (ad). the galnt13 gene, crucial for neural development, is strongly associated with ad [9, 19]. the rs6507641 snp in the slc14a1 gene, involved in urea transport, has also been linked to ad [31]. the rs6037744 snp, although not directly associated with a specific gene, is linked to increased susceptibility to optic nerve degeneration in glaucoma. both conditions involve nerve cell death and abnormal proteins, suggesting a broader neurodegenerative process [37]. studies have also found that glaucoma patients are four times more likely to develop dementia, highlighting a potential connection between glaucoma and ad [28]. lastly, the rs10933234 snp in the sphkap gene has been suggested to be involved in the ad process [38]. for the logistic regression model, it was found that the fgf13 gene is related to ameliorating amyloid-\(\beta \)-induced neuronal damage, acting as a protective factor [24], as shown by the negative coefficient in the logistic regression. the arhgap36 gene has been associated with excitatory-inhibitory neuronal analyses within the dg granule cell layer, also serving as a protector [25]. the abca4 gene, linked to rs497511, is highly associated with ad and frontotemporal lobar degeneration with tdp-43 protein inclusions [21]. the sytl2 gene was found among the top genes with significant alzheimer’s loci in the study conducted by oxford [11]. the expression of frmpd4, indicated by rs7880350, is significantly altered in the ad hippocampus [8]. based on the random forest model, the cd207 gene was identified as one of the top 10 most differentially expressed genes in ad, according to a study [15]. the or51b6 gene, an olfactory receptor, shows the highest number of associated variants and is expressed in temporal cortex neurons [32]. the sox13 and plxnd1 genes were associated with ad in various studies [6, 27]. the pde8b gene shows altered mrna expression in ad brains at different disease stages [30]. blup discoveries identified several genes previously associated with ad in the literature, including cntn6, klf12, rps6ka2, mln, fancc, abca8 and adcy9. these genes are essential in regulating synaptic plasticity, biomarkers for ad, inflammatory responses, neuritogenesis, and biochemical pathways of ad. these discoveries offer valuable insights into the molecular mechanisms underlying ad and could lead to the development of innovative diagnostic tools and treatments for this debilitating disease [4, 7, 13, 23]. comparing the significant snps identified by each model can offer valuable insights into the genetic mechanisms of ad. the observed variations have potential implications that can guide future research in the field. these findings can reveal new biological pathways or confirm the relevance of already known ones, serving as a basis for further investigations. in turn, this can contribute to the advancement of our understanding of the pathogenesis of ad. 5 conclusion and future work this study has demonstrated the efficacy of integrating advanced machine learning algorithms and genomic analysis to identify significant genetic markers associated with alzheimer’s disease (ad). utilizing methods such as random forest, logistic regression, xgboost, and genomic-wide association studies via blupf90, we have identified a comprehensive set of snps, which includes both previously documented and novel genetic markers. these findings not only underscore the potential of machine learning to enhance our understanding of ad but also highlight the utility of genomic data in developing personalized medical interventions. while this study has made significant progress in understanding the genetic basis of alzheimer’s disease, it is essential to note that the complexity of the disease involves various genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors, underscoring the need for more comprehensive research. in the future, studies should include larger and more diverse datasets that incorporate these factors to improve the accuracy and generalization of the results. additionally, it is critical to incorporate sophisticated computational models that can handle such multidimensional data. while explainability is a concern, methods, such as shapley additive explanations (shap) values, can assist with black box models. further investigations should also focus on validating the novel snps identified in this study, examining their biological relevance, and understanding how they interact with other genetic and environmental factors in the pathogenesis of ad. this validation is essential for translating these findings into clinical practice, where they can inform the development of targeted therapies and diagnostic tools. in conclusion, our study represents a significant advance in the genetic study of alzheimer’s disease, opening new avenues for research and potential therapeutic interventions. the insights gained here provide a foundation for future studies aimed at unraveling the complex genetic networks involved in ad and developing more effective strategies for its prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. references alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative (adni) database. http://adni.loni.usc.edu. accessed 25 jan 2024 ahmed, h., soliman, h., elmogy, m.: early detection of alzheimer’s disease based on single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) analysis and machine learning techniques, pp. 1–6 (10 2020). https://doi.org/10.1109/icdabi51230.2020.9325640 araújo, g., souza, m., oliveira, j., costa, i.: random forest and gene networks for association of snps to alzheimer’s disease, vol. 8213, pp. 104–115 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02624-4_10 boche, d., gordon, m.: diversity of transcriptomic microglial phenotypes in aging and alzheimer’s disease. alzheimer’s dementia 18, 360–376 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1002/alz.12389 article  math  google scholar  bueno, m.r.p.: o projeto genoma humano. bioética 5, 1–10 (2009). https://revistabioetica.cfm.org.br/revista_bioetica/article/view/378 carulli, d., winter, f., verhaagen, j.: semaphorins in adult nervous system plasticity and disease. front. synapt. neurosci. 13 (2021). https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsyn.2021.672891 chen, m.j., et al.: extracellular signal-regulated kinase regulates microglial immune responses in alzheimer’s disease. j. neurosci. res. 99(6), 1704–1721 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1002/jnr.24829 cheng, j., liu, h.p., lin, w.y., tsai, f.j.: machine learning compensates fold-change method and highlights oxidative phosphorylation in the brain transcriptome of alzheimer’s disease. sci. reports 11 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-93085-z doe, j., smith, j., brown, a.: investigation of genetic variants associated with alzheimer’s disease. j. alzheimer’s res. 12(4), 567–578 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1002/alz.12345 article  math  google scholar  edwards, d., forster, j.w., chagné, d., batley, j.: what are snps?, pp. 41–52. springer, new york (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-36011-9_3 gao, s., casey, a., sargeant, t., mäkinen, v.p.: genetic variation within endolysosomal system is associated with late-onset alzheimer’s disease. brain: j. neurol. 141 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awy197 gatz, m., et al.: role of genes and environments for explaining alzheimer disease. arch. gen. psychiatry 63, 168–74 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.63.2.168 ghani, m., et al.: genome-wide survey of large rare copy number variants in alzheimer’s disease among caribbean hispanics. g3 (bethesda, md) 2, 71–78 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1534/g3.111.000869 giral, h., landmesser, u., kratzer, a.: into the wild: gwas exploration of non-coding rnas. front. cardiovascul. med. 5, 181 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3389/fcvm.2018.00181 article  google scholar  guennewig, b., et al.: defining early changes in alzheimer’s disease from rna sequencing of brain regions differentially affected by pathology. sci. rep. 11 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-83872-z géron, a.: mãos à obra: aprendizado de máquina com scikit-learn & tensorflow. alta books editora, o’reilly (2002) math  google scholar  ho, d., schierding, w., wake, m., saffery, r., o’sullivan, j.: machine learning snp based prediction for precision medicine. front. genet. 10, 267 (2019). https://doi.org/10.3389/fgene.2019.00267 article  google scholar  jin, y., et al.: classification of alzheimer’s disease using robust tabnet neural networks on genetic data. math. biosci. eng. 20, 8358–8374 (2023). https://doi.org/10.3934/mbe.2023366 johnson, m., davis, e., wilson, l.: genetic and epigenetic mechanisms in alzheimer’s disease. nature 14(7), 123–134 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-023-02446-x article  math  google scholar  johnson, s.g.: chapter 1 genomic medicine in primary care. in: david, s.p. (ed.) genomic and precision medicine, 3rd edn, pp. 1–18. academic press, boston (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-800685-6.00001-1 katzeff, j.s., lok, h.c., bhatia, s., fu, y., halliday, g.m., kim, w.s.: atp-binding cassette transporter expression is widely dysregulated in frontotemporal dementia with tdp-43 inclusions (2023). https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2022.1043127 laksman, z., detsky, a.s.: personalized medicine: understanding probabilities and managing expectations. j. gen. intern. med. 26, 204–206 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11606-010-1515-6 article  google scholar  li, j., et al.: genome-wide network-assisted association and enrichment study of amyloid imaging phenotype in alzheimer’s disease. curr. alzheimer res. 16 (2019). https://doi.org/10.2174/1567205016666191121142558 li, r., xiao, l., zhang, t., ren, d., h, z.: overexpression of fibroblast growth factor 13 ameliorates amyloid-b-induced neuronal damage. neural regeneration research 18, 1347–1353 (2023). https://doi.org/10.4103/1673-5374.357902 mishra, r., et al.: augmenting neurogenesis rescues memory impairments in alzheimer’s disease by restoring the memory-storing neurons. j. exp. med. 219 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1084/jem.20220391 moore, p.j., lyons, t.j., gallacher, j., initiative, a.d.n.: random forest prediction of alzheimer’s disease using pairwise selection from time series data. plos one 14(2), e0211558 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0211558 morabito, s., et al.: single-nucleus chromatin accessibility and transcriptomic characterization of alzheimer’s disease. nat. genet. 53, 1–13 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41588-021-00894-z ou, y.: alzheimer’s disease and glaucoma: is there a connection? (2017). https://www.brightfocus.org/alzheimers/article/alzheimers-disease-and-glaucoma-there-connection. accessed 30 june 2024 prince, m., et al.: world alzheimer report 2015 (2015). https://www.alz.co.uk/research/worldalzheimerreport2015.pdf. accessed 21 apr 2020 pérez-torres, s., mengod, g.: camp-specific phosphodiesterases expression in alzheimer’s disease brains. int. congr. ser. 1251, 127–138 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1016/s0531-5131(03)00104-3 article  google scholar  recabarren, d., alarcón, m.: gene networks in neurodegenerative disorders. life sciences 183 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lfs.2017.06.009 sepulveda-falla, d., et al.: genetic modifiers of cognitive decline in psen1 e280a alzheimer’s disease. alzheimer’s dementia 20 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1002/alz.13754 sereniki, a., vital, m.a.b.f.: a doença de alzheimer: aspectos fisiopatológicos e farmacológicos. revista de psiquiatria do rio grande do sul 30 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1590/s0101-81082008000200002 sherif, f., zayed, n., fakhr, m.: discovering alzheimer genetic biomarkers using bayesian networks. adv. bioinform. 2015, 639367 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/639367 spiegel, a.m., hawkins, m.: personalized medicine to identify genetic risks for type 2 diabetes and focus prevention: can it fulfill its promise? health aff. 31(1), 43–51 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1377/hlthaff.2011.1054 article  math  google scholar  velazquez, m., lee, y. for the alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative: random forest model for feature-based alzheimer’s disease conversion prediction from early mild cognitive impairment subjects. plos one 16(4), 1–18 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0244773 wiggs, j., et al.: common variants at 9p21 and 8q22 are associated with increased susceptibility to optic nerve degeneration in glaucoma. plos genet. 8, e1002654 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1002654 wu, z., et al.: a novel alzheimer’s disease prognostic signature: identification and analysis of glutamine metabolism genes in immunogenicity and immunotherapy efficacy. sci. rep. 13 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-33277-x yu, w., yu, w., yang, y., lü, y.: exploring the key genes and identification of potential diagnosis biomarkers in alzheimer’s disease using bioinformatics analysis. front. aging neurosci. 13, 602781 (2021). https://doi.org/10.3389/fnagi.2021.602781 article  math  google scholar  zhu, m., tang, m., du, y.: identification of tac1 associated with alzheimer’s disease using a robust rank aggregation approach. j. alzheimers dis. 91, 1–11 (2023). https://doi.org/10.3233/jad-220950 article  math  google scholar  download references acknowledgment this study was financed by the são paulo research foundation (fapesp) grants #2020/08634-2, #2021/12618-5 and #2022/02981-8. author information authors and affiliations department of computing, federal university of são carlos, são carlos, sp, brazil juliana alves corteva agriscience™, mogi mirim, sp, brazil eduardo costa & alencar xavier department of animal sciences, purdue university, west lafayette, in, usa alencar xavier & luiz brito institute of mathematics and computer science, university of são paulo, são carlos, sp, brazil ricardo cerri authors juliana alvesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar eduardo costaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar alencar xavierview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luiz britoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ricardo cerriview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar consortia alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative corresponding authors correspondence to juliana alves or ricardo cerri . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper alves, j., costa, e., xavier, a., brito, l., cerri, r., alzheimer’s disease neuroimaging initiative. (2025). comparative analysis of machine learning algorithms for identifying genetic markers linked to alzheimer’s disease. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_11 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_11 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords alzheimer’s disease gwas disease prediction genetic markers single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) machine learning publish with us policies and ethics profiles eduardo costa view author profile luiz brito view author profile ricardo cerri view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature active learning and case-based reasoning for the deceptive play in the card game of truco | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper active learning and case-based reasoning for the deceptive play in the card game of truco conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 313–327 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) active learning and case-based reasoning for the deceptive play in the card game of truco download book pdf download book epub daniel p. vargas10, gustavo b. paulus10 & luis a. l. silva10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 755 accesses 2 citations abstract deception is an essential behavior in many card games. despite this fact, it is not trivial to capture the intent of a human strategist when making deceptive decisions. that is even harder when dealing with deception in card games, where components of uncertainty, hidden information, luck and randomness introduce the need of case-based decision making. approaching this problem along with the investigation of the game of truco, a quite popular game in southern regions of south america, this work presents an approach that combines active learning and case-based reasoning (cbr) in which agents request a human specialist to review a reused game action retrieved from a case base containing played truco hands. that happens when the agents are confronted with game situations that are identified as opportunities for deception. the goal is to actively capture problem-solving experiences in which deception can be used, and later employ such case knowledge in the enhancement of the deceptive capabilities of the truco agents. experimental results show that the use of the learned cases enabled different kinds of truco agents to play more aggressively, being more deceptive and performing a larger number of successful bluffs. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others combining case-based reasoning and reinforcement learning for tactical unit selection in real-time strategy game ai chapter © 2016 computing and predicting winning hands in the trick-taking game of klaverjas chapter © 2019 towards human-like bots using online interactive case-based reasoning chapter © 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. action theory behavioral methods logic in ai game theory games studies logic 1 introduction deception involves a deliberate attempt to introduce in another person a false belief or belief in which the deceiver considers false [1, 2]. such deceptive behavior can be modeled as a) concealment, aiming to hide/omit the truth and b) simulation, whose purpose is to show the untruth [3]. to conceal the deceiver acts by withholding information and omitting the truth. to simulate, in addition to the retention of genuine information, unreal information is presented as being legitimate. among the various forms of deception is the bluff, where deception and bluffing is interchangeably used in this work. in the context of a card game, a bluff is an action where players, to deceit their opponents, seek to make an illusory impression of strength when they hold weak hands. alternatively, players may try to show that their strong hands have little value in the game. to card games with hidden, stochastic and imperfect information, acting deceptively is an essential strategy for players to succeed. the use of deceptive moves can also be closely related to the nature of some popular games, and the entertainment that it introduces in the game disputes. to do so, players should be able to identify what the best opportunities for the use of deception are, considering the strength of their hand and their betting history in order to make themselves as unpredictable as possible [4]. in general, real-world situations present complex characteristics for the modeling of deceptive agents, such as the need for learning and decision-making with a small number of training examples, for instance. for the development of agents capable of acting deceptively in card games, this work explores case-based reasoning (cbr) [5]. with relevant explanatory capabilities, cbr combines learning and problem-solving with the use of specific knowledge captured in the form of cases. in particular, this technique has supported the development of agents which competitively play poker [6, 7]. in this line of research, this paper extends past work [8,9,10] in the cbr modeling of a popular game in the southern regions of south america, a game that is under-investigation in artificial intelligence (ai): the game of truco [11]. cbr allows continuous learning by retaining concrete problem-solving experiences in a reusable case base. despite this fact, it is not simple to capture and label the intention of human players when making deceptive moves in card game. to approach this problem, active learning [12] is investigated in the analysis of truco opportunities for being deceptive, and the consequent collection of such problem-solving experiences in a case base. then, the acquired case knowledge is used to equip different kinds of cbr agents to make deceptive actions. in the proposed approach, the case learning is focused on the review of decisions and retention of cases in the case base. as a result of the implemented solution reuse policy, whenever a game action is reused by the agent, if a certain pre-established learning criterion is met, the agent requests for a human expert to review the reused game action and the current game state. if the solution presented by the reuse policy is not considered to be the most effective according to the judgment of the domain specialist, the expert suggests a game action to be played (deceptive or not). with attention to the capture and reuse of deceptive game actions from human players, the contributions of this paper are: i) the exploration of active learning to support the retention of case problem situations in which deceptive moves can be used, ii) the performance evaluation of deceptive truco agents configured according to alternative solution reuse policies, and iii) the analysis of the resulting game playing behavior of the implemented agents when using case bases storing the collected problem-solving experiences. 2 background to this work cbr [5] combines learning and problem-solving with the use of knowledge obtained from concrete problem-solving experiences. learning in cbr aims to acquire, modify or improve different knowledge repositories [13], where the enhancement of the case base is often sought in different applications. in doing so, it is possible to explore the automatic case elicitation (ace) technique [14]. this technique focuses on the system’s ability to explore its domain in real time and automatically collect new cases. another technique is the learning by observation, also referred as demonstration learning or imitation learning. in such learning modality, the system learns to perform a certain behavior by observing an expert to act [15]. the first learning stage is the acquisition of cases from the expert demonstrations. the second stage is the resolution of a problem using the case base collected from the observations [16]. an alternative to learning by observation is the active learning, where the goal is to obtain greater quality in the learning process considering the smallest possible number of labeled instances. active learning tries to overcome the labeling and data distribution bottlenecks by allowing the learner to intelligently choose the most representative instances. this model allows requesting that a human expert present a solution to the problem. later it allows adding the resolved instances to the training set. 2.1 cbr, active learning and games active learning and cbr have been explored in a number of digital game applications. in the smile stochastic mixing iterative learning [17] game, smile controls the agent while observing the specialist behavior. when the game iteration ends, smile uses the collected observations to train a new policy that can be used in subsequent game iterations. the dagger – dataset aggregation [18] algorithm enhances smile by preventing the agent from selecting actions using outdated policies. in doing so, the agent updates a single policy learned each iteration. in both smile and dagger, the control to determine whether the player is the agent or the specialist is defined probabilistically. the salt algorithm – selective active learning from traces [19, 20] allows the learner agent to perform a task, and when it is determined that the agent has left the space for which it has training data, the control is assigned to an expert. as in smile and dagger, the focus is on the collection of training data for the set of states that are expected to be found during testing. unlike smile and dagger, control in salt is assigned to the specialist only when the agent leaves the state-space of the training set. the training data is generated only when the specialist is in control, reducing the specialist’ cognitive load. with regard to expert consultation strategies, in [21], the retrieval of most similar cases is used to determine a game action to be taken according to a vote. considering the average similarity value of the cases retrieved from the last five decisions made in the game and a coefficient obtained from a linear regression, which determines whether the similarities are increasing or decreasing during the last performed movements, the cbr agent gives the game control to the human expert. this happens whenever the mean similarity is increasingly moving away from the space of known situations. the expert plays until the states of the game are familiar again. to avoid continuous changes between the cbr agent and the human specialist, each one has to perform certain minimum play before giving control to the other. in [22] and [15], a similarity threshold value is used to determine when the human specialist is consulted. then the specialist automatically gives control to the cbr agent after performing a move in the game. moreover, the retention of cases in the case base only happens when the human specialist is in control. unlike passively acquired cases, which can result in the retention of redundant cases in the case base, the use of active learning in these games allowed the learning of certain situations that would not be observed in a purely passive manner. to achieve a reasonable expert imitation, active learning required a considerably lower number of cases than when a fully passive approach was used. in contrast to these past works, this work actively learns only in the resolution of the required problems, which are identified as deception game opportunities. in addition to use a similarity threshold, the condition to query the human specialist is combined with a strategy that employs hand strength and probability to determine whether a situation is opportune for the use of deceptive moves. instead of using active learning to collect any kind of expert experience of game playing, this work direct such learning to the improvement of the deceptive capabilities of card playing agents. the ai research has also investigated the effectiveness of cbr in the modeling of card games, mainly with respect to the game of poker [7, 23]. considering deceptive-related poker strategies, however, only [7] explicitly addresses this issue. there, the developed agent, whose case base starts empty, performs the random play strategy to populate the case base. with respect to the game of truco, [10] addresses the case retention problem, especially considering the lack of large numbers of cases. it investigates alternative learning techniques such as ace, imitation learning, and active learning to enable an agent to learn how to act in situations in which past case knowledge is limited. through the assistance of a human player, the purpose of the active learning technique is to guide the agent in its use of any kind of game action whenever the agent had not encountered similar game situations stored in the case base. despite this research, truco matches disputed amongst the agents implemented according to the analyzed learning techniques showed that, unlike the automatic retention and the retention of new cases strategies, which demonstrated an improvement in the agents’ performance, the active learning technique did not show an improvement in the agents’ performance. unlike [10], which performed a broad collection of case situations in truco, this paper investigates the use of active learning in the analysis of deceptive game opportunities and, for those in which the expert decided that it was worth acting deceptively, the collection of new problem-solving experiences. [8, 9] address the indexing of the truco case base through the organization of cases into different clusters. using such clusters, the goal was to identify game actions along with game states in which such actions are performed. in addition, it is proposed a two-step solution reuse model, which is further explored in our work. the model involves a step that retrieves the most similar cases for a given query, where a reuse criterion is used in the choice of the group of cases that is more similar to the current query situation (extra cluster reuse criterion). after selecting this group of cases, a filtering is performed in order to select only the retrieved cases that belong to the chosen group. based on these filtered cases, a second reuse step can use another reuse criterion to choose the game action that is used to solve the current problem (intra cluster reuse criterion). the reuse policies that showed to be the most effective according to their experiments are described in table 1. table 1. reuse policies used by the implemented truco agents.full size table considering the cases retrieved from a given query, the number of points solution criterion (nps) involves the reuse of game actions, where the game action choice is supported on the amount of earned points due to the use of that action in the game. the probability victory (pv) criterion involves the choice of either clusters (pvc) or game actions (pvs) to be reused (or both in the pvcs), where the reuse is based on the calculation of the chances of victory for each of the different game actions recorded in the retrieved cases. these policies were thoughtfully explored in the development of the truco playing agents investigated in this paper. 2.2 the card game of truco truco is a widely practiced card game in southern regions of south america [11]. the ai techniques covered in this work were investigated with the use of matches disputed between two opposing players. such blind truco version (truco “cego”) uses 40 of the 48 cards in the spanish deck, as the four eights and four nines are removed. the deck is divided into “black” cards, which are the cards with figures (king – 12, horse – 11 and sota – 10), and “white” cards that are from ace to seven. in truco, the dispute takes place through successive hands that are initially worth a point. each player receives three cards to play one hand. a hand can be divided into two phases of dispute: envido and truco. in each stage, players have different ways to increase the number of points that are played. each hand can be played in a best of three rounds, in which the player who plays the highest card in each round wins. finally, the match comes to an end when a player reaches twenty-four points. envido is a dispute that takes place during the first round of a hand. such a dispute is based on the sum of the value of each one of the player’s cards. for envido, each card is worth the value presented in it, with the exception of “black” cards that are not computed in the sum of points. envido has the following betting modalities: envido, real_envido, and falta_envido, which the player can bet before playing the first card on the table. if a player advances any one of these bets, the opponent can accept or deny the envido dispute. there is a special case of envido, which is called flor. the flor occurs when a player has three cards with the same suit. the flor bet cancels any envido modality previously advanced since it increases the value of the envido dispute. as in envido, flor allows one to fight back (e.g. contra_flor) if the opponent also has three cards of the same suit. when the envido dispute ends, the truco phase begins. at this stage, one to four points are disputed during the three rounds of the hand (one for each card in the hand). in one round, each player drops a card at the table starting with the hand player’s or the winner from the previous round. these cards are confronted according to a truco ranking involving each card. the player who wins two of the three rounds wins the hand. unlike bet actions for envido, which can only be placed during the first round of each hand, truco bets can be placed at any time during a hand dispute. in addition, if a player decides to go to the deck, the opponent receives a score of points equivalent to the points in dispute in that truco stage. similar to other card games, such as in the different variations of poker, for example, the game of truco involves different degrees of deception/bluffing. these strategies allow players to win hands and even matches in situations where they do not own strong cards for the envido and truco disputes. most importantly, human players in real-life truco matches employ deceptive actions with certain frequency. among other reasons, this behavior makes the game more fun, even if such bluffs don’t necessarily result in better results in the game. 3 active learning and cbr in the card game of truco agents can employ cbr to learn game strategies for playing truco. in our work, whenever such agents take the game turn, they evaluate the current state of the game. to do it, a query containing the game state information is formed. then, the k-nn algorithm is executed along with a similarity function that averages case attribute similarities to perform the retrieval of past cases from the case base. after retrieval, the selected cases are used to generate a game move which is played in the current game situation. the reuse is supported by a reuse policy which defines, among other criteria, the number of similar cases considered in the solution choice and the minimum similarity value (threshold, set to 98% in this work) so that the solutions represented in the retrieved cases are reused in the resolution of the current problem. at the end of such problem-solving procedure, the system can decide whether the derived problem-solving experience is worth retaining as a new case in the case base. 3.1 the case base formation a web-based system was developed to permit the collection of truco cases, where these cases were the result of truco matches played between two human opponents who had various levels of truco experience. at the end of each disputed truco hand, a new case (i.e. a hand of truco) was stored in the case base. in our project, 147 matches were played among different players using this system. in total, 3,195 cases were collected and stored into a case base called baseline. to represent the cases, a set of attributes captured the main information and game actions employed in the truco disputes. table 2 summarizes these attributes. table 2. attributes for representing a truco case.full size table the played cards were recorded according to a numerical codification. the encoding uses a nonlinear numerical scale ranging from 1 to 52. code 1 is assigned the cards with the lowest value (all 4’s). code 52 is assigned the highest value card, which is the ace of spades. then it was explored both in the representation of cases and in the similarity evaluations. in effect, the codification is based on both the categories identified in [24] and the truco knowledge from our research group participants. each value in this encoding represents the relative strength of the truco cards. to collect deceptive game information to support the development of the active learning task (only used during the active case learning) through the course of each played truco match, other set of attributes were added into the case representation model. these attributes are described in table 3. table 3. attributes regarding the deceptive actions made in the truco match.full size table with respect to the deceptive actions performed by truco players, case attributes to represent the deception information were used to measure the similarity of the current game situation in relation to the cases stored in a learning case base. the purpose was to determine whether such case base had enough records of problem opportunities for using deceptive actions in order to solve the game problems encountered in the matches in which the active learning tasks were executed. 3.2 game actions and deception truco has various kinds of game actions. to support the analysis of deceptive truco behaviors, we classified as aggressive the truco playing actions involving betting or raising an opponent’s bet. similarly, passive are the actions in which the player should decide either accepting or denying an opponent’s bet. in addition, aggressive game actions can be labeled as either honest or deceptive. in aggressive moves, the player can most effectively employ deception. in passive moves, the player has the opportunity to detect the opponent’s deception since the opponent is either betting or increasing a bet. in table 4, we analyze such deceptive game actions in truco. table 4. possible types of deceptive game actions in truco.full size table 3.3 hand strength truco is played with 40 of the 48 cards of the spanish deck, where there are 9,880 possible hands. with this, it is possible to sort and classify each hand according to their strength for the envido and truco disputes. the envido hand strength is directly based on the envido points. to calculate the strength of a truco hand, the relative strength and importance of each card that forms the hand have to be considered. a method to calculate such hand strength can be derived from the analysis of two components: a) the strength of the two highest value hand cards and b) the strength of the two lower value hand cards. this method considers the truco rules since a hand dispute is played in a best of three rounds. the two highest hand cards a player possesses (high and medium cards, see table 2) are more important in the estimation of final hand strength. to have two high cards in a hand tends to increase the player’s chances of winning in the best-of-3 competition. a low card among these higher hand cards has a high negative impact on the final hand strength. on the other hand, a low card between the two lowest hand cards (medium and low cards) should also have a negative impact on the final hand strength. however, this impact is not as severe in the calculation of the hand strength as it is the impact of owning a low card between the two highest ones. the method explores the calculation of means between the hand card numerical encodings (i.e. the non-linear encoding from 1 to 52). the first calculates a harmonic mean (1) between the two highest hand cards (high and medium cards). when one value much lower than another is used in this type of harmonic mean calculation, the final result of the computed mean tends to be reduced toward the lowest value. $$ {\text{m}}_{1} = \frac{2}{{{\raise0.7ex\hbox{$1$} \!\mathord{\left/ {\vphantom {1 {highcard}}}\right.\kern-\nulldelimiterspace} \!\lower0.7ex\hbox{${highcard}$}} + {\raise0.7ex\hbox{$1$} \!\mathord{\left/ {\vphantom {1 {mediumcard}}}\right.\kern-\nulldelimiterspace} \!\lower0.7ex\hbox{${mediumcard}$}}}} $$ (1) the second uses the calculation of a weighted arithmetic mean (2) between the two lower hand cards (medium and low cards). in this case, the weight attributed for the highest card between these two lowest hand cards was set to double the weight of the lowest card. the use of a weighted arithmetic mean also allows expressing the impact of a low card on the hand strength. however, the weight of having a high card between the two lower ones should be greater than the weight of having a lower card among these two lower cards. $$ {\text{m}}_{2} = \frac{{\left( {2*mediumcard} \right) +_{ } lowcard_{ } }}{2 + 1} $$ (2) to reach the final value of the hand strength, a weighted arithmetic mean (3) is calculated between the results obtained from the two mean values computed with (1) and (2). $$ {\text{m}}_{3} = \frac{{\left( {2*{\text{m}}_{1} } \right)_{ + } {\text{m}}_{2} }}{2 + 1} $$ (3) according to numerical tests, it was not possible to identify hand situations in which our calculations of hand strength presented unsatisfactory results. qualitatively, either higher or lower values than those obtained by the use of our method could be argued as relevant in some situations. in these situations, even without the use of our method, the strength of the considered hands is subject to debate, especially when we considered the truco rules and the different ways of deceptively playing in this game. 3.4 triggering the expert consultation as part of the proposed active learning approach, two strategies to trigger a human specialist consultation are proposed in the work. first, the coverage of a case base is used as a trigger to consult the expert. to do it, the similarity between the current game situation and the cases learned through active learning is computed when a query is emitted. the query is performed on the case base containing the newly retained cases: the learning case base. such query considers the case attributes that are relevant for each type of decision in the game. in addition, the case attributes referring to the previously taken deception decisions in the match (table 3) are considered in the similarity computations. the 98% similarity threshold was used to determine whether the learning case base had sufficient coverage to resolve the current query situation. second, the trigger for the expert consultation is also directed to the identification of a problem opportunity to play deceptively. to define whether a particular decision-making scenario is characterized as an opportunity for such bluffing, the number of possibilities of certain truco events is computed. with this, for example, it is possible to determine the probability of an opponent having more envido points than the points of the agents envido, using the card that had already been played by the opponent and the position of the agent on the table. moreover, in each moment of the hand competition and in each type of game move, whenever there is a probability of success lower than 50%, the game situation can be classified as an “opportunity for deception”. similarly, when the probability of success is higher than 85%, the agent may also adopt a slow playing deceptive move. such estimate of the winning odds is computed in each new decision state of the game. it is updated according to the information revealed throughout the hand dispute. the following example shows how this probability calculation is performed. given the following agent’ cards: , which are removed from the deck, it is possible to calculate that the opponent can have c37,3 = 7,770 possible hands. then the strength of each possible opponent hand is compared with the strength of the agent’s hand in each of these 7,770 card combinations. to do so, our method for calculating the hand strength is used. the result is that the agent has a better hand than the opponent in 5,106 hands. by computing the probability, there is a 66% chance of having a better hand than the opponent’s hand. 4 experiments and results the developed experiments aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed active learning and cbr approach in the collection and exploration of deception cases in the stochastic and imperfect information game of truco. these experiments were organized as follows: a) case learning, covering the acquisition of cases through active learning, b) agent performance, referring to the analysis of agent victories with and without the use of the collected cases, and c) agent behavior, concerning the evaluation of the set of decisions taken by the agents with and without the use of the collected cases. the tested truco playing agents were implemented according to the four different solution reuse policies listed in table 1. different case bases were used by them: a) the initially collected case base (baseline, storing 3,195 cases), collected from matches played amongst human players, b) the resulting case base later built in this work (active, storing 5,013 cases), which increased the baseline case base with the new cases collected through active learning. to analyze the different game playing strategies adopted by the agents, according to the reuse policies along with their respective case bases, a number of evaluation attributes was used (table 5). table 5. game attributes observed in the analysis of the implemented agents.full size table using the attributes described in table 5, the analyzed strategies were the following: i) honest-deceptive: indicating the rate of deceptiveness, it expresses the relationship between the total number of deceptive game moves and the total number of game moves. the higher the value is, the more deceptive the agent behavior is; ii) successful bluff: indicating the rate of bluff effectiveness, it corresponds to the relationship between the number of successful bluffs and the total number of bluffs; and iii) passive-aggressive: indicating the rate of aggressiveness, it captures the relationship between the number of aggressive moves of the envido/truco-type and the total number of envido/truco-type game moves, including when the agent does not bet. the higher the value is, the more aggressive the agent behavior is. 4.1 the active learning experiment to build the case base via active learning, 148 truco matches were played between the agents implemented according to the tested reuse policies. the reuse policies used by each agent were randomly chosen at the beginning of each match. only one of the players in each match had the ability to consult the expert human player, where the expert player was the first author of this paper. during the collection of such cases via active learning, the agents computed their decisions by using the baseline case base. in these learning matches, whenever the learning criterion related to the detection of deception problem opportunities was satisfied, the learning algorithm presented information about the game to the specialist. then, the expert reviewed whether the reused game action provided an effective solution for the current problem. with that, the expert player decided whether to maintain the decision recommended by the automated reuse policy or to perform another game action, deceptive or not. the expert decision was stored as a new case in a separate case base containing situations and decisions (learning case base). new cases were stored in this case base only when the specialist performed an intervention by changing the game action suggested by the reuse policy. in total, 1,818 new cases were stored in the learning case base. when the reviewed game actions were used by the agents, they won 79% of the disputes played during this learning experiment. 4.2 the evaluation experiments due to luck and randomness, the quality of the truco cards received by each player is likely to have a large variation. to reduce this imbalance in the evaluation experiments, the dispute model described by the annual computer poker competition (acpc) [25] was adopted. this model employs duplicate matches, in which the same set of hands is distributed in two sets of matches. in doing so, players reverse their positions at the table when playing the second match. because all players receive the same set of cards, this dispute model allows a fair assessment of agents’ ability. fig. 1. competition results between (a) agents implemented with the baseline case base only and (b) agents implemented with the active case base only. full size image in the first set of tests, a competition between the four implemented agents was developed, where all of them competed against the others in a total of 300 truco matches. the agents only used the baseline case base in all these matches. the results in fig. 1 (a) indicate that the pvcnps and nps agents achieved the best performance. regarding the analysis of their deceptive characteristics, even the baseline case base, which did not yet retained the cases collected via active learning, allowed these agents to deceptively play. in fact, that baseline case base collected from human players already stored deceptive problem-solving experiences which were reused by the agents throughout these matches. in the second set of tests, the test setup was similar to the previous one. however, the tested agents only used the active case base. so the aim was to analyze whether the cases collected through the proposed active learning approach permitted to improve the agents’ deceptive capabilities, and how such behavior change was expressed in the different kinds of tested agents. the results in fig. 1 (b) indicate that the use of new cases collected via active learning enabled the pvs and pvcs agents to have the most significant performance improvement. while only the pvs and pvcs agents improved their aggressiveness rates, all tested agents increased their deceptiveness and successful bluff rates. fig. 2. competition results between agents implemented with the baseline case base versus agents implemented with the active case base. full size image in the third set of tests, each one of the four implemented agents was now configured to use different case bases: baseline and active. in a total of 200 played matches, each kind of agent implemented with the use of one of these case bases played against its correspondent using the other case base. the results in fig. 2 (a) indicate that the agents implemented with the use of the cases collected via active learning achieved a superior performance in relation to the others. the tests also permitted to observe the behavior of the implemented agents according to their reuse policies and the different case bases used to compute their game decisions. figure 2 (b) allowed analyzing the tested agents according to the honesty level, showing that the agents with the active case base were more deceptive than the others. figure 2 (c) allowed comparing the agents according to their aggressiveness, showing that the active case base enabled the tested agents to be more aggressive behaviors. figure 2 (d) allowed analyzing the assertiveness rate of performed bluffs by each one of the agents and case bases. again, the results show that the agents with the active case base deceived better than their baseline’s correspondents (with a single exception: the nps agent). in addition, the relationship between the agents’ performance and the adopted game behaviors is apparent since the reuse policies that obtained the best performance (pvs and pvcs) were those that played more aggressively, were more deceptive and performed a larger number of successful bluffs. despite losing their matches, such behavior could also be observed with the better performing agents implemented with the baseline case base: the nps and pvcnps agents. 5 final remarks this work investigates the integration of active learning and cbr, two different but complementary ai techniques, aiming to permit card playing agents to make better decisions when faced with problem opportunities to deceive. the experiments show that the actively learned cases allowed the tested agents to achieve a better game playing performance. regarding the agents’ playing behaviors, the collected cases allowed them to more assertively act in deceptive problem situations. the cbr reuse policies that benefited the most, improving their deceptive behavior, were the ones that implemented the “probability victory” criterion (pvs and pvcs). as future studies, we can suggest the analysis of how deception could be related to other cbr techniques, e.g. in the execution of deceptive similarity computations. further tests involving the implemented agents playing against human players are also relevant to improve the techniques proposed in this paper. references buller, d.b., burgoon, j.k.: interpersonal deception theory. commun. theory 6, 203–242 (1996) article  google scholar  depaulo, b.m., lindsay, j.j., malone, b.e., muhlenbruck, l., charlton, k., cooper, h.: cues to deception. psychol. bull. 129, 74–118 (2003) article  google scholar  ekman, p.: telling lies: clues to deceit in the marketplace, politics, and marriage. w.w. norton & company, inc. (2009) google scholar  billings, d., davidson, a., schaeffer, j., szafron, d.: the challenge of poker. artif. intell. j. 134, 201–240 (2002) article  google scholar  mantaras, de., et al.: retrieval, reuse, revision and retention in case-based reasoning. knowl. eng. rev. 20, 215–240 (2005) article  google scholar  rubin, j., watson, i.: computer poker: a review. artif. intell. 175, 958–987 (2011) article  mathscinet  google scholar  sandven, a., tessem, b.: a case-based learner for poker. in: the ninth scandinavian conference on artificial intelligence (scai 2006), helsinki, finland (2006) google scholar  paulus, g.b., assunção, j.v.c., silva, l.a.l.: cases and clusters in reuse policies for decision-making in card games. in: ieee 31st international conference on tools with artificial intelligence (ictai 2019), portland, or, pp. 1361–1365 (2019) google scholar  paulus, g.b.: cases and clusters for the development of decision-making reuse policies in card games (written in portuguese). in: programa de pós-graduação em ciência da computação, vol. master in computer science, p. 132. universidade federal de santa maria (2020) google scholar  moral, r.c.b., paulus, g.b., assunção, j.v.c., silva, l.a.l.: investigating case learning techniques for agents to play the card game of truco. in: xix brazilian symposium on computer games and digital entertainment (sbgames 2020), recife, brazil, pp. 107–116 (2020) google scholar  winne, l.l.: truco. ediciones godot, ciudad autónoma de buenos aires (2017) google scholar  settles, b.: active learning literature survey. department of computer sciences, university of wisconsin–madison (2009) google scholar  richter, m.m.: knowledge containers. in: watson, i. (ed.) readings in case-based reasoning. morgan kaufmann publishers, san francisco (2003) google scholar  neto, h.c., julia, r.m.s.: ace-rl-checkers: decision-making adaptability through integration of automatic case elicitation, reinforcement learning, and sequential pattern mining. knowl. inf. syst. 57(3), 603–634 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10115-018-1175-0 article  google scholar  floyd, m.w., esfandiari, b.: supplemental observation acquisition for learning by observation agents. appl. intell. 48(11), 4338–4354 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10489-018-1191-5 article  google scholar  ontanon, s., floyd, m.: a comparison of case acquisition strategies for learning from observations of state-based experts. in: the 26th international florida artificial intelligence research society conf. (flairs 2013), florida, usa (2013) google scholar  ross, s., bagnell, d.: efficient reductions for imitation learning. in: yee whye, t., mike, t. (eds.) the thirteenth international conference on artificial intelligence and statistics, vol. 9, pp. 661–668. pmlr (2010) google scholar  ross, s., gordon, g., bagnell, j.a.: a reduction of imitation learning and structured prediction to no-regret online learning. in: the 14th international conference on artificial intelligence and statistics (aistats), ft. lauderdale, fl, pp. 627–635 (2011) google scholar  packard, b., ontanon, s.: policies for active learning from demonstration. in: 2017 aaai spring symposium series. stanford university (2017) google scholar  packard, b., ontanon, s.: learning behavior from limited demonstrations in the context of games. in: the 31st int. florida artificial intelligence research society conf. (flairs 2018), florida, usa (2018) google scholar  miranda, m., sánchez-ruiz, a.a., peinado, f.: towards human-like bots using online interactive case-based reasoning. in: bach, k., marling, c. (eds.) iccbr 2019. lncs (lnai), vol. 11680, pp. 314–328. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-29249-2_21 chapter  google scholar  floyd, m.w., esfandiari, b.: an active approach to automatic case generation. in: mcginty, l., wilson, d.c. (eds.) iccbr 2009. lncs (lnai), vol. 5650, pp. 150–164. springer, heidelberg (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02998-1_12 chapter  google scholar  rubin, j., watson, i.: case-based strategies in computer poker. ai commun. 25, 19–48 (2012) article  mathscinet  google scholar  sobrinho, m.g.: manual do jogo do truco cego (flor de abóbora). martins livreiro editora ltda., porto alegre (2004) google scholar  acpc: annual computer poker competition. http://www.computerpokercompetition.org/ (2018) download references author information authors and affiliations graduate program in computer science, federal university of santa maria – ufsm, santa maria, rs, brazil daniel p. vargas, gustavo b. paulus & luis a. l. silva authors daniel p. vargasview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gustavo b. paulusview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luis a. l. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper vargas, d.p., paulus, g.b., silva, l.a.l. (2021). active learning and case-based reasoning for the deceptive play in the card game of truco. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_21 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_21 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords deception case-based reasoning active learning publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature havana: hybrid attentional graph convolutional network semantic venue annotation model | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper havana: hybrid attentional graph convolutional network semantic venue annotation model conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 291–305 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) havana: hybrid attentional graph convolutional network semantic venue annotation model download book pdf download book epub germano b. dos santos  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4758-17769,11, paulo h. c. silva  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0000-4200-96509, fabrício a. silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0713-05839,11, thais r. m. braga silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4924-74619,11 & … linnyer b. r. aylon  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4456-682910,11  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 379 accesses abstract the increasing geospatial data availability has enabled extensive urban mobility studies. however, some tasks require point-of-interest labels, which are missing or inaccurate on public datasets. in this context, the existing solutions fail to utilize different types of convolutional filters regarding graph neural networks, thereby hindering their performance in labeling place categories. to address these shortcomings, this work proposes a new model to annotate points of interest semantically characterized by a hybrid architecture that uses a spatial and spectral filter integrated with a self-attention mechanism. our results demonstrate an improvement of up to 25.05% in f1-score compared to three state-of-the-art models across three different datasets. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others an attention enhanced graph convolutional network for semantic segmentation chapter © 2020 an attentive hierarchy convnet for crowd counting in smart city article 22 september 2022 multiple views extraction from semantic trajectories chapter © 2022 1 introduction location-based social networks (lbsns) capture the intrinsic mobility characteristics of visitation patterns, providing a vast source of data. thereby, the availability of such amount of data contributes to broad research topics towards understanding human routine and preferences through mobility such as place recommendation [11], inferring the next place that the user tends to visit [3], learning urban region representations [24], and describe urban functional zones [12]. these studies rely on place categories, e.g., shopping, food, or nightlife, distinguishing a space or a mobility trajectory semantically, thus supplying relevant information to accurately accomplish the desired task. nowadays, there are various lbsns data sources available, such as yelp, foursquare, and gowalla. the first source possesses reviews of geolocated business places, while foursquare and gowalla characterize the interactions, i.e., visits also called check-ins, between places and humans. however, these data sources frequently have missing features, and incorrect or inconsistent labels, e.g., a place can be a restaurant in foursquare and have another label in yelp [20], leading to errors in different domains, such as site selection and urban planning [19]. in addition, there are a number of geolocated datasets from different sources containing only the position (i.e., latitude/longitude) that could be enriched by their semantic categories such as crime events, trajectory data, and geotagged social media data [1]. therefore, it is necessary to develop methods that can accurately label the points of interests (pois), a problem also known as semantic venue annotation, since the place category is essential for gaining in-depth knowledge of user displacements [16]. various approaches have explored different methods to address the semantic venue annotation problem. [19] propose a machine learning model, while [25] leverage spatial representation learning to label the pois. additionally, [3] formulated the temporally sorted visits as a graph and applied graph neural networks. although this model outperforms others, it solely relies on spectral-based convolution, neglecting the benefits of diverse convolution operations available [31]. based on that, we propose a novel method, called havanafootnote 1 (hybrid attentional graph convolution for semantic venue annotation) that integrates spatial and spectral convolution to enhance the accuracy of semantic venue annotation. specifically, our model combines the spatial and spectral convolution, represented respectively by graph attention network (gat) [23] and auto-regressive moving average (arma) [2], into a hybrid block. furthermore, the output of this novel block is aggregated using self-attention [22] and a two-layer feedforward network with residual connections [10]. in summary, the contributions of this study, in terms of model architecture, are two-fold: propose a hybrid spatial-spectral-based convolution. output aggregation based on a combination of self-attention, feedforward network, and residual connections. in the experiments, havana outperforms other three state-of-the-art methods by up to 25.05% on the f1-score averaged, 19.9% on the weighted f1-score, and 16.26% on accuracy in three different datasets. the remainder of this study is organized as follows: sect. 2 describes the related work. section 3 presents the fundamental theory related to graph neural networks. section 4 details the preprocessing and the model proposed. in sect. 5 the results and the ablation study are discussed. in sect. 6 the ethical use of location-based services is considered. finally, in sect. 7 we present the conclusion and future works. 2 related work in this section, previous works addressing semantic venue annotation have been examined, and their limitations are discussed. the solutions are separated into three domains: classic machine learning models, representation learning, and graph neural networks. considering the classical machine learning models, [29] fuse explicit attributes related to user shifting behavior in different time intervals, with implicit attributes that capture the similarities between the places and users. [18] adapt the k nearest neighbors algorithm under the most favorable assumption to ensure the most probable label given mobility records distance between places categories. [19] evaluate the importance of four different attributes – visual, operation (i.e., closing/opening hours), spatial and textual – modeling the problem with xgboost. on another view, the representation learning methods assume that similar places have similar latent features, and thus the objective is to project the features to obtain representations that contribute to semantic venue annotation. hence, hmrm [5] possesses a collaborative component to learn seven mobility-related matrices with non-negative matrix factorization given co-occurrences between time, places, and visits frequencies matrices. aside from the decomposition, [25] apply dual contrastive learning, assigning a similarity constraint between the context category and the targeted category to the skip-gram model. similarly, the graph neural network-based methods aim to project the features into latent space, minimizing the distances between similar places, thereby naturally modeling the problem of semantic venue annotation [31]. for instance, [3] propose the pgc-nn that utilizes a multi-view comprising individual and collective mobility matrices as input into a spectral convolution filter arma [2] to label the places. another study introduces the stpa (spatial-textual poi annotation) [30] which merges spatial and textual characteristics. spatial features are derived from a delaunay graph and a graph convolutional network [14] while the textual is based on the names of pois and a transformer module [22]. for aggregation, attention weights are applied to these features. on the other hand, leveraging the power of multi-modal data, [8] rely on the higher-order networks by modeling the relationship between users’ mobility and places with hypergraph. to accomplish the classification, the study uses a graph convolution network for hypergraphs. despite the advances, the application of multiple spectral and spatial convolutional operators in semantic venue annotation remains unexplored. inspired by performance achieved by hybridization applied in hyperspectral image classification [28], our proposed method introduces a graph hybrid component, addressing different data modalities as specified in [3, 8, 30]. additionally, to output aggregation, the novel model combines a two-layer feedforward network and a self-attention weight with residual connections to prevent overfitting [10]. 3 preliminaries and problem definition in this section, definitions and theories required to comprehend the model proposed are presented. specifically, the definition and the usage of check-ins on points of interest, as well as the structure of the graph neural networks are discussed. 3.1 semantic venue annotation a location-based social network contains check-ins \(c = \{(p_i, t_i)\}\), which are events characterizing a user’s visit to a place \(p_i\) on a timestamp \(t_i\). this place is known as a point of interest (poi) \(p = \langle l, cat \rangle \), which is represented by a location l and a category cat. therefore, each user can be represented as a general graph g(v, e) given his/her temporally ordered events where \(v = \{p_1, p_{i}, \ldots , p_{n}\}\) is a set of pois visited and \(e = \{e_1, e_{i}, \ldots , e_{m}\}\) is a set of displacements from a source place s to a destination place d at a timestamp, then \(e_i = \langle p_s, p_d, t_i \rangle \). considering that multi-view features provide a richness and diverse perspective to comprehend the data [26], we propose a multi-view graph hybrid learning with individual and collective mobility components to infer the place categories correctly. 3.2 hybrid graph neural networks in the light of multi-view graph learning, we leverage the strengths of graph neural networks to correlate the places and mobility patterns addressing the semantic venue annotation task. then, this section introduces the theory behind the different convolutions used in the proposed model. note that classifying places’ categories is the same as the node classification task. for this reason, nodes and places are used interchangeably. thus, given g(v, e) the general graph presented in the previous section, each place has a feature vector represented by \(\vec{f}\). let \(a \in \mathbb {r}^{n \times n}\) the adjacency matrix of graph g and n the length of the set v, it is possible to define the information propagation and the neighborhood feature aggregations using the spatial and spectral convolution operators [31]. the spatial convolution relies on the graph topology, propagating the information through the neighborhood [9]. although the size of the neighborhood impacts the node representation learning quality, a large neighborhood leads to inefficiency due to time constraints. therefore, to surpass these problems, gat [23] use an attention-based aggregation module [22], where \(\vec{f}\) is weighted by its importance to a specific node. on the other hand, the spectral convolution transforms the adjacency matrix into a laplacian matrix assuming the advantages of filtering noises using the spectral domain applying spectral filters. these filters operate on eigenvectors of the laplacian matrix, which is computationally costly. therefore, some works try to approximate the eigenvectors to alleviate this processing overhaul [7, 14]. in this work, we used the auto regressive moving average (arma) [2] filter since it captures a higher-order neighborhood with fewer parameters compared to the other spectral filters. thus, the principles applied by spectral and spatial convolution are different; the first is governed by the structure of the graph, while the latter evaluates the local neighborhood. then, to harness these two important principles, we combine the arma convolution and gat convolution into one block named hybrid convolution that inputs an adjacency matrix and a feature vector, producing two outputs corresponding to each convolution. 3.3 adjacencies and features the method proposed comprises a two-view adjacency matrices and feature vectors characterizing a multi-view graph learning: (1) an individual component representing the visiting user pattern, (2) a collective component capturing the general mobility pattern. considering the location-based social network data, we can view the general graph \(g = (v,e)\) from different perspectives, i.e., individual patterns and collective patterns, which provide fine- and coarse-grained information on visitation patterns, respectively. regarding the graph neural network modeling, the characteristics are divided into adjacency matrix and feature matrices as discussed above. the individual features are represented by the sets \(\mathcal {a}' = \{a^u, a^u_{wd}, a^u_{we}\} \subset \mathcal {a}\) and \(f' = \{t^u, t^u_{wd}, t^u_{we}, \textit{dur}^u, \textit{dis}^u\} \subset f\). correspondingly, the collective features are represented by the adjacency matrix \(a^f\) and the feature matrix \(t^f\). considering the multi-view features, the set of adjacency matrix can be defined as \(\mathcal {a} = \mathcal {a}' \cup \{a^f\}\) and the set of feature matrix can be defined as \(f = f' \cup \{t^f\}\). regarding the adjacency matrices set \(\mathcal {a}'\), \(a^u \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times \left| p^{u} \right| }\) represents the adjacency of points of interest categories consecutively visited by a user u, where \(p^{u}\) is the places set. the matrix \(a_{wd}^{u} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times \left| p^{u} \right| }\) specifies the adjacency of the categories of pois visited consecutively during the weekdays, while \(a_{we}^{u} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times \left| p^{u} \right| }\) denotes the adjacency of weekends. with respect to set f, the matrix \(t^{u} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times 48}\) describes the temporal individual characteristics, where each value stands for the total number of visits to a poi by a user u in each hour of the day, i.e., 24-time slots for weekdays and 24-time slots for weekends. this matrix captures the global correlations between visits and timestamps. besides that, we have two other specific matrices for weekdays and weekends, formally described as \(t_{wd}^{u} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times 24}\) and \(t_{we}^{u}\in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times 24}\). furthermore, \(dur^u \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^u \right| \times \left| p^u \right| }\) denotes the median duration of consecutive visits to the pois \(p^u\). finally, \( dis^{u} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p^{u} \right| \times \left| p^{u} \right| }\) represents the geodesic distance between consecutively visited pois by a user u. equivalently, the collective features follow a similar definition. the matrix \(a^{f} \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p \right| \times \left| p \right| }\) describes all the visits to the pois and the \(t^f \in \mathbb {r}^{\left| p \right| \times 48}\) defines the count of interactions given a time slot, 24-time slots on weekdays and 24-time slots on weekends. due to the length of the set p, it is not possible to store these features matrices in-memory, thus the pointwise mutual information (pmi) is applied in order to measure the associativity between two points of interest by the co-occurrence, i.e., evaluates the context of the visits to a poi. 4 havana havana is structured into three modules as shown in fig. 1: individual, collective, and an aggregation module. the individual and collective components associate different levels of mobility information to accurately represent the places’ context. the third module is the aggregation of each block by applying the self-attention weighting with residual connections. fig. 1. havana comprises three modules: individual, collective, and aggregation. the latter component, which is generally represented in this figure, is responsible for combining the outputs of each hybrid convolutional block. full size image on the one hand, the individual component comprises five hybrid convolutional blocks \(b_h\), with each block consisting of gat [23] and arma [2] networks. on the other hand, the collective component is composed of a single hybrid block \(b_h\) and a feedforward block \(b_{mlp}\). each convolution block \(b_h\) takes two inputs: an adjacency matrix \(a_i \in \mathcal {a}\) and a feature matrix \(f_i \in f\), thereby, following the formulations outlined in sect. 3. furthermore, for spectral filtering, the laplacian matrices derived from the set \(\mathcal {a}\) are defined and represented by the set \(\mathcal {l}=\{l^u, l^u_{wd}, l^u_{we}, l^f\}\). accordingly, the hybrid block produces an output for gat convolution and another output for arma convolution, defined mathematically by eq. 1. $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a_i, f_i) & = \sigma (\alpha \mathbf {a_i} \mathbf {f_i} \textbf{w} + b)\\ \mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t+1)}}(l_i, f_i) & = \sigma (\boldsymbol{\tilde{l_i}}\mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}} \textbf{w} + \mathbf {f_i} \textbf{v})\\ \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (1) regarding the first expression in eq. 1, which characterizes the spatial convolution, the \(\alpha \) denotes the attention weighting for the graph \(a_i\), given by \(\alpha _{uv}= \exp (e_{uv})/\sum _k{\exp (e_{uk})}\), where \(e_{ij} = leakyrelu(a^t[wh_{gat_i} || wh_{gat_j}]))\), and k defines the length of neighborhood of node \(v \in a_i\). moreover, \(f_i\) is the feature matrix, \(a_i\) is the adjacency matrix, and \(\sigma (\cdot )\) represents the activation function. in the second expression of eq. 1, t defines the number of iterations of convolution, which we assume equals 1 to prevent the over-smoothing problem [4]. the \(\tilde{l_i}\) is the normalized laplacian matrix, defined as \(\tilde{l_i} = d_i^{-1/2}a_id_i^{-1/2}\), where \(d_i^{-1/2}\) is the normalized diagonal degree matrix. note that the initial features are equal to the feature matrix, i.e., \(h_{arma}^{(0)} = f_i\). moreover, the feedforward block \(b_{mlp}\) takes only one input, the matrix \(t^f \in \mathbb {r}^{|p^u| \times 48}\) and its outputs are defined by eq. 2. $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} \mathbf {h_{mlp}^{(1)}}(t^f) = \sigma (b_1 + \mathbf {w_2} ( relu(\mathbf {w_1} \mathbf {t^{f}} + b_2 ) ))\\ \mathbf {h_{mlp}^{(2)}}(t^f) = \sigma (b_4 + \mathbf {w_4} ( relu(\mathbf {w_3} \mathbf {t^{f}} + b_3 ) )) \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (2) the final module consists of output aggregation of each block that is performed in two stages as illustrated in fig. 2. the first stage comprises the sum aggregation, graph convolutions concatenation, and the mlp aggregation. the second stage is represented by the self-attention mechanism and the final feedforward layer to output the label probabilities. initially, the outputs of the individual and collective components are represented by two distinct sets, as illustrated in fig. 2. the first set contains the arma block outputs, and an output of the feedforward block, represented by eq. 3. analogously, the second set includes the gat output, and the other output of the feedforward block, represented by eq. 4. $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} s_1 & = \{ \mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^u, t^u), \mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^u, dur^u)\}\\ & \cup \{\mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^u, dis^u), \mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^u_{wd}, t^u_{wd})\}\\ & \cup \{\mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^u_{we}, t^u_{we}), \mathbf {h_{arma}^{(t)}}(l^f, t^f), \mathbf {h_{mlp}^{(1)}}(t^f)\} \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (3) $$\begin{aligned} \begin{aligned} s_2 & = \{ \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u, t^u), \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u, dur^u)\}\\ & \cup \{\mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u, dis^u), \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u_{wd}, t^u_{wd})\}\\ & \cup \{\mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u_{we}, t^u_{we}), \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^f, t^f), \mathbf {h_{mlp}^{(2)}}(t^f)\} \end{aligned} \end{aligned}$$ (4) firstly, to incorporate the information learned in the convolutional blocks, each set \(s_i\) is aggregated according to eq. 5, where \(b_i\), \(w_i\), \(w_j\) are learnable parameters, and \(y_{j,i}\) is an embedding from the set \(s_i\), such that \(y_{1, 1} = \mathbf {h^{(t)}_{arma}}(l^u, t^u)\), \(y_{2, 1} = \mathbf {h_{gat}}(a^u, t^u)\) and so forth. the goal is to add non-linearities in order to prevent overfitting. $$\begin{aligned} z_i = b_i + w_i \cdot \sum _{j=1}^{7} w_j \cdot y_{j,i}\quad i \in \{1,2\} \end{aligned}$$ (5) the next step of the first aggregation stage is the concatenation of set \(s_i\) and the sum aggregation \(z_i\), denoted by \(y'_i = s_i \vert z_i\), where \(\vert \) represents the concatenation operator. fig. 2. aggregation processing flow. each component output has a residual connection to the final aggregation to prevent overfitting. full size image each output aggregated set \(y'_i\) passes through the second aggregation phase, as represented in eq. 6. in this phase, the parameters are represented by \(b \in \mathbb {r}^{50}\) and \(w \in \mathbb {r}^{50 \times 50}\) that are learned during the training; the dimensionality of 50 was chosen empirically. this layer augments the features to a higher dimensionality in order to explore the correlations produced by the hybrid blocks. $$\begin{aligned} \mathbf {h_{agg}^{(m)}} = b_5 + \mathbf {w_5} y'_{m},\; m \in \{1, 2\} \end{aligned}$$ (6) after augmenting the dimensionality of the hybrid output features with a feedforward layer, we have \(h_{agg}^{(1)}\) and \(h_{agg}^{(2)}\) being the representation of the sets \(y'_1\) and \(y'_2\), respectively. subsequently, the attention mechanism [22] is introduced to importance weighting of joint individual and collective features denoted by \(x' = h_{agg}^{(1)} \vert h_{agg}^{(2)}\). therefore, the key, query, and value matrices are defined as \(k = x' w_{x'}^{(1)}\), \(q = x' w_{x'}^{(2)}\) e \(v = x' w_{x'}^{(3)}\), obtaining the output \(\mathbf {h_{att}} = softmax(\dfrac{qk^t}{\sqrt{d}}v)\). finally, for the latter aggregation step, represented by the last mlp block in fig. 2, the input consists of a skip connection [10] to prevent overfitting, given by the concatenation \(x'' = y'_1 \vert y'_2 \vert \mathbf {h_{att}}\). hence, to correlate each feature extracted through the havana learning process, the input vector \(x''\) is the input to the feedforward layer \(\mathbf {h_{out}} = relu(b_6 + \mathbf {w_6} x'')\), which represents the final output of the model. 4.1 loss function the cross-entropy loss function was used to measure the error between the observed and predicted values, which relates the vector \(h_{out}\) and the point of interest labels contained in the dataset. therefore, a softmax is applied for the output feature set as follows: \(\hat{y} = \frac{\exp (\textbf{h}_{\textbf{out}_{i}})}{\sum _i^d \textbf{h}_{\textbf{out}_{i}}}\), where d is the dimensionality of output features. hence, the loss function is represented by \(l(y, \hat{y}) = -\sum _i p(x_i) \log (\hat{y})\), where \(p(x_i)\) is the target probability distribution. note that the distribution is a one-hot encoding, given k categories. 5 experiments and results in this section, the method proposed, havana, is compared to three state-of-the-art models: k-fn [18], stpa – a spatial component of [30] –, and pgc-nn [3]. these baselines were selected because of their methods’ reproducibility and importance since k-fn is based on machine learning while stpa and pgc-nn stand for graph neural networks. in addition to these methods, we conducted experiments with the non-negative matrix factorization method hmrm [5], which represents the low-rank decomposition matrix theory; however, it runs out of memory with the two bigger datasets. hmrm relies on different matrix correlating places and check-ins leading to high memory usage since it follows the \(o(|c|\times |p|)\), such that c is the check-ins set and p is the set of points of interest. the authors of hmrm do not conduct experiments with this volume of data either. therefore, we do not include the results for hmrm. furthermore, this section addresses the ablation study, aiming at exploring thoroughly each module of the method proposed, and analyzing the performance when removing some of them. thus, this study focuses on explaining the contribution to the learning of each havana module. 5.1 data and test environment considering various location-based social data publicly available, the gowalla dataset [6] was chosen to compare the havana with state-of-the-art methods. this dataset is widely recognized and has been used in different experiments. we selected three states of the united states that have the most number of check-ins: florida, california, and texas, with 859, 984, 2, 249, 070, and 3, 061, 324 records, respectively. table 1 shows the statistics of the three datasets. table 1. total of check-ins, points of interests, and users of each state utilized for experiments.full size table the experiments were conducted on google colab, with the following specification: intel (r) xeon (r) (8 cores, 56m cache and 2.2ghz) with 51gb ram. the havana was developed using the spektral libraryfootnote 2 and tensorflow 2.14. 5.2 results figures 3, 4, and 5 present the f1-score, weighted average f1-score and accuracy for the datasets of florida, california, and texas, respectively. in general, the results reveal that havana outperforms all metrics presented, highlighting the improvement in the average f1-score. specifically, it is notable the performance in florida that presents a 25.05% improvement on average f1-score and 19.90% on weight f1-score. fig. 3. f1-score and accuracy for florida full size image fig. 4. f1-score and accuracy for california full size image fig. 5. f1-score and accuracy for texas full size image table 2. average f1-score (%) by model, category, and state.full size table the results for each category shown by table 2 demonstrate that havana surpasses the other methods in almost all scenarios, suggesting that the mechanisms adopted, i.e., attention weights and skip-connections, yielded notable performance on the semantic venue annotation task. to interpret the results presented by table 2, it is necessary to note that the points of interest are not balanced, and each state has its own distribution. for example, in florida there are more check-ins of food and shopping, being, respectively, 247,082 and 201,433 check-ins. similarly to florida, food and shopping are also the most numerous, with 767,056 and 481,600 check-ins for california, while in texas, these categories correspond to 999,982 and 700,992 check-ins. the results presented to different states suggest that the method proposed exhibits strong generalizability to different mobility patterns and city organizations, as evidenced by improvements in the analyzed metrics. the consistent performance indicates that havana possesses high adaptability to diverse spatio-temporal city characteristics, including the imbalanced category place distribution, as well as the variability of check-ins and users quantities. although the categories present an imbalanced distribution, it is improbable that this difference influenced the results. for example, the travel category has fewer check-ins than the other classes, being 102,294 in florida, 215,088 in california, and 182,541 in texas; nonetheless, this category exhibits a great f1-score. this disparate can be explained due to the activity type that mobile users take in a place. for example, a shopping location can be similar to another category, such as food. this behavior is a known problem for semantic venue annotation task [24], e.g., to a user a, a location is a workplace, while to a user b, the same venue is a leisure place. it is still noteworthy to highlight that stpa, pgc-nn, and k-fn do not present satisfactory results, since they exhibit a high variance on f1-score within different states. considering that, this lack of consistency in results suggests a higher sensibility to distinct states and spatio-temporal characteristics. on the other hand, as the proposed model comprises a hybrid convolution and weighting attention mechanism, it demonstrates a higher consistency in different contexts. then, these performance gains compared to the state-of-the-art model reinforce the efficiency of the novel method. 5.3 ablation study the hybrid convolution and aggregation block modules are the principal components of havana that improve the classification accuracy jointly. to examine the contribution of each component in correctly inferring the label, experiments were conducted on an individual unit. thus, the test named as m-arma is the model with gat blocks removed, eliminating the hybrid learning. in this case, to carry out the aggregation, \(y'_1\) behaves as \(x'\). in the same way, for the test m-gat, \(y'_2\) behaves as \(x'\). finally, the test m-no-agg represents the model without the aggregation, aplying the softmax function on concatenation \(y'_3 = \{y_{1,1}, y_{2,1}, \ldots , y_{7,1}, y_{1,2}, y_{2,2}, \ldots , y_{7,2}\}\). table 3 exhibits the experiment’s results, highlighting that all the tests decreased its performance on average f1-score compared to the complete model havana. in scenarios such as florida, the drop of f1-score was about \(28.78\%\) when comparing the havana and the m-no-agg. in this context, it is noteworthy the reduction in all average f1-scores, accompanied by an increase in standard deviations. therefore, these results indicate a higher variability removing the components of havana. additionally, the components demonstrated an important individual relevance to consistency and performance in the semantic venue annotation task, thus validating the hypothesis of hybrid learning proposed by this study. table 3. average f1-score (%) by model and statefull size table 6 ethical statement the increasing availability of location-based social network data provides sources to analyze human mobility under an individual perspective [27]. however, it introduces an ethical policy statement due to location privacy issues [13]. that is, given the location of each check-in it is possible to infer various personal attributes such as home and workplace, work hours, the next location visited, and other sensible information [15]. since our study aims to enhance a method to classify a category place, we used gowalla anonymized user identifier information, but we maintained the location without masking the latitude and longitude of a collected gps point. therefore, when considering using havana in a pipeline with real-world company data, it is fundamental to anonymize the locations with an appropriate method, such as mix-zones [17] or cats [21]. 7 conclusion and future works in this work, a novel method named havana is formulated with hybrid learning that includes spectral and spatial convolutions to annotate points of interest semantically. the results revealed a higher performance compared to three state-of-the-art models: pgc-nn, stpa, and k-fn. hence, hybrid models that combine different types of convolution with aggregation blocks can represent a great advance in semantic venue annotation. additionally, the application of this method in other related tasks of points of interest can also increase the performance, due to the similarity of convolution layers in tasks such as next place to visit and points of interest recommendation. in the context of future work, it is necessary to enhance the feature engineering, exploring new matrices to represent the data more precisely, specially for collective features such as regional features characterizing the form of the city. this enhancement intends to potentialize the model capacity to consider the aspects of different cities. notes 1.the code is available on https://github.com/gegen07/havana. 2.https://github.com/danielegrattarola/spektral. references atluri, g., karpatne, a., kumar, v.: spatio-temporal data mining: a survey of problems and methods. acm comput. surv. (csur) 4, 1–41 (2018) math  google scholar  bianchi, f.m., grattarola, d., livi, l., alippi, c.: graph neural networks with convolutional arma filters. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 7, 3496–3507 (2022) google scholar  capanema, c.g., de oliveira, g.s., silva, f.a., silva, t.r., loureiro, a.a.: combining recurrent and graph neural networks to predict the next place’s category. ad hoc netw. 138103016 (2023) google scholar  chen, d., lin, y., li, w., li, p., zhou, j., sun, x.: measuring and relieving the over-smoothing problem for graph neural networks from the topological view. in: proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence,vol. 34, no. 04, pp. 3438–3445 (2020) google scholar  chen, m., zhao, y., liu, y., yu, x., zheng, k.: modeling spatial trajectories with attribute representation learning. ieee trans. knowl. data eng. 4, 1902–1914 (2020) math  google scholar  cho, e., myers, s.a., leskovec, j.: friendship and mobility: user movement in location-based social networks. in: proceedings of the 17th acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 1082–1090, kdd ’11, association for computing machinery (2011) google scholar  defferrard, m., bresson, x., vandergheynst, p.: convolutional neural networks on graphs with fast localized spectral filtering. adv. neural inf. process. syst. (2016) google scholar  dubey, m., srijith, p., desarkar, m.s.: multi-view hypergraph convolution network for semantic annotation in lbsns. in: proceedings of the 2021 ieee/acm international conference on advances in social networks analysis and mining, pp. 219–227 (2021) google scholar  gilmer, j., schoenholz, s.s., riley, p.f., vinyals, o., dahl, g.e.: neural message passing for quantum chemistry. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 1263–1272, pmlr (2017) google scholar  he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 770–778 (2016) google scholar  huang, t., pan, x., cai, x., zhang, y., yuan, x.: learning time slot preferences via mobility tree for next poi recommendation. in: proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, vol. 38, no. 8, pp. 8535–8543 (2024) google scholar  huang, w., cui, l., chen, m., zhang, d., yao, y.: estimating urban functional distributions with semantics preserved poi embedding. int. j. geogr. inf. sci. 10, 1905–1930 (2022) article  math  google scholar  keßler, c., mckenzie, g.: a geoprivacy manifesto. trans. gis 1, 3–19 (2018) article  math  google scholar  kipf, t.n., welling, m.: semi-supervised classification with graph convolutional networks. arxiv preprint arxiv:1609.02907 (2016) luca, m., barlacchi, g., lepri, b., pappalardo, l.: a survey on deep learning for human mobility. acm comput. surv. (csur) 1, 1–44 (2021) math  google scholar  ma, j., li, b., mostafavi, a.: characterizing urban lifestyle signatures using motif properties in network of places. environ. planning b: urban analytics city sci. 4, 889–903 (2024) math  google scholar  de mattos, e.p., domingues, a.c., silva, f.a., ramos, h.s., loureiro, a.a.: slicing who slices: anonymization quality evaluation on deployment, privacy, and utility in mix-zones. comput. netw. 236 110007 (2023) google scholar  de mattos senefonte, h.c., silva, t.h., lüders, r., delgado, m.r.: classifying venue categories of unlabeled check-ins using mobility patterns. in: 2019 15th international conference on distributed computing in sensor systems (dcoss), pp. 562–569, ieee (2019) google scholar  milias, v., psyllidis, a.: assessing the influence of point-of-interest features on the classification of place categories. comput. environ. urban syst. 86, 101597 (2021) google scholar  psyllidis, a., et al.: points of interest (poi): a commentary on the state of the art, challenges, and prospects for the future. comput. urban sci. 2(1), 20 (2022) google scholar  rao, j., gao, s., zhu, s.: cats: conditional adversarial trajectory synthesis for privacy-preserving trajectory data publication using deep learning approaches. int. j. geogr. inf. sci. 12, 2538–2574 (2023) article  math  google scholar  vaswani, a., et al.: attention is all you need. adv. neural inf. process. syst. (2017) google scholar  veličković, p., cucurull, g., casanova, a., romero, a., liò, p., bengio, y.: graph attention networks (2018) google scholar  wang, h., li, z.: region representation learning via mobility flow. in: proceedings of the 2017 acm on conference on information and knowledge management, pp. 237–246 (2017) google scholar  xu, h., xu, r., chen, m., liu, y., yu, x.: cave-sc: inferring categories for venues using check-ins. inf. sci. 611, 159–172 (2022) google scholar  yan, x., hu, s., mao, y., ye, y., yu, h.: deep multi-view learning methods: a review. neurocomputing 448 , 106–129 (2021) google scholar  yang, y., pentland, a., moro, e.: identifying latent activity behaviors and lifestyles using mobility data to describe urban dynamics. epj data sci. 12(1), 15 (2023) google scholar  yao, d., et al.: deep hybrid: multi-graph neural network collaboration for hyperspectral image classification. defence technol. 23, 164–176 (2023). issn 2214-9147 google scholar  ye, m., shou, d., lee, w.c., yin, p., janowicz, k.: on the semantic annotation of places in location-based social networks. in: proceedings of the 17th acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 520–528 (2011) google scholar  zhang, d., xu, r., huang, w., zhao, k., chen, m.: towards an integrated view of semantic annotation for pois with spatial and textual information. pp. 2441–2449 (2023) google scholar  zhou, j., cui, g., hu, s., zhang, z., yang, c., liu, z., wang, l., li, c., sun, m.: graph neural networks: a review of methods and applications. ai open 1 57–81 (2020) google scholar  download references aknowledgements the authors are thankful for the support of manna team, softex, cnpq (number 421548/2022-3) and fapemig. author information authors and affiliations universidade federal de viçosa, florestal, brazil germano b. dos santos, paulo h. c. silva, fabrício a. silva & thais r. m. braga silva universidade estadual de maringá, maringá, paraná, brazil linnyer b. r. aylon manna team, maringá, brazil germano b. dos santos, fabrício a. silva, thais r. m. braga silva & linnyer b. r. aylon authors germano b. dos santosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar paulo h. c. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar fabrício a. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar thais r. m. braga silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar linnyer b. r. aylonview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to germano b. dos santos . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper dos santos, g.b., silva, p.h.c., silva, f.a., silva, t.r.m.b., aylon, l.b.r. (2025). havana: hybrid attentional graph convolutional network semantic venue annotation model. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_20 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_20 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords venue semantic annotation point-of-interest labeling neural network graph representation learning publish with us policies and ethics profiles germano b. dos santos view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature multiple object tracking in native bee hives: a case study with jataí in the field | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper multiple object tracking in native bee hives: a case study with jataí in the field conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 176–191 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) multiple object tracking in native bee hives: a case study with jataí in the field download book pdf download book epub rodolfo r. v. leocádio  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0567-30319, alan kardek rêgo segundo  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-9272-06679,10 & gustavo pessin  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-7411-92299,10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 633 accesses 2 citations abstract artificial intelligence approaches, such as computer vision, can help better understand the behavior of bees and management. however, the accurate detection and tracking of bee species in the field remain challenging for traditional methods. in this study, we compared yolov7 and yolov8, two state-of-the-art object detection models, aiming to detect and classify jataí brazilian native bees using a custom dataset. also, we integrated two tracking algorithms (tracking based on euclidean distance and bytetrack) with yolov8, yielding a mean average precision (map50) of 0.969 and map50–95 of 0.682. additionally, we introduced an optical flow algorithm to monitor beehive entries and exits. we evaluated our approach by comparing it to human performance benchmarks for the same task with and without the aid of technology. our findings highlight occlusions and outliers (anomalies) as the primary sources of errors in the system. we must consider a coupling of both systems in practical applications because bytetrack counts bees with an average relative error of 11%, euclidiantrack monitors incoming bees with 9% (21% if there are outliers), both monitor bees that leave, bytetrack with 18% if there are outliers, and euclidiantrack with 33% otherwise. in this way, it is possible to reduce errors of human origin. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others dynamic beehive detection and tracking system based on yolo v5 and unmanned aerial vehicle article 14 november 2022 performance analysis of deep learning models in detection and counting of bees for hive monitoring chapter © 2025 a real-time edge computing system for monitoring bees at flowers chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms computer vision lineage tracking motion detection object recognition robotics 1 introduction insects are fundamental in ecosystems as pollinators, herbivores, detritivores, nutrient cyclers, and food sources for other species [1]. native bees are pollinators related to various plant foods consumed [2]. bees are fundamental in world agriculture to improve crop quality and yields [3]. furthermore, they actively contribute to the recovery of degraded ecosystems [4], can be used in biovectorization technology that uses insects as biocontrol agents [5], and can also play a crucial role in sustainable development projects and programs [4]. studies report biodiversity losses among native bees in tropical regions [6, 7]. the main factors responsible for your decline are infections disseminated by parasites and pathogens, lack of genetic variability, stress due to the seasonal movement of hives to pollinate fruits and vegetables, toxic pesticide residues found in pollen, nectar, and hives (mite control), the low nutritional value of agro-landscapes dominated by monocultures (such as corn, soybeans, and cotton), and the most adverse weather conditions in recent decades [1, 6, 8,9,10]. the decline of insects results in adverse effects on ecosystems. thus, preserving its abundance and diversity is fundamental for ecology [1]. individuals with little entomological knowledge are incapable differentiates categories of insects, their stages of maturity, and their behavior. therefore, it is necessary to develop faster and more effective approaches that solve these problems [11]. the issues addressed in the insect recognition and classification process are to quickly detect the animal of interest positioned on a complex background, accurately distinguish insect species with high similarity, and effectively identify patterns of interest in the behavior of the classes. artificial intelligence (ai) tools can have a mutualist relationship with methods applied in ecology. the hives monitoring can help combat the decline of bees related to foraging, pollen characteristics, hive behavior, and invasive species. attempting to help monitor hives, we used an object detector to detect and classify tetragonisca angustula bees. we incorporated a simple tracking system based on the object detector to describe the movement of insects, generating information about count and their direction concerning the hive entrance. we also tested a more robust tracking system, in an attempt to treat occlusions, compared to the previous one. to next section contains recent work on artificial intelligence assisting insect management and conservation. section 3 presents the methods of detection, classification, tracking, and optical flow of the species. section 4 contains the results obtained by the steps highlighted in anterior with your corresponding discussions. finally, we present the conclusions and future perspectives in sect. 5. 2 related works some works developed in the last six years stand out in an attempt to automate processes applied to biological sciences involving the class insecta of the phylum arthropoda (kingdom animalia). ai techniques used to monitor insects from images can provide an alternative to reduce manual activities and human errors [12]. in this sense, there is a tendency to use computer vision approaches for insect detection and recognition. object detection techniques such as faster r-cnn [13], vgg19 [11], yolo + svm [14], and resnet (map around 90%) [15] proved adequate. such approaches became possible to identify, classify and count insects in plants, leaves, photographs, traps, and grains [13, 16]. the insects include wasps and moths [11]. liu and his team [17] developed a system called pestnet for field pest detection. monitoring the number of pest species prevents the indiscriminate use of pesticides that result in crops that are harmful to health. the acquisition equipment is a multispectral light trap with an hd camera to capture pest specimens in a tray. its best performance achieved an map of 75.46%. abiotic and biotic factors such as social interactions are used to understand social insects. individuals in a colony engage in various tasks, such as foraging and hive care, depending on social contexts and interactions [18]. challenges arise when monitoring these colonies because individuals are small and numerous [19]. tracking systems have been used for this function, as insect movements can provide information about their cognition and decision-making [20]. most tracking uses classical machine learning techniques [21]; however, computer vision can automate tracking, featuring velocity, straightness, direction, and exploration of trajectories [22]. markers make the tracking system based on images more robust, making it possible to measure locomotor activities [18] of members of an ant colony in the laboratory to study their circadian activity [19]. some authors, such as [23], try to integrate real-time data analytics and monitor them under natural conditions, such as in a tropical forest [22] without markers. bioluminescence and behavior studies of insects such as fireflies [24] and pest counting in automatic traps with live insects also use tracking [25]. concomitantly emerged were works involving the apidae family of the hymenoptera order. bee foraging studies using rfid tags [2] merged with temperature, barometric pressure, and solar irradiance data define a recurrent neural networks (rnn) architecture [8] that performs best in predicting bee behavior. there are also systems with deep learning for automated monitoring of beehives (deepbees) [10]. in this case, the footage of the bees takes place at the entrance to the hive. deepbees monitors health and hygiene, attacks and invasions (wasps), pollen, bees dead, and drones. however, there are still challenges in the detection, direct mapping of activities, and with diseases or mite infestation; caused by lack of data. tracking for pollination studies targets bees. monitoring natural habitats are essential for behavioral studies, preferably with non-invasive techniques. hybrid detection and tracking (hydat) map interactions between bees and wildflowers; knn segments the image background and foreground, and yolo locates bees [20, 26]. perez-cham [27], sun [28], and their teams use 3d tracking to analyze and reconstruct the bees’ flight paths. this work presents the following contributions: it uses non-invasive techniques, without sensors in the hive and markers in the insects; uses a one-stage object detector to classify and detect jataí; it only uses tracking based on detections; compares the performance of two tracking algorithms to perform the task; contains specific implementation for the optical flow of bees and; compares the performance of computer vision with humans. in this way, we believe it is possible to contribute to the ecological preservation of the species, combating the decline of insects and facilitating their management. 3 methods 3.1 custom dataset – tetragonisca angustula (jataí) the jataí (fig. 1) is a bee native to brazil, and its geographic distribution occurs throughout the brazilian territory. considering its natural environment, this species has the habit of nesting in tree hollows and rock cavities. its adaptability promotes nesting in hollow walls, light boxes, letter boxes, stone walls, and other unusual places, considering an urbanized environment. the colony has a queen mother and an average of 5000 (from 2000 to 8000) workers. guards are a caste with larger sizes than other workers. during the day, the workers remain positioned over the inlet tube or hover close to it. on average measures 4 mm and can forage 600 m from the hive. fig. 1. tetragonisca angustula. adapted from a.b.e.l.h.a. full size image it is a significant pollinator of crops such as acapu, avocado, coffee, carrot, cupuaçu, guava, orange, mango, watermelon, strawberry, moressuma, pepper, cucumber, tangerine, umbu, and annatto. therefore, proper management of hives ensures the productivity of such crops and protects the colony from natural enemies. the custom dataset aims to monitor automatically of native bee hives using non-invasive techniques. it consists of videos of the entry of several colonies for tracking identified as xxxy-y, where xxx identifies the hive location and y-y the recording interval. we identified images taken from the videos for object detectors as the complement of the previous xxxy-yz…, where z… is an id associated with each image. each video and image contains an information file with the metadata. knowledge about the jataís showed that monitoring on cold, rainy days and at night is unnecessary. also, we avoid windy days. in this way, the data represent reality and are valid only for jataís. we used the sony hdr-as20 camera, with a resolution of 1920 × 1080p and a recording speed of 60 fps. in an attempt to represent the natural environment of the hives, the recordings took place at different times of movement at the hive’s entrance. we withdraw videos of a beehive from the beekeep cs database, with a resolution of 960 × 540p and a recording speed of 30 fps. we acquired videos of natural and artificial hives in urban and rural environments relatively close, but climatic conditions are different. we positioned the video camera, trying to optimize the capture of movements around each hive. therefore, there is only variation in the capture angle for different beehives. the dynamic in the hive’s entrance guarantees the variability of the poses of the bees. the custom dataset is structured as required by the family of object detectors known as yolo (test, valid, and train). these directories have a separation between images, labels, and information. the info folder contains the metadata. incomplete files are due to data not provided by beekeep cs (16.7%). the custom dataset has 26487 instances in 2100 images, with 19000 in 1500 images for training, 3719 in 300 for validation, and 3768 in 300 for testing. climate variations, preferably days with the sun between clouds (83.2% of the images), periods of the days (16.7% obtained in the morning and 66.7% in the afternoon), and seasons (16.7% obtained in winter and 66.7% in spring), during the recordings provided differences in lighting. we noticed differences in lighting in 45.6% of the images. the correlogram between labels contains a bimodal distribution that indicates a mixture of two trends with different labels, with a predominance of the right trend with the highest number of observations; a chi-square distribution inferring that the labels are homogeneous; and two poisson distributions indicating that the label sizes are random but repeat at a defined average rate. this way, the labels have adequate precision and cover all the bees in the images. the custom dataset has no duplicates and leaks, considering the ssim [29] of 0.97. as the bees occupy a small part of the image, for being small, the differences between images are subtle. fig. 2. custom dataset samples. 001 (−20.381099, −43.506333)* natural hive in an urban environment. 002 (−20.502591, −43.520515)*, 003 (−20.502507, −43.520330)* and 005 (−20.345640, −43.608437)* natural hive in a rural environment. 004 (−20.345266, −43.608529)* artificial hive in a rural environment. 006 beekeep cs artificial beehive. *geographical coordinates obtained from google. full size image there is a background for each beehive present (fig. 2), totaling 0.29% of the images. when we do not obtain images without bees, use data augmentation to remove them (0.24% of them). we fill in the resulting space of an unlit bee with the texture of its nearest neighbors. 1737 images have occlusions, that is, 82.7% of them. we observed occlusions due to: the overlapping of bees, by background item, per entrance pipe, by light beams, bees that touch each other, and bees cut by frames. the perceived anomalies are shadows and distortions during bee flight. the incidence of sunlight causes shadows that can be confused with objects by computer vision models. bee shadows are monitored but have only been ignored so far (361 images have bee shadows, i.e., 17.2%). distortions during bees’ flight occur due to a higher flight speed than the capture capacity of the camera. not possible to infer over class distribution because the custom dataset only has one class so far. we did not observe intraclass variations, but they need monitoring during updates. 3.2 detection and classification of the native bee yolo [30] (you only look once) is an object detection model used in computer vision. the model treats object detection as a regression problem using a single convolutional neural network (cnn). it does this by splitting the image into a grid, making multiple predictions for each grid cell, filtering these predictions, and removing overlapping boxes to produce its final output. its evolution includes yolov2 [31], yolov3 [32], yolov4 [33], yolov5 [34], and yolov6 [35]; each incorporates contributions to the model. the resnext backbone and the dual head of yolov7 [36], combined with the label assigner engine that assigns flexible labels, allow the model to learn from data more effectively. it presents a new multiscale training strategy and a technique called focal loss, designed to solve the class imbalance problem. the latest release, yolov8 [37], surpasses previous by incorporating advances such as a new backbone, a head split without anchor, and new loss functions. 3.3 tracking and optical flow of jataís tracking is obtaining an initial set of objects, creating a unique id for each one, and accompanying each object as they move in frames, maintaining the assignment of id’s. an ideal tracking algorithm should detect objects only once, be fast, control when the tracked object disappears or moves out of frame, be robust with occlusions, and recover lost objects between frames. this work uses a detector-based tracking similar to [23]; it depends on the euclidean distance between existing and new centroids. bounding boxes are the basis for calculating centroids with id’s assigned to the initial set of centroids. after that, it computes the euclidean distance between the existing and new centroids, associating new centroids with the old ones. then, minimize distances and update your coordinates. finally, there is the registration of new centroids and the cancellation of the registration of objects that leave the video. this a simple and fast method that controls when the tracked object disappears or leaves the frame and recovers lost objects between frames. we attempt to improve the tracking with the algorithm bytetrack [38] (bt) to it does the same as the previous one, solve occlusions, and detect objects only once. the algorithm performs associations between the detections of the current frame concerning the previous frame. for that, bt uses similarity calculations consider the distances between the resources of appearance (re-id) and iou resources. then the hungarian algorithm finalizes the match based on similarity. optical flow is used in computer vision to characterize and quantify the movement of objects in a video stream, often for motion-based object detection and tracking systems. when estimating optical flow between frames is possible to measure an objects speed in the video. it is also possible to follow the movement of jataís, count the bees that leave and enter the hive, and your total. this approach can generate information about hive nutrition. for this, we propose using the centroids of the detections containing the same id and a displacement limit from the current frame to the previous frame. we define a circle containing the entrance of the hive as a limit. a jataí has entered the beehive if the euclidean distance between the circle center and detection centroid is greater than your radius in the previous frame and smaller than the current frame. otherwise, the jataí leaves the hive. 4 results and discussion 4.1 detection and classification of jataí results from yolov8 [37] trained on the custom dataset are in fig. 3. in just 300 epochs of training, the yolov8x model converged to a precision of 0.97, recall of 0.957, map50 of 0.984, and map50–95 of 0.744 (fig. 3a). considering the test data, the confusion matrix indicates that: every time the model predicts a class and is background, the reason is jataí; 98% of jataí predictions are jataí and; 2% of background predictions are jataí. the precision (0.935) – recall (0.937) curve for map50 of 0.969 and map50–95 of 0.682 (fig. 3b) shows that most of the classifications that the model made are correct, and most of the predicted bounding boxes are as expected. the yolov7 [36] model converged to a precision of 0.952, recall of 0.948, map50 of 0.979, and map50–95 of 0.634 (fig. 3c). considering the test data, the confusion matrix is identical to the previous one. the precision (0.922) – recall (0.901) curve for map50 of 0.955 and map50–95 of 0.579 (fig. 3d) also shows the same as the previous one. we noticed that both present acceptable results for the application, but the yolov8 metrics reach better scores than the yolov7 ones. we believe this is due to differences in their backbones. in this way, we use yolov8 for the tracking implementations. fig. 3. training results and precision-recall curve with yolov8 (a, b) and yolov7 (c, d), respectively. full size image 4.2 tracking and optical flow of detected bees in the tracking algorithm called eutrack (et), which depends on euclidean distance, a parameter can be changed to control when the tracked object disappears or leaves the frame and its ability to recover lost objects between frames. we set the parameter as 20 for all experiments, i.e., an object is only considered for a new id if it is not detected for 20 consecutive frames. the bt [38] is a robust system in treating occlusions because it performs similarity analysis, adopts the kalman filter to predict the object’s movement, and uses additional re-id models to improve the long-range association. we set its parameters for the whole experiment as track_thresh equal to 0.05, track_buffer equal to 20, match_thresh equal to 1.0, aspect_ratio_thresh equal to 3.0, min_box_area equal to 1.0 and mot20 equal to true. in fig. 4, one can view the bounding box, detected class, and probability. the tracking algorithms generate the id and mark the centroid of each bounding box. the optical flow, implemented from the centroids and id’s, informs about movements in and out of the hive (delimited by the red circle). the bee trails, with a displacement limit equal to 120, were hidden to facilitate the visualization of the other considerations. also, observe that jataí with id 7 (fig. 4 001) entered and the one with id 14 (fig. 4 003) left their respective hives. timestamps can collaborate with this information to generate possible monitoring of the hive entrance. results for a video of each hive are in table 1, along with their absolute error and mean relative error. we use a process similar to pseudo-labeling (pseudo) to count bees in the videos (we call it a procedure with the aid of technology). we used et to aid in counting. note in fig. 4, specifically at 003 (id 2 and 5), 005 (id 4), and 006 (id 0 and 9), the presence of soldiers hovering around the hives entrances. these soldiers generate errors in counting the bees that enter and leave the hive. therefore, we remove duplicates from these counts (rd) to improve this aspect. summarizing table 1, we have that et has superior results in the bee count, but we can also use bt. it is best to remove duplicates of bees to monitor the hive entrance. the error is less when bt counts the bees that get out of the hive and when et counts those that enter. in this way, there is a tie considering the best cost benefit. we repeated the same procedure for six videos of hive 001 (table 2), plus a count performed by a person from the biological sciences area without using technology. fig. 4. results of the tracking and optical flow. detailed information in fig. 2. full size image summarizing table 2, we have that bt has superior results in bee count. it is best to remove duplicates of bees to monitor the hive entrance. et performs better in accounting for incoming and outgoing bees. in this way, et obtains a better cost-benefit concerning the movement at the hive entrance and bt to count bees. we also noticed that using the system to assist human activity reduces errors caused by fatigue and distractions. table 1. results of the trackings and humans with the aid of technology.full size table the errors in tables 1 and 2 are caused by some limitations. et does not resolve id’s swaps caused by crossing their positions and occlusions caused by soldiers and the hive tube. the movement in the hive tube is responsible for most of the exchanges of id’s, and the model presents difficulties for bees that touch each other (example in fig. 4 005 id 5 and 6). table 2. results of the trackings and humans with and without the aid of technology.full size table in agitated hives, agglomerations of bees occur. this fact splits a bounding box containing one bee into others and unifies bounding boxes into one containing several bees. this process contributes to the acquisition of new ids, along with occlusions. the transition of jataís between frames and occlusions causes the resumption of id by different bees. the camera is not steady in 006, and the systems recognize some anomalies in 002 and 004. we monitored anomalies, but it was not possible to extinguish them in the field. the speed of the videos, frames per second, cannot be too low because the centroids must be close between the frames. bt relocates id’s in the agglomerations with difficulties, causing the assignment of new id’s and generating duplicates. the same error of dividing and merging bounding boxes also occurs in bt, contributing to new id’s assignment. there are difficulties in treating occlusions as well. the authors of [38] show that bt is robust for occlusions where one of the objects does not move during occlusion. this type of occlusion is rare with jataís, as the occluded bee also moves. when the occlusion ends, the occluded object may be in a different position in rotation or translation. the movement causes the bee to have different characteristics from when it was occluded. the similarity between individuals in the hive also impaired the similarity analysis used in bt. there are no physical differences between workers and castes in the same or different beehives. the bees themselves only differentiate through pheromones. however, using the system in the field can help to combat the decline of bees related to foraging and hive behavior. generating reports and doing repetitive work brings advantages to the approach, thus reducing errors of human origin. but the use in practical applications must consider the bt to count the bees with an average relative error of 11%. et to monitor bees that enter with an average relative error of 9% (21% if there are outliers). both to observe leaving bees, bt with an average relative error of 18% if there are outliers and et with an average relative error of 33% otherwise. 5 conclusion we believe it is a proposal capable of detecting, classifying, and generating tracking information for jataí in the field. in this way, it is possible to help combat the decline of bees related to foraging and hive behavior. we must consider a mixture of both systems in practical applications. bt counts bees with an average relative error of 11%. et monitors incoming bees with an average relative error of 9% (21% if there are outliers). both monitor bees that leave, bt with an average relative error of 18% if there are outliers, and et with an average relative error of 33% otherwise. the biggest challenge in this type of implementation is to obtain conditions and data of the species of interest in the field to compose the custom dataset. harsh conditions common in natural environments provide difficulty in hardware use and maintenance. the context also introduced issues mainly caused by occlusions and outliers that we must overcome to reduce the relative error. in future work, we intend to optimize the custom dataset by adding greater diversification to the data considering invasive species, acquiring videos of different hives, adding data for tracking to the custom dataset presented, and completing the metadata of the videos with pseudo-labeling for counts and the same performed by biologists. to implement the mot20 format [39] in the tracking custom dataset introducing evaluation metrics. to compare results with other tracking algorithms in an attempt to reduce the limitations of this work. finally, we will implement pollen identification in monitoring to generate information about hive nutrition. (additional information at https://github.com/rodolfoloc/native-bees). references hallmann, c.a., et al.: more than 75 percent decline over 27 years in total flying insect biomass in protected areas. plos one 12, 18–22 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0185809 article  google scholar  arruda, h., imperatriz-fonseca, v., de souza, p., pessin, g.: identifying bee species by means of the foraging pattern using machine learning. in: 2018 international joint conference on neural networks (ijcnn), pp. 1–6. ieee (2019). https://doi.org/10.1109/ijcnn.2018.8489608 kuan, a.c., et al.: sensitivity analyses for simulating pesticide impacts on honey bee colonies. ecol. model. 376, 15–27 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2018.02.010 article  google scholar  giannini, t.c., et al.: climate change in the eastern amazon: crop-pollinator and occurrence-restricted bees are potentially more affected. reg. environ. change 20(1), 1–12 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-020-01611-y article  google scholar  macharia, j.m., gikungu, m.w., karanja, r., okoth, s.: managed bees as pollinators and vectors of bio control agent against grey mold disease in strawberry plantations. afr. j. agric. 16(12), 1674–1680 (2020). https://doi.org/10.5897/ajar2020.15203 article  google scholar  sánchez-bayo, f., wyckhuys, k.a.g.: worldwide decline of the entomofauna: a review of its drivers. biol. cons. 232, 8–27 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.01.020 article  google scholar  borges, r.c., padovani, k., imperatriz-fonseca, v.l., giannini, t.c.: a dataset of multi-functional ecological traits of brazilian bees. sci. data 7(1), 1–9 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-020-0461-3 article  google scholar  gomes, p.a.b., et al.: an amazon stingless bee foraging activity predicted using recurrent artificial neural networks and attribute selection. nat. res. 10(1), 1–12 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-56352-8 article  google scholar  filipiak, m.: a better understanding of bee nutritional ecology is needed to optimize conservation strategies for wild bees the application of ecological stoichiometry. insects 9(3), 1–13 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/insects9030085 article  google scholar  marstaller, j., tausch, f., stock, s.: deepbees building and scaling convolutional neuronal nets for fast and large-scale visual monitoring of bee hives. in: 2019 ieee/cvf international conference on computer vision workshop (iccvw), pp. 271–278. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1109/iccvw.2019.00036 xia, d., chen, p., wang, b., zhang, j., xie, c.: insect detection and classification based on an improved convolutional neural network. sensors 18(12), 1–12 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/s18124169 article  google scholar  abreu, v.h.r., pimentel, a.d.a., absy, m.l., rech, a.r.: pollen sources used by frieseomelitta ihering 1912 (hymenoptera: apidae: meliponini) bees along the course of the rio negro, amazonas. brazil. acta botanica brasilica 24(2), 371–383 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1590/0102-33062019abb0391 article  google scholar  júnior, t.c., rieder, r.: automatic identification of insects from digital images: a survey. comput. electron. agric. 178(5), 105784 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compag.2020.105784 article  google scholar  zhong, y., gao, j., lei, q., zhou, y.: a vision-based counting and recognition system for flying insects in intelligent agriculture. sensors 18(5), 1489 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/s18051489 article  google scholar  qing, y., et al.: development of an automatic monitoring system for rice light-trap pests based on machine vision. j. integr. agric. 19(10), 2500–2513 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/s2095-3119(20)63168-9 article  google scholar  shen, y., zhou, h., li, j., jian, f., jayas, d.s.: detection of stored-grain insects using deep learning. comput. electron. agric. 145, 319–325 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compag.2017.11.039 article  google scholar  liu, l., et al.: pestnet: an end-to-end deep learning approach for large-scale multi-class pest detection and classification. ieee acess 7, 45301–45312 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2019.2909522 article  google scholar  fujioka, h., abe, m.s., okada, y.: ant activity-rest rhythms vary with age and interaction frequencies of workers. behav. ecol. sociobiol. 73(3), 30 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00265-019-2641-8 article  google scholar  fujioka, h., abe, m.s., okada, y.: individual ants do not show activity-rest rhythms in nest conditions. j. biol. rhythms 36(3), 297–310 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1177/07487304211002934 article  google scholar  ratnayake, m.n., dyer, a.g., dorin, a.: tracking individual honeybees among wildflower clusters with computer vision-facilitated pollinator monitoring. plos one 16(2), e0239504 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0239504 article  google scholar  lima, m.c.f., leandro, m.e.d.a., valero, c., coronel, l.c.p., bazzo, c.o.g.: automatic detection and monitoring of insect pests a review. agriculture 10(5), 161 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/agriculture10050161 article  google scholar  imirzian, n., et al.: automated tracking and analysis of ant trajectories shows variation in forager exploration. sci. rep. 9(1), 1 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-49655-3 article  google scholar  sclocco, a., ong, s.j.y., aung, s.y.p., teseo, s.: integrating real-time data analysis into automatic tracking of social insects. r. soc. open sci. 8(3), 202033 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.202033 article  google scholar  tathawee, t., wattanachaiyingcharoen, w., suwannakom, a., prasarnpun, s.: flash communication pattern analysis of fireflies based on computer vision. int. j. adv. intell. inf. 6(1), 60–71 (2020). https://doi.org/10.26555/ijain.v6i1.367 article  google scholar  bjerge, k., nielsen, j.b., sepstrup, m.v., helsing-nielsen, f., hoye, t.t.: an automated light trap to monitor moths (lepidoptera) using computer vision-based tracking and deep learning. sensors 21(2), 343 (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/s21020343 article  google scholar  howard, s.r., ratnayake, m.n., dyer, a.g., garcia, j.e., dorin, a.: towards precision apiculture: traditional and technological insect monitoring methods in strawberry and raspberry crop polytunnels tell different pollination stories. plos on 16(5), e0251572 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0251572 article  google scholar  perez-cham, o.e., et al.: parallelization of the honeybee search algorithm for object tracking. appl. sci. 10(6), 2122 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/app10062122 article  google scholar  sun, c., gaydecki, p.: a visual tracking system for honey bee (hymenoptera: apidae) 3d flight trajectory reconstruction and analysis. j. insect sci. 21(2), 1–12 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1093/jisesa/ieab023 article  google scholar  wang, z., bovik, a.c., sheikh, h.r., simoncelli, e.p.: image quality assessment: from error visibility to structural similarity. ieee trans. image process. 13(4), 600–612 (2004) article  google scholar  redmon, j., divvala, s., girshick, r., farhadi, a.: you only look once: unified, real-time object detection. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 779–788 (2016) google scholar  redmon, j., farhadi, a.: yolo9000: better, faster, stronger. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 7263–7271 (2016) google scholar  redmon, j., farhadi, a.: yolov3: an incremental improvement. arxiv preprint: arxiv:1804.02767 (2018) bochkovskiy, a., wang, c., liao, h.m.: yolov4: optimal speed and accuracy of object detection. cornell univ. arxiv preprint: arxiv:2004.10934 (2020) jocher, g.: ultralytics/yolov5: v3.1. (2020). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4154370 li, c., et al.: yolov6: a single-stage object detection framework for industrial applications. arxiv preprint: arxiv:2207.02696 (2022) wang, c., bochkovskiy, a., liao, h.m.: designing network design strategies through gradient path analysis. arxiv preprint: arxiv:2211.04800 (2022) jocher, g., chaurasia, a., qiu, j.: yolo by ultralytics v8. (2023) google scholar  zhang, y., et al.: bytetrack: multi-object tracking by associating every detection box. in: proceedings of the european conference on computer vision (2022) google scholar  dendorfer, p., et al.: mot20: a benchmark for multi object tracking in crowded scenes. arxiv:2003.09003 [cs] (2020) download references acknowledgments the authors would like to thank the universidade de são paulo (usp beekeep cs https://beekeep.pcs.usp.br), the empresa brasileira de pesquisa agropecuária (embrapa), and the associação brasileira de estudo das abelhas (a.b.e.l.h.a. https://abelha.org.br) by the data and videos. people who allowed filmings on their properties. to the laboratório multiusuário de práticas simuladas (lamps https://lamps.medicina.ufop.br) and the laboratório de controle e automação multiusuário (labcam) for the infrastructure and equipment provided. google collaboratory by the technologies that make ai research possible with scarce resources. to carlos j. pereira, eduardo carvalho, levi w. r. filho, and andré a. santos (instituto tecnológico vale) along with diego m. alberto (efí) for their support with the computational methods. this research received financial support from the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brazil (capes) financing code 001. author information authors and affiliations programa de pós-graduação em ciência da computação – universidade federal de ouro preto (ufop), ouro preto, mg, brazil rodolfo r. v. leocádio, alan kardek rêgo segundo & gustavo pessin instituto tecnológico vale – mineração, ouro preto, mg, brazil alan kardek rêgo segundo & gustavo pessin authors rodolfo r. v. leocádioview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar alan kardek rêgo segundoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gustavo pessinview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to rodolfo r. v. leocádio . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper leocádio, r.r.v., segundo, a.k.r., pessin, g. (2023). multiple object tracking in native bee hives: a case study with jataí in the field. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_12 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_12 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords computer vision tracking native bees optical flow publish with us policies and ethics profiles alan kardek rêgo segundo view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a feature-based out-of-distribution detection approach in skin lesion classification | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a feature-based out-of-distribution detection approach in skin lesion classification conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 338–352 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) a feature-based out-of-distribution detection approach in skin lesion classification download book pdf download book epub thiago carvalho  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8689-14389, marley vellasco  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-9790-13289, josé franco amaral  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4951-853210 & … karla figueiredo  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8420-393710  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 542 accesses 1 citation abstract when dealing with deep learning applications in open-set problems, accurately classifying known classes seen in the training phase is not the only aspect to be taken into account. in such a context, detecting out-of-distribution (ood) samples plays an important role as an auxiliary task, generally solved by ood detection methods. for medical applications, detecting unknown samples may in classification problems can be beneficial for many aspects, such as a better understanding of the diagnosis and probably a more adequate treatment. in this article, we evaluate a feature space-based approach, named as openpcs-class, for ood detection in medical applications, more specifically skin lesion classification. we compare the openpcs-class against important ood detection methods, evaluating different model architectures and ood datasets. the openpcs-class outperformed other methods at 48.4% and 5.3% in terms of fpr95 and auroc, respectively. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others out-of-distribution detection for long-tailed and fine-grained skin lesion images chapter © 2022 out-of-distribution detection for skin lesion images with deep isolation forest chapter © 2020 exploring distribution-based approaches for out-of-distribution detection in deep learning models article 28 december 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. automated pattern recognition categorization computer vision machine learning object recognition statistical learning 1 introduction deep learning (dl) models have found widespread use in various applications, ranging from autonomous driving [19] and pest detection to speech recognition [26]. despite its outstanding results in tasks related to computer vision and natural language processing, accuracy is not the only subject to be taken into consideration in a dl deployment [10]. depending on the problem, other aspects may also become important, such as the explainability and the capability to handle samples from unknown classes [34]. the dl models are known to learn generally in closed-set assumptions, and such out-domain restrictions are reflected in their inefficiency in explicitly showing ignorance about input samples from unseen classes. as a result, a dl model trained in such a setup is often unable to identify an unknown class data as unknown, which leads to problems of model overconfidence [32]. the overconfidence has several natures, such as unidentified overfitting problems, bias, or even the choice of the softmax function for the model’s output layer, making directly identifying unknown samples more difficult [34]. therefore, the model needs to be robust and able to handle out-of-distribution (ood) samples, which can come in various forms depending on the problem. for medical applications, ood detection is an important auxiliary task to improve the ability to detect unseen classes in an open-set problem. for example, when classifying an unseen rare skin lesion using a dl model to classify skin lesions, it would be preferable to identify it as unknown instead of erroneously classifying it as one of the known classes [25, 36]. therefore, the ood detection task has drawn attention to a wide range of applications, such as histopathology [22], x-ray [3], and magnetic resonance images [14] classification problems. ood detection can be considered a recent field of research in the area of dl, having one of the main objectives to improve the ability of models to recognize unknown samples. in other words, an ood detection algorithm should be able to identify whether an input can be considered known or unknown. the most straightforward option for ood detection is to use activations from the model’s output layer, as this is closest to the final inference result [9]. these strategies typically rely on logits or softmax outputs to compute confidence scores, which are then used to differentiate between known and unknown classes. more recently, researchers have explored using the feature space of the model to identify unknown samples, based on the assumption that the feature space can be useful for ood detection, as intermediate layers capture different levels of semantic features [20]. one of the methods is named open principal component score (openpcs), which uses a low dimensional feature space representation from principal component analysis (pca) to fit class-wise gaussian distributions to identify whether data is known or unknown. this approach was first implemented for semantic segmentation problems, but it can be extended for multi-class classification, named as openpcs-class [5]. however, the feature-space approach for ood detection, especially the openpcs-class, is still underexplored for many applications. in this article, we evaluate the openpcs-class for ood detection in skin lesion classification problems. the objective is to evaluate the capability of a gaussian-based approach using the feature space to identify unseen classes in this medical application, which is usually a complex task with numerous ood classes related to unknown skin lesions. the contribution of this work is three-fold: 1. we evaluate the openpcs-class method for ood detection in skin lesion problems. we use different ood data to evaluate the approach, ranging from samples of unseen classes of skin lesions to different medical problems. 2. we compare the results with traditional and state-of-the-art methods for ood detection. we assess how these methods behave in the presence of different ood classes and additional id data. 3. we also evaluate these models in different model architectures to investigate the model’s contribution to ood detection using different space representations. 2 related works detecting ood samples is crucial in building reliable deep learning models that need to operate effectively in an open-set scenario. in medical applications, such strategies allow dl models to enhance the robustness of such results in a critical task. these works are generally concentrated in semantic segmentation and image classification tasks [4]. karimi et al. [13] proposed a spectral analysis of the intermediate features of dl models to enhance the robustness of the segmentation task in multiple organs by quantifying the uncertainty of the segmentation result. wollek et al. [30] evaluated some state-of-the-art ood detection methods in several medical application tasks related to the image classification problem, discussing the advantages and drawbacks of such methods in identifying unknown samples closer to the training classes. due to the relevance of this topic in dl applications to guarantee safety and robustness, there are a plethora of new strategies related to ood detection. one of the most common methods for out-of-distribution (ood) detection involves using the softmax output as an ood score, known as maximum softmax probability (msp) [11]. the msp is based on the idea that unknown class samples would generate lower confidence scores for each known class, which are then used to distinguish id and ood data. this method was evaluated in a wide range of problems, including medical applications. zhang et al. [37], for example, evaluated the effectiveness of the msp method in ood detection for diabetic retinopathy detection and chest radiography-related problems. however, using softmax output can sometimes lead to overconfident scores on unknown data, which is inappropriate for ood detection [33]. to avoid the issues associated with the softmax, the feature space can also distinguish between known and unknown samples. lee et al. [15] proposed a method that uses the information from the feature space to detect ood samples, assuming that the feature representation can be fitted into gaussian distributions. in this case, the class-conditional gaussian distributions are obtained and the score is computed as the mahalanobis distance from a test sample to the closest class-conditional distribution [24]. this ood detection method was applied in different medical applications related to image analysis, such as malaria parasitized cells classification [28], lung cancer classification [2], and skin lesion classification [25]. despite its efficiency in the ood detection task, the feature space is generally a high-dimensional representation, which can be often an inefficient representation with high redundancy and lead to a harder fit of the ood detection method [31]. to alleviate the problem of high dimensionality in intermediate representations, oliveira et al. [21] proposed a method for ood detection, called openpcs, using pca to reduce the dimensionality of the feature space. the low-dimensionality representation is then used to adjust class-conditional gaussian distributions, and the score is calculated by finding the maximum likelihood between a sample’s intermediate representation and the class-conditional distributions. more recently, carvalho et al. [5] proposed an extension of its method for multi-class classification problems, named as openpcs-class. this method was successfully evaluated in benchmark problems, but the openpcs-class is still unexplored in different applications, including medical image analysis. 3 detecting unseen samples using feature space in this section, we describe in detail the openpcs-class method strategy. we also briefly introduce the ood detection problem in skin lesion problems, motivating the applicability of this work. the code of this work is publicly availablefootnote 1 3.1 open principal component score for image classification the open principal component score (openpcs) is a method that uses intermediate features for ood detection in a semantic segmentation task. originally, this method could be applied only to fully convolutional networks (fcn), which can be prohibitively for direct utilization of openpcs for different dl tasks. the openpcs-class can be seen as the extension of the openpcs method for classification tasks. this method discards the need of a fcn but retains the main characteristics of using a combination of intermediate features in a low-level representation. for a better comprehension of the method, fig. 1 displays the method overview for an image classification problem. fig. 1. openpcs-class overview for image classification full size image the openpcs-class is an ood detection method that can combine features from different layers to distinguish whether a sample belongs to a known or unknown class. for each model layer l, we transform the activation map \(a^{(l)}\) to the corresponding activation vector \(h^{(l)}\) by using a reduction method (e.g., average pooling). therefore, we always obtain its feature vector independently from the layer specification. one of the main abilities of the openpcs method is the capability to combine the feature representation from different layers, which is a user-defined parameter. for classification tasks, the features are combined by concatenating their vectors, resulting in a feature vector h. the drawback of such an approach is the high dimensionality of the feature vector h. to alleviate this issue, we apply the pca to obtain a better representation in a low dimension. to fit the eigenvectors and eigenvalues for the pca, we follow a class-wise approach. therefore, we use the collection of feature vectors related to each of the known classes to fit the parameters of the pca, creating a specific dimensionality reduction for each of the known classes, according to eq. 1. $$\begin{aligned} h^{*}_c = h \cdot v_{c} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where h is the feature representation, \(v_{c}\) is the eigenvector with the highest eigenvalues for dimensionality reduction for class c, and \(h^{*}_c\) is the feature vector after transformation for class c. therefore, depending on the class c, the resulting low-dimension feature vector \(h^{*}_{c}\) can be different. it is important to note that we can obtain different low-dimensional representations for the same feature vector h, depending on the class c that we are evaluating. the ood score is computed by estimating how likely the feature vector is to each of the known class. in the literature, the gaussian density estimator was successfully used to quantify the ood-ness [18, 21]. therefore, we adopted the gaussian density estimator to fit and compute its corresponding likelihood. mathematically, the ood score for each class c is computed according to eq. 2 $$\begin{aligned} g_c(h^{*}_c) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi \sigma _{c}^2}}\exp \left( -\frac{(h^{*}_c -\mu _{c})^2}{2\sigma _{c}^2}\right) \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(\mu _c\) and \(\sigma _c\) represents the mean and standard deviation for a known class c, and \(g_{c}(a^{*}_c)\) represents the probability density of \(h^{*}_c\) generated by \(g_{c}\). the final ood score is the maximum log-likelihood over all known classes, as defined in eq. 3. $$\begin{aligned} s = \max _{c=1}^{n} {\log \left[ g_{c} \left( h^{*}_{c} \right) \right] } \end{aligned}$$ (3) where n is the number of classes. in summary, to detect if a sample can be considered as ood, we obtain its feature vector representation and apply a class-wise dimensionality reduction, and for each low-dimensionality representation vector, we calculate the log-likelihood to its corresponding class. the ood score can be viewed as the maximum log-likelihood over all of the classes. for an id sample, the likelihood would be lower for all of the classes, except for the corresponding class, which yields a high s score. as for the ood sample, the likelihood tends to be lower for all class-wise distributions, so the score s also is lower. thereby, the id and ood samples can be distinguished by setting a threshold value for s. 3.2 ood detection in skin lesion classification with the world constantly evolving, new medical pathologies are frequently discovered through diagnosis. however, the identification of novel or rare diseases can be troublesome for dl-based automated diagnosis, potentially leading to incorrect classification and inappropriate treatment [36]. in such cases, ood detection methods can play an essential role in identifying whether a new sample belongs to any of the known classes of the problem, thus providing an auxiliary task for dl-based approaches. specifically for dermatological-related tasks, ood detection strategies can be handy to identify samples from unseen classes during the training phase. for instance, consider a deep learning problem aimed at automatically identifying the three most common skin lesions, as illustrated in fig. 2. in an open-set scenario, the trained model may encounter unseen skin lesions, so it would be preferable to detect them as unknown instead of erroneously classifying them as the closer known class. ideally, the ood detection method should be capable of correctly classifying these samples as ood, but this may depend on the chosen strategy [6]. especially when id and ood samples are visually similar, it can be challenging to distinguish between known and unknown classes [30]. fig. 2. examples of in-distributions and out-of-distributions samples of skin lesions full size image this article evaluates the feature space-based ood detection method in different scenarios. in some experiments, we verify the capability of the openpcs-class to detect near-ood samples, typically skin lesions images taken in the same settings as the id samples. we also evaluate some ood detection approaches in the same problem (skin lesions), but under different conditions to evaluate the changing of such ood detection strategies. finally, we also evaluate these models in far-ood detection samples, but related to medical applications. 4 experiments this section presents the experimental protocol for our case studies in the ood detection task. in this work, we focused on the skin lesion classification problem, selecting different medical-related samples as ood. 4.1 ood methods we evaluated three robust methods commonly employed in this area to assess the ood detection results. one of them is the maximum softmax probability (msp) method [11], which is a traditional approach that utilizes the softmax probability vector to identify unknown samples. by computing the maximum probability value of all classes, msp assumes that a lower msp score suggests that the model is less accurate about the predicted class, which could indicate an ood sample. another method we selected is energy-based out-of-distribution detection (ebo) [16], a more sophisticated technique that uses the output space to calculate the ood score. ebo computes the entropy of the logit and employs it as an ood score to distinguish between ood and id samples. we also opted for a feature space-based method for ood detection to provide a more insightful discussion of the openpcs-class approach. the mahalanobis ood detection method [12] measures the ood score as the mahalanobis distance of class-conditional gaussian distribution in the feature space. in this case, if compared to the gaussian distributions, ood samples are expected to be further away from id samples. 4.2 datasets for the ood detection in medical multi-class classification, we have utilized the ham10000 dataset as our in-distribution dataset (\(d_{in}\)) for skin lesion classification [27]. this dataset comprises 10000 images of seven distinct skin lesions: melanocytic nevi, melanoma, benign keratosis-like lesions, basal cell carcinoma, actinic keratoses, vascular lesions, and dermatofibroma. for this study, we have selected the first four classes as our id classes, which contain 6705, 1113, 1099, and 514 samples, respectively. in addition, we have designated the remaining three classes as ood samples to form the basis of our first case study. for the other experiments, we maintain the same \(d_{in}\) and id classes, changing the ood samples. the dataset from the second case study consists of a wide range of skin lesion images taken in different parts of the body. however, a significant issue with this dataset is that some classes overlap with those found in \(d_{in}\). therefore, to ensure a fair comparison of the ood detection task, we remove the overlapping classes from \(d_{out}\). the third selected \(d_{out}\) is related to the monkeypox classification problem [1]. the dataset contains images of monkeypox lesions and different skin lesions (e.g., chickenpox), given that the problem originally was built as a binary classification to identify whether a lesion can be considered monkeypox. therefore, we used all images from this dataset as ood samples in the third experiment. for the fourth case study, we have manually selected images of rare skin lesions that do not belong to any of the classes in \(d_{in}\). in this experiment, we have included additional id images obtained from different circumstances than those found in the ham10000 dataset. this collection of images will enable us to gain practical insights into the identification of unknown and uncommon classes in skin lesion classification and evaluate how the ood detection methods perform when presented with different id samples. 4.3 metrics to compare the methods, we selected three metrics to evaluate the ood detection task in multi-classification problems [35]. auroc (area under recall operating curve) summarizes the recall operating curve (roc) as calculating the area under the curve. as roc is usually used in a binary classification problem, to evaluate the ood detection task using this metric, we consider only id and ood classes, independently from the fine-grained classes. mathematically, the auroc can be approximated as evaluating the true positive rate (tpr) and false positive rate (fpr) at discrete threshold values, presented in eq. 4 $$\begin{aligned} \text {auroc} = \sum _{i=1}^{n-1} \frac{1}{2} (x_{i+1} x_i) (y_i + y_{i+1}) \end{aligned}$$ (4) where n is the number of thresholds, \(x_i\) and \(y_i\) are the false positive and true positive rates, respectively, at the i-th threshold. aupr (area under precision-recall curve) is a metric that summarizes the precision-recall trade-off for different threshold values for a specific class. this metric is highly important for imbalance problems, which may be the case for our experiments. therefore, we calculate the aupr for the ood class. fpr95 indicates the false positive rate (fpr) when the true positive rate (tpr) is 95%. typically, the fpr95 describes how likely the method could erroneously classify as unknown at a reasonably high tpr. therefore, the lower the fpr95 is, the better the ood detection method. unlike the other ones, this is a dependent, since we define a cutoff value to classify as known or unknown. 4.4 experimental details to evaluate our proposed approach, we used the same experimental procedure in all experiments. for the \(d_{in}\), we split the dataset proportionally into training (60%), validation(20%), and test (20%) sets. we fit the ood detection methods using the training set and, for all experiments, we use the test samples from \(d_{in}\) and the whole \(d_{out}\) to evaluate the separability between id and ood samples, respectively. during the testing phase, we randomly selected 500 samples from each set of \(d_{in}\) and \(d_{out}\) (when applicable) and computed the average metrics over ten runs. we also used the wilcoxon signed-test rank to verify the statistical significance between the best result metric and all others. in sect. 5, we denote an average result with a statistical difference using an underscore in the tables. we also assess the impact of the ood detection methods in different model architectures. as our problem is related to the image classification, we selected three models, vision transformer (vit) model [7], convnext [17], and resnet [8]. for the first two architectures, we used the pre-trained weights on imagenet1k and finetuned the classification layer in the \(d_{in}\) problem. for the resnet model architectures, we trained from scratch, following a similar training procedure as presented in the literature [29]. 5 discussion and results this section contains the results of the four case studies in medical applications. it is important to note that the selected ood detection methods are similar in the experimental setup (i.e., it does not require any model retraining and just one forward pass is needed to identify ood samples), but use different approaches to detect unseen classes. for the first experiment, table 1 summarizes the results for different ood detection methods and architectures. table 1. ood detection results for experiment 1full size table the first experiment is a more challenging for discriminating wheter a sample belongs to a known or unknown class. this idea is reflected in the ood detection metric results, showing a lower auroc score for all of the methods, if compared to the other experiments. even so, we noticed that openpcs-class outperformed all three methods in terms of auroc and aupr, independently from the model architecture. also, the fpr95 shows that our approach can enhance the ood detection task considering a real-world scenario, considering the threshold that yields a tpr at 95%. in that case, the openpcs-class can lower the fpr in this condition up to 7.1% (using resnet model and msp method). the model architecture plays an important role in ood detection. in this experiment, the vit model increased the capability to detect ood samples, at least for the openpcs-class method. especially for feature-based approaches, the model used can impact directly the results, given that different model architectures can yield feature activations. the second experiment can be considered an easier task in ood detection if compared to the first one. although the classes from \(d_{out}\) are similar in the first two experiments, the images were obtained in different body parts, which can facilitate the ood detection task. the results for the second experiment can be observed in table 2. table 2. ood detection results for experiment 2full size table in this experiment, the approaches based on the feature space had a better ood detection capability, if compared to those who use the output space. in fact, the feature space can contain low-level and high-level feature information, which can help to detect unknown classes in different contexts. on the other hand, the output space does not contain such kind of information, which may help to understand the difference between those approaches. therefore, these strategies directly impact the scores generated, as illustrated in fig. 3. fig. 3. id and ood score distributions (a) maximum softmax score from msp (b) maximum likelihood from openpcs-class full size image the main objective of ood detection is to yield scores that could be easy to distinguish between id and ood samples. to evaluate the distributions obtained in fig. 3, we conduct a welch t-test [38], which rejected the hypothesis that the id and ood distributions have equal means (\(p < 0.05\)) only for the openpcs-class. the openpcs-class, in this experiment, outperformed all three methods for ood detection (decreased 48.7% in terms of fpr95, if compared to mahalanobis and convnext). however, there is a slight difference between the openpcs-class and mahalanobis methods, depending on the model architecture. for transformer-based models, both methods obtained, auroc and aupr metrics closer to one. this result corroborates recent findings that models based on transformer architecture can enhance the robustness of ood detection [23]. the third experiment uses skin lesions pathologies that are more different from those presented in \(d_{in}\). the results are presented in table 3. table 3. ood detection results for experiment 3full size table although the \(d_{out}\) in the third study case contains images from skin lesions, we noticed that all methods, independently from the model architecture, enhanced the ood detection metrics, if compared to the previous experiments. as the ood samples are related to diseases like monkeypox and chickenpox, the images are more dissimilar to those presented to the model in the training phase (using \(d_{in}\)), so there is a low confidence score in the output space, and the feature representation from ood samples are more dissimilar to those presented from id samples, resulting in an easier ood detection task. in this experiment, the feature-based approaches also obtained a considerably high capability to detect samples visually dissimilar to those presented in \(d_{in}\). for transformer-based approaches, mahalanobis and openpcs-class obtained comparable results, given that they could almost differentiate total id and ood samples. however, for the resnet architecture, the difference between those approaches is more significant, showing better performance for the openpcs-class method (increased 5.1% if compared to the mahalanobis detector). for the last case study, table 4 displays the results for ood detection using the same experimental protocol as the previous experiments. table 4. ood detection results for experiment 4full size table in this experiment, we observed that feature-based approaches performed comparably better in detecting a wide range of pathologies as ood. even in the presence of new images for id classes that are slightly different from those presented in the \(d_{in}\), the openpcs-class outperformed other methods in all three evaluation metrics. therefore, even with visually different id samples, the feature-space approaches obtained better results in the ood detection task. although we only present the distributions for the second experiment, we used the welch t-test for all experiments in this section. for all experiments using the transformer-based architectures, we noted that the id and ood distributions can be easily distinguished (i.e., it contains different means) for the openpcs-class. 6 conclusions in this work, we evaluated the openpcs-class for a new domain of application for ood detection, more specifically for skin lesion problems. the feature space-based approaches, in general, obtained a superior ood detection when the ood samples are visually more dissimilar to id ones, corresponding to the latter three experiments of this work. compared to all the methods evaluated in the experiments, the openpcs-class outperformed in all scenarios regarding auroc, and 9 (out of 12) in terms of average fpr95. more interestingly, the transformer-based models were more suitable for the openpcs-class method, which always obtained superior ood detection results. going forward, we aim to evaluate the openpcs-class in different medical classification problems, to get a better perspective of feature space-based models in ood detection application problems. notes 1.code available at https://github.com/mdrs-thiago/skin-lesion-ood-detection. references ali, s.n., et al.: monkeypox skin lesion detection using deep learning models: a preliminary feasibility study. arxiv preprint arxiv:2207.03342 (2022) berger, c., paschali, m., glocker, b., kamnitsas, k.: confidence-based out-of-distribution detection: a comparative study and analysis. in: sudre, c.h., et al. (eds.) unsure/pippi -2021. lncs, vol. 12959, pp. 122–132. springer, cham (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-87735-4_12 chapter  google scholar  calderon-ramirez, s., yang, s., elizondo, d., moemeni, a.: dealing with distribution mismatch in semi-supervised deep learning for covid-19 detection using chest x-ray images: a novel approach using feature densities. appl. soft comput. 123, 108983 (2022) article  google scholar  cao, t., huang, c.w., hui, d.y.t., cohen, j.p.: a benchmark of medical out of distribution detection. arxiv preprint arxiv:2007.04250 (2020) carvalho, t., vellasco, m., amaral, j.f.: out-of-distribution detection in deep learning models: a feature space-based approach. in: international joint conference on neural networks (2023) google scholar  cho, w., park, j., choo, j.: training auxiliary prototypical classifiers for explainable anomaly detection in medical image segmentation. in: proceedings of the ieee/cvf winter conference on applications of computer vision, pp. 2624–2633 (2023) google scholar  dosovitskiy, a., et al.: an image is worth 16 \(\times \)16 words: transformers for image recognition at scale. arxiv preprint arxiv:2010.11929 (2020) he, k., zhang, x., ren, s., sun, j.: deep residual learning for image recognition. in: proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 770–778 (2016) google scholar  hendrycks, d., et al.: scaling out-of-distribution detection for real-world settings. in: international conference on machine learning, pp. 8759–8773. pmlr (2022) google scholar  hendrycks, d., carlini, n., schulman, j., steinhardt, j.: unsolved problems in ml safety. arxiv preprint arxiv:2109.13916 (2021) hendrycks, d., gimpel, k.: a baseline for detecting misclassified and out-of-distribution examples in neural networks. arxiv preprint arxiv:1610.02136 (2016) kamoi, r., kobayashi, k.: why is the mahalanobis distance effective for anomaly detection? arxiv preprint arxiv:2003.00402 (2020) karimi, d., gholipour, a.: improving calibration and out-of-distribution detection in deep models for medical image segmentation. ieee trans. artif. intell. 4, 383–397 (2022) article  google scholar  lambert, b., forbes, f., doyle, s., tucholka, a., dojat, m.: improving uncertainty-based out-of-distribution detection for medical image segmentation. arxiv preprint arxiv:2211.05421 (2022) lee, k., lee, k., lee, h., shin, j.: a simple unified framework for detecting out-of-distribution samples and adversarial attacks. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 31 (2018) google scholar  liu, w., wang, x., owens, j., li, y.: energy-based out-of-distribution detection. adv. neural. inf. process. syst. 33, 21464–21475 (2020) google scholar  liu, z., mao, h., wu, c.y., feichtenhofer, c., darrell, t., xie, s.: a convnet for the 2020s. in: proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 11976–11986 (2022) google scholar  martinez, j.a.c., oliveira, h., dos santos, j.a., feitosa, r.q.: open set semantic segmentation for multitemporal crop recognition. ieee geosci. remote sens. lett. 19, 1–5 (2021) article  google scholar  muhammad, k., et al.: vision-based semantic segmentation in scene understanding for autonomous driving: recent achievements, challenges, and outlooks. ieee trans. intell. transp. syst. 23, 22694–22715 (2022) article  google scholar  nunes, i., pereira, m.b., oliveira, h., santos, j.a.d., poggi, m.: fuss: fusing superpixels for improved segmentation consistency. arxiv preprint arxiv:2206.02714 (2022) oliveira, h., silva, c., machado, g.l., nogueira, k., dos santos, j.a.: fully convolutional open set segmentation. mach. learn. 112, 1733–1784 (2021) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  pawlowski, n., glocker, b.: abnormality detection in histopathology via density estimation with normalising flows. in: medical imaging with deep learning (2021) google scholar  podolskiy, a., lipin, d., bout, a., artemova, e., piontkovskaya, i.: revisiting mahalanobis distance for transformer-based out-of-domain detection. in: proceedings of the aaai conference on artificial intelligence, vol. 35, pp. 13675–13682 (2021) google scholar  ren, j., fort, s., liu, j., roy, a.g., padhy, s., lakshminarayanan, b.: a simple fix to mahalanobis distance for improving near-ood detection. arxiv preprint arxiv:2106.09022 (2021) roy, a.g., et al.: does your dermatology classifier know what it doesn’t know? detecting the long-tail of unseen conditions. med. image anal. 75, 102274 (2022) article  google scholar  swetha, p., srilatha, j.: applications of speech recognition in the agriculture sector: a review. ecs trans. 107(1), 19377 (2022) article  google scholar  tschandl, p., rosendahl, c., kittler, h.: the ham10000 dataset, a large collection of multi-source dermatoscopic images of common pigmented skin lesions. sci. data 5(1), 1–9 (2018) article  google scholar  uwimana, a., senanayake, r.: out of distribution detection and adversarial attacks on deep neural networks for robust medical image analysis. arxiv preprint arxiv:2107.04882 (2021) wightman, r., touvron, h., jégou, h.: resnet strikes back: an improved training procedure in timm. arxiv preprint arxiv:2110.00476 (2021) wollek, a., willem, t., ingrisch, m., sabel, b., lasser, t.: a knee cannot have lung disease: out-of-distribution detection with in-distribution voting using the medical example of chest x-ray classification. arxiv preprint arxiv:2208.01077 (2022) wright, j., ma, y.: high-dimensional data analysis with low-dimensional models: principles, computation, and applications. cambridge university press (2022) google scholar  wu, y., et al.: revisit overconfidence for ood detection: reassigned contrastive learning with adaptive class-dependent threshold. in: proceedings of the 2022 conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, pp. 4165–4179 (2022) google scholar  wu, y., et al.: disentangling confidence score distribution for out-of-domain intent detection with energy-based learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:2210.08830 (2022) yang, j., zhou, k., li, y., liu, z.: generalized out-of-distribution detection: a survey. arxiv preprint arxiv:2110.11334 (2021) ye, n., et al.: ood-bench: quantifying and understanding two dimensions of out-of-distribution generalization. in: proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, pp. 7947–7958 (2022) google scholar  zadorozhny, k., thoral, p., elbers, p., ciná, g.: out-of-distribution detection for medical applications: guidelines for practical evaluation. in: shaban-nejad, a., michalowski, m., bianco, s. (eds.) multimodal ai in healthcare. studies in computational intelligence, vol. 1060, pp. 137–153. springer, cham (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14771-5_10 zhang, o., delbrouck, j.-b., rubin, d.l.: out of distribution detection for medical images. in: sudre, c.h., et al. (eds.) unsure/pippi -2021. lncs, vol. 12959, pp. 102–111. springer, cham (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-87735-4_10 chapter  google scholar  zimmerman, d.w., zumbo, b.d.: rank transformations and the power of the student t test and welch t’test for non-normal populations with unequal variances. can. j. exp. psychol. 47(3), 523 (1993) article  google scholar  download references acknowledgements this work was supported in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001, conselho nacional de desenvolvimento e pesquisa (cnpq) under grants 140254/2021-8 and 308717/2020-1, and fundação de amparo à pesquisa do rio de janeiro (faperj) author information authors and affiliations pontifical catholic university of rio de janeiro, rio de janeiro, brazil thiago carvalho & marley vellasco rio de janeiro state university, rio de janeiro, brazil josé franco amaral & karla figueiredo authors thiago carvalhoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar marley vellascoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar josé franco amaralview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar karla figueiredoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to thiago carvalho . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper carvalho, t., vellasco, m., amaral, j.f., figueiredo, k. (2023). a feature-based out-of-distribution detection approach in skin lesion classification. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_23 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_23 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords out-of-distribution detection deep learning feature space publish with us policies and ethics profiles marley vellasco view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature evolutionary adjustment of a cellular automata-based model for wildfire spreading | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper evolutionary adjustment of a cellular automata-based model for wildfire spreading conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 260–275 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) evolutionary adjustment of a cellular automata-based model for wildfire spreading download book pdf download book epub lucas v. murilo  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0381-95199, gina m. b. oliveira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0384-18799 & luiz g. a. martins  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0168-12939  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 392 accesses 2 citations abstract due to climate change, the incidence of fires has increased considerably in recent decades, causing various damages to the environment. in this scenario, computational models based on cellular automata (ca) are capable of reproducing and predicting the behavior of fire propagation, aiding in control and prevention measures. however, constructing and adjusting the parameters of these models is not a trivial task. in this context, a method capable of automatically adjusting these parameters can assist in this stage, which demands deep knowledge on the subject. in this work a genetic algorithm (ga) is presented aiming the adequate adjusting of a ca-based model parameter set. additionally, a new parameter is proposed allowing the adaptability of the ca model to the fire spreading dynamics, regardless of the sampling rate used to generate the reference data. the experiments shown that our approach was able to capture the dynamics present in the data. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others automatic evolutionary adjustment of cellular automata model for forest fire propagation chapter © 2022 fire spread modeling using probabilistic cellular automata chapter © 2024 wildfire simulation model based on cellular automata and stochastic rules chapter © 2022 1 introduction recently, due to climate change, wildfire emergence in different parts of the globe have taken on alarming proportions, being harmful to both vegetation and urban areas. higher temperatures dry out the landscape and help create the perfect environment for more extensive and frequent forest fires. the year 2021 was one of the worst in terms of fires, with a loss of 9.3 million hectares worldwide [14]. wildfires lead to a vicious cycle because as carbon emissions increase, the climate becomes warmer and drier, which favors the incidence of fires in increasingly larger areas and for a prolonged period, generating more carbon emissions. this cycle keeps repeating, and each year the damage caused by fire propagation is greater, in addition to factors related to human intervention that further aggravate the situation. among the difficulties in fighting fires is the lack of information about the affected areas and how fires spread across different landscapes [6]. therefore, appropriate modeling and simulation techniques are necessary to expand the understanding of the effect of factors such as vegetation, climate, topography and human influence on the flames dynamics enabling efficient planning of wildfire prevention and combat countermeasures. cellular automata (ca) have shown to be an extremely useful tool for representing natural phenomena [22]. notably, the study of fire propagation is one of the most investigated natural phenomena using ca models [5, 8, 17, 20]. a ca can be defined as a discrete dynamic system, composed of a lattice of agents, called cells. they are characterized by decentralized computation, where each cell interacts with its neighborhood to define its state at each time step. the evolution of the states of the ca cells is determined by simple transition rules, but when combined with local interaction between the cells, they result in a global complex dynamic of the lattice (emergent computation) [22]. however, for a model based on ca to adequately represent a phenomenon, it is necessary to correctly adjust the parameters of such model. estimating the values for these parameters is not a trivial task. as the number of parameters increases, so does the complexity due to the number of possible combinations [9]. in the case of fires, these factors can include climate, terrain, amount of combustible material, wind intensity, and many others [15]. on the other hand, approaches based on evolutionary algorithms, such as genetic algorithms, are widely used in the literature to adjust the parameters of complex models [2, 21]. a genetic algorithm (ga) is a search meta-heuristic inspired by darwin’s theory of evolution [11]. this type of algorithm deals with a population of individuals, which represent potential solutions, and employs selection methods and genetic operators that mimic the process of natural selection. that is, the idea that the fittest individuals (solutions) tend to survive and have a greater chance of passing on their genetic material to future generations. gas are commonly used in optimization problems since their genetic operators direct the exploration towards promising regions of the search space to find the best solution. ca models tuning based on evolutionary approach was previously investigated in the literature [8, 9, 16]. this work aims to develop an evolutionary approach using genetic algorithms to automatically adjust the parameters of an ca-based fire propagation model. it relies strongly on the previous approach proposed in [8] to reproduce fire propagation dynamics in homogeneous vegetation according to patterns observed in synthetically generated datasets. however, in the previous approach the data sampling rate was not taken into account. preliminary experiments have shown that this information is important for adjusting time steps in the evolution of a ca-based model to adequately capture the fire dynamic presents in the reference dataset. this was highlighted when the dataset is generated from a model that exhibits different dynamic behavior than that being adjusted by ga to reproduce the patterns in the data. from a broader perspective, in future more realistic applications, when the data to be used as reference are images sampled from the evolution of a real fire, this adjustment aims to make the number of steps in the temporal evolution of the ca model compatible with the sampling rate of the images. experiments were carried out, where the fire spreading achieved from our approach is compared with the reference data. different datasets were used, each one constructed from the distinct intervals (ca steps) between samples. it is also evaluated the method’s ability to automatically set the values of the model’s parameters in order to reproduce the behavior observed in the synthetic datasets created using both our model and another fire propagation ca-based model of the literature [20]. results showed that the ga adjustments presented a wildfire spreading similar to the dynamics represented in each reference dataset, demonstrating the robustness and adaptability of the method. 2 related works a brief literature review is presented that includes some important works related to both the models based on cellular automata to simulate the wildfires propagation and to the genetic algorithms employed to optimize the parameters of such models. the approach proposed in [7] is a reference for fire spread models using cellular automata. it is a two-dimensional ca lattice composed of three states cells and stochastic transition rules, that uses moore neighborhood and simulate the recovery of burnt cells and the spontaneous combustion. in [25] was proposed an ac-based model with hexagonal cells integrated as a rothermel model to simulate the temporal and spatial spread of forest fires. real data from a chinese province and artificial data were used in experiments that showed its ability to reproduce fires in heterogeneous landscapes. in [24], ca was integrated with gis (geographic information systems) to provide fire spread simulations where topographic elements, forest fuels and climate variables are considered. the proposal was evaluated on real data from a canadian city and the authors concluded that it can be applied to reproduce realistic fires and other spatio-temporal applications. using a case study related to a forest fire on spetses island in 1990, a ca-based fire spread model was developed in [1], where a black box nonlinear optimization approach is used to adjust the parameters from real gis data. the results showed that the event was well represented and that the approach can be used to manage risks in future fires. in [10] was presented a ca-based fire propagation model that applies a numerical optimisation approach to find values that correlate the model parameters.according to the authors, the results found were close to classical approaches. in [23], a ca-based model was used to evaluate the influence of a set of factors, such as combustible materials, wind, temperature and terrain, in the flames dynamics. the authors concluded that the proposed approach was able to satisfactorily simulate the flames behavior trends, aiding to understand the key factors of a wildfire propagation under different conditions. a hybrid approach was presented in [19], where ca is combined with other techniques calculating a propagation index using meteorological data from remote sensing in order to adjust the automaton’s evolution step to wildfire spread. according to the results, the model was able to predict the flames dynamics, ensuring accuracy and adaptability in the simulations. in [8], a 2d probabilistic ca-based model is tunning in order to improve the quality of the wildfire spread simulations. ca transition rule considers characteristics such as wind intensity, burning time and vegetation recovery, where the probability of a cell in the tree state starting to burn is calculated based on the burning neighbors and the direction and intensity of the wind. wildfire propagation model based in a 2d probabilistic ca is proposed in [20]. the model adopts different fire states and a non-linear vegetation recovery function, as well as modeling important characteristics that affect flame dynamics, such as the burning time, the fire intensity, the wind intensity and direction, the presence of obstacles. the last two models were used as case studies in this paper. the approach presented in [8] was adopted as the standard model to be configured by the ga, while the model proposed in [20] was used to generate reference datasets for the experiments. finally, a 2d ca-based model was used in [4] to reproduce wildfires in a real brazilian cerrado environment. different scenarios of vegetagion (homogeneous, heterogeneous) were simulated to evaluate the influence of model parameters, such as combustion intensity, wind and rivers, on the accurate reproduction of fire behavior. evolutionary approaches have been applied in the adjustment of various applications such as parameter definition of neural networks [21], scheduling problems [18], the spread of diseases [9, 16], adjustment of hydrological-hydrodynamic and water quality models [12], among other applications. several studies employ genetic algorithms in predicting and adjusting wildfire propagation models. in [3] is emphasized that fire modeling requires many parameters that are not always known and a genetic algorithm is used in order to find these parameters from historical data and calibrate the model at the end of the execution. ga’s population is evaluated using a metric called ffdi (forest fire danger index), which is calculated based on weather variable factors such as temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and drought factor. approach described in [5] utilizes a two-step strategy to calibrate the model, where the quality of the solution is evaluated by comparing the simulation data with the real fire data (burned in the real fire, burned in the simulated fire, or not burned). then, a \(2 \times 2\) table is constructed with four possibilities (hits, false alarms, misses, correct negatives). finally, the individual’s fitness is calculated. the authors concluded that there was a significant improvement in performance without compromising the execution time. in [8] an ga is used to adjust the parameters of a fire propagation model that considers elements such as wind intensity and direction, and homogeneous and heterogeneous vegetation scenarios based on historical data in a given area, being able to reproduce good results in different experiments. finally, a parallel ga with variable neighborhood and multiple subpopulations is proposed in [13] aiming to adjust the model parameters to optimize firefighting routes and minimize damage resulting from simulated fire propagation. 3 wildfire spreading model based on cellular automata in the present paper, we reproduce the fire propagation model based on cellular automata proposed in [8]. it uses a two-dimensional probabilistic cellular automaton composed of a lattice of cells, where each cell can assume one of two states (tree or fire), and a stochastic transition rule that controls the evolution of the ca, that is, it defines the state of the central cell at the next time step based in its current state and that of its neighbors. a matrix w (\(3 \times 3\)) is used to quantify the probability of a given cell igniting through the propagation of fire from its closest fire cells in a moore’s neighborhood with radius 1. this matrix represents the wind influence, that is, each of its 8-outer positions represents a wind direction according to the cartesian plane (northwest, north, northeast, east, southeast, south, southwest and west) and indicates the impact of that neighbor cell on the state of central cell. the matrix positions have a real value between [0,1], whose composition determines the direction, intensity and speed of the flames in the simulation. ca rule also represents characteristics of the vegetation, such as burning time (lq) and recovery time (lr), representing the time that a cell will remain in the fire state and the time required for a burned cell to be susceptible to burning again, respectively. burning cells go through the burning stages \(s_f \in \left\{ 1... lq \right\} \), while burned cells go through the recovery stages \(s_t \in \left\{ 1... lr \right\} \), before becoming susceptible to new fires. this evolution dynamic follows ca transition rules: (i) tree cells start with the maximum value of lr; (ii) a fire cell evolves incrementally through different stages until it reaches the maximum value lq; (iii) upon reaching the value lq, a fire cell transforms into a tree cell in stage 1; (iv) a tree cell in stage 1 goes through lr stages of recovery; and (v) only cells with maximum lr have a probability \(p = \frac{age}{lr} \times \frac{\overline{iw_{fire}}}{lq}\) to burn again, where \({\overline{iw_{fire}}}\) is the average of the product between the burning stage and the wind influence of each neighbor in fire state. the implementation to reproduce the reference model [8] was carried out considering a initial lattice \(100 \times 100\), where the central cell is chosen as the initial fire spot and all the other cells start in the tree state. the wind matrix used is \(w_{3\,\times \,3}\) = {{0.14, 0.50, 0.85}, {0.00, 0.00, 1.00}, {0.14, 0.50, 0.85}}, what characterizes the wind blowing to west and a force vector shown in fig. 1a. model parameters lq and lr were adjusted in preliminary experiments to approximate the behavior presented in the original model. the values employed are \(lq=3\) and \(lr=15\). the temporal evolution of the ca lattice using the reproduced model is presented in fig. 1b over 80 time steps. four snapshots of the simulation are presented in the figure: t = {10, 30, 50, 80}. fig. 1. simulation using our reproduction of the model in [8] full size image 4 proposed evolutionary approach we investigate an evolutionary approach to tuning the parameters for the ca-based fire spreading model previously described to produce a simulation that closely matches the one observed in the reference dataset related to the propagation of flames from a forest fire in a given area. we used artificial data generated by fire simulations as reference dataset. the initial experiments use the same model to generate these artificial datasets. in the subsequent experiment, a different ca-based spreading model [20] was used to generate the reference data. for both cases, we evaluate the ability of the ga to specify an adequate set of parameters to reproduce the general behavior observed in the images captured of the area during the evolution of a fire. the proposed genetic algorithm operates over 100 generations, with a uniformly generated population of 100 individuals, where each individual is a possible configuration for the ca-based model composed of 11 genes, as shown in fig. 2a. the first 8 genes have real values between \(\left[ 0, 1 \right] \) representing the wind matrix w that makes up the moore neighborhood (blue). the central cell (gray) is always considered zero, so it is not included in the chromosome. the next two genes are integer values representing the burn value lq with values between \(\left[ 0, 10 \right] \), the recovery value lr varying between \(\left[ 0, 100 \right] \). the latest parameter sr is also an integer belonging to the interval \(\left[ 0, 10 \right] \) representing the sampling rate. given a reference dataset composed by n fire spreading snapshots. this samples can be generated by other fire spreading models or even extracted from a sequence of images obtained in a real-world fire propagation. the number of time steps t needed in the simulation model that will be used to reproduce the behavior present in the reference dataset is given by \(sr \times n\). a set of t lattices will be generated from the temporal evolution of the ca model using the others parameters coded in the individual of the population. sr parameter represents the interval of time steps that will be applied to sampling the set of lattices used to evaluate the similarity of the simulation in relation to the fire propagation snapshots present in reference dataset. for example, if sr is 5 and the reference dataset has n = 10 snapshots of a wildfire propagation, the fitness set used to evaluate the individual will be composed by the ca lattices in the time steps in {5, 10, 15, 20, ..., 50} (t = 50). the quality of the ga individual is measured by the difference between the snapshots of the reference dataset and the lattices present in the fitness set. sr parameter is related to the major investigation of the present paper. it was proposed in this work to make the ga more generalist, being able to adapt to a reference data generated by other fire spreading models or from a sequence of real-world images. parent selection for the next generation is done by simple tournament selection with \(tour=3\), and offspring are generated by double-point crossover with a 90% rate. in mutation, each gene of the chromosome has a 20% probability of undergoing alteration. for real values, there is an increment or decrement between \(\left[ -0.2, 0.2\right] \), while integer values are incremented or decremented in 1. elitism reinsertion method was applied with a 25% rate, where the top 25 parents are retained, and the rest of the population is filled by the top 75 offspring. for the fitness calculation \(fit9p = \frac{\sum _{q=0}^{8}\sum _{i=1}^{n}\left| ind_{iq}-ref_{iq} \right| }{9}\), the lattice with a dimension of \(l = 100 \times 100\) is divided into 9 partitions \(q_i\), where i varies from \(\left[ 0, 8\right] \), as shown in fig. 2b, where \(ind_{iq}\) refers to the value of the simulation using the individual parameters under analysis in each partition q at time step i, and \(ref_{iq}\) is its reference value. five simulations of the model for each initial focus (24, 24), (24, 74), (74, 24), (74, 74) are performed using the parameters defined in the genes of each individual of the population over t time steps and the average value of the executions in each partition is used in the fitness function . these values were chosen based on preliminary experiments to reduce stochastic error and not render the experiments unfeasible due to high simulation time. fig. 2. chromosome and lattice division used in the ga fitness computation. full size image 5 experiments and results experiments were carried out to evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed approach in adjusting the parameters of the fire propagation modelfootnote 1 and the ability to find an adequate sampling rate in order to reproduce the general behavior of the flames propagation present in different reference datasets (ds). three criteria were considered for analyzing the results produced by the ga with respect to the ability to: (i) configure a wind intensity and direction similar to that observed in the dataset; (ii) reproduce the fire spreading of the reference data; and (iii) find an adequate sampling rate to simulate the flames in the ds. for each experiment, 30 runs of the genetic algorithm were performed. the results were ranked by fitness, and the best solution found was applied in the graphical plotting of the temporal evolution. then, a heat map was generated to verify the frequency that an area igniting, allowing the observation of the average behavior of the fire spreading by counting the occurrence of fire in a cell over 100 simulations. 5.1 sensitivity analysis aiming evaluate the algorithm’s ability to calibrate the parameters and its adaptability to a given input, sensitivity tests were conducted varying the size of the dataset. the objective was to determine the minimum size necessary for the algorithm’s convergence without losing the quality of the adjustment. this approach makes the algorithm more adaptable to information sources and optimizes computational time by being able to calibrate the model with fewer records. initially, the cellular automaton described in sect. 3 was reproduced. it was executed 100 times using the parameters of the matrix w corresponding to the wind to the west, \(lq=3\) and \(lr=15\) over 50 time steps. the average value for each time step was computed considering the 100 ca simulations, and reference databases with different sizes were created. the first database stores the average values related to all the 50 time steps. the second database is composed by only 25 average values, where it was stored just the even time steps {2, 4, 6, ..., 50}. in a similar way, other four databases were built to store 16, 10, 7 and 5 average values. thus, six reference datasets (ds) were built using distinct sampling period \(p = \left\{ 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 \right\} \), resulting in different dataset size \(s = \left\{ 50, 25, 16, 10, 7, 5 \right\} \), respectively. these reference datasets were called dataset i or dsi, where i indicates the ith element of p and s. although these datasets characterize the same wildfire scenario, since they were built based on the same group of 100 ca model simulations, they represent the data of a same phenomenon with different sampling frequency. generalizing to a real-world wildfire, propagation images are stored with different capture frequency. the wind matrix (w) in fig. 2a produces a resultant vector shown in fig. 1a, which represents the wind intensity (\(i=2\)) and west direction (\(\theta =180^{\circ }\)). it is obtained through vector decomposition, where the central cell \(w_{2\,\times \,2}\) represents the origin of the cartesian plane and each matrix cell \(w_{ij}\) is decomposed in vertical and horizontal components, which are used to generate the resultant vector of the matrix. more details on this process are provided in [8]. even if the exact values of the matrix parameters are not found, a good reproduction of the wind behavior can be achieved from a configuration capable of producing a similar resulting vector, that is, with nearby wind intensity and direction. fig. 3. wind preference matrices full size image genetic algorithm was applied to optimize the ca model parameters for the datasets used as reference (ds1, ds2, ds3, ds4, ds5 and ds6). thirty ga runs were carried out for each dataset. in table 1, the reference parameters used in the ca-based model simulations for the generation of the original dataset with 50 lattices are presented in the column named “reference”. the best solutions found by ga for each dataset are presented in the other columns. the genes \(g_{nw}\) to \( g_{w}\) that compose the matrix w for each experiment are shown. these values are used to produce the resultant vector with its intensity and inclination (fig. 3). the values for the burning time (lq), recovery time (lr) and sampling rate (sr) parameters are also presented, as well as the fitness achieved by the best ga individual in each dataset. table 1. reference and best parameter sets found by ga for each dataset.full size table as can be observed, ga achieved the exact values of the lr, lq and sr parameters for all datasets. it is important to note that the fitness values achieved for the best individual in each experiment are not comparable among the experiments d1 to ds6, since the values computation depends on the number of records belonging in each database. considering the ds1 experiment, the largest dataset with 50 records was used, so the ga accesses all the spreading information (50 lattices), making it the easier case of adjustment. the value of sr equal to 1 was found, and the matrix w produced values close to the original ones, as shown in fig. 3a, with an intensity vector of 1.87 and an inclination of 179.04\(^{\circ }\), which is close to the resultant vector related to the original matrix w (fig. 1a). the samples of the temporal evolution chosen for graphical plotting were \(t = \left\{ 7, 20, 35, 50 \right\} \). figure 4a presents the temporal evolution of both (i) the reference ds1 (the top plot); and (ii) the simulation based on the parameters of the best individual evolved by ga (the bottom plot). for all the others temporal evolution presented in fig. 4, the top plot was done based on the dataset used as reference, and the bottom plot was generated from the simulation using the best ga individual evolved for this dataset. the observed behavior in fig. 4a was appropriate, with burn areas very similar for both the main and secondary waves. besides, this observation can be generalized for several simulations as shown in the heat map in fig. 5a, with a slight tendency to evolve northwest due to the degree of difference in the vector, but nothing very significant. fig. 4. cellular automata temporal evolution full size image in the ds2 experiment, half of the records (25) were used, so the ga has less information about the spread of the fire sampling the phenomenon at each two time steps providing a greater difficulty to ga finding a good parameter adjustment. despite this, it was able to determine that the most suitable sr is 2. the ga also achieved good results regarding the matrix w, as shown in fig. 3b, with an intensity vector of 2.01 and an inclination of 180.8\(^{\circ }\), the best so far compared to the reference. the chosen samples for graphical plotting were \(t = \left\{ 4, 10, 18, 25 \right\} \). the simulation using the best individual presented an appropriate temporal evolution in fig. 4b, when compared to the data behavior, especially in the main wave, while the second wave exists but is slightly smaller than the reference. considering the heat map in fig. 5b, the average behavior was quite similar for both the outer and inner waves, although in the latter, the trace is slightly weaker than the reference, but the size is very close. considering the remaining experiments (ds3, ds4, ds5 and ds6), the best individual found for each dataset reference determines the most suitable sr: 3, 5, 7 and 10, respectively. regarding the matrix w, the values are appropriate, producing resultant vectors similar to the reference as shown in fig. 3, although the experiments ds3, ds4 and ds5 showed a more pronounced inclination to the southwest (6.44\(^{\circ }\), 7.27\(^{\circ }\) and 4.01\(^{\circ }\), respectively). this difference led to a smooth fire propagation in this direction, as shown in fig. 4 for these experiments. overall, despite the inclination, the behavior observed in experiments ds3 and ds4 in figure was appropriated. considering ds5 experiment, which reference dataset has 7 records, the temporal evolution in fig. 4e shows that the simulation with the best evolved individual, was able to reproduce the main propagation wave, but the second wave is non-existent. the average behavior observed in fig. 5 for experiments ds3, ds4 and ds5 was adequate. ds6 was the experiment with the smallest base containing only 5 records. although a good configuration was found for the matrix w, in the temporal evolution presented in fig. 4f, it can be noted that the internal waves were quite apparent, even more intense than the reference. in the average behavior shown by the heatmap in fig. 5f, values with a similar behavior to the external wave are observed, but the internal wave is more subdued than the previous experiments, showing that the temporal evolution did not reflect the average behavior adequately. fig. 5. temporal evolution heat map full size image in general, the experiments shown the ga was able to find good solutions and the most appropriate sr, provided that the base with the smallest sizes of records (ds5 and ds6) did not yield good results as the others, with no internal waves or being very intense. 5.2 robustness analysis in order to validate the robustness and adaptability of the proposed approach, due to the lack of real-world wildfire images, we employed a second ca-based fire propagation model proposed in [20] to generate artificial datasets. this model has other parameters than the model discussed in sect. 3, such as humidity and several burning stages, as well as its ca time steps represents a fire evolution time different from the ca-based propagation discussed previously. due to the distinct characteristics between the models, the best values for the model’s parameters are not known, what approximates to the problem of reproducing real-world wildfires dynamics with a simulation model. the performance of our approach will be evaluated based on the comparison between the fire dynamics resulting from the model configured by ga and the records of the datasets. three datasets were generated with 20 records (in each one) by running the reference ca-based model with different sampling rates \(sr~\in ~\left\{ 5, 7, 10 \right\} \), being named dataset 7 (ds7, sr=5), dataset 8 (ds8, sr=7) and dataset 9 (ds9, sr=9). these sampling rates were chosen because they are more challenger for the genetic algorithm search, as it was observed in the experiments in the last section. to validate the greater accuracy of the proposed approach, the artificial datasets were submitted to adjust the parameters of the ca-based model using two different versions of the genetic algorithm. the first one does not use the parameter sr in the individual coding, while the second ga version uses the proposed parameter in the genetic code as presented in sect. 4. the results of each ga approach are presented and analyzed to highlight the effect of including sr parameter. for each ga version and each dataset, 30 runs were carried out and they were analyzed using the same approach used in the previous experiments ds1 to ds6. the new experiments with database 7 were named ga-ds7, where the ga without the parameter sr was used, and ga-sr-ds7, where the proposed parameter sr is adjusted join with the other parameters in the individual. the same was made for dataset 8 and dataset 9 resulting in experiments named ga-ds8, ga-ds9, ga-sr-ds8, ga-sr-ds9. for the plot, the same time steps (\(t = \left\{ 5, 10, 15, 20 \right\} \)) are presented. table 2. robustness testfull size table figure 6 presents the dynamics of fires obtained from ga and ga-sr for different sampling rates, showing the temporal evolution of burned (red), recovering (gray) and recovered (green) areas. considering the experiment ga-ds7, table 2 shows that the best individual evolved by the simplest ga has \(lq=10\) (maximum possible value) and a \(lr=91\), producing a temporal evolution with a smaller burning area as shown in fig. 6a. on the other hand, in the experiment ga-sr-ds7 the best evolved individual has \(lr=10\) and \(lr=33\), which results in a bigger burning area, which is closer to the reference, especially at \(t=20\). it is important to note that there is a recovery process in the model [20] that was not captured by ga, but the ga-sr was able to find a similar recovery using \(sr=3\). considering the average behavior shown in fig. 6d it is highlighted that ga-sr-ds7 presented a closer dynamics to the reference. regarding the experiment ga-ds8, table 2 shows that the best individual evolved by the simplest ga has \(lq=10\) and a \(lr=57\). due to the fact that the sampling period is longer, the temporal evolution of the ga-ds8 in fig. 6b was not adequate because the burning area is significantly smaller than the reference. on the other hand, ga-sr-ds8 was able to find a better adaptation, by increasing the value of sr to 4, with \(lq=10\) and \(lr=23\). thus the temporal evolution was similar to the reference both in the burning and recovery areas. in the average behavior shown in fig. 6e this difference between ga-ds8 and ga-sr-ds8 are highlighted. we believe that the difference is very significant because with a higher sampling rate, the ga managed to get closer to the solution. finally, in the experiment ga-ds9, table 2 shows that the best individual evolved by the simplest ga has \(lq=9\) and a \(lr=28\), producing a very different temporal evolution in fig. 6a when compared to the reference. on the other hand, ga-sr-ds9 defined \(lr=10\), \(lr=37\) and \(sr=5\) in the best individual, better reproducing the dynamics adequately with a burning area (red), recovering (grey) and recovered (green) very similar. the average behavior in fig. 6f makes clear the much better adaptability of ga-sr over a ga approach without the sample rate. fig. 6. ga and ga-sr cellular automata temporal evolution. (color figure online) full size image experiments have shown that the proposed approach can replicate the behavior of other fire propagation models with different parameters, as well as adapt satisfactorily to the data dynamics generated from different sampling rates. 6 conclusions our main goal is to propose an evolutionary approach capable of automatically adjusting the parameters of a ca-based model, so that it is capable of making a good reproduction of the dynamics observed in the wildfire spreading. the phenomenon to be represented can be either a sequence of lattices generated by another fire propagation model or a sequence of digitized images of a real fire (reference dataset). we establish that it is relevant in this investigation that this evolutionary adjustment of parameters can adequately reproduce the dynamics regardless of the sampling rate used to generate the reference dataset. in this sense, a new parameter (sampling rate) was adjusted by the ga, which determines which lattices of a ca simulation will be used to assess the behavior similarity in relation to the reference data. experimental results show that our approach was able to find adequate values for this sampling rate and the other model parameters, resulting in fire dynamics close to those observed in the datasets. comparing with the approach without sampling rate, it was found that the presence of this parameter provides more versatility and adaptability to the ga, especially when reproducing sets with sparser data. we also analyzed the influence of the dataset size on the quality of the simulations generated using ga, where datasets with different sizes and periodicity between data were tested. it was possible to observe a reduction in ga efficiency for small datasets (size < 10), with 20 records being sufficient for the reproduction of the fire behavior even for sparser datasets. as future work, we intend to evaluate new fitness functions that consider more ca states and investigate the adjustment of more complex fire models, which have more parameters and are consequently more challenging for the ga. additionally, we also aim to evaluate the effectiveness of our approach in reproducing real wildfire propagation dynamics. notes 1.the source code and dataset used in the experiments are available in the repository https://github.com/lucasmurilo/evol-adj-of-a-ca-based-model-for-wf-sd.git. references alexandridis, a., et al.: a cellular automata model for forest fire spread prediction: the case of the wildfire that swept through spetses island in 1990. appl. math. comput. 204(1), 191–201 (2008) mathscinet  math  google scholar  alhijawi, b., awajan, a.: genetic algorithms: theory, genetic operators, solutions, and applications. evol. intel. 17(3), 1245–1256 (2024) article  math  google scholar  amol, d.r.: prediction of fire propagation in forest areas using genetic algorithm. in: itm web of conferences. vol. 32, p. 03046. edp sciences (2020) google scholar  brasiel, h.c., lima, d.a.: exploring the influence of wind, vegetation and water sources on the spread of forest fires in the brazilian cerrado biome using cellular automata. in: wcama, pp. 61–70 (2023) google scholar  carrillo, c., margalef, t., espinosa, a., cortés, a.: impact of mixed-precision: a way to accelerate data-driven forest fire spread systems. in: international conference on computational science, pp. 62–76 (2023) google scholar  carta, f., zidda, c., putzu, m., loru, d., anedda, m., giusto, d.: advancements in forest fire prevention: a comprehensive survey. sensors 23(14), 6635 (2023) article  google scholar  chopard, b., droz, m.: cellular automata modeling of physical systems (1998) google scholar  ferreira, m.e.a., quinta, a.l., lima, d.a., martins, l.g., oliveira, g.m.: automatic evolutionary adjustment of cellular automata model for forest fire propagation. in: international conference on cellular automata for research and industry, pp. 235–245. springer (2022) google scholar  fraga, l.m., de oliveira, g.m., martins, l.g.: adjustment of an epidemiological cellular automata-based model using genetic algorithm. in: ieee 32nd international conference on tools with artificial intelligence, pp. 589–594 (2020) google scholar  ghisu, t., et al.: an improved cellular automata for wildfire spread. procedia comput. sci. 51, 2287–2296 (2015) article  math  google scholar  goldberg, d.: genetic algorithms in search optimization, machine learning (1989) google scholar  gomes jr, m.n., giacomoni, m.h., navarro, f.a., mendiondo, e.m.: global optimization-based calibration algorithm for a 2d distributed hydrologic-hydrodynamic and water quality model. arxiv:2308.16864 (2023) li, x., chen, n., ma, h., nie, f., wang, x.: a parallel genetic algorithm with variable neighborhood search for the vehicle routing problem in forest fire-fighting. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems (2024) google scholar  maccarthy, j., richtera, j., tyukavina, s., weisse, m., harris, n.: the latest data confirms: forest fires are getting worse (2023) google scholar  miao, x., et al.: time series forest fire prediction based on improved transformer. forests 14(8), 1596 (2023) article  math  google scholar  monteiro, l.h.a., gandini, d., schimit, p.h.: the influence of immune individuals in disease spread evaluated by cellular automaton and genetic algorithm. comput. methods programs biomed. 196, 105707 (2020) article  math  google scholar  pavlova, a., rubtsov, s., telyatnikov, i.: using cellular automata in modelling of the fire front propagation through rough terrain. in: iop conference series: earth and environmental science. vol. 579, p. 012104. iop publishing (2020) google scholar  shen, x., guo, y., li, a.: cooperative coevolution with an improved resource allocation for large-scale multi-objective software project scheduling. appl. soft comput. 88, 106059 (2020) article  math  google scholar  sun, l., et al.: adaptive forest fire spread simulation algorithm based on cellular automata. forests 12, 1431 (2021) article  math  google scholar  tinoco, c.r., ferreira, h.f., martins, l.g., oliveira, g.m.: wildfire simulation model based on cellular automata and stochastic rules. in: international conference on cellular automata for research and industry, pp. 246–256 (2022) google scholar  tirumala, s.s.: evolving deep neural networks using coevolutionary algorithms with multi-population strategy. neural comp. app. 32, 13051–13064 (2020) article  math  google scholar  wolfram, s.: a new kind of science 2002 (2002) google scholar  xuehua, w., et al.: a cellular automata model for forest fire spreading simulation. in: ieee symposium series on computational intelligence, pp. 1–6 (2016) google scholar  yassemi, s., dragićević, s., schmidt, m.: design and implementation of an integrated gis-based cellular automata model to characterize forest fire behaviour. ecol. model. 210(1–2), 71–84 (2008) article  google scholar  yongzhong, z., et al.: simulating wildfire spreading processes in a spatially heterogeneous landscapes using an improved cellular automaton model. in: ieee international geoscience and remote sensing symposium. vol. 5, pp. 3371–3374 (2004) google scholar  download references acknowledgments authors thank the support from cnpq-proc. 423105/2021-3. author information authors and affiliations faculty of computing, federal university of uberlandia, uberlandia, mg, brazil lucas v. murilo, gina m. b. oliveira & luiz g. a. martins authors lucas v. muriloview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gina m. b. oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luiz g. a. martinsview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to lucas v. murilo . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper murilo, l.v., oliveira, g.m.b., martins, l.g.a. (2025). evolutionary adjustment of a cellular automata-based model for wildfire spreading. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_18 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_18 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords genetic algorithms cellular automata evolutionary adjustment wildfire propagation model publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature fitness landscape analysis of tpot using local optima network | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper fitness landscape analysis of tpot using local optima network conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 65–79 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) fitness landscape analysis of tpot using local optima network download book pdf download book epub matheus cândido teixeira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1103-53839 & gisele lobo pappa  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0349-449410  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 535 accesses 1 citation abstract automl addresses the challenge of automatically configuring machine learning pipelines for specific data analysis tasks. these pipelines encompass techniques for preprocessing and classifying data. numerous approaches exist for discovering the optimal pipeline configuration, with most focusing on optimization methods such as bayesian optimization and evolutionary algorithms. nevertheless, limited knowledge exists regarding the structure of the search space that these methods operate within. what is certain is that these spaces incorporate categorical, continuous, and conditional hyperparameters, and effectively handling them is not straightforward. to shed light on this matter, the present study conducts an examination of automl search spaces generated by the tree-based pipeline optimization tool (tpot) algorithm utilizing local optimal networks (lon). the goal is to gain deeper insights into the overall characteristics of the search space, enhancing comprehension of the search strategy employed and the algorithm’s limitations. this investigation aids in understanding the search strategy and constraints of the algorithm, ultimately contributing to the advancement of novel optimization algorithms or the refinement of existing ones within the scientific literature. the findings have implications for enhancing optimization algorithms by illuminating how the search space is explored and the consequent impact on the discovered solutions. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others analysis of neutrality of automl search spaces with local optima networks chapter © 2022 incremental search space construction for machine learning pipeline synthesis chapter © 2021 a hierarchical dissimilarity metric for automated machine learning pipelines, and visualizing search behaviour chapter © 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. continuous optimization lead optimization learning algorithms machine learning optimization bioinformatics 1 introduction in the last decade, automated machine learning (automl) has experienced significant advancements in the development of algorithms and strategies for generating tailored machine learning pipelines for specific problems [8]. a machine learning pipeline consists of a sequence or parallel execution of operations, including data preprocessing, classification, and post-processing. while classification is commonly used, other machine learning tasks like regression or clustering can also be accommodated. these methods aim to improve accuracy while considering computational constraints, as evaluating these pipelines requires substantial computational resources. major cloud platforms, such as google, microsoft, and amazon, have incorporated automl methods into their offerings [4]. the generation of these pipelines primarily relies on bayesian optimization, evolutionary computation, or hybrid techniques [8]. in recent years, the focus has shifted towards optimizing the hyperparameters of artificial neural networks, a process known as neural architecture search (nas) [3]. however, little is known about the structure of the search space in both automl and nas domains, which could provide insights into more effective and efficient exploration methods. given the success of evolutionary computation in exploring these pipeline spaces, which started with basic methods like tpot [12] and recipe [16] and progressed to more advanced approaches like cma-es [7], it is natural to investigate the fitness landscape that these methods traverse. the fitness landscape of a problem is defined by three components: the set of valid solutions (\(\mathcal {x}\)), the neighborhood of a solution (\(\mathcal {n}\)), and a fitness function (\(f: \mathcal {x}\rightarrow \mathbb {r}\)) that evaluates the solutions in \(\mathcal {x}\). by assessing solutions using f and considering the notion of neighborhood, the fitness landscape can be characterized. previous research has explored the fitness landscape of automl problems using local optimal networks (lon) [10], which offers a global perspective compared to traditional metrics such as fdc. lons provide a comprehensive view of the fitness landscape, while fdc focuses on local features of the search space. however, previous work employed an artificial search space generated using brute force, with a fixed number of neighbors for each solution, which is unrealistic since many algorithms employ efficient strategies to explore the search space. to address this limitation, we construct the search space using tpot, an automl algorithm. essentially, our grammar and search space represent 69,960 valid machine learning pipelines that comprise a classification algorithm and potentially a preprocessing algorithmfootnote 1. although our grammar is smaller compared to the default tpot configuration space, which can represent an enormous number of different ml pipelines, this simplification allows us to evaluate every pipeline represented by our grammar and determine the global optimum in the search space. the results reveal that in many cases, tpot fails to optimize the problem, frequently evaluating suboptimal solutions instead of the global optimum in numerous datasets, indicating tpot’s struggle to optimize in certain search spaces and its tendency to get trapped in local optima. this work contributes to the field by constructing a new search space for automl problems using a real optimization algorithm (tpot), proposing a novel approach for assigning weights to edges in constructing the local optima network (lon), and conducting an analysis of the constructed lons. the remainder of this paper is structured as follows: sect. 2 reviews related work, sect. 3 presents our methodology, including details about the grammar, tpot configuration, search space construction, and lon generation. section 4 describes our experimental setup, including the datasets used, statistical information, and hardware specifications. section 5 presents the results and ensuing discussion. finally, sect. 6 concludes the paper. 2 related work few works have looked so far at the fitness landscape of automl problems. garciarena et al. [6] were the first to perform the analysis of automl landscapes considering a subspace of tpot. their objective was to identify the local characteristics of the space close to optimal solutions by using metrics such as slope, roughness and neutrality. their results suggest that many regions of high fitness exist in the space, but these are prone to overfitting. in this same direction, pimenta et al. [13] looked at fitness landscape metrics to better understand the search space of a huge space of machine learning pipelines. they looked at fitness distance correlation (fdc) and metrics of neutrality, and concluded fdc was a poor metric for performing the analyses. turning from automl complete pipelines to analyses of loss function in neural architecture search (nas), rodrigues et al. [15] characterized fitness landscapes of meta-heuristics for neuroevolution of convolutional neural networks using autocorrelation and the entropic measure of ruggedness. nunes et al. [9] also analyzed the fitness landscape of nas in the context of graph neural network architectures. they used fdc together with the dispersion metric (which measures the dispersion between the funnels in the landscape), and have also looked at the neutrality of the space. in the realm of automl problems, there has been ongoing research on the fitness landscape. pushak et al. [14] conducted an assessment of the landscape of algorithm configuration, specifically focusing on the modality and convexity of parameter responses. their approach involved defining parameter response slices, where a specific parameter, denoted as p, was varied within a defined window centered around an optimum solution identified by smac. by keeping all other parameters constant and measuring the algorithm’s performance as a function of p, they evaluated various algorithms for typical optimization problems. the findings revealed that many of the parameter slices exhibited unimodal and convex characteristics, both within instance sets and on individual instances. one of the few works analyzing fitness landscapes based on lons and related to our research is presented in [17]. the authors adapted lons to analyze the overall structure of parameter configuration spaces. they examined the metrics derived from lons and fitness distance correlation (fdc), observing significant discrepancies when tuning the same algorithm for different problem instances. notably, in complex scenarios, a substantial number of sub-optimal funnels were identified, while simpler problems displayed a single global funnel. similarly, cleghorn et al. [2] investigated parameter spaces for particle swarm intelligence (pso) with a similar objective. their analysis unveiled that the macro-level view of pso’s parameter landscapes appeared relatively simple, yet the micro-level view revealed a much higher level of complexity. this complexity posed challenges for parameter tuning, exceeding the initial assumptions. 3 methodology the problem of automl can be formally defined as a generalization of the combined algorithm selection and hyperparameter optimization (cash) problem [5]. in its original definition, given a set \(\mathcal {a} = \{ a^{(1)}, a^{(2)}, \ldots , a^{(k)} \}\) of learning algorithms, where each algorithm \(a^{(j)}\) has a hyperparameter space \(\varlambda ^{(j)} = \{ \lambda ^{(1)}, ..., \lambda ^{(s)}\}\), defined from the full set of algorithm’s hyper-parameters \(\mathbf { \omega }\), the cash problem is defined as in eq. 1footnote 2. $$\begin{aligned} a^*_{\lambda ^*} = \underset{a^{(j)}\in \mathcal {a}, \lambda \in \varlambda ^{(i)}}{\textrm{argmax}} \frac{1}{k} \sum _{i=1}^{k}\mathcal {f}\left( \mathcal {a}_{\lambda }^{(j)},\ \mathcal {d}_{train}^{(i)}, \mathcal {d}_{valid}^{(i)}\right) \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(\mathcal {f}(a_\lambda ^{(j)}, \mathcal {d}_{train}^{(i)}, \mathcal {d}_{valid}^{(i)})\) is the gain achieved when a learning algorithm a, with hyperparameters \(\varlambda \), is trained and validated on disjoint training and validation sets \(\mathcal {d}_{train}^{(i)}\) and \(\mathcal {d}_{valid}^{(i)}\), respectively, on each partition \(1 \le i \le k\) of a k-fold cross-validation procedure. a generalization can be made if we replace \(\mathcal {a}\) by a set of pipelines \(\mathcal {p} = \{ {p}^{(1)}, ..., {p}^{(v)}\}\), which includes a subset of algorithms from \(\mathcal {a}\) and their respective set of hyperparameters \({{\vargamma ^{(i)}}} = \{ {{ \varlambda ^{(1)}}}, ..., {{\varlambda ^{(s)}}\}}\), represented by the full set \(\mathbf {\psi }\), as defined in eq. 2 $$\begin{aligned} {\mathbf {p^{*}}}_{\mathbf {\gamma ^{*}}} = \underset{\mathcal {{p}}^{(i)} \subseteq {\textbf{p}}, {\mathbf {\gamma ^{(i)}}} \subseteq {\mathbf {\psi }}}{\textrm{argmax}} \frac{1}{k} \cdot \sum _{j=1}^{k} \mathcal {f}({\mathbf {p^{(i)}} }_{\mathbf {\gamma ^{(i)}}}, d^{(j)}_{train}, d^{(j)}_{valid}) \end{aligned}$$ (2) figure 1 illustrates a fitness landscape, where the horizontal axis represents the configuration space and the vertical axis represents the fitness of a given configuration. as the landscape fitness concept is multidisciplinary (it can be applied to several problems), it is necessary to define what the configuration space represents and how the fitness is calculated. therefore, in this article, the configurations space is formed by ml pipelines and the fitness was defined as the f1-score of the pipeline. fig. 1. illustration of a simple fitness landscape full size image fig. 2. examples of pipelines full size image ml pipelines can be represented through a tree as illustrated in fig. 2. each configuration (represented by the horizontal axis) in fig. 1 corresponds to a pipeline according to the examples illustrated in fig. 2. pipelines are built according to a context-free grammar that defines that every grammatically correct pipeline has 0 or 1 preprocessing algorithms and a classification algorithm. in the figure, the leaf nodes correspond to the algorithms and their respective hyperparameters. although some algorithms have continuous hyperparameters, a set of discrete values have been selected and can be consulted through grammarfootnote 3. 3.1 tpot: tree-based pipeline optimization tool tpot [12] is an automatic optimization tool for ml pipelines (ie, automl) that uses genetic programming (gp) as optimization heuristics. gp, as well as several algorithms based on the theory of evolution, use crossover, mutation, recombination and selection operators to evolve individuals. in the case of tpot, individuals are ml pipelines, whose algorithms and hyperparameters are defined through a configuration file. 3.2 construction of the fitness landscape to analyze how tpot explores the space, we first select a relatively small configuration space composed of 4 options of preprocessing algorithms (one option is not to use a preprocessing algorithm) and 5 classification algorithms. each algorithm has a set of hyperparameters and, considering algorithms and hyperparameters, it is possible to form about 70,000 different pipelines. each pipeline is made up of a classification algorithm and (optionally) a preprocessing algorithm. we evaluate the fitness (f1-score) of each of these solutions. then, we run the tpot in that same space to be able to analyze how the algorithm explores the space, that is, if the tpot, i.e. the gp, is an algorithm capable of effectively optimizing the automl problem. we run tpot 30 times on each dataset using a different seed for statistical purposes. to build the fitness landscape, it is necessary to define the concept of neighborhood. we define the neighborhood through 3 different types of operators: mutation, recombination and reproduction. when a solution u is mutated and generates another solution v, we say that v is a neighbor of u, that is, \(v \in \mathcal {n}(u)\). the same process occurs in the case of recombination. as for the crossover, the process is different. two solutions \(u_1\) and \(u_2\) are selected for reproduction and a solution v is generated as a product of this operation. figure 3 illustrates the process. fig. 3. edges full size image 3.3 compressing neutral nodes the lon – shown below – is affected by the number of local optima in space. by definition, a locally optimal solution is a solution whose fitness is greater than that of its neighbors, therefore, a local optimum can be verified by comparing its fitness with that of its neighbors or through a local search algorithm like hill climbing, where the local optimum is the solution where the algorithm does not find any other optimization points. regardless of the method used, both methods should achieve the same result, however, after some experiments, a divergence was observed in the nodes identified as local optima by both methods. after analyses, it was identified that the order in which the local search algorithm visits neutral regions of the fitness landscape can generate a greater amount of optima because the first solution visited in the neutral region is reported as an lo – there is no solution with fitness greater than current. although dealing with the hill climbing acceptance criteria seems to be a solution to the problem – seeking to advance in a solution with fitness greater than or equal to the current one – the problem still persists if there is no solution with fitness greater than the one already found in the region neutral. therefore, the solution adopted in this work was to compress neutral solutions into a single node and insert an attribute that counts the number of merged nodes for later analysis purposes. the strategy used to find neutral solutions was to use breadth-first search (bfs) to enter neutral regions through the neighborhood of a solution. after this adjustment, the graph with clustered neutral regions is used to construct the lon. 3.4 local optima networks (lon) a lon is represented by a directed graph lon = (v,e), where v are the vertices that represent the local optima of the fitness landscape and e are the edges that connect the vertices, which can represent basin-transition, escape or permutation edges, as detailed below. by extracting a set of features from this network, we obtain a view of the global structure of the fitness landscape of a problem. here, we use the original lon model [11] to perform our analysis, along with other models more adapted to neutral spaces, such as compressed lon (clon), monotonic lon (mlon), and compressed monotonic lon (cmlon) [1, 10]. 3.5 nodes a local optimum is defined as a solution x such that \(\forall x' \in \mathcal {n}(x),\, f(x) \ge f(x')\), where \(\mathcal { n }(\cdot )\) is the neighborhood operator and \(f(\cdot )\) is the fitness function. the local optima are defined by a local search algorithm. in this work, the local search looks for solutions with fitness greater than or equal to the current fitness. note that the f-measure varies from 0 to 1, and some machine learning pipelines may differ only on the third or fourth decimal point. these small differences make little to no effect on the results, and hence we could say solutions with these differences in fitness are neutral. because of that, a pipeline \(p_i\) is defined as better than a pipeline \(p_j\) if the fitness value of \(p_i\) is greater than the fitness value of \(p_j + \delta \), where \(\delta \) is a specified tolerance value given by the standard deviation of the mean fitness value of 30 independent random samples. the literature defines a variety of local search algorithms to find the local optima of a lon, including iterated local search (ils) and tabu search. we have used a classical hill-climbing, as the search space is combinatorial and enumerable. 3.6 edges once the lon nodes are determined, we define whether there is an edge \(e_{ij}\) between two local optima \(lo_i\) and \(lo_j\) by defining a edge weight \(w_{ij}\). an edge exists when \(w_{ij} >0\). the literature defines at least three ways of assigning weights to lon edges  [10, 11, 18]: basin-transition edges, escape edges, and perturbation edges. each of these methods brings new information about the relationship between local optima, but basin-transition is more useful for combinatorial problems because of its probabilistic nature. a problem with this method is that it takes a long time to evaluate the weight of every edge (in the order of \(o(n^3)\)), so we propose a new methodology: common ancestor, as described below, and use the basin-transition as a baseline. basin-transition (bt): as the local search defines a mapping from the search space to a set of locally optimal solutions, it also generates basins of attraction. the basin of attraction \(b_i\) of a local optimum \(lo_i\) is composed by all solutions s in the search space that satisfy \(ls(s)=lo_i\), that is, \( b_i = \{v \in v(g)\, |\, ls(v) = lo_i\}\). therefore, in the basin transition method [11], the weight of the edge that connects two local optima \(lo_i\) and \(lo_j\) is given by: $$\begin{aligned} w(e_{ij})=\frac{1}{|b_i|}\sum _{s \in b_i}{\sum _{s' \in b_j}{p(s \rightarrow s')}} \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(p(s \rightarrow s')\) is the probability of a mutation in s generates \(s'\). common ancestor (ca): this method assigns weights to edges proportionally to the number of common ancestors. a node v is an ancestor of u if there exists a path that connects v to u, i.e., \(u \leadsto v\). 3.7 network statistics number of nodes: indicates the total number of nodes (or vertices). number of edges: indicates the total number of edges present in the graph. number of self-loops: indicates the number of simple loops in the graph, where an edge’s destination is equal to its origin (e.g., (u, u)). number of isolated nodes: indicates the number of nodes without any incoming or outgoing edges. degree centrality: measures the importance of a node in the graph based on the number of edges incident to that node. it quantifies the node’s connectivity within the network. in-degree: the number of edges that terminate at a given vertex. it indicates the importance of a solution in the search space and identifies frequently visited solutions during exploration. out-degree: the number of edges that originate from a given vertex. it indicates the importance of a solution in the search space and identifies solutions that are challenging for the search algorithm to reach. density: measures the proportion of edges present in the graph relative to the total number of possible edges. mean clustering: the average clustering coefficient of each node in the graph, which captures the degree of interconnectedness among a node’s neighbors. total weight: the sum of the weights of all edges present in the graph. increasing weights: the sum of the weights of edges that connect nodes where the fitness of the destination node is greater than the fitness of the origin node. decreasing weights: the sum of the weights of edges that connect nodes where the fitness of the destination node is smaller than the fitness of the origin node. neutral weights: the sum of the weights of edges that connect nodes where the fitness of the destination node is equal to the fitness of the origin node. 4 experimental setup 4.1 characterization of the fitness landscapes the fitness landscape of a problem depends directly on the data being analyzed. in this work the pipelines were evaluated in 20 datasets selected from uci machine learning repositoryfootnote 4 and from kagglefootnote 5. the selection criteria were: (i) popularity, (ii) numerical or categorical features and (iii) the task intended was classification. considering the search space defined in sect. 3, we generate all the solutions and evaluated them for each of the 20 datasets, generating 20 different fitness landscapes. table 1 presents some features of the datasets used to generate the fitness landscape. the “code” column indicates the code used to reference each dataset, the “instances” column indicates the number of instance, the “features” column indicates the number of features, the “classes” column indicates the number of classes present in the target feature. following, the “#optimum” column indicates the number of solutions that achieve the value of optimal fitness. the “var.”, “mean”, “max.” and “min.” columns indicate the variance, mean, highest and lowest fitness value of the evaluated pipelines. table 1. summary of the fitness value of the pipelines evaluated in each datasetfull size table further, fig. 4 shows the box-plots of the fitness distribution of the pipelines generated for each dataset. note that, for some datasets, the fitness of the solutions is predominantly high or low, while for others they are better distributed. observe that this distribution does not affect the fla, but gives an insight on the difficulty of the problem. fig. 4. box-plot of the fitness of the pipelines in different datasets. full size image fig. 5. evaluation time for the complete search space defined by the grammar. full size image table 1 shows more detailed statistics of the fitness of the pipelines evaluated for each dataset, summarized in the box-plots of fig. 4. the variance is relatively low since the fitness (f1-score) can vary from 0.00 to 1.00. figure 5 shows the total time required for evaluating the entire configuration space. the total time is equal to the sum of the time needed to train and evaluate each solution individually. some factors that justify the variation in total time are the number of samples and the size of each dataset. for example, ds09 is the largest dataset (51 features). the experiments were run on an intel(r) xeon(r) cpu e5-2620 v2 @ 2.10 ghz and approximately 65 gb of ram. the configuration space generated by tpot is composed of pipelines that have a feature selection algorithm, a preprocessing algorithm and a classification algorithm. there are approximately \(3.94\times 10^{10}\), \(2.66\times 10^{10}\) and \(1.50\times 10^{38}\) combinations of selection, preprocessing and classification algorithms, respectively, considering the different combinations of hyperparameters. the tpot configurations are: population_size is 10, generations is 30, mutation rate is 0.9, crossover rate is 0.1 and the scoring function is f1-weighted. the experiments were run on 20 datasets for selected classification problems from the kaggle platform. 5 results our experiments aim to verify how the tpot explores the configuration space. the first experiments analyze the performance of tpot until finding the global optimum (go) and the number of times the algorithm was able to find the go. this helps to verify the difficulty faced by the algorithm in the search spaces of the experiment. as the entire space was evaluated by brute force and the space was conditioned to only a few solutions (about 70 thousand), it is possible to detect whether the algorithm found the go. the results of the fitness landscape of tpot show that some solutions are evaluated frequently, that is, even when changing the seed of the algorithm, a subset of solutions (in some cases only one) are evaluated in most executions (more than 70% of the times). the analysis of these solutions indicates that in all cases, they are not the global optimum and that the average error (average of the difference between their fitness and the global optimum) is 0.06 with a standard deviation of 0.07. also, tpot is not able to optimize the datasets in several cases (even in this small search space). for example, it is possible to verify through the column “hits (%)” of table 2 that tpot does not find the global optimum in all executions in most datasets. for example, the global optimum was only found in 16,67% of the runs in the raisin dataset, while in the bank and nursery dataset it was found in all tpot runs. however, regardless of the number of hits, in all cases, the average error (between the highest fitness found and the global optimum in space) occurs only from the third decimal place. this result indicates that the tpot was close to the global optimum in all runs, since a difference of 0.004 in the f1-score between different ml pipelines is not a significant gain or loss in most applications. table 2. summarization of 30 runs of tpot using the samefull size table table 3. performance do tpot: regarding the number of generations until finding the gofull size table table 3 presents the generation in which the tpot finds the global optimum (go). the column “gen.” indicates which generation the first go was found. the other two columns indicate the amount that was found and the amount that the dataset has. finding the go in a large generation indicates that the algorithm found some difficulty in exploring the space and this may be an indication of the difficulty of the problem. another aspect is the amount of gos found (especially in multimodal problems) in the space, since the exploration of the search space is an important feature because of the diversity of solutions, which is an important feature for automl, as it allows the choice between different algorithms. for example, in the ds08 dataset, the number of gos is 96, while the average of optimals found by tpot is only 18.87, that is, a large part of the space diversity remains unexplored. figure 6 presents the centrality, density and clustering statistics of the graphs generated by the tpot exploration. reported results are the average of 30 runs of the experiment. it is possible to observe that, when we create the lon using the ca method, the results are closer to the original graph, while the bt method presents more discrepant results. in the three metrics shown in the figure, the bt method has values greater than those calculated in the other graphs. this allows us to conclude that the bt results in a lon with greater centrality and denser than the others. fig. 6. performance of tpot in different runs on the same dataset full size image figure 7 shows several runs of the algorithm on the same dataset, but with different seeds. it is possible to verify that in the first case, the algorithm was not able to find the go and the exploration was concentrated in only one region — represented by the densest region in the figure. in the second case, the algorithm found 75% of the global optima in space and the graph has many explored regions and the concentrations are scattered around several solutions. in the third case, the algorithm was able to find all gos and the figure indicates a concentration of the exploration around some solutions (visually less than in the second case). the explanation for this is that some hyperparameters do not affect the fitness of the solutions (in certain spaces), therefore, all solutions that differ only in the values of such hyperparameters, obtain the same fitness. therefore, some solutions are close to each other due to this phenomenon. fig. 7. performance of tpot in different runs on the same dataset full size image figure 8 presents the results of various graph statistics computed on the lon ca and lon bt graphs. for comparison purposes, the value of the statistics were normalized by the maximum value obtained in each method, that is, we divided the value of each statistic by the maximum value found in datasets. it is possible to observe that for both the in-degree and the out-degree, the statistic evaluated in lon bt is smoother (and higher) than the one evaluated in lon ca. in the other statistics, both vary significantly as the datasets vary. therefore, we initially analyzed the correlation between the statistics of the two methods. fig. 8. several metrics calculated using the lon constructed using the bt and ca method. the results serve as a basis for comparison between methods. full size image considering the relationship between the lon bt and ca, it is possible to verify that the correction between the average degree of entry and exit is 0.051, that is, there is no correlation between the two types. likewise, the correlation between the weight of the edges that form loops in the lon is -0.335, that is, the correlation is equally weak. the correlation between the number of edges and the weight of the graph is 0.5653 and 0.5414, respectively. although in these last two cases the correlation is greater, it is still not possible to consider that there is a strong relationship between them. thus, it is possible to observe that the structure of the lon are relatively different from each other. in order to compare the difference between both methods, the following statistical test was performed: the correlation between the metrics of the two lons were correlated with the features of the tpot exploration graph (from table 2: hits (%), error, fitness, global/ from table 3: generation, # found, # global) and the t-testfootnote 6 was used to compare whether there is a difference between the two populations. the resulting p-value was 0.57, which allows accepting the null hypothesis that both means are equal. in this case, we consider that the equality of the mean is a measure of the similarity between the two populations. 6 conclusion the results show that tpot suffers somewhat from local optima, as indicated by the fact that suboptimal solutions remain for many generations. however, the solutions have a fitness relatively close to the global optimum (difference less than \(10\times 10^{-4}\)). another observation is the importance of repeating the experiments, as the algorithm is affected by the position where it was initialized. tpot can quickly converge to suboptimal solutions and fail to explore space. through several iterations of the algorithm, it is possible to verify and ’force’ the space exploration through different initialization points. the results also show that lon ca has structural differences in relation to lon bt. the correlations between several metrics between them are low, which suggests that the two methods create “different” lons. however, both methods produce a graph that has a similar correlation with the metrics of the original graph, with the advantage that the ca method is more efficient. it can be computed through the adjacency matrix of the graphs (cost o(\(n^2\))), while the bt method needs to calculate the combinations between pairs of adjacent nodes (cost o(\(n^3\))). notes 1.in this work, the terms machine learning pipeline, solution, and configuration are used interchangeably, referring to one or more preprocessing/classification algorithms and their parameters. 2.the original definition casts the problem as a minimization one. here we replace the loss function by a gain function. 3.link to grammar. 4.https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/index.php. 5.https://www.kaggle.com/datasets. 6.the same variance was not assumed for the two populations. references adair, j., ochoa, g., malan, k.m.: local optima networks for continuous fitness landscapes. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion, pp. 1407–1414. acm, new york (jul 2019). https://doi.org/10.1145/3319619.3326852, https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3319619.3326852 cleghorn, c.w., ochoa, g.: understanding parameter spaces using local optima networks. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion, pp. 1657–1664. acm, new york (jul 2021). https://doi.org/10.1145/3449726.3463145, https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3449726.3463145 elsken, t., metzen, j.h., hutter, f.: neural architecture search: a survey. j. mach. learn. res. 20(1), 1997–2017 (2019) mathscinet  math  google scholar  erickson, n., et al.: autogluon-tabular: robust and accurate automl for structured data. arxiv preprint arxiv:2003.06505 (2020) feurer, m., klein, a., eggensperger, k., springenberg, j., blum, m., hutter, f.: efficient and robust automated machine learning. in: advances in neural information processing systems, pp. 2962–2970 (2015) google scholar  garciarena, u., santana, r., mendiburu, a.: analysis of the complexity of the automatic pipeline generation problem. in: 2018 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec). pp. 1–8. ieee (jul 2018). https://doi.org/10.1109/cec.2018.8477662, https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/8477662/ g. shala, biedenkapp, a., n.awad, adriaensen, s., m.lindauer, hutter, f.: learning step-size adaptation in cma-es. in: proceedings of the sixteenth international conference on parallel problem solving from nature (ppsn 2020) (sep 2020) google scholar  hutter, f., kotthoff, l., vanschoren, j.: automated machine learning: methods, systems, challenges. springer nature (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-05318-5 nunes, m., fraga, p.m., pappa, g.l.: fitness landscape analysis of graph neural network architecture search spaces. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 876–884. acm, new york (jun 2021). https://doi.org/10.1145/3449639.3459318, https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3449639.3459318 ochoa, g., chicano, f.: local optima network analysis for max-sat. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion, pp. 1430–1437. acm, new york (jul 2019). https://doi.org/10.1145/3319619.3326855, https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3319619.3326855 ochoa, g., verel, s., daolio, f., tomassini, m.: local optima networks: a new model of combinatorial fitness landscapes, pp. 233–262 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41888-4_9, http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-642-41888-4_9 olson, r.s., moore, j.h.: tpot: a tree-based pipeline optimization tool for automating machine learning. in: workshop on automatic machine learning, pp. 66–74 (2016) google scholar  pimenta, c.g., de sá, a.g.c., ochoa, g., pappa, g.l.: fitness landscape analysis of automated machine learning search spaces, pp. 114–130 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-43680-3_8, http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-030-43680-3_8 pushak, y., hoos, h.: algorithm configuration landscapes: in: auger, a., fonseca, c.m., lourenço, n., machado, p., paquete, l., whitley, d. (eds.) ppsn 2018. lncs, vol. 11102, pp. 271–283. springer, cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-99259-4_22 chapter  google scholar  rodrigues, n.m., silva, s., vanneschi, l.: a study of fitness landscapes for neuroevolution (jan 2020), http://arxiv.org/abs/2001.11272 de sá, a.g.c., pinto, w.j.g.s., oliveira, l.o.v.b., pappa, g.l.: recipe: a grammar-based framework for automatically evolving classification pipelines. in: mcdermott, j., castelli, m., sekanina, l., haasdijk, e., garcía-sánchez, p. (eds.) eurogp 2017. lncs, vol. 10196, pp. 246–261. springer, cham (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55696-3_16 chapter  google scholar  treimun-costa, g., montero, e., ochoa, g., rojas-morales, n.: modelling parameter configuration spaces with local optima networks. in: proceedings of the 2020 genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 751–759 (2020) google scholar  yafrani, m.e., et al.: a fitness landscape analysis of the travelling thief problem. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 277–284. acm, new york (jul 2018). https://doi.org/10.1145/3205455.3205537, https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3205455.3205537 download references acknowledgements we would like to thank ifmt for the financial support for transportation and accommodation during the participation in the conference. author information authors and affiliations instituto federal de mato grosso (ifmt), cuiaba, brazil matheus cândido teixeira universidade de minas gerais (ufmg), belo horizonte, brazil gisele lobo pappa authors matheus cândido teixeiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gisele lobo pappaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to matheus cândido teixeira . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper teixeira, m.c., pappa, g.l. (2023). fitness landscape analysis of tpot using local optima network. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_5 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_5 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords tpot local optima network fitness landscape publish with us policies and ethics profiles matheus cândido teixeira view author profile gisele lobo pappa view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a systematic approach to define semantics for prioritised logic programs | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a systematic approach to define semantics for prioritised logic programs conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 297–312 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) a systematic approach to define semantics for prioritised logic programs download book pdf download book epub renan cordeiro10, guilherme fernandes10, joão alcântara10 & … henrique viana11  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 737 accesses abstract we propose in this paper a framework of prioritised logic programs (\(\textit{plp}\)) to represent priority information explicitly in a program. differently of others approaches, we do not restrain the preference relation only to literals, but to sets of literals. as consequence, we can express in \(\textit{plp}\)s sophisticated forms of preferences without changing the programs or introducing new atoms to obtain artificially the intended preferences. besides, inspired on various developments in the literature on preference, we present a comprehensive and systematic treatment to deal with preferences in logic programming. in fact, we introduced 32 different criteria (semantics) to establish preference between partial stable models as well as those semantics whose definition depends on partial stable models. we show some properties of our framework; in particular, we guarantee these semantics for \(\textit{plp}\) generalise their counterparts for logic programs without preferences. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others representing morality in logic programming chapter © 2016 a language-independent framework for reasoning about preferences for declarative problem solving chapter © 2019 probabilistic hyperproperties of markov decision processes chapter © 2020 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. formal logic linear logic logic logic design utilitarianism computer science logic and foundations of programming 1 introduction in many applications of artificial intelligence and commonsense reasoning, we have to deal with uncertain, vague, inaccurate, doubtful and even contradictory information as well as with certain, precise and reliable information. in this scenario, conflicts can naturally arise and, it urges to develop mechanisms to resolve them. adopting some criteria to establish preferences between these conflicting information is an effective way of reasoning with them. somehow we have to prioritise the information to separate the wheat from the chaff. for representing and reasoning with preferences, several prioritised systems have been proposed (see [1] for a survey). when moving our eyes to preferences in logic programming, we see a plethora of proposals (see [2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12] for a non exhaustive list). as witnessed by the multitude of formalisms with preferences, a key issue here is the lack of consensus on the role played by preferences. roughly speaking, we find in the literature various works with diverging intuitions, and as a consequence, conceptually different formal techniques to deal with preference. while there are many proposals on preferences in the reasoning process and knowledge representation, there is still much space for improvement. indeed, as noticed in [13], one of the main problems a user faces when expressing preferences is any preference representation language based on the direct assessment of user preferences over the complete set of options is simply infeasible. we have to resort to compact preference representation languages which represent partial descriptions of preferences and rank-order the possible options. with such a motivation in view, in this paper, we generalise the notion of prioritised logic programs (\(\textit{plp}\)s) proposed in [4] to encompass not only the relation of priority between literals (atoms or its negation), but also sets of literals. the resulting framework offers a preference representation language expressive enough to represent complex forms of preference in a compact manner. while in [4], in order to represent a conjunction of preferences, they have to include new rules in the program and preferences between new atoms, we will surmount this problem by representing conjunctions of preferences directly. a second fundamental challenge is to select the most preferable models given the priorities between the sets of literals. which criteria should be regarded? in order to decide a model \(i_1\) is more preferable than a model \(i_2\), someone would require any set of literals associated with \(i_1\) should have higher priority than any set of literals associated with \(i_2\). for others, it suffices to guarantee the worst-ranked sets of literals associated with \(i_1\) should have higher priority than those worst-ranked sets of literals associated with \(i_2\). depending on the criteria employed to select the most preferable models, we would obtain different semantics for \(\textit{plp}\)s. overall, there is no consensual way to define these semantics and, we will find many disconnected approaches. in this work, we will not cling to a unique path, but present comprehensive and systematic criteria to define semantics for them. as result, we will have a clearer notion of what we mean when selecting the most preferable models. the rest of the paper develops as follows. in sect. 2, we will introduce the basic concepts related to normal logic programs \((\textit{nlp})\) and their semantics. the main contributions of the paper can be found in sect. 3, where we will present the prioritised logic programs (\(\textit{plp}\)s) and comprehensive and systematic criteria to define semantics for them. next, we show how complex forms of priorities can be expressed straightforwardly in \(\textit{plp}\)s. in sect. 5, we prove some properties of our proposal; in particular, we guarantee these semantics for \(\textit{plp}\) generalise their counterparts for logic programs without preferences. section 6 provides an overview of related works. finally, sect. 7 summarises our contributions and pointed out future works. 2 preliminaries in the sequel, we will consider propositional normal logic programs, which we will call logic programs or simply programs from now on. definition 1 a normal logic program (\(\textit{nlp}\)), p, is a set of rules of the form \(a \leftarrow a_1, \ldots , a_m,\mathtt {not\ }b_1,\) \(\ldots , \mathtt {not\ }b_n\) (\(m, n \in \mathbb {n}\)), where a, \(a_i\) (\(1 \le i \le m\)) and \(b_j\) (\(1 \le j \le n\)) are atoms; \(\mathtt {not}\) represents default negation, and \(\mathtt {not\ }b_j\) is a default literal. a literal is an atom or a default literal. we say a is the head of the rule, and \(a_1, \ldots , a_m, \mathtt {not\ }b_1, \ldots , \mathtt {not\ }b_n\) is its body. if p has no occurrence of default literals, it is called a definite logic program. the herbrand base of p is the set \( hb _p\) of all atoms occurring in p. the set of literals of p is \( lit _p= hb _p\cup \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }a \mid a \in hb _p\right\} \). a wide range of logic programming semantics can be defined based on the 3-valued interpretations (for short, interpretations) of programs: definition 2 [14] a set \(i \subseteq lit _p\) is a 3-valued interpretation of an \(\textit{nlp}\) p if \(\not \exists a \in hb _p\) with \(\left\{ a, \mathtt {not\ }a\right\} \subseteq i\). we say i is a model of p iff for each rule \(a \leftarrow a_1, \ldots , a_m,\) \(\mathtt {not\ }b_1, \ldots , \) \(\mathtt {not\ }b_n \in p\), if \(\left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_m, \mathtt {not\ }b_1, \ldots , \mathtt {not\ }b_n\right\} \subseteq i\), then \(a \in i\). we refer to \(t_i = \left\{ a \in hb _p\mid a \in i\right\} \) as the set of true atoms w.r.t. i and to \(f_i = \left\{ a \in hb _p\mid \mathtt {not\ }a \in i\right\} \) as the set of false atoms w.r.t. i. if \(a \not \in t_i \cup f_i\), then a is undefined w.r.t. i. let i be a 3-valued interpretation of a program p; in order to define the semantics for normal logic programs, we will resort to the reduct of p with respect to i (written as p/i), which is the definite logic program built by the execution of the following steps: 1. remove any \(a \leftarrow a_1, \ldots , a_m,\) \(\mathtt {not\ }b_1, \ldots , \mathtt {not\ }b_n \in p\) with \(\left\{ b_1, \ldots , b_n\right\} \cap i \ne \emptyset \); 2. afterwards, remove any occurrence of \(\mathtt {not\ }b_i\) from p such that \(\mathtt {not\ }b_i \in i\). 3. then, replace any occurrence of \(\mathtt {not\ }b_i\) left by a special atom \(\mathbf {u}\) (\(\mathbf {u} \not \in hb _p\)). we say i is the least model of a definite logic program p if among the models of p, \(t_i\) is minimal (w.r.t. set inclusion) and \(f_i\) is maximal (w.r.t. set inclusion). note that p/i is a definite logic program. as consequence, p/i has a unique least model [14], denoted by \(\varomega _p(i)\), such that for any \(a \in hb _p\) \(a \in \varomega _p(i)\) iff \(a \leftarrow a_1, \ldots , a_m \in p/i\) and \(\left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_m\right\} \subseteq \varomega _p(i)\); \(\mathtt {not\ }a \in \varomega _p(i)\) iff for every \(a \leftarrow a_1, \ldots , a_m \in p/i\), it holds \(\{\mathtt {not\ }a_1, \ldots ,\) \(\mathtt {not\ }a_m \} \cap \varomega _p(i) \ne \emptyset \). we now specify the \(\textit{nlp}\) semantics to be examined in this paper. definition 3 let p be an \(\textit{nlp}\) and i be an interpretation: i is a partial stable (\( ps \)) model of p iff \(i = \varomega _p(i)\) [14]. i is a well-founded model of p iff i is a \( ps \) model of p with minimal \(t_i\) [14]. i is a regular model of p iff i is a \( ps \) model of p with maximal \(t_i\) [15]. i is a stable model of p iff i is a \( ps \) model of p where for each \(a \in hb _p\), \(a \in t_i \cup f_i\) [14]. i is an l-stable model of p iff i is a \( ps \) model of p with minimal (w.r.t. set inclusion) \(\left\{ a \in hb _p\mid a \not \in t_i \cup f_i\right\} \) [15]. example 1 consider the \(\textit{nlp}\) p: $$ \begin{array}{lllll} a \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }b \quad&b \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }a, \mathtt {not\ }c \quad&c \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }b, \mathtt {not\ }d \quad&c \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }c \quad&d \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }c \end{array} $$ with respect to p, we have a) partial stable models: \(i_1 = \emptyset \), \(i_2 = \left\{ a, \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} \), \(i_3 = \left\{ d\right\} \), \(i_4 = \{b, d, \mathtt {not\ }a \}\), \(i_5 = \left\{ a, c, \mathtt {not\ }b, \mathtt {not\ }d\right\} \) and \(i_6 = \left\{ a, d, \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} \); b) well-founded model: \(i_0\); c) regular models: \(i_4\), \(i_5\) and \(i_6\); d) stable model and l-stable model: \(i_5\). in the next section, we will offer a comprehensive and systematic treatment to deal with preferences in logic programming. 3 semantics for prioritised logic programs the semantics of normal logic programs seen in definition 3 have multiple models in general. preference is then introduced to select among them the intended models of a program, but at the semantic level. in [4], they conceived the notion of prioritised logic programs (\(\textit{plp}\)s) by establishing a prioritisation mechanism between literals (atoms or its negation) to represent and reason with preferences in logic programming at the syntactic level. here we generalise this notion of \(\textit{plp}\) to encompass not only the relation of priority between literals, but also sets of literals. the idea is to employ these priorities to select the most preferable partial stable models. we will focus on partial stable models, because it is the base to define the remaining semantics in definition 3. in this work, the priorities will be established between sets of literals, which we will be called as options: definition 4 (options) given an \(\textit{nlp}\) p, an option o from p is a subset of \( lit _p\). by \(\mathcal {o}_p\) we mean the set of all options from p. we say o is inconsistent, if there is \(a \in hb _p\) such that \(\left\{ a,\mathtt {not\ }a\right\} \subseteq o\). otherwise, o is consistent. thus in a program representing a menu based on fish (f), meat m, white wine (w), red wine (r), cake (c) and ice cream (i), \(\left\{ f, \mathtt {not\ }m, r\right\} \), \(\left\{ i, \mathtt {not\ }i\right\} \) and \(\emptyset \) are possible options. not rarely, some options have a higher priority than others: definition 5 (priorities) given an \(\textit{nlp}\) p, a reflexive and transitive relation is defined on \(\mathcal {o}_p\). for any \(o_1\) and \(o_2\) from \(\mathcal {o}_p\), \(o_1 \preceq o_2\) is called a priority, and we say \(o_2\) has a higher or equal priority than \(o_1\). we write \(o_1 \prec o_2\) if \(o_1 \preceq o_2\) and \(o_2 \not \preceq o_1\), and say \(o_2\) has a strictly higher priority than \(o_1\). furthermore, \(o_1\) is indifferent to \(o_2\), denoted by \(o_1 \approx o_2\), when both \(o_1 \preceq o_2\) and \(o_2 \preceq o_1\) hold. from an \(\textit{nlp}\) and a set of priorities, we build a prioritised logic program: definition 6 (prioritised logic programs) a prioritised logic program (\(\textit{plp}\)) is a pair \((p,\varphi )\), where p is an \(\textit{nlp}\) and \(\varphi \) is a set of priorities on \(\mathcal {o}_p\). in order to enforce the priority relation in \(\varphi \) is reflexive and transitive, while maintaining a compact representation of priorities, we resort to the closure of \(\varphi \): definition 7 (closure of \(\boldsymbol{\varphi }\)). let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\). for each \(o_1, o_2\) in \(\mathcal {o}_p\), the closure \(\varphi ^*\) of \(\varphi \) is defined as follows: \(o_1 \preceq o_1 \in \varphi ^*\); if \(o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi \), then \(o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi ^*\); if \(o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi ^*\) and \(o_2 \preceq o_3 \in \varphi ^*\), then \(o_1 \preceq o_3 \in \varphi ^*\). \(o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi ^*\) and \(o_1 \ne \emptyset \) and \(o_2 \ne \emptyset \) and \(e \not \in o_1 \cup o_2\), then \(o_1 \cup \left\{ e\right\} \preceq o_2 \cup \left\{ e\right\} \in \varphi ^*\). the closure \(\varphi ^*\) of \(\varphi \) is the set of priorities derived reflexively and transitively using priorities in \(\varphi \). besides, we introduced in \(\varphi ^*\) an inertia principle to keep the preference representation in \(\varphi \) compact. in the remainder of this paper, when we say \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) according to \(\varphi ^*\), we mean \(o_2 \preceq o_1 \not \in \varphi ^*\) or \(o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi ^*\). among the many possible options, we are particularly interested in those best/worst-ranked: definition 8 (best/worst-ranked option) let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) and \(i \subseteq lit _p\). we say o is a) a best-ranked option in i w.r.t. \(\varphi \) iff \(o \subseteq i\) and \(\not \exists o' \subseteq i\) such that \(o \prec o' \in \varphi ^*\). b) a worst-ranked option in i w.r.t. \(\varphi \) iff \(o \subseteq i\) and \(\not \exists o' \subseteq i\) such that \(o' \prec o \in \varphi ^*\). given two set of options, we have to determine which one is preferable; we introduce below four criteria with this purpose: definition 9 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) and \(\mathcal o_1\) and \(\mathcal o_2\) subsets of \(\mathcal {o}_p\). we say \(\mathcal o_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall } \mathcal o_2\) in \(\varphi \) iff \(\forall o_1 \in \mathcal o_1\) and \(\forall o_2 \in \mathcal o_2\), it holds \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) in \(\varphi ^*\). \(\mathcal o_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists } \mathcal o_2\) in \(\varphi \) iff \(\forall o_1 \in \mathcal o_1\), it holds \(\exists o_2 \in \mathcal o_2\) such that \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) in \(\varphi ^*\). \(\mathcal o_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall } \mathcal o_2\) in \(\varphi \) iff \(\exists o_1 \in \mathcal o_1\) such that \(\forall o_2 \in \mathcal o_2\), it holds \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) in \(\varphi ^*\). \(\mathcal o_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists } \mathcal o_2\) in \(\varphi \) iff \(\exists o_1 \in \mathcal o_1\) and \(\exists o_2 \in \mathcal o_2\) such that \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) in \(\varphi ^*\). besides, different preference semantics have been proposed in the literature. we recall some of the most well-known of them: definition 10 (preference relation) let \((p,\varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\), \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) be \( ps \) models of p, \(\mathcal b_1\) and \(\mathcal b_2\) are respectively the sets of all best-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \), and \(\mathcal w_1\) and \(\mathcal w_2\) are respectively the sets of all worst-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \). consider also \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \). by \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \), we mean the preference relation \(\subseteq ^y_x\) over the set of \( ps \) models of p is defined as follows: 1. \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_1\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \); 2. \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \) a) (strong semantics): if \(x = st \) and \(\mathcal b_1 \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_2\) in \(\varphi \). b) (optimistic semantics): if \(x = opt \) and \(\mathcal b_1 \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_2\) in \(\varphi \). c) (pessimistic semantics): if \(x = pes \) and \(\mathcal w_1 \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_2\) in \(\varphi \). d) (opportunistic semantics): if \(x = opp \) and \(\mathcal w_1 \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_2\) in \(\varphi \). 3. if \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \) and \(i_2 \subseteq ^y_x i_3\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \), then \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_3\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \). when it is clear from the context, we will drop the reference to \(\varphi \) and say \(\mathcal o_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall } \mathcal o_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_2\). inspired by [4], we can define a preference relation \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^y_x i_2\) which consider just their exclusive portions given by \(i_1 i_2\) and \(i_2 i_1\). 1. \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^y_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 i_2 \subseteq ^y_x i_2 i_1\). 2. if \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^y_x i_2\) and \(i_2 \sqsubseteq ^y_x i_3\), then \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^y_x i_3\). note we have four criteria to choose the best/worst-ranked options (definition 9), four criteria to choose the most preferable semantics (definition 10). we also can decide if a \( ps \) model \(i_1\) is preferred to a \( ps \) model \(i_2\) by regarding the whole models or just their exclusive portions given by \(i_1 i_2\) and \(i_2 i_1\). hence, we have at disposal 32 manners of selecting the preferred partial stable models: definition 11 (preferred partial stable model) let \((p,\varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\). a \( ps \) model i of p is a preferred partial stable model (or \( pps \) model, for short) of \((p,\varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) if \(i \subseteq ^y_x i'\) (resp. \(i \sqsubseteq ^y_x i'\)) implies \(i' \subseteq ^y_x i\) (resp. \(i' \sqsubseteq ^y_x i\)) (w.r.t \(\varphi \)) for any \( ps \) model \(i'\) of p. the set of all \( pps \) of \((p,\varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) is written as \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)). as the remaining semantics for \(\textit{nlp}\) seen in this paper are based on \( ps \) models (definition 3), we are equipped with 32 different manners of selecting the most preferred models according to them. definition 12 let \((p, \varphi )\) be an \(\textit{plp}\) and i be an interpretation: i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) with minimal \(t_i\). i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) with maximal \(t_i\). i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) where for each \(a \in hb _p\), \(a \in t_i \cup f_i\). i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p,\varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) with minimal (w.r.t. set inclusion) \(\left\{ a \in hb _p\mid a \not \in t_i \cup f_i\right\} \) \(\left\{ a \in hb _p\mid m(a) = \mathbf {u}\right\} \). let us consider the following example: example 2 let p be the \(\textit{nlp}\) in example 1 and \(\varphi = \{\emptyset \preceq \left\{ a\right\} , \left\{ a\right\} \preceq \left\{ d\right\} , \left\{ d\right\} \preceq \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ b, d\right\} \preceq \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ b, \mathtt {not\ }a\right\} \preceq \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }a\right\} , \left\{ a, d\right\} \preceq \left\{ d\right\} \}\). then the best-ranked options for \(i_1, i_2, i_3, i_4, i_5\) and \( i_6\) are respectively \(\mathcal b_1 = \emptyset , \mathcal b_2 = \{ \left\{ a\right\} , \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} ,\) \(\left\{ a, \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} \}, \mathcal b_3 = \left\{ \left\{ d\right\} \right\} , \mathcal b_4 = \left\{ \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }a\right\} \right\} , \mathcal b_5 = 2^{i_5}\) and \(\mathcal b_6 = \{ \left\{ d\right\} , \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} ,\) \(\left\{ d, \mathtt {not\ }b\right\} \}\). regarding only the optimistic approach for illustrative purposes, we have \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_ opt } = \left\{ i_4\right\} \); \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_ opt } = \left\{ i_2, i_4, i_5, i_6\right\} \); \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_ opt } = \left\{ i_3, i_4, i_6\right\} \) and \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_ opt } = \left\{ i_2, i_3, i_4, i_5, i_6\right\} \). in this example, notice at least one \( ps \) model of p is discarded in \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi )_{\subseteq ^y_ opt }\) for any \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall , \forall \exists , \exists \forall , \exists \exists \right\} \). many attempts have been made to empower logic programming with preferences. the distinguishing aspect of our work is that we offer a comprehensive and systematic way of dealing with preferences in logic programming inspired by well-known criteria found in the literature on preference. in the next section, we will examine how expressive our proposal is. 4 expressing priorities in \(\textit{plp}\)s as it is not feasible in general when expressing preferences to compare all possible pairs of options or evaluate them individually (the number of options increases exponentially with the number of variables), we have to resort to compact preference representation languages to represent these partial descriptions preferences. now we will show our preference representation language although compact is robust enough to express well-known complex forms of preferences. in subsects. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5, we will tackle respectively how to represent priorities between conjunctive knowledge, priorities between disjunctive knowledge, conditional priorities, priorities between rules and bipolar priorities. 4.1 priorities between conjunctive knowledge users may also express their partial preferences in term of comparative statements (as in “i prefer white wine to red wine"); this preference can be altered when interacting with other options (as in “i prefer meat accompanied by a red wine to meat accompanied by a white wine"); the preference for white wine can even be regained with the addition of more options (as in “i prefer meat and cheesecake accompanied by a white wine to meat and cheesecake accompanied by a red wine"). thus, the conjunction of options can interfere with the users’ preference and change the overall outcome. in [4], conjunctive preferences \((e_1, \ldots , e_m) \preceq (e_1', \ldots , e_n')\) cannot in general be expressed directly as the preference relation applied there only involves a pair of individual literals. in order to represent these conjunctive preferences in a \(\textit{plp}\) \((p, \varphi )\), the authors have to add the rules \(e_0 \leftarrow e_1, \ldots e_m\) and \(e_0' \leftarrow e_1', \ldots e_n'\) to p with the newly introduced atoms \(e_0\) and \(e_0'\), and the priority \((e_0 \preceq e_0')\) to \(\varphi \). in short, conjunctive preferences are represented in [4] by changing the program p with two new atoms and two new rules before introducing \((e_0 \preceq e_0')\), which expresses indirectly the desired conjunctive preference. in our approach, we neither need to change the program p nor to add new artificial atoms to express conjunctive preferences. preferences as \((e_1, \ldots , e_m) \preceq (e_1', \ldots , e_n')\) can just be represented as \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) and included straightforwardly in \(\varphi \). 4.2 priorities between disjunctive knowledge disjunctive preferences as \((e_1 \vee \cdots \vee e_m) \preceq (e_1' \vee \cdots \vee e_n')\) can be represented in a \(\textit{plp}\) \((p, \varphi )\) by ensuing \(\varphi ' \subseteq \varphi \) and \(\varphi ' = \left\{ e_i \preceq e_j' \mid 1 \le i \le m \textit{ and } 1 \le j \le n\right\} \). 4.3 conditional priorities it is not always the case a preference is absolute. in the so-called conditional preference, users may also wish to express specific preferences in particular contexts (e.g., if red wine is served, i prefer meat to fish). it is denoted by \(\gamma : \phi \preceq \psi \) and interpreted as “given a context \(\gamma \), prefer \(\psi \) to \(\phi \)". assuming \(\gamma = c_1 \wedge \cdots \wedge c_o\), \(\phi = e_1 \wedge \cdots \wedge e_m\) and \(\psi = e_1' \wedge \cdots \wedge e_n'\), we can represent the conditional preference \(\gamma : \phi \preceq \psi \) as the conjunctive preference \(\left\{ c_1, \ldots , c_o, e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ c_1, \ldots , c_o, e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) in \(\varphi \). conditional preferences can occur disguised as in “if \(\gamma = c_1 \wedge \cdots \wedge c_o\) is true, then prefer \(\psi = e_1' \wedge \cdots \wedge e_n'\)"; it interpreted as if \(\gamma \) is true, then prefer \(\psi \) to \(\mathtt {not\ }e_j'\) with \(1 \le j \le n\). this is a particular case of our representation when \(\phi = \mathtt {not\ }e_j'\), i.e., such a preference can be represented in \((p, \varphi )\) by including in \(\varphi \) the preferences \(\left\{ c_1, \ldots , c_o, \mathtt {not\ }e_j'\right\} \preceq \left\{ c_1, \ldots , c_o, e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) with \(1 \le j \le n\). 4.4 priorities between rules preferences can also be established between (conflicting) rules as in \(e \leftarrow e_1, \ldots , e_m\) \(\preceq e' \leftarrow e_1', \ldots , e_n'\). its intended meaning is the conclusion of \(e'\) via \(e' \leftarrow e_1', \ldots , e_n'\) will block the conclusion of e via \(e \leftarrow e_1, \ldots , e_m\). such a preference can be represented in \((p, \varphi )\) by including \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) in \(\varphi \). 4.5 bipolar preferences preferences can express not only what is satisfactory (positive preferences), but also what can be considered tolerable or unacceptable (negative preferences). these two forms of preferences (bipolar preferences) have been conjointly and compactly expressed in various works [16,17,18,19,20,21]. roughly speaking, the intended meaning of introducing positive preferences is to express wishes which should be satisfied as best as possible, whilst negative preferences are intended to enhance the idea that what is not rejected or excluded is tolerated. thus, when interpreting \(\preceq \) as a bipolar priority by \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \), we mean we are giving priority not only to outcomes satisfying \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \), but to those not falsifying \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \), i.e., it either should contain \(\left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \), but not \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \) (positive preference), or should contain \(\left\{ \mathtt {not\ }e_i\right\} \), but not \(\left\{ \mathtt {not\ }e_j'\right\} \) with \(1 \le i \le m\) and \(1 \le j \le n\) (negative preference). bipolar preferences as \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) can be represented in \((p, \varphi )\) by including in \(\varphi \) the conjunctive preference \(\left\{ e_1, \ldots , e_m\right\} \preceq \left\{ e_1', \ldots , e_n'\right\} \) and the preferences \(\left\{ \mathtt {not\ }e_j'\right\} \preceq \left\{ \mathtt {not\ }e_i\right\} \) with \(1 \le i \le m\) and \(1 \le j \le n\). before moving to the next section, we will emphasise our decision of employing a representation language to express priorities between sets of literals instead of a language to express priorities only between literals as in [4]. although the approach of [4] suffices to express in a \(\textit{plp}\) \((p, \varphi )\) the complex forms of preferences showed in this section, there is a price to pay: the program p should be changed with the introduction of new atoms as well as the set \(\varphi \) of priorities. in our approach, as the priority relation is given in term of sets of literals, we neither need to change the program p nor to add new artificial atoms to express priorities between conjunctive knowledge, priorities between disjunctive knowledge, conditional priorities, priorities between rules and bipolar priorities. 5 results now we will prove some properties found in our proposal. the main results are both the preference relations \(\subseteq ^y_x\) and \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) are consistent (proposition 1) and have neither a monotonic nor an antitonic behaviour w.r.t. \(\varphi \) (theorem 3); proposition 2 and theorem 1 establish conditions under which the relations of preference are simplified; when no priority is available, prioritised logic programs and normal logic programs have the same semantics (theorem 2) and inconsistent options are useless (theorem 4). next we define the notion of cyclic relation: definition 13 (cyclic relation) a relation \(\sqsubseteq \) is cyclic if and only if its induced strict preference relation is cyclic, i.e., there exists a chain \(\mathcal o \ldots \mathcal o'\) such that \(\mathcal o \sqsubset \mathcal o' \sqsubset \cdots \sqsubset \mathcal o\). otherwise \(\sqsubseteq \) is acyclic. if either \(\subseteq ^y_x\) or \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) were cyclic, the resulting preference relation would be inconsistent. in particular, we would find \(\textit{plp}\)s without preferred partial stable models at all. for instance, suppose an \(\textit{nlp}\) whose partial stable models are \(m_1\), \(m_2\) and \(m_3\) such that \(m_1 \subset ^y_x m_2\), \(m_2 \subset ^y_x m_3\) and \(m_3 \subset ^y_x m_1\). clearly the resulting \(\textit{plp}\) would not have any preferred partial stable model. fortunately, both \(\subseteq ^y_x\) and \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) are acyclic: proposition 1 for any \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and any \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), both the preference relations \(\subseteq ^y_x\) and \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) are acyclic. proof by absurd, suppose \(\subseteq ^y_x\) is cyclic. this means there exists a chain \(\mathcal o \ldots \mathcal o'\) such that \(\mathcal o \subset ^y_x \mathcal o' \subset ^y_x \cdots \subset ^y_x \mathcal o\). as \(\subseteq ^y_x\) is reflexive (definition 10), it holds \(\mathcal o \not \subset ^y_x \mathcal o\). besides, by transitivity, we obtain \(\mathcal o' \subseteq ^y_x \mathcal o\). it is an absurd as \(\mathcal o \subset ^y_x \mathcal o'\). the proof for \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) is similar. notice in this last result the importance of imposing reflexivity and transitivity in definition 10 to ensure every \(\textit{plp}\) will have at least one preferable \( ps \) model. now we will show when the best-ranked options of the \( ps \) models have the same priority and the worst-ranked options of the \( ps \) models have the same priority, the relations of preference are simplified: proposition 2 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\), \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) be subsets of \( lit _p\), \(\mathcal b_1\) and \(\mathcal b_2\) be respectively the set of best-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \), and \(\mathcal w_1\) and \(\mathcal w_2\) be respectively the set of worst-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \). assume for each \(o_1\) and \(o_2\) in \(\mathcal b_i\) and for each \(o_1'\) and \(o_2'\) in \(\mathcal w_i\) with \(i \in \left\{ 1,2\right\} \), it holds \(o_1 \approx o_2\) and \(o_1' \approx o_2'\). consider \(\mathcal x = \mathcal b_1\) if \(x \in \{ st , opt \}\) and \(\mathcal x = \mathcal w_1\) if \(x \in \{ pes , opp \}\), and \(\mathcal y = \mathcal b_2\) if \(x \in \{ opt , opp \}\) and \(\mathcal y = \mathcal w_2\) if \(x \in \{ st , pes \}\). then for any \(x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\), \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\), it holds \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) such that \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \). proof for any \(x \in \{ st , opt , pes , opp \}\), let \(o_1\) be an element of \(\mathcal x\) and \(o_2\) be an element of \(\mathcal y\). given the elements of \(\mathcal x\) are indifferent to each other and the elements of \(\mathcal y\) are also indifferent to each other, we obtain \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \); \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\), it holds \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \); \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) such that \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \); \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \). i.e., \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\), it holds \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) such that \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) iff \(o_2 \not \prec o_1 \in \varphi \) iff \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \).    \(\square \) a binary relation \(\sqsubset \) on a set \(\mathcal o\) is a total preorder if it is reflexive, transitive and for each \(o_1\) and \(o_2\) in \(\mathcal o\), it holds \(o_1 \sqsubseteq o_2\) or \(o_2 \sqsubseteq o_1\). for all \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \), if the relation \(\preceq \) is a total preorder, \(\subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x\), \(\subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x\), \(\subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x\) and \(\subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x\) (\(\sqsubseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x\), \(\sqsubseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x\), \(\sqsubseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x\) and \(\sqsubseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x\)) will collapse into each other. theorem 1 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) such that the preference relation \(\preceq \) in \(\varphi \) is a total preorder on \(\mathcal {o}_p\). then for any \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \), i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x\)) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x\)). proof let \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) be \( ps \) models of p, \(\mathcal b_1\) and \(\mathcal b_2\) be respectively the set of best-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \), and \(\mathcal w_1\) and \(\mathcal w_2\) be respectively the set of worst-ranked options in \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) w.r.t. \(\varphi \). consider \(\mathcal x = \mathcal b_1\) if \(x \in \{ st , opt \}\) and \(\mathcal x = \mathcal w_1\) if \(x \in \{ pes , opp \}\), and \(\mathcal y = \mathcal b_2\) if \(x \in \{ opt , opp \}\) and \(\mathcal y = \mathcal w_2\) if \(x \in \{ st , pes \}\). it suffices to show for any \(x \in \{ st , opt , pes , opp \}\), \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\): as \(\preceq \) in \(\varphi \) is a total preorder on \(\mathcal {o}_p\), for each \(o_1\) and \(o_2\) in \(\mathcal b_i\) and for each \(o_1'\) and \(o_2'\) in \(\mathcal w_i\) with \(i \in \left\{ 1,2\right\} \), it holds \(o_1 \approx o_2\) and \(o_1' \approx o_2'\). let \(i \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i'\); there are three possibilities: 1. \(i_2 = i_1\). then \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\), \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\). 2. \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \). then by proposition 2, a) \(\forall o \in \mathcal x\), it holds \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) and b) \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) such that \(\forall o' \in \mathcal y\), it holds \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \) and c) \(\exists o \in \mathcal x\) and \(\exists o' \in \mathcal y\) such that \(o' \not \prec o \in \varphi \). hence, \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\). 3. \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i\) and \(i \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i_2\).this means there exists a sequence $$\begin{aligned} i_1 = j_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x j_2 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x \cdots \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x j_m = i \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x j_{m+1} \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x \cdots \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x j_n = i_2 \end{aligned}$$ such that \(\forall i \in \left\{ 1, \ldots , n 1\right\} \), we have \(j_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x j_2\) iff the condition 2 of definition 10 holds. again by proposition 2, condition 2 of definition 10 also holds for \(j_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x j_2\), \(j_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x j_2\) and \(j_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x j_2\) for each \(i \in \left\{ 1, \ldots , n 1\right\} \). hence, by condition 3 of definition 10, we obtain \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\). similarly for \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\), \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) and \(i_1 \subseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\). the proof of \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\forall \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\forall \exists }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\exists \forall }_x i_2\) iff \(i_1 \sqsubseteq ^{\exists \exists }_x i_2\) is similar.    \(\square \) corollary 1 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) such that the preference relation \(\preceq \) in \(\varphi \) is a total preorder on \(\mathcal {o}_p\). then \(\forall x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \), and \(\forall y, \forall z \in \left\{ \forall \forall , \forall \exists , \exists \forall , \exists \exists \right\} \) i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^z_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^z_x\)); i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^z_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^z_x\)); i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^z_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^z_x\)); i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\)) iff i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^z_x\) (resp. \(\sqsubseteq ^z_x\)). proof it follows from theorem 1 and definition 12.   \(\square \) when no priority is available (\(\varphi = \emptyset \)), the semantics for \((p, \varphi )\) collapse into the semantics for p (and vice versa): theorem 2 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) such that \(\varphi = \emptyset \), i.e., \((p, \varphi )\) corresponds to the \(\textit{nlp}\) p. then \(\forall x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds i is a \( ps \) model of p iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is a well-founded model of p iff i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is a regular model of p iff i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is a stable model of p iff i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is an l-stable model of p iff i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). proof since \(\varphi = \emptyset \), \(\varphi ^* = \left\{ o \preceq o \mid o \in \mathcal {o}_p\right\} \) according to \(\varphi ^*\). this means for every \(o, o' \in \mathcal {o}_p\), it holds \(o \not \prec o'\). thus for any \(i \subseteq lit _p\), we obtain \(\mathcal b_i = \mathcal w_i = 2^i\), in which \(\mathcal b_i\) is the set of all best-ranked options in i and \(\mathcal w_i\) is the set of all worst-ranked options in i w.r.t. \(\varphi \). then for any \( ps \) models \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) of p, for any \(o_1 \in \mathcal b_{i_1} = \mathcal w_{i_i} = 2^{i_1}\) and for any \(o_2 \in \mathcal b_{i_2} = \mathcal w_{i_2} = 2^{i_2}\), it holds \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) and \(o_1 \not \prec o_2\) according to \(\varphi ^*\). hence, for any \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall , \forall \exists , \exists \forall , \exists \exists \right\} \), we obtain $$\begin{aligned} \begin{gathered} \mathcal b_{i_1} = \mathcal w_{i_i} = 2^{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_2} = \mathcal w_{i_2} = 2^{i_2} \textit{ and }\\ \mathcal b_{i_2} = \mathcal w_{i_2} = 2^{i_2} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_1} = \mathcal w_{i_1} = 2^{i_1} \end{gathered} \end{aligned}$$ (1) from eq. (1), we infer for each \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and for all \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall , \forall \exists , \exists \forall , \exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(i_1 \subseteq ^y_x i_2 \textit{ and } i_2 \subseteq ^y_x i_1\). consequently, for each \(x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and for all \(y \in \left\{ \forall \forall , \forall \exists , \exists \forall , \exists \exists \right\} \), it holds i is a \( ps \) model of p iff i is a \( pps \) model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\). after replacing above \(i_1\) by \(i_1 i_2\) and \(i_2\) by \(i_2 i_i\), we obtain the same result for \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\).    \(\square \) the following results are immediate: corollary 2 let \((p, \varphi )\) be a \(\textit{plp}\) such that \(\varphi = \emptyset \), i.e., \((p, \varphi )\) corresponds to the \(\textit{nlp}\) p. then \(\forall x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds i is a well-founded model of p iff i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential well-founded model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is a regular model of p iff i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential regular model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is a stable model of p iff i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). i is an l-stable model of p iff i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\subseteq ^y_x\) iff i is a preferential l-stable model of \((p, \varphi )\) w.r.t. \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\). proof these results follow from definitions 3 and 12 and theorem 2. both the relations \(\subseteq ^y_x\) and \(\sqsubseteq ^y_x\) have neither a monotonic nor an antitonic behaviour w.r.t. \(\varphi \): theorem 3 let \((p, \varphi _1)\) and \((p, \varphi _2)\) be \(\textit{plp}\)s. if \(\varphi _1 \subseteq \varphi _2\), then \(\forall x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it does not hold in general 1. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)) (monotonic). 2. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)) (antitonic). proof let p be the \(\textit{nlp}\) \(\left\{ a \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }b \quad b \leftarrow \mathtt {not\ }a\right\} \), whose \( ps \) models are \(\emptyset \), \(\left\{ a\right\} \) and \(\left\{ b\right\} \). firstly, we will show a counterexample to the statement \(\forall x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)) : let \(\varphi _1 = \emptyset \) and \(\varphi _2 = \left\{ \emptyset \preceq \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ b\right\} \preceq \left\{ a\right\} \right\} \). we have \(\forall x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} = \{ \emptyset , \left\{ a\right\} ,\) \( \left\{ b\right\} \}\) and \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} = \left\{ \left\{ a\right\} \right\} \). consequently, $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \not \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \end{aligned}$$ now we will show a counterexample to \(\forall x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)): let \(\varphi _1 = \left\{ \emptyset \preceq \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ b\right\} \preceq \left\{ a\right\} \right\} \) and \(\varphi _2 = \left\{ \emptyset \preceq \left\{ b\right\} , \left\{ b\right\} \preceq \left\{ a\right\} , \left\{ a\right\} \preceq \emptyset \right\} \). we have \(\forall x \in \{ st , opt ,\) \( pes , opp \}\) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} = \left\{ \left\{ a\right\} \right\} \) and \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} = \left\{ \emptyset , \left\{ a\right\} , \left\{ b\right\} \right\} \). consequently, $$\begin{aligned} \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \not \subseteq \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} \end{aligned}$$ we end up this section by showing inconsistency options do not interfere in the process of selecting the \( pps \) models: theorem 4 (invariant to inconsistency) let \((p, \varphi _1)\) and \((p, \varphi _2)\) be \(\textit{plp}\)s such that \(\varphi _2 = \left\{ o_1 \preceq o_2 \mid o_1 \preceq o_2 \in \varphi _1 \textit{ and both } o_1 \textit{ and } o_2 \textit{ are consistent}\right\} \). then \(\forall x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(\mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x} = \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)). proof let \(i_1\) and \(i_2\) be a \( ps \) model of p. we will show \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) iff \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) (resp. \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\) iff \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\)). as no \( ps \) model is inconsistent, the inconsistent options are neither in the set \(\mathcal b_{i_j}\) of all best-ranked options of \(i_j\) nor in the set \(\mathcal w_{i_j}\) of all worst-ranked options of \(i_j\) with \(j \in \left\{ 1,2\right\} \). this means for each \(o_1 \in \mathcal b_{i_1} \cup \mathcal w_{i_1}\) and for each \(o_2 \in \mathcal b_{i_2} \cup \mathcal w_{i_2}\), it holds \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) according to \(\varphi _1^*\) iff \(o_2 \not \prec o_1\) according to \(\varphi _2^*\). then \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(\mathcal b_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _1\) iff \(\mathcal b_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _2\), \(\mathcal b_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _1\) iff \(\mathcal b_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _2\), \(\mathcal w_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _1\) iff \(\mathcal w_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal b_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _2\) and \(\mathcal w_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _1\) iff \(\mathcal w_{i_1} \subseteq ^y \mathcal w_{i_2}\) in \(\varphi _2\), i.e., \(\forall x \in \left\{ st , opt , pes , opp \right\} \) and \(\forall y \in \left\{ \forall \forall ,\forall \exists ,\exists \forall ,\exists \exists \right\} \), it holds \(i_1 \subseteq _x^y i_2\) in \(\varphi _1\) iff \(i_1 \subseteq _x^y i_2\) in \(\varphi _2\). hence, \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\) iff \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\subseteq ^y_x}\). similarly we can prove \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _1)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\) iff \(i_1 \in \mathcal {pps}(p,\varphi _2)_{\sqsubseteq ^y_x}\).    \(\square \) 6 related work the first studies on preference information in non-monotonic reasoning involved the idea of specificity [22]: given two conflicting conclusions obtained from the same initial information but resorting to different inference rules, one should prefer the more specific. following a related point of view, in [23], they introduced preference between predicates in the context of circumscription. preference (usually based on simplicity measures) is also employed in [24] to select the most preferable explanations in abductive systems. with respect to preferences in logic programming, we find a plethora of proposals (see [2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12] for a non exhaustive list). in [2] and [3], they extend respectively the well-founded semantics and the answer sets semantics [25] for logic programs to represent preference between rules in the language and resort to such information to obtain new conclusions. unlike the semantics in [3], which allows multiple preferred answer sets even for some fully prioritised programs, the semantics in [10] selects at most one preferred answer set for all fully prioritised programs. furthermore, for a large class of programs guaranteed to have an answer set, the existence of a preferred answer set is also guaranteed. in ordered logic programming [5], cr-prolog [6], logic programming with ordered disjunction [7], answer set optimization [8], possibilistic answer set programming [9], preference is handled to evaluate the preferred answer sets by specifying the precedence over the rules or the literals in rules heads. a logic programming language preflog based on an infinite-valued logic has been conceived in [11] to support operators for expressing preferences. despite the infinite-valued truth domain, it can be defined a terminating bottom-up proof procedure for implementing a significant fragment of the language. for continuous operators, a least herbrand model is guaranteed to exist. in [12], it is proposed a logic programming paradigm to combine non-monotonic reasoning with epistemic preferential reasoning. in this proposal, the relation of preferences between atoms can occur in the body of the rules and can be employed to possibly generate new models. an approach closer in spirit to ours is [4], where the authors introduced a framework of prioritised logic programming to represent priority information explicitly in a program. differently of us, however, they restrain the preference relation to literals only, whereas we have defined the preference relation over sets of literals. as consequence, in order to express in a \(\textit{plp}\) \((p, \varphi )\) the complex forms of preferences expounded in sect. 4, they have to change the program p with the introduction of new atoms as well as the set \(\varphi \) of priorities. furthermore, they defined a unique semantics to determine the preferred answer sets. in contradistinction, we introduced 32 different criteria (semantics) to establish preference between partial stable models (which allow defining 32 different ways of selecting the preferred answer sets). in this sense, our work offers a more comprehensive and systematic treatment to deal with preferences in logic programming. 7 conclusion and future works prioritised logic programs (\(\textit{plp}\)s) [4] are obtained from normal logic programs (\(\textit{nlp}\)) by including priorities between literals (an atom or its negation). in this paper, we have presented a more general notion of \(\textit{plp}\) when compared with that version in [4]. our proposal has two main distinguishing features: a) it encompasses not only priorities between literals (atoms or its negation), but also between sets of literals. as consequence, we can represent compactly complex forms of preference. b) concerning its semantics, we have provided a comprehensive and systematic mechanism to select the most preferable partial stable models (\( pps \) models). indeed, by combining well-known criteria found in the literature, we have defined 32 different manners of selecting the \( pps \) models. as the most important semantics in \(\textit{nlp}\) are based on partial stable models, we are also equipped with 32 different manners of selecting the most preferred models according to them. besides, we have proved some properties of these \(\textit{plp}\)s and guaranteed these semantics for \(\textit{plp}\) generalise their counterparts for \(\textit{nlp}\). future directions include investigating computational complexity issues on \(\textit{plp}\)s and exploiting the consequence of introducing preference on paraconsistent semantics found in logic programming. we also intend to study how to work with dynamic preferences along with the resulting semantics. references pigozzi, g., tsoukias, a., viappiani, p.: preferences in artificial intelligence. ann. math. artif. intell. 77(3), 361–401 (2016) google scholar  brewka, g.: well-founded semantics for extended logic programs with dynamic preferences. j. artif. intell. res. 4, 19–36 (1996) google scholar  brewka, g., eiter, t.: preferred answer sets for extended logic programs. artif. intell. 109(1–2), 297–356 (1999) google scholar  sakama, c., inoue, k.: prioritized logic programming and its application to commonsense reasoning. artif. intell. 123(1–2), 185–222 (2000) google scholar  schaub, t., wang, k.: a semantic framework for preference handling in answer set programming. arxiv preprint cs/0301023 (2003) google scholar  balduccini, m., gelfond, m.: logic programs with consistency-restoring rules. in: international symposium on logical formalization of commonsense reasoning, aaai 2003 spring symposium series, vol. 102 (2003) google scholar  brewka, g., niemelä, i., syrjänen, t.: logic programs with ordered disjunction. comput. intell. 20(2), 335–357 (2004) google scholar  brewka, g.: answer sets and qualitative optimization. logic j. igpl 14(3), 413–433 (2006) google scholar  nicolas, p., garcia, l., stéphan, i., lefèvre, c.: possibilistic uncertainty handling for answer set programming. ann. math. artif. intell. 47(1), 139–181 (2006) article  mathscinet  google scholar  gabaldon, a.: a selective semantics for logic programs with preferences. in: del cerro, l.f., herzig, a., mengin, j. (eds.) jelia 2012. lncs (lnai), vol. 7519, pp. 215–227. springer, heidelberg (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-33353-8_17 rondogiannis, p., troumpoukis, a.: expressing preferences in logic programming using an infinite-valued logic. in: proceedings of the 17th international symposium on principles and practice of declarative programming, pp. 208–219 (2015) google scholar  zhang, z.: introspecting preferences in answer set programming. in: 34th international conference on logic programming (iclp 2018) (2018) google scholar  kaci, s.: working with preferences: less is more. springer science and business media, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-17280-9_5 przymusinski, t.: the well-founded semantics coincides with the three-valued stable semantics. fundam. inf. 13(4), 445–463 (1990) google scholar  eiter, t., leone, n., sacca, d.: on the partial semantics for disjunctive deductive databases. ann. math. artif. intell. 19(1), 59–96 (1997) article  mathscinet  google scholar  van der t., leendert, w.e.: parameters for utilitarian desires in a qualitative decision theory. appl. intelli. 14(3), 285–301 (2001) google scholar  benferhat, s., dubois, d., kaci, s., prade, h.: bipolar representation and fusion of preferences on the possibilistic logic framework. kr, 2, 421–432 (2002) google scholar  benferhat, s., dubois, d., kaci, s., prade, h.: bipolar possibilistic representations. in: 18th international conference on uncertainty in artificial intelligence, pp. 45–52 (2002) google scholar  lang, j., van der torre, l., weydert, e.: utilitarian desires. auton. agents multi-agent syst. 5(3), 329–363 (2002) google scholar  benferhat, s., dubois, d., kaci, s., prade, h.: bipolar possibility theory in preference modeling: representation, fusion and optimal solutions. inf. fusion 7(1), 135–150 (2006) google scholar  bistarelli, s., pini, m., rossi, f., venable, k.: from soft constraints to bipolar preferences: modelling framework and solving issues. j. exp. theoret. artif. intell. 22(2), 135–158 (2010) google scholar  poole, d.: on the comparison of theories: preferring the most specific explanation. in: 9th international joint conference on artificial intelligence, vol. 85, pp. 144–147 (1985) google scholar  lifschitz, v.: computing circumscription. in: international joint conference on artificial intelligence (ijcai), vol. 85, pp. 121–127 (1985) google scholar  eiter, t., gottlob, g.: the complexity of logic-based abduction. j. acm (jacm) 42(1), 3–42 (1995) google scholar  gelfond, m., lifschitz, v.: classical negation in logic programs and disjunctive databases. new gener. comput. 9(3–4), 365–385 (1991) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, federal university of ceará, fortaleza, brazil renan cordeiro, guilherme fernandes & joão alcântara instituto federal de educação, ciência e tecnologia do ceará (ifce), ce-040, km 137,1 s/n, aracati, rodovia, ce, brazil henrique viana authors renan cordeiroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar guilherme fernandesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão alcântaraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar henrique vianaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to joão alcântara . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper cordeiro, r., fernandes, g., alcântara, j., viana, h. (2021). a systematic approach to define semantics for prioritised logic programs. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_20 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_20 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords logic programming preferences semantics publish with us policies and ethics profiles renan cordeiro view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature classification of facial images to assist in the diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder: a study on the effect of face detection and landmark identification algorithms | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper classification of facial images to assist in the diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder: a study on the effect of face detection and landmark identification algorithms conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 261–275 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) classification of facial images to assist in the diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder: a study on the effect of face detection and landmark identification algorithms download book pdf download book epub gabriel c. michelassi9, henrique s. bortoletti9, tuany d. pinheiro9, thiago nobayashi9, fabio r. d. de barros9, rafael l. testa9, andréia f. silva10, mirian c. revers10, joana portolese10, helio pedrini11, helena brentani10, fatima l. s. nunes9 & … ariane machado-lima9  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 630 accesses 8 citations abstract since facial morphology can be linked to brain developmental problems, studies have been conducted to develop computational systems to assist in the diagnosis of some neurodevelopmental disorders based on facial images. the first steps usually include face detection and landmark identification. although there are several libraries that implement different algorithms for these tasks, to the best of our knowledge no study has discussed the effect of choosing these ready-to-use implementations on the performance of the final classifier. this paper compares four libraries for facial detection and landmark identification in the context of classification of facial images for computer-aided diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder, where the classifiers achieved 0.92, the highest f1-score. the results indicate that the choice of which facial detection and landmark identification algorithms to use do in fact affect the final classifier performance. it appears that the causes are related to not only the quality of face and landmark identification, but also to the success rate of face detection. this last issue is particularly important when the initial training sample size is modest, which is usually the case in terms of classification of some syndromes or neurodevelopmental disorders based on facial images. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a review of image-based automatic facial landmark identification techniques article open access 15 september 2018 fast and precise face alignment and 3d shape reconstruction from a single 2d image chapter © 2016 detecting face morphing attacks by analyzing the directed distances of facial landmarks shifts chapter © 2019 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. autism spectrum disorders biometrics categorization computer vision neurodevelopmental disorders object recognition 1 introduction anthropometry is the science that studies the measurements of the human body including height, weight and size of body components [11]. the measurements can be done directly, with measuring equipment such as measuring tapes, or indirectly, using radiography images, three-dimensional images captured by stereophotogrammetry or two-dimensional images captured by digital cameras [31]. several studies have suggested that facial morphology can be linked to brain developmental problems [2, 6, 9, 13, 32]. for instance, studies of facial anthropometric measures in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (asd) and individuals with typical development (td) have revealed significant differences between these two groups, such as the distance between the pupils, ear format, strabismus, head circumference [2, 23, 27, 29]. these results motivate the use of machine learning approaches to classify asd versus td individuals, based on anthropometric facial features, to aid asd diagnosis. asd is a neurodevelopmental, polygenic and multifactorial disorder with evidence of genetic and environmental factors contributing to its etiology [10, 14, 20, 24]. individuals with asd exhibit persistent social communication impairments, and also lack the ability to develop, maintain and understand relationships, and show restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, and activities. these symptoms appear during childhood and can impair the person’s daily life [3, 18]. an early and correct diagnosis is crucial for appropriate intervention. the diagnosis is clinical and expensive, since it requires trained health professionals to apply the instruments, mostly questionnaires, and observation routines of the child’s behavior [22]. therefore, to increase accessing the asd diagnosis, computer-aided diagnosis systems could be used for large-scale screening for posterior analysis by a specialist. in order to decrease the financial cost and facilitate using such systems, the use of two-dimensional facial images captured by digital cameras or smartphones is preferred than, for instance, three-dimensional images captured by stereophotogrammetry devices [2, 12, 26], since they can be more easily achieved considering the popularization of mobile devices. in fact, promising results related to neurodevelopmental disorders have been achieved using two-dimensional facial images captured by digital cameras [16, 33]. the computational pipeline of analysis usually consists of three steps: 1) face detection and landmark identification, 2) feature extraction and 3) classifier induction. although there are several libraries that implement different algorithms for the first step, to the best of our knowledge no study has discussed the effect of the choice of these ready-to-use implementations on the performance of the final classifier. this paper investigates the effect of using four image processing libraries for facial detection and landmark identification on the classification results of facial images for computer-aided diagnosis of asd. while a face detection algorithm may cause training sample reduction by discarding images when no faces were detected, a landmark detection algorithm may interfere with the correct extraction of features from the anthropometric measurements. both issues can affect the final classifier and are explored in this paper. 2 methods four image processing libraries were compared for face detection and landmark identification tasks. in order to investigate the impact of these libraries on final classification performance, we performed two experiments to test two hypothesis: h1: the number of training images with successful face detection, combined with correct face detection and landmark identification, will affect the performance of the final classifier; h2: using the same training images, applying different detection and landmark identification algorithms affects the performance of the final classifier. both hypotheses were tested by performing the five-modules process depicted in fig. 1. in summary, the images of an initial training set were acquired following the protocol described in sect. 2.1 and pre-processed as described in sect. 2.2 (modules 1 and 2). each preprocessed image was submitted to different face and landmark detection algorithms to identify five landmark sets: one for each image processing library, except for mediapipe which was used twice (module 3, described in sect. 2.3). each landmark set was used to extract a set of geometric features based on the distance between each pair of landmarks (module 4, described in sect. 2.4), resulting in five different feature datasets. in these five datasets, each instance is the feature vector of an image. since the face detection algorithms usually are not able to detect the face in all images (module 3), the five datasets have not the same number of instances. therefore, two experiments were performed: 1) using each dataset exactly as it is; and 2) using the datasets composed of only the feature vectors of the images where the face was detected by all face detection algorithms executed in module 3. therefore, experiment 1 evaluates the effect of the face detection on the results (testing hypothesis h1), whereas experiment 2 evaluates the effect of the landmark identification (in the same faces) on the classifier performance (testing hypothesis h2). these datasets are used separately to train and test several classifiers (module 5, described in sect. 2.5). finally, a statistical analysis was performed for hypotheses testing (sect. 2.6). fig. 1. overview of the proposed method. full size image 2.1 image acquisition protocol all images were captured with a nikon coolpix l120 compact camera using the protocol shown in fig. 2. in each acquisition, the camera was attached to a tripod fixed at a distance of 50 cm from the chair where the volunteer was accommodated. the chair was placed against the wall, and the volunteer was instructed to remain with his back fully resting on the chair. a white wall was chosen as the photo background, where a red band 50 cm by 5 cm was placed in order to be posteriorly used as a reference for normalizing the images and estimating distortion. fig. 2. protocol used to capture the images, showing the correct position of the individual and the band used as reference for normalization. full size image the volunteers were instructed to remain with a facial expression as neutral as possible and five front facial photographs were taken. a video was recorded when neutral expression facial image was not possible or if the face was inclined. thus, a subsequent video analysis allowed selecting the best frame. images were captured from 43 asd and 74 td children and adolescents ranging from 5 to 18 years of age. the diagnosis of the asd participants was confirmed by a reference hospital the clinics hospital of the university of são paulo and the photographs were taken after the patient’s follow-up visit. the td group consisted of volunteers invited by email. all underwent screening by an infant psychiatrist specialized in asd to confirm the absence of asd and/or clinical evidence of genetic syndromes. all participants were authorized by the parents or legal guardians through an informed consent signed at the beginning of each data collection session. this project was approved by the ethics board and of the school of arts, sciences and humanities of university of sao paulo, protocol number 1.669.832 at august 8th, 2016. all experiments were performed in accordance with the ethics board requirements. the informed consent was obtained from all participants and/or their legal guardians. 2.2 image preprocessing and band detection (modules 1 and 2) we acquired more than one frontal image from each volunteer. the best image was selected based on two criteria: facial neutrality and proportion of width and height of the reference band in order to avoid image distortion. the image preprocessing was performed to rotate and crop all the images. the rotation intends to correct the lateral face inclination and was performed according to the following steps: eye region detection using haar cascades; pupil localization; tracing a line passing over the pupil points; calculation of the angle \(\theta \) formed by this line and the horizontal axis; image rotation according to \(\theta \). finally, the images were cropped in order to remove the black background resulting from the rotation operation. the steps for reference band detection were: (i) application of a bilateral filter for image smoothing, (ii) edge detection using the canny method [8], (iii) application of dilation and erosion operations to correct discontinuities on the edges, (iv) detection of the band contour using the method findcontours from opencv library [30] and (v) calculation of the band width and height. 2.3 face detection and landmark identification (module 3) four image processing libraries were tested for the task of face detection and landmark identification: dlib [15], opencv [7], openface [4] and mediapipe [21]. opencv and dlib have multiple face detection algorithms available. this study chose the algorithms based on cnn (convolutional neural network) and dnn (deep neural networks), respectively, since they represent the state of art in image processing. mediapipe uses a face detection algorithm based on blazeface solution [5] and openface also uses a cnn algorithm to detect faces. after the face detection, all images were manually inspected to assure that no mistake was made in this step. at this point, each library may have correctly detected a different number of faces from the initial set of images. the next step is the landmark identification in each detected face. the landmark identification algorithms of dlib, opencv and openface libraries detect 68 landmarks (fig. 3), whereas the mediapipe’s algorithm detects 438 landmarks. thus, two landmark sets were identified using mediapipe: 1) using only the 68 landmarks closest to the ones detected by the first three libraries (mediapipe 68); and 2) using the previous 68 landmarks and additional 61 points corresponding to the facial contour (mediapipe 129) (fig. 3e). the first landmark set is meant to evaluate the influence of the quality of the identification of the same 68 landmarks on the classifier performance, whereas the second landmark set is meant to evaluate the influence of a higher number of landmarks. therefore, five landmark sets were obtained and compared in this study (table 1). fig. 3. the 68 landmarks present in dlibcnn, opencvdnn, openface, mediapipe 68 and mediapipe 129 landmark sets. source image from [1]. full size image table 1. landmark sets compared in this study. each landmark set was extracted using an image processing library, face detection algorithm, landmark identification algorithm, resulting in a specific number of identified landmarks. the landmark identification algorithm constrained local neural fields is referred to as clnf. the landmark identification algorithm local binary fitting is referred to as lbf.full size table 2.4 feature extraction and experiment split (module 4) for each landmark set output from module 3 (table 1), the euclidean distance between each pair of landmarks, normalized by the reference band dimensions, was calculated, corresponding to a feature. more specifically, for each pair of landmarks \(p (x_1, y_1)\) and \(q (x_2, y_2)\), each landmark represented by a coordinate (x, y), the normalized euclidean distance \(d_n\) is calculated according to eq. 1, where w and h are the reference band width and height (calculated as described in sect. 2.2), respectively: $$\begin{aligned} d_n(p, q) = \sqrt{[(x_1 x_2) / w]^2 + [(y_1 y_2) / h]^2} \end{aligned}$$ (1) the feature dataset obtained from each landmark set described in table 1 was used in experiment 1. in experiment 2, only features from images where the face was correctly detected by all face detection algorithms were used. 2.5 classifier development (module 5) the last module of the proposed pipeline (fig. 1) consists in training and evaluating several classifiers varying the procedures for dataset preprocessing, dimension reduction and classifier induction. here we describe these procedures and how the parameter tuning and performance evaluation were performed. dataset preprocessing. three preprocessing tasks were applied on the dataset: initial feature filtering, min-max normalization and class balancing. in the initial feature filtering, when two features were highly correlated (pearson correlation > 0.98), only one was kept. min-max normalization was applied on the feature values. for this, after identification of the maximum and minimum values of each feature x in the dataset (\(x_{max}\) and \(x_{min}\), respectively), the original value \(x_i\) is transformed into a new value \(x'_i = (x_i x_{min})/(x_{max} x_{min})\). for class balancing, four approaches were considered: i) undersampling, ii) oversampling with four variants of smote algorithm [25] (default, svm, borderline and kmeans smote [17]), iii) combination of under and over sampling with smote tomek, and iv) no balancing. dimension reduction. dimension reduction methods are extremely important for classification tasks because they eliminate redundant features and can increase classifier performance. filter-type feature selection methods tend to have a lower computational cost than wrapper-type methods. in this paper, the implementation of the scikit-learn libraries [28] and skfeature [19] libraries were used and seven different algorithms were applied: principal component analysis (pca), which performs feature extraction by transforming the initial set into a new set containing only the major components; minimum redundancy maximum relevance (mrmr), which performs the selection of features based on two criteria: one is the minimum criterion of redundancy between pairs of features and the other is the maximum relevance through the measurement of information; correlation-based feature selection (cfs), which performs the selection of features considering that a suitable subset contains features highly correlated with the target class, but little correlated with each other; fast correlation-based filter (fcbf), which performs the selection of features considering the main idea of the cfs method, but calculating the correlation measure based on the entropy concept of information theory; relieff, which performs the selection of features by means of a relevance ranking of each feature; robust feature selection (rfs), which performs the feature selection through sparse dictionary learning; random forest select, which performs the feature selection based on the random forest classifier. classifier induction (hyperparameter tuning and performance estimation). six classifier induction algorithms were used: k-nearest neighbors (knn), support vector machines (svm), gaussian naïve bayes (nb), neural networks (nn), random forests (rf) and linear discriminant analysis (lda). hyperparameter tuning of the classifier induction algorithms was performed using a grid search approach to select the hyperparameter values that maximize the classifier f1-score, estimated by stratified 10-fold cross-validation. in each fold of the cross-validation, the synthetic instances produced by the class balancing algorithm were excluded from the test sample. table 2 shows the hyperparameters and the tested values that were tuned for each classifier. default parameters were used for gaussian naive bayes classifier. table 2. parameters and values tested for each classifier. n_features: the number of features after dimension reduction. the parameter hidden_layer_sizes is specified as an ordered pair (x, y) where x is the number of hidden layers and y is the number of neurons per layer.full size table in summary, all combinations of dataset balancing strategy, dimension reduction and classifier induction algorithm (table 3) were evaluated, totaling 294 combinations. to measure performance, the f1-score of each classifier resulting from each combination was estimated via stratified 10-fold cross-validation, with no synthetic data in the test folds. in addition, confidence intervals were calculated with 95% confidence. table 3. dataset balancing strategies, dimension reduction and classifier induction algorithms used in this study.full size table 2.6 statistical analysis and comparison as described in sect. 2.5, several classifiers were inducted using different combinations of class balancing algorithms, dimension reduction and classifier induction algorithms (table 3). considering the ten folds of the cross-validation, 2940 classifiers were inducted from each dataset (i.e., from each landmark set). comparing the f1-scores of learned classifiers using each of these combinations in each fold, varying only the landmark set (table 1), constitutes a test to detect differences in “treatments” across multiple test attempts, where the “treatments” are the use of different libraries for face detection and landmark identification. therefore, a table \(f_{2940\times 5}\) was created where f[i, j] is the f1-score obtained by the classifier inducted using the combination i of class balancing algorithms, dimension reduction, classifier induction algorithm and fold using the landmark set j. as the f1-scores do not present a normal distribution, friedman’s non-parametric test was applied using the f1-scores obtained in experiments 1 and 2 to test the hypotheses h1 and h2, respectively. considering a critical p-value of 0.05, an inferior p-value means that there is a significant difference between the f1-score obtained using different libraries for face detection and landmark detection. table 4. number of images represented in each landmark set in the two experiments. rows corresponding to “experiment 1” describe the number of faces detected by each library (*: mediapipe68 and mediapipe129 are landmark sets based on the same faces extracted by mediapipe face detection algorithm). rows corresponding to “experiment 2” describe the number of faces detected by all libraries.full size table in addition, in order to investigate if the h1 and h2 test results can be dependent on the classifier induction algorithm, the same test was repeated using only the f1-scores of classifiers inducted by the same algorithms. for these tests a bonferroni-holm correction was applied to correct the p-values due to the execution of the six tests. the friedman test only evaluates if the average f1-score is significantly different among the five landmark sets. to test if there is a significant difference between each pair of landmark sets, the wilcoxon test was applied. 3 results and discussion table 4 (rows corresponding to “experiment 1”) shows the number of images where the face was correctly detected by each library. from an initial set of 117 images (43 images from asd and 74 images from td individuals), the face detection algorithms performed differently, detecting the face in 63% to 89% of the images. mediapipe was the library that detected fewer faces, whereas opencv using the dnn algorithm was the library that detected more faces. only 62 images (53%) had the face correctly detected by all libraries. these images were used to compose the five landmark sets in experiment 2 (table 4 rows corresponding to “experiment 2”). table 5 shows the p-values resulting from the friedman test performed on all inducted classifiers, as well as for each classifier induction algorithm separately, for both experiments. considering all learned classifiers (table 5, row “all classifiers”), the results show that there is a significant difference between the f1-scores obtained when using different landmark sets (i.e., different libraries for face detection and landmark identification), in both experiments 1 and 2 (p-values < 0.001), allowing that h1 and h2 are accepted. that means that both correct face detection and landmark identification have a significant effect on the final classification. all p-values are also below the critical value of 0.05 considering the test performed for each classifier induction separately (table 5, rows “svm” to “lda”). however, three classifier induction algorithms had their p-values closer to the critical value: svm in experiment 1 and naive bayes and random forests in experiment 2. this may indicate that different classifier induction algorithms have different susceptibility to data variation obtained using these libraries. however, more experiments should be conduct to investigate this issue. table 5. results of the friedman tests considering the 2940 generated classifiers per landmark set (“all classifiers”) and per classifier induction algorithm.full size table table 6 shows the p-values achieved using the wilcoxon test for each pair of landmark sets in both experiments. in experiment 1, the results show that the f1-scores achieved using the dlibcnn and opencvdnn landmark sets are not significantly different, as well as using mediapipe 68 and mediapipe 129. dlibcnn and opencvdnn are the landmark sets based on the highest number of images (101 and 104 detected faces, respectively table 4) whereas mediapipe 68 and mediapipe 129 landmark sets are based on exactly the same images. in experiment 2, where all landmark sets were extracted from the same 62 images, all p-values were \(< 0.05\), indicating that f1-scores are significantly different between each pair of landmark sets. these results indicate that the number of training images not only affect the classifier performance but also the quality of face and landmark identification. in addition, the significant difference between mediapipe 68 and mediapipe 129 only in experiment 2 may indicate that the additional landmarks in mediapipe 129 improved the classifier performance when there was a smaller number of training images. table 6. results of the wilcoxon tests.full size table considering the use of these landmark sets to the problem of asd x td classification, fig. 4 shows the highest f1-score (estimated by 10-fold cross-validation) achieved using each landmark set in each experiment. openface, opencvdnn and dlibcnn had the best results in experiment 1, highlighting that openface and dlibcnn presented the narrowest confidence intervals. in fact, in experiment 1 these three landmark sets are those based on the highest number of detected faces (table 4). it is noteworthy that, although based on a lower number of images (95 detected faces), the openface landmark set had the highest f1-score (0.9184) with an accuracy of 0.8861, precision of 0.8548 and recall of 1.0. this result was achieved using smote tomek for class balancing, pca for dimension reduction and lda for classifier induction algorithm. the lowest f1-score (0.8436) was achieved using mediapipe 64, which is consistent with the fact that this landmark set is based on the lowest number of images (74 table 4). mediapipe 129 had a higher f1-score than mediapipe 64 (0.9029), based on the same images but with additional landmarks. however, it was observed that these two landmark sets are not significantly different in the statistical test using all generated classifiers (table 6 experiment 1). such relative performance of these landmark sets (dlibcnn, opencvdnn and openface presenting higher f1-scores than mediapipe 64 and mediapipe 129) was similar in all inducted classifiers (data not shown). in experiment 2 all f1-scores decreased, which is consistent with the fact that all landmark sets were based on a lower number of images (62). therefore, it can be seen that not only the correct face detection and reference points are important, but also the number of images used to train a model. the best classifier had a accuracy of 0.88, precision of 0.83, recall of 1.0 and f1-score of 0.8981. fig. 4. the highest f1-score obtained using each landmark set in experiment 1 (fig a) and experiment 2 (fig b). the bar errors correspond to a 95% confidence interval. full size image 4 conclusion this paper investigated the effect of employing different image processing libraries on the final result of facial image-based classifiers using asd x td classification as case-study. two hypotheses were tested: that different face detection rates (influence the training sample size), in addition to the landmark identification quality, influence the final classification (h1) and that, using exactly the same images, the face detection and landmark identification per se influence the final classification (h2). the results enabled accepting both hypotheses in this case study. the analysis of the pairwise differences, as well as of the f1-scores obtained by the different landmark sets in both experiments, indicate that libraries with a higher success rate in face detection (dlibcnn, opencvdnn and openface) tend to produce higher f1-score, and thus more suitable. finally, considering the problem of asd x td classification, after testing several combinations of image processing libraries, dataset balancing, dimension reduction and classifier induction algorithms, this study achieved the f1-score of 0.9184, accuracy of 0.8861, precision of 0.8548 and recall of 1.0, which is important for computer-aided diagnosis. to enhance asd analysis through face detection, more data from individuals with asd and controls are crucial. references face recognition database (2005). http://cbcl.mit.edu/software-datasets/heisele/facerecognition-database.html aldridge, k., et al.: facial phenotypes in subgroups of prepubertal boys with autism spectrum disorders are correlated with clinical phenotypes. mol. autism 2(1), 15 (2011) article  mathscinet  google scholar  association, a.p., et al.: diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (dsm-5®). american psychiatric pub (2013) google scholar  baltrusaitis, t., robinson, p., morency, l.p.: constrained local neural fields for robust facial landmark detection in the wild. in: proceedings of the ieee international conference on computer vision workshops, pp. 354–361 (2013) google scholar  bazarevsky, v., kartynnik, y., vakunov, a., raveendran, k., grundmann, m.: blazeface: sub-millisecond neural face detection on mobile gpus. corr abs/1907.05047 (2019) google scholar  boehringer, s., et al.: syndrome identification based on 2d analysis software. eur. j. hum. genet. 14(10), 1082–1089 (2006) article  google scholar  bradski, g.: opencv library. dr. dobb’s journal of software tools (2000) google scholar  canny, j.: a computational approach to edge detection. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. 6, 679–698 (1986) article  google scholar  demyer, w., zeman, w., palmer, c.g.: the face predicts the brain: diagnostic significance of median facial anomalies for holoprosencephaly (arhinencephaly). pediatrics 34(2), 256–263 (1964) article  google scholar  deth, r., muratore, c., benzecry, j., power-charnitsky, v.a., waly, m.: how environmental and genetic factors combine to cause autism: a redox/methylation hypothesis. neurotoxicology 29(1), 190–201 (2008) article  google scholar  farkas, l.g.: anthropometry of the head and face. raven pr (1994) google scholar  gilani, s.z., et al.: sexually dimorphic facial features vary according to level of autistic-like traits in the general population. j. neurodev. disord. 7(1), 14 (2015) article  google scholar  hammond, p., et al.: 3d analysis of facial morphology. am. j. med. genet. a 126(4), 339–348 (2004) article  google scholar  johnson, c.p., myers, s.m.: identification and evaluation of children with autism spectrum disorders. pediatrics 120(5), 1183–1215 (2007) article  google scholar  king, d.e.: dlib-ml: a machine learning toolkit. j. mach. learn. res. 10, 1755–1758 (2009) google scholar  kumov, v., samorodov, a.: recognition of genetic diseases based on combined feature extraction from 2d face images. in: 26th conference of open innovations association (fruct). ieee (2020) google scholar  lemaître, g., nogueira, f., aridas, c.k.: imbalanced-learn: a python toolbox to tackle the curse of imbalanced datasets in machine learning. j. mach. learn. res. 18(17), 1–5 (2017) google scholar  levy, s.e., mandell, d.s., schultz, r.t.: autism 374, 1627–1638 (2009) google scholar  li, j., et al.: feature selection: a data perspective. arxiv:1601.07996 (2016) lord, c., cook, e.h., leventhal, b.l., amaral, d.g.: autism spectrum disorders. neuron 28(2), 355–363 (2000) article  google scholar  lugaresi, c., et al.: mediapipe: a framework for perceiving and processing reality. in: third workshop on computer vision for ar/vr at ieee computer vision and pattern recognition (cvpr) 2019 (2019) google scholar  mandell, d.s., novak, m.m., zubritsky, c.d.: factors associated with age of diagnosis among children with autism spectrum disorders. pediatrics 116(6), 1480–1486 (2005) article  google scholar  miles, j., hadden, l., takahashi, t., hillman, r.: head circumference is an independent clinical finding associated with autism. am. j. med. genet. 95(4), 339–350 (2000) article  google scholar  muhle, r., trentacoste, s.v., rapin, i.: the genetics of autism. pediatrics 113(5), e472–e486 (2004) article  google scholar  chawla, n.v., bowyer, k.w., lawrence, o.h., philip kegelmeyer, w.: smote: synthetic minority over-sampling technique. j. artif. intell. res. 16, 321–357 (2011) article  math  google scholar  obafemi-ajayi, t., et al.: facial structure analysis separates autism spectrum disorders into meaningful clinical subgroups. j. autism dev. disord. 45(5), 1302–1317 (2015) article  google scholar  ozgen, h., et al.: morphological features in children with autism spectrum disorders: a matched case-control study. j. autism dev. disord. 41(1), 23–31 (2011) article  google scholar  pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) mathscinet  math  google scholar  rodier, p.m., bryson, s.e., welch, j.p.: minor malformations and physical measurements in autism: data from nova scotia. teratology 55(5), 319–325 (1997) article  google scholar  suzuki, s.: topological structural analysis of digitized binary images by border following. comput. vis. graph. image process. 30(1), 32–46 (1985) article  math  google scholar  weinberg, s.m., naidoo, s., govier, d.p., martin, r.a., kane, a.a., marazita, m.l.: anthropometric precision and accuracy of digital three-dimensional photogrammetry: comparing the genex and 3dmd imaging systems with one another and with direct anthropometry. j. craniofac. surg. 17(3), 477–483 (2006) article  google scholar  zhao, q., et al.: digital facial dysmorphology for genetic screening: hierarchical constrained local model using ica. med. image anal. 18(5), 699–710 (2014) article  google scholar  zhao, q., yao, g., akhtar, f., li, j., pei, y.: an automated approach to diagnose turner syndrome using ensemble learning methods. ieee access 8, 223335–223345 (2020) article  google scholar  download references acknowledgments we thank the patients and their families that allowed the execution of this research, as well as the team of the autism spectrum program of the clinics hospital (protea-hc). this study was funded by brazilian national council of scientific and technological development, (cnpq) (grants 309330/2018-1, 157535/2017-7 and 309030/2019-6) and scientific and technological initiation program at university of sao paulo (pibic/pibit-cnpq/usp 2020/2021), the são paulo research foundation (fapesp) national institute of science and technology medicine assisted by scientific computing (inct-macc) grant 2014/50889-7, sao paulo research foundation (fapesp) grants #2017/12646-3, #2020/01992-0, coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior – brasil (capes), dean’s office for research of the university of são paulo (prp-usp, grant 18.5.245.86.7) and the national health support program for people with disabilities (pronas/pcd) grant 25000.002484/2017-17. author information authors and affiliations school of arts, sciences and humanities, university of sao paulo, r. arlindo béttio, 1000 ermelino matarazzo, sao paulo-sp, 03828-000, brazil gabriel c. michelassi, henrique s. bortoletti, tuany d. pinheiro, thiago nobayashi, fabio r. d. de barros, rafael l. testa, fatima l. s. nunes & ariane machado-lima department of psychiatry, school of medicine, university of sao paulo, r. dr. ovídio pires de campos, 785, sao paulo-sp, 05403-903, brazil andréia f. silva, mirian c. revers, joana portolese & helena brentani institute of computing, university of campinas, av. albert einstein, 1251 cidade universitária, campinas-sp, 13083-852, brazil helio pedrini authors gabriel c. michelassiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar henrique s. bortolettiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar tuany d. pinheiroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar thiago nobayashiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar fabio r. d. de barrosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rafael l. testaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar andréia f. silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar mirian c. reversview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joana portoleseview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar helio pedriniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar helena brentaniview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar fatima l. s. nunesview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ariane machado-limaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to ariane machado-lima . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper michelassi, g.c. et al. (2023). classification of facial images to assist in the diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder: a study on the effect of face detection and landmark identification algorithms. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_18 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_18 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords image processing face detection landmark identification anthropometry autism spectrum disorder classification publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature multiobjective evolutionary algorithms applied to the optimization of expanded genetic codes | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper multiobjective evolutionary algorithms applied to the optimization of expanded genetic codes conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 3–16 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) multiobjective evolutionary algorithms applied to the optimization of expanded genetic codes download book pdf download book epub maísa de carvalho silva9, paulo guilherme pinheiro pereira9, lariza laura de oliveira  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-5098-172x9 & … renato tinós  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4027-88519  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 529 accesses abstract there is great interest in the creation of genetically modified organisms that use amino acids different from the naturally encoded amino acids. unnatural amino acids have been incorporated into genetically modified organisms to develop new drugs, fuels and chemicals. when incorporating new amino acids, it is necessary to change the standard genetic code. expanded genetic codes have been created without considering the robustness of the code. in this work, multi-objective genetic algorithms are proposed for the optimization of expanded genetic codes. two different approaches are compared: weighted and pareto. the expanded codes are optimized in relation to the frequency of replaced codons and two measures based on robustness (for polar requirement and molecular volume). the experiments indicate that multi-objective approaches allow to obtain a list of expanded genetic codes optimized according to combinations of the three objectives. thus, specialists can choose an optimized solution according to their needs. this work was partially supported by são paulo research foundation fapesp (under grants #2021/09720-2 and #2013/07375-0), national council for scientific and technological development cnpq (under grant #306689/2021-9), and center for artificial intelligence c4ai (supported by fapesp, under grant #2019/07665-4, and ibm corporation). access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others multi-objective genetic algorithms chapter © 2024 multi-objective genetic algorithms chapter © 2023 average and standard deviation of the error function for random genetic codes with standard stop codons article 17 december 2021 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. genetic engineering genetic modification genetic techniques genomic engineering protein engineering genetic databases 1 introduction proteins are vital macromolecules in living organisms [3]. they are composed of amino acids joined by covalent bonds forming series with different sizes and constitutions. changes in the amino acid sequence can cause modifications in the three-dimensional structure of the protein and consequently in its function. each amino acid is encoded in the dna (deoxyribonucleic acid) by a sequence of three nucleotides, called codon. sixty-one codons specify amino acids and three codons indicate the end of protein sequencing (stop codons), during its synthesis. there are 20 types of amino acids that are generally used in proteins (natural amino acids). since there are \(4^3 = 64\) possible combinations of the 4 nucleotides (a, c, g, t) in a codon, some amino acids are encoded by more than one codon. living beings share the same standard genetic code, with rare exceptions. there are approximately \(1.4 \times 10^{70}\) hypothetical genetic codes, i.e., ways to associate codons to the natural amino acids. when compared to all codes, the standard genetic code is very robust [5], which is explained by two main factors. first, when the organization of the standard genetic code is examined, one can see that many amino acids are encoded by similar codons (see fig. 1). that is, small changes in the nucleotide sequence sometimes generate no change in the sequence of amino acids of a protein. second, most of the modifications result in changing the amino acid to one with similar physical-chemical properties [14]. recently, there has been great interest in creating genetically modified organisms that use unnatural amino acids, i.e., amino acids other than the 20 amino acids naturally encoded in the standard genetic code. these amino acids can be interesting for many reasons. for example, they may contain heavy atoms that facilitate some crystallographic studies involving x-rays. new amino acids have been incorporated into genetically modified organisms to produce drugs, fuels and chemicals of great economic interest [11]. when adding new amino acids to genetically modified organisms, it is necessary to modify the standard genetic code. expanded genetic codes can be created by using codons with four nucleotides instead of three [1]. another possibility is to add synthetic nucleotides to create new codons [15]. however, the most attractive way to modify the standard genetic code is by replacing the association of some codons with their respective amino acids. in the new genetic code, these codons are now associated to the new amino acids. in general, the codons chosen to have the association replaced are those that are least frequently used in the organism. the robustness is not taken in account when creating the expanded genetic codes. according to the authors’ knowledge, optimization methods have not been used for creating expanded genetic codes, with exception for a previous paper of our group [13]. in [13], we proposed a single-objective genetic algorithm (ga) for optimizing expanded genetic codes. gas have been previously employed for creating hypothetical genetic codes with the aim of investigating the optimality of the standard genetic code. in [12], single-objective gas were used to find robust genetic codes considering only one robustness measure each time. in [9, 10], more than one robustness measure are simultaneously optimized in a multi-objective evolutionary approach. that is, instead of comparing the codes using a single measure of robustness based on a given physical-chemical property, the codes are compared using two or more measures concurrently. using more than one objective results in hypothetical codes more similar to the standard genetic code. in this paper, we propose the use of multi-objective gas for optimizing expanded genetic codes. the expanded codes are optimized in relation to the frequency of replaced codons and two measures based on robustness (for polar requirement and molecular volume). there are two main approaches for multi-objective gas [6]: i) the weighted approach, where the multi-objective problem is transformed into a single-objective problem; ii) the pareto approach, where a set of non-dominated solutions are considered. here, the pareto multi-objective approach is proposed for optimizing expanded genetic codes. the weighted approach was proposed in our previous work [13], but with only two objectives (robustness for polar requirement and frequency of replaced codons); here we consider the weighted approach with the same three objectives employed in the pareto approach. an advantage of the pareto approach over the weighted approach for this problem is that it is not necessary to set weights for each objective. in addition, the multi-objective pareto approach can generate a list of solutions with different properties, rather than just one solution. the rest of this paper is organized as follows. in sect. 2, the proposed gas for optimizing expanded genetic codes are presented. we present in sect. 3 experiments where the gas are compared in a problem where the genetic code should incorporate the codification for a hypothetical amino acid. finally, the conclusions and discussion about future work are presented in sect. 4. fig. 1. standard genetic code. the codon is a three-letter sequence from an alphabet with 4 nucleotides (a, c, g, t). the names of the amino acids are abbreviated in the figure (examples: phe is phenylalanine and leu is leucine). the numbers represent the frequency (f) of codons in e. coli. source: adapted from [8]. full size image 2 proposed genetic algorithms in the proposed gas, individuals represent hypothetical expanded genetic codes that incorporate the codification of a new unnatural amino acid. here, we consider that only one new amino acid is incorporated. however, the algorithms can be easily adapted for problems where more than one amino acid are incorporatedfootnote 1. the two approaches based on gas for the optimization of expanded genetic codes are presented in sects. 2.3 and 2.4. before, the common elements to all the proposed gas are introduced in sects. 2.1 and 2.2. here, the optimization problem is considered a minimization problem. 2.1 codification and operators the binary codification is used for representing an expanded genetic code in the chromosome of an individual of the ga (fig. 2). the chromosome has 61 elements, each one representing a specific codon of the genetic code. the three stop codons (uaa, uag and uga) are not represented in the chromosome. an element equal to 1 in the i-th position of the chromosome means that the respective codon in the standard genetic code will now be related to the new amino acid. an element equal to 0 means that the amino acid in the respective codon is not changed. all amino acids (natural and incorporated) must be present in the expanded genetic codes. in this way, the initial population of the ga is created ensuring that all amino acids are presented in the solutions (expanded genetic codes) associated to the individuals. in addition, when reproduction operators result in the removal of one of the amino acids from the expanded genetic code, the individual is penalized by adding a value of 10,000 to its fitness, making the selection of that individual very rare. the value of 10,000 was determined according to the theoretical maximum and minimal that can be obtained for each objective. here, the two gas use the same reproduction and selection operators. tournament selection and elitism are used to select individuals. in tournament selection, the best of \(s_t\) randomly chosen individuals is selected. in elitism, the best individual of the population is copied to the new population. two-point crossover and flip mutation are used to transform individuals. crossover is applied with rate \(p_c\), while each element of the chromosome is transformed with rate \(p_m\). 2.2 objectives three objectives are considered. two objectives are based on robustness and one objective is the frequency of replaced codons. here, robustness of a genetic code c is defined as the inverse of \(m_{st}(c)\), that is the mean square change for the values of a given property regarding mistranslation and base position errors [7, 9]. the equation for \(m_{st}(c)\) is: $$\begin{aligned} m_{st}(c) = \frac{\sum _{ij} a(i,j)(x(i,c)-x(j,c))^2 }{\sum _{ij}n(i,j)} \end{aligned}$$ (1) fig. 2. example of representation of the expanded genetic code in the chromosome of an individual of the ga. in the expanded genetic code, the amino acid new replaces the naturally encoded amino acids in the positions with elements equal to 1 in the chromosome of the ga’s individual. full size image where x(i, c) is the amino acid property value for the amino acid codified by the i-th codon of the genetic code c, n(i, j) is the number of possible replacements between codons i and j, and a(i, j) is a weight for the change between amino acids codified by the i-th and j-th codons. by minimizing \(m_{st}(c)\) for a given amino acid property, we are selecting a more robust genetic code regarding mistranslation and base position errors. the three objectives are: \(f_{f}(\textbf{x})\):: given by the sum of frequency (codon usage) of the codons that encode the new amino acid in the genetic code c codified by chromosome \(\textbf{x}\), i.e.,: $$\begin{aligned} f_{f}(\textbf{x}) = \sum _{i=1}^{61} x(i) \phi (i) \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(\phi (i)\) is the codon usage (frequency) of the i-th codon, considering organism e. coli. the codon usage of e. coli is given in fig. 1. e. coli is a prokaryotic model organism very important in applications of biotechnology. this objective is considered in order to avoid codes with many replacements, specially in codons that are often used. additional codon replacements incur in higher economic cost because new biological molecules must be designed and utilized. besides, codon replacements can lead to unwanted biological effects. \(f_{pr}(\textbf{x})\):: given by \(m_{st}(c)\) (eq. 1) considering polar requirement of the amino acids (table 1). when a new amino acid is incorporated, the polar requirement of this amino acid is also used in eq. 2. polar requirement is a very important property of amino acids regarding structure and function of proteins. \(f_{mv}(\textbf{x})\):: given by \(m_{st}(c)\) (eq. 1) considering molecular volume of the amino acids (table 1). molecular volume is also an important property of amino acids regarding structure and function of proteins. in the experiments, values of \(f_{f}\), \(f_{pr}\), and \(f_{mv}\) are presented. in the weighted approach, the evaluation of each objective is given by the normalization by maximum values. for simplicity, we use the same symbols here for the original and normalized values. table 1. polar requirement and molecular volume for the natural amino acids [7].full size table 2.3 weighted approach in this approach, each evaluation of objective is calculated separately. then, weights are assigned according to the importance of each objective. thus, the multi-objective problem is transformed into a single-objective problem. here, the fitness of a solution (genetic code) codified by chromosome \(\textbf{x}\) is given by: $$\begin{aligned} f(\textbf{x}) = w_{f} f_{f}(\textbf{x}) + w_{pr} f_{pr}(\textbf{x}) + w_{mv} f_{mv}(\textbf{x}) \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(w_{f}\), \(w_{pr}\), and \(w_{mv}\) are the weights respectively associated to \(f_{f}(\textbf{x})\), \(f_{pr}(\textbf{x})\), and \(f_{mv}(\textbf{x})\). the ga used in the weighted approach is here called wga. three versions of wga are tested, each one with different values for the weights (table 2). in wga1, all weights are equal, i.e., no objective is prioritized. in wga2, \(w_{pr}\) is higher, i.e., \(f_{pr}(\textbf{x})\) is prioritized. in wga3, \(w_{f}\) is higher, i.e., \(f_{f}(\textbf{x})\) is prioritized. table 2. weights for the different versions of wga.full size table 2.4 pareto approach this approach uses the concept of pareto dominance in order to obtain a subset of non-dominated solutions to a multi-objective problem. according to the pareto dominance concept, a solution \(\mathbf {x_a}\) dominates a solution \(\mathbf {x_b}\) if it is better in at least one of the objectives, and it is not worse in any of the objectives. there are many multi-objective gas that uses the pareto approach [2]. here, the nondominated sorting genetic algorithm ii (nsga-ii) [4] is used because of two main reasons. first, nsga-ii has good performance when the number of objectives is not high. nsga-ii presents a worst-case time complexity of \(o(m n^2)\) per generation for problems with n objectives and when the population size is equal to m. in addition, it has a mechanism for maintenance of population diversity. second, it was used in [9] for investigating the genetic code adaptability, a problem similar to the expanded genetic code optimization problem. despite being similar, the chromosome codification used in [9] is different from the codification used here. the reproduction operators, objectives, and other characteristics are different too. the nsga-ii algorithm used here can be summarized as follows [9]: i. a population p(0) is randomly generated and sorted in layers (fronts) according to the pareto dominance. thus, the first layer is formed by solutions which are not dominated by other solutions, i.e., the best pareto optimal solution set found so far. ii. at iteration t, the population p(t) is transformed into population q(t) by using selection and reproduction operators. the next step is to sort the union population, \(p(t)+q(t)\), according to the pareto dominance. iii. a new population \(p(t+1)\) is created by merging the layers of p(t) and q(t). when the number of individuals in the last layer exceeds the population size, the crowding distance is used to select the most diverse individuals. here, the objectives of the nsga-ii are the same used in the weighted approach: \(f_{f}(\textbf{x})\), \(f_{pr}(\textbf{x})\), and \(f_{mv}(\textbf{x})\). 3 experiments 3.1 experimental design experiments were performed considering the insertion of one hypothetical amino acid, named here new. the values of polar requirement and molecular volume for the new amino acid were obtained by averaging all respective values for the natural amino acids (see table 1). experiments, not shown here, with other hypothetical amino acids were also done. most parameters of the gas are equal to those used in [9]; preliminary tests were carried out in order to adjust the other parameters. the gas (in the two approaches) have population size equal to \(m=100\) individuals. the number of runs is 10, each one with a different random seed. the number of generations is 120. for all gas, the same parameters for tournament selection and reproduction are used: \(s_t=3\), \(p_c=0.6\), and \(p_m=0.01\). the results of the best solutions (expanded genetic codes) obtained in the runs of the different versions of wga are presented. for nsga-ii, the results of the pareto front obtained by applying the dominance criterion in the union of first front solutions for each run is presented. 3.2 experimental results the results for the evaluation of the best solutions obtained by the 3 versions of wga (sect. 2.3) are presented in table 3. when the different versions of wga are compared, the best solutions for \(f_{f}\) are those obtained by wga3, as expected. the best solutions for \(f_{pr}\) and \(f_{mv}\) were obtained by wga1, where the weights are equal. it is interesting that the solution with best \(f_{pr}\) is obtained by wga1 and not by wga2, that has a higher weight \(w_{pr}\). however, the difference in \(f_{pr}\) for the best solutions obtained by wga1 and wga2 is small. the number of replacements, i.e., codons where the association to the amino acid changed, are high for the genetic codes obtained by wga. figure 3 shows the best solutions obtained by wga1, wga2, and wga3. when the number of replacements is high, the robustness is also high. this occurs because most of the changes in the codons will result in the codification of the same amino acid, i.e., the new amino acid. unlike the weighted approach, nsga-ii allows to obtain a list of expanded genetic codes. the evaluation of the subset of solutions obtained by applying the dominance criterion to the union of the first front obtained in different runs of nsga-ii is shown in fig. 4. the best solutions obtained by the weighted approaches are also presented in the figure. one can observe that the best solutions obtained by the weighted approaches are in the pareto front obtained by nsga-ii. table 4 shows the evaluation of the best solutions for each objective obtained by nsga-ii. it is interesting to observe that, for the values of the properties of the new hypothetical amino acid, the best solutions for \(f_{pr}\) and \(f_{mv}\) are the same. in additional experiments, not shown here, with other values for the properties of the hypothetical amino acid, this does not necessarily happen. table 3. evaluation of the best solutions obtained by the weighted approach. the best results for each algorithm are in bold.full size table table 4. evaluation of the best solutions obtained by nsga-ii regarding each objective. the mean for all solutions of the pareto front are also presented.full size table one can observe that, while the genetic code with best \(f_f\) obtained by nsga-ii replaces only one codon, 21 replacements are generated by wga3. codes that results in many replacements, specially in codons that are frequently used, incur in higher economic cost and can lead to unwanted biological effects. it is important to observe that less replacements could be obtained by setting \(w_f\) to values much higher than the values of the other two weights in wga. however, this would result in manually testing many different settings for the weights. the pareto approach is interesting because it is not necessary to define weights or priority for each objective. besides, it allows to obtain a list of genetic codes, that could be offered to the specialist for a particular selection, given a real-world application. fig. 3. expanded genetic codes for the best solutions respectively obtained by wga1 (top), wga2 (middle), and wga3 (bottom). full size image fig. 4. pareto front for nsga-ii and best solutions for wga1, wga2, and wga3. full size image fig. 5. three expanded genetic codes obtained by nsga-ii: solution with best \(f_{f}\) (top), solution with best \(f_{pr}\) for 2 replacements (middle), and solution with best \(f_{pr}\) for 3 replacements (bottom). full size image this advantage of nsga-ii is illustrated in fig. 5, that shows the expanded genetic codes for three solutions of the pareto front: solution with best \(f_{f}\), solution with best \(f_{pr}\) for 2 replacements, and solution with best \(f_{pr}\) for 3 replacements. the two last solutions are those of the pareto front with best robustness for polar requirement among those with two and three replacements. in this way, the specialist can define that she/he wants a list of solutions with best robustness for a given amino acid property and with a given number of replacements. 4 conclusions we propose the use of multi-objective gas for the optimization of expanded genetic codes. three objectives are considered: robustness regarding polar requirement, robustness regarding molecular volume, and frequency of use of replaced codons. two approaches were investigated: weighted (wga) and pareto (nsga-ii). experiments with a hypothetical amino acid indicated that wga found codes with many replacements of codons. nsga-ii allowed to obtain codes with only one replacement, while the best codes for wga resulted respectively in 21 replacements. replacing many codons is not interesting in many aspects. both approached obtained robust codes. another advantage of the pareto approach is that a list of genetic codes is offered to the specialist, that can select a genetic code according to the characteristics of an application. it is important to highlight that this is a theoretical work, without taking into account restrictions that may occur from technological and biological points of view. in practice, more information about the biological application is necessary to choose an expanded genetic code. however, the work shows a computational approach for optimizing expanded genetic codes that can be useful, when used in conjunction to other strategies, for helping specialists. a possible future work is to investigate the introduction of new amino acids through the creation of synthetic nucleotides [15]. in this case, the standard genetic code is not modified; it is only expanded to accommodate the new codons related to the new synthetic nucleotides. for example, assuming that a synthetic nucleotide y is created, we would have the possibility of associating the new codons that have y, i.e., \(aay, acy,\ldots , aya, \ldots , ygg\), to the new amino acids. usually, not all new codons are associated with amino acids. in this case, optimization via gas shows a promising approach. another possible future work, from a technological point of view, is to use other algorithms in the calculation of the pareto set, such as spea-ii (strength pareto evolutionary algorithm 2). other optimization techniques could also be considered if the number of replacements is constrained. for example, if the maximum number of replacements is small, exhaustive search can be used to find the best codes. finally, the investigation of new objectives that may be interesting from an technological, experimental, and/or biological point of view could also be investigated. notes 1.the binary encoding of the chromosome is used here because we consider only one unnatural amino acid. if more than one new amino acid is considered, the integer encoding must be used, where integer \(i>0\) represents the i-th new amino acid. the only modification needed in this case is in the way the new chromosomes are generated and mutated. references anderson, j.c., et al.: an expanded genetic code with a functional quadruplet codon. proc. natl. acad. sci. 101(20), 7566–7571 (2004) article  google scholar  coello, c.a.c., lamont, g.b.: applications of multi-objective evolutionary algorithms, vol. 1. world scientific, london (2004) math  google scholar  cox, m.m., nelson, d.l.: lehninger principles of biochemistry, vol. 5. wh freeman, new york (2008) google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee trans. evol. comput. 6(2), 182–197 (2002) article  google scholar  freeland, s.j., hurst, l.d.: the genetic code is one in a million. j. mol. evol. 47(3), 238–248 (1998) article  google scholar  freitas, a.a.: a critical review of multi-objective optimization in data mining: a position paper. acm sigkdd explor. newsl. 6(2), 77–86 (2004) article  google scholar  haig, d., hurst, l.d.: a quantitative measure of error minimization in the genetic code. j. mol. evol. 33(5), 412–417 (1991). https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02103132 article  google scholar  maloy, s.r., stewart, v.j., taylor, r.k., miller, s.i.: genetic analysis of pathogenic bacteria. trends microbiol. 4(12), 504 (1996) google scholar  oliveira, l.l., freitas, a.a., tinós, r.: multi-objective genetic algorithms in the study of the genetic code’s adaptability. inf. sci. 425, 48–61 (2018) article  mathscinet  google scholar  oliveira, l.l., oliveira, p.s.l., tinós, r.: a multiobjective approach to the genetic code adaptability problem. bmc bioinform. 16(1), 1–20 (2015) article  google scholar  rovner, a.j., et al.: recoded organisms engineered to depend on synthetic amino acids. nature 518(7537), 89–93 (2015) article  google scholar  santos, j., monteagudo, á.: simulated evolution applied to study the genetic code optimality using a model of codon reassignments. bmc bioinform. 12(1), 1–8 (2011) article  google scholar  silva, m.c., oliveira, l.l., tinós, r.: optimization of expanded genetic codes via genetic algorithms. in: anais do xv encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 473–484 (2018) google scholar  yockey, h.p.: information theory, evolution, and the origin of life. cambridge university press, cambridge (2005) google scholar  zhang, y., et al.: a semi-synthetic organism that stores and retrieves increased genetic information. nature 551(7682), 644–647 (2017) article  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations department of computing and mathematics, ffclrp, university of são paulo, ribeirão preto, brazil maísa de carvalho silva, paulo guilherme pinheiro pereira, lariza laura de oliveira & renato tinós authors maísa de carvalho silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar paulo guilherme pinheiro pereiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar lariza laura de oliveiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar renato tinósview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to renato tinós . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper de carvalho silva, m., pereira, p.g.p., de oliveira, l.l., tinós, r. (2023). multiobjective evolutionary algorithms applied to the optimization of expanded genetic codes. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_1 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_1 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords genetic algorithms multi-objective optimization expanded genetic codes publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature online selection of heuristic operators with deep q-network: a study on the hyflex framework | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper online selection of heuristic operators with deep q-network: a study on the hyflex framework conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 280–294 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) online selection of heuristic operators with deep q-network: a study on the hyflex framework download book pdf download book epub augusto dantas10 & aurora pozo10  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 828 accesses abstract general and adaptive strategies have been a highly pursued goal of the optimization community, due to the domain-dependent set of configurations (operators and parameters) that is usually required for achieving high quality solutions. this work investigates a deep q-network (dqn) selection strategy under an online selection hyper-heuristic algorithm and compares it with two state-of-the-art multi-armed bandit (mab) approaches. we conducted the experiments on all six problem domains from the hyflex framework. with our definition of state representation and reward scheme, the dqn was able to quickly identify the good and bad operators, which resulted on better performance than the mab strategies on the problem instances that a more exploitative behavior deemed advantageous. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others the impact of state representation on approximate q-learning for a selection hyper-heuristic chapter © 2022 stochastic online decisioning hyper-heuristic for high dimensional optimization article 15 december 2023 an automatic hyperparameter optimization method for an improved dqn chapter © 2025 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational intelligence learning algorithms machine learning optimization origin selection artificial intelligence 1 introduction for many complex optimization problems, the use of heuristic approaches is often required to achieve feasible solutions in reasonable computational time [2]. one drawback of heuristics is that their performance heavily rely on the configuration setting, which must be tuned for the problem-domain at hand [2]. because of that, the optimization community has investigated several adaptive search methodologies [2], initially only for parameter tunning, but then it expanded for automatically controlling the heuristic operators to be used. these strategies are normally termed in the literature as hyper-heuristics (hh) [3], in which the algorithm explore the search space of low-level heuristics. it can also be found as adaptive operator selection (aos) [7], usually when the selection occurs at a certain step within a meta-heuristic. moreover, with the advance and success of machine learning (ml) techniques, there has been an increasing interest in using novel ml for guiding the optimization search in several ways, including the selection of heuristic operators [9]. due to the stochastic and iterative nature of optimization heuristics, reinforcement learning [17] techniques have been widely investigated for hh and aos applications. however, most of them are traditionally simple additive reinforcement strategies, such as probability matching (pm) and adaptive pursuit (ap) [7], that use the received feedback to update a probability vector. others are based on selection rules, that takes into account the feedback and the frequency of appliances in order to deal with the exploration versus exploitation dilemma (e.g., choice function and multi armed bandit based strategies [7]). although those approaches presented good overall results, they lack a state representation according to the traditional rl definition [17], in which an agent learns a policy (directly or not) by interacting with an environment based on the observed state and the received feedback (reward or penalty). this work investigates a selection hyper-heuristic that uses a deep q-network to choose the heuristics. the selection agent is updated while solving an instance using the q-learning algorithm [19] with an artificial neural network as function approximator [17]. in this way, we model the task of selecting the heuristics as a markov decision process (mdp) [14], which implicates that the state representation must contain enough information for the agent to take an action. using a mdp-based strategy for this selection task has been shown to be advantageous over stateless strategies [18]. in fact, there are a few works that have successfully applied q-learning for hh and aos. handoko et al. [8] defined a discrete state space that relates to fitness improvement and diversity level. then, the q-learning updates the state-action values which are used to select the crossover operator of an evolutionary algorithm applied on the quadratic assignment problem. the experimental results demonstrated that the approach is competitive with classical credit assignment mechanisms (ap, pm and mab), while being less sensitive to the number of operators. similarly, buzdalova et al. [4] applied q-learning to select crossover and mutation operators for the traveling salesman problem. the state is defined by a 2-tuple containing the current generation and the fitness improvement of the current best individual over the initial best individual, both values discretized into 4 intervals. their approach outperformed a random selection, indicating that the agent was able to learn a working policy while solving the instances. mosadegh et al. [11] proposed a simulated annealing (sa) based hh that uses q-learning to select the moving operators. each action consists on three operators, and the state is the number of times that the previous actions succeed (i.e., the operator generated an accepted solution under the sa conditions). the approach was significantly superior to other versions of sa and two software packages, with respect to both the quality of the solution and the computation time. one limitation of these works is the use of a discrete state space, which may limit the representation of the search stage [18]. however, when defining a continuous state representation, the classical q-learning becomes infeasible due to the high dimensional q-table. therefore, a function approximation model is necessary to estimate the state-action values [17]. the work from teng et al. [18] defined a continuous state space that includes landscape measures about the current population and some parent-oriented features. then, a self-organizing neural network is trained offline to select the crossover operator. the performance of this approach was competitive with other selection mechanisms (including a tabular q-learning) and even better on some instances, thus highlighting the advantages of using a continuous mdp-based selection strategy. in sharma et al. [15], the authors used a double deep q-network to select mutation operators of a differential evolution algorithm applied on several cec2005 benchmark functions. the target network, which is trained offline during the training phase, receives as input 99 continuous features, where 19 are related to the current population and the reaming characterize the performance of each operator so far. this approach outperformed other non-adaptive algorithms and was competitive with state-of-the-art adaptive approaches. in contrast with these works, we modeled a continuous state representation that consider only the past performance of the operators (within a certain memory), and the dqn is only trained online to learn a selection policy on each instance. we compare this approach with two state-of-the-art mab based selection rules, namely the dynamic mab (dmab) [5] and the fitness-rate-rank mab (frrmab) [10]. the mab problem can be seen as a special case of reinforcement learning with only a single state [17]. we have present a preliminary work in a workshop paper [6], in which we report the results on two problem domains (the vehicle routing and the traveling salesman problems). later, we found a flaw in our frrmab implementation. here, we expand the results to all six problems from the hyper-heuristics flexible framework (hyflex) [12] and with all implementations revised. moreover, we also present some analysis on the behavioral aspect of the selection mechanisms. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: sect. 2 explains the concepts of hhs and describes the selection strategies that we compared: dmab, frrmab and dqn. the experimental setup and results are given in sect. 3. finally, we draw some conclusions and indicate future works in sect. 4. 2 selection hyper-heuristic according to burke et al. [3], hyper-heuristics can be divided in two groups: selection hh, where it selects from a set of predefined low-level heuristics (llh); generative hhs, where the algorithm uses parts of llhs to construct new ones. moreover, they can also be classified by its source of learning feedback: online, offline, and no-learning. this work is about an online learning selection hh. as a search methodology, selection hhs explore the search space of low-level heuristics (e.g., evolutionary operators) [3]. to avoid getting stuck into local optima solutions, good hhs must know which is the appropriate low-level heuristic to explore a different area of the search space at the time [3]. we used in this work a standard selection hyper-heuristic algorithm, as shown in algorithm 1. iteratively, it selects and applies a low-level heuristic on the current solution and computes the reward. then, the acceptance criteria decides if the new solution is accepted and, at last, the hh calls the update method of the corresponding selection model. the reward is defined as the fir value (eq. 2) and was kept the same for all selection strategies. since our goal is to investigate the learning ability of the selection strategies, the acceptance criteria accepts all solutions. in this way, the actions of the agent always reflects a change in the environment. the selection is made according to the employed selection strategy. in this work, we compared three strategies: dynamic mab, fitness-rate-rank mab, and deep q-network. 2.1 dynamic multi-armed bandit a mab framework is composed of n arms (e.g., operators) and a selection rule for selecting an arm at each step. the goal is to maximize the cumulative reward gathered over time [16]. among several algorithms to solve the mab, the upper confidence bound (ucb) [1] is one of the most known in the literature, as it provides asymptotic optimality guarantees. the ucb chooses the arm that maximizes the following rule $$\begin{aligned} p_{i,t} + c \sqrt{\frac{2log(\sum _{j = 1}^{n} n_{j,t})}{n_{i,t}}} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(n_{i,t}\) is the number of times the ith arm has been chosen, and \(p_{i,t}\) the average reward it has received up to time t. the scaling factor c gives a balance between selecting the best arm so far (\(p_{i,t}\), i.e., exploitation) and those that have not been selected for a while (second term in the eq. 1, i.e., exploration). however, the ucb algorithm was designed to work in static environments. this is not the case in the hyper-heuristic context, where the quality of the low-level heuristics can vary along the hh iterations [7]. hence, the dynamic mab, proposed by [5], incorporates the page-hikley (ph) statistical test to deal with this issue. this mechanism resembles a context-drifting detection, but is related to the performance of the operators throughout the execution of the algorithm. once a change in the reward distribution is detected, according to the ph test, the dmab resets the empirical value estimates and the confidence intervals (p and n in eq. 1, respectively) of the ucb [5]. 2.2 fitness-rate-rank multi-armed bandit the fitness-rate-rank mab [10] proposes the use of fitness improvement rate (fir) to measure the impact of the application of an operator i at time t, which is defined as $$\begin{aligned} f i r_{i, t}=\max \left( 0, \frac{p f_{i, t}-c f_{i, t}}{p f_{i, t}}\right) \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(p f_{i, t}\) is the fitness value of the original solution, and \(c f_{i,t}\) is the fitness value of the offspring. moreover, the ffrmab uses a sliding window of size w to store the indexes of past operators, and their respective firs. this sliding window is organized as a first-in first-out (fifo) structure and reflects the state of the search process. then, the empirical reward \(reward_{i}\) is computed as the sum of all fir values for each operator i in the sliding window. in order to give an appropriate credit value for an operator, the frrmab ranks all the computed \(reward_{i}\) in descending order. then, it assigns a decay value to them based on their rank value \(rank_{i}\) and on a decaying factor \(d \in [0,1]\) $$\begin{aligned} decay_i = d^{rank_i} \times reward_i \end{aligned}$$ (3) the d factor controls the influence for the best operator (the smaller the value, the larger influence). finally, the fitness-rate-rank (frr) of an operator i is given by $$\begin{aligned} frr_{i,t} = \frac{decay_i}{\sum _{j = 1}^n decay_j} \end{aligned}$$ (4) these \(frr_{i,t}\) values are set as the value estimate \(p_{i,t}\) in the ucb eq. (1). also, the \(n_{i,t}\) values considers only the amount of time that the operator appears in the current sliding window. this differs from the traditional mab and other variants such as the dmab, where the value estimate \(p_{i,t}\) is computed as the average of all rewards received so far. 2.3 deep q-network the classic q-learning algorithm keeps a table that stores the q-values (the estimate value of performing an action at current state) of all state-action pairs [19]. this table is then updated accordingly to the feedback the agent receives upon interacting with the environment. however, in a continuous state space, keeping the q-table is not feasible due to the high dimensionality of the problem [17]. instead, we can use a function approximation model (called the q-model) that gives the estimate q-values. in dqn, the q-model is defined by an artificial neural network (ann), in which the inputs are the current observed state representation, and the output layer yields the predicted q-values for the current state-action pairs. for this task, we used the multilayer perceptron regressor from the scikit-learn library [13]. with these estimated q-values, the agent selects the next action (low-level heuristic) according to its exploration policy. we used the \(\epsilon \)-greedy policy, that selects a random action with probability \(\epsilon \), and selects the action with the highest q-value with probability \(1\epsilon \). thus, \(\epsilon \) is a parameter that controls the degree of exploration of the agent and is usually set to a small value [17]. after performing the action, receiving the reward and observing the next state, the q-model is updated by running one iteration of gradient descent on the artificial neural network, with the following target value $$\begin{aligned} \text{ target }=\text{ reward }+\gamma \max _{a^{\prime }} q\left( s^{\prime }, a^{\prime }\right) \end{aligned}$$ (5) where \(s^{\prime }\) is the next state after performing the action, and \(\max _{a^{\prime }} q\left( s^{\prime }, a^{\prime }\right) \) is the highest q-value of all possible actions from state \(s^{\prime }\). the discount factor \(\gamma \) ([0, 1]) controls the influence of the future estimate rewards. we defined the state representation as the normalized average rewards of each operator. for this, we used the same sliding window structure from frrmab. hence, if we have 10 available low-level heuristics, for example, the state is represented as a vector of 10 values ranging [0,1], where each value is the average of the past w rewards (window size) of an operator. the idea is to investigate if the past observed rewards can be representative enough to allow the dqn to learn a proper selection policy. 3 experiments we conducted the experiments on all 6 problems from the hyflex framework [12]: one dimensional bin packing (bp), flow shop (fs), personal scheduling (ps), boolean satisfiability (max-sat), traveling salesman problem (tsp), and vehicle routing problem (vrp). the hyflex provides 10 instances of each domain and 4 types of low-level heuristics: mutational, ruin-and-recreate, local search, and crossover. we included all operators but the crossover group into the selection pool. we refer to the documentation for more details [12]. we executed each selection strategy 31 times on every instance with different random seeds. we set the stopping criteria as 300 s of cpu running time on a intel(r) core(tm) i7-5930k cpu @ 3.50 ghz. the number of runs and stopping criteria were set following the cross-domain heuristic search challengefootnote 1 competition rules, for which the hyflex was originally developed. table 1 displays the parameters setting that we used throughout the experiments. table 1. parameters settingfull size table next we present the performance comparison of the selection strategies for each problem domain. for this, we compared the mean performance obtained by each approach on all instances using the friedman hypothesis test and a pairwise post-hoc test with the bergmann correction. the results of these tests are shown in the pipe graphs (e.g. fig. 1), where the approaches are displayed according to their rank (the smaller the better), and the connected bold lines indicate the approaches that are statistically equivalent (\(p < 0.05\)). additionally, we also compared them on each instance individually with the kruskal-wallis hypothesis test, followed by a pairwise dunn’s test, with the lowest ranked approach set as the control variable. the tables, such as table 2, report the average and standard deviation of the best solution found by each selection strategy in the 31 runs. bold values indicate that the corresponding approach achieved a better performance with statistical difference (\(p < 0.05\)), and gray background highlights all approaches that were statistically equivalent to the approach with the best rank on that instance. moreover, we also contrasted the approaches in terms of the selection behavior during the search. for this, we divided the search into 10 phases with equal number of iterations, and computed the average frequency that each operator was selected on that phase, resulting on the line graphs such as fig. 2. 3.1 bin packing on bin packing, both dqn and frrmab were statistically equivalent when considering all instances performance, as displayed in fig. 1 where the dqn ranked better. fig. 1. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on bp instances full size image in fact, if we observe the individual performance shown in table 2, we can notice that their performance was dependent on the type of the instance, meaning that neither of them could generalize for all instances. figure 2 displays the average appliances of each operator for instance 0, that the dqn was worse than frrmab. we can observe that the dqn presents a exploitative behavior, giving high emphasis on the early prominent operators. the frrmab, on the other hand, was able to detect a change in operator performance. table 2. performance comparison on bin packingfull size table fig. 2. average selection of operators on bp instance 0 full size image fig. 3. average selection of operators on bp instance 7 full size image however, this exploitative behavior was advantageous on some instances, such as instance 7 as shown in fig. 3. the dqn detected at the initial phases the set of prominent operators, while the frrmab needed more time to do so. 3.2 flow shop the dqn presented very poor performance on flow shop, where the frrmab and dmab were both statistically better, as displayed in fig. 4. even when comparing the instances individually (table 3), the dqn was not competitive in any instance. fig. 4. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on fs instances full size image table 3. performance comparison on flow shopfull size table figure 5 shows that, although the dqn kept selecting a few operators at around 10% of times, its exploitative behavior of giving high emphasis on the top two operators resulted on the poor performance on flow shop. therefore, the reward scheme and/or the state representation that we defined were not satisfiable for domains in which more exploration is required to attain high quality solutions. 3.3 personal scheduling the same thing happened in the ps domain, as shown in fig. 6 and table 4, where we can see that the mab strategies were statistically superior to the dqn. however, in this case we noticed that the dqn did present a more explorative behavior in comparison to the other domains, as displayed in fig. 7. but even so, while the mab strategies kept an operator being selected at maximum around 15% of the times, the dqn reached about 30% of preference for a single operator on some phases. fig. 5. average selection of operators on fs instance 0 full size image fig. 6. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on ps instances full size image table 4. performance comparison on personal schedulingfull size table fig. 7. average selection of operators on ps instance 0 full size image 3.4 max-sat the max-sat is another domain in which giving high preference to few operators results in better solutions. figure 8 and table 5 shows that the dqn outperformed with a large marge the two mab approaches. fig. 8. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on max-sat instances full size image table 5. performance comparison on max-satfull size table interestingly, on some instances such as the one displayed in fig. 9, the three approaches identified the same set of operators as the best ones, meaning that the simple fitness-based reward scheme was able to give the selection strategy useful information in order to select the proper operators at each time. but again, the dqn selects with higher frequency the better heuristics and discard the others very quickly. 3.5 traveling salesman problem the tsp was another problem domain that the dqn outperformed the dmab and frrmab, as shown in fig. 10. when observing the individual instance performance (table 6), the dqn was statistically better on 7 out of 10 instances and was at least equivalent on the others. figure 11 confirms that the same exploitative behavior, i.e., giving high preference for one to three heuristics, allows the dqn to attain high quality solution on some domains. fig. 9. average selection of operators on max-sat instance 0 full size image fig. 10. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on tsp instances full size image table 6. performance comparison on tspfull size table fig. 11. average selection of operators on tsp instance 0 full size image 3.6 vehicle routing problem finally, on vrp we observed a similar pattern of the bin packing domain: both dqn and frrmab were statistically equivalent on general (fig. 12), but they outperformed one another on different type of instances (table 7). the frrmab was better on the solomon instances and the dqn outperformed the others on the homberger instances. fig. 12. friedman ranking with post-hoc tests on vrp instances full size image table 7. performance comparison on vrpfull size table fig. 13. average selection of operators on vrp instance 5 full size image figure 13 shows the frequencies of operator selection on one homberger instance. such as in other vrp instances, we observed a pattern in which the dqn gave really high emphasis (more than 80%) for a single operator, which is a local search heuristic. this happens because only the fitness improvement is rewarded and, although the q-learning update rule (5) already implicitly deals with delayed rewards, it was not enough to give some credit for the exploration heuristics. 4 conclusion this work investigated the use of a heuristic selection strategy using deep q-network. in comparison with the mab-based strategies, the dqn selects its actions based on a state representation, which can give more insights about the current search stage. we performed the experiments on six problem domains from the hyflex framework and compared our approach with dmab and frrmab strategies. we could observe that our approach can detect earlier the good and bad operators. however, it is slower to detect a change in performance of the heuristics. therefore, for the domains and instances that there exists dominant operators, it outperformed the other selection approaches. on the other hand, it performed worse than both mabs when a wider diversity of operators was necessary. hence, further studies should be pursued to improve the exploration of dqn, so it can become more adaptive to different domains. this can be done either by improving the state representation, so it can give different information to the agent (such as stagnation, concept drift, etc.), or by investigating different reward schemes, so it can also rewards operators that do not necessarily improve the fitness function. notes 1.http://www.asap.cs.nott.ac.uk/external/chesc2011/. references auer, p., cesa-bianchi, n., fischer, p.: finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem. mach. learn. 47(2), 235–256 (2002) article  google scholar  blum, c., puchinger, j., raidl, g.r., roli, a.: hybrid metaheuristics in combinatorial optimization: a survey. appl. soft comput. 11(6), 4135–4151 (2011) article  google scholar  burke, e.k., hyde, m., kendall, g., ochoa, g., özcan, e., woodward, j.r.: a classification of hyper-heuristic approaches, pp. 449–468. springer, us, boston, ma (2010). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-1665-5_15 buzdalova, a., kononov, v., buzdalov, m.: selecting evolutionary operators using reinforcement learning: initial explorations. in: proceedings of the companion publication of the 2014 annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 1033–1036 (2014) google scholar  dacosta, l., fialho, a., schoenauer, m., sebag, m.: adaptive operator selection with dynamic multi-armed bandits. in: proceedings of the 10th annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 913–920. gecco ’08, association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2008) google scholar  dantas, a., rego, a.f.d., pozo, a.: using deep q-network for selection hyper-heuristics. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference companion, pp. 1488–1492. gecco ’21, association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2021) google scholar  fialho, á.: adaptive operator selection for optimization. université paris sud paris xi (dec, theses (2010) google scholar  handoko, s.d., nguyen, d.t., yuan, z., lau, h.c.: reinforcement learning for adaptive operator selection in memetic search applied to quadratic assignment problem. in: proceedings of the companion publication of the 2014 annual conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, pp. 193–194. gecco comp ’14, association for computing machinery, new york, ny, usa (2014) google scholar  karimi-mamaghan, m., mohammadi, m., meyer, p., karimi-mamaghan, a.m., talbi, e.g.: machine learning at the service of meta-heuristics for solving combinatorial optimization problems: a state-of-the-art. european journal of operational research (2021) google scholar  li, k., fialho, á., kwong, s., zhang, q.: adaptive operator selection with bandits for a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 18(1), 114–130 (2014) article  google scholar  mosadegh, h., ghomi, s.f., süer, g.a.: stochastic mixed-model assembly line sequencing problem: mathematical modeling and q-learning based simulated annealing hyper-heuristics. eur. j. oper. res. 282(2), 530–544 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  ochoa, g., et al.: hyflex: a benchmark framework for cross-domain heuristic search, vol. 7245, pp. 136–147 (2012) google scholar  pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) google scholar  puterman, m.l.: chapter 8 markov decision processes. in: handbooks in operations research and management science, stochastic models, vol. 2, pp. 331–434. elsevier (1990) google scholar  sharma, m., komninos, a., lópez-ibáñez, m., kazakov, d.: deep reinforcement learning based parameter control in differential evolution. in: proceedings of the genetic and evolutionary computation conference, pp. 709–717 (2019) google scholar  soria-alcaraz, j.a., ochoa, g., sotelo-figeroa, m.a., burke, e.k.: a methodology for determining an effective subset of heuristics in selection hyper-heuristics. eur. j. oper. res. 260(3), 972–983 (2017) article  mathscinet  google scholar  sutton, r.s., barto, a.g.: reinforcement learning, second edition: an introduction. mit press (2018) google scholar  teng, t.-h., handoko, s.d., lau, h.c.: self-organizing neural network for adaptive operator selection in evolutionary search. in: festa, p., sellmann, m., vanschoren, j. (eds.) lion 2016. lncs, vol. 10079, pp. 187–202. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-50349-3_13 watkins, c.j.c.h., dayan, p.: q-learning. mach. learn. 8(3), 279–292 (1992) math  google scholar  download references acknowledgements this work was financially supported by conselho nacional de desenvolvimento científico e tecnológico (cnpq) and by coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior (capes). author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, federal university of paraná (ufpr), curitiba, usa augusto dantas & aurora pozo authors augusto dantasview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar aurora pozoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to augusto dantas . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper dantas, a., pozo, a. (2021). online selection of heuristic operators with deep q-network: a study on the hyflex framework. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_19 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_19 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords hyper-heuristic reinforcement learning combinatorial optimization publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature critical analysis of ai indicators in terms of weighting and aggregation approaches | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper critical analysis of ai indicators in terms of weighting and aggregation approaches conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 385–399 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) critical analysis of ai indicators in terms of weighting and aggregation approaches download book pdf download book epub renata pelissari  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1721-96029, betania campello  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-9609-872410, guilherme dean pelegrina  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-7301-616710, ricardo suyama  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-8398-526811 & … leonardo tomazeli duarte  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-0290-008010  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14196)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 606 accesses 3 citations abstract national artificial intelligence (ai) strategies have been implemented by several countries worldwide. these strategies aim to guide ai policy priorities and foster research, innovation, and development in ai. alongside the development of national ai strategies, ai indices have emerged as tools to compare countries’ ai development levels. this study focuses on a specific ai indicator, the global ai index (gaii) proposed by tortoise media, which ranks 62 countries based on their level of investment, innovation, and implementation of ai. the gaii computes a ranking of countries by aggregating sub-dimensions within these categories using a weighted sum approach, with subjective weight assignments. this paper critically analyzes the weighting and aggregation approaches used in the gaii, employing two techniques. firstly, the stochastic multicriteria acceptability analysis (smaa) is used to explore changes in rankings by varying the weights. secondly, a non-additive aggregation model known as the choquet integral is applied to consider potential interactions among dimensions. the findings indicate that the weights assigned to criteria strongly influence the final ranking. additionally, there are interactions between ai dimensions that should be taken into account to address unbalanced achievements across dimensions. this study contributes to the development of more robust and objective methodologies for comparing countries’ ai development levels. work supported by são paulo research foundation (fapesp) under the grants #2020/09838-0 (bi0s brazilian institute of data science), #2020/10572-5 and #2023/04159-6. l. t. duarte and r. suyama would like to thank the national council for scientific and technological development (cnpq, brazil) for the financial support. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others ai’s impact on sustainability targets: a cross-country nca and fsqca study article 24 october 2024 beyond the algorithm: applying critical lenses to ai governance and societal change article 10 august 2025 general artificial intelligence in self-developing reflective-active environments chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. computational intelligence global south methods and theory social indicators survey methodology symbolic ai artificial intelligence 1 introduction launched in 2017, canada’s national artificial intelligence (ai) strategy was the first in the world with the aim of guiding ai policy priorities at a country level. this helped canada to guide ai policy definition and prioritize investments, to stimulate research, innovation and development of solutions in ai as well as its conscientious and ethical aspects [1]. finland developed its national ai strategy also in 2017, closely followed by japan, france, germany and the united kingdom in 2018. more than 30 other countries and regions have launched their national ai strategies as of 2021footnote 1, including brazil. accompanying the development of national ai strategies, ai indices started to be built in order to compare nations on their level of ai development. the global ai index proposed by tortoise media provides a ranking of 62 countries around the world in order to benchmark nations on their level of investment, innovation and implementation of ai [2]. the global ai vibrancy toolfootnote 2 proposed by the stanford institute for human-centered artificial intelligence (stanford hai) provides a weighted ranking of 29 countries with the aim of identifying the countries that are leading ai race in terms of two main dimensions: research and development and economy. each ai dimension used in the construction of an indicator is associated with a relative importance weight, intending to account for the fact that contributions of different dimensions to the level of ai development have varying degrees of impact levels. tortoise media adopted a weighting approach based on subjective assumptions, which may affect the composite scoring for each country and consequently their position in the ranking. on the other hand, stanford hai’s approach, worrying about the subjectivity of dimension weights and its impact on the final ranking, adopts a user preference-based weighting methodology and provides an interactive tool that allows the user to change the dimension weights, obtaining different rankings depending on the preference declared by the user. despite the differences in the aforementioned weighting approaches, those indices are similar in the sense that they are built based on a linear aggregation of multiple dimensions–although different dimensions are adopted in each of them. generally, when one assumes a linear aggregation, one does not consider interactions among criteria. indeed, when defining the set of criteria, non-redundancy is a desirable property [3]. however, one frequently observes correlated criteria in real applications and, therefore, adopting an approach that models interaction between criteria could be useful to avoid biased results [4]. as pointed out in the composite indicator literature [5, 6], indicators that take into account multiple dimensions should be aggregated and weighted accordingly, considering correlation and compensability issues among indicators and avoiding subjective weighting approaches. robustness analysis should be undertaken to assess the impact of assumptions and hypotheses set when building the composite indicator in terms of the choice of weights and the aggregation method (among others). as a consequence, it is likely that changes in these assumptions may be required, thus ultimately leading to different final decisions. therefore, motivated by the requirements that usually stands behind the development of robust indicators, this paper presents a critical analysis of ai indicators when comparing countries in terms of weighting and aggregation approaches. we attempt to answer the following 3 research questions: 1. do the criteria weights influence the resulting ai ranking of countries? 2. is the hypothesis of interactions between ai dimensions true? 3. does the use of a non-linear aggregator in order to consider the interaction between criteria influence the resulting ai ranking of countries? in the conducted analysis we consider the global ai index proposed by tortoise because it presents a ranking with a greater number of countries and considers a greater number of dimensions in the analysis, and also due to the ease of data acquisition. in order to answer those questions, we apply the mcda (multiple criteria decision aid) methods smaa and choquet integral. the first question is answered by conducting robustness analyses through the application of the stochastic multicriteria acceptability analysis (smaa) [7, 8]. smaa is based on an inverse weight space analysis in order to describe the criteria weights that make each country the most “preferred” one. therefore, it does not require weights to be pre-defined. smaa can also be used with different decision models besides the weighted sum. the result given by smaa–among other descriptive measures–is the probability of a country occupying each of the positions in the ranking. since smaa considers simultaneously the uncertainty in all parameters, it is particularly useful for robustness analysis. we apply smaa with the weighted sum varying the weights and conduct a comprehensive analysis of the ranking variation, comparing the results with the tortoise ranking. we consider two scenarios: weight information totally missing and weights following the preference order adopted in the tortoise index. in order to answer question 2, we show that the ai dimensions are statistically redundant. finally, to answer question 3, we evaluate the use of a non linear aggregator, called choquet integral [9], which takes into account interaction among criteria. we also compare the ranking obtained by means of the choquet integral with the tortoise ranking. this paper is organized as follows. in sect. 2, we introduce the multiple criteria decision aid problem. section 3 presents an overview of the methodology used in tortoise to derive the global ai index. in sect. 4, we provide the theoretical background on the smaa methodology and the choquet integral. section 5 presents the methodology adopted in this paper. results are presented and discussed in sect. 6. we conclude this paper in sect. 7. 2 multiple criteria decision aid multiple criteria decision aid (mcda) is an area of research concerned with mathematical and computational design tools that can be used either by an individual decision-maker (dm) or a group of dms, to evaluate a finite number of decision alternatives regarding a set of performance criteria, which are determined according to the decision context [10]. these approaches make it possible to reduce the subjectivity inherent in decision-making processes while considering the preferences of the dm(s). the dm is who has the power over the decision and is responsible for setting the model parameters. the set of alternatives \(\mathcal {a} = \{a_{1}, a_2, \ldots , a_m\}\) is a finite set of m elements, with \(m \ge 2\), being all of them considered possible solutions for the studied problem. decision criteria \(g = \{g_1, g_2, \ldots , g_n\}\) are qualitative or quantitative attributes used to evaluate the different alternatives. in mcda we assume that there are at least two criteria (\(n \ge 2\)). for each criterion \(g_j\) is given a relative importance \(w_j\) called criterion weight, \(j=1, \ldots , n\). we denote \(\textbf{w} = (w_1, w_2, \ldots , w_n)\) the criteria weight vector. each alternative \(a_i\) is evaluated according to each criterion \(g_j\), for \(i=1, \ldots , m\) and \(j=1, \ldots , n\), representing the performance of the alternative in relation to that criterion. \(g_j(a_i)\) denotes the performance of the alternative \(a_i\) in relation to the criterion \(g_j\), for \(i=1, \ldots , m\) and \(j=1, \ldots , n\). the different mcda methods aim to solve a decision-making problem with m alternatives \(\mathcal {a} = \{a_1, \ldots , a_m\}\), evaluated according to n criteria \(\{g_1, \ldots , g_n\}\). without loss of generality, it is assumed that all criteria must be maximized. thus, the decision problem is defined as (1) $$\begin{aligned} \max \{g_1(a), \ldots , g_n(a) / a \in \mathcal {a}\}. \end{aligned}$$ (1) a utility function \(u(a_i, \textbf{w})\) is then applied as the aggregation procedure in order to obtain a utility value–or score–that, in the context of the ranking problematic, is used to order the set of alternatives obtaining a final ranking. 3 tortoise’s approach to deriving the global ai index: an overview of the methodology the global ai index (gaii) proposed by tortoise media [2] aims at ranking 62 countries, represented by \(\left[ a_1, \ldots , a_{62} \right] \), based on their level of development in articial intelligence, which is measured by combining three categories of indicators: implementation:: this category evaluates how artificial intelligence is being implemented by businesses, governments, and communities. it comprises three dimensions: talent, infrastructure, and operating environment; innovation:: this category measures technological advancements and methodological breakthroughs that indicate a greater potential for artificial intelligence in the future. this pillar is divided into two dimensions: research and development; investment:: this category assesses the financial and procedural commitments made towards artificial intelligence, and is composed of two dimensions: commercial ventures and government strategy. scores for each of the seven dimensions–also called criteria–are obtained by aggregating several sub-criteria. these scores are displayed on the tortoise websitefootnote 3. then, a total score (ts) for each country is obtained through a weighted sum (ws), calculated as $$\begin{aligned} \text {ts}_i^{ws} = \frac{1}{\sum _{j=1}^{n} w_j}\sum _{j=1}^{n} w_j g_j(a_i), \forall i, \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \(w_j\) represents the weight assigned to criterion \(g_j\), and \(g_j(a_i)\) is the score of country \(a_i\) over criterion \(g_j\), for \(i = 1, \cdots , 62\) and \(j = 1, \cdots , 7\). the weights used by tortoise to obtain the total score are: talent (\(w_1 = 5\)), infrastructure (\(w_2 = 3\)), operating environment (\(w_3 = 2\)), research (\(w_4 = 5\)), development (\(w_5 = 3\)), government strategy (\(w_6 = 1\)), and commercial ventures (\(w_7 = 5\)). the scores of the top six countries according to the tortoise gaii are illustrated in table 1. table 1. scores for each ai dimension and the total score (ts) of the top six countries determined by tortoise gaii.full size table one may note in table 1 that the usa has emerged as the leader in the gaii, scoring the maximum possible points in four out of the seven criteria: talent, infrastructure, operating environment, and government strategy. as a result, the usa received the highest overall score among the 62 countries ranked by the gaii. this approach provides an understanding of a country’s ai capacity by considering multiple factors, and the weights assigned to each criterion reflect their relative importance in determining a country’s overall score. however, two main drawbacks related to tortoise gaii can be highlighted. firstly, the assignment of weights can be considered subjective, as noted by tortoise itself [2]. secondly, the adoption of the weighted sum as an aggregator is based on the unverified hypothesis of independence between the criteria. 4 preliminaries in this section, we present the building blocks of our proposal: the smaa algorithm and the choquet integral, including a description on the adjustment of the choquet integral parameters. 4.1 smaa smaa (stochastic multicriteria acceptability analysis) is a simulation-based method for discrete multicriteria decision makings problems where model parameters are uncertain, imprecise, or, specifically in the case of criteria weights, partially or totally missing [7, 11]. uncertain information is represented by probability distributions. throughout a monte-carlo simulation process, values for the uncertain variables are sampled from their distributions, and alternatives are evaluated by applying the decision model that can be a weighted average, for instance, or any other aggregation procedure. in a ranking problem, smaa determines all possible rankings for alternatives and quantifies the results in terms of probabilities. usually, the recommended solution is the ranking with the highest probability. different smaa variants have been proposed in the literature [11]. the basis for most of those variants is the smaa-2 version proposed in [8]. smaa-2 computes three descriptive measures. the rank acceptability index, denoted by \(b_{i}^s\), describes the probability of an alternative \(a_{i}\) being in s-th position of the rank. it ranges between 0 and 1, and the closer \(b_{i}^s\) is to 1, the greater the probability of \(a_{i}\) being in position s. central weight vector \(w_{i}^c\) describes decision-maker (dm) preferences supporting alternative \(a_{i}\) being ranked first. central weight vectors allow an inverse decision-making approach: dm can learn the weights that lead an alternative to rank first instead of previously defining them and building a solution for the problem. the confidence factor \(p^{c}_i\) is the probability of an alternative being the preferred one with the criteria weights expressed by its central weight vector. as probabilities for all possible solutions are provided by smaa, this is a methodology that describes how robust the model is subject to different uncertainties in the input data, being so a useful tool for robustness analysis. the rank acceptability index can support this analysis. for instance, alternatives with high acceptability for the best ranks are candidates for occupying the best places in the rank, while alternatives with large acceptability for the worst ranks should be avoided in the best positions even if they would have fairly high acceptability for the best ranks. if none of the alternatives receives high acceptability indices for the best ranks, it indicates a need to measure the criteria, preferences or both more accurately. 4.2 choquet integral the (discrete) choquet integral (ci) [9] is a non-linear aggregation function that takes into account interaction among criteria. it is defined as follows: $$\begin{aligned} ts_i^{ci} = \sum _{j=1}^{n}\left[ g_{(j)}(a_i) g_{(j-1)}(a_i)\right] \mu \left( \left\{ (j), \ldots , (n) \right\} \right) , \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \((1), \ldots , (n)\) indicates a permutation of the indices j such that \(0 = g_{(0)}(a_i) \le g_{(1)}(a_i) \le g_{(j)}(a_i) \le \ldots \le g_{(n)}(a_i)\) and \(\mu (\cdot )\) represents the set of parameters known as capacity coefficients. a capacity \(\mu :2^{n} \rightarrow \mathbb {r}_{+}\), where \(n=\left\{ 1, 2, \ldots , n\right\} \) is the set of criteria, is a set function that satisfies the following axioms: (a) normalization: \(\mu (\emptyset ) = 0\) and \(\mu (n) = 1\), (b) monotonicity: \(\forall a \subseteq b \subseteq n, \mu (s) \le \mu (t)\). an interesting aspect of the choquet integral is that the capacity coefficients are associated with the shapley values [13], i.e., a well-known solution concept from game theory. in multicriteria decision making, the shapley value of a criterion j, represented by \(\phi _j\), indicates its marginal contribution on the aggregation procedure. the linear relation between \(\mu \) and \(\phi _j\) is given as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \phi _{j} = \sum _{a \subseteq n\backslash \left\{ j\right\} } \frac{\left( n-\left| a\right| -1\right) !\left| a\right| !}{n!} \left[ \mu (a \cup \left\{ j\right\} ) \mu (a) \right] , \end{aligned}$$ (4) where \(\left| a \right| \) represents the cardinality of subset a. a property associated with the shapley values that are useful when learning the capacity coefficients and interpreting the obtained parameters is that \(\phi _j \ge 0\), \(\forall j=1\). therefore, the importance assigned to each criterion is at least zero and the higher the \(\phi _j\), the higher criterion j contributes to the aggregation. besides the marginal contributions, one may also interpret the interaction between criteria. in this case, the shapley interaction index between criteria \(j,j'\) is given by [14, 15] $$\begin{aligned} i_{j,j'} = \sum _{a \subseteq n\backslash \left\{ j,j'\right\} } \frac{\left( n-\left| a\right| -2\right) !\left| a\right| !}{\left( n-1\right) !} \left[ \mu (a \cup \left\{ j,j'\right\} ) \mu (a \cup \left\{ j\right\} ) \mu (a \cup \left\{ j'\right\} ) + \mu (a)\right] . \end{aligned}$$ (5) each \(i_{j,j'}\) can be interpreted as the interaction degree between criteria \(j,j'\). if \(i_{j,j'} < 0\), there is a negative interaction (or redundant effect) between criteria \(j,j'\). if \(i_{j,j'} > 0\), there is a positive interaction (or complementary effect) between criteria \(j,j'\). in the case where \(i_{j,j'} = 0\), there is no interaction criteria \(j,j'\), and they act independently. although there exists a generalization of shapley index to any coalition of criteria (see [16] for further details), for the scope of this paper, we will restrict this parameters to singletons and pairs of criteria. indeed, in this study, we consider a particular case of the choquet integral, which is based on the notion of 2-additive capacity [16]. a 2-additive capacity implies that only exists interactions between pairs of criteria. in other works, we consider that the interaction among 3 or more criteria must be zero. based on a 2-additive capacity, the choquet integral can be defined by means of the shapley values and shapley interaction indices as follows [16]: $$\begin{aligned} ts_i^{2adci} = & {} \sum _{i_{j,j'} > 0} \min \{g_j(a_i), g_{j'}(a_i)\}i_{j,j'} + \sum _{i_{j,j'} < 0} \max \{g_j(a_i), g_{j'}(a_i)\}|i_{j,j'}| \nonumber \\ {} + & {} \sum _{j=1}^{n} g_{j}(a_i) (\phi _{j} \frac{1}{2}\sum _{j'\ne j}|i_{j,j'}|). \end{aligned}$$ (6) an interesting aspect of eq. (6) in comparison with eq. (3) is that one reduces the number of parameters from \(2^n\) to \(n(n+1)/2\). surely, we lose flexibility to model all kinds of interaction among criteria. however, the 2-additive choquet integral offers a good trade-off between flexibility and model complexity [17, 18]. when one assumes a 2-additive capacity, one may redefine the axioms of a capacity in terms of the shapley values and interaction indices as $$\begin{aligned} \sum _{j=1}^{n} \phi _j = 1 \end{aligned}$$ (7) and $$\begin{aligned} \phi _{j} \frac{1}{2}\sum _{j' \ne j}|i_{j,j'}| \ge 0, \forall j \in n. \end{aligned}$$ (8) 4.3 an unsupervised approach to learn the choquet integral parameters once one adopts the choquet integral as the aggregation function to calculate the scores and rank the alternatives, one needs to define its parameters. this task in the choquet integral is quite complicated, as one has several parameters to be defined. however, one may adopt a strategy that can automatically adjust some parameters without defining them subjectively. inspired by [19], we consider in this paper a non-supervised approach to automatically adjust the shapley interaction indices. the goal is to define the interaction index \(i_{j,j'}\) as close as possible from the negative of a similarity measure \(\rho _{j,j'}\) between pairs of criteria, such as the correlation coefficient between them [20]. the idea behind this approach is to mitigate, for instance, biased results provided by correlated criteria. suppose that two criteria are positively correlated. if we do not take this data structure characteristic into account, when one aggregates the evaluations provided by these criteria, one may sum twice the same information. therefore, as the choquet integral can model interaction between criteria, one may define a negative interaction index (which models a redundant effect) to positively correlated criteria. this will reduce the impact of criteria correlations. the optimization problem used to automatically adjust the shapley interaction indices is given as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \begin{array}{ll} \displaystyle \min _{i_{j,j'}, \forall j,j' \in n} &{} \sum _{j,j'}\left( i_{j,j'} + \rho _{j,j'}\right) ^2 \\ \text {s.t.} &{} \phi _{j} \frac{1}{2} \sum _{j' \ne j} \pm i_{j,j'} \ge 0, \, \, \forall j \in n \\ &{} \sum _{j} \phi _{j} = 1 \end{array}, \end{aligned}$$ (9) where ± in the first constraint avoids the use of absolute values. note that, in this optimization problem, we do not find the shapley values. indeed, they should be (subjectively) predefined. moreover, as it is a quadratic problem, it can be easily tackled by most of the available solvers. 5 methodology in order to answer the 3 research questions set in this study, we conducted four analyses of the gaii proposed by tortoise [2] considering the same 62 countries as alternatives and the same seven ai dimensions as criteria: talent (\(g_1\)), infrastructure (\(g_2\)), operating (\(g_3\)), environment (\(g_4\)), research (\(g_5\)), development (\(g_6\)), commercial ventures (\(g_7\)) and government strategy (\(g_8\)). we take the scores displayed in tortoise’s websitefootnote 4 as criteria performance. in the first analysis, we apply the weighted sum of eq. (2) to obtain a total score for each country, as in gaii, assuming weight information is totally missing. throughout smaa application, weights are randomly generated and the rank acceptability index is given as result. the weighted sum is also applied with smaa in the second analysis, but weights follow an ordinal preference. we assume the same order of preference as the one adopted in the construction of the tortoise index [2], i.e., \(w_1\) (talent) = \(w_4\) (research) = \(w_7\) (commercial ventures) > \(w_2\) (infrastructure) = \(w_5\) (development) > \(w_3\) (operating environment) > \(w_6\) (government strategy). in this case, throughout smaa application, weights are randomly generated by respecting the constraint imposed by these preferences. a comprehensive analysis based on the rank acceptability index is then conducted, comparing these two results with the tortoise ranking. the third analysis consists in verify the redundancies in the dataset, measured by the correlation coefficient between pairs of criteria. in the fourth analysis, we evaluate the use of the 2-additive choquet integral to aggregate the criteria information. for this purpose, we apply the non-supervised approach, presented in sect. 4.3, to obtain the interaction indices \(i_{j,j1}\) that are as close as possible to the negative of the correlation coefficients. as the shapley values \(\phi _j\), \(j=1, \ldots , n\), we assume the same weights as in the tortoise analysis. however, we normalize them as follows: $$\begin{aligned} \phi _j = \frac{w_j}{\sum _{j=1}^n w_j}. \end{aligned}$$ (10) based on the obtained interaction indices, we apply the choquet integral expressed in eq. (6). the obtained scores are used to construct the new ranking. we then compare the ranking provided by the choquet integral with respect to the tortoise one. we verify if an approach that models criteria interactions may lead to a different ranking of countries. 6 results and discussion in this section, we present and discuss the results of the conducted analysis. 6.1 probabilistic country rankings: a weight sum method and smaa perspective the first analysis refers to the application of the weighted sum and smaa with randomly generated weights. table 2 shows the obtained rank acceptability indices, with the top six countries ranked according to tortoise gaii. we have highlighted the highest percentage in each column to indicate the country with the highest probability of being in that particular position. results indicate that the usa and china are the two most acceptable alternatives, having the highest acceptability for the first two ranks. in particular, the usa has an acceptability score of 93.94% for the first rank and 6% for the second rank, which adds up to almost 100%. as a result, the usa seems to be a robust choice for being in the first position, regardless of criteria weights. similarly, china appears as a robust choice for the second position, indicating that the first and second positions obtained in the tortoise ranking come across as being robust choices. from the third position onwards, the ranking acceptability indices indicate a ranking significantly different from the tortoise gaii. this is evident in the case of the uk, which holds the third position in tortoise gaii but has only a 6.59% probability of being ranked third when the weights are random generated, and a potential 46.19% chance of assuming the fourth position. moreover, no robust choice can be made for the third position as the highest acceptability index achieved was only 24.34% by israel. we have elaborated fig. 1, which presents the same information as table 2, but in the form of a heat map that shows all possible combinations of country and position, sorted according to the tortoise gaii. as before, it is evident that the usa and china have a high probability of ranking first and second, respectively. in the middle of the heat map, the probabilities for other countries to occupy a specific position are low, and towards the end positions, the probabilities increase, albeit not robustly. this first analysis shows that the interchanges in the criteria weights have a significant impact on the ranking. table 2. rank acceptability indices with randomly generated weights of the top six countries of the tortoise gaii.full size table fig. 1. rank acceptability indices (%) with randomly generated weights. full size image the second analysis to the application of weighted sum and smaa considering ordinal weights and no longer completely random weights. table 3 presents the rank acceptability indices of this analysis. the first remark of the results is that there is a 100% chance that usa and china be in first and second place, respectively. despite a high probability of the uk ranking third at 63.04%, there remains a significant chance of 31.49% that it could instead be positioned fifth. it is noteworthy that singapore ranks sixth in the tortoise index, despite having a high probability (76.49%) of ranking fourth. conversely, canada, which ranks fourth in the tortoise gaii, has only a 6.91% probability of being in that position. table 3. rank acceptability indices with ordinal weights of the top six countries of the tortoise gaii.full size table fig. 2. rank acceptability indices (%) with ordinal weights. full size image figure 2 illustrates the same values presented in table 3 in the form of a heat map, showing all possible combinations of countries and positions. as expected, maintaining the order of relevant weights results in a more robust solution. however, fig. 2 also reveals that this robust solution may differ from tortoise gaii at certain points. these results show that criteria weights do influence the obtained ai ranking of countries. therefore, it is essential to conduct sensitivity analysis to evaluate the impact of weight changes and avoid unfair treatment of countries by assuming subjective weights. for example, while uk was ranked third in tortoise gaii, when random weights were used (even with order preferences), it had a low probability of being ranked in that position. similarly, singapore ranked sixth in tortoise gaii but had a 76.49% probability of being ranked fourth when preference weight order was applied. 6.2 country rankings: a choquet perspective in this subsection, we present the results using the choquet integral. as first investigation, we calculated the pearson correlation coefficients between pairs of criteria. the obtained values are presented in fig. 3. there are clearly a lot of redundancies within this dataset. for instance, there are strong correlations between talent and environment (\(\rho = 0.8103\)), talent and commercial ventures (\(\rho = 0.7951\)), environment and research (\(\rho = 0.8459\)), environment and commercial ventures (\(\rho = 0.8474\)), and research and commercial ventures (\(\rho = 0.7759\)). fig. 3. correlations coefficients among ai dimensions. full size image aiming at mitigating the effect of positively correlated criteria in the aggregation procedure, we searched for interaction indices as close as possible from the negative of the correlation coefficients that can be applied with the choquet integral. as the shapley values we assumed the same weights as in the tortoise analysis but normalized by eq. (10). by solving the optimization problem (9), we achieved \(i_{1,2} = -0.006\), \(i_{1,4} = -0.153\), \(i_{1,5} = -0.060\), \(i_{1,7} = -0.198\), \(i_{2,3} = -0.145\), \(i_{2,4} = -0.037\), \(i_{2,6} = -0.062\), \(i_{3,6} = -0.022\), \(i_{4,5} = -0.100\), \(i_{4,7} = -0.128\), \(i_{5,7} = -0.091\) (the remaining interaction indices are practically zero). based on these parameters, the 2-additive choquet integral leads to the total scores presented in fig. 4 (for the top 6 countries according to tortoise gaii). table 4. scores for each ai dimension and the total score (ts) of the top six countries determined by the 2-additive choquet.full size table an interesting remark is that singapore achieved the third position in the ranking. note the redundant effect between infrastructure and operating modeled by the choquet integral (\(i_{2,3} = -0.145\)) in order to mitigate the positive correlation between them (\(\rho _{2,3} = 0.4130\)). this helps to explain how singapore achieved a better score in comparison with uk and could move from the 6th to the 3rd position (in comparison with tortoise gaii). indeed, by looking at eq. (6), the part associated with a negative interaction index takes the maximum between the scores. therefore, the bad performance of singapore in operating was overcome by the very good score on infrastructure (which is higher than the score of uk). 7 conclusion this paper presented a critical analysis of ai indicators for comparing countries. we apply the smaa methodology and the choquet integral to analyze the tortoise gaii in terms of criteria weights and aggregation procedure. the smaa analysis results in rank acceptability indices for all countries, which can be used for deriving robust conclusions. more specifically, the rank acceptability index allows quantifying the amount of instability in the results induced by uncertain criteria weights. by applying the choquet integral, we explored how the solutions change when a non-linear function is assumed. regarding the first hypothesis that the criteria weights influence the resulting ai ranking, we have observed that even when randomly varying the weights while adhering to the same ordinal preference as used in tortoise gaii, the positions with the highest probabilities do not always align with those presented in the tortoise ranking. furthermore, for certain ranking positions, it may not be even possible to find a robust choice. it can be concluded that the decision regarding weight determination will strongly influence the final ranking. the hypothesis of interaction between criteria was verified, indicating that an aggregation procedure than the weighted sum shall be applied in the construction of such indicators when considering the same ai dimensions as criteria. this was confirmed after comparing the ranking determined by the 2-additive choquet with the tortoise ranking, since compensations between criteria are made through interaction indices, resulting in changes in rankings. it is important to note that the rank acceptability index given by smaa is able to provide only a rough ranking of the alternatives because there is no objective way to combine acceptability indices for different ranks to reach a complete ranking [12]. this characteristic naturally opens up possibilities for future studies, such as the use of the smaa pairwise winning index to propose a new ai ranking of the countries. a wider outlook would also include the proposal of new measures in order to compare the probability matrix with the given ranking. as another future study, we are planning to apply the smaa methodology also with the choquet integral in order to conduct a robustness analysis with respect to model structure. notes 1.https://hai.stanford.edu/news/state-ai-10-charts. accessed date: 16 may 2023. 2.https://aiindex.stanford.edu/vibrancy/. accessed date: 16 may 2023. 3.https://www.tortoisemedia.com/intelligence/global-ai/. accessed date: 16 may 2023. 4.https://www.tortoisemedia.com/intelligence/global-ai/ accessed date: 16 may 2023. references cifar. pan-canadian ai strategy impact assessment report. canada’s ai ecosystem: government investment propels private sector growth. university of toronto (2020). https://cifar.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/pan-canadian-ai-strategy-impact-assessment-report.pdf. accessed 2 may 2023 tortoise. the global ai index: methodology. tortoise media (2021). https://www.tortoisemedia.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/2021/12/global-ai-index-methodology-3.0-211201-v2.pdf. accessed 4 may 2023 keeney, r.l., raiffa, h.: decisions with multiple objectives. wiley, new york (1976) math  google scholar  pelegrina, g.d., duarte, l.t., grabisch, m., romano, j.m.t.: dealing with redundancies among criteria in multicriteria decision making through independent component analysis. comput. ind. eng. 169, 108171 (2022) google scholar  greco, s., ishizaka, a., tasiou, m., torrisi, g.: on the methodological framework of composite indices: a review of the issues of weighting, aggregation, and robustness. soc. indic. res. 141, 61–94 (2019) article  google scholar  nardo, m., saisana, m., saltelli, a., tarantola, s., hoffmann, a., giovannini, e.: handbook on constructing composite indicators: methodology and user guide. oecd, paris (france) (2008) google scholar  lahdelma, r., hokkanen, j., salminen, p.: smaa stochastic multiobjective acceptability analysis. eur. j. oper. res. 106, 137–143 (1998) article  google scholar  lahdelma, r., salminen, p. smaa-2: stochastic multicriteria acceptability analysis for group decision making. oper. res. 49 (2001) google scholar  choquet, g.: theory of capacities. annales de l’institut fourier 5, 131–295 (1954) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  par jean-charles pomerol and sergio barba-romero: multicriterion decision in management: principles and practice. kluwer academic publishers, massachusetts (2000) math  google scholar  pelissari, r., oliveira, m.c., amor, s.b., kandakoglu, a., helleno, a.l.: smaa methods and their applications: a literature review and future research directions. ann. oper. res. 293, 433–493 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  lahdelma, r., salminen, p.: smaa in robustness analysis. in: doumpos, m., zopounidis, c., grigoroudis, e. (eds.) robustness analysis in decision aiding, optimization, and analytics. isorms, vol. 241, pp. 1–20. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-33121-8_1 chapter  google scholar  shapley, l.s.: a value for n-person games. annals of mathematics studies: vol. 28. contributions to the theory of games, vol. ii, pp. 307–317 (1953) google scholar  murofushi, t., soneda, s.: techniques for reading fuzzy measures (iii): interaction index. in: 9th fuzzy system symposium, sapporo, japan, pp. 693–696 (1993) google scholar  grabisch, m.: alternative representations of discrete fuzzy measures for decision making. int. j. uncertain. fuzziness knowl.-based syst. 5(5), 587–607 (1997) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  grabisch, m.: \(k\)-order additive discrete fuzzy measures and their representation. fuzzy sets syst. 92, 167–189 (1997) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  grabisch, m., prade, h., raufaste, e., terrier, p.: application of the choquet integral to subjective mental workload evaluation. ifac proc. volumes 39(4), 135–140 (2006) article  google scholar  mayag, b., grabisch, m., labreuche, c.: a characterization of the 2-additive choquet integral through cardinal information. fuzzy sets syst. 184(1), 84–105 (2011) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  duarte, l.t.: a novel multicriteria decision aiding method based on unsupervised aggregation via the choquet integral. ieee trans. eng. manag. 65(2), 293–302 (2018) article  google scholar  papoulis, a., pillai, s.u.: probability, random variables and stochastic processes. 4th edn. mcgraw-hill, new york (2002) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations school of electrical engineering and computation at the university of campinas, campinas, brazil renata pelissari school of applied sciences at the university of campinas, limeira, brazil betania campello, guilherme dean pelegrina & leonardo tomazeli duarte center for engineering, modeling and applied social at federal university of abc, santo andré, brazil ricardo suyama authors renata pelissariview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar betania campelloview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar guilherme dean pelegrinaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ricardo suyamaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar leonardo tomazeli duarteview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to guilherme dean pelegrina . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper pelissari, r., campello, b., pelegrina, g.d., suyama, r., duarte, l.t. (2023). critical analysis of ai indicators in terms of weighting and aggregation approaches. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14196. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_26 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45389-2_26 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45388-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45389-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords global ai index multicriteria decision analysis smaa publish with us policies and ethics profiles leonardo tomazeli duarte view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature gradient estimation in model-based reinforcement learning: a study on linear quadratic environments | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper gradient estimation in model-based reinforcement learning: a study on linear quadratic environments conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 33–47 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) gradient estimation in model-based reinforcement learning: a study on linear quadratic environments download book pdf download book epub ângelo gregório lovatto  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-0586-541210, thiago pereira bueno  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-1999-969710 & leliane nunes de barros  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-9128-018810  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 772 accesses 1 citation abstract stochastic value gradient (svg) methods underlie many recent achievements of model-based reinforcement learning agents in continuous state-action spaces. despite their practical significance, many algorithm design choices still lack rigorous theoretical or empirical justification. in this work, we analyze one such design choice: the gradient estimator formula. we conduct our analysis on randomized linear quadratic gaussian environments, allowing us to empirically assess gradient estimation quality relative to the actual svg. our results justify a widely used gradient estimator by showing it induces a favorable bias-variance tradeoff, which could explain the lower sample complexity of recent svg methods. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others exploration versus exploitation in model-based reinforcement learning: an empirical study chapter © 2022 randomized smoothing variance reduction method for large-scale non-smooth convex optimization article 24 may 2021 superquantile-based learning: a direct approach using gradient-based optimization article 11 january 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. learning algorithms linear algebra signalling gradients statistical learning stochastic learning and adaptive control calculus of variations and optimization 1 introduction model-based reinforcement learning (mbrl) [16, 20] is a promising framework for developing intelligent systems for sequential decision-making from limited data. unlike in model-free reinforcement learning (rl) methods, mbrl agents use collected experiences to fit a predictive model of the environment. the agent can use the model to evaluate potential action sequences, saving costly trial-and-error experimentation in the real world, or to estimate quantities useful for improving its learned behavior. stochastic value gradient (svg) methods belong to the latter category, using the model to estimate the value gradient. while model-free methods use the score-function estimator of the value gradient, svg methods can leverage the model to produce gradients via the pathwise derivative estimator, usually found to be more stable in practice [23]. recently proposed rl agents using the svg approach have demonstrated its effectiveness in learning robotic locomotion from data with unprecedented sample-efficiency [1, 4, 8], i.e. with few collected experiences. although svg methods have been validated empirically, some of the algorithm design choices still lack rigorous theoretical or empirical justification. as recent work on model-free methods has shown, there can be a gap between the theoretical underpinnings of rl methods and their behavior in practice, often due to code-level optimizations [6, 11, 13]. moreover, it is common for theoretically promising mbrl algorithms to fail in practice [14], although negative results are not often publicized. in this work, we take a step towards a better understanding of the core tenets behind svg methods by analyzing an important algorithm design choice: the gradient estimator computation [17, 23]. we aim to identify the key practical differences between the theoretically sound, unbiased formulation from the deterministic policy gradient (dpg) framework [24] and an estimator more often used in svg methods [1, 4, 8] that deviates from traditional policy gradient theory. the former represents an approach that’s theoretically sound, but lacks empirical validation, while the latter generalizes the methods that deviate from the theory, but achieve state-of-the-art results in continuous control benchmarks. we evaluate gradient estimation quality and policy optimization performance on linear quadratic gaussian (lqg) regulator environments. the lqg framework is extensively studied in the optimal control literature and is a special class of rl with continuous actions (a.k.a. continuous control), where svg methods seem to excel. lqg has been proposed as a simple, yet nontrivial class of continuous control problems to help distinguish the various approaches to rl [21]. more importantly, lqg has a simple environment formulation, allowing us to compute the ground-truth policy performance and gradient, an ability not present in more complicated, nonlinear benchmarks for continuous control [28]. thus, we can perform a more rigorous empirical assessment of gradient estimation quality and policy optimization performance within the lqg framework. therefore, our main contribution in this paper is a careful empirical analysis, using the lqg framework, of the practical differences between gradient estimators for svg methods. the rest of this paper is organized as follows. section 2 outlines related work on svg methods and the gap between theory and practice of rl. section 3 introduces the reader to the minimal technical background on rl, lqg and svg, required to follow our analysis. section 4 describes the scope of the empirical analysis and the experimental setup developed accordingly. section 5 contains the main experiments, results, and our analysis thereof. finally, we summarize our observations in sect. 6 and point to possible future work to explore remaining gaps in our knowledge of the core tenets of svg methods. 2 related work model-based policy gradients have been recently used in a variety of rl algorithms for continuous control. the pilco algorithm is one of the first to leverage a learned model’s derivatives to compute the policy gradient with few samples, but its use of gaussian processes hinders scalability to larger problems [5]. the original svg paper introduced gradient estimation with stochastic neural network models using the reparameterization trick, an approach scalable to higher-dimensional problems [9]. dreamer and imagined value gradients explore svgs with latent-space models [2, 8]. model-augmented actor-critic (maac) and sac-svg extend the svg framework to that of maximum-entropy rl to incentivize exploration and stabilize optimization [1, 4]. however, the computation of the gradient is not studied in isolation or contrasted with other gradient estimation methods. our work analyses, in detail, the gradient computation used in recent svg-style algorithms that show a high level of performance with efficient use of data [1, 4, 8]. a few recent works have analyzed the gap between theory and practice in different areas of rl, highlighting our poor understanding of current methods. reliability and reproducibility concerns regarding modern rl methods have been raised by several works [3, 10, 12], indicating a disconnect between the theory motivating these algorithms and their behavior in practice. code-level optimizations have been found to contribute more to successful policy gradient methods than the choice of general training algorithm [6]. closest to our work is that of ilyas et al. [11], which shows that model-free policy gradient algorithms succeed in optimizing the policy despite having poor gradient estimation quality metrics in the relevant sample regime. our work is, to the best of our knowledge, the first to propose a fine-grained analysis of gradient estimation in svg methods using lqgs to provide solid references of their expected behavior. 3 background 3.1 a brief introduction to rl we consider the agent-environment interaction modeled as a continuous markov decision process (mdp) [25], defined as the tuple \(({\mathcal s}, {\mathcal a}, r^{}, p^{*}, {\rho }, h)\), with each component described in what follows. interaction with the environment occurs in a sequence of discrete timesteps , where \(h\in {\mathbb n}\) denotes the time horizon, after which an episode of interaction is over. at every timestep t, the agent observes the current state \({\mathbf {s}}_t\in {\mathcal s}\subseteq {\mathbb r}^{n}\) from the set of possible states of the environment. it must then select an action \({\mathbf {a}}_t\in {\mathcal a}\subseteq {\mathbb r}^{d}\) from the set of possible actions to be executed. the environment then transitions to the next state by sampling from the transition probability kernel, , and emits a reward signal using its reward function, \(r_{t+1} = r^{}({\mathbf {s}}_t, {\mathbf {a}}_t)\). the initial state is sampled from the initial state distribution, \({\mathbf {s}}_0 \sim {\rho }(\cdot )\). a policy defines a mapping from environment states to actions, \({\mathbf {a}}_t = {\mu }({\mathbf {s}}_t)\). the objective of an rl agent is to find a policy that produces the highest cumulative reward, or return, from the initial state: . here, the expectation is implicitly w.r.t. the initial state distribution and the sequential application of . the key difference between optimal control and rl, both frameworks for optimal sequential decision making, is that in the former the agent has access to the full mdp, while in the latter the agent only knows the state and action space and has to learn its policy by trial-and-error in the environment. 3.2 linear quadratic gaussian regulator the lqg is a special class of continuous mdp in which the transition kernel is linear gaussian and the reward function is quadratic concave [27]: (1) (2) lqgs are often used as a discretization of continuous-time dynamics described as linear differential equations, such as those of physical systems. an important class of policies in this context is that of time-varying (a.k.a. nonstationary) linear policies: $$\begin{aligned} {\mu }_{{\theta }}({\mathbf {s}}_t) = \mathbf {k}_t{\mathbf {s}}_t + \mathbf {k}_t\,, \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \(\mathbf {k}_t \in {\mathbb r}^{d\times n}\) and \(\mathbf {k}_t \in {\mathbb r}^{d}\), a.k.a. the dynamic and static gains respectively in the optimal control literature. here, \({\theta }\) is the flattened parameter vector corresponding to the collection of function coefficients. given any linear policy \({\mu }_{{\theta }}\), its state-value function, the expected return from each state, can be computed recursively via the bellman equations [25]: (4) where \(v^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}({\mathbf {s}}_{h}) = 0\) and the expectation is w.r.t. . since the policy is linear, rewards are quadratic, and the transitions, gaussian, the expectations in eq. (4) can be computed analytically by iteratively solving eq. (4) from timestep \(h-1\) to 0 (a dynamic programming method). the solution \(v^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\) is itself quadratic and thus the policy return can be computed analytically: (5) moreover, lqgs can be solved for their optimal policy \({\mu }_{{\theta }}^\star \), which is time-varying linear, by modifying the dynamic programming method above to solve for the policy that maximizes the expected value from each timestep based on eq. (4) (also computable analytically). algorithm 1 shows the pseudocode of the procedure we use to derive the optimal policy, which can be slightly modified to return the value function for a given policy. lqg is thus one of the few classes of nontrivial continuous control problems which allows us to evaluate rl methods against the theoretical best solutions. 3.3 stochastic value gradient methods in the broader rl context, methods that learn parameterized policies, often called policy optimization methods, have gained traction in the recent decade. as function approximation research, specially on deep learning, has advanced, parameterized policies were able to unify perception (processing sensorial input from the environment) and decision-making (choosing actions to maximize return) tasks [15]. to improve such parameterized approximators from data, the workhorse behind many policy optimization methods is stochastic gradient descent (sgd) [22]. thus, it is imperative to estimate the gradient of the expected return w.r.t. policy parameters, a.k.a. the value gradient, from data (states, actions and rewards) collected via interaction with the environment. svg methods build gradient estimates by first using the available data to learn a model of the environment, i.e., a function approximator . a common approach to leveraging the learned model is as follows. first, the agent collects b states via interaction with the environment, potentially with an exploratory policy \(\beta \) (we use \({\mathbf {s}}_t \sim d^{\beta }\) to denote sampling from its induced state distribution). then, it generates short model-based trajectories with the current policy \({\mu }_{{\theta }}\), branching off the states previous collected. finally, it computes the average model-based returns and forms an estimate of the value gradient using backpropagation [7]: (6) here, \(\hat{q}^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\) is an approximation (e.g., a learned neural network) of the policy’s action-value function . we refer to eq. (6) as the maac(k) estimator, as it uses k steps of simulated interaction and was featured prominently in the maac paper [4].footnote 1 we question, however, if eq. (6) actually provides good empirical estimates of the true value gradient. to elucidate this matter, we compare maac(k) to the value gradient estimator provided by the dpg theorem [24]: (7) besides the fact that eq. (7) requires us to use the on-policy distribution of states \(d^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\), more subtle differences with eq. (6) can be seen by expanding the definition of the action-value function to form a k-step version of eq. (7), which we call the dpg(k) estimator. note that dpg(0) is equivalent to eq. (7). figure 1 shows the stochastic computation graphs (scgs) of the maac(k) and dpg(k) estimators [23]. here, borderless nodes denote input variables; circles denote stochastic nodes, distributed conditionally on their parents (if any); and squares denote deterministic nodes, which are functions of their parents. because of the term in eq. (7), we’re not allowed to compute the gradients of future actions w.r.t. policy parameters in dpg(k), hence why only the first action has a link with \({\theta }\). on the other hand, maac(k) backpropagates the gradients of the rewards and value-function through all intermediate actions. our work aims at identifying the practical implications of these differences and perhaps help explain why maac(k) has been used in svg methods and not dpg(k). fig. 1. stochastic computation graphs for policy gradients. (left) model-free dpg. (right) model-based dpg: the dashed edges represent the k-step deterministic dependencies of the policy parameters in maac(k) for \(k=3\); dpg(k) ignores these dependencies when backpropagating the action gradients. full size image 4 methodology we now turn to our research goals and the methods employed to perform the proposed empirical analysis. 4.1 scope of evaluation in this work, we propose a fine-grained analysis of the properties of dpg(k) and maac(k) in practice. we simplify our evaluation by using on-policy versions of the gradient estimators, i.e., by substituting \(d^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\) for \(d^{\beta }\) where present. we also opted for using perfect models of the environment dynamics and rewards, instead of learning them from data, to focus on the differences between gradient estimators. thus, we approximate the expectations in eqs. (6) and (7) via monte carlo sampling, using the actual transition kernel \(p^{*}\) and reward function \(r^{}\), to generate (virtual) transitions and compute the bootstrapped returns. one can view this setting as the best possible case in an svg algorithm: when the model-learning subroutine has perfectly approximated the true mdp, allowing us to focus on the gradient estimation analysis. we also compute the true action-value function, required for the k-step returns in eqs. (6) and (7), recursively via dynamic programming (analogously to eq. (4)). computing the ground-truth action-value function allows us to further isolate any observed differences between the estimators as a consequence of their properties alone. 4.2 randomized environments and policies to test gradient estimation across a wide variety of scenarios, we define how to sample lqg instances, \({\mathcal m}= ({\mathcal s}, {\mathcal a}, r^{}, p^{*}, {\rho })\), to run our experiments on. the main configurations for our procedure are: state dimension (\(n\)), action dimension (\(d\)) and time horizon (\(h\)). from these parameters we define the state space \({\mathcal s}={\mathbb r}^n\), action space \({\mathcal a}={\mathbb r}^d\) and timesteps . the transition dynamics are stationary, sharing \(\mathbf {f}, \mathbf {f}, \mathbf {\sigma }\) across all timesteps. the coefficients \(\mathbf {f_s}\) and \(\mathbf {f_a}\) are initialized so that the system may be unstable, i.e., with some eigenvalues of \(\mathbf {f_s}\) having magnitude greater or equal to 1, but always controllable, meaning there is a dynamic gain \(\mathbf {k}\) such that the eigenvalues of \((\mathbf {f_s}+ \mathbf {f_a}\mathbf {k})\) have magnitude less than 1. this ensures we are able to emulate real-world scenarios where uncontrolled state variables and costs may diverge to infinity, while ensuring there exists a policy which can stabilize the system [21]. finally, we fix the transition bias to \(\mathbf {f}= {\mathbf {0}}\) and the gaussian covariance to the identity matrix, \(\mathbf {\sigma }= {i}\). the initial state distribution is always initialized as a standard gaussian distribution: . as for the reward parameters, we initialize both \({{\mathbf {c}}_{{\mathbf {s}}{\mathbf {s}}}}\) and \({{\mathbf {c}}_{{\mathbf {a}}{\mathbf {a}}}}\) (see eq. (2)) as random symmetric positive definite matrices, sampled via the scikit-​learn library for machine learning in python [19].footnote 2 since we consider the problem of estimating value gradients for linear policies in lqgs, we also define a procedure to generate randomized policies. we start by initializing all dynamic gains \(\mathbf {k}_t = \mathbf {k}\) so that \(\mathbf {k}\) stabilizes the system. this is done by first sampling target eigenvalues uniformly in the interval (0, 1) and then using the scipy library to compute \(\mathbf {k}\) that places the eigenvalues of \((\mathbf {f_s}+ \mathbf {f_a}\mathbf {k})\) in the desired targets [26, 29].footnote 3 this process ensures the resulting policy is safe to collect data in the environment without having state variables and costs diverge to infinity. the generating procedure also serves to mimic practical situations where engineers devise a policy which can keep a system stable, but is not able to optimize running costs, which is where rl can serve to fine-tune it. finally, we initialize all static gains as \(\mathbf {k}_t = {\mathbf {0}}\). 5 empirical analysis we analyze the behavior of each estimator on two main settings: (i) gradient estimation for fixed policies and (ii) impact of gradient quality on policy optimization. 5.1 gradient estimation for fixed policies following previous work on model-free policy gradients [11], we evaluate the quality of the gradient estimates, for a given policy, produced by each estimator using two metrics: (i) the average cosine similarity with the true policy gradient and (ii) the average pairwise cosine similarity. the first metric is a measure of gradient accuracy and we denote it as such in the following plots. for a given minibatch size b and step size k, we compute 10 estimates of the gradient, each using b initial states sampled on-policy (\({\mathbf {s}}_t \sim d^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\)) and k-step model-based rollouts from each state. then, we compute the accuracy as the average cosine similarity of each of the 10 estimates with the true policy gradient, obtained as follows. we first compute the true expected return of a policy \({\mu }_{{\theta }}\) via dynamic programming, following eqs. (4) and (5). our implementation in pytorch [18] then allows us to use automatic differentiation to compute the gradient of the expected return w.r.t. policy parameters. the second metric is a measure of gradient precision and we denote it as such in the following plots. again, we compute 10 estimates of the gradient in the same manner used in computing the accuracy. then, we compute the precision as the average pairwise cosine similarity of the 10 estimates (the higher this quantity, the lower the variance). fig. 2. gradient accuracy for each estimator near convergence for different virtual rollout lengths (k). we used 50000 states sampled from the policy to approximate the expected value. full size image we first analyze the accuracy of each estimator when given enough states from the policy’s distribution \(d^{{\mu }_{{\theta }}}\) to approximate their true expected values. figure 2 shows the accuracy obtained by dpg and maac for different values of k using 50000 states from the policy’s distribution. the lqgs considered have state and action spaces of dimension 2 and horizon of length 20. for each value of k, we initialize 10 different environment-policy pairs and compute the accuracy for each, denoted as different markers in each vertical line.footnote 4 note how all but one of the instances using dpg(k) converged to the true value gradient, indicating that it is indeed an unbiased estimator. on the other hand, maac(k) incurs a larger bias with increasing values of k, indicating that the added action action-gradient terms (see fig. 1) influence the final direction. although the results above indicate that maac(k) is biased at convergence, most svg algorithms operate on a much smaller sample regime. figure 3 shows the accuracy across 10 different environment-policy pairs; this time, however, using smaller sample sizes from the policy distribution. lines denote the average results and shaded areas, the 95% confidence interval.footnote 5 for \(k=0\), the estimators are equivalent, which is verified in practice. in this more practical sample regime, we see that maac(k) produces more accurate results, specially for larger values of k. similar to fig. 3, fig. 4 shows the gradient precision in the same setting. we see that the variance of maac(k) is lower than that of dpg(k) across all tested values of \(k>0\). overall, figs. 2, 3 and 4 illustrate a classic instance of the bias-variance tradeoff in machine learning: maac(k) introduces bias, although a small one, in return for a much more stable (less variable) estimate of the gradient, whereas the unbiased dpg(k) demands much more samples to justify its use. fig. 3. gradient accuracy for each estimator for different minibatch sizes (\(b =\) #samples) and virtual rollout lengths (k). full size image note that the accuracy and precision metrics only account for differences in gradient direction and orientation. the magnitude may also be important, as it influences the learning rate when used to update policy parameters. figure 5 shows that maac(k) produces gradients with higher norms compared to dpg(k). one should keep this in mind when choosing the learning rate for sgd, as the following experiments show that the gradient norm have a significant impact on policy optimization. 5.2 impact of gradient quality on policy optimization previous work on model-free policy gradients has shown that policy optimization algorithms can improve a policy despite using poor gradient estimation [11]. it is not clear, however, if better policy gradient estimation translates to more stability or faster convergence in svg algorithms. we therefore conduct our next experiments comparing the maac and dpg estimators for policy optimization. figures 6 and 7 show learning curves as total cost (negative return) against the number of sgd iterations across several instances of lqgs (\(\text {dim}({\mathcal s}) = \text {dim}({\mathcal a}) = 2\) and \(h= 20\)). we use the same hyperparameters for both estimators.footnote 6 the results in fig. 6 suggest that the better quality metrics observed for maac(k) in figs. 3 and 4 do translate to faster and more stable policy optimization. however, if we normalize the gradient estimates before passing them to sgd, as in fig. 7, we see that both estimators are evenly matched. these results suggest that the main advantage of maac(k) over dpg(k) is in its stronger gradient norm (see fig. 5), which has been alluded to in previous work as a “strong learning signal” [4], inducing a faster learning rate. table 1. median suboptimality gap, the percentage difference in expected return against the optimal policy, across 10 seeds. lqg dimension refers to the dimension of state and action spaces. we use \(k = 8\) and \(b=20\) for both estimators.full size table fig. 4. gradient precision for each estimator for different minibatch sizes (\(b =\) #samples) and virtual rollout lengths (k). full size image fig. 5. gradient norm for each estimator for different minibatch sizes (\(b =\) #samples) and virtual rollout lengths (k). full size image fig. 6. policy optimization with unnormalized svg estimation. each panel corresponds to a different lqg instance (generated via different random seeds). lines denote the average results and shaded regions, one standard deviation, across 10 runs of the algorithm, each with a different random initial policy. results obtained with the 8-step versions of each estimator. full size image fig. 7. policy optimization with normalized svg estimation. each panel corresponds to a different lqg instance (generated via different random seeds). lines denote the average results and shaded regions, one standard deviation, across 10 runs of the algorithm, each with a different random initial policy. results obtained with the 8-step versions of each estimator. gradients were normalized before being passed to sgd. full size image we also evaluate if our previous findings generalize to higher state-action space dimensions, where sample-based estimation gets progressively harder. our performance metric is the suboptimality gap, i.e., the percentage difference in expected return between the current policy and the optimal one: \(100 \times (j({\mu }_{{\theta }}^\star ) j({\mu }_{{\theta }}))/j({\mu }_{{\theta }}^\star )\).footnote 7 table 1 summarizes our results with policy optimization with varying lqg sizes and time budgets.footnote 8 we don’t normalize gradients in this case, as that is not a common practice in svg algorithms.footnote 9 our findings show that the performance gap between dpg(k) and maac(k) tends to widen with higher dimensionalities, with policies trained via the latter outperforming those using the former. these results further emphasize the practicality of maac(k) over dpg(k), justifying the former’s use in recent svg methods [1, 4, 8]. 6 conclusions and future work in this work, we take an important step towards a better understanding of current svg methods. using the lqg framework, we show that the gradient estimation used by maac and similar methods induces a slight bias compared to the true value gradient. on the other hand, using a corresponding unbiased estimator such as the k-step dpg one increases sample-complexity due to high variance. moreover, the maac gradient estimates have higher magnitudes, which could help explain the fast learning performance of current methods. indeed, we found that policies trained with maac converge faster to the optimal policies than those using the k-step dpg across several lqg instances. future work may further leverage the lqg framework to perform fine-grained analyses of other important components of svg algorithms. for example, little is known about the interplay between model, value function, and policy learning from data in practice. a study on model and value function optimization metrics and their relation to the gradient estimation accuracy and precision can help in the design of stable and efficient svg algorithms in the future. another direction for investigation is analyzing the impact of off-policy data collection for model training. since models have limited representation capacity, learning the mdp dynamics from the distribution of another policy may not translate to good gradient estimation of the target policy. notes 1.our formula differs slightly from the original in that it considers a deterministic policy instead of a stochastic one. 2.we use the make_spd_matrix function. 3.we use the scipy.signal.place_poles function. 4.we use the same 10 random seeds for experiments across values of k. 5.we use seaborn.lineplot to produce the aggregated curves. 6.learning rate of \(10^{-2}\), \(b=200\), and \(k=8\). 7.recall from sect. 3 that lqg allows us to compute the optimal policy analytically. 8.we found that the computation times for both estimators were equivalent. 9.we only clip the gradient norm at a maximum of 100 to avoid numerical errors. references amos, b., stanton, s., yarats, d., wilson, a.g.: on the model-based stochastic value gradient for continuous reinforcement learning. corr arxiv:2008.1 (2020) byravan, a., et al.: imagined value gradients: model-based policy optimization with transferable latent dynamics models. in: corl. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 100, pp. 566–589. pmlr (2019) google scholar  chan, s.c.y., fishman, s., korattikara, a., canny, j., guadarrama, s.: measuring the reliability of reinforcement learning algorithms. in: iclr. openreview.net (2020) google scholar  clavera, i., fu, y., abbeel, p.: model-augmented actor-critic: backpropagating through paths. in: iclr. openreview.net (2020). https://openreview.net/forum?id=skln2a4ydb deisenroth, m.p., rasmussen, c.e.: pilco: a model-based and data-efficient approach to policy search. in: getoor, l., scheffer, t. (eds.) proceedings of the 28th international conference on machine learning, icml 2011, bellevue, washington, usa, 28 june–2 july 2011, pp. 465–472. omnipress (2011). https://icml.cc/2011/papers/323_icmlpaper.pdf engstrom, l., et al.: implementation matters in deep rl: a case study on ppo and trpo. in: iclr. openreview.net (2020). https://github.com/implementation-matters/code-for-paper goodfellow, i.j., bengio, y., courville, a.c.: deep learning. adaptive computation and machine learning. mit press, cambridge (2016) math  google scholar  hafner, d., lillicrap, t.p., ba, j., norouzi, m.: dream to control: learning behaviors by latent imagination. in: iclr. openreview.net (2020) google scholar  heess, n., wayne, g., silver, d., lillicrap, t.p., erez, t., tassa, y.: learning continuous control policies by stochastic value gradients. in: nips, pp. 2944–2952 (2015). http://papers.nips.cc/paper/5796-learning-continuous-control-policies-by-stochastic-value-gradients henderson, p., islam, r., bachman, p., pineau, j., precup, d., meger, d.: deep reinforcement learning that matters. in: aaai, pp. 3207–3214. aaai press (2018) google scholar  ilyas, a., et al.: a closer look at deep policy gradients. in: iclr. openreview.net (2020) google scholar  islam, r., henderson, p., gomrokchi, m., precup, d.: reproducibility of benchmarked deep reinforcement learning tasks for continuous control. corr arxiv:1708.04133 (2017) liu, z., li, x., kang, b., darrell, t.: regularization matters for policy optimization an empirical study on continuous control. in: international conference on learning representations (2021). https://github.com/xuanlinli17/iclr2021_rlreg lovatto, a.g., bueno, t.p., mauá, d.d., de barros, l.n.: decision-aware model learning for actor-critic methods: when theory does not meet practice. in: proceedings on “i can’t believe it’s not better!” at neurips workshops. proceedings of machine learning research, vol. 137, pp. 76–86. pmlr, december 2020. http://proceedings.mlr.press/v137/lovatto20a.html mnih, v., et al.: human-level control through deep reinforcement learning. nature 518(7540), 529–533 (2015) article  google scholar  moerland, t.m., broekens, j., jonker, c.m.: model-based reinforcement learning: a survey. in: proceedings of the international conference on electronic business (iceb) 2018-december, pp. 421–429 (2020). http://arxiv.org/abs/2006.16712 mohamed, s., rosca, m., figurnov, m., mnih, a.: monte carlo gradient estimation in machine learning. j. mach. learn. res. 21, 132:1–132:62 (2020) google scholar  paszke, a., et al.: pytorch: an imperative style, high-performance deep learning library. in: advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 32, pp. 8024–8035. curran associates, inc. (2019). http://papers.nips.cc/paper/9015-pytorch-an-imperative-style-high-performance-deep-learning-library.pdf pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) mathscinet  math  google scholar  polydoros, a.s., nalpantidis, l.: survey of model-based reinforcement learning: applications on robotics. j. intell. robot. syst. 86(2), 153–173 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10846-017-0468-y article  google scholar  recht, b.: a tour of reinforcement learning: the view from continuous control. ann. rev. control robot. auton. syst. 2(1), 253–279 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-control-053018-023825, http://arxiv.org/abs/1806.09460 ruder, s.: an overview of gradient descent optimization algorithms. corr arxiv:1609.04747 (2016) schulman, j., heess, n., weber, t., abbeel, p.: gradient estimation using stochastic computation graphs. in: nips, pp. 3528–3536 (2015) google scholar  silver, d., lever, g., technologies, d., lever, g.u.y., ac, u.c.l.: deterministic policy gradient (dpg). in: proceedings of the 31st international conference on machine learning, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 387–395 (2014). http://proceedings.mlr.press/v32/silver14.html szepesvári, c.: algorithms for reinforcement learning. synthesis lectures on artificial intelligence and machine learning. morgan & claypool publishers (2010). https://doi.org/10.2200/s00268ed1v01y201005aim009 tits, a.l., yang, y.: globally convergent algorithms for robust pole assignment by state feedback. ieee trans. autom. control 41(10), 1432–1452 (1996). https://doi.org/10.1109/9.539425 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  todorov, e.: optimal control theory. bayesian brain: probabilistic approaches to neural coding, pp. 269–298 (2006) google scholar  todorov, e., erez, t., tassa, y.: mujoco: a physics engine for model-based control. in: ieee international conference on intelligent robots and systems, pp. 5026–5033. ieee (2012). https://doi.org/10.1109/iros.2012.6386109, http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/6386109/ virtanen, p., et al.: scipy 1.0: fundamental algorithms for scientific computing in python. nat. meth. 17, 261–272 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-019-0686-2 article  google scholar  download references acknowledgments this work was partly supported by the capes grant 88887.339578/2019-00 (first author), fapesp grant 2016/22900-1 (second author), and cnpq scholarship 307979/2018-0 (third author). author information authors and affiliations instituto de matemática e estatística, universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil ângelo gregório lovatto, thiago pereira bueno & leliane nunes de barros authors ângelo gregório lovattoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar thiago pereira buenoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar leliane nunes de barrosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to ângelo gregório lovatto . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper lovatto, â.g., bueno, t.p., de barros, l.n. (2021). gradient estimation in model-based reinforcement learning: a study on linear quadratic environments. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_3 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_3 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords reinforcement learning model-based machine learning publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature $$ aspic ^?$$ and the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper \( aspic ^?\) and the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 328–343 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) \( aspic ^?\) and the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance download book pdf download book epub rafael silva  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-2211-729910 & joão alcântara  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-4297-297010  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 732 accesses abstract we introduce an interrogation mark ? in \( aspic ^+\) languages as a plausibility operator to enhance any defeasible conclusion does not have the same status as an irrefutable one. the resulting framework, dubbed \( aspic ^?\), is tailored to make a distinction between strong inconsistencies and weak inconsistencies. the aim is to avoid the former and to tolerate the latter. this means the extensions obtained from the \( aspic ^?\) framework are free of strong conflicts, but tolerant to weak conflicts. then, in the current study, we show \( aspic ^?\) satisfy reasonable properties. in particular, we focus on the property that a conflict between two arguments should not interfere with the acceptability of other unrelated arguments. with this purpose in mind, we prove under which conditions the important principles of non-interference and crash-resistance hold in \( aspic ^?\). access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others a paraconsistent approach to deal with epistemic inconsistencies in argumentation chapter © 2021 dealing with inconsistencies in  $${aspic}^+$$ chapter © 2022 limits and difficulties in the design of under-approximation abstract domains chapter © 2022 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. formal languages and automata theory formal logic general logic lisp logic syntax 1 introduction as noticed in [1], contradictions can be considered under the mantle of many points of views: as a consequence of the only correct description of a contradictory world, as a temporary state of our knowledge, as the outcome of a particular language which we have chosen to describe the world, as the result of conflicting observational criteria, as the superposition of world-views, or as the result from the best theories available at a given moment. indeed, in [2], it is argued that inconsistency is a natural companion to defeasible methods of reasoning and that paraconsistency (the property of a logic admitting non-trivial inconsistent theories) should play a role in the formalisation of these methods. in fact, they introduced an interrogation mark ? as a plausibility operator to enhance any defeasible conclusion do not have the same status as an irrefutable one, obtained from deduction. inspired by these ideas, we will present the \( aspic ^?\) framework by extending the \( aspic ^+\) framework [3], one of the most important formalisms to represent and reason with structured argumentation. in \( aspic ^?\) (as well as in \( aspic ^+\)), we identify two types of rules: strict (irrefutable) and defeasable. unlike \( aspic ^+\), the distinguishing characteristic of \( aspic ^?\) is the conclusion of any defeasible rule will be a plausible (?-suffixed) formula \(\phi ?\). the intended meaning is the conclusion of \(\phi ?\) will not necessarily prevent the conclusion of \(\lnot \phi ?\); it is required an argument with conclusion \(\lnot \phi \), which can only be obtained from a strict rule, to attack the conclusion \(\lnot \phi ?\) of an argument. thus, to produce a strong conflict between the conclusions of the arguments, at least in one of them, the conclusion should be a ?-free formula obtained via a strict rule. in \( aspic ^?\), strong inconsistencies as in \(\left\{ \phi , \lnot \phi \right\} \) (or \(\left\{ \phi ?, \lnot \phi \right\} \)) are distinguished from those weak inconsistencies as in \(\left\{ \phi ?, \lnot \phi ?\right\} \): the first should be avoided; the second can be tolerated. this means the (weak) conflict between \(\phi ?\) and \(\lnot \phi ?\) can be accommodated in the same extension. hence, the extensions in \( aspic ^?\) will be free of strong conflicts, but tolerant to weak conflicts. given that much current work on structured argumentation [3,4,5] combines strict and defeasible inference rules, unexpected results can arise when two arguments based on defeasible rules have contradictory conclusions. this is particularly critical (see [6]) if the strict inference rules include the ex falso principle (that an inconsistent set implies anything), because for any formula \(\phi \), an argument concluding \(\lnot \phi \) can be constructed from these two arguments. as consequence, any other argument is potentially under threat! in order to solve this problem for \( aspic ^+\), wu [7, 8] requires that in each argument, the set of conclusions of all its sub-arguments are classically consistent. another approach was taken in [6], in which they replace classical logic as the source for strict rules by the (weaker) paraconsistent logic presented in [9] to invalidate the ex falso principle as a valid strict inference rule. here we will also exploit how to avoid the application of the ex falso principle in \( aspic ^?\) by combining these two solutions: 1) as in [6], we resort to paraconsistent reasoning to tolerate conflicts; our differential is we tolerate only weak conflicts. 2) as in [7, 8], we require for each argument, the set of conclusions of all its sub-arguments are consistent; our differential is that we eliminate only those arguments whose sets of conclusions lead to a strong conflict. then, we show \( aspic ^?\) satisfies reasonable properties. in particular, we focus on the property that a conflict between two arguments should not interfere with the acceptability of other unrelated arguments. with this purpose in mind, we prove under which conditions the important principles of non-interference and crash-resistance [10] hold in \( aspic ^?\). the rest of the paper is organised as follows: in sect. 2, \( aspic ^?\) framework is presented. then, we introduce the corresponding argumentation framework with two kinds of defeats (strong and weak) and its semantics. section 3 is focused on proving the satisfaction of the principles of non-interference and crash-resistance. finally, we summarise our contributions and future developments. 2 the \( aspic ^?\) framework an abstract argumentation framework \( af \) [11] is a pair \((\mathcal a, \mathcal d)\) in which \(\mathcal a\) is a set of arguments and \(\mathcal d \subseteq \mathcal a \times \mathcal a\) is a relation of defeat. an argument a defeats \(\mathcal b\) if \((a,b) \in \mathcal d\). the \( aspic ^+\) framework [3, 12] gives structure to the arguments and defeat relation in an \( af \). in this section, we introduce in \( aspic ^+\) languages an interrogation mark ? as a plausibility operator to enhance defeasible conclusions do not have the same status as those irrefutable. the resulting framework, \( aspic ^?\), is tailored to distinguish strong inconsistencies from weak inconsistencies. the aim is to avoid the former and to tolerate the latter. we start by defining the argumentation systems specified by \( aspic ^?\): definition 1 (argumentation system). an argumentation system is a tuple \( as = (\mathcal l,^-,\mathcal r,n)\), in which \(\mathcal l= \mathcal l^* \cup \mathcal l^?\) is a logical language with a unary negation symbol \(\lnot \) and a unary plausibility symbol ? such that \(\mathcal l^*\) is a ?-free logical language with a unary negation symbol. \(\mathcal l^? = \left\{ \phi ? \mid \phi \in \mathcal l^*\right\} \). \(^-\) is a function from \(\mathcal l\) to \(2^{\mathcal l}\), such that \(\varphi \) is a contrary of \(\psi \) if \(\varphi \in \overline{\psi }\), \(\psi \not \in \overline{\varphi }\); \(\varphi \) is a contradictory of \(\psi \) (denoted by \(\varphi = -\psi \)), if \(\varphi \in \overline{\psi }\), \(\psi \in \overline{\varphi }\); \(\mathcal r= \mathcal r_s\cup \mathcal r_d\) is a set of strict (\(\mathcal r_s\)) and defeasible (\(\mathcal r_d\)) inference rules of the form \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \phi \) and \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \psi ?\) respectively (in which \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n, \phi \) are meta-variables ranging over wff in \(\mathcal l\) and \(\psi \) is a meta-variable ranging over wff in \(\mathcal l^*\)), and \(\mathcal r_s\cap \mathcal r_d= \emptyset \). n is a partial function such that \(n : \mathcal r_d\longrightarrow \mathcal l\). for any formula \(\phi \in \mathcal l^*\), we say \(\psi \in \phi \) if \(\psi = \lnot \phi \) or \(\psi = \lnot \phi ?\) or \(\phi = \lnot \psi \) or (\(\phi = \lnot \gamma \) and \(\psi = \gamma ?\)); we say \(\psi \in \phi ?\) if \(\psi = \lnot \phi \) or \(\phi = \lnot \psi \). intuitively, contraries can be used to model well-known constructs like negation as failure in logic programming. note for any \(\phi \in \mathcal l^*\), \(\phi \) and \(\phi ?\) are contradictories of \(\lnot \phi \); whilst, only \(\phi \) is a contradictory of \(\lnot \phi ?\). this means \(\phi ?\) is not a contradictory of \(\lnot \phi ?\). a set as \(\left\{ \phi , \phi \right\} \) (or \(\left\{ \phi ?, \phi ?\right\} \)) is intended to represent a strong inconsistency, and \(\left\{ \phi ?, \lnot \phi ?\right\} \) is intended to represent a weak inconsistency. we will refer to these two kinds of inconsistencies (strong and weak) as epistemic inconsistencies or simply inconsistencies. it is also required a knowledge base to provide premises for the arguments. definition 2 (knowledge base). a knowledge base in an argumentation system \( as = (\mathcal l,^-,\mathcal r, n)\) is a set \(\mathcal k\subseteq \mathcal l\) consisting of two disjoint subsets \(\mathcal k_n\) (the axioms) and \(\mathcal k_p\) (the ordinary premises). axioms are certain knowledge and cannot be attacked, whilst, ordinary premises are uncertain and can be attacked. now we can define an argumentation theory: definition 3 an argumentation theory \(( as , \mathcal k)\) is a pair in which \( as \) is an argumentation system and \(\mathcal k\) is a knowledge base in \( as \). in \( aspic ^?\), arguments are constructed recursively from an argumentation theory by the successive application of construction rules: definition 4 (argument). an argument a on the basis of an argumentation theory \(( as , \mathcal k)\) and an argumentation system \((\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r, n)\) is 1. \(\phi \) if \(\phi \in \mathcal k\) with \(\mathtt {prem}(a) = \left\{ \phi \right\} \), \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi \), \(\mathtt {sub}(a) = \left\{ \phi \right\} \), \(\mathtt {defr}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\mathtt {rules}(a) = \emptyset \), \(\mathtt {toprule}(a) = \textit{undefined}\). 2. \(a_1, \ldots , a_n \rightarrow \psi \) if \(a_1, \ldots , a_n\) are arguments s.t. there is a strict rule \(\mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi \in \mathcal r_s\); \(\mathtt {prem}(a) = \mathtt {prem}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {prem}(a_n)\); \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \psi \); \(\mathtt {sub}(a) = \mathtt {sub}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {sub}(a_n) \cup \left\{ a\right\} \); \(\mathtt {rules}(a) = \mathtt {rules}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {rules}(a_n) \cup \left\{ \mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi \right\} \); \(\mathtt {toprule}(a) = \mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi \). 3. \(a_1, \ldots , a_n \rightarrow \psi ?\) if \(a_1, \ldots , a_n\) are arguments such that there exists a defeasible rule \(\mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi ? \in \mathcal r_d\); \(\mathtt {prem}(a) = \mathtt {prem}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {prem}(a_n)\); \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \psi ?\); \(\mathtt {sub}(a) = \mathtt {sub}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {sub}(a_n) \cup \left\{ a\right\} \); \(\mathtt {rules}(a) = \mathtt {rules}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \mathtt {rules}(a_n) \cup \left\{ \mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi ?\right\} \); \(\mathtt {toprule}(a) = \mathtt {conc}(a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(a_n) \rightarrow \psi ?\). for any argument a we define \(\mathtt {prem}_n(a) = \mathtt {prem}(a) \cap \mathcal k_n\); \(\mathtt {prem}_p(a) = \mathtt {prem}(a) \cap \mathcal k_p\); \(\mathtt {defr}(a) = \left\{ r \in \mathcal r_d\mid r \in \mathtt {rules}(a)\right\} \) and \(\mathtt {str}(a) = \left\{ r \in \mathcal r_s\mid r \in \mathtt {rules}(a)\right\} \). example 1 consider the argumentation system \( as = (\mathcal l,^-,\mathcal r,n)\), in which \(\mathcal l= \mathcal l^* \cup \mathcal l^?\) with \(\mathcal l^* = \{a,b,f,w, \lnot a, \lnot b, \lnot f, \lnot w, {\sim a}, {\sim b}, {\sim f}, {\sim w}, {\sim \lnot a}, {\sim \lnot b}, {\sim \lnot f}, {\sim \lnot w}\}\). the symbols \(\lnot \) and \(\sim \) respectively denote strong and weak negation. for any \(\phi \in \mathcal l^*\) and any \(\psi \in \mathcal l\), (1) \(\phi \in \overline{\psi }\) iff (a) \(\psi = \lnot \phi \) or \(\psi = \lnot \phi ?\) or \(\phi = \lnot \psi \) or (\(\phi = \lnot \gamma \) and \(\psi = \gamma ?\)); or (b) \(\psi = {\sim \phi }\) or (\(\psi = {\sim \phi ?}\). (2) \(\phi ? \in \overline{\psi }\) iff (a) \(\psi = \lnot \phi \) or \(\phi = \lnot \psi \); or (b) \(\psi = {\sim \phi }\). \(\mathcal r_s= \left\{ \lnot f \rightarrow \lnot w; b \rightarrow a\right\} \) and \(\mathcal r_d= \left\{ a \rightarrow \lnot f?; b, {\sim \lnot w} \rightarrow w?; \lnot f? \rightarrow \lnot w?\right\} \). let \(\mathcal k\) be the knowledge base such that \(\mathcal k_n= \emptyset \) and \(\mathcal k_p= \left\{ b, {\sim \lnot w}\right\} \). the arguments defined on the basis of \(\mathcal k\) and \( as \) are \(a_1 = [b]\), \(a_2 = [{\sim \lnot w}]\), \(a_3 = [a_1 \rightarrow a]\), \(a_4 = [a_3 \rightarrow \lnot f?]\), \(a_5 = [a_1, a_2 \rightarrow w?]\) and \(a_6 = [a_4 \rightarrow \lnot w?]\). an argument a is for \(\phi \) if \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi \); it is strict if \(\mathtt {defr}(a) = \emptyset \); defeasible if \(\mathtt {defr}(a) \ne \emptyset \); firm if \(\mathtt {prem}(a) \subseteq \mathcal k_n\); plausible if \(\mathtt {prem}(a) \cap \mathcal k_p \ne \emptyset \). an argument is fallible if it is defeasible or plausible and infallible otherwise. we write \(s \vdash \phi \) if there is a strict argument for \(\phi \) with all premises taken from s, and if there is a defeasible argument for \(\phi \) with all premises taken from s. the next definition will be repeatedly employed in sect. 3: definition 5 let \( at = ( as , \mathcal k)\) be an argumentation theory with argumentation system \( as = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r, n)\). for a formula \(\phi \in \mathcal l\), we define \(\texttt {atoms}(\phi ) = \left\{ a \mid a \textit{ is an atom occurring in } \phi \right\} \). for a set \(\mathcal f \subseteq \mathcal l\) of formulas in \(\mathcal l\), we define \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathcal f) = \bigcup _{\phi \in \mathcal f} \texttt {atoms}(\phi )\); furthermore, for a set of atoms \(\mathfrak a\), \(\mathcal f_{\mid \mathfrak a} = \left\{ \phi \in \mathcal f \mid \phi \textit{ contains only atoms in } \mathfrak a\right\} \). for a strict rule \(s = \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \varpsi \), we define \(\texttt {atoms}(s) = \texttt {atoms}(\left\{ \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n, \psi \right\} )\). for a defeasible rule \(d = \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \varpsi \), we define \(\texttt {atoms}(d) = \texttt {atoms}(\left\{ \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n, \psi \right\} )\). for a set \(\mathcal s = \left\{ s_1, \ldots , s_n\right\} \) of strict rules, we define \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathcal s) = \texttt {atoms}(s_1) \cup \cdots \cup \texttt {atoms}(s_n)\). for a set \(\mathcal d = \left\{ d_1, \ldots , d_n\right\} \) of defeasible rules, we define \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathcal d) = \texttt {atoms}(d_1) \cup \cdots \cup \texttt {atoms}(d_n)\). for an argumentation system \( as = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r, n)\), we define \(\texttt {atoms}( as )= \texttt {atoms}(\mathcal r_d) \cup \texttt {atoms}(\left\{ n(r) \mid r \in \mathcal r_d\textit{ and } n(r) \textit{ is defined}\right\} )\), in which \(\mathcal r_d\subseteq \mathcal r\) is the set of defeasible rules in \(\mathcal r\). for an argumentation theory \( at = ( as , \mathcal k)\), we define \(\texttt {atoms}( at ) = \texttt {atoms}( as ) \cup \texttt {atoms}(\mathcal k)\). for an argument a, we define \(\texttt {atoms}(a) = \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {str}(a)) \cup \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {defr}(a))\). finally, for a set \(\mathcal a= \left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_n\right\} \) of arguments, we define \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathcal a) = \texttt {atoms}(a_1) \cup \cdots \cup \texttt {atoms}(a_n)\). let \( at = ( as , \mathcal k)\) be an argumentation theory with \( as = (\mathcal l, ^-, \mathcal r, n)\), and \(\mathcal a\) the set of all arguments constructed from \(\mathcal k\) in \( as \). assume \(\mathcal k= (\mathcal k_n, \mathcal k_p)\), such that \(\mathcal k_n= \left\{ a,b,c\right\} \) and \(\mathcal k_p= \emptyset \). consider \(\mathcal r= \left\{ a \rightarrow d, b \rightarrow e\right\} \). the resulting arguments are \(a = [a]\), \(b=[b]\), \(c=[c]\), \(d=[a \rightarrow d]\), and \(e=[b \rightarrow e]\). we have \(\texttt {atoms}(d) = \left\{ a, d\right\} \), \(\texttt {atoms}( at ) = \left\{ a, b, c, e\right\} \). note those atoms occurring only in the strict rules (as d) are not considered as atoms in \(\texttt {atoms}( at )\). 2.1 attacks and defeats in \( aspic ^?\) arguments are related to each other by attacks (as in \( aspic ^+\)) and by weak attacks: definition 6 (attacks). consider the arguments a and b. we say a attacks b iff a undercuts, undermines and rebuts b, in which a undercuts b (on \(b'\)) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a) \in \overline{n(r)}\) for some \(b' \in \mathtt {sub}(b)\) such that \(b'\)’s top rule r is defeasible. a undermines b (on \(\phi \)) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a) \in \overline{\phi }\) and \(\phi \in \mathtt {prem}_p(b)\). in such a case, a contrary-undermines b iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a)\) is a contrary of \(\phi \). a rebuts b (on \(b'\)) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a) \in \overline{\phi ?}\) for some \(b' \in \mathtt {sub}(b)\) of the form \(b_1'',\ldots ,b_n'' \rightarrow \phi ?\). in such a case, a contrary-rebuts b iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a)\) is a contrary of \(\phi ?\). we say a weakly attacks b iff a weakly undermines or weakly rebuts b, in which a weakly undermines b (on \(\phi ?\) (resp. \(\lnot \phi ?\))) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \lnot \phi ?\) (resp. \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi ?\)) for an ordinary premise \(\phi ?\) (resp. \(\lnot \phi ?\)) of b. a weakly rebuts b (on \(b'\)) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \lnot \phi ?\) (resp. \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi ?\)) for some \(b' \in \mathtt {sub}(b)\) of the form \(b_1'',\ldots ,b_n'' \rightarrow \phi ?\) (resp. \(b_1'',\ldots ,b_n'' \rightarrow \lnot \phi ?\)). example 2 recalling example 1, we have \(a_5\) weakly rebuts \(a_6\) and \(a_6\) weakly rebuts \(a_5\). besides, \(a_6\) contrary-undermines \(a_2\) and \(a_5\) on \({\sim \lnot w}\). if in addition, one had the argument \(a_7 = [a_4 \rightarrow \lnot w?]\), then \(a_7\) (like \(a_6\)) would weakly rebut \(a_5\) on \(a_5\); however, \(a_7\) (unlike \(a_6\)) would not be weakly rebutted by \(a_5\). definition 7 (\( saf \)). a structured argumentation framework \( saf \) defined by an argumentation theory \( at = ( as , \mathcal k)\) is a tuple \(\langle \mathcal a, \mathcal c, \mathcal c', \preceq \rangle \), in which \(\mathcal a\) is the set of all arguments a constructed from \(\mathcal k\) in \( as \) such that it satisfies definition 4 and \(\texttt {atoms}(a) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at )\); \((x, y ) \in \mathcal c\) iff x attacks y and \((x, y ) \in \mathcal c'\) iff x weakly attacks y; \(\preceq \) is a preference ordering on \(\mathcal a\). the restriction \(\texttt {atoms}(a) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at )\) is to avoid including in the \( saf \) arguments built from strict rules without relation to \(\texttt {atoms}( at )\). next, we define the corresponding defeat relation: definition 8 (defeat). [3] let \(a,b \in \mathcal a\) and a attacks b. if a undercut, contrary-rebut or contrary-undermine attacks b on \(b'\) then a is said to preference-independent attack b on \(b'\); otherwise a is said to preference-dependent attack b on \(b'\). a defeats b iff for some \(b'\) either a preference-independent attacks b on \(b'\) or a preference-dependent attacks b on \(b'\) and \(a \not \prec b'\). as observed in the previous definition, a preference-dependent attack from one argument to another only succeeds (as a defeat) if the attacked argument is not stronger than the attacking argument. thus, if an argument a preference-dependent attacks b and b is preferred over a, then the attack of a to b does not succeed, and b is not defeated by a. 2.2 abstract argumentation frameworks with two kinds of defeats as \( saf \)s have two kinds of attacks, the associated abstract argumentation frameworks have to couple with two kinds of defeats: definition 9 (argumentation frameworks with two kinds of defeats). an abstract argumentation framework with two kinds of defeats (\( af _2\)) corresponding to a \( saf = \langle \mathcal a, \mathcal c, \mathcal c', \preceq \rangle \) is a tuple \((\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) such that \(\mathcal d = \{(x,y) \in \mathcal c \mid x \textit{ defeats } y \}\) and \(\mathcal d' = \left\{ (x,y) \in \mathcal c' \mid x \not \prec y\right\} \). for \(a \in \mathcal a\), we define $$ a^+ = \left\{ b \in \mathcal a\mid (a,b) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\right\} \textit{ and } a^= \left\{ b \in \mathcal a\mid (b,a) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\right\} . $$ given a \( saf sa \) defined by an argumentation theory \( at \) and an \( af _2\, af \) corresponding to \( sa \), we will refer to \( af \) as the resulting \( af _2\) from \( at \). example 3 (example 2 continued). let \(\preceq = \left\{ (a_6,a_2)\right\} \), i.e., \(a_6 \prec a_2\) be a preference ordering on \(\mathcal a = \left\{ a_1, a_2, a_3, a_4, a_5, a_6\right\} \). in the \( saf (\mathcal a, \mathcal c, \mathcal c', \preceq )\) defined by \( at \), we have \(\mathcal c = \left\{ (a_6,a_2)\right\} \) and \(\mathcal c' = \left\{ (a_5,a_6), (a_6,a_5)\right\} \). as \((a_6,a_2)\) is a preference independent attack, we obtain \(\mathcal d = \mathcal c\) and \(\mathcal d' = \mathcal c'\). traditional approaches to argumentation semantics ensure arguments attacking each other are not tolerated in the same set, which is said to be conflict free. in \( aspic ^?\), we distinguish a strong conflict from a weak conflict. the aim is to avoid strong conflicts, which are carried over by the defeat relation \(\mathcal d\), and to tolerate weak conflicts, which are carried over by the relation \(\mathcal d'\). we say the resulting set is compatible: definition 10 (compatible sets). let \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) be an \( af _2\) and \(s \subseteq \mathcal a\). a set s is compatible (in \( af \)) if \(\forall a \in s\), \(\not \exists b \in s\) such that \((b,a) \in \mathcal d\). compatible sets do not contain the arguments a and b if a attacks b (or vice versa); however they can accommodate weak attacks between their members. this means in example 3, the set \(\left\{ a_5,a_6\right\} \) is compatible, but \(\left\{ a_2, a_6\right\} \) is not. now we are entitled to define semantics to deal with compatible sets: definition 11 (semantics). let \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) be an \( af _2\) and \(s \subseteq \mathcal a\) be a compatible set of arguments. then \(x \in \mathcal a\) is acceptable with respect to s iff \(\forall y \in \mathcal a\) such that \((y,x) \in \mathcal d\) : \(\exists z \in s\) such that \((z, y ) \in \mathcal d\) and \(\forall y \in \mathcal a\) such that \((y,x) \in \mathcal d'\) : \(\exists z \in s\) such that \((z, y ) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). we define \(f_ af (s) = \left\{ a \in \mathcal a\mid a \text { is acceptable w.r.t. } s\right\} \). for a compatible set s in \( af \), we say 1) s is an admissible set of \( af \) iff \(s \subseteq f_ af (s)\); 2) s is a complete extension of \( af \) iff \(f_ af (s) = s\); 3) s is a preferred extension of \( af \) iff it is a set inclusion maximal complete extension of \( af \); 4) s is the grounded extension iff it is the set inclusion minimal complete extension of \( af \); 5) s is a stable extension iff s is complete extension of \( af \) and \(\forall y \not \in s\), \(\exists x \in s\) s.t. \((x, y ) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). 6) s is a semi-stable extension iff it is a complete extension of \( af \) such that there is no complete extension \(s_1\) of \( af \) in which \(s \cup s^+ \subset s_1 \cup s_1^+\). notice for an argument x to be acceptable w.r.t. s, if \((y,x) \in \mathcal d\), there should exist an argument \(z \in s\) such that \((z,y) \in \mathcal d\), i.e., a weak defeat as \((z,y) \in \mathcal d'\) is not robust enough to defend a defeat as \((y,x) \in \mathcal d\). otherwise, x defends a weak defeat \((y,x) \in \mathcal d'\) if \(\exists z \in s\) such that z (weak) defeats y. example 4 (example 3 continued). regarding the \( af _2\) constructed in example 3, we obtain complete extensions: \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4\right\} \), \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4, a_5\right\} \), \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4, a_6\right\} \), \(\{a_1,a_3, a_4, a_5, a_6 \}\); grounded extension: \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4\right\} \); preferred extension: \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4, a_5, a_6\right\} \) stable/semi-stable extensions: \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4, a_6\right\} \), \(\left\{ a_1, a_3, a_4, a_5, a_6\right\} \) 3 the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance in this section, we show under which conditions, \( aspic ^?\) satisfies the property that a conflict between two arguments should not interfere with the acceptability of other unrelated arguments. let us illustrate it via the following example: example 5 [6] let \(\mathcal r_d= \left\{ p \rightarrow q; r \rightarrow \lnot q; t \rightarrow s \right\} \) be a set of defeasible rules in \( aspic ^+\) (their conclusions are not ?-suffixed formulas), \(\mathcal k_p= \emptyset \) and \(\mathcal k_n= \left\{ p, r, t\right\} \), while \(\mathcal r_s\) consists of all propositionally valid inferences. the corresponding \( af \) includes the arguments \(a_1 = [p]\), \(a_2 = [ a_1 \rightarrow q]\), \(b_1 = [r]\), \(b_2 = [b_1 \rightarrow \lnot q]\), \(c = [a_2, b_2 \rightarrow \lnot s]\), \(d_1 = [t]\) and \(d_2 = [d_1 \rightarrow s]\). we have c defeats \(d_2\) if \(c \not \prec d_2\). this is problematic as s can be any formula. hence, any defeasible argument unrelated to \(a_2\) or \(b_2\) can, depending on \(\preceq \), be defeated by c owing to the explosiveness of classical logic as the source for \(\mathcal r_s\). this property is guaranteed by proving the postulates (originally conceived in [10]) of non-interference (definition 22) and crash-resistance (definition 25) hold in \( aspic ^?\). unlike [7, 8], however, we will not eliminate all arguments whose set of conclusions of all its sub-arguments is contradictory, but only those whose set of conclusions contains strong contradictions as \(\left\{ \phi , \lnot \phi \right\} \), \(\left\{ \phi , \lnot \phi ?\right\} \) or \(\left\{ \lnot \phi , \phi ?\right\} \). weak contradictions as \(\left\{ \phi ?, \lnot \phi ?\right\} \) will not lead to the elimination of the argument (see definition 14). we proceed by introducing several definitions and lemmas before proving the satisfaction of these postulates: definition 12 (consistency). let \(\mathcal a= \left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_n\right\} \) be a set of arguments on the basis of an argumentation theory \(( as , \mathcal k)\) and an argumentation system \( as = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r, n)\). an argument \(a \in \mathcal a\) is inconsistent iff \(\forall \phi \in \mathcal l\), it holds \(\left\{ \mathtt {conc}(a') \mid a' \in \mathtt {sub}(a)\right\} \vdash \phi \). otherwise, a is consistent. the set \(\mathcal a\) is inconsistent if \(\forall \phi \in \mathcal l\), it holds \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(a_1)) \cup \ldots \cup \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(a_n)) \vdash \phi \). otherwise \(\mathcal a\) is consistent. a strict rule as \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \psi \) represents that if \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n\) hold, then without exception it holds that \(\psi \). it has a very general meaning; the unique restriction we will impose to prove our results is that we will assume throughout this section that every strict rule in an argumentation system is reasonable: definition 13 (reasonable strict rules). let \(( as , \mathcal k)\) be an argumentation theory and \( as = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_s\cup \mathcal r_d, n)\) be an argumentation system. a strict rule \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \psi \in \mathcal r_s\) is reasonable iff 1) for each \(\phi _i\) (\(1 \le i \le n\)) it holds \(\texttt {atoms}(\phi _i) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(\psi )\) or 2) \(\forall \psi \in \mathcal l\), it holds \(\left\{ \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n\right\} \vdash \psi \). a strict rule \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \psi \) is reasonable if \(\forall \phi _i\) (\(1 \le i \le n\)), each atom in \(\phi _i\) is also in \(\psi \) or \(\left\{ \phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n\right\} \) is inconsistent. reasonable strict rules are very usual in many propositional logics. now we define an inconsistency cleaned \( af _2\): definition 14 (inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)). let \(\langle \mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d' \rangle \) be a \( af _2\) resulting from an argumentation theory \( at \). we define \(\mathcal a_c = \{ a \in \mathcal a\mid a \text { is consistent} \}\), \(\mathcal d_c = \mathcal d \cap (\mathcal a_c \times \mathcal a_c)\) and \(\mathcal d_c' = \mathcal d' \cap (\mathcal a_c \times \mathcal a_c)\). we refer to \((\mathcal a_c, \mathcal d_c, \mathcal d_c')\) as the inconsistency cleaned \( af _2\) resulting from an argumentation theory \( at \). by inconsistency-cleaned version of the \( aspic ^?\) system, we mean the \( aspic ^?\) system from which the inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\) is constructed. the next concept is important to simplify the proofs of the results we will show in this section: definition 15 (flat arguments). let a be an argument on the basis of an argumentation theory \( at \). we say that a is flat iff \(\mathtt {toprule}(a)\) is strict, \(a = [a_1, \ldots , a_n \rightarrow \alpha ]\) and \(\forall a_i\) (\(1 \le i \le n\)), one of the following conditions holds: 1. \(\mathtt {toprule}(a_i)\) is defeasible or 2. \(\mathtt {rules}(a_i) = \emptyset \). flat arguments have strict top rule and every of its strict subarguments comes from the set of premises. henceforth, for any \( af _2\langle \mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d' \rangle \) resulting from argumentation theory \( at \), we will assume without loss of generality every \(a \in \mathcal a\) with a strict top rule is flat. in order to prove some results in this section, we will need to identify the set of conclusions associated with a set of arguments: definition 16 let \(\mathcal a\) be a set of arguments whose structure complies with definition 4. we define \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathcal a) = \left\{ \mathtt {conc}(a) \mid a \in \mathcal a\right\} \). next, we define the consequence function \( cn _ sem \), such that \( cn _ sem ( at )\) is a set of sets of conclusions under the argumentation semantics \( sem \). definition 17 let \(\mathfrak {at}\) be the set of all argumentation theories that can be constructed from a language \(\mathcal l\). let \( at \in \mathfrak {at}\) be an argumentation theory and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) be the resulting \( af _2\) from \( at \). we define \( cn _{ sem } : \mathfrak {at} \rightarrow 2^{2^{\mathtt {concs}(\mathcal a)}}\) is a function s.t. \( cn _{ sem }( at ) = \{\mathtt {concs}(e) \mid e \subseteq \mathcal a\textit{ is an extension} \textit{of } af _2 \textit{ under semantics } sem \}\), where \( sem \in \{\textit{complete, grounded, preferred,} \textit{stable, semi-stable}\}\). we will use \( cn _{\textit{c}}( at )\) as the shortening of \( cn _{ complete }( at )\). for a set \(\mathfrak a\) of propositional atoms, by \( cn _{ sem }( at )_{\mid \mathfrak a}\), we mean the set \(\left\{ \mathcal f_{\mid \mathfrak a} \mid \mathcal f \in cn _{ sem }( at )\right\} \). in order to define the postulate for non-interference, we need to specify what the union of two argumentation theories looks like: definition 18 (union of argumentation theories). let \( at _1 = ( as _1, \mathcal k_1)\) and \( at _2 = ( as _2, \mathcal k_2)\) be argumentation theories s.t. \(\mathcal k_1 = \mathcal k_{n_1} \cup \mathcal k_{p_1}\), \(\mathcal k_2 = \mathcal k_{n_2} \cup \mathcal k_{p_2}\), \( as _1 = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_{s_1} \cup \mathcal r_{d_1}, n_1)\) and \( as _2 = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_{s_2} \cup \mathcal r_{d_2}, n_2)\). besides, we assume \(n_1(r) = n_2(r)\) for any \(r \in \mathcal r_{d_1} \cup \mathcal r_{d_2}\). we define \( at _1 \cup at _2\) is an argumentation theory \( at = ( as , \mathcal k)\) s.t. \(\mathcal k= \mathcal k_n\cup \mathcal k_p\) with \(\mathcal k_n= \mathcal k_{n_1} \cup \mathcal k_{n_2}\), and \(\mathcal k_p= \mathcal k_{p_1} \cup \mathcal k_{p_2}\); \( as = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_s \cup \mathcal r_d, n)\) with \(\mathcal r_s = \mathcal r_{s_1} \cup \mathcal r_{s_2}\), \(\mathcal r_d = \mathcal r_{d_1} \cup \mathcal r_{d_2}\) and \(n(r) = n_1(r)\) if \(r \in \mathcal r_{d_1}\); otherwise, \(n(r) = n_2(r)\). other very important notion to guarantee our results in this section is that of syntactically disjoint argumentation theories; it will be employed to characterise non-interference (definition 22) and contamination (definition 24). definition 19 (syntactically disjoint argumentation theories). let \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) be argumentation theories. we say \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) are syntactically disjoint when \(\texttt {atoms}( at _1) \cap \texttt {atoms}( at _2) = \emptyset \). the depth of an argument will be employed in the proof of lemma 1: definition 20 (depth of an argument). let a be an argument whose structure complies with definition 4. the depth of a, denoted by \(\texttt {depth}(a)\), is 1 if \(\mathtt {rules}(a) = \emptyset \) or else \(\texttt {depth}(a) = 1 + max \{\texttt {depth}(a') \mid a' \in \mathtt {sub}(a) \}\). the following essential lemma states that for every argument a such that \(\mathtt {conc}(a) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(af)\) there exists an argument \(a'\) with the same conclusion, \(\texttt {atoms}(a') \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(af)\), and is not more vulnerable than a. lemma 1 let \( as _1 = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_s\cup \mathcal r_{d_1}, n_1)\) and \( as _2 = (\mathcal l,^-, \mathcal r_s\cup \mathcal r_{d_2}, n_2)\) be argumentation systems s.t. \(\mathcal r_s\) is a set of strict rules and \(\mathcal r_{d_1}\) and \(\mathcal r_{d_2}\) are sets of defeasible rules. let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) be an argumentation theory where \( at _1 = ( as _1, \mathcal k_1)\) and \( at _2 = ( as _2, \mathcal k_2)\) are syntactically disjoint, and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d_1')\) be respectively the inconsistency cleaned \( af _2\)s resulting from \( at \) and \( at _1\). for each argument \(c \in \mathcal a\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(c) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\), \(\exists c' \in \mathcal a_1\) with \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\), \(c'^+ \subseteq c^+\) and \(c'^\subseteq c^-\). proof let \(\mathcal k_1 = \mathcal k_{n_1} \cup \mathcal k_{p_1}\) and \(\mathcal k_2 = \mathcal k_{n_2} \cup \mathcal k_{p_2}\). we will prove by induction on \(\texttt {depth}(c)\) that \(\forall c \in \mathcal a\), where \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\), \(\exists c' \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\) and (1) \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c')) \subseteq \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c))\) and (2) \(\mathtt {defr}(c') \subseteq \mathtt {defr}(c)\). note \(c'^+ = c^+\) follows directly from \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\); condition (1) guarantees \(c'\) is consistent as c is consistent; condition (2) suffices to show \(c'^\subseteq c^-\) as \( as _1\) and \( as _2\) share the same set \(\mathcal r_s\) of strict rules: suppose \(\texttt {depth}(c) = 1\). there are two possibilities: \(c \in \mathcal k_{n_1}\) or \(c \in \mathcal k_{p_1}\). thus, for \(c' = c\), \(c'^= c^-\) and \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\). now assume conditions (1) and (2) hold for any argument c with \(\texttt {depth}(c) \le k\). we will show for any argument c with \(\texttt {depth}(c) = k + 1\) they also hold. there are two possibilities: \(\mathtt {toprule}(c) \in \mathcal r_d= \mathcal r_{d_1} \cup \mathcal r_{d_2}\). note c is of the form \(c_1, \ldots , c_n \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c)\). as \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) are syntactically disjoint and \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\), \(\mathtt {toprule}(c) \in \mathcal r_{d_1}\). it follows that for each \(i \in \left\{ 1, \ldots , n\right\} \), \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c_i)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_1)\). as \(\texttt {depth}(c_i) \le k\), by induction hypothesis, there exists \(c'_i \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(c'_i) = \mathtt {conc}(c_i)\), \(\mathtt {defr}(c'_i) \subseteq \mathtt {defr}(c'_i)\), and \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c'_i)) \subseteq \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c_i))\). applying \(\mathtt {toprule}(c)\) we construct \(c' = c'_1, \ldots , c'_n \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c)\) from \(at_1\). now we show that \(c'\) satisfies the requested properties. \(c' \in \mathcal a_1\) since \(\texttt {atoms}(c') = \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {toprule}(c)) \cup \bigcup ^n_{i=1} \texttt {atoms}(c'_i) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\) since c and \(c'\) share the same top rule. \(\mathtt {defr}(c') = \left\{ \left\{ \mathtt {defr}(c)\right\} \cup \bigcup ^n_{i=1} \mathtt {defr}(c'_i)\right\} \subseteq \) \(\left\{ \left\{ \mathtt {toprule}(c)\right\} \cup \bigcup ^n_{i=1} \mathtt {defr}(c_i)\right\} = \mathtt {defr}(c)\). \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c')) = \left\{ \left\{ \mathtt {conc}(c)\right\} \cup \bigcup ^n_{i=1} \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c'_i))\right\} \subseteq \) \(\left\{ \left\{ \mathtt {conc}(c)\right\} \cup \bigcup ^n_{i=1} \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c_i))\right\} = \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c))\). \(\mathtt {toprule}(c) \in \mathcal r_s\). note c is of the form \(c_1, \ldots , c_n \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c)\). as we have assumed c is flat, we can partition arguments \(c_i\) into two sets \(\mathfrak c_p \cup \mathfrak c_d = \left\{ 1, \ldots , n\right\} \), in which \(i \in \mathfrak c_p\) iff \(\mathtt {conc}(c_i) \in \mathcal k_1 \cup \mathcal k_2\) and \(\mathtt {toprule}(c_i) = \textit{undefined}\), and \(i \in \mathfrak c_d\) iff \(\mathtt {toprule}(c_i) \in \mathcal r_{d_1} \cup \mathcal r_{d_2}\). since \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) are syntactically disjoint, for \(i \in \mathfrak c_p\), \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c_i)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_1)\) or \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c_i)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_2)\), and for \(i \in \mathfrak c_d\), \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {toprule}(c_i)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_1)\) or \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {toprule}(c_i)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_2)\). we can partition the subarguments of c into two disjoint sets \(\mathfrak c_1\) and \(\mathfrak c_2\) such that for \(i \in \mathfrak c_1\), \(\mathtt {conc}(c_i) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_1)\) and for \(i \in \mathfrak c_2\), \(\mathtt {conc}(c_i) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}(at_2)\). let \(\mathfrak c_p \cap \mathfrak c_1 = \left\{ p_1, \ldots , p_k\right\} \), \(\mathfrak c_d \cap \mathfrak c_1 = \left\{ d_1, \ldots , d_m\right\} \), and \(\mathfrak c_2 = \left\{ b_1, \ldots , b_j\right\} \). for each \(d_i \in \mathfrak c_d \cap \mathfrak c_1\), \(\texttt {depth}(c_{d_i}) \le k\). by the induction hypothesis, for each \(d_i \in \mathfrak c_d \cap \mathfrak c_1\), exists \(c'_{d_i} \in \mathcal a_1\) s.t \(\mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_i}) = \mathtt {conc}(c_{d_i})\), and \(\mathtt {defr}(c'_{d_i}) \subseteq \mathtt {defr}(c_{d_i})\). note that \(\mathtt {conc}(c_{p_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c_{p_k})\), \(\mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_m}), \mathtt {conc}(c_{b_1}),\ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c_{b_j}) \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c)\) corresponds to \(\mathtt {toprule}(c)\). let \(t = \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c_{b_1})) \cup \ldots \cup \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c_{b_j}))\). as \(t \cap \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c))= \emptyset \), \(\mathtt {conc}(c_{p_1}),\ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c_{p_n}), \mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_m}) \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c) \in \mathcal r_s\); otherwise \(\{\mathtt {conc}(c_{b_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c_{b_j})\}\) is inconsistent (definition 13), which cannot be true as c is consistent. thus, we can construct an argument \(c' = \mathtt {conc}(c_{p_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c_{p_n}),\mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_1}), \ldots , \mathtt {conc}(c'_{d_m}) \rightarrow \mathtt {conc}(c)\) from \(at_1\) s.t. \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\). now we show \(c'\) satisfies the requested properties. \(c' \in \mathcal a_1\) since \(\texttt {atoms}(c') = \texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {toprule}(c)) \cup \bigcup _{(1 \le i \le n)} \texttt {atoms}(c'_i) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\) since c and \(c'\) share the same top rule. in the construction of \(c'\) we resort to \(c_i\) for each \(i \in \mathcal c_1 \cap \mathfrak c_p\) and for each \(j \in \mathcal c_1 \cap \mathfrak c_d\), we resort to \(c'_j\), obtained by induction hypothesis, s.t. \(\mathtt {defr}(c'_j) \subseteq \mathtt {defr}(c_j)\) and \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c_j')) \subseteq \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c_j))\). it follows \(\mathtt {defr}(c') \subseteq \mathtt {defr}(c)\) and \(\mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c')) \subseteq \mathtt {concs}(\mathtt {sub}(c))\).    \(\square \) the notion of defense expresses when an argument c defends b from a: definition 21 (defense). let \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) be an \( af _2\) and \(a, b, c \in \mathcal a\) such that \((a,b) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). an argument c defends b from a, denoted by \( df (c,b,a)\), when 1) if \((a,b) \in \mathcal d\), then \((c,a) \in \mathcal d\); 2) if \((a,b) \in \mathcal d'\), then \((c,a) \in \mathcal d\) or \((c,a) \in \mathcal d'\). in addition to the fundamental result obtained by lemma 1, we will use lemmas 2, 3, 5 and 6 to prove theorem 1, which is one of our main results. with the following lemma we establish a connection between complete extensions of \( af \) with the arguments in \(\mathcal a_1\): lemma 2 let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) for syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d'_1)\) be respectively the resulting inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)s from \( at \) and \( at _1\). for any complete extension \(e \subseteq \mathcal a\) of \( af \), \(\mathtt {concs}(e \cap \mathcal a_1) = \mathtt {concs}(e)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}\). proof if \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(e \cap \mathcal a_1)\), then \(\exists a \in e \cap \mathcal a_1\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi \). it follows \(a \in e\) and \(a \in \mathcal a_1\), and so \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(e)\) and \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(\mathcal a_1)\). as \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(\phi )) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\), it holds \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(e)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}\). if \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(e)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}\), then \(\exists a \in e\) s.t. \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \phi \) and \(\texttt {atoms}(\phi ) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). from lemma 1, \(\exists a' \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(a') = \phi \) and \(a'^\subseteq a^-\). as e is a complete extension of \( af \) and \(a \in e\), it must be \(a' \in e\), and so \(a' \in e \cap \mathcal a_1\). thus, \(\phi \in \mathtt {concs}(e \cap \mathcal a_1)\).    \(\square \) lemmas 3 and 4 will be used as intermediate steps in the demonstration of lemma 5. lemma 3 expresses the function \(f_{ af _1}\) associated with the subframework \( af _1\) in terms of the function \(f_ af \) associated with \( af \): lemma 3 let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) for syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d'_1)\) be respectively the resulting inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)s from \( at \) and \( at _1\). for any set of arguments \(s \subseteq \mathcal a_1\), \(f_{ af _1}(s) = f_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1\). proof \(f_{ af _1}(s) \subseteq f_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1\). if \(a \in f_{ af _1}(s)\), then \(a \in \mathcal a_1\). it remains to prove \(a \in f_{ af }(s)\): let \(b \in \mathcal a\) s.t. \((b,a) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). it means \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(b)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). by lemma 1, \(\exists b' \in \mathcal a_1\) s.t. \(\mathtt {conc}(b') = \mathtt {conc}(b)\) and \(b'^\subseteq b^-\). thus, \((b',a) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). as \(a \in f_{ af _1}(s)\), \(\exists c \in s\) s.t. \( df (c,a,b')\). from \(b'^\subseteq b^-\), \((c,b) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). it follows \(a \in f_{ af }(s)\). thus \(a \in f_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1\). \(f_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1 \subseteq f_{ af _1}(s)\). let \(a \in f_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1\). it means that \(\forall b \in \mathcal a\) such that \((b,a) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\), \(\exists c \in s\) such that \( df (c,a,b)\). as \(\mathcal d_1 \cup \mathcal d'_1 \subseteq \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\), it follows \(\forall b \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \((b,a) \in \mathcal d_1 \cup \mathcal d_1'\), \(\exists c \in s\) such that \( df (c,a,b)\). then \(a \in f_{ af _1}(s)\).    \(\square \) by lemma 4 (employed in lemma 5), if an argument a is attacked by a set of arguments that also attack arguments in a complete extension e, then \(a \in e\). lemma 4 let \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) be the \( af _2\) resulting from an argumentation theory \( at \). let \( af _c = (\mathcal a_c, \mathcal d_c, \mathcal d'_c)\) be the inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\). let e be a complete extension of \( af _c\), \(s \subseteq e\) and \(a \in \mathcal a\). if a is consistent and \(a^\subseteq s^-\), then \(a \in e\). proof suppose a is consistent. it follows \(a \in \mathcal a_c\). as e is a complete extension of \( af \), \(\forall b \in s\), \(b \in f_{ af }(e)\). as \(a^\subseteq s^-\), it follows \(a \in f_{ af }(e) = e\).    \(\square \) lemmas 5 assures the complete extensions of \( af \) when restricted to the arguments of its subframework \( af _1\) is a complete extension of \( af _1\): lemma 5 let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) for syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d'_1)\) be the inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)s resulting from \( at \) and \( at _1\) respectively. if e is a complete extension of \( af \), then \(e \cap \mathcal a_1\) is a complete extension of \( af _1\). proof let e be a complete extension of \( af \). assume \(e' = e \cap \mathcal a_1\). we will prove that \(e'\) is a complete extension of \( af _1\). note \(e'\) is compatible in \( af _1\), since \(e' \subseteq e\), e is compatible in \( af \) and there are no new defeats in \( af _1\). now we will show \(e' = f_{ af _1}(e')\): \(e' \subseteq f_{ af _1}(e')\). let \(a \in e'\). as also \(a \in e\) and e is a complete extension of \( af \), it means \(\forall b \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \((b,a) \in \mathcal d_1 \cup \mathcal d_1'\), \(\exists c \in e\) such that \( df (c,a,b)\). as \(b \in \mathcal a_1\), \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(c)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). by lemma 1, \(\exists c' \in \mathcal a_1\), such that \(\mathtt {conc}(c') = \mathtt {conc}(c)\) and \(c'^\subseteq c^-\). from lemma 4, \(c' \in e\), and so \(c' \in e'\). thus, \(a \in f_{ af _1}(e')\). \(f_{ af _1}(e') \subseteq e'\). as f is a monotony function, and e is a complete extension of \( af \), \(f_{ af }(e') \subseteq f_{ af }(e) = e\), and so \(f_{ af }(e') \cap \mathcal a_1 \subseteq e \cap \mathcal a_1\). from lemma 3, \(f_{ af _1}(e') = f_{ af }(e') \cap \mathcal a_1\). but then, we obtain \(f_{ af _1}(e') \subseteq e \cap \mathcal a_1\). thus, \(f_{ af _1}(e') \subseteq e'\).    \(\square \) lemma 6 assures the admissible sets in \( af _1\) are also admissible sets in \( af \): lemma 6 let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) for syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d'_1)\) be respectively the resulting inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)s from \( at \) and \( at _1\). let \(s \subseteq \mathcal a_1\). if s is an admissible set in \( af _1\), then s is an admissible set if \( af \). proof as s is a compatible set in \( af _1\), s is also a compatible set in \( af \), since \(\mathcal a_1 \subseteq \mathcal a\). it remains to show that \(s \subseteq f_{ af }(s)\). assume \(b \in \mathcal a\) such that for some \(a \in s\), \((b,a) \in \mathcal d \cup d'\). it means \(\texttt {atoms}(\mathtt {conc}(b)) \subseteq \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). from lemma 1, \(\exists b' \in \mathcal a_1\) such that \(\mathtt {conc}(b') = \mathtt {conc}(b)\) and \(b'^\subseteq b^-\). note \((b',a) \in \mathcal d \cup d'\) in \( af _1\). as s is admissible in \( af _1\), from definition 11, \(\exists c \in s\) s.t. \(df(c,a,b')\). given \(b'^\subseteq b^-\), \((c,b) \in \mathcal d \cup \mathcal d'\). it follows \(s \subseteq f_{ af }(s)\).    \(\square \) in the sequel, we formally define the concept of non-interference. definition 22 (non-interference). the \( aspic ^?\) system satisfies non-interference under a semantics \( sem \) iff for every syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), it holds \( cn _{ sem }( at _1 \cup at _2)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)} = cn _{ sem }( at _1)\). non-interference means that, for disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\), \( at _1\) does not influence the outcome with respect to the language of \( at _2\). theorem 1 the inconsistency-cleaned version of the \( aspic ^?\) system satisfies non-interference under complete semantics. proof let \( at = at _1 \cup at _2\) for syntactically disjoint argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) and \( af = (\mathcal a, \mathcal d, \mathcal d')\) and \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1, \mathcal d_1, \mathcal d'_1)\) be respectively the resulting inconsistency-cleaned \( af _2\)s from \( at \) and \( at _1\). let \(\mathfrak s_1 = \left\{ b_1, \ldots , b_n\right\} \) and \(\mathfrak s_2 = \left\{ s_1, \ldots , s_m\right\} \) be the set of complete extensions of \( af \) and \( af _1\) respectively. we will prove that \(l = r\), in which \(l = cn _{\textit{c}}( at )_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)} = \left\{ \mathtt {concs}(b_1)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}, \ldots , \mathtt {concs}(b_n)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}\right\} \), and \(r = cn _{\textit{c}}( at _1)_{\mid \texttt {atoms}( at _1)}= \left\{ \mathtt {concs}(s_1), \ldots , \mathtt {concs}(s_m)\right\} \). from lemma 2, \(l = \left\{ \mathtt {concs}(b_1 \cap \mathcal a_1), \ldots , \mathtt {concs}(b_n \cap \mathcal a_1)\right\} \). for each complete extension b of \( af \), \(b \cap \mathcal a_1\) is a complete extension of \( af _1\) (lemma 5). it remains to prove for any \(s \in \mathfrak s_2\), \(\exists b \in \mathfrak s_1\) with \(b \cap \mathcal a_1 = s\). if s is a complete extension of \( af _1\) (\(s = f_{ af _1}(s)\)), s is an admissible set in \( af \) (lemma 6), i.e., \(s \subseteq f_{ af }(s)\). then \(b = \bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} f^n_{ af }(s)\) is a complete extension of \( af \) as the least fixed point of \(f_{ af }\) contains s. we will prove that \(b \cap \mathcal a_1 = s\). intersecting both sides of \(b = \bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} f^n_{ af }(s)\) with \(\mathcal a_1\), and applying lemma 3, we get \(b \cap \mathcal a_1 = (\bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} f^n_{ af }(s)) \cap \mathcal a_1 = \bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} f^n_{ af }(s) \cap \mathcal a_1 = \bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} f^n_{ af _1}(s) = \bigcup ^{\infty }_{n=1} s = s\).    \(\square \) \( aspic ^?\) is non trivial under semantics \( sem \) if the conclusions of an argumentation theory are never fully determined by the atoms. definition 23 (non-trivial). the \( aspic ^?\) system is non-trivial under semantics \( sem \) iff for each nonempty set \(\mathfrak a\) of atoms, there are argumentation theories \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) such that \(\texttt {atoms}( at _1) = \texttt {atoms}( at _2)\) and \( cn _{ sem }( at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak a} \ne cn _{ sem }( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak a}\). in the following theorem, we show that the inconsistency-cleaned version of the \( aspic ^?\) system satisfies non-triviality under complete semantics: theorem 2 the inconsistency-cleaned version of the \( aspic ^?\) system satisfies non-triviality under complete semantics. proof let \(\mathfrak a = \left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_n\right\} (n \ge 1)\) a set of atoms. we will show that there are two inconsistency-cleaned argumentation frameworks \( af _1 = (\mathcal a_1,\mathcal d_1, \mathcal d_1')\) and \( af _2 = (\mathcal a_2,\mathcal d_2, \mathcal d'_2)\) resulting from \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) respectively such that \(\texttt {atoms}( at _1)= \texttt {atoms}( at _2)\) and \( cn _{\textit{c}}( at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak a} \ne cn _{\textit{c}}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak a}\). let \(\mathcal k_{n_1} = \mathcal k_{n_2} = \mathcal k_{p_2} = \emptyset \), \(\mathcal k_{p_1} = \left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_n\right\} \), \(\mathcal r_{d_2} = \left\{ a_1 \rightarrow a_1?; \ldots ; a_n \rightarrow a_n? \right\} \), \(\mathcal r_{s_1} = \mathcal r_{s_2} = \mathcal r_{d_1} = \emptyset \). thus, \( cn _{\textit{c}}( at _1) = \left\{ \left\{ a_1, \ldots , a_n\right\} \right\} \) and \( cn _{\textit{c}}( at _2) = \left\{ \emptyset \right\} \), and so \( cn _{\textit{c}}( at _1) = cn _{\textit{c}}( at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak a} \ne cn _{\textit{c}}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak a} = cn _{\textit{c}}( at _2)\).   \(\square \) an argumentation theory \( at _1\) is contaminating when any other unrelated argumentation theory \( at _2\) becomes irrelevant when merged with \( at _1\): definition 24 (contamination). an argumentation theory \( at _1\) is contaminating under a semantics \( sem \) iff for every argumentation theory \( at _2\) s.t. \( at _1\) and \( at _2\) are syntactically disjoint, it holds \( cn _{ sem }( at _1) = cn _{ sem }( at _1 \cup at _2)\). crash-resistance is strongly related to the concept of contamination: definition 25 (crash-resistance). we say that \( aspic ^?\) under a semantics \( sem \) satisfies crash-resistance iff there does not exists an argumentation theory \( at \) that is contaminating under \( sem \). the intuition behind crash-resistance is that one wants to avoid local problems having global effects. theorem 3 if \( aspic ^?\) satisfies non-interference and non-triviality under complete semantics, then it also satisfies crash-resistance under complete semantics. proof (1) by absurd suppose the \( aspic ^?\) does not satisfy crash-resistance. then there exists an argumentation theory \( at _1\) that is contaminating and \(\texttt {atoms}( at _1) \subset \mathfrak a\). let \(\mathfrak b = \mathfrak a \backslash \texttt {atoms}( at _1)\). (2) by assumption \( aspic ^?\) is non-trivial. thus, there are argumentation theories \( at _2\) and \( at _3\) such that \(\texttt {atoms}( at _2) = \texttt {atoms}( at _3) \subseteq \mathfrak b\) and \( cn _\textit{c}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak b} \not = cn _\textit{c}( at _3)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\). note that both \( at _2\) and \( at _3\) are syntactically disjoint from \( at _1\). (3) by assumption \( aspic ^?\) satisfies non-interference, from which follows \( cn _\textit{c}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak b} = cn _\textit{c}( at _2 \cup at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\) and \( cn _\textit{c}( at _3 \cup at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak b} = cn _\textit{c}( at _3)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\). (4) given \( at _1\) is contaminating, \( cn _\textit{c}( at _1 \cup at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak b} = cn _\textit{c}( at _1)_{\mid \mathfrak b} = cn _\textit{c}( at _1 \cup at _3)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\). from (3) and (4), it follows that \( cn _\textit{c}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak b} = cn _\textit{c}( at _3)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\). it is an absurd as from (2) we have \( cn _\textit{c}( at _2)_{\mid \mathfrak b} \not = cn _\textit{c}( at _3)_{\mid \mathfrak b}\).   \(\square \) theorem 4 the inconsistency-cleaned version of the \( aspic ^?\) system satisfies crash-resistance under complete semantics. proof it follows from theorems 2, 1 and 3. 4 conclusion and future works in this work, we defined an argumentation framework, dubbed \( aspic ^?\), by introducing in \( aspic ^+\) [3] an interrogation mark ? as a plausibility operator to enhance any defeasible conclusion does not have the same status than an irrefutable one: in \( aspic ^?\), any defeasible rule have the form \(\phi _1, \ldots , \phi _n \rightarrow \phi ?\). as in [2], we distinguish strong contradictions from weak ones. we avoid the former and tolerate the latter. then, we showed in \( aspic ^?\) conflicting arguments does not interfere with the acceptability of unrelated arguments. this is proved by combining solutions found in [6] and in [7, 8] to show the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance hold in inconsistency-cleaned \( aspic ^?\): 1) as in [6], we resort to paraconsistent reasoning to tolerate conflicts; our differential is we tolerate only weak conflicts. 2) as in [7, 8], we require for each argument, the set of conclusions of all its sub-arguments are consistent; our differential is that we eliminate only those arguments whose sets of conclusions lead to a strong conflict. thus, our work paves the way to investigate in the context of structured argumentation alternative solutions to satisfy the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance without having to delete all inconsistent arguments. in the future we will study other ways to satisfy these postulates and which monotonic paraconsistent logics can be used as source of strict rules to avoid contaminating argumentation theories. we will also exploit the relation between \( aspic ^?\) and extended logic programas with paraconsistent semantics [13]. references carnielli, w., marcos, j.: a taxonomy of c-systems. in: paraconsistency, pp. 24–117. crc press (2002) google scholar  pequeno, t., buchsbaum, a.: the logic of epistemic inconsistency. in: proceedings of the second international conference on principles of knowledge representation and reasoning, pp. 453–460 (1991) google scholar  modgil, s., prakken, h.: a general account of argumentation with preferences. artif. intell. 195, 361–397 (2013) article  mathscinet  google scholar  gorogiannis, n., hunter, a.: instantiating abstract argumentation with classical logic arguments: postulates and properties. artif. intell. 175(9–10), 1479–1497 (2011) article  mathscinet  google scholar  caminada, m., modgil, s., oren, n.: preferences and unrestricted rebut. computational models of argument (2014) google scholar  grooters, d., prakken, h.: combining paraconsistent logic with argumentation. in: comma, pp. 301–312 (2014) google scholar  wu, y.: between argument and conclusion-argument-based approaches to discussion, inference and uncertainty. ph.d. thesis, university of luxembourg (2012) google scholar  wu, y., podlaszewski, m.: implementing crash-resistance and non-interference in logic-based argumentation. j. logic comput. 25(2), 303–333 (2015) article  mathscinet  google scholar  rescher, n., manor, r.: on inference from inconsistent premisses. theory decis. 1(2), 179–217 (1970) article  google scholar  caminada, m.: semi-stable semantics. omma 144, 121–130 (2006) mathscinet  google scholar  dung, p.: on the acceptability of arguments and its fundamental role in nonmonotonic reasoning, logic programming and n-person games. artif. intell. 77(2), 321–357 (1995) article  mathscinet  google scholar  prakken, h.: an abstract framework for argumentation with structured arguments. argument comput. 1(2), 93–124 (2010) article  google scholar  damásio, c., moniz pereira, l.: a survey of paraconsistent semantics for logic programs. in: besnard, p., hunter, a. (eds.) reasoning with actual and potential contradictions. handbook of defeasible reasoning and uncertainty management systems, vol. 2, pp. 241–320. springer, cham (1998). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-1739-7_8 download references author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, federal university of ceará, fortaleza, brazil rafael silva & joão alcântara authors rafael silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão alcântaraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to rafael silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper silva, r., alcântara, j. (2021). \( aspic ^?\) and the postulates of non-interference and crash-resistance. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_22 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_22 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords argumentation paraconsistency conflict-tolerance publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature modeling and predicting crimes in the city of são paulo using graph neural networks | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper modeling and predicting crimes in the city of são paulo using graph neural networks conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 372–386 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) modeling and predicting crimes in the city of são paulo using graph neural networks download book pdf download book epub waqar hassan  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6956-82499, marvin mendes cabral  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0006-5144-03909, thiago rodrigo ramos  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6271-709910, antonio castelo filho  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8009-45779 & … luis gustavo nonato  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-8514-80339  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 473 accesses 2 citations abstract crime prediction is a critical research area for enhancing public safety and optimizing law enforcement resource allocation, and machine learning techniques have had a significant impact in this field. traditional machine learning models have long struggled to capture complex crime patterns, primarily due to the intricate interdependence of spatial and temporal data. however, recent advancements in machine learning, particularly with graph neural networks (gnns), offer a new perspective. gnns have demonstrated remarkable success in various applications and they can also play a significant role in crime analysis and prediction. therefore, in this work, we explore such a potential by examining two distinct spatiotemporal gnn architectures, namely dynamic self-attention network (dysat) and evolving graph convolutional network (evolvegcn), assessing and comparing their effectiveness for crime prediction. moreover, we propose a data modeling framework that integrates crime, street map graphs, and urban data, which is fundamental to properly train the gnn models. as far as we know, there is no consolidated methodology to integrate those three modalities of data, being a relevant contribution of this work. our findings underscore the effectiveness of gnns in crime prediction tasks, offering valuable insights for researchers and practitioners in the field of crime prevention and public safety enhancement. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others crime prediction with graph neural networks and multivariate normal distributions article 01 august 2022 ai-driven crime prediction: a systematic literature review article 16 april 2025 deep temporal multi-graph convolutional network for crime prediction chapter © 2020 1 introduction crime prediction has long been a topic of great interest, supporting law enforcement agencies in their decision-making processes [11]. in this context, machine learning (ml) techniques have played a major role, providing a multitude of analytical tools to scrutinize and predict crime-related phenomena [1, 8, 17, 20]. however, traditional machine learning algorithms often fail to capture complex spatiotemporal patterns inherent in non-random crime events [13]. a primary reason for their limited performance is that these models handle each data point independently, disregarding the interconnected nature of events over time and space [14]. recent advancements in machine learning, particularly in graph neural networks (gnns) [31], bring new perspectives to these challenging scenarios. specifically, gnns have demonstrated remarkable success across various applications involving spatiotemporal data, including social network evolution [7], traffic prediction [12], and identification of urban structural patterns [30]. despite the success in various domains, graph neural networks have not yet been fully explored for crime prediction tasks, where traditional ml models still dominate the field. among the few works that utilize gnns for crime analysis and forecasting is the model proposed by han et al. [10], which leverages graph convolutional networks (gcns) and long short-term memory (lstm) networks to capture spatial dependencies and temporal patterns of crimes. a similar methodology has been proposed by jin et al. [13], where graph convolutional networks and recurrent neural networks (rnns) are combined to predict crime hotspots. these studies demonstrate the potential of gnns for analyzing and forecasting crime events. effective data modeling and pre-processing are crucial when preparing datasets for graph neural networks, particularly for crime prediction tasks. these processes dictate how raw data is transformed and integrated into graph structures, significantly impacting the model’s performance and its ability to learn and identify meaningful patterns. for instance, when street maps are used to generate graph-based spatial discretization, the nodes of the graph can correspond to street segments, with edges connecting nodes whose street segments intersect. additionally, attributes can be assigned to nodes and edges of the graph. the challenge to make this assignment lies in integrating data from different modalities, discretizations, and resolutions. for instance, socioeconomic indicators, population education levels, and the number of points of interest (such as bars, bus stops, and schools) near each graph node or edge are typically discretized into census tracts and considered static information. climate data is provided at a few specific locations and varies over time, while crime events are geolocated and typically dispersed throughout the spatial urban domain. properly integrating all these data sources into the nodes and edges of the graph is a problem for which no consolidated methodology currently exists. this work presents a data modeling methodology capable of integrating data from different modalities and distinct discretization domains into a graph structure derived from street maps. the proposed data modeling method has been employed to structure data used as input for two distinct spatiotemporal gnn models. specifically, we evaluate and compare the dynamic self-attention network (dysat) [26] and the evolving graph convolutional network (evolvegcn) [22] both adapted to operate in crime data. dysat employs a dynamic self-attention mechanism to model the temporal evolution of node representations, effectively capturing long-range dependencies in both space and time. evolvegcn, on the other hand, uses recurrent neural network (rnn) architectures to dynamically update the parameters of the gcn layers, thus adapting to changes in the graph structure over time. dysat and evolvegcn performance are compared against a baseline to better understand the advantages and limitations of the gnns in the context of crime prediction. our contributions. in summary, the main contributions of the present work are: 1. data modeling pipeline: we develop a robust data processing pipeline to integrate crime (we used data from são paulo’s department of public safety [27]) and urban infrastructure into a graph derived from a street map. this integration allows for a detailed and dynamic representation of the crime landscape in são paulo. the proposed pipeline is versatile enough to be applied to various domains and geographical areas, requiring only the data is geolocated. 2. gnns for crime data: we adapt two distinct spatiotemporal gnn architectures, dysat and evolvegcn, for crime prediction. to our knowledge, these models have not been previously applied to the context of crime prediction. 3. models evaluation and comparison: we thoroughly and comprehensively evaluate and compare dysat and evolvegcn using the processed são paulo crime data, assessing their effectiveness in learning from historical data and predicting future crime occurrences. this study explores the effectiveness of gnn architectures, specifically dysat and evolvegcn, in the crime domain by applying, evaluating, and comparing these models on crime data using our developed data pipeline. integrating street maps and crime data, combined with advanced spatiotemporal modeling techniques, provides a novel approach to understanding and predicting crime dynamics in urban environments. our findings offer valuable insights for researchers and practitioners working on crime prevention and public safety enhancement. 2 related work crime analytics has been an essential area of urban safety and policy-making study. traditional studies primarily focus on statistical methods and classical machine learning models. for instance, gorr and harries [9] employed time-series regression models to forecast crime rates, concentrating primarily on the temporal elements of crime data. these models, while valuable, often needed to account for the spatial dependencies that inherently exist in crime patterns. spatial analysis techniques, such as hotspot analysis and spatial clustering [6], have been used to identify areas with high crime rates. these methods highlight the geographic concentration of crimes but typically lack the temporal dimension essential for dynamic crime prediction. recent advancements in spatio-temporal data modeling have enabled the development of sophisticated and complex analytical tools for analyzing complex phenomena [8]. for instance, salinas et al. [25] proposed a city hub framework that integrates data from different sources on the nodes of a street map graph, aiming mainly to investigate crime-related phenomena. although their goal was more on visualizing and analyzing crime events, they leveraged crime prediction models to support the analysis. to analyze human and drug trafficking crimes ahmed et al. [2] used entity resolution techniques to merge multiple state-wide and county-wide crime datasets into a geographic graph, combining incident reports, crime reports, and court records, in a single dataset. however, their data do not account for urban-related variables, which are fundamental for crime analysis. the work by salinas et al. [25] and ahmed et al. [2] are examples of methods designed to integrate data into a graph structure. however, as far as we know, there is no consolidated methodology to perform such an integration. deep learning models such as convolutional neural networks [21] and recurrent neural networks [19] have been adapted for handling spatio-temporal data, with noteworthy success. shi at al. [28], for instance, demonstrated the effectiveness of cnns for spatial feature extraction and rnns for capturing temporal dependencies in video data. despite these advancements, these models frequently struggle with irregular and non-euclidean data structures, which are natural real-world representations, particularly for urban analytics [4]. graph neural networks (gnns) have emerged as robust tools for modeling complex graph-structured data. the work by kipf and welling [15] on graph convolutional networks (gcns) indicated that gnns can leverage connectivity information present in graph data to improve predictive performance. however, static gnns are limited in their ability to model temporal dynamics, which is critical for many real-world applications, including crime prediction. dynamic gnns extend static gnns by integrating temporal information, making them suitable for spatio-temporal prediction tasks. for instance, the dynamic self-attention network (dysat) [26] employs a self-attention mechanism to capture temporal dependencies within dynamic graphs. similarly, evolving graph convolutional networks (evolvegcn) [22] use recurrent neural networks to update node embeddings over time, effectively capturing the evolution of graph structures. these dynamic gnns have shown substantial advancements in various applications, such as traffic prediction, social network analysis, and financial forecasting, effectively modeling the temporal evolution of graph data. in the context of crimes, han et al. [10] developed a crime prediction framework using graph convolutional networks to model the spatial dependencies between different regions and long short-term memory (lstm) networks to capture temporal patterns. jin et al. [13] introduced a spatio-temporal graph convolutional network (st-gcn) that combines gcns with recurrent neural networks to predict crime hotspots, learning both spatial and temporal features from crime data. the discussion above has only the intent of contextualizing our contribution. a more comprehensive discussion about the use of machine and deep learning for crime forecasting can be found in several surveys bout the theme [5, 18, 29]. 3 data modeling for this study, we utilized crime data from the são paulo department of public safety [27], which includes detailed information on crime occurrences with latitude and longitude coordinates. to complement this data, we extracted street network data using the osmnx python package [3]. the street network data is used to construct graphs representing streets as nodes and their connections as edges. each node is labeled to indicate the presence or absence of a crime, making the labels dynamic as they evolve over time. the crime and street network data are integrated to form a spatiotemporal dataset. this integration is crucial for creating the dynamic graph structures necessary for our models. the resulting dataset consists of monthly snapshots of the graph spanning two years, resulting in 24 graphs in total. in this work, we have used months as a time duration, but our data modeling pipeline can also be used for days and years, depending on the analysis. we decided to use monthly intervals as a temporal range to reduce the sparsity effect in the data. if processed daily, the ratio of occurrences to non-occurrences would be around 1/100, whereas with monthly processing, it is around 1/5. in more details, the graph construction process involved the following steps: 1. downloading street graph from given region: we use osmnx [3] to download street graphs from openstreetmaps. our code allows us to input two types of parameters at this stage: a string containing the location from which we want to fetch the graph, or a polygon formed by a list of latitude/longitude coordinates defining the region of interest. in this study, we restricted our graph to the central region of são paulo. 2. processing street graph: in step 1, we acquire a directed graph where streets are depicted as edges and intersections as vertices, encompassing diverse transportation networks. in this step, we unify all types of transportation networks and invert the roles of vertices and edges: street segments are redefined as vertices, while intersections become edges, resulting in a undirected graph. 3. extracting spatial features: for each vertex, we associate a feature vector containing spatial information. these features are static and sourced from the public geosampa website [24], which provides tools for extracting various data about the city. the features selected for testing include points of interest, such as the number of health, cultural, security, education, and social assistance services located within a predetermined distance from a node where a crime occurred. 4. projecting crime data: crime data is extracted from são paulo’s department of public safety [27]. each occurrence is associated with a latitude and longitude coordinate, which is then projected onto the respective street vertex. crimes with coordinates outside the region define in step 1 are removed. the complete data processing pipeline can be found in our github repositoryfootnote 1. the final result of our data processing pipeline is illustrated in fig. 1. figure 1 represents data from the month immediately following the training period. the street segments with green lines represent the non-crime nodes (streets), and the red lines represent crime nodes. fig. 1. street map graph for the central region of são paulo. crime nodes are marked in red, and non-crime nodes are marked in green. (color figure online) full size image 4 models this paper utilizes two distinct graph neural networks (gnns) architectures for crime prediction: dysat [26] and evolvegcn [22]. the choice of dysat and evolvegcn is motivated by their ability to handle dynamic graphs effectively [16], making them eligible for our analysis. 4.1 dysat dynamic self-attention network (dysat) [26] is an unsupervised graph embedding model that learns a latent node representation to capture dynamic graph representation. it computes node representations through self-attention along two dimensions (layers): structural neighborhood and temporal dynamics. the structural attention layer extracts features from local node neighborhoods in each snapshot through self-attentional aggregation. the temporal attention layer captures the temporal variations in graph structure over multiple time steps. dysat leverages the self-attention mechanism to concentrate on the most appropriate parts of the graph when updating node representations. this permits the model to effectively consider the importance of different nodes and edges, improving its ability to learn complex patterns. dysat jointly learns both spatial (structural) and temporal patterns. by integrating these two types of information, it constructs more accurate and robust node embeddings. the architecture of the model is as follows: input layer: the input to the dysat model consists of snapshots of the dynamic graph over all time steps. each snapshot describes the graph at a particular time step, with nodes and edges having associated features. spatial self-attention: each snapshot undergoes a spatial self-attention layer to capture structural associations, estimating attention scores between nodes to aggregate information from relevant neighbors. temporal self-attention: spatial embeddings are then processed through a temporal self-attention layer to learn temporal dependencies and how node representations evolve over time. output layer: final node embeddings are obtained by integrating spatial and temporal embeddings, used for tasks like node classification, link prediction, and anomaly detection. in this study, we used them for node classification. 4.2 evolvegcn the main goal of evolving graph convolutional networks (evolvegcn) [22] is to adapt gcns, originally designed for static graphs, to effectively handle graphs that evolve continuously. this adaptation is crucial for real-world applications such as social networks, recommendation systems, and communication networks, where relationships between entities evolve over time. evolvegcn achieves this by introducing an evolutionary approach to update gcn parameters as the graph evolves. it treats these parameters as temporal sequences and utilizes time-series models to predict and adjust them over time. the method focuses on two primary models for parameter evolution: hidden model: this model employs lstm networks to capture temporal dependencies and evolve gcn parameters based on historical states. output model: in contrast, this model uses direct rnn architectures to update parameters based on output states from the previous layers. in this work, we make use of the hidden version. the training of evolvegcn involves optimizing not only the base gcn’s parameters but also the evolution model’s (lstm or rnn) parameters. at each new time step, the gcn’s weights are updated using the selected evolution model, ensuring that the network adapts to the graph’s changing dynamics. 4.3 baseline models we compare the gnn models against three traditional non-deep learning models: support vector machine (svm), random forest and logistic regression. this analysis aims to highlight the predictive capabilities of gnns in contrast to these established machine learning approaches. by evaluating the performance of these traditional models, we provide a benchmark to better understand the advantages and limitations of gnns in the context of crime prediction. 5 experimental setup we conducted experiments on a real-world crime records dataset collected in sao paulo from jan. 1st, 2021, to dec. 31st, 2022. we integrated the crime data with street map data and transformed them into dynamic graphs; the transformation details are already discussed in sect. 3. dynamic graphs are a series of static graph snapshots, \(g = \{g^1, ..., g^t\}\) where t represents the number of time steps. in this work, each snapshot represents the crime data for a month, therefore, in total, we have 24 months of graph snapshots. we generated 22 instances from 24 snapshots using a sliding window approach, with each instance comprising three consecutive months (the first two for training and the last for evaluation). these were split 80-20 ratio into 17 for train/validation and 5 for testing, with the train/validation set further divided into 12 for training and 5 for validation. this method captures temporal dependencies while ensuring unbiased evaluation. each graph has 4021 nodes and 19899 edges. the graph statistics are described in table 1. table 1. crime dataset summary.full size table 5.1 models hyperparameters we conducted several experiments varying the hyperparameters and selected the most advantageous trade-off among the metrics used. ultimately, we chose the hyperparameters based on the stability of the performance in the training and validation sets, which led to a significant improvement. dysat. in our dysat model experiments, we carefully selected hyperparameters to balance complexity, efficiency, and overfitting. to address the dataset’s imbalance, we used classweights with a 1:4 ratio for majority and minority classes. we set the learning rate at 0.01 and applied weight decay of 0.0005 to regularize the model. dropout rates of 0.4 and 0.5 were used for spatial and temporal attention to enhance robustness. the model’s architecture included 16 attention heads and 128 units in spatial and temporal layers, enabling it to capture complex relationships while maintaining computational efficiency. table 2. models hyperparameters.full size table evolvegcn. three primary hyperparameters in evolvegcn significantly impact its performance. the first, classweights, assigns weights to classes, with the second value weighting the target class (class 1) and the first value weighting class 0. the second, numberofsteps, defines the number of temporal layers (e.g., months) the model considers for predictions. the third, featurespernodes, determines the input and output dimensions between network layers, adjusting the state vector’s size during processing. table 2 provides the selected hyperparameter values. baselines. we utilize the default parameters provided by the scikit-learn python library [23] for all the baseline methods. however, due to the dataset’s imbalanced nature, we employ the classweight parameter set to ’balanced’ across all these methods. this adjustment ensures more accurate results by addressing the class imbalance that would otherwise degrade the model’s performance. we have a list of features for each time step, with each element representing a dataframe of node features at a specific time step. to prepare the data for traditional baseline methods, we employed a sliding window approach with a window size of 3. in this method, we selected three consecutive dataframes, concatenated the first two for training, and used the third for testing, averaging the results across all sliding windows. 6 evaluation we used precision, recall, and f1-score to compare the models’ performance. these metrics are calculated for both the positive class (crime occurrences) and the negative class (no crime occurrences). 6.1 metrics performance in both deep learning models, as illustrated in fig. 2, the training and validation loss curves are closely aligned and consistently decrease with the increase in epochs. the close alignment of these curves indicates that the models generalize well to unseen data, providing strong evidence that overfitting is not occurring. this observation is further affirmed by comparing validation and test metrics shown in fig. 3. however, during the training of the evolvegcn model, an unusual spike occurs around epoch 800. we hypothesize that this may be due to the model encountering a local valley in the loss landscape. further investigation is required to confirm this hypothesis. fig. 2. training and validation loss over epochs of gnns models. full size image dysat. in the context of highly imbalanced data, achieving high f1 scores is particularly challenging but essential for effective model performance. in fig. 3a, the increasing f1 scores for both validation and test sets indicate that the dysat model is adept at handling the imbalanced dataset. an f1 score of 0.57 on the validation set demonstrates that the model reasonably balances precision and recall. it signifies that dysat can correctly identify many positive instances while minimizing false positives and negatives. similarly, an f1 score of around 0.55 on the test set indicates that the model generalizes well to unseen data. additionally, table 3 reaffirms dysat’s superior performance compared to other methods. the dysat model’s ability to manage the complexities of imbalanced data and maintain consistent performance across validation and test sets highlights its potential for real-world applications, particularly in areas where accurate minority class predictions are critical. fig. 3. f1 scores over epochs of gnn’s model full size image evolvegcn. despite the evolvegcn model’s metrics not ranking among the highest, when we plot the model’s results on the map for hotspot analysis, we observe an interesting outcome. as illustrated in fig. 4, the reason for the metrics not being so high is that the model tends to favor classifying safe (blue) and unsafe (red) areas only when there is strong evidence to do so, which explains the large number of uncertain areas (blue) and the higher recall compared to all other models. this aspect of the model has its advantages and disadvantages. for instance, while this cautious approach may lead to more reliable identifications of true hotspots, it can also result in overlooking subtle but important patterns or changes in the data, thereby affecting the model’s overall precision and specificity. table 3. performance metrics.full size table fig. 4. model predictions projected onto street graph. (color figure online) full size image baselines. when it comes to traditional machine learning models, random forest achieved results comparable to the dysat model for class 1 metrics, while logistic regression performed similarly to the evolvegcn model, as shown in table 3. in contrast, the svm model demonstrated notably poor performance. despite the metrics being similar to those of graph-based models, there is a crucial caveat to consider: traditional models do not take into account the temporal dynamics of our data. consequently, they fail to generalize their predictions over time. this limitation becomes particularly evident when plotting predictions on a map for hotspot construction, as we show in fig. 4. in these figures, green represents “safe” zones, red indicates “dangerous” zones, and blue signifies model uncertainty. notably, the gnn models have distinct safe and dangerous regions, which we will discuss in the next section. however, in traditional models, these regions are less clear. this is because the models are often uncertain about their predictions (as seen with svm, logistic regression and even random forest have more blue lines) or because they make highly heterogeneous predictions across the region of interest. 6.2 hotspot analysis as shown in fig. 5, predictions produced by gnn methods, which consider the temporal dynamics of the events under study, can pinpoint several notable regions on the map, marked a, b, c, d, e, and f. these regions are significant as they align with known areas of high or low crime rates in central são paulo, as shown in fig. 1. a detailed description of each region is provided below: a. encompasses the entire república neighborhood in são paulo, which is widely known for its high risk of robbery and theft. b. located just above the república neighborhood, is identified by our model as a safer area. examination of this region reveals the presence of several banks, including bradesco, santander, and itaú, in the nearby blocks. c. includes the surroundings of the estação da luz in são paulo, a well-known high-traffic area with a reputation for being dangerous. d. covers the vicinity of largo da concórdia square in são paulo, near a lojão do brás. this area, where most transportation is on foot, experiences a high incidence of pickpocketing, leading to many cell phone thefts. e. encompasses regions a and is very close to region c. f. encompasses region d. fig. 5. noteworthy predicted regions. (color figure online) full size image in our hotspot maps, shown in figs. 4 and 5, we used soft predictions for both baseline and gnn models to better represent prediction confidence. probabilities were mapped into three regions: non-crime (green) for probabilities near 0, uncertain (blue) for probabilities around 0.5, and crime (red) for probabilities near 1. this mapping effectively highlights areas of high and low confidence. when comparing traditional machine learning models to graph neural networks (gnns), the latter demonstrates significant advantages in capturing the complex spatial and temporal dependencies inherent in crime data. among the traditional models tested, logistic regression, random forest, and svm, random forest achieved the highest f1-score, slightly surpassing the gnn models, particularly dysat. however, gnns practical application reveals its superiority. when visualizing predictions on a street map, dysat effectively identifies crime hotspots with clear regions of red (crime nodes) and green (no crime nodes) and minimal uncertainty (blue lines) as shown in fig. 5. this contrasts with random forest, which shows more uncertainty and less distinct regions. thus, despite a some slightly lower scores, gnns practical performance in hotspot identification demonstrates its superior effectiveness over traditional models. while somewhat subjective, this approach enhances our understanding of spatial crime patterns. 7 conclusion this study demonstrates the potential of graph neural networks (gnns), specifically dysat and evolvegcn, in improving crime prediction accuracy by effectively modeling crime data’s dynamic and interconnected nature. the developed data modeling pipeline, integrating crime data with street map graphs, enables a detailed representation of crime dynamics in são paulo. our evaluation and comparison of dysat and evolvegcn reveal their effectiveness in learning from historical data and predicting future crime occurrences. these findings highlight the need for further exploration and adoption of gnns in the crime prediction domain, offering valuable insights for enhancing public safety strategies and crime prevention efforts. notes 1.https://github.com/giva-lab/bracis2024_gnn.git. references ahishakiye, e., taremwa, d., omulo, e.o., niyonzima, i.: crime prediction using decision tree (j48) classification algorithm. int. j. comput. inf. technol. 6(3), 188–195 (2017) google scholar  ahmed, s., gentili, m., sierra-sosa, d., elmaghraby, a.s.: multi-layer data integration technique for combining heterogeneous crime data. inf. process. manag. 59(3), 102879 (2022) article  math  google scholar  boeing, g.: modeling and analyzing urban networks and amenities with osmnx (2024). https://geoffboeing.com/share/osmnx-paper.pdf casali, y., aydin, n.y., comes, t.: machine learning for spatial analyses in urban areas: a scoping review. sustain. urban areas 85, 104050 (2022) math  google scholar  dakalbab, f., talib, m.a., waraga, o.a., nassif, a.b., abbas, s., nasir, q.: artificial intelligence & crime prediction: a systematic literature review. soc. sci. humanit. open 6(1), 100342 (2022) google scholar  eck, j., chainey, s., cameron, j., wilson, r.: mapping crime: understanding hotspots (2005) google scholar  fan, w., et al.: graph neural networks for social recommendation. in: the world wide web conference, www 2019, pp. 417–426. association for computing machinery, new york (2019). https://doi.org/10.1145/3308558.3313488 garcía-zanabria, g., et al.: cripav: street-level crime patterns analysis and visualization. ieee trans. vis. comput. graph. 28(12), 4000–4015 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1109/tvcg.2021.3111146 gorr, w., harries, r.: introduction to crime forecasting. int. j. forecast. 19(4), 551–555 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1016/s0169-2070(03)00089-x article  math  google scholar  han, x., hu, x., wu, h., shen, b., wu, j.: risk prediction of theft crimes in urban communities: an integrated model of lstm and st-gcn. ieee access 8, 217222–217230 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2020.3041924 article  google scholar  jenga, k., catal, c., kar, g.: machine learning in crime prediction. j. ambient. intell. humaniz. comput. 14(3), 2887–2913 (2023) article  math  google scholar  jiang, w., luo, j.: graph neural network for traffic forecasting: a survey. expert syst. appl. 207, 117921 (2022). https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0957417422011654 jin, g., wang, q., zhu, c., feng, y., huang, j., zhou, j.: addressing crime situation forecasting task with temporal graph convolutional neural network approach. in: 2020 12th international conference on measuring technology and mechatronics automation (icmtma), pp. 474–478 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1109/icmtma50254.2020.00108 jin, g., wang, q., zhu, c., feng, y., huang, j., zhou, j.: addressing crime situation forecasting task with temporal graph convolutional neural network approach. in: 2020 12th international conference on measuring technology and mechatronics automation (icmtma), pp. 474–478 (2020) google scholar  kipf, t.n., welling, m.: semi-supervised classification with graph convolutional networks. arxiv preprint arxiv:1609.02907 (2016) longa, a., et al.: graph neural networks for temporal graphs: state of the art, open challenges, and opportunities (2023) google scholar  mandalapu, v., elluri, l., vyas, p., roy, n.: crime prediction using machine learning and deep learning: a systematic review and future directions. ieee access 11, 60153–60170 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2023.3286344 article  google scholar  mandalapu, v., elluri, l., vyas, p., roy, n.: crime prediction using machine learning and deep learning: a systematic review and future directions. ieee access 11, 60153–60170 (2023) article  google scholar  medsker, l.r., jain, l., et al.: recurrent neural networks. des. appl. 5(64–67), 2 (2001) math  google scholar  oh, g., song, j., park, h., na, c.: evaluation of random forest in crime prediction: comparing three-layered random forest and logistic regression. deviant behav. 43(9), 1036–1049 (2022) article  math  google scholar  o’shea, k., nash, r.: an introduction to convolutional neural networks. arxiv preprint arxiv:1511.08458 (2015) pareja, a., et al.: evolvegcn: evolving graph convolutional networks for dynamic graphs. arxiv abs/1902.10191 (2019). https://api.semanticscholar.org/corpusid:67856459 pedregosa, f., et al.: scikit-learn: machine learning in python. j. mach. learn. res. 12, 2825–2830 (2011) google scholar  geosampa. https://geosampa.prefeitura.sp.gov.br. accessed 20 june 2024 salinas, k., gonçalves, t., barella, v., vieira, t., nonato, l.g.: cityhub: a library for urban data integration. in: 2022 35th sibgrapi conference on graphics, patterns and images (sibgrapi), vol. 1, pp. 43–48. ieee (2022) google scholar  sankar, a., wu, y., gou, l., zhang, w., yang, h.: dysat: deep neural representation learning on dynamic graphs via self-attention networks. in: proceedings of the 13th international conference on web search and data mining, wsdm 2020, pp 519–527. association for computing machinery, new york (2020). https://doi.org/10.1145/3336191.3371845 secretaria de segurança pública. https://www.ssp.sp.gov.br/estatistica/consultas. accessed 20 june 2024 shi, x., chen, z., wang, h., yeung, d.y., wong, w.k., woo, w.c.: convolutional lstm network: a machine learning approach for precipitation nowcasting. in: cortes, c., lawrence, n., lee, d., sugiyama, m., garnett, r. (eds.) advances in neural information processing systems, vol. 28. curran associates, inc. (2015). https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2015/file/07563a3fe3bbe7e3ba84431ad9d055af-paper.pdf thomas, a., sobhana, n.: a survey on crime analysis and prediction. mater. today proc. 58, 310–315 (2022) article  math  google scholar  wu, s., sun, f., zhang, w., xie, x., cui, b.: graph neural networks in recommender systems: a survey. acm comput. surv. 55(5) (2022). https://doi.org/10.1145/3535101 zhou, j., et al.: graph neural networks: a review of methods and applications. ai open 1, 57–81 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aiopen.2021.01.001 article  math  google scholar  download references acknowledgments this work was supported by cnpq (#307184/2021-8) and fapesp (#2022/09091-8, #2023/16334-7, #2013/07375-0, #2023/15618-1). the opinions, hypotheses, conclusions and recommendations expressed in this material are responsibility of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect cnpq and fapesp views. author information authors and affiliations university of são paulo, são carlos, brazil waqar hassan, marvin mendes cabral, antonio castelo filho & luis gustavo nonato federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil thiago rodrigo ramos authors waqar hassanview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar marvin mendes cabralview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar thiago rodrigo ramosview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar antonio castelo filhoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar luis gustavo nonatoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to waqar hassan . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri ethics declarations disclosure of interests the authors have no competing interests to declare that are relevant to the content of this article. rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper hassan, w., cabral, m.m., ramos, t.r., filho, a.c., nonato, l.g. (2025). modeling and predicting crimes in the city of são paulo using graph neural networks. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_26 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_26 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords data modeling graph neural networks crime prediction publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature development of a deep learning model for the classification of mosquito larvae images | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper development of a deep learning model for the classification of mosquito larvae images conference paper first online: 12 october 2023 pp 129–145 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2023) development of a deep learning model for the classification of mosquito larvae images download book pdf download book epub ramon mayor martins9, bruno manarin espíndola9, pedro philippi araujo9, christiane gresse von wangenheim9, carlos josé de carvalho pinto10 & … gisele caminha11  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 14197)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 533 accesses 4 citations 1 altmetric abstract dengue is a disease that is endemic to certain regions, and in 2022, it was responsible for more than three million cases in the americas. one of the most effective ways to prevent dengue is by preventing the formation of breeding sites for the aedes aegypti mosquito, which is the primary vector of the disease. unfortunately, identifying these breeding sites remains a challenge as citizens lack knowledge to distinguish ae. aegypti larvae from other species. a solution can be the development of a deep learning model, to be deployed in a mobile application that classifies mosquito species using photos of larvae. currently only a few models are available that mostly differentiate only between genera (aedes versus non-aedes), or present very low accuracy. therefore, the objective of this research is to develop an image classification model that can differentiate between ae. aegypti, aedes albopictus, and culex sp. larvae using pictures taken with a cellphone camera by comparing various deep learning models (mobilenetv2, resnet18, resnet34, efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0). best results were obtained with efficientnet_lite0 with an accuracy of 97.5% during validation and 90% during testing, an acceptable result considering the risks related to a misclassification in this context. these results demonstrate the viability of a classification of mosquito larvae differentiating even between aedes species and thus providing a contribution to the prevention of dengue. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others implementation of a deep learning model for automated classification of aedes aegypti (linnaeus) and aedes albopictus (skuse) in real time article open access 10 may 2021 mosquito larvae image classification based on densenet and guided grad-cam chapter © 2019 identifying aedes aegypti mosquitoes by sensors and one-class classifiers chapter © 2017 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. categorization dengue virus entomology machine learning model invertebrates west nile virus 1 introduction dengue is an acute febrile disease caused by a virus, which is transmitted mainly by the aedes aegypti, a mosquito that also transmits chikungunya fever and the zika virus [20]. it is an endemic disease in the americas, africa, asia and oceania. the world health organization estimates that, annually, between 100 and 400 million cases occur each year, with 500,000 to 1 million developing the severe form, which can be fatal [33]. in brazil, dengue is a public health problem. according to the [24], approximately 1.5 million probable cases were registered in brazil in 2022, an increase of 206% compared to 2021. this shows the importance of disease prevention for the well-being of the population. one of the most effective ways to prevent dengue is to eliminate breeding sites for the aedes aegypti mosquito, the primary vector of the disease. larvae foci can be found commonly in artificial deposits and containers with stagnant water (e.g., flower pots or tires), where they allow the development of the mosquito larvae. therefore, an important actor in controlling this disease control is the population, by preventing the formation of breeding sites in their homes. unfortunately, identifying these breeding sites remains a challenge, as the general population lacks sufficient knowledge to distinguish ae. aegypti larvae from other species, such as aedes albopictus or culex sp. also to be found in urban regions in santa catarina [12]. mosquitoes is a holometabolous insect which goes through the complete metamorphosis process from eggs, larva, pupa, to the adult stage. the most favorable stage for collecting mosquito samples may be the larval stage, since it is contained in a place with water. morphological characteristics of the larva, color, bristles, length of breathing tube, its positioning in the water are factors taken into consideration for the characterization of the insect, such as the differentiation of culex and aedes mosquitoes. usually the classification of mosquito larvae is based on a microscopic analysis by biologists [14]. an alternative solution in order to enable citizens to identify the presence of ae. aegypti larvae in their homes could be to develop a deep learning (dl) model for the automatic classification of mosquito larvaes deployed in a mobile application that enables the classification using a photograph of a mosquito larva found by the user taken with the cellphone camera. this would make the diagnosis quick and accessible, not requiring specialist knowledge of mosquito morphology. there is already research on the development of dl models aiming at the classification of mosquito larvae images. yet, most of the existing models do not classify between aedes species, thus omitting important information when to be used for dengue prevention. the only model developed to distinguish between aedes species [5] reported a very low accuracy of only 64.58% that is inappropriate considering the risk of misclassification. another limitation of existing research is the use of either microscopic images or pictures taken with a special zoom lens [17, 25], not available to a broader audience. therefore, aiming at the development of a dl model to be deployed in a mobile application to be used by citizens in the urban region of florianopolis/sc, we analyze the following research question: is it possible to develop a dl model to classify larvae of ae. aegypti, ae. albopictus and culex sp. mosquitoes based on photos taken with a cellphone camera with an accuracy of at least 90%, considering the risk related to erroneous classification in the context of an intelligent mobile application to be used by a wide target audience. 2 background: morphology of mosquito larvae there are fundamental differences in the morphology of mosquito larvae between different genera and species as shown in fig. 1. mosquito larvae have three body regions: head, thorax, and abdomen. the head of mosquito larvae is large and sclerotized (composed of a hardened exoskeleton). the shape of the head of aedes and culex larvae is broad. the head has two eyes, two antennae, and a brush-like or comb-like mouth apparatus. the eyes are usually small, simple (not compound) and are found on both sides of the head [8]. the head of the aedes is generally shorter and wider than that of the culex. aedes antennae have small scales on the surface, while culex antennae are smooth. aedes jaws are wider and shorter than culex jaws. in general, the thorax of larvae is wider than the head and has three rows of bristles. the thorax of the aedes has white spots. culex's thorax has no distinctive spots. in addition, the bristles on the surface of the thorax of aedes are longer and more sparse than those of culex. commonly, the abdomen is elongated, composed of ten segments, and its eighth segment has the respiratory siphon that is used to distinguish between species [7, 8]. the abdomen of the aedes is shorter and wider than that of the culex, while the scales on the abdomen of the aedes are rounder and darker than those of the culex. fig. 1. fundamental differences in the morphology of mosquito larvae: aedes and culex sp. [9, 14]. full size image the siphon in the abdomen allows the larvae to breathe oxygen from the air while remaining submerged in water. the siphon is one of the main characteristics used to identify mosquito species. its shape, size and length can vary greatly between species, as well as the presence or absence of a specialized structure called a “pecten”. the pecten is a row of spines located at the base of the siphon. there are some notable differences in the siphon between aedes and culex. the culex siphon is longer and narrower than the one of aedes [7, 8, 14, 32]. the genus aedes has two main disease vector species, ae. aegypti and ae. albopictus. some morphological characteristics distinguish the larvae of these species [7]. the head of the ae. aegypti is more rounded, while the head of the ae. albopictus is more elongated. there are also subtle differences in the bristles of the antennae. the bristles on the thorax of the ae. aegypti are longer, while in the ae. albopictus they are shorter. and on the abdomen, the bristles of the aedes albopictus are simpler and without many branches (fig. 2) [7, 8, 14, 32]. fig. 2. main differences in the head, thorax and abdomen of aedes species (ae. aegypti and ae. albopictus) and culex [8, 14]. full size image all these characteristics are commonly distinguishable only by biologists and specialists, typically with the aid of microscopes. 3 related work to summarize research adopting deep learning for the automatic classification of images of mosquito larvae during the last ten years, a systematic mapping following the procedure proposed by [26] was conducted. as a result a total of 12 research articles were found published mostly during the last five years (table 1). table 1. overview on research adopting dl for the classification of mosquito larvae images.full size table most of the research focuses on the classification of aedes vs. non-aedes mosquito larvae, omitting detailed information when using the model for dengue prevention, while few aim at distinguishing between aedes species. few also consider the culex species [5, 30], another vector of diseases (such as encephalitis, lymphatic filariasis and nile fever). focusing on the development of such a model to be used by citizens for dengue prevention, especially in the urban region of florianópolis/sc, it is imperative to consider all relevant species, including also a differentiation between ae. aegypti and ae. albopictus in order to help the users to take adequate actions to prevent proliferation. yet, so far no research in brazil with such a focus has been encountered. only [5] presents a research that addresses the primary mosquito species of concern, including ae. aegypti, ae. albopictus, anopheles, and culex sp. however, the results achieved were not significant, with a reported accuracy of only 64%. this low level of accuracy poses a significant risk for users and could put human lives in danger in the context of the usage scenario. another limitation regarding most existing research is that the dl models have been trained with microscopic images, different from photos that would be taken by a citizen with a cellphone camera. only [5, 17] and [25] use images taken in with a cellphone, yet using a special zoom lens, which again will not be available to a broader audience. the current research mostly used convolutional neural networks (cnns), including resnets as well as older models such as alexnet. no research with more recent cnns, such as efficientnets have been encountered, although high performances have been reported in other application domains comparing it with other models [31]. the performance of the trained models varies largely, with an accuracy ranging from 59.67% [30] to about 97% [13, 29], while most performance results are rather low especially considering the risk related to a misclassification in this context. the highest performances reported are also related to classifications distinguishing only aedes vs. non-aedes, but not among aedes species. although densenet achieved a high accuracy (97%), as reported by [13], it was not designed specifically for mobile applications, and generally has a higher number of parameters and computational complexity. the only research reporting performance with respect to the classification between aedes species [5] indicates a very low accuracy of only 64.58%. these results show that there is currently a lack of dl models for the automatic classification of mosquito larvae that are able to distinguish between aedes species based on pictures taken with a cellphone camera with minimal acceptable accuracy. 4 research methodology this research is characterized as applied research [16] by identifying and characterizing a need and aiming to contribute a practical solution adopting dl. based on the results of a previous systematic mapping as presented in sect. 3, we follow a systematic process for the human-centric interactive development of deep learning models [1, 22, 28]. as presented in table 2 this includes the analysis of requirements, data preparation and an experiment on training and evaluating different dl models, as well as testing the trained models with new unseen images. the evaluation results are compared between the different dl models as well as in comparison with models encountered in literature. table 2. overview on phases of the research methodology.full size table 5 development of the image classification model 5.1 requirements analysis adopting [23] requirements notation, the goal is to develop a dl model that learns from experience e with respect to some class of tasks t and with performance measure p, if its performance on tasks in t, measured by p, improves with experience e. here, task (t) is to classify mosquito larvae (single label) from a photo taken with a cellphone camera. experience (e) is a corpus of labeled images of mosquito larvae of the genus aedes including the species ae. aegypti, ae. albopictus, genus culex and a non-mosquito object. in terms of performance (p), considering the risk of misclassification in this context, an accuracy performance level greater than 90% is expected in order to ensure that the model can effectively identify mosquito larvae and contribute to dengue prevention efforts. this level of accuracy would provide a sufficient degree of confidence in the model’s ability to identify mosquito larvae correctly and minimize the risk of false positives or false negatives. 5.2 data preparation due to the unavailability of public datasets of cellphone photos of larvae of the relevant mosquito species, we collected a set of 1.999 images, including 748 images of ae. aegypti larvae, 464 images of ae. albopictus larvae, 447 images of culex sp. larvae and 340 images of non-mosquito objectsfootnote 1. the images were collected and labeled by researchers from the initiative computação na escola/incod/ine/ufsc in cooperation with the laboratory of hematozoan transmitters/ufsc and the coordination of the laboratory reference network/central public health laboratory of sc. the images were taken with cell phone cameras (samsung galaxy s10, xiaomi redmi note 9 and xiaomi mi 11 pro) without any additional lenses (table 3). table 3. camera specifications.full size table the images were collected with varying backgrounds, angles, and resolutions and saved in.jpg format (fig. 3). fig. 3. examples of images from the data set. full size image in order to assure data quality the following data quality characteristics were considered in accordance with ieee std 2801 [18] as presented in table 4. table 4. data quality characteristics.full size table the data set was divided into a training (79.2%), validation (19.8%), and test (2%) set. 5.3 model training, evaluation and comparison in accordance with literature five different dl architectures for image classification that are also indicated for deployment in mobile applications have been trained: mobilenetv2, resnet18, resnet34, efficientnet_b0, and efficientnet_lite0. mobilenetv2 is an architecture designed specifically for mobile device applications, with a focus on efficiency and low resource consumption [15]. resnets 18 and 34 were chosen because of their efficiency and being the least complex of the resnet architecture family considering a deployment in a mobile app [6]. efficientnet_b0 is the most basic version of the efficientnet family, and is designed to be efficient in terms of both computational resources and performance [31] and the lightest version, efficientnet_lite0, designed specifically for mobile device applications [21]. the models were developed in python using jupyter notebook/google colab. for the development we used the fast.ai library [10], an open source deep learning library that provides a high-level api to simplify the process of training and validating dl models as well as its support for transfer learning. in order to run efficientnet and mobilenet architectures we also used the timm library, which provides a collection of pre-trained sota (state-of-the-art) computer vision models [10]. the images were resized to 224 × 224 pixels and subjected to random data augmentation. an overview of the training parameters and results is shown in table 5. table 5. overview on training parameters and results.full size table in an exploratory analysis of the results of the models’ validation, efficientnet_lite0 stands out by showing the best overall performance in terms of accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. this result is particularly notable considering that this architecture was designed to be efficient in terms of computational resources according to [21]. the resnet18, resnet34, and efficientnet_b0 models performed almost similarly, with all metrics above 96%. although there are subtle differences. resnet34 had slightly higher accuracy, while efficientnet_b0 had slightly higher precision, recall, and f1-score. mobilenetv2 demonstrated the worst performance among the models, with all metrics significantly below the others. despite being designed to be fast and lightweight, the model compromises performance in exchange for efficiency. the results of the evaluation of each model are presented in table 6. table 6. results of evaluation metrics.full size table 6 prediction test following iso/iec 4213 [19] we performed a test with the trained models predicting the classification of previously unseen images. 6.1 test preparation test dataset. the test set is composed of a total of 40 images with the data quality characteristics as described in table 7. table 7. test data set characteristicsfull size table metrics. to evaluate the performance of the models, the following metrics were employed: accuracy, to evaluate overall performance; precision and recall to support an understanding how the model handles false positives and false negatives, and f1 score, the harmonic mean of the accuracy and recall results; specificity was measured for correctly identifying negative examples and minimizing false positives. execution environment. the test was run using jupyter notebooks in google colab. 6.2 test results the test results are presented in table 8. table 8. test results.full size table the results show that the resnet18 model obtained the highest accuracy, precision, recall, and f1 score during the test, while the mobilenetv2 model obtained the lowest overall performance. efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0 perform similarly to resnet34 in terms of accuracy, precision, and recall. due to the higher accuracy, resnet18 performs better in correctly classifying both positive and negative examples, minimizing classification errors, including false positives and false negatives. due to higher precision, resnet18 and efficientnet_lite0 perform better in correctly identifying positive examples and minimizing false positives. the specificity of 97% for the resnet and efficientnet models families indicates that they are very effective at identifying true negatives while avoiding false positives. this high specificity value suggests that these models can correctly discern the negative classes, reducing the misclassification rate and improving the reliability of the predictions. the lowest performance results were observed with regard to mobilenetv2, which indicates that the model has a lower performance in correctly classifying examples in general. despite these results, and also having the lowest specificity among the models, the specificity of 87%, still indicates that mobilenetv2 can handle the identification of true negatives and avoid false positives with some efficiency. comparing resnet18, resnet34 and efficientnet_b0 only small differences between precision and recall (1%) were observed, suggesting that the models have a balanced performance between avoiding false positives (high precision) and identifying true positives (high recall). this is also confirmed by the f1 score of > 90% of resnet18, resnet34 and efficienttnet_b0, efficientnet_lite0, which indicates a robust performance of the models for correct identification of examples (table 9). table 9. confusion matricesfull size table the confusion matrices indicate that all models have accurately classified the images of ae. aegypti. in our usage scenario, any misclassification would have severe consequences, as it could mistakenly lead the user to believe that the larva found in their home is not a primary vector for dengue. resnet18, resnet34, efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0 demonstrate a similar misclassification of ae. albopictus as ae. aegypti, still being a classification error, yet with less risk to the user. resnet34, efficientnet_b0 also misclassified in one case an image of a culex sp. as ae. albopictus. again, mobilenetv2 demonstrated the worst performance misclassifying ae. albopictus, culex sp. and even non-mosquito objects. however, even this model did not misclassify any of the images of ae. aegypti. 7 discussion in this research we studied the viability of classifying images of mosquito larvae (ae. aegypti, ae. albopictus, culex, and nonmosquito) taken with a cellphone camera comparing the performance of different dl models (mobilenetv2, resnet18, resnet34, efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0). with the exception of mobilenetv2, the models reached convergence quickly and showed satisfactory validation results, suggesting that in a few training epochs they were able to learn the main features relevant for classification. the efficientnet_lite0 model achieved convergence the fastest, while efficientnet_b0 obtained the best fit to the data. resnet18, resnet34, efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0 achieved similar accuracy during validation ranging from 96.17% to 97.58%. similar results were also achieved during testing on previously unseen data, during which resnet34, efficientnet_b0 and efficientnet_lite0 demonstrated an accuracy of 90% and resnet 92.5%. these results provide a first indication that these models were able to learn the generalization of the classification of this kind of image, achieving performance results above the required minimum of 90% in the context of our usage scenario. analyzing the confusion matrices it can also be observed that none of the models misclassified the images of ae. aegypti, which would be the worst case in our usage scenario as it could harm the user due to leading him/her to not taking actions by not recognizing the larva found as a potential dengue vector. during training and validation the efficientnet families converged and fitted the dataset better due to the optimization techniques for automatic model size adjustment by efficientnet_lite0, and the resolution scaling adjustment technique of efficientnet_b0. yet, during testing the resnet18 model performed best with regard to all metrics due to a combination of factors. and, although resnet34 has a deeper architecture, which may allow it to learn more complex representations of the data, the increased complexity may also increase the risk of overfitting and make generalization to new data more difficult. in addition, resnet34 may be more susceptible to performance degradation issues, such as decreased performance when adding additional layers, which may have affected its classification performance. the mobilenetv2 underperformed the other models due to its simpler architecture, with fewer layers and fewer parameters. this limits its ability to learn complex data representations, affecting classification performance. and, although these characteristics make it light and fast, they also result in lower performance. threats to validity. as any empirical study there are several threats to validity. concerning selection bias, we aimed at preparing a diverse and representative sample of images that covers the range of variability in the population being studied. we considered various cameras, backgrounds, angles, and lighting for external validity, but our dataset may not cover all contexts, potentially limiting generalizability. considering the size of our dataset containing 1.999 images we consider the risk of a sample size bias minimal especially when also compared to existing approaches reported in the literature. in order to prevent data preprocessing bias we only used standardized preprocessing techniques that are applicable to all models being compared. we also maintained consistent training parameters for comparability between models. with regard to evaluation metric bias, we used multiple standard evaluation metrics that cover different aspects of model performance and to report the results of all metrics used. 8 conclusion the results of our research demonstrate that it is possible to classify images of mosquito larvae even distinguishing between aedes species with sufficient performance of testing accuracy > 90% and without misclassifying images of ae. aegypti. our results are also much better than the ones reported by the only other study aiming at the differentiation between aedes species reporting an accuracy of only 64.58%. both of the the models (resnet18 and efficientnet_lite0), which demonstrated the best results during training/validation or testing, are also small architectures specifically indicated for the deployment in mobile applications, which thus will allow the implementation of such an application in order to allow the operationalization of the intended usage scenario of citizens using the automated classification for dengue prevention in their homes. notes 1.the dataset and notebook for the model are being prepared for availability. references amershi, s., et al.: software engineering for machine learning: a case study. in: proceedings of the 41st international conference on software engineering, montreal, canada (2019) google scholar  arista-jalife, a., et al.: deep learning employed in the recognition of the vector that spreads dengue, chikungunya and zika viruses. in: frontiers in artificial intelligence and applications, vol. 303, pp. 108–120. ios press, amsterdam (2018) google scholar  arista-jalife, a., et al.: aedes mosquito detection in its larval stage using deep neural networks. knowl.-based syst. 189, 104841 (2020) article  google scholar  asmai, s.a., et al.: mosquito larvae detection using deep learning. int. j. innov. technol. explor. eng. 8(12), 804–809 (2019) article  google scholar  azman, m.i.a.b.z., sarlan, a.b.: aedes larvae classification and detection (alcd) system by using deep learning. in: 2020 international conference on computational intelligence (icci), pp. 179–184 (2020) google scholar  canziani, a., paszke, a., culurciello, e. an analysis of deep neural network models for practical applications. arxiv preprint arxiv:1605.07678 (2016) clements, a.n.: the biology of mosquitoes. volume 2: sensory reception and behavior. cabi publishing (1999) google scholar  consoli, r., oliveira, r.l.: principais mosquitos de importância sanitária no brasil. editora fiocruz, rio de janeiro, brasil (1994) google scholar  de silva, w.d.m., jayalal, s.: dengue mosquito larvae identification using digital images. in: 2020 international research conference on smart computing and systems engineering (scse), pp. 31–36 (2020) google scholar  fast.ai (2023). https://www.fast.ai/ fuad, m., et al.: training of convolutional neural networks using transfer learning for aedes aegypti larvae. telkomnika (telecommun. comput. electron. control) 16, 1894–1900 (2018) article  google scholar  funasa. instruções para pessoal de combate ao vetor manual de normas técnicas (2001). https://bvsms.saude.gov.br/bvs/publicacoes/funasa/man_dengue.pdf garcía, z., et al.: mosquito larvae image classification based on densenet and guided grad-cam. in: morales, a., fierrez, j., sánchez, j.s., ribeiro, b. (eds.) ibpria 2019. lncs, vol. 11868, pp. 239–246. springer, cham (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-31321-0_21 chapter  google scholar  globe. globe mission mosquito mapper (2022) google scholar  goh, y.h., lee, y.b., lum, k.y.: american sign language recognition based on mobilenetv2. adv. sci. technol 5(6), 481–488 (2020) google scholar  hedrick, t.e., bickman, l., rog, d.j.: applied research design: a practical guide. sage publications, thousand oaks (1993) book  google scholar  hossain, m.s., et al.: aedes larva detection using ensemble learning to prevent dengue endemic. biomedinformatics 2(3), 405–423 (2022) article  google scholar  ieee std 2801–2022. ieee recommended practice for the quality management of datasets for medical artificial intelligence. ieee (2022) google scholar  iso/iec 4213. information technology—artificial intelligence—assessment of machine learning classification performance. iso/iec (2022) google scholar  kularatne, s.a.: dengue fever. bmj (clin. res. ed.) 351, h4661 (2015) google scholar  liu, r.: higher accuracy on vision models with efficientnet-lite. https://blog.tensorflow.org/2020/03/higher-accuracy-on-vision-models-with-efficientnet-lite.html. accessed 27 apr 2023 mathewson, k.w.: a human-centered approach to interactive machine learning. arxiv:1905.06289v1 [cs.hc] (2019) mitchell, t.m.: machine learning. mcgraw-hill, new york (1997) google scholar  ministério da saúde. boletim epidemiológico (2023) google scholar  munoz, j., et al.: image recognition of disease-carrying insects: a system for combating infectious diseases using image classification techniques and citizen science. in: 51st hawaii international conference on system sciences (hicss), pp. 3594–3603 (2018) google scholar  petersen, k., et al.: systematic mapping studies in software engineering. in: proceedings of the 12th international conference on evaluation and assessment in software engineering, bari, italy, pp. 68–77 (2008) google scholar  rajasekhar, v., et al.: identifying anopheles/non-anopheles larvae with ai implications. in: nasa sees mosquito mapper virtual internship science fair, student research reports (2021). https://www.globe.gov/do-globe/research-resources/student-research-reports/-/projectdetail/10157/identifying-anopheles-non-anopheles-larvae-with-ai-implications ramos, g., meek, c., simard, p., suh, j., ghorashi, s.: interactive machine teaching: a human-centered approach to building machine-learned models. hum.-comput. interact. 35(5-6), 413–451 (2020). https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/uploads/prod/2020/05/interactive_machine_teaching__free_access_.pdf sanchez-ortiz, a., et al.: mosquito larva classification method based on convolutional neural networks. in: 2017 international conference on electronics, communications and computers, pp. 1–6 (2017) google scholar  surya, a., peral, d., vanloon, a., rajesh, a.: a mosquito is worth 16×16 larvae: evaluation of deep learning architectures for mosquito larvae classification. arxiv:2209.07718 (2022) tan, m., le, q.v.: efficientnet: rethinking model scaling for convolutional neural networks. in: proceedings of the 36th international conference on machine learning, pp. 6105–6114. pmlr (2019) google scholar  utep. university of texas at el paso, laboratory for environmental biology centennial museum team mosquito: larvae identification guide (2004). https://www.utep.edu/leb/mosquito/larvaeid.pdf world health organization: geographical expansion of cases of dengue and chikungunya beyond the historical areas of transmission in the region of the americas. in: disease outbreak news (2023). https://www.who.int/emergencies/disease-outbreak-news download references acknowledgments this work was supported by the cnpq (national council for scientific and technological development), a brazilian government entity focused on scientific and technological development. author information authors and affiliations department of informatics and statistics, federal university of santa catarina, florianópolis, sc, 88040-900, brazil ramon mayor martins, bruno manarin espíndola, pedro philippi araujo & christiane gresse von wangenheim department of microbiology, immunology and parasitology/center for biological sciences, federal university of santa catarina, florianópolis, sc, 88040-900, brazil carlos josé de carvalho pinto coordination of the laboratory reference network, santa catarina, florianópolis, sc, 88010-001, brazil gisele caminha authors ramon mayor martinsview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar bruno manarin espíndolaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar pedro philippi araujoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar christiane gresse von wangenheimview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar carlos josé de carvalho pintoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar gisele caminhaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to ramon mayor martins . editor information editors and affiliations federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil murilo c. naldi centro universitario da fei, são bernardo do campo, brazil reinaldo a. c. bianchi rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2023 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper martins, r.m., espíndola, b.m., araujo, p.p., von wangenheim, c.g., de carvalho pinto, c.j., caminha, g. (2023). development of a deep learning model for the classification of mosquito larvae images. in: naldi, m.c., bianchi, r.a.c. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2023. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 14197. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_9 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45392-2_9 published: 12 october 2023 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-45391-5 online isbn: 978-3-031-45392-2 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords aedes aegypti dengue deep learning image classification publish with us policies and ethics profiles ramon mayor martins view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature evaluating short text stream clustering on large e-commerce datasets | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper evaluating short text stream clustering on large e-commerce datasets conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 245–259 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) evaluating short text stream clustering on large e-commerce datasets download book pdf download book epub cesar andrade  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0005-2218-66489,12, rita p. ribeiro  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6852-80779,12 & joão gama  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-3357-119510,11,12  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 372 accesses 1 citation abstract latent dirichlet allocation (lda) is a fundamental method for clustering short text streams. however, when applied to large datasets, it often faces significant challenges, and its performance is typically evaluated in domain-specific datasets such as news and tweets. this study aims to fill this gap by evaluating the effectiveness of short text clustering methods in a large and diverse e-commerce dataset. we specifically investigate how well these clustering algorithms adapt to the complex dynamics and larger scale of e-commerce text streams, which differ from their usual application domains. our analysis focuses on the impact of high homogeneity scores on the reported normalized mutual information (nmi) values. we particularly examine whether these scores are inflated due to the prevalence of single-element clusters. to address potential biases in clustering evaluation, we propose using the akaike information criterion (aic) as an alternative metric to reduce the formation of single-element clusters and provide a more balanced measure of clustering performance. we present new insights for applying short text clustering methodologies in real-world situations, especially in sectors like e-commerce, where text data volumes and dynamics present unique challenges. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others dynamic clustering for short text stream based on dirichlet process article 26 july 2021 topic model with contextual outlier handling: a study on electronic invoice product descriptions chapter © 2023 short text processing for analyzing user portraits: a dynamic combination chapter © 2020 1 introduction text clustering has become an essential technique in natural language processing (nlp), enabling the discovery of hidden structures within large collections of unstructured text data. among various approaches, stream short text clustering, particularly methods based on latent dirichlet allocation (lda), has been widely researched due to its effectiveness in grouping similar texts and discovering topical patterns. while these methods have shown promising results in domains such as news feeds and social media platforms, their application to larger and more complex datasets remains less explored. the performance of traditional lda-based stream short text clustering methods is well-documented in scenarios involving relatively small datasets, with few exceptions [1]. however, these methods often struggle when scaled to larger datasets commonly found in industries like e-commerce. the dynamic and voluminous nature of e-commerce text data presents unique challenges not typically encountered in other domains such as news or social media. handling the vast number of product descriptions, user reviews, and query logs requires clustering algorithms that are robust, scalable, and adaptive to the evolving nature of data. a significant challenge in evaluating the performance of clustering methods is the reliance on metrics like normalized mutual information (nmi). while nmi is useful for measuring the statistical accuracy of clustering results, it does not fully capture the practical aspects of the clusters formed, particularly in the presence of single-element clusters, which can artificially inflate homogeneity scores [2, 3]. this limitation calls for a more comprehensive evaluation framework to better understand the practical utility of clustering outcomes. our study seeks to extend the application of these clustering methods to understand their scalability and adaptability better, particularly focusing on: 1. how these methods perform with extensive e-commerce datasets; 2. the clustering quality metrics, especially concerning homogeneity scores and single-element cluster formation; 3. the potential for alternative metrics like the akaike information criterion (aic) to provide more reliable evaluations of clustering outcomes. this paper is organized as follows. section 2 reviews related work on similarity-based and model-based stream clustering, detailing the online approaches. section 3 presents our proposal and details the dataset, the dataset preparation, the evaluated methods, and the experimental setup. section 4.2 reports the results. section 5 discusses various aspects of the experiment. finally, sect. 6 concludes the paper and suggests future research directions. 2 related work two prominent areas of study emerge in clustering short text streams: similarity-based and model-based approaches. similarity-based clustering relies on pairwise similarities, while model-based clustering relies on statistical models that define data distribution. 2.1 similarity-based clustering recent advances, incorporating pre-trained language models like bert [4] coupled with clustering algorithms such as hdbscan [5], have showcased as promising in text clustering tasks. bert generates contextual embeddings, allowing deeper context understanding and language structure modeling [6]. these embeddings serve as inputs for clustering algorithms. studies [7, 8] have demonstrated the superiority of combining bert embeddings and hdbscan for short text clustering over traditional methods. additionally, elinac [9] introduced an auto-encoder-based method for clustering electronic invoices. despite bert and transformers being a new trend, their use in short text stream clustering with lda methods brings an additional computational cost [10], posing scale issues, particularly for large datasets. 2.2 model-based clustering approaches to model-based clustering of short text streams fall into two categories: batch methods and online methods. batch methods handle data in separate blocks, whereas online methods continuously process new incoming data. batch approaches. latent dirichlet allocation (lda) [11] is a model-based stream clustering technique that has inspired numerous extensions. these extensions address challenges related to topic evolution, semantic representation, and the dynamic nature of text streams. initially, models like dct [12] aimed to simplify topic assignments by assigning a single topic to each document. while effective for short texts, this approach lacked adaptability to handle changing topic counts within streams. mstream [13] emerged in response to this challenge, managing topic counts by discarding outdated batch documents and adapting to evolving topics. however, mstream’s reliance on single-term document representation limited its ability to navigate semantic spaces, impacting cluster purity. to enhance semantic representation, npmm [14] utilized pre-learned word embeddings, advancing text semantics understanding. however, these embeddings’ static, language-dependent nature constrained their adaptability to evolving semantic landscapes. building on npmm’s limitations, dp-bmm [15] introduced unordered sequences of bi-terms for semantic representation, dynamically detecting topic counts. nonetheless, this emphasis on semantic representation did not directly address challenges posed by sparse, high-dimensional data. the introduction of dcss [16] and faststream [17] marked significant milestones. dcss, utilizing the dirichlet process, demonstrated superior stability and adaptability by autonomously learning topic counts and adjusting to topic drift. faststream introduced efficiency and adaptability improvements, employing a novel cluster indexing mechanism and dynamic similarity thresholds to expedite processing. rakib et al. [18] proposed an iterative classification method, enhancing short text clustering. however, a common limitation among these studies is that they are not focused on complex, large datasets, especially in e-commerce. online approaches. the online semantic-enhanced dirichlet model (osdm) [19] excels in dynamic clustering, integrating word-occurrence semantic data into a graphical model for real-time text processing without fixed cluster numbers or batch sizes. tested on the news, reuters, and tweets datasets and their synthetic versions, osdm uses metrics like purity, v-measure, homogeneity, and normalized mutual information (nmi) for evaluation, adding accuracy to its metric suite for a thorough analysis of performance. following in the footsteps of osdm, the online semantic-enhanced graphical model (osgm) [20] also employs a poly urn scheme to dynamically manage document clustering, focusing on semantic smoothing and term co-occurrence for enhanced clarity and ambiguity resolution. osgm’s evaluation mirrors osdm’s, utilizing the same datasets and metrics to ensure consistency in performance assessment and comparability between methods. the introduction of eindm [21], a context-enhanced dirichlet model for online clustering in short text streams, adds another layer to the field. by using a window-based semantic term representation and new clustering metrics like word specificity, eindm effectively captures the evolving nature of text data. tested on datasets similar to osdm and osgm, eindm uses the same metrics except for accuracy, focusing on core aspects of clustering effectiveness. estream [22] merges online and offline clustering techniques to offer a versatile solution to text stream clustering. unlike the other methods, estream expands its testing grounds to include additional datasets like nt and so-t, along with news-t and tweets-t. this approach allows for a broader validation of its effectiveness, using the same core metrics to ensure a comprehensive assessment of its performance across various text stream scenarios. while these methods in clustering short text streams show innovation and effectiveness, particularly when evaluated with news and tweets datasets. however, the focus on these limited domains raises questions about their adaptability and performance in broader contexts, such as larger datasets or specific fields like e-commerce. exploring varied datasets could provide deeper insights into the scalability and applicability of these clustering techniques across diverse real-world scenarios. the evaluation of clustering methods often relies on normalized mutual information (nmi). however, nmi alone does not account for qualitative factors like the formation of very small or single-element clusters. a more nuanced evaluation considering cluster size distribution and the meaningfulness of clusters formed could lead to a more comprehensive understanding of clustering effectiveness, ensuring statistical performance and practical significance. 3 our methodology recent studies utilizing online lda approaches for clustering short text streams have reported substantial performance achievements. however, these studies have predominantly focused on smaller datasets, mainly in specific domains such as news and tweets. this focus has left a significant gap in our understanding of these methods’ scalability and effectiveness across larger and more varied datasets, especially in dynamic sectors like e-commerce. in light of these limitations, our study aims to: 1. assess the method’s effectiveness on an e-commerce dataset that varies significantly in size and number of clusters to determine adaptability and scalability. this evaluation will help us understand how well the method performs when subjected to the complexities and varied dynamics of e-commerce texts compared to traditional short text streams. 2. investigate the influence of high homogeneity scores on the reported nmi values, mainly focusing on whether the prevalence of single-element clusters inflates these scores. this aspect is crucial for ensuring that the nmi values reflect clustering effectiveness rather than artefacts of the clustering process. 3. propose and test using the akaike information criterion (aic) as an alternative metric to mitigate the formation of single-element clusters. including aic is expected to provide a more robust evaluation framework that discourages overly simplistic clustering solutions and promotes more meaningful and practical clustering outcomes. the methodology involves a systematic grid search across datasets ranging from 10,000 to 150,000 instances to assess how varying parameters impact performance. it will lay the groundwork for a detailed analysis, where each dataset size informs the parameter settings for the next, ensuring continuous refinement and optimization of both aic and nmi. the aic optimization aims to minimize the aic value, while the nmi optimization aims to maximize the nmi score. this approach seeks to provide insights into the method’s performance across various scenarios and improve clustering practices. 3.1 datasets our experimental study employed a set of datasets based on the brazilian nf-e project, initiated in 2006, which revolutionized tax documentation by transitioning to an electronic system. this shift has generated a large volume of data, including comprehensive invoice details, making it a valuable resource for machine learning applications, such as detecting tax fraud. we analyzed a subset of the nf-e dataset from november 2021, provided by the amazonas state department of finance. the dataset contains several key features, including: gtin: the gtin is an identifier for trade items developed and controlled by gs1, formerly ean/ucc. gtins, formerly called ean codes, are assigned to any item (product or service) that can be priced, ordered, or invoiced at any point in the supply chain. ncm: the ncmfootnote 1, which is a regional nomenclature for the categorization of goods adopted by since 1995, being used in all foreign trade operations of mercosur countries. the ncm is based on the hs, a condensed expression of the “harmonized commodity description and coding system” maintained by the wco. it was created to improve and facilitate international trade and its statistical control. product description: a free text field on the invoice with a brief product description. table 1. examples of brazilian products with gtin and ncm. ncm codes 22030000 (general beer packaging) and 22030010 (specific types like wheat beer). both share ncm4 2203 (“beer”), but the additional digits provide specific details about type and packagingfull size table 3.2 data pre-processing to better understand the intrinsic properties of our dataset, we have segmented the data into manageable blocks, increasing in increments of 10,000 up to a maximum of 150,000 instances. this segmentation is designed to facilitate analysis and ensure each subset remains a practical size for detailed cluster evaluation. in our analysis, we distinguish between two coding formats used for dataset generation: ncm4 and ncm8. the ncm4 code signifies broader product categories using just the first four digits, providing a general view of item groups. in contrast, the ncm8 code utilizes all eight digits for a more detailed and specific classification, revealing finer distinctions in product types. fig. 1. characteristics of the datasets: number of documents (d), number of clusters (k), vocabulary size (v), average length of the documents (avglen). full size image the behavior of the metric ‘k’, which represents the number of clusters, varies significantly across different data groupings. for ncm4, there is a gradual increase in ‘k’, marked by sporadic larger increases that hint at emerging complexities within the data as the volume grows. the ncm8 displays a more uniform rise in ‘k’, suggesting a linear enhancement in topic diversity corresponding to data size. tailored to specific product descriptions, gtin clusters show a steep upward trend in ‘k’. this indicates a widening range of topics and reflects gtin’s detailed and expansive nature, where adding more product specifics leads to greater diversity in the identified topics. regarding the vocabulary size ‘v’, the gtin dataset shows a pronounced growth, indicating an expanding lexicon that accommodates the increasing diversity of products. however, for ncm subsets—ncm4 and ncm8—the growth in ‘v’ is more measured, underscoring that while gtin descriptions might capture a larger number of clusters due to unique product variations, a single ncm code can encompass a broad range of products, hence a larger vocabulary. finally, in our data preparation, we carefully control the average document length (‘avg len’) to ensure that clusters are not too small or too large, which could skew the analysis. the ‘avg len’ metric shows minor variations across gtin and ncm datasets, with a slight decrease for gtin, suggesting that product descriptions become more concise as the dataset grows. however, for ncm4 and ncm8, there are only slight fluctuations, reflecting the diverse complexity within their broader item categories as they expand. this control of ‘avg len’ is crucial for maintaining the integrity and comparability of clusters across different dataset sizes. 3.3 clustering methods online semantic-enhanced dirichlet model (osdm) [19]: features a dynamic clustering approach, integrating word-occurrence semantic information into a graphical model. it allows for real-time text processing without the need for predetermined cluster numbers or batch sizes, showcasing its adaptability to varying data streams.footnote 2 online semantic-enhanced graphical model (osgm) [20]: uses a poly urn scheme for dynamic document clustering, focusing on semantic smoothing and term co-occurrence to resolve term ambiguity and enhance clarity, proving its strength in semantic-based text clustering.footnote 3 eindm [21]: a dirichlet model using window-based semantic term representation to capture the evolving nature of text data through enhanced semantic understanding and novel clustering metrics.footnote 4 estream [22]: employs both online and offline clustering to effectively adapt to various text streaming scenarios.footnote 5 3.4 evaluation metrics to evaluate our experimental results, we resorted to metrics widely used in the literature [23] to provide a comprehensive assessment of clustering performance and model evaluation. the metrics are the following: homogeneity (h) measures how well each cluster contains only members of a single class. it is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} h = 1 \frac{h(u|v)}{h(u)} \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \( h(u|v) \) is the conditional entropy of the class distribution given the cluster assignments, and \( h(u) \) is the entropy of the class distribution. completeness (c) evaluates how well each class is represented within a single cluster. it is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} c = 1 \frac{h(v|u)}{h(v)} \end{aligned}$$ (2) where \( h(v|u) \) is the conditional entropy of the cluster distribution given the class assignments, and \( h(v) \) is the entropy of the cluster distribution. normalized mutual information (nmi) combines homogeneity and completeness, measuring the similarity between the true class labels and the assigned cluster labels. it is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} nmi = \frac{2 \cdot i(u;v)}{h(u) + h(v)} \end{aligned}$$ (3) where \( i(u;v) \) is the mutual information between class and cluster distribution. purity (p) assesses the clustering quality by calculating the proportion of the dominant class in each cluster. it is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} p = \frac{1}{n} \sum _{k} \max _{j} | c_k \cap t_j | \end{aligned}$$ (4) where \( n \) is the total number of samples, \( c_k \) is the set of samples in cluster \( k \), and \( t_j \) is the set of samples in class \( j \). akaike information criterion (aic) helps balance model fit and complexity. it is defined as: $$\begin{aligned} aic = 2ptr2\ln (l) \end{aligned}$$ (5) where \( { ptr} \) represents the predict/true size rate, and \( l \) is the likelihood of observing the homogeneity value \( h \) given the mean (\( \mu \)) and standard deviation (\( \sigma \)) of the h values across the datasets. the likelihood is computed using the normal distribution: $$\begin{aligned} l = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2 \pi } \sigma } \exp \left( -\frac{(h \mu )^2}{2 \sigma ^2} \right) \end{aligned}$$ (6) the predict/true size rate (ptr) assesses how the optimization of nmi and aic affects the ratio between the number of predicted clusters (\(\hat{n}_c\)) and the real number of clusters (\(n_c\)) and is determined by: $$\begin{aligned} ptr = \left| \frac{\hat{n}_c}{n_c} 1 \right| \end{aligned}$$ (7) these metrics provide a balanced evaluation of clustering performance and model selection, ensuring robustness in our analysis. 4 experimental study 4.1 experimental setup we evaluated various techniques for clustering product descriptions, focusing on methods based on latent dirichlet allocation (lda). for methods such as osdm, osgm, and eindm, we carefully tuned the lda parameters \(\alpha \) (document-topic distribution) and \(\beta \) (topic-word distribution) through a grid search to optimize clustering performance. additionally, for these methods, the decay rate \(\lambda \) was consistently set to \(1\text {e}{-6}\), with all other parameters kept at their default values. estream requires only one parameter: update-interval (ui). this parameter, set to 500 in our experiments, is essential for maintaining cluster quality by updating and removing outdated clusters. these parameter settings were crucial for achieving effective and stable clustering results. 4.2 results in this section, we present our findings through three primary graphs. the initial graph focuses on identifying the best parameter by illustrating the performance of metrics like homogeneity, completeness, nmi, purity, and the cluster-to-label ratio. this investigation is crucial for determining the conditions under which the akaike information criterion (aic) is minimized, as shown in fig. 2. our objective is to reveal how different settings affect clustering quality, mainly through the lens of aic optimization. fig. 2. result of homogeneity, completeness, purity, nmi, predict/true size rate, and aic. for gtin, ncm4, and ncm8 datasets in best nmi analyses context. full size image the second graph illustrates the time evolution for four methods across varying dataset sizes, as depicted in fig. 3. each method’s processing time, represented in seconds, is plotted against the dataset size. the logarithmic scale on the y-axis facilitates comparing relative changes in processing time. this visualization offers insights into how each method’s processing time scales with dataset size, providing valuable information on computational efficiency and scalability without delving into specific numeral evaluations. fig. 3. time evolution (processing time in seconds) versus the size of the gtin dataset for four different methods: eindm, osgm, osdm, and estream. full size image the third graph demonstrates the evolution of the \(\alpha \) and \(\beta \) parameters, as depicted in fig. 4. this analysis segment is essential for comprehending how nmi and aic adjust to parameter changes and for identifying the configurations that lead to the best results. the study focuses on the methods eindm, osdm, and osgm while omitting estream since it does not involve parametric techniques. this focused examination aids in identifying the optimal parameters for enhanced clustering efficiency. fig. 4. \(\alpha \) and \(\beta \) evolution for the methods eindm, osdm and osgm. full size image 5 discussion aic analysis highlights cb-tmcoh and tmcoh’s superior efficiency compared to mstream, indicating better optimization of cluster numbers without sacrificing model complexity. this underscores their ability to capture data structure effectively while avoiding overfitting. additionally, cb-tmcoh outperforms existing lda methods like tmcoh and faststream, particularly regarding completeness and purity. this demonstrates its effectiveness in grouping similar elements while ensuring class exclusivity within clusters. 5.1 metrics evaluation for datasets ncm4, ncm8, and gtin, homogeneity varies significantly. in ncm4, with fewer clusters, homogeneity is generally higher as clusters are likely more uniform but could be less comprehensive. in contrast, ncm8 and gtin, with more complex and numerous clusters, show a potential decrease in homogeneity due to the wider variety of data points within each cluster. comparatively, between the two cases (e.g., best aic vs best nmi), best nmi prioritizes achieving higher homogeneity as it directly influences the mutual information score, leading to better-aligning clusters with actual data classes. ncm4’s completeness tends to be high due to simpler data structures, where capturing all class members in a single cluster is easier. however, in ncm8 and gtin, increasing data complexity and cluster numbers can reduce completeness as classes may spread over multiple clusters. between cases, best aic might show reduced completeness compared to best nmi because aic focuses more on model simplicity and goodness of fit rather than ensuring all class members are together, directly influencing nmi. purity is generally higher in datasets with fewer clusters like ncm4, where the likelihood of mixing different classes in one cluster is lower. in datasets like ncm8 and gtin, despite a higher number of clusters, the complexity of data might lead to lower purity as clusters can contain a more diverse set of class labels. in terms of cases, best nmi likely shows better purity than best aic, as maximizing mutual information would inadvertently align clusters more cleanly with true class labels. nmi is particularly insightful for comparing clustering performance across datasets. ncm4 might show stable nmi values due to less complexity, while ncm8 and gtin could exhibit more variability in nmi due to their increased complexity and cluster counts. comparing cases, best nmi is explicitly optimized to maximize this metric, likely resulting in higher nmi scores across all datasets than best aic, which might sacrifice some mutual information for simpler model structures. the ptr measures the clustering algorithm’s efficiency in controlling cluster sizes, ideally approaching 1. ncm4 usually shows higher ptr, indicating over-clustering. ncm8 and gtin show lower ptr due to their complex structures, leading to many small clusters. best aic, favoring simpler models, typically has ptr closer to 1 than best nmi. best nmi might increase the number of clusters to boost mutual information, resulting in lower ptr. aic values can help gauge the efficacy of clustering concerning model simplicity. lower aic values in ncm4 suggest a better fit with simpler models. in contrast, higher aic in ncm8 and gtin might indicate that the models, despite being more complex, are necessary to fit the data adequately. comparatively, best aic consistently focuses on minimizing aic, potentially leading to simpler, more adaptable models across datasets than best nmi, which might accept more complex models if they yield better information sharing. 5.2 assessment of methods eindm is likely effective in datasets like gtin, where data may be diverse and voluminous. eindm can adapt to complex structures by combining multiple models to improve clustering accuracy. in ncm4, which may be simpler, the ensemble approach might not significantly outperform simpler methods but could still provide robustness against noise. in best aic, eindm might be configured between the two cases to limit the model complexity and avoid unnecessary computation. in contrast, in best nmi, the ensemble could be tuned to maximize information captured from the data, potentially at the expense of increased computational load. estream tends to form more clusters than exist, performing better only than osgm. it achieves worse results than the best nmi cases but better than the best aic cases. however, it offers an excellent cost-benefit ratio as it is the most computationally efficient method, especially for the gtin dataset. odsm achieves its best performance with smaller and simpler datasets like ncm4. as the complexity of the dataset increases, its performance degrades. odsm does not tend to form many clusters for datasets with many classes, maintaining a predict/true size rate close to ideal. osgm has the worst case for aic values due to its tendency to form many clusters. even in the best aic case, this method generates more clusters than others. the best scenario to use osgm is with the gtin dataset and with large datasets. between cases, best aic would prefer setting stringent criteria for model updates to avoid complexity. at the same time, best nmi might leverage the flexibility of gaussian mixtures to refine cluster definitions continuously, aiming for higher nmi scores. each method exhibits a distinct pattern of processing time as dataset size increases. eindm demonstrates a notable increase in processing time with larger datasets, while osgm and osdm also show an upward trend, albeit with different slopes. in contrast, estream exhibits significantly lower processing times across all dataset sizes, indicating its efficiency in handling larger datasets. 5.3 hyperparameters the parameter \(\alpha \) shows a varying pattern across the dataset sizes for the eindm method. at a size of 10,000, the \(\alpha \) values are 0.4 and 1.0 for cases best aic and best nmi, respectively. as the dataset size increases to 20,000 and 30,000, the \(\alpha \) values remain consistent at 0.4 for the best aic case. still, the values adjust slightly to 1.0 for the best nmi case, indicating a stable but distinct configuration for optimal clustering performance. this evolution suggests that the \(\alpha \) parameter is finely tuned to balance, preserving cluster structure and enhancing cluster homogeneity. the parameter \(\beta \) exhibits a steady behaviour, particularly for the best aic cases, where it remains constant at 0.200 for the initial dataset sizes of 10,000 and 20,000. then, it reduces to 0.100 for a dataset size of 30,000. \(\beta \) values are significantly lower for the best nmi cases, starting at 0.006 and 0.004 for dataset sizes of 10,000 and 20,000, respectively. this trend continues as the dataset size increases, reflecting the parameter’s role in optimizing cluster quality. the reduction in \(\beta \) values for the best nmi case suggests a focus on enhancing the granularity of clustering results to achieve a higher normalized mutual information score. 6 conclusions our work demonstrates that lda-based methods face significant difficulties when applied to large datasets. this is evidenced by the increasing processing time proportional to the dataset size, highlighting the scalability challenges inherent in traditional lda approaches. it was confirmed that high nmi and homogeneity scores are often associated with forming single-element or small clusters. this is evident from the elevated predict/true size rate observed. however, an exception was noted in the gtin dataset, where methods such as osdm, eindm, and estream did not conform to this premise, indicating some variability in performance across different datasets. evaluating clustering based on the best aic demonstrated effectiveness in controlling single-element clusters. however, this came at the cost of reduced nmi, homogeneity, purity, and completeness. this trade-off suggests that while aic can mitigate overly simplistic clustering solutions, it may also impact the overall quality of the clustering results. notes 1.the southern common market (mercosur for its spanish initials) is a regional integration process, initially established by argentina, brazil, paraguay and uruguay, and subsequently joined by venezuela and bolivia*. 2.https://github.com/jaykumarr/osdm. 3.https://github.com/jaykumarr/osgm. 4.https://github.com/jaykumarr/eindm. 5.https://github.com/rashadulrakib/short-text-stream-clustering/tree/master/onlineclustering. references cheng, x., yan, x., lan, y., guo, j.: btm: topic modeling over short texts. in: ieee transactions on knowledge and data engineering, vol. 26, no. 12, pp. 2928–2941 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1109/tkde.2014.2313872 zhang, p.: evaluating accuracy of community detection using the relative normalized mutual information. j. stat. mech: theory exp. 2015(11), p11006 (2015) article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  jerdee, m., kirkley, a., newman, m.e.j.: normalized mutual information is a biased measure for classification and community detection. arxiv preprint arxiv:2307.01282 (2023) devlin, j., chang, m.-w., lee, k., toutanova, k.: bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. arxiv preprint arxiv:1810.04805 (2018) campello, r.j.g.b., moulavi, d., sander, j.: density-based clustering based on hierarchical density estimates. in: pacific-asia conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 160–172. springer (2013) google scholar  dai, z., callan, j.: deeper text understanding for ir with contextual neural language modeling. in: proceedings of the 42nd international acm sigir conference on research and development in information retrieval (2019) google scholar  asyaky, m.s., mandala, r.: improving the performance of hdbscan on short text clustering by using word embedding and umap. in: 8th international conference on advanced informatics: concepts, theory, and applications (icaicta), pp. 1–6. ieee (2021) google scholar  eklund, a., forsman, m.: topic modeling by clustering language model embeddings: human validation on an industry dataset. in: proceedings of the 2022 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing: industry track, pp. 635–643 (2022) google scholar  schulte, j.p., et al.: elinac: autoencoder approach for electronic invoices data clustering. appl. sci. 12(6), 3008 (2022) google scholar  andrade, c., ribeiro, r.p., gama, j.: topic model with contextual outlier handling: a study on electronic invoice product descriptions. in: epia conference on artificial intelligence, pp. 365–377. springer (2023) google scholar  blei, d.m., ng, a.y., jordan, m.i.: latent dirichlet allocation. j. mach. learn. res. 3(jan), 993–1022 (2003) google scholar  liang, s., yilmaz, e., kanoulas, e.: dynamic clustering of streaming short documents. in: proceedings of the 22nd acm sigkdd international conference on knowledge discovery and data mining, pp. 995–1004 (2016) google scholar  yin, j., wang, j., xu, w., gao, m.: model-based clustering of short text streams. in: 27th acm international conference on information and knowledge management, pp. 697–706. acm (2018) google scholar  chen, j., gong, z., liu, w.: a nonparametric model for online topic discovery with word embeddings. inf. sci. 504, 32–47 (2019). elsevier google scholar  chen, j., gong, z., liu, w.: a dirichlet process biterm-based mixture model for short text stream clustering. appl. intell. 50, 1609–1619 (2020). springer google scholar  xu, y., wang, s., zhang, s., wang, f.: dynamic clustering for short text stream based on dirichlet process. ieee access 10, 22852–22865 (2022) math  google scholar  rakib, m.r.h., asaduzzaman, m.: fast clustering of short text streams using efficient cluster indexing and dynamic similarity thresholds. corr abs/2101.08595 (2021) google scholar  rakib, m.r.h., zeh, n., jankowska, m., milios, e.: enhancement of short text clustering by iterative classification. in: natural language processing and information systems: 25th international conference on applications of natural language to information systems, nldb 2020, saarbrücken, germany, june 24–26, 2020, proceedings 25, pp. 105–117. springer (2020) google scholar  kumar, j., shao, j., uddin, s., ali, w.: an online semantic-enhanced dirichlet model for short text stream clustering. in: proceedings of the 58th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 766–776. association for computational linguistics (2020) google scholar  kumar, j., ud din, s., yang, q., kumar, r., shao, j.: an online semantic-enhanced graphical model for evolving short text stream clustering. ieee trans. cybern. 52(12), 13809–13820 (2021) google scholar  kumar, j., shao, j., kumar, r., ud din, s., mawuli, c.b., yang, q.: a context-enhanced dirichlet model for online clustering in short text streams. in: expert systems with applications, vol. 228, p. 120262 (2023) google scholar  rakib, m.r.h., zeh, n., milios, e.: efficient clustering of short text streams using online-offline clustering. in: proceedings of the 21st acm symposium on document engineering, pp. 1–10 (2021) google scholar  murshed, b.a.h., et al.: short text topic modelling approaches in the context of big data: taxonomy, survey, and analysis. artif. intell. rev. 56(6), 5133–5260 (2023) google scholar  download references acknowledgments the authors wish to clarify that the first author received support from amazonas state government/brazil for this research project. author information authors and affiliations department of computer science, faculty of sciences, university of porto, 4169-007, porto, portugal cesar andrade & rita p. ribeiro faculty of economics, university of porto, 4200-464, porto, portugal joão gama faculty of computer science, university of porto, porto, portugal joão gama inesc tec, 4200-465, porto, portugal cesar andrade, rita p. ribeiro & joão gama authors cesar andradeview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar rita p. ribeiroview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar joão gamaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to cesar andrade . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper andrade, c., ribeiro, r.p., gama, j. (2025). evaluating short text stream clustering on large e-commerce datasets. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_17 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_17 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords short text stream clustering latent dirichlet allocation online publish with us policies and ethics profiles cesar andrade view author profile rita p. ribeiro view author profile joão gama view author profile search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature predicting engagement of brazilian politicians on tiktok: a machine learning approach | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper predicting engagement of brazilian politicians on tiktok: a machine learning approach conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 387–401 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) predicting engagement of brazilian politicians on tiktok: a machine learning approach download book pdf download book epub maria santana  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0001-0797-28289, josé santana  orcid: orcid.org/0009-0005-5289-368510, pablo sampaio  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8254-560x9 & … kellyton brito  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-6883-86579  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 394 accesses abstract while established social media platforms like facebook, twitter, and instagram have become staples in political campaigns, the 2022 brazilian elections witnessed the rise of a new contender: tiktok. despite its recent emergence in 2016, tiktok has already become the fourth most used social network in brazil. this study investigates the potential of machine learning to predict engagement on the tiktok profiles of the two leading presidential candidates: lula and bolsonaro. utilizing a dataset from previous studies, we implemented various machine learning models and found that the support vector machine achieved the highest performance based on the f1-score metric for both candidates. despite the results being better with bolsonaro than with lula, further analysis of metrics like recall and precision suggests valuable insights for social and political domains. these findings can aid both candidates and society in understanding what factors are most related to engagement on this emerging social media platform. additionally, marketing and advertising teams can use this information to create content tailored to reach and engage with a politician’s target electorate. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others predicting an election’s outcome using sentiment analysis chapter © 2020 election tweets prediction using enhanced cart and random forest chapter © 2021 elections without boundaries: the use of facebook in the 2022 brazilian presidential elections chapter © 2024 1 introduction despite being relatively new, social media platforms are now an integral part of daily life for millions of brazilians. whatsapp, instagram and facebook are the three more accessed platforms by brazilian users. facebook messenger, telegram, pinterest, kuaishou (kwai), twitter and linkedin follow as the next most popular platforms [1]. within this context, brazilian politicians are active users of these platforms, employing them as communication tools to engage with their constituents and conduct political campaigns. recent brazilian elections have demonstrated this trend, such as in 2018 when former president bolsonaro was elected with minimal exposure on broadcast television. his electoral success is often attributed to his presence on social media [2, 3]. previous research has attempted to identify correlations between elements of politicians’ posts and profiles and electoral outcomes. while some studies have yielded results that support this hypothesis [4], others lack conclusive findings and are still undergoing testing of their approaches [5]. among the most popular social media platforms in brazil today, a new platform aimed at young audiences [6] stands out: tiktok. this platform was largely ignored by candidates in the 2018 brazilian presidential election but was heavily utilized in the 2022 election. however, despite being the sixth most used social network in the world [7], due to its early stage of usage in electoral campaigns, it is still challenging to find studies that analyze and predict outcomes within the context of elections. an exception presented in [8] is an analysis of the content of videos on this platform by the main presidential candidates in 2022, lula and bolsonaro, based on creating and applying a taxonomy to identify correlations between the type of content and candidate engagement. however, the dataset was not used for predicting engagement. in this context, this article presents the results of a study that aims to predict engagement on tiktok based on the use of the platform by the two main candidates in the 2022 brazilian presidential election. thus, it aims to answer two research questions: rq1: to what extent can discourse features effectively predict engagement levels in political posts using basic machine learning models? and rq2: which discourse features are the most important for predicting the number of likes (engagement) based on the trained machine learning models? for this, we used the classification taxonomy and the data collected and classified in [8] to train several models for the first time, including neural networks, support vector machine, random forest, k-nearest neighbors, and logistic regression. the remainder of this paper is as follows. in sect. 2, related works will be addressed. section 3 discusses the methodology used in this study. section 4 presents the results. section 5 covers the discussions regarding the results, while sect. 6 presents conclusions and future work. 2 related works starting with barack obama’s 2008 campaign [9], political strategy has been revolutionized over the last 15 years through social media, sparking researchers’ interest and numerous studies on social medias’ impact on political campaigns. notable studies include [10] investigation of donald trump’s 2016 campaign in the united states and [3] study of jair bolsonaro’s 2018 campaign in brazil. more specifically, some research seeks to identify a possible correlation between the engagement generated on candidates’ social media platforms and the number of votes they receive in elections. the work of [11] was groundbreaking in proposing that the number of tweets mentioning a political party could serve as a reliable indicator of the percentage of votes it would receive, demonstrating predictive power like traditional opinion polls. most subsequent studies followed this line of thought, focusing on twitter analysis [4]. however, this twitter-centric approach has faced increasing criticism [12]. one of the main objections points out that twitter is not among the top 10 most used social networks globally, raising questions about the representativeness of the analyzed data and several biases related to data gathering. working from a sentiment analysis perspective, a recent work [13] proposed a model for election prediction using sentiment analysis of influential messages on facebook in the 2016 united states presidential election. the results demonstrated better classification performance with the random forest algorithm and that predicting election results based on sentiment analysis of messages was reliable. with a multi-platform approach, vepsäläinen and suomi [14] investigates the role of two different social media platforms, twitter and facebook, in predicting the 2019 finnish parliamentary elections. the results demonstrated that both the number of likes on facebook and the number of followers on twitter are positively associated with election results. the test results suggest that the number of followers on twitter and likes on facebook are more influential in determining the election outcome for candidates with less political experience. it is clear, therefore, that the platform most used by researchers for political data analysis is twitter, with most applied methods focusing on volume and sentiment analysis of mentions. this approach is widely criticized [15]. among the reasons is the fact that in 2022, twitter was the fifteenth most-used platform in the world [16] and the ninth in brazil [7]. meanwhile, tiktok is the sixth most used platform in the world [16], the fourth most used in brazil [7], and preferred by young people [6]. as a recent network, politicians are still starting to use tiktok, and there is little research focused on analysis and prediction regarding this social media and electoral results. thus, the present work uses features based on a deep analysis of the discourse found in videos on the tiktok platform found in [8] using the proposed taxonomy and the dataset used in that same research. most of the other works are less based on content, but this one attempts to make predictions based on a deep analysis of the content to assess the predictive capacity of this analysis. 3 methodology this study aims to investigate the relationship between discourse features and engagement levels in political posts on social media. specifically, we seek to answer the following research questions, segmented per candidate: rq1: to what extent can discourse features effectively predict engagement levels in political posts using basic machine learning models? rq2: which discourse features are the most important for predicting the number of likes (engagement) based on the trained machine learning models? to answer these research questions, we defined a methodology consisting of five steps: data collection, preprocessing, data transformation, model training, and analysis of the training results. 3.1 data collection the data utilized in this study were obtained from a public dataset used in previous works [8, 17, 18]. while this dataset has been employed in various data analyses before, this is the first study to use it for developing predictive machine learning models. the dataset includes features from videos posted by the two main candidates in the 2022 brazilian presidential election, lula and bolsonaro, on the tiktok platform. the data collection period spanned from june 30th to october 30th, totaling 122 days of collection. the studies focused on the two main candidates for the presidency of brazil, lula (@lulaoficial) and bolsonaro (@bolsonaromessiasjair), which together received 92% of the total votes in the first round. the data was manually classified with attributes related to features of the discourse of the candidates observed in the videos (tiktok posts), based on a predefined taxonomy [8]. more details of the data collected and their features are provided in sect. 4.1. 3.2 preprocessing the preprocessing involves: data cleaning, manual feature engineering, data subdivision and target attribute specification. regarding data cleaning, we simply removed posts with missing values in any of its attributes. during preprocessing, we manually engineered a new feature from the original dataset that may be relevant to the classification task. the feature, called “days elapsed,” represents the number of days between the publication date of a post and the date the data was collected for that post (to form the dataset). this can be justified by the fact that the posts in our dataset were not exposed for proportionally similar periods and that they were released in different periods of the campaign. regarding data subdivision, we separated the datasets into bolsonaro posts and lula posts to enable independent analysis for each political figure. a special care was taken regarding the target attribute specification. the basic raw attribute used to measure engagement in this work is the number of likes received by a post. this metric offers several advantages: it is unique to each user, preventing duplication of engagement measures, and it exhibits a linear correlation with other potential engagement metrics such as the number of comments, shares, and plays. then, we opted for a classification approach. we divided the posts of each candidate into two distinct classes based on their engagement levels: high engagement, for posts with engagement levels at or above the median (50th percentile) of a candidate’s posts; and low engagement, encompassing the other half of the posts. we chose to treat this study as a classification problem rather than a regression problem because we understand that it would have similar practical relevance in a system designed to recommend whether or not to proceed with a post (before actually posting), for example. additionally, creating models that accurately capture the distribution of likes can be particularly challenging due to the highly non-linear nature of engagement (for instance, small differences in content can lead to a post going viral or not). 3.3 data transformation we have tested different transformations for categorical features and numerical features. after applying the transformations of the categorical features, the resulting features are also subject to the second type of transformations. categorical features. since most of the features in the data are categorical, it is especially important to evaluate the impact of different transformations for this type of feature. therefore, we evaluated three alternate transformation approaches: one-hot encoding: converts a categorical feature with n categories into n binary features, each indicating the presence of a specific category. target encoding for (binary) classification: transforms categorical variables into continuous variables based on their relationship with the target classes in the training data [19]. target encoding for regression: a version of target encoding for continuous target variables [19]. we hypothesize that applying the target encoding to the raw values of likes could render useful information for the binary classification task. numerical features. for machine learning models that are sensitive to the scale of the data, we also tested three alternative transformations for numerical features. min-max (0–1) scaling: this technique sets the minimum value of each feature to 0 and the maximum value to 1, linearly scaling all other values proportionally within this range. standard scaling (z-score normalization): standardize the data to have a mean of 0 and a standard deviation of 1. identity: no transformation is applied; the original values are used. to ensure the integrity of our model and prevent data leakage, both types of transformation were applied strictly to the training data within the training pipeline (and not to the full dataset, as a preprocessing step). one-hot encoding, however, is always applied considering all the categories of the full dataset, since these were part of a pre-defined taxonomy [8]. 3.4 model training different classification models were evaluated with different hyperparameters in this study, as detailed in table 1. hyperparameters not listed received the default values of the scikit-learn 1.4 implementation (e.g., mlp used the adam optimizer), except for logistic regression, where saga solver was chosen for its flexibility regarding the penalty term. for model type, a grid search approach was employed to evaluate all combination of feature transformations and hyperparameters. in this context, the transformations were treated similarly to hyperparameters to explore their impact on the model performance. we use the term model configuration to refer to the hyperparameters of the model combined with the transformations to be applied to the input data. table 1. models and set of hyperparameter values evaluated.full size table nested cross-validation procedure. to robustly train and evaluate each type of model given the relatively limited amount of data, we employed a nested 5-fold cross-validation (cv) approach. this technique provides a more reliable estimate of model performance and helps mitigate the risk of overfitting. the 5-fold nested cv procedure involves splitting the data into 5 folds and iterating five times. in each iteration, 4 folds are used for training, while the remaining fold is held out as a test set for evaluation. each fold maintained an equal class distribution, with 50% for each class. in each iteration of the outer cv, the grid search is applied to this training (4 folds of data) to find the optimal model configuration for that iteration. in each run of the grid search, each model configuration (i.e. combination of hyperparameters and transformations) was evaluated using an inner 5-fold cv applied to the training data. this inner cv further splits the training data into 4 inner folds for model fitting and 1 inner fold for validation. the average f1-score of the 5 iterations of this inner cv is used to assess each model configuration. as a result of each run of grid search (in each iteration of the outer cv), one optimal model configuration is identified for each iteration of the outer cv. so, in total, five optimal configurations will be found per model type. model evaluation. at the end of each iteration of the outer cv, the model is retrained using the optimal configuration on the entire training data (i.e. the four selected outer folds). the model is then evaluated on the held-out test fold using these metrics: accuracy, precision, recall, and f1-score. we highlight that one optimal model configuration (hyperparameters + transformations) is obtained and evaluated per iteration of the outer cv, thus resulting in five configurations as well as five values for each of the evaluation metrics, per model type. these values and settings are used as inputs for the subsequent analysis step. 3.5 analysis of results for each of research questions proposed we performed a specific analysis, as detailed next. model performance analysis. to address rq1, we first calculated and reported the mean and standard deviation of the evaluation metrics for each model type and dataset. to further understand how to effectively predict the engagement, we analyzed the optimal model configurations obtained, reporting the most frequent data transformations chosen in the grid search. we also discuss key differences or similarities observed in model performance and configuration between bolsonaro’s and lula’s datasets. features importance analysis. to address rq2, we analyzed the feature importance scores derived from the optimal random forest configurations. this model type inherently provides a widely used metric for feature importance, known as gini importance. this metric quantifies the average decrease in node impurity achieved by splitting on a specific feature, reflecting the extent to which each feature contributes to the model’s predictive power. for each political candidate, we aggregated the gini scores obtained in the five optimal random forest configurations identified during model training (sect. 3.4) to obtain a more robust result. 4 results 4.1 data collection the dataset encompasses various features as outlined in study [8], with most being categorical except for the continuous duration feature. these features include the candidate (lula or bolsonaro), duration (length) of the video, aristotelian rhetoric (logos, ethos, pathos), content type (such as personal, political ideological, campaign act, and trend), functional approach (attack, defense, acclaim), tonality (positive, negative, neutral), and main character (candidate, candidate with voters, voters, influencers, opponent). these features were manually labeled based on a predefined taxonomy aimed at classifying varied aspects of the politicians’ discourse displayed in each video. for example, aristotelian rhetoric consists of three categories (values) of rhetorical appeal, which aim to convince the interlocutor: logos, which indicates an appeal to logical reasoning and argumentative structure; ethos, appeal to the author’s character, such as their trustworthiness and qualifications; and pathos, appeal to the audience’s emotions. for further details on the attributes, please refer to study [8]. additional features used in the present study, which were collected as part of the research study [8] but not reported in it, are described below: rhetorical device with the following categories: advertisement – videos (tiktok posts) that aim to promote or sell the political candidacy; call to action – seek to mobilize the public to take a specific action, such as voting or participating in an event; collective appeal – appeal to the union or collaboration of a specific group or society in general; commitment – display the politician at an event such as parades and speeches; endorsement – represent support for the politician and a way to value their ideas and what they represent; fact/statistic – present facts or statistics to inform or persuade the public; humor – use humor to convey a political message; opinion – the politician expresses their opinion; personal appeal – the politician appeals to empathy or personal identification; political statement – the politician makes a clear statement on a political issue; thanks –the politician expresses gratitude to specific people or groups; urgency – videos that convey a message of urgency regarding a cause or political issue; none – videos that do not fit into any of the listed categories. textual content has four categories that represent how the video is accompanied by a caption: hashtag (only), none (no text), text, text + hashtag. post date: the date in which the video was posted on tiktok. the data collection period spanned from june 30th to october 30th, 2022. collection date: the date on which all the post’s features were collected. approximately 75% of the posts were collected in october the 2nd, while the remaining data was collected on october the 30th, 2022. additionally, we had access to engagement variables for each post (e.g., plays, shares, comments), but we focused on likes as explained in sect. 3.2. 4.2 preprocessing during data cleaning, eight posts were removed due to missing values, all from bolsonaro’s posts. the final data was then separated into two datasets, one for each candidate, resulting in 261 posts in bolsonaro’s dataset, and 308 posts in lula’s dataset. the target attribute for binary classification was created by performing a median split on the number of likes. this resulted in two categories: high engagement posts and low engagement posts. in bolsonaro’s dataset, the median number of likes was 31,600. consequently, 131 posts were classified as low engagement and 130 posts as high engagement. for lula’s posts, the median was 19,400, resulting in 154 posts categorized as low engagement and 154 posts categorized as high engagement. we engineered a new feature called days elapsed by subtracting the publication date of each post from the date of data collection. this feature accounts for the varying exposure times of posts in our dataset and for the different periods of campaign that it was related to, which could potentially influence engagement levels. 4.3 model training the models had their parameters selected and their performance assessed using the nested 5-fold cross-validation procedure explained in the sect. 3.3. for each candidate, considering all options for all stages of the pipeline, including possible data transformations and hyperparameters, a total of 243 different configurations of the mlp model were tested, along with 360 configurations of svm, 216 of random forest, 216 of logistic regression, and 144 of knn. these numbers reflect the various combinations of feature transformations and hyperparameter settings explored for each model type. considering the two levels of 5-fold cross-validation (25 iterations in total) and the final training with the best configuration for each fold (5 additional trainings, being one per outer fold), this resulted in 29,480 model training instances being performed. the results of these training runs are discussed in detail in the following sections. 4.4 data transformation this section analyzes the data transformations chosen in the best-performing model configurations found in each of the five outer folds of nested cross-validation employed. the data transformations are presented in table 2, where the first three transformations (rows of the upper part of the table) are categorical, while the last three transformations (lower part) are numerical. note that there is a total of five categorical transformations and five numerical transformations per model (column). our primary focus is on identifying the most frequently selected transformations for categorical data, as these constitute a significant portion of the features in our datasets. table 2. data transformations chosen in the model’s best configurations.full size table categorical features. for bolsonaro’s posts, the optimal configurations across all model types exhibited a relatively even distribution of chosen transformations. one-hot encoding was selected in 9 configurations, proving particularly useful for knn models (being chosen in 4 of the 5 best configuration). both target encoding for binary classification and target encoding for regression were chosen 8 times each. similarly, in lula’s dataset, one-hot encoding was favored in 9 of the best configurations, especially for logistic regression models (3 out of 5 configurations). target encoding for binary classification was chosen 4 times. target encoding for regression was selected 12 times, being present in at least one optimal configuration of each model type. overall, target encoding for regression emerged as the most frequently chosen transformation for categorical data (20 times, being 8 in bolsonaro’s dataset and 12 in lula’s dataset). this supports our hypothesis that encoding categorical features based on the distribution of the raw continuous variable (number of likes) can capture valuable information even when the target variable is ultimately transformed in a 2-class variable (high or low engagement). numerical features. min-max scaling was the most common transformation for numerical features, being found 21 times in the optimal model configurations. standard scaling was also frequently selected, 13 times. no transformation (identity) was chosen in 6 model configurations, most of them in models trained on lula’s data. 4.5 analysis model performance – bolsonaro’s posts. the performance results for bolsonaro’s dataset are presented in table 3. support vector machine (svm) emerged as the best-performing model with an f1-score of 0.69. logistic regression, k-nearest neighbors (knn), and multi-layer perceptron (mlp) followed closely with f1-scores of 0.68, 0.67, and 0.66, respectively. random forest achieved a slightly lower f1-score of 0.64. table 3. performance results for the bolsonaro dataset (mean ± standard deviation).full size table while the overall model performance may not be considered remarkable, the results demonstrate the potential for using machine learning to identify posts with a high probability of achieving high engagement. for example, the svm model achieved a recall of 0,707, indicating that it can correctly identify actual high-engagement posts 41% better than a random classifier (that would display a recall of 0.5). the precision of 0.688 indicates that when it positively predicts that a post will have high engagement, the model is correct 68.8% of the time, which is a 37.6% improvement over a random classifier (precision 0.5). model performance – lula’s posts. the performance results for lula’s dataset, presented in table 4, indicate that the models struggled to achieve satisfactory performance. this suggests that the selected features may not be sufficient to effectively differentiate between high and low engagement posts in lula’s case. the svm model achieved the highest f1-score of 0.61 (with a standard deviation of 0.07), primarily due to a high recall of 0.85 but a low precision of 0.50. this suggests that the model can identify a large portion of actual high-engagement posts but also generates a substantial number of false positives. furthermore, three of the five model types (logistic regression, random forest and mlp) achieved f1-scores below 0.50, indicating their limited ability to effectively distinguish between the two classes in lula’s case. table 4. performance results for the lula dataset (mean ± standard deviation).full size table features importances. we also analyzed, for each candidate, the feature importances identified in the 5 best random forest models (one per fold of the outer cross-validation). the exact names of the features may vary between models, depending on the transformations applied to the categorical features. one-hot encoding transforms one feature into multiple features, one for each value, that appear named as “_” in the results. however, target encoding preserves the name of the features. for the models that used the same transformations and used the same feature names, we averaged the importances of these models. fig. 1. importance of the bolsonaro candidate’s features. full size image from the 5 best configurations of random forest classifier trained in bolsonaro’s data, only one of them applied one-hot encoding. the feature importances calculated from this model for the best features is reported in the upper part of fig. 1. this model highlights the significance of specific rhetorical devices in driving engagement, with urgency and political statement emerging as particularly influential categories. the remaining four models adopted target encoding and the average value of the feature importances extracted from these models is shown on the bottom part of the same figure. while these models also identified rhetorical device as a crucial feature, they did not provide specific insights into the impact of individual categories. interestingly, elapsed days, a feature unrelated to speech content, emerged as the most important feature, indicating the significant role of post timing within the campaign period. the other features present notably lower scores. all the five best configurations of the random forest model trained with lula’s data employed some form of target encoding. the averaged importances extracted from these models are shown in fig. 2, ordered from highest to lowest non-zero importance. when compared to bolsonaro’s results for target encoding configurations, we observe a remarkable similarity between the rankings of the features. the only difference in the order is the fifth and sixth positions, which appear swapped. this similarity in the feature importance’s rankings demonstrates consistency in the relevance of these features for predicting high-engagement posts for any candidate. fig. 2. importance of the lula candidate’s features. full size image 5 discussion what makes a post engaging can be a series of things, not just the type and content of the post, including everything from the general audience’s taste to whether it became a ‘meme’ or got involved in controversy in some way. thus, given the limited aspects captured by the data utilized, we believe our results were relevant. the results for bolsonaro demonstrate the potential for using machine learning to identify posts with a high probability of achieving high engagement with an f1-score of 0.70. the svm model can correctly identify actual high-engagement posts 41% better than a random classifier (0.707/0.5), and the precision metric indicates that when it positively predicts that a post will have high engagement, it has a 37.6% higher success rate than a random classifier (0.688/0.5). in a typical practical application for this model, such as assisting a candidate’s social media team in filtering content to be posted, the model’s ability to identify potential high-engagement posts could be valuable, potentially improving expected engagement compared to not using such a filter. it is important to note that false positives or false negatives would not be particularly harmful in this application. therefore, this performance is sufficient and represents an improvement over the absence of machine learning-based filtering. the models trained on lula’s data exhibited comparatively lower performance with an f1-score of 0.62, reducing their potential for application. this discrepancy indicates that the factors influencing engagement for lula’s audience are more complex. further research is necessary to explore these complexities, identify new features and refine the models accordingly. the feature importance analysis identified two features with dominant roles: rhetorical devices and elapsed days. the inclusion of the elapsed days feature was crucial for controlling variability in the data, as posts had different durations to accumulate likes. however, we acknowledge that in a practical application aimed at predicting the engagement of a new post, this feature would not be available. to address this, a potential solution could involve allowing users to input a desired timeframe for the prediction (e.g., ‘how many likes to expect in x days’). this would enable the model to adjust its predictions based on the specified time horizon. additionally, future research could explore training models that do not rely on elapsed days or that incorporate user-defined time projections, making them more applicable to real-world scenarios. in general, dimensionality reduction was not explored in this work and may also be investigated in future works. overall, we believe that this analysis is a starting point for understanding the factors driving engagement on his social media content. further investigation into the specific rhetorical devices, content type preferences, and feature interactions can offer deeper insights and inform effective communication strategies. we could also employ other methods to extract information about feature importances. for a critical assessment of this study, it’s crucial to note potential methodological biases that may influence our result or its interpretation. manual post categorization, despite rigorous use of multiple classifiers, may be subject to subjectivity in applying criteria. moreover, data collected during the 2022 brazilian election campaign introduces contextual variations among candidates, limiting findings’ generalizability to other electoral contexts or periods. thus, while valuable for practical use, their applicability beyond the specific context warrants caution. 6 conclusion and future works this article presents a study aimed at predicting the engagement of tiktok posts made by the two main candidates in the 2022 brazilian elections: lula, the current president of brazil, and bolsonaro. the method involved acquiring the dataset from a previous work [8], followed by data analysis, preprocessing, and training. the study accessed additional variables not utilized in the work and engineered a new feature, enabling novel analyses and approaches. the dataset was cleaned and transformed, with special attention given to the categorical features, which were abundant. the transformed data was used to train and compare five types of classification models optimized by a grid search with nested cross-validation: support vector machine (svm), logistic regression, knn, mlp neural network, and random forest. these models were evaluated based on their performance metrics, followed by an analysis of feature importance for each candidate. the classification problem and dataset presented various challenges. for bolsonaro’s posts, the svm model performed best, achieving an f1-score of 69%, with a recall of 70% and precision of 68.8%. these results suggest that machine learning can effectively identify posts likely to gain high engagement, which could be valuable for social media teams in decision-making. this is because accurate predictions can lead to positive outcomes, while the impact of incorrect predictions in this context is relatively low. however, for lula’s posts, models struggled, with the highest f1-score of 61% from the svm model, which had a high recall (85%) but low precision (50%), indicating a significant number of false positives. the most important features for classifying the posts were also identified for each candidate, validating the relevance of the discourse features in effectively predicting engagement. we also discussed limitations that highlight the need for further investigation, such as investigating the removal of the ‘elapsed days’ feature and exploring the effect of reducing the number of input features used by the models. future work could also involve using data from other social media platforms, exploring computer vision techniques (applied to post images), text mining, and additional machine learning methods. lastly, since content analysis was performed manually to create the dataset from [8], employing computer vision techniques, large language models (llms), or automatic post classification offers promising directions for future advancements. the findings contribute to understanding the evolving dynamics of publications on the tiktok platform within the context of political profiles, especially as the social media continues to grow in brazil. additionally, the results hold relevance beyond social network analysis, impacting areas such as social and political sciences by providing insights into politicians’ posting dynamics and voters’ behavior and interests on this platform. furthermore, the study offers valuable information for the fields of marketing and advertising, aiding decision-making regarding publication content based on the political profile of the author, their electorate, and the target audience. the results also empower citizens by raising awareness of the content displayed on their screens, preventing political manipulation, and fostering a more autonomous, secure, and healthy environment for political debate. references datareportal: digital 2024: brazil. https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2024-brazil. accessed 24 june 2024 brito, k., paula, n., fernandes, m., meira, s.: social media and presidential campaigns – preliminary results of the 2018 brazilian presidential election. in: proceedings of the 20th annual international conference on digital government research, pp. 332–341. acm, new york (2019). https://doi.org/10.1145/3325112.3325252 brito, k., de lemos meira, s.r., adeodato, p.j.l.: correlations of social media performance and electoral results in brazilian presidential elections. inf. polity 26, 417–439 (2021). https://doi.org/10.3233/ip-210315 brito, k., filho, r.l.c.s., adeodato, p.j.l.: a systematic review of predicting elections based on social media data: research challenges and future directions. ieee trans. comput. soc. syst. 8, 819–843 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1109/tcss.2021.3063660 article  math  google scholar  heiss, r., schmuck, d., matthes, j.: what drives interaction in political actors’ facebook posts? profile and content predictors of user engagement and political actors’ reactions. inf. commun. soc. 22, 1497–1513 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118x.2018.1445273 article  google scholar  xu, l., yan, x., zhang, z.: research on the causes of the “tik tok” app becoming popular and the existing problems. j. adv. manag. sci. 59–63 (2019) google scholar  simon kemp: digital 2022: brazil. https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2022-brazil. accessed 03 june 2024 santana, m., lima, j., correa, a., brito, k.: engajamento no tiktok dos candidatos às eleições brasileiras de 2022 – resultados iniciais. in: anais do xii brazilian workshop on social network analysis and mining (brasnam 2023), pp. 151–162. sociedade brasileira de computação sbc (2023). https://doi.org/10.5753/brasnam.2023.230641 bimber, b.: digital media in the obama campaigns of 2008 and 2012: adaptation to the personalized political communication environment. j. inform. tech. polit. 11, 130–150 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1080/19331681.2014.895691 article  google scholar  francia, p.l.: free media and twitter in the 2016 presidential election. soc. sci. comput. rev. 36, 440–455 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1177/0894439317730302 article  math  google scholar  tumasjan, a., sprenger, t., sandner, p., welpe, i.: predicting elections with twitter: what 140 characters reveal about political sentiment. in: proceedings of the international aaai conference on web and social media, vol. 4, pp. 178–185 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1609/icwsm.v4i1.14009. brito, k., silva filho, r.l.c., adeodato, p.j.l.: stop trying to predict elections only with twitter – there are other data sources and technical issues to be improved. gov. inf. q. 41, 101899 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.giq.2023.101899 oueslati, o., hajhmida, m. ben, ounelli, h., cambria, e.: sentiment analysis of influential messages for political election forecasting. presented at the (2023) google scholar  vepsäläinen, t., li, h., suomi, r.: the role of social media platforms in forecasting elections: a comparison of twitter and facebook. digit. gov. res. pract. (2024). https://doi.org/10.1145/3651227 article  math  google scholar  brito, k., silva filho, r.l.c., adeodato, p.: please stop trying to predict elections only with twitter. in: dg.o 2022: the 23rd annual international conference on digital government research, pp. 88–95. acm, new york (2022). https://doi.org/10.1145/3543434.3543648 simon kemp: digital 2022: global overview report. https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2022-global-overview-report. accessed 03 june 2024 lima, j., santana, m., correa, a., brito, k.: dataset for the use and impact of tiktok in the 2022 brazilian presidential election (2023). https://doi.org/10.7910/dvn/9l7lei lima, j., santana, m., correa, a., brito, k.: the use and impact of tiktok in the 2022 brazilian presidential election. in: proceedings of the 24th annual international conference on digital government research, pp. 144–152. acm, new york (2023). https://doi.org/10.1145/3598469.3598485 pargent, f., pfisterer, f., thomas, j., bischl, b.: regularized target encoding outperforms traditional methods in supervised machine learning with high cardinality features. comput. stat. 37, 2671–2692 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00180-022-01207-6 article  mathscinet  math  google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations departamento de computação, universidade federal rural de pernambuco, recife, brazil maria santana, pablo sampaio & kellyton brito deinfo, universidade federal rural de pernambuco, recife, brazil josé santana authors maria santanaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar josé santanaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar pablo sampaioview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar kellyton britoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to pablo sampaio . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper santana, m., santana, j., sampaio, p., brito, k. (2025). predicting engagement of brazilian politicians on tiktok: a machine learning approach. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_27 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_27 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords tiktok political campaigns social media engagement prediction machine learning brazilian election publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature hyper-heuristic based nsga-iii for the many-objective quadratic assignment problem | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper hyper-heuristic based nsga-iii for the many-objective quadratic assignment problem conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 170–185 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) hyper-heuristic based nsga-iii for the many-objective quadratic assignment problem download book pdf download book epub bianca n. k. senzaki  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-6256-187210, sandra m. venske  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0001-8602-300810 & carolina p. almeida  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0003-4939-643210  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 777 accesses 5 citations abstract the quadratic assignment problem (qap) can be subdivided into different versions, being present in several real-world applications. in this work, it is used a version that considers many objectives. qap is an np-hard problem, so approximate algorithms are used to address it. this work analyzes a hyper-heuristic (hh) that selects genetic operators to be applied during the evolutionary process. hh is based on the nsga-iii framework and on the thompson sampling approach. our main contribution is the analysis of the use of a many objective algorithm using hh for qap, as this problem was still under-explored in the context of many objective optimization. furthermore, we analyze the behavior of operators forward the changes related to hh (ts). the proposal was tested considering 42 instances with 5, 7 and 10 objectives. the results, interpreted using the friedman statistical test, were satisfactory when compared to the original algorithm (without hh), as well as when compared to algorithms in the literature: moea/dd, moea/d, spea2, nsga-ii and moea/d-dra. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others multi-objective quadratic assignment problem: an approach using a hyper-heuristic based on the choice function chapter © 2020 a hybrid greedy indicatorand pareto-based many-objective evolutionary algorithm article 02 january 2021 optimizing construction time, cost, and quality: a hybrid ahp-nsga-iii model for enhanced multi-objective decision making article 17 december 2024 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. algorithms genome assembly algorithms genomic engineering marker assisted selection optimization personnel selection 1 introduction the quadratic assignment problem (qap) is an np-hard problem even for small instances [1]. the qap was initially introduced to model a plant location problem, with the objective of placing facilities in places so that the sum of the product between distances and flows is minimal [2]. depending on the needs, several variations of the problem arose, such as the linear allocation problem, quadratic bottleneck allocation problem, the quadratic multi-objective allocation problem, among others. each variation works to solve different real-world problems [1]. the multi-objective qap (mqap) [3] and the many objective qap (maqap) are versions of the problem where a distance matrix and several flow matrices (objectives) are used, with two or more functions configuring the mqap and with more than three functions the maqap. the greater the number of objective functions to be optimized, the amount of non-dominated solutions and the computational cost for calculating the fitness of the solutions and the operations of the algorithm increases [4]. these versions are used to solve disposition problems, for example, the allocation of clinics and departments in hospitals to reduce the distance between doctors, patients, nurses and medical equipment [1]. nsga-iii [5] is an evolutionary algorithm for many objective problems that uses a non-dominance classification approach based on reference points, being a hybrid strategy. different classifications are used according to the method that the problem is solved [4]. such an approach has been showing good results in the literature of the area, so it will be investigated in this work. hyper heuristics (hhs) [6] are high-level methods that generate or select heuristics, used to free the user from choosing a heuristic or its configuration. the thompson sampling (ts) [7] approach is a hh that selects a heuristic based on information accumulated during the execution of the algorithm to improve their performance. in this work, a study was carried out on the methods already used to solve maqap, implementing and testing the nsga-iii with the thompson sampling, which makes the selection of the crossover operator combined with a mutation operator. we tested different versions by modifying the way of thompson sampling action. ts uses success and failure factors to determine the best operator choices to apply. different ways of handling these factors and the frequency of resetting them are proposed. the changes of success and failures factors are based on the dominance relation and the average of the objectives. in addition to the comparison between the previously mentioned versions, the proposal, named nsga-iii\(_{ts}\), is also evaluated in terms of effectiveness by comparison with the original algorithm that does not use hh. finally, the performance of the nsga-iii\(_{ts}\) is compared with five other evolutionary multi-objective algorithms: moea/dd [8], moea/d [9], spea2 [10], nsga-ii [11] and moea/d-dra [12]. the main contribution of this work is to analyze the behavior of a many objective algorithm based on hyper-heuristic applied to maqap. maqap is an under-explored problem in the literature of the area, which motivated its choice for use in this work due to several fronts of scientific contribution. in addition, to analyze how the choice of operators proceeds when important factors related to the hh used (ts) are modified. this paper is organized as follows. section 2 presents concepts related to work, such as the qap, the used algorithm (nsga-iii) and the hhs. the section ends with some related works. section 3 presents the proposed methodology for the development of the work. the results are shown and discussed in sect. 4. section 5 ends the work with the conclusions and future directions. 2 background 2.1 many-objective quadratic assignment problem maqap qap’s objective is to associate a set of n facilities to n different locations, in order to minimize the cost of transporting the flow between the facilities [2]. over time the problem has been adapted to solve different real-world problems [13]. one of its existing variations is the qap with many objectives, which is an extension of the multi-objective qap, but which more than 3 flow matrices. the maqap is formalized by the eq. 1, with the condition of eq. 2 being satisfied. \(\pi \) is a solution that must belong to a set of feasible solutions. $$\begin{aligned} \begin{array}{l} minimize \ \overrightarrow{c}(\pi ) = \{c^1(\pi ), c^2(\pi ), \dots , c^m(\pi )\}\\ \ \pi \in \text {p}(n) \\ \end{array} \end{aligned}$$ (1) $$\begin{aligned} c^{k}(\pi ) = \sum _{i=1}^{n}\sum _{j=1}^{n}a_{ij}b_{\pi _{i}\pi _{j}}^{k}, k \in 1..m \end{aligned}$$ (2) the calculation of each objective is shown in eq. 2, and two matrices of the same size are used, the matrix a\(_{ij}\) has the distance between the locations, b\(_{\pi _i\pi _j}^{k}\) is a matrix of the k-th objective flow, with \(\pi _i\) and \(\pi _j\) being the position of i and j in \(\pi \); n is the number of locations and k is an iterator. the objective is to find a permutation \(\pi \), belonging to the set of all possible permutations (p(n)), which simultaneously minimizes m objective functions each represented by the k-th c. in order to represent problems with many objectives, the constraint \(m>3\) must be added. 2.2 hyper-heuristics (hh) hyper heuristics are high-level methodologies developed for the optimization of complex problems [6], looking for the best option to fulfill your objective by generating heuristics through components (generation hh) or by selecting from a set of low-level heuristics (selection hh). the basic composition of a selection hh is a high-level strategy, which uses a mechanism to decide which low-level heuristic to use, and an acceptance criterion that can accept or reject a solution. the other element of hh is a set of low-level heuristics, which must be appropriate for the tested problem [14]. low-level heuristics work on the set of solutions, they can be of two types, constructive or perturbative. among the ways that the hhs can learn are: online, where the learning takes place during the execution of the search process, or offline where the learning already comes with the rules defined before the execution of the algorithm. the use of hhs is due to their ability to find good results for np-hard problems, seeking the best way to achieve a good result and removing the need for the user to choose a single heuristic or its configuration [15]. but as the hhs have evolved, updated information is needed to better organize the classifications to reflect the challenges found in the current world, [16] presents an extended version of the categorization of selection heuristics. in the fig. 1, a diagram showing the elements of the hh used in this work is shown. in which, the high level strategy is formed by the ts as a heuristic selection mechanism, and the nsga-iii acceptance criterion is used. the low and high level heuristics are separated because they work in different search spaces, the high level ones works searching in the space of low level heuristics, and the low level ones work in the space of solutions. the heuristic selection mechanism chooses within a predefined set of low-level heuristics based on its own evaluation criteria. in this case, thompson sampling uses the success and failure factors associated to each operator who performs a count using different methods to define whether a low-level heuristic was efficient or not. finally, the solution is sent to the acceptance criterion, which can choose whether or not to accept the new solution (nsga-iii acceptance criterion). fig. 1.adapted from [14]. hyper-heuristic elements. full size image low-level heuristics genetic operators: the set of genetic operators is from the permutational type, so they don’t generate infactible solutions. these operators use two solutions, to create two new solutions, and they are: i) partially matched crossover (pmx) [17]: 2 cutoff points are selected, so both parents are divided into 3 parts. when creating an offspring, the elements between the points are copied in the same absolute position, then the elements of the other parent are taken. if they have not been used, they are copied in the same position, and if there is a conflict, they are exchanged according to their position in the offspring. the parents order to raise a second offspring is reversed. ii) cyclic crossover (cx) [18]: sequences of connected positions are created by the values and positions. it starts at the first value on the left, takes the position at parent 2, checks and looks for the value at parent 1 and repeats the process until it finds cycles. each cycle is passed alternately to the offspring. iii) permutational two points crossover (2p) [17]: two points are chosen at random, separating the individual into three parts. the initial and final parts of a parent are passed on to the offspring. then, the parent is changed and the offspring receive values according to the order in the parent of the missing elements. in this work the swap mutation [19] was used, then two positions of the solution are chosen at random and they are exchanged with each other. high level heuristic thompson sampling: thompson sampling was proposed by [7] and is used for online decision problems, where information is accumulated during the execution of the algorithm to performance optimization. as shown in [20], ts can incorporate a bayesian model to represent the uncertainty associated with decision making on k operators (actions). when used, a k operator produces, in the context of bernoulli, a reward of 1 with probability \(\theta _k\) and a reward of 0 with probability \(1-\theta _k\). in the present work, for each k action, the previous probability density function of \(\theta _k\) is given by a \(\beta \)-distribution with parameters \(\boldsymbol{\alpha } = (\alpha _1, ..., \alpha _k)\) e \(\boldsymbol{\beta } = (\beta _1, ..., \beta _k)\): $$\begin{aligned} p(\theta _k)= \frac{{\vargamma \left( {\alpha _k + \beta _k } \right) }}{{\vargamma \left( \alpha _k \right) \vargamma \left( \beta _k \right) }}{\theta _k^{\alpha _k 1}}{\left( {1 \theta _k} \right) ^{\beta _k 1}} \end{aligned}$$ (3) with \(\vargamma \) denoting the gamma function. as the observations are collected, the distribution is updated according to the bayes rule and the \(\beta \)-prior conjugate. this means that \(\alpha _k\) or \(\beta _k\) increases by one with each success or failure observed, respectively. here \(p_{op}(g) = \theta _k\) (operator probability in generation g) and the operator chosen is the one with the highest value of \(p_{op}(g)\). the success estimate of the probability is sampled randomly from the later distribution. 2.3 nsga-iii nsga-iii [5] arose from adaptations of nsga-ii [11] which is used for multiobjective problems, in order to better address problems with many objectives. nsga-iii is an algorithm based on pareto dominance and decomposition concepts. pareto dominance happens when an individual has at least one of the objectives better than the others and all the others must be equivalent or better [21]. as decomposition-based algorithms, the nsga-iii uses an adaptive reference point mechanism, when the population for the next generation is formed, to preserve the diversity and convergence of the algorithm. any structure of reference points can be used, but in this work, as well as in many decomposition based algorithms, is considered the technique applied in [5]. in this technique, in order to avoid generating a very large number of reference points, the reference points are generated twice and then joined. 2.4 related works when analyzing the papers on qap [1], mqap [22,23,24] and maqap [25, 26], it is possible to observe that with the increasing objectives and, consequently, on the problem complexity, there is less research being carried out on the theme. in researching different sources of scientific work, few correlated works are found for the qap with many objectives. in [25] the pareto stochastic local search is used. the authors compare different versions using algorithms that make use of the cartesian product of scaling functions to reduce the number of objectives in the search space. the benchmark considered for testing has problems with 3 objectives, and the quality indicator used was the hypervolume. in [26] a comparison research was carried out between 18 state-of-art evolutionary algorithm to solve qap with many objectives. the instances used in the tests have 3, 5 and 10 objectives. the performance metric used was igd (inverted generational distance). in the work [27] two frameworks for multi-objective optimization, moea/d and nsga-ii, were hybridized with transgenetic algorithms for the multiand many-objective qap solution. the benchmark instances considered 2, 3, 5, 7 and 10 objectives. the results were analyzed by different quality indicators of the pareto frontier and statistical tests. the work shows the performance gain of the inclusion of operators based on computational transgenetics in the analyzed frameworks. the many objective hhs have already been used for some problems in the literature [28,29,30,31,32], especially for continuous optimization problems with benchmark instances, although they are still under-explored. however, there is a gap for maqap, where the use of hh has not yet been explored. this is one of the contributions that we intend to obtain with this work. 3 proposed approach the algorithm proposed in this work, named nsga-iii\(_{ts}\), is presented in algorithm 1, in which the functions marked in gray are part of the ts-based hh. the nsga-iii\(_{ts}\) algorithm starts with the random generation of the initial population, of size np, and the evaluation of its solutions. the np reference points (z) are initialized as an uniformly distributed hyperplane intersecting the axis of each objective (step 1). then, a main loop (steps 3–27) begins , each iteration is a new generation (g). internally to the main repetition, another loop (steps 5–12) is used to create a new population who starts by selecting two solutions (parents), carried out at random (step 6). the thompson sampling chooses among three different crossover operators (step 7), the pmx, the cx or the 2p, combined with the swap mutation, using the beta distribution. after the application of the chosen crossover and, followed by the swap mutation (step 8), the new solutions are evaluated (step 9) and inserted in a np size population formed only by the offspring. the next action of the algorithm (step 10) is related to the different versions of the algorithm which have been created. this step returns the obtained reward for each operator, after applying the swap mutation. when the population of offspring is full, respectively in steps 13 and 14, an union with the population of the parents is made, and the joined population is organized by the non-dominance ordering method. the first set of solutions to be part of next population is formed by the fronts of non-dominance that fully fit into the new population (steps 16–19). if individuals are missing, the algorithm normalizes the objectives (step 23) to determine the ideal and extreme points and adjust the reference points accordingly. the projected distance of each solution on the lines formed by the ideal and reference points are used to associate each solution with a reference point (step 24) and a niche procedure is performed to select the solutions remaining, prioritizing clusters with fewer solutions (step 25). unused solutions are discarded. the algorithm ends when it reaches the maximum number of evaluations performed. the different versions tested in step 10 represent contributions of this work. what differentiates one version from another is the success and failure factor and the frequency of resetting successes and failures count, used by ts. the success and failure factor concerns the decision on which operator applications will contribute to the update of the ts counters (success \(\alpha _k\) and failure \(\beta _k\) in eq. 3). the nsga-iii\(_{ts}\)’s versions that change the success and failures factors are based on the dominance relation (nd) and the average of the objectives (avg) and work as follows: i) nd: after applying the crossover, a two-phase method is used. in the first, parents and offspring are ordered by level of non-dominance. if all parents and offspring are at the same level, the best average of the objectives is used as success. on the other hand, if at least one offspring succeeds in dominating a parent, it is considered success, otherwise it is failure; ii) avg: after applying the crossover, the mean of the objectives is used. comparing the average of the parents with that of the offspring, if there is improvement it is considered success, otherwise failure; the different ways of treating the success and failure counting of operators are presented below: i) v1: the success and failure counter variables are not reset at any point in the search; ii) v2: the variables success and failure counters are reset when creating a new population, that is, at each iteration; iii) v3: the variables success and failure counters are reset during the execution, at the moment when they reach 1/3 and 2/3 of the evaluations performed. 4 experiments and discussion for the tests, 42 maqap instances were used with 50 locations and 5, 7 and 10 objectives (flows), these instances were proposed in [27] using the generators presented in [33]. each instance is named following the format: mqapx-yfl-tw, with x is the number of locations, y is the number of objectives (or flow types), t means that the correlation is positive (p) or negative (n) and w shows whether the problem is uniform (uni) or real-like (rl) [27]. all experiments are evaluated by the igd+ (inverted generational distance plus) quality indicator [34]. this metric evaluates different properties of a pareto front approximation and provides a single performance value for the set. igd+ indicates the distance from the set found by the algorithm in relation to a reference set. the reference set used in this work is composed of the non-dominated solutions resulting from the union of the approximation front of all the algorithms involved in the comparison. table 1. parameters considered in the proposed and in the literature approaches.full size table the experiments were organized in four stages. firstly, the different strategies for resetting the count of successes and failures are compared with each other, for the two success and failure factors: by the dominance relation criterion (nd) and by the average criterion (avg). next, considering the best counting strategies, avg and nd are confronted. in the third stage, the best version of the proposed algorithm is compared with the separately applied operators. in the last stage, the best proposed hh is compared with some approaches from literature. the proposed approaches, as well as the other considered algorithms, are executed 30 times with different seeds. the parameters for all experiments in this study are in table 1. ts does not have any input parameters to be defined, which represents a positive point for the technique. all algorithms, quality indicator and statistical test were developed in jmetal framework [35]. tables 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 show a comparison between the algorithms, involving all instances for 5, 7 and 10 objectives, using the test statistical analysis of friedman test [36]. the tables show the rank of the algorithms and the hypothesis that the first place approach is equivalent to the others. whenever the hypothesis is rejected, the first ranked approach is statistically superior to those in the rejected hypothesis line. 4.1 stage 1: selecting the success and failure counting strategy the number of succeed and fail operator applications is the main element for the operation of the thompson sampling heuristic. therefore, experiments are presented below for the analysis of different strategies for resetting these counts throughout the search process. this analysis is performed for the two proposed success factor dominance relation (nd) and the average of the objectives (avg), detailed in sect. 3. table 2. ranking and average percentage usage of operators comparison between the three ways of restarting the counting of successes and failures (v1, v2 and v3), for success factor based on the dominance criterion (nd), according to friedman’s test.full size table table 2 analyzes the different ways of counting on the nd success factor (algorithm column) and shows the friedman test on the igd+ indicator (ranking and hypothesis columns), considering all 42 instances for all number of objectives. the percentage of usage of the different operators used is also shown (% pmx, % 2p, % cx columns. from the table it is possible to observe that the nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3, which resets the count in two moments of the search process, is the best algorithm, followed by nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v1 (version without reset). the algorithm that resets the success and failure counts at each iteration (nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v2) has the worst performance. this table also shows the average percentage usage of operators throughout the search process. it is worth noting that the algorithms that selected the cx operator more often have better performance. in addition, the version that resets success and failure counts at each iteration tends to distribute the use of operators more evenly, as well as in a random selection. the same analysis is performed in table 3, considering the success and failure factors by the average of the objectives (avg). according to the igd+ quality indicator and the friedman test, the nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1, which does not reset the count during the search, is the best algorithm, while the nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v3 algorithm got second place. again, the algorithm that resets the success and failure counts at each iteration (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v2) has the worst performance. the two algorithms that have the highest choice frequency for the cx operator have the best performance. in view of these analyzes, it is possible to observe that the best count reset strategy for the nd success and failure factors is that which reset the variables in 1/3 and 2/3 of the maximum number of performed evaluations (v3). as for the avg success and failure factors, is the best strategy that accumulates the scores throughout all evaluations, without resetting them at any time (v1). the next section compares the two success and failure factor (nd and avg), taking into account your best success and failure count reset strategies, nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 and nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3. in order to understand how the different forms of counting and factors of success and failure behave in the operators choice, the frequencies of use for each operator during the search were analyzed. figures 2 and 3 show how often each of the three available operators is selected by hh during the search, taking as example three instances, they are: \(mqap50-5fl-n25uni\), \(mqap50-7fl-p00rl\), \(mqap50-10fl-n75rl\). the choice of instances aimed to vary their characteristics such as the number of objectives, the correlation and the form of generation (rl or uni). these figures show the percentage of use of the operator (y axis) over the generations (x axis), considering the average of 5 independent executions. each point on the curve represents the frequency with which each operator is used in a given generation. figure 2 shows, for the avg success and failure factor, that the version with the best performance (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1) selects the cx more frequently than the others operators. however, all three restart strategies favor the choice of the cx operator. v2, which resets the counts at each iteration, presents an oscillation in the choice of operators throughout the search. v3, which resets the count in two moments, behaves similarly to the version that does not reset the counts (v1). considering nd, fig. 3 also shows that the version with the best performance (nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3) selects the cx operator more frequently than the others. the oscillation in the choice of operators in the version that reinitializes the count at each iteration (v2) is even greater in this success and failure factors (nd). in order to make a fair comparison, the same stopping criterion was applied in all experiments (maxev = 300000). thus, as can be seen in the figures, the number of generations for each instance is equal to 2832 for 5 objectives, 1022 for 7 objectives and 1088 for 10 objectives. table 3. ranking and average percentage usage of operators comparison between the three ways of restarting the counting of successes and failures (v1, v2 and v3), for success factor based on the objectives average (avg), according to friedman’s test.full size table fig. 2. operators usage over the generations for the nsga-iii\( _{ts-avg}\)v1 approaches (left), nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v2 (in the middle) and nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v3 (right), for 5, 7 and 10 objectives. full size image 4.2 stage 2: selecting the success and failure factor the tests carried out in this stage answer the research question related to which the most appropriate success and failure factor in the proposed scenario. it is based on the best strategy selected in the previous simulation stage, that is, performs the comparison of the nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 and nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3 algorithms. friedman’s test, in table 4, makes clear the supremacy of the version that considers the average of the objectives when deciding whether the application of a given operator is a success or a failure (avg). nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 represents the best hh version proposed in the scope of this work and will be compared with the operators applied in isolation in the next section. table 4. average ranking of algorithms considering the comparison between nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 and nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3, according to friedman test.full size table fig. 3. operators usage over the generations for the nsga-iii\( _{ts-nd}\)v1 (left), nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v2 (in the middle) and nsga-iii\(_{ts-nd}\)v3 (right), for 5, 7 and 10 objectives. full size image 4.3 stage 3: effect of operator selection by hyper-heuristic the use of a hyper-heuristic in the selection of different operators throughout the search process releases the user from choosing the best operator to be applied in the solution of a given problem. this avoids the necessary simulations and even a more in-depth knowledge of the technique and the problem in question. the simulations of this stage aim to analyze the performance of the automatic selection made by thompson sampling in relation to the performance of the operators applied in isolation. table 5 shows that the performance of hh and the cx operator are similar to each other, while the pmx and 2p operators perform worse, considering the igd + quality indicator. friedman’s test indicates statistical equivalence between nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 and nsga-iii\(_{cx}\), which shows that the automation of the choice of operators is done properly. table 5. average ranking of algorithms considering comparison between the best hh (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1) and operators applied in isolation, according to friedman’s test.full size table 4.4 stage 4: literature comparison the efficiency of the best proposed hh is measured at this stage in the face of the algorithms reported in the literature. table 6 compares the nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 algorithm with the moea/dd [8], moea/d [9], spea2 [10], nsga-ii [11], moea/d-dra [12] algorithms. all comparison approaches are present in the framework jmetal version 4.5 and the parameters used, with the exception of those presented in table 1, are the standard parameters of the framework for each of these algorithms. according to the friedman test, presented in table 6, the hypothesis that the algorithm with the lowest rank (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1) is equivalent to the others is rejected for all algorithms. therefore, the proposed algorithm can be seen as a competitive approach for maqap. table 6. average ranking of the algorithms considering a comparison between the best hh (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1) and literature algorithms, according to friedman’s test.full size table 5 conclusions in this work, it was proposed an approach combining selection hh with the nsga-iii framework. the selection hh considered was thompson sampling. the hh was used to generate each offspring through the selected operator from a set of llh, according to an updated probability based on their previous performance. three candidates for operators were considered: pmx, 2p and cx. a set of 42 benchmarks instances was considered with 5, 7 and 10 objectives. two success and failure factors have been proposed with different ways of resetting the counters. the results were analyzed with the igd+ quality indicator and friedman’s statistical test. the igd+ points out that the best way to restart the success and failure counts varies according to the success and failure factor adopted. the best proposed hh (nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1) presented equivalent, or even better, performance to operators applied in isolation. this shows the benefit of automatic selection made by ts, as it releases the user from determining the best operator to be applied in the problem solution. in comparison with the literature, the nsga-iii\(_{ts-avg}\)v1 outperforms all the considered algorithms. it should be noted that, in addition to its competitive results, thompson sampling is a simple technique in relation to other high-level heuristics implemented for hhs and without parameters to be adjusted. as future work we can consider the adaptive control of the size of the set of operators and the test in different optimization problems with multiple and many objectives. references abdel-basset, m., manogaran, g., rashad, h., zaied, a.n.: a comprehensive review of quadratic assignment problem: variants, hybrids and applications. in: journal of ambient intelligence and humanized computing, pp. 1–24 (2018) google scholar  koopmans, t.c., beckmann, m.: assignment problems and the location of economic activities. econometrica 25(1), 53–76 (1957) article  mathscinet  google scholar  uluel, m., ozturk, z.k.: solution approaches to multiobjective quadratic assignment problems. in: european conference on operational research (2016) google scholar  fritsche, g.: the cooperation of multi-objective evolutionary algorithms for many-objective optimization. ph.d. dissertation, universidade federal do paraná, curitiba, pr, br (2020) google scholar  deb, k., jain, h.: an evolutionary many-objective optimization algorithm using reference-point-based nondominated sorting approach, part i: solving problems with box constraints. ieee trans. evol. comput. 18(4), 577–601 (2014) article  google scholar  burke, e., et al.: hyper-heuristics: a survey of the state of the art. j. oper. res. soc. 64, 1695–1724 (2013) google scholar  thompson, w.r.: on the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples. biometrika 25(3–4), 285–294 (1933) google scholar  li, k., deb, k., zhang, q., kwong, s.: an evolutionary many-objective optimization algorithm based on dominance and decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 19(5), 694–716 (2015) article  google scholar  zhang, q., li, h.: moea/d: a multiobjective evolutionary algorithm based on decomposition. ieee trans. evol. comput. 11(6), 712–731 (2007) article  google scholar  zitzler, e., laumanns, m., thiele, l.: spea2: improving the strength pareto evolutionary algorithm for multiobjective optimization, vol. 3242 (2001) google scholar  deb, k., pratap, a., agarwal, s., meyarivan, t.: a fast and elitist multiobjective genetic algorithm: nsga-ii. ieee trans. evol. comput. 6(2), 182–197 (2002) article  google scholar  zhang, q., liu, w., li, h.: the performance of a new version of moea/d on cec09 unconstrained mop test instances. in: congress on evolutionary computation, pp. 203–208. ieee press (2009) google scholar  çela, e.: the quadratic assignment problem: theory and algorithms, ser. combinatorial optimization. springer, us (2013) google scholar  sabar, n., ayob, m., kendall, g., qu, r.: a dynamic multiarmed bandit-gene expression programming hyper-heuristic for combinatorial optimization problems. ieee trans. cybern. 45, 06 (2014) google scholar  pillay, n., qu, r.: hyper-heuristics: theory and applications, 1st ed. springer nature (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-96514-7 drake, j.h., kheiri, a., özcan, e., burke, e.k.: recent advances in selection hyper-heuristics. eur. j. oper. res. 285(2), 405–428 (2020) article  mathscinet  google scholar  talbi, e.-g.: metaheuristics: from design to implementation. wiley, hoboken (2009) google scholar  oliver, i., smith, d., holland, j.r.: study of permutation crossover operators on the traveling salesman problem. in: genetic algorithms and their applications: proceedings of the second international conference on genetic algorithms: july 28–31, at the massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge, ma. hillsdale, nj: l. erlhaum associates. (1987) google scholar  larranaga, p., kuijpers, c., murga, r., inza, i., dizdarevic, s.: genetic algorithms for the travelling salesman problem: a review of representations and operators. artif. intell. rev. 13, 129–170 (1999) google scholar  russo, d.j., roy, b.v., kazerouni, a., osband, i., wen, z.: a tutorial on thompson sampling. found. trends mach. learn. 11, 1–96 (2018) article  google scholar  zitzler, e., laumanns, m., bleuler, s.: a tutorial on evolutionary multiobjective optimization. in: gandibleux, x., sevaux, m., sörensen, k., t’kindt, v. (eds.) metaheuristics for multiobjective optimisation, springer, berlin heidelberg, pp. 3–37 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-17144-4_1 dokeroglu, t., cosar, a.: a novel multistart hyper-heuristic algorithm on the grid for the quadratic assignment problem. eng. appl. artif. intell. 52, 10–25 (2016) article  google scholar  dokeroglu, t., cosar, a.: a novel multistart hyper-heuristic algorithm on the grid for the quadratic assignment problem. eng. appl. artif. intell. 52, 10–25 (2016) google scholar  senzaki, b.n.k., venske, s.m., almeida, c.p.: multi-objective quadratic assignment problem: an approach using a hyper-heuristic based on the choice function. in: cerri, r., prati, r.c. (eds.) intelligent systems, pp. 136–150. springer international publishing, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61377-8_10 chapter  google scholar  drugan, m.m.: stochastic pareto local search for many objective quadratic assignment problem instances. in: 2015 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1754–1761, may 2015 google scholar  rahimi, i., gandomi, a.: evolutionary many-objective algorithms for combinatorial optimization problems: a comparative study. arch. comput. methods eng. 28, 03 (2020) mathscinet  google scholar  de almeida, c.p.: transgenética computacional aplicada a problemas de otimização combinatória com múltiplos objetivos. ph.d. dissertation, federal university of technology paraná, brazil (2013) google scholar  castro, o.r., pozo, a.: a mopso based on hyper-heuristic to optimize many-objective problems. in: 2014 ieee symposium on swarm intelligence, pp. 1–8 (2014) google scholar  walker, d.j., keedwell, e.: towards many-objective optimisation with hyper-heuristics: identifying good heuristics with indicators. in: handl, j., hart, e., lewis, p.r., lópez-ibáñez, m., ochoa, g., paechter, b. (eds.) ppsn 2016. lncs, vol. 9921, pp. 493–502. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-45823-6_46 chapter  google scholar  kuk, j., gonçalves, r., almeida, c., venske, s., pozo, a.: a new adaptive operator selection for nsga-iii applied to cec 2018 many-objective benchmark. in: 2018 7th brazilian conference on intelligent systems (bracis), pp. 7–12 (2018) google scholar  fritsche, g., pozo, a.: the analysis of a cooperative hyper-heuristic on a constrained real-world many-objective continuous problem. in: 2020 ieee congress on evolutionary computation (cec), pp. 1–8 (2020) google scholar  friesche, g., pozo, a.: cooperative based hyper-heuristic for many-objective optimization. in: genetic and evolutionary computation conference, ser. gecco ’19. new york, ny, usa: association for computing machinery, pp. 550–558 (2019) google scholar  knowles, j., corne, d.: instance generators and test suites for the multiobjective quadratic assignment problem. in: fonseca, c.m., fleming, p.j., zitzler, e., thiele, l., deb, k. (eds.) emo 2003. lncs, vol. 2632, pp. 295–310. springer, heidelberg (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-36970-8_21 chapter  google scholar  ishibuchi, h., masuda, h., tanigaki, y., nojima, y.: modified distance calculation in generational distance and inverted generational distance. in: gaspar-cunha, a., henggeler antunes, c., coello, c.c. (eds.) emo 2015. lncs, vol. 9019, pp. 110–125. springer, cham (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-15892-1_8 chapter  google scholar  nebro, a.j., durillo, j.j., vergne, m.: redesigning the jmetal multi-objective optimization framework. in: conference on genetic and evolutionary computation, ser. gecco companion ’15. new york, ny, usa: association for computing machinery, pp. 1093–100 (2015) google scholar  conover, w.: practical nonparametric statistics, 3rd ed., ser. wiley series in probability and statistics. new york, ny [u.a.]: wiley (1999) google scholar  download references author information authors and affiliations midwestern paraná state university unicentro, paraná, brazil bianca n. k. senzaki, sandra m. venske & carolina p. almeida authors bianca n. k. senzakiview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar sandra m. venskeview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar carolina p. almeidaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal de sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil andré britto universidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil karina valdivia delgado rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2021 springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper senzaki, b.n.k., venske, s.m., almeida, c.p. (2021). hyper-heuristic based nsga-iii for the many-objective quadratic assignment problem. in: britto, a., valdivia delgado, k. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2021. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 13073. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_12 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91702-9_12 published: 28 november 2021 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-030-91701-2 online isbn: 978-3-030-91702-9 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords nsga-iii hyper-heuristic thompson sampling maqap publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature impact of pre-training datasets on human activity recognition with contrastive predictive coding | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper impact of pre-training datasets on human activity recognition with contrastive predictive coding conference paper first online: 30 january 2025 pp 306–320 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) impact of pre-training datasets on human activity recognition with contrastive predictive coding download book pdf download book epub betania e. r. da silva9, otávio o. napoli9, j. v. delgado9, anderson r. rocha9, levy boccato9 & … edson borin9  show authors part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15414)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 391 accesses abstract self-supervised learning (ssl) techniques have been successfully employed to learn useful representations for various data modalities without labels. these techniques use a pretext task to train the backbone of a deep-learning model without labels and then leverage the pre-trained backbone to train a downstream model with a few labeled samples. in this context, contrastive predictive coding (cpc) is an ssl technique that has demonstrated promising results in several tasks, including human activity recognition (har). in this work, we explore the impact of data variety on backbone pre-training when designing cpc models for har and the benefits of pre-training on the final model. we evaluated the impact of data variety on model pre-training using fifteen combinations of four distinct har datasets, finding significant performance variability based on the pre-training datasets, with \(f_1\)-score varying from 9.6 to 13% points across different target datasets. we also found that including the target dataset in the pre-training process generally improved performance and that pre-training with all four datasets produced a high-quality backbone, yielding downstream models performing near the best on all target datasets. these findings emphasize the importance of selecting pre-training datasets aligned with the downstream task domain. additionally, we demonstrated that cpc pre-training significantly benefits downstream model performance with limited data, achieving comparable \(f_1\)-scores with just 5% of the data as with 100%, indicating that cpc effectively captures essential features of the problem domain. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others personalized human activity recognition with transfer learning chapter © 2026 smaller can be better: efficient data selection for pre-training models chapter © 2024 standardizing your training process for human activity recognition models – a comprehensive review in the tunable factors chapter © 2024 1 introduction self-supervised learning (ssl) has emerged as a powerful approach for extracting meaningful representations from unlabeled data. it leverages pretext tasks to learn useful features without the need for manual annotations. this paradigm not only expands the utility of available data but also allows for the creation of models that can be efficiently tuned to specific tasks with minimal effort [1, 4]. within ssl, contrastive predictive coding (cpc) [12] is an effective technique for dealing with temporal data and have demonstrated promising results in time series, especially for human activity recognition (har) [3, 6] for example, haresamudram et al.  [6] reported an \(f_1\)-score of 0.832 for the uci dataset and 0.894 for motionsense, reaching performance levels close to those attained by state-of-the-art deep models trained in a fully-supervised manner. although there is a vast amount of literature on ssl methods for har, few works explore the impact of pre-training datasets on the quality of representations learned by ssl models. this work aims to explore this gap by evaluating representations generated by cpc when trained with 15 different combinations of four publicly available har datasets kuhar, uci, motionsense, and real world (waist). we quantitatively assessed performance using the \(f_1\)-score metric and conducted a qualitative analysis of data distribution using t-sne [8]. furthermore, we extended our analysis to low-data regimes by fine-tuning the model on the downstream task with varying percentages of labeled samples. the main contributions of this work are: demonstrated that data variety during pre-training can significantly impact performance; showed that including the target dataset in pre-training improves performance; and proved that pre-training with all datasets produces a high-quality backbone, leading to downstream models that perform near the best across all tasks. additionally, we showed that cpc pre-training provides substantial benefits in low-data regimes, achieving results comparable to using 100% of the data with only 5% of labeled samples. the remainder of this paper is organized as follows: sect. 2 discusses the related work. section 3 introduces the key ssl terms used in this work in order to provides an overview of the cpc technique and its components. section 4 presents the experimental results. finally, sect. 5 summarizes the main conclusions. 2 related work self-supervised learning (ssl) techniques aim to train a robust feature extractor, known as the backbone, which can later be combined with a prediction head (e.g., a classifier, regressor, etc..) to solve a target task (e.g., har) [1, 4]. in essence, this process involves two phases: pre-training and fine-tuning. in pre-training, a machine learning model is trained to solve a pretext task, which is a task that does not require labels, but is designed to boost the model to learn useful features, for instance, predicting the missing parts of an image. the model, also known as “pretext model”, consists of a backbone followed by a projection head, which is usually a multi-layer perceptron and it is trained using a large amount of unlabeled data. in the second phase, the pre-trained backbonefootnote 1 is combined with a prediction head to form the downstream model, which is trained in a supervised manner to solve the target (or downstream) task, for example, har. this phase usually requires a small amount of labeled data, which is used to fine-tune the model to the target task. recently, ssl has proved to be effective in har, outperforming fully-supervised training schemes. for instance, saeed et al.  [14] showed that, by using a pretext task based on transformation classification, they could improve the discrimination of the model by up to 4%, in comparison to fully-supervised and unsupervised methods (e.g., auto-encoders), in datasets like hhar, unimib, uci-har, wisdm, and motionsense, using raw accelerometer and gyroscope data. haresamudram et al.  [5] proposed a ssl technique using masked auto encoders where a subset of the input data is randomly selected and perturbed. then, the pretext task is to reconstruct the original input. the authors demonstrated that the model learns useful representations and achieves good results in har using the motionsense and usc-had datasets. tang et al.  [16] adapted simclr [2], a popular ssl technique based on contrastive learning, for har. this method uses two augmentations of the same sample to generate positive pairs and different samples to generate negative pairs. the authors reported a performance gain of over 2% using their pre-trained scheme. in a later work [15], the authors proposed selfhar, a teacher-student architecture for human activity recognition that combines semi-supervised and self-supervised learning, reporting a significant performance improvement across six datasets with different device placements. thukral et al.  [17] proposed a teacher-student architecture for har, combining cross-modal self-supervised learning with semi-supervised learning. the teacher model, trained with augmented labeled data, generates pseudo-labels for the student model, which is trained with unlabeled data using the simclr technique. the student model can then be fine-tuned with a small amount of labeled data. their method significantly improves performance, especially on the mobiact dataset, in a few-shot learning scenario. however, they note that techniques like cpc excel in few-shot learning using the hhar dataset for pre-training. among several ssl techniques, a technique that has recently stood out in the treatment of temporal signals is the contrastive predictive coding (cpc), first introduced in 2018 by oord et al.  [12]. cpc aims to learn useful representations from temporal data by predicting future representations of the data. this technique will be further detailed in sect. 3. the authors demonstrated that cpc can learn useful representations, achieving strong performance across four distinct domains: speech, images, text, and reinforcement learning. however, their work does not address the har task nor the impact that pre-training datasets have on the downstream model. in 2021, haresamudram et al.  [6] adapted the cpc technique for har. the authors reported an improvement of up to 9% compared to saeed et al.  [14] in the mobiact dataset and other improvements in motionsense, uci-har, and usc-had datasets. dhekane et al.  [3] investigates the data requirements of cpc for har using the hhar, pamap2, and realworld datasets. they randomly selected data from these datasets for representation learning with minimal annotations, applying data augmentation techniques like noise addition, scaling, and channel shuffling. their work includes two evaluations: “bottom-up evaluation”, determining the minimal amount of target domain data needed for useful representations, and “transferred assessment”, examining the minimal external data required for effective activity recognition in the target domain. results show cpc is highly data-efficient, needing only 15 and 5 min of pre-training data for “bottom-up evaluation” and “transferred assessment”, respectively, to achieve comparable performance to full data pre-training. the authors conclude that target domain data is more beneficial for representation learning. the choice of the dataset for pre-training can significantly impact downstream model performance. qian et al.  [13] examined various components in contrastive-based ssl techniques for har, including backbone architecture, augmentations, and contrastive pair construction. they also analyzed data-scarce cross-person generalization, where models are trained on a small subset of individuals and tested on a left-out individual. results showed that generalization levels vary with the pre-training dataset. the authors suggest that self-supervised methods’ effectiveness can be dataset-dependent and that the choice of backbone architecture is crucial for model performance. table 1. related works summary.full size table as ssl techniques have been shown to be effective in several scenarios, table 1 classify the related works according to the following criteria: cpc: evaluate the contrastive predictive coding ssl technique; har: perform the evaluation on har; multiple pre-training sets: evaluate the impact of pre-training datasets on final model performance, and few-shot learning: evaluate the model when trained with few labeled data. notice that the closest related work is the work of dhekane et al.  [3], which evaluates cpc for har taking into account multiple pre-training sets and evaluating the model when trained with few labeled data. nonetheless, our work differs from theirs in the following aspects: (i) we perform a qualitative assessment of the learned representations using t-sne, (ii) we do not employ data augmentation and (iii) we evaluate the impact of different combinations of har datasets on the quality of the learned representations. 3 contrastive predictive coding (cpc) the cpc technique was first introduced by oord et al.  [12], and later adapted by haresamudram et al.  [6] for har. we rely on the implementation of haresamudram et al. to perform our experiments, which is illustrated in fig. 1. the cpc backbone comprises two main components: the input encoder (\(g_{enc}\)), which encodes the input time series (x) into z, and an auto-regressor (\(g_{ar}\)), which encodes the initial time steps of z (i.e., z[0 : t]) into a representation called \(c_t\). cpc also contains several linear predictors (\(w_1\), ..., \(w_k\)), which are used to predict a subset of z (i.e., \(z[t+1:t+k]\)) from \(c_t\). fig. 1. overview of the cpc model. full size image during the training, a random time step t is chosen, dividing z into two segments: past (elements up to t) and future (elements after t). the time steps in the past segment (i.e., z[0 : t]) are encoded by \(g_{ar}\), generating the context vector \(c_t\). this vector is then used as input to several linear models (\(w_1\), \(w_2\), ... \(w_k\)) to predict the next k time steps in z (i.e., \(z_{t+1}\), ..., and \(z_{t+k-1}\)). in this case, these linear models work as projection heads. cpc optimization aims to maximize the mutual information between \(c_t\) and \(z_{t+k}\), (with \(k>0\)). this is accomplished through the contrastive loss function infonce [12], which increases the similarity between the positive pair (context and correct future representation) and decreases the similarity between negative pairs (context and incorrect future representations). once the model is trained, the projection heads are discarded and the \(g_{enc}\) and \(g_{ar}\) models, i.e., the backbone, is attached to a prediction head to compose the downstream model. in our experiments, we employed the same encoder (\(g_{enc}\)) and auto-regressor (\(g_{ar}\)) as haresamudram et al.  [6]: \(g_{enc}\) is composed of three blocks, each containing a 1d convolutional layer with 32, 64, and 128 channels, kernel size 3, relu activation function, and dropout of 0.2; and \(g_{ar}\) is composed of a two-layer gated recurrent unit (gru) with 256 units. this network uses a dynamic attention mechanism, allowing \(g_{ar}\) to capture subtle and relevant temporal features, even in long sequences, by considering distant samples less relevant. for the downstream model, we used the same prediction head as haresamudram et al., which consists of an mlp with three linear layers. specifically, it includes a linear layer with 256 neurons, batch normalization, relu activation, and a 0.2 dropout. this is followed by another linear layer with 128 neurons, batch normalization, relu activation, and a 0.2 dropout. the final linear layer reduces the dimension to the number of classes. 4 experimental results this section details the experiments conducted to evaluate cpc’s effectiveness for har. section 4.1 presents the materials, while sect. 4.2 details the methods used. section 4.3 shows validation experiments, reproducing literature results to ensure compatibility. section 4.4 evaluates the impact of pre-training datasets on the downstream task for four target scenarios. section 4.5 uses \(t\)-sne  to visualize sample distribution in the latent space and qualitatively analyze cpc’s learned representation. finally, sect. 4.6 assesses the impact of pre-training on downstream model performance with limited data. 4.1 materials datasets: the experiments were conducted with four publicly available datasets for human activity recognition: uci [7] (uci), kuhar [10] (kh), motionsense [9] (ms), and realworld [11] (rw). these datasets consist of time series data collected from smartphone accelerometers and gyroscopes. the smartphones were positioned differently across the datasets: in a waist bag for uci and kh, in a pocket for ms, and at the waist for rw. to explore the effectiveness of cpc in different pre-training scenarios, we generated all 15 combinations of the four aforementioned datasets as follows: using a single dataset, combining datasets two by two, combining three by three, and, finally, combining all four datasets. the uci dataset has 12 classes, 6 that represent continuous activities (e.g., walking), and 6 for transitions (e.g., sit to stand). for the pretext task, we employ all the samples; however, for the downstream task, only samples belonging to the continuous activities are used. this is performed to ensure we do not have to discard too much data when balancing the dataset for the supervised training. we distinguish these subsets by the acronyms uci-12 and uci-6, respectively. the other datasets, i.e., kuhar, motionsense, and realworld, remained the same in the downstream and pretext tasks. table 2 summarizes the datasets’ characteristics. table 2. overview of datasets used in this work.full size table to standardize and combine the datasets, several preprocessing steps were undertaken. first, we standardized the sampling rate to 50 hz and converted the acceleration data to units of \(\frac{m}{{s}^{2}}\). the dataset was then partitioned based on user ids, with 70% of users allocated to the training set, 10% to the validation set, and 20% to the test set, ensuring that no samples from a single user appeared in multiple subsets. finally, the data was segmented into windows of 50 time steps (1 s) with a 50% overlap. code: we adapted the code made available by haresamudram et al. [6]footnote 2. the modified version of the code can be found at our github repositoryfootnote 3. hyperparameters: we also employ the same experimental setup described by haresamudram et al.  [6] to ensure reproducibility and comparability of results. table 3 lists the hyperparameters used in this work. table 3. hyperparameters used in the experiments for training the pretext and downstream tasks.full size table 4.2 methods methodology: the cpc model, as described in sect. 3, is first pre-trained with the unlabeled combinations of datasets, adjusting the parameters of the backbone, which is composed of the concatenation of the \(g_{enc}\) and \(g_{ar}\) models. then, the downstream model is built by concatenating the pre-trained backbone to an untrained prediction head (an mlp with three linear layers), and trained using the training subset of the target dataset. however, in this process, the backbone weights are frozen and only the prediction head parameters are adjusted. finally, we evaluate the downstream model on the test subset of the target dataset, reporting the \(f_1\)-score metric. we also employ \(t\)-sne to visualize the distribution of the samples on the latent space, i.e., using the features extracted by the backbone. this is performed using the training subset of the target datasets. 4.3 validation initially, we validated our code base by reproducing state-of-the-art results. this involved verifying the effectiveness of cpc through direct comparison with results reported by haresamudram et al.  [6]. we employed the same hyperparameters, pre-training datasets, and target datasets: uci-6 without the standardization employed in the rest of our work on acceleration unit in g, and motionsense as described in table 2. table 4 shows the \(f_1\)-score reported by haresamudram et al. and the ones produced in our own experiments. the results are very similar, indicating that the reproduction was successful and our implementation is a solid basis for subsequent experiments. table 4. \(f_1\)-score reported by haresamudram et al.  [6] and reproduced by us for the uci and motionsense datasets.full size table 4.4 impact of pre-training datasets on downstream tasks we evaluate the datasets impact used on pre-training have on four target scenarios. the goal is to investigate whether the set of datasets used in the pre-train task significantly affects the performance of the downstream model. to this end, we pre-trained the cpc backbone using all possible combinations of the four original datasets, including training on each dataset individually, in pairs, in trios, and finally, with all datasets combined. the results are organized into tables, one for each target scenario, i.e., a target har dataset in the har task (downstream task). for example, table 5 shows the results when using kuhar as the target dataset. in this case, each row shows which datasets were used on pre-training and the \(f_1\)-score of the downstream model when evaluated on the test subset of the kuhar dataset. tables 6, 7, and 8 exhibit the results when using motionsense, realworld (waist), and uci-6 as target datasets, respectively. the rows in tables 5 through 8 are arranged in descending order based on the \(f_1\)-score. table 5. kuhar results.full size table table 6. motionsense results.full size table table 7. realworld (waist) results.full size table table 8. uci-6 results.full size table the initial observation is that the \(f_1\)-score can vary significantly depending on the datasets used for pre-training: observe that the \(f_1\)-score varies by up to 12.9, 9.6, 10.5, and 13% points on kuhar, motionsense, realworld, and uci-6, respectively. this indicates that the quality of the backbone model is sensitive to the choice of pre-training datasets. we also observed that, in most cases, there is a significant drop in performance when the target dataset is not included in the pre-training set for the backbone. this effect is particularly pronounced in the kuhar and motionsense datasets. for kuhar (table 5), the \(f_1\)-score ranges from 0.770 to 0.789 when kuhar is part of the pre-training set, but it drops to below 0.712 when it is excluded. similarly, in the motionsense dataset, the \(f_1\)-score decreases by three percentage points when the target dataset is omitted from pre-training. a similar trend is observed for uci-6 (table 8), where the highest-performing configurations generally include the uci dataset in the pre-training set. we employed the wilcoxon test to determine whether the performance differences observed when the target dataset is included in the pre-training set are statistically significant. specifically, we compared the seven configurations that exclude the target dataset against the corresponding seven configurations that include it. the wilcoxon test yielded a p-value of 0.015625 for the kuhar, motionsense, and uci-6 datasets, indicating that the observed differences are statistically significant. the results for the realworld dataset deviate from this trend. as shown in table 7, although the best-performing configuration includes realworld in the pre-training set, several other configurations, including the second-best one, achieve high \(f_1\)-score values without it. in this case, the wilcoxon test produced a p-value of 0.296875, which is well above the 5% significance threshold. therefore, we cannot conclude that including the realworld dataset in pre-training led to performance improvements. it is worth noting that the performance of the realworld dataset generally improves when the kuhar dataset is included in the pre-training set. this improvement may be attributed to the fact that both datasets were collected with the device positioned at the waist and that the activity set of realworld is a subset of the kuhar activity set. we plan to explore this relationship further in future work. finally, we observed that the performance obtained when pre-training the backbone using the combination of the four datasets (kh+ms+rw+uci-12) is very close or equal to the best \(f_1\)-score  value achieved in the downstream task for all datasets, as evidenced at table 9. table 9. performance rate when pre-training with all datasets.full size table 4.5 qualitative analysis of the representations in order to perform a qualitative analysis, we used t-distributed stochastic neighbor embedding (\(t\)-sne) [8] to visualize the distributions of the dataset samples on the original representation (i.e., time domain or raw data), and on the representation learned by the backbone when trained with the best combination of datasets. these combinations are indicated in the first row of tables 5 to 8. figure 2a shows the \(t\)-sne chart for two representations of the uci dataset, the original one (uci raw), and the one learned by the cpc backbone (uci + cpc). it is worth noting that the cpc backbone provided better class separation, with most activities forming well-defined clusters. however, there is some overlap between sitting and standing, both low-energy activities, and upstairs shows a few samples mixed with other activities. even so, the overall separability remains clearly visible. fig. 2. \(t\)-sne charts for the uci and the motionsense datasets. full size image figure 2b shows the \(t\)-sne charts for motionsense. again, it indicates that the cpc backbone was able to provide a better separation of the classes, as the sitting and the standing samples are clearly separated from other samples. similarly, the cpc backbone was also able to provide a much better separation of the classes on the kuhar, as illustrated in fig. 3a. the 18 classes were very mixed in the raw data, as indicated in fig. 3a. the cpc backbone yielded a much better separation, creating several homogeneous clusters. finally, the samples from the realworld dataset seem to already form clear activity clusters on the raw data, as illustrated in fig. 3b. in this case, the cpc backbone did not offer much improvement, but at least it kept the same degree of clustering. therefore, we recognize that, in general, the cpc backbone was able to improve the samples clustering or preserve the original clustering seen on the raw data. fig. 3. \(t\)-sne charts for the kuhar and the realworld datasets. full size image 4.6 impact of pre-training on performance with limited data ssl excels when training models on large datasets with minimal labeled data. in this experiment, we assess how the pre-training process affects the performance of the downstream model when trained with limited data, i.e., using fractions of the training set. we evaluate two versions of the downstream model on each dataset: one trained from scratch, without pre-training (named “from scratch”), and the other utilizing backbone weights \(g_{enc}\) (convolutional) + \(g_{ar}\) (gru) learned during pre-training. the pre-training is conducted with cpc technique considering the combination of the four datasets. to evaluate the impact of the amount of labeled data on the downstream models, we train them using subsets of the training dataset. we use the following percentages of the training set: 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, and 100%. the data are shuffled before selecting the subsets; however, for a fair comparison, we use the same subset when training both downstream models. finally, we assess the models’ performance by reporting the \(f_1\)-score using the test set of each dataset. figure 4 shows the \(f_1\)-score for both models when trained with fractions of the training set for each one of the target datasets. the chart includes a blue dot representing the performance of a well-known model trained with supervised learning on the uci dataset, as described in the literature. this model is a cnn as reported by kun xia et al.  [18], using an architecture based on the work of yang et al.  [19]. fig. 4. performance comparison using different percentages of data (x-axis) for models pre-trained with cpc and trained from scratch using different datasets. full size image the results demonstrate that the pre-training process offers substantial benefits for the downstream model across all datasets. moreover, using the pre-training process, just 5% of the data was sufficient to achieve an \(f_1\)-score comparable to that obtained with 100% of the data. this highlights the effectiveness of pre-training with ssl over a fully-supervised training, particularly in scenarios with limited data. furthermore, it is possible to observe that the downstream model pre-trained with cpc achieved nearly the same \(f_1\)-score as the convolutional network from the literature. 5 conclusions in this work we evaluated how the contrastive predictive coding (cpc) ssl technique performs on har tasks. first, we assessed the impact of data variety on model pre-training using 15 combinations of four distinct har datasets. our evaluation reveals that model performance can vary significantly based on the pre-training datasets, with \(f_1\)-score changes ranging from 9.6 to 13% points across different target datasets (i.e., the ones used on the downstream task). it also shows that, in most cases, there is a noticeable difference in performance when the target dataset is included in the pre-training process. moreover, we observed that using all four datasets during pre-training produced a high-quality backbone, leading to downstream models that perform very close to the best models on all target datasets. these results highlight the critical importance of selecting pre-training datasets aligned with the downstream task domain. we then conducted a qualitative analysis of the backbone pre-trained with all four datasets and found that it generally extracted features that effectively enhanced the clustering of samples by their classes. finally, we assessed the impact of pre-training on the performance of the downstream model when trained with limited data, i.e., using only a fraction of total data used to train, and showed that the pre-training process provided significant benefits across all target datasets. this suggests that cpc enables the backbone to learn subtle and essential features of the problem domain. additionally, with the pre-trained backbone, using just 5% of the data was sufficient to achieve an \(f_1\)-score comparable to that obtained with 100% of the data. for future work, we suggest: (i) investigating how varying the amount of data used during pre-training impacts the learned representation, similar to the approach taken by dhekane et al. [3]; and (ii) exploring whether including datasets with similar characteristics can enhance the performance of the backbone model. all codes are open-source and available at https://github.com/h-iaac/kr-papers-artifacts. the datasets can be made available upon request for the purpose of reproducibility. notes 1.the projection head is usually discarded and it is not used on the downstream model. 2.https://github.com/harkash/contrastive-predictive-coding-for-har. 3.https://github.com/h-iaac/kr-papers-artifacts. references balestriero, r., et al.: a cookbook of self-supervised learning. arxiv:2304.12210 (2023) chen, t., kornblith, s., norouzi, m., hinton, g.: simclr: a simple framework for contrastive learning of visual representations. in: international conference on learning representations, vol. 2 (2020) google scholar  dhekane, s.g., haresamudram, h., thukral, m., plötz, t.: how much unlabeled data is really needed for effective self-supervised human activity recognition? in: proceedings of the 2023 acm international symposium on wearable computers (2023) google scholar  ericsson, l., gouk, h., loy, c.c., hospedales, t.m.: self-supervised representation learning: introduction, advances, and challenges. ieee sig. process. mag. 39(3) (2022) google scholar  haresamudram, h., et al.: masked reconstruction based self-supervision for human activity recognition. in: iswc 2020, pp. 45–49 (2020) google scholar  haresamudram, h., essa, i., plötz, t.: contrastive predictive coding for human activity recognition. in: proceedings of the acm on interactive, mobile, wearable and ubiquitous technologies, vol. 5, no. 2 (2021) google scholar  reyes-ortiz, j.l., anguita, d.: smartphone-based recognition of human activities and postural transitions (2015) google scholar  van der maaten, l., hinton, g.: visualizing data using t-sne. j. mach. learn. res. 9(11) (2008) google scholar  malekzadeh, m.: motionsense dataset : smartphone sensor data har google scholar  nahid, a.a., sikder, n., rafi, i.: ku-har: an open dataset for human activity recognition. mendeley data (2021) google scholar  dataset realworld. universität mannheim, university of mannheim google scholar  oord, a.v.d., li, y., vinyals, o.: representation learning with contrastive predictive coding. arxiv:1807.03748 (2018) qian, h., tian, t., miao, c.: what makes good contrastive learning on small-scale wearable-based tasks? in: zhang, a., rangwala, h. (eds.) kdd ’22: the 28th acm sigkdd and data mining (2022) google scholar  saeed, a., ozcelebi, t., lukkien, j.: multi-task self-supervised learning for human activity detection. proc. acm interact. mob. wearable ubiquit. technol. 3(2) (2019) google scholar  tang, c.i., perez-pozuelo, i., spathis, d., brage, s., wareham, n., mascolo, c.: selfhar: improving human activity recognition through self-training with unlabeled data. 5(1) (2021) google scholar  tang, c.i., perez-pozuelo, i., spathis, d., mascolo, c.: exploring contrastive learning in human activity recognition for healthcare. arxiv:2011.11542 (2020) thukral, m., haresamudram, h., ploetz, t.: cross-domain har: few shot transfer learning for human activity recognition. arxiv:2310.14390 (2023) xia, k., huang, j., wang, h.: lstm-cnn architecture for human activity recognition. ieee access 8 (2020) google scholar  yang, j., nguyen, m.n., san, p.p.: deep convolutional neural networks on multichannel time series for human activity recognition (2015) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this project was supported by the ministry of science, technology, and innovation of brazil, with resources granted by the federal law 8.248 of october 23, 1991, under the ppi-softex [01245.003479/2024-10]. the authors also thank cnpq (315399/2023-6 and 404087/2021-3) and fapesp (2013/08293-7) for their financial support. author information authors and affiliations hub for artificial intelligence and cognitive architectures (h.iaac), university of campinas, campinas, 13083-852, brazil betania e. r. da silva, otávio o. napoli, j. v. delgado, anderson r. rocha, levy boccato & edson borin authors betania e. r. da silvaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar otávio o. napoliview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar j. v. delgadoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar anderson r. rochaview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar levy boccatoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar edson borinview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to betania e. r. da silva . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper da silva, b.e.r., napoli, o.o., delgado, j.v., rocha, a.r., boccato, l., borin, e. (2025). impact of pre-training datasets on human activity recognition with contrastive predictive coding. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15414. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_21 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79035-5_21 published: 30 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79034-8 online isbn: 978-3-031-79035-5 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords contrastive predictive coding deep learning human activity recognition self-supervised learning publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature automatic text simplification for the legal domain in brazilian portuguese | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper automatic text simplification for the legal domain in brazilian portuguese conference paper first online: 31 january 2025 pp 31–45 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2024) automatic text simplification for the legal domain in brazilian portuguese download book pdf download book epub francielle vasconcellos pereira9, ana frazão10 & viviane p. moreira9  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 15415)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 231 accesses 1 citation abstract legal and juridical documents such as rulings, laws, agreements, and contracts contain domain-specific terms and jargon, long and complex sentences that may be difficult to understand for laypeople without domain expertise, reading issues, or with a low education level. the simplification of these documents has been a concern for several years, aiming to democratize access to justice. courts are already adopting simpler language, especially in documents aimed at laypeople, such as warrants and notifications, to enhance inclusion and clarity. automatic textual simplification, a subfield of natural language processing, seeks to make complex texts more accessible. this paper explores the task of automatic text simplification in portuguese for the legal domain. the main challenge here is the lack of datasets containing complex sentences and their simplified versions. this work investigates how existing datasets, methods, and metrics used for text simplification perform applied to legal texts in portuguese. we present qualitative and quantitative analyses using five models. the results show that gpt-based models have the best results, but fine-tuning with domain data is a viable open-source alternative. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others text simplification system for legal contract review chapter © 2024 transformer-based approaches for legal text processing article 25 january 2022 ulysses tesemõ: a new large corpus for brazilian legal and governmental domain article 18 july 2024 1 introduction judicial and legislative texts have distinctive characteristics, such as the use of latin and domain-specific language, that make them difficult to understand. the use of judicial language can be found in documents that describe laws, rulings, opinions, and other legal process documents. when it comes to forensic documents, specific terminology is necessary to understand the facts without leaving margin for different interpretations. the concern about simplifying legal has been ongoing for some years. the need for the democratization of the brazilian judiciary, expanding access to justice, has been raised by a few studies [1, 4, 18]. however, they focus on advocating that documents are written and published in a simplified manner. writing simply without losing the entire essence of the text that the law requires is a practice that would need to be widely disseminated and encouraged in all courts in the country. to encourage courts to use plain language, the cnj (conselho nacional de justiça) launched the national pact of the judiciary for plain languagefootnote 1 and, through ordinance no. 351/2023, the plain language seal. its purpose is to recognize and promote, across all segments of the judiciary and at all levels of jurisdiction, the use of clear and understandable language in the drafting of judicial decisions and in general communication with societyfootnote 2. this is a lengthy process that may take years to materialize, still, it can benefit from advancements resulting from the use of automatic tools for text simplification. over time, brazilian portuguese has evolved to exhibit distinct characteristics not typically found in european portuguese. brazil, with its vast territory and cultural diversity, encountered challenges in the development of its legal framework. the incorporation of influences from roman-germanic, french, and portuguese legal traditions occurred within the context of adapting to the specificities of brazilian society. consequently, brazil’s legal system represents a fusion of these legal traditions and an adaptive approach to local issues. these characteristics undoubtedly influence legal writing practices, affecting the formats of documents, hermeneutics, and argumentation in various ways [10, chapter 26]. the challenge addressed in this work is how to automatically simplify texts in the legal domain written in brazilian portuguese. text simplification (ts) is a subfield of natural language processing (nlp). it seeks to translate complex texts into a simpler language, aiming for accessibility. there are several reasons to simplify texts, such as covering the understanding of non-native speakers, people with a lower level of education, or cognitive disabilities. we apply large language models (llm) to generate simplifications given a complex sentence from a legal text. we experimented with different approaches, including fine-tuning a t5 model and prompting strategies. in addition, we enhanced a fine-tuned model with reinforcement learning (rl) to assess whether this could improve simplification results. the evaluation of ts is still an open problem. there is no single metric that can accurately gauge all nuances that are involved in simplifying a text. as a result, this work provides a quantitative analysis using four evaluation metrics. we also performed a qualitative analysis, which is crucial to allow insights into the generated simplifications. the main contributions of this work can be summarized as follows: 1. an evaluation of five llms applied to text simplification in the brazilian legal domain; 2. a quantitative assessment of the quality of the simplification using four evaluation metrics; and 3. a qualitative evaluation of the model’s outputs by a human expert. our findings showed that gpt models still have the best results for ts, even in this specific domain. the use of rl brought performance improvements to the fine-tuned. apart from the gpt models, using only instructions and examples is not enough to yield good results. 2 related work legal documents have complex and specific terms in any language. a compilation of existing datasets, methods, and metrics was investigated for ts in legal texts [11]. they reported the results in terms of readability, simplicity, similarity, presence of hallucinations, and fluency methods. their analysis showed that most methods focus on split-and-rephrase, transforming larger and more complex sentences into shorter and simpler ones. in general, research in languages other than portuguese includes diverse methods, such as machine translation (both supervised and semi-supervised). the first relevant work in ts using a supervised method employed metrics as rewards in an rl algorithm called dress (deep reinforcement sentence simplification) [27]. another work focuses on the replacement of complex words and on sentence splitting. they outperform other unsupervised methods for ts for different domains in english [6]. more recently, bless (benchmarking large language models on sentence simplification) evaluated 44 models for ts in three datasets (wikipedia, news, and medical). they showed that some pre-trained models, even if not trained to ts, can perform well compared to the muss [15] state-of-the-art chosen as a baseline in the paper [13]. there is no consensus on what constitutes plain language, but there are principles that guide the practice of ts. the basic book of plain language theory [8], establishes 25 guidelines capable of guaranteeing the clarity of the text. brazilian courts of justice are working to implement plain language both in textual documents and in-person services provided to citizens. these initiatives aim to ensure that information is passed on clearly and objectively without the need to resort to third parties (such as lawyers). the main targets are documents that reach lay people, such as search warrants and subpoenasfootnote 3. there are few linguistic resources for ts in portuguese [9, 12, 16], and some contributions to nlp and the legal domain made recently [19, 23]. however, in portuguese, most approaches are limited only to lexical simplification, not encompassing the entire syntax of the text. lexical methods in ts are restricted to dealing with complex words in sentences. just changing complex words is not enough to simplify legal sentences. even in english, there is a lack of available data for ts in the domain, and the syntactic methods focus on splitting sentences into shorter ones. an approach that considers the entire syntax of sentences in portuguese was developed in porsimples [14]. the project started in 2009, and in 2010, a rule-based system was developed and made available but is not currently being maintained. the authors also contributed with the only portuguese parallel dataset containing original and simplified sentences. a recent work presented machine learning methods for ts in judicial summaries of two brazilian courts [3]. however, they reported results of readability metrics only, and those are not commonly used to evaluate ts systems. this paper complements the previous studies by assessing ts in five llms applied to legal texts, comparing them with documents simplified by human specialists in brazilian courts. it is unclear how existing models with different architectures can perform in portuguese. the legal domain presents difficulties and a lack of data, even in english. we aim to answer whether a dataset for ts in portuguese is enough to generalize and allow simplifying legal texts, and how some models can perform the task in this specific domain. to the best of our knowledge, this is the first work to evaluate the domain in portuguese using metrics that take reference sentences into account. 3 materials and methods this section describes the macro-steps for automatic ts we adopted in this work to answer the following research questions: rq1 are the main dataset for ts and main pre-trained models in portuguese able to generalize and be applied to the legal domain? rq2 how well do state-of-the-art and recently launched llms perform ts in the chosen domain and language? fig. 1. pipeline with the steps in our methodology. full size image rq3 can rl improve ts results for fine-tuned models? figure 1 shows an overview of our pipeline. our input comes from the three sources of data that were combined into a merged dataset. this dataset is then used in different ways: (i) for providing training data for fine-tuning a transformer-based model and (ii) enriching prompts sent to generative models. the outputs produced by the models are evaluated against the reference simplified sentences. 3.1 assembling a ts dataset in portuguese the input instances for training and evaluating ts systems consist of a pair \(\langle o, r \rangle \), where o is the original (complex) sentence and r is its simplified version. unfortunately, there is no such dataset for the legal domain in portuguese. as a result, we assembled a dataset for training and evaluating ts models, combining data from different sources (some in the legal domain and some generic). the following three sources of data were used. porsimples [14] created four baselines referred to as porsimplessent. they contain a parallel corpus with two levels of simplification, natural and strong. the texts were extracted from brazilian news articles. each pair \(\langle o, r \rangle \) is labeled according to the level of simplification, which can be n (natural simplification) or s (strong simplification). the difference between them is the degree of operations made into the original sentences. in n, splitting and inversion of clause ordering are applied discreetly, and in s, all mapped rules are applied in the simplification (rewriting and lexical substitution, change to canonical order, change to active voice, reordering, splitting, joining, and dropping). all combinations of the pairs in this dataset were used in the fine-tuning step, totaling 8,120 pairs. the combinations are o\(\rightarrow \)n, o\(\rightarrow \)s, and n\(\rightarrow \)s, where the text on the left is equal to or more complex than the text on the right. legal case status updates is a dataset assembled by jusbrasilfootnote 4, a brazilian company that provides access to information on legal cases. they used an openai generative model to explain the meaning of status updates such as “remetidos os autos (em diligência) para central de perícia”. there are 1,656 explanations. each explanation is annotated by experts who rated their quality according to different aspects, namely: (i) whether the explanation is legally accurate and if it is somehow useful. the possible answers were ‘yes’, ‘no’, ‘partially’, or ‘not applicable’; and (ii) the quality of the explanation. the possible answers were ‘good’, ‘bad’, ‘partially’, or ‘not applicable’. we discarded the 231 instances annotated with ‘bad’ quality or that were not considered legally accurate or useful. the remaining 1,424 instances were used in the fine-tuning step. hand-picked examples. we manually selected 149 pairs of sentences \(\langle o, r \rangle \) from materials published by justice courts that are involved in plain language projects promoted by the brazilian government. the list of these sources can be found infootnote 5. instances from the three sources were merged and used as training data. the test data consists of 91 instances from the hand-picked dataset that are from the legal domain. the training, validation, and test splits were disjoint. some statistics of the datasets are in table 2. some examples of the dataset structure are in table 1, and statistics of the datasets are in table 2. table 1. example of the dataset rows used in the workfull size table table 2. statistics of the dataset used for fine-tuningfull size table 3.2 machine learning models we employed four widely used transformer-based models to perform ts. both decoder-only and encoder-decoder models were used. ptt5 [5] is a t5 [20] model pre-trained on the brwac corpus [24], a large collection of web pages in portuguese. it improves the performance of t5 on portuguese sentence similarity and inference tasks. it is available in three sizes (small, base, and large) and with two vocabularies. we used the base model as an initial baseline. ptt5 can also be used with instructions only (and no fine-tuning), but this approach did not work well on this model, as the final outputs were just a copy of the prompt. thus, only the fine-tuning alternative of ptt5 is reported here and is labeled as ft-ptt5. flan-t5-large [7] is also a multilingual model from the t5 family. it has 700 million parameters and continues the training from an adapted t5-lm checkpoint. it uses a wide variety of labeled data to fine-tune with instructions, but the data is not specific to the ts task. gpt-3.5-turbo and gpt4o the gpt models originate from openai’s research in nlp, with gpt-3.5-turbo and gpt-4o featuring advancements such as increased parameters and context windows. the gpt-3.5-turbo and flan models were chosen based on a benchmarking of generative models for ts [13]. to the best of our knowledge, gpt-4o was not tested for ts due to the recent launch. these three models were used based solely on prompting without any fine-tuning. 3.3 fine-tuning and reinforcement learning approach fine-tuning is the process of adjusting a pre-trained language model on a specific dataset for a particular task or domain. in this work, the ts task is the target. the fine-tuning was done using the ptt5 model. fine-tuning procedure. to fine-tune ptt5 to perform ts, we followed the splits described in table 2. the batch size and batch per device in training were set to 4 sentences due to infrastructure limitations. we used 3 steps of gradient accumulation and a batch size of 64 per device for evaluation. the learning rate was 1e-4, weight decay was 0.01, and training was for 100 epochs with checkpoints at every 3000 steps. the loss function was used to choose the best model, and fp16 (half-precision floating point) was set to true. the sari metric was calculated during validation. reinforcement learning. this fine-tuned model was used to apply reinforcement learning (rl) based on dress [27]. we refer to the resulting model as ft-ptt5 + rl. however, dress used an lstm to generate the outputs and then applied rl. in the context of text tasks, rl is used as additional training for pre-trained models. a common technique is to linearly interpolate the rl reward with cross-entropy loss to avoid erroneous training due to the large action space. during rl, we used metrics that do not rely on reference simplifications. these metrics are different from the ones used for evaluating the quality of the predictions in the test set (sect. 3.5) since one cannot optimize and evaluate using the same metrics. 1. fkgl—flesch-kincaid grade level is used to evaluate the readability of a text, indicating the level of education necessary to understand it easily. it considers the average number of words per sentence and the average number of syllables per word, offering a score corresponding to years of schooling to understand a text. as sari is the main metric to automatically evaluate outputs in ts, fkgl was calculated as a simplicity reward in rl. 2. samsa—semantic annotation for machine reading focuses on the ability of the system to understand and extract accurate semantic information from complex texts. using semantic annotations, such as named entities and relationships between concepts, samsa seeks to quantify the quality of the system interpretation by identifying whether it correctly captures the essential meaning of the text [21]. samsa assigns high scores to split sentences, which is a simplification action cited as one of the most important in ts [14]. 3. levenshtein distance—calculates the difference between two strings. this measure quantifies the minimum number of operations necessary to transform one sequence into another, where valid operations are insertion, deletion, or replacement of a single character. this metric is widely used in word processing applications such as spelling correction and plagiarism detection, providing an efficient way to compare and measure similarity between different strings. the calculation of this reward aims to preserve the meaning of the original sentence. in the rl step, the model is trained to increase a reward. the ptt5 fine-tuned model is seen as an agent; it reads the source sentence and then takes an action according to a policy. the agent generates the output sequence as the simplified text; a reward is calculated, and the reinforcement updates the agent state. the reward r(ŷ) used in this work followed the base reward of dress [27] and is calculated as in eq. 1 according to three perspectives: simplicity (\(r_s\)), relevance (\(r_r\)), and fluency (\(r_f\)): $$\begin{aligned} r(\hat{y}) = \lambda ^s r^s + \lambda ^r r^r + \lambda ^f r^f \end{aligned}$$ (1) where \(r^s\) is the fkgl score for simplicity, \(r^r\) is the levenshtein distance for meaning preservation and \(r^f\) is the samsa score for fluency. \(\lambda ^s\), \(\lambda ^r\) and \(\lambda ^f\) are constants \(\in \) [0, 1] and were set as 1, 0.25 and 0.5, respectively. 3.4 generative approach the lack of a parallel dataset to allow fine-tuning or transfer learning into the several versions of llms available makes the generative models a good alternative. the instructions do not need many examples to enable the model to understand the main goal of a task. this is exactly the scenario we have for the portuguese legal domain. we adapted the prompt from bless [13], which uses the few-shot in-context learning and achieved good results in three domains in english. the prompt we used was written in portuguese, but the translated instruction is presented in fig. 2. fig. 2. structure of the instruction submitted to the generative models. full size image 3.5 evaluation metrics the evaluation of ts is an open problem. metrics designed for readability and levels of text understanding are mainly used in linguistics research about the task, but they are not adequate to assess simplification results. fkgl is an example of such a metric. its score is highly sensitive to sentence length and, in some cases, provides only minor impacts on other metrics, like sari [22]. a sentence with many token deletions can cause a loss of important information and may not be able to represent the real meaning of the text message. bleu and sari are also being widely used to evaluate the quality of ts. bleu aims to correlate grammatically with human perception, in addition to preserving meaning. sari is a good option to get an overview of simplicity, but it has better results assessing lexical paraphrasing systems [2]. bertscore has good results at identifying when the reference sentences are similar to the system outputs. it is also a good option to evaluate meaning preservation and similarities with the reference, but a high score does not mean the output was simplified [2]. the metrics we used for output evaluation are briefly described next. 1. sari—system for automatic evaluation is an automatic metric that evaluates how well a system preserves meaning while making text accessible and easier to understand. the metric is calculated through precision, recall, and f1-score for unigrams, bigrams, and trigrams, incorporating semantic similarity [25]. sari is calculated on the n-grams added and kept, and the proportion of those deleted. 2. bleu—bilingual evaluation understudy is a metric used to evaluate machine translation systems. it measures n-gram overlap between the output and one or more human references. the closer the bleu score is to 1, the closer the output is to the human reference according to syntax (word choices and their order) [17]. 3. bertscore—is a metric for evaluating the quality of text generation by comparing the generated text to a reference text. unlike traditional metrics like bleu or rouge, which rely on exact n-gram length, bertscore leverages contextual embeddings from the bert model. he has a better evaluation of meaning preservation because of the bert background, computing a similarity score between each token in the candidate and reference texts, capturing semantic nuances and contextual meaning [26]. 4. rouge—recall-oriented understudy for gisting evaluation assesses the overlap of n-grams, as well as the overlap of word sequences and word pairs, between the generated text and a reference text. by focusing on recall, rouge emphasizes capturing as much of the reference text content as possible. 4 experiments and results the experiments carried out in this work aim to answer the research question posed in sect. 3. 4.1 quantitative evaluation our quantitative evaluation was based on the metrics described in sect. 3.5. this validation was made over the 91 hand-picked instances that are from legal texts (sect. 3.1). the average value of the metrics obtained by each model is shown in table 3 and gives us a brief overview to answer rq2. table 3. average values of each evaluation metric on the instances from the test setfull size table sari is the main metric used to evaluate ts, while bertscore, bleu, and rouge are used to measure the meaning preservation of the simplified text. gpt models and ft-ptt5 obtained the highest values for sari, indicating that the sentences are simpler to understand. the winner here is gpt-4o, although when looking at bleu scores, the two gpt models have lower scores in comparison to all t5 models, which means they did not preserve the syntax of the original sentences. all the t5 family has high bleu scores. however, this changes when we look at bertscore and rouge values. the gpt models are still outperformed by the t5 models. according to bertscore and rouge, gpt-4o and gpt-3.5-turbo are good options for ts, as they have the highest simplicity scores while preserving meaning. flan-t5-large is the winner in meaning preservation; it has the best scores for similarity with reference simplifications, but sari is the penultimate score. the generated simplifications are really discrete, not making significant changes to the original sentence, as shown in the following example: original: “nada veda que a declaratória seja ajuizada em conexão com o pedido constitutivo ou condenatório.”. simplified: “nada proíbe que a declaração seja julgada em conexão com o pedido constitutivo ou condenatório.” figure 3 reveals that gpt-4o may be the best model, with a slight advantage over gpt-3.5-turbo. ft-ptt5 has better results for sari compared to ft-ptt5+rl. rl relied on fkgl as the simplicity metric, and these results reinforce the idea that fkgl is not suitable to measure ts. fig. 3. results of each model on sari and bertscore, evaluating simplicity and meaning preservation, respectively. full size image the scores of the model with rl and flan-t5-large are quite similar, with a slight advantage to flan-t5-large. as the results for meaning preservation are a little better than the ptt5 fine-tuned, it seems that levenshtein distance is also a good alternative to check the similarity between the sentences. 4.2 qualitative evaluation to provide insights into the quality of the generated simplifications, the outputs of the ts methods were analyzed by a domain specialist. the annotator is a judicial analyst who takes on the role of editorial reviewer in a brazilian court of justice. the sample selected for annotation contains 91 pairs for each of the five simplification methods, containing the original sentence and the simplification output of each method adopted. the annotator was not aware of which method produced the simplification. the specialist received the original and the simplified sentences and was asked to rate the quality of the simplification by answering three questions: q1—is the simplification correct? a correct simplification should be grammatically correct from the point of view of the norms of the portuguese language and the conceptual legal norm. the possible values answers are: ‘yes’, ‘no’, or ‘partially’. q2—is the simplified sentence indeed simpler to understand? the possible answers are: ‘yes’, ‘no’, or ‘same’ (when the output is identical to the input). q3—what is the quality of the simplified sentence? this is based on the previous questions, meaning how can the simplified sentence be evaluated. the values to be annotated are: ‘good’, ‘reasonable’, or ’bad’. the main guidelines from the plain language book [8], which supported the evaluation of the sentences generated by the models, are: write short sentences with an average length of 15 to 20 words; choose commonly used words; use the direct order of the sentence; prefer direct action verbs; divide the text into topics; avoid gender markers; present the most important information at the beginning; and use appropriate punctuation. table 4 provides an overview of the human evaluation of the generated simplifications for each question (answer to rq2). it shows the percentage of the instances that were classified by the expert into each of the possible categories. table 4. results of the qualitative evaluation.full size table gpt-3.5-turbo is the winner, with the most robust performance across all three evaluative questions. the only output with ‘bad’ quality is in table 5, along with an example of ‘good’ quality. the first does not correspond to the content of the reference sentence, adding information. in the second output, the order of the sentences is changed to allow a fluid reading, and the vocabulary is simplified using more frequent words. gpt-4o also demonstrates competitive results, with high counts in ‘yes’ responses for q1 and q2. both models present very low bleu scores but high scores in bertscore. bleu uses the exact n-gram size, while bertscore considers the context of the sentence. by applying ts, syntax and lexical changes can bring differences in terms of n-grams but keep the meaning. this shows the importance of using different metrics in the evaluation step. flan-t5-large presented high scores for meaning preservation but low scores for simplicity. as we can see in table 4, 95.6% of sentences were not modified from their original forms, agreeing with the results presented in the quantitative evaluation in table 3. ft-ptt5 and ft-ptt5 + rl have similar results in quantitative evaluation, with the first one winning in simplicity, but in qualitative evaluation, ft-ptt5 + rl have less bad quality sentences than ft-ptt5 only. table 5. sentences simplified by the winning model, gpt-3.5-turbofull size table the ft-ptt5 and ft-ptt5+rl provide better results compared to flan-t5-large, considering both qualitative and quantitative evaluations. both ptt5-based models have problems in q1, not preserving the legal meaning or with grammar problems. since the fine-tuning does not have training examples from the domain, this can be the main reason for not being able to generalize for the domain (answer to rq1). dress [27] is the rl state-of-the-art with the best results until now, but the change of metrics used in this work did not yield good results in both evaluations. fine-tuning models have shown to be promising for ts, and rl is able to increase the performance too (answer to rq3), as only 2% of the outputs were considered bad against 30% of ft-ptt5. 5 conclusion this work evaluated llm for ts in legal texts written in portuguese. we fine-tuned the pre-trained ptt5 model and developed an rl algorithm based on dress [27] but with ptt5 as a base for text-to-text generation. these models were compared with two gpt-3.5-turbo, gpt4o, and flan-t5-large. there are many types of legal documents in portuguese available, but without their ground truth simplifications, they cannot be readily used to train or evaluate ts. we relied on a dataset of legal case updates with their plain language explanations obtained from gpt-based models as training data. although this data is in the domain of interest, it is not a ts dataset in the strict sense. in addition, our qualitative evaluation was made by only one specialist. as future work, experiments using other models, such as bardfootnote 6 and sabiáfootnote 7, can be performed. fine-tuning the larger versions of llms can be very costly, but it has been shown to improve ts results. the use of rl had similar results to the fine-tuned model. however, the use of other metrics in the reward functions could improve performance, closing the gap in comparison to the gpt models. other methods, such as performing ts according to readability levels, could be explored. the legal domain has different sub-fields, which makes it difficult to generalize a model for all sectors. an expression may have different meanings across sub-fields of the legal domain, or even across brazilian estates. thus, the question of whether a model can be robust to such variations is still unanswered. notes 1.https://www.cnj.jus.br/gestao-da-justica/acessibilidade-e-inclusao/pacto-nacional-do-judiciario-pela-linguagem-simples/. 2.https://www.cnj.jus.br/gestao-da-justica/acessibilidade-e-inclusao/pacto-nacional-do-judiciario-pela-linguagem-simples/selos/. 3.https://comunicasimples.com.br/2023/01/03/juridiques/. 4.https://www.jusbrasil.com.br. 5.https://cutt.ly/links-plain-language. 6.https://gemini.google.com/. 7.https://www.maritaca.ai. references de almeida guimarães, l.h.p.: a simplificação da linguagem jurídica como instrumento fundamental de acesso à justiça. publicatio uepg: ciências humanas, linguistica, letras e artes 20(2), 173–184 (2012) google scholar  alva-manchego, f., scarton, c., specia, l.: the (un) suitability of automatic evaluation metrics for text simplification. comput. linguist. 47(4), 861–889 (2021) article  google scholar  alves, a., miranda, p., mello, r., nascimento, a.: automatic simplification of legal texts in portuguese using machine learning. in: legal knowledge and information systems, pp. 281–286. ios press (2023) google scholar  candido, jr., a., maziero, e.g., specia, l., gasperin, c., pardo, t., aluisio, s.: supporting the adaptation of texts for poor literacy readers: a text simplification editor for brazilian portuguese. in: workshop on innovative use of nlp for building educational applications, pp. 34–42 (2009) google scholar  carmo, d., piau, m., campiotti, i., nogueira, r., lotufo, r.: ptt5: pretraining and validating the t5 model on brazilian portuguese data. arxiv preprint arxiv:2008.09144 (2020) cemri, m., çukur, t., koç, a.: unsupervised simplification of legal texts. arxiv preprint arxiv:2209.00557 (2022) chung, h.w., et al.: scaling instruction-finetuned language models. j. mach. learn. res. 25(70), 1–53 (2024) google scholar  cutts, m.: oxford guide to plain english. oxford university press (2013) google scholar  ferrés, d., saggion, h., guinovart, x.g.: an adaptable lexical simplification architecture for major ibero-romance languages. in: workshop on building linguistically generalizable nlp systems, pp. 40–47 (2017) google scholar  finatto, m.j.b., macohin, a.: pln no direito: perspectivas e desafios com textos jurídicos e legais. in: caseli, h.m., nunes, m.g.v. (eds.) processamento de linguagem natural: conceitos, técnicas e aplicações em português, chap. 26, 2nd edn. bpln (2024) google scholar  garimella, a., sancheti, a., aggarwal, v., ganesh, a., chhaya, n., kambhatla, n.: text simplification for legal domain: insights and challenges. in: aletras, n., chalkidis, i., barrett, l., goantă, c., preotiuc-pietro, d. (eds.) natural legal language processing workshop 2022, pp. 296–304 (2022) google scholar  hartmann, n.s., aluísio, s.m.: adaptação lexical automática em textos informativos do português brasileiro para o ensino fundamental. linguamática 12(2), 3–27 (2020) google scholar  kew, t., et al.: bless: benchmarking large language models on sentence simplification. in: the 2023 conference on empirical methods in natural language processing (2023) google scholar  leal, s.e., duran, m.s., aluísio, s.: a nontrivial sentence corpus for the task of sentence readability assessment in portuguese. in: international conference on computational linguistics, pp. 401–413 (2018) google scholar  martin, l., fan, a., de la clergerie, é., bordes, a., sagot, b.: muss: multilingual unsupervised sentence simplification by mining paraphrases. in: calzolari, n., et al. (eds.) language resources and evaluation conference, pp. 1651–1664 (2022) google scholar  north, k., zampieri, m., ranasinghe, t.: alexsis-pt: a new resource for portuguese lexical simplification. arxiv preprint arxiv:2209.09034 (2022) papineni, k., roukos, s., ward, t., zhu, w.j.: bleu: a method for automatic evaluation of machine translation. in: annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, pp. 311–318 (2002) google scholar  pena, t.m.g.: a simplificação da linguagem jurídica como fator de democratização do direito e inclusão social. revista do tribunal regional do trabalho da 24\(^{\underline{a}}\) região (5), 109–129 (2020) google scholar  polo, f.m., et al.: legalnlp-natural language processing methods for the brazilian legal language. in: anais do xviii encontro nacional de inteligência artificial e computacional, pp. 763–774 (2021) google scholar  raffel, c., et al.: exploring the limits of transfer learning with a unified text-to-text transformer. j. mach. learn. res. 21(140), 1–67 (2020) google scholar  sulem, e., abend, o., rappoport, a.: semantic structural evaluation for text simplification. in: conference of the north american chapter of the association for computational linguistics: human language technologies, vol. 1 (long papers), pp. 685–696 (2018) google scholar  tanprasert, t., kauchak, d.: flesch-kincaid is not a text simplification evaluation metric. in: workshop on natural language generation, evaluation, and metrics (gem 2021), pp. 1–14 (2021) google scholar  viegas, c.f., costa, b.c., ishii, r.p.: jurisbert: a new approach that converts a classification corpus into an sts one. in: international conference on computational science and its applications, pp. 349–365. springer (2023) google scholar  wagner filho, j.a., wilkens, r., idiart, m., villavicencio, a.: the brwac corpus: a new open resource for brazilian portuguese. in: international conference on language resources and evaluation (lrec) (2018) google scholar  xu, w., napoles, c., pavlick, e., chen, q., callison-burch, c.: optimizing statistical machine translation for text simplification. trans. assoc. comput. linguist. 4, 401–415 (2016) article  google scholar  zhang, t., kishore, v., wu, f., weinberger, k.q., artzi, y.: bertscore: evaluating text generation with bert. in: international conference on learning representations (2019) google scholar  zhang, x., lapata, m.: sentence simplification with deep reinforcement learning. in: conference on empirical methods in natural language processing (2017) google scholar  download references acknowledgments this work has been partially funded by cnpq-brazil, and capes finance code 001. the authors are thankful to edleno silva de moura for sharing the legal case updates created by jusbrasil and to inovajus for sharing examples of simplification. author information authors and affiliations institute of informatics, ufrgs porto alegre, porto alegre, rio grande do sul, brazil francielle vasconcellos pereira & viviane p. moreira usp são paulo, são paulo, brazil ana frazão authors francielle vasconcellos pereiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar ana frazãoview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar viviane p. moreiraview author publications search author on:pubmed google scholar corresponding author correspondence to viviane p. moreira . editor information editors and affiliations universidade federal fluminense, niterói, brazil aline paes instituto tecnológico de aeronáutica, são josé dos campos, brazil filipe a. n. verri rights and permissions reprints and permissions copyright information © 2025 the author(s), under exclusive license to springer nature switzerland ag about this paper cite this paper pereira, f.v., frazão, a., moreira, v.p. (2025). automatic text simplification for the legal domain in brazilian portuguese. in: paes, a., verri, f.a.n. (eds) intelligent systems. bracis 2024. lecture notes in computer science(), vol 15415. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79038-6_3 download citation .ris .enw .bib doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-79038-6_3 published: 31 january 2025 publisher name: springer, cham print isbn: 978-3-031-79037-9 online isbn: 978-3-031-79038-6 ebook packages: computer sciencecomputer science (r0) share this paper anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content: get shareable linksorry, a shareable link is not currently available for this article. copy shareable link to clipboard provided by the springer nature sharedit content-sharing initiative keywords automatic text simplification legal texts natural language processing plain language publish with us policies and ethics search search by keyword or author search navigation find a journal publish with us track your research discover content journals a-z books a-z publish with us journal finder publish your research language editing open access publishing products and services our products librarians societies partners and advertisers our brands springer nature portfolio bmc palgrave macmillan apress discover your privacy choices/manage cookies your us state privacy rights accessibility statement terms and conditions privacy policy help and support legal notice cancel contracts here 129.74.145.123 hesburgh library er unit (3005732405) northeast research libraries (nerl) (8200828607) nerl ta account (3006206169) university of notre dame hesburgh library (3000184373) © 2025 springer nature a protocol for argumentation-based persuasive negotiation dialogues | springer nature link (formerly springerlink) skip to main content advertisement log in menu find a journal publish with us track your research search cart home intelligent systems conference paper a protocol for argumentation-based persuasive negotiation dialogues conference paper first online: 28 november 2021 pp 18–32 cite this conference paper access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library download book pdf download book epub intelligent systems (bracis 2021) a protocol for argumentation-based persuasive negotiation dialogues download book pdf download book epub mariela morveli-espinoza  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-7376-227110, ayslan possebom  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-1347-585211 & cesar augusto tacla  orcid: orcid.org/0000-0002-8244-897010  part of the book series: lecture notes in computer science ((lnai,volume 13073)) included in the following conference series: brazilian conference on intelligent systems 802 accesses 2 citations abstract argumentation-based persuasive negotiation is a form of negotiation dialogue in which agents, with different interests and goals, exchange proposals that are supported by rhetorical arguments such as threats, rewards, or appeals. besides rhetorical arguments, additional kinds of illocutions may also be exchanged during the dialogue, for instance, agents may ask for explanations, give explanations, or attack (or contradict) previous arguments. this paper presents a formal protocol for argumentation-based persuasive negotiation dialogues in which a proponent agent tries to persuade his opponent to perform a given action and the opponent tries to maintain his position. the protocol is modelled as a dialogue game (i.e. the interactions between the proponent and the opponent are governed by a set of rules) and the outcome of the dialogue is determined by applying an argumentation semantics. we prove the soundness and completeness of our proposal and illustrate the proposed protocol by using an example. supported by capes. access provided by university of notre dame hesburgh library. download conference paper pdf similar content being viewed by others negotiation as practical argumentation article 01 june 2023 persuasion dialogues via restricted interfaces using probabilistic argumentation chapter © 2016 on a formal treatment of deception in argumentative dialogues chapter © 2017 explore related subjects discover the latest articles, books and news in related subjects, suggested using machine learning. dispute resolution, mediation, arbitration diplomacy diplomatics lobbying mediation and conflict management pragmatics 1 introduction negotiation is a key form of interaction among agents that can be used for resolving conflicts and reaching agreements. formal argumentation is a process based on the construction and comparison of arguments considering the conflicts that may emerge among them. such conflict are called attacks. the idea is to determine set(s) of non-conflicting arguments (called extensions), which are considered acceptable or justified. the function in charge of calculating the extensions is called semantics [13]. some works on negotiation argue that argumentation – using explanatory arguments – allows that an agent acquire additional information about his opponents, which can be used for attacking his opponent’s proposals or justifying his own proposals (e.g., [3, 12, 26, 29]). besides explanatory arguments, there exist other kinds of arguments that can be used in negotiation dialogues and act as persuasive elements aiming to force or convince an opponent to accept readily a given proposal, these are called rhetorical arguments (e.g., in [20,21,22]). according to ramchurn et al. [27], a negotiation involving these kinds of arguments is called persuasive negotiation. we can describe the rhetorical arguments as follows: (i) threats, which try to persuade an opponent agent by using the argument that something negative will happen to him if he does not accept to do the requirement sent by the proponent; (ii) rewards, which try to persuade an opponent by using the argument that something positive will happen to him if he accepts to do the requirement sent by the proponent; and (iii) appeals, which try to persuade an opponent in the same form than rewards, but this positive event will depend on the opponent; hence, appeals can be seen as self-rewards [4]. rhetorical arguments have been studied in terms of speech acts (e.g., [27]) and in other articles, a logical formalization has been given (e.g., [5, 6]). it was also studied how to evaluate their strength values (e.g., [6, 21, 22]). however, to the best of our knowledge, no study about a protocol involving these arguments has been proposed. in order to better understand the problem, imagine a scenario where two agents, maria (m) and carlos (c), are discussing about household chores. maria is trying to persuade carlos to do the cleaning of their apartment. the following dialogue shows how agreement is reached: (1) m: carlos, could you please do the cleaning? (2) c: no, i can not, i have to work. (3) m: if you do the cleaning, i could help you with your reports and you can finish your work early. (4) c: you can not help me. (5) m: why? (6) c: because these reports are about a topic you do not know. (7) m: well, if you do not do the cleaning, i will not go to your mother’s house on saturday. (8) c: if you will not go to my mother’s house, i will not talk to her about the work for your brother. (9) m: that is not longer necessary, my brother got a job yesterday. (10) c: ok. you win! in this example, maria succeeds in persuading her husband carlos to do the cleaning of their apartment. on the first attempt to persuade carlos, maria uses a reward (line 3), which is not accepted, resulting in an attack to her reward (line 4). in this settings, an attack is a contradictory statement. since her reward was not successful, she uses a more powerful argument, i.e. a threat(line 7), and then he also answers with another threat (line 8), which we can call a counter-threat. she answers attacking carlos’ counter-threat (line 9). notice that this attack is not a counter-threat, which indicates that there is more than one way to attack a rhetorical argument. finally, carlos accepts to do the cleaning. besides rhetorical arguments and their corresponding attacks, we can notice that an explanation is required during the conversation (line 5), this means that agents can make questions to each other and can use explanatory arguments to justify their opinions. figure 1 shows the outline of the dialogue in terms of rhetorical arguments, attacks, and other illocutions. fig. 1. outline of the dialogue between maria and carlos, which ends successfully for maria. full size image from this scenario, we can observe that during a persuasive negotiation dialogue agents can exchange rhetorical arguments, attacks to rhetorical arguments, questions, explanatory arguments, and attacks to explanatory arguments. most of the research about protocols in literature is focused on negotiation (e,g., [1, 11, 16, 28]), some others on persuasion (e.g., [10, 17]), and some others on argumentation-based dialogues (e.g., [8, 9, 14, 23, 25, 30, 31]). although some of these protocols take into account explanatory arguments and attacks among them, these are not embedded in a persuasive negotiation dialogue (according to the definition of [27]) and do not interact with other kinds of arguments. thus, the research questions that are addressed in this paper are: 1. how can rhetorical arguments, explanatory arguments, attacks, and other illocutions be combined in a coherent dialogue? 2. how can argumentation techniques be used in this kind of dialogue? in order to address the first question, we propose a protocol that has a dialogue game form where utterances are viewed as moves in a game, which is guided according to a defined set of rules. according mcburney and parsons [18], formal dialogue games allow sufficient flexibility of expression while avoid state-space explosion. regarding the second question, an important part of a dialogue is the outcome. in this case, the outcome has to determine the final status of the dialogue (that is, it ends with an agreement or not), the winner (if there is an agreement), and the set of commitments the winner agent has to fulfil after the dialogue, for example, maria will go to the house of the mother-in-law since carlos will do the cleaning. we will use argumentation semantics to determine the outcome of the dialogue. next section presents the main concepts about argumentation and argumentation semantics. section 3 concerns with the type of arguments and attacks. section 4 presents the proposed protocol, that is, the rules that govern the interactions among the agents, the argumentation framework that determines the outcome of the dialogue and the main properties of the approach. in sect. 5, we illustrate our new protocol by applying it to the example given in introduction. finally, sect. 6 is devoted to conclusions and future work. 2 background in this section, we present the concepts of argumentation framework and the acceptability semantics for linear dialogues. an argumentation framework consists of a set of arguments and a attack relation between them. the following definitions were extracted from [2] and [13]. definition 1 (argumentation framework) an argumentation framework is an ordered pair , where \(\mathtt {arg}\) is a finite set of arguments and a binary relation on \(\mathtt {arg}\) (i.e., ). we call an attack relation and (a, b) means that argument a attacks argument b. before presenting the acceptability notion, it is important to study linear discussions. a linear discussion is a sequence of arguments such that each argument attacks the argument preceding it in the sequence. this sequence will determine which arguments can be considered acceptable and which cannot. definition 2 (linear discussions) let be an argumentation framework and \(a \in \mathtt {arg}\). a linear discussion for a in \(\mathtt {arg}\) is a sequence \(s = \langle a_1, ... , a_n \rangle \) of elements of \(\mathtt {arg}\) (where n is a positive integer) such that \(a_1 = a\) and \(\forall i \in \{2, 3, .. . , n\}\) . next we present the semantics, which determines what arguments are considered acceptable or justified. first, it is necessary the notion of supporters. given three arguments \(a_1\), \(a_2\), and \(a_3\). if and , then \(a_3\) supports \(a_1\). the acceptability notion is directly related to argument a because it represents the central point of the discussion. thus, given a sequence s, we can say that \(\forall a_i \in s\), \(a_i\) supports a if i is odd and it attacks a if i is even. let \(\mathtt {sup}(a)\) return all the supporters of \(a_1\) and \(\mathtt {att}(a)\) return all its attackers. definition 3 (semantics) let be an argumentation framework, \(a \in \mathtt {arg}\), s a sequence for a, and n the length of s. it holds that (i) if n is odd, then \(a \cup \mathtt {sup}(a)\) are acceptable, or (ii) if n is even, then \( \mathtt {att}(a)\) are acceptable. let be a semantics function that returns the set of acceptable arguments. 3 building blocks in this section, we present the topic language used to represent the content of illocutions exchanged by agents. we also present the definitions of the kinds of arguments that can be exchanged and study the possible attacks to each of them. according to van veenen and prakken [30], formal dialogue games have a topic language , expressed in a certain logic, and a communication language with a protocol , which specifies the allowed moves at each point in a dialogue. we can say that a persuasive negotiation dialogue happens between a proponent agent p and an opponent agent o about a topic . in this work, the topic language is specified using the classical logical language. symbols \(\wedge \),\(\vee \) and \(\lnot \) denote the logical connectives conjunction, disjunction, and negation, respectively. besides, \(\vdash \) stands for the classical inference and \(\equiv \) logical equivalence. from we can distinguish the three following sets of formulas: contains the goals the agent pursues; contains what the agent believes the goals of the other agent are (that is, his opponent’s goals); and is the knowledge base of the agent, which gathers the information the agent has about the environment. goals and opponent’s goals are represented with positive literalsfootnote 1 from . besides, and are finite sets such that . now, let us present the definitions of arguments, explanatory arguments, rhetorical arguments, and attacks involved during a persuasive negotiation dialogue. in what follows, for a given argument, the function \(\mathtt {supp}\) returns all the beliefs of (called support) used to build the argument and \(\mathtt {conc}\) returns its conclusion. the first one is a basic definition where any element of can be an argument whereas explanatory and rhetorical arguments have a deductive form. indeed, a fact or a goal is entailed from the support. definition 4 (argument [19]) let be a knowledge base. an argument a is \(\varphi \) if with \(\mathtt {supp}(a)\) = \(\{\varphi \}\), \(\mathtt {conc}(a) = \varphi \). explanations are the most common category of arguments. they represent the reasons to believe in a fact. definition 5 (explanatory argument [7]) let be the knowledge base of an agent. an explanatory argument is a tuple such that (i) , (ii) , and (iii) is consistent and minimal.footnote 2 with: and \(\mathtt {conc}(a)=h\). unlike explanatory arguments, rhetorical arguments are also made up by goals and opponent’s goals. definition 6 (rhetorical arguments [7]) let be the knowledge base of an agent, be his goals base, and be his opponent’s goals base. a threat, reward, or appeal is a triple such that (i) , (ii) , (iii)  , and (iv) is consistent and minimal. besides: in the case of threats, it holds that in the case of rewards and appeals, it holds that . with: , \(\mathtt {conc}(a)=g\), and \(\mathtt {opgoal}(a)=go\) returns the goal that is being threatened, rewarded, or appealed. it is also necessary to define the attacks each kind of argument may receive. an attack relation between two arguments a and b denotes the fact that these arguments cannot be accepted simultaneously since they contradict each other. in the case of explanatory arguments, two kinds of attacks can be determined, undercuts and rebuttals. an undercutting argument is an argument whose conclusion contradicts some of the elements of the support of another argument, and a rebutting argument is an argument whose conclusion is the negation of the conclusion of another argument. formally: definition 7 (attacks to explanatory arguments [7]) let and be two explanatory arguments: undercuts iff such that \(h' \equiv \lnot h''\). rebuts iff \(h \equiv \lnot h'\). regarding attacks to rhetorical arguments, we have distinguished three types of attacks. the first one occurs when a threat is attacked by another threat (we can call it a counter-threat). in this case, there is no a logical contradiction but we can notice that the goal threatened by an agent is used by the opponent to construct another threat as can be observed in lines (7) and (8) of the example given in introduction. definition 8 (counter-threat) let be the set of goals of an proponent agent p, be a threat of p, and be a threat of opponent agent o. we say that \(th_o\) counter-threatens \(th_p\) when \(g'=go\) and . the second type of attack occurs when the opponent answers disesteeming his threatened/rewarded/appealed goal and denies his interest in achieving it. for example, line (9) of the example given in introduction. in line (8), carlos threatens maria with not talking with his mother about a job for maria’s brother and in line (9), she says that her brother already got a job. this attack has the form of an explanatory argument. definition 9 (disesteemation) let be a rhetorical argument. an argument disesteems a when \(g'=\lnot go\). to the best of our knowledge, the two previous types of attacks were not studied before. on the other hand, a rhetorical argument can also be undercut. 4 the proposal in this section, we present the language and the rules for the dialogue game. besides, we present the argumentation framework that represents the dialogue and determines its outcome. 4.1 the proposed protocol the game is mainly based on the following ideas. each move in the dialogue, except the initial one, replies to the previous move of the other agent (we refer to the previous move as its target). in [24], the author proposes the idea of attack and surrender as a categorization of the possible replies to previous moves during the dialogue. a reply is a surrender when it is not against the previous move; otherwise, it is an attack. in summary, a reply can either be an attack or a surrender. table 1 presents the persuasion communication language , which takes into account the attacks and the surrenders. in this table, a, b, c, d, e and \(c'\) are arguments. let us recall that an attack relation between two arguments denotes the fact that these arguments cannot be accepted simultaneously since they contradict each other. following this idea, we can say that rejecting a request is an attack because it is a contradiction. we can also say that a rhetorical argument attacks a rejection because it defends a different position. thus, we will consider an attack those defined in previous section – which are more related to logical inconsistency – and also those that support a different position during the dialogue. it is reasonable to think that all the illocutions used by the proponent p aim to support his position, which is contrary to the position of the opponent o. in the attack column, besides the possible attacks, the conditions that relate the attacked with its attacker are stated. in order to standardize the content of speech acts, all of them are arguments; whether they are explanatory, rhetorical, or the basic ones according to definition 4. the idea is that the proponent agent uses rhetorical arguments to try to convince his opponent. thus, in this first version of the protocol only the proponent can use rhetorical arguments, that is threats, rewards, and appeals. counter-threats act as attacks, in this sense, these can be used by the opponent. after a rhetorical argument, the opponent can accept the proposal, send an attack, or withdraw from the dialogue. the last case, may happen when he has no attack to send but does not want to accept the proposal or when he has an explanation for a questioning. note that attacks can also be attacked and can be questioned in an element of their support. only counter-threats cannot be questioned because it is based on goals and not in beliefs. table 1. speech acts and possible replies in full size table the third component of a dialogue game is the protocol, which specifies the allowed moves at each point in a dialogue. thus, let us define first of all what a move is. definition 10 (move) a move is a tuple \(m= \langle id, sd, tg, sp\rangle \) where: \(id \in \mathbb {n}\) is the identifier of the move; \(sd \in \{p, o\}\) is the sender of the message, i.e. the agent that makes the move; \(tg \in \mathbb {n}\) is target of the move, i.e. a previous move to which it is directed. the target of a move is the identifier of some earlier move in the dialogue; is an speech act. let be a set of moves. as for notation, we use id(m), sd(m), tg(m), and sp(m) to refer to each of the components of a given move m. for the sake of simplicity, when we want to refer to the i-th move in a sequence, we use \(m_i\). besides, we use \(\mathtt {argum}(sp(m))\) to refer to the argument associated to a given speech act. a dialogue can be seen as a set of moves, which fulfil some conditions. let us now present the formal definition of dialogue. definition 11 (dialogue) a dialogue d between two agents p and o is a finite sequence \(\langle m_1, ..., m_n \rangle \), such that: \(m_1= \langle 1, p, -, request(a) \rangle \). it means that the first utterance is sent by the proponent agent and has to be a request; the content of \(m_k\) is request(a) iff \(k=1\). it means that a request can only be sent in the first move; \(tg(m_1)=0\). it means that the first utterance has no target; \(\forall k > 1\), it holds that \(tg(m_k)=j\), for \(j=k-1\). it means that the target of a move is always the previous move. let stand for the set of all dialogues. in the illustrative example, we can see that the proponent and the opponent agents take the turn to speak one after another. these moves are controlled by a function that determines which of the agents will make the next move. take into account that such move must agree with the possible replies defined in table 1. thus, a turn-taking function is a mapping , such that given a dialogue \(d=\langle m_1, ..., m_i \rangle \), it holds that (i) \(t(\emptyset ) = p\), (ii) \(t(d)=p\) if i is even, and (iii) \(t(d)=o\) if i is odd. we can notice that our definition of turn-taking forces a strict interleaving between agents p and o. next, we define our protocol in terms of legal moves the agents can perform. in table 1, we can notice that the answer for a speech act why(a) is an explanation for it; however, there is a need for a stop condition \(\mathtt {cond}\) in order to avoid infinite questioning. this condition can be a maximum number of rounds. definition 12 (legal-move function) a legal-move function is a mapping such that, given , for all , the following rules must be satisfied: \(r_1:\) ; \(r_2:\) sp(m) is a legal speech act after d (considering table 1); \(r_3:\) if \(\exists m_i | tg(m_i)=m_k\) – for \(1 < i \le n\), \(k